Adding upstream version 1.23.0.upstream/1.23.0upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

48 files changed, 75654 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/mom/BUGS b/contrib/mom/BUGS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e7a828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/BUGS
@@ -0,0 +1,985 @@
+    -*- text -*-
+    Copyright 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+    are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+    notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+Assume that anything that doesn't work or behaves oddly is a bug.
+The documentation should be taken as the authoritative source for
+how things ought to be.
+
+Post to the groff mailing list with bug reports, questions and
+suggestions, or contact me directly at:
+
+    peter@schaffter.ca
+
+If writing me directly, please include the word "groff" or "mom" in
+the Subject line or you risk my spam filters nuking your message.
+
+--Peter Schaffter
+
+====================================================================
+
+Version 2.5_c
+=============
+
+#R_MARGIN not being respected in PAGEWIDTH.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.5_b
+=============
+PAGINATE not restoring page numbers after being disabled.
+---Fixed---
+
+Sentence space not being restored after a terminating REF.
+---Fixed---
+
+CODE <OFF> not always correctly restoring point size of text
+afterwards.
+---Fixed---
+
+BLANKPAGE broken when columns are enabled.
+---Fixed---
+
+Registers #FROM_COVERTITLE and #FROM_DOC_COVERTITLE not being
+cleared in macro COLLATE.
+---Fixed---
+
+DROPCAP not calculating distance to FOOTER trap correctly.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.5
+===========
+
+Page offset not being restored correctly after CENTRE_BLOCK.
+---Fixed---
+
+LEFT_HANG intermittently causing type to be raised out of position.
+---Fixed---
+
+$CHAPTER_STRING default not being set in COPYSTYLE.
+---Fixed---
+
+When using mom bare metal, NEWPAGE depositing a superfluous blank
+page unless B_MARGIN has been set explicitly.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.4-4_e
+===============
+
+LANDSCAPE arg to PAPER not being appended to $PAPER so PAPER 
+isn't picking it up when PAPER is called at the top of DEFAULTS. 
+---Fixed---
+
+BLANKPAGE with NULL arg printing incorrect page number when page
+numbering is restored.
+---Fixed---
+
+BLANKPAGE with DIVIDER arg spitting out one too many pages.
+---Fixed---
+
+Hyphens appearing mid-line in runon footnotes.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.4-4_b
+===============
+SMALLCAPS introducing a small indent equal to a wordspace when
+called after PP.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.4-4_a
+===============
+BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING not being respected.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.4-4
+=============
+Default PAPER settings overwriting user-entered PAGEWIDTH,
+PAGELENGTH, and PAGE.
+---Fixed---
+
+QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE indents shifting after page breaks.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.4-3
+=============
+TYPEWRITE: Inline \*[PREV] calling \*[ULX] without explicitly
+returning to TYPEWRITER font.
+---Fixed---
+
+%u field in refer databases not triggering ref*type 0 (Internet
+reference).
+---Fixed---
+
+Idem field of refer databases overwriting first occurrence of author
+name.
+---Fixed---
+
+Captions not fully respecting TYPEWRITE.
+---Fixed---
+
+COVERTEXT not fully respecting TYPEWRITE.
+---Fixed---
+
+Changes to font family inside a COVERTEXT block not being reset to
+default document family when the block is terminated.
+---Fixed---
+
+Unwanted linespace before labels above tables.
+---Fixed---
+
+Label number of AUTOLABEL_TABLES incrementing by 2 instead of 1.
+---Fixed---
+
+Page number of the page before a bibliography not printing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.4-1
+=============
+tbl not respecting pre-tbl fill mode.
+---Fixed---
+
+COVER and DOC_COVER not always capturing pertinent title and
+copyright.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.4
+===========
+BIBLIOGRAPHY output broken.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.3
+===========
+.PS/.PE not working at start of documents without a preceding .PP.
+---Fixed---
+
+Output of .PS/.PE not centered correctly (the default).
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.2-a
+=============
+Omitting postfixed digit from ROMAN/roman args to LIST not
+generating warning.
+---Fixed---
+
+FOOTERS causing infinite loop.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.2
+===========
+COVERTITLE not picking up style params.
+---Fixed---
+
+FORCE_RECTO and BLANKPAGES not co-operating.
+---Fixed---
+
+TOC and LISTS_OF leading not being picked up and/or adjusted
+properly.
+---Fixed---
+
+PDF outline putting first doc ahead of TOC in PDF outline when
+TOC is auto-relocated and COVER has the BLANKPAGE arg.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.1-b
+=============
+Toggling of pagination broken.
+---Fixed---
+
+HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS printing footer at top of second page instead of
+printing header unless FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE is called.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.1-a
+=============
+
+Some part-by-part formatting changes to headers not being recognized
+when global header options have been invoked.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.1
+===========
+
+UNDERSCORE adding an extra space after underlined text.
+---Fixed---
+
+bug #44903: 2 column output misplaced
+---Fixed---
+
+PDF_IMAGE and FLOAT environments conflicting.
+---Fixed---
+
+DROPCAP picking up color from last call to .gcolor.
+---Fixed---
+
+PAD not working properly with mom's indent macros.
+---Fixed---
+
+Margin notes not respecting differing recto-verso margins.
+---Fixed---
+
+Graphical object macros not clearing fill/no-fill registers and
+modes.
+---Fixed---
+
+LIST ALPHA emitting a number register to output.
+---Fixed---
+
+HEADER_PLAIN and FOOTER_PLAIN broken.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.0-c_1
+===============
+
+.TS with no H causing FN_OVERFLOW warning when there are footnotes
+on same page.
+---Fixed---
+
+PDF_TARGET "descriptive text" not printing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.0-c
+=============
+
+Endnotes page offset wrong if (BLOCK)QUOTE last macro before
+ENDNOTES.
+---Fixed---
+
+Character translation of diacritics from lowercase to caps broken.
+---Fixed---
+
+Spacing not being restored (.ns/.rs) after a HEADING that falls at
+the top of the page.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.0-b
+=============
+
+When line numbering is enabled, line numbers after QUOTE being reset
+to '0'.
+---Fixed---
+
+When line numbering is enabled for QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE, style
+params for line numbers not being applied.
+---Fixed---
+
+TOC overprinting footer when it comes immediately after
+BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+---Fixed---
+
+TOC page numbers not printing when positioned at top of page.
+---Fixed---
+
+TOC page numbers not always incrementing properly.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.0-a_1
+===============
+
+QUOTE_INDENT not being respected in FLOAT.
+---Fixed---
+
+SMARTQUOTES OFF broken.
+---Fixed---
+
+DOCHEADER_LEAD being reset to default after first chapter.
+---Fixed---
+
+Forced floats that fit on the page causing floats on the next page
+to be treated as forced.
+---Fixed---
+
+Forced floats not advancing on the page after output if the float is
+forced to the next page, causing running text to overprint.
+---Fixed---
+
+Text after deferred floats not being shimmed properly.
+---Fixed---
+
+Tables that span pages overprinting first two lines of table on new
+pages.
+---Fixed---
+
+PDF_IMAGE not respecting .IL, .IR, or .IB.
+---Fixed---
+
+AUTOLEAD not sticking after .START.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.0-a
+=============
+
+Footer not printing on first page when HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS enabled.
+---Fixed---
+
+$AUTHOR string missing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 2.0
+===========
+
+tbl macros .TS/.TE not working unless inside a float.
+---Fixed---
+
+Terminal period after page number(s) in refer items not always
+printing.
+---Fixed---
+
+====================================================================
+
+Version 1.6-a
+===========
+
+Footnotes on last page of columnar docs before a TOC getting printed
+at bottom of last column, not current column.
+--Fixed---
+
+HEADER_RULE OFF turning off headers completely.
+---Fixed---
+
+FINIS depositing a blank final page when invoked too close to the
+bottom margin.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1-6
+===========
+
+ENDNOTE_STRING_CAPS not disabling caps when arg given.
+---Fixed---
+
+Superfluous blank line before paragraphs with paraheads.
+---Fixed---
+
+Paraheads causing line numbering to overprint two line numbers.
+---Fixed---
+
+Endless loop when DOC_LEAD_ADJUST is disabled. 
+---Fixed---
+
+In the case where the list doesn't fit the page, -mom inserts
+an extra page with one word and a warning about "environment stack
+underflow" and then continues on the following page.
+--Fixed--
+
+PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE not respecting TYPEWRITER_FAMILY when DOCTYPE
+is LETTER.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.5-d
+=============
+
+ILX not quitting left indents set within ITEM.
+---Fixed----
+
+Version 1.5-c
+=============
+
+COVER_COUNTS_PAGES incrementing pagenum by 1 too many.
+---Fixed---
+
+HEADER/FOOTER_RECTO strings vanishing when the default CAPS option
+is turned off.
+---Fixed---
+
+TQ not removing QUAD arg from cleared tabs.
+---Fixed---
+
+DROPCAP_OFF trap remaining in effect after dropcap has been
+processed.
+---Fixed---
+
+PARAHEAD_SIZE 0 resulting in 0-sized type!
+---Fixed---
+
+When DOC_LEAD is called to change document leading in collated docs,
+document leading steadily increases by small amounts at each
+subsequent call to COLLATE.
+---Fixed---
+
+(DOC_)COVER requests annihilating families used in various document
+elements if those families differ from the document's overall
+family.
+---Fixed---
+
+Covers and doccovers not always respecting null pagenumbering.
+--Fixed---
+
+Version 1.5-b
+=============
+Use of \E*[UC] and \E*[LC] inside strings for HDRFTR_RECTO and
+HDRFTR_VERSO breaking headers.
+---Not fixable.  CAPS option added to HDRFTR_RECTO/VERSO to
+   accommodate situations where capitalized reserved
+   strings(\*[$TITLE], \*[$AUTHOR], etc) are desired.---
+
+COLLATE depositing a blank page if last output line before it falls
+at the bottom of running text.
+---Fixed---
+
+PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE not setting $FAMILY or $FONT or $PP_FT, with
+consequences for COLLATE.
+---Fixed---
+
+FOOTNOTE_MARKERS OFF not disabling footnote markers if used before
+START.
+---Fixed---
+
+1st footnotes with overflow vanishing altogether with an
+"automatically ending diversion 'FN_OVERFLOW' on exit" warning.
+---Fixed---
+
+Right hand margin notes vanishing when an RH margin note overflows
+to the next output page.
+---Fixed (I think)---
+
+Doc bug; \*[S<size>] escape incorrectly typed as \*S[<size>] in the
+section on mom's inlines.
+---Fixed---
+
+Paragraphs inside blockquotes not being spaced when .PARA_SPACE is
+active.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.5-a
+=============
+Indenting of references (collected with .REF) on endnotes pages when
+endnote numbers are right-aligned appears to be backwards; the
+first line of the reference is indented more than the second.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.5
+===========
+DROPCAP not printing the dropcap letter at all in PRINTSTYLE
+TYPEWRITE, nor when DROPCAP is used (accidentally?) after a valid
+"first" paragraph.
+---FIXED---
+
+DROPCAP going into an infinite loop when groff called with the
+-Tascii switch.
+---FIXED---
+
+SHIFT_LIST, when used anywhere but with a top-level list, is killing
+list indents for every list level *returned to* afterward.
+---Fixed---
+
+TOC page number for heads and subheads that get bumped to next page
+(because of .ne) off by 1.
+---Fixed---
+
+Moving backwards in nested lists not setting the proper indent.
+---Fixed---
+
+Default linebreak color missing in om.tmac.
+---Fixed---
+
+Some links in macrolist.html not pointing to html "name" owing to
+missing # in link names.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.4-b
+=============
+Line lengths and indents not always being respected in LIST.
+---Fixed---
+
+CAPS OFF, called inline with \*[CAPS OFF] not working.
+(Added two new inlines, \*[UC] and \*[LC], to do the job.)
+---Fixed---
+
+When type is set after START but no docelement tag given, the
+expected family ($DOC_FAMILY) and font (R) are not in effect.
+---Fixed---
+
+When DOCTYPE is CHAPTER and .TITLE is omitted after .COLLATE, the
+title vanishes from page headers/footers.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.4-a
+=============
+In collated documents, when using a different HEADER_FAMILY,
+if BLANKPAGE <n> is given after COLLATE (but before START) all
+subsequent text is set in the HEADER_FAMILY face rather than the
+standard text face.
+---Fixed---
+
+Document title identification string missing on endnotes pages when
+the endnote marker style is LINE.
+---Fixed---
+
+Space between endnote items on endnotes output pages not being
+inserted.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.4
+===========
+Invoking .FOOTERS isn't automatically putting pagination in the top
+margin.
+---Fixed---
+
+.PP_FONT after .COLLATE not being respected.
+---Fixed---
+
+$SAVED_PP_FT not being fed to .FT in .PP after .COLLATE
+---Fixed---
+
+.CODE OFF not always restoring previous family and font.
+---Fixed---
+
+.ITEM, when not in a list, should do nothing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-e_3
+===============
+ENDNOTES is not, by default, printing headers on endnotes pages.
+---Fixed---
+
+Processing of the "Endnotes" title for the TOC is putting the
+page number 1 line too high and not inserting leader.
+---Fixed---
+
+Collated docs not respecting $PP_FT (it's picking up the font from
+the pagenumber font)
+---Fixed---
+
+Docheader spacing sometimes depositing too much space between
+various docheader elements in TYPEWRITE when DOCTYPE is DEFAULT or
+NAMED.
+---Fixed---
+
+When COLUMNS are on, subheads that are deferred to the next
+column/page because there isn't enough room for the s/h and one
+line of text are causing columns to overprint.
+---Fixed---
+
+HDRFTR_LEFT printing one line too high when .HEADER_COLOR is used.
+---Fixed---
+
+DOCTITLE link broken in the docs.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-e_2
+===============
+TOC formatting incorrect when the pound/number sign (#) is used in
+head elements.
+---Fixed---
+
+[Documentation]: The docs erroneously state that TOC control macros
+can be entered anywhere in a file prior to invoking TOC (they should
+be entered before START).
+---Fixed---
+
+Page numbers in the bottom margin being printed too low on output
+pages preceding an invocation of COLLATE or macros that call it.
+---Fixed---
+
+A superfluous blank, numbered page is being generated by COLLATE
+(and macros that call it, namely TOC and ENDNOTES) when the last
+line of output text before it falls on the last valid baseline of
+an output page.  Same thing happening occasionally with normal
+document termination.
+---Fixed---
+
+SHIFT_LIST not being observed when moving *back* to a shifted list;
+the list is reverting to the left margin.
+---Fixed---
+
+NUMBER_SUBHEADS not working with TYPESET when PARA_SPACE is on.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-e_1
+===============
+Missing #COLLATE register (accidentally wiped out) creating various
+problems with .COLLATE (missing headers, leading increasing
+slightly each time .COLLATE invoked, etc).
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-e
+=============
+mom failing during groff build while processing
+examples/typesetting.mom
+---Fixed---
+
+Windows user reports COLLATE fails with a bottom margin error
+(generated by mom).
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-d
+=============
+Small error in the examples of output in the "Footnotes and
+Punctuation" documentation section.
+---Fixed----
+
+PAD_LIST_DIGITS/SHIFT_LIST broken when the enumerator type is
+roman or ROMAN.
+---Fixed---
+
+COLLATE wiping out <doc element>_FAMILY settings.
+---Fixed---
+
+DOC_LEAD_ADJUST OFF not being observed when COLLATE is invoked.
+---Fixed---
+
+DROPCAP setting the dropcap too high in initial paragraph after a
+COLLATE.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-c
+=============
+Owing to a superfluous "if" in the FONT macro, the "missing font"
+routine is being silently ignored.
+---Fixed---
+
+FOOTNOTE, used in nofill mode, adds a linebreak between the
+marker and the text of the footnote.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-b
+=============
+
+ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC not being respected when DOCTYPE LETTER.
+---Fixed---
+
+Underlining of italic passages in PRINTSTYLE TYEPWRITE not spanning
+pages.
+---Fixed---
+
+PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE depositing extra space on new pages above quotes
+that span pages.
+---Fixed---
+
+MN doesn't accept OFF, QUIT, END, X, etc.
+---Fixed---
+
+Margin notes that begin flush with the last line of text on a page
+are running down the same page, instead of the remainder being
+collected and output on the next.
+---Fixed---
+
+MN sometimes erroneously dropping margin notes near the bottom of
+a page, even when they'd fit.  (MN-shifted not being removed by
+MN-top.)
+---Fixed---
+
+MN_INIT not accepting "" args for default values.
+---Fixed---
+
+Documentation for margin notes erroneously states that the first
+(optional) argument can be either "ragged" or "symmetric".  S/b
+"RAGGED" or "SYMMETRIC".
+---Fixed---
+
+Use of "" to tell MN_INIT to use the default for any specific
+argument in the arg list broken.
+---Fixed---
+
+Paragraphs that begin with a "smart" double quote when the
+preceding paragraph has no corresponding close quote (i.e. dialogue
+passages containing multiple paragraphs) are starting off with a
+close quote.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3-a
+=============
+
+First baseline of type isn't going where it's supposed to when the
+docheader is turned off.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.3
+===========
+
+Persistent error in html coding of docs (<nobr> tag).
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.2-f
+============
+
+Multiple line subheads near page bottom sometimes printing one line
+of subhead at page bottom, and subsequent lines on next page.
+---Fixed---
+
+Post-quote spacing still wonky when paragraph spacing is turned on.
+---Fixed--- (for good would be nice)
+
+RULE not always resetting quad and quad value.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.2-e
+=============
+
+Some string definitions in om.tmac had superfluous spaces after
+them (e.g. $COVERTITLE).
+---Fixed---
+
+Spacing under quotes not correct when paragraph spacing is turned
+on.
+---Fixed---
+
+
+First word of last line before footnotes is getting chopped.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.2-d
+=============
+
+HEADER_FAMILY not changing header family.
+---Fixed---
+
+FAMILY, after COLLATE, not changing the family of all and every
+page element or tag.
+---Fixed---
+
+Heads and subheads at the start of docs are printing one line lower
+than they should.
+---Fixed---
+ 
+Gaps are appearing at the bottom of pages when there's a linebreak
+followed by a subhead.
+---Fixed---
+
+When LS is invoked after a single text line at the top of a page
+containing a T_MARGIN (set with T_MARGIN or PAGE), mom is performing
+spacing adjustments as if the first line doesn't exist.
+---Fixed---
+
+Changes made to ALD and LS in version 1.2-c should not apply when
+the document processing macros are used.  There is a significant
+conflict with the internal use of ALD when the docheader is only
+one line long (as, for example, when DOCTYPE is CHAPTER).
+---Fixed, pending discovery of further conflicts---
+
+Version 1.2-c
+=============
+
+Deferred footnotes not always being output, and groff complains
+"ending diversion FN_OVERFLOW on exit."
+---Fixed---
+
+First .LS call after a top margin has been set (with .T_MARGIN
+or .PAGE) causing mom to move off the top margin baseline.  Also,
+there are conflicts between ALD, LS and T_MARGIN.
+---Fixed---
+
+DROPCAP not properly restoring a running \*[COND] or \*[EXT] after
+COND or EXT are given as arguments to DROPCAP.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.2
+===========
+
+.PAD not co-operating with mom's fontstyles, esp. when a full
+family+fontstyle is given to .FT.
+---Fixed---
+
+.DROPCAP -- ditto the above.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.9
+=============
+
+Footnote markers not resetting properly on new pages when COLUMNS
+is enabled.
+---Fixed---
+
+When overflowed footnote material is the only footnote material on
+the page or in the column, no footnotes are output.
+---Fixed---
+
+The AUTOLEAD used in FOOTNOTE not being disabled after FOOTNOTES
+are output, or after PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER/PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER.
+---Fixed---
+
+COL_NEXT and COL_BREAK, when invoked during the last column on a
+page, are overprinting the last column instead of breaking to a new
+page when there are footnotes in the column.
+---Fixed---
+
+BR_AT_LINE_KERN not "break-and-spreading" text when used in
+justified copy.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.8
+=============
+
+BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY not changing blockquote family.
+---Fixed---
+
+FOOTNOTE, whether in column mode or not, was using
+#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS for all footnote markers and handling.
+---Fixed---
+
+Deferred footnotes that occurred on the second to last page of
+documents not printing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.7-a
+===============
+
+Suite number in DOCTYPE LETTER not printing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Footer elements not always vertically aligning.
+---Fixed---
+
+Footer rule gap not always correctly observed.
+---Fixed---
+
+Page numbering, when at top of page, not always falling on
+HDRFTR_MARGIN.
+---Fixed---
+
+Default page numbering style for COPYSTYLE draft is DIGIT instead
+of roman.
+---Fixed---
+
+Hyphens around page numbering when style is DIGIT, ROMAN or ALPHA
+not vertically centered.
+---Fixed---
+
+EXT arg not working with DROPCAP.
+---Fixed---
+
+DOC_QUAD not automatically set immediately after START
+---Fixed--
+
+Tabs behaving erratically during document processing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.7
+=============
+
+When DOCHEADER OFF <distance> is given, if <distance> falls short
+of the top margin of running text, <distance> is not respected and
+bottom margin falls low.
+---Fixed---
+
+
+Version 1.1.6-e
+===============
+
+The " mark (doublequote), when entered while not in document
+processing mode (i.e. just straightforward typesetting), outputs
+nothing unless SMARQUOTES is invoked explicitly.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.6-c
+===============
+
+In document processing mode, docs that use *none* of the
+docprocessing tags being ignored.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.6-b
+===============
+
+String tabs not picking up #L_MARGIN when #L_MARGIN not explicitly
+set with L_MARGIN, PAPER or PAGE.
+---Fixed---
+
+Infinite loop when B_MARGIN is set lower than FOOTER_MARGIN during
+doc processing.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.6-a
+===============
+
+Mom partially broken when run with groff 1.19.1.  Don't know yet
+what this is, whether bad coding in mom, or a problem with 1.19.1.
+Only solution for now: run mom 1.1.6 with groff 1.18.
+----Fixed---
+
+Top margin of endnotes pages after the first endnotes page when
+PRINTSTYLE is TYPEWRITE and endnotes single-spacing is turned on
+falling one line too high.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.6
+=============
+
+DOCHEADER OFF (distance) not being respected.
+---Fixed---
+
+FINIS killing ENDNOTES page numbering and heads.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.5
+=============
+
+Draft and revision not appearing in page headers.
+---Fixed---
+
+\*[RULE] not working properly with indents and justified copy.
+---Fixed---
+
+Post-epigraph spacing in TYPEWRITE causing some first pages to run too
+deep.
+---Fixed---
+
+Spacing of docheaders in TYPEWRITE not always consistent.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.4
+=============
+
+Blockquotes that span pages running too deep.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.3
+=============
+
+Footnotes not outputting on final page of document body when ENDNOTES
+is invoked.
+---Fixed---
+
+Pad not working properly and/or spitting out warnings when fill mode is
+on.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1.2
+=============
+
+PAGENUM_STYLE being ignored unless entered after START.
+---Fixed---
+
+Version 1.1
+===========
+
+String tabs not working as advertised when set from within other tabs.
+---Fixed---
+
+.COLLATE sometimes depositing a header on the first page of a subsequent doc.
+---Fixed with workaround BREAK_QUOTE---
+
+.UNDERLINE_QUOTES in PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE not on by default as advertised.
+---Fixed---
+
+.TI not cooperating with other indent styles.
+---Fixed---
+
+.WS and .SS not cooperating.
+---Fixed---
+
+.RW and .EW not working.
+---Fixed---
+
+========================================================================
+
+KNOWN PROBLEMS
+--------------
+
+The indent macros from the typesetting macro set may not always
+perform well in conjunction with the document processing macros,
+especially when documents are set in columns.  Mostly, this is the
+result of inadequate testing.  There are only so many "who'd want to
+do this anyway?" scenarios I can think of on my own.
+
+Epigraphs at the bottoms of page may sometimes run exactly one line
+deeper than they should.  The alternative (from my point of view) is
+to have them run 1 line shorter than they should.  The problem stems
+from the fact the epigraphs are leaded differently than all other text,
+and there's only so much adjusting that can be done with the whitespace
+surrounding them to get them to bottom align.  Since stylistically,
+epigraphs should never appear at the bottom of a page/column without at
+least some running text beneath them in order to make sense of the role
+they play in page layout, this not likely to be fixed for some time.
+
diff --git a/contrib/mom/ChangeLog b/contrib/mom/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82e5dbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1788 @@
+2023-06-15
+
+	* om.tmac: Enclose all calls to \D't n' in \Z
+
+2023-03-01  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	[mom]: Generate test script even if we'll skip it.
+
+	* examples/test-mom.sh.in: Check availability of required
+	pdfinfo(1) and pdfimages(1) commands at test time; skip if they
+	aren't present.
+	* mom.am [!HAVE_PDFTOOLS]: Generate the test script even if
+	these tools aren't available.
+
+2023-02-18  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am (uninstall_mom): Clean more fastidiously; try to remove
+	the configured `pdfdocdir` in the event it is empty, but do not
+	fail if it isn't.  (It can be a directory shared with other
+	groff components; we don't know in what order the uninstall
+	targets will serialize, but the last one run should succeed.)
+
+2023-02-02
+	* om.tmac (UNDERSCORE, UNDERSCORE2): Add PREFIX and SUFFIX
+	arguments so surrounding punctuation can be protected from
+	underscoring.
+
+2023-01-16
+	* om.tmac (PRINTSTYLE): Abort with message if nroff is called on
+	a document using PRINTSTYLE TYPESET.
+
+	Fixes <https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?63581>.  Thanks to Gene
+	for the report.
+
+2022-11-16
+
+	* om.tmac (PAPER): Adjust #R_MARGIN to work with papersize.tmac.
+
+2022-10-23  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* om.tmac (FORCE_RECTO): Use backslash before newline when
+	starting multi-line conditional block.
+
+2022-09-02
+
+	* examples/mom-pdf.mom: Fixes missing parameter to \*[SIZE] at
+	line 457.
+
+	* om.tmac: Fixes CODE <anything> not restoring point size
+	correctly.  The point size was being stored in a number register
+	instead of a string.
+
+	* BUGS: Updated.
+
+	Fixes <https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?62996>.
+
+2022-08-29  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am (MOMPDFMOM): Pass `PDFMOMBIN` '-K utf8', not '-k', in
+	case 'configure' didn't find uchardet.
+
+	Fixes <https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?62975>.  Thanks to Bjarni
+	Ingi Gislason for the report.
+
+2022-05-31
+
+	* Make mom emit a warning and abort when tbl(1) data present
+		without a corresponding -t on the command line.
+
+2022-05-20  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* momdoc/appendices.html: Reflect file rename in groff
+	distribution: the name of the file mapping Adobe Glyph List
+	names to groff special character identifiers for text (as
+	opposed to "special") fonts has changed from "textmap" to
+	"text.map".
+
+2022-05-20  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am (MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES): Include "typesetting.pdf"
+	only if `HAVE_URW_FONTS`, since the document demands them.
+
+2022-05-20  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am: Rename `BUILD_PDFDOC` to `USE_GROPDF`.
+
+2022-05-01  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am ($(MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES)): Depend on new name for
+	devpdf stamp file.
+
+2022-04-12  Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+
+	Delete the harmful, ill-designed, buggy, and essentially
+	unmaintained and untested --with-doc option of the configure
+	script.  See the NEWS file for more details on the rationale.
+
+	* mom.am: Delete one INSTALL_SHIPPED_HTML and one BUILD_EXAMPLES
+	conditional and use BUILD_PDFDOC instead of BUILD_PDFEXAMPLES.
+
+2021-03-29  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am: Eliminate `MOM_TFLAG` and `MOM_PFLAG` Make macros;
+	they were expanded in only one place.
+	(MOMPDFMOM): Track rename of Make macro `TFLAG` to `MFLAG`.
+
+2022-03-26  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am (MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES): Drop dependency on gnu.eps.
+	No mom document appears to require this file; it came in with
+	the initial Automake file for mom in commit 4d84d0f1d, 27
+	January 2015, and may have been a copy-and-paste error.
+
+2021-10-21  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am (mom_test_template): Pull file name into a new
+	variable.
+	(EXTRA_DIST, contrib/mom/examples/tests-mom.sh): Use it.
+	(contrib/mom/examples/tests-mom.sh): Build more quietly;
+	prefix rule with `$(AM_V_GEN)`.  Also run `chmod` conditionally.
+
+2021-10-04
+
+	* version 2.5 release (see NEWS)
+
+	* removed orphaned stubs for abandoned cutaround feature from
+		om.tmac
+
+2019-12-26
+
+	* added PREFIX_CHAPTER argument to HEADING_STYLE
+
+	* added TOC_HEADING; single line, non-pagenumbered insertions into
+		the TOC
+
+2019-11-03
+
+	* templates added for setting up copyright pages
+
+	* updated mom.am to include the templates when building
+		pdfs in mom/examples
+
+2018-11-24
+
+	* version 2.4 release (see NEWS)
+
+2018-09-05
+
+	* improved grap support
+
+2018-03-04
+
+	* version 2.3 release (see NEWS)
+
+2018-02-28  Werner LEMBERG  <wl@gnu.org>
+
+	* mom.am (.mom.pdf): Use $(GROFF_V).
+
+2017-11-04  G. Branden Robinson <g.branden.robinson@gmail.com>
+
+	* mom.am: Drop unnecessary -M flag; build tree has what it needs.
+
+2017-10-29  Bjarni Ingi Gislason <bjarniig@rhi.hi.is>
+
+	* om.tmac-u: Fix typo in register reference.
+
+	Fix bug https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?51608.
+
+2015-08-22  Bernd Warken  <groff-bernd.warken-72@web.de>
+
+	* groff_mom.7.man: Rename `groff_mom.man'.
+
+	* mom.am: Include renaming.
+
+2015-08-05  Bernd Warken  <groff-bernd.warken-72@web.de>
+
+	* mom.am: Add `Last update'.  Setup Emacs mode.
+
+* Sun Jul 26 2015
+
+	o Fix to header part-by-part changes.
+
+* Mon Apr 27 2015
+
+	o version 2.1-a release (see NEWS)
+
+* Fri Apr 4 2015
+
+	o groff_mom.man: Make it work in compatibility mode.
+
+* Sat Feb 28 2015
+
+	o Added an ADJUST argument to QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE to facilitate
+		optical centering tweaks
+
+* Sat Feb 21 2015
+
+	o Expanded scope of _STYLE macros to headers/footers and
+		page numbers
+
+* Thu Feb 5 2015
+
+	o Version 2.1 release (see NEWS)
+
+	o overhaul of control macro handling
+
+	o overhaul of cover and docheader management 
+
+	o general code cleanup to remove redundancies and reduce size of
+		om.tmac
+
+	o changes to example files to demonstrate new features
+
+	o copyrights updated in all files
+
+* Tue Jan 14 2015
+
+	o Added a new example in French, mon_premier_doc.mom
+
+	o Added README-fr.txt, a translation in French of the README.txt file
+
+	o Makefile.sub: generation of mon_premier_doc.mom, installation of
+	  README-fr.txt
+
+* Sun Nov 30 2014
+
+	o Added auto underscoring, caps, and color to TOC header
+		(first-page titles)
+
+	o Added vertical page positioning control macros for TOC and
+		ENDNOTES headers (first-page titles)
+
+* Tue Nov 25 2014
+
+	o Tweak so collated, non-chapter docs with the same author
+		don't require .AUTHOR "" to skip printing author in docheader
+
+* Wed Oct 29 2014
+
+	o Makefile.sub: KFLAG to run pdfmom with -k
+
+	o Set utf-8 preconv coding tag in examples/typesetting.mom and
+		examples/letter.mom 
+
+* Mon Oct 20 2014
+
+	o Changes to caption/label/source quadding strategy.
+
+* Wed Sep 03 2014  Bernd Warken <groff-bernd.warken-72@web.de>
+
+	o all files in contrib/mom source: Copying and Emacs setting.
+
+	o contrib/mom source/ChangeLog: Repair file.  The file runs now in
+		Emacs change-log mode.
+
+* Tue Aug 12 2014
+
+	o Makefile.sub (stamp-strip): Set LANG=C LC_ALL=C when calling
+	`sed'.
+
+	This prevents a build error on OS X.
+
+* Thu Apr 3 2014
+
+	o Makefile.sub: Set LC_ALL=C when calling $(PDFMOM).
+
+	Doing so in an UTF-8 locale with $PERL5OPT=-C set avoids warnings
+	like
+
+	utf8 "\xF5" does not map to Unicode at\
+	[.]src/devices/gropdf/gropdf line 1359, <PD> line 63.
+	Malformed UTF-8 character (unexpected end of string)\
+	in substitution (s///) at\
+	[.]src/devices/gropdf/gropdf line 1315, <PD> line 63.
+
+* Sat Mar 29 2014
+
+	o Makefile.sub: Handle examples separately, controlled by
+	$(make{_,_install_,_uninstall_}examples).
+
+* Wed Mar 26 2014
+
+	o Added user settable space to PARA_SPACE.
+
+* Tue Mar 11 2014
+
+	o Makefile.sub (MAN7): Do not install empty `mom.7' (tiny change).
+
+	A mom(7) manual got briefly added, then promptly removed again in
+	9f38f05e58d31eda1affce01d1144760b5f48096 for integration into
+	groff_mom(7), but it was forgotten to remove it from the list of
+	manual pages to install.
+
+* Fri Feb 28 2014
+
+	o Reworked handling of pdf-images.  Preprocessor support expanded
+	to include eqn and pic.  Spacing and placement of tbl output
+	improved.  Fixed floats in columns.  Added facilities for captions
+	and labels for pdf-image, eqn, pic, and tbl.  Added auto-generated
+	"Lists of".
+
+* Wed Oct 30 2013
+
+	o Expanded and improved float/tbl handling.
+
+* Sat Sep 14 2013
+
+	o .TS/.TE extended to support multi-page tables with headers.
+
+* Sat Aug 24 2013
+
+	o Restored reserved.html to toc.html in docs.
+
+* Tue Aug 20 2013
+
+	o Integrate mom.7 into the man-page groff_mom.7
+
+* Tue Aug 20 2013
+
+	o New man page mom.7
+
+* Sun Aug 11 2013
+
+	o Updated documentation concerning refer usage
+
+	o Replaced REF_STYLE and REF<bracket-style> macros with warnings.
+
+* Wed Jun 19 2013
+
+	o groff_mom.man: Fix inappropriate use of .UR/.UE.
+
+* Fri Jan 4 2012
+
+	o Makefile.sub (install_data): Create directory for PDF
+	documentation.  This is necesssary in case GhostScript is not
+	available, and no other PDF files have been created yet.
+
+* Sun Dec 30 2012
+
+	o Makefile.sub (install_data): Fix symlink.
+	Patch from Elias Pipping <pipping@lavabit.com>.
+
+* Thu Sep 20 2012
+
+	o Simplify environment handling.
+
+* Fri Aug 31 2012
+
+	o Version 2.0 release.  Changes documented in version-2.html in
+	the html documentation.
+
+	o Added new documentation, Producing PDFs with groff and mom.
+
+* Sat Feb 18 2012
+
+	o Added choice to have DOCTYPE NAMED <name> underscored or not
+	when PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+
+	o Doc fix to DOCTYPE NAMED underlining entry
+
+* Thu Sep 8 2011
+
+	o Added register #SUBHEAD, analogous to #HEAD, to fix excessive
+	spacing between SUBHEADs and SUBSUBHEADs.
+
+* Sun Feb 20 2011
+
+	o Added support for sub-subheads from patch supplied by Petr Man.
+
+* Fri Feb 11 2011
+
+	o Moved register #UNADJUSTED_DOC_LEAD to top of TRAPS macro.
+
+* Fri Nov 19 2010
+
+	o Added utility macro, SINGE_SPACE, for PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+
+* Sat Jan 22 2011
+
+	o groff_mom.man (FILES): Fix directory locations.
+
+* Sun Oct 3 2010
+
+	o Complete overhaul of refer macros and documentation
+
+	o Inclusion of Tadziu Hoffman's postscript code for underlining
+
+* Wed Aug 18 2010
+
+	o Complete overhaul of documentation
+
+* Thu Aug 5 2010
+
+	o Changes to COVER and DOCCOVER for greater flexibility in
+	placement of elements
+
+	o Improved handling of MISC info on cover pages for greater style
+	flexibility
+
+	o Added _FAMILY, _FONT, _SIZE and _COLOR control macros for CODE
+
+* Mon July 6 2009
+
+	o Added CLOSING_INDENT and SIGNATURE_SPACE to DOCTYPE LETTER
+	macros.
+
+* Sun Jun 14 2009
+
+	o DROPCAP handling changed; uses local vertical motions now
+	instead of .mk/.rt.
+
+	o Added macro SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT
+
+	o Added registers and strings to keep track of .RW and .EW and the
+	amounts passed to them.
+
+* Sat May 2 2009
+
+	o Fixed error in docs: COVERS_COUNT_PAGES changed to
+	COVER_COUNTS_PAGES.  Ditto DOC_COVERS_COUNT_PAGES.
+
+* Fri May 1 2009
+
+	o Fixed PARAHEAD size so it properly adds the value of
+	\*[$PH_SIZE_CHANGE] to \n[#DOC_LEAD].
+
+* Sat Jan 17 2009
+
+	o Changed FAMILY, FT and PT_SIZE requests in DO_COVER to groff
+	primitives (fam, ft and ps respectively).  Fixes (DOC_)COVER bug
+	where (DOC_)COVER was resetting families and fonts of various
+	document elements (QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE, etc) to document default.
+
+	o Removed (excessive) cleanup of (doc)cover and docheader strings
+	and registers from macro CLEANUP.  Changes to mom's default style
+	for these document elements now survive COLLATE.
+
+* Fri Jan 2 2009
+
+	o Added possibility of quadding docheader left or right, as well
+	as center, which remains the default.
+
+* Wed Dec 31 2008
+
+	o Default definition of $QUOTE0 and $QUOTE1 in om.tmac changed
+	from \[dq] to \[lq] and \[rq], respectively.
+
+* Sun Jan 4 2009
+
+	o Makefile.sub (CLEANADD): Add om.tmac-s.
+
+* Tue Dec 30 2008
+
+	o Doc fixes in toc.html
+
+	o Control of null pagenumbering of covers passed to \n%; formerly
+	handled by \n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+
+* Tue Dec 23 2008
+
+	o Added a CAPS option to HDRFTR_RECTO and HDRFTR_VERSO to allow
+	capitalization of reserved strings when designing recto and/or
+	verso headers.  Fixed docs accordingly.
+
+* Sun Nov 30 2008
+
+	o Added .nr #DIVER_DEPTH 0 to end of PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER to ensure
+	that #DIVER_DEPTH=0
+
+	o Moved string definition of $FONT in macro FT to top of macro.
+
+	o Moved string definition of $FAMILY in macro FAMILY to top of
+	macro.
+
+	o Changed condition generating #NO_BREAK at top of macro COLLATE
+	from .if ( \\n[.t] < \\n[.v] ) \{ .nr #NO_BREAK 1 \} to .if (
+	(\\n[.t]-1) <= \\n[.v] ) \{ .nr #NO_BREAK 1 \}
+
+	(Bottom-of-page trap is tripped 1 unit below last valid baseline)
+	(not on it.)
+
+* Tue Nov 25 2008
+
+	o Commented out what appears to be a superfluous and destructive
+	resetting of #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POSITION at line 13347 in FOOTNOTE
+	macro.  For now, fixes the "vanishing first footnote with some
+	overflow" bug.
+
+* Mon Oct 6 2008
+
+	o Added a bit to .PP to accommodate .PP_FONT I when PRINTSTYLE is
+	TYPEWRITE and ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC
+
+* Mon Jun 30 2008
+
+	o Removed spurious 'sp |\\n[MN-curr-pos]u from MNbottom-right,
+	prior to re-invoking traps.  Hopefully, fixes vanishing RH margin
+	notes bug.
+
+* Sun Mar 16 2008
+
+	o Added missing spaced paras bit in blockquotes.
+
+* Tue Jan 22 2008
+
+	o Fixed indent handling of refer items in endnotes.
+
+	o Amendations to refer.html.
+
+	o Removed dead email address from groff_mom.man.
+
+* Fri Jan 04 2008
+
+	o groff_mom.man: Replace .URL with .UR/.UE.  Replace .MTO with
+	.MT/.ME.  Insert `\:' in URLs where appropriate.  Don't include
+	www.tmac.
+
+* Wed Sep 12 2007
+
+	o Fixed an oversight in DROPCAP that meant when DROPCAP needed to
+	be ignored, the dropcap letter itself was dropped from running
+	text altogether, instead of printing as a normal part of text.
+
+	o Added an .if n clause to DROPCAP to prevent mom from going into
+	an infinite loop when groff invoked with the -Tascii switch.
+
+* Wed Jul 25 2007
+
+	o Did a couple of doc fixes.
+
+	o Added vpt checks at the top of all the graphical object macros.
+	Basically, only turn vpt's off and on again if they're already
+	enabled.
+
+* Wed Feb 14 2007
+
+	o Moved .ne requests in HEAD and SUBHEAD to top of respective
+	macros, fixing bug that was gathering the wrong page number for
+	head and subhead toc entries.
+
+* Fri Nov 24 2006
+
+	o Added a default linebreak color (black)
+
+* Thu Sep 28 2006
+
+	o Fixed missing #'s in linknames in macrolist.html.
+
+* Mon Jul 31 2006
+
+	o Changed all .LLs in LIST to .ll requests.
+
+	o Added new macro, FINIS_STRING_CAPS, to control capitalization of
+	the finis string.
+
+	o Amended doc section on page set up to include directions for
+	telling groff about the physical dimensions of printer sheets.
+
+	o Added new arg to BLANKPAGE: NULL.  If given, BLANKPAGE does not
+	increment the page number when outputting a blank page.
+
+	o Added new control macros, COVERS_COUNT_PAGES and
+	DOC_COVERS_COUNT_PAGES in case user wants covers counted in the
+	pagination scheme.
+
+	o Added new final arg to COVER and DOC_COVER: BLANKPAGE.
+	Instructs COVER or DOC_COVER to print a blank page after the
+	cover.
+
+	o Added new optional args to CODE: BR, BREAK, SPREAD.  CODE can
+	now be called inline; if called as a macro and the user wants a
+	break or spread, s/he has to supply one of the args.
+
+	o Added new macro, CODE_FAMILY, to set fixed-width family used by
+	.CODE
+
+	o Made EDITOR an alias of AUTHOR
+
+	o Added optional arguments, COVER or DOC_COVER, to reference
+	macros that may be used on covers and doc covers, allowing users
+	greater flexibility in determining exactly what goes on covers and
+	doc covers without screwing up the doc header or the default page
+	headers/footers
+
+	o Added macros to control the weight and placement of all
+	underscore/underline rules used in typesetting and document
+	processing
+
+	o Added macros for drawing of rules, boxes and circles (ellipses)
+
+	o Added macro, RULE_WEIGHT, to control weight of rules drawn with
+	\*[RULE]
+
+	o General doc updates, additions, amendations and corrections
+
+	o Reformatted entirety of documentation to be xhtml clean
+
+	o Added inlines \*[UC] and \*[LC] to handle inline caps; corrected
+	doc entry stating that you can use \*[CAPS] and \*[CAPS OFF];
+	chief reason is to allow inline capitalization in strings passed
+	to header/footer definitions.
+
+* Fri Jul 7 2006
+
+	o Changed inline, \*[RULE], so that it always draws the rule one
+	linespace beneath the last output line.  Formerly, \*[RULE] drew
+	the rule on the baseline of the current output line.
+
+* Sun Jul 2 2006
+
+	o Changed UNDERSCORE and UNDERSCORE2 to use groff's \D'l <n> <n>'
+	line drawing function.
+
+	o Changed RULE to use groff's \D'l <n> <n>' line drawing function.
+
+	o Added RULE_WEIGHT macro, to allow controlling weight of
+	\*[RULE], expressed in points (including fractional points).
+
+	o Added two new inlines, \*[UC] (all caps) and \*[LC]
+	(caps/lowercase).  These can be used in user-defined header/footer
+	strings (if \E is used instead of just the backslash by itself) as
+	well as in normal copy.
+
+* Sat Jul 1 2006
+
+	o Added .FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAMILY] and .FT R to the end of
+	.DEFAULT_DOCHEADER, .CHAPTER_DOCHEADER and .NAMED_DOCHEADER.
+	Fixes bug that was causing type which was set after .START when no
+	docelement tag given to be set in the last family and font used in
+	the docheader, instead of the expected $DOC_FAMILY and roman font
+	(R).
+
+* Fri Jun 30 2006
+
+	o Updated copyright file
+
+	o Massive documentation cleanup to make docs well-formed xhtml
+
+* Thu Jun 22 2006
+
+	o Rewrote portions of TITLE, COVERTITLE, DOCCOVERTITLE,
+	CHAPTER_TITLE, SUBTITLE and MISC so that when they're called from
+	.COLLATE, they properly clean out all associated strings and
+	registers.  Fixes the "vanishing $TITLE" bug.
+
+	o Added missing .rm $AUTHORS to .AUTHOR.  .as $AUTHORS now always
+	starts with a clean slate.
+
+* Wed Jun 14 2006
+
+	o Added a missing </nobr> tag to docelement.html.
+
+* Sat Jun 10 2006
+
+	o In header and footer routines, changed all .FAMILY calls when
+	.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET to .fam
+
+	o Fixed DOC_FAMILY so that PARAHEAD_FAMILY and LINENUMBER_FAMILY
+	are properly set to the new value.
+
+* Fri Jun 9 2006
+
+	o Re-worked .QUOTE_INDENT so that users can pass it an absolute
+	value (by adding a scaling indicator to the arg) instead of just a
+	value relative to the paragraph indent.  Fixes bug (oversight?)
+	that meant QUOTES and BLOCKQUOTES got no indent at all if the
+	PP_INDENT was 0.  Fixed EPIGRAPH_INDENT similarly.
+
+	o Added missing default ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FAMILY and _FONT to
+	DEFAULTS.
+
+* Thu Jun 8 2006
+
+	o Changed distance of the underscores used in docheaders when
+	PRINTSTYLE is TYPEWRITE from the default 2p to 4p.  This is to
+	leave room for the descenders if the strings are caps/lowercase.
+
+* Wed Jun 7 2006
+
+	o Added strings $AUTHOR and $AUTHORS.  $AUTHOR = $AUTHOR_1 (i.e.
+	the first arg passed to .AUTHOR); $AUTHORS = a comma-separated
+	concatenated string of all the args passed to .AUTHOR.
+
+* Tue Jun 6 2006
+
+	o Updated docs.
+
+	o Converted all .ig blocks in om.tmac to comment lines beginning
+	with \#.  This so that the comments will be stripped from om.tmac
+	during make.  The groff sources still contain the commented
+	version of om.tmac, as do the tarballs posted on mom's homepage.
+
+	o Added new macro, HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS, to allow having both
+	headers and footers on a page.
+
+	o Fixed whitespace around epigraphs after .DOCTYPE CHAPTER
+	docheaders.
+
+	o Added test in .PP_FONT for existence of $SAVED_PP_FT; if it's
+	there, remove it (fixes bug that was causing .PP to ignore
+	.PP_FONT after .COLLATE).  Also fixed .PP so that it properly
+	passes $PP_FT to .FT if $PP_FT has been re-defined to
+	$SAVED_PP_FT.
+
+* Sun Jun 4 2006
+
+	o Added a note about colorizing underscored text in the docs.
+
+* Wed May 24 2006
+
+	o Adjusted the .ne value for heads and subheads (again)
+
+* Sun May 21 2006
+
+	o In the documentation, removed the section stating that setting
+	the family, font, pointsize and colour of line numbers wasn't
+	possible.
+
+	o Updated documentation entry for TOCs to include instructions for
+	using psselect.
+
+* Sat May 20 2006
+
+	o Added string $PRE_CODE_FAM to CODE; fixes bug that kept CODE OFF
+	from restoring the previous family_font combo
+
+	o Added a test for existence of register #DEPTH to .ITEM; if it
+	doesn't exist, ignore ITEM
+
+* Fri May 19 2006
+
+	o Updated docs
+
+	o Added macro, CODE
+
+	o DOCTITLE, TITLE, CHAPTER_TITLE, SUBTITLE, COVERTITLE and
+	DOC_COVERTITLE now accept multiple arguments; each is printed on a
+	separate line in docheaders and on cover pages.  Where the macros
+	also supply reference information to page headers, endnotes and
+	tables of contents, the args are concatenated.
+
+* Thu May 18 2006
+
+	o Changed default DOCHEADER_LEAD to +0 when there's both the
+	chapter number and a chapter title in DOCTYPE CHAPTER.
+	Compensated by adding 1/4 of the leading in effect for docheaders
+	between them.  Applies equally similar situations on covers and
+	doc covers.
+
+* Mon May 15 2006
+
+	o Added missing default ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS to DEFAULTS.
+
+	o Added missing temporary change of the pad marker from # to ^ to
+	the toc title collection routine of .ENDNOTES.
+
+	o Added string $SAVED_PP_FT to start of .COLLATE; string is tested
+	for in .PP
+
+	o Improved testing for $FONT and $PP_FT in DEFAULTS
+
+	o Trivial changes to docheader spacing for doctypes DEFAULT and
+	NAMED when PRINTSTYLE is TYPEWRITE.
+
+* Sun May 14 2006
+
+	o Call to .ne in HEAD moved higher in macro, and .ne's reduced
+	each by 1.
+
+	o Handling of "how much space is needed for subheads + 1 line of
+	text" in SUBHEAD changed to a simple .ne.  Fixes bug that was
+	causing overprinting of columns when s/h was deferred to next
+	page/column.
+
+	o In macro, PRINT_HDRFTR, removed .EOL from clause .if
+	\\n[#HDRFTR_COLOR]=1
+
+* Sat May 13 2006
+
+	o Fixed broken link to DOCTITLE in docs.
+
+* Wed Apr 26 2006
+
+	o Corrected doc entry that stated TOC control macros can be
+	entered anywhere in a file prior to invoking TOC (TOC control
+	macros must come before START).
+
+	o Removed spurious .nop from .ie \\n[#PRE_COLLATE]=1 clause in
+	FAMILY (fixes bug that was causing page numbers on pages before
+	COLLATE or TOC to be printed too low).
+
+	o Added a test at top of COLLATE to set register #NO_BREAK to 1 if
+	the distance to the next trap is less than one linespace; used in
+	NEWPAGE to determine whether to do a 'br or .br. (fixes BUG that
+	was causing COLLATE, NEWPAGE, and TOC to spit out a blank page
+	when the last line of text before them happened to fall on the
+	last valid baseline of the page).
+
+	o Changed pad marker used to format TOC entries to permit use of
+	the pound/number sign (#) in head elements.
+
+	o New macro, PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER, to allow users to prepend
+	chapter numbers to the numbering scheme used in head element
+	numbering.
+
+	o Added missing periods at the ends of head, subhead, parahead
+	numbers.
+
+	o CHAPTER, with a numeric argument, can now be used to identify
+	any document as a "chapter" for the purposes of prefixing the
+	argument to CHAPTER to the numbering scheme of head elements.
+
+	o Fixed alignment of TOC entries.
+
+	o Removed .rr #DOC_HEADER and replaced with
+
+	.if \\n[#DOC_HEADER]=1 \{ .nr #DOC_HEADER 2 \}
+
+	near the end of START.  I.e., #DOC_HEADER becomes "2" if
+	docheaders were on in the previous document.  COLLATE tests for 2
+	in order to reset #DOC_HEADER to 1 for use in the user-invoked
+	START that comes after a COLLATE.
+
+	o Added register, #CHAPTER_CALLED, to CHAPTER; tested for in
+	PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER to determine whether the argument to CHAPTER
+	can be used to establish a chapter number for chapter number
+	prefixes in head element numbering.
+
+* Mon Apr 17 2006
+
+	o Fixed bug that was causing shifted lists, when returned to, to
+	revert to the left margin instead of observing the correct
+	indent+shift for the list.
+
+	o Added a check in LIST so that if user invokes LIST with RETURN,
+	mom doesn't get confused by the initial `R' (which she was using
+	to check if the arg to LIST was ROMAN or roman).
+
+	o Replaced an incorrectly copied code block in SUBHEAD that was
+	preventing SUBHEAD from processing subheads properly when
+	PARA_SPACE was on.
+
+* Wed Mar 15 2006
+
+	o Added a .SHIM after .sp \\n[#DC_LINES]v in .DROPCAP.  Fixes
+	problem of dropcaps in initial paragraphs after COLLATE being set
+	slightly too high.
+
+	o Added .rr #DOC_LEAD_ADJUST_OFF to .ie clause of DOC_LEAD_ADJUST
+	and removed .rr #DOC_LEAD_ADJUST_OFF from DEFAULTS (after TRAPS)
+	so that document leading adjustment (or lack thereof) is
+	maintained from doc to doc when COLLATE is being used.
+
+	o Added new register, #PRE_COLLATE.  The .FAMILY macro is called
+	several times during initial COLLATE processing, and contained a
+	stanza that allowed FAMILY, after a collate, to invoke DOC_FAMILY
+	if #COLLATE=1.  This allowed users to use FAMILY after a COLLATE
+	but before START in a way consistent with the behaviour described
+	in the docs (namely, FAMILY before START sets the DOC_FAMILY).
+	Since that functionality is still needed, #PRE_COLLATE instructs
+	FAMILY not to reset DOC_FAMILY until COLLATE is complete (i.e.
+	after the break to a new page).  #PRE_COLLATE, if set to 1, is
+	removed at the end of HEADER.
+
+* Thu, Mar 2 2006
+
+	o Added control macros for linenumbering family, font, point size
+	and color
+
+	o Added a NO_SHIM macro
+
+* Sun Feb 26 2006
+
+	o Changed .PRINT "\h'\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]u' in the "ROMAN
+	I, padded" and "roman i, padded" clauses of ITEM to .PRINT
+	"\h'\\n[#HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]u' to fix bug associated with using
+	both PAD_LIST_DIGITS LEFT and SHIFT_LIST.
+
+* Fri Feb 24 2006
+
+	o Removed superfluous "if" from FONT, line 492
+
+	o Removed #ADD_BREAK register from FOOTNOTE and ENDNOTE, along
+	with the routines it invoked
+
+	o Added an optional argument, BREAK, to FOOTNOTE OFF and ENDNOTE
+	OFF, for correct and flexible handling of punctuation and
+	continued lines when FOOTNOTE or ENDNOTE are called while nofill
+	mode is active.
+
+	o Created an alias for .so, INCLUDE.
+
+* Thu Feb 2 2006
+
+	o Small fix to handling of underlining of italic text spanning
+	pages in PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE.
+
+* Thu Jan 12 2006
+
+	o Reworked changing and setting of traps associated with
+	outputting left and right margin notes.  See BUGS.
+
+* Sat Jan 7 2006
+
+	o Bracketed outputting of margin notes diversions with .nf/.fi.
+
+* Fri Jan 6 2006
+
+	o Corrected docs MN_INIT so that the optional first arg is
+	properly given as RAGGED | SYMMETRIC
+
+	o Fixed MN_INIT macro routine that reads MN_INIT args into strings
+	so that the strings are first "initialized" with the @ character
+	if the corresponding arg is blank.  Since MN-init tests for \A and
+	\B (correctly, I hope) for each of its args, the @ character
+	should be safe.
+
+* Tue May 16 2005
+
+	o momdoc/appendices.html: Add space in shebang, conforming to
+	portability recommendation in autoconf docs.
+
+* Thu May 12 2005
+
+	o Added margin notes capability
+
+	o Added mom-specific refer support; refer calls can be embedded in
+	running text, sent to footnotes or endnotes, or collected for
+	output on a bibliography page; also added mom-specific refer
+	control macros
+
+	o Added bibliography page capability, with full suite of control
+	macros
+
+	o Added referencing of footnotes and endnotes by line number
+
+	o Added capability to have footnotes run on when footnotes are
+	being referenced by line number
+
+	o Added a post footnote space option, in case users want a little
+	space between their footnotes
+
+	o Added ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE, so user can choose between endnotes
+	identified by a numerical marker in the text, or by line number
+
+	o Added control macros to accommodate differing needs for endnotes
+	identified by line number
+
+	o Added ENDNOTE_TITLE_SPACE, so user can control starting position
+	of the endnotes page title
+
+	o Extended LIST so that it accepts lowercase alpha, uppercase
+	roman numeral and lowercase roman numeral enumerators; also added
+	a "prefix" argument (which comes *after* the separator argument)
+
+	o Changed RESET_LIST so that it can reset a list to any number,
+	letter, or roman numeral, instead of just 1, a, A, I and i
+
+	o Change to handling of footnote/endnote markers in text; input
+	lines before FOOTNOTE still require \c, but input line after
+	FOOTNOTE OFF must be entered as a literal continuation of the line
+	before FOOTNOTE, including any required word space or punctuation
+	(this so users can get the footnote marker in text either before
+	or after the punctuation without hassle)
+
+	o Added QUOTE_AUTOLEAD and BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD, so user can have
+	quotes and blockquotes leaded differently from running text
+
+	o Reworked QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE to accommodate _AUTOLEAD control;
+	spacing above and below quotes is equalized *on a per quote basis*
+	(not completely happy with this, but at least it gives users some
+	flexibility in designing (block)quotes)
+
+* Fri Mar 18 2005
+
+	o Added mom.vim to /examples
+
+* Thu Jan 20 2005
+
+	o Added \*[TB+] and \*[B] to give inline functionality of .TN and
+	.EL, respectively.
+
+	o Added SECTION and SECTION_CHAR as aliases of LINEBREAK and
+	LINEBREAK_CHAR
+
+	o Added a NOBREAK option to PAD, so when PAD is called, it's
+	possible to instruct mom not to advance on the page.
+
+* Wed Jan 19 2005
+
+	o New macro, ADD_SPACE, so that extra space can be added at the
+	top of a new page in document processing; the .ns call in HEADER
+	was making additional space impossible
+
+	o Reworked handling of ALD/SPACE/SP and LS when they're used at
+	the tops of pages during pure (i.e. non-docprocessing)
+	typesetting.  First lines were still wandering.  Should also be
+	more intuitive: ALD after LS advances the specified distance from
+	the top baseline; LS after ALD doesn't change the position of the
+	first baseline (i.e. merely sets the lead for the text that
+	follows).
+
+* Tue Dec 14 2004
+
+	o Fixed a small problem with spacing under quotes when paragraph
+	spacing is turned on.
+
+* Fri Dec 10 2004
+
+	o Put all calls in VFP_CHECK inside their own environment.
+	Without the .ev call, the trap invoked VFP_CHECK was chopping off
+	the first word of the last line before footnotes.
+
+* Dec 6 2004
+
+	o Small fixes to elvis_syntax.new (dealing with strings, \{\ and
+	\}
+
+	o Changed
+	.ie \\n[#START] \{\
+	.if \\n[#DOC_HEADER]=0 \{ . \}
+	.\}
+	in HEAD to
+	.ie \\n[#START] \{\
+	.if \\n[#DOC_HEADER]=0 \{ .RLD 1v \}
+	.\}
+	so that HEADs at the start of docs with no docheaders falls on
+	the correct baseline.
+
+* Dec 3 2004
+
+	o Removed spurious parens from if ( \\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE] <
+	\\n[#DOC_LEAD]*2 ) in SUBHEAD.
+
+* Oct 14 2004
+
+	o Reworked the LL macro so that the argument can take a prepended
+	+ or - sign (i.e. the argument is relative to the current line
+	length).
+
+* Oct 13 2004
+
+	o Added an .if \\n(.n=0 if to the ie clause in LS that controls
+	how mom responds to initial LS invocation at page top if T_MARGIN
+	has been set.  Now, if there's text on the "top" baseline, LS
+	behaves as expected when invoked afterwards.
+
+* Oct 11 2004
+
+	o Added an ie !r#DOCS clause to the processing of "top baseline"
+	ALDs.  ALD is used extensively (internally) in the document
+	processing macros, and does not need to check--indeed, should not
+	check--for top baseline placement prior to execution.
+
+* Sep 29 2004
+
+	o Additions to elvis_syntax.new
+
+* Sep 12 2004
+
+	o Small fixes to the documentation.
+
+* Aug 21 2004
+
+	o Removed superfluous second arguments from strings UP, DOWN, FWD
+	and BCK
+
+* Aug 8 2004
+
+	o Version changed from the 1.1.x series to 1.2.  All of the
+	features I originally wanted mom to have originally have been
+	implemented, and appear to be stable.
+
+	o Major overhaul to the setting of page traps and the handling of
+	footnotes, both "normal" footnotes and footnotes that occur inside
+	QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE and EPIGRAPH.
+
+	o Addition of font "styles" to om.tmac, plus changes to the FAMILY
+	and FT macros to manage them.  New section in the doc appendices
+	on adding fonts and managing the new font styles.
+
+	o Mom now uses a "fallback font" whenever there's an invalid call
+	to FAMILY.
+
+	o RW and EW now affect only the font in effect.  A change of
+	family or font disables them.
+
+	o BR_AT_LINE_KERN now properly does a .brp (spread and break) when
+	used in justified text.
+
+	o NEWPAGE, which used to be an alias for .bp, has been moved into
+	its own macro, in order to make it more responsive to some unusual
+	situations.
+
+	o Some changes to elvis_syn.new, including that the file
+	extensions recognized by elvis now include both .mom and .tmac.
+	This makes om.tmac much easier to read.
+
+* Jul 6 2004
+
+	o FT and FAM(ILY) reworked to take advantage of if S, if F and
+	\n[.sty] additions to groff (1.19.2).  Warnings are emitted if a
+	style hasn't been registered, or if a font style doesn't exist in
+	the current family.  Invalid .FAM(ILY) calls now use a "fallback"
+	font" (although no warning is issued); fallback is user-settable
+
+	o New macro, FALLBACK_FONT.  Not only controls the fallback font
+	for invalid family calls, but also controls whether mom aborts on
+	invalid .FT calls after issuing a warning.
+
+	o RW/EW now affect only the current font (or font style)
+
+	o BR_AT_LINE_KERN now (properly) does a break-and-spread when text
+	is justified.
+
+	o Fairly extensive list of .sty's added to om.tmac.  Hopefully,
+	this will make life easier for users wishing to add new fonts
+	and/or entire new families to their groff site-font/devps
+	directory.
+
+* Jun 6 2004
+
+	o Altered kerning slightly for footnote markers in text.  Daggers
+	and double-daggers were getting a bit jammed
+
+* Jun 3 2004
+
+	o Rewrote the routines dealing with _FAMILY, _FONT, _SIZE, _COLOR
+	and _QUAD.  A single macro for each checks for the calling alias
+	(e.g. TITLE_FAMILY in _FAMILY), and performs the appropriate
+	action.
+
+	o All "COLOUR" aliases of "COLOR", no matter where, have been
+	removed.
+
+	o Added cover and doc cover page generation.
+
+	o Added reference macros COVERTITLE, DOC_COVERTITLE, MISC and
+	COPYRIGHT (for use with covers only)
+
+	o Fixed EL and TN so they don't spring page traps; in nofill modes
+	the preceding input line must be terminated by \c.
+
+	o Added #T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ to DO_B_MARGIN, DO_T_MARGIN and NEWPAGE
+	to ensure accurate placement of first lines on new pages when
+	docprocessing is not taking place.
+
+	o Made NEWPAGE it's own macro; formerly just an alias of .bp.
+
+	o Made BREAKQUOTE obsolete; rewrote sections of footnote handling,
+	including adding support macros to deal with processing of
+	footnotes that were started inside quotes, blockquotes and
+	epigraphs.
+
+	o Added a TERMINATE .em to docprocessing (except letters) to
+	ensure that deferred footnotes print on the last page of a doc.
+
+* Mar 15 2004
+
+	o Added color support
+
+	o Adjusted vertical placement of hyphens around page numbering so
+	that they are better centered on the height of the page number.
+
+	o Re-wrote portions of the document processing macros so that tabs
+	behave in a consistent and intuitive manner.  Tab structures are
+	now properly preserved from page to page and column to column.
+
+* Mar 05 2004
+
+	o Makefile.sub (GROFF_BIN_PATH): Use SH_SEP.
+
+* Feb 20 2004
+
+	o Rewrote the macros associated with DOCTYPE LETTER so that the
+	user can enter DATE, TO and FROM in any order s/he likes.  For
+	backward compatibility, if the older, fixed order (DATE-TO-FROM)
+	is used, the date goes flush right with two linespaces after it,
+	while the other fields go flush left with a single linespace
+	separating them.
+
+	o Fixed handling of DOCHEADER OFF <distance> when <distance> fell
+	short of the top margin of running text (the change is actually in
+	the SHIM macro, which is called by DOCHEADER).
+
+	o Added a selection of iso 639 two-letter language codes as
+	optional arguments to SMARTQUOTES, so that the use can enter
+	her/his language code to get language specific quoting styles
+
+	o Changed the way the strings for \*[ST<n>], \*[ST<n>X], \*[FU<n>]
+	and \*[BU<n>] are read.  Formerly, they were entered literally.
+	Now they're entered as an array.
+
+* Jan 24 2004
+
+	o Added lists and associated macros.  Mom now does (nested) lists.
+
+	o Added German-style lowered double quotes and two styles of
+	guillemets to SMARTQUOTES.
+
+	o Added macro SIZE, intended to be called inline as \*[SIZE <n>].
+	This is to bring mom's inline size change syntax into line with
+	her other inlines.
+
+	o Added ESC_CHAR as an alias of .ec
+
+	o Added doc entries for lists.
+
+	o Updated SMARTQUOTES entry in docs.
+
+	o Updated reserved words in docs.
+
+	o Fixed a few more typos in docs.
+
+* Mon Dec 29 2003
+
+	o Makefile.sub (GROFF_BIN_PATH): Use $(SEP).
+
+* Tue Oct 21 2003
+
+	o Changed \n[#DRAFT] and \n[#REVISION] to strings \*[$DRAFT] and
+	\*[$REVISION], allowing for the possibility of blank entries that
+	don't mess up headers/footers with zeros if user doesn't want any
+	numbers.
+
+	o Extended handling of draft and revision numbers and strings in
+	headers/footers for increased flexibility.  It's possible now to
+	have just about any combo of DRAFT_STRING, DRAFT, REVISION_STRING
+	and REVISION, and have them come out in headers/footers as one
+	intuitively expects/wants.
+
+* Mon Oct 13 2003
+
+	o Finally fix change 2003-08-26, based on ideas from Chuck Silvers
+	<chuq@chuq.com>.
+
+	o Makefile.sub: Use a stamp file in the `examples' directory.
+
+* Sun Aug 31 2003
+
+	o Makefile.sub: Fix last change to make it really work.
+
+* Tue Aug 26 2003-08-26
+
+	o Makefile.sub (prepare_make_examples): Make it work with parallel
+	runs of `make'.  Patch from Chuck Silvers <chuq@chuq.com>.
+
+* Fri Jul 25 2003
+
+	o Added a .bp after .if \\n[#START]=1 in FOOTER.  Without it, in
+	document processing mode, documents that use *none* of the
+	docprocessing tags (yes, there are times when users want to do
+	this) ignored the footer trap.
+
+* Fri Jun 6 2003
+
+	o Changed register #DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ to string
+	$DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ.  This means that .DOCHEADER_LEAD no longer
+	requires a unit of measure; points is assumed.
+
+* Tue Jun 3 2003
+
+	o Added SHIM macro, which, when invoked, calculates and moves to
+	the next "valid" baseline in document processing.
+
+	o Corrected handling of DOCHEADER OFF <distance> so that the first
+	line of running text falls on a "valid" baseline when <distance>
+	is given.
+
+* Wed May 21 2003
+
+	o DOC_TITLE changed to be used exclusively with DOCTYPE DEFAULT
+
+	o Fixed problem with restoration of previous doc pagenum style
+	when endnotes use a different pagenum style (set with
+	ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE)
+
+	o Fixed handling of headers/footers with respect to endnotes.
+	Now, when either headers or footers are on, mom picks up the
+	correct page header/footer on the last page prior to ENDNOTES,
+	gets the pageheaders correct for endnotes pages *including the
+	last one*, and picks up correct page headers/footers for the
+	subsequent docs after COLLATE
+
+* Sat May 17 2003
+
+	o Added TOC (finally) and a nearly complete set of associated
+	control macros
+
+	o Added new control macros to endnotes:
+
+	ENDNOTES_STRING_CAPS - capitalize the endnotes string
+	ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS - allows docs in columns and endnotes not
+	ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE - set page numbering style for endnotes
+	ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER - set first pagenumber for endnotes
+	ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS - page headers on endnotes pages off or on
+	ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM - allows non-printing first page number
+	when page footers are being used instead of headers
+	ENDNOTES_SINGLE_SPACE - for TYPEWRITE, if doc double-spaced
+	SUSPEND/RESTORE_PAGINATION - turns page numbering off for endnotes
+
+	o Added an ADJUST option to ENDNOTE_LEAD
+
+	o Added DOC_TITLE (like TITLE, but sets document-wide title for
+	collated docs)
+
+	o Added HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD, to allow adjustments to placement of
+	HDRFTR_CENTER_STRING
+
+	o Added BLANKPAGE macro, to output blank pages (silently numbered)
+
+	o Extensive changes to DEFAULTS, START, COLLATE, HEAD, SUBHEAD and
+	PARAHEAD because of new TOC and extended flexibility of ENDNOTES
+	page design
+
+	o Fixed DOCHEADER OFF (distance), FINIS
+
+* Sat Apr 05 2003
+
+	o Makefile.sub (GROFFBIN): New variable for groff binary path.
+	(groff_bin_path): Rename to GROFF_BIN_PATH.
+	(GROFF): Use GROFFBIN and GROFF_BIN_PATH.
+
+	Patch from Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@ds2.pg.gda.pl>.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+* Sat Feb 22 2003
+
+	o (Re)-fixed handling of post epigraph spacing after #START for
+	TYPEWRITE double-spaced.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+* Sun Feb 16 2003
+
+	o Added James Ramsey's proposed CHAPTER_TITLE macro, along with
+	his rewritten START macro and his utility macros to make START
+	easier to read.
+
+	o Expanded handling of CHAPTER_TITLE to encompass TYPEWRITE, as
+	well as plugging it into the docheaders.  Made CHAPTER_TITLE
+	backwardly compatible so that pre-1.1.5 docs using CHAPTER_STRING
+	to create a chapter title remain unaffected when groffed with
+	1.1.5.
+
+	o Created control macros for CHAPTER_TITLE FAMILY, FONT and SIZE.
+	Added defaults for handling of CHAPTER title to DEFAULTS.
+	Documented CHAPTER_TITLE and everything that goes along with it.
+
+	o Fixed broken draft and revision in headers/footers.
+
+	o Fixed \*[RULE] so that it behaves properly with indents and
+	justified copy.
+
+	o Fixed/tweaked handling of epigraph spacing in TYPEWRITE.
+
+	o Fixed broken spacing of docheaders in TYPEWRITE.
+
+* Mon Feb 3 2003
+
+	o Fixed an oversight in CLOSING for DOCTYPE LETTER (closing wasn't
+	being set flush left)
+
+* Sun Sep 29 2002
+
+	o Changed .ne in .HEAD when PRINTSTYLE TYPESET from 5 to 4.  With
+	5, heads required at least 2 lines of text underneath or they'd be
+	deferred to the next page, which created too much whitespace at the
+	end of the page.  Heads will now be processed on the same page if
+	the head plus at least one line of text underneath fits.  I figure
+	it's easier for the user to break to a new page manually if this
+	behaviour is unsatisfactory than to massage the page to fix the
+	excess whitespace.
+
+* Sun Aug 25 2002
+
+	o Changed .IX to .IQ.  The older form still works, but emits a
+	message advising the user to update to the newer.  (The macro in
+	om.tmac still remains IX; IQ is an alias.)  Docs updated to
+	reflect the change.
+
+* Tue Aug 20 2002
+
+	o Added new (better) way to handle inline kerning.  \*[BU #] and
+	\*[FU #] allow passing an argument to the inline string.  The
+	older forms \*[BU#] and \*[FU#] still work, though.
+
+	o Changed handling of inline horizontal and vertical movements.
+	Horizontal movements are now done with \*[BCK #<unit>] and \*[FWD
+	#<unit>]; verticals with \*[UP #<unit>] and \*[DOWN #<unit>].  The
+	older forms \*[FP#] and \*[BP#] still work (horizontals), as do
+	\*[ALD#] and \*[RLD#] (verticals).
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+* Mon Aug 19 2002
+
+	o Fixed ENDNOTES so footnotes output properly when ENDNOTES is
+	called
+
+	o Added ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER so that default no-print of header
+	center string on endnotes page(s) when DOCTYPE is CHAPTER can be
+	disabled (i.e. header center will be printed).
+
+* Sat Aug 10 2002
+
+	o Added .nf to top of PAD, with a test beforehand for current fill
+	mode.  If fill mode was on, it's restored after PAD completes
+	processing.  Updated reserved.html to include number register
+	#FILL_MODE.
+
+* Fri Jul 12 2002
+
+	o More fixes to underlining.
+
+* Fri Jul 5 2002
+
+	o Added capability of endnotes and pertinent control macros to
+	om.tmac.
+
+	o Added document entries pertaining to endnote macros.
+
+	o Incorporated endnote macros into elvis_syntax.
+
+	o Small doc fixes.
+
+	o Tidied up indenting of om.tmac.
+
+	o Fixed handling of underlining of italics in PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+	(there was a problem with footnotes getting underlined when they
+	shouldn't have been).
+
+	o Removed ENDNOTES from TODO
+
+	o Fixed the character translations for UNDERLINE so they work
+	properly with digraphs.
+
+* Mon Jul 1 2002
+
+	o Expanded docprocessing.html entry "Special Note on Chapters".
+	Tidied up html a bit.
+
+* Sat Jun 15 2002
+
+	o Small fix to PAD to make the use of inlines within the pad
+	string more intuitive.
+
+	o Added \*[RULE] ( = \l'\n(.lu' ) so that full measure rules
+	(either to full line length or within tabs) are easier to set.
+
+* Sat Jun 8 2002
+
+	o Macro .PS renamed to .PT_SIZE.  Alias .TS removed.
+
+	o .tr bits in .CAPS rewritten in the form .tr é\[`E].
+
+	o General cleanup of docs to reflect changes
+
+	o Small changes/additions to elvis_syn
+
+* Thu Jun 6 2002
+
+	o In DOCTYPE, in .if '\\$1'LETTER', added .FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE +0.
+	Without it, the suite page was printing at the default
+	FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE of -.5, which didn't look good.
+
+* Wed Jun  5 2002
+
+	o Makefile.sub (TFLAG): Add `$(top_builddir)/tmac'.
+
+* Tue Jun  4 2002
+
+	o Makefile.sub (groff_bin_dirs): Fix typo (forgotten `src'
+	element).
+
+* Mon Jun  3 2002
+
+	o Makefile.sub (uninstall_sub): Don't use `momdocdir' but
+	`htmldocdir'.  Add missing backslash.
+
+* Sat Jun  1 2002
+
+	o Makefile.in (prepare_make_examples): Test for `penguin.ps', not
+	`examples/penguin.ps'.
+
+* Wed May 29 2002
+
+	o Rewrote portions of PAGENUM_STYLE and COPYSTYLE so that
+	PAGENUM_STYLE behaves as advertised.
+
+* Fri May 24 2002
+
+	o /Makefile.sub (momdocdir): Removed.
+	(HTMLDOCFILES): Prepend `momdoc/'.
+	(EXTRAEXAMPLEFILES): Removed.  Added entries to...
+	(EXAMPLEFILES): This.
+	(.SUFFIXES, .mom.ps): New.
+	(prepare_make_examples): Updated.
+	(examples/*.ps): Removed; .mom.ps will handle this.
+	(install_data): Updated.
+
+* hu May 23 2002
+
+	o Applied two small bug fixes to om.tmac (patches 1.1.1a and
+	1.1.1b).
+
+	o mom is now part of groff.
+
+	Some renaming to avoid problems with 8+3 filesystems:
+
+	examples/docprocessing_typeset.mom -> examples/typeset.mom
+	examples/docprocessing_typewrite.mom -> examples/typewrite.mom
+	examples/typesetting_macros.mom -> examples/macros.mom
+	examples/penguin_small2_bw.ps -> examples/penguin.ps
+
+	o Removed `INSTALL' and `README' since groff takes care of
+	installation now.
+
+	o Added Makefile.sub.
+
+	o Added mom.tmac (which simply calls om.tmac).
+
+	o Added groff_mom.man for orthogonality; it simply points to the
+	HTML documentation.
+
+* Thu May 16 2002
+
+	o Added macro DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER so user can have
+	draft/revision info attached to the pagenumber in COPYSTYLE DRAFT,
+	instead of having it HEADER center.  Always having it HEADER
+	center was creating problems with long doc titles, esp. with
+	PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE (which is when COPYSTYLE DRAFT is most likely
+	to be used).  Now user has the choice, in these circumstances,
+	either to reduce HEADER_SIZE, or to displace the draft/revision
+	info.  Also rewrote portions of COPYSTYLE so that if no revision
+	number is given in the reference macros, "Rev. #" doesn't appear
+	when COPYSTYLE DRAFT.
+
+* Fri May 10 2002
+
+	o Added capability of user-defined, single string recto/verso
+	headers/footers.
+
+	o Added new entries to docs about the above.  Made some additional
+	small changes to toc.html, rectoverso.html, and headfootpage.html
+	to supplement the new entries.
+
+	o Small fix to handling of footer separator rule -- was 1 point
+	too low owing to fuzziness of #CAP_HEIGHT as returned by
+	SIZESPECS.
+
+	o Added some more useful stuff to elvis_syntax.
+
+* Sun May 05 2002
+
+	o Fix to DEFAULTS so that L_MARGIN and R_MARGIN are reprocessed if
+	DOCTYPE LETTER.  R_MARGIN, as set by DOCTYPE LETTER had no
+	preceding PAGEWIDTH or PAPER from which to get #PAGE_WIDTH for
+	figuring out line length.
+
+	o Additional fix to DEFAULTS in handling DOCTYPE LETTER so that if
+	user sets line length prior to START, no reprocessing of R_MARGIN
+	occurs.  This necessitated adding a new number register:
+	#USER_SET_L_LENGTH
+
+* Sat May 04 23:48:05 EDT 2002
+
+	o Added .cflags 4 /\(en -- was driving me nuts that lines wouldn't
+	break after these characters; I'm assuming others feel the same
+	way
+
+* Fri May 03 2002
+
+	o Made some small fixes to space handling around quotes, mostly to
+	do with quotes immediately after START and quotes after
+	(sub)heads.
+
+* Wed May 01 2002
+
+	o Fixed a small bug that was causing the first .PP after START to
+	begin at the top margin of the page regardless of any type that
+	preceded .PP when docheaders were off.
+
+	o Fixed HEADER so that when HEADERS are off the first line of type
+	on pages after the first falls properly at the top margin
+
+* Sat Apr 27 2002
+
+	o Renamed docprocessing_macros.mom in /examples to
+	docprocessing_typeset.mom.  Added docprocessing_typewrite.mom, as
+	well as a README file.
+
+	o Fixed UNDERLINE_QUOTES (for PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE) so they really
+	are on by default as the docs say.
+
+	o Changes to doc entry on COLLATE:
+
+	- removed bit about using COLLATE after a cover page (I wrote the
+	entry *before* I wrote the macro!).  Cover pages should be
+	followed by NEWPAGE, not COLLATE.
+
+	- added caution about mixing PRINTSTYLEs
+
+	- added caution about using DOC_FAMILY to change family of all
+	document elements after COLLATE
+
+	o Made HEADER_SIZE (and, by extension, FOOTER_SIZE) available to
+	PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE.  Changed appropriate doc entries to reflect
+	this.
+
+* Wed Apr 24 2002
+
+	o Small change to DO_QUOTE to correct a problem with quotes and
+	blockquotes that fall in the middle of paragraphs (i.e. text after
+	the quote is not a new para).  Basically, added a bit that stores
+	the current para indent, sets para indent to 0, invokes a PP, then
+	restores the original para indent.
+
+	o Added new macro, BREAK_QUOTE, to deal with the problem of
+	footnotes in quotes and blockquotes that cross pages or columns.
+
+	Quotes and blockquotes are read into diversions, which means they
+	get their footnote information from the page/column on which they
+	were started.  If a footnoted quote crosses a page/column, what
+	sometimes happens is that the footnote itself is output at the
+	bottom of page/column where the quote started, whereas the text
+	marker for the footnote appears on the next page/column where the
+	quote ends.  Furthermore, the text marker is the one appropriate
+	to the previous page.  BREAK_QUOTE is a workaround.
+
+	o Added directory /examples to archive.
+
+	o Added typesetting_macros.mom, docprocessing_macros.mom,
+	elvis_syntax and penguin_small2_bw.ps to /examples.
+
+	o Added BREAK_QUOTE to docs, made some additions to reserved words
+	list, and corrected a few little doc errors.
+
+* Mon Apr 22 2002
+
+	o Added default .L_MARGIN 1i and .R_MARGIN 1i to PAPER, PAGE, and
+	PAGEWIDTH.  L_MARGIN is essential otherwise left indents and tabs
+	don't have a register #L_MARGIN to work with.  The default right
+	margin is a convenience only.  Updated the doc entries for
+	L_MARGIN and R_MARGIN to reflect the change.
+
+* Sun Apr 21 2002
+
+	o Changes to COLLATE:
+
+	- added some "resets" (LL, LS, QUAD)
+	- added a check for whether pagination is at page top (either
+	because FOOTERS are on or because PAGENUM_POS was user set).
+	If pagination is on, and PAGENUM_POS is TOP, it's turned off
+	for next page (start of next collated document) and restored
+	for subsequent pages unless PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE is on, in
+	which case the page number appears at page top.
+
+	o The macro TRAPS is always invoked at the end of DEFAULTS (which
+	is called by START).  Formerly, TRAPS was only invoked at the
+	start of a doc, not after COLLATE.  Now runs after COLLATE as
+	well.
+
+	o Distance from $DOC_TYPE in DOCTYPE NAMED "<string>" to start of
+	running text was one linespace too deep.  Fixed (in START).
+
+	o When 1st arg to PAGENUM_POS was user set to TOP, running text
+	was printing 1 linespace too high, even when PAGINATION was OFF.
+	Same problem when HEADERS were OFF (i.e. nothing in the header
+	margin at all).  Fixed by removing -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u from all .sp
+	|\\n[#T_MARGIN]u calls of .el portion after .ie \\n[#HEADERS_ON].
+
+	o Added new macro: PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE.  Normally, when FOOTERS
+	are being used instead of HEADERS, mom doesn't print the page
+	number at the top of the first page of a doc, or the first page of
+	collated docs.  New macro allows user to get mom to put the page
+	number on "first" pages if that's desired.  Updated docs to
+	include the macro.
+
+	o More little fixes to docs.
+
+* Thu Apr 18 2002
+
+	o Fixed TI (temporary indent) so that it continues to work as
+	expected, even when called while another type of indent is in
+	effect.
+
+* Tue Apr 16 2002
+
+	o String tabs weren't working as advertised when set from within a
+	tab.  Fixed.  Two new registers added: #ST_OFFSET and #IN_TAB.
+	String tabs now behave properly and intuitively when set within
+	tabs.
+
+	o Added a note to docs about surrounding \w'...' escape with
+	double- quotes when it's used as an argument to macros
+
+	o Added a note to docs that SILENT does not deposit a .br
+
+* Mon Apr 15  2002
+
+	o Added new macro BR_AT_LINE_KERN if user wants mom to deposit
+	.br's before .RW and/or .EW.
+
+	o Added 1/4 points to inline escapes \*[ALD] and \*[RLD].
+
+	o Added 1/4 points to inline escapes \*[FP] and \*[BP]
+
+	o Updated docs to reflect the above changes.
+
+* Fri Apr 12 2002
+
+	o Fixed .RW and .EW which weren't working because of a missing \
+	in \\n(.f register.  Also made it so that .RW and .EW affect all
+	fonts in positions 1, 2, 3, and 4 at once, hence line kerning now
+	affects all fonts that appear after it, not just the font that was
+	current at the time of the macros' invocation.
+
+	o .SS and .WS now working properly.  .WS no longer has any effect
+	on .SS, which remains constant regardless of .WS.  Furthermore,
+	.SS no longer gets its value by adding \*[$SS_VAR] + \n[.ss].
+	Instead, it remains constant.  Don't know what I was thinking when
+	I wrote the routine in the first place.
+
+	o Updated and rewrote doc entry pertaining to SS
+
+* Wed Apr 10 2002
+
+	o Renamed tmac.om to om.tmac to bring macro file's name into line
+	with current groff policy
+
+	o Added more standard paper sizes to PAPER.
+
+	o Fixed T_MARGIN, LS, and AUTOLEAD so that if T_MARGIN is set
+	before LS or AUTOLEAD at the top of a file, the first line of type
+	falls properly on the baseline set by T_MARGIN.  Previously, LS
+	and AUTOLEAD automatically advanced by the value passed to them
+	before setting the first line of type, meaning that the first line
+	of type fell at T_MARGINu+1v instead of T_MARGIN.
+
+	o Updated docs to reflect changes.
+
+	o Removed #TEST_FOR_NUMERIC from list of reserved words.
+
+	o Added "t" and #T_MARGIN_SET to list of reserved words.
+
+* Sat Apr 6 2002
+
+	o Added FACTOR arg to AUTOLEAD, so if user wants autolead to be a
+	factor of point size, instead of being the sum of pointsize +
+	autolead, s/he has the choice.  Incorporated appropriate changes
+	to PS and LS.
+
+	o Added new register #AUTOLEAD_FACTOR to reserved words.  Modified
+	comments for AUTOLEAD, PS, and LS to reflect changes.  Also
+	corrected an error where #AUTOLEAD_VALUE had mistakenly been
+	written $AUTOLEAD_VALUE in comments in the macro file, and removed
+	erroneous | <anything>.  Updated AUTOLEAD entry in
+	momdoc/typesetting.html to reflect the changes.
+
+* Wed Apr 3 2002
+
+	o Cleaned up html errors in the docs.
+
+	o Added "Next," "Prev" and "Top" links to top and bottom of doc
+	files.
+
+	o Fixed some typos in the docs.
+
+________________________________________________________________________
+
+##### License
+
+Copyright 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+##### Editor settings
+Local Variables:
+coding: latin-1
+fill-column: 72
+mode: change-log
+version-control: never
+End:
+vim:set autoindent textwidth=72:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/NEWS b/contrib/mom/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7cf82a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,710 @@
+    -*- text -*-
+    Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+    are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+    notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+Release 2.5
+-----------
+Addition of shaded backgrounds, frames, and page colour.
+
+Releases 2.4 — 2.4-4_e
+----------------------
+General bug fix releases, with an overhaul of float, image, and
+pre-processor handling to correct inconsistencies in spacing,
+indents, labels, and captions.  Corrects page numbering issue in
+"Lists of..." when pre-processor material is floated and deferred.
+
+Release 2.3
+-----------
+Addition of DOCTYPE SLIDES and associated macros
+  NEWSLIDE
+  PAUSE
+  TRANSITION for slide presentations processed with gropdf.
+Fixes and improvements to nested lists (ITEM now takes a spacing
+arg), indents (IB), NEWPAGE (aliased as NEWSLIDE).  Addition
+of CENTER_BLOCK (center blocks of type over whole line length
+regardless of indents).  Tighten up graphical object macros.
+Addition of macros to handle hanging punctuation.  .COLOR preferred
+to .gcolor in om.tmac.  Changes to HEADER to handle printing of both
+headers and footers when DOCTYPE SLIDES.
+
+Release 2.2
+-----------
+Addition of flex-spacing (flexible vertical whitespace).  Fixes and
+improvements to positioning of floats, images, and pre-processor
+material.  Addition of TARGET (PDF target) argument to floats,
+images, and pre-processor material.  Improvements to autolabelling.
+
+Release 2.1-b
+-------------
+Fix to handling of kern units.  Updated copyright info.
+
+Release 2.1-a
+-------------
+Expanded labelling facilities to include floats and
+quotes/blockquotes.  Improvements to TOC handling.
+
+Release 2.1
+-----------
+Expanded support for doc-covers, covers, and docheaders:
+  - control macros for formatting every element separately (title,
+    subtitle, author, etc.); formatting options include family,
+    font, size, color, quad, caps, smallcaps and underscoring
+  - (DOC_)COVERTEXT for setting blocks of type on cover pages
+  - (DOC_)COVER_IMAGE for putting full page or small images on cover
+    pages
+
+New <ELEMENT>_STYLE macros that allow grouping of style parameters
+for most document elements into a single macro using keyword/value
+pairs.
+
+Smallcaps, with the ability to control size, weight, and width.
+
+Release 2.0-c
+-------------
+Mom now has full support for eqn, pic, and tbl, as well as
+captioning and labelling of pdf images and preprocessor output.
+Lists of Figures, Equations, and Tables can now be autogenerated.
+PDF_IMAGE has a new FRAME option.
+
+Release 2.0-b
+-------------
+Improved and expanded float and tbl support.
+
+Release 2.0-a
+-------------
+FORCE argument added to FLOAT; immediately breaks to a new page
+to output the float if it does not fit on current the page.
+
+Release 2.0
+-----------
+Full integration with gropdf.  Mom's focus now is on the generation
+of PDF output.  PDF outlines and PDF links (internal and external)
+fully supported.
+
+New management of nested heading levels via HEADING <level>,
+replacing HEAD, SUBHEAD, SUBSUBHEAD and PARAHEAD.
+
+"NAMED <id>" argument to HEADING <level> creates PDF target at the
+heading.
+
+Use of "oldstyle" headings preserved, allowing the continued use of HEAD,
+SUBHEAD, etc.  
+
+PARAHEAD removed; replaced by HEADING <level> PARAHEAD.
+
+New management of head styling.
+
+New management of TOC, mostly transparent to user.
+
+New management of TOC title and entry styling.
+
+Overhaul of TOC default style; greater flexibility in numbering
+entries, improved indenting, improved spacing.
+
+FLOAT macro added.
+
+MN_INIT wrapper re-written such that each argument must be preceded
+by a flag.
+
+New perl script, pdfmom, to facilitate generation of PDF output.
+
+Additional documentation in the form of a PDF manual, which covers
+mom/PDF/groff usage.
+
+====================================================================
+
+Release 1.6-a
+-------------
+Support for sub-subheads added.
+
+Release 1.6
+-----------
+Complete overhaul of refer handling.  If you've been using mom and
+refer, the changes may affect documents you've already created.
+Please read refer.html.
+
+Improved underlining thanks to Tadziu Hoffman.
+
+Increased flexibility of PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE, which now allows
+user to choose the monospace family and point size.
+
+Release 1.5-e
+-------------
+Complete overhaul of documentation
+
+Release 1.5-d
+-------------
+Control macros added to various miscellaneous docprocessing
+functions
+
+Release 1.5-c
+-------------
+Bugfix release (see BUGS, Version 1.5-b).
+
+Release 1.5-b
+-------------
+Bugfix release (see BUGS, Version 1.5-a).
+
+Release 1.5-a
+-------------
+Bugfix release (see BUGS, Version 1.5).
+
+Release 1.5
+-----------
+Macros have been added to facilitate the drawing of common
+graphical objects: rules (horizontal and vertical), boxes (solid or
+filled) and circles (ellipses; also solid or filled).  The
+behaviour of \*[RULE] has changed so that it always deposits a
+break when it's called, bringing it (somewhat) into line with the
+new macro for drawing rules precisely, DRH.  Additionally, a new
+macro, RULE_WEIGHT, can be used to control the weight of rules
+drawn with \*[RULE].
+
+Overall, the handling of underscoring and underlining--wherever it
+occurs--has been overhauled so that users can control both the
+weight and the placement of underscore/underline rules.  New
+macros have been created to control, for example,
+the weight and placement of the rule under a HEAD, or the weight of
+a FOOTNOTE separator rule, etc.  Anything that can be underscored
+or underlined (except the pseudo-underlining of italic passages in
+PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE) has a "rule" control macro.  See the document
+sections pertinent to the macro in question.
+
+The creation and management of covers and doc covers has been
+overhauled for greater flexibility, including the ability to
+generate differing titles, subtitles, attribution strings, authors,
+doctypes, miscellaneous lines and copyright information for the
+same document's doc cover and cover (title) pages, without
+affecting the default docheader that appears on page one.
+Additionally, you can now get mom to output a blank page after a
+cover or doc cover, as well as tell her whether to include covers
+and doc covers in the pagination scheme.
+
+The convenience macro, CODE, has been made more convenient.  A new
+control macro allows setting users' preferred fixed-width fonts.
+Additionally, CODE can now be called inline.
+
+New inline escapes, \*[UC] and \*[LC], have been added to allow
+inline capitalization.  This is particularly useful when users
+want to pass a header/footer left-center-right part one of mom's
+"reserved" strings and want the string capitalized (or not) in the
+header/footer.
+
+For more details, see ChangeLog as well as the documentation.
+
+Release 1.4-b
+-------------
+It is now possible to pass an absolute value to QUOTE_INDENT,
+BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT and EPIGRAPH_INDENT.  If an absolute value
+is desired, the user simply appends a unit of measure (scaling
+indicator) to the argument.  If no unit of measure is appended,
+the old behaviour is still observed (i.e. the numeric argument
+represents the amount by which to multiply the paragraph indent to
+arrive at the desired indent value).
+
+The main macro file, om.tmac, is now stripped of comments when
+groff is built from sources.  om.tmac in the sources themselves
+still contains the comments, as do the tarballs posted on the mom
+homepage.
+
+Release 1.4-a
+-------------
+Added a new macro, HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS, to allow having both
+headers and footers on a page.
+
+Release 1.4
+-----------
+DOCTITLE, TITLE, CHAPTER_TITLE, SUBTITLE, COVERTITLE and
+DOC_COVERTITLE now accept multiple arguments; each is printed
+on a separate line.
+
+New macro, CODE, to facilitate setting programming code snippets.
+
+Release 1.3-e_<#>
+-----------------
+New macro, PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER, to allow users to prepend chapter
+numbers to the numbering scheme used in head element numbering.
+
+Indented TOC entries now line up better.
+
+Line numbering now has control macros for family, font, point size
+and color.
+
+A new macro, NO_SHIM, to disable the automatic shimming of
+(possibly irregularly linespaced) quotes and blockquotes.
+
+Release 1.3-d
+-------------
+Bug fix release (FONT--removed superfluous "if" that was breaking
+fallback font logic; FOOTNOTE--no longer adding a linebreak after
+footnote marker in footnote text in nofill modes).
+
+Fixed indent problem with LIST when both PAD_LIST_DIGITS LEFT and
+SHIFT_LIST used concurrently.
+
+Release 1.3-c
+-------------
+Bug fix release (margin notes, TYPEWRITE--spacing, underlining and
+italicizing 
+
+Release 1.3-b
+-------------
+Bug fix release.  SMARTQUOTES has been smartened; miscellaneous
+glitches in PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE fixed (see BUGS).  Primarily
+corrects inconsistencies and bugs with the margin notes routines.
+
+Release 1.3-a
+-------------
+Bug fixes: First baseline of type wasn't going where it was supposed
+to when the docheader was turned off; fixes to errors in html
+formatting of docs.
+
+Release 1.3
+-----------
+
+Added line numbering capabilities, with controls.
+
+Footnotes and endnotes can now be referenced by line number.
+
+Added ability to adjust vertical position of the title that appears
+on the first endnotes page.
+
+Footnotes can run on when being referenced by line number.
+
+Footnotes now have a post-footnote spacing option, for adding
+a little space between footnotes.
+
+Extended LIST so it accepts alpha, ROMAN and roman enumerators.
+
+Added margin notes capability.
+
+Added refer support.
+
+Added bibliography page support.
+
+Added QUOTE_AUTOLEAD and BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD, so user can have
+quotes and blockquotes leaded differently from running text.
+
+Change: the input line immediately after FOOTNOTE OFF must be
+entered as a literal continuation of the line prior to FOOTNOTE,
+including any initial spaces or punctuation marks.  This allows
+for hassle-free placing of footnote markers in running text either
+before or after punctuation marks.
+
+Release 1.2-f
+-------------
+
+Added ADD_SPACE, to permit users to insert space at the top of
+running text (after the first page) when using the docprocessing
+macros.
+
+Releases 1.2-a and 1.2-b
+------------------------
+
+My personal email address has changed.  1.2-a and -b have been
+updated to reflect that.  Additionally, I made some small changes
+to the documentation.
+
+Release 1.2
+-----------
+
+As of 1.2, the recommended version of groff to use with mom has
+been bumped up from groff, 1.18 to groff, 1.19.2.  Although mom will
+continue to work with groff, 1.18, her handling of .FAM(ILY) and .FT
+is now slightly different, therefore users of groff 1.18 may have to
+update documents created with mom so that every .FAM(ILY) request is
+followed by a .FT request before any text is input, otherwise mom
+will set the text after .FAM(ILY) in Courier (until she encounters a
+.FT request).  People running groff, >= 1.19.2 don't have to worry
+about this, but I recommend that, regardless of which version you're
+running, you have a look at the document entries for FAMILY and FT
+in order to see how mom will be handling .FAMILY and .FT from now
+on.
+
+When used with groff >=1.19.2, mom now emits warnings if a style
+hasn't been registered, or if a font style doesn't exist in the
+current family.  Invalid .FAM(ILY) calls now use a "fallback" font"
+(although no warning is issued).  The fallback is user-settable.
+
+Mom's macro file, om.tmac, now sets up a fairly extensive list of
+font "styles," thus expanding the range of arguments that can be
+passed to .FT (formerly, just R, I, B and BI, unless users had
+already rolled their own solution to the problem of extensive type
+families containing fonts like condensed, demibold, black, light, etc).
+Users are advised to read the documentation sections on FAM(ILY),
+FT and FALLBACK_FONT, as well as the new appendix section, "Adding
+PostScript fonts to groff", for information on using mom's style
+extensions (and how to disable them, should they conflict with a
+user's present groff site-font/devps setup).
+
+A new macro, FALLBACK_FONT, has been added.  It controls not only
+the fallback font for invalid .FAMILY calls, but also whether mom
+aborts on invalid .FT calls after issuing a warning, or continues
+processing using the fallback.
+
+Release 1.1.9
+-------------
+
+Added the (optional) generation of cover pages and document cover
+pages, plus a full suite of control macros for all cover page
+elements.
+
+Added new reference macros that apply to covers: COVERTITLE,
+DOC_COVERTITLE, COPYRIGHT and MISC.
+
+The need for TRAP OFF/TRAP to deal with ELs and TNs that fall at
+the bottom page has been obsoleted.  However, both EL and TN, when
+invoked in any "nofill" mode (LEFT, RIGHT, CENTER, or the L | R | C
+arguments to TAB_SET or ST when no QUAD argument is given), must now
+have the input line preceding the EL or TN terminated by \c.  Fill
+modes do not have this requirement, i.e. no \c is required.
+
+Footnotes that occur inside quotes, blockquotes and epigraphs now
+work just like regular footnotes, with no user intervention
+required.  This obsoletes the macro BREAK_QUOTE.
+
+Removed all aliases that used the word COLOUR.  Users must use
+COLOR wherever COLOR is needed.  COLOUR, as a replacement/alias, is
+no longer supported.
+
+NEWPAGE, which used to be an alias of .bp, is now its own macro.
+
+Release 1.1.8
+-------------
+
+Added text color support.  Users can now define or initialize a color,
+and afterwards change text color with an inline of the form
+\*[<colorname>], or with the macro .COLOR.  In document processing,
+the docelement tag control macros have been expanded to include
+_COLOR, e.g. .HEAD_COLOR <predefined colorname> will colorize
+heads, PAGENUM_COLOR <predefined colorname) will colorize page
+numbering, etc.
+
+Adjusted vertical placement of hyphens around page numbering when
+PAGENUM_STYLE is DIGIT, ROMAN or ALPHA so that the hyphens appear
+properly centered on the page numbering character.
+
+Changed tab handling in document processing so that tab structures
+are preserved from page to page and column to column.
+
+Release 1.1.7-a
+---------------
+
+Increased the flexibility of SMARTQUOTES so that they handle quoting
+styles by language, entered as a 2-digit language code argument to
+SMARTQUOTES.  See docs.
+
+Re-wrote the DOCTYPE LETTER macros so that DATE, TO and FROM can be
+entered in any order the user wishes, with output that matches
+input.  (Should have done this in the first place.)
+
+Release 1.1.7
+-------------
+
+Finally got around to writing "list" macros.  See the docs.
+
+Added German-style lowered double quotes and two styles of
+guillemets to SMARTQUOTES.
+
+Added macro SIZE, intended to be called inline as \*[SIZE <n>].
+This brings mom's inline size change syntax into line with her other
+inlines.  \*S[<n>] can still be used for the same thing.
+
+The file elvis_syntax (for elvis prior to 2.2h) is no longer being
+maintained.  It was getting messy and long in the tooth.  The
+official elvis syntax file is elvis_syntax.new, which works for
+2.2h of elvis (and higher, one hopes).  elvis users are encouraged
+to update to 2.2h or higher.
+
+Release 1.1.6-e
+---------------
+
+Extended handling of draft and revision numbers and strings in
+headers/footers for increased flexibility.  It's possible now to
+have just about any combo of DRAFT_STRING, DRAFT, REVISION_STRING
+and REVISION, and have them come out in headers/footers as one
+intuitively expects/wants.
+
+Also added a new set of syntax highlighting rules for the vi clone,
+elvis.  Version 2-2h-beta of elvis finally made possible the
+highlighting of \*[...] inline escapes, whether or not they're
+separated from surrounding text by spaces.  This is a terrific
+improvement in elvis, and makes for greatly improved readability of
+mom files.
+
+Release 1.1.6-b - 1.1.6d
+------------------------
+
+Trivial changes to documentation and some cleanups of the main
+om.tmac file, including:
+
+Added a .bp after .if \\n[#START]=1 in FOOTER.  Without it,
+in document processing mode, documents that use *none* of the
+docprocessing tags (yes, there are times when users want to do
+this) ignored the footer trap.
+
+Changed register #DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ to string
+$DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ.  This means that .DOCHEADER_LEAD no longer
+requires a unit of measure; points is assumed.
+
+Release 1.1.6-b
+---------------
+
+Added a SHIM macro that calculates and moves to the next "valid"
+baseline during document processing (useful if user starts playing
+around with spacing/leading on a page and needs to get the leading
+back on track).
+
+Fixed handling of DOCHEADER OFF <distance> so that the first line of
+running text falls on a "valid" baseline when <distance> is given.
+
+Release 1.1.6-a
+---------------
+
+Problem with groff 1.19.1 fixed by Werner (.return handled arguments
+incorrectly).
+
+Fixed handling of page numbering style restoration in endnotes, so
+that (collated) docs have the correct page numbering style when the
+style has been changed for endnotes (with ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE).
+
+DOC_TITLE has been made for use exclusively with DOCTYPE DEFAULT.
+
+Fixed handling of headers/footers with respect to endnotes.  Now,
+when either headers or footers are on, mom picks up the correct
+page header/footer on the last page prior to ENDNOTES, gets the
+pageheaders correct for endnotes pages *including the last one*, and
+picks up correct page headers/footers for the subsequent docs after
+COLLATE.
+
+
+Release 1.1.6
+-------------
+
+BAD NEWS: mom appears to be crippled in some areas when run with
+groff 1.19.1.  Pending a solution, mom must be run with groff 1.18
+
+***NEW***
+
+Added TOC capabilities.
+
+Extended range of endnotes control macros.  See the documentation
+on endnotes control macros.
+
+Added a new DOC_TITLE macro, to deal with collated documents that
+have an overall title, while each doc has its own separate doc
+title (from TITLE).
+
+
+Release 1.1.5
+-------------
+
+***NEW***
+
+Added James Ramsey's CHAPTER_TITLE macro as well as control macros to
+go with it.  Thanks James.  Also from James came a patch to handle
+START differenty which has been incorporated into om.tmac.  Thanks
+again, James.
+
+Some bits and pieces of the docs have been tweaked, but nothing
+changed.  Hopefully, the changes will make parts of the docs easier to
+read and navigate.
+
+***FIXES***
+
+o \*[RULE]
+
+o broken draft and revision in docheaders
+
+o post-epigraph spacing in TYPEWRITE
+
+o header spacing in TYPEWRITE
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Release 1.1.4
+-------------
+
+***SIGNIFICANT CHANGE***
+.IX is now deprecated, although it will continue to work as before.
+The new form is .IQ (Indent Quit).  Groff will emit a message advising
+users to update their docs.
+
+***NEW***
+Four new inlines to deal with horizontal and vertical movements:
+
+    o \*[FWD n]
+    o \*[BCK n]
+    o \*[UP n]
+    o \*[DOWN n]
+
+All four require a unit of measure after n.  These inlines are similar
+to the older \*[FPn], \*[BPn], \*[ALDn] and \*[RLDn], however they're
+not restricted to points, and any value can be entered for n (the older
+forms -- which still work -- were restricted to 1 - 36).
+
+***CHANGED***
+Inline kerning can now be accomplished with \*[BU n] and \*[FU n], where
+n, after the space, is the desired number of kern units.  The older
+forms \*[BUn] and \*[FUn] still work, up to 36 units.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Release 1.1.3c
+--------------
+
+***NEW***
+A new macro -- ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER -- added so that mom's default
+behaviour of not printing the header center string when DOCTYPE is
+CHAPTER can be disabled (i.e. she will print the center string).  The
+macro is user-called with ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER or
+ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTER.
+
+***FIXES***
+PAD now works as advertised when fill mode is on.
+
+ENDNOTES no longer disables printing of footnotes on last page of
+document body.
+
+Release 1.1.3
+-------------
+
+***SIGNIFICANT CHANGE -- PLEASE TAKE NOTE***
+As of 1.1.3, groff must be >= 1.18.
+
+***NEW***
+Added endnotes functionality to mom, along with a slew of macros to
+control how mom prints endnotes pages.  See the html documentation.
+
+***NEW***
+Added inline \*[RULE], which draws a rule to the full measure of the
+current line length ( to be used in place of \h'\n(.lu' ).  Weight of the
+rule is dependent on the point size of type when \#[RULE] is called.
+
+***FIXES***
+PAD -- works more intuitively now when the pad string contains inline
+escapes for font, point size, etc.
+
+UNDERLINE -- fixed character translations of digraphs so they get
+underlined properly.  Also fixed a bug that was causing some footnotes
+to get underlined when UNDERLINE was on in the body of the document.
+
+***UPDATES***
+Html documentation
+elvis_syn
+
+Release 1.1.2a
+--------------
+
+***SIGNIFICANT CHANGE -- PLEASE TAKE NOTE***
+In order to help mom toward full groffship, the macro .PS has been
+renamed to .PT_SIZE, and the alias .TS (for .TAB_SET) has been removed.
+.PS and .TS are keywords used by pic and tbl respectively, and the mom
+macros of the same name were in conflict.
+
+Release 1.1.2
+-------------
+
+***IT'S OFFICIAL!***
+mom is now an official part of the groff.  New releases will be
+incorporated into the groff package.  I'll still be posting each new
+release on the mom homepage, so there's no need to download all of the
+most recent version of groff just to get a newer mom. :)
+
+***CHANGES***
+Fixed default footer separator rule adjustment so that it's closer to
+the advertised "4 points above the tallest ascender in the footer."
+
+Added more stuff to the elvis_syn file.  Still wouldn't mind someone
+contributing some vim/emacs syntax highlighting.
+
+Added .cflags 4 /\(em to om.tmac.  By default, mom now obligingly
+breaks after / and \(en.
+
+***NEW***
+Macro(s): HEADER_RECTO
+          HEADER_VERSO
+With these macros, users can now define single-string recto/verso
+headers/footers.  HEADER_RECTO (or FOOTER_RECTO) can be used to create
+a one-part header/footer (instead of mom's default three-parters) that
+appears on every page if RECTO_VERSO is OFF or, if RECTO_VERSO is on, if
+no HEADER_VERSO (or FOOTER_VERSO) has been defined.  If a HEADER_VERSO
+(or FOOTER_VERSO) is defined and RECTO_VERSO is on, _RECTO prints on
+even pages and _VERSO on odd pages.
+
+Added macro DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER so user can have draft/revision
+info attached to the pagenumber in COPYSTYLE DRAFT, instead of having
+it HEADER center.  Always having it HEADER center was creating problems
+with long doc titles, esp. with PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE (which is when
+COPYSTYLE DRAFT is most likely to be used).
+
+***FIXES***
+No more "can't break line" warnings in DOCTYPE LETTER.
+
+If no REVISION number is given, Rev. 0 no longer appears HEADER_CENTER
+in COPYSTYLE DRAFT
+
+PAGENUM_STYLE now works as advertised.
+
+Release 1.1.1
+-------------
+
+***CHANGES***
+Main macro file renamed to om.tmac, in keeping with current groff
+policy.
+
+Now okay to use groff mailing list for mom-related posts
+
+***NEW***
+Toggle macro -- BR_AT_LINE_KERN.  When on, automatically deposits
+a break whenever .RW or .EW are invoked.  Very useful when kerning
+whole lines of rag copy.
+
+***NEW***
+Toggle macro -- PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE.  Normally, when FOOTERS are
+being used instead of HEADERS, mom doesn't print the page number at
+the top of the first page of a doc, or the first page of collated docs.
+PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE allows user to get mom to put the page number on
+"first" pages if that's desired.
+
+***NEW***
+Macro -- BREAK_QUOTE -- to deal with problem of footnoted quotes and
+blockquotes that cross a page or column.
+
+***NEW***
+New argument to AUTOLEAD -- FACTOR.  With FACTOR, you can, if you
+wish, enter a factor by which AUTOLEAD multiplies the point size when
+calculating lead automatically.
+
+Improvements
+------------
+
+PAPER now has a much larger selection of common paper sizes.
+
+\*[ALD], \*[RLD], \*[FP] and \*[BP] now accept increments of quarter
+points (expressed as decimal fractions).  \*[RLD1.75], for example,
+reverses 1-3/4 points up on the line.
+
+HEADER_SIZE now available to PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE.  This was necessary
+to deal with the problem of excessively long HEADER_LEFT, _CENTER or
+_RIGHT strings.
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+T_MARGIN -- can be set before or after LS or AUTOLEAD
+SS       -- remains constant regardless of WS
+WS       -- no longer affects SS
+TI       -- now works as expected even when called while another indent
+            type is in effect
+COLLATE  -- small fixes
+
+Broken .RW and .EW fixed.
+
+String tabs now behave properly when set from within tabs.
+
+UNDERLINE_QUOTES (for PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE) are now, in fact, on by
+default as the docs state.
diff --git a/contrib/mom/TODO b/contrib/mom/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9bb257
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+    -*- txt -*-
+    Copyright 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+    are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+    notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+- cutarounds
+- clickable footnote and endnote markers
+- indexing
diff --git a/contrib/mom/copyright b/contrib/mom/copyright
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04c09d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/copyright
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+-*- text -*-
+AUTHOR
+------
+Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca)
+6-331 Mona Ave
+Vanier (ON) CANADA
+K1L 7A3
+
+========================================================================
+
+The groff macro file om.tmac and the html documentation pertaining to
+it are Copyright (C) 2004-2021 Peter Schaffter.
+
+om.tmac is issued under the GNU General Public License, a full copy of
+which can be had at
+
+    http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html
+
+The html documentation pertaining to om.tmac is issued under the GNU
+Free Documentation License, a full copy of which can be had at
+
+    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html
+
+========================================================================
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/README-fr.txt b/contrib/mom/examples/README-fr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b1b434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/README-fr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+-*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+Copyright (C) 2014-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+========================================================================
+
+Les fichiers dans ce répertoire vous permettent de voir mom en pleine
+action.
+
+Si vous avez téléchargé et décompressé une version de mom depuis sa
+page d'accueil, vous verrez qu'aucun exemple n'est accompagné du
+fichier PDF (.pdf) correspondant, comme c'est le cas sur les versions
+pré-compilées de groff, ou groff compilé à partir des sources.
+
+Je n'ai pas inclu les PDF parce que je voulais conserver l'archive mom
+aussi petite que possible. Pour générer les PDF, traitez les fichiers
+avec pdfmom(1).
+
+    pdfmom mom-pdf.mom > mom-pdf.pdf
+    pdfmom sample_docs.mom > sample_docs.pdf
+    pdfmom slide-demo.mom > slide-demo.pdf
+    pdfmom -k letter.mom > letter.pdf
+    pdfmom -k mon_premier_doc.mom > mon_premier_doc.pdf
+    pdfmom -k typesetting.mom > typesetting.pdf
+
+Les fichiers
+------------
+
+Tous les fichiers sont configurés pour le format lettre US, exceptés
+mom-pdf.mom et mon_premier_doc.mom, qui utilisent le format A4.
+
+***typesetting.mom**
+
+Le fichier typesetting.mom montre l'utilisation d'éléments de
+composition typographique: tabulations, tabulations intégrées dans des
+chaînes de caractères, remplissage de lignes, texte sur plusieurs
+colonnes et différents styles d'indentation; ainsi que certaines
+subtilités et réglages précis disponibles via des macros et des
+échappements en ligne ("inline escape", des commandes insérées
+directement dans le texte, par opposition aux macros).
+
+Comme ce fichier montre également l'utilisation d'une petite image au
+milieu d'un texte et que cette image est la mascotte favorite de tout
+le monde -- Tux, le fichier PDF de cette image, penguin.pdf, a été
+ajouté dans ce répertoire.
+
+***sample_docs.mom***
+
+Le fichier sample_docs.mom montre en exemple les trois styles de
+documents apportés par les macros de formattage de document de mom,
+ansi que l'utilisation de COLLATE. Il montre également certaines
+fonctionnalités PDF de mom dont l'écriture d'une ébauche de nouvelle
+ou des liens cliquables dans une table des matières.
+
+Le dernier exemple démontre, par un texte séparé en deux colonnes, la
+souplesse de mom pour la conception de document.
+
+Le PRINTSTYLE de ce fichier est TYPESET et vous donne une idée du
+comportement par défaut de mom pour la composition typographique de
+document.
+
+Si vous souhaitez voir comment mom traite le même fichier quand
+PRINTSTYLE est TYPEWRITE (c'est-à-dire dactylographié, avec espace
+double) remplacez .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET par .PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE au
+début du fichier.
+
+***letter.mom***
+
+Ceci est simplement l'exemple du tutorial de momdocs, prêt à être vu.
+
+***slide-demo.mom***
+
+Le fichier slide-demo.mom montre une présentation de diapositives
+avec des effets PAUSE et TRANSITION.  Le fichier .pdf généré avec
+pdfmom devrait être ouvert en mode Présentation d'un lecteur PDF
+(Okular, Evince, Acroread).  Notez que pas tous les effets de
+transition sont disponibles pour tous les lecteurs PDF.  
+
+***mon_premier_doc.mom***
+
+Le fichier mon_premier_doc.mom est un exemple simple en français
+montrant l'utilisation d'éléments de formattage courants: titres de
+section, paragraphes, listes, table des matières et liens PDF
+cliquables. Il doit être généré avec l'option -k du fait de la
+présence de caractères accentués.
+
+Un certain nombre de réglages ont également été changés pour ce
+document en français:  ATTRIBUTE_STRING est utilisé pour remplacer
+"by" par "par" en tête de document (là où le titre et l'auteur sont
+affichés). TOC_HEADER_STRING sert à modifier le titre de la table des
+matières en "Table des matières" plutôt que "Table of Content". Enfin,
+le paramètre de configuration INDENT_FIRST_PARAS est activé afin
+d'indenter le premier paragraphe de chaque section -- ceci est l'usage
+en typographie française.
+
+***copyright-default.mom/copyright-chapter.mom***
+
+Deux fichiers qui montrent la bonne façon d'insérer une page des
+droits d'auteur dans les documents créés avec mom.  "Default" est
+pour DOCTYPE DEFAULT; "chapter" est pour DOCTYPE CHAPTER.
+
+***mom-pdf.mom***
+
+Le manuel "Producing PDFs with mom and groff".
+
+***mom.vim***
+
+Les règles de coloration syntaxique vim sont baséés sur celles
+fournies par Christian V. J. Brüssow (cvjb@cvjb.de). Copiez le fichier
+mom.vim dans votre répertoire ~/.vim/syntax directory; ensuite,
+autorisez la coloration syntaxique si ce n'est pas encore le cas:
+
+  :syntax enable
+ou
+  :syntax on
+
+***elvis_syntax.new***
+
+Ceux qui utilisent elvis, le clone de vi, peuvent directement
+copier-coller le contenu de ce fichier dans leur elvis.syn. Tous les
+fichiers ayant l'extension .mom auront la coloration syntaxique.  Les
+règles dans elvis_syntax ne sont pas exhaustive, mais aideront
+beaucoup à rendre les fichiers mom plus lisibles.
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt b/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..851a9a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+-*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+========================================================================
+
+The files in this directory show mom in action.
+
+If you have downloaded and untarrred a version of mom from her
+homepage, you'll see that none of the example files come with
+corresponding PDF (.pdf) files, as they do with pre-compiled
+versions of groff, or groff built from source.
+
+I haven't included the PDF output because I want to keep the mom
+archive as lean as possible.  To view the PDF output, process the
+files with pdfmom(1).
+
+    pdfmom mom-pdf.mom > mom-pdf.pdf
+    pdfmom sample_docs.mom > sample_docs.pdf
+    pdfmom slide-demo.mom > slide-demo.pdf
+    pdfmom -k letter.mom > letter.pdf
+    pdfmom -k mon_premier_doc.mom > mon_premier_doc.pdf
+    pdfmom -k typesetting.mom > typesetting.pdf
+
+The files themselves
+--------------------
+
+All are set up for US letter papersize except mom-pdf.mom and
+mon_premier_doc.mom, which uses A4.
+
+***typesetting.mom**
+
+The file, typesetting.mom, demonstrates the use of typesetting tabs,
+string tabs, line padding, multi-columns and various indent styles,
+as well as some of the refinements and fine-tuning available via
+macros and inline escapes.
+
+Because the file also demonstrates a cutaround using a small picture
+of everybody's favourite mascot, Tux, the PDF file, penguin.pdf has
+been included in the directory.
+
+***sample_docs.mom***
+
+The file, sample_docs.mom, shows examples of three of the document
+styles available with the mom's document processing macros, as well
+as demonstrating the use of COLLATE.  It also shows off some of
+mom's PDF features, including a PDF outline and clickable links in
+the printable Table of Contents.
+
+The last sample, set in 2 columns, demonstrates mom's flexibility
+when it comes to designing documents.
+
+The PRINTSTYLE of this file is TYPESET, to give you an idea of mom's
+default behaviour when typesetting a document.
+
+If you'd like to see how mom handles exactly the same file when the
+PRINTSTYLE is TYPEWRITE (ie typewritten, double-spaced), simply
+change .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET to .PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE near the top of
+the file.
+
+***letter.mom***
+
+This is just the tutorial example from the momdocs, ready for
+previewing.
+
+***slide-demo.mom***
+
+The file, slide-demo.mom, demonstrates a slide presentation with
+PAUSE and TRANSITION effects.  The .pdf created by pdfmom should be
+opened in Presentation Mode in a PDF reader (e.g. Okular, Evince,
+Acroread).  Note that not all transition effects are available in
+all PDF readers.
+
+***mon_premier_doc.mom***
+
+The file, mon_premier_doc.mom, is a simple example in French showing
+the use of common elements: section headings, paragraphs, lists, table
+of contents and clickable links.  It should be generated with option -k
+as there are some accented letters.
+
+A few settings were also changed for this French document:
+ATTRIBUTE_STRING is used to replace "by" by "par" in the document
+header (where the title and the author are displayed).
+TOC_HEADER_STRING is used to modity the Table of Content title to
+"Table des matières". And finally, INDENT_FIRST_PARAS is used to
+indent the first paragraph of a section -- this is the usual
+convention in French typesetting.
+
+***copyright-default.mom/copyright-chapter.mom***
+
+These two files demonstrate the correct way to insert a copyright
+page into mom documents.  "Default" is for DOCTYPE DEFAULT;
+"chapter" is for DOCTYPE CHAPTER.
+
+***mom-pdf.mom***
+
+The manual, Producing PDFs with mom and groff.
+
+***mom.vim***
+
+The vim syntax highlighting rules are based on those provided by
+Christian V. J. Brüssow (cvjb@cvjb.de).  Copy mom.vim file to your
+~/.vim/syntax directory; then, if your vim isn't already set up to
+do so, enable mom syntax highlighting with
+
+  :syntax enable
+or
+  :syntax on
+
+***elvis_syntax.new***
+
+For those who use the vi clone, elvis, you can paste this file into
+your elvis.syn.  Provided your mom documents have the extension
+.mom, they'll come out with colorized syntax highlighting.  The
+rules in elvis_syntax aren't exhaustive, but they go a long way to
+making mom files more readable.
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/copyright-chapter.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/copyright-chapter.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..261c712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/copyright-chapter.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+\#
+\# Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\#
+\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+\# notice and this notice are preserved.
+\#
+.ig
+***Template for creating a copyright page, DOCTYPE CHAPTER***
+.
+Mom documents comprised of chapters using DOCTYPE CHAPTER require
+the START macro to begin each chapter, and the COLLATE macro to join
+it to the subsequent chapter.
+.
+A copyright page (also called an edition page), which is not a
+chapter, should be treated as a DOCTYPE DEFAULT.  The text of
+the copyright page is entered after START and joined to the first
+chapter (DOCTYPE CHAPTER) with COLLATE.
+.
+Copyright pages are not identified by a title or heading, however
+they require a TITLE in order to be included in PDF viewer outlines
+and the Table of Contents.  Supplying '.TITLE "Copyright"'
+but disabling the DOCHEADER achieves both these requirements.
+.
+Pagination should also be disabled for the copyright page.  Both
+docheader and pagination should be re-enabled before the START of
+the first chapter.
+..
+.
+.\" Cover setup
+.
+.\" By default, mom uses the last TITLE macro before START for the
+.\" title that appears on the cover.  Since the TITLE is "Copyright,"
+.\" mom needs to be told explicitly to use a different title.
+.
+.\" Cover and PDF viewer setup
+.
+.DOCTITLE "Book Title"
+.TITLE DOC_COVER \
+  "\*[$DOCTITLE]" \" Title for the cover page
+.AUTHOR \
+  "Book Author"
+.DOC_COVER \
+  TITLE AUTHOR
+.PDF_TITLE  \
+  "DOCTYPE CHAPTER with copyright page" \" For PDF viewer titlebar
+.
+.\" Copyright page setup
+.
+.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.DOCTYPE    DEFAULT \" Copyright page is not a chapter.
+.
+.DOCHEADER  off 1i  \" Turn off docheader for copyright page.
+.                   \" Begin text 1 inch from page top.
+.PAGINATION off     \" Disable pagination for copyright page.
+.
+.TITLE "Copyright"  \" Required for the PDF viewer outline; does not
+.                   \" get printed because docheader is disabled.
+.NO_TOC_ENTRY       \" So copyright page is not included in the TOC
+.
+.START              \" Begin example copyright page
+All rights reserved.  No part of this publication may be reproduced,
+distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including
+photocopying, recording, or other electronic or mechanical methods,
+without the prior written permission of the publisher, except
+in the case of brief quotations embodied in critical reviews
+and certain other noncommercial uses permitted by copyright
+law.  For permission requests, write to the publisher, addressed
+“Attention: Permissions Coordinator,� at the address below.
+.SP
+.LEFT
+Copyright \[co]2019 Copyright Holder
+.SP
+Additional information...
+.TOC_AFTER_HERE \" Place TOC after copyright page.
+.
+.COLLATE
+.
+.\" Chapter setup
+.
+.DOCTYPE CHAPTER  \" Begin using DOCTYPE CHAPTER.
+.TITLE \
+  "\*[$DOCTITLE]" \" Needed for page headers.
+.                 \" Only required before first chapter.
+.CHAPTER 1
+.CHAPTER_TITLE \
+  "Sample Chapter"
+.DOCHEADER        \" Re-enable docheader.
+.PAGINATE         \" Re-enable pagination.
+.PAGENUMBER 1
+.
+.START \" Begin first chapter.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.  Sed at
+ante.  Mauris eleifend, quam a vulputate dictum, massa quam dapibus
+leo, eget vulputate orci purus ut lorem.  In fringilla mi in ligula.
+Pellentesque aliquam quam vel dolor.  Nunc adipiscing.  Sed quam odio,
+tempus ac, aliquam molestie, varius ac, tellus.  Vestibulum ut nulla
+aliquam risus rutrum interdum.  Pellentesque lorem.  Curabitur sit
+amet erat quis risus feugiat viverra.  Pellentesque augue justo,
+sagittis et, lacinia at, venenatis non, arcu.  Nunc nec libero.  In
+cursus dictum risus.  Etiam tristique nisl a nulla.  Ut a orci.
+Curabitur dolor nunc, egestas at, accumsan at, malesuada nec, magna.
+.PP
+Nulla facilisi.  Nunc volutpat.  Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
+faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Ut sit
+amet orci vel mauris blandit vehicula.  Nullam quis enim.  Integer
+dignissim viverra velit.  Curabitur in odio.  In hac habitasse platea
+dictumst.  Ut consequat, tellus eu volutpat varius, justo orci
+elementum dolor, sed imperdiet nulla tellus ut diam.  Vestibulum
+ipsum ante, malesuada quis, tempus ac, placerat sit amet, elit.
+.PP
+Sed eget turpis a pede tempor malesuada.  Vivamus quis mi at leo
+pulvinar hendrerit.  Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis
+parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.  Pellentesque aliquet
+lacus vitae pede.  Nullam mollis dolor ac nisi.  Phasellus sit amet
+urna.  Praesent pellentesque sapien sed lacus.  Donec lacinia odio
+in odio.  In sit amet elit.  Maecenas gravida interdum urna.  Integer
+pretium, arcu vitae imperdiet facilisis, elit tellus tempor nisi,
+vel feugiat ante velit sit amet mauris.  Vivamus arcu.  Integer
+pharetra magna ac lacus.  Aliquam vitae sapien in nibh vehicula
+auctor.  Suspendisse leo mauris, pulvinar sed, tempor et, consequat
+ac, lacus.  Proin velit.  Nulla semper lobortis mauris.  Duis urna
+erat, ornare et, imperdiet eu, suscipit sit amet, massa.  Nulla nulla
+nisi, pellentesque at, egestas quis, fringilla eu, diam.
+.PP
+Donec semper, sem nec tristique tempus, justo neque commodo nisl,
+ut gravida sem tellus suscipit nunc.  Aliquam erat volutpat.  Ut
+tincidunt pretium elit.  Aliquam pulvinar.  Nulla cursus.  Suspendisse
+potenti.  Etiam condimentum hendrerit felis.  Duis iaculis aliquam
+enim.  Donec dignissim augue vitae orci.  Curabitur luctus felis a
+metus.  Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes,
+nascetur ridiculus mus.  In varius neque at enim.  Suspendisse massa
+nulla, viverra in, bibendum vitae, tempor quis, lorem.
+.PP
+Donec dapibus orci sit amet elit.  Maecenas rutrum ultrices lectus.
+Aliquam suscipit, lacus a iaculis adipiscing, eros orci pellentesque
+nisl, non pharetra dolor urna nec dolor.  Integer cursus dolor vel
+magna.  Integer ultrices feugiat sem.  Proin nec nibh.  Duis eu dui
+quis nunc sagittis lobortis.  Fusce pharetra, enim ut sodales luctus,
+lectus arcu rhoncus purus, in fringilla augue elit vel lacus.  In
+hac habitasse platea dictumst.  Aliquam erat volutpat.  Fusce iaculis
+elit id tellus.  Ut accumsan malesuada turpis.  Suspendisse potenti.
+Vestibulum lacus augue, lobortis mattis, laoreet in, varius at,
+nisi.  Nunc gravida.  Phasellus faucibus.  In hac habitasse platea
+dictumst.  Integer tempor lacus eget lectus.  Praesent fringilla augue
+fringilla.
+.PP
+Pellentesque aliquam quam vel dolor.  Nunc adipiscing.  Sed quam odio,
+tempus ac, aliquam molestie, varius ac, tellus.  Vestibulum ut nulla
+aliquam risus rutrum interdum.  Pellentesque lorem.  Curabitur sit
+amet erat quis risus feugiat viverra.  Pellentesque augue justo,
+sagittis et, lacinia at, venenatis non, arcu.  Nunc nec libero.  In
+cursus dictum risus.  Etiam tristique nisl a nulla.  Ut a orci.
+.TOC
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/copyright-default.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/copyright-default.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a428f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/copyright-default.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+\#
+\# Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\#
+\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+\# notice and this notice are preserved.
+\#
+.ig
+***Template for created a copyright page, DOCTYPE DEFAULT***
+
+Mom documents comprised of titled sections using DOCTYPE DEFAULT
+(e.g. a collection of articles or a book of short stories by
+different authors) require the START macro to begin each new
+section, and the COLLATE macro to join it to the subsequent section.
+.
+A copyright page (also called an edition page) should be treated
+as a titled section.  The text of the copyright page is entered
+after START and joined to the next major section (i.e. the beginning
+of a document's content) with COLLATE.
+.
+Copyright pages are not identified by a title or heading, however
+they require a TITLE in order to be included in PDF viewer outlines
+and, if desired, the Table of Contents.  Supplying '.TITLE "Copyright"'
+but disabling the DOCHEADER achieves both these requirements.
+.
+Pagination should also be disabled for the copyright page.  Both
+docheader and pagination should be re-enabled before the START of
+the first (titled) section of the document.
+..
+.
+.\" Cover and PDF viewer setup
+.
+.\" By default, mom uses the last TITLE macro before START for the
+.\" title that appears on the cover.  Since the TITLE is "Copyright,"
+.\" mom needs to be told explicitly to use a different title.
+.
+.TITLE DOC_COVER \
+  "Document Title"
+.EDITOR DOC_COVER \
+  "Document Editor"
+.ATTRIBUTE_STRING DOC_COVER \
+  "Edited by"
+.DOC_COVER \
+  TITLE EDITOR
+.PDF_TITLE \
+  "DOCTYPE DEFAULT with copyright page" \" For PDF viewer titlebar
+.
+.\" Copyright page setup
+.
+.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.DOCHEADER  off 1i \" Turn off docheader for copyright page.
+.                  \" Begin text 1 inch from page top.
+.PAGINATION off    \" Disable pagination for copyright page.
+.
+.TITLE "Copyright" \" Required for PDF viewer outline; does not
+.                  \" get printed because docheader is disabled.
+.
+.NO_TOC_ENTRY      \" So copyright page is not included in the TOC
+.
+.START             \" Begin copyright page
+All rights reserved.  No part of this publication may be reproduced,
+distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including
+photocopying, recording, or other electronic or mechanical methods,
+without the prior written permission of the publisher, except
+in the case of brief quotations embodied in critical reviews
+and certain other noncommercial uses permitted by copyright
+law.  For permission requests, write to the publisher, addressed
+“Attention: Permissions Coordinator,� at the address below.
+.SP
+.LEFT
+Copyright \[co]2019 Copyright Holder
+.SP
+Additional information...
+.TOC_AFTER_HERE    \" Place TOC after copyright page.
+.
+.COLLATE
+.
+.\" Sample article setup
+.
+.TITLE \
+  "Sample article" \" Title of first article
+.AUTHOR \
+  "Article Author"
+.DOCHEADER         \" Re-enable docheader.
+.PAGINATE          \" Re-enable pagination.
+.PAGENUMBER 1
+.
+.START
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.  Sed at
+ante.  Mauris eleifend, quam a vulputate dictum, massa quam dapibus
+leo, eget vulputate orci purus ut lorem.  In fringilla mi in ligula.
+Pellentesque aliquam quam vel dolor.  Nunc adipiscing.  Sed quam odio,
+tempus ac, aliquam molestie, varius ac, tellus.  Vestibulum ut nulla
+aliquam risus rutrum interdum.  Pellentesque lorem.  Curabitur sit
+amet erat quis risus feugiat viverra.  Pellentesque augue justo,
+sagittis et, lacinia at, venenatis non, arcu.  Nunc nec libero.  In
+cursus dictum risus.  Etiam tristique nisl a nulla.  Ut a orci.
+Curabitur dolor nunc, egestas at, accumsan at, malesuada nec, magna.
+.PP
+Nulla facilisi.  Nunc volutpat.  Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
+faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Ut sit
+amet orci vel mauris blandit vehicula.  Nullam quis enim.  Integer
+dignissim viverra velit.  Curabitur in odio.  In hac habitasse platea
+dictumst.  Ut consequat, tellus eu volutpat varius, justo orci
+elementum dolor, sed imperdiet nulla tellus ut diam.  Vestibulum
+ipsum ante, malesuada quis, tempus ac, placerat sit amet, elit.
+.PP
+Sed eget turpis a pede tempor malesuada.  Vivamus quis mi at leo
+pulvinar hendrerit.  Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis
+parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.  Pellentesque aliquet
+lacus vitae pede.  Nullam mollis dolor ac nisi.  Phasellus sit amet
+urna.  Praesent pellentesque sapien sed lacus.  Donec lacinia odio
+in odio.  In sit amet elit.  Maecenas gravida interdum urna.  Integer
+pretium, arcu vitae imperdiet facilisis, elit tellus tempor nisi,
+vel feugiat ante velit sit amet mauris.  Vivamus arcu.  Integer
+pharetra magna ac lacus.  Aliquam vitae sapien in nibh vehicula
+auctor.  Suspendisse leo mauris, pulvinar sed, tempor et, consequat
+ac, lacus.  Proin velit.  Nulla semper lobortis mauris.  Duis urna
+erat, ornare et, imperdiet eu, suscipit sit amet, massa.  Nulla nulla
+nisi, pellentesque at, egestas quis, fringilla eu, diam.
+.PP
+Donec semper, sem nec tristique tempus, justo neque commodo nisl,
+ut gravida sem tellus suscipit nunc.  Aliquam erat volutpat.  Ut
+tincidunt pretium elit.  Aliquam pulvinar.  Nulla cursus.  Suspendisse
+potenti.  Etiam condimentum hendrerit felis.  Duis iaculis aliquam
+enim.  Donec dignissim augue vitae orci.  Curabitur luctus felis a
+metus.  Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes,
+nascetur ridiculus mus.  In varius neque at enim.  Suspendisse massa
+nulla, viverra in, bibendum vitae, tempor quis, lorem.
+.PP
+Donec dapibus orci sit amet elit.  Maecenas rutrum ultrices lectus.
+Aliquam suscipit, lacus a iaculis adipiscing, eros orci pellentesque
+nisl, non pharetra dolor urna nec dolor.  Integer cursus dolor vel
+magna.  Integer ultrices feugiat sem.  Proin nec nibh.  Duis eu dui
+quis nunc sagittis lobortis.  Fusce pharetra, enim ut sodales luctus,
+lectus arcu rhoncus purus, in fringilla augue elit vel lacus.  In
+hac habitasse platea dictumst.  Aliquam erat volutpat.  Fusce iaculis
+elit id tellus.  Ut accumsan malesuada turpis.  Suspendisse potenti.
+Vestibulum lacus augue, lobortis mattis, laoreet in, varius at,
+nisi.  Nunc gravida.  Phasellus faucibus.  In hac habitasse platea
+dictumst.  Integer tempor lacus eget lectus.  Praesent fringilla augue
+fringilla dui.
+.TOC
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5735bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+" Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+"
+" Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+" are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+" notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+#Mom
+language mom
+extension .mom .tmac
+
+startword .
+color startword normal
+
+inword _.'
+color inword normal
+
+other initialpunct
+mostly normal
+
+backslash none
+
+color args         like fixed
+color braces       like char
+color brackets     like underlined
+color chars        like emphasized
+color decimals     like number
+color ellipsis     normal
+color escapes      like keyword
+color math         like cursor
+color misc         like string
+color operators    like string
+color parens       like comment
+color reg_string   like math
+color tmac_escapes like keyword
+color single_slash like char
+
+font args DA DE EN ES FR IT NL NO PT SV
+font args DEFAULT CHAPTER NAMED LETTER
+font args TYPESET TYPEWRITE
+font args FINAL DRAFT
+font args BLOCK QUAD
+font args LEFT RIGHT CENTER CENTRE JUSTIFY TOP BOTTOM L R C J
+font args OFF QUIT END EXIT DONE NO ALL
+font args PAGE NUMBER STAR
+font args LETTER LEGAL EXECUTIVE LEDGER TABLOID QUARTO FOLIO
+font args 10x14 A3 A4 A5 B4 B5
+font args SINGLESPACE
+font args FACTOR
+font args DASH BULLET ALPHA DIGIT USER
+font args RGB CYM CMYK GRAY GREY
+font args COND CONDX EXT EXTX SUP SUPX CONDSUP CONDSUPX EXTSUP EXTSUPX
+font args BOLDER BOLDERX SLANT SLANTX
+font args UP DOWN BCK FWD BU BP FU FP
+font args ROM IT BD BDI PREV
+font args ST
+font args SUSPEND RESUME
+
+prefix            { \{ \{\
+font braces       { \{ \{\
+prefix            [ ]
+font brackets     [ ]
+prefix            \(bu \(co \(ct \(de \(dg \(di \(em \(en \(mu \(pl \(rg \(sc \(sq \(lq \(rq
+font chars        \(bu \(co \(ct \(de \(dg \(di \(em \(en \(mu \(pl \(rg \(sc \(sq \(lq \(rq
+prefix            \(14 \(12 \(34 \(+-
+font chars        \(14 \(12 \(34 \(+-
+prefix            \fR \fB \fI \fP \f0 \f1 \f2 \f3
+font chars        \fR \fB \fI \fP \f0 \f1 \f2 \f3
+prefix            .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9
+font decimals     . .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9
+prefix            \/ \/. \/? \/! \/, \/; \/:
+font escapes      \/ \/. \/? \/! \/, \/; \/:
+prefix            \, \,. \,? \,! \,, \,; \,:
+font escapes      \, \,. \,? \,! \,, \,; \,:
+prefix            \~ \0 \: \| \^ \& \% \!
+font escapes      \~ \0 \: \| \^ \& \% \!
+prefix            \b \c \C \d \D \e \f \f( \h \l \L \p \r \s \s+ \s- \S \u \v \w
+font escapes      \b \c \C \d \D \e \f \f( \h \l \L \p \r \s \s+ \s- \S \u \v \w
+prefix            ...
+font ellipsis     ...
+prefix            + - * / = == < > <= >= <? >? %
+font math         + - * / = == < > <= >= <? >? %
+prefix            |
+font misc         |
+prefix            ! : &
+font operators    ! : &
+prefix            ( )
+font parens       ( )
+prefix            # * $
+font reg_string   # * $
+prefix            \n \* \[
+font single_slash \n \* \[
+prefix            \\n \\* \\$
+font tmac_escapes \\n \\* \\$
+
+comment   \#
+comment   \"
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dadecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+" Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+"
+" Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+" are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+" notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+" Steve Kirkendall has thoughtfully reworked elvis's syntax
+" highlighting so that it now supports nroff constructs like \fBword
+" and \(emword, with \fB and \(em being highlighted while "word" is
+" not.
+"
+" There are some other enhancements as well, making it possible
+" to have any word beginning with punctuation (i.e. groff
+" requests) highlighted.  I've decided to take advantage of these
+" improvements, which apply to elvis-2.2h onwards, and write a new
+" simplified set of syntax highlighting rules for mom.  Just plug
+" this file at the end of /etc/elvis/elvis.syn to use them.
+"
+" If you're using an older version of elvis, stick with the
+" highlighting rules in the files elvis_syntax.
+
+#Mom
+language mom
+extension .mom .tmac
+
+startword .
+color startword normal
+
+inword _.'
+color inword normal
+
+other initialpunct
+mostly normal
+
+backslash none
+
+color args         like fixed
+color braces       like char
+color brackets     like underlined
+color chars        like emphasized
+color decimals     normal
+color ellipsis     normal
+color escapes      like keyword
+color math         like cursor
+color misc         like string
+color operators    like string
+color parens       like comment
+color reg_string   like math
+color tmac_escapes like keyword
+color single_slash like char
+
+font args DA DE EN ES FR IT NL NO PT SV
+font args DEFAULT CHAPTER NAMED LETTER
+font args TYPESET TYPEWRITE
+font args FINAL DRAFT
+font args BLOCK QUAD
+font args LEFT RIGHT CENTER CENTRE JUSTIFY TOP BOTTOM L R C J
+font args OFF QUIT END EXIT DONE NO ALL
+font args PAGE NUMBER STAR LINE
+font args LETTER LEGAL EXECUTIVE LEDGER TABLOID QUARTO FOLIO
+font args 10x14 A3 A4 A5 B4 B5
+font args SINGLESPACE
+font args FACTOR
+font args DASH BULLET ALPHA DIGIT USER ROMAN roman alpha
+font args SUSPEND RESUME
+font args RGB CYM CMYK GRAY GREY
+font args COND CONDX EXT EXTX SUP SUPX CONDSUP CONDSUPX EXTSUP EXTSUPX
+font args BOLDER BOLDERX SLANT SLANTX
+font args UP DOWN BCK FWD BU BP FU FP FN_MARK EN_MARK
+font args ROM IT BD BDI PREV
+font args ST
+font args COVER DOC_COVER
+font args COVERTITLE DOCTITLE TITLE CHAPTER CHAPTER_TITLE CHAPTER+TITLE SUBTITLE
+font args AUTHOR DOCTYPE COPYRIGHT MISC
+font args NULL BLANKPAGE NOBREAK
+
+prefix            { \{ \} \{\ }
+font braces       { \{ \} \{\ }
+prefix            [ ]
+font brackets     [ ]
+prefix            \(bu \(co \(ct \(de \(dg \(di \(em \(en \(mu \(pl \(rg \(sc \(sq \(lq \(rq
+font chars        \(bu \(co \(ct \(de \(dg \(di \(em \(en \(mu \(pl \(rg \(sc \(sq \(lq \(rq
+prefix            \(14 \(12 \(34 \(+-
+font chars        \(14 \(12 \(34 \(+-
+prefix            \fR \fB \fI \fP \f0 \f1 \f2 \f3
+font chars        \fR \fB \fI \fP \f0 \f1 \f2 \f3
+prefix            .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9
+font decimals     . .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9
+prefix            \/ \/. \/? \/! \/, \/; \/:
+font escapes      \/ \/. \/? \/! \/, \/; \/:
+prefix            \, \,. \,? \,! \,, \,; \,:
+font escapes      \, \,. \,? \,! \,, \,; \,:
+prefix            \~ \0 \: \| \^ \& \% \!
+font escapes      \~ \0 \: \| \^ \& \% \!
+prefix            \b \c \C \d \D \e \f \f( \h \l \L \p \r \s \s+ \s- \S \u \v \w
+font escapes      \b \c \C \d \D \e \f \f( \h \l \L \p \r \s \s+ \s- \S \u \v \w
+prefix            ...
+font ellipsis     ...
+prefix            + - * / = == < > <= >= <? >? %
+font math         + - * / = == < > <= >= <? >? %
+prefix            |
+font misc         |
+prefix            ! : &
+font operators    ! : &
+prefix            ( )
+font parens       ( )
+prefix            # * $
+font reg_string   # * $
+prefix            \n \*
+font single_slash \n \*
+prefix            \\n \\* \\$
+font tmac_escapes \\n \\* \\$
+
+character \]'
+comment   \#
+comment   \"
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e1a0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+\#
+\# Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\#
+\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+\# notice and this notice are preserved.
+\#
+.AUTHOR    "Yannick P. Guique"
+.DOCTYPE    LETTER
+.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.START
+.DATE
+August 25, 2013
+.TO
+GUILLAUME BARRIÈRES
+Minidoux Corporation
+5000 Pannes Drive
+Redmond, Virginia
+USA
+.FROM
+Y.P. GUIQUE
+022 Umask Road
+St-Sauveur-en-dehors-de-la-mappe, Québec
+CANADA
+.GREETING
+Dear Mr. Barrières,
+.PP
+It has come to my attention that you have been lobbying the
+US government to prohibit the use of open source software by
+endeavouring to outlaw so-called "warranty free" applications.
+.PP
+I feel it is my duty to inform you that the success of your
+operating system with its embedded web browser relies heavily
+on open source programs and protocols, most notably TCP/IP.
+.PP
+Therefore, in the interests of your corporation's fiscal health,
+I strongly advise that you withdraw support for any US
+legislation that would cripple or render illegal open source
+development.
+.CLOSING
+Sincerely,
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/mom-pdf.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/mom-pdf.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15cf6df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/mom-pdf.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,620 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" This file is part of mom, which is part of groff, a free software
+.\" project.
+.\"
+.\" You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
+.\" GNU General Public License as published by the "Free Software
+ \" Foundation", version\~2.
+.\"
+.\" The license text is available on the internet at
+.\" <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>
+.\"
+.PAPER A4
+.\" Reference macros (metadata)
+.TITLE     "Producing PDFs" "with groff and mom"
+.PDF_TITLE "\*[$TITLE]
+.COPYRIGHT "20\*[BU3]1\*[BU2]5, 20\*[BU3]1\*[BU2]7 Free Software Foundation
+.AUTHOR "Deri James" "\*[UP .5p]and" "Peter Schaffter"
+.\" Cover author style
+.COVER_AUTHOR_STYLE \
+  LEAD 15 \
+  SPACE -.5v
+.\" Docheader author style
+.AUTHOR_STYLE \
+ LEAD 14 \
+ SPACE -.75
+.ATTRIBUTE_STRING ""  \" Don't print 'by'
+.\"
+.PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 2
+.\" Formatting style, margins
+.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.L_MARGIN   2.5c
+.R_MARGIN   2.5c
+.B_MARGIN   2.5c
+.\" General defaults
+.FAM      H
+.FT       R
+.PT_SIZE  10.5
+.AUTOLEAD 3
+.PARA_INDENT 0  \" No indent because we're spacing paragraphs.
+.COVERTEXT
+.SP .5v
+.QUAD CENTER
+.HY off
+.IB 8P
+.\" Copyright notice
+This file is part of groff.
+.SP .5v
+Groff is free software.  You can redistribute it
+and\*[FU3]/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation, either version 3
+of the License, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+.SP .5v
+You should have received a copy of the GNU
+General Public License along with this program.
+If not, see:
+.SP .25v
+.PDF_LINK_COLOR 0.0 0.3 0.9
+.PDF_WWW_LINK http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
+.IQ CLEAR
+.HY
+.COVERTEXT end
+.\" Cover and page header
+.COVER TITLE AUTHOR COPYRIGHT COVERTEXT
+.HEADER_LEFT "James, Schaffter"
+.\"
+.COVER_LEAD     +3.5
+.DOCHEADER_LEAD +3.5
+.\" Color for code snippets
+.NEWCOLOUR dark-grey RGB #343434
+.\" Make QUOTE look like CODE
+.QUOTE_STYLE \
+  FAMILY C \
+  FONT   B \
+  SIZE   +1.5 \
+  COLOR  dark-grey \
+  INDENT 9p
+.\"
+.CODE_STYLE \
+  FONT  B \
+  SIZE  115 \
+  COLOR dark-grey
+.CONDENSE 87 \" Condense percentage used in COD
+.\"
+.HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+  NUMBER \
+  FONT B \
+  SIZE +1 \
+  BASELINE_ADJUST \n[.v]/5
+.HEADING_STYLE 2 \
+  NUMBER \
+  FONT I \
+  SIZE +.25 \
+  BASELINE_ADJUST \n[.v]/5
+.\"
+.FOOTNOTE_SIZE -1
+.\" Character definitions for program names, opts, etc.
+.char \[ghostscript]     \*[BD]ghostscript\*[PREV]
+.char \[groff]           \*[BD]groff\*[PREV]
+.char \[gropdf]          \*[BD]gropdf\*[PREV]
+.char \[grops]           \*[BD]grops\*[PREV]
+.char \[man]             \*[BD]man\*[PREV]
+.char \[-mom]            \*[BD]\-mom\*[PREV]
+.char \[mom]             \*[BD]mom\*[PREV]
+.char \[-mpdfmark]       \*[BD]\-mpdfmark\*[PREV]
+.char \[ms]              \*[BD]ms\*[PREV]
+.char \[pdfmom]          \*[BD]pdfmom\*[PREV]
+.char \[pdfroff]         \*[BD]pdfroff\*[PREV]
+.char \[-P-e]            \*[BD]\-P\-e\*[PREV]
+.char \[-P-p<papersize>] \*[BD]\-P\-p<papersize>\*[PREV]
+.char \[ps2pdf]          \*[BD]ps2pdf\*[PREV]
+.char \[psselect]        \*[BD]psselect\*[PREV]
+.char \[-T]              \*[BD]\-T\*[PREV]
+.char \[-Tpdf]           \*[BD]\-Tpdf\*[PREV]
+.char \[-Tps]            \*[BD]\-Tps\*[PREV]
+.\" Strings for inline code
+.ds cod  \E*[CODE]\&\E*[COND]
+.ds codx \E*[CONDX]\E*[CODE off]\&
+.\" Paragraph spacing
+.PARA_SPACE .3v
+.\" Wrapper around QUOTE
+.de COD
+. QUOTE
+. nop \*[COND]\\$*\*[CONDX]
+. QUOTE OFF
+..
+.\" Table of contents
+.TOC_PADDING 2
+.SPACE_TOC_ITEMS
+.AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC
+.TOC_ENTRY_STYLE 2 FONT I
+.TOC_LEAD 14.5 ADJUST
+.TOC_PADDING 1
+.\"
+.DOCHEADER_ADVANCE 5c \" Begin docheader this distance down from top of page
+.\"
+.NO_SHIM \" Use flex spacing
+.START
+.\"
+.SP .5c
+.HEADING 1 NAMED intro "Introduction"
+.PP
+.RW .12
+PDF documents are intended to be "electronic paper,\*[BU6]" and, as
+such, take advantage of the digital medium in ways that PostScript
+documents do not.  Chief amongst these are clickable links that
+point to named destinations, either within the documents themselves
+.PDF_LINK internal PREFIX ( SUFFIX ) "internal links"
+or to remote web pages
+.PDF_LINK external PREFIX ( SUFFIX ), "external links"
+and the generation of a clickable document outline that appears in
+the Contents panel of most PDF viewers.
+.PP
+.RW .01
+Using \[groff] and \[mom] to produce PDF documents results in the
+automatic generation of clickable document outlines (discussed
+below,
+.PDF_LINK outline SUFFIX ), +
+and, if the \*[cod]TOC\*[codx] macro is included in the source file,
+entries in the printable table of contents can be clicked on as well
+when the document is viewed at the screen (see
+.PDF_LINK toc SUFFIX ). +
+.RW 0
+.HEADING 1 NAMED generating "Using groff to generate PDF files"
+.PP
+Groff provides more than one way to generate PDF documents from
+files formatted with the \[mom] macros.  One is to call \[groff]
+directly, either with
+.COD "groff [\-Tps] \-mom \-m pdfmark doc.mom | ps2pdf \- doc.pdf
+which pipes output from the \[grops] PostScript driver through
+\[ps2pdf], or
+.COD "groff \-Tpdf \-mom doc.mom > doc.pdf
+which uses the native PDF driver, \[gropdf].  Alternatively, one may
+call the wrapper
+.COD "pdfroff \-mom \-mpdfmark \-\-no-toc doc.mom > doc.pdf
+A fourth, preferred method is to use
+.PDF_LINK pdfmom SUFFIX , "\[pdfmom]"
+which is strongly recommended since it implements the full range
+of PDF features available in \[mom].
+.COD "pdfmom doc.mom > doc.pdf
+One reason to prefer using the native PDF driver (via \[pdfmom] or
+\[-Tpdf]) is that papersizes set within mom source files (see
+.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html#page-setup-intro SUFFIX ) \
+  "paper and page setup macros"
+do not require a corresponding \[-P-p<papersize>] flag on the
+command line.
+.PP
+There are other minor differences between the methods, discussed
+.PDF_LINK pdf-diff SUFFIX . "here"
+.RW 0
+.HEADING 1 NAMED links "Creating PDF links with mom"
+.PP
+Often, but not always, links in the body of a PDF document point
+to headings elsewhere in the same document.  Creating these links
+is a simple process.  First, identify the places to link to
+("destinations"), then link to them from any place in the document.
+.HEADING 2 NAMED naming "Creating destination points at headings"
+.PP
+The first step in creating links to a heading is to give the
+heading a unique destination name.  With mom, this is done by
+adding \*[cod]NAMED\|<id>\*[codx] to the HEADING macro, where
+\*[cod]<id>\*[codx] is a unique identifier for the heading.  For
+example,
+.PDF_TARGET intro-ex
+.COD "\&.HEADING 1 NAMED intro \[dq]Introduction\[dq]"
+would, in addition to printing the head in the body of the document,
+identify the introduction by the unique id, "intro"\*[BU6].  This
+id, or name, can then be used to create links to the introduction
+from any part of the document.
+.PP
+Furthermore, \*[cod]NAMED\|<id>\*[codx] stores the text of the
+heading for use later on when linking to it (see
+.PDF_LINK internal SUFFIX ). +
+If headings are being numbered, the heading number is prepended.
+.HEADING 2 NAMED target  "Creating destination points at arbitrary locations"
+.PP
+Any part of a document can be a link destination, not just headings.
+For example, say you create a table that needs to be referred to
+from other parts of the document.  You'd identify the location of
+the table by placing
+.COD "\&.PDF_TARGET <id> \[dq]<text>\[dq]"
+just above the table in the source file.  As with
+\*[cod]HEADING\*[codx], \*[cod]<id>\*[codx] is any unique name.
+\*[cod]<text>\*[codx] is optional. \*[cod]<id>\*[codx] can now be linked
+to from anywhere in the document.
+.SP 2.5p
+.HEADING 2 NAMED internal "Creating internal links"
+.PP
+Internal links are clickable text areas that allow you to jump to
+named destinations within a document.  (See
+.PDF_LINK external "here"
+for a description of external links.)
+.PP
+Internal links are created with the macro \*[cod]PDF_LINK\*[codx],
+which takes the form
+.COD "\&.PDF_LINK <id> [PREFIX <text>] [SUFFIX <text>] \
+\[dq]<hotlink text>\[dq]"
+where \*[cod]<id>\*[codx] is a named destination point elsewhere in
+the document (see
+.PDF_LINK naming +
+and
+.PDF_LINK target SUFFIX ). +
+.PP
+\*[cod]PREFIX\|<text>\*[codx] and \*[cod]SUFFIX\|<text>\*[codx], both or
+either of which are optional, are printed around the clickable area
+but do not form part of the link itself.
+.PP
+\*[cod]<hotlink text>\*[codx] is the text that should be clickable,
+identifiable in the PDF document by the colour assigned to links
+(see
+.PDF_LINK colour SUFFIX ). +
+.PDF_TARGET expando
+.PP
+If the hotlink text ends in \*[cod]\[dq]*\[dq]\*[codx]\*[BU9],
+the asterisk is replaced by the text of the destination
+point, assuming it's a heading.  If the hotlink text ends in
+\*[cod]\[dq]+\[dq]\*[codx]\*[BU9], the replacement text is surrounded
+by quotes.
+.PP
+Using our
+.PDF_LINK intro-ex SUFFIX , "HEADING example"
+.RW .1
+above, the following invocation of \*[cod]PDF_LINK\*[codx] would
+produce a click\%able link to the introduction:
+.COD "\&.PDF_LINK intro PREFIX ( SUFFIX ). \[dq]see: +\[dq]"
+.RW 0
+In the text, the link would look like this:
+.PDF_LINK intro PREFIX ( SUFFIX ). "see: +"
+.HEADING 2 NAMED external "Creating external links"
+.PP
+External links are clickable text areas whose destination is a
+URL.  Clicking on them causes a browser window to pop up with the
+destination address.
+.PP
+The format of the macro to create external links is similar to the
+one for creating internal links:
+.COD "\&.PDF_WWW_LINK <url> [PREFIX <text>] [SUFFIX <text>] [\[dq]<hotlink text>\[dq]]"
+\*[cod]<url>\*[codx] is any valid URL, usually a web address;
+\*[cod]PREFIX\|<text>\*[codx] and \*[cod]SUFFIX\|<text>\*[codx] have
+exactly the same meaning, as does \*[cod]<hotlink text>\*[codx],
+which furthermore accepts the same expandos, \*[cod]\[dq]+\[dq]\*[codx] and
+\*[cod]\[dq]*\[dq]\*[codx].
+.PP
+.RW .1
+If no hotlink text is given, then \*[cod]<url>\*[codx] is
+used as the text.  If hotlink text is given and ends in
+\*[cod]\[dq]*\[dq]\*[codx]\*[BU9], the asterisk is replaced by the
+URL.  If it ends in \*[cod]\[dq]+\[dq]\*[codx]\*[BU9], the URL is
+surrounded by quotes.  As an example,
+.RW 0
+.COD "\&.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/toc.html
+would open mom's online documentation at
+.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/toc.html SUFFIX "." 
+The same, with \*[cod]\[dq]here\[dq]\*[codx] supplied as
+hotlink text, lets you click
+.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/toc.html "here"
+instead.
+.HEADING 2 NAMED colour  "Assigning a colour to links"
+.PP
+The colour of links is set with
+.COD "\&.PDF_LINK_COLOR <xcolor> | <newcolor> | <r g b> | <#rrggbb>
+where \*[cod]<xcolor>\*[codx] or \*[cod]<newcolor>\*[codx] are the names
+of colours already initialized with
+.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/color.html#xcolor "XCOLOR"
+or
+.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/color.html#newcolor SUFFIX . "NEWCOLOR"
+If you prefer to define a new colour (using the RGB colour scheme),
+enter it either as 3 numbers between
+0.0 \*[UP 1p]\[->]\*[DOWN 1p] 1\*[BU4].0
+or as a 6 character hex string.  Thus
+.SP .5v
+\*[FWD 6p]\*[cod].PDF_LINK_COLOR #ff0000\*[codx]
+\ \*[SIZE -.5]and\*[SIZE]\ \"
+\*[cod].PDF_LINK_COLOR 1.0 0 0\*[codx]
+.SP .5v
+both lead to mom using
+.PDF_LINK_COLOR 1 0 0
+.PDF_LINK colour red
+.PDF_LINK_COLOR
+links.
+.PP
+The default colour can be restored by calling
+\*[cod]PDF_LINK_COLOR\*[codx] with no parameter.
+.FLOAT
+.JUSTIFY
+.BOX-NOTE 3P
+\*[BD]Note:\*[PREV]
+The decimal scheme for creating colours must be used if a file is to
+be processed with
+\[oq]\[groff]\~\[-Tps]\~\[-mpdfmark]\[cq],
+\[oq]\[pdfroff]\[cq], or
+\[oq]\[pdfmom]\~\[-Tps]\[cq].
+.IBQ
+.FLOAT off
+.SP .5v
+.HEADING 1 NAMED outline "The PDF Outline"
+.PP
+Most PDF viewers provide a panel that displays a document's outline,
+similar to a table of contents.  Clicking on an entry navigates
+directly to the appropriate place in the document.
+.PP
+Mom generates PDF outlines the same way she populates
+her own table of contents: by intercepting calls to the
+\*[cod]HEADING\*[codx] macro, as well as to the various title
+and chapter macros used in namimg documents, and allocating each a
+hierarchic level.
+.PP
+Covers, titles/chapters, and the table of contents are all
+assigned to level 1\*[BU5].  Subsequent headings are assigned to
+n\*[UP 1p]+\*[DOWN 1p]\*[BU4]1, where n is the level given to
+\*[cod]HEADING\*[codx].
+.PP
+.RW .22
+The PDF outline can sensibly recover from skipped or omitted heading
+levels; the printed table of contents cannot.  Users are therefore
+advised to use headings in logical order, not for typographic
+effects.
+.RW 0
+.HEADING 2 NAMED open-close "Opening and closing levels
+.PP
+A level is said to be open if one or more levels beneath it is
+visible in the PDF outline.  Closed \%levels have at least one level
+beneath them that is not visible unless the closed link is clicked.
+It is common for only the first two levels to be open so the outline
+doesn't look cluttered.
+.PP
+To establish which levels should be open by default when a document
+loads, use
+.COD "\&.PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN n
+where \*[cod]n\*[codx] is a number specifying at which level all
+subsequent ones should be closed.
+.PP
+If, at any point in the document, you specify
+.COD "\&.PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN NO  \e\[dq] or any other text argument
+then all subsequent bookmarks will be closed until
+\*[cod]PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN\*[codx] opens them again.
+.HEADING 2 NAMED disabling "Suspending/disabling collection of outline entries
+.PP
+Suspending the collection of entries for the PDF outline is
+accomplished with
+.COD "\&.PDF_BOOKMARKS OFF
+Mom's default is to collect entries, so if the command is placed at
+the start of a document, it \%disables entry collection completely.
+Elsewhere, it suspends collection until you re-enable it with
+.COD "\&.PDF_BOOKMARKS  \e\[dq] i.e. with no parameter
+.SP -1
+.HEADING 2 NAMED pdf:title "The PDF window title"
+.PP
+While not strictly part of the PDF outline, the title of a document
+can be displayed as the document viewer's window title.  The macro
+to accomplish this is
+.COD "\&.PDF_TITLE\ \[dq]<window title>\[dq]
+It can take any text, so the viewer window title need not be the
+same as the document's title.
+.FLOAT
+.JUSTIFY
+.BOX-NOTE 4P+8p
+\*[BD]Note:\*[PREV] The macro, \*[cod]DOC_TITLE\*[codx], always
+invokes \*[cod]PDF_TITLE\*[codx].  If this is not what you want, you
+can remove the window title by issuing
+.COD ".PDF_TITLE \[dq]\[dq] \e\[dq] ie. with a blank argument
+.IBQ
+.FLOAT off
+\#.SP .5v
+.HEADING 1 NAMED toc "Tables of Contents"
+.RLD .5v
+.HEADING 2 NAMED toc:gen "Generating a Table of Contents 
+.PP
+.RW .1
+To generate a printable Table of Contents for any document, simply
+insert the macro, \*[cod]TOC\*[codx], as the last line of the source
+file. (Formatting of the printable Table of Contents is discussed in
+detail in the
+.PDF_WWW_LINK \
+https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/tables-of-contents.html#top \
+SUFFIX ). "mom documentation"
+When the file is processed and loaded in a viewer, entries in the
+Table of Contents will be clickable links.
+.RW 0
+.PP
+Whichever link colour is active at the end of the document, prior to
+\*[cod]TOC\*[codx], will be used for the \%Table of Contents
+links.
+.HEADING 2 NAMED toc:pos  "Positioning the Table of Contents"
+.PP
+If \[groff]'s PostScript device (\[-Tps]) is used to process a mom
+file, the Table of Contents is printed at the end of the document.
+When this is not desirable, the PostScript output from \[groff]
+must be processed with \[psselect] in order to place the TOC in the
+preferred location.
+.PP
+When using mom and \[groff]'s native pdf device (via \[pdfmom] or
+\[groff] \[-Tpdf]), positioning of the Table of Contents can be done
+within the source file.
+.PP
+The command to control the placement of the TOC is
+.COD "\&.AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC [<position>]
+where the optional \*[cod]<position>\*[codx] can be one of these
+keywords:
+.LEFT
+.IL 2P
+.SP .25v
+\*[SIZE -.7]TOP\*[FU2]\*[UP .5p]\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+\*[BD]Note:\*[PREV] Documents without a COVER or DOC_COVER require
+the \*[cod]TOP\*[codx] argument.
+.FOOTNOTE off
+\*[IT]\*[SIZE +.2]\
+(ie. at the very start of the document)\*[SIZE -.2]\*[PREV]
+BEFORE_DOCCOVER
+AFTER_DOCCOVER
+BEFORE_COVER
+AFTER_COVER\*[SIZE +.7]
+.SP .25v
+.ILQ
+.JUSTIFY
+It is normally not necessary to supply a keyword, since
+\*[cod]AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC\*[codx] places the TOC after the DOC_COVER,
+if there is one, or the first COVER when no DOC_COVER is present.
+In rare instances where it is desirable to place the TOC somewhere
+else in the document, there are two low-level commands,
+\*[cod].TOC_BEFORE_HERE\*[codx]
+\ \*[SIZE -.5]and\*[SIZE]\ \"
+\*[cod].TOC_AFTER_HERE\*[codx]
+which place the TOC either before or after the current page.
+.PP
+These last two commands have a small catch: although the TOC will
+appear where specified, the \%"Contents" entry in the PDF outline,
+which observes a hierarchy of levels, will assign the TOC to
+level\~\*[BU4]1\*[BU4], possibly disrupting the visual ordering of
+levels in the outline.
+.HEADING 1 NAMED simplify "pdfmom: Simplifying PDF output"
+.PP
+As explained in the section
+.PDF_LINK generating SUFFIX , *
+.RW .15
+there are two established methods
+.RW 0
+for creating PDF files with \[groff]: the original method, ie.
+passing the \[-Tps] and \[-mpdfmark] options to \[groff] (or using
+\[pdfroff], which does this for you); or the newer \[-Tpdf], which
+produces PDF files natively.
+.HEADING 2 NAMED fwd:ref "The problem of forward references"
+.PP
+.EW .2
+Both methods encounter difficulties when dealing with forward
+references; that is, when a link \*[IT]\%earlier\/\*[PREV] in a
+document refers to a destination \*[IT]later\/\*[PREV] in the
+document and the link text terminates
+.EW 0
+with one of the expandos,
+\*[cod]\[dq]*\[dq]\*[codx] or \*[cod]\[dq]+\[dq]\*[codx]
+(explained
+.PDF_LINK expando SUFFIX ). "here"
+Mom doesn't know what text to put in the expando because it has not
+yet been defined.  This means that \[groff] must be run multiple
+times to find the unknown text.
+.PP
+.EW .2
+The program \[pdfroff] exists to handle these multiple runs, but it
+imposes some limitations on the PDF features available with \[mom].
+.EW 0
+.HEADING 2 NAMED pdfmom "pdfmom"
+.PP
+\[pdfmom] performs the same function as \[pdfroff], and is the
+preferred, trouble-free way to generate PDF documents from a mom
+source file.  Like \[pdfroff], it is a frontend to \[groff] and
+accepts all the same options (see \[man]\~\[groff]).
+.PP
+.EW .2
+Called as-is, \[pdfmom] accepts all the same options as \[groff],
+and requires no additional flags.  PDF generation is performed by
+\[gropdf], \[groff]'s native PDF driver:
+.EW 0
+.COD "pdfmom doc.mom [groff opts] > doc.pdf
+If a \[-Tps] option is supplied, \[pdfmom] hands control over to
+\[pdfroff], and both \[groff] and \[pdfroff] options may given.
+The resulting PDF is produced from PostScript output fed into
+\[ghostscript].
+.COD "pdfmom \-Tps [pdfroff opts [groff opts]] doc.mom > doc.pdf
+For either invocation, it is not necessary to add \[-mom] or
+\[-mpdfmark], as these are implied.
+.PP
+.RW .04
+If Encapsulated PostScript or plain PostScript images have been
+embedded in a document with
+.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/images.html#pspic SUFFIX , \
+  "PSPIC"
+the \[-Tps] option must be used.  In most other cases, \[pdfmom]
+with no \[-T] flag is preferable.
+.RW 0
+.HEADING 2 NAMED papersize "Setting papersize within a source file"
+.PP
+A significant convenience afforded by using \[pdfmom] (or \[groff]
+with the \[-Tpdf] flag) is that papersizes or page dimensions set
+within mom source files (see
+.PDF_WWW_LINK https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html#page-setup-intro \
+  SUFFIX ) "paper and page setup macros"
+do not require a corresponding \[-P-p<papersize>] option on the
+command line.  It is even possible to create documents with
+unequal-sized pages.
+.HEADING 2 NAMED pdf-diff \
+"Differences between pdfmom and pdfroff"
+.PP
+Several features described in this manual are not available when
+the \[-Tps] option is given to \[pdfmom], nor when using \[pdfroff]
+or \[groff]\~\[-Tps]\~\[-mpdfmark]:
+.SP .25v
+.QUAD LEFT
+.HYPHENATION off
+.IB 16p
+.LIST
+.ITEM
+.PDF_LINK toc:pos "Relocation of the Table of Contents"
+is not supported.  The TOC appears at the end of the document;
+\[psselect] must be used to re-order pages.
+.ITEM
+If a link crosses a page boundary, it will stop being a clickable
+hotspot on subsequent pages.
+.ITEM
+When establishing whether PDF outline levels are
+.PDF_LINK open-close SUFFIX , "open or closed"
+only the numerical parameter to \*[cod]PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN\*[codx] has
+any effect.
+.ITEM
+.PDF_LINK colour "PDF_LINK_COLOR"
+only accepts colour definitions in decimal notation.
+.LIST OFF
+.IQ
+.HEADING 1 \
+"Comparison of \-Tps\*[FU4]/\*[FU2]\-mpdfmark with \-Tpdf\*[FU4]/\*[FU2]\-mom
+.SP .25v
+.IB
+\[-Tps]\*[FU4]/\*[FU2]\[-mpdfmark]
+.LIST
+.SHIFT_LIST 1P+6p
+.ITEM
+does not support all the features described here
+.ITEM
+accepts images and graphics embedded with PSPIC
+.LIST OFF
+.IQ
+.ALD .4v
+.IB
+\[-Tpdf]\*[FU4]/\*[FU2]\[-mom]
+.LIST
+.SHIFT_LIST 1P+6p
+.ITEM
+facilitates embedding fonts directly in the PDF file (if the
+\[-P-e] flag is given on the command line)
+.ITEM
+sets papersize from within the source file, circumventing the need
+for the papersize flag (\[-P-p<papersize>]) on the command line
+.ITEM
+is not compatible with
+.PDF_WWW_LINK \
+  https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html#printstyle \
+  "PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE"
+underlining (e.g., of italics)
+.ITEM
+generally produces larger files; these can be reduced by piping
+the output through \[ps2pdf]\*[B]
+.sp -1.25v
+.BOX OUTLINED black SHADED grey90 WEIGHT 1p INSET 6p
+.JUSTIFY
+\*[BD]Note:\*[PREV] Owing to a known bug, PDF files piped through
+\[ps2pdf] lose some of their metadata, notably the window title set
+with \*[cod]PDF_TITLE\*[codx].
+.BOX STOP
+.SP -.25v
+.LIST OFF
+.TOC
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim b/contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe8debf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+" Copyright (C) 2012-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+"
+" Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+" are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+" notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language:    mom
+" Maintainer:  Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca)
+" Last Change: So 06 Mär 2005 17:28:13 CET
+" Filenames:   *.mom
+" URL:         http://www.cvjb.de/comp/vim/mom.vim
+" Note:        Remove or overwrite troff syntax for *.mom-files with filetype/filedetect.
+" Version:     0.1
+"
+" Mom: Macro set for easy typesetting with troff/nroff/groff.
+
+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
+if version < 600
+	syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+	finish
+endif
+
+" Mom is case sensitive
+syn case match
+
+" Synchronization, I know it is a huge number, but normal texts can be
+" _very_ long ;-)
+syn sync lines=1000
+
+" Characters allowed in keywords
+if version >= 600
+	setlocal iskeyword=@,#,$,%,48-57,.,@-@,_,\\,{,},192-255
+else
+	set iskeyword=@,#,$,%,48-57,.,@-@,_,\\,{,},192-255
+endif
+
+" mom/groff macros and requests (the initial dot or single-quote)
+"
+" Highlighting carries through to EOL; macro names, requests and
+" arguments are contained
+syn match startRequest /^\s*\(\.\|'\)\s*.*$/ contains=momMacro,groffCommentLine,groffRequest,momRegister,groffNoLineBreak,momInteger,groffUnit,momString,momSpecialParam,groffDelimiter,groffRegister,groffPreprocessor,groffBraces
+
+" mom macros
+syn region momMacro start=/^\s*\(\.\|'\)\s*\zs[A-Z0-9_(){}\[\]]\+/ end=/\s\+\|$/
+
+" mom registers and strings
+syn match momRegister /\(\$\|#\)[A-Za-z][_0-9A-Za-z]*/ contains=momRegisterStart
+
+syn match momRegisterStart /#\|\$/ contained
+
+" mom comment region
+syn region momCommentRegion matchgroup=startRequest start='\<\.\(COMMENT\)\|\(SILENT\)\>' end='\<\.\(COMMENT\s\+OFF\)\|\(SILENT\s\+OFF\)\>' skip='$'
+
+" groff requests
+syn match groffRequest /^\s*\(\.\|'\)\s*\zs[a-z0-9]\+/
+
+" groff comment region
+syn region groffCommentLine start='\(\\!\)\|\(\\"\)\|\(\\#\)' end='$' contains=momTodo
+syn region groffCommentRegion start="^\s*\.\s*ig" matchgroup=startRequest end="^\.\.$" contains=startRequest
+
+" Preprocessor requests
+syn match groffPreprocessor /[^A-Z]\zs\(EQ\s*$\|EN\s*$\|GS\s*$\|GE\s*$\|GF\s*$\|PS\s*$\|PE\s*$\|R1\s*$\|R2\s*$\|TS\s*$\|TE\s*$\|TH\s*$\)/ contained
+syn match groffPreprocessor /[^A-Z]\zs\(G1\s*$\|G2\s*$\|IS\s*$\|IE\s*$\|cstart\s*$\|cend\s*$\)/ contained
+
+" Preprocessor requests for refer
+syn match groffPreprocessor /\(\[\s*$\|\]\s*$\)/ contained
+
+" Quoted strings
+syn region momString matchgroup=startRequest start='"\zs' end='"\|$' contains=groffNoLineBreak,groffGreek,groffSpecialChar,momInteger,momFloatEN,momFloatDE,momBracketRegion,momBracketError,momSpecialMove contained
+
+" Special characters
+syn match groffSpecialChar '\\\((\|\[\)[-+A-Za-z0-9*<>=~!\/]\+\]*'
+
+" Greek symbols
+syn match groffGreek '\\(\*[A-Za-z]\+'
+
+" Hyphenation marks
+syn match groffHyphenation '\\%'
+
+" Masking of line breaks
+syn match groffNoLineBreak /\\\s*$/ contains=groffBraces
+
+" groff number and string register delimiters
+syn region groffDelimiter start=/\\*\\\(n+*\|\*\)\((\|\[\)\</ end=/\(\s\|\]\|$\)/ contains=momRegister,groffRegister,groffOperators
+
+" groff registers
+syn match groffRegister /\\\((\|\[\)\zs\.*[a-z]\+/
+
+" groff operators
+syn match groffOperators /\(+\|-\|\/\|\*[^[]\)/ contained
+
+" Units (of measure)
+syn match groffUnit '[-+]\=\([0-9]\|]\)\+\zs[icPpvusfz]\=' contained
+
+" Braces
+syn match groffBraces /\(\\{\|\\}\)/ contained
+
+" Error
+syn match groffError '\\\[ \+[[:print:]]\+ \+[[:print:]]\+\]'
+
+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_mom_syn_inits")
+	if version < 508
+		let did_mom_syn_inits = 1
+		command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
+	else
+		command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
+	endif
+
+HiLink groffError               Error
+HiLink groffBraces              darkmagenta
+HiLink groffCommentLine		darkcyan
+HiLink groffCommentRegion	cyan
+HiLink groffDelimiter		cyan
+HiLink groffGreek		cyan
+HiLink groffHyphenation		cyan
+HiLink groffNoLineBreak		cyan
+HiLink groffOperators		white
+HiLink groffPreprocessor	brown
+HiLink groffRegister		darkgreen
+HiLink groffRequest		magenta
+HiLink groffSpecialChar		darkcyan
+HiLink groffUnit		brown
+HiLink momCommentRegion		darkcyan
+HiLink momMacro			red
+HiLink momRegister		green
+HiLink momRegisterStart         magenta
+HiLink momSpecialParam		red
+HiLink momString		white
+HiLink startRequest		yellow
+	delcommand HiLink
+endif
+
+let b:current_syntax = "mom"
+
+" vim:ts=8:sw=4:nocindent:smartindent:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/mon_premier_doc.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/mon_premier_doc.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3497c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/mon_premier_doc.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+\#
+\# Copyright (C) 2015-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\#
+\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+\# notice and this notice are preserved.
+\#
+\# A very simple document with basic elements: headings, paragraphs,
+\# lists, table of contents and clickable links.
+\# 
+.TITLE "Mon Premier Document"
+.AUTHOR "Cicéron"
+.
+.DOCTYPE    DEFAULT
+.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.
+.PAPER      A4
+.DOC_COVERTITLE "Mon Premier Document"
+.DOC_COVER DOC_COVERTITLE AUTHOR
+.COVER TITLE
+.ATTRIBUTE_STRING "par"
+.TOC_HEADER_STRING "Table des matières"
+.AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC
+.HEADING_STYLE 1 NUMBER
+.HEADING_STYLE 2 NUMBER
+.NO_SHIM
+.START
+\#
+.HEADING 1 "Les différentes versions"
+.PP
+Voir également le chapitre sur 
+.PDF_LINK evolution "les évolutions"
+possibles.
+.HEADING 2 "La version originale"
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed non
+risus. Suspendisse lectus tortor, dignissim sit amet, adipiscing nec,
+ultricies sed, dolor. Cras elementum ultrices diam. Maecenas ligula
+massa, varius a, semper congue, euismod non, mi. Proin porttitor, orci
+nec nonummy molestie, enim est eleifend mi, non fermentum diam nisl
+sit amet erat. Duis semper. Duis arcu massa, scelerisque vitae,
+consequat in, pretium a, enim. Pellentesque congue. Ut in risus
+volutpat libero pharetra tempor. Cras vestibulum bibendum augue.
+Praesent egestas leo in pede. Praesent blandit odio eu enim.
+Pellentesque sed dui ut augue blandit sodales. Vestibulum ante ipsum
+primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;
+Aliquam nibh. Mauris ac mauris sed pede pellentesque fermentum.
+Maecenas adipiscing ante non diam sodales hendrerit.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed non
+risus. Suspendisse lectus tortor, dignissim sit amet, adipiscing nec,
+ultricies sed, dolor. Cras elementum ultrices diam. Maecenas ligula
+massa, varius a, semper congue, euismod non, mi. Proin porttitor, orci
+nec nonummy molestie, enim est eleifend mi, non fermentum diam nisl
+sit amet erat. Duis semper. Duis arcu massa, scelerisque vitae,
+consequat in, pretium a, enim. Pellentesque congue. Ut in risus
+volutpat libero pharetra tempor. Cras vestibulum bibendum augue.
+Praesent egestas leo in pede. Praesent blandit odio eu enim.
+Pellentesque sed dui ut augue blandit sodales. Vestibulum ante ipsum
+primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;
+Aliquam nibh. Mauris ac mauris sed pede pellentesque fermentum.
+Maecenas adipiscing ante non diam sodales hendrerit.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed non
+risus. Suspendisse lectus tortor, dignissim sit amet, adipiscing nec,
+ultricies sed, dolor. Cras elementum ultrices diam. Maecenas ligula
+massa, varius a, semper congue, euismod non, mi. Proin porttitor, orci
+nec nonummy molestie, enim est eleifend mi, non fermentum diam nisl
+sit amet erat. Duis semper. Duis arcu massa, scelerisque vitae,
+consequat in, pretium a, enim. Pellentesque congue. Ut in risus
+volutpat libero pharetra tempor. Cras vestibulum bibendum augue.
+Praesent egestas leo in pede. Praesent blandit odio eu enim.
+Pellentesque sed dui ut augue blandit sodales. Vestibulum ante ipsum
+primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;
+Aliquam nibh. Mauris ac mauris sed pede pellentesque fermentum.
+\#
+.HEADING 2 "La version moderne"
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed non
+risus. Suspendisse lectus tortor, dignissim sit amet, adipiscing nec,
+ultricies sed, dolor. Cras elementum ultrices diam. Maecenas ligula
+massa, varius a, semper congue, euismod non, mi. Proin porttitor, orci
+nec nonummy molestie, enim est eleifend mi, non fermentum diam nisl
+sit amet erat. Duis semper. Duis arcu massa, scelerisque vitae,
+consequat in, pretium a, enim. Pellentesque congue. Ut in risus
+volutpat libero pharetra tempor. Cras vestibulum bibendum augue.
+Praesent egestas leo in pede. Praesent blandit odio eu enim.
+Pellentesque sed dui ut augue blandit sodales. Vestibulum ante ipsum
+primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;
+Aliquam nibh. Mauris ac mauris sed pede pellentesque fermentum.
+Maecenas adipiscing ante non diam sodales hendrerit.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed non
+risus. Suspendisse lectus tortor, dignissim sit amet, adipiscing nec,
+ultricies sed, dolor. Cras elementum ultrices diam. Maecenas ligula
+massa, varius a, semper congue, euismod non, mi. Proin porttitor, orci
+nec nonummy molestie, enim est eleifend mi, non fermentum diam nisl
+sit amet erat. Duis semper. Duis arcu massa, scelerisque vitae,
+consequat in, pretium a, enim. Pellentesque congue. Ut in risus
+volutpat libero pharetra tempor. Cras vestibulum bibendum augue.
+Praesent egestas leo in pede. Praesent blandit odio eu enim.
+Pellentesque sed dui ut augue blandit sodales. Vestibulum ante ipsum
+primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;
+Aliquam nibh. Mauris ac mauris sed pede pellentesque fermentum.
+Maecenas adipiscing ante non diam sodales hendrerit.
+\#
+.HEADING 1 NAMED evolution "Les évolutions du Lorem"
+.PP
+Trois axes de progressions sont envisageables:
+.LIST
+.SHIFT_LIST 3m
+.ITEM
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+.ITEM
+Consectetur adipiscing elit.
+.ITEM
+.PDF_TARGET sed_non_risus
+Sed non risus.
+.LIST OFF
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Sed non
+risus. Suspendisse lectus tortor, dignissim sit amet, adipiscing nec,
+ultricies sed, dolor. Cras elementum ultrices diam. Maecenas ligula
+massa, varius a, semper congue, euismod non, mi. Proin porttitor, orci
+nec nonummy molestie, enim est eleifend mi, non fermentum diam nisl
+sit amet erat. Duis semper. Duis arcu massa, scelerisque vitae,
+consequat in, pretium a, enim. Pellentesque congue. Ut in risus
+volutpat libero pharetra tempor. Cras vestibulum bibendum augue.
+Praesent egestas leo in pede. Praesent blandit odio eu enim.
+Pellentesque sed dui ut augue blandit sodales. Vestibulum ante ipsum
+primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;
+Aliquam nibh. Mauris ac mauris sed pede pellentesque fermentum.
+Maecenas adipiscing ante non diam sodales hendrerit.
+\#
+.TOC_RV_SWITCH
+.TOC
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/penguin.pdf b/contrib/mom/examples/penguin.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e969ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/penguin.pdf
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+%PDF-1.4 
+1 0 obj
+<<
+/Pages 2 0 R
+/Type /Catalog
+>>
+endobj
+2 0 obj
+<<
+/Type /Pages
+/Kids [ 3 0 R ]
+/Count 1
+>>
+endobj
+3 0 obj
+<<
+/Type /Page
+/Parent 2 0 R
+/Resources <<
+/XObject << /Im0 8 0 R >>
+/ProcSet 6 0 R >>
+/MediaBox [0 0 81 96]
+/CropBox [0 0 81 96]
+/Contents 4 0 R
+/Thumb 11 0 R
+>>
+endobj
+4 0 obj
+<<
+/Length 5 0 R
+>>
+stream
+q
+81 0 0 96 0 0 cm
+/Im0 Do
+Q
+endstream
+endobj
+5 0 obj
+29
+endobj
+6 0 obj
+[ /PDF /Text /ImageC ]
+endobj
+7 0 obj
+<<
+>>
+endobj
+8 0 obj
+<<
+/Type /XObject
+/Subtype /Image
+/Name /Im0
+/Filter [ /RunLengthDecode ]
+/Width 81
+/Height 96
+/ColorSpace 10 0 R
+/BitsPerComponent 8
+/SMask 15 0 R
+/Length 9 0 R
+>>
+stream
+õ…ì„þ…Ú„û…ø„û…û†þ‚þzþkûeþXûfþmþzþ~û†›…þ„þ…þ„þ…ì„þ…Ñ„õ…þ€þpþ\þQøIþGûJþMþPþXþfþv›…ø„þ…ì„þ…Ñ„þ†þ‡þ„þwþ]þPûJþIûJþIøKþHþIþKþNþwþƒ•…ì„þ…ø„þ…à„þ…þ†þ…þnþKþNþKþJïIþHøIþHþJþPþgþ€þ„þ‡¤…þ„þ…ì„þ…Ô„þ…þ„þ†þOþNþHþJûIþJòHûIþQþiþ_þHþIþXþ{¡…þ„þ…ì„þ…ׄû…þþQþGàJþIþOþqþ”þ¦þ…þgþJþHþRþ}þ…þ†°…û„þ…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þ„þ†þmþNþKàJþHþMþrþ™þ¨þ�þxþ[þJþMþcþƒþ†³…ø„þ…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þ†þþXþHþKÝJþTþvþ–þ›þ€þwþbþJþKþOþsþ…þ‡³…û„þ…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þ†þsþJþHþIãJþKþIþSþoþ‚þ{þYþWþQþKþMþHþZþƒþ‡³…þ„û…ì„þ…Ú„û…þ_þGûIãJþIþJþNþ[þ`þOþMþKþIþMþJþIþKþt³…¶„û…þRþIþHþIþMæJþIþKûJþNþKþNþIþMþKþIþKþJþ]þ†þ„­…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þƒþJþKûIþKþIãJþKûJþIþJøKþIþJþIþOþ€ª…ì„þ…ׄþvþMûJþHþNþRþMæJþKþOþRþSûMûKøIþMþsþƒ­…ì„þ…ׄþuþKþGþKþQþYþpþmþPûKûJøKþGþHþIþZþ~þNþIûKþJþHþIþKþoþ„­…ì„û…ø„þ…é„þ…þuþMûHþœþ®þ‘þ[þsþ`þMøJþjþ™þ®þ¸þ¾þÃþŸþnþXøKþJþKþNþ\ª…ø„þ…ø„û…û„þ…ø„þ…ò„þ…þtþMþGþ_þÃþÔþÇþŸþZþXþKûJþeþ¢þºþÃþÌþÒþÚþÊþPþYûKþJþHþIþJþXª…õ„þ…û„þ…Ú„þ…þsþMþGþƒþÚþéþæþÖþ–þJþKûJþ—þÌþìþ÷ûùþõþáþlþJûKþIþHûIþPª…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þsûMþªþâþÐþòþþââáþWþIûJþÅþùþýââáþ•þ˜þÚûüûþ�þGûKþJþIûHþOª…ì„þ…é„þ…õ„þ…þtþIþXþÒþ`þ„þšþïþûþsþVþMþOþÒþüþîþfþXþœ‘’‘þ×þÒþTûKþJþHþIþHþMª…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þsþJþ]þÝþHþ„þ–þ´þüþˆþfþvþxþÓþüþ¬þNþJþoþ¡‘’‘þìþgûKþJûIþHþMþ„¹…³„þzþKþ\þÝþOþ\‘’‘þˆþúþ‚þZþ]þjÀÁÀþøþŽþFþMþVþnþ{þñþhøJøIþKþ„­…ì„þ…ì„û…ï„þSþWþÖþMþNþiþzþØþyþ�þ‚þþ”þîþ�þKûJþKþnþïþkþIþJþIþJþIþMþHþ†­…ì„þ…Ô„þRþOþÄþWþKþRþ‚þµþÎþÓþÑþÍþ¿þÍþ­þJþMþKþOþžþãþ^øIþJøIª…ì„þ…õ„þ…ã„þSþHþnþëþ¨þ¸þÍþ×øØþÜþßþãþáþÝþÐþ·þÐþêþvûHþIþJûIþJþFª…ì„þ…Ô„þSþFþOþ³þ·þÆþÔøØþÛþàþæþèþæþåââáþÞþ×þÎþ|þPòIþJþGª…õ„þ…û„þ…ï„þ…é„þRþGþfþ³þÁþÍþÕûØþÚþÝââáþèþçþæøåþæþãþÂþhûJûIþJþMþHª…ì„þ…õ„þ…ã„þ]þTþ•þºþÉþÒûØþÙþÜþßââáþèþæõåþÚþ¿þÌþqþMþKþIþJþMþIþMþ„­…ì„û…Ú„þ…þeþ^þ¥þÀþÍþÕûØþÚþÝþáþåþæøåââáþÊþ·þ¼þ»þbþKþMþJþIûJþNþ~þ…þ†³…ø„þ…ø„û…ï„þ…û„þ…ø„þ…þgþYþŸþÆþÎþØþÙþÚþÜþÞþâþæþåþäþãþØþºþ¹þÄþÇþ¹þ]þMþKþIþJþGþIþPþlþ„þ‡³…õ„þ…û„þ…Ô„þcþKþoþ¼þÓþÙûÚþÞþáþäþãþáþÚþ¾þ°þ¿þÅûÇþ™þQþJþKþþ‡þXþBþIþYþ„þ†³…ì„þ…Ô„þbþNþWþ˜þ²þÐþÚþÞþàþáþàþÚþ¶þ¦þ²þÁþÄþÇþÄþ»þ˜þSûHþvþ¨þŸþ‚þRþMþ|þ†³…ì„þ…þ„þ…ï„þ…õ„þ…þ†þgþMþ[þËþ²þ¡þ¨þÁþÌþÆþÂÀÁÀþ¾þ½þ»þ´þ¹þÊþÒþØþÎþ‰þJþKþMþq©ª©þªþ™þIþNþx³…ì„û…û„þ…ì„û…û„þZþHþiþÍþËþ±þŸþ®þ¿þÁþÀþ½þ²þ°þ³ÀÁÀûÍþÐþÜþÝþºþRþJþKþQþŒþ›þmDEDþIþZþƒþ‡¶…ï„û…æ„þ…þ†û…þvþPþMþ`þÐþÍþÌþ¶þ¡þ¢þ§þ©þ¦þ¤þ¶þÇûÍþÓþçþ÷þüþåþþKþMþJþIþSþMþJþIþOþtþ‡þ†¼…ì„þ…é„þ…þ„þ…þ„þ…þƒþWþKþIþ_þáþÒûÍþÈþ¶û«þ­þÇþÌûÍþ×þéþúûþûüûþËþWòKþJþIþNþ^þƒþ„¼…ï„û…ã„þ…þƒþ„þnþNþKþIþ þìþØûÎþÍþÎòÍþÒþÝþê÷ø÷õþþûþ…þPòKþJþIþTþmû‡¿…ì„þ…à„þ…þzþcþXþFþkþæþùþêþÑþÍûÎþÍþÎþÍþÏþØþäþñþùøþþýþþþýþÕþ\þKþNþHþKøJþOþ\þ~û…þ„Å…ì„þ…à„þ€þ]þgþTþQþ¿þùþþþùþÝïÍþÝþì÷ø÷þýòþþýþüþùþ•ûNûKþIþKþIþJþKþ`þ„¿…õ„þ…þ„û…æ„þ…þ„þZûJþFþ†þ÷þþþüþýþðþØþÐøÍþ×þöûüûøþþýøþþýþþþýþÕþQþIþJþKûIþJþIþKþMþsþ…þ„Å…õ„þ…û„þ…ã„þmþOþPþMþWþÙþýþþþýþþþý÷ø÷þëþáþãþëþôøýûþþýïþþøþ|þGþIþKõIûJþZþ}Î…Ë„ø…þzûKþIþ^þÛûüûþýòþþüûüûþýûþòýìþþüþÒûKûJþIøJþIþMþOþeõ…þ„ø…õ„þ…þ„þ…þ„þ…þ„û…ì„þ…ø„û…þ„þˆþ†þ€þSþJþHþMþ�þìþûûÿõþþýþüþýûþþýûþþýìþþýþúþèþ_þMþKõJûKþIþJþKþ„þ†Ë…ì„þ…ø„û…þ„þ…þ�þ_þKþJþFþXþ°þèþúþþþÿûýûþþýûúþýïþþýûþþýþüþ÷ûóþïþxþPìKþIþHþIþjÑ…þ„û…ì„þ…õ„þ…û„þfþPþKþJþFþ\þ´þØþóþûþüþþþýþû÷ø÷þôþðþïþöþúûüûüûþýûüûþúþù÷ø÷þóþïþéþâþæþëþ™þYþKþJþKþJþIûJþKþIþJþPþoË…ì„û…ø„þ…þ„þuûNøJþnþ¸þÅþÙþìþñûû÷ø÷þñþéþçþëþìþõýûüûûüûþùþòþèââáþÜûØþÖþÒþÓþàþÐþdûJþGþMþIþNþKþJûIþNþOþvÎ…ì„þ…ø„û…þ�þ\þNþHûJþWþ‚þ»þÂþÕþäþïþüþýþþþýþñþê÷ø÷þüõþþýþùþñþéþÝþÔûÒûÑþÒþåþÅþVþOþwþ`þJþIþKûJþIþHþMþ]þ‚Ñ…õ„ò…û„û…þsþOþJûKþJþ]þ�þÇþÜþïþùþþþýþüþþþýþòþôøýûüþþûýþþþüþúþíþåþÜþÕþÒþÑþØþò©ª©þCþhþ‚þrþXþMþNþIþKûJþOþuÝ…ø„þ…ø„þ…ø„þ…ø„þ†þƒþ]þKþNþIþYþMþrþ¾þãþôþüûýþþøý÷ø÷÷ø÷þüþýþüòýûüþþþýþü÷ø÷þîþáþ×þÒþàþïþKûNþkþ…þ]þKþNþKûJþMþdû†×…õ„þ…û„þ…ø„þ†þ�þTþOþHþqþsþQþ¡þæ÷ø÷þýþþõýþüþýûüûûüûýþüþýþþõýþþûýþüþýþøþëþÜþÓþéþQþJþNþIþ_þ†þSDEDþOþKþJþIþRþ~þ…þ†à…þ„þ…ì„þ…ø„þ†þjûMþsþ_þKþ þüþþþüþýþþòýûüþþþüþþþýþüøýþüûýûþõýþþþýþñþÜþÏþNþHþ`þnþcþwþkþJþKþJþFþMþQþ‚Ý…þ„þ…ì„þ…ø„þƒþZþPþYþ‚þGþHþîøþþüòýþüþýþþøýþüþýûüûýþþþýþþòýþþþýþþûôþkþPþqþŠþƒþgþ€þSþKþJþKþJþNþv×…û„þ…õ„þ…þ„þ†þ…þwþPþMþ}þeþGþNþüõýþüûýþþûýûüþýþüþýþüþýþþìýþüûýþþþýþþþüþýþþþ¦þWþxþ�þ†þeþlþtþMþIþJþIþKþ`þ„Ú…ì„þ…þ„þ‡þ„þdþJþWþ}þIþJþmûüûþýþüþýþüþýþüøýþüþúûüûþüøýþþþüþýþþûýþþûýþüþþþýþüõýþþþÑþbþqþwþiþTþQþ‹þKþNþIþKþNþTþÚ…þ„þ…ò„ø…þ�þYþHþoþfþBþOþ©þüæýþûþïòüþýþüþþûýþüõýþüþþûýûþûýþìþYþNþPûKþGþqþIþNþHûIþKþtþ„Ý…ì„þ…þ„þ…þvþMþKþƒþPþCþdââáþýûüûýþüûýþþþüþ÷þíûüûþýþþûýþüþýþüõýþüìýûüþýûüûþuþMûJþKþGþ]þGþNøIþKþcÚ…ì„û…þ„þ`þKþeþtþKþHþœþúþüþýþüìýþõþñþýþþøýþþþýþüïýûþõýþþøýþ–þHûKþIþJþPþRûHþIþHþJþRþ‚ã…þ„þ…ì„û…þyûMþ{þWþKþQþÐûüûþûýþþþüøýûñþüéýûüõýûüûõýþüûýþþþ²þMõKþNþGþHþKþJþIþKþPþ{é…ø„þ…ø„þ…ø„þ…þ„þOþNþ\þsþGþKþ”þüþýþþþüþþõýþüþýþüþëþïþüþýþþõýþüþþøýþþøýþþøýþüûýþþþÉþJûKþJþHþTþHþFþIþJþHþJþMþgÚ…õ„û…þ†þ€þJþGþfþoþHþIþ¹ûýûþøýþüþýþþûüþëþïþûûüþýûüûýþüþþûýþüøýþþõýþüûýþØþMûKþIþMþ`þIþGþHûIþHþMþbé…û„û…ï„þ†þ„þlþKþIþeþsþIþYþ×þýþüõýûþûýþþûüûþèþîûüûûüþýþþæýûüþýþüþþûýþþûýþÝþSøKþJþmþIþJþIþHûJþIþQÝ…õ„þ…þ„þ…þþRþMþFþiþ{þKþYþÞþþþüòýþüþýþþþýûüûþçþîûüþýþþûýþüõýþüþýþüøýûüþþþýþüþýþþââáþRûKþMþKþyþIûJþIþHþKþJþPã…þ„þ…ì„þhþMþKþQþrþ€þIþ^þçòýþüþþõýþûþçþðþüõýûüþýþþûýþþþüøýþüþýûüþþøýþäþSøKþIþwþIþJøIûJþOÚ…ò„þ…þbþOþNþbþ‰þ‘þKþnþîþýûþøüûýþüûüûþýþúþèþòûüÝýþüþþþýþüþýþþûýþüþþþåþTøKþWþrûKûJøIþOÝ…ï„þ�þXþIþHþXþ~þ˜þOþ|þñþýþþøýþüòýþùþèþòþýþüûýûþþýþüþþþýøþøýþþþüûýþüþýþüþþþãþVûKþHþmþXûKþJþHøIþQÝ…û„þ…ø„þ‚þRûJþIþWþ…þZþ|þóøýþüûýþüøýþüþúþèþôõýþüæýþüïýþüþþþýþÖþPþHþJþRþ{þKþNþJþKøJþKþSÝ…ï„þ�þVûIûMþ[þuþ�þòþýþüæýþúþèþôþýþüþýþþþýûþòýûüãýþÅþKþPþmþ{þpþWþsþgþXþPþJþMþJþdã…þ„þ…û„û…þ„þ…þ„þ‡þ²þÝþÞþÒþŽþKþcþ¾þûþýþþøýþüþþøýþúþèþöþüûýþþïýõüþýþüòýûüþøþ|þiþQþKûJþIþKûJþsþŸþxþWþzþ…þ†ã…û„þ…þ„þ†þ„þ†þ«þÍøÝþÖ‘’‘þPþhþ¸÷ø÷þüþýþüþþûüþýþüþýþúþçþöþýþüõýþüûýûþéýþüþøþÝþÜþÛþ¬þlþIþJþIøKþJþMþpþ‰þtþZþ~Ý…þ„þ…û„þ†þ…þšþ¿þÒõÝþÖþ’þPþ`þ±þüøýþüõýþøþéþ÷þýþþûüéýþþøýþüøýþãþØþäþãþ×þnþOþJþIøKþJþOþxþqþdþ¬þ›û†ï…ø„û…ø„þ…þ‰þ²þÅþÒòÝþÑþ€þJþZþîþýþüþýþþþýûüþýþúþçþóþüþýþüøýþüûýþüþýþüøýþüõýþÝþÒþßââáþÇþcþHþMþIøKþJþRþbþQþ‰þØââáþ†þ‡ï…þ„þ…þ„þ†û…þ„þƒþ‘þ­ÀÁÀþÌþ×ïÝþÃþgþKþ†þÞûüûýûþþüûüûþïþñþýþüþþûýûþòýþüþýþüþýþþøýþßþÐþÝþÚþ¸þdþJþIþJøKûJþFþfþÇþÝþßþ†þ„ï…þ„þƒþŠþžþ¹þ·þ´þ²þ¶þÁþÉþÓþÚïÝþÛþ°þVþQþnþÍþùûýþþþüþýþþþüþûþýþþþýþüûýþüõýþüûýþþûýûüþúþàþÏþÛþÓþ·þoþJþKþHøKûJþRþ§þØþÚþÝþ†þƒï…þ†þŠþ¯þÀþÍþËûÇþÉþÏþÔþÚéÝþÕþ�þGþMþXþ®þöþüûýþþòýþüÝýþüþýþüþíþÜþÒþÏþØþÎþ¼þ‹þXþMþFûHþGþKþYþ�þËþÖþØþÚþ‰þ„ï…þ†þœþ¾þÊþ×þÖþÓþÒþÖþÚþÛãÝþÄþHþKþJþTþ™þëþþûýþüøýûþþüõýþüûýþþþýûüþþþýþòþ×þÒþÎþÍþÕþÍþ¼©ª©þ„þXþQþOþIþSþtþ›þÀþÎþÖþØþÛþˆé…þ®þÅþÒÔÝûÜþÝþxþHþKþHþCþPþjþËþüûýþüòýþüþýþþõýûüûýþüþæþÓþÒþÉþÆþÔþÑþÇþ¾þ·þ´þ±þ°þ±þ¶þ¿þËþÖþÚøÝþ½þŠþ„þ†õ…þ„þ£þÄþÑÑÝþÜþÝþµþXþIþHþMþJþHþeûýøþòýûþûýþþþýþþþüûýþüþæûÒþÅþÁûÔþÍþÆþÂþ¿þ¾û½þÄþÌþÕòÝþØþ¬ì…þžþÂþÎËÝþÓþ�þKþFþJûGþIþóõýþþãýþþþýþüþýþþþìþÕþÓÀÁÀþ¼þÓþÕþÒþÍþÈþÇøÆþÎþÓþÚòÝþÚþÒþ ò…þ„þ�þÀþÌþÜËÝþÃþjþJøIþGþàòýþüþýþüûýþþõýþüûýþþþüþòþÙþÒþ»þ¹þÓþÙþØþÕþÐþÎûÍþÎþÒþØþÛïÝþÚþÍþ¡þ„þ…þ†û…‘’‘þ½þÉþÜËÝþØþ¨þQþHþIþKþIþÚøýþüþýþüþýþþþýþüòýþüþýþüûýþöþÜþÂþšþ¹þÓþÙþÛþÚþ×þÕþÓþÒþÔþØþÚìÝþÜþÙþÕ©ª©þ‰þ†û…þ�þ»þÈþÜÎÝþÜþÝþÐþ�ûJþHþJþðþþøýþüòýþüþýþüûýþüûýþüþýþõþÏþzþ—þ¹þÓþÚûÜûÛþÙûÚþÛþÜàÝþÅþšû…þŽþºþÇþÜËÝþÜþÝþ¿þgþRþXþŽøýþüûýûþûýþüøýûþøýþüþýþ×þpþVþ–þºþÔþÚþÛÅÝþØþ´þ…þ�þ¼þÇþÜËÝûÜþØ©ª©þ¶þãþúòýûüõýþþõýþüûýþúþÍþeþJþYþ›þ¹þÔþÚþÜÅÝþÛþÑþƒþ–þ¼þÇþÛþÜÎÝþÜûÚþËþ³þ÷ûüûþüûýþüøýûüéýþüþøþ³þWþHþFþ`þœþ¹þÕþÛÅÝþÜþØþÍþ†þ­þ¼þÌÂÝþØþÙþÈþ¦þÚûüéýþüòýþóþ^þKþHþMþIþHþqþšþ¶þÖþÛËÝþÚþÑþÈþµþ‰þ“þµþÃþÕþÜÅÝþØþÔþËþ¯þ’ûüûþüøýþüøýþüõýþóþÁþnþJþKþJþGþHþIþwþšþµþÖþÜÔÝþÜþÚþÖþÍþÂþ¥þ‹þ„þ¥þ¼þËþ×þÜÅÝþÙþÑþÉþµþ•þœþÚþóþùþüþýþüûýûüûþöþìþÐþ¤þmþPþGòKþNþ~þ�þ¶þÕþÛÔÝþÒþÌþÂþ²þ’þ…û†þ³þ½þÉþÒûÛþÜþÝþÜÑÝþÚþÒþÈþ¸þŸþKþNþoþ‘þ¤þ¶þ¼þ°þ©þ�þqþ]þNþKþJûHõKþJþTþƒþŸþ¶þÔþÛãÝþÛþÚþÛþÚþÒþ¾þª‘’‘þ†õ…þ²þºþÄþËþÕþ×ûØþÙþÛþÝþÜÚÝþÙþÒþÈþ¶þ þYþHþIþHûNþJþIþGþFDEDþJþHþKûGþKþJþIûJþHþYþˆþ¡þµþÓþÛæÝþÙþÖþÔþÑþÉþ¿þŒþ„ø…þ†û…þªþ´þ¹þ½þÈþËþÌþÎþÐþÑþÔþÖþØþÚþÛûÜìÝþÜþØþÎþÃþ²þ�þhøIþJÚIûJûIþYþ‰þ þ²þÎþØïÝþÛþÚþÕþÐþËþÇþ¿þ«þ’þ„ì…þ�þ¢þ©þ­þ²þ¶þºþ½þÀþÃþÄþÈþÌþÑþÓþ×þÙþÛïÝþÚþÒþÇþ¸þ©þœþlòJþIãJþHþIøJþ\þ‰þœþ­þÉþÓþÙþÛûÜûÛþÙþÒþËþÅþÀþµþœþ†ø„ï…þ„þ…þˆþ�þžþ¢þ¨þ¬þ¯û³þµþ¸þ¿þÃþÇþÍþÒþ×þØþÚþÛûÚþÕþËþ¾þ®þ þ—þkþHþJþHþIïKþMòKþHþGþHþJþIþ^þ†þ—þ§þÂþËþÓþØþÙþÚþÙþ×þÒþÇþ½þ³þªþŽþ…þ„à…þ†û…þ‡þ�þ—þ�þ¡û¥þ§þ«þ¯þ³þºÀÁÀþÆþÊþÎþÒþÔþÏþÇþ½þ²þ¤þ˜þ�þ`þMþQûRþ]þhækþjþ_ûWþTþQþ_þƒþ”þ¡þ¹þÃþÌþÐûÒþÑþÊþÅþ·þ«þœþˆþ„Ú…ï„û…û„þ…þ‰þŽþ�þ”þ›þŸþ¢þ¦þ©þ«þ©þ£þœþ•þ‘þŒþ…þwþƒþ…þ„ø…ï„ì…û„þƒþ€þ‰þ”þ¨þ«þ­þ°û±þ¯þ«þ§þ�þ†û…û„×…ì„þ…þ„þƒû„þ…þ‰þ�þ“þ˜û™þ˜þ•þ’þ�þŠþ‚þ�þ…Ý„æ…þ„þƒþ‚þŒþžþ¢þ£ø¦þ¤þŸþ–ø„Î…ì„þ…ø„û†û…þ†þˆþ‰þ�þ�þŽþŒþ‡þ�þ€û…Ý„æ…þ„þ…þ�þ‚þ�þ”þ—þšþ™þ˜þ•þŒþ‡þ„þ…þ„Î…ì„þ…ø„ï…þƒþ†þƒû‚þ„þƒø…ï„þ…ò„Ý…þ„û‚þ…þˆþ†û…þ„þ…þ„Ô…€
+endstream
+endobj
+9 0 obj
+7826
+endobj
+10 0 obj
+/DeviceRGB
+endobj
+11 0 obj
+<<
+/Filter [ /RunLengthDecode ]
+/Width 81
+/Height 96
+/ColorSpace 10 0 R
+/BitsPerComponent 8
+/Length 12 0 R
+>>
+stream
+õ…ì„þ…Ú„û…ø„û…û†þ‚þzþkûeþXûfþmþzþ~û†›…þ„þ…þ„þ…ì„þ…Ñ„õ…þ€þpþ\þQøIþGûJþMþPþXþfþv›…ø„þ…ì„þ…Ñ„þ†þ‡þ„þwþ]þPûJþIûJþIøKþHþIþKþNþwþƒ•…ì„þ…ø„þ…à„þ…þ†þ…þnþKþNþKþJïIþHøIþHþJþPþgþ€þ„þ‡¤…þ„þ…ì„þ…Ô„þ…þ„þ†þOþNþHþJûIþJòHûIþQþiþ_þHþIþXþ{¡…þ„þ…ì„þ…ׄû…þþQþGàJþIþOþqþ”þ¦þ…þgþJþHþRþ}þ…þ†°…û„þ…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þ„þ†þmþNþKàJþHþMþrþ™þ¨þ�þxþ[þJþMþcþƒþ†³…ø„þ…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þ†þþXþHþKÝJþTþvþ–þ›þ€þwþbþJþKþOþsþ…þ‡³…û„þ…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þ†þsþJþHþIãJþKþIþSþoþ‚þ{þYþWþQþKþMþHþZþƒþ‡³…þ„û…ì„þ…Ú„û…þ_þGûIãJþIþJþNþ[þ`þOþMþKþIþMþJþIþKþt³…¶„û…þRþIþHþIþMæJþIþKûJþNþKþNþIþMþKþIþKþJþ]þ†þ„­…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þƒþJþKûIþKþIãJþKûJþIþJøKþIþJþIþOþ€ª…ì„þ…ׄþvþMûJþHþNþRþMæJþKþOþRþSûMûKøIþMþsþƒ­…ì„þ…ׄþuþKþGþKþQþYþpþmþPûKûJøKþGþHþIþZþ~þNþIûKþJþHþIþKþoþ„­…ì„û…ø„þ…é„þ…þuþMûHþœþ®þ‘þ[þsþ`þMøJþjþ™þ®þ¸þ¾þÃþŸþnþXøKþJþKþNþ\ª…ø„þ…ø„û…û„þ…ø„þ…ò„þ…þtþMþGþ_þÃþÔþÇþŸþZþXþKûJþeþ¢þºþÃþÌþÒþÚþÊþPþYûKþJþHþIþJþXª…õ„þ…û„þ…Ú„þ…þsþMþGþƒþÚþéþæþÖþ–þJþKûJþ—þÌþìþ÷ûùþõþáþlþJûKþIþHûIþPª…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þsûMþªþâþÐþòþþââáþWþIûJþÅþùþýââáþ•þ˜þÚûüûþ�þGûKþJþIûHþOª…ì„þ…é„þ…õ„þ…þtþIþXþÒþ`þ„þšþïþûþsþVþMþOþÒþüþîþfþXþœ‘’‘þ×þÒþTûKþJþHþIþHþMª…ì„þ…Ú„þ…þsþJþ]þÝþHþ„þ–þ´þüþˆþfþvþxþÓþüþ¬þNþJþoþ¡‘’‘þìþgûKþJûIþHþMþ„¹…³„þzþKþ\þÝþOþ\‘’‘þˆþúþ‚þZþ]þjÀÁÀþøþŽþFþMþVþnþ{þñþhøJøIþKþ„­…ì„þ…ì„û…ï„þSþWþÖþMþNþiþzþØþyþ�þ‚þþ”þîþ�þKûJþKþnþïþkþIþJþIþJþIþMþHþ†­…ì„þ…Ô„þRþOþÄþWþKþRþ‚þµþÎþÓþÑþÍþ¿þÍþ­þJþMþKþOþžþãþ^øIþJøIª…ì„þ…õ„þ…ã„þSþHþnþëþ¨þ¸þÍþ×øØþÜþßþãþáþÝþÐþ·þÐþêþvûHþIþJûIþJþFª…ì„þ…Ô„þSþFþOþ³þ·þÆþÔøØþÛþàþæþèþæþåââáþÞþ×þÎþ|þPòIþJþGª…õ„þ…û„þ…ï„þ…é„þRþGþfþ³þÁþÍþÕûØþÚþÝââáþèþçþæøåþæþãþÂþhûJûIþJþMþHª…ì„þ…õ„þ…ã„þ]þTþ•þºþÉþÒûØþÙþÜþßââáþèþæõåþÚþ¿þÌþqþMþKþIþJþMþIþMþ„­…ì„û…Ú„þ…þeþ^þ¥þÀþÍþÕûØþÚþÝþáþåþæøåââáþÊþ·þ¼þ»þbþKþMþJþIûJþNþ~þ…þ†³…ø„þ…ø„û…ï„þ…û„þ…ø„þ…þgþYþŸþÆþÎþØþÙþÚþÜþÞþâþæþåþäþãþØþºþ¹þÄþÇþ¹þ]þMþKþIþJþGþIþPþlþ„þ‡³…õ„þ…û„þ…Ô„þcþKþoþ¼þÓþÙûÚþÞþáþäþãþáþÚþ¾þ°þ¿þÅûÇþ™þQþJþKþþ‡þXþBþIþYþ„þ†³…ì„þ…Ô„þbþNþWþ˜þ²þÐþÚþÞþàþáþàþÚþ¶þ¦þ²þÁþÄþÇþÄþ»þ˜þSûHþvþ¨þŸþ‚þRþMþ|þ†³…ì„þ…þ„þ…ï„þ…õ„þ…þ†þgþMþ[þËþ²þ¡þ¨þÁþÌþÆþÂÀÁÀþ¾þ½þ»þ´þ¹þÊþÒþØþÎþ‰þJþKþMþq©ª©þªþ™þIþNþx³…ì„û…û„þ…ì„û…û„þZþHþiþÍþËþ±þŸþ®þ¿þÁþÀþ½þ²þ°þ³ÀÁÀûÍþÐþÜþÝþºþRþJþKþQþŒþ›þmDEDþIþZþƒþ‡¶…ï„û…æ„þ…þ†û…þvþPþMþ`þÐþÍþÌþ¶þ¡þ¢þ§þ©þ¦þ¤þ¶þÇûÍþÓþçþ÷þüþåþþKþMþJþIþSþMþJþIþOþtþ‡þ†¼…ì„þ…é„þ…þ„þ…þ„þ…þƒþWþKþIþ_þáþÒûÍþÈþ¶û«þ­þÇþÌûÍþ×þéþúûþûüûþËþWòKþJþIþNþ^þƒþ„¼…ï„û…ã„þ…þƒþ„þnþNþKþIþ þìþØûÎþÍþÎòÍþÒþÝþê÷ø÷õþþûþ…þPòKþJþIþTþmû‡¿…ì„þ…à„þ…þzþcþXþFþkþæþùþêþÑþÍûÎþÍþÎþÍþÏþØþäþñþùøþþýþþþýþÕþ\þKþNþHþKøJþOþ\þ~û…þ„Å…ì„þ…à„þ€þ]þgþTþQþ¿þùþþþùþÝïÍþÝþì÷ø÷þýòþþýþüþùþ•ûNûKþIþKþIþJþKþ`þ„¿…õ„þ…þ„û…æ„þ…þ„þZûJþFþ†þ÷þþþüþýþðþØþÐøÍþ×þöûüûøþþýøþþýþþþýþÕþQþIþJþKûIþJþIþKþMþsþ…þ„Å…õ„þ…û„þ…ã„þmþOþPþMþWþÙþýþþþýþþþý÷ø÷þëþáþãþëþôøýûþþýïþþøþ|þGþIþKõIûJþZþ}Î…Ë„ø…þzûKþIþ^þÛûüûþýòþþüûüûþýûþòýìþþüþÒûKûJþIøJþIþMþOþeõ…þ„ø…õ„þ…þ„þ…þ„þ…þ„û…ì„þ…ø„û…þ„þˆþ†þ€þSþJþHþMþ�þìþûûÿõþþýþüþýûþþýûþþýìþþýþúþèþ_þMþKõJûKþIþJþKþ„þ†Ë…ì„þ…ø„û…þ„þ…þ�þ_þKþJþFþXþ°þèþúþþþÿûýûþþýûúþýïþþýûþþýþüþ÷ûóþïþxþPìKþIþHþIþjÑ…þ„û…ì„þ…õ„þ…û„þfþPþKþJþFþ\þ´þØþóþûþüþþþýþû÷ø÷þôþðþïþöþúûüûüûþýûüûþúþù÷ø÷þóþïþéþâþæþëþ™þYþKþJþKþJþIûJþKþIþJþPþoË…ì„û…ø„þ…þ„þuûNøJþnþ¸þÅþÙþìþñûû÷ø÷þñþéþçþëþìþõýûüûûüûþùþòþèââáþÜûØþÖþÒþÓþàþÐþdûJþGþMþIþNþKþJûIþNþOþvÎ…ì„þ…ø„û…þ�þ\þNþHûJþWþ‚þ»þÂþÕþäþïþüþýþþþýþñþê÷ø÷þüõþþýþùþñþéþÝþÔûÒûÑþÒþåþÅþVþOþwþ`þJþIþKûJþIþHþMþ]þ‚Ñ…õ„ò…û„û…þsþOþJûKþJþ]þ�þÇþÜþïþùþþþýþüþþþýþòþôøýûüþþûýþþþüþúþíþåþÜþÕþÒþÑþØþò©ª©þCþhþ‚þrþXþMþNþIþKûJþOþuÝ…ø„þ…ø„þ…ø„þ…ø„þ†þƒþ]þKþNþIþYþMþrþ¾þãþôþüûýþþøý÷ø÷÷ø÷þüþýþüòýûüþþþýþü÷ø÷þîþáþ×þÒþàþïþKûNþkþ…þ]þKþNþKûJþMþdû†×…õ„þ…û„þ…ø„þ†þ�þTþOþHþqþsþQþ¡þæ÷ø÷þýþþõýþüþýûüûûüûýþüþýþþõýþþûýþüþýþøþëþÜþÓþéþQþJþNþIþ_þ†þSDEDþOþKþJþIþRþ~þ…þ†à…þ„þ…ì„þ…ø„þ†þjûMþsþ_þKþ þüþþþüþýþþòýûüþþþüþþþýþüøýþüûýûþõýþþþýþñþÜþÏþNþHþ`þnþcþwþkþJþKþJþFþMþQþ‚Ý…þ„þ…ì„þ…ø„þƒþZþPþYþ‚þGþHþîøþþüòýþüþýþþøýþüþýûüûýþþþýþþòýþþþýþþûôþkþPþqþŠþƒþgþ€þSþKþJþKþJþNþv×…û„þ…õ„þ…þ„þ†þ…þwþPþMþ}þeþGþNþüõýþüûýþþûýûüþýþüþýþüþýþþìýþüûýþþþýþþþüþýþþþ¦þWþxþ�þ†þeþlþtþMþIþJþIþKþ`þ„Ú…ì„þ…þ„þ‡þ„þdþJþWþ}þIþJþmûüûþýþüþýþüþýþüøýþüþúûüûþüøýþþþüþýþþûýþþûýþüþþþýþüõýþþþÑþbþqþwþiþTþQþ‹þKþNþIþKþNþTþÚ…þ„þ…ò„ø…þ�þYþHþoþfþBþOþ©þüæýþûþïòüþýþüþþûýþüõýþüþþûýûþûýþìþYþNþPûKþGþqþIþNþHûIþKþtþ„Ý…ì„þ…þ„þ…þvþMþKþƒþPþCþdââáþýûüûýþüûýþþþüþ÷þíûüûþýþþûýþüþýþüõýþüìýûüþýûüûþuþMûJþKþGþ]þGþNøIþKþcÚ…ì„û…þ„þ`þKþeþtþKþHþœþúþüþýþüìýþõþñþýþþøýþþþýþüïýûþõýþþøýþ–þHûKþIþJþPþRûHþIþHþJþRþ‚ã…þ„þ…ì„û…þyûMþ{þWþKþQþÐûüûþûýþþþüøýûñþüéýûüõýûüûõýþüûýþþþ²þMõKþNþGþHþKþJþIþKþPþ{é…ø„þ…ø„þ…ø„þ…þ„þOþNþ\þsþGþKþ”þüþýþþþüþþõýþüþýþüþëþïþüþýþþõýþüþþøýþþøýþþøýþüûýþþþÉþJûKþJþHþTþHþFþIþJþHþJþMþgÚ…õ„û…þ†þ€þJþGþfþoþHþIþ¹ûýûþøýþüþýþþûüþëþïþûûüþýûüûýþüþþûýþüøýþþõýþüûýþØþMûKþIþMþ`þIþGþHûIþHþMþbé…û„û…ï„þ†þ„þlþKþIþeþsþIþYþ×þýþüõýûþûýþþûüûþèþîûüûûüþýþþæýûüþýþüþþûýþþûýþÝþSøKþJþmþIþJþIþHûJþIþQÝ…õ„þ…þ„þ…þþRþMþFþiþ{þKþYþÞþþþüòýþüþýþþþýûüûþçþîûüþýþþûýþüõýþüþýþüøýûüþþþýþüþýþþââáþRûKþMþKþyþIûJþIþHþKþJþPã…þ„þ…ì„þhþMþKþQþrþ€þIþ^þçòýþüþþõýþûþçþðþüõýûüþýþþûýþþþüøýþüþýûüþþøýþäþSøKþIþwþIþJøIûJþOÚ…ò„þ…þbþOþNþbþ‰þ‘þKþnþîþýûþøüûýþüûüûþýþúþèþòûüÝýþüþþþýþüþýþþûýþüþþþåþTøKþWþrûKûJøIþOÝ…ï„þ�þXþIþHþXþ~þ˜þOþ|þñþýþþøýþüòýþùþèþòþýþüûýûþþýþüþþþýøþøýþþþüûýþüþýþüþþþãþVûKþHþmþXûKþJþHøIþQÝ…û„þ…ø„þ‚þRûJþIþWþ…þZþ|þóøýþüûýþüøýþüþúþèþôõýþüæýþüïýþüþþþýþÖþPþHþJþRþ{þKþNþJþKøJþKþSÝ…ï„þ�þVûIûMþ[þuþ�þòþýþüæýþúþèþôþýþüþýþþþýûþòýûüãýþÅþKþPþmþ{þpþWþsþgþXþPþJþMþJþdã…þ„þ…û„û…þ„þ…þ„þ‡þ²þÝþÞþÒþŽþKþcþ¾þûþýþþøýþüþþøýþúþèþöþüûýþþïýõüþýþüòýûüþøþ|þiþQþKûJþIþKûJþsþŸþxþWþzþ…þ†ã…û„þ…þ„þ†þ„þ†þ«þÍøÝþÖ‘’‘þPþhþ¸÷ø÷þüþýþüþþûüþýþüþýþúþçþöþýþüõýþüûýûþéýþüþøþÝþÜþÛþ¬þlþIþJþIøKþJþMþpþ‰þtþZþ~Ý…þ„þ…û„þ†þ…þšþ¿þÒõÝþÖþ’þPþ`þ±þüøýþüõýþøþéþ÷þýþþûüéýþþøýþüøýþãþØþäþãþ×þnþOþJþIøKþJþOþxþqþdþ¬þ›û†ï…ø„û…ø„þ…þ‰þ²þÅþÒòÝþÑþ€þJþZþîþýþüþýþþþýûüþýþúþçþóþüþýþüøýþüûýþüþýþüøýþüõýþÝþÒþßââáþÇþcþHþMþIøKþJþRþbþQþ‰þØââáþ†þ‡ï…þ„þ…þ„þ†û…þ„þƒþ‘þ­ÀÁÀþÌþ×ïÝþÃþgþKþ†þÞûüûýûþþüûüûþïþñþýþüþþûýûþòýþüþýþüþýþþøýþßþÐþÝþÚþ¸þdþJþIþJøKûJþFþfþÇþÝþßþ†þ„ï…þ„þƒþŠþžþ¹þ·þ´þ²þ¶þÁþÉþÓþÚïÝþÛþ°þVþQþnþÍþùûýþþþüþýþþþüþûþýþþþýþüûýþüõýþüûýþþûýûüþúþàþÏþÛþÓþ·þoþJþKþHøKûJþRþ§þØþÚþÝþ†þƒï…þ†þŠþ¯þÀþÍþËûÇþÉþÏþÔþÚéÝþÕþ�þGþMþXþ®þöþüûýþþòýþüÝýþüþýþüþíþÜþÒþÏþØþÎþ¼þ‹þXþMþFûHþGþKþYþ�þËþÖþØþÚþ‰þ„ï…þ†þœþ¾þÊþ×þÖþÓþÒþÖþÚþÛãÝþÄþHþKþJþTþ™þëþþûýþüøýûþþüõýþüûýþþþýûüþþþýþòþ×þÒþÎþÍþÕþÍþ¼©ª©þ„þXþQþOþIþSþtþ›þÀþÎþÖþØþÛþˆé…þ®þÅþÒÔÝûÜþÝþxþHþKþHþCþPþjþËþüûýþüòýþüþýþþõýûüûýþüþæþÓþÒþÉþÆþÔþÑþÇþ¾þ·þ´þ±þ°þ±þ¶þ¿þËþÖþÚøÝþ½þŠþ„þ†õ…þ„þ£þÄþÑÑÝþÜþÝþµþXþIþHþMþJþHþeûýøþòýûþûýþþþýþþþüûýþüþæûÒþÅþÁûÔþÍþÆþÂþ¿þ¾û½þÄþÌþÕòÝþØþ¬ì…þžþÂþÎËÝþÓþ�þKþFþJûGþIþóõýþþãýþþþýþüþýþþþìþÕþÓÀÁÀþ¼þÓþÕþÒþÍþÈþÇøÆþÎþÓþÚòÝþÚþÒþ ò…þ„þ�þÀþÌþÜËÝþÃþjþJøIþGþàòýþüþýþüûýþþõýþüûýþþþüþòþÙþÒþ»þ¹þÓþÙþØþÕþÐþÎûÍþÎþÒþØþÛïÝþÚþÍþ¡þ„þ…þ†û…‘’‘þ½þÉþÜËÝþØþ¨þQþHþIþKþIþÚøýþüþýþüþýþþþýþüòýþüþýþüûýþöþÜþÂþšþ¹þÓþÙþÛþÚþ×þÕþÓþÒþÔþØþÚìÝþÜþÙþÕ©ª©þ‰þ†û…þ�þ»þÈþÜÎÝþÜþÝþÐþ�ûJþHþJþðþþøýþüòýþüþýþüûýþüûýþüþýþõþÏþzþ—þ¹þÓþÚûÜûÛþÙûÚþÛþÜàÝþÅþšû…þŽþºþÇþÜËÝþÜþÝþ¿þgþRþXþŽøýþüûýûþûýþüøýûþøýþüþýþ×þpþVþ–þºþÔþÚþÛÅÝþØþ´þ…þ�þ¼þÇþÜËÝûÜþØ©ª©þ¶þãþúòýûüõýþþõýþüûýþúþÍþeþJþYþ›þ¹þÔþÚþÜÅÝþÛþÑþƒþ–þ¼þÇþÛþÜÎÝþÜûÚþËþ³þ÷ûüûþüûýþüøýûüéýþüþøþ³þWþHþFþ`þœþ¹þÕþÛÅÝþÜþØþÍþ†þ­þ¼þÌÂÝþØþÙþÈþ¦þÚûüéýþüòýþóþ^þKþHþMþIþHþqþšþ¶þÖþÛËÝþÚþÑþÈþµþ‰þ“þµþÃþÕþÜÅÝþØþÔþËþ¯þ’ûüûþüøýþüøýþüõýþóþÁþnþJþKþJþGþHþIþwþšþµþÖþÜÔÝþÜþÚþÖþÍþÂþ¥þ‹þ„þ¥þ¼þËþ×þÜÅÝþÙþÑþÉþµþ•þœþÚþóþùþüþýþüûýûüûþöþìþÐþ¤þmþPþGòKþNþ~þ�þ¶þÕþÛÔÝþÒþÌþÂþ²þ’þ…û†þ³þ½þÉþÒûÛþÜþÝþÜÑÝþÚþÒþÈþ¸þŸþKþNþoþ‘þ¤þ¶þ¼þ°þ©þ�þqþ]þNþKþJûHõKþJþTþƒþŸþ¶þÔþÛãÝþÛþÚþÛþÚþÒþ¾þª‘’‘þ†õ…þ²þºþÄþËþÕþ×ûØþÙþÛþÝþÜÚÝþÙþÒþÈþ¶þ þYþHþIþHûNþJþIþGþFDEDþJþHþKûGþKþJþIûJþHþYþˆþ¡þµþÓþÛæÝþÙþÖþÔþÑþÉþ¿þŒþ„ø…þ†û…þªþ´þ¹þ½þÈþËþÌþÎþÐþÑþÔþÖþØþÚþÛûÜìÝþÜþØþÎþÃþ²þ�þhøIþJÚIûJûIþYþ‰þ þ²þÎþØïÝþÛþÚþÕþÐþËþÇþ¿þ«þ’þ„ì…þ�þ¢þ©þ­þ²þ¶þºþ½þÀþÃþÄþÈþÌþÑþÓþ×þÙþÛïÝþÚþÒþÇþ¸þ©þœþlòJþIãJþHþIøJþ\þ‰þœþ­þÉþÓþÙþÛûÜûÛþÙþÒþËþÅþÀþµþœþ†ø„ï…þ„þ…þˆþ�þžþ¢þ¨þ¬þ¯û³þµþ¸þ¿þÃþÇþÍþÒþ×þØþÚþÛûÚþÕþËþ¾þ®þ þ—þkþHþJþHþIïKþMòKþHþGþHþJþIþ^þ†þ—þ§þÂþËþÓþØþÙþÚþÙþ×þÒþÇþ½þ³þªþŽþ…þ„à…þ†û…þ‡þ�þ—þ�þ¡û¥þ§þ«þ¯þ³þºÀÁÀþÆþÊþÎþÒþÔþÏþÇþ½þ²þ¤þ˜þ�þ`þMþQûRþ]þhækþjþ_ûWþTþQþ_þƒþ”þ¡þ¹þÃþÌþÐûÒþÑþÊþÅþ·þ«þœþˆþ„Ú…ï„û…û„þ…þ‰þŽþ�þ”þ›þŸþ¢þ¦þ©þ«þ©þ£þœþ•þ‘þŒþ…þwþƒþ…þ„ø…ï„ì…û„þƒþ€þ‰þ”þ¨þ«þ­þ°û±þ¯þ«þ§þ�þ†û…û„×…ì„þ…þ„þƒû„þ…þ‰þ�þ“þ˜û™þ˜þ•þ’þ�þŠþ‚þ�þ…Ý„æ…þ„þƒþ‚þŒþžþ¢þ£ø¦þ¤þŸþ–ø„Î…ì„þ…ø„û†û…þ†þˆþ‰þ�þ�þŽþŒþ‡þ�þ€û…Ý„æ…þ„þ…þ�þ‚þ�þ”þ—þšþ™þ˜þ•þŒþ‡þ„þ…þ„Î…ì„þ…ø„ï…þƒþ†þƒû‚þ„þƒø…ï„þ…ò„Ý…þ„û‚þ…þˆþ†û…þ„þ…þ„Ô…€
+endstream
+endobj
+12 0 obj
+7826
+endobj
+13 0 obj
+endobj
+14 0 obj
+7826
+endobj
+15 0 obj
+<<
+/Type /XObject
+/Subtype /Image
+/Name /Ma0
+/Filter [ /RunLengthDecode ]
+/Width 81
+/Height 96
+/ColorSpace /DeviceGray
+/BitsPerComponent 8
+/Length 16 0 R
+>>
+stream
+‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿ‚ÿäÿ€
+endstream
+endobj
+16 0 obj
+125
+endobj
+17 0 obj
+<<
+/Title (penguin.pdf)
+/CreationDate (D:20120619194903)
+/ModDate (D:20120619194903)
+/Producer (ImageMagick 6.6.0-4 2012-04-30 Q16 http://www.imagemagick.org)
+>>
+endobj
+xref
+0 18
+0000000000 65535 f 
+0000000010 00000 n 
+0000000059 00000 n 
+0000000118 00000 n 
+0000000296 00000 n 
+0000000377 00000 n 
+0000000395 00000 n 
+0000000433 00000 n 
+0000000454 00000 n 
+0000008478 00000 n 
+0000008498 00000 n 
+0000008525 00000 n 
+0000016495 00000 n 
+0000016516 00000 n 
+0000016532 00000 n 
+0000016553 00000 n 
+0000016869 00000 n 
+0000016889 00000 n 
+trailer
+<<
+/Size 18
+/Info 17 0 R
+/Root 1 0 R
+>>
+startxref
+17067
+%%EOF
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/penguin.ps b/contrib/mom/examples/penguin.ps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2728930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/penguin.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%Creator: GIMP PostScript file plugin V 1.06 by Peter Kirchgessner
+%%Title: /home/peter/Pics/penguin_small2_bw.ps
+%%CreationDate: Wed Apr 17 19:49:51 2002
+%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit
+%%LanguageLevel: 2
+%%Pages: 1
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 81 96
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginPreview: 90 107 1 107
+% aaaaaaaaabff555555555540
+% 5b6db6db5edbf6b6b6b6b680
+% aaaaaaaab7ff7ad555555540
+% b55555557eddeeaadadadac0
+% 56db6db6dbffdf56ab555540
+% aaaaaaaaffb755dab556ab40
+% 5b555b55f77ed7d556b56d40
+% aab6d56dbfffaaeb6ad5aa80
+% 6d555aabf6edd5daad56ab40
+% aadaab56ffdfaff555aab540
+% 5555b56bddfdff76dab55680
+% b6aaaaaffbbbbbed5556dac0
+% 55b6d6d5bff7f77aab6aaa80
+% aaaaaaaff77f6ffd6d555540
+% 5b555b576defeedaaaadb680
+% aab6d56dfbfd3bfdb56aaac0
+% 55555aab8eda4fb556ab5540
+% b6daab5743f40b7eaad56d80
+% 5555b56f037007fadaad5540
+% aaaaaaab11e0c6ed55b5aa80
+% 5b6d6db731b1a3feaaaab6c0
+% aaab55566963a3badb555540
+% 6d556aaf35d2e37d556daa80
+% aadaadb57959f3f6aaaab6c0
+% 5555aaab3403c37d6dab5540
+% 6daab5571428c3eeaab56a80
+% aab6d6db908007fd5556ad80
+% ad5555574000176edb6ad540
+% 55aaadab920003fd55555a80
+% b56db55b2000136eaaadab40
+% 56aaaaab400047fdb6d55540
+% aad556d7040112df555ab680
+% 6d5b6ab5d00447bb55ab5540
+% aaaaad57402915cf6d556a80
+% adb555ab9a9243a7aab6ad80
+% 5556dab6902485ead5aad540
+% b5aaab57854901d7daad5a80
+% 56b5556d929201bfab55ab40
+% aaab6d57004400fb756ab540
+% 6d6d55af0a1000efeaad5680
+% aaaaaaba0080005ef6d5aac0
+% adb5b6d60220003fdaaab540
+% 5556aabc0000003bfd5b5680
+% b5aab57c0000003f76d56ac0
+% 56b556e80000001beeaaad40
+% aaab6bf80000001f7f5b5580
+% 6d6d55b00000001dfbaab540
+% aaaaaff00000001bdf6d5680
+% 55b5b5b00000000ffbd5aac0
+% b6aaafe40000000f6ff55a80
+% aad6df7000000246fedaab40
+% 555ab6d000000003aff5b540
+% b6aaafe000000013edbaaa80
+% 556b7d8000000001b7f6d6c0
+% aaad5bc000000001fbbd5a80
+% 6db57f0000000000d77aaac0
+% aaaab58000000000edf6d540
+% 5556f7000000000056fead80
+% b6dab600000000006edb5540
+% aaaaee00000000007ffeb680
+% 5555ee000000000076bb5540
+% b6dabc00000000003f7f6a80
+% 5555d800000000003b7756c0
+% aaabfc00000000003f7eda80
+% 6db6b0000000000036f7aac0
+% aaabd800000000003ffeab40
+% ad57b800000000003d6fda80
+% 55b7d8000000000037fdaac0
+% b55eb800000000003edfab40
+% 56afb000000000003bfbb540
+% aaddb000000000003edf5680
+% 6d5bd8000000000035fdaac0
+% aaafe800000000003b5bb540
+% 55ba5000000000006fef5680
+% b6a83800000000005f736ac0
+% aaa00c00000000003dfdad40
+% 55680e00000000003bd65580
+% b6a107000000000077bc5a80
+% 55a013c0000000023ff82b40
+% a80401a0000000005db45540
+% 429021f0000000043ff02d40
+% 900000f80000000096c4aa80
+% a00080be000000082a902d80
+% 004204770000000244401540
+% a200003e8000001411001540
+% 4004105fc000000044444b40
+% 8800001b8000000a00800540
+% 5040411f4000001012000280
+% 80040007c000001440044080
+% 5080040d0000003100100040
+% 800040200000007400400400
+% 51080002000000e804008040
+% 80008440000003f210000080
+% 50000005000007d400080940
+% 0111000080001ef020808280
+% a00008894000ffd480001540
+% 02000000fa57bb680108aa80
+% a0222002bfffffe900012b40
+% 0a4001115ffdedd20824d540
+% d0888004bb6fbfb4008b5a80
+% ad251202bffdfbe921255580
+% b554a05576ab576a045aaa80
+% aaaa950aaaad5aaaa955b6c0
+% 56d56a556d6aaad48556aa80
+% b55b5555aaab6b5ab55aad40
+% 55aaaaaab5b555554aaad580
+% ad556d5b56aaad6b556b5a80
+%%EndPreview
+%%BeginProlog
+% Use own dictionary to avoid conflicts
+5 dict begin
+%%EndProlog
+%%Page: 1 1
+% Translate for offset
+0.000000 0.000000 translate
+% Translate to begin of first scanline
+0.000000 95.872000 translate
+80.640000 -95.872000 scale
+% Variable to keep one line of raster data
+/scanline 90 1 mul string def
+% Image geometry
+90 107 8
+% Transformation matrix
+[ 90 0 0 107 0 0 ]
+{ currentfile scanline readhexstring pop }
+image
+72727272717171717171717172717171717171717171717172717171727271717171727273736f
+675852524e4653535a676b73737272727272727272727272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7172717271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717171717172727272726d5d4a
+4039393939373a3a3c3f4653637172727272727272727272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7171717271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717171717173747271644b3f3a
+3a393a3a3a393b3b3b38393b3d4d64707272727272727272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727171717172717171717171727171717171727372705b3b3d3b3a
+3939393939393938393939383a3c3f546d71747272727272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727271727171717171717171727171717171717171717171727171717171727173553e3d383a39
+393a383838383838393940564d3f38394668727272727272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+71717171717171717171717172717171717171717171717172717171717172715f3d38393b3b39
+3a393939393939393a3c5574807252403742627272727272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727271727171717171717171727171717171717171717171727171717172726c403c373a3a3a3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a393e5e82958c72543a38416a72737272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727171727171717171717171727171717171717171717171727171717271735a3d383b3a3a3a3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a383c5f87978e7c65493a3c5070737272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7171717271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717172736c4638373b3a3a3a3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a436384897d6d644f3a3b3e60727472727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727171727171717171717171727171717171717171717171727171717273603a3839393a3a3a3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3b39425c6f68574745403b3c3848707472727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7271727271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717172724d373938393a3a3a3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a393a3d494e3e3e3c3b393c3a393b617272727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+71717171717171717171717171717171717171717171717172717171727241393839393c3a3a3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a393b3a3a3d3b3a3d393c3b393b3a4b7374717272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717172703a3b3937393b393a3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3b3a3a393d3a3b3b3b393a393e6d74727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717171633c3a3a38383d413c3a
+3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3b3e4142393c3c3b3b3939393c6074707272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717171623b373b3e40475d5a3f
+3b3b3a3a393b3b3b373839486b6d3d393b3b3a38393b5c73717272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717271717171717271717172623b373c3a3d3f425d65
+3f393a3a3d393b3e5b75795a3e6562393b3b3b39393d4f71727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717272717171717271717171717271717172623c3838538a9e7e4960
+4e3c3a3a3c3a57879ea9b0b68e445b463b3b3b3a3b3d4a72727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171727171717272717171727171717271717271717172613c374d96b6cabb8e48
+463b3a3a3a5291abb6c0c7d1be7f3f473b3b3a38393a4672727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717271717271717171717171717171717271717172603c3770acd1e3dfcc84
+3a3b3a3a3d85c0e7f4f7f7f2d9a4593a3b3b393839393f6b727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717172603c3c9aebdbc5eefdda
+45393a3a45b8f7fcda8386d1faec8b373b3b3a3938383e6b727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717172717271717172613946c8db4e7188eaf9
+60443c3e4dc7fbe953468a7fcdfdc7433b3b3a3839383c6a727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271717172603a4bd59a387184a5fb
+755363655bc9fb9c3d3a5c907ffbe7543b3b3a3939383c6a717272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7171717171717171717171717171717171717171717171717171717171673b4ad5833e4a7f75f8
+6f484b575cb3f67b363c445b68f4ed553a3a3a3939393b6a717272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727272717171717171717271717171717171717272717271717171714245cc953c3d5667ce
+666e6f6c6282e97a3b3a3a3b5bf5ea58393a393a393c386a737272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727171717171717171717171727171717171413eb7c4453b416fa6
+c3c9c6c2bcb1c19d3a3c3b3e8cfbdc4c3939393a39393969727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727171717171727171717171727171717171413a8df18e477da2af
+cdcecbbfa6b2cfc289534273ebf9ac3f3939393939383b62727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+72727272717171717171717172717171717172717171717172717171717142385bdae697a9c1cd
+cfcecfd3d4d7dcd9d5c5a8c5e4dc633838393a39393a365b727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+72727272717171717171717172717171717171717171717172717171717142363e99a4a8b9cacf
+cecfd2d8dcdfe2dfdedad6cdc3ac693f39393939393a375b727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717271717271717171717171727171717271717171714137538fa4b4c2cbcf
+cfd1d5dadee2e1dfdedededfdcdab5553a3a39393a3c3859727272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717271717171717271717171714b43839facbdc8cfcf
+d0d3d7dae2e2dfdedededed1b1c5c05e3c3b393a3c393c4c717272727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727271717171717171717171727171717172524c94a0b2c1cbcfcf
+d1d5d9dee1dfdedededabea8aebbad4f3b3c3a393a3a3d426b7273727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+72727272727171717271717172727171717171717172717172727171717254478ea5b9c3ced0d1
+d3d6dbe0dededddccfabaab7bbbaaa4b3c3b393a37393f3b597174727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171727171727171717171717171717171727171717171503b5c84aec9d0d1d1
+d6d9dddcded9d1b0a0b1b8bbbab387403a3b6c7446333938477173727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271727171717171717171717271717171714f3d457986a3c5d1d6
+d8d9d8d1bfa795a2b4b7bab7adac8642383863978e6f413c3c6973727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727171717171717171717271727172717272523b4390a58a8e9da8
+aba4a29d9ca5aeb3b2afabb7c4c2bb5d3b3645849b99663a3c4e72727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727171727171717171717271727171717273543c49adbfa29097b4
+c0b9b5b3b4b0afada5aabec7cfcac3763a3b3c5e999a8745393d65727272727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727271717171717171727271717172717171717171727172727171483856aac1bfa18e9e
+b1b4b2afa9a3a0a4b3c1c1c5d3ded4ac413a3b4079895a38353948707472727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271727171717171717272727171717171717171717272737272633f3c4ea8c5c1c0a790
+919698959193a7bac2c1c9e1f4fbfbde6c3b3c3a39423c3b3a393e617473727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271727171717171717172717272717270453b394dc1d9c8c2c2bc
+a79b9b9dabbac0c1c2cde3f8fdfdfdfabf453b3b3b3b3b3b3a393d4c7071727272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717172727171717171717171717171727270715b3d3b398ff5e7cec3c3c1
+c3c1c2c2c3c2c2c8d4e4f5fdfdfdfdfdf9723f3b3b3b3b3b3b3a39435a74747272727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717171717271726750463658e0fbf7e4c6c2c3
+c3c2c3c2c2c4ceddedf7fdfdfdfdfcfdfccb4a3b3d383b3b3a3a3a3e4a6b727271727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+72727272717171717171717172717271717171717171717172716d4b544340b1f7fcfdf7d5c2c2
+c2c2c2c2c6d5e7f5fcfdfdfdfdfdfdfcfbf7833d3d3b3b3b393b393a3b4e717272717272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717271727271727171717171717171727371483a3a3673f4fdfcfbfceccfc5
+c2c1c2cde3f3fafdfdfdfcfdfdfdfdfcfdfccb40393a3b3b39393a393b3c607271727272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171727171727171717171717171717171705a3e3f3c45d0fcfdfdfcfdfcf5e6
+d9dce5f1fafcfcfcfdfdfcfdfdfdfdfdfdfdf66937393b3b393939393a3a486a72717272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171717171717171725f3e3a3c3985fbfcfdfcfdfdfdfdf9
+f1f8fcfdfdfcfcfcfcfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfd933b3a3b3b3a3a3a3a393a3d4a6b717272727272
+727272727272727272727272
+717171717171717171717171717171717171717172727267443b3b394cd2fafcfdfdfdfdfdfdfb
+fafcfdfdfdfcfcfcfcfcfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfbc73b3b3a3a3a393a3a3a393c3e52727272727271
+727272717171717172717271
+727172727171717171717171727171717172727175736d423a3a383c7de7f9fefefdfdfdfdfdfc
+fbfcfdfdfdfcfdfdfcfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfcf8e24d3c3b3b3a3a3a3a3b3b393a3b537173727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271727171727271726e4d3b3b3a3646a0e2f8fdfefdfcfcfdfdfc
+f8f8fcfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfcfdfdfdfcfbf4f0efeb653f3b3b3b3b3b3b3b3b3938393f5772727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727172727171717171717171727171717171727171533f3b3b3a364aa5cef0f9fbfdfdfcf9f5f1
+ecebf3f8fafbfbfafcfaf8f7f5f5efeae3dbdfe687473b3b3a3b3a393a3a3b393a393f5c727272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717272717171717271623d3d3a3b3a3a5ba9b8d0e7edf5f9f9f5ede3
+e1e5e7f2fbf9fafaf7eee2dad3d0cececcc8c9d8c5513a3b3a373c393d3b3a3939383d3e637272
+727272727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727171717172726e4a3d383a3b3a456fadb5cbddebf8fbfcfdfced
+e4f5fbfdfcfdfdfdfcf7ede3d5cecac8c7c6c6c7deb844393e644e3a393b3a3a3939383c4b6f72
+727272727272727272727272
+72727272717171717172727272727271717272603e3a3b3b393a4b7cbbd3ebf7fdfcfcfbfdfcee
+f1fcfcfcfcfbfbfdfcfcfdfbf8f2e8ded3cbc7c6ceee993d34556f5f463c3d393b393a3a3e6272
+727272727272727272727272
+717171727171717172717171727171717173704b3b3d39473c3c5fb0dcf1fbfcfcfcfdfcfcfcf5
+f5fbfcfbfdfcfcfcfcfcfbfbfdfcfcfbf5e9d9cdc7d8ea683b3d3d58724b3b3d3b3a3a3a3c5173
+737272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717271717271717171736e433e385e603e4090dff5fcfdfcfcfbfcfcfbfcfa
+fbfbfcfcfcfbfcfdfcfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfbfcf6e6d3c9e3c3403a3d394d7342353e3a3b3a39416b
+727372727272727272727272
+727171727171717171717171727171717172673d374a6b3b3d4cd9f8fdfcfcfcfbfdfbfcfbfcfc
+fbfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfbfcfbfcfcfdfdfaedd4ceeb6c3c3d3d3e51663a3e383b3a393c56
+717472727272727272727272
+727271727171717171717171727171717173573c3c604d3b3c8ffbfdfbfcfdfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfb
+fdfbfdfcfdfbfcfcfcfbfcfcfdfbfdfcfcfcfcfdfcedd3dac43d384e5b5064583a3c3b3a363c40
+6f7272727272727272727272
+727271727171717171717171727171717170483f476f373851e9fdfdfdfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfd
+fcfcfcfbfcfcfbfbfcfcfdfcfdfcfcfcfcfcfcfdfcfdf1e6f1583f5e7770546d42393b3a3b3a3d
+637272727272727272727272
+7272727271717172717171717271727372643f3c6a52373da0fbfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfdfcfcfbfb
+fcfbfcfbfbfcfdfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfdfcfdfbfcfcfd9545657c735259613d3c393a393b
+4e7172727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271727471513a456a393a5ae6fafcfbfcfbfcfbfcfcfcfcfbf8fa
+fbfcfcfcfcfdfbfcfdfcfcfdfcfdfcfbfdfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfdc64f5e6456434078433b3d393b3d
+436c72727272727272727272
+727272727171727171717171727272726e47385c53333e98fbfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcf9eafb
+fbfbfbfbfcfcfbfdfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfbfdfcfcfdfdfcfdfce7473d3f3b3b375e57393d383939
+3b6171727272727272727272
+72727272717171717171717172717272633c3b703f3451dafcfcfbfbfcfcfbfcfcfdfdfbf4e8fa
+fcfdfcfcfcfbfcfbfcfcfcfcfbfdfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfbfcfcfa623c3a3a3b374b66373d393939
+3b5072727272727272727272
+727272727171717171717171727272714e3b52613b388af8fcfbfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfdfcfcf2edfc
+fdfcfcfcfcfdfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfdfcfdfdfcfcfcfcfdfcfbfcfc84383b3b393a3f774138383938
+3a416f727272727272727272
+727271727171717171717171727272663c3c68453b40c5fbfbfbfdfdfcfcfdfbfcfcfcfcededfb
+fcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfbfbfcfcfcfcfcfafcfcfcfcfbfcfdfcfda23c3b3b3b3b3d7437383b3a39
+3b3f68727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717174714b3a3a6b373b57eefcfcfcfcfbfcfcfbfcfcfbfdfbe9e9fb
+fbfcfcfcfbfcfcfbfbfcfcfbfbfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfdfcaf3b3b3b3c3a406f37373a3a39
+393d5f727272727272727272
+7171717272717171727171717271623e3d4a60373b82fbfcfcfdfbfdfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfbe6eafb
+fcfdfcfcfcfcfcfbfdfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfdbd3a3b3b3a3843633836393a38
+3a3c54727272727272727272
+727272727272717171717272736d463a37535c3839aafcfcfcfdfdfcfcfcfbfcfdfcfbfbe6eaf9
+fbfbfcfbfcfbfcfcfbfdfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfcfbfdfcfcce3c3b3b393c4e533937383939
+383c4f727272727272727272
+71717272717171717171717371593d3b3952603947cdfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfdfdfcfcfcfdfae2e9fa
+fbfbfcfdfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfbfcfbfdfcfcfdfafcfcd4423b3b3b3a5a4e393a39383a
+3a3940727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717271726c41393c3656683b47d6fdfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfdfcfcfae1e9fb
+fbfcfdfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfbfcfcfcfbfbfdfcfbfcfcfdda413b3b3c3b6644393a3a3938
+3b3a3f727272727272727272
+727271727171717171717171553c3b3b405f6d394ce1fcfcfcfcfcfcfbfdfcfcfcfcfcf9e1ecfb
+fcfcfcfcfcfbfbfcfdfcfcfdfbfcfcfcfcfbfcfbfbfdfcfdfcfcdd423b3b3b39643f393a393939
+3a3a3e727272727272727272
+7272727271727171717171724f3e363d4f767e3b5be9fcfdfcfdfbfbfbfcfcfbfafcfcf8e2eefb
+fbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfdfcfbfcfdfcfcfcfbfdde433b3b3b455f3a3b3b3a3a39
+39393e727272727272727272
+72727272717171717171716e46393938466b863e69edfcfdfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfcf7e2eefc
+fbfcfcfdfbfdfcfbfdfcfdfdfdfcfcfcfcfdfbfcfcfbfcfcfbfddc443b3b385a463b3b3b3a3839
+393940727272727272727272
+72727272717171727171716f413a3a3a3945724869effcfcfcfcfbfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfbf8e2f1fc
+fcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfdfccc3f383a41683b3d3d3a3b3a3a
+3a3b42727272727272727272
+72727272727171717171716e443938393c3c49626eeefcfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcf8e2f1fc
+fbfcfdfcfcfdfdfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcb83b3f5a685d455b6054463f3a
+3c3a51727272727272727272
+727272727271717172717171524a728f8d5e424d80e3fbfcfcfbfcfcfdfcfbfcfcfcfcf7e1f2fb
+fcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfdfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfc9c405b503d3b3c3c455368755c
+3d3a5a727272727272727272
+72727172717171727271727174a3c9d4d6c87b3b50b0f9fcfcfdfcfcfcfbfdfcfcfcfcf8e2f3fb
+fcfcfdfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfbfbfcfbfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfbf9fbf66956403b3a3a39393b3a3a608d
+654567717273727272727272
+7272727271717172717371739bc1d1d4d4d4cc7f3f55a9f5fbfbfcfbfdfbfbfcfbfbfcf8e1f3fc
+fbfcfcfcfbfcfbfcfcfdfdfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbf6d5d3d3d29c59393a393b3b3b3b3a3c5d76
+61486b737272727272727272
+727272727171727171737288b1c7d1d4d4d5d4cc803f4ea1f0fbfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfdfcf6e3f4fc
+fdfbfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfdfbfcfcfcfbfcfcfcdccfdbdddccd5b3e3a393b3b3b3b3a3e655e
+519c89727373727272727272
+7171717272727171717276a3b8c8d2d4d5d4d5d5c66d3a4892e9fcfbfcfdfcfbfbfbfcf8e1effb
+fcfbfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfbfcfbfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcd5c7d4d7dabb50383c393b3b3b3b3a414f40
+76cfda8f7374727272727272
+7172717372727271707e9db3c0cdd4d4d5d4d4d5d4b6543b4673d6fbfbfcfcfdfdfcfbfaeaedfc
+fbfdfcfcfcfdfdfcfcfcfcfcfbfbfcfbfcfdfcfcfcd7c5d3d4d1a9513a393a3b3b3b3b3a3a3653
+bad5d7b87371727272727272
+7170778c9baaa8a5a3a7b4bdc9d1d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d2a04435405bc1f7fcfcfdfbfcfcfdfbf9fc
+fdfcfbfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfdfcfcfbfbf8d8c4d3d2c9a85c3a3b383b3b3b3b3a3a4196
+cfd1d4c47370727272727272
+73779fb2bcc1bfbbbbbdc4cad1d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d5d4cb7c3d373c469ef3fbfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfc
+fcfbfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfbe8d3c7c4d2cec3ae78463c36383836373b477dbf
+cccfd1c07671727272727272
+738ab0bec9cdccc9c7ccd1d2d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d5b758383b3a4387e5fdfcfcfcfbfcfcfc
+fdfdfbfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfdfcfcfbfbfdfceecdc7c3c2cecbc1ae997146403e393d426189b2c3
+cccfd2c27572727272727272
+7193b7c7ced1d2d3d2d3d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d3d4cf953d383a353a68d0fbfbfbfbfdfcfc
+fbfbfbfdfcfdfcfbfcfcfbfcfcfcfdfcfbfde3c7c8c2bfc9cac4b5a69c8e7d77767e929eacc0ca
+d0d3d4d07f72727272727272
+729eb8c8d0d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d3d3d5c065383b38343f57bffbfbfcfcfbfc
+fcfcfcfcfbfbfcfdfcfcfcfcfbfbfbfcfcfbdfc9c8bdb9c8cac6bbb0a8a5a1a0a1a3a7b1bfccd1
+d4d4d4d3af77717372727272
+7192b7c6d0d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d3d4d4a64639383c3a3852c7fcfcfdfdfd
+fcfcfcfcfcfcfdfdfcfcfdfcfdfcfbfcfcfbe0c8c8b8b4c6cacac1b9b5b1b0afafb2b7c0cbd4d4
+d4d5d4d2cf9c727272727272
+728cb5c3ced4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4c97d3b363a3737396ef0fcfcfcfc
+fdfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfdfcfcfbfcfde7cbc9b3aebfc9cbc8c2bcbbb9b9b9bcc3c9d1d5d5
+d5d5d5d3d1c88f7272727272
+718bb2c0cdd3d4d4d4d4d4d5d5d5d4d4d5d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d5b6573a3939393742d8fcfcfcfc
+fcfbfcfbfcfcfcfdfcfcfcfcfbfbfcfcfdfbeed0c8adaabcc9d0cecbc5c3c2c1c3c5c8ced2d5d5
+d5d5d5d5d4d1c29071727372
+727fafbdccd3d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4ce974038393b393fd1fcfcfcfb
+fcfbfcfdfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfbfcfcf3d3b588aabdc9d0d2d1cdcbc9c8caccced1d4d5d5
+d5d5d5d5d4d3d0cb99767372
+727aadbccbd3d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d3d5c57a3a3a383a59ecfdfcfcfc
+fbfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfbfcfcfbfcfcfcfbfcf2c46785aabdc9d1d3d3d2d2d0d1d1d2d2d3d4d5d5
+d5d5d5d5d5d5d4d4d4b88872
+727bacbacbd3d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d3d5b15441467bd7fcfcfcfbfc
+fcfdfdfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfdfdfcfcfcfcfbfccd5d4484abbecad1d2d4d4d5d4d5d4d4d4d4d5d5d5
+d5d5d5d5d5d4d5d4d4d5cea5
+727caebac9d3d4d4d4d4d5d5d5d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d5d3d3ce99a7dcf8fcfcfcfcfcfc
+fbfbfcfcfbfcfcfdfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcf8c2523a4789aabecad1d3d4d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5
+d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d2c6
+7084aebacbd2d3d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d3d1d1bfa4f4fafbfbfcfcfbfc
+fcfcfbfbfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfcfbfbf6a44538364e8aaabecbd2d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4
+d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d5d4d3cec1
+718eacbbcdd3d3d4d4d4d5d4d5d4d4d4d5d4d4d5d4d4d5d4d5d4d4d3cfceadbdfbfcfbfcfcfcfc
+fbfdfdfcfbfdfbfbfcfcfbfbfcfce87f42353834578aa9c0cbd2d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5
+d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d4d0c9c19f
+739daec0d0d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4cfd0bc95d1fbfbfbfcfcfc
+fcfcfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcfcefa84c3b383c39385e88a7c1ccd2d4d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5
+d5d5d5d5d4d4d4d1c6bca676
+81a6b6cbd2d3d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4cfcabf9f80cbfafbfcfcfc
+fbfcfcfcfcfbfcfcfcfcf0b45b3c3a3b3a3738396488a6bfccd3d4d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5
+d4d4d4d4d3d1ccc1b5947871
+94aebfcdd2d3d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d5d4d4d4d0c6bda6835a8ad1eff7fb
+fcfbfcfcfbfaf3e7c5935a3f373a3b3b3b3b3b3d6b8ba7becbd2d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d4d4
+d5d4d4cec7c0b5a280727373
+a4afbdc8d1d2d2d3d4d3d4d4d5d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d4d4d4d1c8bca98d693b3d5c7e93
+a7aea0988f7c5e4b3d3b3a38383b3b3b3b3b3a43708ea7bdcad2d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d5d4d2d1
+d2d1c8bbb09a7f7372727272
+a3abb7bfc8cbcdcecfd0d2d4d3d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d5d5d4d5d4d0c8bca78f75473839383d
+3d3a39373836353a383b37373b3a3a393a3a38477590a6bac9d2d4d5d5d5d4d4d4d5d4d4d0ccca
+c6bdb1947971727272737272
+9aa5aaafb7bcbfc0c3c5c6cacccfd0d1d2d3d3d4d4d4d4d5d5d4d4d3cec3b6a28b7b553939393a
+393939393939393939393939393a393a3a393947768fa3b5c3cfd4d4d4d4d4d4d2d2d1cbc5bfbb
+b19b80737172727272727272
+7a91989da0a2a7abafb2b6b7bcc0c4c6c9cdd0d2d4d4d4d4d4d4d4d1c8bba9988a7c593a3a3a3a
+3a393a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3a3938393a3a3a4a768a9daebdc9d0d2d3d3d2d2d0cdc7bfb8b2a6
+8a7371717171727272727272
+7172757a838c91979c9fa4a4a6a9aeb1b6bac1c7cdcfd1d2d1d1d1cbbfb09e8f857958383a3839
+3b3b3b3b3c3b3b3c3b3b3b3b3b3a3837383a394c738596a5b5bfc9ced0d1d0cdc7bfbbafa49a7b
+727172727272727272727272
+727273727272747c858b90949496999b9fa4acb3b9bec3c8cbcac4bbafa393867d734e3c404141
+4b555858585858585858585857554d454543404d7082909daab6c0c5c7c8c6beb8b2a89b8a7571
+727272727272727272727272
+7372727272727171727274797d8185898d90959ba2a6abb0b6b6b0a89c92867e776547656f7372
+707172727272727272727272727174736f6f66656c7e8a959fa6aeb3b4b4b1aaa49d9382727272
+727272727272727272727272
+727271717271717171727271717273767b7d82898e9195989b9b98928a837e7972616470727172
+72727171717171717172727272727272727171706d76828e979b9da0a1a19f9b968d7c73727271
+717272727272727272727272
+72727272717171717171717172717170717172767d81868788878683807c776f6e727271717171
+7171717171717171717272727272727272727271706f79838c9192959595938d84787171717272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171737372727375767a7c7d7b79746e6d72737271717171
+7171717171717171717272727272727272727271726e6f737c8285888786837974727172717272
+727272727272727272727272
+7272727271717171717171717271717171727272727272707273706f6f71707272727271717171
+71717271717171717172727272727272727272727272716e6f6f72757372727172717172727272
+727272727272727272727272
+showpage
+%%Trailer
+end
+%%EOF
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9b2933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,713 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+\#
+\# Copyright (C) 2004-2020
+\#
+\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+\# notice and this notice are preserved.
+\#
+\# This file contains three greeked documents collated together:
+\#
+\#   i) two pages of a novelist's outline
+\#  ii) two pages of a chapter using COPYSTYLE DRAFT
+\# iii) three pages of an academic paper, set in two columns
+\#
+\# Mom's defaults are used throughout, except for iii), which
+\# demonstrates some of the ways you can design your own documents.
+\#
+\# Since the text throughout is greeked, and groff doesn't know how
+\# to hyphenate all that pseudo-latinate nonsense, I've inserted
+\# discretionary hyphens (\%) into a large number of the words.
+\# Normally, this isn't necessary.
+\#
+\# The PRINTSTYLE is TYPESET.  If you'd like to see what mom does
+\# with the documents when the PRINTSTYLE is TYPEWRITE, change
+\# PRINTSTYLE TYPESET, below, to PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE and re-run with
+\#
+\#  pdfmom -Tps sample_docs.mom > sample_docs.pdf 
+\#
+\# ===================================================================
+\#
+\# First, a sample NAMED document--in this case, an outline.
+\# A novelist wouldn't normally write an outline with numbered
+\# subheads and paraheads.  I've turned the feature on merely to
+\# demonstrate it.
+\#
+\# Information for the cover pages
+\#
+\# Title, subtitle and copyright for the document cover.
+\#
+.TITLE DOC_COVER \
+  "Sample mom documents"
+.SUBTITLE DOC_COVER \
+  "Three types of mom documents" \
+  "assembled and collated" \
+  "by mom's author"
+.COPYRIGHT DOC_COVER \
+  "2015 Peter Schaffter"
+\#
+\# What appears in the pdf viewer's window title
+\#
+.PDF_TITLE "Sample mom documents"
+\#
+\# Reference macros (metadata) for the first section of the collated
+\# document.
+\#
+.TITLE     "Lake Attica's Shores"
+.SUBTITLE  "A Romance Novel"
+.AUTHOR    "Rosemary Winspeare"
+.COPYRIGHT "2015 Alma Podborski"
+\#
+\# What to put on the cover for the whole document (in mom-speak,
+\# the "doc cover").  The title, subtitle, and author are what were
+\# given to TITLE DOC_COVER, SUBTITLE DOC_COVER, and COPYRIGHT
+\# DOC_COVER.
+\#
+.DOC_COVER TITLE SUBTITLE COPYRIGHT
+\#
+\# What to put on the first document's title page (in mom-speak, the
+\# "cover").  In this case, we're using the metadata from TITLE,
+\# SUBTITLE, AUTHOR and COPYRIGHT, which will also be used to
+\# generate the docheader (minus the copyright).
+\#
+.COVER TITLE AUTHOR DOCTYPE COPYRIGHT
+\#
+\# Docstyle macros (templates)
+\#
+.DOCTYPE    NAMED "Outline"
+.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.PAPER      LETTER
+\#
+\# Here we style the covers a bit.
+\#
+.DOC_COVER_TITLE_STYLE \
+  SIZE +8 \
+  SMALLCAPS \
+  UNDERLINE 1 3p 
+.DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_STYLE \
+  FONT I \
+  SIZE +2 \
+  LEAD 18 \
+  SPACE .75v
+.DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -.5
+\#
+.COVER_TITLE_SIZE +5
+.COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STYLE \
+  SIZE +2 \
+  SPACE .25v
+.COVER_AUTHOR_STYLE \
+  SIZE +2 \
+  LEAD 18
+.COVER_DOCTYPE_STYLE \
+  SIZE +4 \
+  UNDERLINE DOUBLE 1
+.COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -.5
+\#
+\# Here we style the docheader a bit.
+\#
+.SUBTITLE_SPACE .25v
+.DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE 1 2p
+\#
+\# Styles for nested heading levels
+\#
+\# The first two instances of level-1 headings will be paragraph heads
+\# so we set the paragraph head style here, then change it when
+\# level-1 headings become main heads.
+\#
+.HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+  FONT BI \
+  SIZE +.75
+.HEADING_STYLE 2 \
+  FONT B \
+  SIZE +.5 \
+  BASELINE_ADJUST \n[.v]/8 \" ie 1/8 the leading
+\#
+.AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC \" Move table of contents to the top of the doc
+.SPACE_TOC_ITEMS   \" Prettify TOC spacing
+\#
+\# Begin the document
+\#
+.START
+\#
+.PP
+.HEADING 1 PARAHEAD "A note on the setting"
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%re et ea rebum.
+.PP
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.  Lorem ipsum
+dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam
+voluptua.
+.PP
+Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt
+ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At
+vero, eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Consetetur
+sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy.
+.LINEBREAK
+.PP
+.HEADING 1 PARAHEAD "About historical personnages"
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.  Tempor invidunt ut
+labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy
+eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.  Tempor invidunt
+ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+\#
+\# Change level-1 style and add numbering to levels 1 and 2
+\#
+.HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+  FONT B \
+  SIZE +1.5 \
+  CAPS \
+  UNDERSCORE .5 2p \
+  QUAD C \
+  NO_SPACE_AFTER \
+  BASELINE_ADJUST +0 \
+  NUMBER
+.HEADING_STYLE 2 NUMBER
+\#
+.HEADING 1 "Part One"
+.HEADING 2 "Chapter 1"
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+.PP
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit
+amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor
+invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.
+.HEADING 2 "Chapter 2"
+.PP
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.  Lorem ipsum
+dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam
+voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt.  Ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua at vero.
+.HEADING 2 "Chapter 3"
+.PP
+Eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd
+gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et
+ea rebum.
+.HEADING 1 "Part Two"
+.HEADING 2 "Chapter 4"
+.PP
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est
+lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur
+sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore
+et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.PP
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+.PP
+Nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et
+ea rebum.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo
+duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata
+sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt.
+.HEADING 2 "Chapter 5"
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed
+diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+no sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+.PP
+Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt
+ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero
+eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd
+gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus.
+.PP
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren.  Sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor
+sit amet.  Accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.
+.RIGHT
+\*[BD]\&...end of sample outline\c
+.EL
+.COLLATE
+\#
+\# The '\c /.EL' keeps mom from depositing a line break which,
+\# because "...end of sample outline" falls exactly on the last
+\# baseline of the page, would spring the page trap that sets a
+\# header at the top of the next page.  Since the next page is a
+\# title page, we don't want that.  Normally, this isn't required,
+\# although using it routinely before COLLATE is a good habit.
+\#
+\# Notice, too, the use of "\&" before "..."  Whenever an input line
+\# begins with either a period, an apostrophe or a space, you must
+\# precede it with \&, otherwise the line will disappear, even when,
+\# as here, there's an inline escape beforehand.
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# Next, a document composed of two pages of a chapter, set in DRAFT
+\# style, showing the use of the EPIGRAPH BLOCK macro and the QUOTE
+\# macro.
+\#
+\# You'll notice that the starting page number of this "draft" is 1 (in
+\# roman numerals).  COPYSTYLE DRAFT always numbers the first page of a
+\# document 1.
+\#
+.TITLE         "Lake Attica's Shores"
+.SUBTITLE      "A Romance Novel"
+.AUTHOR        "Rosemary Winspeare"
+.CHAPTER        1
+.CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder"
+.DRAFT          1
+.REVISION       2
+.MISC          "Draft 1, 2nd revision"
+\#
+.DOCTYPE    CHAPTER
+.COPYSTYLE  DRAFT
+\#
+.EPIGRAPH_FONT I       \" Epigraphs are normally set in roman
+.DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER \" Draft/revision info usually goes in the header
+\#
+\# Style the title page
+\#
+.COVER_CHAPTER_SIZE +6
+.COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_STYLE \
+  SIZE +5 \
+  SPACE .25v
+.COVER_MISC_SIZE -.25
+\#
+\# What goes on the title page
+\#
+.COVER CHAPTER+TITLE MISC
+\#
+\# Begin the document
+\#
+.CHAPTER_SIZE +3.5
+.CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +5
+.CHAPTER_TITLE_SPACE +3p
+.START
+.EPIGRAPH BLOCK
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua.
+.RIGHT
+\#
+\# If running PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE, this adds space before
+\# attribution ("Joseph E. Blough")
+\#
+.if \n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .sp
+\#
+\*[ROM]\[em]Joseph E. Blough
+.EPIGRAPH OFF
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et
+ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Lorem ipsum
+dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam
+voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.  At vero eos
+et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+.PP
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.  Lorem ipsum
+dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor invidunt.
+.PP
+"Consetetur sadipscing elitr," dixit ea.
+.PP
+"Sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore," dixit eum.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy
+eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.
+.PP
+"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet," dixit ea.
+.PP
+"At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est," dixit eum.  "Sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua."
+.PP
+Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor:
+.QUOTE
+Invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re
+Magna ali\%quyam erat sed diam
+Voluptua stet clita kasd gubergren
+No sea takimata sanctus est.
+.QUOTE OFF
+.PP
+Justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren, no
+sea takimata sanctus est.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur
+sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore
+et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.PP
+"Stet clita kasd gubergren," dixit ea.
+.PP
+"No sea takimata sanctus est," dixit eum.
+.PP
+Nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.  Aliquyam erat
+sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo, duo do\%lo\%res et
+ea rebum.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt.  Ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam
+erat, sed diam voluptua at vero.  Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea
+takimata sanctus est.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy
+eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.
+.PP
+Invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est.  At vero eos et accusam et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur
+sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore
+et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et
+accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+no sea takimata sanctus est.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo
+do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+.RIGHT
+\*[BD]\&...end of sample chapter\c
+.EL
+.COLLATE
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# Finally, a sample journal article, set in two columns with a
+\# 1.5-pica gutter between them.  This example also uses QUOTES,
+\# BLOCKQUOTES and FOOTNOTES. In addition, it's set RECTO_VERSO,
+\# with differing left and right margins that alternate from page to
+\# page.  (The header also flips from right to left, which you can
+\# see on the 2nd and 3rd pages).
+\#
+\# The primary purpose of this sample is to demonstrate how to
+\# create a stylesheet, along with some of the control macros that
+\# can be used.
+\#
+\# Style the title page
+\#
+.COVER_TITLE_CAPS
+.COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE .5v
+.COVER_AUTHOR_STYLE \
+  SIZE    +1.5 \
+  LEAD 14 \
+  SPACE .25v
+.COVER_MISC_STYLE \
+  QUAD L \
+  SIZE +0
+.COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE +0
+\#
+\# What goes on the title page
+\#
+.COVER TITLE AUTHOR COPYRIGHT MISC
+\#
+.DOCTYPE    DEFAULT
+.COPYSTYLE  FINAL
+\#
+.TITLE     "Control Equals Chaos"
+.SUBTITLE  "\*[ALD1]The Psychological and Auditory \
+Impact of Serial vs. Aleatoric Music\*[RLD1]"
+.AUTHOR    "Joe Chang" "and" "Brad Hegel Connors"
+.COPYRIGHT "2015 J. Chang, B.H. Connors
+.MISC      "Submitted June 3, 2015" "\*[IT]Piano Quarterly\*[PREV]"
+\#
+\# Style the docheader
+\#
+.TITLE_CAPS
+.ATTRIBUTE_SPACE .33
+.AUTHOR_SIZE   +1
+.SUBTITLE_SIZE +2
+\#
+.L_MARGIN   6P
+.R_MARGIN   4P+6p
+.PT_SIZE    10
+.AUTOLEAD   1.5
+\#
+.RECTO_VERSO
+.PAGENUM   1
+\#
+.HEADER_LEFT  "Chang, Connors"  \" Because we have two authors
+.HEADER_SIZE  +1
+\#
+.DOCHEADER_ADVANCE 1.75i
+.DOCHEADER_LEAD    +2p
+\#
+\# When PRINTSTYLE is TYPESET, these indents need to be smaller than
+\# the default
+\#
+.if \n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+. PARA_INDENT  1P
+. QUOTE_INDENT 2
+. BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT 2
+.\}
+\#
+\# Style heading 1
+\#
+.HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+  QUAD L \
+  SIZE +0 \
+  NO_NUMBER \
+  NO_CAPS \
+  NO_UNDERSCORE \
+  NO_SPACE_AFTER \
+  BASELINE_ADJUST \n[.v]/8 \" ie 1/8 of the leading
+\#
+\# Style the blockquotes
+\#
+.BLOCKQUOTE_STYLE \
+  FAMILY   H \
+  SIZE     -2 \
+  AUTOLEAD 2
+\#
+.COLUMNS 2 1P+6p \" Set in two columns
+\#
+\# Being the document
+\#
+.START
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr.  Sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.  Ali\%quyam
+erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.PP
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren no sea takimata.  Sanctus est, lorem ipsum dolor sit
+amet.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy.  Eirmod tempor
+invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat.  Sed diam voluptua
+at vero eos et accusam et justo.
+\#
+.BLOCKQUOTE
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est lorem.
+Ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy
+eirmod tempor.  Invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua at vero.  Eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et
+ea rebum stet clita.\c
+.FOOTNOTE  \" Note the use of \c, above, to keep the word and footnote marker together.
+Clita ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+.BLOCKQUOTE OFF
+\#
+.PP
+Duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum, stet clita kasd gubergren.  No sea takimata
+sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr.
+Sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam.  Erat sed diam voluptua at.  Vero eos et accusam et justo
+duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum stet.  Clita kasd gubergren no sea takimata
+sanctus est.
+.PP
+Nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt, ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam
+erat?  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea.  Rebum stet
+clita kasd gubergren no sea takimata sanctus.  Est lorem ipsum dolor
+sit amet.  Sadipscing\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+Sadipscing diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+ elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt.  Ut labore et do\%lo\%re
+magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren no sea.
+\#
+.HEADING 1 "Schoenberg \[em]" "The Origins of Serial Pitch Organization"
+\#
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat,
+sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea
+rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est lorem.
+Ipsum dolor sit amet consetetur sadipscing.  Elitr, sed diam nonumy,
+eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.  Ali\%quyam erat sed
+diam voluptua, at vero eos.  Et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea
+rebum stet clita kasd gubergren lorem ipsum.  Dolor sit amet
+consetetur, sadipscing elitr, sed diam.  Nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt
+ut labore et do\%lo\%re.  Magna ali\%quyam erat sed diam voluptua at vero.
+Eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum stet clita kasd.
+Gubergren no sea takimata sanctus est.
+.PP
+Amet consetetur sadipscing elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod.  Tempor
+invidunt ut labore.  Et dolor\%e magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua,
+at vero.  Eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren sed diam voluptua.
+.PP
+No sea takimata\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+Takimata sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt
+ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+ sanctus est lorem. Ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur
+sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore
+et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et
+accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum amet.  Consetetur sadipscing
+elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore, et do\%lo\%re
+magna ali\%quyam erat.  Sed diam voluptua, at vero, eos et accusam et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum qua certiore.
+\#
+.HEADING 1 "Messiaen to Stockhausen \[em]" "The Quest for Absolute Control"
+\#
+.PP
+Vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum amet:
+\#
+.QUOTE
+Eirmod tempor invidunt
+Ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat
+Sed diam voluptua
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res.
+.QUOTE OFF
+\#
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr
+sed diam.  Nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.
+Aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua at vero eos et accusam.  Et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et rebum.
+.PP
+Elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor.  Invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re
+magna ali\%quyam erat sed.  Diam voluptua at vero eos et accusam et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+\#
+.BLOCKQUOTE
+Sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing.  Elitr,
+sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor, invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam.  Erat sed diam voluptua, at vero eos et accusam et justo
+rebum amet.  Consetetur sadipsc\%ing elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod
+sed diam nonumy, eirmod tempor.  Invidunt tempor invidunt ut labore.\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+Labore diam nonumy eirmod tempor, invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re
+magna ali\%quyam.  Erat sed diam voluptua, at vero eos et accusam et
+justo.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+ Et do\%lo\%re et magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua, at vero.
+Eos et accusam et justo duo.
+.BLOCKQUOTE OFF
+\#
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr.  Sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.
+.PP
+Nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt, ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam
+erat?  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea.  Rebum stet
+clita kasd gubergren no sea takimata sanctus.  Est lorem ipsum dolor
+sit amet.  Sadipscing elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt.
+Ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+Stet clita kasd gubergren no sea.  Ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+\#
+.HEADING 1 "John Cage \[em]" "Leaving It All to Chance"
+\#
+.PP
+Sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy.  Eirmod tempor
+invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.  Ali\%quyam erat, sed diam
+voluptua at vero.  Eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea taki\%mata sanctus est.
+.PP
+Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt
+ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero
+eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd
+gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est lorem.  Ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt
+ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero
+eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+.PP
+Stet clita kasd gubergren.  No sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum
+dolor sit.  Amet consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor.  Invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam
+voluptua, at vero.  Eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata.  Sanctus est lorem ipsum
+dolor sit amet consetetur.  Sadipscing elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor invidunt.  Ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam
+voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.
+\#
+.BLOCKQUOTE
+.PP
+Stet clita kasd gubergren no sea.  Takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum
+dolor sit amet.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re.  Magna ali\%quyam\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+Aliquyam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+ erat, sed diam
+voluptua at vero eos et accusam.  Et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum,
+stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata.
+.PP
+Takimata lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consetetur sadipscing elitr.
+Sed diam, nonumy eirmod tempor, invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.
+Aliquyam erat sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et
+justo.\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+Justo vero eos et accusam et justo duo.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+.BLOCKQUOTE OFF
+\#
+.PP
+Duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum, stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata
+sanctus.  Est lorem ipsum.  Dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+sed diam nonumy.  Eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam.
+.PP
+Et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum stet clita kasd.  Gubergren
+no sea takimata sanctus est.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur
+sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore
+et dolore magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et
+accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+no sea takimata sanctus est.
+\#
+.HEADING 1 "Beyond Cage \[em]" "Catching the Midnight Train"
+\#
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr.  Sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.  Ali\%quyam
+erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.PP
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren no sea takimata.  Sanctus est, lorem ipsum dolor sit
+amet.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy.  Eirmod tempor
+invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat.  Sed diam voluptua
+at vero eos et accusam et justo.
+.PP
+Duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum, stet clita kasd gubergren.  No sea takimata
+sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr.
+Sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam.  Erat sed diam voluptua at.  Vero eos et accusam et justo
+duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum stet.  Clita kasd gubergren no sea takimata
+sanctus est.
+.PP
+Nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt, ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam
+erat?  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea.  Rebum stet
+clita kasd gubergren no sea takimata sanctus.  Est lorem ipsum dolor
+amet.  Sadipscing\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+Sadipscing diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+ elitr sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt.  Ut labore et do\%lo\%re
+magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et
+justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren no sea
+takimata lorem.  Ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr.
+Sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna.
+Ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo
+duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea
+takimata sanctus est.
+.PP
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed
+diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna
+ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo
+duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum.  Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea
+takimata sanctus est.
+.RIGHT
+\*[BD]\&...end of sample article\*[PREV]
+.FINIS
+.TOC_RV_SWITCH
+.TOC
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/slide-demo.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/slide-demo.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..989ce5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/slide-demo.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+\#
+\# Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\# Revised for version 2.5 2021-08.
+\#
+\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+\# notice and this notice are preserved.
+\#
+.\" Macro for code blocks
+.de CODE_BLOCK
+. ie \\n[.$] \{\
+.   CODE off
+.   QUOTE off
+.   CENTER_BLOCK off
+. \}
+. el \{\
+.   CENTER_BLOCK
+.   QUOTE
+.   CODE
+. \}
+..
+.\"----------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.TITLE "Creating slide presentations with gropdf/mom"
+.PDF_TITLE "\*[$TITLE]"
+.
+.DOCTYPE SLIDES \
+  ASPECT 16:9 \
+  HEADER "Header left" "\*[$TITLE]" "Header right" \
+  FOOTER "" "" "\*S[+2]\*[SLIDE#]\*S[-2]" \
+  TRANSITION "Box 1 . O" \
+  PAUSE "Wipe 1"
+.
+.PARA_SPACE .75v
+.SS +3
+.HYPHENATION off
+.
+.NEWCOLOR darkred #aa0000
+.NEWCOLOR darkred1 #900000
+.NEWCOLOR blue1 #00007b
+.NEWCOLOR blue2 #00006f
+.NEWCOLOR code-grey GRAY 0.3
+.XCOLOR cyan4
+.XCOLOR green4
+.
+.HEADER_COLOR      darkred1
+.HEADER_RULE_COLOR blue1
+.FOOTER_RULE       off
+.
+.COVER_STYLE \
+  LEAD +8 \
+  COLOR white
+.HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+  COLOR blue2
+.CODE_STYLE \
+  FONT B \
+  SIZE 115 \
+  COLOR code-grey
+.QUOTE_STYLE \
+  QUAD LEFT
+.CONDENSE 90
+.
+.PDF_IMAGE_FRAME "" 1 blue1
+.
+.COVERTITLE \
+  "Creating slide presentations" \
+  "with" \
+  "gropdf and mom"
+.
+.COVER_START_POS 15P
+.COVER COVERTITLE
+.
+.STRING hand \*[darkred]\[rh]\*[black]
+.
+.\" Make first slide black.
+.\" If printing, remove to save ink.
+.SLIDE_COLOR black
+.
+.START
+.SLIDE_COLOR off
+.
+.ADD_SPACE 9p
+.IB 8P
+.
+.HEADING 1 "PDF slides"
+.SP .5v
+.
+.PP
+PDF slides are a subset of mom's document processing macros
+formatted for presentation mode when viewed in a PDF reader.  In
+most respects, they behave identically to the default document type
+described in mom's html documentation\*[HANG .]
+.BR
+Differences in the formatting include\*[HANG :]
+.
+.PAUSE
+.LEFT
+.LIST
+.ITEM .2v
+the choice between two aspect ratios, 4:3 or 16:9
+.LIST USER \*[hand]
+.ITEM
+both fit on A4 or US letter paper sizes when printed
+.
+.PAUSE
+.LIST BACK
+.ITEM .2v
+type is set centered by default
+.LIST USER \*[hand]
+.ITEM
+this may be changed to left, right, or justified
+.
+.PAUSE
+.LIST BACK
+.ITEM .2v
+headers and/or footers must be explicitly instantiated
+.LIST USER \*[hand]
+.ITEM
+the left, centre, and right parts must be supplied
+by the user
+.
+.PAUSE
+.LIST BACK
+.ITEM .2v
+slide numbering (pagination) is disabled
+.LIST  USER \*[hand]
+.ITEM
+if slide numbering is desired, it must be put in the left,
+centre, or right part of a header or footer definition
+.QUIT_LISTS
+.
+.NEWSLIDE
+.
+.ADD_SPACE 9p
+.IB 2P
+.
+.DOC_QUAD CENTER
+.
+.HEADING 1 "Pauses and transitions"
+.SP .5v
+.
+.PP
+Slides made with mom take advantage of the pause and slide
+transition features provided in presentation mode by most
+contemporary PDF readers.
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+Pauses and transitions are dynamic and engaging, holding the
+viewer's attention while increasing the impact of the content.
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+With pauses, material on a slide can be revealed progressively
+with
+.BR
+a mouse click or by hitting
+.
+.LIST
+.ITEM .5v
+Next
+.ITEM 2p
+PgDown
+.ITEM 2p
+Spacebar
+.LIST off
+.
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+The manner in which new material is revealed and new slides
+are displayed can be tailored separately for effects like Fade,
+Dissolve, Wipe and others, and can be changed on the fly.
+.
+.NEWSLIDE
+.
+.PP
+Mom slides begin with the macro DOCTYPE SLIDES, where you choose
+the aspect ratio and transition effects, and set up headers and
+footers\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+You may find it convenient to provide a title for the slide
+presentation, as the top of the .mom file for these slides
+demonstrates\*[HANG :]
+.
+.SP -1v
+.CODE_BLOCK
+\*[COND]\&.TITLE "Creating slide presentations with gropdf/mom"
+\&.PDF_TITLE "\\*[$TITLE]"
+\&.\\"
+\&.DOCTYPE SLIDES \\
+ ASPECT 16:9 \\
+ HEADER "Header left" "\\*[$TITLE]" "Header right" \\
+ FOOTER "" "" "\\*S[+2]\\*[SLIDE#]\\*S[-2]" \\
+ TRANSITION "Box 1 . O" \\
+ PAUSE "Wipe 1"\*[CONDX]
+.CODE_BLOCK off
+.SP -.5v
+.
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+Afterwards, you may make any changes you like to the layout and
+style, then enter START.  Unlike other mom documents, PRINTSTYLE is
+not required\*[HANG .]
+.
+.NEWSLIDE
+.
+.ADD_SPACE 9p
+.IB -1P+6p
+.
+.HEADING 1 \
+  "The \s[-2]PAUSE\s[0] and \s[-2]NEWSLIDE\s[0] macros"
+.SP .5v
+.
+.PP
+Whenever you want a pause before revealing the next material on a
+slide, enter the macro PAUSE on a line by itself.  If you want a
+reveal effect that's different from the current one, you may pass
+PAUSE the parameters of the new effect\*[HANG :]
+.
+.SP -1v
+.PAUSE
+.
+.CODE_BLOCK
+\&.PAUSE "Dissolve .4"
+.CODE_BLOCK off
+.
+.PAUSE "Dissolve .4"
+Notice that this material dissolves in, whereas before, new material
+appeared from left to right.  \*[BU6]The new effect stays in force
+until you change it again\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE "Wipe 1"
+.PP
+New slides are introduced with NEWSLIDE. \*[bu6]Transition effects
+and parameters may be given to NEWSLIDE\*[HANG :]
+.SP -1v
+.
+.CODE_BLOCK
+\&.NEWSLIDE "Blinds .5"
+.CODE_BLOCK off
+.
+.PAUSE
+The next slide in this presentation will appear with the Blinds
+effect\*[HANG .]
+.BR
+Consult man gropdf\c
+\*[FU2]\*[UP 1p](\*[DOWN 1p]\*[BU2]1\*[UP 1p]\*[BU1])\*[DOWN 1p]
+for all the pause/transition effects and their
+parameters.\*[BU6]\*[UP 2p]\s[-2]*\s[0]
+.SP 4p
+.FT I
+.PT_SIZE -2
+*Note that not all PDF \*[BU6]viewers support every effect\*[HANG .]
+.FT R
+.PT_SIZE +2
+.
+.NEWSLIDE "Blinds .5"
+.SLIDE_COLOR antiquewhite
+.
+.ADD_SPACE 9p
+.
+.HEADING 1 "Highlighting items
+.SP .5v
+.PP
+The BOX macro lets you highlight items as they are revealed with
+frames and shaded backgrounds\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE "Fade .5"
+.BOX SHADED pink INSET 3p
+.PP
+This item is highlighted with a shaded background\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+The highlight moves to each new item as it's revealed\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+Highlighting can continue for as many slides as you want\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+If there are no pauses on a slide, BOX can be used
+.BR
+to provide a background for all the items\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+The SLIDE_COLOR macro lets you colour
+.BR
+the whole slide (q.v.)\*[HANG .]
+.BOX off
+.
+.NEWSLIDE "Box 1 . O"
+.SLIDE_COLOR off
+.
+.ADD_SPACE 9p
+.
+.HEADING 1 "Macros and preprocessors"
+.SP .5v
+.PP
+Slides can make full use of all mom's document processing and
+typesetting macros, including preprocessors and image insertion\*[HANG .]
+.
+.IBX CLEAR
+.LS -4
+.
+.PAD "\
+\*[FWD 4P+6p]\*[ST1]#\*[ST1X]\
+\*[FWD 2P+6p]\*[ST2]\*[FWD 12P]\\*[ST2X]\
+\*[FWD 3P+9p]\*[ST3]#\*[ST3X]\
+\*[FWD 3P]\*[ST4]#\*[ST4X]\*[FWD 2P]"
+.
+.ST 1 L
+.ST 2 C
+.ST 3 C
+.ST 4 C
+.
+.PAUSE "Fade .5"
+.
+.TAB 1
+.PT_SIZE -1.5
+.CENTER
+\*[BD]\*[blue2]\*[DOWN 6p]tbl
+.LEFT
+.mk
+.PT_SIZE -1
+.COLOR blue2
+.TS H BOXED
+tab(^) allbox;
+c c
+n n.
+\*[darkred]\s[-.5]\*[DOWN .5p]Year^Mean Temp.\s[0]\*[blue2]
+_
+.TH
+\*[cyan4]\fB2015^28.3\*[blue2]
+\*[cyan4]1998^28.3\*[blue2]
+\*[cyan4]1997^28.3\*[blue2]
+\*[cyan4]2010^28.1\*[blue2]
+\*[cyan4]2002^28.1\*[blue2]
+\*[cyan4]2005^28.0\*[blue2]
+\*[cyan4]2014^27.9\*[blue2]
+\*[cyan4]2009^27.9\*[blue2]
+.TE
+.
+.rt
+.PAUSE
+.
+.TN
+.PT_SIZE +1
+\*[FWD 10p]\*[DOWN 6p]pic
+.COLOR green4
+.SP 3p
+.PS 2 LEFT
+A: ellipse wid 0.5 ht 0.5
+  arrow color "green4" up 0.2 from A.n
+  arrow color "green4" up 0.2 right 0.2 from A.ne
+  arrow color "green4" right 0.2 from A.e
+  arrow color "green4" down 0.2 right 0.2 from A.se
+  arrow color "green4" down 0.2 from A.s
+  arrow color "green4" down 0.2 left 0.2 from A.sw
+  arrow color "green4" left 0.2 from A.w
+  arrow color "green4" up 0.2 left 0.2 from A.nw
+.PE
+.
+.rt
+.PAUSE
+.
+.TN
+.COLOR blue2
+\*[FWD 1p]\*[DOWN 6p]eqn
+.FAMILY T
+.PT_SIZE +3
+.LS
+.COLOR code-grey
+.SP 4P
+.EQ
+f sub X (x) ^=^ left {
+  rpile { 0 above 2x above 0 }
+  ~~lpile { x < 0 above 0 <= x <= 1 above x > 1 }
+.EN
+.
+.rt
+.PAUSE
+.
+.TN
+.FAMILY H
+.PT_SIZE -3
+.COLOR blue2
+\*[DOWN 6p]pdf image\*[black]\*[PREV]
+.SP 2P+6p
+.PDF_IMAGE -C penguin.pdf 81p 96p FRAME
+.TQ
+.
+.NEWSLIDE "Box 1 . O"
+.ADD_SPACE 5p
+.IB 10P
+.PT_SIZE +1.5
+.
+.HEADING 1 "Printing handouts"
+.SP .5v
+.
+.CODE_STYLE \
+  COLOR BLACK \
+  SIZE 120
+.PP
+Because slides contain pauses, they need a little help on their
+way to the printer or they stop printing at the first pause\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE "Wipe 1"
+.PP
+Setting GROPDF_NOSLIDE=1 before invoking 
+\[oq]\*[FU4]\*[CODE]\*[COND]pdfmom\*[CONDX]\*[CODE off]\*[FU4]\[cq]
+or
+\[oq]\*[FU2]\*[CODE]\*[COND]groff\~-Tpdf\*[CONDX]\*[CODE off]\*[FU6]\[cq]
+disables the pauses\*[HANG :]
+.
+.SP -1v
+.
+.CODE_STYLE \
+  COLOR code-grey \
+  SIZE 110
+.CODE_BLOCK
+\*[COND]GROPDF_NOSLIDE=1 pdfmom <options> slide-file.mom\*[CONDX]
+.CODE_BLOCK off
+.
+.PAUSE
+The output may be piped directly to a printer or saved to a file\*[HANG .]
+.PAUSE
+.PP
+See mom's html documentation and the gropdf\c
+\*[FU2]\*[UP 1p](\*[DOWN 1p]\*[BU2]1\*[UP 1p]\*[BU1])\*[DOWN 1p]
+manpage for complete information concerning slide usage\*[HANG .]
+.
+.SP 9p
+.CENTER_BLOCK
+.nr dcl-ind -1 1
+.while \n[dcl-ind]<4 \{\
+. DCL SOLID \n+[dcl-ind]P 9p 9p blue2
+.\}
+.CENTER_BLOCK off
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/test-mom.sh.in b/contrib/mom/examples/test-mom.sh.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebaba20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/test-mom.sh.in
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# 
+# This file is part of groff.
+# 
+# groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+# Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+# WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+# for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+builddir="@abs_top_builddir@"
+have_urw_fonts="@groff_have_urw_fonts@"
+examplesdir="$builddir/contrib/mom/examples"
+ret=0
+list="
+  letter.pdf
+  mom-pdf.pdf
+  mon_premier_doc.pdf
+  sample_docs.pdf
+  slide-demo.pdf
+  typesetting.pdf
+  copyright-chapter.pdf
+  copyright-default.pdf
+  "
+
+if test "$have_urw_fonts" != "yes"; then
+    echo "No URW fonts, mom examples cannot be correctly generated"
+    exit 77
+fi
+
+for cmd in pdfinfo pdfimages
+do
+    if ! command -v $cmd >/dev/null
+    then
+        echo "cannot locate '$cmd' command; skipping" >&2
+        exit 77 # skip
+    fi
+done
+
+# $1: pdf file
+# $2: expected number of pages
+check_number_pages()
+{
+    echo "Checking number of pages of $1"
+    n_pages=`pdfinfo $1  | grep Pages | awk '{ print $2}'`
+    if test "$n_pages" != "$2"; then
+       echo "  Error: expected $2 pages, found $n_pages pages"
+       ret=255
+    fi
+}
+
+# $1 pdf file
+check_has_images()
+{
+    echo "Checking if $1 has images"
+    n_lines=`pdfimages -list $1 | wc -l `
+    if test $n_lines -le 2; then
+        echo " no images found"
+        ret=255
+    fi
+}
+
+for k in $list; do
+    if ! test -f $examplesdir/$k; then
+        echo "File $k not found"
+        exit 255
+    fi
+done
+
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/letter.pdf" 1
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/mom-pdf.pdf" 8
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/mon_premier_doc.pdf" 5
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/sample_docs.pdf" 12
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/slide-demo.pdf" 33
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/typesetting.pdf" 3
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/copyright-chapter.pdf" 5
+check_number_pages "$examplesdir/copyright-default.pdf" 5
+
+check_has_images "$examplesdir/typesetting.pdf"
+check_has_images "$examplesdir/slide-demo.pdf"
+
+exit $ret
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e273611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+.\" -*- mode: text; coding: utf-8; -*-
+\#
+\# Copyright 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\#
+\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+\# notice and this notice are preserved.
+\#
+\# Most mom users rely on mom's document processing macros to format
+\# their work.  The doc processing macros take care of all things
+\# typographic and are simple, clear and easy to learn.  The kind of
+\# "by hand" typesetting this file demonstrates is geared towards
+\# professional typographers.  Bear in mind, though, that the full
+\# power of mom's typesetting capabilities can be brought to bear on
+\# document processing as well.
+\#
+\# Basic page setup
+\#
+.PAGE 8.5i 11i 1i 1i 1i \" Page size, margins
+\#
+\# Basic type parameters
+\#
+.FAMILY  T     \" Times Roman family
+.FT      B     \" Bold font
+.PT_SIZE 12    \" Point size
+.LS      14    \" Leading (line spacing)
+.LEFT          \" Set lines flush left, nofill mode
+\#
+\# Refinements
+\#
+.HY            \" Hyphenate
+.KERN          \" Automatic pairwise kerning
+.LIGATURES     \" Automatic ligature generation
+.SMARTQUOTES   \" Enable smartquotes
+.SS 0          \" No extra space between sentences
+\#
+.SP |1i-1v     \" Advance 1 inch from top of paper to first baseline
+Example 1\*[BU 2]:
+.ALD .25v      \" Advance an extra 1/4 linespace
+.UNDERSCORE 3.5p "T\*[BU 4]asting notes using padding, string tabs \
+and multi-columns"
+\#
+.SP            \" Add an extra line space
+\#
+.FAM H         \" Helvetica family
+.PT_SIZE 10
+.LS  11        \" New leading
+\#
+\# The following uses a combination of padding, string tabs, and the
+\# FWD escape to set up five tabs with 1-pica gutters stretched over
+\# the full line length.
+\# 
+.SILENT        \" Don't print the next line
+.PAD "\*[ST1]VIN#\*[ST1X]\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST2]ROBE#\*[ST2X]\
+\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST3]NEZ#\*[ST3X]\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST4]BOUCHE#\*[ST4X]\
+\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST5]COMMENTAIRES\*[ST5X]"
+.SILENT OFF    \" Resume normal printing of text
+\#
+\# Now that the string tabs have been marked off, we "set" them.
+\#
+.ST 1 L        \" First string tab flush left, nofill (line-for-line) mode
+.ST 2 L QUAD   \" Remaining tabs are flush left/rag right, fill mode
+.ST 3 L QUAD
+.ST 4 L QUAD
+.ST 5 L QUAD
+\#
+.TAB 1         \" Call first tab
+.UNDERSCORE "VIN"
+.TN            \" Move to next tab and stay on the same baseline
+.UNDERSCORE "ROBE"
+.TN            \" Ibid
+.UNDERSCORE "NEZ"
+.TN            \" Ibid
+.UNDERSCORE "BOUCHE"
+.TN            \" Ibid
+.UNDERSCORE "COMMENTAIRES"
+.TQ            \" Quit tabs
+\#
+.ALD 6p        \" Advance an extra 6 points
+.FT  R         \" Change font to roman (medium)
+.MCO           \" Turn multi-column mode on
+\#
+.TAB 1                 \" Notice that this tab gets set line-for-line
+\*[IT]Peelee Island    \" Set italic
+\*[PREV]Gewürztraminer \" Revert to former font (roman)
+2000
+(Canada)
+.MCR           \" Return to top of column
+.TAB 2         \" Call tab 2; in multi-column mode, don't use .TN
+Jaune pâle.
+.MCR
+.TB 3          \" Notice that from here on, we use the alias TB instead of TAB
+Frais, fruité, ci\%tronné, arômes fortes de lichee et de fruits
+tropicaux.
+.MCR
+.TB 4
+Doux, fruité, bien équilibré avec une bonne acidité.
+.MCR
+.TB 5
+Bon apéro.  Servir avec des plats
+.RW .1         \" Reduce Whitespace between letters to tighten this line
+indiens ou \%chinois.
+.RW 0          \" Back to normal spacing between letters
+.BR
+Excellent rapport qualité/prix.
+.MCX 8p        \" Multi-column mode off; advance an extra 8 points
+.MCO           \" Re-invoke multi-columns for next wine description
+.TB 1
+\*[IT]Carau Pujol
+\*[ROM]Tannat
+1995
+(Uraguay)
+.MCR
+.TB 2
+Rubis foncé, vio\%lacée, presque opaque.
+.MCR
+.TB 3
+Belles arômes de fruits foncés (prunes, cerises noires, cassis).
+Odeurs tertiares de cuir, cèdre, violets, eucalyptus, avec une trace
+exotique de Band-Aid*\*[BU 12].
+\#
+\# The \*[BU 12], above, pulls the period back so that it falls
+\# underneath the asterisk. \*[BP<n>] could have been used instead
+\# if you prefer to use points rather than kern units.
+\#
+.MCR
+.TB 4
+Très rond, tannins mûres et veloutés, avec un long finis fruité et
+doucement alcoolique.
+.MCR
+.TB 5
+Superbe\|!  Une aubaine à ne pas manquer.  Prêt à boire maintenant.
+.MCX 1v  \" Multi-columns off; advance an extra linespace
+\#
+\# Now, an example of a hanging indent.  This is excessively fussy
+\# from a typographic standpoint in that it hangs the asterisk outside
+\# the current left margin so that the text following it lines up with
+\# with the text in the tasting notes.  Notice that in order to use a
+\# hanging indent, you must first set a left indent.
+\#
+.FT      I     \" Change font to italic
+.PT_SIZE -.5   \" Reduce point size by 1/2 point
+.LS      -.5   \" Reduce leading by 1/2 point
+.JUSTIFY       \" Set text justified
+\#
+\# Now, move the left margin back by the width of an asterisk plus 2 points...
+\#
+.L_MARGIN -(\w'*'+2p)
+\#
+\# ...and set a left indent equal to the width of an asterisk plus 2 points
+\#
+.IL \w'*'+2p   
+\#
+\# Now, set the hanging indent equal to the left indent, effectively
+\# pulling the first line of the following text back to the new left
+\# margin.  Subsequent output lines will be indented by the .IL
+\# amount.  Notice that when using the \w inline escape, there's no
+\# need to append a unit of measure.
+\#
+.HI \w'*'+2p
+*\*[FWD 1p]The term "Band-Aid" means the slightly sweet, vaguely chemical
+smell associated with medical-grade plastics.  It is often found in
+wines from terroirs in South America.  Provided a wine has a sufficient
+concentration of fruit
+.RW .04   \" Tighten the next line slightly, so "lipstick" doesn't hyphenate.
+aromas and complex tertiary characteristics, Band-Aid is a Good Thing.
+Otherwise, it smells like cheap lipstick.
+.RW 0     \" Reset kerning to 0
+\#
+\# Notice, above, that although the values for IL and HI are the width
+\# of an asterisk plus 2 points, when setting the first line of text
+\# (the one with the asterisk at the beginning), we put only 1 point of
+\# space after the *.  This is to compensate for the fact that in the
+\# italic font, the letter T doesn't align visually with the rest of
+\# the text.  As already noted, this is an extremely fussy example. :)
+\#
+.IQ CLEAR      \" Cancel and clear stored indent values 
+.L_MARGIN 1i   \" Reset left margin to its original value.
+\#
+.ALD 2P        \" Add 2-picas extra space before next example
+\#
+.FAM     T
+.FT      B
+.PT_SIZE 12
+.LS      14
+\#
+Example 2:
+.ALD .25v
+\#
+.COMMENT
+In the next line, because the string to be underscored must be
+enclosed in double-quotes, you can't use the double-quote character
+itself around the word "Massaging".  We circumvent this by using the
+groff inline escapes \[lq] and \[rq] (leftquote and rightquote).
+.COMMENT OFF
+\#
+.UNDERSCORE 3.5p "\[lq]Massaging\[rq] \*[BCK 1p]a passage of rag right text"
+.SP            \" Add an extra linespace
+\#
+.PT_SIZE 12.5
+.LS      14
+.PT_SIZE -1   \" Reduce point size by 1 point
+Passage using groff spacing defaults
+\#
+.ALD .5v      \" Add an extra 1/2 line space
+\#
+.PT_SIZE +1   \" Restore point size
+.QUAD    LEFT \" Set quad left, fill mode
+.IB      3P   \" Indent 3 picas from both the left and right margins
+.FT      R
+The thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as I best could;
+but when he ventured upon insult, I vowed revenge.  You, who so well
+know the nature of my soul, will not suppose, however, that I gave
+utterance to a threat.  \*[IT]At length\*[PREV] I would be
+avenged; this was a point definitively settled\[em]but the very
+definitiveness with which it was resolved, precluded the idea of
+risk.  I must not only punish, but punish with impunity.  A
+wrong is unredressed when retribution overtakes its redresser.
+It is equally unredressed when the avenger fails to make himself
+felt as such to him who has done the wrong.
+.ALD 6p
+\#
+\# The next line is set quad right, nofill mode, 1/2 point smaller
+\# than the preceding text (using the \*[SIZE <n>] inline escape.
+\#
+.RIGHT
+\*[SIZE -.5]\[em]Edgar Allen Poe, \*[IT]The Cask of Amontillado\*[PREV]\*[SIZE +.5]
+.SP            \" Extra linespace
+.IBQ           \" Disable "indent both"
+\#
+\# The passage above, while acceptable in a longer document, exhibits a
+\# few typographic flaws.  The shape of the right margin rag exhibits
+\# a decidedly "rounded" appearance.  The word "I" stands alone at the
+\# end of the third line.  The space between the 1st and 2nd sentences
+\# ("...revenge. You...") is too large, owing to the letter "Y" that
+\# begins the 2nd sentence.  The spacing between "A wrong..." (line 6)
+\# is equally too large because of the way "A" and "w" fit together.
+\# The em-dash before Edgar isn't vertically centered with the letter "E".
+\# And so on.  The most important correction below is fixing the rag
+\# so that longer and shorter lines alternate.  This is accomplished by
+\# manually breaking lines and then slightly lengthening and shortening
+\# them until a pleasing rag is achieved.  The remainder of the little
+\# flaws are fixed with inline escapes.
+\#
+.FT       B
+.PT_SIZE -1
+.LEFT
+The same passage, \*[BU4]"massaged"
+\#
+.ALD .5v
+\#
+.FT       R
+.PT_SIZE +1 
+.QUAD     LEFT
+.HY OFF           \" Turn automatic hyphenation off
+.BR_AT_LINE_KERN  \" Automatically insert a line break (.BR) at each .RW and .EW 
+.WS +1            \" Increase word space slightly
+.IB               \" Turn "indent both" back on; values are the same as before
+\#
+The thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as I best could;
+but when he ventured upon insult, I \*[BU2]vowed revenge.
+\*[BU4]Y\*[BU6]ou, \*[BU4]who so \*[BU2]well know the nature
+.EW .2
+of my soul, \*[BU2]will not suppose, however, that I gave utterance
+to a threat.  \*[IT]At
+.EW .2
+length\*[PREV] I would be avenged; this was a point definitively
+settled\[em]but the
+.EW .2
+v\*[BU1]ery definitiveness with which it was resolved, precluded the
+idea of risk.
+.EW 0
+I must not only punish, but punish with impunity.  A \*[BCK 1p]wrong
+is unredressed
+.EW .1
+when retribution overtakes its redresser.  It is equally unredressed
+when the
+.RW .1
+avenger fails to make himself felt as such to him \*[BU 2]who has
+done the wrong.
+.RW  0         \" Restore normal kerning
+.WS  +0        \" Restore normal wordspacing
+.ALD 6p
+.PT_SIZE -.5
+.RIGHT
+\*[UP 1.5p]\[em]\*[DOWN 1.5p]\*[BCK 1p]Edgar \*[BCK 1p]Allen Poe, \
+\*[IT]The Cask of Amontillado\*[PREV]
+.IQ CLEAR      \" Cancel and clear stored values of all indents
+\#
+.NEWPAGE       \" Start a new page
+.T_MARGIN 1i   \" Set top margin to 1i (approx. equivalent to .ALD 1i-1v above)
+\#
+.FAM     T
+.FT      B
+.PT_SIZE 12
+.LS      14
+.LEFT
+\#
+Example 3:
+.ALD .25v
+.UNDERSCORE 3.5p "A \*[BU2]recipe for enumerated lists using indents"
+.SP .5v         \" Add an extra half line space
+.ie '\*[.T]'ps' \
+.FAM      N     \" New Century Schoolbook family
+.el .if '\*[.T]'pdf' \
+.FAM      U-N 
+.FT       R
+.PT_SIZE 11
+.LS      13
+.HY            \" Turn hyphenation back on
+.JUSTIFY       \" Justify text
+This example demonstrates the use of left and hanging indents for
+simple enumerated lists.  Nested lists are possible, as the example
+shows; however, the more complex the nesting, the wiser it becomes
+to use (string) tabs, as seen in Example 4.
+.DBX .5 0 \n[.l]u 2P+9p   \" Draw box; \n[.l]u means "the current line length"
+.IB 6p                    \" Indent from both left and right margins
+.ALD 14p
+\*[BD]Please note: mom\*[PREV] has macros that allow you to set
+enumerated lists automatically.  These examples merely show hanging
+indents and string tabs in use.
+\#
+.ALD 9p
+.JUSTIFY       \" Justify text
+.IL \w'\0.\0'  \" Establish a left indent equal to 2 figure spaces plus a period.
+.HI \w'\0.\0'  \" Establish a hanging indent equal to the left indent.
+.ALD 6p
+\#
+\#
+1.\0This is the first item in the list.  N\*[BU2]otice how the first line
+"hangs" back from the remaining text, which is otherwise
+indented by the width of by two figure-spaces (digit-width
+spaces) and a period.
+.BR
+.HI            \" Notice that HI doesn't require an argument once the value's set
+.ALD 6p
+2.\0This is the second item in the list.  As with the above item,
+notice the use of the \*[BU8]\\0 escape sequence in the input
+text.  It's there to ensure that the space after the number/period
+combination always remains the same (i.e. doesn't stretch when the
+line is justified).  That way, the text of each item always lines up
+perfectly.
+\#
+.COMMENT
+Now we're going to set a bullet-point list, indented from the text
+above by 1 pica.  IL arguments are always added to whatever value
+is in already effect for IL, hence all we have to do is tell mom to
+indent (from the current left indent) 1 pica plus the width of the
+bullet character, \[bu].  \*[FWD 3p] puts three points of space after
+the bullet so that the bullet and the text are visually separated.
+.COMMENT OFF
+\#
+\#
+.IL 1P+\w'\[bu]\*[FWD 3p]'
+\#
+\# Hanging indents are always relative to the current left indent.
+\# The additional 1-pica indent, above, already having been taken
+\# care of, we only want to hang the first lines of bullet list
+\# items back by the width of the bullet character plus its 3 extra
+\# points of space.
+\#
+.ALD 6p
+.HI \w'\[bu]\*[FWD 3p]'
+\*[DOWN 1p]\[bu]\*[UP 1p]\*[FWD 3p]This is the first line of a
+sublist with bullets.  N\*[BU2]otice how the first line (the one
+with the bullet) is indented exactly one pica from the text of the
+list item above it, while the remaining lines align with the left
+indent we set above.
+.ALD 6p
+.HI
+\*[DOWN 1p]\[bu]\*[UP 1p]\*[FWD 3p]This is the second item of the
+sublist with bullets.  \*[BU4]We could go on indefinitely, but let's
+go back to the top level (numbered) list...
+\#
+\# The easiest way to return to a previous indent value is by
+\# subtraction.  The argument to IL, above, was 1P+\w'[bu]\*[FWD
+\# 3p]', so we just reverse it by putting a minus sign in front.
+\# The parentheses are required for groff to evaluate the expression
+\# properly.
+\#
+.IL -(1P+\w'\[bu]\*[FWD 3p]')
+.HI \w'\0.\0'  \" Reset hanging indent for use with numbered items.
+.ALD 6p
+3.\0...and here we are.
+.IQ CLEAR      \" Don't forget to cancel and/or clear indents!
+\#
+.FAM T
+.FT  B
+.PT_SIZE 12
+.LS  14
+.LEFT
+.SP
+\#
+Example 4:
+.ALD .25v
+.UNDERSCORE 3.5p "A \*[BU 2]recipe for nested lists using string tabs"
+.SP .5v
+.ie '\*[.T]'ps' \
+.FAM N
+.el .if '\*[.T]'pdf' \
+.FAM U-N
+.FT  R
+.PT_SIZE 11
+.LS  13
+.JUSTIFY
+Although setting up string tabs is a bit more complex than setting
+up indents, it's \*[BU 3]well worth the effort, especially for
+nested lists.
+.ALD 6p
+\#
+.COMMENT
+The PAD line, below, sets up two string tabs.  The first (ST1) is
+exactly the length of two figure spaces and a period.  The second
+(ST2) is simply "the remainder of the line."
+.COMMENT OFF
+\#
+.SILENT        \" Don't print any of this
+.PAD "\*[ST1]\0.\0\*[ST1X]\*[ST2]#\*[ST2X]"
+.ST 1 L        \" String tabs must be "set" after being marked off in a line
+.ST 2 J        \" ST 1 will be set flush left, nofill; ST 2 will be justified.
+.SILENT OFF    \" Restore printing
+\#
+.TB 1
+1.\c
+.TN    \" Use .TN so text stays on the same baseline
+This is the first item in the list.  N\*[BU 2]otice how, just as in
+Example 3, the first line hangs back from the remaining text, which
+is otherwise
+indented.
+.ALD 6p
+.TB  1
+2.\c
+.TN
+This is the second item in the list.  N\*[BU 2]otice that when
+setting "lists" with tabs, there's no need to use the \*[BU 8]\\0
+escape sequence after the number/period combination in the input
+text.
+\#
+.COMMENT
+Now, set up the indented bullet-point sublist.  The PAD line
+says: move forward 12 points (1 pica), then mark off a string
+tab (ST3) that's the length of the bullet character; move forward
+another three points, then make the next string tab (ST4) the
+length of remainder of the line.
+.COMMENT OFF
+\#
+.SILENT
+.PAD "\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST3]\[bu]\*[ST3X]\*[FWD 3p]\*[ST4]#\*[ST4X]"
+.ST 3 L
+.ST 4 J
+.SILENT OFF
+.ALD 6p
+.TB  3
+\*[DOWN 1p]\[bu]\*[UP 1p]\c
+.TN
+This is the first line of a sublist with bullets.  N\*[BU2]otice
+how the bullets and the text line up exactly the same as in Example
+3.
+.ALD 6p
+.TB  3
+\*[DOWN 1p]\[bu]\*[UP 1p]\c
+.TN
+This is the second item of the sublist with bullets.  For the fun of
+it, lets add in an
+.SPREAD
+en-dashed sub-sublist.
+.BR  \" We're in fill mode right now, so you must terminate the line with BR
+\#
+.SILENT
+.PAD "\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST5]\[en]\*[ST5X]\*[FWD 4p]\*[ST6]#\*[ST6X]"
+.ST 5 L
+.ST 6 J
+.SILENT OFF
+.ALD 6p
+.TB  5
+\*[UP .75p]\[en]\*[DOWN .75p]\c
+.TN
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam
+erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.ALD 6p
+.TB  5
+\*[UP .75p]\[en]\*[DOWN .75p]\c
+.TN
+At \*[BU 3]vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum
+dolor sit amet.
+.ALD 6p
+.TB  1
+3.\c
+.TN
+And here we are, back at the top-level numbered list with a minimum
+of muss and fuss,
+.ALD 6p
+.TB  1
+4.\c
+.TN
+Generally speaking, once you get the hang of string tabs and the
+\*[BD]PAD\*[PREV] macro, you'll find setting up complex indenting
+structures easier than with the indent macros.
+.TQ
+\#
+.NEWPAGE
+.FAM     T
+.FT      B
+.PT_SIZE 12
+.LS      14
+.RLD 2p
+.LEFT
+\#
+Example 5:
+.ALD .25v
+.UNDERSCORE 3.5p "Word spacing"
+.ALD 8p
+.ie '\*[.T]'ps' \
+.FAM P          \" Palatino family
+.el .if '\*[.T]'pdf' \
+.FAM U-P
+.PT_SIZE 11
+.LS  14
+\#
+\# The "label" lines for the following are set in Helvetica
+\# bold, one point smaller than the examples themselves.  This
+\# demonstrates the use of the groff inline escape \f[...] to change
+\# both family and font inline.  It also shows using the mom inline
+\# \*S[...], which is an alternate form of the inline, \*[SIZE <n>]
+\#
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Normal word spacing\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.FT R
+N\*[BU1]o\*[BU1]w \*[BU1]is the time for all good men to come to the aid of the party.
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Word spacing adjusted by \*[UP 1p]\*[BU3]+\*[DOWN 1p]\*[BU1]2\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.FT R
+.WS +2
+N\*[BU1]o\*[BU1]w \*[BU1]is the time for all good men to come to the aid of the party.
+.WS  DEFAULT
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Word spacing adjusted by \*[UP 1p]\*[BU3]+\*[DOWN 1p]4\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.FT R
+.WS +4
+N\*[BU1]o\*[BU1]w \*[BU1]is the time for all good men to come to the aid of the party.
+.WS  DEFAULT
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Word spacing adjusted by \*[UP 1p]\*[BU3]+\*[DOWN 1p]6\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.FT R
+.WS +6
+N\*[BU1]o\*[BU1]w \*[BU1]is the time for all good men to come to the aid of the party.
+.WS DEFAULT
+.SP 1.5v
+\#
+.FAM     T
+.FT      B
+.PT_SIZE 12
+.LS      14
+\#
+.LEFT
+Example 6:
+.ALD .25v
+.UNDERSCORE 3.5p "Line kerning"
+.ALD 8p
+.ie '\*[.T]'ps' \
+.FAM P          \" Palatino family
+.el .if '\*[.T]'pdf' \
+.FAM     U-P
+.FT      R
+.PT_SIZE 11
+.LS      15
+\#
+\# Here, we set up some tabs so the examples can go into facing columns.
+\#
+.TAB_SET 1 0 19.5P L
+.TAB_SET 2 19.5P 19.5P L
+\#
+.MCO           \" Turn multi-columns on
+.TB 1
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Unkerned line\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.FT R
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Line "tightened" \[en] .RW .1\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.RW .1
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.ALD 4p
+\#
+\# In the next line, notice that because it uses a different family
+\# (Helvetica instead of Palatino), the RW macro doesn't affect it.
+\#
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Line "tightened" \[en] .RW .2\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.RW .2
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Line "tightened" \[en] .RW .3\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.RW .3
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.MCR
+.TB 2
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Unkerned line\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Line "loosened" \[en] .EW .1\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.EW .1
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Line "loosened" \[en] .EW .2\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.EW .2
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.ALD 4p
+\f[HB]\*S[-1]Line "loosened" \[en] .EW .3\*S[+1]\*[PREV]
+.EW .3
+"But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed.
+.MCX 1.5v
+.EW 0
+\#
+.FAM     T
+.FT      B
+.PT_SIZE 12
+.LS      14
+.LEFT
+\#
+Example 7:
+.ALD .25v
+.UNDERSCORE 3.5p "Cutaround using left\*[FU 2]/right indents, \
+multi columns and a dropcap"
+.SP
+\#
+.FT R
+.PT_SIZE 11
+.LS 12
+.BR_AT_LINE_KERN OFF    \" In justified text, it's best to have this OFF
+\#
+.TAB_SET 1  0      18.5P  J
+.TAB_SET 2  20.5P  18.5P  J
+.MCO
+.ALD 5P+9p
+\#
+\# The little picture of tux.
+\#
+.if '\*[.T]'pdf' .PDF_IMAGE penguin.pdf 81p 96p 
+.if '\*[.T]'ps' .PSPIC penguin.ps 81p 96p 
+.MCR
+.TAB 1
+.XCOLOR        red   \" Initialize the X11 color, red
+.DROPCAP_COLOR red
+.DROPCAP_FONT  B
+.DROPCAP L 3 COND 80 \" i.e. the letter L dropped 3 lines, condensed to 80% of its normal width
+.EW .2
+orem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sa\%dip\%scing elitr, sed diam
+nonumy eir\%mod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam
+erat, sed diam voluptua.
+.EW 0
+.TI 1P
+At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.  Stet clita
+kasd gubergren, no sea taki-
+.SPREAD              \" Force justify preceding line before starting indent
+.IR 3.5P
+kimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.  Lorem ipsum dolor
+sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor.
+.EW .2
+.TI
+Invidunt ut labore et dolore magna ali\%qu\%yam erat, sed diam
+voluptua.  At
+.EW 0
+vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+.TI
+Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea ta-
+.SPREAD             \" Force justify preceding line before quitting indent
+.IRQ
+kimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.  Lorem ipsum dolor
+sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor
+in\%vi\%dunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat.  Sed diam
+voluptua, at vero eos et accusam et justo duo
+.SPREAD
+.EW .3
+dolores et ea rebum.  Stet clita no kasd guber-
+.SPREAD
+.MCR
+.TB 2
+gren, no sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum
+.EW 0
+dolor sit amet.  Consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod
+tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore.
+.TI
+Magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua, at vero eos et accusam.  Et
+justo duo dolores et ea
+.SPREAD
+.IL 3.5P
+rebum, stet clita kasd gubergren.  No sea takimata sanctus est,
+lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+.TI
+Sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam.  Nonumy eirmod
+tempor in\%vi-
+.EW .3
+dunt ut labore et dolore magna.  Ali-
+.EW 0
+quyam erat sed diam voluptua.  At vero eos et accusam et justo duo
+dolores et ea rebum stet.
+.ILQ
+.TI
+Dolores et ea rebum stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata
+sanctus.  Sadipscing elitr sed diam, nonumy eirmod tempor, invidunt
+ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat.  Sed diam voluptua, at vero
+eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: filetype=groff:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/groff_mom.7.man b/contrib/mom/groff_mom.7.man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3872b8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/groff_mom.7.man
@@ -0,0 +1,3427 @@
+.TH groff_mom @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "groff @VERSION@"
+.SH Name
+groff_mom \- modern macros for document composition with GNU
+.I roff
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Legal Terms
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" This file is part of mom, which is part of groff, the GNU roff
+.\" type-setting system.
+.\"
+.\" This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+.\" the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+.\" (at your option) any later version.
+.\"
+.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+.\" General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+.\" along with this program.  If not, see
+.\" <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+.
+.
+.\" Save and disable compatibility mode (for, e.g., Solaris 10/11).
+.do nr *groff_groff_mom_7_man_C \n[.cp]
+.cp 0
+.
+.\" Define fallback for groff 1.23's MR macro if the system lacks it.
+.nr do-fallback 0
+.if !\n(.f           .nr do-fallback 1 \" mandoc
+.if  \n(.g .if !d MR .nr do-fallback 1 \" older groff
+.if !\n(.g           .nr do-fallback 1 \" non-groff *roff
+.if \n[do-fallback]  \{\
+.  de MR
+.    ie \\n(.$=1 \
+.      I \%\\$1
+.    el \
+.      IR \%\\$1 (\\$2)\\$3
+.  .
+.\}
+.rr do-fallback
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Setup
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.hw line-space
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" .FONT (<font name> <text> [<font name> <text> ...])
+.\"
+.\" Print in different fonts: R, I, B, CR, CI, CB
+.\"
+.de FONT
+.  if (\\n[.$] = 0) \{\
+.	nop \&\f[P]\&
+.	return
+.  \}
+.  ds result \&
+.  while (\\n[.$] >= 2) \{\
+.	as result \,\f[\\$1]\\$2
+.	if !"\\$1"P" .as result \f[P]\""
+.	shift 2
+.  \}
+.  if (\\n[.$] = 1) .as result \,\f[\\$1]
+.  nh
+.  nop \\*[result]\&
+.  rm result
+.  hy \\n[HY]
+..
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SH Synopsis
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.SY groff
+.B \-mom
+.RI [ option\~ .\|.\|.\&]
+.RI [ file\~ .\|.\|.]
+.
+.SY groff
+.B "\-m mom"
+.RI [ option\~ .\|.\|.\&]
+.RI [ file\~ .\|.\|.]
+.YS
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SH Description
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.I mom
+is a macro set for
+.IR groff ,
+designed primarily to prepare documents for PDF and PostScript output.
+.
+.
+.I mom
+provides macros in two categories: typesetting
+and document processing.
+.
+The former provide access to
+.IR groff 's
+typesetting capabilities in ways that are simpler to master than
+.IR groff 's
+requests and escape sequences.
+.
+The latter provide highly customizable markup tags that allow the user
+to design and output professional-looking documents with a minimum of
+typesetting intervention.
+.
+.
+.P
+Files processed with
+.MR pdfmom @MAN1EXT@
+produce PDF documents.
+.
+The documents include a PDF outline that appears in the navigation pane
+panel of document viewers,
+and may contain clickable internal and external links.
+.
+.P
+Normally.
+.IR groff 's
+native PDF driver,
+.MR gropdf @MAN1EXT@ ,
+is used to generate the output.
+.
+When
+.I pdfmom
+is given the
+.RB \[lq] "\-T ps" \[rq]
+option,
+it still produces PDF,
+but processing is delegated to
+.IR pdfroff ,
+which uses
+.IR groff 's
+PostScript driver,
+.MR grops @MAN1EXT@ .
+.
+Not all PDF features are available when
+.B \-T ps
+is given;
+its primary use is to allow processing of files with embedded PostScript
+images.
+.\" XXX: but we have PDFPIC now...so -Tps is necessary only for people
+.\" who want to avoid use of unsafe mode?
+.
+.
+.P
+Files processed with
+.B groff \-mom
+(or
+.BR "\-m mom" )
+format for the device specified with the
+.B \-T
+option.
+.
+(In this installation,
+.B @DEVICE@
+is the default output device.)
+.
+.
+.P
+.I mom
+comes with her own comprehensive documentation in HTML.
+.
+A PDF manual,
+\[lq]Producing PDFs with
+.I groff
+and
+.IR mom \[rq],
+discusses preparation of PDF documents with
+.I mom
+in detail.
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SH Files
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.TP
+.I @MACRODIR@/\:mom.tmac
+is a wrapper enabling the package to be loaded with
+.RB \[lq] "groff \-m mom" \[rq].
+.
+.
+.TP
+.I @MACRODIR@/\:om.tmac
+implements the package.
+.
+.
+.TP
+.I @HTMLDOCDIR@/\:mom/\:toc.html
+is the entry point to the HTML documentation.
+.
+.
+.TP
+.I @PDFDOCDIR@/\:mom\-pdf.pdf
+is \[lq]Producing PDFs with
+.I groff
+and
+.IR mom \[rq],
+by Deri James and Peter Schaffter.
+.
+.
+.TP
+.IR @EXAMPLEDIR@/\:mom/\: * .mom
+are examples of
+.I mom
+usage.
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SH Reference
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SS "Escape sequences"
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[ I <colorname> B ]
+begin using an initialized colour inline
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[BCK I " n" B ]
+move backward in a line
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDER]
+invoke pseudo bold inline (related to macro
+.BR .SETBOLDER )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDERX]
+off pseudo bold inline (related to macro
+.BR .SETBOLDER )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[BU I " n" B ]
+move characters pairs closer together inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.KERN )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[COND]
+invoke pseudo condensing inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.CONDENSE )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[CONDX]
+off pseudo condensing inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.CONDENSE )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[CONDSUP] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[CONDSUPX]
+pseudo-condensed superscript
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[DOWN I " n" B ]
+temporarily move downward in a line
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[EN\-MARK]
+mark initial line of a range of line numbers (for use with line
+numbered endnotes)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[EXT]
+invoke pseudo extending inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.EXTEND )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[EXTX]
+off pseudo condensing inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.EXTEND )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[EXTSUP] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[EXTSUPX]
+pseudo extended superscript
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[FU I " n" B ]
+move characters pairs further apart inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.KERN )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[FWD I " n" B ]
+move forward in a line
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[LEADER]
+insert leaders at the end of a line
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[RULE]
+draw a full measure rule
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[SIZE I " n" B ]
+change the point size inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.PT_SIZE )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[SLANT]
+invoke pseudo italic inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.SETSLANT )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[SLANTX]
+off pseudo italic inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.SETSLANT )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[ST I <n> B ] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[ST I <n> B X]
+string tabs (mark tab positions inline)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[SUP] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[SUPX]
+superscript
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[TB+]
+inline escape for
+.B .TN
+.RI ( "Tab Next" )
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[UL] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[ULX]
+invoke underlining inline (fixed width fonts only)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[UP I " n" B ]
+temporarily move upward in a line
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SS Macros
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.TP
+.B .AUTOLEAD
+set the linespacing relative to the point size
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .B_MARGIN
+set a bottom margin
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .BR
+break a justified line
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .CENTER
+set line-by-line quad centre
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .CONDENSE
+set the amount to pseudo condense
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .EL
+break a line without advancing on the page
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .EXTEND
+set the amount to pseudo extend
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .FALLBACK_FONT
+establish a fallback font (for missing fonts)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .FAM
+alias to
+.B .FAMILY
+.
+.
+.TP
+.BI ".FAMILY " <family>
+set the
+.I family type
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .FT
+set the font style (roman, italic, etc.)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.BI ".HI [" " <measure> " ]
+hanging indent
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .HY
+automatic hyphenation on/off
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .HY_SET
+set automatic hyphenation parameters
+.
+.
+.TP
+.BI ".IB [" " <left measure> <right measure> " ]
+indent both
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .IBX [ CLEAR ]
+exit indent both
+.
+.
+.TP
+.BI ".IL [" " <measure> " ]
+indent left
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .ILX [ CLEAR ]
+exit indent left
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .IQ [ CLEAR ]
+quit any/all indents
+.
+.
+.TP
+.BI ".IR [" " <measure> " ]
+indent right
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .IRX [ CLEAR ]
+exit indent right
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .JUSTIFY
+justify text to both margins
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .KERN
+automatic character pair kerning on/off
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .L_MARGIN
+set a left margin (page offset)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .LEFT
+set line-by-line quad left
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .LL
+set a line length
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .LS
+set a linespacing (leading)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .PAGE
+set explicit page dimensions and margins
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .PAGEWIDTH
+set a custom page width
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .PAGELENGTH
+set a custom page length
+.
+.
+.TP
+.BI .PAPER " <paper_type>"
+set common paper sizes (letter, A4, etc)
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .PT_SIZE
+set the point size
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .QUAD
+"justify" text left, centre, or right
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .R_MARGIN
+set a right margin
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .RIGHT
+set line-by-line quad right
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .SETBOLDER
+set the amount of emboldening
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .SETSLANT
+set the degree of slant
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .SPREAD
+force justify a line
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .SS
+set the sentence space size
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .T_MARGIN
+set a top margin
+.
+.
+.TP
+.BI ".TI [" " <measure> " ]
+temporary left indent
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .WS
+set the minimum word space size
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SH "Documentation of details"
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SS "Details of inline escape sequences in alphabetical order"
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[ I <colorname> B ]
+begin using an initialized colour inline
+.
+.
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[BCK I " n" B ]
+move backward in a line
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" BOLDER
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDER]
+.TQ
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDERX]
+Emboldening on/off
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDER]
+begins emboldening type.
+.
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDERX]
+turns the feature off.
+.
+Both are inline escape sequences;
+therefore,
+they should not appear as separate lines,
+but rather be embedded in text lines, like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.FONT R "Not " B \[rs]*[BOLDER] R everything B \[rs]*[BOLDERX] \
+R " is as it seems."
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Alternatively, if you wanted the whole line emboldened, you should do
+.RS
+.EX
+.FONT B \[rs]*[BOLDER] R "Not everything is as it seems." \
+B \[rs]*[BOLDERX]
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+Once
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDER]
+is invoked, it remains in effect until turned off.
+.
+.P
+Note: If you're using the document processing macros with
+.BR "\%.PRINTSTYLE \%TYPEWRITE" ,
+.I mom
+ignores
+.B \[rs]*[BOLDER]
+requests.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" BU
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[BU I " n" B ]
+move characters pairs closer together inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.KERN )
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" COND
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[COND]
+.TQ
+.B \[rs]*[CONDX]
+Pseudo-condensing on/off
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B \[rs]*[COND]
+begins pseudo-condensing type.
+.
+.B \[rs]*[CONDX]
+turns the feature off.
+.
+Both are inline escape sequences;
+therefore,
+they should not appear as separate lines,
+but rather be embedded in text lines, like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.FONT B \[rs]*[COND] I "Not everything is as it seems." B \[rs]*[CONDX]
+.EE
+.RE
+.B \%\[rs]*[COND]
+remains in effect until you turn it off with
+.BR \%\[rs]*[CONDX] .
+.
+.P
+IMPORTANT: You must turn
+.B \%\[rs]*[COND]
+off before making any changes to the point size of your type, either
+via the
+.B \%.PT_SIZE
+macro or with the
+.B \[rs]s
+inline escape sequence.
+.
+If you wish the new point size to be pseudo-condensed, simply reinvoke
+.B \%\[rs]*[COND]
+afterward.
+.
+Equally,
+.B \%\[rs]*[COND]
+must be turned off before changing the condense percentage with
+.BR \%.CONDENSE .
+.
+.P
+Note: If you're using the document processing macros with
+.BR "\%.PRINTSTYLE \%TYPEWRITE" ,
+.I mom
+ignores
+.B \%\[rs]*[COND]
+requests.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" CONDSUP
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[CONDSUP] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[CONDSUPX]
+pseudo-condensed superscript
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" DOWN
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[DOWN I " n" B ]
+temporarily move downward in a line
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" EN-MARK
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[EN\-MARK]
+mark initial line of a range of line numbers (for use with line
+numbered endnotes)
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" EXT
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[EXT]
+.TQ
+.B \[rs]*[EXTX]
+Pseudo-extending on/off
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B \[rs]*[EXT]
+begins pseudo-extending type.
+.
+.B \[rs]*[EXTX]
+turns the feature off.
+.
+Both are inline escape sequences;
+therefore,
+they should not appear as separate lines,
+but rather be embedded in text lines, like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.FONT B \[rs]*[EXT] I "Not everything is as it seems." B \[rs]*[EXTX]
+.EE
+.RE
+.B \[rs]*[EXT]
+remains in effect until you turn it off with
+.BR \[rs]*[EXTX] .
+.
+.P
+IMPORTANT: You must turn
+.B \%\[rs]*[EXT]
+off before making any changes to the point size of your type, either
+via the
+.B \%.PT_SIZE
+macro or with the
+.B \[rs]s
+inline escape sequence.
+.
+If you wish the new point size to be
+.IR \%pseudo-extended ,
+simply reinvoke
+.B \%\[rs]*[EXT]
+afterward.
+.
+Equally,
+.B \%\[rs]*[EXT]
+must be turned off before changing the extend percentage with
+.BR \%.EXTEND .
+.
+.P
+Note: If you are using the document processing macros with
+.BR "\%.PRINTSTYLE \%TYPEWRITE" ,
+.I mom
+ignores
+.B \%\[rs]*[EXT]
+requests.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" EXTSUP
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[EXTSUP] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[EXTSUPX]
+pseudo extended superscript
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" FU
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[FU I " n" B ]
+move characters pairs further apart inline (related to macro
+.BR .KERN )
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" FWD
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[FWD I " n" B ]
+move forward in a line
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" LEADER
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[LEADER]
+insert leaders at the end of a line
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" RULE
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[RULE]
+draw a full measure rule
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" PT_SIZE
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[SIZE I " n" B ]
+change the point size inline (related to macro
+.BR \%.PT_SIZE )
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" SLANT
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[SLANT]
+.TQ
+.B \[rs]*[SLANTX]
+Pseudo italic on/off
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B \%\[rs]*[SLANT]
+begins
+.I pseudo-italicizing
+.IR type .
+.
+.B \%\[rs]*[SLANTX]
+turns the feature off.
+.
+Both are inline escape sequences;
+therefore,
+they should not appear as separate lines,
+but rather be embedded in text lines, like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.FONT R "Not " B \[rs]*[SLANT] R everything B \[rs]*[SLANTX] \
+R " is as it seems."
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Alternatively, if you wanted the whole line
+.IR pseudo-italicized ,
+you'd do
+.RS
+.EX
+.FONT B \[rs]*[SLANT] R "Not everything is as it seems." \
+B \[rs]*[SLANTX]
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Once
+.B \[rs]*[SLANT]
+is invoked, it remains in effect until turned off.
+.
+.P
+Note: If you're using the document processing macros with
+.BR "\%.PRINTSTYLE \%TYPEWRITE" ,
+.I mom
+underlines pseudo-italics by default.
+.
+To change this behaviour, use the special macro
+.BR .SLANT_MEANS_SLANT .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" ST
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[ST I <number> B ] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[ST I <number> B X]
+Mark positions of string tabs
+.
+.RS
+.P
+The
+.I quad
+direction must be
+.B LEFT
+or
+.B \%JUSTIFY
+(see
+.B \%.QUAD
+and
+.BR \%.JUSTIFY )
+or the
+.I no-fill mode
+set to
+.B LEFT
+in order for these inlines to function properly.
+.
+Please see
+.IR \%IMPORTANT ,
+below.
+.
+.P
+String tabs need to be marked off with inline escape sequences before
+being set up with the
+.B .ST
+macro.
+.
+Any input line may contain string tab markers.
+.
+.IR <number> ,
+above, means the numeric identifier of the tab.
+.
+.P
+The following shows a sample input line with string tab markers.
+.RS
+.EX
+.BR \[rs]*[ST1] "De minimus" \[rs]*[ST1X] \c
+.RB "non curat" \[rs]*[ST2] lex \[rs]*[ST2X] .
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+String
+.I tab 1
+begins at the start of the line and ends after the word
+.IR \%time .
+.
+String
+.I tab 2
+starts at
+.I good
+and ends after
+.IR men .
+.
+.I Inline escape sequences
+(e.g.,
+.I font
+or
+.I point size
+.IR changes ,
+or horizontal movements, including padding) are taken into account
+when
+.I mom
+determines the
+.I position
+and
+.I length
+of
+.I string
+.IR tabs .
+.
+.P
+Up to nineteen string tabs may be marked (not necessarily all on the
+same line, of course), and they must be numbered between 1 and 19.
+.
+.P
+Once string tabs have been marked in input lines, they have to be
+.I set
+with
+.BR .ST ,
+after which they may be called, by number, with
+.BR .TAB .
+.
+.P
+Note: Lines with string tabs marked off in them are normal input
+lines, i.e.\& they get printed, just like any input line.
+.
+If you want to set up string tabs without the line printing, use the
+.B \%.SILENT
+macro.
+.
+.P
+.I IMPORTANT:
+Owing to the way
+.I groff
+processes input lines and turns them into output lines, it is not
+possible for
+.I mom
+to
+.I guess
+the correct starting position of string tabs marked off in lines that
+are centered or set flush right.
+.
+.P
+Equally, she cannot guess the starting position if a line is fully
+justified and broken with
+.BR \%.SPREAD .
+.
+.P
+In other words, in order to use string tabs,
+.B LEFT
+must be active, or, if
+.B .QUAD LEFT
+or
+.B \%JUSTIFY
+are active, the line on which the
+.I string tabs
+are marked must be broken
+.I manually
+with
+.B .BR
+(but not
+.BR \%.SPREAD ).
+.
+.P
+To circumvent this behaviour, I recommend using the
+.B PAD
+to set up string tabs in centered or flush right lines.
+.
+Say, for example, you want to use a
+.I string tab
+to
+.I underscore
+the text of a centered line with a rule.
+.
+Rather than this,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .CENTER
+.B \[rs]*[ST1]A line of text\[rs]*[ST1X]\[rs]c
+.B .EL
+.B .ST 1
+.B .TAB 1
+.B .PT_SIZE 24
+.B .ALD 3p
+.B \[rs]*[RULE]
+.B .RLD 3p
+.B .TQ
+.EE
+.RE
+you should do:
+.RS
+.EX
+\&.QUAD CENTER
+\&.PAD "#\[rs]*[ST1]A line of text\[rs]*[ST1X]#"
+\&.EL
+\&.ST 1
+\&.TAB 1
+\&.PT_SIZE 24
+\&.ALD 3p
+\&\[rs]" You can\[aq]t use \[rs]*[UP] or \[rs]*[DOWN] with \[rs]*[RULE].
+\&.RLD 3p
+\&.TQ
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" SUP
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[SUP] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[SUPX]
+superscript
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" TB+
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \[rs]*[TB+]
+Inline escape for
+.B .TN
+.RI ( "Tab Next" )
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" UL
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[UL] R .\|.\|. B \[rs]*[ULX]
+invoke underlining inline (fixed width fonts only)
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" UP
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B \[rs]*[UP I " n" B ]
+temporarily move upward in a line
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SS "Details of macros in alphabetical order"
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" AUTOLEAD
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B .AUTOLEAD
+set the linespacing relative to the point size
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Bottom Margin
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .B_MARGIN " <bottom margin>"
+Bottom Margin
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+Requires a unit of measure
+.
+.P
+.B .B_MARGIN
+sets a nominal position at the bottom of the page beyond which you
+don't want your type to go.
+.
+When the bottom margin is reached,
+.I mom
+starts a new page.
+.
+.B .B_MARGIN requires a unit of measure.
+.
+Decimal fractions are allowed.
+.
+To set a nominal bottom margin of 3/4 inch, enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .B_MARGIN .75i
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Obviously, if you haven't spaced the type on your pages so that the
+last lines fall perfectly at the bottom margin, the margin will vary
+from page to page.
+.
+Usually, but not always, the last line of type that fits on a page
+before the bottom margin causes mom to start a new page.
+.
+.P
+Occasionally, owing to a peculiarity in
+.IR groff ,
+an extra line will fall below the nominal bottom margin.
+.
+If you're using the document processing macros, this is unlikely to
+happen; the document processing macros are very hard-nosed about
+aligning bottom margins.
+.
+.P
+Note: The meaning of
+.B .B_MARGIN
+is slightly different when you're using the document processing
+macros.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Fallback Font
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI \%.FALLBACK_FONT " <fallback font> " "[ ABORT | WARN ]"
+Fallback Font
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+In the event that you pass an invalid argument to
+.B \%.FAMILY
+(i.e.\& a non-existent
+.IR family ),
+.IR mom ,
+by default, uses the
+.IR "fallback font" ,
+.B Courier Medium Roman
+.RB ( CR ),
+in order to continue processing your file.
+.
+.P
+If you'd prefer another
+.IR "fallback font" ,
+pass
+.B \%.FALLBACK_FONT
+the full
+.I family+font name
+of the
+.I font
+you'd like.
+.
+For example, if you'd rather the
+.I fallback font
+were
+.BR "Times Roman Medium Roman" ,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .FALLBACK_FONT TR
+.EE
+.RE
+would do the trick.
+.
+.P
+.B Mom
+issues a warning whenever a
+.I font style set
+with
+.B .FT
+does not exist, either because you haven't registered the style
+or because the
+.I font style
+does not exist in the current
+.I family set
+with
+.BR .FAMILY .
+.
+By default,
+.B \%mom
+then aborts, which allows you to correct the problem.
+.
+.P
+If you'd prefer that
+.B \%mom
+not abort on non-existent
+.IR fonts ,
+but rather continue processing using a
+.IR "fallback font" ,
+you can pass
+.B \%.FALLBACK_FONT
+the argument
+.BR WARN ,
+either by itself, or in conjunction with your chosen
+.IB "fallback font" .
+.
+.P
+Some examples of invoking
+.BR \%.FALLBACK_FONT :
+.
+.TP
+.B .FALLBACK_FONT WARN
+.I mom
+will issue a warning whenever you try to access a non-existent
+.I font
+but will continue processing your file with the default
+.IR "fallback font" ,
+.BR "Courier Medium Roman" .
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .FALLBACK_FONT TR WARN
+.B \%mom
+will issue a warning whenever you try to access a non-existent
+.I font
+but will continue processing your file with a
+.I fallback font
+of
+.BR "Times Roman Medium Roman" ;
+additionally,
+.B TR
+will be the
+.I fallback font
+whenever you try to access a
+.I family
+that does not exist.
+.
+.TP
+.B .FALLBACK_FONT TR ABORT
+.B \%mom
+will abort whenever you try to access a non-existent
+.BR font ,
+and will use the
+.I fallback font
+.B TR
+whenever you try to access a
+.I family
+that does not exist.
+.
+If, for some reason, you want to revert to
+.BR ABORT ,
+just enter
+.B \%".FALLBACK_FONT ABORT"
+and
+.I mom
+will once again abort on
+.IR "font errors" .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" FAM
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .FAM " <family>"
+Type Family,
+alias of
+.B .FAMILY
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" FAMILY
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .FAMILY " <family>"
+Type Family,
+alias of
+.B .FAM
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B .FAMILY
+takes one argument: the name of the
+.I family
+you want.
+.
+.I Groff
+comes with a small set of basic families, each identified by a 1-,
+2- or 3-letter mnemonic.
+.
+The standard families are:
+.RS
+.EX
+.B "A   = Avant Garde"
+.B "BM  = Bookman"
+.B "H   = Helvetica"
+.B "HN  = Helvetica Narrow"
+.B "N   = New Century Schoolbook"
+.B "P   = Palatino"
+.B "T   = Times Roman"
+.B "ZCM = Zapf Chancery"
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+The argument you pass to
+.B .FAMILY
+is the identifier at left, above.
+.
+For example, if you want
+.BR Helvetica ,
+enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .FAMILY H
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Note: The font macro
+.RB ( .FT )
+lets you specify both the type
+.I family
+and the desired font with a single macro.
+.
+While this saves a few
+keystrokes, I recommend using
+.B .FAMILY for
+.IR family ,
+and
+.B .FT for
+.IR font ,
+except where doing so is genuinely inconvenient.
+.
+.BR ZCM ,
+for example,
+only exists in one style:
+.B Italic
+.RB ( I ).
+.
+.P
+Therefore,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .FT ZCMI
+.EE
+.RE
+makes more sense than setting the
+.I family
+to
+.BR ZCM ,
+then setting the
+.I font
+to
+.IR I .
+.
+.P
+Additional note: If you are running a
+.I groff
+version prior to
+1.19.2,
+you must follow all
+.B .FAMILY
+requests with a
+.B .FT
+request,
+otherwise
+.I mom
+will set all type up to the next
+.B .FT
+request in the fallback font.
+.
+.P
+If you are running
+.I groff
+1.19.2 or later,
+when you invoke the
+.B .FAMILY
+macro,
+.I mom
+.I remembers
+the font style
+.BR ( Roman ,
+.BR Italic ,
+etc) currently in use (if the font style exists in the new
+.IR family )
+and will continue to use the same font style in the new family.
+For example:
+.RS
+.EX
+.BI ".FAMILY BM " "\[rs]"" Bookman family"
+.BI ".FT I " "\[rs]"" Medium Italic"
+.I <some text> \[rs]" Bookman Medium Italic
+.BI ".FAMILY H " "\[rs]"" Helvetica family"
+.I <more text> \[rs]" Helvetica Medium Italic
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+However, if the font style does not exist in the new family,
+.I mom
+will set all subsequent type in the fallback font (by default,
+.B Courier Medium
+.BR Roman )
+until she encounters a
+.B .FT
+request that's valid for the
+.IR family .
+.
+.P
+For example, assuming you don't have the font
+.B Medium Condensed Roman
+.RI ( mom
+extension
+.IR CD )
+in the
+.I Helvetica
+.IR family :
+.RS
+.EX
+.BI ".FAMILY UN " "\[rs]"" Univers family"
+.BI ".FT CD " "\[rs]"" Medium Condensed"
+.I <some text> \[rs]" Univers Medium Condensed
+.BI ".FAMILY H " "\[rs]"" Helvetica family"
+.I <more text> \[rs]" Courier Medium Roman!
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+In the above example, you must follow
+.B .FAMILY H
+with a
+.B .FT
+request that's valid for
+.BR Helvetica .
+.
+.P
+Please see the Appendices,
+.I Adding fonts to
+.IR groff ,
+for information on adding fonts and families to
+.IR groff , as well as to
+see a list of the extensions
+.I mom
+provides to
+.IR groff 's
+basic
+.BR R ,
+.BR I ,
+.BR B ,
+.B BI
+styles.
+.
+.P
+Suggestion: When adding
+.I families to
+.IR groff ,
+I recommend following the established standard for the naming families
+and fonts.
+.
+For example, if you add the
+.B Garamond
+family, name the font files
+.RS
+.EX
+.B GARAMONDR
+.B GARAMONDI
+.B GARAMONDB
+.B GARAMONDBI
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.B GARAMOND then becomes a valid
+.I family name
+you can pass to
+.BR .FAMILY .
+.
+(You could, of course, shorten
+.B GARAMOND
+to just
+.BR G ,
+or
+.BR GD .)
+.BR R ,
+.BR I ,
+.BR B ,
+and
+.B BI
+after
+.B GARAMOND
+are the
+.IR roman ,
+.IR italic ,
+.I bold
+and
+.I bold-italic
+fonts respectively.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" FONT
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI ".FONT R | B | BI | " "<any other valid font style>"
+Alias to
+.B .FT
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" FT
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI ".FT R | B | BI | " "<any other valid font style>"
+Set font
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+By default,
+.I groff
+permits
+.B .FT
+to take one of four possible arguments specifying the desired font:
+.RS
+.EX
+.B R = (Medium) Roman
+.B I = (Medium) Italic
+.B B = Bold (Roman)
+.B BI = Bold Italic
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+For example, if your
+.I family
+is
+.BR Helvetica ,
+entering
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .FT B
+.EE
+.RE
+will give you the
+.I Helvetica bold
+.IR font .
+.
+If your
+.I family
+were
+.BR \%Palatino ,
+you'd get the
+.I \%Palatino bold
+.IR font .
+.
+.P
+.B Mom
+considerably extends the range of arguments you can pass to
+.BR .FT ,
+making it more convenient to add and access fonts of differing weights
+and shapes within the same family.
+.
+.P
+Have a look here for a list of the weight/style arguments
+.I mom
+allows.
+.
+Be aware, though, that you must have the fonts, correctly installed
+and named, in order to use the arguments.
+.
+(See
+.I Adding fonts to groff
+for instructions and information.)
+.
+Please also read the
+.I ADDITIONAL NOTE
+found in the description of the
+.B \%.FAMILY
+macro.
+.
+.
+.P
+How
+.I mom
+reacts to an invalid argument to
+.B .FT
+depends on which version of
+.I groff
+you're using.
+.
+If your
+.I groff
+version is 1.19.2 or later,
+.I mom
+will issue a warning and,
+depending on how you've set up the fallback font,
+either continue processing using the fallback font,
+or abort
+(allowing you to correct the problem).
+.
+In earlier versions,
+.I mom
+will silently continue processing,
+using either the fallback font or the font that was in effect prior to
+the invalid
+.B .FT
+call.
+.
+.
+.P
+.B .FT
+will also accept, as an argument, a full
+.I family
+and
+.I font
+.IR name .
+.
+.P
+For example,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .FT HB
+.EE
+.RE
+will set subsequent type in
+.I Helvetica
+.IR Bold .
+.
+.P
+However, I strongly recommend keeping
+.I family
+and
+.I font
+separate except where doing so is genuinely inconvenient.
+.
+.P
+For inline control of
+.IR fonts ,
+see
+.I Inline
+.IR Escapes ,
+font control.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Hanging Indent
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI "\%.HI [" " <measure> " ]
+Hanging indent \[em] the optional argument requires a unit of measure.
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+A hanging indent looks like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+The thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as best I
+  could, but when he ventured upon insult, I vowed
+  revenge.\&  You who so well know the nature of my soul
+  will not suppose, however, that I gave utterance to a
+  threat, at length I would be avenged.\|.\|.
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+The first line of text
+.I hangs
+outside the
+.IR "left margin" .
+.
+.P
+In order to use
+.IR "hanging indents" ,
+you must first have a
+.I left indent
+active (set with either
+.B .IL
+or
+.BR .IB ).
+.
+.B Mom
+will not hang text outside the
+.I left margin set
+with
+.B \%.L_MARGIN
+or outside the
+.I left margin
+of a
+.IR \%tab .
+.
+.P
+The first time you invoke
+.BR .HI ,
+you must give it a
+.BR measure .
+.
+If you want the first line of a paragraph to
+.IR "hang by" ,
+say,
+.IR "1 pica" ,
+do
+.RS
+.EX
+.B ".IL 1P"
+.B ".HI 1P"
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+Subsequent invocations of
+.B \%.HI
+do not require you to supply a
+.IR measure ;
+.I mom
+keeps track of the last measure you gave it.
+.
+.P
+Generally speaking, you should invoke
+.B .HI
+immediately prior to the line you want hung (i.e.\& without any
+intervening control lines).
+.
+And because
+.I hanging indents
+affect only one line, there's no need to turn them off.
+.
+.P
+.I IMPORTANT:
+Unlike
+.BR IL ,
+.B IR
+and
+.BR IB ,
+measures given to
+.B .HI
+are NOT additive.
+.
+Each time you pass a measure to
+.BR .HI ,
+the measure is treated literally.
+.
+.B
+.I Recipe:
+A numbered list using
+.I hanging indents
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+.I mom
+has macros for setting lists.
+.
+This recipe exists to demonstrate the use of
+.I hanging indents
+only.
+.RS
+.EX
+\&.PAGE 8.5i 11i 1i 1i 1i 1i
+\&.FAMILY  T
+\&.FT      R
+\&.PT_SIZE 12
+\&.LS      14
+\&.JUSTIFY
+\&.KERN
+\&.SS 0
+\&.IL \[rs]w\[aq]\[rs]0\[rs]0.\[aq]
+\&.HI \[rs]w\[aq]\[rs]0\[rs]0.\[aq]
+1.\[rs]0The most important point to be considered is whether
+the answer to the meaning of Life, the Universe, and
+Everything really is 42.\&  We have no one\[aq]s word on the
+subject except Mr.\& Adams\[aq]s.
+\&.HI
+2.\[rs]0If the answer to the meaning of Life, the Universe,
+and Everything is indeed 42, what impact does this have on
+the politics of representation?\&  42 is, after all not a
+prime number.\&  Are we to infer that prime numbers don\[aq]t
+deserve equal rights and equal access in the universe?
+\&.HI
+3.\[rs]0If 42 is deemed non-exclusionary, how do we present
+it as the answer and, at the same time, forestall debate
+on its exclusionary implications?
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+First, we invoke a left indent with a measure equal to the width of 2
+figures spaces plus a period (using the \[rs]w inline escape).
+.
+At this point, the left indent is active; text afterward would
+normally be indented.
+.
+However, we invoke a hanging indent of exactly the same width, which
+hangs the first line (and first line only!\&) to the left of the indent
+by the same distance (in this case, that means \[lq]out to the left
+margin\[rq]).
+.
+Because we begin the first line with a number, a period, and a figure
+space, the actual text
+.RI ( "The most important point.\|.\|.\&" )
+starts at exactly the same spot as the indented lines that follow.
+.
+.P
+Notice that subsequent invocations of
+.B .HI
+don't require a
+.I measure
+to be given.
+.
+.P
+Paste the example above into a file and preview it with
+.RS
+.EX
+.B pdfmom filename.mom | ps2pdf \- filename.pdf
+.EE
+.RE
+to see hanging indents in action.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" IB - INDENT BOTH
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI "\%.IB [" " <left measure> <right measure> " ]
+Indent both \[em] the optional argument requires a unit of measure
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B .IB
+allows you to set or invoke a left and a right indent at the same time.
+.
+.P
+At its first invocation, you must supply a measure for both indents;
+at subsequent invocations when you wish to supply a measure, both must
+be given again.
+.
+As with
+.B .IL
+and
+.BR .IR ,
+the measures are added to the values previously passed to the
+macro.
+.
+Hence, if you wish to change just one of the values, you must give an
+argument of zero to the other.
+.
+.P
+.I A word of advice:
+If you need to manipulate left and right indents separately, use a
+combination of
+.B .IL
+and
+.B .IR
+instead of
+.BR .IB .
+.
+You'll save yourself a lot of grief.
+.
+.P
+A
+.I minus sign
+may be prepended to the arguments to subtract from their current
+values.
+.
+The \[rs]w inline escape may be used to specify text-dependent
+measures, in which case no unit of measure is required.
+.
+For example,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .IB \[rs]w\[aq]margarine\[aq] \[rs]w\[aq]jello\[aq]
+.EE
+.RE
+left indents text by the width of the word
+.I margarine
+and right indents by the width of
+.IR jello .
+.
+.P
+Like
+.B .IL
+and
+.BR .IR ,
+.B .IB
+with no argument indents by its last active values.
+.
+See the brief explanation of how mom handles indents for more details.
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+Calling a
+.I tab
+(with
+.BR ".TAB <n>" )
+automatically cancels any active indents.
+.
+.P
+.I Additional note:
+Invoking
+.B .IB
+automatically turns off
+.B .IL
+and
+.BR .IR .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" IL - INDENT LEFT
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI "\%.IL [" " <measure> " ]
+Indent left \[em] the optional argument requires a unit of measure
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B .IL
+indents text from the left margin of the page, or if you're in a
+.IR tab ,
+from the left edge of the
+.IR tab .
+.
+Once
+.I IL
+is on, the
+.I left indent
+is applied uniformly to every subsequent line of text, even if you
+change the line length.
+.
+.P
+The first time you invoke
+.BR .IL ,
+you must give it a measure.
+.
+Subsequent invocations with a measure add to the previous measure.
+.
+A minus sign may be prepended to the argument to subtract from the
+current measure.
+.
+The
+.B \[rs]w
+inline escape may be used to specify a text-dependent measure, in
+which case no unit of measure is required.
+.
+For example,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .IL \[rs]w\[aq]margarine\[aq]
+.EE
+.RE
+indents text by the width of the word
+.IR margarine .
+.
+.P
+With no argument,
+.B .IL
+indents by its last active value.
+.
+See the brief explanation of how
+.I mom
+handles indents for more details.
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+Calling a
+.I tab
+(with
+.BR ".TAB <n>" )
+automatically cancels any active indents.
+.
+.P
+.I Additional note:
+Invoking
+.B .IL
+automatically turns off
+.BR IB .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" IQ - quit any/all indents
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI "\%.IQ [" " <measure> " ]
+IQ \[em] quit any/all indents
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.I IMPORTANT NOTE:
+The original macro for quitting all indents was
+.BR .IX .
+.
+This usage has been deprecated in favour of
+.BR IQ .
+.
+.B .IX
+will continue to behave as before, but
+.I mom
+will issue a warning to
+.I stderr
+indicating that you should update your documents.
+.
+.P
+As a consequence of this change,
+.BR .ILX ,
+.B .IRX
+and
+.B .IBX
+may now also be invoked as
+.BR .ILQ ,
+.B .IRQ
+and
+.BR .IBQ .
+.
+Both forms are acceptable.
+.
+.P
+Without an argument, the macros to quit indents merely restore your
+original margins and line length.
+.
+The measures stored in the indent macros themselves are saved so you
+can call them again without having to supply a measure.
+.
+.P
+If you pass these macros the optional argument
+.BR CLEAR ,
+they not only restore your original left margin and line length, but
+also clear any values associated with a particular indent style.
+.
+The next time you need an indent of the same style, you have to supply
+a measure again.
+.
+.P
+.BR ".IQ CLEAR" ,
+as you'd suspect, quits and clears the values for all indent
+styles at once.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" IR - INDENT RIGHT
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI "\%.IR [" " <measure> " ]
+Indent right \[em] the optional argument requires a unit of measure
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B .IR
+indents text from the
+.I right margin
+of the page, or if you're in a
+.IR tab ,
+from the end of the
+.IR tab .
+.
+.P
+The first time you invoke
+.BR .IR ,
+you must give it a measure.
+.
+Subsequent invocations with a measure add to the previous indent
+measure.
+.
+A
+.I minus sign
+may be prepended to the argument to subtract from the current indent
+measure.
+.
+The \[rs]w inline escape may be used to specify a text-dependent
+measure, in which case no
+.I unit of measure
+is required.
+.
+For example,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .IR \[rs]w\[aq]jello\[aq]
+.EE
+.RE
+indents text by the width of the word
+.IR jello .
+.
+.P
+With no argument,
+.B .IR
+indents by its last active value.
+.
+See the brief explanation of how
+.I mom
+handles indents for more details.
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+Calling a
+.I tab
+(with
+.BR "\%.TAB <n>" )
+automatically cancels any active indents.
+.
+.P
+.I Additional note:
+Invoking
+.B .IR
+automatically turns off
+.BR IB .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Left Margin
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .L_MARGIN " <left margin>"
+Left Margin
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+L_MARGIN establishes the distance from the left edge of the printer
+sheet at which you want your type to start.
+.
+It may be used any time,
+and remains in effect until you enter a new value.
+.
+.P
+Left indents and tabs are calculated from the value you pass to
+.BR .L_MARGIN ,
+hence it's always a good idea to invoke it before starting any serious
+typesetting.
+.
+A unit of measure is required.
+.
+Decimal fractions are allowed.
+.
+Therefore,
+to set the left margin at 3 picas (1/2 inch),
+you'd enter either
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .L_MARGIN 3P
+.EE
+.RE
+or
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .L_MARGIN .5i
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+If you use the macros
+.BR .PAGE ,
+.B .PAGEWIDTH
+or
+.B .PAPER
+without invoking
+.B .L_MARGIN
+(either before or afterward),
+.I mom
+automatically sets
+.B .L_MARGIN
+to
+.IR "1 inch" .
+.
+.P
+Note:
+.B .L_MARGIN
+behaves in a special way when you're using the document processing
+macros.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" MCO - BEGIN MULTI-COLUMN SETTING
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B .MCO
+Begin multi-column setting.
+.
+.RS
+.P
+.B .MCO
+.RI ( "Multi-Column On" )
+is the
+.I macro
+you use to begin
+.IR "multi-column setting" .
+.
+It marks the current baseline as the top of your columns, for use
+later with
+.BR .MCR .
+.
+See the introduction to columns for an explanation of
+.I multi-columns
+and some sample input.
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+Do not confuse
+.B .MCO
+with the
+.B .COLUMNS
+macro in the document processing macros.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" MCR - RETURN TO TOP OF COLUMN
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B \%.MCR
+Once you've turned
+.I multi-columns
+on (with
+.BR \%.MCO ),
+.BR .MCR ,
+at any time,
+returns you to the
+.IR "top of your columns" . \" XXX: Are italics truly required here?
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" MCX - EXIT MULTI-COLUMNS
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI "\%.MCX [ " "<distance to advance below longest column>" " ]"
+Optional argument requires a unit of measure.
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+Exit multi-columns.
+.
+.P
+.B .MCX
+takes you out of any
+.I tab
+you were in (by silently invoking
+.BR .TQ )
+and advances to the bottom of the longest column.
+.
+.P
+Without an argument,
+.B .MCX
+advances
+.I 1 linespace
+below the longest column.
+.
+.P
+Linespace, in this instance, is the leading in effect at the moment
+.B .MCX
+is invoked.
+.
+.P
+If you pass the
+.I <distance>
+argument to
+.BR .MCX ,
+it advances
+.I 1 linespace
+below the longest column (see above)
+.I PLUS
+the distance specified by the argument.
+.
+The argument requires a unit of measure; therefore, to advance an
+extra 6 points below where
+.B \%.MCX
+would normally place you, you'd enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .MCX 6p
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+If you wish to advance a precise distance below the baseline of the
+longest column, use
+.B .MCX
+with an argument of
+.B 0
+(zero; no
+.I unit of measure
+required) in conjunction with the
+.B \%.ALD
+macro, like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .MCX 0
+.B .ALD 24p
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+The above advances to precisely
+.I 24 points
+below the baseline of the longest column.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Start a new Page
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B .NEWPAGE
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+Whenever you want to start a new page, use
+.BR .NEWPAGE ,
+by itself with no argument.
+.
+.B Mom
+will finish up processing the current page and move you to the top of
+a new one (subject to the top margin set with
+.BR .T_MARGIN ).
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Page
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI ".PAGE " <width> " [ " <length> " [ " <lm> " [ " <rm> " [ " \
+             <tm> " [ " <bm> " ] ] ] ] ]"
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+All arguments require a unit of measure
+.
+.P
+.I IMPORTANT:
+If you're using the document processing macros,
+.B .PAGE
+must come after
+.BR .START .
+.
+Otherwise, it should go at the top of a document, prior to any text.
+.
+And remember, when you're using the document processing macros, top
+margin and bottom margin mean something slightly different than when
+you're using just the typesetting macros (see Top and bottom margins
+in document processing).
+.
+.P
+.B .PAGE
+lets you establish paper dimensions and page margins with a single
+macro.
+.
+The only required argument is page width.
+.
+The rest are
+optional, but they must appear in order and you can't skip over
+any.
+.
+.IR <lm> ,
+.IR <rm> ,
+.I <tm>
+and
+.I <bm>
+refer to the left, right, top and bottom margins respectively.
+.
+.P
+Assuming your page dimensions are 11 inches by 17 inches, and that's
+all you want to set, enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .PAGE 11i 17i
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+If you want to set the left margin as well, say, at 1 inch,
+.B PAGE
+would look like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .PAGE 11i 17i 1i
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Now suppose you also want to set the top margin,
+say,
+at 1\(en1/2 inches.
+.
+.I <tm>
+comes after
+.I <rm>
+in the optional arguments, but you can't skip over any arguments,
+therefore to set the top margin, you must also give a right margin.
+.
+The
+.B .PAGE
+macro would look like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.tr -\-
+\&.PAGE 11i 17i 1i 1i 1.5i
+                 |   |
+required right---+   +---top margin
+        margin
+.tr --
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Clearly,
+.B .PAGE
+is best used when you want a convenient way to tell
+.I mom
+just the dimensions of your printer sheet (width and length), or when
+you want to tell her everything about the page (dimensions and all the
+margins), for example
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .PAGE 8.5i 11i 45p 45p 45p 45p
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+This sets up an 8\(12 by 11 inch page with margins of 45 points
+(5/8-inch) all around.
+.
+.P
+Additionally, if you invoke
+.B .PAGE
+with a top margin argument, any macros you invoke after
+.B .PAGE
+will almost certainly move the baseline of the first line of text down
+by one linespace.
+.
+To compensate, do
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .RLD 1v
+.EE
+.RE
+immediately before entering any text, or, if it's feasible, make
+.B .PAGE
+the last macro you invoke prior to entering text.
+.
+.P
+Please read the
+.I Important note
+on page dimensions and papersize for information on ensuring
+.I groff
+respects your
+.B .PAGE
+dimensions and margins.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Page Length
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .PAGELENGTH " <length of printer sheet>"
+tells
+.I mom
+how long your printer sheet is.
+.
+It works just like
+.BR .PAGEWIDTH .
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+Therefore, to tell
+.I mom
+your printer sheet is 11 inches long, you enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .PAGELENGTH 11i
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+Please read the important note on page dimensions and papersize for
+information on ensuring
+.I groff
+respects your
+.IR PAGELENGTH .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Page Width
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .PAGEWIDTH " <width of printer sheet>"
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+The argument to
+.B .PAGEWIDTH
+is the width of your printer sheet.
+.
+.P
+.B .PAGEWIDTH
+requires a unit of measure.
+.
+Decimal fractions are allowed.
+.
+Hence, to tell
+.I mom
+that the width of your printer sheet is 8\(12 inches, you enter
+.RS
+.EX
+\&.PAGEWIDTH 8.5i
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Please read the Important note on page dimensions and papersize for
+information on ensuring
+.I groff
+respects your
+.IR PAGEWIDTH .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Paper
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .PAPER " <paper type>"
+provides a convenient way to set the page dimensions for some common
+printer sheet sizes.
+.
+The argument
+.I <paper type>
+can be one of:
+.BR LETTER ,
+.BR LEGAL ,
+.BR STATEMENT ,
+.BR TABLOID ,
+.BR LEDGER ,
+.BR FOLIO ,
+.BR QUARTO ,
+.BR EXECUTIVE ,
+.BR 10x14 ,
+.BR A3 ,
+.BR A4 ,
+.BR A5 ,
+.BR B4 ,
+.BR B5 .
+.
+.
+.TP
+.B .PRINTSTYLE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" PT_SIZE - POINT SIZE OF TYPE
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .PT_SIZE " <size of type in points>"
+Point size of type, does not require a
+.IR "unit of measure" .
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+.B \%.PT_SIZE
+.RI ( "Point Size" )
+takes one argument: the
+.I size of type
+in
+.IR points .
+.
+Unlike most other macros that establish the
+.I size
+or
+.I measure
+of something,
+.B \%.PT_SIZE
+does not require that you supply a
+.I unit of measure
+since it's a near universal convention that
+.I type size
+is measured in
+.IR points .
+.
+Therefore, to change the
+.I type size
+to, say,
+.IR "11 points" ,
+enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .PT_SIZE 11
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.I Point sizes
+may be
+.I fractional
+(e.g.,
+.I 10.25
+or
+.IR 12.5 ).
+.
+.P
+You can prepend a
+.I plus
+or a
+.I minus sign
+to the argument to
+.BR \%.PT_SIZE ,
+in which case the
+.I point size
+will be changed by
+.I +
+or
+.I \-
+the original value.
+.
+For example,
+if the
+.I point size
+is
+.IR 12 ,
+and you want
+.IR 14 ,
+you can do
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .PT_SIZE +2
+.EE
+.RE
+then later reset it to
+.I 12
+with
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .PT_SIZE \-2
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+The
+.I size of type
+can also be changed inline.
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+It is unfortunate that the
+.B \%pic
+preprocessor has already taken the name, PS, and thus
+.IR mom 's
+macro for setting
+.I point sizes
+can't use it.
+.
+However, if you aren't using
+.BR pic ,
+you might want to alias
+.B \%.PT_SIZE
+as
+.BR .PS ,
+since there'd be no conflict.
+.
+For example
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .ALIAS PS PT_SIZE
+.EE
+.RE
+would allow you to set
+.I point sizes
+with
+.BR .PS .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Right Margin
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .R_MARGIN " <right margin>"
+Right Margin
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+Requires a unit of measure.
+.
+.P
+IMPORTANT:
+.BR .R_MARGIN ,
+if used, must come after
+.BR .PAPER ,
+.BR .PAGEWIDTH ,
+.BR .L_MARGIN ,
+and/or
+.B .PAGE
+(if a right margin isn't given to PAGE).
+.
+The reason is that
+.B .R_MARGIN
+calculates line length from the overall page dimensions and the left
+margin.
+.
+.P
+Obviously, it can't make the calculation if it doesn't know the page
+width and the left margin.
+.
+.P
+.B .R_MARGIN
+establishes the amount of space you want between the end of typeset
+lines and the right hand edge of the printer sheet.
+.
+In other words, it sets the line length.
+.B .R_MARGIN
+requires a unit of measure.
+.
+Decimal fractions are allowed.
+.
+.P
+The line length macro (LL) can be used in place of
+.BR .R_MARGIN .
+.
+In either case, the last one invoked sets the line length.
+.
+The choice of which to use is up to you.
+.
+In some instances, you may find it easier to think of a section of
+type as having a right margin.
+.
+In others, giving a line length may make more sense.
+.
+.P
+For example, if you're setting a page of type you know should have
+6-pica margins left and right, it makes sense to enter a left and
+right margin, like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .L_MARGIN 6P
+.B .R_MARGIN 6P
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+That way, you don't have to worry about calculating the line
+length.
+.
+On the other hand, if you know the line length for a patch of type
+should be 17 picas and 3 points, entering the line length with LL is
+much easier than calculating the right margin, e.g.,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .LL 17P+3p
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+If you use the macros
+.BR .PAGE ,
+.B .PAGEWIDTH
+or
+.B PAPER
+without invoking
+.B .R_MARGIN
+afterward,
+.I mom
+automatically sets
+.B .R_MARGIN
+to
+.IR "1 inch" .
+.
+If you set a line length after these macros (with
+.BR .LL ),
+the line length calculated by
+.B .R_MARGIN
+is, of course, overridden.
+.
+.P
+Note:
+.B .R_MARGIN
+behaves in a special way when you're using the document processing
+macros.
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" ST - Set String Tabs
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.FONT B .ST I " <tab number> " B "L | R | C | J [ QUAD ]"
+.
+.RS
+.P
+After
+.I string tabs
+have been marked off on an input line (see
+.BR \[rs]*[ST].\|.\|.\&\[rs]*[STX] ),
+you need to
+.I set
+them by giving them a direction and, optionally, the
+.B \%QUAD
+argument.
+.
+.P
+In this respect,
+.B .ST
+is like
+.B \%.TAB_SET
+except that you don't have to give
+.B .ST
+an indent or a line length (that's already taken care of, inline,
+by
+.BR \[rs]*[ST].\|.\|.\&\[rs]*[STX] ).
+.
+.P
+If you want string
+.I tab 1
+to be
+.BR \%left ,
+enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .ST 1 L
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+If you want it to be
+.I \%left
+and
+.IR \%filled ,
+enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .ST 1 L \%QUAD
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+If you want it to be justified, enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .ST 1 J
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" TAB - Call Tabs
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI \%.TAB " <tab number>"
+After
+.I tabs
+have been defined (either with
+.B \%.TAB_SET
+or
+.BR .ST ),
+.B \%.TAB
+moves to whatever
+.I tab number
+you pass it as an argument.
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+For example,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B \%.TAB 3
+.EE
+.RE
+moves you to
+.IR "\%tab 3" .
+.
+.P
+Note:
+.B \%.TAB
+breaks the line preceding it and advances 1 linespace.
+.
+Hence,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .TAB 1
+.B  A line of text in tab 1.
+.B .TAB 2
+.B  A line of text in tab 2.
+.EE
+.RE
+produces, on output
+.RS
+.EX
+.B "A line of text in tab 1."
+.B "                             A line of text in tab 2."
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.
+.P
+If you want the tabs to line up,
+use
+.B .TN
+(\[lq]Tab Next\[rq])
+or,
+more conveniently,
+the inline escape sequence
+.BR \[rs]*[TB+] :
+.RS
+.EX
+.BR .TAB \~1
+A line of text in tab 1.\[rs]*[TB+]
+A line of text in tab 2.
+.EE
+.RE
+which produces
+.RS
+.EX
+.B "A line of text in tab 1.\&   A line of text in tab 2."
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.
+.P
+If the text in your tabs runs to several lines, and you want the first
+lines of each tab to align, you must use the multi-column macros.
+.
+.P
+.I Additional note:
+Any indents in effect prior to calling a tab are automatically turned
+off by
+.BR TAB .
+.
+If you were happily zipping down the page with a left indent of
+.I 2 picas
+turned on, and you call a
+.I tab
+whose indent from the left margin is
+.IR "6 picas" ,
+your new distance from the
+.I left margin
+will be
+.IR "6 picas" ,
+not
+I 6 picas plus the 2 pica
+indent.
+.
+.P
+.I \%Tabs
+are not by nature columnar, which is to say that if the text inside a
+.I tab
+runs to several lines, calling another
+.I tab
+does not automatically move to the baseline of the first line in the
+.IR "previous tab" .
+.
+To demonstrate:
+.RS
+.EX
+TAB 1
+Carrots
+Potatoes
+Broccoli
+\&.TAB 2
+$1.99/5 lbs
+$0.25/lb
+$0.99/bunch
+.EE
+.RE
+produces, on output
+.RS
+.EX
+Carrots
+Potatoes
+Broccoli
+            $1.99/5 lbs
+            $0.25/lb
+            $0.99/bunch
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.RE
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" TB - Call Tabs Alias
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .TB " <tab number>"
+Alias to
+.B .TAB
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" TI - TEMPORARY (LEFT) INDENT
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI "\%.TI [" " <measure> " ]
+Temporary left indent \[em] the optional argument requires a
+.I unit of measure
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+A temporary indent is one that applies only to the first line of text
+that comes after it.
+.
+Its chief use is indenting the first line of paragraphs.
+.RB ( Mom's
+.B .PP
+macro, for example, uses a
+.IR "temporary indent" .)
+.
+.P
+The first time you invoke
+.BR .TI ,
+you must give it a measure.
+.
+If you want to
+.I indent
+the first line of a paragraph by, say, 2 ems, do
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .TI 2m
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.P
+Subsequent invocations of
+.B .TI
+do not require you to supply a measure;
+.I mom
+keeps track of the last measure you gave it.
+.
+.P
+Because
+.I temporary indents
+are temporary, there's no need to turn them off.
+.
+.P
+.I IMPORTANT:
+Unlike
+.BR .IL ,
+.B .IR
+and
+.BR IB ,
+measures given to
+.B .TI
+are NOT additive.
+.
+In the following example, the second
+.B \%".TI 2P"
+is exactly
+.IR "2 picas" .
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .TI 1P
+.B The beginning of a paragraph.\|.\|.\&
+.B .TI 2P
+.B The beginning of another paragraph.\|.\|.\&
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" TN - Tab Next
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B .TN
+Tab Next
+.
+.RS
+.P
+Inline escape
+.B \[rs]*[TB+]
+.
+.P
+.B TN
+moves over to the
+.I next tab
+in numeric sequence
+.RI ( "tab n+1" )
+without advancing on the page.
+.
+See the
+.I NOTE
+in the description of the
+.B \%.TAB
+macro for an example of how
+.B TN
+works.
+.
+.P
+In
+.I \%tabs
+that aren't given the
+.B QUAD
+argument when they're set up with
+.B \%.TAB_SET
+or
+.BR ST ,
+you must terminate the line preceding
+.B .TN
+with the
+.B \[rs]c
+inline escape sequence.
+.
+Conversely, if you did give a
+.B QUAD
+argument to
+.B \%.TAB_SET
+or
+.BR ST ,
+the
+.B \[rs]c must not be used.
+.
+.P
+If you find remembering whether to put in the
+.B \[rs]c
+bothersome, you may prefer to use the inline escape alternative
+to
+.BR .TN ,
+.BR \[rs]*[TB+] ,
+which works consistently regardless of the fill mode.
+.
+.P
+.I Note:
+You must put text in the input line immediately after
+.BR .TN .
+.
+Stacking of
+.BR .TN 's
+is not allowed.
+.
+In other words, you cannot do
+.RS
+.EX
+\&.TAB 1
+Some text\[rs]c
+\&.TN
+Some more text\[rs]c
+\&.TN
+\&.TN
+Yet more text
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+The above example, assuming
+.I tabs
+numbered from
+.I 1
+to
+.IR 4 ,
+should be entered
+.RS
+.EX
+\&.TAB 1
+Some text\[rs]c
+\&.TN
+Some more text\[rs]c
+\&.TN
+\[rs]&\[rs]c
+\&.TN
+Yet more text
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+\[rs]& is a zero-width, non-printing character that
+.I groff
+recognizes as valid input, hence meets the requirement for input text
+following
+.BR .TN .
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Tab Quit
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.B .TQ
+.B TQ
+takes you out of whatever
+.I tab
+you were in, advances
+.IR "1 linespace" ,
+and restores the
+.IR "left margin" ,
+.IR "line length" ,
+.I quad direction
+and
+.I fill mode
+that were in effect prior to invoking any
+.IR tabs .
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.\" Top Margin
+.\" ====================================================================
+.TP
+.BI .T_MARGIN " <top margin>"
+Top margin
+.
+.RS
+.
+.P
+Requires a unit of measure
+.
+.P
+.B .T_MARGIN
+establishes the distance from the top of the printer sheet at which
+you want your type to start.
+.
+It requires a unit of measure, and decimal fractions are allowed.
+.
+To set a top margin of 2\(12 centimetres, you'd enter
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .T_MARGIN 2.5c
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.B .T_MARGIN
+calculates the vertical position of the first line of type on a page
+by treating the top edge of the printer sheet as a baseline.
+Therefore,
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .T_MARGIN 1.5i
+.EE
+.RE
+puts the baseline of the first line of type 1\(12 inches beneath the
+top of the page.
+.
+.P
+Note:
+.B .T_MARGIN
+means something slightly different when you're using the document
+processing macros.
+.
+See Top and bottom margins in document processing for an explanation.
+.
+.P
+IMPORTANT:
+.B .T_MARGIN
+does two things: it establishes the top margin for pages that come
+after it and it moves to that position on the current page.
+.
+Therefore,
+.B .T_MARGIN
+should only be used at the top of a file (prior to entering text) or
+after NEWPAGE, like this:
+.RS
+.EX
+.B .NEWPAGE
+.B .T_MARGIN 6P
+.I <text>
+.EE
+.RE
+.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SH Authors
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.I mom
+was written by
+.MT peter@\:schaffter\:.ca
+Peter Schaffter
+.ME .
+.
+PDF support was provided by
+.MT deri@\:chuzzlewit\:.myzen\:.co\:.uk
+Deri James
+.ME .
+.
+This manual page was written by Bernd Warken.
+.
+.
+.\" ====================================================================
+.SH "See also"
+.\" ====================================================================
+.
+.TP
+.I @HTMLDOCDIR@/\:mom/\:toc\:.html
+entry point to the HTML documentation
+.
+.
+.TP
+.UR http://\:www\:.schaffter\:.ca/\:mom/\:momdoc/\:toc\:.html
+.UE
+HTML documentation online
+.
+.
+.TP
+.UR http://\:www\:.schaffter\:.ca/\:mom/
+.UE
+the
+.I mom
+macros homepage
+.
+.
+.P
+.IR "Groff: The GNU Implementation of troff" ,
+by Trent A.\& Fisher and Werner Lemberg,
+is the primary
+.I groff
+manual.
+.
+You can browse it interactively with \[lq]info groff\[rq].
+.
+.
+.P
+.MR pdfmom @MAN1EXT@ ,
+.MR groff @MAN1EXT@ ,
+.MR @g@troff @MAN1EXT@
+.
+.
+.\" Restore compatibility mode (for, e.g., Solaris 10/11).
+.cp \n[*groff_groff_mom_7_man_C]
+.do rr *groff_groff_mom_7_man_C
+.
+.
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" fill-column: 72
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
+.\" vim: set filetype=groff textwidth=72:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/mom.am b/contrib/mom/mom.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bbbc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/mom.am
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#      Written by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
+#      Automake migration by Bertrand Garrigues
+#        <bertrand.garrigues@laposte.net>
+#
+# This file is part of groff.
+#
+# groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+# the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+# Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+# option) any later version.
+#
+# groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+# ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+# for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+mom_srcdir = $(top_srcdir)/contrib/mom
+
+# pdfmom command used to generate .pdf
+#
+# Use '-K utf8', not '-k', in case 'configure' didn't find uchardet.
+MOMPDFMOM = \
+  GROFF_COMMAND_PREFIX= \
+  GROFF_BIN_PATH="$(GROFF_BIN_PATH)" \
+  PDFMOM_BIN_PATH="$(top_builddir)" \
+  $(PDFMOMBIN) $(FFLAG) $(MFLAG) -M$(mom_srcdir) -K utf8 -p -e -t
+
+man7_MANS += contrib/mom/groff_mom.7
+
+# Files installed in $(tmacdir).
+# MOMNORMALFILES are located in the source tree.
+MOMNORMALFILES = \
+  contrib/mom/mom.tmac \
+  contrib/mom/om.tmac
+momtmacdir = $(tmacdir)
+dist_momtmac_DATA = $(MOMNORMALFILES)
+
+# Files installed in htmldocdir/mom
+MOMHTMLDOCFILES=\
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/stylesheet.css \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/graphical.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/images.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/macrolist.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/refer.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/tables-of-contents.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html \
+  contrib/mom/momdoc/version-2.html
+momhtmldir = $(htmldocdir)/mom
+momhtml_DATA = $(MOMHTMLDOCFILES)
+
+# Files installed in $(examplesdir)/mom.  MOMEXAMPLEFILES are located
+# in the source tree, while MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES are generated in
+# the build tree.
+MOMEXAMPLEFILES=\
+  contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom \
+  contrib/mom/examples/mom-pdf.mom \
+  contrib/mom/examples/mon_premier_doc.mom \
+  contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom \
+  contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom \
+  contrib/mom/examples/README.txt \
+  contrib/mom/examples/README-fr.txt \
+  contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax \
+  contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new \
+  contrib/mom/examples/penguin.ps \
+  contrib/mom/examples/penguin.pdf \
+  contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim \
+  contrib/mom/examples/slide-demo.mom \
+  contrib/mom/examples/copyright-default.mom \
+  contrib/mom/examples/copyright-chapter.mom
+momexampledir = $(exampledir)/mom
+dist_momexample_DATA = $(MOMEXAMPLEFILES)
+
+if USE_GROPDF
+MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES = \
+  contrib/mom/examples/letter.pdf \
+  contrib/mom/examples/mom-pdf.pdf \
+  contrib/mom/examples/mon_premier_doc.pdf \
+  contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.pdf \
+  contrib/mom/examples/slide-demo.pdf \
+  contrib/mom/examples/copyright-default.pdf \
+  contrib/mom/examples/copyright-chapter.pdf
+if HAVE_URW_FONTS
+MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES += contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.pdf
+endif
+momprocessedexampledir = $(exampledir)/mom
+nodist_momprocessedexample_DATA = $(MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES)
+endif
+
+mom_test_template = contrib/mom/examples/test-mom.sh.in
+
+# Small test suite on mom examples
+mom_TESTS = contrib/mom/examples/tests-mom.sh
+TESTS += $(mom_TESTS)
+contrib/mom/examples/tests-mom.sh: \
+  $(top_builddir)/config.status \
+  $(MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES) \
+  $(top_srcdir)/$(mom_test_template)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)sed \
+	  -e "s|[@]abs_top_builddir[@]|$(abs_top_builddir)|g" \
+	  -e "s|[@]groff_have_urw_fonts[@]|$(groff_have_urw_fonts)|g" \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/$(mom_test_template) > $@ \
+	&& chmod +x $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += $(mom_TESTS)
+EXTRA_DIST += $(mom_test_template)
+
+# For this list of files we add a symlink from $(exampledir)/mom to $(pdfdocdir)
+PDFDOCFILE = mom-pdf.pdf
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(MOMHTMLDOCFILES) $(MOMEXAMPLEFILES) \
+  contrib/mom/BUGS \
+  contrib/mom/ChangeLog \
+  contrib/mom/NEWS \
+  contrib/mom/TODO \
+  contrib/mom/copyright \
+  contrib/mom/groff_mom.7.man
+
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += \
+  $(MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES) \
+  penguin.ps \
+  penguin.pdf
+
+# rule to generate .pdf files from .mom files
+SUFFIXES += .mom .pdf
+.mom.pdf:
+	$(GROFF_V)$(MKDIR_P) `dirname $@` \
+	&& LC_ALL=C $(MOMPDFMOM) $< >$@
+
+$(MOMPROCESSEDEXAMPLEFILES): $(MOMNORMALFILES) \
+  groff troff gropdf pdfmom penguin.ps penguin.pdf font/devpdf/stamp
+
+penguin.ps:
+	$(AM_V_at)cp $(mom_srcdir)/examples/penguin.ps $@
+penguin.pdf:
+	$(AM_V_at)cp $(mom_srcdir)/examples/penguin.pdf $@
+
+install-data-hook: install_mom
+install_mom:
+if USE_GROPDF
+	for f in $(PDFDOCFILE); do \
+	  $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(pdfdocdir)/$$f; \
+	  ln -s $(exampledir)/mom/$$f $(DESTDIR)$(pdfdocdir)/$$f; \
+	done
+endif
+
+uninstall_groffdirs: uninstall_mom
+uninstall_mom:
+	for f in $(PDFDOCFILE); do \
+	  $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(pdfdocdir)/$$f; \
+	done
+	-rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(pdfdocdir)
+	if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)/mom; then \
+	  rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)/mom; \
+	fi
+	if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(htmldocdir)/mom; then \
+	  rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(htmldocdir)/mom; \
+	fi
+
+
+# Local Variables:
+# fill-column: 72
+# mode: makefile-automake
+# End:
+# vim: set autoindent filetype=automake textwidth=72:
diff --git a/contrib/mom/mom.tmac b/contrib/mom/mom.tmac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a6494b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/mom.tmac
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+.\" -*- nroff -*-     mom.tmac
+.\"
+.do mso om.tmac
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..964a2ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html
@@ -0,0 +1,901 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Appendices</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 id="appendices" class="docs">Appendices</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 68%; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li><a href="#fonts">Adding fonts to groff</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc">
+    <li><a href="#extending">Extending groff families / adding new families and fonts</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: circle">
+      <li><a href="#traditional">The traditional approach</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#simpler">The simpler way with mom</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#steps">Step-by-step instructions</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#install-font">Automate the whole process &ndash; the install-font script</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#codenotes">Some reflections on mom</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#contact">Contact the author</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="fonts" class="docs">Adding fonts to groff</h2>
+
+<div id="small-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<kbd>&lt;prefix&gt;</kbd>, in this section, refers
+to the directory in which groff is installed, typically
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  /usr/share/groff/
+</span>
+(for distro-specific, pre-compiled groff packages) or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  /usr/local/share/groff/
+</span>
+(if you&#8217;ve built groff from source).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<kbd>&lt;version&gt;</kbd> refers to the groff version number, which
+can be found, if necessary, by typing
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  groff -v
+</span>
+at the command line.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Groff comes with a small library of 
+<a href="definitions.html#family">families</a>
+(see the
+<a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>
+macro for a list).  The families have four
+<a href="definitions.html#font">fonts</a>
+associated with them.  These fonts are a combination of
+<a href="definitions.html#weight">weight</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#shape">shape</a>:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  R  (Roman, usually Medium weight),
+  I  (Italic, usually Medium weight),
+  B  (Bold, usually Roman shape) and
+  BI (Bold Italic)
+</span>
+If you work with mom a lot, sooner or later you&#8217;ll find that these
+families and their associated fonts aren&#8217;t sufficient.  You&#8217;ll
+want to supplement them, either with more fonts for the families
+already provided&mdash;<i>Damn!  I need Helvetica Bold Condensed
+Italic</i>&mdash;or with entire new families.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="extending" class="docs">Extending groff families / adding new families and fonts</h3>
+
+<h4 id="traditional" class="docs">The traditional approach</h4>
+
+<p>
+The traditional approach to extending groff families has been
+to create new families for non-default weights and shapes (e.g.
+<b>Light</b>, which is a
+<a href="definitions.html#weight">weight</a>,
+or <b>Condensed</b>, which is a
+<a href="definitions.html#shape">shape</a>),
+then to associate them with groff&#8217;s predefined <b>R,
+I, B</b> and <b>BI</b> font styles.  An example of this
+can be seen in the groff PostScript font library itself, which is
+found in
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;version&gt;/font/devps/
+</span>
+There&#8217;s one &#8220;family&#8221; for Helvetica (<b>HR</b>,
+<b>HI</b>, <b>HB</b>, <b>HBI</b>) and another for Helvetica Narrow
+(<b>HNR</b>, <b>HNI</b>, <b>HNB</b>, <b>HNBI</b>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The difficulty with this approach is that typographers tend to
+think of families as referring to the entire set of font weights
+and shapes associated with a family name.  For example, when
+a typesetter says &#8220;the Helvetica family&#8221;, s/he is
+including the weights Helvetica Thin, Helvetica Light, Helvetica
+Regular, Helvetica Bold, Helvetica Heavy, etc, and all their
+associated shapes (Roman, Italic, Condensed, Narrow, Extended,
+Outline, etc).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus, intuitively, when a typesetter gives mom a
+<kbd>.FAMILY&nbsp;H</kbd> directive, s/he reasonably expects that
+any subsequent <kbd>.FT</kbd> directive will access the desired font
+from the Helvetica family&mdash;without the need to state explicitly
+both family and font to <kbd>.FT</kbd>, as it is explained one can
+do in the
+<a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#font">FT</a>
+sections of these documents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If one had, say, Helvetica Light Roman and Helvetica Light Italic
+as well as Helvetica Light Condensed Roman and Helvetica Light
+Condensed Italic, the established groff approach would require two
+&#8220;partial&#8221; families, <b>HL</b> (for Helvetica Light)
+and <b>HLCD</b> (for Helvetica Light Condensed), with <b>R</b> and
+<b>I</b> fonts for both:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  HLR
+  HLI
+  HLCDR
+  HLCDI
+</span>
+Accessing these family/font combos routinely
+throughout a document would then require changing the family
+(with <kbd>.FAMILY</kbd>) and selecting the desired font
+(with <kbd>.FT&nbsp;R</kbd> or <kbd>.FT&nbsp;I</kbd>), or
+passing <kbd>.FT</kbd> the lengthy family+fontname (.e.g.
+<kbd>.FT&nbsp;HLCDI</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="simpler" class="docs">The simpler way with mom</h4>
+
+<p>
+Fortunately, groff provides a mechanism whereby it&#8217;s possible
+to extend the basic <b>R</b>, <b>I</b>, <b>B</b>, and <b>BI</b> fonts
+(&#8220;styles&#8221; in groff-speak) so that one can, in fact,
+create extensive type families, and access all the fonts in them
+with <kbd>.ft</kbd> (groff) or <kbd>.FT</kbd> (mom).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom uses this mechanism to offer, in addition to groff&#8217;s
+default font styles, the following:
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div id="style-extensions" style="width: 50%; float: left;">
+<span class="pre" style="font-size: 85%">
+UL     =  Ultra Light
+ULI    =  Ultra Light Italic
+ULCD   =  Ultra Light Condensed
+ULCDI  =  Ultra Light Condensed Italic
+ULEX   =  Ultra Light Extended
+ULEXI  =  Ultra Light Extended Italic
+
+XL     =  Extra Light
+XLI    =  Extra Light Italic
+XLCD   =  Extra Light Condensed
+XLCDI  =  Extra Light Condensed Italic
+XLEX   =  Extra Light Extended
+XLEXI  =  Extra Light Extended Italic
+
+TH     =  Thin
+THI    =  Thin Italic
+THCD   =  Thin Condensed
+THCDI  =  Thin Condensed Italic
+THEX   =  Thin Extended
+THEXI  =  Thin Extended Italic
+
+L      =  Light Roman
+LI     =  Light Italic
+LCD    =  Light Condensed
+LCDI   =  Light Condensed Italic
+LEX    =  Light Extended
+LEXI   =  Light Extended Italic
+
+BK     =  Book Roman
+BKI    =  Book Italic
+BKCD   =  Book Condensed
+BKCDI  =  Book Condensed Italic
+BKEX   =  Book Extended
+BKEXI  =  Book Extended Italic
+
+CD     =  Medium Condensed
+CDI    =  Medium Condensed Italic
+EX     =  Medium Extended
+EXI    =  Medium Extended Italic
+
+DB     =  DemiBold Roman
+DBI    =  DemiBold Italic
+DBCD   =  DemiBold Condensed
+DBCDI  =  DemiBold Condensed Italic
+DBEX   =  DemiBold Extended
+DBEXI  =  DemiBold Extended Italic
+
+SB     =  SemiBold Roman
+SBI    =  SemiBold Italic
+SBCD   =  SemiBold Condensed
+SBCDI  =  SemiBold Condensed Italic
+SBEX   =  SemiBold Extended
+SBEXI  =  SemiBold Extended Italic
+</span>
+</div>
+<span class="pre" style="font-size: 85%">
+BCD    =  Bold Condensed
+BCDI   =  Bold Condensed Italic
+BEX    =  Bold Extended
+BEXI   =  Bold Extended Italic
+BO     =  Bold Outline
+
+XB     =  Extra Bold
+XBI    =  Extra Bold Italic
+XBCD   =  Extra Bold Condensed
+XBCDI  =  Extra Bold Condensed Italic
+XBEX   =  Extra Bold Extended
+XBEXI  =  Extra Bold Extended Italic
+
+UB     =  Ultra Bold
+UBI    =  Ultra Bold Italic
+UBCD   =  Ultra Bold Condensed
+UBCDI  =  Ultra Bold Condensed Italic
+UBEX   =  Ultra Bold Extended
+UBEXI  =  Ultra Bold Extended Italic
+
+HV     =  Heavy
+HVI    =  Heavy Italic
+HVCD   =  Heavy Condensed
+HVCDI  =  Heavy Condensed Italic
+HVEX   =  Heavy Extended
+HVEXI  =  Heavy Extended Italic
+
+BL     =  Black
+BLI    =  Black Italic
+BLCD   =  Black Condensed
+BLCDI  =  Black Condensed Italic
+BLEX   =  Black Extended
+BLEXI  =  Black Extended Italic
+BLO    =  Black Outline
+
+XBL    =  Extra Black
+XBLI   =  Extra Black Italic
+XBLCD  =  Extra Black
+XBLCDI =  Extra Black
+XBLEX  =  Extra Black Italic
+XBLEXI =  Extra Black Italic
+
+UBL    =  Ultra Black
+UBLI   =  Ultra Black Italic
+UBLCD  =  Ultra Black Condensed
+UBLCDI =  Ultra Black Condensed Italic
+UBLEX  =  Ultra Black Extended
+UBLEXI =  Ultra Black Extended Italic
+
+SC     =  Small Caps Roman
+SCI    =  Small Caps Italic
+SCDB   =  Small Caps Demibold
+SCDBI  =  Small Caps Demibold Italic
+SCSB   =  Small Caps Semibold
+SCSBI  =  Small Caps Semibold Italic
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p style="clear: both;">
+Thus, with mom, if you&#8217;ve installed some extra
+Helvetica fonts and named them according to the convention
+<kbd>&lt;F&gt;&lt;S&gt;</kbd> (where <kbd>&lt;F&gt;</kbd> means
+family and <kbd>&lt;S&gt;</kbd> means font style), once having
+entered
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .FAMILY H
+</span>
+you can access any of the extra Helvetica fonts simply by passing
+the correct argument to
+<a href="typesetting.html#font">FT</a>
+from the list, above.  For example, if you were working in Medium
+Roman (<kbd>.FT&nbsp;R</kbd>) and you needed Medium Condensed Italic
+for a while (assuming it&#8217;s installed), you&#8217;d just type
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .FT CDI
+</span>
+to access the Medium Condensed Italic font from the Helvetica
+family.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s list of font styles doesn&#8217;t pretend to be
+exhaustive.  The extension names are arbitrary and can be used in a
+flexible manner.  For example, if you create a family that has a
+Demibold font (<b>DB</b>) but no Bold font (<b>B</b>), you might
+find it more convenient to give the Demibold font the extension
+&#8220;<b>B</b>&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p id="register-style">
+You may, at needs, want to add to mom&#8217;s list of font styles.
+You can do this by editing the file, om.tmac (typical location:
+<kbd>&lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;version&gt;/tmac/om.tmac</kbd>).  Near the
+top, you&#8217;ll see lines of the form
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .sty \n[.fp] XL      \" Extra Light
+  .sty \n[.fp] L       \" Light Roman
+  .sty \n[.fp] LI      \" Light Italic
+  .sty \n[.fp] LCD     \" Light Condensed Roman
+</span>
+Simply add your new font style by imitating what you see, above,
+and plugging in your new font style (having, of course, 
+added the font to groff, correctly named); see
+<a href="#steps">Step-by-step instructions</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you already have some fonts from the Univers family
+installed and have called the family <b>Univers</b>, you might decide at
+some point to add the Bold Outline font (<b>UniversBO</b>).  In which
+case, you&#8217;d add
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .sty \n[.fp] BO      \" Bold Outline
+</span>
+to the <kbd>.sty&nbsp;\n[.fp]&nbsp; &lt;font style&gt;</kbd> list
+in om.tmac.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom&#8217;s font extensions are not &#8220;user-space&#8221;
+controllable via a macro.  If you&#8217;ve been using groff for
+a long time, and have already rolled your own solution to adding
+families and fonts to groff, you may find that mom&#8217;s font
+extensions conflict with your own scheme.  Should that be the case,
+comment out the <kbd>.sty&nbsp;\n[.fp] &lt;font style&gt;</kbd>
+lines found near the top of the <kbd>om.tmac</kbd> file.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Be careful that any styles you add do not conflict with
+<i>family</i> names that already exist.  &#8220;<b>C</b>&#8221;,
+for example, conflicts with the Courier family (<b>CR</b>,
+<b>CI</b>, <b>CB</b>, <b>CI</b>).  Were you to create a font
+style &#8220;<b>C</b>&#8221;, thinking that <kbd>.FT&nbsp;C</kbd>
+would give you access to font style once you&#8217;d given a
+<kbd>.FAMILY</kbd> directive, you&#8217;d get a nasty surprise:
+your type would come out in Courier Roman!
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="steps" class="docs">Step-by-step instructions</h2>
+
+<div>
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -1.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#need">What you need before you start</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#preparation">Initial preparation</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#step-1">1. Acquire the font</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#step-2">2. Prepare to convert the font to the correct format</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em">
+    <li><a href="#ttf">TTF fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#type1">Type 1 fonts</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#step-3">3. Convert the font and put it in the right place</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#step-4">4. Update the download file</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em">
+    <li><a href="#internal">Get the internal font name</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#add">Add the font to the download file</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#gropdf-download">Updating the gropdf download file</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#groff-font-names">Naming groff fonts</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#install-font">Automate the whole process &ndash; the install-font script</a>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>
+There are a number of ways to approach making fonts available
+to groff.  These instructions aren&#8217;t meant to cover all
+possibilities, merely one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GNU/Linux distributions being what they are, directory locations
+may differ and the presence of some executable can&#8217;t be
+guaranteed.  I run a Debian-based system.  The instructions reflect
+that.  Users of other distros may have to interpret them according
+to the way their distro operates.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="need" class="docs appendices">What you need before you start</h3>
+
+<ul style="margin-top: 1em; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li>groff, version 1.18 or higher<br/>
+      (Debian package: groff)
+  </li>
+  <li>ghostscript<br/>
+      (Debian package: ghostscript or ghostscript-x)
+  </li>
+  <li>fontforge<br/>
+      (Debian package: fontforge)
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="preparation" class="docs appendices">Initial preparation (you only need do this once)</h3>
+
+<ol id="site-font" style="margin-left: -1em;">
+  <li>
+    Locate the groff directory,
+    <kbd class="nobr">site-font</kbd>.  The exact location is
+    difficult to predict, owing to differences between distros and
+    whether you&#8217;re using a pre-packaged groff or have built
+    it from source.  Some typical locations are:
+    <br/>
+    <span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+      /usr/share/groff/
+      /usr/local/share/groff/
+      /etc/groff/
+    </span>
+    If you can&#8217;t find the site-font directory, locate
+    groff&#8217;s <kbd class="nobr">site-tmac</kbd> directory, and, as root,
+    create site-font in the same directory.  Eg, if you find
+    site-tmac in <kbd class="nobr">/usr/share/groff/</kbd>, create site-font in
+    <kbd class="nobr">/usr/share/groff/</kbd>
+    <br/>
+    <span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+      sudo mkdir site-font
+    </span>
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    Create two files, generate-t42.pe and generate-pfa.pe,
+    as you see them below.  Place them in a convenient and
+    easily-remembered location, like your home directory.
+    <br/>
+    <span class="examples" style="font-size: 95%; display: block; margin-top: .5em;">generate-t42.pe</span>
+
+    <div class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -1em; padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+# generate-t42.pe
+
+Open($1);
+Generate($fontname + ".pfa");
+Generate($fontname + ".t42");
+</span>
+    </div>
+    <br/>
+    <span class="examples" style="font-size: 95%; display: block; margin-top: .5em;">generate-pfa.pe</span>
+    <div class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 0; padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+# generate-pfa.pe
+
+Open($1);
+Generate($fontname + ".pfa");
+</span>
+    </div>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="step-1" class="docs appendices">Step 1: Acquire the font</h3>
+
+<p class="top">
+The two most commonly available types of fonts are PostScript Type1
+(extension .pfb) and TrueType (extension .ttf).  Either can be made
+available to groff.  There are many websites holding collections of
+both.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="step-2" class="docs appendices">Step 2: Prepare to convert the font to the correct format</h3>
+
+<p class="top">
+Change into the directory holding the new font.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For convenience in the next step, make a symbolic link to 
+the file 'textmap':
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ln -s &lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;version&gt;/font/devps/generate/textmap .
+</span>
+See
+<a href="#small-note">here</a>
+for an explanation of <kbd>&lt;prefix&gt;</kbd>
+and <kbd>&lt;version&gt;</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition, unless you&#8217;re installing fonts from your home
+directory, make links to the files 'generate-t42.pe' and
+'generate-pfa.pe'.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ln -s $HOME/generate-t42.pe .
+  ln -s $HOME/generate-pfa.pe .
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="step-3" class="docs appendices">Step 3: Convert the font and put it in the right place</h3>
+
+<p class="top">
+TrueType fonts (.ttf) need to be converted to .t42.  Type 1 fonts
+(.pfa, .pfb) need to be converted to .pfa.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="ttf" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; text-transform: uppercase;">&nbsp;&bull;&nbsp;Converting TTF Fonts</h4>
+
+<p class="top" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+For .ttf fonts, run
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  fontforge -script generate-t42.pe &lt;file&gt;.ttf
+</span>
+This will create three new files with the extensions .t42, .pfa, and
+.afm.  Next, run
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  afmtodit &lt;afm file&gt; textmap &lt;groff font&gt;
+</span>
+This will create a groff font with the name you give.  (See
+<a href="#groff-font-names">here</a>
+for advice on naming groff fonts.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Move the .t42 and groff font files to
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devps/</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re running a recent version of groff that includes
+the native pdf device (gropdf), move the .pfa file to <kbd
+class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devpdf/</kbd>.  If not, you
+may safely remove it.  You may also safely remove the .afm file.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="type1" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; text-transform: uppercase;">&nbsp;&bull;&nbsp;Converting Type1 Fonts</h4>
+
+<p class="top" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+For .pfb fonts, run
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  fontforge -script generate-pfa.pe &lt;file&gt;.pfb
+</span>
+This will create two new files with the extensions .pfa, and .afm.
+Next, run
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  afmtodit &lt;afm file&gt; textmap &lt;groff font&gt;
+</span>
+Move the .pfa and groff font files to
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;site-font&gt;/devps/</kbd>.
+(See
+<a href="#groff-font-names">here</a>
+for advice on naming groff fonts.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re running a recent version of groff that includes the
+native pdf device (gropdf), link the .pfa and groff font files, now
+in <kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;site-font&gt;/devps/</kbd>,
+to the <kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devpdf</kbd>
+directory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Start by changing into the
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devpdf/</kbd>
+directory, then:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ln -s &lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;site-font&gt;/devps/&lt;file&gt;.pfa .
+  ln -s &lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;site-font&gt;/devps/&lt;groff font&gt; .
+</span>
+You may safely remove the .afm file.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="step-4" class="docs appendices">Step 4: Update the download file</h3>
+
+<h4 id="internal" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; text-transform: uppercase;">&nbsp;&bull;&nbsp;Get the internal font name</h4>
+
+<p class="top" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+Inspect your new groff font file.  Near the top, you will see a line
+of the form
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  internalname &lt;name&gt;
+</span>
+Usually, the internal name is helpfully descriptive, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  internalname Optima-Bold
+</span>
+Make a note of the internal name.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="add" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; text-transform: uppercase;">&nbsp;&bull;&nbsp;Add the font to the download file</h4>
+
+<p class="top" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If a file called &#8216;download&#8217; is not already present in
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devps/</kbd>,
+copy over the one found in
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;version&gt;/font/devps/</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The download file maps the internal names used by groff to the
+actual fonts.  To add your new font to the download file, append a
+line containing the internal name, followed by a tab (make sure your
+text editor is inserting the tab character, not spaces), followed by
+the .t42 or .pfa font to which the internal name refers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if the internal name is Optima-Bold and the font is a
+.pfa file called Optima-Bold.pfa, your updated download file will
+contain
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Optima-Bold&lt;tab&gt;Optima-Bold.pfa
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="gropdf-download" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; text-transform: uppercase;">&nbsp;&bull;&nbsp;Updating the gropdf download file</h4>
+
+<p class="top" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;re running a recent version of groff that includes
+the native pdf device (gropdf), you must update the
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devpdf/download</kbd>
+file as well.  If it does not exist, create it.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Start with a blank &#8216;download&#8217; file.  Do not copy
+over the &#8216;download&#8217; file from
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/&lt;version&gt;/font/devpdf/</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The instructions for registering fonts in the
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devpdf/</kbd> download
+file are identical to those for PostScript fonts (see above), but
+with one important difference: the lines must all begin with a tab
+character.  Thus, using our Optima example, your
+<kbd class="nobr">&lt;prefix&gt;/site-font/devpdf/download</kbd>
+file download line for the same font is
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &lt;tab&gt;Optima-Bold&lt;tab&gt;Optima-Bold.pfa
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="groff-font-names" class="docs appendices">Naming groff fonts</h3>
+ 
+<p class="top">
+For convenience when using mom, and to keep your font collection
+organized, choose meaningful groff font names following the scheme
+&lt;Family&gt;&lt;FONT&gt;, where Family is something
+like Optima or Univers or Clarendon, and FONT is either
+<br/>
+<span style="display: block; margin-left: 2em;">
+<kbd>R&nbsp;&nbsp;</kbd>(roman/regular)
+<br/>
+<kbd>I&nbsp;&nbsp;</kbd>(italic)
+<br/>
+<kbd>B&nbsp;&nbsp;</kbd>(bold)
+<br/>
+<kbd>BI&nbsp;</kbd>(bold italic)
+</span>
+or one of the 1&ndash;5 character fontstyles listed
+<a href="#style-extensions">here</a>.
+Thus, for the fonts Optima Light Italic and Optima Extra Black, your font names would be
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  OptimaLI
+  OptimaXBL
+</span>
+This scheme allows you to enter <kbd>.FAMILY&nbsp;Optima</kbd> to make
+Optima the current family, and <kbd>.FT&nbsp;LI</kbd> or <kbd>.FT&nbsp;XBL</kbd>
+when you need the fonts Light Italic or Extra Black.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Groff font names are, in fact, arbitrary; you can call your fonts
+anything you like, provided the
+<a href="#internal">internal name</a>
+in the
+<a href="#add">download file</a>
+matches the internal name found in the groff font file.  When
+calling a font that does not follow the recommended naming convention,
+you must pass the full font name to <kbd>.FT</kbd> whenever you wish
+to use it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, the font, Goudy Stout, isn&#8217;t really part of the
+Goudy family, and while "stout" describes it, Stout is not a
+recognized font style.  Therefore, its groff name could simply be
+GoudyStout, and whenever you needed it, you could call it with
+<kbd>.FT&nbsp;GoudyStout</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="install-font" class="docs appendices">Automate the whole process &ndash; the install-font script</h3>
+
+<p>
+A bash script to make the entire process of installing fonts a
+painless no-brainer has been posted online at
+<a href="https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/bin/install-font.sh">https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/bin/install-font.sh</a>.
+Be sure to make the script executable
+(<kbd class="nobr">chmod 755 install-font</kbd>)
+after you download it, then type <kbd>./install-font.sh -H</kbd> for
+usage.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium" style="margin-top: 2em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ===================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="codenotes" class="docs">Some reflections on mom</h2>
+
+<p>
+If, as Eric Raymond asserts, open source begins with a programmer
+scratching a personal itch, then mom can truly be called open
+source.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom had her origins in a library of groff routines I wrote over
+the years to handle various aspects of typesetting and document
+processing that weren&#8217;t adequately covered by ms, me, mm, and
+friends.  Typically, I&#8217;d use the library to cobble together
+macro sets for new challenges as they came my way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As a writer living in a perpetual state of penury, all the computers
+I&#8217;ve ever owned have been hand-me-downs&mdash;several
+generations out-of-date and resource challenged.  Disk space has
+always been an issue, as has processor speed and available RAM.  One
+of the reasons I run GNU/Linux rather than the offering from Redmond
+is that it has helped enormously to get the most out of my poor
+little boxes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In Linux-land (all Unix variants, in fact), the choice of
+typesetting systems basically comes down to groff or TeX.  Both are
+wonderful&mdash;monumental achievements if you ask me&mdash;and both
+have their own particular strengths.  However, for people in my
+financial position (and there are millions of us around the globe,
+in both developed and developing countries), TeX and groff have one
+big difference: size.  TeX is huge.  Even its most ardent supporters
+agree it suffers from bloat, on top of being complex and unwieldy to
+manage.  Groff is tiny by comparison, occupying minimal disk space
+and having only a small memory footprint while at the same time
+being flexible and powerful, typographically speaking.  Back in the
+Jurassic Period, I ran it successfully on a 386 with 8 megs of RAM
+and a 250 meg hard disk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, groff has always had a liability: it&#8217;s incredibly geeky.
+Owing to its very long history, it&mdash;and its power users
+&mdash;seem to have remained stuck in a time warp.  The canonical  macro packages
+still look as they did back in those decades when memory was exorbitantly
+expensive and every byte mattered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For some time now, groff users and macro writers have had the option
+to use &#8220;long&#8221; names for macros (i.e. longer than two
+letters, the original limit), yet have mostly chosen not to.  With
+long names, it&#8217;s possible to create macro sets that are
+humanly readable and easy to interpret, encouraging development and
+evolution.  What&#8217;s more, the macros themselves need not be
+terse, intimidating, and easily forgotten 1- or 2-letter commands
+inserted in the body of a document.  They can be sensible and
+helpful to everyone, groff newbies and old hands alike.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s macro file, om.tmac, uses long names, aliases, and a
+host of other groff goodies that have become part of the whole groff
+picture.  The function of nearly every macro, number register and
+string can be inferred simply from its name.  The file is heavily
+commented.  A consistent, if idiosyncratic, indenting style is used
+as well, significantly improving readability.  Anyone wanting to
+futz around with mom&#8217;s macros should be able to do so with a
+minimum of head scratching.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ===================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="contact" class="docs">Contact the author</h2>
+
+<p>
+If you have any questions or comments about mom, suggestions to
+make, criticisms to offer, or bugs to report, use the groff mailing
+list (subscription information available
+<a href="http://www.gnu.org/software/groff/groff.html">here</a>)
+or contact me, Peter Schaffter,  directly at the following
+address:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &#112;&#101;&#116;&#101;&#114;&#64;&#115;&#99;&#104;&#97;&#102;&#102;&#116;&#101;&#114;&#46;&#99;&#97;
+</span>
+Please include the word &#8220;mom&#8221; or &#8220;groff&#8221; in
+the Subject line of any message sent to my personal address or you
+risk the wrath of my implacable spam filters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want to visit mom&#8217;s website, you&#8217;ll find a link
+to it at
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  https://www.schaffter.ca
+</span>
+The site contains links to some of my fiction, all of which was
+typeset with mom and groff.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 100%; text-align: right;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f53b5c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Colour</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="graphical.html#top">Next: Graphical objects</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Coloured text</h1>
+
+<div style="text-align: center;">
+<a href="#index-color">List of color macros</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 class="docs">Introduction</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s support for coloured text is straightforward.  You begin
+by telling mom about the colours you want with
+<a href="#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+Afterwards, any time you want text to be coloured, you either colour
+it with an
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+that contains the colour name (e.g. <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[red]</span></kbd>
+or <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[blue]</span></kbd>) or invoke the macro
+<a href="#color">COLOR</a>
+with the name of the colour you want.
+</p>
+
+<p id="color-example">
+For example, say you want to have the name &#8220;Jack&#8221; in the
+sentence &#8220;All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy&#8221;
+appear in yellow.  You&#8217;d begin by telling mom about the colour,
+yellow.  There are two ways of doing this; see
+<a href="#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+and
+<a href="#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>
+for a full explanation of the difference between the two.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you use XCOLOR, you&#8217;d enter this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .XCOLOR yellow
+</span>
+If you use NEWCOLOR, you might enter:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NEWCOLOR yellow RGB #FFFF00
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p id="color-example2" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+After defining or initializing the colour yellow you&#8217;d
+colourise the name, Jack, either with an inline escape
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  All work and no play makes \*[yellow]Jack\*[black] a dull boy.
+</span>
+or with the
+<a href="#color">COLOR</a>
+macro
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  All work and no play makes
+  .COLOR yellow
+  Jack
+  .COLOR black
+  a dull boy.
+</span>
+Notice, in both examples, that a) you have to set the colour back
+to black after &#8220;Jack,&#8221; and b) you don&#8217;t have to
+define or initialize the colour, black. Mom predefines it for you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For information on using colour during
+<a href="docprocessing.html#intro-macros-docprocessing">document processing</a>,
+see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#color">Colour support in document processing</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom&#8217;s colour support is for text only.  She doesn&#8217;t
+support &#8220;fill&#8221; (or &#8220;background&#8221;) colour for
+solid, enclosed graphical objects (polygons, ellipses) drawn with
+groff&#8217;s <kbd>\D</kbd>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>,
+although you may give a colour as one of the arguments to
+mom&#8217;s &#8220;box&#8221; and &#8220;circle&#8221; macros,
+<a href="graphical.html#dbx">DBX</a>
+and
+<a href="graphical.html#dcl">DCL</a>
+when the first argument to these macros is <kbd>SOLID</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span>
+If you&#8217;re accustomed to using groff&#8217;s
+<kbd>.defcolor</kbd> to define colours, and groff&#8217;s inline
+<kbd>\m[&lt;colorname&gt;]</kbd> to call them, you may continue to
+do so without confusing mom.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-color" class="macro-list">Coloured text macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#xcolor">XCOLOR</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#color">COLOR</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#color-inline">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</a> (inline escape)</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium" style="margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -NEWCOLOR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="newcolor" class="macro-id">Creating (initializing) a colour with NEWCOLOR</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>NEWCOLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;colour name&gt; [&lt;colour scheme&gt;] &lt;colour components&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+NEWCOLOR lets you create a colour, rather like an artist mixing
+paint on a palette.  The colour isn&#8217;t used immediately;
+NEWCOLOR merely tells mom how to mix the colour when you need it.
+If you haven&#8217;t invoked <kbd>.NEWCOLOR</kbd> (or
+<kbd><a href="#xcolor">.XCOLOR</a></kbd>),
+mom doesn&#8217;t have a clue what you mean when you reference a
+colour (with
+<a href="#color">COLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colour name&gt;]</span></kbd></a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first argument to NEWCOLOR is a name for your colour.  It
+can be anything you like&mdash;provided it&#8217;s just one word
+long&mdash;and can be caps, lower case, or any combination of the
+two.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The second argument, which is entirely optional, is the
+&#8220;colour scheme&#8221; you want mom to use when mixing the
+colour.  Valid arguments are
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  RGB   (3 components: red green blue)
+  CYM   (3 components: cyan yellow magenta)
+  CMYK  (4 components: cyan magenta yellow black)
+  GRAY  (1 component)
+</span>
+If you omit the second argument, mom assumes you
+want RGB.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The final argument is the components of your colour.  This can be
+hexadecimal string starting with a pound sign (<kbd>#</kbd>) (for
+colour values in the 0-255 range) or two pound signs (<kbd>##</kbd>)
+(for colour values in the 0-65535 range), or it can be a series of
+decimal digits, separated by spaces, one digit per component, with
+the argument enclosed in double quotes.  (If this is all gibberish
+to you, see
+<a href="#color-tip">Tips for newbies</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus, to tell mom about a colour named &#8220;YELLOW&#8221;, you
+could enter one of the following:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NEWCOLOR YELLOW #FFFF00         \"or ##FFFFFFFF0000 or "1 1 0"
+  .NEWCOLOR YELLOW RGB #FFFF00     \"or ##FFFFFFFF0000 or "1 1 0"
+  .NEWCOLOR YELLOW CMY #0000FF     \"or ##0000FFFF0000 or "0 0 1"
+  .NEWCOLOR YELLOW CMYK #0000FF00  \"or ##00000000FFFF0000 or "0 0 1 0"
+</span>
+After you&#8217;ve told mom about a colour, you can then get her to
+set text in that colour either with the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>,
+<a href="#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd></a>,
+or the macro
+<a href="#color">COLOR</a>.
+(See the
+<a href="#color-example">example</a>,
+above.)
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The colourname you give to NEWCOLOR may be used with groff&#8217;s
+<kbd>\m[&lt;colourname&gt;]</kbd> inline escape (the <kbd>\m</kbd>
+escape is used to set text and rule colours).  Thus, assuming
+a colourname &#8220;blueblack&#8221; set with NEWCOLOR,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[blueblack]</span></kbd> and <kbd>\m[blueblack]</kbd>
+are equivalent.  Furthermore, the colourname can be given as an
+argument to <b>groff</b>&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitive</a>
+request, <kbd>.gcolor</kbd> (which does the same thing as
+<kbd>\m[&lt;colourname&gt;]</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Equally, the colourname may be used with
+<kbd>\M[&lt;colourname&gt;]</kbd> and <kbd>.fcolor</kbd>, which set
+the &#8220;fill&#8221; colour for solid graphical objects.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p id="color-tip" class="tip-top">
+<span class="tip">Tips for newbies:</span>
+Colour manipulation can be tremendously confusing if you don&#8217;t
+have a background in graphic arts or computing.  My advice, if colour
+intimidates you, is to stick to using mom&#8217;s default RGB colour
+scheme, and to fire up a colour chooser that gives you the RGB values
+you want for the colour you select.  Plug those values into the
+components argument to NEWCOLOR, and you&#8217;ll get the colour
+you want.  Both the KDE and gnome desktops have colour selectors
+that provide you with the shorter RGB hexadecimal string.  If
+you&#8217;re not running KDE or gnome, the X utility, xcolorsel,
+provides you with a similar functionality, although it only provides
+RGB values for 256 pre-defined colours.  If you use xcolorsel, be
+sure to click the button &#8220;Display format&#8221; and select
+&#8220;8 bit truncated rgb&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Alternatively, you can use mom&#8217;s simpler
+<kbd><a href="#xcolor">XCOLOR</a></kbd>
+macro to initialize one of the 256 pre-defined X colours by
+supplying the name of the colour as an argument.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -XCOLOR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="xcolor" class="macro-id">Initializing a colour with XCOLOR</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>XCOLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;X colourname&gt; [&lt;alias&gt;]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+<kbd style="font-style: normal">&lt;X colourname&gt;</kbd> <i>must be all one word, all lower case.</i>
+<br/>
+(See
+<a href="#xcolor-names" style="font-style: normal;">Finding X colour names</a>
+for how to get a list of valid colour names.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+XCOLOR is similar to NEWCOLOR in that it tells mom to initialize a
+colour, but it&#8217;s easier to use.  All you have to do is pass
+it, as an argument, the valid name of one of the 256 pre-defined
+X colours.  The name must be all one word, and, breaking with mom
+policy, it must be entered in lower case.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you want to initialize the X colour, coral, all you
+have to do is enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .XCOLOR coral
+</span>
+Afterwards
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COLOR coral
+</span>
+
+will colourise subsequent text coral until you instruct mom to
+return to black, or some other pre-defined, initialized colour.
+(The
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[coral]</span></kbd> will equally colourise text coral
+after you&#8217;ve initialized the colour with XCOLOR.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The downside of XCOLOR is that you can&#8217;t create custom
+colours.  This restriction, however, is mitigated by the fact that
+for many users, 256 colours is more than enough to play around with.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While some X colours have fanciful names (peachpuff, papayawhip,
+thistle, snow), many are self-explanatory and self-descriptive
+in ordinary colour terms. &#8220;blue&#8221; is pure (rgb)
+blue, &#8220;green&#8221; is pure (rgb) green, and so on.
+Furthermore, for many X colours, there exist four variants, each
+representing increasingly darker shades of the same colour.
+For example, &#8220;blue1&#8221; is a relatively bright blue;
+&#8220;blue2&#8221;, &#8220;blue3&#8221; and &#8220;blue4&#8221; are
+increasingly darker shades.  For that reason, you may find XCOLOR is
+a better choice than NEWCOLOR when it comes to initializing common
+colours.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whimsical nature of X colour names sometimes makes for names
+that are long to type in, e.g. &#8220;mediumspringgreen&#8221;.  The
+optional second argument to XCOLOR allows you to come up with more
+convenient name by which to reference the colour.  For example, you
+could enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .XCOLOR mediumspringgreen mygreen
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .XCOLOR mediumspringgreen MYGREEN
+</span>
+so that whenever you want text mediumspringgreen-ed, you can use
+either <kbd>.COLOR&nbsp;mygreen</kbd> (or <kbd>.COLOR&nbsp;MYGREEN</kbd>)
+or the inline escape
+<kbd>\*[mygreen]</kbd> (or <kbd>\*[MYGREEN]</kbd>.)
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="xcolor-names" class="docs">Finding X colour names</h3>
+
+<p>
+There are two ways of finding the names of the pre-defined X
+colours.  One is to consult the file, rgb.txt, included with all
+X11 installations.  The location of the file on a Debian GNU/Linux
+distribution is typically /etc/X11/rgb.txt.  Other distributions and
+other X installations may have the file in another location.  The
+file lists the colour names, but doesn&#8217;t show you what the
+colours actually look like.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A better way to get the colour names, as well as to see what the
+colours look like, is to fire up a colour chooser (like xcolorsel)
+that both lists the colour names and shows a swatch of the colour
+as well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whichever method you use to find X colour names, remember that the
+names, passed as arguments to XCOLOR, must be all one word, all in
+lower case.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Both the colourname and the alias you give to XCOLOR may be
+used with groff&#8217;s <kbd>\m[&lt;colourname&gt;]</kbd>
+inline escape (the <kbd>\m</kbd> escape is used to set
+text and rule colours).  Thus, assuming an X-colourname
+&#8220;mediumspringgreen&#8221; set with
+XCOLOR, and an alias, &#8220;mygreen&#8221;,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[mediumspringgreen]</span></kbd>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\m[mediumspringgreen]</span></kbd>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[mygreen]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\m[mygreen]</span></kbd> are all equivalent.
+Furthermore, both the colourname and the alias can be given as an
+argument to groff&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitive</a>
+request, <kbd>.gcolor</kbd> (which does the same thing as
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\m[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+The colourname initialized with XCOLOR <i>but not the
+alias</i> may also be used with groff&#8217;s inline escape,
+<kbd>\M[&lt;colorname&gt;]</kbd>, and the corresponding primitive,
+<kbd>.fcolor</kbd>, both of which set the &#8220;fill&#8221; colour
+for solid graphical objects.  If you need a colour initialized with
+XCOLOR for <kbd>\M</kbd> or <kbd>.fcolor</kbd>, you MUST give the
+full colourname; the alias won&#8217;t work.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -COLOR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="color" class="macro-id">Invoking a colour</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;colourname&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p id="color-inline" class="requires" style="font-style: normal;">
+Inline: <kbd>\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</kbd>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once you&#8217;ve told mom about a colour (via
+<a href="#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>,
+you use either the macro COLOR or the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd>, to cause mom to set
+subsequent text in that colour.  See the
+<a href="#color-example2">example</a>,
+above, which shows both in action.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+You can use the <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd>
+inline escape in any
+<a href="docprocessing.html#top">document processing</a>
+macro that takes a
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string argument</a>.
+However, you must remember to reset the colour at the end of the
+argument (typically with <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[black]</span></kbd>) unless
+you want all subsequent invocations of that particular macro to be
+colourised.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Furthermore, if you use
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd> in the string
+argument passed to
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</a>
+and you&#8217;ve requested that the heading level be numbered, the
+numbers themselves will not be colourised, only the text you pass to
+the macro.  If you wish the numbers to be colourised along with the
+text, you must explicitly tell mom with
+<a href="docelement.html#heading-style">HEADING_STYLE&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+For colourising underscored text, see
+<a href="goodies.html#underscore-color">Colourising underscored text</a>
+in the notes at the end of
+<a href="goodies.html#underscore">UNDERSCORE</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="graphical.html#top">Next: Graphical objects</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7efee1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html
@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Document processing, creating cover pages</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="tables-of-contents.html#top">Next: Tables of contents</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Creating cover pages</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 66%; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li><a href="#cover-intro">Introduction to cover pages</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#important-note">Important note</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#desc">Description of cover pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#pagination">Headers/footers/pagination</a>
+      <ul style="margin-left: -1.25em; list-style-type: circle;">
+        <li><a href="#pagination">DOC_COVERS_COUNT_PAGES</a></li>
+        <li><a href="#pagination">COVERS_COUNT_PAGES</a></li>
+      </ul>
+    </li>
+    <li><a href="#design">Designing your own cover pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#persistence">Persistence of data and formatting</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#index-covers">Doc-cover and cover macros</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#cover">DOC_COVER / COVER</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -1.25em; list-style-type: circle;">
+      <li><a href="#cover-args">The argument list: saying what goes on doc cover and cover pages</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#meanings">What the arguments mean</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#chapter">How the CHAPTER argument and friends work</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#covertext">DOC_COVERTEXT / COVERTEXT</a>
+      <ul style="margin-left: -1.25em; list-style-type: circle;">
+        <li><a href="#placement">Placement</a></li>
+      </ul>
+    </li>
+    <li><a href="#coverimages">DOC_COVER_IMAGE / COVER_IMAGE</a>
+      <ul style="margin-left: -1.25em; list-style-type: circle;">
+        <li><a href="#positioning">Positioning of doc cover and cover images</a></li>
+      </ul>
+    </li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#on-off">Enabling/disabling automatic generation of cover pages</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#cover-control">Control macros for covers and doc covers</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="cover-intro" class="docs">Introduction to cover pages</h2>
+
+<p>
+Though identical in treatment, mom provides two kinds of cover
+pages: document cover pages (&#8221;doc covers&#8221;) and section
+cover pages (&#8220;covers&#8221;).  Section cover pages are
+analogous to title pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A doc cover is what you&#8217;d most likely use at the start of a
+collated document, where you might want the name of the complete
+document, the author(s) and the copyright line to appear.  Another
+place you might use a doc cover is for a novel, where you want the
+title of the novel, not the chapter title or chapter number, as the
+first cover page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A cover is what you&#8217;d use for pages that separate sections
+of a collated document, i.e. title pages.  A cover page (but not a
+doc cover) in a collated document could, for example, simply read:
+&#8221;PART 1&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In non-collated documents (say, an essay) you can use either a cover
+or doc cover to generate the cover sheet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition, nothing prevents you from generating both a doc cover
+and a cover for every document in a collated document.  Or you can
+selectively disable the automatic generation of either doc covers or
+covers in a collated document on-the-fly.
+</p>
+
+<div id="important-note" class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important note:</span>
+Automatic generation of covers or doc covers after the first one(s)
+only takes place if you are working with collated documents.  Mom
+provides no mechanism for saying &#8221;print a section cover
+here even though I&#8217;m still working on the same (non-collated)
+document.&#8221;
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="desc" class="docs">Description of cover pages</h3>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom typesets covers and doc covers  identically to
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheaders</a>
+(see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docheader-control">How to change the look of docheaders</a>
+for a description of what a docheader looks like).  The only
+differences are
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em;  margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>the position on the page where the information is output</li>
+  <li>the (optional) addition of copyright and miscellaneous information</li>
+  <li>there&#8217;s no running text underneath, although you can add text
+      to a cover or doc cover (for example, an Abstract) with
+      <a href="#covertext">COVERTEXT</a>
+   </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+You tell mom what you want to appear on cover pages through the
+arguments you pass to
+<a href="#cover">DOC_COVER</a>
+and/or
+<a href="#cover">COVER</a>.
+Provided you have already given mom the appropriate reference macros
+(e.g.
+<a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#author">AUTHOR</a>),
+she will output covers and doc covers identically to how she
+would output docheaders containing the same information.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom starts covers and doc covers one-third of the way
+down the page.  This can be changed through the use of the control
+macros DOC_COVER_START_POS / COVER_START_POS (or DOC_COVER_ADVANCE /
+COVER_ADVANCE).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you request copyright information (and have already given mom the
+reference macro
+<a href="docprocessing.html#copyright">COPYRIGHT</a>)
+she sets it, by default, in a smaller
+<a href="definitions.html#ps">point size</a>
+in the bottom right hand corner of the cover or doc cover.  The
+position, as well as all of the standard typesetting parameters, can be
+altered via control macros.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Similarly, if you request miscellaneous information (and have
+already given mom the reference macro
+<a href="docprocessing.html#misc">MISC</a>)
+she sets it, by default, in a smaller point size in the bottom left
+hand corner of the cover or doc cover.  As with the copyright, the
+position and type specs can be altered via control macros.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="pagination" class="docs">Headers/footers/pagination</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom does not set any
+<a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>
+or
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+on cover pages.  Neither does she set any page numbers.  From
+the point of view of pagination, covers and doc covers are by
+default considered &#8221;null&#8221; pages.  If you wish them to
+be included in the pagination scheme (even though no page numbers
+appear), you must tell mom that&#8217;s what you want by invoking
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOC_COVER_COUNTS_PAGES
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COVER_COUNTS_PAGES
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="design" class="docs">Designing your own cover pages</h3>
+
+<p>
+Finally, if you want to design your own cover page(s), you can
+typeset them by hand inside a
+<a href="#covertext">COVERTEXT</a>
+block using mom&#8217;s typesetting macros to format the text.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="persistence" class="docs">Persistence of data and formatting</h3>
+
+<p>
+Doc-cover and cover data&mdash;that is to say, the strings passed to
+reference macros that appear on doc cover and cover
+pages&mdash;does not persist after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+however the formatting of the various parts (TITLE, AUTHOR,
+COPYRIGHT, etc.) does.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-covers" class="macro-list">Cover and document cover macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#cover">DOC_COVER and COVER</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#cover-args">The arguments: saying what goes on doc cover and cover pages</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#covertext">DOC_COVERTEXT / COVERTEXT</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-coverimage">DOC_COVER_IMAGE / COVER_IMAGE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#on-off">Enabling/disabling automatic generation of cover pages</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#doc-covers">DOC_COVERS</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#covers">COVERS</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#cover-control">Control macros for doc covers and covers</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -COVER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="cover" class="macro-id">DOC_COVER and COVER</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="doc-cover" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_COVER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">(see argument list, below)</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>COVER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">(see argument list, below)</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+DOC_COVER and COVER behave identically.  The reason mom provides
+two macros for cover page generation is so that you can have two
+different kinds of covers with different information on each.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Imagine, for a moment, you&#8217;ve written a document comprised of
+three sections.  When you
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>
+the document for output, you could use DOC_COVER to generate a cover
+page that contained the name of the entire document, your (the
+author&#8217;s) name, and perhaps the copyright date.  Subsequently,
+you could use COVER, after each <kbd>.COLLATE</kbd> but before each
+<kbd><a href="docprocessing.html#start">.START</a></kbd>,
+to generate a cover page (title page, cover sheet) containing
+just the name of the section, for example, &#8220;Part 1&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The arguments to <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd> and <kbd>COVER</kbd> tell mom
+what you&#8217;d like on cover pages.  You may give as many or as
+few arguments as you need, in any order.  A very common setup would
+be:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COVER TITLE AUTHOR COPYRIGHT
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="cover-args" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em;">The argument list</h4>
+
+<p style="margin-top: 1em">
+The arguments to <kbd>COVER</kbd> and <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd> tell mom
+what you want on the cover page:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  TITLE | DOCTITLE | DOC_COVERTITLE | COVERTITLE
+  CHAPTER | CHAPTER_TITLE | CHAPTER+TITLE
+  SUBTITLE
+  AUTHOR
+  DOCTYPE
+  DOC_COVERTEXT | COVERTEXT
+  DOC_COVER_IMAGE | COVER_IMAGE
+  COPYRIGHT
+  MISC
+  PDF_OUTLINE_LABEL "&lt;label&gt;"
+  BLANKPAGE
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="meanings" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em;">What the arguments mean</h4>
+
+<dl>
+  <dt class="params">TITLE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string(s) you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">DOCTITLE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string(s) you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#doc-title">DOCTITLE</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">DOC_COVERTITLE / COVERTITLE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string(s) you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#doc-covertitle">DOC_COVERTITLE</a>
+      or
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#covertitle">COVERTITLE</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">CHAPTER, CHAPTER_TITLE, CHAPTER+TITLE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; see below,
+      <a href="#chapter">How the CHAPTER argument and friends work</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">SUBTITLE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string(s) you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#subtitle">SUBTITLE</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">AUTHOR</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string(s) you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#author">AUTHOR</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">DOCTYPE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE NAMED</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">DOC_COVERTEXT / COVERTEXT</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the block of type you entered for
+      <a href="#covertext">DOC_COVERTEXT</a>
+      or
+      <a href="#covertext">COVERTEXT</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">DOC_COVER_IMAGE / COVER_IMAGE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the image file you gave to
+      <a href="#covertext">DOC_COVER_IMAGE</a>
+      or
+      <a href="#covertext">COVER_IMAGE</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">COPYRIGHT</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#copyright">COPYRIGHT</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">MISC</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">&ndash; the string(s) you gave to
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#misc">MISC</a>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">PDF_OUTLINE_LABEL &lt;label&gt;</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">
+      <span style="display:block; margin-left: 1em">
+      By default, mom identifies doc covers in the outline panel of PDF
+      viewers with the prepended label, &#8220;Cover:&#8221;, and covers
+      with the label &#8220;Title Page:&#8221;.  If you would like
+      to change the label, give the <kbd>PDF_OUTLINE_LABEL</kbd>
+      argument to DOC_COVER or COVER along with the new label, in
+      quotation marks, as in this example:
+      <br/>
+      <kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;.COVER TITLE AUTHOR COPYRIGHT PDF_LABEL "Cover Sheet: "</kbd>
+      </span>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">BLANKPAGE</dt>
+    <dd class="cover-args">
+      <span style="display:block; margin-left: 1em">
+      If the final argument to DOC_COVER or COVER is <kbd>BLANKPAGE</kbd>,
+      mom will insert a blank page after the doc cover or cover.  This is
+      particularly useful if you intend to print your document two-sided,
+      since, in two-sided printing, there may be instances where you do
+      not want text on the reverse side of cover or title pages
+      </span>
+      <span style="display:block; margin-left: 1em; margin-top: .5em">
+      If you enable
+      <a href="#pagination">DOC_COVERS_COUNT_PAGES</a>
+      and/or
+      <a href="#pagination">COVERS_COUNT_PAGES</a>,
+      the blank page will be taken into account in the pagination
+      scheme, though no page number appears on it.  Otherwise, blank
+      pages are invisible to mom&#8217;s pagination.
+      </span>
+    </dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>
+Please note that in all cases, if you have passed
+a reference macro one of the optional arguments
+<kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd> or <kbd>COVER</kbd> (e.g.
+<kbd>.TITLE&nbsp;DOC_COVER&nbsp;"Title"</kbd>), mom will print the
+appropriate string on the appropriate cover page.  Thus,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE DOC_COVER "Collected Essays"
+  .TITLE COVER "1985-2015"
+  .TITLE "Neo-liberalism: Who Did They Think They Were Fooling?"
+  .DOC_COVER TITLE
+  .COVER TITLE
+</span>
+will print &#8220;Collected Essays&#8221; on the doc cover page,
+&#8220;1985-2015&#8221; on the cover page, and, assuming the
+docheader hasn&#8217;t been disabled, &#8220;Neo-liberalism: Who
+Did They Think They Were Fooling?&#8221; as the title in the
+docheader.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Note that
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOC_COVERTITLE "Collected Essays"
+  .COVERTITLE "1985-2015"
+  .TITLE "Neo-liberalism: Who Did They Think They Were Fooling?"
+  .DOC_COVER DOC_COVERTITLE
+  .COVER COVERTITLE
+</span>
+could be used to accomplish the same thing.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="chapter" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; text-transform: none;">How the CHAPTER argument and friends work</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .75em">
+<span style="display: block; margin-bottom: -1.25em; font-weight: bold;">&bull;&nbsp;CHAPTER</span>
+<br/>
+The <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd> argument will print the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#chapter-string">CHAPTER_STRING</a>
+concatenated with the chapter number you gave to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#chapter">CHAPTER</a>.
+For example, assuming a vanilla setup for your chapter:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="color: #64614a;">
+  .CHAPTER 1
+  .CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder"
+  <span style="color: #941614;">.COVER CHAPTER</span>  \" (or <span style="color: #941614;">.DOC_COVER CHAPTER</span>)
+</span>
+will print (and only print)
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Chapter 1
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<span style="display: block; margin-bottom: -1.25em; font-weight: bold;">&bull;&nbsp;CHAPTER_TITLE</span>
+<br/>
+The <kbd>CHAPTER_TITLE</kbd> argument will print the chapter title
+you gave to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#chapter-title">CHAPTER_TITLE</a>.
+For example, assuming a vanilla setup for your chapter:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="color: #64614a;">
+  .CHAPTER 1
+  .CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder"
+  <span style="color: #941614;">.COVER CHAPTER_TITLE</span>  \"(or <span style="color: #941614;">.DOC_COVER CHAPTER_TITLE</span>)
+</span>
+will print (and only print)
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    The Bonny Blue Yonder
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<span style="display: block; margin-bottom: -1.25em; font-weight: bold;">&bull;&nbsp;CHAPTER+TITLE</span>
+<br/>
+The <kbd>CHAPTER+TITLE</kbd> argument will print both the
+concatenated chapter string+number and the chapter title.  For
+example, assuming a vanilla setup for your chapter:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="color: #64614a;">
+  .CHAPTER 1
+  .CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder"
+  <span style="color: #941614;">.COVER CHAPTER+TITLE</span> \"(or <span style="color: #941614;">.DOC_COVER CHAPTER+TITLE</span>)
+</span>
+will print
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+        Chapter 1
+  The Bonny Blue Yonder
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="covertext" class="macro-id">DOC_COVERTEXT and COVERTEXT</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_COVERTEXT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[START &lt;starting position&gt;] &lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>COVERTEXT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[START &lt;starting position&gt;] &lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Must come after
+<a href="#printstyle"><span class="normal">PRINTSTYLE</span></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>DOC_COVERTEXT</kbd> and <kbd>COVERTEXT</kbd> allow you to add
+text to doc covers and covers in addition to, or instead of, what is
+generated by mom from the arguments you give to
+<a href="#doccover">DOC_COVER</a>
+and
+<a href="#doccover">COVER</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Invoke <kbd>.DOC_COVERTEXT</kbd> or <kbd>.COVERTEXT</kbd> on a line
+by itself, follow it with the text and formatting you desire, and
+terminate the text block with <kbd>.DOC_COVERTEXT&nbsp;OFF</kbd> or
+<kbd>COVERTEXT&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>QUIT, END, DONE</kbd>, etc.).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, cover text is set over the full line length of the
+document, using the style parameters of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+Therefore, as noted, these macros must come after PRINTSTYLE
+and any global style changes (margins, family, size, leading,
+etc.).  Formatting within a cover text block must be done
+&#8220;manually&#8221; with mom&#8217;s typesetting macros;
+<a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a>
+is the only allowed document element tag.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="placement" class="docs">Placement</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you do not instruct mom to put anything on doc cover or cover
+pages except <kbd>DOC_COVERTEXT</kbd> or <kbd>COVERTEXT</kbd>, the
+cover text will begin at the document&#8217;s top margin.
+Equally, if only <kbd>COPYRIGHT</kbd> and/or <kbd>MISC</kbd> are
+to go on the pages, cover text begins at the top margin.  In all
+other cases, cover text begins below the last element on the page
+(excluding COPYRIGHT or MISC), separated by a blank line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to change the starting position of the text, you must
+use
+<a href="typesetting.html#space">SP</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a>
+to move it further down the page.  Alternatively, you may use the
+optional START argument to give a precise location for the text to
+begin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>DOC_COVERTEXT</kbd> and <kbd>COVERTEXT</kbd> are particularly
+useful for putting abstracts on cover pages, as technical reports
+often require.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s a simple recipe for setting an abstract:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COVERTEXT
+  .FT BI
+  .PT_SIZE 14
+  .LS 14
+  .CENTER
+  Abstract
+  .SP .5v
+  .FT R
+  .PT_SIZE 12
+  .IB 6P
+  .JUSTIFY
+  Text of Abstract...
+  .COVERTEXT OFF
+</span>
+Assuming you have told mom to put the title and author on the
+cover page, the abstract will appear beneath the author with a
+14-point bold-italic title, centered, with the text of the abstract
+medium-roman and justified, indented 6 picas from both margins.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="coverimages" class="macro-id">DOC_COVER_IMAGE and COVER_IMAGE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="doc-coverimage" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_COVER_IMAGE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;image&gt; &lt;width&gt; &lt;height&gt; [ -L | -C | -R | -I &lt;indent&gt; &lt;Y-pos&gt; [ &lt;X-pos&gt; ] ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div id="coverimage" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>COVER_IMAGE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;image&gt; &lt;width&gt; &lt;height&gt; [ -L | -C | -R | -I &lt;indent&gt; &lt;Y-pos&gt; [ &lt;X-pos&gt; ] ]</kbd> 
+</div>
+
+<p>
+There are times you need a full page image on a cover, for example
+the jacket of a book.  Equally, there are times when you need a small
+image on the cover, perhaps a company logo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DOC_COVER_IMAGE and COVER_IMAGE take the same arguments
+as PDF_IMAGE, and in the same order.  Consult
+<a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>
+for a description.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two additional arguments allow you to place images using x-y
+coordinates.  Please note that if you use x-y coordinates for
+positioning, <b>Y-pos</b> comes before <b>X-pos</b> in the order of
+arguments.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Like PDF_IMAGE, the image file must be in PDF format.  Mom
+apologizes, but PostScript images are not supported for inclusion on
+covers.  See
+<a href="images.html#pdf">Image conversion and file processing</a>
+for instructions on converting various image types to PDF, and
+<a href="images.html#bounding-box">here</a>
+for instructions on obtaining image dimensions.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="positioning" class="docs">Positioning of doc cover and cover images</h4>
+
+<p>
+With no arguments other than <kbd>&lt;file name&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd>&lt;width&gt;</kbd>, and <kbd>&lt;height&gt;</kbd>,
+DOC_COVER_IMAGE and COVER_IMAGE place images flush with the top
+left corner of the printer sheet.  This allows placing full-page
+background images on covers.  For example, assuming a US-letter page
+size,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOC_COVER_IMAGE image.pdf 612p 792p
+  .DOC_COVER TITLE AUTHOR DOC_COVER_IMAGE
+</span>
+will fill the doc cover page with &#8220;image.pdf&#8221; and set
+the title and author in their usual locations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For smaller images, the horizontal position is established
+with one of the <kbd>-L</kbd>, <kbd>-C</kbd>, <kbd>-R</kbd>, or
+<kbd>-I&nbsp;&lt;indent&gt;</kbd> arguments, just like
+<a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>.
+You may instead use the <kbd>X-pos</kbd> argument, provided that it
+is preceded by a <kbd>Y-pos</kbd> argument.  The values given to
+<kbd>-I</kbd>, <kbd>Y-pos</kbd> and <kbd>X-pos</kbd> must have a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Vertical positioning of smaller images requires the <kbd>Y-pos</kbd>
+argument (which is why it precedes <kbd>X-pos</kbd> in the order of
+arguments) otherwise the image will be flush with the top edge of
+the printer sheet
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The positioning of images does not effect the placement of type on
+doc cover and cover pages.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Tip:</span>
+The combination of
+<a href="#covertext">COVERTEXT</a>
+and COVER_IMAGE make it possible to design covers entirely to your
+own specifications.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline" style="margin-top: .5em">
+<h3 id="on-off" class="macro-id">Enabling/disabling automatic generation of cover pages</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="covers" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>COVERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div id="doc-covers" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>DOC_COVERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, if you give mom a
+<a href="#cover">COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>
+directive, she will print the cover or doc cover.  In a document
+that contains sections, articles or chapters formerly treated as
+&#8221;one-off&#8217;s&#8221; but now being
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate-intro">collated</a>,
+such behaviour may not be desirable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom lets you selectively enable or disable the generation of covers
+and/or doc covers with the toggle macros, COVERS and DOC_COVERS.
+Because they&#8217;re toggle macros, simply invoking them by
+themselves enables automatic cover or doc cover generation, while
+invoking them with any argument at all (<kbd>OFF, QUIT, X</kbd>,
+etc) disables cover or doc cover generation. </p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+You must place these macros prior to any instance of
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+Since they&#8217;re &#8221;on&#8221; by default, there&#8217;s no
+need to use them if you want covers.  However, if you don&#8217;t,
+especially in the kind of scenario described above, the best place
+to put them (most likely with an <kbd>OFF, NO, X</kbd>, etc. argument),
+is immediately after the first invocation of START.  By doing so,
+you ensure they meet the requirement of preceding all subsequent
+instances of START.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="cover-control" class="macro-group">Control macros for doc covers and covers</h2>
+
+<p>
+The default typographic appearance of the items on a doc cover or
+cover is identical to that of the items in a
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>.
+(See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docheader-desc">Docheader description</a>
+for a description of the defaults.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<a href="docprocessing.html#copyright">COPYRIGHT</a>
+and
+<a href="docprocessing.html#misc">MISC</a>,
+which do not appear in docheaders, have the following default
+characteristics:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>the COPYRIGHT line is set flush with the document&#8217;s right
+      and bottom margins, 2
+      <a href="definitions.html#ps">point sizes</a>
+      smaller than the size of
+      <a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>MISC lines are set flush with the document&#8217;s left and bottom
+      margins, in the same family, font and point size as the
+      copyright line.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+The defaults for the entirety of doc covers and covers, and all the
+elements thereon, can be changed with control macros whose defaults
+and arguments are identical to the corresponding
+<a href="docprocessing.html#index-docheader-control">Control macros for docheaders</a>
+(q.v.)  The only difference is the name by which you invoke them.  Wherever
+<kbd>DOCHEADER</kbd> is used for overall changes, replace it
+with <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd> or <kbd>COVER</kbd>.  For part-by-part
+changes, prepend <kbd>DOC_COVER_</kbd> or <kbd>COVER_</kbd> to the
+part/parameter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus, to change the overall family, color, leading, quad, and
+starting position of a doc cover, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOC_COVER_FAMILY  H
+  .DOC_COVER_COLOR   blue
+  .DOC_COVER_LEAD    +2
+  .DOC_COVER_QUAD    L
+  .DOC_COVER_ADVANCE 3i \" or .DOC_COVER_START_POS 3i
+</span>
+To change the style parameters for selected parts of a cover, you
+might do something like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COVER_TITLE_FONT B
+  .COVER_TITLE_SIZE +4
+  .COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT I
+  .COVER_AUTHOR_FONT R
+  .COVER_AUTHOR_SPACE_BEFORE 6p
+  .COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR red
+  .COVER_MISC_SIZE -1
+  .COVER_MISC_LEAD 12
+  .COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -2
+  .COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD L
+  .COVER_MISC_QUAD R
+</span>
+Note in the above example that _COPYRIGHT_QUAD and _MISC_QUAD set
+both the horizontal position on the page and the quad direction,
+either L (or LEFT) or R (or RIGHT), and have no corresponding
+docheader control macro.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Tip:</span>
+As with the docheader control macros, <kbd>DOC_COVER_</kbd> and
+<kbd>COVER_</kbd> part/parameter style changes may be
+<a href="docprocessing.html#grouping">grouped</a>,
+for example
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOC_COVER_TITLE_STYLE \
+  FAMILY A \
+  FONT B \
+  SIZE +4 \
+  CAPS
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="tables-of-contents.html">Next: Tables of contents</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b85a089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Definitions and Terms</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="using.html#top">Next: Using mom</a></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 id="terms" class="docs">Definitions of terms used in this manual</h1>
+
+<p>
+I use a number of typesetting-specific and groff-specific terms
+throughout this documentation, as well as a few terms that apply
+to mom herself.  To make life easier, I&#8217;ll explain
+them here.  Refer back to this section should you encounter a word
+or concept you&#8217;re not familiar with.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-top: 18px; margin-bottom: 28px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<div class="col-1-definitions">
+  <table class="definitions">
+    <tr><th class="definitions">Typesetting terms</th></tr>
+    <tr> 
+      <td>
+        <a href="#ascender">Ascender</a><br/>
+        <a href="#baseline">Baseline</a><br/>
+        <a href="#ballotbox">Ballot box</a><br/>
+        <a href="#bullet">Bullet</a><br/>
+        <a href="#capheight">Cap-height</a><br/>
+        <a href="#descender">Descender</a><br/>
+        <a href="#discretionaryhyphen">Discretionary hyphen</a><br/>
+        <a href="#dropcap">Drop cap</a><br/>
+        <a href="#em">Em/en</a><br/>
+        <a href="#family">Family</a><br/>
+        <a href="#figurespace">Figure space/Digit space</a><br/>
+        <a href="#fixedwidthfont">Fixed width font</a><br/>
+        <a href="#fixedwidthspace">Fixed width space</a><br/>
+        <a href="#font">Font</a><br/>
+        <a href="#force">Force justify</a><br/>
+        <a href="#just">Justify/justification</a><br/>
+        <a href="#gutter">Gutter</a><br/>
+        <a href="#kern">Kerning</a><br/>
+        <a href="#kernunit">Kern Units</a><br/>
+        <a href="#leading">Lead/leading</a><br/>
+        <a href="#leader">Leaders</a><br/>
+        <a href="#ligatures">Ligature</a><br/>
+        <a href="#picaspoints">Picas/Points</a><br/>
+        <a href="#ps">Point Size</a><br/>
+        <a href="#quad">Quad</a><br/>
+        <a href="#rag">Rag</a><br/>
+        <a href="#shape">Shape</a><br/>
+        <a href="#solid">Solid/set solid</a><br/>
+        <a href="#trackkerning">Track kerning/Line kerning</a><br/>
+        <a href="#unbreakablespace">Unbreakable space</a><br/>
+        <a href="#weight">Weight</a><br/>
+        <a href="#wordspace">Word space</a><br/>
+        <a href="#xheight">x-height</a><br/>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+  </table>
+</div>
+
+<div class="col-2-definitions">
+  <table class="definitions">
+    <tr><th class="definitions">Groff terms</th></tr>
+    <tr> 
+      <td>
+        <a href="#alias">Alias</a><br/>
+        <a href="#arguments">Arguments</a><br/>
+        <a href="#commentlines">Comment lines</a><br/>
+        <a href="#controllines">Control Lines</a><br/>
+        <a href="#filled">Filled lines</a><br/>
+        <a href="#inlines">Inline escapes</a><br/>
+        <a href="#inputline">Input line</a><br/>
+        <a href="#macros">Macros</a><br/>
+        <a href="#units">Machine units</a><br/>
+        <a href="#numericargument">Numeric argument</a><br/>
+        <a href="#outputline">Output line</a><br/>
+        <a href="#primitives">Primitives</a><br/>
+        <a href="#preprocessor">Pre-processor</a><br/>
+        <a href="#stringargument">String Argument</a><br/>
+        <a href="#unitofmeasure">Unit of measure</a><br/>
+        <a href="#zerowidthcharacter">Zero-width character</a><br/>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+  </table>
+</div>
+
+<div class="col-3-definitions">
+  <table class="definitions">
+    <tr><th class="definitions">Mom terms</th></tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>
+        <a href="#baseline-grid">Baseline grid</a><br/>
+        <a href="#blockquote">Blockquote</a><br/>
+        <a href="#controlmacro">Control macro</a><br/>
+        <a href="#docheader">Docheader</a><br/>
+        <a href="#epigraph">Epigraph</a><br/>
+        <a href="#float">Float</a><br/>
+        <a href="#footer">Footer</a><br/>
+        <a href="#head">Head</a><br/>
+        <a href="#header">Header</a><br/>
+        <a href="#linebreak">Linebreak</a><br/>
+        <a href="#parahead">Paragraph head</a><br/>
+        <a href="#pdflink">PDF link</a><br/>
+        <a href="#pdfoutline">PDF outline</a><br/>
+        <a href="#quote">Quote</a><br/>
+        <a href="#running">Running text</a><br/>
+        <a href="#toggle">Toggle</a><br/>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+  </table>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="typesetting-terms" class="docs">Typesetting terms</h3>
+<dl>
+  <dt id="ascender">Ascender</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The portion of a letter that extends above the bowl.  For
+  example, the letters a, c, and e have no ascenders.  The letters
+  b, d, and h do.
+  </dd>
+
+  <dt id="baseline">Baseline</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The imaginary line on which the bottoms of capital letters and
+  the bowls of lower case letters rest.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="ballotbox">Ballot box</dt>
+  <dd>
+  An unfilled square, usually
+  <a href="#capheight">cap-height</a>
+  in size, typically placed beside items in a checklist.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="bullet">Bullet</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A small, filled circle typically found beside items or points in
+  a list.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="capheight">Cap-height</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The height of the tallest capital letter in a given
+  <a href="#font">font</a>
+  at the current
+  <a href="#ps">point size</a>.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="descender">Descender</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The portion of a letter that extends beneath the
+  <a href="#baseline">baseline</a>
+  (j, q, y are letters with descenders).
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="discretionaryhyphen">Discretionary hyphen</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A symbol inserted between two syllables of a word that indicates
+  to a typesetting program the valid hyphenation points in the
+  word.  Normally, if hyphenation is turned on, groff knows where
+  to hyphenate words.  However, hyphenation being what it is
+  (in English, at any rate), groff doesn&#8217;t always get it right.
+  Discretionary hyphens make sure it does.  In the event that the
+  word doesn&#8217;t need to be hyphenated at all, groff leaves them
+  alone.  In groff, the discretionary hyphen is entered with
+  <kbd>\%</kbd> (i.e. a backslash followed by the percent sign).
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="dropcap">Drop cap</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A large, usually upper-case letter that introduces the first
+  paragraph of a document or section thereof.  The top of the
+  drop cap usually lines up with the top of the first line of the
+  paragraph, and typically &#8220;drops&#8221; several lines lower.
+  Text adjacent to the drop cap is indented to the right of the
+  letter until the bottom of the drop cap is reached, at which
+  point text reverts to the left margin.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="em">Em/en</dt>
+  <dd>
+  An em is a relative measurement equal to the width of the
+  letter M at a given
+  <a href="#ps">point size</a>
+  in a given
+  <a href="#font">font</a>.
+  Since most Ms are designed square, an em is usually (but
+  sometimes erroneously) considered to be the same size as the
+  current point size (i.e., if the point size of the type is 12,
+  one em equals 12 points).  An en is equal to the width of a
+  letter N (historically 2/3 of an em, although groff treats an en
+  as 1/2 of an em).  Typically, ems and ens are used to measure
+  indents, or to define the length of dashes (long hyphens).
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="family">Family</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The collective name by which a collection of
+  <a href="#font">fonts</a>
+  are known, e.g. Helvetica, Times Roman, Garamond.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="figurespace">Figure space/Digit space</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A
+  <a href="#fixedwidthspace">fixed width space</a>
+  that has the width of one digit.  Used for aligning numerals in,
+  say, columns or numbered lists.  In groff, the figure space is
+  entered with <kbd>\0</kbd> (i.e. a backslash followed by a zero)
+  </dd>
+
+  <dt id="fixedwidthfont">Fixed-width font</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A family or font in which every character occupies exactly the
+  same amount of horizontal space on the line.  Courier is the
+  best-known, if not the most elegant, fixed-width font.
+  </dd>
+
+  <dt id="fixedwidthspace">Fixed width space</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Equal to
+  <a href="#wordspace">word space</a>,
+  but does not expand or contract when text is
+  <a href="#just">justified</a>.
+  In groff, fixed width space is entered with
+  <kbd>\&lt;space&gt;</kbd> (i.e. a backslash followed by a space)
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="font">Font</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The specific
+  <a href="#weight">weight</a>
+  and
+  <a href="#shape">shape</a>
+  of type within a
+  <a href="#family">family</a>,
+  e.g. light, medium, bold (which are weights), and roman, italic,
+  condensed (which are shapes).  By default, groff knows of four
+  fonts within its default set of families: R (medium roman), I
+  (medium italic), B (bold roman) and BI (bold italic).
+  Mom considerably extends this very basic list.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="force">Force justify</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Sometimes, in
+  <a href="#just">justified</a>
+  text, a line needs to be broken short of the right margin.
+  Force justifying means telling a typesetting program (like
+  groff) that you want the line broken early AND that you want the
+  line&#8217;s word spacing stretched to force the line flush with the
+  right margin.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="gutter">Gutter</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The vertical whitespace separating columns of type.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="just">Justify/justification</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Lines of type are justified when they&#8217;re flush at both the left
+  and right margins.  Justification is the act of making both
+  margins flush.  Some people use the terms "left justified" and
+  "right justified" to mean type where only the left (or right)
+  margins align.  I don&#8217;t.  See
+  <a href="#quad">quad</a>.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="kern">Kerning</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Moving pairs of letters closer together to remove excess
+  whitespace between them.  In the days before phototypesetting,
+  type was set from small, rectangular blocks of wood or metal,
+  each block having exactly one letter.  Because the edge of
+  each block determined the edge of each letter, certain letter
+  combinations (TA, for example) didn&#8217;t fit together well and had
+  to be mortised by hand to bring them visually closer.  Modern
+  typesetting systems usually take care of kerning automatically,
+  but they&#8217;re far from perfect.  Professional typesetters still
+  devote a lot of time to fitting letters and punctuation together
+  properly.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="kernunit">Kern Units</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A relative distance, which, by default, is equal to 1/36 of the
+  current
+  <a href="#ps">point size</a>.
+  Used between individual letters for
+  <a href="#kern">kerning</a>.
+  Different typesetting systems use different values (1/54 is
+  popular), and sometimes call kern units by a different name.
+  It is possible to change the default size of the kern unit with the
+  <a href="inlines.html#kernunit">KERN_UNIT</a>
+  macro.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="leading">Lead/leading</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The distance from the
+  <a href="#baseline">baseline</a>
+  of one line of type to the line of type immediately beneath
+  it.  Pronounced "ledding."  Also called line spacing.  Usually
+  measured in
+  <a href="#picaspoints">points</a>.
+  
+  <p>
+  <em>In case you&#8217;re interested...</em> In previous centuries,
+  lines of type were separated by thin strips of&mdash;you guessed
+  it&mdash;lead.  Lines of type that had no lead between them were said
+  to be &#8220;set solid.&#8221; Once you began separating them with
+  strips of lead, they were said to be &#8220;leaded&#8221;, and the
+  spacing was expressed in terms of the number of
+  <a href="#picaspoints">points</a>
+  of lead.  For this reason, &#8220;leading&#8221; and &#8220;line
+  spacing&#8221; aren&#8217;t, historically speaking, synonymous.
+  If type was set 10 on 12, for example, the leading was 2
+  points, not 12.  Nowadays, however, the two terms are used
+  interchangeably to mean the distance from baseline to baseline.
+  </p>
+
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="leader">Leaders</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Single characters used to fill lines, usually to their end.  So
+  called because they &#8220;lead&#8221; the eye from one element
+  of the page to another.  For example, in the following (brief)
+  Table of Contents, the periods (dots) are leaders.
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  Foreword............... 2
+  Chapter 1.............. 5
+  Chapter 2.............. 38
+  Chapter 3.............. 60
+  </span>
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="ligatures">Ligature</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Ligatures are letters joined together to form a single
+  character.  The commonest are fi, fl, ff, ffi and ffl.  Others
+  are ae and oe.  Occasionally, one sees an st ligature, but this
+  is archaic and quite rare.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="picaspoints">Picas/Points</dt>
+  <dd>
+  There are twelve points in a pica, and six picas in an inch
+  (hence 72 points to the inch).  In the same way that gem-dealers
+  have always used their own system of measurement for weight
+  (carats), typographers have always used their own system of
+  measurement for type.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="ps">Point Size</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The nominal size of type, measured in
+  <a href="#picaspoints">points</a>
+  from the bottom of the longest
+  <a href="#descender">descender</a>
+  to the top of the highest
+  <a href="#ascender">ascender</a>.
+  In reality, type is always fractionally smaller than its point
+  size.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="quad">Quad</dt>
+  <dd>
+  When only one margin of type is flush, lines of type are quadded
+  in the direction of the flush margin.  Therefore, quad left
+  means the left margin is flush, the right isn&#8217;t.  Quad right
+  means the right margin is flush, the left isn&#8217;t.  Quad centre
+  means neither the left nor the right margin is flush; rather,
+  lines of type are quadded on both sides so that type appears
+  centred on the page.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="rag">Rag</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Describes a margin that isn&#8217;t flush.  Rag right means the right
+  margin isn&#8217;t flush.  Rag left means the left margin isn&#8217;t flush.
+  The expression "flush left/rag right" is sometimes used to
+  describe type that is
+  <a href="#quad">quadded</a>
+  left.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="shape">Shape</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The degree of slant and/or the width of characters.
+  (Technically speaking, this is not a proper typesetting term;
+  however, it may help clarify some concepts presented in these
+  documents.)
+  
+  <p>
+  Some typical shapes are:
+  </p>
+
+  <ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em">
+      <li>Roman, which has no slant, and has letterforms of
+          average width</li>
+      <li>Italic, which is slanted, and has letterforms
+          of average width</li>
+      <li>Condensed, which has no slant, but has
+          letterforms narrower than the average represented by Roman</li>
+      <li>Condensed Italic, which is slanted, with letterforms narrower
+          than average</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p>
+  The term
+  <a href="#font">font</a>,
+  as it is used in these documents, refers to a combination of
+  <a href="#weight">weight</a>
+  and shape.
+  </p>
+
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="solid">Solid/set solid</dt>
+  <dd>
+  When no
+  <a href="#leading">lead</a>
+  is added between lines of type (i.e., the
+  <a href="#ps">point size</a>
+  and linespacing are the same), the lines are said to be &#8220;set
+  solid.&#8221;
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="trackkerning">Track kerning/Line kerning</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Sometimes, it&#8217;s advantageous to increase or decrease the amount
+  of space between every letter in a line by an equal (usually
+  small) amount, in order to fit more (or fewer) characters on the
+  line.  The correct term is letter spacing, but track kerning and
+  line kerning (and sometimes, just "kerning") have come to mean
+  the same thing.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="unbreakablespace">Unbreakable space</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Equal to
+  <a href="#wordspace">word space</a>,
+  however words separated by an unbreakable space will always be
+  kept together on the same line.  Expands and contracts like word
+  space.  Useful for proper names, which one should, whenever
+  possible, avoid splitting onto two lines.  In groff, unbreakable
+  space is entered with <kbd>\~</kbd> (i.e. a backslash followed by a
+  tilde)
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="weight">Weight</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The thickness of the strokes of letterforms.  Medium and Book
+  have average thicknesses and are the weights used for most
+  of the text in books, magazines, newspapers, etc.  Light has
+  strokes slightly thinner than Medium or Book, but is still
+  acceptable for most text.  Semibold, Bold, Heavy and Black all
+  have strokes of increasing thickness, making them suitable for
+  headings and the like.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="wordspace">Word space</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The amount of whitespace between words.  When text is
+  <a href="#just">justified</a>,
+  word space expands or contracts to make the margins flush.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="xheight">x-height</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The height of a lower case letter x in a given font at a given
+  point size.  Generally used to mean the average height of the
+  bowl of lower case letters.
+  </dd>
+</dl>
+
+<h3 id="groff-terms" class="docs">Groff terms</h3>
+
+<dl>
+  <dt id="alias">Alias</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A
+  <a href="#macros">macro</a>
+  invoked by a name different from its &#8220;official&#8221;
+  name.  For example, the official name of the macro to change
+  <a href="#family">family</a>
+  is <kbd>FAMILY</kbd>.  Its alias is <kbd>FAM</kbd>.
+  Aliases may be created for any macro (via the
+  <a href="goodies.html#alias"><kbd>ALIAS</kbd></a>
+  macro) provided the alias uses a name not already taken by the
+  mom macros or one of the groff
+  <a href="#primitives">primitives</a>.
+  For a complete list of words or names you must not use, see the
+  <a href="reserved.html#reserved">list of reserved words</a>.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="arguments">Arguments</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Parameters or information needed by a
+  <a href="#macros">macro</a>
+  to do its job.  For example, in the macro
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  .PT_SIZE 12
+  </span>
+  
+  <kbd>12</kbd> is the argument.  In the macro
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  .QUAD LEFT
+  </span>
+  
+  <kbd>LEFT</kbd> is the argument.  Arguments are separated from
+  macros by spaces.  Some macros require several arguments; each
+  is separated by a space.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="commentlines">Comment Lines</dt>
+  <dd>
+  <a href="#inputline">Input lines</a>
+  introduced with the comment character <kbd>\#</kbd> (i.e. a
+  backslash followed by the pound sign).  When processing output,
+  groff silently ignores everything on a line that begins with the
+  comment character.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="controllines">Control Lines</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Instructions to groff that appear on a line by themselves, which
+  means that &#8220;control lines&#8221; are either
+  <a href="#macros">macros</a>
+  or groff
+  <a href="#primitives">primitives</a>.
+  Control lines begin with a period or, occasionally, an apostrophe.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="filled">Filled lines/fill mode</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Automatic
+  <a href="#just">justification</a>
+  or
+  <a href="#quad">quadding</a>.
+  In fill mode, the ends of lines as they appear in your text
+  editor are ignored.  Instead, words from adjoining
+  <a href="#inputline">input lines</a>
+  are added one at a time to the output line until no more words
+  fit.  Then, depending whether text is to be
+  <a href="#just">justified</a>
+  or
+  <a href="#quad">quadded</a>
+  (left, right, or centre), and depending on whether automatic
+  hyphenation is turned on, groff attempts to hyphenate the last
+  word, or, barring that, spreads and breaks the line (when
+  justification is turned on) or breaks and quads the line (when
+  quadding is turned on).
+  
+  <p id="no-fill">
+  Nofill mode (non-filled text) means that groff respects the ends
+  of lines exactly as they appear in your text editor.
+  </p>
+
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="inlines">Inline escapes</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Instructions issued to groff that appear as part of an
+  <a href="#inputline">input line</a>
+  (as opposed to
+  <a href="#macros">macros</a>,
+  which must appear on a line by themselves).  Inline escapes are
+  always introduced by the backslash character.  For example,
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  A line of text with the word T\*[BU 2]oronto in it
+  </span>
+  
+  contains the inline escape <kbd>\*[BU 2]</kbd> (which means
+  &#8220;move the letter &#8216;o&#8217; 2
+  <a href="#kernunit">kern units</a>
+  closer to the letter &#8216;T&#8217;&#8221;).
+  
+  <p style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  Mom&#8217;s inline escapes always take the form
+  <kbd>\*[&lt;ESCAPE&gt;]</kbd>, where <kbd>ESCAPE</kbd> is
+  composed of capital letters, sometimes followed immediately by a
+  digit, sometimes followed by a space and a
+  <a href="#numericargument">numeric argument</a>.
+  Groff&#8217;s escapes begin with the backslash
+  character but typically have no star and are in lower case.  For
+  example, the mom escapes to move forward 6
+  points on a line are either
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  \*[FP6]&nbsp;&nbsp;or&nbsp;&nbsp;\*[FWD 6p]
+  </span>
+  
+  while the groff escape for the same thing is
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  \h&#8217;6p&#8217;
+  </span>
+  </p>
+
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="inputline" style="margin-top: -1em;">Input line</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A line of text as it appears in your text editor.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="macros">Macros</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Instructions embedded in a document that determine how groff
+  processes the text for output. mom&#8217;s macros
+  always begin with a period, on a line by themselves, and must
+  be typed in capital letters.  Typically, macros contain complex
+  commands issued to groff&mdash;behind the scenes&mdash;via
+  groff
+  <a href="#primitives">primitives</a>.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="units">Machine units</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A machine unit is 1/1000 of a
+  <a href="#picaspoints">point</a>
+  when the groff device is ps. (&#8220;ps&#8221; means
+  &#8220;PostScript&#8221;&mdash;the default device for
+  which groff prepares output, and the device for which
+  mom was originally designed.)
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="numericargument">Numeric argument</dt>
+  <dd>
+  An
+  <a href="#arguments">argument</a>
+  that has the form of a digit.  Numeric arguments can be built
+  out of arithmetic expressions using +, -, *, and / for plus,
+  minus, times, and divided-by respectively.  If a numeric
+  argument requires a
+  <a href="#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+  a unit of measure must be appended to <em>every</em> digit in
+  the argument.  For example:
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  .ALD 1i-1v
+  </span>
+  
+  <div class="box-important" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">
+    <p class="tip">
+    <span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> groff does not
+    respect the order of operations, but rather evaluates
+    arithmetic expressions from left to right.  Parentheses must
+    be used to circumvent this peculiarity.  Not to worry, though.
+    The likelihood of more than just the occasional plus or minus
+    sign when using mom&#8217;s macros is slim.
+    </p>
+  </div>
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="outputline">Output line</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A line of text as it appears in output copy.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="preprocessor">Pre-processor</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Pre-processors are used by groff to generate tables
+  (<strong>tbl</strong>), diagrams (<strong>pic</strong>), graphs
+  (<strong>grap</strong>), and equations (<strong>eqn</strong>).
+  These pre-processors are fully supported by mom.  In addition,
+  the &#8220;refer&#8221; pre-processor is used to generate
+  bibliographies and lists of cited works.  The PDF_IMAGE macro,
+  which allows insertion of graphics into a document, is not
+  strictly a pre-processor but behaves similarly to tbl, pic, and
+  eqn.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="primitives">Primitives</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The lowercase instructions, introduced with a period, that groff
+  uses as its native command language, and out of which macros
+  are built.  The majority of groff&#8217;s primitive requests are two
+  letters long.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="stringargument">String Argument</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Technically, any
+  <a href="#arguments">argument</a>
+  that is not numeric.  In this documentation, string argument
+  means an argument that requires the user to input text.  For
+  example, in the
+  <a href="#macros">macro</a>
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  .TITLE "My Pulitzer Novel"
+  </span>
+  
+  <kbd>"My Pulitzer Novel"</kbd> is a string argument.
+  
+  <p>
+  Because string arguments must be enclosed by double-quotes, you
+  can&#8217;t use double-quotes as part of the string argument.  If you
+  need double-quotes to be part of a string argument, use the
+  <a href="#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+  <kbd>\(lq</kbd> and <kbd>\(rq</kbd> (leftquote and
+  rightquote respectively) in place of the double-quote character
+  (<kbd>"</kbd>).
+  </p>
+
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="unitofmeasure">Unit of measure</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The single letter after a
+  <a href="#numericargument">numeric argument</a>
+  that tells mom what measurement scale the
+  argument should use.  Common valid units are:
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  i (inches)
+  p (points)
+  P (Picas)
+  c (centimetres)
+  m (ems)
+  n (ens)
+  u (machine units)
+  v (the current leading [line space])
+  </span>
+
+  <p style="margin-top: -1em;">
+  Units of measure must come immediately after the numeric
+  argument (i.e. with no space between the argument and the unit
+  of measure), like this:
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  .ALD 2v
+  .LL  39P
+  .IL  1i
+  </span>
+  
+  The above example advances 2 line spaces and sets the line
+  length to 39 picas with a left indent of 1 inch.
+  </p>
+  
+  <div class="box-important" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">
+    <p class="tip">
+    <span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span>
+    Most mom macros that set the size or measure of something must
+    be given a unit of measure since most of the macros do not have
+    default units of measure.  There are a couple of exceptions,
+    the most notable of which are <kbd>PT_SIZE</kbd> and
+    <kbd class="bold">LS</kbd>.  Both use
+    <a href="#picaspoints">points</a>
+    as the default unit of measure, which means you don&#8217;t have to
+    append &#8220;p&#8221; to their argument.
+    </p>
+  </div>
+  
+  <p>
+  You can enter decimal values for any unit of measure.  Different
+  units may be combined by adding them together (e.g. 1.5i+2m,
+  which gives a measure of 1-1/2 inches plus 2 ems).
+  </p>
+  
+  <div class="box-tip" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">
+    <p class="tip">
+    <span class="note">Note:</span>
+    a pica is composed of 12 points, therefore 12.5 picas is 12
+    picas and 6 points, not 12 picas and 5 points.  If you want 12
+    picas and 5 points, you have to enter the measure as 12P+5p.
+    </p>
+  </div>
+
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="zerowidthcharacter">Zero-width character</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The
+  <a href="#inlines">inline escape</a>
+  that allows you to print a literal period, apostrophe and, if
+  <a href="#outputline">output lines</a>
+  are
+  <a href="#filled">filled</a>,
+  a space that falls at the beginning of an
+  <a href="#inputline">input line</a>.
+  It looks like this:
+  
+  <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  \&amp; <span style="font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-weight: normal">(i.e. a backslash followed by an ampersand)</span>
+  </span>
+  
+  Normally, groff interprets a period (or an apostrophe) at the
+  beginning of an input line as meaning that what follows is a
+  <a href="#controllines">control line</a>.
+  In fill modes, groff treats a space at the beginning of an input
+  line as meaning &#8220;start a new line and put a space at the
+  beginning of it.&#8221; If you want groff to interpret periods
+  and apostrophes at the beginning of input lines literally (i.e.
+  to print them), or spaces at the beginning of input lines as just
+  garden variety word spaces, you must start the line with the
+  zero-width character.
+  </dd>
+</dl>
+
+<h3 id="mom-terms" class="docs">Mom terms</h3>
+<dl>
+  <dt id="baseline-grid">Baseline grid</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Virtual guide lines spaced according to the
+  <a href="#leading">leading</a>
+  established for running text.  Adherence to the grid ensures that
+  text fills the page completely to the bottom margin.  Uncorrected
+  deviations from the grid result in bottom margins that fall short.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="controlmacro">Control macro</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Macros used in
+  <a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing</a>
+  to control/alter the appearance of document elements (e.g.
+  headings, quotes, footnotes,
+  <a href="#header">headers</a>,
+  etc.).
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="docheader">Document header/docheader</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Document information (title, subtitle, author, etc) output at
+  the top of page one.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="epigraph">Epigraph</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A short, usually cited passage that appears at the beginning of
+  a chapter, story, or other document.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="float">Float</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A float is material intended to be kept together as a block.
+  Floated material that fits on a page in position is output on that
+  page.  Floats that do not fit in position are deferred to the top
+  of the next page.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="footer">Footer/page footer</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Document information (frequently author and title) output in
+  the bottom margin of pages after page one.  Not to be
+  confused with footnotes, which are considered part of
+  <a href="#running">running text</a>.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="head">Heading</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The title used to identify a section of a document.  Headings
+  are hierarchic, corresponding to the notion of head, subhead,
+  subsubhead, etc.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="header">Header/page header</dt>
+  <dd>
+  Document information (frequently author and title) output in the
+  top margin of pages after page one.
+  
+  <div class="box-tip" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">
+    <p class="tip">
+    <span class="note">Note:</span> In terms of content and style,
+    headers and
+    <a href="#footer">footers</a>
+    are the same; they differ only in their placement on the page.
+    In most places in this documentation, references to the content
+    or style of headers applies equally to footers.
+    </p>
+  </div>
+
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="linebreak">Linebreak/author linebreak</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A gap in the vertical flow of
+  <a href="#running">running text</a>,
+  frequently set off by typographic symbols such as asterisks or
+  daggers.  Used to indicate a shift in the content of a document
+  (e.g. a scene change in a short story).  Also commonly called a
+  scene break or a section break.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="parahead">Paragraph head</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A heading joined to the body of a paragraph.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="pdflink">PDF link</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A portion of text that, when clicked on in a PDF viewer,
+  navigates to a bookmarked location in a document, generally but not
+  exclusively a heading.  PDF links are usually coloured to make
+  them stand out from the surrounding text.
+  </dd>
+
+  <dt id="pdfoutline">PDF outline</dt>
+  <dd>
+  The hierarchically-arranged navigation outline provided by most PDF
+  viewers (e.g. Okular, Evince), typically in a panel to the left of
+  the document window, and usually labelled &#8220;Contents&#8221;.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="quote">Quote</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A quote, to mom, is a line-for-line setting
+  of quoted material (e.g. poetry, song lyrics, or a snippet of
+  programming code).  You don&#8217;t have to use
+  <a href="typesetting.html#br"><kbd>BR</kbd></a>
+  with quotes.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="running">Running text</dt>
+  <dd>
+  In a document formatted with mom, running
+  text means text that forms the body of the document, including
+  elements such as headings.
+  <a href="#docheader">Docheaders</a>,
+  <a href="#header">headers</a>,
+  <a href="#footer">footers</a>
+  and page numbers are not part of running text.
+  </dd>
+  
+  <dt id="toggle">Toggle</dt>
+  <dd>
+  A macro or tag that, when invoked without an argument, begins
+  something or turns a feature on, and, when invoked with ANY
+  argument, ends something or turns a feature off.  See
+  <a href="intro.html#toggle-example">Example 3</a>
+  of the section
+  <a href="intro.html#macro-args">How to read macro arguments</a>.
+  </dd>
+</dl>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+    <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+    <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="using.html#top">Next: Using mom</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43f79d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html
@@ -0,0 +1,6639 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Document processing, element tags</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="images.html#top">Next: Graphics, floats, preprocessor support</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">The document element tags</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 460px; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li><a href="#docelement-intro">Introduction to the document element tags</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#docelement-control">Control macros &ndash; changing the tag defaults</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: circle;">
+      <li><a href="#family-and-font">family and font</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#point-size">point size</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#color">colour</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#quad">quad/justification</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#underline">underline style, rule weight</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#grouping">Grouping control macros</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="toc-doc-element" class="docs" style="text-align: center;">Document element tags table of contents</h2>
+
+<div id="docelement-mini-toc" style="font-size: 100%; line-height: 150%; margin-top: .5em;">
+<div class="mini-toc-col-1" style="margin-left: 0;">
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header" style="margin-top: 1em;"><a class="header-link" href="#epigraph-intro">Epigraphs</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#epigraph">EPIGRAPH</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#epigraph-control">Epigraph control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#pp-intro">Paragraphs</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#pp">PP</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pp-control">Paragraph control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#heading-intro">Headings</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#heading">HEADING</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#heading-control">Heading control</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#oldstyle-headings-intro">Oldstyle headings</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#linebreak-intro">Linebreaks (section breaks)</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#linebreak">LINEBREAK</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#linebreak-control">Linebreak control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#quote-intro">Quotes (line for line; poetry or code)</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#quote">QUOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#quote-control">Quote control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#blockquote-intro">Blockquotes (cited material)</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#blockquote-control">Blockquote control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#code-intro">Inserting code snippets</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#code">CODE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#code-control">Code control</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="mini-toc-col-2" style="margin-top: 1.5em;">
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#list-intro">Nested lists</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#list">LIST</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#item">ITEM</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#list-control">List control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#number-lines-intro">Line numbering</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#number-lines">NUMBER_LINES</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#number-lines-control">Line numbering control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#footnote-intro">Footnotes</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#footnote">FOOTNOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-control">Footnote control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#endnote-intro">Endnotes</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#endnote">ENDNOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnote-control">Endnote control</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#margin-notes-intro">Margin notes</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#mn-init">MN_INIT (set margin notes parameters)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#mn">MN</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#finis-intro">Document termination string</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#finis">FINIS</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#finis-control">Finis control</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium" style="clear: both;"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="docelement-intro" class="docs">Introduction to the document element tags</h2>
+
+<p>
+Once you&#8217;ve completed the setup for a document (see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing-tut">Setting up a mom document</a>),
+formatting it is a snap.  Simply invoke the appropriate tag for
+each document element as you need it.  The tags are macros that
+tell mom: &#8220;This is a paragraph; this is a heading; this is a
+footnote,&#8221; and so on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Generally, for each tag, there are
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macros</a>
+for the tag&#8217;s family, font and point size.  Where appropriate,
+there are macros to control leading, indents, quad and special
+features as well.
+Mom has tasteful defaults for all the tags, hence you only use the
+control macros when you want to change the way she does things.
+This is usually done prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+but can, in fact, be done at any time in the course of a document.
+Any change to a tag&#8217;s style affects all subsequent invocations
+of the tag.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="docelement-control" class="docs">Control macros &ndash; changing the tag defaults</h2>
+
+<p>
+The control macros for document processing tags let you design the
+look of all the parts of your documents&mdash;should you wish.  At
+a bare minimum, all tags have macros to change mom&#8217;s defaults
+for family, font, point size and colour.  Where appropriate, there
+are macros to control leading, indents and quad as well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition, many tags have special macros to control features that
+are pertinent to those tags alone.  Have a look at the section
+dealing with any particular tag to find out what macros control the
+tag, and what mom&#8217;s defaults for the tag are.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The control macros may be used at any time during the course of a
+document (i.e. before or after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>).
+The changes you make alter all subsequent invocations of the
+affected tag until you make another change, either by passing new
+arguments to the tag&#8217;s control macro, or toggling a particular
+feature of the tag on or off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And don&#8217;t forget: the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>
+can be used at any time, including inside
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggle</a>
+tags (affecting only that particular invocation of the tag).
+Equally,
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+can be used in tags that take
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string arguments.</a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+Get familiar with mom at her default settings before exploring the
+control macros.  Put her through her paces.  See how she behaves.
+Get to know what she feels like and how she looks, both in your
+text editor and on the printed page.  Then, if you don&#8217;t like
+something, use this documentation to find the precise macro you need
+to change it.  There are tons of control macros.  Reading up on them
+and trying to remember them all might lead you to think that mom is
+complex and unwieldy, which is not only untrue, but would offend her
+mightily.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+The family, font, point size, colour and leading control macros have
+no effect in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>,
+except where noted throughout this documentation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Please also note that the defaults listed with the control macros
+apply only to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>
+unless a default for <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> is also given.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="control-macro-args" class="docs">Arguments to the control macros</h3>
+
+<h4 id="family-and-font" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: -.75em;">Family and font</h4>
+
+<p>
+The arguments to the control macros that end in _FAMILY or _FONT are
+the same as for
+<a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#font">FT</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="point-size" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.75em;">Point size</h4>
+
+<p>
+Control macros that end in _SIZE always take
+the form <kbd>+&lt;n&gt;</kbd> or <kbd>-&lt;n&gt;</kbd> where
+&lt;n&gt; is the number of
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+larger (+) or smaller (-) than the point size of paragraphs
+you want the document element to be.  For example, to set
+blockquotes 2 points smaller than the type in paragraphs, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE -2
+</span>
+There&#8217;s no need for a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+with the _SIZE control macros; points is assumed.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="color" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.75em;">Colour</h4>
+
+<p>
+Control macros that end in _COLOR take as their argument a colour
+name pre-defined (or &#8220;initialized&#8221;) with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+For example, if you want your
+<a href="#linebreak">author linebreaks</a>
+to be red, once you&#8217;ve defined or initialized the colour, red,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LINEBREAK_COLOR red
+</span>
+will turn them red.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="lead" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.75em;">Lead / linespacing</h4>
+
+<p>
+Control macros that end in _AUTOLEAD take the same argument as
+<a href="typesetting.html#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a>,
+<i>viz.</i> a digit that represents the number of points to add to
+the tag&#8217;s point size to arrive at its
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>.
+For example, to set footnotes
+<a href="definitions.html#solid">solid</a>, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD 0
+</span>
+To set footnotes with a 1-point lead (i.e. with the line spacing
+one point greater than the footnote&#8217;s point size), do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD 1
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: -1.25em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+_AUTOLEAD control macros do not have a <kbd>FACTOR</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4 id="control-indents" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -.75em;">Indents</h4>
+
+<p>
+Except for
+<a href="#para-indent">PARA_INDENT</a>,
+the argument to control macros that end in _INDENT can take
+either a single numeral (whole numbers only, no decimal fractions)
+<i>without</i> a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended to it, or a digit (including decimal fractions) <i>with</i>
+a unit of measure appended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A digit <i>without</i> a unit of measure appended represents by
+how much you want your paragraph first-line indents (set with
+PARA_INDENT) multiplied to achieve the correct indent for a
+particular tag.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PARA_INDENT       2m
+  .BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT 2
+</span>
+means that blockquotes will be indented from the left and right
+margins by twice the size of the paragraph indent, or 4
+<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A digit <i>with</i> a unit of measure appended defines an absolute
+indent, relative to nothing.  In the following, blockquotes will be
+indented by 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+and 6
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>,
+regardless of the paragraph indent.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PARA_INDENT       2m
+  .BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT 3P+6p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="quad" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: -.75em;">Quad / justification style</h4>
+
+<p>
+Control macros that end in _QUAD take the same arguments as
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="underscore" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: -.75em;">Underscore style, rule weight</h4>
+
+<p>
+If mom gives the option to underscore a document element, the weight
+of the underline and its distance from the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+are controlled by macros that end in _UNDERSCORE or _UNDERLINE, the
+two being synonymous.  These macros take the following arguments:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  DOUBLE     - double underscore
+  &lt;weight&gt;   - the underscore weight (in points, no unit of measure required
+  &lt;distance&gt; - distance from baseline (unit of measure required)
+  &lt;rule gap&gt; - distance between double underscore rules (unit of measure required)
+</span>
+<kbd>DOUBLE</kbd> by itself will double-underscore the element.  The
+remaining arguments must be entered in the order given.  You may not
+skip over any of them, which means that if you only wish to change
+<kbd>&lt;rule gap&gt;</kbd>, you must still enter a
+<kbd>&lt;weight&gt;</kbd> and <kbd>&lt;distance&gt;</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Page elements that are separated from
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+by a rule (i.e. page headers, page footers, and footnotes) are
+controlled by macros that end in _RULE_WEIGHT.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The weight argument to _UNDERSCORE macros is the same as the
+argument to
+<a href="inlines.html#rule-weight">RULE_WEIGHT</a>,
+as is the argument to _RULE_WEIGHT macros.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="grouping" class="docs">Grouping control macros</h3>
+
+<p>
+As of version 2.1, it is possible to group control macros for a
+particular tag into a single <kbd>&lt;element&gt;_STYLE</kbd> macro.
+For example, rather than setting the family, size, and indent of
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">BLOCKQUOTES</a>
+with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY H
+  .BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE -2
+  .BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT 4P
+</span>
+you can enter the same style parameter changes with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BLOCKQUOTE_STYLE \
+  FAMILY H \
+  SIZE -2 \
+  INDENT 4P
+</span>
+<kbd>&lt;element&gt;_STYLE</kbd> macros use
+&#8220;keyword/value&#8221; pairs (<kbd>FAMILY</kbd> is a keyword,
+<kbd>H</kbd> is a value), and may be entered entirely on one line,
+or, as the example shows, broken into several readable lines using
+the backslash.  The macro itself and all but the last keyword/value
+pair require the backslash when this style is used.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not all the control macros for a particular tag may be available
+with an <kbd>&lt;element&gt;_STYLE</kbd> macro.  Generally speaking,
+though, if a tag has control macros for
+</p>
+<table style="font-family: monospace; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 5em; margin-top: -1em">
+  <tr>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">FAMILY</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">LEAD</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">INDENT</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">SMALLCAPS</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">FONT</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">AUTOLEAD</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">COLOR</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">UNDERSCORE or UNDERLINE</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">SIZE</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">QUAD</td>
+  <td style="padding-right: 1em">CAPS</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em">
+those parameters may be used within an
+<kbd>&lt;element&gt;_STYLE</kbd> macro.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you need to reverse the sense of <kbd>CAPS</kbd>,
+<kbd>SMALLCAPS</kbd> or <kbd>UNDERSCORE/UNDERLINE</kbd>, which
+do not take a value after the keyword, use <kbd>NO_CAPS</kbd>,
+<kbd>NO_SMALLCAPS</kbd>, and <kbd>NO_UNDERSCORE/NO_UNDERLINE</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="epigraph-intro" class="macro-group">Epigraphs</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#epigraph">Tag: EPIGRAPH</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#epigraph-control">Epigraph control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+<a href="definitions.html#epigraph">Epigraphs</a>
+colour, flavour, or comment on the document they precede.
+Typically, they are centred at the top of a document&#8217;s first page
+(underneath the title) and set in a smaller point size than that of
+paragraph text.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom sets epigraphs centred and
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">unfilled</a>;
+this lets you input them on a line for line basis.  This behaviour
+can be changed to accommodate
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>
+epigraph &#8220;blocks.&#8221;
+</p>
+
+<!-- -EPIGRAPH- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="epigraph" class="macro-id">EPIGRAPH</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>EPIGRAPH</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt; | [ BLOCK ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+EPIGRAPH is a toggle, used like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .EPIGRAPH
+  &lt;text of epigraph&gt;
+  .EPIGRAPH OFF
+</span>
+<kbd>OFF</kbd>, above, could be anything&mdash;say, <kbd>Q</kbd> or
+<kbd>X</kbd>&mdash;since any argument other than <kbd>BLOCK</kbd>
+turns it off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If given the argument, <kbd>BLOCK</kbd>, EPIGRAPH sets epigraphs
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>,
+justified or quadded in the same direction as paragraphs, indented
+equally from both the left and right margins.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If a block-style epigraph runs to more than one paragraph (unlikely,
+but conceivable), you must introduce every paragraph&mdash;including
+the first&mdash;with the
+<a href="#pp">PP</a>
+tag.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+EPIGRAPH should only be used at the top of a document (i.e. just
+after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>)
+or after headings.  The latter is not especially recommended, but it
+does work.  In all other places where you want quotes or cited text,
+use
+<a href="#quote">QUOTE</a>
+or
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tips on vertical spacing around epigraphs:</span>
+If you wish to change the vertical position of an epigraph with
+<a href="typesetting.html#space">SPACE</a>,
+<a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a>, or
+<a href="typesetting.html#rld">RLD</a>,
+do so before invoking <kbd>.EPIGRAPH</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SP -6p
+  .EPIGRAPH
+  A notable quote.
+  .EPIGRAPH OFF
+</span>
+If you&#8217;re setting a document in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">columns</a>
+and you&#8217;d like to add or subtract space <i>after</i> the
+epigraph, which is centred over the top of both columns, the place
+to do it is inside the epigraph, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .EPIGRAPH
+  A notable quote.
+  .SP 1v
+  .EPIGRAPH OFF
+</span>
+If you were to add the <kbd>.SP 1v</kbd> outside the epigraph, the
+space would be added to the top of the leftmost column only,
+resulting in unbalanced columns.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<h3 id="epigraph-control" class="docs defaults" style="margin-top: -.25em;">EPIGRAPH control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<p class="defaults">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following EPIGRAPH control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using EPIGRAPH_STYLE.
+</p>
+
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.EPIGRAPH_FAMILY    default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.EPIGRAPH_FONT      default = roman
+.EPIGRAPH_SIZE      default = -1.5 (points)
+.EPIGRAPH_COLOR     default = black
+.EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD  default = 2 points
+(The next two apply to &#8220;block&#8221; style epigraphs only)
+.EPIGRAPH_INDENT*  (see Note on EPIGRAPH_INDENT, below)
+
+*Indent here refers to the indent from both the left and right margins
+ that centres block style epigraphs on the page.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="epigraph-indent" class="docs notes" style="margin-bottom: -.75em;">Note on EPIGRAPH_INDENT</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you pass EPIGRAPH_INDENT an integer with no unit of measure
+appended, the integer represents the amount by which to multiply
+PARA_INDENT to arrive at an indent for block style epigraphs.  If
+you append a unit of measure to the argument, the indent will be
+precisely the amount specified.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please also note that if your PARA_INDENT is <kbd>0</kbd> (i.e.
+no indenting of the first line of paragraphs), you must set an
+EPIGRAPH_INDENT yourself, with a unit of measure appended to the
+argument.  Mom has no default for EPIGRAPH_INDENT if paragraph first
+lines are not being indented.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+The default value for EPIGRAPH_INDENT is <kbd>3</kbd> (for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</a>)
+and <kbd>2</kbd> (for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="pp-intro" class="macro-group">Paragraphs</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#pp">Tag: PP</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pp-control">Paragraph control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+The paragraph macro is the one you use most often.  Consequently,
+it&#8217;s one of most powerful, yet simplest to use&mdash;just the
+letters PP.  No arguments, nothing.  Just <kbd>.PP</kbd> on a line
+by itself any time, in any document element, tells mom you want to
+start a new paragraph.  The spacing and indent appropriate to where
+you are in your document are taken care of automatically.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom does not indent the first paragraph of a document,
+nor paragraphs that fall immediately after headings.  The first
+paragraphs of blockquotes and block-style epigraphs are also not
+indented.  This behaviour can be changed with the control macro
+<kbd><a href="#para-indent-first">INDENT_FIRST_PARAS</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom does not deposit a blank line between paragraphs.  If you want
+her to do so, use the control macro
+<a href="#pp-space">PARA_SPACE</a>.
+(I don&#8217;t recommend using this macro with
+<a href="typesetting.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Note that mom does not provide widow or orphan control for
+paragraphs (i.e., even if only one line of a paragraph fits at the
+bottom of a page, she will set it on that page).  The reason for
+this is that writers of fiction often have single-line paragraphs
+(e.g. in dialogue).  Groff&#8217;s simplistic orphan control will
+break these one-liners&mdash;if they fall at the bottom of the
+page&mdash;to a new page, which is not what you want.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PP- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pp" class="macro-id">PP</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PP</b>
+</div>
+<p>
+<kbd>.PP</kbd> (on a line by itself, of course) tells mom to start a
+new paragraph.  See
+<a href="#pp-intro">above</a>
+for more details.  In addition to regular text paragraphs, you can
+use PP in
+<a href="#epigraph-intro">epigraphs</a>,
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">blockquotes</a>,
+<a href="#endnote-intro">endnotes</a>
+and
+<a href="#footnote-intro">footnotes</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="pp-control" class="docs defaults">PP control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<p class="defaults">
+The PP macro being so important, and representing, as it were, the
+basis of everything that goes on in a document, its control is
+managed in a manner somewhat different from other document element
+tags.  As a result, the control macros for PP may not be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+within a <kbd>_STYLE</kbd> macro.
+</p>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#pp-family">Family control</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pp-font">Font control</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pp-color">Paragraph colour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pp-leading">Leading/linespacing control</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pp-just-quad">Justification/quad control</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#para-indent">First-line indent control</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#para-indent-first">Initial paragraphs indent control</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pp-space">Inter-paragraph spacing</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="pp-family" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em;">1. Family control</h4>
+
+<p>
+The paragraph
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+is set with
+<a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>
+prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-family">DOC_FAMILY</a>
+afterwards.  Please note that both globally affect the family of
+every element in the document.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to change the family for regular text paragraphs only,
+invoke <kbd>.FAMILY</kbd> immediately after <kbd>.PP</kbd> in every
+paragraph whose family you wish to differ from the prevailing
+document family.  Alternatively, set the family and font for
+paragraphs with PP_FONT, giving it a complete family+font name, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  PP_FONT TI
+</span>
+which would make the font used in paragraphs Times Roman Italic.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default paragraph (and document) family is Times Roman.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Neither FAMILY nor DOC_FAMILY has any effect when the PRINTSTYLE is
+<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="pp-font" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">2. Font control</h4>
+
+<p>
+To change the
+<a href="definitions.html#font">font</a>
+used in regular text paragraphs, use PP_FONT, which takes the same
+argument as
+<a href="typesetting.html#font">FT</a>.
+PP_FONT may be used before or after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+Only regular text paragraphs are affected; paragraphs in
+<a href="#epigraph-intro">epigraphs</a>,
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">blockquotes</a>,
+<a href="#endnote-intro">endnotes</a>,
+and
+<a href="#footnote-intro">footnotes</a>
+remain at their default setting (medium roman) unless you change
+them with the appropriate control macros.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default paragraph font is medium roman.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+PP_FONT has no effect when the PRINTSTYLE is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.
+If you wish to set whole typewritten paragraphs in italic, invoke
+<kbd>.FT I</kbd> immediately after <kbd>.PP</kbd>.  Depending
+on which of
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle-italics">UNDERLINE_ITALIC</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle-italics">ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC</a>
+is currently enabled, the paragraph will be set underlined or in
+italic.  Neither persists past the end of the paragraph.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="pp-color" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">3. Paragraph colour</h4>
+
+<p>
+Mom has no special control macro for colourising paragraphs.  If you
+wish a colourised paragraph, you must use the macro
+<a href="color.html#color">COLOR</a>
+or the
+<a href="definitions.html#inline">inline escape</a>,
+<a href="color.html#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd></a>,
+<i>after</i> <kbd>.PP</kbd>.  The colour must be one pre-defined (or
+&#8220;initialized&#8221;) with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that unless you change the colour back to it&#8217;s
+default (usually black) at the end of the paragraph, all subsequent
+paragraphs will be set in the new colour, although most other
+elements of your document will continue to be set in the default
+colour (usually black).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, assuming you have defined the colour, blue,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PP
+  .COLOR blue
+  &lt;first paragraph&gt;
+  .HEADING 1 "Monty Python"
+  .HEADING 2 "The Origins of Spam"
+  .PP
+  &lt;second paragraph&gt;
+</span>
+the first paragraph will be blue, the head and subhead will be in
+the document&#8217;s default colour (usually black), and the second
+paragraph will be in blue.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pp-leading" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">4. Leading</h4>
+
+<p>
+The paragraph
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+is set with
+<a href="typesetting.html#leading">LS</a>
+prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-lead">DOC_LEAD</a>
+afterwards.  Please note that either method globally affects the
+leading and spacing of every document element (except
+<a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to change the leading of regular text paragraphs only,
+invoke <kbd>.LS</kbd> immediately after <kbd>.PP</kbd> in any
+paragraph whose leading you wish to change.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Warning:</span>
+Changing a paragraph&#8217;s leading will almost certainly screw up
+mom&#8217;s ability to balance the bottom margin of pages.  Should
+you absolutely require a change to a paragraph&#8217;s leading and
+need to get mom back on track leading-wise afterwards, use the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">SHIM</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">FLEX</a>
+macro, depending on which
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+strategy you are using.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default paragraph leading (document leading)
+is 16 points, adjusted to fill the page.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pp-just-quad" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">5. Justification / quad</h4>
+
+<p>
+The justification/quad-direction of regular text paragraphs (i.e.
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified</a>,
+or
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quadded</a>
+left/right/centre) is set with
+<a href="typesetting.html#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>
+prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+and with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-quad">DOC_QUAD</a>
+afterwards.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that either method of setting the paragraph
+justification/quad-direction also affects
+<a href="#epigraph-intro">epigraphs</a>,
+<a href="#footnote-intro">footnotes</a>,
+and
+<a href="#endnote-intro">endnotes</a>,
+but not
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">blockquotes</a>
+(whose default is quad left unless you change it with
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD</a>).
+The justification/quad-direction of epigraphs and footnotes may be
+changed with their own control macros.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to change the justification/quad-direction of individual
+paragraphs, invoke
+<a href="typesetting.html#justify"><kbd>.JUSTIFY</kbd></a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad"><kbd>.QUAD</kbd></a>
+on the line immediately after <kbd>.PP</kbd>.  Only the paragraph
+in question gets justified or quadded differently; subsequent
+paragraphs remain unaffected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default justification/quad-direction for paragraphs
+when the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPESET</kbd> is justified; for PRINTSTYLE
+<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>, the default is quad left.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="para-indent" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">6. First-line indent</h4>
+
+<p>
+The first-line indent of paragraphs is controlled by PARA_INDENT,
+which takes one argument: the size of the indent. PARA_INDENT may be
+used before or after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+is required; fractional sizes are allowed.  Thus, to set the
+paragraph indent to 4-1/2
+<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PARA_INDENT 4.5m
+</span>
+In addition to establishing the basic first line-indent of
+paragraphs, PARA_INDENT also affects
+<a href="#epigraph-intro">epigraphs</a>,
+<a href="#quote-intro">quotes</a>
+and
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">blockquotes</a>,
+whose overall indenting from the left and (where applicable)
+right margins is relative to PARA_INDENT if
+the _INDENT control macro for these tags has
+no
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended to it.  Furthermore, the first-line indent of paragraphs
+within these document elements (as well as footnotes) is also
+relative to PARA_INDENT (always 1/2 of PARA_INDENT), hence they are
+also affected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default PARA_INDENT is 2 ems for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+<kbd>TYPESET</kbd> and 3 picas (1/2 inch) for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="para-indent-first" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">7. Indenting initial paragraphs</h4>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom does not indent the first paragraph of a document,
+nor the first paragraph after a heading or
+<a href="#linebreak-intro">linebreak</a>,
+nor the first paragraphs of
+<a href="#epigraph-intro">epigraphs</a>,
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">blockquotes</a>,
+<a href="#endnote-intro">endnotes</a>
+or
+<a href="#footnote-intro">footnotes</a>
+that run to more than one paragraph.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to have first paragraphs indented, invoke the macro
+INDENT_FIRST_PARAS without an argument, either before or after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+INDENT_FIRST_PARAS is a toggle macro, therefore passing it any
+argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>Q</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>...) cancels its effect, meaning that first paragraphs
+will once again not be indented.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pp-space" class="docs">8. Inter-paragraph spacing</h4>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom does not insert a blank line between
+paragraphs.  If you would like her to do so, invoke the macro
+PARA_SPACE without an argument, either before or after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+PARA_SPACE is a toggle macro, therefore passing it any argument
+(<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>Q</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...)
+cancels its effect, meaning that paragraphs will once again not be
+separated by a blank line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you would like to space paragraphs by less than a full linespace,
+invoke PARA_SPACE with the amount of space you want as a numeric
+argument.  A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+is required.  For example, to space paragraphs by one-quarter
+linespace
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PARA_SPACE .25v
+</span>
+is how you&#8217;d do it, or, if you want six points between
+paragraphs
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PARA_SPACE 6p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -1em" >
+If
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex-vs-shim">flex-spacing</a>
+is enabled, additional flexible vertical whitespace can be inserted
+between spaced paragraphs with the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">FLEX</a>
+macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PARA_SPACE is not recommended for use with PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+unless you give PRINTSTYLE the <kbd>SINGLESPACE</kbd> option.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If PARA_SPACE is on, mom spaces only those paragraphs that come
+after an initial paragraph.  Initial paragraphs are those that come
+immediately after the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>
+(i.e. the start of a document),
+<a href="#epigraph-intro">epigraphs</a>,
+<a href="#heading-intro">headings</a>,
+and
+<a href="#linebreak-intro">linebreaks</a>.
+(The first paragraph after these document elements requires no
+blank line to separate it from other paragraphs.)
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Sometimes, you can be fairly deep into a document before using PP
+for the first time, and when you do, because mom is still waiting
+for that initial paragraph, she doesn&#8217;t space it with a blank
+line, even though you expect her to.  The simple workaround for this
+is to invoke <kbd>.PP</kbd> twice (in succession) at the point you
+expect the blank line to appear.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="heading-intro" class="macro-group">Headings</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#heading">Tag: HEADING</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#head-spacing-notes">Spacing of headings</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#heading-control">Heading control macros and defaults</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#prefix-chapter-number">Prefixing chapter numbers</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#oldstyle-headings">Oldstyle headings</a>
+  <ul style="list-style-type: circle; margin-left: -1.25em">
+    <li><a href="#parahead">Important information about PARAHEAD</a>
+    <ul style="list-style-type: square; margin-left: -1.25em">
+      <li><a href="#parahead-usage">Correct usage of paraheads</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Heads, subheads, and deeper levels of section headings are
+handled by a single macro, HEADING, to which you pass an argument
+stating the desired level.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">.HEADING 1 &quot;&lt;text&gt;&quot;</span></kbd>,
+for example, would be a main head;
+<kbd><span class="nobr">.HEADING 2 &quot;&lt;text&gt;&quot;</span></kbd>
+would be a subhead; etc.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition to printing headings in the body of your document,
+HEADING collects the heading as an entry for the Table of Contents,
+if the document is to have one, and the
+<a href="definitions.html#pdfoutline">PDF outline</a>.
+With the <kbd>NAMED</kbd> argument, it furthermore acts as a
+bookmark for
+<a href="definitions.html#pdflink">PDF links</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Headings can also be numbered on a per-heading-level basis,
+hierarchically and concatenatively, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  1.
+  1.1
+  1.2
+  1.2.1
+  2.
+  2.1
+  2.2
+  2.2.1
+</span>
+By default, a blank line precedes headings, regardless of the level.
+Mom initially sets up a very basic style for nine levels of heading,
+of which you can have an infinite number, although as has been said,
+if you need more than four levels of heading, you should consider
+re-organising your material.  The pared-down style of mom&#8217;s
+defaults is intentional; it is expected that you will design
+headings to your own specifications with the
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macro</a>,
+<a href="#heading-style">HEADING_STYLE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is very good practice, and strongly recommended, that you respect
+the hierarchy of headings, using level-1 for main heads, level-2 for
+subheads, level-3 for subsubheads, etc.  The ease of designing and
+re-designing the style for each level, plus mom&#8217;s very basic
+defaults, are meant, in part, to prevent the whimsical misuse of
+a particular heading level just because its style appeals to you.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -HEAD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="heading" class="macro-id">HEADING</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;level&gt; [
+PARAHEAD ] [ NAMED &lt;pdf-id&gt; ] &quot;&lt;heading text&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The first argument to HEADING is the <kbd>level</kbd>.  Level 1 is
+analogous to a main head; level 2 is analogous to a subhead; level 3
+is analogous to a subsubhead; etc.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The second (optional) argument, <kbd>PARAHEAD</kbd>, instructs mom
+that the heading should be treated as a
+<a href="definitions.html#parahead">paragraph head</a>.
+If HEADING is being used to create a parahead, it must come after
+<a href="#pp">PP</a>,
+not before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The indent applied to a parahead is the same as what would be
+expected from a paragraph without the parahead (see
+<a href="#para-indent-first">Indenting initial paragraphs</a>).
+If you wish that a paragraph introduced by a parahead not be
+indented, use
+<a href="#para-indent">PARA_INDENT</a>
+to set the paragraph indent to zero, then reset the indent for
+subsequent paragraphs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The optional third argument, <kbd>NAMED &lt;id&gt;</kbd>, gives
+the heading a unique, non-printing identifier that allows it to be
+referenced from anywhere in the final PDF document with the PDF_LINK
+macro, provided the mom file is processed with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>.
+PDF_LINK usage is explained in the manual,
+<a href="http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/pdf/mom-pdf.pdf"><span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The final argument is the text of the heading, surrounded by double
+quotes.  Long headings that are likely to exceed the current
+line length should be broken into chunks, each surrounded by
+double-quotes, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING 1 "A needlessly long but instructive" "first level heading"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If a heading falls near the bottom of an output page and mom is
+unable to fit the heading plus at least one line of text underneath
+it, she will set the head at the top of the next page.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<h3 id="head-spacing-notes" class="docs" style="padding-top: 9px; font-size: 100%; text-transform: none">Spacing of headings</h3>
+
+<p>
+As described above, mom inserts a blank line before each heading.
+If the leading of your document never changes, and you introduce no
+additional space into the text&mdash;as, for example, between
+paragraphs&mdash;this will result in perfectly equal whitespace before
+each heading.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, however, you disrupt the regular placement of text on
+mom&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline-grid">baseline grid</a>,
+HEADING adds extra whitespace to the blank line according to the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+strategy in effect.  This, along with a similar strategy for
+whitespace around quotes, blockquotes, and
+<a href="definitions.html#float">floated</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#preprocessor">pre-processor material</a>
+is what allows mom to balance the bottom
+margins of pages effectively.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It occasionally happens that the extra whitespace becomes
+noticeable.  This typically occurs when the amount of whitespace
+adjustment approaches the value of the current leading.  The result
+looks like two blank lines instead of one.  When this happens, a
+simple but effective fix is to reduce the space before the heading
+by backing up one line, either with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPACE -1v
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .RLD -1v
+</span>
+This results in slightly less whitespace than normal, but the
+difference is usually not apparent.  Alternatively, you may pass the
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> or <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> argument to
+<a href="#heading-style">HEADING_STYLE</a>
+to prevent shimming or flex-spacing of any particular heading level
+either globally or selectively.  If shimming/flex-spacing is
+disabled selectively with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE &lt;n&gt; NO_SHIM | NO_FLEX
+</span>
+it can be re-enabled for the heading level with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE &lt;n&gt; SHIM | FLEX
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="heading-control" class="defaults" style="margin-left: 6px; margin-bottom: -1em">HEADING control and defaults</h3>
+
+<div style="padding-left: 15px; padding-right: 15px">
+<p style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+By default, mom pre-initializes nine levels of headings to use
+the bold font of the prevailing document family, with a baseline
+adjustment of 1/10 of the current
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>.
+In addition, level-1 headings are 3 points larger than running text,
+level-2 headings 2 points larger, and level 3-headings 1 point
+larger.  The remaining 6 levels are the same size as running text.
+A single blank line precedes all levels of heading.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="heading-style" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: -.5em">The HEADING_STYLE macro</h4>
+
+<p>
+Styling heads is accomplished with a single macro
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE&nbsp;&lt;level&gt;
+</span>
+where <kbd>&lt;level&gt;</kbd> is the numeric heading level to which
+the style applies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HEADING_STYLE takes any or all of the following arguments,
+which may be given in any order:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+  FAMILY &lt;family&gt; \
+  FONT   &lt;font&gt; \
+  SIZE   &lt;+|-size&gt; \
+  QUAD   &lt;direction&gt; \
+  COLOR  &lt;colour&gt; \
+  UNDERSCORE  &lt;weight&gt; &lt;gap&gt; | NO_UNDERSCORE \
+  UNDERSCORE2 &lt;weight&gt; &lt;gap1&gt; &lt;gap2&gt; | NO_UNDERSCORE2 \
+  CAPS | NO_CAPS \
+  SMALLCAPS | NO_SMALLCAPS \
+  BASELINE_ADJUST &lt;amount to raise heading from the baseline&gt; \
+  NEEDS &lt;lines of text required beneath the heading&gt; \
+  PREFIX_CHAPTER [&lt;n&gt;] \
+  SPACE_AFTER | NO_SPACE_AFTER \
+  NUMBER | NO_NUMBER \
+  NO_SHIM | SHIM \
+  NO_FLEX | FLEX
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You may enter your entire argument list on a single line, or, if it
+is very long, break it into shorter lines with the
+&#8220;line-continued&#8221; backslash (<kbd>\</kbd>), as shown
+above.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+The arguments to <kbd>FAMILY</kbd>, <kbd>FONT</kbd>,
+<kbd>SIZE</kbd>, <kbd>QUAD</kbd>, and
+<kbd>COLOR</kbd> are the same as
+those you&#8217;d give to the
+<a href="#docelement-control">control macros</a>
+ending in _FAMILY, _FONT, _SIZE, _QUAD, or _COLOR.  See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+<kbd>UNDERSCORE</kbd> and <kbd>UNDERSCORE2</kbd> require that a
+weight for the underscore be given, in points (decimal fractions
+allowed), but without the unit of measure <kbd>p</kbd> appended.
+They also require that the underscore&#8217;s distance from the
+baseline be supplied; in the case of UNDERSCORE2, an additional gap
+argument representing the distance between the two underscores must
+be provided.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+The <kbd>CAPS</kbd> argument capitalizes the text of a heading
+level in the body of a document but not in the Table of
+Contents, where capitalization of entries is controlled by
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-entry-style">TOC_ENTRY_STYLE&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+<kbd>BASELINE_ADJUST</kbd> allows you to raise a heading slightly
+above the baseline on which it would otherwise sit.  For aesthetic
+reasons, it is often desirable to introduce a small amount of space
+between a heading and the text following it.  Since headings are
+preceded by a blank line, it is preferable to move the heading
+upward than to lower the text following it.  The argument to
+BASELINE_ADJUST is the amount by which to raise the heading.  It
+requires no <kbd>+</kbd> or <kbd>-</kbd> sign, and must have a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended to it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+<kbd>NEEDS</kbd> lets you reserve the number of lines of text
+required beneath a heading, including fractions thereof (e.g.
+&#8220;1.5&#8221; for one line of text plus half a linespace).
+If a heading falls near the bottom margin and there isn&#8217;t
+sufficient room for both the heading and the reserved space, mom
+will break to a new page for the heading.  A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+should not be appended to the argument.
+<span class="note"><i>Note:</i></span> If you have
+<a href="goodies.html#dropcap">DROPCAP</a>s
+after headings, you must increase the value of <kbd>NEEDS</kbd>
+to match the number of dropcap lines.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+<kbd>PREFIX_CHAPTER</kbd> instructs mom to prefix the current
+chapter number to numbered headings.  If mom is unable to determine
+a chapter number, she will ask for one.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+Note that using <kbd>PREFIX_CHAPTER</kbd> with an explicit chapter
+number will also set the chapter number for subsequent
+<a href="images.html#autolabel">automatically-generated image and pre-processor labels</a>
+as well.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+<kbd>SPACE_AFTER</kbd> inserts a blank line equal to the current
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a> after a HEADING.
+If you&#8217;d like a full linespace after a heading level, use
+<kbd>SPACE_AFTER</kbd>.  If you&#8217;d like additional space before
+a heading level, you must introduce it yourself with
+<a href="typesetting.html#space">SPACE</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+<kbd>NUMBER</kbd> and <kbd>NO_NUMBER</kbd> allow you to determine
+whether mom prepends a hierarchic numbering scheme to a heading
+level in the body of a document.  Numbering of Table of Contents
+entries is controlled separately with
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-entry-numbers">TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS</a>.
+Mom also has a special macro to toggle whether to prefix a chapter
+number to numbered headings and Table of Contents entries,
+<a href="#prefix-chapter-number">PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="margin-bottom: 1em">
+<kbd>SHIM</kbd> is not necessary if shimming is enabled
+globally, which it is by default; it exists to re-enable
+shimming for the heading level if you have previously passed
+HEADING_STYLE&nbsp;<kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd> a <kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd>
+argument.  The <kbd>FLEX</kbd> and <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> arguments work
+the same way if flex-spacing is enabled.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-bottom: .5em">
+The argument list is long, so you may want to break it into
+several lines by using the backslash character (<kbd>\</kbd>).
+Here&#8217;s an example of how you might style a level 1 heading:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+  FONT B \
+  QUAD C \
+  UNDERSCORE .5 2p \
+  BASELINE_ADJUST 3p \
+  NUMBER
+</span>
+This creates a level-1 heading style that&#8217;s bold, centred,
+underscored and numbered, raised by 3 points from the baseline.
+</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER- -->
+
+<div id="prefix-chapter-number" class="macro-id-overline" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<h3 class="macro-id" style="text-transform: none; font-size: 105%;">Prefixing chapter numbers</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; | &lt;chapter number as digit&gt; | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If, in addition to numbering heads, you want mom to prepend the
+chapter number, invoke <kbd>.PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When you invoke <kbd>.PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</kbd> without an
+argument, mom checks to see whether the argument you passed to <a
+href="docprocessing.html#chapter">CHAPTER</a> (if it&#8217;s been
+called) is a digit.  If it isn&#8217;t (say you&#8217;ve numbered your
+chapter &#8220;One&#8221; instead of &#8220;1&#8221;), mom will
+abort with a request that you pass PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER a digit
+representing the chapter number.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After you invoke <kbd>.PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</kbd>, mom will prepend
+the chapter number to all headings you have requested be numbered
+with
+<a href="#heading-style"><kbd>.HEADING_STYLE &lt;n&gt; NUMBER</kbd></a>.
+Thus, assuming chapter number twelve (12):
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  1.   LEVEL 1 HEADING
+  1.1. Level 2 heading
+</span>
+would become
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  12.1.   LEVEL 1 HEADING
+  12.1.1. Level 2 heading
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If a chapter number is given to PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER, automatically
+generated labels with a prepended chapter number are also affected.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+In collated documents, mom automatically increments the digit used
+by PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER by one (current chapter digit + 1) every
+time you invoke
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate"><kbd>.COLLATE</kbd></a>,
+even if you&#8217;ve (temporarily) turned off the prefixing
+of chapter numbers.  Thus, even if you number your chapters
+&#8220;One&#8221;, &#8220;Two&#8221;, &#8220;Three&#8221; instead of
+&#8220;1&#8221;, &#8220;2&#8221;, &#8220;3&#8221;, mom will Do The
+Right Thing with respect to numbering head (and label) elements
+in all collated chapters following the first invocation of
+PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER (assuming, of course, that the collated
+chapters are in incrementing order; if not, you must put
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER &lt;chapter number&gt;
+</span>
+somewhere after the invocation of COLLATE and before the first
+numbered head element of each collated document).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER can be disabled by passing it any argument
+other than a digit (e.g. (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>Q</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>...), although, as noted above, mom will keep,
+and&mdash;in the case of collated documents&mdash;increment the
+chapter number, allowing you to turn prefixing of chapter numbers to
+numbered head elements off and on according to your needs or whims.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Because PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER takes an (optional) digit representing
+the chapter number, it&#8217;s use need not be restricted to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd></a>.
+You can use it with any document type.  Furthermore, even if
+your doctype isn&#8217;t <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd>, you can identify
+the document as a chapter for the purposes of numbering head
+elements by invoking the macro
+<a href="docprocessing.html#chapter"><kbd>.CHAPTER</kbd></a>
+with a
+<a href="definitions.html#numericargument">numeric argument</a>
+in your document setup. 
+</p>
+</div>
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="oldstyle-headings-intro" class="macro-group">Oldstyle headings</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#oldstyle-headings">Macro: OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#head">Macro: HEAD</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#subhead">Macro: SUBHEAD</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#subsubhead">Macro: SUBSUBHEAD</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+In versions of mom prior to 2.0, headings were entered by their
+commonly used names, <i>viz.</i> HEAD, SUBHEAD, and SUBSUBHEAD. The
+new
+<a href="#heading-intro">HEADING</a>
+scheme allows for greater flexibility, and permits seamless
+integration with PDF output.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Documents created with pre-2.0 versions may still use the oldstyle
+heading names, as may new documents, however there are some
+differences in their behaviour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whenever mom encounters an oldstyle heading, she loads the default
+style formerly associated with the oldstyle name.  See below for a
+description of the default styles in the sections
+<a href="#head">HEAD</a> (now HEADING 1),
+<a href="#subhead">SUBHEAD</a> (now HEADING 2),
+and
+<a href="#subsubhead">SUBSUBHEAD</a> (now HEADING 3).
+Mom also emits a message to stderr alerting you to what she&#8217;s
+doing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The control macros formerly associated with oldstyle headings are no
+longer present in mom&#8217;s macro file, which means that if you
+made changes to mom&#8217;s default for those headings, you must
+recreate the changes with the
+<a href="#heading-style">HEADING_STYLE</a>
+macro.  The entire style need not be recreated, only those
+parameters that differed from mom&#8217;s defaults.  Thus, if your
+HEADs were set flush left, instead of the oldstyle default, centred,
+but otherwise kept mom&#8217;s settings, you need only do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 QUAD L
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div id="parahead" class="box-important">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+The macro PARAHEAD is no longer available.  You must create paragraph
+heads using the
+<a href="#heading">HEADING</a>
+macro.  Mom will abort with an informational message whenever she
+encounters PARAHEAD. Assuming a heading level of 3 for your
+paraheads, the former defaults for PARAHEAD can be set up like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING STYLE 3 FONT BI SIZE -.25 \" For PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  .HEADING STYLE 3 FONT I SIZE +0    \" For PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+</span>
+Equally, the macro NUMBER_PARAHEADS is no longer available.  You
+must enable numbering of the correct level for paraheads with
+HEADING_STYLE.  Again assuming a heading level of 3 for paraheads,
+it&#8217;s simply done:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 3 NUMBER
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="parahead-usage" class="docs" style="text-transform: none; margin-top: -1em">Correct usage of paraheads</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em">
+It is tempting to choose an arbitrary heading level for paraheads,
+since they are sometimes needed out-of-sequence; for example,
+immediately after a main head (level-1) in a document that
+subsequently requires subheads (level-2).  In such a circumstance,
+choosing level-3 for all your paraheads might seem to make sense,
+but in fact doesn&#8217;t, since it disrupts the hierarchy of
+both the Table of Contents (if your document has one) and the PDF
+outline.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Correct use of the <kbd>PARAHEAD</kbd> option to HEADING under such
+circumstances requires always assigning <kbd>PARAHEAD</kbd> to
+the next logical level in the heading hierarchy.  For example, if
+there are no headings before the parahead, it should be assigned to
+level-1.  If subsequently there is a main head to be followed by
+more paraheads, the main head should be level-1, and the paraheads
+level-2.  This will almost certainly require assigning new style
+parameters to level-1 (with
+<a href="#heading-style">HEADING_STYLE</a>)
+and to the level now being used for paraheads.  The following
+example demonstrates.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 FONT BI SIZE +.25 \" parahead style, level-1
+  .PP
+  .HEADING 1 PARAHEAD &lt;parahead&gt;
+  &lt;paragraph text&gt;
+  .PP
+  .HEADING 1 PARAHEAD &lt;parahead&gt;
+  &lt;paragraph text&gt;
+  \# main head style, level-1
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 FONT B SIZE +3 QUAD CENTER UNDERSCORE .5 2p
+  .HEADING_STYLE 2 FONT BI SIZE +.25 \" parahead style, level-2
+  .HEADING 1 &lt;main head&gt;
+  .PP
+  &lt;paragraph text&gt;
+  .PP
+  .HEADING 2 PARAHEAD &lt;parahead&gt;
+  &lt;paragraph text&gt;
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS - -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="oldstyle-headings" class="macro-id">OLDSTYLE HEADINGS</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS requires no argument.  It instructs mom to set the
+first three levels of heading to the parameters of her old defaults
+for HEAD, SUBHEAD, and SUBSUBHEAD.  Use of OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS will
+also prevent mom from generating the message she issues the first
+time she encounters HEAD, SUBHEAD, and SUBSUBHEAD.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -HEAD- -->
+
+<div id="head" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ NAMED &lt;id&gt; ] &quot;&lt;text of head&gt;&quot; &quot;&lt;another line&gt;&quot;...</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+When invoked for the first time, with or without
+<a href="oldstyle-headings">OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS</a>,
+HEAD sets the parameters for level-1 headings to mom&#8217;s old
+HEAD defaults, then prints the head as a level-1 heading.
+The <kbd>NAMED &lt;id&gt;</kbd> optional argument is explained in
+the description of
+<a href="#heading">HEADING</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, prior to invoking HEAD, you have given any parameters to level-1
+heads with
+<a href="#heading-style">HEADING STYLE</a>,
+they will be preserved; any you give afterwards will be respected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The former style defaults for HEAD were:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  FAMILY     = prevailing document family
+  FONT       = bold (TYPESET); roman (TYPEWRITE)
+  SIZE       = +1 (TYPESET); +0 (TYPEWRITE)
+  QUAD       = C 
+  UNDERSCORE .5 2p
+  CAPS
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The macro NUMBER_HEADS from pre-2.0 versions of mom, can still be
+used, though it is now a wrapper for
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 NUMBER
+</span>
+Mom will alert you to this on stderr.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SUBHEAD- -->
+
+<div id="subhead" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SUBHEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ NAMED &lt;id&gt; ] &quot;&lt;text of head&gt;&quot; &quot;&lt;another line&gt;&quot;...</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+When invoked for the first time, with or without
+<a href="oldstyle-headings">OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS</a>,
+SUBHEAD sets the parameters for level-2 headings to mom&#8217;s old
+SUBHEAD defaults, then prints the subhead as a level-2 heading.
+The <kbd>NAMED &lt;id&gt;</kbd> optional argument is explained in
+the description of
+<a href="#heading">HEADING</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The former style defaults for SUBHEAD were:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  FAMILY          = prevailing document family
+  FONT            = bold (TYPESET); italic, i.e. underlined (TYPEWRITE)
+  SIZE            = +.5 (TYPESET); +0 (TYPEWRITE)
+  QUAD            = L 
+  BASELINE_ADJUST = 1/8 the current leading
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The macro NUMBER_SUBHEADS from pre-2.0 versions of mom, can still be
+used, though it is now a wrapper for
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 2 NUMBER
+</span>
+Mom will alert you to this on stderr.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SUBSUBHEAD- -->
+
+<div id="subsubhead" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SUBSUBHEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ NAMED &lt;id&gt; ] &quot;&lt;text of head&gt;&quot; &quot;&lt;another line&gt;&quot;...</kbd>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>
+When invoked for the first time, with or without
+<a href="oldstyle-headings">OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS</a>,
+SUBSUBHEAD sets the parameters for level-3 headings to mom&#8217;s old
+SUBSUBHEAD defaults, then prints the subsubhead as a level-3 heading.
+The <kbd>NAMED &lt;id&gt;</kbd> optional argument is explained in
+the description of
+<a href="#heading">HEADING</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The former style defaults for SUBSUBHEAD were:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  FAMILY          = prevailing document family
+  FONT            = italic (TYPESET); roman (TYPEWRITE)
+  SIZE            = +.5 (TYPESET); +0 (TYPEWRITE)
+  QUAD            = L 
+  BASELINE_ADJUST = 1/8 the current leading
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The macro NUMBER_SUBSUBHEADS from pre-2.0 versions of mom, can still be
+used, though it is now a wrapper for
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 3 NUMBER
+</span>
+Mom will alert you to this on stderr.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="linebreak-intro" class="macro-group">Linebreaks (section breaks)</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#linebreak">Tag: LINEBREAK</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#linebreak-control">Linebreak control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Linebreaks (&#8220;author linebreaks&#8221;, &#8220;section
+breaks&#8221;) are gaps in the vertical flow of running text that
+indicate a shift in content (e.g. a scene change in story).  They
+are frequently set off by typographic symbols, sometimes whimsical
+in nature.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -LINEBREAK- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="linebreak" class="macro-id">LINEBREAK</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LINEBREAK</b>
+</div>
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>SECTION</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+LINEBREAK takes no arguments.  Simply invoke it (on a line by
+itself, of course) whenever you want to insert an author linebreak.
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="linebreak-control" class="docs defaults">LINEBREAK control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<p class="defaults">
+By default, mom marks
+<a href="definitions.html#linebreak">author linebreaks</a>
+with three centred asterisks (stars) in the prevailing colour of the
+document (by default, black).  You can alter this with the control
+macros
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#linebreak-char">LINEBREAK_CHAR</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#linebreak-color">LINEBREAK_COLOR</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="linebreak-char" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. Linebreak character</h4>
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LINEBREAK_CHAR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;character&gt; ] [ &lt;iterations&gt; [ &lt;vertical adjustment&gt; ] ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>SECTION_CHAR</b>
+</p>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The third optional argument requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+LINEBREAK_CHAR determines what mom prints when LINEBREAK is invoked.
+It takes 3 optional arguments: the character you want deposited at
+the line break, the number of times you want the character repeated,
+and a vertical adjustment factor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first argument is any valid groff character (e.g. <kbd>*</kbd>
+[an asterisk], <kbd>\[dg]</kbd> [a dagger], <kbd>\f[ZD]\N'141'\fP</kbd>
+[an arbitrary character from Zapf Dingbats], <kbd>\l'4P'</kbd> [a
+4-pica long rule]). Mom sets the character centred on the current
+line length.  (See <kbd>man groff_char</kbd> for a list of all
+valid groff characters.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The second argument is the number of times to repeat the character.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The third argument is a +|-value by which to raise (-) or lower (+)
+the character in order to make it appear visually centred between
+sections of text.  This lets you make vertical adjustments to
+characters that don&#8217;t sit on the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+(such as asterisks).  The argument must be preceded by a plus or
+minus sign, and must include a unit of measure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you enter LINEBREAK_CHAR with no arguments, sections of
+text will be separated by two blank lines when you invoke
+<kbd>.LINEBREAK</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default for LINEBREAK_CHAR is
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LINEBREAK_CHAR * 3 -3p
+</span>
+i.e. three asterisks, raised 3 points from their normal vertical
+position (for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>;
+the vertical adjustment is -2 points for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>).
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="linebreak-color" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em; margin-bottom: .5em;">2. Linebreak colour</h4>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LINEBREAK_COLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;colourname&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>SECTION_COLOR</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To change the colour of the linebreak character(s), simply invoke
+<kbd>.LINEBREAK_COLOR</kbd> with the name of a colour pre-defined
+(or &#8220;initialized&#8221;) with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="quote-intro" class="macro-group">Quotes (line for line, poetry or code)</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#quote-description">Introduction</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -1.25em">
+    <li><a href="#quote-spacing">Quote spacing</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -1.25em">
+      <li><a href="#quote-spacing-notes">Notes on quote spacing</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#no-shim">Disable shimming of quotes and blockquotes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#float-quote">Keeping quotes and blockquotes together as a block</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#label-caption">Labelling/captioning quotes and blockquotes</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#quote">Tag: QUOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#quote-control">Quote control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p id="quote-decription">
+<a href="definitions.html#quote">Quotes</a>
+are always set in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill mode</a>,
+flush left.  This permits entering quotes on a line for line basis
+in your text editor and have them come out the same way on output
+copy.  (See
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">Blockquotes</a>
+for how quotes, in the present sense, differ from longer passages of
+cited text.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Since mom originally came into being to serve the needs of creative
+writers (i.e. novelists, short story writers, etc.&mdash;not
+to cast aspersions on the creativity of mathematicians and
+programmers), she sets quotes in italics
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">(PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd>)</a>
+or underlined
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">(PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>)</a>,
+indented from the left margin.  Obviously, she&#8217;s thinking
+&#8220;quotes from poetry or song lyrics&#8221;, but with the
+<a href="#quote-control">QUOTE control macros</a>
+you can change her defaults so QUOTE serves other needs, e.g.
+entering verbatim snippets of programming code, command-line
+instructions, and so on.  (See the
+<a href="#code">CODE</a>
+for a convenience macro to assist in including code snippets in
+documents.)
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="quote-spacing" class="docs">QUOTE spacing</h3>
+
+<p>
+Besides indenting quotes, mom further sets them off from
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+with a small amount of vertical whitespace top and bottom.  In
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>,
+this is always one full linespace.  In
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>,
+it&#8217;s 1/2 of the prevailing
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+if the quote fits fully on the page (i.e. with running text above
+and below it), otherwise it&#8217;s a full linespace either above
+or below as is necessary to balance the page to the bottom margin.
+This behaviour can be changed with the control macro
+<a href="#always-fullspace-quotes">ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<h3 id="quote-spacing-notes" class="docs" style="padding-top: 9px; font-size: 95%;">Notes on quote spacing</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em">
+If your quote (or blockquote) leading differs from the document
+leading, mom attempts to observe the same rules for vertical
+whitespace outlined above; however, she will also insert a small,
+flexible amount of extra whitespace
+(<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">shim or flex-spacing</a>)
+around the quotes to make sure the whitespace is equal, top and
+bottom.  When shimming is enabled, this may result in multiple
+quotes or blockquotes on the same page being spaced slightly
+differently.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="no-shim" class="docs">Disable shimming/flex-spacing of quotes and blockquotes</h4>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+If you don&#8217;t want the behaviour
+described above (i.e., you don&#8217;t want mom putting additional shim
+or flex-spacing around quotes and
+blockquotes), put <kbd>.NO_SHIM</kbd> or/and <kbd>.NO_FLEX</kbd>
+in the style sheet section of your document (i.e. after PRINTSTYLE
+but before START), which will disable shimming or/and flex-spacing
+globally for all tags, or disable shimming/flex-spacing
+on a per-instance basis prior to <kbd>.QUOTE</kbd> or
+<kbd>.BLOCKQUOTE</kbd>, re-enabling it after the terminating
+<kbd>.QUOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> or <kbd>.BLOCKQUOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> with
+<kbd>.NO_SHIM&nbsp;OFF</kbd> or <kbd>.NO_FLEX&nbsp;OFF</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="float-quote" class="docs">Keeping QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs together as a block</h3>
+
+<p>
+The text of quotes and blockquotes is output immediately, and may therefore
+start on one page and finish on the next.  If you wish to keep the
+text together as a block, deferred to the following page if the
+block doesn&#8217;t all fit on one page, wrap
+<kbd><span class="nobr">(BLOCK)QUOTE...(BLOCK)QUOTE&nbsp;OFF</span></kbd>
+inside a
+<a href="images.html#floats-intro">float</a>.
+If you further wish to force a page break before the floated quote
+or blockquote (leaving whitespace at the bottom of the page, pass
+<a href="images.html#float">FLOAT</a>
+the <kbd>FORCE</kbd> argument.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT FORCE
+  .QUOTE
+  Fly me to the moon
+  And let me play among the stars
+  Let me see what life is like
+  On Jupiter and Mars
+  .QUOTE END
+  .FLOAT OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="label-caption" class="docs">Labelling/captioning quotes and blockquotes</h3>
+
+<p>
+Quotes and blockquotes may be labelled and/or captioned identically to
+<a href="images.html#floats-intro">floats</a>
+with the macros
+<a href="images.html#label">LABEL</a>
+and
+<a href="images.html#caption">CAPTION</a>
+(see
+<a href="images.html#float-label-caption">Labelling and captioning floats</a>).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -QUOTE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="quote" class="macro-id">QUOTE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>QUOTE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ ADJUST +|-&lt;space&gt; ] | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The argument to <kbd style="font-style: normal">ADJUST</kbd> requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+QUOTE is a toggle macro.  To begin a section of quoted text, invoke
+it with no argument, then type in your quote.  When you&#8217;re
+finished, invoke <kbd>.QUOTE</kbd> with any argument (e.g. <kbd>OFF,
+END, X, Q</kbd>...) to turn it off.  Example:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .QUOTE
+  Nymphomaniacal Jill
+  Used a dynamite stick for a thrill
+  They found her vagina
+  In North Carolina
+  And bits of her tits in Brazil.
+  .QUOTE END
+</span>
+Mom does her best to equalize whitespace around quotes and make
+sure the line following it falls on a valid baseline.  On occasion,
+you may need to tweak the quote placement slightly, which is done
+by passing <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> to QUOTE with a plus or minus value.
+The quote will be lowered (<kbd>+</kbd>) or raised (<kbd>-</kbd>)
+<i>within the space allotted for it</i> by the given amount.  For
+example, to lower a quote slightly within the space allotted for it,
+you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .QUOTE ADJUST +3p
+  There was a soprano named Golda
+  Whose lovers grew colda and colda
+  For during love-making
+  She'd sing the earth-shaking
+  Love theme from Tristan und Isolde.
+  .QUOTE off
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+
+<h3 id="quote-control" class="docs defaults">QUOTE control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#quote-general">Family/font/size/leading/colour/indent</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#always-fullspace-quotes">Spacing above and below quotes (typeset only)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#underline-quotes">Underlining quotes (typewrite only)</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="quote-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. Family/font/size/colour/indent</h4>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following QUOTE control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using QUOTE_STYLE.  If you do so, <kbd>QUOTE_LEFT</kbd>, <kbd>QUOTE_CENTER</kbd>,
+and <kbd>QUOTE_RIGHT</kbd> must be entered as:
+<br/>
+<kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;QUAD LEFT</kbd><br/>
+<kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;QUAD CENTER</kbd><br/>
+<kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;QUAD RIGHT</kbd>
+</p>
+
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.QUOTE_FAMILY   default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.QUOTE_FONT     default = italic; underlined in TYPEWRITE
+.QUOTE_SIZE     default = +0 (i.e. same size as paragraph text)
+<a id="quote-autolead">.QUOTE_AUTOLEAD default = none; leading of quotes is the same as paragraphs </a>
+.QUOTE_COLOR    default = black
+.QUOTE_INDENT  (see below, "Quote indent")
+.QUOTE_LEFT    -+  Quad direction of quote.
+.QUOTE_CENTER   |  LEFT observes QUOTE_INDENT;
+.QUOTE_RIGHT   -+  CENTER and RIGHT do not
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="quote-indent" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em;">Quote indent</h4>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>QUOTE_INDENT</kbd> takes one of two kinds of argument: an integer
+representing the amount by which to multiply the argument passed to
+<a href="#para-indent"><kbd>.PARA_INDENT</kbd></a>
+(by default, 2
+<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>
+for TYPESET, 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+for TYPEWRITE) to arrive at the quote indent, or a distance with a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmesaure">unit of measure</a>
+appended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Be careful when using QUOTE.  If a quote is set flush left (the
+default), the QUOTE_INDENT applies only to the left margin.  Because
+quote lines are output as-is (see
+<a href="definitions.html#no-fill">no-fill mode</a>),
+they do not respect line length and may extend beyond a document's
+right margin.  Similarly, if a quote is being set flush right, the
+indent applies only to the right margin; long lines may extend into
+the left margin.  Centered quotes are never indented, so long lines
+may extend beyond both the left and right margins.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default value for QUOTE_INDENT is 3 (for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>)
+and 1 (for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If your PARA_INDENT is 0 (i.e. no indenting of the first line of
+paragraphs), you <i>must</i> set a QUOTE_INDENT yourself, with a
+unit of measure appended to the argument. Mom has no default for
+QUOTE_INDENT if paragraph first lines are not being indented.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="always-fullspace-quotes" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">2. Spacing above and below quotes (typeset only)</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like mom always to put a full linespace above and
+below quotes, invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES
+</span>
+with no argument.  If you wish to restore mom&#8217;s
+default behaviour regarding the spacing of quotes (see
+<a href="#quote-spacing">Quote spacing</a>),
+invoke the macro with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...)
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+This macro also sets mom&#8217;s spacing policy for
+<a href="#blockquote-intro">blockquotes</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="underline-quotes" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">3. Underlining quotes (typewrite only)</h4>
+
+<p>
+By default in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+mom underlines quotes.  If you&#8217;d rather she didn&#8217;t,
+invoke <kbd>.UNDERLINE_QUOTES</kbd> with any argument
+(<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...)
+to disable the feature.  Invoke it without an argument to restore
+mom&#8217;s default underlining of quotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you not only wish that mom not underline quotes, but also that
+she set them in italic, you must follow each instance of QUOTE with
+the typesetting macro
+<a href="typesetting.html#font">FT I</a>.
+Furthermore, since mom underlines all instances of italics by
+default in PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;TYPEWRITE, you must also make sure that
+ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC is enabled (see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#typewrite-control">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE control macros</a>).
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="blockquote-intro" class="macro-group">Blockquotes (cited material)</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#blockquote-description">Introduction</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#blockquote">Tag: BLOCKQUOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#blockquote-control">BLOCKQUOTE control macros</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p id="blockquote-description">
+<a href="definitions.html#blockquote">Blockquotes</a>
+are used to cite passages from another author&#8217;s work.  So that
+they stand out well from
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>,
+mom indents them from both the left and right margins and sets them
+in a different point size
+(<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</a>
+only).
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">Output lines</a>
+are
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>,
+and, by default,
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quadded</a>
+left.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Besides indenting blockquotes, mom further sets them off from
+running text with a small amount of vertical whitespace top and
+bottom.  (See
+<a href="#quote-spacing">Quote spacing</a>
+for a complete explanation of how this is managed, and how
+to control it.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additional information concerning blockquotes, floats, and labelling
+blockquotes can be found in the sections
+<a href="#float-quote">Keeping quotes and blockquotes together as a block</a>,
+and
+<a href="#label-caption">Labelling/captioning quotes and blockquotes</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BLOCKQUOTE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="blockquote" class="macro-id">BLOCKQUOTE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BLOCKQUOTE</b>  <kbd class="macro-args">[ ADJUST +|-&lt;space&gt; ] | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Aliases: </i> <b>CITE, CITATION</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The argument to <kbd style="font-style: normal">ADJUST</kbd> requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BLOCKQUOTE is a toggle macro.  To begin a cited passage, invoke
+the tag with no argument, then type in your blockquote.  When
+you&#8217;re finished, invoke <kbd>.BLOCKQUOTE</kbd> with any
+argument (e.g. <kbd>OFF, END, X, Q</kbd>...) to turn it off.
+Example:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BLOCKQUOTE
+  Redefining the role of the United States from enablers to keep
+  the peace to enablers to keep the peace from peacekeepers is
+  going to be an assignment.
+  .RIGHT
+  \[em]George W. Bush
+  .BLOCKQUOTE END
+</span>
+If the cited passage runs to more than one paragraph, you must
+introduce each paragraph&mdash;including the first&mdash;with
+<kbd><a href="#pp">.PP</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom does her best to equalize whitespace around blockquotes and make
+sure the line following it falls on a valid baseline.  On occasion,
+you may need to tweak the blockquote placement slightly, which is
+done by passing <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> to BLOCKQUOTE with a plus or minus
+value.  The blockquote will be lowered (<kbd>+</kbd>) or raised
+(<kbd>-</kbd>) <i>within the space allotted for it</i> by the given
+amount.  For example, to raise a blockquote slightly within the
+space allotted for it, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BLOCKQUOTE ADJUST -3p
+  True! - nervous - very, very dreadfully nervous I had been and
+  am; but why will you say that I am mad?  The disease had sharpened
+  my senses - not destroyed - not dulled them.
+  .RIGHT
+  \[em]Edgar Allen Poe, The Tell-Tale Heart
+  .QUOTE off
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The aliases CITE and CITATION may be used in place of the BLOCKQUOTE
+tag, as well as in any of the control macros that begin or end with
+BLOCKQUOTE_.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="blockquote-control" class="docs defaults">BLOCKQUOTE control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#blockquote-general">Family/font/size/leading/colour/quad/indent</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#bq-always-fullspace-quotes">Spacing above and below (typeset only)</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="blockquote-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. Family/font/size/colour/quad/indent</h4>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following BLOCKQUOTE control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using BLOCKQUOTE_STYLE.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY   default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.BLOCKQUOTE_FONT     default = roman
+.BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE     default = -1 (point)
+<a id="blockquote-autolead">.BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD default = none; leading of blockquotes is the same as paragraphs</a>
+.BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR    default = black
+.BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD     default = left
+.BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT  (see below)
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="blockquote-indent" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em;">Blockquote indent</h4>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT</kbd> takes one of two kinds of argument: an
+integer representing the amount by which to multiply the argument
+passed to
+<a href="#para-indent">PARA_INDENT</a>
+(by default, 2
+<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>
+for TYPESET, 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+for TYPEWRITE) to arrive at the blockquote indent, or a distance with a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmesaure">unit of measure</a>
+appended.  Both result in blockquotes being indented equally from
+the left and right margins.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default value for BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT is 3 (for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>)
+and 1 (for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If your PARA_INDENT is 0 (i.e. no indenting of the first line of
+paragraphs), you must set a BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT yourself, with
+a unit of measure appended to the argument.  Mom has no default for
+BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT if paragraph first lines are not being indented.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<h4 id="bq-always-fullspace-quotes" class="docs">2. Spacing above and below blockquotes (typeset only)</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like mom always to put a full linespace above and
+below blockquotes, invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES
+</span>
+with no argument.  If you wish to restore mom&#8217;s default
+behaviour regarding the spacing of blockquotes (see
+<a href="#quote-spacing">Quote spacing</a>),
+invoke the macro with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+This macro also sets mom&#8217;s spacing policy for
+<a href="#quote-intro">quotes</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="code-intro" class="macro-group">Inserting code into a document</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#code">Tag: CODE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#code-control">CODE control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+CODE is a convenience macro that facilitates entering code blocks
+into documents.  Its use is not restricted to documents created
+using mom&#8217;s document processing macros; it can be used for
+&#8220;manually&#8221; typeset documents as well.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="code" class="macro-id">CODE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CODE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[BR | BREAK | SPREAD] &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires" style="font-style: normal">
+Inline escape: <b><kbd>\*[CODE]</kbd></b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When you invoke the macro CODE or insert
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CODE]</span></kbd> into running text, mom switches to
+a
+<a href="definitions.html#fixedwidthfont">fixed-width font</a>
+(Courier, by default) and turns
+<a href="goodies.html#smartquotes">SMARTQUOTES</a>
+off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your code includes the backslash character, which is
+groff&#8217;s escape character, you will have to change the
+escape character temporarily to something else with the macro
+<a href="goodies.html#esc-char">ESC_CHAR</a>.
+Mom has no way of knowing what special characters you&#8217;re going
+to use in code snippets, therefore she cannot automatically replace
+the escape character with something else.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The correct order for changing the escape character inside
+<kbd>CODE</kbd> is
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CODE
+  .ESC_CHAR character
+  &lt;code&gt;
+  .ESC_CHAR \
+  .CODE OFF
+</span>
+Be aware that changing the escape character prevents subsequent
+macros, which require that the backslash be the escape character,
+from functioning correctly.  Therefore, do not introduce any macros
+into your CODE block without first restoring the escape character to
+its default.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Alternatively, you can enter the backslash character as
+<kbd>\e</kbd> or <kbd>\\</kbd> (two backslashes), which tells groff
+to print a literal backslash.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="tip">Note:</span>
+<kbd>.CODE</kbd> does not cause a line break when
+you&#8217;re in a
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>
+(i.e.
+<a href="typesetting.html#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>
+<kbd>LEFT, CENTER,</kbd> or <kbd>RIGHT</kbd>).
+If you want CODE to deposit a break, invoke <kbd>.CODE</kbd> with
+the argument <kbd>BR</kbd> (or <kbd>BREAK</kbd>).  If, in addition
+to having mom break the line before <kbd>.CODE</kbd>, you want her
+to
+<a href="definitions.html#force">force justify</a>
+it as well, invoke <kbd>.CODE</kbd> with the argument,
+<kbd>SPREAD</kbd>.  If, in addition to breaking the line before CODE
+you want a break afterwards, you must supply it manually with
+<a href="typesetting.html#br">BR</a>
+unless what follows immediately is a macro that automatically causes
+a break (e.g.
+<a href="#pp">PP</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p id="quote-code" class="tip-bottom">
+In all likelihood, if you want the situation described above (i.e. a
+break before and after CODE), what you probably want is to use
+<a href="quote">QUOTE</a>
+in conjunction with CODE, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .QUOTE
+  .CODE
+  $ echo "Hello, world" | sed -e 's/Hello,/Goodbye, cruel/'
+  .QUOTE OFF
+</span>
+QUOTE takes care of breaking both the text and the code, as well as
+indenting the code and offsetting it from
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+with vertical whitespace.  Notice that <kbd>.CODE</kbd>, above, has
+no corresponding <kbd>.CODE OFF</kbd>.  <kbd>.CODE</kbd> inside a QUOTE
+does not require a terminating <kbd>.CODE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>, which risks
+introducing unwanted vertical whitespace.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Passing any argument other than <kbd>BR</kbd>, <kbd>BREAK</kbd> or
+<kbd>SPREAD</kbd> to CODE (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) turns CODE off and returns the
+family, font, and smartquotes back to their former state.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="font-size: 102%">Using <kbd>\*[CODE]</kbd> inline</h4>
+
+<p>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CODE]</span></kbd> invokes <kbd>.CODE</kbd>, allowing you to
+bracket code snippets inline.  It does not accept the <kbd>BR</kbd>,
+<kbd>BREAK</kbd>, or <kbd>SPREAD</kbd> arguments.  It is most useful
+for short snippets, as in the following example.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[CODE]apropos\*[CODE X] and \*[CODE]man&nbsp;-k\*[CODE X] are identical.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CODE]</span></kbd> does not permit changing the escape
+character, so <kbd>\e</kbd> or a doubled backslash must be used.
+Furthermore, if your code starts with a period, you must enter it as
+&#8220;<kbd>\&amp;.</kbd>&#8221;.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Registers are created with the \*[CODE]\&amp;.nr\*[CODE X] request.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="font-size: 102%; margin-top: -1em">CODE and punctuation</h4>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.CODE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> automatically inserts a word space into
+running text.  If your CODE block is to be followed by punctuation
+with the parameters of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>,
+you must terminate the block with &#8220;<kbd>\c</kbd>&#8221; and
+enter the punctuation at the beginning of the next input line.  If
+the punctuation mark is a period or an apostrophe, you must precede
+it with
+&#8220;<kbd>\&amp;</kbd>&#8221;.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ...for example,
+  .CODE
+   echo "Hello, world" | sed -e 's/Hello,/Goodbye, cruel/'\c
+  .CODE OFF
+  \&amp;.  As this demonstrates...
+</span>
+Use of <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CODE]</span></kbd> inline does not require
+the <kbd>\c</kbd>, however periods and apostrophes after
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CODE&nbsp;X]</span></kbd> still need to be introduced
+with <kbd>\&amp;</kbd>, as in this example:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ...append the unit of measure \*[CODE]p\*[CODE&nbsp;OFF]\&amp;. New sentence...
+</span>
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="code-control" class="docs defaults">CODE control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#code-general">Family/Font/Colour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#code-size">Size</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="code-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. Family/font/colour</h4>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following CODE control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using CODE_STYLE.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.CODE_FAMILY  default = Courier
+.CODE_FONT    default = roman; see Note
+.CODE_COLOR   default = black
+
+Note: Unlike other control macros, CODE_FONT sets the code font for both
+PRINTSTYLE TYPESET and PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="code-size" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.25em;">2. Size</h4>
+
+<p>
+CODE_SIZE works a little differently from the other _SIZE macros
+(see <a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control
+macros</a>).  The argument you pass it is a percentage of the
+prevailing document point size.  It does not require a prepended
+plus (<kbd>+</kbd>) or minus (<kbd>-</kbd>) sign, nor an appended
+percent sign (<kbd>%</kbd>).  Thus, if you want the point size of your CODE font to be
+90% of the prevailing document point size, you enter:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CODE_SIZE 90
+</span>
+Fixed-width fonts have notoriously whimsical
+<a href="definitions.html#xheight">x-heights</a>,
+meaning that they frequently look bigger (or, in some cases,
+smaller) than the type surrounding them, even if they&#8217;re
+technically the same point size.  CODE_SIZE lets you choose a
+percentage of the prevailing point size for your fixed-width
+CODE font so it doesn&#8217;t look gangly or minuscule in relation
+to the type around it.  All invocations of <kbd>.CODE</kbd> or
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CODE]</span></kbd> will use this size, so that if you
+decide to change the prevailing point size of your document, the
+CODE font will be scaled proportionally.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="list-intro" class="macro-group">Nested lists</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#list">Tag: LIST</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#item">Tag: ITEM</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#list-control">LIST control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Lists are points or items of interest or importance that are
+separated from
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+by enumerators.  Some typical enumerators are
+<a href="definitions.html#em">en-dashes</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#bullet">bullets</a>,
+digits and letters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Setting lists with mom is easy.  First, you initialize a list with
+the LIST macro.  Then, for every item in the list, you invoke
+the macro <kbd>.ITEM</kbd> followed by the text of the item.
+When a list is finished, you exit the list with
+<kbd>.LIST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>,
+<kbd>BACK</kbd>, etc.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default mom starts each list with the enumerator flush with the
+left margin of running text that comes before it, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  My daily schedule needs organising.  I can&#8217;t
+  seem to get everything done I want.
+  o an hour&#8217;s worth of exercise
+  o time to prepare at least one healthy
+    meal per day
+  o reading time
+  o work on mom
+  o writing
+    - changes from publisher
+    - current novel
+  o a couple of hours at the piano
+</span>
+In other words, mom does not, by default, indent entire lists.
+Indenting a list is controlled by the macro
+<a href="#shift-list">SHIFT_LIST</a>.
+(This is a design decision; there are too many instances where a
+default indent is not desirable.)  Equally, mom does not add any
+extra space above or below lists.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lists can be nested (as in the example above).  In other words,
+you can set lists within lists, each with an enumerator (and
+possibly, indent) of your choosing.  In nested lists, each
+invocation of <kbd>.LIST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (you may prefer to use
+<kbd>.LIST&nbsp;BACK</kbd>) takes you back to the previous depth
+(or level) of list, with that list&#8217;s enumerator and indent
+intact.  The final <kbd>.LIST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> exits lists completely
+and returns you to the left margin of running text.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If
+<kbd><a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD CENTER</a></kbd>
+is in effect when LIST is invoked, the list is set quad left but
+centred on the page as a block, based on the longest line of list
+text.  Equally, if <kbd>QUAD RIGHT</kbd> in in effect, the list is
+set flush left but quadded right as a block.  If you want a centred
+or right-quadded list in an otherwise left-quadded or justified
+document, simply invoke <kbd>.QUAD&nbsp;&lt;direction&gt;</kbd> 
+before the list and reset the quad afterwards.  Do not use
+<kbd><a href="typesetting.html#lrc">CENTER</a></kbd>
+or
+<kbd><a href="typesetting.html#lrc">RIGHT</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom centres lists over the entire line length, disregarding
+<a href="typesetting.html#ib">IB</a>
+if it is in effect.  If there are lines in the list that exceed
+the margins of IB, they must be broken manually with
+<kbd>.BR</kbd> if you wish to keep them within the indented margins.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Finally, lists can be used in documents created with either the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#top">document processing macros</a>
+or just the
+<a href="typesetting.html#top">typesetting macros</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -LIST- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="list" class="macro-id">LIST</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LIST</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ BULLET | DASH | DIGIT | ALPHA | alpha | ROMAN&lt;n&gt; | roman&lt;n&gt; | USER &lt;user-defined enumerator&gt;  | PLAIN | VARIABLE &lt;character&gt;] [ &lt;separator&gt; ] [ &lt;prefix&gt; ] [ &lt;anything&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invoked by itself (i.e. with no argument), LIST
+initializes a list with bullets as the default enumerator.
+Afterwards, each block of input text preceded by
+<kbd><a href="#item">.ITEM</a></kbd>,
+on a line by itself, is treated as a list item.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Every time you invoke <kbd>.LIST</kbd> to start a list (as opposed to
+<a href="#list-exit">exiting one</a>),
+you must supply an enumerator (and optionally, a separator) for the
+list, unless you want mom&#8217;s default enumerator, which is a
+bullet.  Within nested lists, mom stores the enumerator, separator
+and indent for any list you return <i>backwards</i> to (i.e. with
+<kbd>.LIST OFF</kbd>), but does not store any information for lists
+you move <i>forward</i> to.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+There are a lot of arguments (be sure to side-scroll through them
+all, above), so I&#8217;ll discuss them one at a time here.
+</p>
+<h3 class="docs">The first argument &ndash; enumerator style</h3>
+
+<p>
+The optional arguments <kbd>BULLET</kbd>, <kbd>DASH</kbd>,
+<kbd>DIGIT</kbd> (for Arabic numerals), <kbd>ALPHA</kbd> (for
+uppercase letters), <kbd>alpha</kbd> (for lowercase letters),
+<kbd>ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd> (for uppercase roman numerals),
+<kbd>roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd> (for lowercase roman numerals) tell
+mom what kind of enumerator to use for a given list.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The arguments, <kbd>ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd> and
+<kbd>roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd>, are special.  You must append to them
+a digit (arabic, e.g. "1" or "9" or "17") saying how many items a
+particular roman-numeraled LIST is going to have. Mom requires this
+information in order to align roman numerals sensibly, and will
+abort&mdash;with a message &mdash; if you don&#8217;t provide it.
+(For setting roman numeral and digit lists with the enumerators
+aligned flush right&mdash;the default is flush left&mdash;see
+<a href="#pad-list-digits">PAD_LIST_DIGITS</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A roman-numeraled list containing, say, five items, would be set
+up like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST roman5        producing        i)   Item 1.
+  .ITEM                                ii)  Item 2.
+  Item 1.                              iii) Item 3.
+  .ITEM                                iv)  Item 4.
+  Item 2.                              v)   Item 5.
+  .ITEM
+  Item 3
+  .ITEM
+  Item 4
+  .ITEM
+  Item 5
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The argument <kbd>VARIABLE&nbsp;&lt;character&gt;</kbd> lets
+you choose different enumerators for the items in a list.
+<kbd>&lt;character&gt;</kbd> is the widest enumerator to
+be used.  Thus, if you have a list enumerated by both bullets
+and em-dashes, you&#8217;d set it up with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST VARIABLE \[em]
+</span>
+and select the enumerator you want with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ITEM \[em]
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ITEM \[bu]
+</span>
+If your enumerator contains spaces, you must enclose the
+<kbd>&lt;character&gt;</kbd> argument in both LIST and ITEM in
+double-quotes, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST VARIABLE "\*[UP 1p]\[bu]\*[DOWN 1p]"
+  .ITEM "\*[UP 1p]\[bu]\*[DOWN 1p]"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The argument <kbd>USER</kbd> lets you make up your own enumerator,
+and must be followed by a second argument: what you&#8217;d like the
+enumerator to look like.  For example, if you want a list enumerated
+with <kbd>=&gt;</kbd>,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST USER =&gt;
+  .ITEM
+  A list item
+</span>
+
+will produce
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  =&gt; A list item
+</span>
+Some useful special groff characters you might want to pass to
+<kbd>USER</kbd> are:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \[sq] - square box
+  \[rh] - pointing hand
+  \[-&gt;] - right arrow
+  \[rA] - right double arrow
+  \[OK] - checkmark
+</span>
+The size and vertical positioning of special characters may be
+adjusted with
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+in the argument passed to USER.  For example, to raise the position
+of <kbd><span class="nobr">\[sq]</span></kbd> slightly, you might do
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST USER "\*[UP .25p]\[sq]\*[DOWN .25p]"
+    or
+  .LIST USER \v'-.25p'\[sq]\v'.25p'
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The argument <kbd>PLAIN</kbd> initializes a list with no enumerator.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If the argument to <kbd>USER</kbd> contains spaces, you must enclose
+the argument in double quotes.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs">The second argument &ndash; separator style</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you choose <kbd>DIGIT</kbd>, <kbd>ALPHA</kbd>, <kbd>alpha</kbd>,
+<kbd>ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd>, or <kbd>roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd>, you may
+enter the optional argument, <kbd>separator</kbd>, to say what kind
+of separator you want after the enumerator.  The separator can be
+anything you like.  The default for <kbd>DIGIT</kbd> is a period
+(dot), like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  1. A list item
+</span>
+The default separator for <kbd>ALPHA</kbd>, <kbd>alpha</kbd>,
+<kbd>ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd> and <kbd>roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd> is a right
+parenthesis, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  a) An alpha-ed list item
+  b) A second alpha-ed list item
+</span>
+If you&#8217;d prefer, say, digits with right-parenthesis separators
+instead of the default period, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST DIGIT )
+  .ITEM
+  A numbered list item
+</span>
+which would produce
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  1) A numbered list item
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>BULLET</kbd>, <kbd>DASH</kbd> and <kbd>USER</kbd> do not take a
+separator.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs">The third argument &ndash; prefix style</h3>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, you may give a prefix (i.e. a character
+that comes <i>before</i> the enumerator) when your
+enumerator style for a particular list is <kbd>DIGIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>ALPHA</kbd>, <kbd>alpha</kbd>, <kbd>ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd> or
+<kbd>roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd>.  In the arguments to LIST, the prefix
+comes <i>after</i> the separator, which is counter-intuitive,
+so please be careful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A prefix can be anything you like.  Most likely, you&#8217;ll want
+some kind of open-bracket, such as a left parenthesis.  If, for
+example, you want a <kbd>DIGIT</kbd> list with the numbers enclosed
+in parentheses, you&#8217;d enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST DIGIT ) (
+  .ITEM
+  The first item on the list.
+  .ITEM
+  The second item on the list.
+</span>
+which would produce 
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  (1) The first item on the list.
+  (2) The second item on the list.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>BULLET</kbd>, <kbd>DASH</kbd> and
+<kbd>USER</kbd> do not take a prefix.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs">Exiting lists &ndash; LIST OFF / BACK or QUIT_LISTS</h3>
+
+<p>
+Any single argument to <kbd>LIST</kbd> other than
+<kbd>BULLET</kbd>, <kbd>DASH</kbd>, <kbd>DIGIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>ALPHA</kbd>, <kbd>alpha</kbd>, <kbd>ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd>roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd> or <kbd>USER</kbd> (e.g.
+<kbd>LIST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> or <kbd>LIST&nbsp;BACK</kbd>) takes you out
+of the current list.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you are at the first list-level (or list-depth), mom returns you
+to the left margin of running text.  Any indents that were in effect
+prior to setting the list are fully restored.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you are in a nested list, mom moves you back one list-level
+(i.e., does not take you out of the list structure) and restores the
+enumerator, separator and indent appropriate to that level.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Each invocation of <kbd>.LIST</kbd> should thus be matched by
+a corresponding <kbd>.LIST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> in order to fully exit
+lists.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+  o List item in level 1
+  o List item in level 1
+    - List item in level 2
+    - List item in level 2
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+</span>
+is created like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+  .LIST BULLET
+  .ITEM
+  List item in level 1
+  .ITEM
+  List item in level 1
+  .LIST DASH
+  .ITEM
+  List item in level 2
+  .ITEM
+  List item in level 2
+  .LIST OFF    \" Turn level 2 list off
+  .LIST OFF    \" Turn level 1 list off
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+</span>
+Alternatively, you may use the single-purpose macro
+<kbd>.QUIT_LISTS</kbd>, to get yourself out of a list structure.  In
+the example above, the two <kbd>.LIST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> lines could be
+replaced with a single <kbd>.QUIT_LISTS</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="item" class="macro-id">ITEM</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ITEM</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[&lt;enumerator&gt;] [&lt;space&gt;]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The argument to <kbd style="font-style: normal">&lt;space&gt;</kbd> requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After you&#8217;ve initialized a list with
+<a href="#list">LIST</a>,
+precede each item you want in the list with <kbd>.ITEM</kbd>.  Mom
+takes care of everything else with respect to setting the item
+appropriate to the list you&#8217;re in.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;ve chosen the <kbd>VARIABLE</kbd> argument when
+invoking LIST, ITEM must be followed by an enumerator character.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you give ITEM a space argument, either by itself or after a
+variable enumerator character, the item will be spaced by the amount
+of the argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In document processing, it is valid to have list items that contain
+multiple paragraphs.  Simply issue a
+<kbd><a href="#pp">.PP</a></kbd>
+request for each paragraph <i>following</i> the first item.
+I.e., don&#8217;t do this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ITEM
+  .PP
+  Some text...
+  .PP
+  A second paragraph of text
+</span>
+but rather
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ITEM
+  Some text...
+  .PP
+  A second paragraph of text
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="list-control" class="docs defaults">LIST control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: 0; margin-left: .5em">
+LIST control macros may not be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>.
+</p>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; padding-left: 1.5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#shift-list">Indenting lists (SHIFT_LIST)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#reset-list">Resetting an initialized list&#8217;s enumerator (RESET_LIST)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pad-list-digits">Padding digit enumerators (PAD_LIST_DIGITS)</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="shift-list" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em;">1. Indenting lists &ndash; SHIFT_LIST</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you want a list to be indented to the right of running text, or
+indented to the right of a current list, use the macro SHIFT_LIST
+immediately after
+<a href="#list">LIST</a>.
+SHIFT_LIST takes just one argument: the amount by which you want the
+list shifted to the right.  The argument requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SHIFT_LIST applies only to the list you just initialized with LIST.
+It does not carry over from one invocation of LIST to the next.
+However, the indent remains in effect when you return to a list
+level in a nested list.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you want a 2-level list, with each list indented to
+the right by 18
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+  .LIST           \" List 1
+  .SHIFT_LIST 18p \" Indent 18 points right of running text
+  .ITEM
+  List 1 item
+  .ITEM
+  List 1 item
+  .LIST DASH      \" List 2
+  .SHIFT_LIST 18p \" Indent 18 points right of list 1
+  .ITEM
+  List 2 item
+  .ITEM
+  List 2 item
+  .LIST OFF       \" Move back to list 1
+  .ITEM
+  List 1 item
+  .ITEM
+  List 1 item
+  .LIST OFF       \" Exit lists
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+</span>
+produces (approximately)
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+      &bull; List 1 item
+      &bull; List 1 item
+          - List 2 item
+          - List 2 item
+      &bull; List 1 item
+      &bull; List 1 item
+  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+  sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="reset-list" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">2. Resetting an initialized list&#8217;s enumerator &ndash; RESET_LIST</h4>
+
+<p>
+In nested lists, if your choice of enumerator for a given level
+of list is <kbd>DIGIT</kbd>, <kbd>ALPHA</kbd>, <kbd>alpha</kbd>,
+<kbd>ROMAN</kbd> or <kbd>roman</kbd>, you may sometimes want to
+reset the list&#8217;s enumerator when you return to that list.
+Consider the following:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Things to do religiously each and every day:
+  &bull; take care of the dog
+    a) walk every day
+    b) brush once a week
+       - trim around the eyes every fourth brushing
+       - don&#8217;t forget to check nails
+  &bull; feed the cat
+    d) soft food on Mon., Wed. and Fri.
+    e) dry food on Tues., Thurs. and Sat.
+    f) canned tuna on Sunday
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The alpha-enumerated items under &#8220;Feed the cat&#8221;
+would be normally a), b), c), but we want d), e), f).  The
+solution is to reset the second <kbd>.LIST alpha</kbd>&#8217;s
+enumerator&mdash;before the first <kbd>.ITEM</kbd>&mdash;with
+the macro RESET_LIST.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With no argument, <kbd>.RESET_LIST</kbd> resets an incrementing
+enumerator to 1, A, a, I or i depending on the style of enumerator.
+If you pass <kbd>.RESET_LIST</kbd> a
+<a href="definitions.html#numericargument">numeric argument</a>,
+it represents the starting position for an incrementing enumerator.  In
+the example above, <kbd>.RESET_LIST 4</kbd>&nbsp;starts the second
+alpha-ed list at d).
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pad-list-digits" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">3. Padding digit enumerators &ndash; PAD_LIST_DIGITS</h4>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em;">Arabic digits</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+When your choice of enumerators is DIGIT and the number of items
+in the list exceeds nine (9), you have to make a design decision:
+should mom leave room for the extra numeral in two-numeral digits to
+the right or the left of the single-numeral digits?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want the extra space to the right, invoke the macro
+<kbd>.PAD_LIST_DIGITS</kbd> (with no argument), after
+<kbd>.LIST</kbd> and before <kbd>.ITEM</kbd>.  This will produce
+something like
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  8.  List item
+  9.  List item
+  10. List item
+</span>
+If you want the extra space to the left, invoke
+<kbd>.PAD_LIST_DIGITS</kbd> with the single argument,
+<kbd>LEFT</kbd>, which will produce
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   8. List item
+   9. List item
+  10. List item
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Of course, if the number of items in the list is less than ten
+(10), there&#8217;s no need for PAD_LIST_DIGITS.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em;">Roman numerals</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+By default, mom sets roman numerals in lists flush left.  The
+<kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd> argument appended to <kbd>ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd>
+or <kbd>roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd> allows her to calculate how much space
+to put after each numeral in order to ensure that the text of items
+lines up properly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like the roman numerals to line
+up flush right (i.e. be padded "left"), simply
+invoke <kbd>.PAD_LIST_DIGITS&nbsp;LEFT</kbd> after
+<kbd>.LIST&nbsp;ROMAN&lt;n&gt;</kbd> or
+<kbd>.LIST&nbsp;roman&lt;n&gt;</kbd> and before <kbd>.ITEM</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -LINE NUMBERING- -->
+
+<h2 id="number-lines-intro" class="macro-group">Line numbering &ndash; prepend numbers to output lines</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#number-lines">Macro: <b>NUMBER_LINES</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#ln-control">Line numbering control (off/suspend, resume)</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#number-lines-control">Control macros and defaults</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#number-quote-lines">Line numbering control macros for quotes and blockquotes</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+When you turn line-numbering on, mom, by default
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>numbers every line of paragraph text; line-numbering is
+      suspended for all other document processing tags (like
+      docheaders, epigraphs, headings, quotes, etc.) and special
+      pages (covers, endotes, bibliographies, etc.); be aware,
+      though, that if you turn
+      <a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheaders</a>
+      off (with
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#docheader">DOCHEADER</a> OFF)
+      and create your own docheader, mom
+      <i>will</i> line-number your custom docheader, so turn
+      line numbering on afterwards
+  </li>
+  <li>doesn&#8217;t touch your line length; line numbers are hung
+      outside your current left margin (as set with
+      <a href="typesetting.html#l-margin">L_MARGIN</a>,
+      <a href="typesetting.html#page">PAGE</a>
+      or
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#doc-left-margin">DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</a>),
+      regardless of any indents that may be active
+  </li>
+  <li>separates line numbers from running text by two
+      <a href="definitions.html#figurespace">figure spaces</a>.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Mom expects that
+<a href="#quote">QUOTE</a>s
+and
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>s
+will not be line-numbered, however control macros are provided to
+enable line numbering for either.
+See
+<a href="#number-quote-lines">Line numbering control macros for quotes and blockquotes</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -NUMBER_LINES- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="number-lines" class="macro-id">NUMBER_LINES</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>NUMBER_LINES</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;start number&gt; [ &lt;which lines to number&gt; [ &lt;gutter&gt; ] ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>NUMBER_LINES</b>  <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;anything&gt; | RESUME</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+NUMBER_LINES does what it says: prints line numbers, to the left of
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output lines</a>
+of paragraph text.  One of the chief reasons for wanting numbered
+lines is in order to identify footnotes or endnotes by line number
+instead of by a marker in the text.  (See
+<a href="#footnotes-by-linenumber">Footnotes by linenumber</a>
+for instructions on line-numbered footnotes, and
+<a href="#endnote-marker-style">ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE LINE</a>
+for instructions on line-numbered endnotes.)
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Do not use NUMBER_LINES inside 
+<a href="#quote">QUOTE</a>
+or
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>.
+By default, mom expects that quotes and blockquotes will not be
+line numbered.  If you wish to enable line numbering for them, you
+must invoke
+<a href="#number-quote-lines">NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES</a>
+or
+<a href="#number-quote-lines">NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>
+The first time you invoke
+<a href="#number-lines">NUMBER_LINES</a>
+you must, at a minimum, tell it what line number you want the
+<i>next</i>
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output line</a>
+to have.  The optional arguments <kbd>&lt;which lines to number&gt;</kbd>
+and <kbd>&lt;gutter&gt;</kbd> allow you to state which lines should
+be numbered (e.g. every five or every ten lines), and the gutter to
+place between line numbers and
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you want mom to number output lines using her defaults,
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_LINES 1
+</span>
+will prepend the number, 1, to the next output line and number all
+subsequent output lines sequentially.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want only every five lines numbered, pass mom the optional
+<kbd>&lt;which lines to number&gt;</kbd> argument, like this:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_LINES 1 5
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="important">GOTCHA!</span>
+The argument to <kbd>&lt;which lines to number&gt;</kbd> instructs
+mom to number only those lines that are multiples of the argument.
+Hence, in the above example, line number <kbd>1</kbd> will
+<i>not</i> be numbered, since <kbd>1</kbd> is not a multiple of
+<kbd>5</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want line number <kbd>1</kbd> to be numbered, you have
+to invoke <kbd><span class="nobr">.NUMBER_LINES 1 1</span></kbd> before the
+first output line you want numbered, then study your <i>output</i>
+copy and determine where best to insert the following in your
+<i>input</i> text:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_LINES \n[ln] 5
+</span>
+(The escape <kbd>\n[ln]</kbd> ensures that NUMBER_LINES
+automatically supplies the correct value for the first argument,
+<kbd>&lt;start number&gt;</kbd>.)
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Following this recipe, line number <kbd>1</kbd> will be numbered;
+subsequently, only line numbers that are multiples of 5 will be
+numbered.  A little experimentation may be required to determine the
+best place for it in your input text.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The optional argument, <kbd>&lt;gutter&gt;</kbd>, tells mom how much
+space to put between the line numbers and the running text.
+<kbd>&lt;gutter&gt;</kbd> does not require (or even accept) a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+The argument you pass to it is the number of
+<a href="definitions.html#figurespace">figure spaces</a>
+you want between line numbers and running text.
+Mom&#8217;s default gutter is two figure spaces.  If
+you&#8217;d like a wider gutter, say, four figures spaces, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_LINES 1 1 4
+                  |
+                  +-- Notice you *must* supply a value
+                      for the 2nd argument in order to supply
+                      a value for the 3rd.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+When giving a value for <kbd>&lt;gutter&gt;</kbd>, you cannot skip
+the <kbd>&lt;which lines to number&gt;</kbd> argument.  Either fill
+in the desired value, or use two double-quotes ( <kbd>""</kbd> ) to
+have mom use the value formerly in effect.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="ln-control" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em;">Off/suspend, resume</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+After initializing line numbering, you can suspend it, with the
+option to resume, using
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_LINES&nbsp;OFF
+</span>
+(or <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+
+<p>To resume line numbering:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+</span>
+When you resume, the line number will be the next in sequence
+from where you left off.  If that is not what you want&mdash;say
+you want to reset the line number to <kbd>1</kbd>&mdash;re-invoke
+<kbd>.NUMBER_LINES</kbd> with whatever arguments are needed for the
+desired result.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-left: 6px;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Additional notes:</span>
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -1.25em; margin-left: -1.25em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li>In document processing, you may invoke
+      <kbd>.NUMBER_LINES</kbd> either before or after
+      <kbd>.START</kbd>.  Mom doesn&#8217;t care.
+  </li>
+  <li style="margin-top: .25em;">If you&#8217;re collating documents with
+      <a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>,
+      you should re-invoke, at a minimum,
+      <kbd>.NUMBER_LINES&nbsp;1</kbd> for each collated
+      document, in order to ensure that each begins with the
+      number <kbd>1</kbd> prepended to the first line.
+  </li>
+  <li style="margin-top: .25em;">Occasionally, you may want to
+      change the current gutter between line numbers and running
+      text without knowing what the next output line number should
+      be.  Since NUMBER_LINES requires this number as its first
+      argument, in such instances, pass NUMBER_LINES as its first
+      argument the escape
+      <kbd>\n[ln]</kbd>.
+      <br/>
+      <span style="display: block; margin-top: .5em;">For example, if you were numbering every 5 lines with a
+      gutter of 2 (figure spaces) and you needed to change the
+      gutter to 4 (figures spaces),
+      <br/>
+      <span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -2em;">
+  .NUMBER_LINES \n[ln] 5 4
+      </span>
+      would do the trick.
+      </span>
+  </li>
+  <li style="margin-top: .25em;">If you&#8217;re using
+      <a href="#mn-intro">margin notes</a>
+      in a document, be sure to set the gutter for margin notes wide
+      enough to allow room for the line numbers.
+  </li>
+  <li style="margin-top: .25em;">Mom (groff, actually), only numbers
+      lines <i>to the left</i> of running text.  For aesthetic
+      reason, therefore, the use of line numbering when setting a
+      document in columns is discouraged.  However, should you wish
+      to number lines when setting in columns, make sure the
+      <a href="definitions.html#gutter">gutter(s)</a>
+      between columns is wide enough to leave room for the numbers.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="number-lines-control" class="docs defaults">NUMBER_LINES control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#number-lines-general">Family/font/size/colour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#number-lines-per-section">Reset line numbering after COLLATE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#number-quote-lines">Line numbering control for quotes and blockquotes</a>
+  <ul style="padding-left: 1em">
+    <li><a href="#number-quote-lines-global">Including QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs in the line numbering scheme</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#number-quote-lines-selective">Selectively enabling line numbering for QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#number-quote-lines-gutter">Changing the line number gutter for QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#number-quote-lines-silent">Silently increment line numbers during  QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="number-lines-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. Family/font/size/colour</h4>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following NUMBER_LINES control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using LINENUMBER_STYLE.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.LINENUMBER_FAMILY default = prevailing family or document family; default is Times Roman
+.LINENUMBER_FONT   default = prevailing font
+.LINENUMBER_SIZE   default = +0
+.LINENUMBER_COLOR  default = black
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="number-lines-per-section" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.75em;">2. Reset line numbering after COLLATE</h4>
+
+<p>
+After
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>,
+line numbering continues from where it left off.  If you would like
+each chapter or major document section to begin its line numbering
+at &#8220;1&#8221;, invoke
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_LINES_PER_SECTION
+</span>
+after
+<a href="#number-lines"><kbd>.NUMBER_LINES</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="number-quote-lines" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0em;">3. Line numbering control macros for QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE</h4>
+
+<h5 id="number-quote-lines-global" class="docs" style="font-size: 87%">&bull;&nbsp;Including QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs in the line numbering scheme</h5>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like mom to number lines in a
+<a href="#quote">QUOTE</a> 
+or
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a> 
+as part of the same order and sequence as paragraph text,
+invoke
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES
+</span>
+either before or after NUMBER_LINES. Both behave identically with
+respect to the affected macro (i.e. QUOTE or BLOCKQUOTE).
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="number-quote-lines-selective" class="docs" style="font-size: 87%">&bull;&nbsp;Selectively enabling line numbering for QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs</h5>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like to enable line numbering selectively for quotes
+and blockquotes <i>only</i>, invoke <kbd>.NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES</kbd>
+or <kbd>.NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES</kbd> first, followed by
+<kbd>.NUMBER_LINES&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</kbd>, where <kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd>
+is the first line number of the quote or blockquote.  Afterwards,
+enter your QUOTE or BLOCKQUOTE.  When the quote or blockquote
+is finished (i.e. after <kbd>.QUOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> or
+<kbd>.BLOCKQUOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>), turn line numbering off.  Each
+subsequent quote or blockquote you want line numbered requires
+only <kbd>.NUMBER_LINES &lt;n&gt;</kbd> (with a corresponding
+<kbd>.NUMBER_LINES OFF</kbd>) until you turn NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES or
+NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s a recipe where the first line number of quotes starts
+repeatedly at &#8220;1&#8221;.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &lt;running text&gt;
+  .NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES
+  .NUMBER_LINES 1
+  .QUOTE
+  &lt;text of quote&gt;
+  .QUOTE OFF
+  .NUMBER_LINES OFF
+  &lt;further running text&gt;
+  .NUMBER_LINES 1
+  .QUOTE
+  &lt;text of quote&gt;
+  .QUOTE OFF
+  .NUMBER_LINES OFF
+  &lt;further running text&gt;
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="number-quote-lines-gutter" class="docs" style="font-size: 87%">&bull;&nbsp;Changing the line number gutter for QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs</h5>
+
+<p>
+Owing to groff&#8217;s restriction on accepting only the figure
+space as the line number
+<a href="definitions.html#gutter">gutter</a>&#8217;s
+unit of measure, it is not possible for line numbers in quotes
+or blockquotes to hang outside a document&#8217;s overall left
+margin and be reliably flush with the line numbers of paragraph
+text.  Consequently, line numbers in quotes or blockquotes hang
+to the left of the quote, separated by the currently active
+gutter for NUMBER_LINES.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like to change the line number gutter for quotes
+or blockquotes, invoke <kbd>.NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES</kbd> or
+<kbd>.NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES</kbd> with a digit representing the
+number of
+<a href="definitions.html#figurespace">figure spaces</a>
+you&#8217;d like between the line numbers and the quoted text, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES 3
+</span>
+With the above, line numbers in quotes (and only quotes) will have
+a gutter of 3 figure spaces.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="number-quote-lines-silent" class="docs" style="font-size: 87%">&bull;&nbsp;Silently increment line numbers during QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE</h5>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;ve asked mom not to line number quotes or blockquotes,
+but would like line numbering to continue while they&#8217;re
+being output (as opposed to mom&#8217;s default behaviour of
+<i>suspending</i> incrementing of line numbers during the output of
+quotes and blockquotes), invoke
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES&nbsp;SILENT
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES&nbsp;SILENT
+</span>
+With these, mom continues to increment line numbers while quotes
+or blockquotes are being output, but the line numbers won&#8217;t
+appear in the output copy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once having turned NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES or NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES on,
+you may disable them with
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES OFF
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="footnote-intro" class="macro-group">Footnotes</h2>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-behaviour">Footnote behaviour</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#fn-and-punct">Footnote markers and punctuation in the running text</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote">Tag: FOOTNOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-control">Footnote control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+For something so complex behind the scenes, footnotes are easy to use.
+You just type, for example,
+<br/>
+<span id="footnote-example" class="pre-in-pp">
+  ...the doctrines of Identity as urged by Schelling\c
+  .FOOTNOTE
+  &lt;footnote about who the hell is Schelling&gt;
+  .FOOTNOTE OFF
+   were generally the points of discussion presenting the most
+  of beauty to the imaginative Morella.
+</span>
+and be done with it.
+(Note the obligatory use of the <kbd>\c</kbd>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>,
+required whenever your
+<a href="#footnote-marker-style">FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+is either <kbd>STAR</kbd> [star/dagger footnotes] or
+<kbd>NUMBER</kbd> [superscript numbers].)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After you invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd>, mom takes care of everything:
+putting footnote markers in the body of the document, keeping track
+of how many footnotes are on the page, identifying the footnotes
+themselves appropriately, balancing them properly with the bottom
+margin, deferring footnotes that don&#8217;t fit on the page...
+Even if you&#8217;re using
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">COLUMNS</a>,
+mom knows what to do, and Does The Right Thing.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+See
+<a href="refer.html">refer.html</a>
+for information on using footnotes with the <kbd>refer</kbd>
+bibliographic database.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="footnote-behaviour" class="docs">Footnote behaviour</h3>
+
+<p>
+Footnotes can be sly little beasts.  If you&#8217;re writing a
+document that&#8217;s footnote-heavy, you might want to read the
+following.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom marks footnotes with alternating stars (asterisks),
+daggers, and double-daggers.  The first footnote gets a star, the
+second a dagger, the third a double-dagger, the fourth two stars,
+the fifth two daggers, etc.  If you prefer numbered footnotes, rest
+assured mom is happy to oblige.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A small amount of vertical whitespace and a short horizontal rule
+separate footnotes from the document body.  When
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex-vs-shim">shimming</a>
+is enabled, the amount of whitespace
+may vary slightly from page to page depending on the number of lines
+in the footnotes.  Mom tries for a nice balance between too little
+whitespace and too much, but when push comes to shove, she&#8217;ll
+usually opt for ample over cramped.  The last lines of footnotes are
+always flush with the document&#8217;s bottom margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When 
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex-vs-shim">flex-spacing</a>
+is enabled, the distance between the last line of text and the
+first footnote is always the same.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If mom sees that a portion of a footnote cannot be fit on its page,
+she carries that portion over to the next page.  If an entire
+footnote can&#8217;t be fit on its page (i.e., FOOTNOTE has been
+called too close to the bottom), she defers the footnote to the next
+page, but sets it with the appropriate marker from the previous
+page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When footnotes occur within cited text, for example a
+<a href="#quote">QUOTE</a>
+or a
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>,
+mom will usually opt for deferring the footnote over to the next
+page if it allows her to complete the cited text on one page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the unfortunate happenstance that a deferred footnote is the
+only footnote on its page (i.e., it&#8217;s marked in the document
+body with a star) and the page it&#8217;s deferred to has its own
+footnotes, mom separates the deferred footnote from the page&#8217;s
+proper footnote(s) with a blank line.  This avoids the confusion
+that might result from readers seeing two footnote entries on
+the same page identified by a single star (or the number 1 if
+you&#8217;ve requested numbered footnotes that begin at 1 on every
+page).  The blank line makes it clear that the first footnote entry
+belongs to the previous page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the circumstance where a deferred footnote is not the only one
+on its page, and is consequently marked by something other than
+a single star, there&#8217;s no confusion and mom doesn&#8217;t
+bother with the blank line.  (By convention, the first footnote on
+a page is always marked with a single star, so if readers see, say,
+a dagger or double-dagger marking the first footnote entry,
+they&#8217;ll know the entry belongs to the previous page).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Very exceptionally, two footnotes may have to be deferred (e.g., one
+occurs on the second to last line of a page, and another on the last
+line).  In such a circumstance, mom does not add
+a blank after the second deferred footnote.  If you&#8217;d like a blank
+line separating both deferred footnotes from any footnotes proper to
+the page the deferred ones were moved to, add the space manually by
+putting a
+<a href="typesetting.html#space"><kbd>.SPACE</kbd></a>
+command at the end of the footnote text, before
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Obviously, deferred footnotes aren&#8217;t an issue if you request
+numbered footnotes that increase incrementally throughout the whole
+document&mdash;yet another convenience mom has thought of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While mom&#8217;s handling of footnotes is sophisticated,
+and tries to take nearly every imaginable situation under which they
+might occur into account, some situations are simply impossible from
+a typographic standpoint.  For example, if you have a
+<a href="#head">HEAD</a>
+near the bottom of a page and the page has some footnotes on it, mom
+may simply not have room to set any text under the head (normally,
+she insists on having room for at least one line of text beneath
+a head).  In such an instance, mom will either set the head, with
+nothing under it but footnotes, or transfer the head to the next
+page.  Either way, you&#8217;ll have a gaping hole at the bottom
+of the page.  It&#8217;s a sort of typographic Catch-22, and can
+only be resolved by you, the writer or formatter of the document,
+adjusting the type on the offending page so as to circumvent the
+problem.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="fn-and-punct" class="docs">Footnote markers and punctuation in the running text</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-left: -1.25em;">
+  <li><a href="#fn-and-punct-fill">&#8220;Fill&#8221; modes &ndash; JUSTIFY, or QUAD LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#fn-and-punct-nofill">&#8220;No-fill&#8221; modes &ndash; LEFT, CENTER, RIGHT</a></li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4 id="fn-and-punct-fill" class="docs">1. &#8220;Fill&#8221; modes &ndash; JUSTIFY, or QUAD LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT</h4>
+
+<p>
+In
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill</a>
+modes, the correct way to enter the line after
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> is to input it as if it&#8217;s
+literally a continuation of the input line you were entering before
+you invoked <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd>.  Therefore, if necessary, the
+input line may have to begin with space(s) or a punctuation mark, as
+in the two following examples.
+</p>
+
+<div id="examples-footnotes-1" class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -.25em;">Example 1</div>
+<span class="pre">
+A line of text,\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+A footnote line.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+ broken up with a comma.
+^
+(last line begins with a literal space)
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div id="examples-footnotes-2" class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -.25em;">Example 2</div>
+<span class="pre">
+A line of text\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+A footnote line.
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+, broken up with a comma.
+^
+(last line begins with a comma and a space)
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Example 1 produces, on output
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text,* broken up with a comma.
+</span>
+Example 2 produces
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text*, broken up with a comma.
+</span>
+Care must be taken, though, if the punctuation mark that begins the
+line after <kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> is a period (dot).  You
+<b><i>must</i></b> begin such lines with <kbd>\&amp;.</kbd>, like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ...end of sentence\c
+  .FOOTNOTE
+  A footnote line.
+  .FOOTNOTE OFF
+  \&amp;.  A new sentence...
+</span>
+If you omit the <kbd>\&amp;.</kbd>, the line will vanish!
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The document element tags,
+<a href="#epigraph">EPIGRAPH</a>
+and
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>,
+imply a fill mode, therefore these instructions also apply when you
+insert a footnote into epigraphs or blockquotes.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="fn-and-punct-nofill" class="docs">2. &#8220;No-fill&#8221; modes &ndash; LEFT, CENTER, RIGHT</h4>
+
+<p>
+In
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill</a>
+modes, you must decide a) whether text on the <i>input</i> line
+after <kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> is to be joined to the
+<i>output</i> line before <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd> was invoked, or b)
+whether you want the <i>output</i> text to begin on a new line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the first instance, simply follow the instructions,
+<a href="#fn-and-punct-fill">above</a>,
+for fill modes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the second instance, you must explicitly tell mom that
+you want input text after <kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> to
+begin on a new output line.  This is accomplished by passing
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) an additional argument:
+<kbd>BREAK</kbd> or <kbd>BR</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Study the two examples below to understand the difference.
+</p>
+
+<div id="examples-footnotes-3" class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -.25em;">Example 1</div>
+<span class="pre">
+.LEFT
+A line of text\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+A footnote line
+.FOOTNOTE OFF
+that carries on after the footnote.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div id="examples-footnotes-4" class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -.25em;">Example 2</div>
+<span class="pre">
+.LEFT
+A line of text\c
+.FOOTNOTE
+A footnote line
+.FOOTNOTE OFF BREAK
+that doesn&#8217;t carry on after the footnote.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Example 1, on output, produces
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text* that carries on after the footnote.
+</span>
+whereas Example 2 produces
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text*
+  that doesn&#8217;t carry on after the footnote.
+</span>
+The distinction becomes particularly important if you like to see
+punctuation marks come <i>after</i> footnote markers.  In no-fill
+modes, that&#8217;s accomplished like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  A line of text\c
+  .FOOTNOTE
+  A footnote line
+  .FOOTNOTE OFF
+  ,
+  broken up with a comma.
+</span>
+The output of the above looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text*,
+  broken up with a comma.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The document element tag,
+<a href="#quote">QUOTE</a>,
+implies a no-fill mode, therefore these instructions also apply when
+you insert footnotes into quotes.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -FOOTNOTE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="footnote" class="macro-id">FOOTNOTE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Tag: FOOTNOTE <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt; [ BREAK | BR ] [ INDENT LEFT | RIGHT | BOTH &lt;indent value&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;<kbd><span style="font-style: normal">&lt;indent value&gt;</span></kbd> requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<br/>
+See <span style="font-style: normal"><a href="#footnote-note">HYPER-IMPORTANT NOTE</a></span>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FOOTNOTE is a toggle macro, therefore invoking it on a line by
+itself allows you to enter a footnote in the body of a document.
+Invoking it with any argument other than <kbd>INDENT</kbd> (i.e.
+<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...)
+tells mom you&#8217;re finished.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Footnotes are the only element of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+that are not affected by the typesetting
+<a href="typesetting.html#indents">indent macros</a>.
+In the unlikely event that you want a page&#8217;s footnotes to
+line up with a running indent, invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd> with
+the <kbd>INDENT</kbd> argument and pass it an indent direction and
+indent value. <kbd>L, R,</kbd> and <kbd>B</kbd> may be used in place
+of <kbd>LEFT, RIGHT,</kbd> and <kbd>BOTH</kbd>. FOOTNOTE must be
+invoked with <kbd>INDENT</kbd> for every footnote you want indented;
+mom does not save any footnote indent information from invocation to
+invocation.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If a footnote runs to more than one paragraph, do <i>not</i> begin
+the footnote with the
+<a href="#pp">PP</a>
+tag.  Use <kbd>.PP</kbd> only to introduce subsequent paragraphs.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="footnote-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">HYPER-IMPORTANT NOTE:</span>
+The final word on the
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>
+that comes immediately before FOOTNOTE <i>must</i> terminate with a
+<kbd><a href="typesetting.html#join">\c</a></kbd>
+inline escape if your
+<a href="#footnote-marker-style">FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+is either <kbd>STAR</kbd> or <kbd>NUMBER</kbd>.  See the
+<a href="#footnote-example">footnote example</a>
+above.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill</a>
+modes
+(<a href="typesetting.html#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>),
+the line <i>after</i> a <kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> should be
+entered as if there were no interruption in the input text, i.e.,
+the line should begin with a literal space or punctuation mark (see
+explanation and examples
+<a href="#fn-and-punct">here</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill</a>
+modes, the optional argument <kbd>BREAK</kbd> or <kbd>BR</kbd> may
+be used after the <kbd>OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) argument to
+instruct mom not to join the next input line to the previous output.
+See
+<a href="#fn-and-punct-nofill">here</a>
+for a more complete explanation, with examples.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Do not use the <kbd>\c</kbd> inline escape if your
+FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is <kbd>LINE</kbd>, or if you have disabled
+footnote markers with
+<kbd><a href="#footnote-markers">.FOOTNOTE_MARKERS OFF</a></kbd>.
+In these instances, the line after <kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>
+should be entered normally.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="footnote-control" class="docs defaults">FOOTNOTE control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#footnote-general">Family/font/size/colour/lead/quad</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-markers">Footnote markers</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-marker-style">Footnote marker style</a> &ndash; star+dagger or numbered
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#footnote-number-placeholders">Left padding of footnote numbers</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#footnotes-by-linenumber">Footnotes by line number</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#footnote-linenumber-brackets">FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#footnote-linenumber-separator">FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#footnotes-run-on">FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON</a> &ndash; line-numbered footnotes only</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#reset-footnote-number">Reset footnote number</a> &ndash; set footnote marker number to 1</li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-space">Inter-footnote spacing</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-rule">Footnote rule</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-rule-length">Footnote rule length</a> &ndash; length of footnote separator rule</li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-rule-weight">Footnote rule weight</a> &ndash; weight of footnote separator rule</li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-rule-adj">Adjust vertical position of footnote separator rule</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. Family/font/size/colour/lead/quad</h4>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following FOOTNOTE control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using FOOTNOTE_STYLE.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.FOOTNOTE_FAMILY    default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.FOOTNOTE_FONT      default = roman
+.FOOTNOTE_SIZE      default = -2 (points)
+.FOOTNOTE_COLOR     default = black
+.FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD  default = 2 points (typeset); single-spaced (typewrite)
+.FOOTNOTE_QUAD      default = same as paragraphs
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-markers" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.25em;">2. Footnote markers &ndash; FOOTNOTE_MARKERS</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want footnote markers in either the body of
+the document or beside footnote entries themselves, toggle them
+off with <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_MARKERS&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...).  This means,
+of course, that you&#8217;ll have to roll your own.  If you want
+them back on, invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_MARKERS</kbd> with no argument.
+Footnote markers are on by default.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If FOOTNOTE_MARKERS are disabled, do not use the <kbd>\c</kbd>
+inline escape to terminate the line before <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-marker-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">3. Footnote marker style &ndash; FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</h4>
+
+<p>
+Mom gives you two choices of footnote marker style: star+dagger (see
+<a href="#footnote-behaviour">footnote behaviour</a>
+above), or numbered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE STAR</kbd> gives you star+dagger (the
+default).  There is a limit of 10 footnotes per page with this
+style.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE NUMBER</kbd> gives you superscript
+numbers, both in the document body and in the footnote entries
+themselves.  By default, footnote numbers increase incrementally
+(prev. footnote number + 1) throughout the whole document.  You
+can ask mom to start each page&#8217;s footnote numbers at 1 with
+<kbd>.RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER</kbd>
+(<a href="#reset-footnote-number">see below</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> and you would prefer that the footnotes
+themselves not use superscript numbers, you may pass
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE NUMBER</kbd> an additional argument:
+<kbd>NO_SUPERSCRIPT</kbd>.  While the marker in the text will still
+be superscript, the footnotes themselves will be identified with
+normal-sized, base aligned numbers, surrounded by parentheses.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="footnote-number-placeholders" class="docs">Left padding of footnote numbers</h5>
+
+<p>
+When footnote numbering is enabled, in order to ensure that the
+left margin of footnote text aligns regardless of the footnote
+number, you sometimes have to pad the footnote numbers.  This will
+be the case any time the footnote numbers change from 9 to 10 on
+the same page, or from 99 to 100.  Consider this scenario:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  <sup>9</sup>&nbsp;Footnote text
+  <sup>10</sup>&nbsp;Footnote text
+  <sup>11</sup>&nbsp;Footnote text
+</span>
+As you can see, the left margins of the footnotes are not aligned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In order to correct this, use the macro
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS</kbd>, which takes a single
+argument: the number of placeholders in the longer digit.  For
+example, placed at an appropriate point in your input file,
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS&nbsp;2</kbd> causes the above
+example to come out like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  <sup> 9</sup> Footnote text
+  <sup>10</sup> Footnote text
+  <sup>11</sup> Footnote text
+</span>
+Given the impossibility of knowing in advance when the number of
+placeholders required for footnote numbers will change, you must
+study your <i>output</i> file to determine where to insert this
+macro into your <i>input</i> file.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Obviously, mom does not provide a default for
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS</kbd> affects both superscript
+footnote numbers, and, in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+the normal, base-aligned numbers surrounded by parentheses that you
+get with
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE&nbsp;NUMBER&nbsp;NO_SUPERSCRIPT</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="footnotes-by-linenumber" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">4. Footnotes by line number &ndash; FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE LINE</h4> 
+
+<p>
+FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE with the argument, <kbd>LINE</kbd> lets you
+have footnotes which are identified by line number, rather than by a
+marker in the text.  (Note that
+<a href="#number-lines">NUMBER_LINES</a>
+must be enabled in order to use this marker style.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE <kbd>LINE</kbd>, mom will identify
+footnotes either by single line numbers, or line ranges.  If
+what you want is a single line number, you need only invoke
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd>, <i>without the terminating</i> <kbd>\c</kbd>,
+at the appropriate place in running text.  Input lines after the
+footnote has been terminated (e.g. with
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>) are entered normally.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want a range of line numbers (e.g.&nbsp;[5-11]&nbsp;),
+insert, directly into the first line of the range you want, the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FN_MARK]</span></kbd>.  For the terminating line
+number of the range, you need only invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd>
+(again, without the terminating <kbd>\c</kbd>); mom is smart enough
+to figure out that where <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd> was invoked represents
+the terminating line number.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Range-numbered footnotes are always output on the page
+where <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd> was invoked, not the page where
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FN_MARK]</span></kbd> appears (subject, of course, to
+the rules for footnotes that fall too close to the bottom of a page,
+as outlined
+<a href="#footnote-rules">here</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The behaviour of line-numbered footnotes can be controlled with the
+macros:
+<br/>
+<span style="display: inline-block; margin-left: 2em; margin-top: .5em;"><a href="#footnote-linenumber-brackets">FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS</a></span>
+<br/>
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;"><a href="#footnote-linenumber-separator">FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR</a></span>
+<br/>
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;"><a href="#footnotes-run-on">FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON</a></span>
+</p>
+
+<div style="margin-left: 1.25em;">
+<h5 id="footnote-linenumber-brackets" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">&bull;&nbsp;FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-left: .5em;">
+Mom, by default, surrounds footnote line numbers with square
+brackets.  The style of the brackets may be changed with the macro
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS
+</span>
+which takes one of three possible arguments: <kbd>PARENS</kbd>
+(round brackets), <kbd>SQUARE</kbd> (the default) or
+<kbd>BRACES</kbd> (curly braces).  If you prefer a shortform, the
+arguments, <kbd>(</kbd>, <kbd>[</kbd> or <kbd>{</kbd> may be used
+instead.
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-left: .5em;">Thus, for example, either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS PARENS
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS (
+</span>
+will surround footnote line numbers with round brackets.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="footnote-linenumber-separator" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">&bull;&nbsp;FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-left: .5em;">
+If you don&#8217;t want the numbers enclosed in brackets, you
+may tell mom to use a &#8220;separator&#8221; instead.  A common
+separator would be the colon, but it can be anything you like.
+The macro to do this is
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR
+</span>
+which takes, as its single argument, the separator you want.  For
+safety and consistency&#8217;s sake, always enclose the argument in
+double-quotes.  The separator can be composed of any valid groff
+character, or any combination of characters.
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-left: .5em;">
+<b>A word of caution:</b> when using a separator, mom doesn&#8217;t
+insert any space after the separator.  Hence, if you want space
+(you probably do), you must make the space part of the argument you
+pass to FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR.  For example, to get a colon
+separator with a space after it, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR ": "
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="footnotes-run-on" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em;">&bull;&nbsp;FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-left: .5em;">
+Finally, if your footnote marker style is <kbd>LINE</kbd>, you may
+instruct mom to do &#8220;run-on style&#8221; footnotes.  Run-on
+footnotes do not treat footnotes as discrete entities, i.e. each
+beginning on a new line.  Rather, each footnote is separated from
+the footnote before it by horizontal space in the running line, so
+that the footnotes on any given page form a continuous block, like
+lines in a paragraph.
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-left: .5em;">
+The macro to get mom to run footnotes on is
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON
+</span>
+Invoked by itself, it turns the feature on.  Invoked with any other
+argument (<kbd>OFF, NO</kbd>, etc.), it turns the feature off.
+It is generally not a good idea to turn the feature on and off
+during the course of a single document.  If you do, mom will issue
+a warning if there&#8217;s going to be a problem.  However, it is
+always perfectly safe to enable/disable the feature after
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="reset-footnote-number" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">5. Reset footnote number &ndash; RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER</h4>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER</kbd>, by itself, resets footnote
+numbering so that the next footnote you enter is numbered 1.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER&nbsp;PAGE</kbd> tells mom to start every
+page&#8217;s footnote numbering at 1.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-space" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">6. Inter-footnote spacing &ndash; FOOTNOTE_SPACING</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like some space between footnotes, you can
+have mom put it in for you by invoking <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_SPACING</kbd>
+with an argument representing the amount of extra space you&#8217;d
+like.  The argument to FOOTNOTE_SPACING requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the following example, footnotes will be separated from each
+other by 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_SPACING 3p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you&#8217;re using footnotes for references generated from the
+refer database (see
+<a href="refer.html">refer.html</a>),
+correct MLA style requires a full linespace between footnotes, which
+you can accomplish with <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_SPACING&nbsp;1v</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-rule" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">7. Footnote rule &ndash; FOOTNOTE_RULE</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want a footnote separator rule, toggle it
+off with <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_RULE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>END</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...).  Toggle it back on by invoking
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE_RULE</kbd> with no argument.  The default is to print
+the rule.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-rule-length" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">8. Footnote rule length &ndash; FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you want to change the length of the footnote separator rule,
+invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH</kbd> with a length, like this,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH 1i
+</span>
+
+which sets the length to 1 inch.  Note that a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+is required.  The default is 4
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+for both
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>s.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-rule-weight" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">9. Footnote rule weight &ndash; FOOTNOTE_RULE_WEIGHT</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you want to change the weight (&#8220;thickness&#8221;) of the
+footnote separator rule, invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_RULE_WEIGHT</kbd>
+with the desired weight.  The weight is measured in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>;
+however, do not append the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<kbd>p</kbd>, to the argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default footnote rule weight is 1/2 point.  If
+you&#8217;d like a 1-point rule instead,<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_RULE_WEIGHT 1
+</span>
+is how you&#8217;d get it.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="footnote-rule-adj" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">10. Adjust vertical position of footnote separator rule &ndash; FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ</h4>
+
+<p>
+The footnote separator rule is a rule whose bottom edge falls
+on the 
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+(at the footnote
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>)
+one line above the first line of a page&#8217;s footnotes.  By default,
+mom raises the rule 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+from the baseline so that the separator and the footnotes don&#8217;t
+look jammed together.  If you&#8217;d prefer a different vertical
+adjustment, invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ</kbd> with the
+amount you&#8217;d like.  For example
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ 4.25p
+</span>
+raises the rule by 4-1/4 points.  Note that you can only raise
+the rule, not lower it.  A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+is required.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If your document
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+is 2
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+or less (e.g your
+<a href="definitions.html#ps">point size</a>
+is 10 and your linespacing is 10, 11, or 12), lowering mom&#8217;s
+default footnote rule adjustment will almost certainly give you
+nicer looking results than leaving the adjustment at the default.
+Furthermore, you can invoke <kbd>.FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ</kbd> on any
+page in which footnotes appear, or in any column, so that the
+placement of the footnote rule can be changed on-the-fly, should you
+wish.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="endnote-intro" class="macro-group">Endnotes</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#endnote-behaviour">Endnotes behaviour</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#endnote-columns">Endnotes and columnar documents</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnote">Tag: ENDNOTE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnotes">Macro: <b>ENDNOTES</b></a>&mdash;tell mom to output endnotes</li>
+  <li><a href="#endnote-control">ENDNOTES control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Embedding endnotes into mom documents is accomplished the same way
+as embedding
+<a href="#footnote-intro">footnotes</a>.
+The example below is identical to the one shown in the
+<a href="#footnote-example">introduction to footnotes</a>,
+except that <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd> has been replaced with
+<kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div id="examples" class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -.25em;">Example</div>
+<span id="endnote-example" class="pre">
+  ...the doctrines of Identity as urged by Schelling\c
+  .ENDNOTE
+  &lt;endnote about who the hell is Schelling&gt;
+  .ENDNOTE OFF
+   were generally the points of discussion presenting the most
+  of beauty to the imaginative Morella.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+As with footnotes, note the obligatory use of the <kbd>\c</kbd>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+when your
+<a href="#endnote-marker-style">ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+is <kbd>NUMBER</kbd> or <kbd>SUPERSCRIPT</kbd> (both of which mark
+endnotes references in
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+with superscript numbers).  When the marker style is
+<kbd>LINE</kbd>, you must <i>not</i> use the <kbd>\c</kbd>
+escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Endnotes differ from footnotes in two ways (other than the fact that
+endnotes come at the end of a document whereas footnotes appear in
+the body of the document):
+</p>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>When your ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is <kbd>NUMBER</kbd> or
+      <kbd>SUPERSCRIPT</kbd>, endnotes are always numbered
+      incrementally, starting at &#8220;1&#8221;.
+  </li>
+  <li>Endnotes must be output explicitly; mom does not output
+      them for you.  In
+      <a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+      documents, this allows you to choose whether you want the
+      endnotes to appear at the end of each chapter or article in a
+      document, or grouped together at the very end of the document.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+Within endnotes, you may use the document element tags
+<a href="#pp">PP</a>,
+<a href="#quote">QUOTE</a>
+and
+<a href="#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>.
+This provides the flexibility to create endnotes that run to several
+paragraphs, as well as to embed cited text within endnotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Should you wish to change the appearance of quotes or blockquotes
+that appear within endnotes, you may do so with the
+<a href="#quote-control">quote control macros</a>
+or
+<a href="#blockquote-control">blockquote control macros</a>.
+However, you must make the changes <i>within</i> each endnote,
+prior to invoking <kbd>.QUOTE</kbd> or <kbd>.BLOCKQUOTE</kbd>,
+and undo them prior to terminating the endnote (i.e. before
+<kbd>.ENDNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>), otherwise the changes will affect
+subsequent quotes and blockquotes that appear in the document body
+as well.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+See
+<a href="refer.html">refer.html</a>
+for information on using endnotes with the <kbd>refer</kbd>
+bibliographic database.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="endnote-behaviour" class="docs">Endnotes behaviour</h3>
+
+<p>
+When you output endnotes (with
+<kbd><a href="#endnotes">.ENDNOTES</a></kbd>),
+mom finishes processing the last page of your document, then breaks
+to a new page for printing the endnotes.  If the document type is
+<kbd><a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">CHAPTER</a></kbd>,
+the centre part of the
+<a href="definitions.html#header">header</a>
+(or footer), which, by default, contains a chapter number or title,
+is removed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom starts the endnotes page with a bold, centred head,
+&#8220;ENDNOTES&#8221;.  Subsequently, for each section in a
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate-intro">collated</a>
+document (e.g. chapters in a book), she identifies the section in bold
+type, flush left and underscored, followed by one-half linespace.
+Endnotes pertaining to the section are output underneath, identified
+by superscript numbers.  The text of the endnotes themselves is
+indented to the right of the numbers.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The one-half linespace between section identifiers and the endnotes
+themselves, plus the need to group identifiers and endnotes sensibly,
+means that mom cannot guarantee perfectly aligned bottom margins.
+This is an unavoidable consequence of the structure of endnotes.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Of course, all the defaults, as well as the overall style of the
+endnotes pages, can be changed with the
+<a href="#endnote-control">endnote control macros</a>.
+The attentive will notice that endnotes have an awful lot of control
+macros.  This is because endnotes are like a mini-document unto
+themselves, and therefore need not be bound by the style parameters
+of the body of the document.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="endnote-columns" class="docs">Endnotes and columnar documents</h3>
+
+<p>
+If your document is set in columns (see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">COLUMNS</a>),
+mom gives you the option to have endnotes appear in either
+the column format or set to the full page width.  See
+<a href="#endnotes-no-columns">ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="endnote" class="macro-id">ENDNOTE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt; [ BREAK | BR ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+See <span style="font-style: normal"><a href="#endnote-note">HYPER-IMPORTANT NOTE</a></span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ENDNOTE is a toggle macro, therefore invoking it on a line by itself
+allows you to enter an endnote in the body of a document.  Invoking
+it with any other argument (i.e. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...) tells mom that you&#8217;ve
+finished the endnote.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If an endnote runs to more than one paragraph, do <i>not</i> begin
+the endnote with the
+<a href="#pp">PP</a>
+tag.  Use PP only to introduce subsequent paragraphs.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="endnote-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">HYPER-IMPORTANT NOTE:</span>
+If your
+<a href="#endnote-marker-style">ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+is <kbd>NUMBER</kbd> or <kbd>SUPERSCRIPT</kbd> (mom&#8217;s
+default is <kbd>NUMBER</kbd> unless you have
+<a href="refer.html#endnote-refs">ENDNOTE_REFS</a>
+enabled, in which case it&#8217;s <kbd>SUPERSCRIPT</kbd>), the final word on the
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>
+that comes immediately before <kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd> must terminate
+with a
+<a href="typesetting.html#join"><kbd>\c</kbd></a>
+inline escape.  See the
+<a href="#endnote-example">endnote example</a>
+above.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill</a>
+modes
+(<a href="typesetting.html#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>,
+the line after <kbd>.ENDNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd> should be
+entered as if there were no interruption in the input text, i.e.,
+the line should begin with a literal space or punctuation mark (see
+explanation and examples for footnotes, which apply equally to
+endnotes,
+<a href="#fn-and-punct">here</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill</a>
+modes, the optional argument <kbd>BREAK</kbd> or <kbd>BR</kbd> may
+be used after the <kbd>OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) argument to
+instruct mom not to join the next input line to the previous output.
+See
+<a href="#fn-and-punct-nofill">here</a>
+for a more complete explanation.  The examples are for
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd>, but apply equally to <kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+If your ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is LINE, do not use the <kbd>\c</kbd>
+escape, and enter the line after <kbd>.ENDNOTE OFF</kbd> normally,
+ie at your text editor&#8217;s left margin.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="endnotes" class="macro-id">ENDNOTES</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Unlike footnotes, which mom automatically outputs at the bottom
+of pages, endnotes must be explicitly output by you, the
+user. ENDNOTES, by itself (i.e. without any argument), is the macro
+to do this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typically, you&#8217;ll use ENDNOTES at the end of a document.  If
+it&#8217;s a single (i.e. not collated) document, mom will print
+the endnotes pertaining to it.  If it&#8217;s a collated document,
+mom will print all the endnotes contained within all sections of
+the document (typically chapters), appropriately identified and
+numbered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Should you wish to output the endnotes for each section of a
+collated document at the ends of the sections (instead of at the
+very end of the document), simply invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTES</kbd>
+immediately prior to
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>.
+Mom will print the endnotes, identified and numbered appropriately,
+on a separate page prior to starting the next section of the
+document.  Each subsequent invocation of <kbd>.ENDNOTES</kbd>
+outputs only those endnotes that mom collected after the previous
+invocation.
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="endnote-control" class="docs defaults">ENDNOTES control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<div class="box-important" style="width: 700px; margin: auto; background-color: #ded4bd;">
+<p class="tip-top" style="color: #000056;">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Endnotes control macros must always be invoked prior to the first
+instance of
+<a href="#endnote"><kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p style="color: #000056; margin-top: -.5em;">
+When you embed endnotes in the body of a document, mom collects
+<i>and processes</i> them for later outputting (when you invoke
+<a href="#endnotes"><kbd>.ENDNOTES</kbd></a>).
+By the time you do invoke <kbd
+style="color: #000056;">.ENDNOTES</kbd>, it&#8217;s much too late to
+change your mind about how you want them to look.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom" style="color: #000056; margin-top: -.5em;">
+My advice?  If you&#8217;re planning to change the default
+appearance of endnotes pages, set them up prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#endnotes-general"><b>General endnotes style control</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#endnote-style">Base family/font/quad</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-pt-size">Base point size</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-lead">Leading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-spacing">Spacing between endnotes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#singlespace-endnotes">Singlespace endnotes (TYPEWRITE only)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-para-indent">Paragraph indenting</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-para-space">Inter-paragraph spacing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-no-columns">Turning off column mode during endnotes output</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnotes-pagination"><b>Pagination of endnotes</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-pagenum-style">Page numbering style</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-first-pagenumber">Setting the first page number of endnotes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-no-first-pagenum">Omitting a page number on the first page of endnotes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#suspend-pagination">Suspending pagination during endnotes output</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnotes-header-control"><b>Header/footer control</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-modify-hdrftr">Modifying what goes in the endnotes header/footer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-hdrftr-center">Header/footer centre string when doctype is CHAPTER</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-allows-headers">Allow headers on endnotes pages</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnotes-header"><b>Endnotes header (first-page title) control</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-header-string">Header string</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-header-string-control">Header string control macros and defaults</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-header-placement">Header string placement</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-header-underscore">Header string underscoring</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnotes-header-caps">Header string capitalization</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnotes-doc-title"><b>Endnotes document-identification string control</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#endnote-title">Document-identification string(s)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-title-control">Document-identification string control macros and defaults</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#endnotes-numbering"><b>Endnotes referencing style</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#endnote-marker-style">Endnote marker style</a> &ndash; by numbers in the text, or by line number
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+      <li><a href="#endnote-linenumber-gap">Spacing between line-numbered endnotes and the endnote text</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#endnote-linenumber-brackets">Brackets around endnote line numbers</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#endnote-linenumber-separator">Separator after endnote line numbers instead of brackets</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-number-control">Endnote numbering control macros and defaults</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#endnote-number-alignment">Endnote numbering alignment</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="endnotes-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. General endnotes page style control</h4>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Base family/font/quad</h5>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following ENDNOTE control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using ENDNOTE_STYLE.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.ENDNOTE_FAMILY    default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.ENDNOTE_FONT      default = roman
+.ENDNOTE_QUAD*     default = justified
+
+*Note: ENDNOTE_QUAD must be set to either L (LEFT) or J (JUSTIFIED);
+ R (RIGHT) and C (CENTER) will not work.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnote-pt-size" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Base point size</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;base type size of endnotes&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Unlike most other control macros that deal with size of document
+elements, ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE takes as its argument an absolute value,
+relative to nothing.  Therefore, the argument represents the size of
+endnote type in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>,
+unless you append an alternative
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE 12
+</span>
+sets the base point size of type on the endnotes page to 12
+points, whereas
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE .6i
+</span>
+sets the base point size of type on the endnotes page to 1/6 of an
+inch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The type size set with ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE is the size of type used for
+the text of the endnotes, and forms the basis from which the point
+size of other endnote page elements is calculated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>
+is 12.5 points (the same default size used in the body of the
+document).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_LEAD- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnote-lead" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Leading</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_LEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;base leading of endnotes&gt; [ ADJUST ] </kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>; points is assumed
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unlike most other control macros that deal with leading of document
+elements, ENDNOTE_LEAD takes as its argument an absolute value,
+relative to nothing.  Therefore, the argument represents the
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+of endnotes in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+unless you append an alternative
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_LEAD 14
+</span>
+sets the base leading of type on the endnotes page to 14
+points, whereas
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_LEAD .5i
+</span>
+sets the base leading of type on the endnotes page to 1/2 inch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want the leading of endnotes adjusted to fill the page, pass
+ENDNOTE_LEAD the optional argument
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd>.  (See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a>
+for an explanation of leading adjustment.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>
+is the prevailing document leading (16 by default), adjusted.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Even if you give mom a <kbd>.DOC_LEAD_ADJUST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> command, she
+will still, by default, adjust endnote leading.  You <i>must</i>
+enter <kbd>.ENDNOTE_LEAD&nbsp;&lt;lead&gt;</kbd> with no
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument to disable this default behaviour.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_SPACING- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnote-spacing" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Spacing between endnotes</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_SPACING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;space to insert between endnotes&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like some whitespace between endnotes, just invoke
+ENDNOTE_SPACING with the amount of space you want, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_SPACING 6p
+</span>
+which inserts 6 points of lead between endnotes.  Be aware, though,
+that inserting space between endnotes means that the bottoms of
+endnotes pages will most likely not align.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default is not to insert any whitespace between endnotes.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES- -->
+
+<h5 id="singlespace-endnotes" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Singlespace endnotes (TYPEWRITE only)</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If your 
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> and you use TYPEWRITE&#8217;s default
+double-spacing, endnotes are double-spaced.  If your document is
+single-spaced, endnotes are single-spaced.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, for some reason, you&#8217;d prefer that endnotes be
+single-spaced in an otherwise double-spaced document (including
+double-spaced
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+documents), invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES
+</span>
+with no argument.  And if, god help you, you want to change endnote
+single-spacing back to double-spacing for different spacing of
+endnotes output at the ends of separate documents in a collated
+document, invoke <kbd>.SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES</kbd> with any argument
+(<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnote-para-indent" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Paragraph indenting</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;amount to indent first line of paragraphs in endnotes&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT works exactly the same way as
+<a href="#para-indent">PARA_INDENT</a>,
+except that the indent given is the amount by which to indent the
+first lines of endnote paragraphs, not document body paragraphs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default is 1.5
+<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>
+for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>;
+1/2 inch for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The first line of the first paragraph of endnotes (the one attached
+immediately to the identifying endnote number) is never indented.
+Only subsequent paragraphs are affected by ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnote-para-space" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Inter-paragraph spacing</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE works exactly the same way as
+<a href="#pp-space">PARA_SPACE</a>,
+except that it inserts a blank line between endnote paragraphs, not
+document body paragraphs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default is not to insert a blank line between paragraphs in
+endnotes.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-no-columns" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Turning off column mode during endnotes output</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, if your document is set in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">columns</a>,
+mom sets the endnotes in columns, too.  However, if your document
+is set in columns and you&#8217;d like the endnotes not to be,
+just invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS</kbd> with no argument.
+The endnotes pages will be set to the full page measure of your
+document.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you output endnotes at the end of each document in a
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+document set in columns, column mode will automatically be
+reinstated for each document, even with ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS turned
+on.  In such circumstances, you must re-enable ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS
+for each separate collated document.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="endnotes-pagination" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: .5em;">2. Pagination of endnotes</h4>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-pagenum-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Page numbering style</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use this macro to set the page numbering style of endnotes pages.
+The arguments are identical to those for
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagenum-style">PAGENUM_STYLE</a>.
+The default is <kbd>digit</kbd>.  You may want to change it to, say,
+<kbd>alpha</kbd>, which you would do with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE alpha
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-first-pagenumber" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Setting the first page number of endnotes</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;page # that appears on page 1 of endnotes&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use this macro with caution.  If all endnotes for several
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+documents are to be output at once, i.e. not at the end of each
+separate doc, ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER tells mom what page number
+to put on the first page of the endnotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, if you set ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER in collated documents
+in which the endnotes are output after each section (chapter,
+article, etc), you have to reset every section&#8217;s first page
+number after
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>
+and before
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+with
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagenumber">PAGENUMBER</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUN- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-no-first-pagenum" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Omitting a page number on the first page of endnotes</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+This macro is for use only if
+<a href="headfootpage.html#footers">FOOTERS</a>
+are on.  It tells
+<a href="#endnotes">ENDNOTES</a>
+not to print a page number on the first endnotes page.  Mom&#8217;s
+default is to print the page number.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SUSPEND_PAGINATION- -->
+
+<h5 id="suspend-pagination" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Suspending pagination during endnotes output</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-bottom: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>SUSPEND_PAGINATION</b>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>RESTORE_PAGINATION</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+SUSPEND_PAGINATION doesn&#8217;t take an argument.  Invoked
+immediately prior to
+<a href="#endnotes">ENDNOTES</a>,
+it turns off endnotes pages pagination.  Mom continues, however to
+increment page numbers silently.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To restore normal document pagination after endnotes, invoke
+<kbd>.RESTORE_PAGINATION</kbd> (again, with no argument) immediately
+after <kbd>.ENDNOTES</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="endnotes-header-control" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: .5em;">3. Header/footer control</h4>
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-modify-hdrftr" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -.75em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Modifying what goes in the endnotes header/footer</h5>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to modify what appears in the header/footer that appears
+on endnotes page(s), make the changes before you invoke
+<a href="#endnotes"><kbd>.ENDNOTES</kbd></a>,
+not afterwards.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Except in the case of
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd></a>,
+mom prints the same header or footer used throughout the document
+on the endnotes page(s).  Chapters get treated differently in that,
+by default, mom does not print the header/footer centre string
+(normally the chapter number or chapter title.)  In most cases, this
+is what you want.  However, should you not want mom to remove
+the centre string from the endnotes page(s) headers/footers, invoke
+<kbd><a href="#endnotes-hdrftr-center">.ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER</a></kbd>
+with no argument. 
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An important change you may want to make is to put the word
+&#8220;Endnotes&#8221; in the header/footer centre position.  To do
+so, invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .HEADER_CENTER "Endnotes"
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  .FOOTER_CENTER "Endnotes"
+</span>
+prior to invoking <kbd>.ENDNOTES</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+is <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd>, you must also invoke
+<a href="#endnotes-hdrftr-center">ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER</a>
+for the ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER to appear.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-hdrftr-center" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Header/footer centre string when doctype is CHAPTER</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+is <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd> and you want mom to include a centre
+string in the headers/footers that appear on endnotes
+pages, invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER</kbd> (or
+<kbd>.ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTER</kbd>) with no argument.  Mom&#8217;s
+default is not to print the centre string.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, for some reason, having enabled the header/footer centre string
+on endnotes pages, you wish to disable it, invoke the same macro
+with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>...). </p>
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-allows-headers" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Allow headers on endnotes pages</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; | ALL</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, if HEADERS are on, mom prints page headers on all
+endnotes pages except the first.  If you don&#8217;t want her to
+print headers on endnotes pages, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS OFF
+</span>
+If you want headers on every page including the first, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS ALL
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If FOOTERS are on, mom prints footers on every endnotes page.
+This is a style convention.  In mom, there is no such beast as
+ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_FOOTERS OFF.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="endnotes-header" class="docs">4. Endnotes header (first-page title) control</h4>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-header-string" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Header (first-page title) string</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;title to print at the top of endnotes&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>ENDNOTE_STRING</b> (for compatibility with older documents)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom prints the word &#8220;ENDNOTES&#8221; as a head
+at the top of the first page of endnotes.  If you want her to
+print something else, invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING</kbd>
+with the endnotes-page head you want, surrounded by double-quotes.
+If you don&#8217;t want a head at the top of the first
+endnotes-page, invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING</kbd>
+with a blank argument (either two double-quotes side by
+side&mdash;<kbd>&quot;&quot;</kbd>&mdash;or no argument at all).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_HEADER_CONTROL- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-header-string-control" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Header (first-page title) control macros and defaults</h5>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following ENDNOTES_HEADER control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using ENDNOTES_HEADER_STYLE.
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: 0; margin-left: .5em">
+Please note that &#8220;_HEADER_&#8221;, here, refers to the title
+that appears at the top of the first endnotes page, not to the page
+headers of subsequent endnotes pages.
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.ENDNOTES_HEADER_FAMILY  default = prevailing document family
+.ENDNOTES_HEADER_FONT    default = bold
+.ENDNOTES_HEADER_SIZE*   default = +1
+.ENDNOTES_HEADER_QUAD    default = centred
+.ENDNOTES_HEADER_COLOR   default = black
+
+*Relative to the size of the endnotes text (set with ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE)
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -2em">
+<b>Note:</b> <i>For compatibility with older documents, these macros are aliased
+as</i> <kbd>.ENDNOTE_STRING_&lt;SPEC&gt;</kbd>, e.g. <kbd>.ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-header-placement" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Header (first-page title) placement</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance from top of page&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>ENDNOTE_STRING_ADVANCE</b> (for compatibility with older documents)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom places the title (the docheader, as it were) of
+endnotes pages (typically "ENDNOTES") on the same
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+that is used for the start of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+If you&#8217;d prefer another location, higher or lower on the page
+(thereby also raising or lowering the starting position of the
+endnotes themselves), invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS</kbd> with
+an argument stating the distance from the top edge of the page at
+which you&#8217;d like the title placed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The argument requires a unit of measure, so if you&#8217;d like the title
+to appear 1-1/2 inches from the top edge of the page, you&#8217;d tell
+mom about it like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS 1.5i
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-header-underscore" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Header (first-page title) underscoring</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[DOUBLE] [&lt;underscore weight&gt; [&lt;underscore gap&gt; [&lt;distance between double rules]]] | &lt;none&gt; | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERLINE</b>.
+<i>(For compatibility with older documents, also
+aliased as</i> <b>ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERSCORE</b> <i>and</i>
+<b>ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERLINE</b>.)
+</p>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The argument
+<span style="font-style: normal"><kbd>&lt;underscore weight&gt;</kbd></span>
+must not have the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<span style="font-style: normal;"><kbd>p</kbd></span>,
+appended to it; all other arguments require a unit of measure
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Invoked without an argument, <kbd>.ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE</kbd>
+will place a single rule underneath the endnotes page title.  Invoked
+with the argument, <kbd>DOUBLE</kbd>, ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE will
+double-underscore the title.  Invoked with any other non-numeric
+argument, (e.g. <kbd>OFF, NO, X</kbd>, etc.) the macro disables
+underscoring of the title.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition, you can use ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE to control the
+weight of the underscore rule(s), the gap between the title and the
+underscore, and, in the case of double-underscores, the distance
+between the two rules.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some examples:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE 1
+      - turn underscoring on; set the rule weight to 1 point
+
+  .ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE 1 3p
+      - turn underscoring on; set the rule weight to 1 point; set
+        the gap between the title and the underscore to 3 points
+  
+  .ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE DOUBLE .75 3p
+      - turn double-underscoring on; set the rule weight to 3/4 of
+        a point; set the gap between the title and the upper
+        underscore to 3 points; leave the gap between the upper
+        and the lower underscore at the default
+  
+  .ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE DOUBLE 1.5 1.5p 1.5p
+      - turn double-underscoring on; set the rule weight to 1-1/2
+        points; set the gap between the title and the upper
+        underscore to 1-1/2 points; set the gap between the upper
+        and the lower underscore to 1-1/2 points
+</span>
+Note, from the above, that in all instances, underscoring (single
+or double) is enabled whenever ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE is used in
+this way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom double-underscores the title if your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnotes-header-caps" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Header (first-page title) capitalization</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>ENDNOTE_STRING_CAPS</b> (for compatibility with older documents)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Invoked by itself, <kbd>.ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS</kbd> will
+automatically capitalize the endnotes-page title.  Invoked with any
+other argument, the macro disables automatic capitalization of the
+title.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re generating a table of contents, you may want the
+endnotes pages title to be in caps, but the toc entry in caps/lower
+case.  If the argument to
+<a href="#endnotes-header-string">ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING</a>
+is in caps/lower case and ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS is on, this is exactly
+what will happen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default is to capitalize the endnotes pages title string.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_TITLE- -->
+
+<h4 id="endnotes-doc-title" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">5. Endnotes document-identification title control</h4>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-title" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Document-identification title string(s)</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_TITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;title to identify a document in endnotes&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom identifies the document(s) to which endnotes belong
+by the document title(s) given to the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a>
+macro.  If you&#8217;d like her to identify the document(s) another
+way, simply invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTE_TITLE</kbd> prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+with the identifying title you want, surrounded by double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want any identifying title, invoke
+<kbd>.ENDNOTE_TITLE</kbd> with a blank argument, either two
+double-quotes side by side (<kbd>&quot;&quot;</kbd>) or no argument
+at all.  This is particularly useful if you have a single (i.e.
+non-collated) document and find having the document&#8217;s title
+included in the endnotes redundant.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_TITLE_CONTROL- -->
+
+<h5 id="endnote-title-control" class="docs" style="margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Document-identification string control macros and defaults</h5>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following ENDNOTE_TITLE_STYLE control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using ENDNOTE_TITLE_STYLE_STYLE.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT   default = bold
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE*  default = 0
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_COLOR  default = black
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD   default = left
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_CAPS
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_SMALLCAPS
+.ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERSCORE default = single underscore 
+
+*Relative to the size of the endnotes text (set with ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE)
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_NUMBERING- -->
+
+<h4 id="endnotes-numbering" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em;">6. Endnotes referencing style</h4>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-marker-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Endnote marker style</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args"><a href="#line">LINE</a> | <a href="#number">NUMBER</a> | <a href="#superscript">SUPERSCRIPT</a></kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p id="line">
+<span style="display: block; margin-bottom: .25em;">&bull;&nbsp;<i>Argument:</i> <kbd>LINE</kbd></span>
+By default, mom places superscript numbers in
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+to identify endnotes.  However, if you have
+<a href="#number-lines">linenumbering</a>
+turned on, you may instruct mom not to put superscript numbers in
+the running text, but rather to reference endnotes by line number.
+The command to do this is
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE LINE
+</span>
+With ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE <kbd>LINE</kbd>, mom will identify
+endnotes either by single line numbers or by line ranges.  If
+what you want is a single line number, you need only invoke
+<kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd> at the appropriate place in running
+text <i>without the terminating</i> <kbd>\c</kbd>.  Input lines
+after the endnote has been terminated (e.g. with <kbd>.ENDNOTE
+OFF</kbd>) must begin at the left margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+(Should you wish to revert to mom&#8217;s default behaviour of
+placing a superscript number in the text to identify an endnote,
+you can invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</kbd> with the argument,
+<kbd>NUMBER</kbd>.  It is not advisable to switch marker styles
+within a single document, for aesthetic reasons, but there is
+nothing to prevent you from doing so.)
+</p>
+
+<p id="en-mark">
+If you want a range of line numbers (e.g.&nbsp;[5-11]&nbsp;),
+insert, directly into the first line of the range you want, the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EN-MARK]</span></kbd>.  For the terminating line
+number of the range, you need only invoke <kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd>
+(again, without the terminating <kbd>\c</kbd>).  Mom is smart enough
+to figure out that where <kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd> is invoked represents
+the terminating line number.
+</p>
+
+<div id="endnote-linenumbers-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+By default, mom reserves a fixed amount of space, equal to 8
+placeholders, for the linenumbers of linenumbered endnotes.  Within
+that space, the numbers are flush right with each other.  The
+reserved space is enough to print a range of linenumbers of the form
+<kbd>[nnnn-nnnn]</kbd>, but may be more than you need.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The goal with linenumbered endnotes is to ensure that the longest
+linenumber or range of lines is flush with the left margin of the
+page.  Adjusting the reserved space is done with the macro
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote-numbers-align">ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN</a>,
+and the rules for getting it right are simple.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+If your document runs to less than 100 lines, invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 0
+</span>
+If your document has between 100 and 999 lines
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 1
+</span>
+If your document has between 1000 and 9999 lines
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 2
+</span>
+etc.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p id="number" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+<span style="display: block; margin-bottom: .25em;">&bull;&nbsp;<i>Argument:</i> <kbd>NUMBER</kbd></span>
+With the argument <kbd>NUMBER</kbd>, mom places superscript numbers
+in running text, but identifies endnotes in the endnotes section
+of your document with normal-sized, base-aligned numbers.
+</p>
+
+<p id="superscript" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+<span style="display: block; margin-bottom: .25em;">&bull;&nbsp;<i>Argument:</i> <kbd>SUPERSCRIPT</kbd></span>
+With the argument <kbd>SUPERSCRIPT</kbd>, mom places superscript
+numbers in running text, and identifies endnotes in the endnotes
+section of your document with superscript numbers as well.  This is
+mom&#8217;s default.
+</p>
+
+<div id="endnote-superscript-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+By default, mom reserves a fixed amount of space, equal to 2
+placeholders, for the superscript numbers identifying endnotes in
+the endnotes section of your document.  Within that space, the
+numbers are flush right with each other.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+If you need less space (the total number of endnotes is less than 10) or
+more (the total number of endnotes is greater than 99), use the
+macro
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote-numbers-align">ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN</a>,
+to set the desired amount of reserved space, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 1
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 3
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-linenumber-gap" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Spacing between line-numbered endnotes and the endnote text</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_GAP</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;size of gap&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When your
+<a href="#endnote-marker-style">ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+is <kbd>LINE</kbd>, mom, by default, inserts a space equal to
+1/2-<a href="definitions.html#em">en</a>
+between the linenumber and the text of an endnote.  For aesthetic
+reasons, you may want to change the size of the gap, which is done
+with the macro ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_GAP.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_GAP takes as its single argument the size
+of the gap.  The argument requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+so, for example, to change the gap to 2
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>,
+you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_GAP 2P
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-linenumber-brackets" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Brackets around endnote line numbers</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">PARENS | SQUARE | BRACES | ( | [ | {</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom puts endnote line numbers inside square brackets.
+The style of the brackets may be changed with the macro
+ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS, which takes one of three possible
+arguments: <kbd>PARENS</kbd> (&#8220;round&#8221; brackets),
+<kbd>SQUARE</kbd> (the default) or <kbd>BRACES</kbd> (curly braces).
+If you prefer a shortform, the arguments, <kbd>(</kbd>, <kbd>[</kbd>
+or <kbd>{</kbd> may be used instead.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-linenumber-separator" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Separator after endnote line numbers instead of brackets</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;character&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want the numbers enclosed in brackets, you may tell
+mom to use a separator instead.  A common
+separator would be the colon, but it can be anything you like.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR takes as its single argument the
+separator you want.  (If the argument contains spaces, don&#8217;t
+forget to enclose the argument in double-quotes.)  The separator
+can be composed of any valid groff character, or any combination of
+characters.  For example, to get a colon separator after the line
+number in line-numbered endnotes, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR :
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-number-control" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Endnote numbering style control</h5>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="defaults">
+Please note that the control macros for endnote numbering affect only
+the numbers that appear on the endnotes pages themselves, not the
+endnote numbers that appear in the body of a document.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+Numbered endnotes
+.ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY default = prevailing document family; default Times Roman
+.ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT   default = bold
+.ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE*  default = 0
+Linenumbered endnotes
+.ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FAMILY default = prevailing document family; default Times Roman
+.ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FONT   default = bold
+.ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SIZE*  default = 0
+
+*Relative to the size of the endnotes text (set with ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE)
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h5 id="endnote-number-alignment" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.25em; margin-bottom: -.5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Endnote numbering alignment</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .75em;">
+By default, when your
+<a href="#endnote-marker-style">ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+is <kbd>NUMBER</kbd>, mom hangs the numbers on endnotes pages,
+aligned right to two placeholders, producing this:
+<br/>
+<span id="endnote-numbering-alignment-example" class="pre-in-pp">
+   9. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+      sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et
+      dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+
+  10. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+      sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et
+      dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+</span>
+If you wish to change either the alignment or the number of
+placeholders, the macro to use is ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN- -->
+
+<div id="endnote-numbers-align" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">LEFT | RIGHT &lt;number of placeholders&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN determines how endnote numbers are aligned.  If you invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 2
+</span>
+the periods (dots) after the numbers will align, like this
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   9. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+      sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et
+      dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+
+  10. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+      sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et
+      dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+</span>
+If you invoke
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN LEFT 2
+</span>
+the first digits of the numbers will line up flush left, like this
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  9.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+      sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et
+      dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+
+  10. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+      sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et
+      dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.
+</span>
+The argument <kbd>&lt;number of placeholders&gt;</kbd> represents
+the maximum size of the numbers, expressed as the number of
+digits in the largest number.  Numbers in the range 0-9 require
+1 placeholder; in the range 10-99, 2 placeholders; in the range
+100-999 3 placeholders, and so on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Therefore, if you have fewer than ten endnotes,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 1
+</span>
+would ensure proper right alignment of endnote numbers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default for endnote number alignment is to align the
+numbers right to two placeholders.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN can also be used to establish the alignment
+and number of placeholders when your
+<a href="#endnote-marker-style">ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+is <kbd>SUPERSCRIPT</kbd>.  Furthermore, it can be used to establish
+the number of placeholders to reserve when your ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE
+is <kbd>LINE</kbd>, even though, in such an instance, the numbers
+themselves are always aligned right.  See
+<a href="#endnote-linenumbers-note">here</a>
+for examples.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="margin-notes-intro" class="macro-group">Margin notes</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#margin-notes-behaviour">Margin notes behaviour</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#margin-notes-vertical">Adjusting the vertical position of margin notes</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#mn-init">Macro: <b>MN_INIT</b></a> &ndash; set margin notes parameters</li>
+  <li><a href="#mn">Tag: MN</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Margin notes are short annotations that appear in either the left
+or right margin of a document.  Sometimes they comment on the text.
+Sometimes they assist in following the &#8220;flow&#8221; of a
+document by summarizing the subject of a portion of text.  Sometimes
+they&#8217;re comments to yourself in a draft copy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The margin notes macros and routines in om.tmac (mom) are
+&#8220;mommified&#8221; versions of the margin notes macros and
+routines written by Werner Lemberg and patched by Gaius Mulley.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="margin-notes-behaviour" class="docs">Margin notes behaviour</h3>
+
+<p>
+First things first: before you enter your first margin note, you
+must &#8220;initialize&#8221; margin notes with
+<a href="#mn-init">MN_INIT</a>.
+MN_INIT sets up the style parameters for margin notes, including
+things like
+<a href="definitions.html#font">font</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>.
+MN_INIT may be called before or after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After initializing margin notes, you create margin notes with the
+<a href="#mn">MN</a>
+macro.  Based on the argument you pass MN, your margin note will go
+in either the left or the right margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Margin notes are tricky from a typographic standpoint with respect
+to vertical placement.  Since the leading of margin notes may differ
+from that of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>,
+it&#8217;s impossible for mom to guess whether to align
+the first lines of margin notes with a document
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>,
+whether to align the last lines of margin notes with a document
+baseline, or whether to centre them, vertically, so that neither
+first nor last line aligns with anything!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Given this difficulty, mom always aligns the first line of any
+margin note with a document baseline.  If you want a different
+behaviour, you must adjust the position(s) of margin notes yourself,
+on a note by note basis.  (See
+<a href="#margin-notes-vertical">Adjusting the vertical position of margin notes</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Generally speaking, mom tries to place margin notes at the point
+where you invoke
+<a href="#mn">MN</a>.
+However, in the event that a margin note runs deep, she may not be
+able to place a subsequent margin note exactly where you want.  In
+such an instance, mom will &#8220;shift&#8221; the margin note down
+on the page, placing it one (margin note) linespace beneath the
+previous margin note (plus whatever vertical space is required to
+get the first line to line up with a baseline of running text).  A
+warning will be issued, letting you know this has happened, and
+where.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, if a margin note has to be shifted down, there simply
+isn&#8217;t enough room to start the margin note on the page on
+which <kbd>.MN</kbd> is invoked.  In that case, mom ignores the
+margin note entirely and issues a warning, letting you know what
+she&#8217;s done, and where. </p>
+
+<p>
+In the event that a margin note, successfully begun on a page, runs
+past your bottom margin (or the last line before footnotes begin),
+the margin note will &#8220;flow&#8221; onto the next page.  If
+it is a &#8220;left&#8221; margin note, it will continue in the
+left margin.  If it is a &#8220;right&#8221; margin note, it will
+continue in the right margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your document is being set in two columns, mom will sensibly and
+automatically set all margin notes pertaining to the left column in
+the left margin, and all margin notes pertaining to the right column
+in the right margin, regardless of the &#8220;direction&#8221;
+argument you give the MN tag.  If you try to use MN in documents of
+more than two columns, mom will ignore all margin notes, and issue
+a warning for each.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="margin-notes-vertical" class="docs">Adjusting the vertical position of margin notes</h3>
+
+<p>
+When the
+<a href="definitions.html#term-leading">leading</a>
+of margin notes differs from the leading used throughout a document,
+you may want to adjust the vertical position of individual margin
+notes.  This is most often going to be the case with margin notes
+that end near the bottom of the page, where you want the last line
+of the margin note to line up with the last line of text on the
+page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Adjustments to the vertical position of margin notes must be done
+inside the margin note (i.e. after <kbd>.MN</kbd>), at the top,
+before entering text.  The commands to use are
+<kbd>\!<a href="typesetting.html#ald">.ALD</a></kbd>
+(to lower the margin note) and
+<kbd>\!<a href="typesetting.html#rld">.RLD</a></kbd>
+(to raise it).
+
+The <kbd>\!</kbd> must precede the macros, or they
+won&#8217;t have any effect.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -MN_INIT- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="mn-init" class="macro-id">MN_INIT</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>MN_INIT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;arguments&gt; (see list)</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<h4 style="margin-top: .75em; margin-left: .5em; font-style: normal; font-weight: bold: font-size: 105%; color: #6f614a;">Argument list:</h4>
+
+<span class="pre" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-left: .5em;">
+RAGGED | SYMMETRIC
+&lt;L_WIDTH&gt;   &lt;value&gt;
+&lt;R_WIDTH&gt;   &lt;value&gt;
+&lt;GUTTER&gt;    &lt;value&gt;
+&lt;FONTSTYLE&gt; &lt;value&gt;
+&lt;SIZE&gt;      &lt;value&gt;
+&lt;LEAD&gt;      &lt;value&gt;
+&lt;COLOR&gt;     &lt;value&gt;
+&lt;HY&gt;        &lt;value&gt;
+</span>
+
+<p style="margin-top: 1.25em;">
+Before you enter your first margin note, you must initialize
+the style parameters associated with margin notes using MN_INIT.
+If you forget to do so, mom will issue a warning and abort.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The arguments may be entered in any order, and since the list is
+long, use of the backslash character ( <kbd>\</kbd> ) to put each on
+a separate line is recommended, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .MN_INIT \
+  SYMMETRIC \
+  L_WIDTH 4P \
+  SIZE 8 \
+  LEAD 9 \
+  HY 14
+</span>
+All arguments are optional, but since mom requires you to run
+MN_INIT before entering margin notes, you should, at a minimum, set
+the <kbd>RAGGED</kbd> or <kbd>SYMMETRIC</kbd> parameter.  
+You will almost certainly want to set <kbd>L_WIDTH</kbd>, <kbd>R_WIDTH</kbd>,
+<kbd>SIZE</kbd> and <kbd>LEAD</kbd> as well.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>RAGGED | SYMMETRIC</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+If the argument <kbd>RAGGED</kbd> is given, both left and
+right margin notes will be flush left.  If the argument
+<kbd>SYMMETRIC</kbd> is given, left margin notes will be set flush
+<i>right</i>, and right margin notes flush <i>left</i>.  The effect
+is something like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+         A left    This is a meaningless batch        A right
+    margin note    of text whose sole purpose is      margin note
+      with just    to demonstrate how the sym-        with just
+    a few words    metric argument to MN sets left    a few words
+         in it.    and right margin notes.            in it.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the argument is omitted, both left and right margin notes will
+be set justified.  (Justified is usually not a good idea, since the
+narrow measure of margin notes makes pleasing justification a near
+impossibility.)
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>L_WIDTH &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+The width of left margin notes.  A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+must be appended directly onto the argument.  The default is to set
+left margin notes right out to the edge of the page, which is almost
+certainly not what you want, so you should give a value for this
+argument if using left margin notes.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>R_WIDTH &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+The width of right margin notes.  A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+must be appended directly onto the argument.  The default is to
+set right margin notes right out to the edge of the page, which is
+almost certainly not what you want, so you should give a value for
+this argument if using right margin notes.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>GUTTER &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+The
+<a href="definitions.html#gutter">gutter</a>
+between margin notes and
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+must be appended directly onto the argument.  The gutter applies to
+both left and right margin notes. The default is 1
+<a href="definitions.html#em">em</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>FONTSTYLE &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+The family+font for margin notes.  Yes, that&#8217;s right: the
+family <i>plus</i> font combo.  For example, if you want Times
+Roman Medium, the argument must be <kbd>TR</kbd>.  If you want Palatino
+Medium Italic, the argument must be <kbd>PI</kbd>.  The default is the same
+family+font combo used for a document&#8217;s paragraph text.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>SIZE &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+The point size of type for margin notes.  There is no need to append a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+to the argument;
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+is assumed (although there&#8217;s nothing preventing you from
+appending an alternative unit of measure directly to the argument).
+The default is for margin notes to use the same point size of type
+as is used in document paragraphs.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>LEAD &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+The
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+of margin notes.  <kbd>&lt;LEAD&gt;</kbd> takes
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+as its unit of measure, so don&#8217;t tack a unit of measure onto
+the end of the argument.  The default lead is the same as paragraph
+text (i.e. the document&#8217;s base leading).
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>COLOR &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+The colour of margin notes.  The colour must be pre-initialized
+with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+The default is black.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs arg-list"><kbd>HY &lt;value&gt;</kbd></h4>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>&lt;value&gt;</kbd> is a digit telling groff how you want margin
+notes hyphenated.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  0 = do not hyphenate
+  1 = hyphenate without restrictions
+  2 = do not hyphenate the last word on the page
+  4 = do not hyphenate the last two characters of a word
+  8 = do not hyphenate the first two characters of a word
+</span>
+The values can be added together, so, for example, if you want
+neither the first two nor the last two characters of words
+hyphenated, the hyphenation-flag would be 12.  The default value is
+14 (i.e. 2+4+8).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -MN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="mn" class="macro-id">MN</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>MN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">LEFT | RIGHT</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Once you&#8217;ve initialized margin notes with
+<kbd><a href="#mn-init">.MN_INIT</a></kbd>,
+you can enter margin notes any time you like with <kbd>.MN</kbd>.
+An argument of <kbd>LEFT</kbd> will set a left margin note.  An
+argument of <kbd>RIGHT</kbd> will set a right margin note.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Any argument, such as <kbd>OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) exits the
+current margin note.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<!-- -FINIS- -->
+
+<h2 id="finis-intro" class="macro-group">Document termination string</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#finis">Tag: FINIS</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#finis-control">FINIS control macros</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -1.25em;">
+    <li><a href="#finis-string">Changing the FINIS string</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finis-string-caps">Automatic capitalization of the FINIS string</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finis-color">Changing the FINIS colour</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finis-no-dashes">Removing the dashes around FINIS</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+The use of FINIS is optional.  If you invoke it at the end of a
+document (before
+<kbd><a href="#endnotes">.ENDNOTES</a></kbd>,
+<kbd><a href="refer.html#bibliography">.BIBLIOGRAPHY</a></kbd>
+or
+<kbd><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc">.TOC</a></kbd>)
+mom deposits the word, <b>END</b>, centred after a blank line,
+beneath the last line of the document. <b>END</b> is enclosed
+between
+<a href="definitions.html#em">em-dashes</a>,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ...and they all lived happily ever after.
+
+                  &mdash; END &mdash;
+</span>
+If there is insufficient room for FINIS on the last page of a
+document, mom will alert you on stderr.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re writing in a language other than English, you can
+change what mom prints for END with the control macro
+<a href="#finis-string">FINIS_STRING</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="finis" class="macro-id">FINIS</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FINIS</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The use of FINIS is optional, but if you use it, it should be the
+last macro you invoke in a document before
+<kbd><a href="#endnotes">.ENDNOTES</a></kbd>,
+<kbd><a href="refer.html#bibliography">.BIBLIOGRAPHY</a></kbd>
+or
+<kbd><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc">.TOC</a></kbd>.
+See
+<a href="#finis-intro">above</a>
+for a description of how FINIS behaves.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you don&#8217;t use FINIS, and you don&#8217;t want
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+(if they&#8217;re on) or a page number at the bottom of the last
+page of a document, you have to turn them off manually, as the last
+two lines of your document file, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTERS OFF
+  .PAGINATE OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -FINIS STRING- -->
+
+<h3 id="finis-control" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: -1em">Finis control macros</h3>
+
+<p>
+Since FINIS is only used once in a document, it has few control
+macros.  It is expected that you will make changes to style
+parameters such as family, font, and size with
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+in the FINIS string itself (see below).  
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="finis-string" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em">Changing the FINIS string</h4>
+
+<p>
+By default, FINIS prints the word, END, between
+<a href="definitions.html#em">em-dashes</a>.
+If you&#8217;d like mom to print something else between the dashes,
+use the FINIS_STRING macro (anywhere in the document prior to
+FINIS).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if your document&#8217;s in French, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .FINIS_STRING "FIN"
+</span>
+Double-quotes must enclose the macro&#8217;s argument.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you pass FINIS_STRING a blank string,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .FINIS_STRING ""
+</span>
+mom will still print the em-dashes when you invoke
+<kbd>.FINIS</kbd>.  This, in effect, produces a short, centred
+horizontal rule that terminates the document.  (In
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>,
+it&#8217;s a short, dashed line composed of four hyphens.)
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -FINIS STRING CAPS- -->
+
+<h4 id="finis-string-caps" class="docs">Automatic capitalization of the FINIS string</h4>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom sets the string you pass to FINIS all-caps.
+If you&#8217;d prefer that she not do so, but rather respect
+the FINIS string exactly as you enter it, invoke the macro
+<kbd>.FINIS_STRING_CAPS</kbd> with the <kbd>OFF</kbd> argument, like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .FINIS_STRING_CAPS OFF
+</span>
+<kbd>OFF</kbd>, above, could be anything, e.g. <kbd>NO</kbd> or
+<kbd>X</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -FINIS COLOR- -->
+
+<h4 id="finis-color" class="docs">Changing the FINIS colour</h4>
+
+<p>
+Invoking the control macro <kbd>.FINIS_COLOR</kbd> with a
+pre-defined (or &#8220;initialized&#8221;) colour changes the colour
+of both the FINIS string and the em-dashes that surround it.  If you
+use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inline">inline escape</a>,
+<a href="color.html#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd></a>,
+in the argument passed to FINIS, only the text will be in the
+new colour; the em-dashes will be in the default document colour
+(usually black).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -FINIS DASHES- -->
+
+<h4 id="finis-no-dashes" class="docs">Removing the dashes around FINIS</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want the dashes around the FINIS string, you can
+remove them with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FINIS_NO_DASHES
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="images.html#top">Next: Graphics, floats, and preprocessor support</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d09553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,4420 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Document Processing, Introduction and Setup</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="docelement.html#top">Next: The document element tags</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Document processing with mom</h1>
+
+<h2 id="toc-doc-processing" class="docs" style="text-align: center;">Table of contents</h2>
+
+<div id="docprocessing-mini-toc" style="font-size: 90%; line-height: 150%; margin-top: .5em;">
+<div class="mini-toc-col-1" style="margin-left: 0;">
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header" style="margin-top: 1em;"><a class="header-link" href="#docprocessing-intro">Introduction to document processing</a></h3>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header" style="margin-top: .5em;"><a class="header-link" href="#defaults">Document defaults</a></h3>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header" style="margin-top: .5em;"><a class="header-link" href="#vertical-whitespace-management">Vertical whitespace management</a></h3>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header" style="margin-top: .5em;"><a class="header-link" href="#setup">Preliminary document setup</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#docprocessing-tut"><b>Tutorial &ndash; Setting up a mom document</b></a></li>
+  <li><a href="#reference-macros"><b>The reference macros (metadata)</b></a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="#title">TITLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#doc-title">DOCTITLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#subtitle">SUBTITLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#author">AUTHOR</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#chapter">CHAPTER</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#chapter-title">CHAPTER_TITLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#draft">DRAFT</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#revision">REVISION</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copyright">COPYRIGHT</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#misc">MISC</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#covertitle">COVERTITLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#doc-covertitle">DOC_COVERTITLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#pdftitle">PDF_TITLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-heading">TOC_HEADING</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#docstyle-macros"><b>The docstyle macros (templates)</b></a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="#doctype">DOCTYPE (default, chapter, letter, named, slides)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#slides">DOCTYPE SLIDES</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="#newslide">NEWSLIDE</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#pause">PAUSE</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#transition">TRANSITION</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copystyle">COPYSTYLE</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="cover.html"><b>Cover pages</b></a></li>
+  <li><a href="#docheader"><b>Managing the document header</b></a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="#docheader">DOCHEADER</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#docheader-control">Docheader control</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#docheader-desc">Docheader description</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#index-docheader-control">Macro list</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="mini-toc-col-2">
+<br/>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#start-macro">Initiate document processing</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#start"><b>The START macro</b></a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#style-before-start">Establishing type and formatting<br/><span style="display: block; margin-top: -.3em;">parameters before START</span></a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc">
+  <li><a href="#type-before-start"><b>Behaviour of the typesetting macros before START</b></a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="docprocessing.html#include">Including (sourcing) style sheets and files</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#color">Initializing colours</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: -1em">
+  <li><a href="#doc-lead-adjust"><b>Adjust linespacing to fill pages</b></a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#shim">SHIM</a> &ndash; get document leading back on track
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#automatic-shimming">Automatic shimming (headings, etc)</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#columns-intro"><b>Setting documents in columns</b></a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="#columns">COLUMNS</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#marking-col-start">Marking the first page column start position</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#col-mark">COL_MARK</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#breaking-columns">Breaking columns manually</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#col-next">COL_NEXT</a> and <a href="#col-break">COL_BREAK</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#style-after-start">Changing basic type and formatting<br/><span style="display: block; margin-top: -.3em;">parameters after START</span></a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#behaviour"><b>Behaviour of the typesetting macros during document processing</b></a></li>
+  <li><a href="docprocessing.html#intro-doc-param"><b>Changing document-wide typesetting parameters after START</b></a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="docprocessing.html#index-doc-param">Post-START global style change macros</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+     <li><a href="#doc-left-margin">DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</a></li>
+     <li><a href="#doc-right-margin">DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN</a></li>
+     <li><a href="#doc-line-length">DOC_LINE_LENGTH</a></li>
+     <li><a href="#doc-family">DOC_FAMILY</a></li>
+     <li><a href="#doc-pt-size">DOC_PT_SIZE</a></li>
+     <li><a href="#doc-lead">DOC_LEAD</a></li>
+     <li><a href="#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a></li>
+     <li><a href="#doc-quad">DOC_QUAD</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#terminating">Terminating a document</a></h3>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-top: -1.75em"><br/><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="docprocessing-intro" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em">Introduction to document processing</h2>
+
+<p>
+Document processing with mom uses markup tags to identify document elements
+such as headings, paragraphs, blockquotes, and so on.  The tags are, of course,
+macros, but with sensible, readable names that make them easy
+to grasp and easy to remember.  (And don&#8217;t forget: if you
+don&#8217;t like the &#8220;official&#8221; name of a tag &mdash;
+too long, cumbersome to type in, not &#8220;intuitive&#8221; enough
+&mdash; you can change it with the
+<a href="goodies.html#alias">ALIAS</a>
+macro.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition to the tags themselves, mom has an extensive array of
+macros that control how they look and behave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Setting up a mom doc is a simple, four-part procedure.  You
+begin by entering metadata about the document itself (title,
+subtitle, author, etc.).  Next, you tell mom what kind of document
+you&#8217;re creating (e.g. a chapter, letter, abstract, etc...) and
+what kind of output you want (typeset, typewritten, draft-style,
+etc) &mdash; essentially, templates.  Thirdly, you make as many
+or as few changes to the templates as you wish; in other words,
+create a style sheet.  Lastly, you invoke the
+<kbd><a href="#start">START</a></kbd>
+macro.  Voilà!  You&#8217;re ready to write.
+</p>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="defaults" class="docs">Document defaults</h2>
+
+<p>
+As is to be expected, mom has defaults for everything.  If you want
+to know a particular default, read about it in the description of
+the pertinent tag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I fear the following may not be adequately covered elsewhere in the
+documentation, so just in case:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li>the paper size is 8.5x11 inches</li>
+  <li>the left and right margins are 1-inch</li>
+  <li>the top and bottom margins for document text are plus/minus
+      visually 1-inch
+  </li>
+  <li>pages are numbered; the number appears centred, at the
+      bottom, surrounded by hyphens (e.g. -6- )
+  </li>
+  <li>the first page of a document begins with a
+      <a href="definitions.html#docheader">document header</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>subsequent pages have
+      <a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>
+      with a rule underneath
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="vertical-whitespace-management" class="macro-group">Vertical whitespace management</h2>
+
+<ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#shim">Macro: SHIM</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#no-shim">Macro: NO_SHIM</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#flex">Macro: FLEX</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#no-flex">Macro: NO_FLEX</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<p>
+Mom takes evenly-aligned bottom margins in
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+very seriously.  Only under a very few, exceptional circumstances
+will she allow a bottom margin to &#8220;hang&#8221; (i.e. to fall
+short).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom offers two modes of operation for ensuring flush bottom margins:
+shimming and flex-spacing.  Shimming means that mom nudges the
+next line after a significant break in running text back onto the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline-grid">baseline grid</a>
+(e.g. after the insertion of a graphic).  Flex-spacing means that any
+vertical whitespace remaining between the end of running text and
+the bottom margin is distributed equally at logical points on the
+page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom uses the
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+of running text (the &#8220;document leading&#8221;) that&#8217;s in effect
+<i>at the start of running text on each page</i>
+to establish the grid and space document elements such as heads or
+blockquotes so that they adhere to it.  (Prior to invoking
+<a href="#start">START</a>,
+the document leading is set with the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macro</a>
+<a href="typesetting.html#leading">LS</a>,
+afterwards with the
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">document control macro</a>
+<a href="#doc-lead">DOC_LEAD</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What this means is that documents whose paragraphs are not separated
+by whitespace and which do not contain graphics or
+<a href="definitions.html#pre-processor">pre-processor material</a>
+will fill the page completely to the bottom margin.
+However, if your paragraphs are spaced, or if there are any leading
+changes on a page, or if graphics or pre-processor material are
+inserted, it&#8217;s very likely the bottom margins will hang
+unless shimming or flex-spacing is enabled.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="shim-vs-flex" class="docs">Shimming <span style="text-transform: none">vs.</span> flex-spacing</h3>
+
+<p>
+<b>Shimming</b> is mom&#8217;s default mode of operation.  She applies it
+automatically before headings, around quotes and blockquotes, and
+beneath
+<a href="definitions.html#float">floats</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#preprocessor">pre-processor material</a>.
+In addition, the
+<a href="#shim">SHIM</a>
+macro can be inserted into a document at any point to make sure
+the text following falls on the baseline grid.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This mode of operation works well in documents whose paragraphs are
+not spaced.  Deviations from the baseline grid, usually
+caused by floats or pre-processor material, are corrected
+immediately.  If the shimming results in slightly unbalanced
+whitespace around them, it can easily be remedied by passing the
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument to the appropriate macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you do not want mom shimming automatically,
+<a href="#no-shim">NO_SHIM</a>
+turns shimming off globally and suppresses the SHIM macro.  If you
+want to disable shimming only for a particular float or
+pre-processor, the <kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> argument may be given to the
+appropriate macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b>Flex-spacing</b> kicks in automatically whenever you turn shimming
+off.  In other words, if you want a document flex-spaced,
+<kbd>.NO_SHIM</kbd> is how you achieve it.  If, in addition to not
+shimming, you don&#8217;t want mom flex-spacing either,
+<a href="#no-flex">NO_FLEX</a>
+lets you disable it, too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flex-spacing differs from shimming in that mom doesn&#8217;t
+correct deviations from the baseline grid.  Rather, she distributes
+whitespace left at the bottom of the page equally in appropriate
+places.  Like shimming, flex-spacing is automatically applied
+before heads, after floats and pre-processor material, and around
+quotes and blockquotes.  Like shimming, flex-spacing can be
+disabled for individual floats or pre-processor material with the
+<kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> flag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition, you can use the
+<a href="#flex">FLEX</a>
+macro to insert flex-spacing yourself into the document, which you
+will almost certainly want to do if your paragraphs are spaced.
+This is because paragraphs are not flex-spaced.  Typographically,
+the ideal for spaced paragraphs is that the space between them
+remain constant.  Paradoxically, the only way to achieve flush
+bottom margins, or to correct excessive flex-spacing before a
+heading, is by adding flex-space between the paragraphs.  This
+requires human judgment, and mom does not presume to decide for you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shimming and flex-spacing are mutually exclusive.  If the one is
+active, the other isn&#8217;t unless you have disabled both.  This means
+that you cannot use the FLEX macro when shimming is enabled, or the
+SHIM macro when flex-spacing is enabled.  Mom will issue a warning
+if you do.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The choice of whether to use shimming or flex-spacing depends on
+whether or not your paragraphs are spaced.  In a document with
+indented, non-spaced paragraphs, shimming and flex-spacing produce
+nearly the same result, with shimming winning by an aesthetic hair.
+In documents with spaced paragraphs, flex-spacing is the only way to
+achieve flush bottom margins.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SHIM- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="shim" class="macro-id">SHIM</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SHIM</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+When shimming is enabled, which it is by default, the SHIM macro
+allows you to nudge the line following it back onto the baseline
+grid.  In documents with non-spaced paragraphs, this prevents
+the bottom margins from hanging.
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-bottom: -1em">
+Mom herself automatically applies shimming
+</p>
+<ul>
+  <li><i>before</i> headings</li>
+  <li><i>around</i> quotes and blockquotes</li>
+  <li><i>after</i> PDF images, tables, pic diagrams, equations, and floats</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+You may sometimes find the amount of space generated by
+<kbd>SHIM</kbd> looks too big, whether inserted manually into a
+document or as a result of automatic shimming.
+The situation occurs when the amount of shimming applied
+comes close to the leading currently in effect, making it seem as if
+there&#8217;s one linespace too much whitespace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The solution is simply to add <kbd>.SPACE&nbsp;-1v</kbd> or
+<kbd>.RLD&nbsp;1v</kbd> to the document immediately after
+<kbd>.SHIM</kbd>.  (Both <kbd>.SPACE&nbsp;-1v</kbd> and
+<kbd>.RLD&nbsp;1v</kbd> back up by one linespace.)
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="no-shim" class="macro-id">NO_SHIM</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>NO_SHIM</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+NO_SHIM, without an argument, disables automatic shimming,
+suppresses the SHIM macro, and enables flex-spacing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+NO_SHIM with any argument (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) re-enables shimming if it has
+been disabled and disables flex-spacing.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -FLEX- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="flex" class="macro-id">FLEX</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FLEX</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ FORCE ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+When flex-spacing is enabled, the FLEX macro inserts flexible
+vertical whitespace into a document.  The amount of flex-space is
+determined from any extra whitespace at the bottom of a page divided
+by the number of flex points on the same page.
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-bottom: -1em">
+If flex-spacing is enabled, mom herself automatically applies
+flex-spacing
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-bottom: -.5em">
+  <li><i>before</i> headings</li>
+  <li><i>around</i> quotes and blockquotes</li>
+  <li><i>after</i> PDF images, tables, pic diagrams, equations, and floats</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Near the bottom of some pages, you may find that
+<a href="definitions.html#float">floated</a>
+or
+<a href="definitions.html#preprocessor">pre-processor material</a>,
+including images, or a single line of text afterwards, is not flush
+with the bottom margin.  This is a result of mom flex-spacing
+<i>after</i> such material but not before.  The solution to is
+insert <kbd>.FLEX</kbd> immediately beforehand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There are some instances where mom inhibits flex-spacing, notably
+after outputting floated material deferred from one page to the
+next.  Introducing FLEX by itself in these instances&mdash;say,
+before a head or paragraph&mdash;will not have any effect; you must
+pass FLEX the <kbd>FORCE</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important note on flex-spacing policy:</span><br/>
+Mom disables flex-spacing on
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: -.5em">
+  <li>the last page or column of a document, before the Table of Contents,
+      Endnotes, Bibliography, and/or any &#8220;Lists of...&#8221;
+  </li>
+  <li>the page preceding a
+      <a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>the page preceding a
+      <a href="typesetting.html#NEWPAGE">NEWPAGE</a>
+      or
+      <a href="headfootpage.html#blankpage">BLANKPAGE</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>the column preceding a
+      <a href="#col-next">COL_NEXT</a>
+      or
+      <a href="#col-break">COL_BREAK</a>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+If this is not what you want, insert
+<a href="#no-flex"><kbd>.NO_FLEX&nbsp;OFF</kbd></a>
+before the first flex-space point on the affected page or in the
+affected column.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flex-spacing is also disabled for any page or column where
+insufficient room at or near the bottom causes a
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>
+or
+<a href="images.html#tbl">table</a>
+to be moved to the top of the next page.  These situations cannot
+be harmonized with flex-spacing except by adjusting your layout
+to prevent them.  You may try re-enabling flex-spacing for the
+page (<kbd>.NO_FLEX&nbsp;OFF</kbd>) and manually inserting
+flex-spaces at appropriate points, but the original whitespace is
+usually large enough that re-distributing it merely changes
+one layout gaffe into another.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Very occasionally you may notice that a document element (spaced
+paragraph, floated material, pre-processor material, or a PDF image)
+near the bottom of page has also caused mom to disable flex-spacing
+for that page.  This occurs when the document element following it
+is a
+<a href="docelement.html#pp-space">spaced paragraph</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is typographically acceptable for there to be space between
+insertions in running text (e.g. an image) and the bottom margin when
+the next page begins with a paragraph.  If you&#8217;d like to
+nudge the insertion a little closer to the bottom margin&mdash;not
+all the way; that isn&#8217;t possible without pushing it to the
+next page and disrupting subsequent flex-spacing&mdash;insert a
+small amount of space beforehand with
+<a href="typesetting.html#sp">SP</a>.
+Do not, in these cases, use the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd>
+argument (for example to
+<a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+In the case of a spaced paragraph itself near the bottom of the page
+causing a break, re-enabling flex-spacing
+(<kbd>.NO_FLEX&nbsp;OFF</kbd>) at an appropriate place in your input
+file will resolve the issue, provided there is at least one
+flex-point on the page.  If not, add one or more.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="no-flex" class="macro-id">NO_FLEX</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>NO_FLEX</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+NO_FLEX, without an argument, disables automatic flex-spacing
+and suppresses the FLEX macro.  If, in addition to NO_FLEX, NO_SHIM
+has also been given, your document will be neither flex-spaced nor
+shimmed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+NO_FLEX with any argument (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) re-enables flex-spacing if it has
+been disabled.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="setup" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: .5em;">Preliminary document setup</h2>
+
+<div class="examples-container" style="margin-bottom: 1.5em;">
+<h3 id="docprocessing-tut" class="docs">Tutorial &ndash; Setting up a mom document</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: 1em;">
+There are four parts to setting up a mom doc (three, actually,
+with one optional).  Before we proceed, though, be reassured that
+something as simple as
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE     "By the Shores of Lake Attica"
+  .AUTHOR    "Rosemary Winspeare"
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  .START
+</span>
+produces a beautifully typeset 8.5x11 document, with a
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>
+at the top of page 1,
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>
+with the title and author on subsequent pages, and page numbers at
+the bottom of each page.  In the course of the document, headings,
+citations, quotes, epigraphs, and so on, all come out looking neat,
+trim, and professional.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For the purposes of this tutorial, we&#8217;re going to set up
+a short story&mdash;<i>My Pulitzer Winner</i>&mdash;by Joe Blow.
+Thankfully, we don&#8217;t have to look at story itself, just the
+setup.  Joe wants the document
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>to be draft 7, revision 39;</li>
+  <li>to use the DEFAULT template;</li>
+  <li>to print as draft-style output (instead of final-copy output);</li>
+  <li>to be typeset, in Helvetica, 12 on 14,
+      <a href="definitions.html#rag">rag-right</a>;
+  </li>
+  <li>to have <a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+      instead of
+      <a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>;
+  </li>
+  <li>to use a single asterisk for
+      <a href="definitions.html#linebreak">author linebreaks</a>.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Joe Blow has no taste in typography.  His draft won&#8217;t look
+pretty, but this is, after all, a tutorial; we&#8217;re after
+examples, not beauty.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em;">Step 1</h4>
+
+<p style="margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+The first step in setting up any document is giving mom some
+reference information (metadata).  The reference macros are:
+</p>
+<div style="width: 50%; float: left;">
+<ul>
+  <li>TITLE</li>
+  <li>SUBTITLE</li>
+  <li>AUTHOR</li>
+  <li>CHAPTER &ndash; chapter number</li>
+  <li>CHAPTER_TITLE</li>
+  <li>DRAFT &ndash; draft number</li>
+  <li>REVISION &ndash; revision number</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div>
+<ul>
+  <li>COPYRIGHT &ndash; only used on cover pages</li>
+  <li>MISC &ndash; only used on cover pages</li>
+  <li>DOCTITLE</li>
+  <li>COVERTITLE</li>
+  <li>DOC_COVERTITLE</li>
+  <li>PDF_TITLE</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em; clear: both;">
+You can use as many or as few as you wish, although at a minimum,
+you&#8217;ll probably fill in TITLE (unless the document&#8217;s a
+letter) and AUTHOR.  Order doesn&#8217;t matter.  You can separate
+the
+<a href="definitions.html#arguments">arguments</a>
+from the macros by any number of spaces.  The following are what
+you&#8217;d need to start Joe Blow&#8217;s story.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE    "My Pulitzer Winner"
+  .AUTHOR   "Joe Blow"
+  .DRAFT     7
+  .REVISION  39
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em;">Step 2</h4>
+
+<p>
+Once you&#8217;ve given mom the reference information she needs, you
+tell her how you want your document formatted.  What kind of
+document is it?  Should it be typeset or typewritten?  Is this a
+final copy (for the world to see) or just a draft?  Mom calls
+the macros that answer these questions &#8220;the docstyle
+macros&#8221;, and they&#8217;re essentially templates.
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>PRINTSTYLE&mdash;typeset or typewritten</li>
+  <li>DOCTYPE&mdash;the type of document (default, chapter, user-defined, letter, slide)</li>
+  <li>COPYSTYLE&mdash;draft or final copy</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Mom has defaults for DOCTYPE and COPYSTYLE; if they&#8217;re what
+you want, you don&#8217;t need to include them.  However,
+PRINTSTYLE has no default and must be present in every formatted
+document.  If you omit it, mom won&#8217;t process the document
+AND she&#8217;ll complain (both to stderr and as a single printed
+sheet with a warning).  Moms&mdash;they can be so annoying
+sometimes. &lt;sigh&gt;
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Adding to what we already have, the next bit of setup for Joe
+Blow&#8217;s story looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .TITLE    "My Pulitzer Winner"
+    .AUTHOR   "Joe Blow"
+    .DRAFT     7
+    .REVISION  39
+    \#
+    .DOCTYPE     DEFAULT \"Superfluous; mom uses DOCTYPE DEFAULT by default
+    .PRINTSTYLE  TYPESET
+    .COPYSTYLE   DRAFT
+</span>
+Notice the use of the
+<a href="definitions.html#commentlines">comment line</a>
+( <kbd>\#</kbd> ), a handy way to keep groups of macros visually
+separated for easy reading in a text editor.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">Step 3</h4>
+
+<p>
+This step&mdash;completely optional&mdash;is where you, the user,
+take charge.  Mom has reasonable defaults for every document element
+and tag, but who&#8217;s ever satisfied with defaults?  Use any of
+the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>
+here to change mom&#8217;s document defaults (paper size, margins,
+family, point size, line space, rag, etc), or any of the document
+processing
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macros</a>.
+This is the stylesheet section of a document, and
+must come after the
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+directive.  Failure to observe this condition will result in
+PRINTSTYLE overriding your changes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Joe Blow wants his story printed in Helvetica, 12 on 14, rag right,
+with
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">page footers</a>
+instead of
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>
+and a single asterisk for the
+<a href="definitions.html#linebreak">linebreak</a>
+character.  None of these requirements conforms to mom&#8217;s
+defaults for the chosen PRINTSTYLE (TYPESET), so we change them
+here.  The setup for Joe Blow&#8217;s story now looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE    "My Pulitzer Winner"
+  .AUTHOR   "Joe Blow"
+  .DRAFT     7
+  .REVISION  39
+  \#
+  .DOCTYPE     DEFAULT
+  .PRINTSTYLE  TYPESET
+  .COPYSTYLE   DRAFT
+  \#
+  .FAMILY  H
+  .PT_SIZE 12
+  .LS      14
+  .QUAD    LEFT    \"ie rag right
+  .FOOTERS
+  .LINEBREAK_CHAR *
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">Step 4</h4>
+
+<p>
+The final step in setting up a document is telling mom to start
+document processing.  It&#8217;s a no-brainer, just the single
+macro START.  Other than PRINTSTYLE, it&#8217;s the only macro
+required for document processing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s the complete setup for <i>My Pulitzer Winner</i>:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE    "My Pulitzer Winner"
+  .AUTHOR   "Joe Blow"
+  .DRAFT     7
+  .REVISION  39
+  \#
+  .DOCTYPE     DEFAULT
+  .PRINTSTYLE  TYPESET
+  .COPYSTYLE   DRAFT
+  \#
+  .FAMILY   H
+  .PT_SIZE  12
+  .LS       14
+  .QUAD     LEFT    \"ie rag right
+  .FOOTERS
+  .LINEBREAK_CHAR *
+  \#
+  .START
+</span>
+As pointed out earlier, Joe Blow is no typographer.  Given that all he
+needs is a printed draft of his work, a simpler setup would have been:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE    "My Pulitzer Winner"
+  .AUTHOR   "Joe Blow"
+  .DRAFT     7
+  .REVISION  39
+  \#
+  .PRINTSTYLE  TYPEWRITE
+  .COPYSTYLE   DRAFT
+  \#
+  .START
+</span>
+<kbd>.PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;TYPEWRITE</kbd>, above, means that Joe&#8217;s
+work will come out &#8220;typewritten, double-spaced&#8221;,
+making the blue-pencilling he (or someone else) is sure to do much
+easier (which is why many publishers and agents still insist on
+typewritten, double-spaced copy).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When J. Blow stops re-writing and decides to print off a final,
+typeset copy of his work for the world to see, he need only make two
+changes to the (simplified) setup:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE    "My Pulitzer Winner"
+  .AUTHOR   "Joe Blow"
+  .DRAFT     7
+  .REVISION  39
+  \#
+  .PRINTSTYLE  TYPESET  \"first change
+  .COPYSTYLE   FINAL    \"second change
+  \#
+  .START
+</span>
+In the above, <kbd>.DRAFT&nbsp;7,&nbsp;.REVISION 39,</kbd> and
+<kbd>.COPYSTYLE FINAL</kbd> are actually superfluous.  The draft
+and revision numbers aren&#8217;t used when COPYSTYLE is FINAL,
+and <b>COPYSTYLE FINAL</b> is mom&#8217;s default unless you tell
+her otherwise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But... to judge from the number of drafts already,
+J. Blow may very well decide his &#8220;final&#8221; version still
+isn&#8217;t up to snuff.  Hence, he might as well leave in the
+superfluous macros.  That way, when draft 7, rev. 62 becomes draft
+8, rev. 1, he&#8217;ll be ready to tackle his Pulitzer winner again.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="reference-macros" class="macro-group">The reference macros (metadata)</h2>
+
+<p>
+The reference macros give mom the metadata she needs to generate
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheaders</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>,
+and
+<a href="cover.html#cover-top">covers</a>.
+They must go at the top of any file that uses mom&#8217;s document
+processing macros.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-reference" class="macro-list">Reference macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#title">TITLE</a> &ndash; title of a story, article, etc</li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-title">DOCTITLE</a> &ndash; title of a book, or any collated document</li>
+  <li><a href="#subtitle">SUBTITLE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#author">AUTHOR</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#chapter">CHAPTER</a> &ndash; the chapter number
+  <ul>
+    <li class="sublist"><a href="#chapter-string">CHAPTER_STRING</a> &ndash; &#8220;Chapter&#8221;, &#8220;CHAPTER&#8221;, &#8220;Chapître&#8221;, etc</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#chapter-title">CHAPTER_TITLE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#draft">DRAFT</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li class="sublist"><a href="#draft-string">DRAFT_STRING</a> &ndash; &#8220;Draft&#8221;, &#8220;DRAFT&#8221;, &#8220;Jet&#8221;, etc</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#revision">REVISION</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li class="sublist"><a href="#revision-string">REVISION_STRING</a> &ndash; &#8220;Revision&#8221;, &#8220;Rev.&#8221;, &#8220;Révision&#8221;, etc</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#copyright">COPYRIGHT</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#misc">MISC</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#covertitle">COVERTITLE</a> &ndash; frontispiece, title page, etc</li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-covertitle">DOC_COVERTITLE</a> &ndash; book cover, collated document cover, etc</li>
+  <li><a href="#pdftitle">PDF_TITLE</a> &ndash; window title for PDF viewers</li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-heading">TOC_HEADING</a> &ndash; single, non-pagenumbered line of text in table of contents</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TITLE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="title" class="macro-id">TITLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[COVER | DOC_COVER] &quot;&lt;title string&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;2nd line&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;3rd line&gt;&quot; ... ] ]</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The title string can be caps or caps/lower-case; it&#8217;s up to you.  In
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</a>,
+the title will appear in the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>
+exactly as you typed it.  However, mom converts the title to all
+caps in
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>
+unless you turn that feature off (see
+<a href="headfootpage.html#_caps">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_CAPS</a>).
+In
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+the title always gets converted to caps.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TITLE accepts multiple arguments, each surrounded by double-quotes.
+Each argument is printed on a separate line, permitting you to
+create multi-line titles in your docheaders.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If your <kbd><a href="#doctype">DOCTYPE</a></kbd> is CHAPTER, TITLE
+should be the title of the opus, not &#8220;CHAPTER whatever&#8221;.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If the optional argument, <kbd>COVER</kbd> or <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd>,
+is given to TITLE, the remaining string arguments represent the
+title that will appear on cover or document cover pages (see the
+<a href="cover.html#cover-intro">Introduction to cover pages</a>
+for a description of the difference between &#8220;document
+covers&#8221; and &#8220;covers&#8221;).  Thus, it is possible
+to have differing titles appear on the document cover, the cover
+(&#8220;title&#8221;) page, and in the document header.  For
+example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE DOC_COVER "Collected Essays"
+  .TITLE COVER "The Meming of Meaning"
+  .TITLE "LOL Cat Corruption"
+  .AUTHOR "D. Rawkins"
+  .DOC_COVER TITLE AUTHOR
+  .COVER TITLE
+  .START
+</span>
+creates a document cover with &#8220;Collected Essays&#8221; and the
+author, a cover page with &#8220;The Meming of Meaning&#8221;,
+and a docheader title, &#8220;LOL Cat Corruption&#8221; at the top
+of the essay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Alternatively, you can use the macros
+<a href="#doc-covertitle">DOC_COVERTITLE</a>
+and
+<a href="#covertitle">COVERTITLE</a>
+to accomplish the same thing.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="no-toc-entry" class="docs">Table of Contents exceptions</h4>
+<p>
+Except for standalone documents (i.e. non-collated documents such
+as essays), the TITLE string appears as an entry in the Table of
+Contents.  If you would like a document section not to appear in the
+Table of Contents (e.g. the copyright page), invoke the macro
+<kbd>.NO_TOC_ENTRY</kbd> after <kbd>.TITLE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+
+<!-- -DOCTITLE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-title" class="macro-id">DOCUMENT TITLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOCTITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;overall document title&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;2nd line&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;3rd line&gt;&quot; ... ] ]</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+This macro should be used only if your <a
+href="#doctype">DOCTYPE</a> is <kbd>DEFAULT</kbd> (which is
+mom&#8217;s default).  If your DOCTYPE is CHAPTER, use
+<a href="#title">TITLE</a>
+to set the overall document title for cover pages, document cover
+pages, and page headers or footers.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+When you&#8217;re creating a single document, say, an essay or a
+short story, you have no need of this macro.
+<a href="#title">TITLE</a>
+takes care of all your title needs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However if you&#8217;re 
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collating</a>
+a bunch of documents together, say, to print out a report containing
+many articles with different titles, or a book of short stories with
+different authors, you need DOCTITLE.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DOCTITLE tells mom the title of the complete document (as opposed to
+the title of each article or entitled section), and appears
+</p>
+
+<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha">
+  <li>as the window title in PDF viewers (e.g. Okular or Evince)</li>
+  <li>in the initial rightmost position of page headers in the document</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+Moreover, DOCTITLE does not appear in the
+<a href="definitions.html#pdfoutline">PDF outline</a>,
+as its presence in window title would make it redundant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The doctitle string can be caps or caps/lower-case; it&#8217;s up to
+you.  In
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</a>,
+by default, the doctitle in
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>
+is all in caps, unless you turn that feature off (see
+<a href="headfootpage.html#_caps">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_CAPS</a>).
+In
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+the doctitle always gets converted to caps.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DOCTITLE accepts multiple arguments, each surrounded
+by double-quotes.  Each argument is printed on a separate line,
+permitting you to create multi-line document titles for use on
+<a href="cover.html#cover">Covers</a>
+and/or
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">Doc covers</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SUBTITLE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="subtitle" class="macro-id">SUBTITLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SUBTITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[COVER | DOC_COVER] &quot;&lt;subtitle&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;2nd line&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;3rd line&gt;&quot; ... ] ]</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;String arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The subtitle string can be caps or caps/lower-case.  I recommend
+caps/lower case.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SUBTITLE accepts multiple arguments, each surrounded
+by double-quotes.  Each argument is printed on a separate line,
+permitting you to create multi-line subtitles.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the optional argument, <kbd>COVER</kbd> or <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd>,
+is given to SUBTITLE, the remaining string
+arguments represent the subtitle that will appear on cover or
+document cover pages (see the
+<a href="cover.html#cover-intro">Introduction to cover pages</a>
+for a description of the difference between &#8220;document
+covers&#8221; and &#8220;covers&#8221;).  Thus, it is possible to have
+differing subtitles appear on the document cover, the cover
+(&#8220;title&#8221;) page, and in the document header.  An extreme
+example would be:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SUBTITLE "The Docheader Subtitle"
+  .SUBTITLE DOC_COVER "The Document Cover Subtitle"
+  .SUBTITLE COVER "The Cover Subtitle"
+</span>
+The first invocation of <kbd>.SUBTITLE</kbd> establishes the
+subtitle that appears in the docheader at the top of the first page
+of a document.  The second invocation establishes the subtitle that
+appears on the document cover; the third establishes the subtitle
+that appears on the cover (&#8220;title&#8221;) page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t require differing subtitles for doc cover and cover
+pages, <kbd>.SUBTITLE</kbd>, without the optional first argument, is
+sufficient, provided you give the word, <kbd>SUBTITLE</kbd>, as an
+argument to the macro
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -AUTHOR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="author" class="macro-id">AUTHOR</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>AUTHOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[COVER | DOC_COVER] &quot;&lt;author&gt;&quot; [ &quot;&lt;author2&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;author3&gt;&quot; ... ] ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>EDITOR</b>
+</p>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;String arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Each author string can hold as many names as you like, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .AUTHOR "Joe Blow"
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  .AUTHOR "Joe Blow, Jane Doe" "John Hancock"
+</span>
+Mom prints each string that&#8217;s enclosed in double-quotes on a
+separate line in the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>,
+however only the first string appears in
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>.
+If you want mom to put something else in the author part of page
+headers (say, just the last names of a document&#8217;s two
+authors), redefine the appropriate part of the header (see
+<a href="headfootpage.html#header-control">header/footer control</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The strings can be caps or caps/lower-case.  I recommend caps/lower
+case.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the optional argument, <kbd>COVER</kbd> or <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd>,
+is given to AUTHOR, the remaining string arguments represent the
+author(s) that will appear on cover or document cover pages (see the
+<a href="cover.html#cover-intro">Introduction to cover pages</a>
+for a description of the difference between &#8220;document
+covers&#8221; and &#8220;covers&#8221;).  Thus, it is possible
+to have differing authors on the document cover, the cover
+(&#8220;title&#8221;) page, in the document first-page header and
+subsequent page headers/footers.  An example might be:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTHOR "Joe Blow"
+  .EDITOR DOC_COVER "John Smith" "and" "Jane Doe"  \" EDITOR is an alias for AUTHOR
+  .AUTHOR COVER "Joe Blow" "(assisted by Jane Doe)"
+</span>
+The first invocation of <kbd>.AUTHOR</kbd> establishes the author
+that appears in the docheader at the top of the first page of
+a document and in subsequent page headers/footers.  The second
+invocation establishes the authors (editors, in this instance) that
+appear on the document cover; the third establishes the author(s)
+that appear(s) on the cover (&#8220;title&#8221;) page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t require differing authors for doc cover and cover
+pages, <kbd>.AUTHOR</kbd>, without the optional first argument, is
+sufficient, provided you give the word, <kbd>AUTHOR</kbd> as an
+argument to the macro
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -CHAPTER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="chapter" class="macro-id">CHAPTER</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CHAPTER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;chapter number&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The chapter number can be in any form you like&mdash;a digit, a roman
+numeral, a word.  If you choose
+<a href="#doctype">DOCTYPE CHAPTER</a>,
+mom prints whatever argument you pass CHAPTER beside the word,
+&#8220;Chapter&#8221;, as a single line
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>.
+She also puts the same thing in the middle of
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that if your argument to CHAPTER runs to more than one
+word, you must enclose the argument in double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re not using DOCTYPE CHAPTER, the macro can
+be used to identify any document as a chapter <i>for the purpose of
+prepending a chapter number to numbered head elements</i>, provided
+you pass it a
+<a href="definitions.html#numericargument">numeric argument</a>.
+See
+<a href="docelement.html#prefix-chapter-number">PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -CHAPTER_STRING- -->
+
+<h3 id="chapter-string" class="docs">Chapter string</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re not writing in English, you can ask mom to use the
+word for &#8220;chapter&#8221; in your own language by telling her
+what it is with the CHAPTER_STRING macro, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .CHAPTER_STRING "Chapître"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you would like a blank chapter string, i.e., you&#8217;d like the
+chapter number to appear without &#8220;Chapter&#8221; beforehand,
+enter <kbd>.CHAPTER_STRING "\&amp;"</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -CHAPTER_TITLE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="chapter-title" class="macro-id">CHAPTER_TITLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CHAPTER_TITLE</b>  <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;chapter title&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;2nd line&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;3rd line&gt;&quot; ... ] ]</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, either in addition to or instead of &#8220;Chapter
+&lt;n&gt;&#8221; appearing at the top of chapters, you want your
+chapter to have a title, use CHAPTER_TITLE, with your title enclosed
+in double-quotes, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .CHAPTER_TITLE "The DMCA Nazis"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAPTER_TITLE accepts multiple arguments, each surrounded by
+double-quotes.  Each argument is printed on a separate line,
+permitting you to create multi-line chapter titles in your
+docheaders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;ve used
+<a href="#chapter">CHAPTER</a>
+to give the chapter a number, both &#8220;Chapter &lt;n&gt;&#8221;
+and the chapter title will appear at the top of the chapter, like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+       Chapter 1
+    The DMCA Nazis
+</span>
+In such a case, by default, only the chapter&#8217;s title will appear in
+the
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>,
+not &#8220;Chapter &lt;n&gt;&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you omit CHAPTER when setting up your reference macros, only the
+title will appear, both at the top of page one and in subsequent
+page headers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The style of the chapter title can be altered by
+<a href="docelement.html#docelement-control">control macros</a>,
+e.g. CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY, CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT, etc.  The default
+family, font and point size are Times Roman, Bold Italic, 4 points
+larger than
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -DRAFT- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="draft" class="macro-id">DRAFT</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DRAFT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;draft number&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+DRAFT only gets used with
+<a href="#copystyle">COPYSTYLE&nbsp;DRAFT</a>.
+If the COPYSTYLE is FINAL (the default), mom ignores DRAFT.  DRAFT
+accepts both alphabetic and numeric arguments, hence it&#8217;s
+possible to do either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DRAFT 2
+     or
+  .DRAFT Two
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom prints the argument to <kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> (i.e. the draft number)
+beside the word &#8220;Draft&#8221; in the middle part of
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">A small word of caution:</span>
+If your argument to <kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> is more than one word long,
+you must enclose the argument in double-quotes.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+You may, if you wish, invoke <kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> without an
+argument, in which case, no draft number will be printed beside
+&#8220;Draft&#8221; in headers or footers.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -DRAFT_STRING- -->
+
+<h3 id="draft-string" class="docs">The draft string</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re not writing in English, you can ask mom
+to use the word for &#8220;draft&#8221; in your own language by
+telling her what it is with the DRAFT_STRING macro,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DRAFT_STRING "Jet"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Equally, DRAFT_STRING can be used to roll your own solution to
+something other than the word &#8220;Draft.&#8221; For example, you
+might want &#8220;Trial run alpha-three&#8221; to appear in the
+headers of a draft version.  You&#8217;d accomplish this by doing
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DRAFT alpha-three
+  .DRAFT_STRING "Trial run"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wanted only &#8220;Trial run&#8221; to appear, entering
+<kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> without an argument as well as
+<kbd>.DRAFT_STRING&nbsp;"Trial&nbsp;run"</kbd> is how you&#8217;d do it.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you define both a blank <kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> and a blank
+<kbd>.DRAFT_STRING</kbd>, mom skips the draft field in headers
+entirely.  If this is what you want, this is also the only way
+to do it.  Simply omitting invocations of <kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> and
+<kbd>.DRAFT_STRING</kbd> will result in mom using her default, which
+is to print &#8220;Draft &lt;number&gt;&#8221;.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -REVISION- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="revision" class="macro-id">REVISION</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>REVISION</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;revision number&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+REVISION only gets used with
+<a href="#copystyle">COPYSTYLE DRAFT</a>.
+If the COPYSTYLE is FINAL (the default), mom ignores the REVISION
+macro. REVISION accepts both alphabetic and numeric arguments, hence
+it&#8217;s possible to do either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .REVISION 2
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  .REVISION Two
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom prints the revision number beside the shortform
+&#8220;Rev.&#8221; in the middle part of
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">A small word of caution:</span>
+If your argument to <kbd>.REVISION</kbd> is more than one word long,
+you must enclose the argument in double-quotes.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+You may, if you wish, invoke <kbd>.REVISION</kbd> without an
+argument, in which case, no revision number will be printed beside
+&#8220;Rev.&#8221; in headers or footers.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -REVISION_STRING- -->
+
+<h3 id="revision-string" class="docs">The revision string</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re not writing in English, you can ask mom
+to use the word for &#8220;revision,&#8221; or a shortform
+thereof, in your own language by telling her what it is with the
+REVISION_STRING macro, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .REVISION_STRING "Rév."
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, you may sometimes want to make use of mom&#8217;s
+<a href="#copystyle">COPYSTYLE DRAFT</a>
+but not actually require any draft information.  For example,
+you might like mom to indicate only the revision number of
+your document.  The way to do that is to define an empty
+<kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> and <kbd>.DRAFT_STRING</kbd> in addition to
+<kbd>.REVISION</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DRAFT
+  .DRAFT_STRING
+  .REVISION 2
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Equally, if you want to roll your own solution to what revision
+information appears in headers, you could do something like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DRAFT
+  .DRAFT_STRING
+  .REVISION "two-twenty-two"
+  .REVISION_STRING "Revision"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The above, naturally, has no draft information.  If you want to roll
+your own <kbd>.DRAFT</kbd> and/or <kbd>.DRAFT_STRING</kbd> as well,
+simply supply arguments to either or both.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -COPYRIGHT- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="copyright" class="macro-id">COPYRIGHT</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COPYRIGHT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[COVER | DOC_COVER] &quot;&lt;copyright info&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The required argument to COPYRIGHT is only used on cover or doc cover
+pages, and then only if the argument COPYRIGHT is passed to
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>.
+Do not include the copyright symbol in the argument passed to
+COPYRIGHT; mom puts it in for you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The optional argument, <kbd>COVER</kbd> or <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd>,
+should only be used if you have both a doc cover and a cover and want
+differing copyright information on each (see the
+<a href="cover.html#cover-intro">Introduction to cover pages</a>
+for a description of the difference between &#8220;document
+covers&#8221; and &#8220;covers&#8221;).  Thus, it is possible to
+have differing copyright information on the document cover and on
+the cover (&#8220;title&#8221;) page.  An example might be:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COPYRIGHT DOC_COVER "2010 John Smith and Jane Doe"
+  .COPYRIGHT COVER "2008 Joe Blow"
+</span>
+The first invocation of <kbd>.COPYRIGHT</kbd> establishes the
+copyright information that appears on the document cover; the second
+establishes the copyright information that appears on the cover
+(&#8220;title&#8221;) page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t require differing copyright information for
+doc cover and cover pages, <kbd>.COPYRIGHT</kbd>, without the
+optional first argument, is sufficient, provided you give the word,
+<kbd>COPYRIGHT</kbd>, as an argument to the macro
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Style parameters for the copyright line may be
+entered as individual macros or
+<a href="docelement.html#grouping">grouped</a>,
+e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COPYRIGHT_FAMILY H
+  .COPYRIGHT_FONT   R
+  .COPYRIGHT_SIZE   -2
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COPYRIGHT_STYLE \
+  FAMILY H \
+  FONT   R \
+  SIZE   -2
+</span>
+The vertical position of the copyright line may be raised (-) or
+lowered (+) with the macro COPYRIGHT_V_ADJUST.  For example, to
+raise the copyright line by 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COPYRIGHT_V_ADJUST -3p
+</span>
+Alternatively, the COPYRIGHT_STYLE macro may be used with the
+argument <kbd>V_ADJUST</kbd>:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COPYRIGHT_STYLE \
+  FAMILY    H \
+  FONT      R \
+  SIZE     -2 \
+  V_ADJUST -3p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -MISC- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="misc" class="macro-id">MISC</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>MISC</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[COVER | DOC_COVER] &quot;&lt;argument 1&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;argument 2&gt;&quot; &quot;&lt;argument 3&gt;&quot; ...]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;String arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The argument(s) passed to MISC are only used on cover or doc cover
+pages, and then only if the argument <kbd>MISC</kbd> is passed to
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>.
+MISC can contain any information you like.  Each argument appears on
+a separate line at the bottom of the cover or doc cover page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you&#8217;re submitting an essay where the prof has
+requested that you include the course number, his name and the date,
+you could do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .MISC "Music History 101" "Professor Hasbeen" "Dec. 24, 2010"
+</span>
+and the information would appear on the essay&#8217;s cover page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the optional argument, <kbd>COVER</kbd> or <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd>,
+is given to MISC, the string arguments represent the miscellaneous
+information that will appear on cover or document cover pages (see
+the
+<a href="cover.html#cover-intro">Introduction to cover pages</a>
+for a description of the difference between &#8220;document
+covers&#8221; and &#8220;covers&#8221;).  Thus, it is possible to
+have differing miscellaneous information on the document cover and
+on the cover (&#8220;title&#8221;) page.  An example might be:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .MISC DOC_COVER "Music History 101" "Professor Hasbeen"
+  .MISC COVER "Spring Term Paper"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first invocation of <kbd>.MISC</kbd> establishes the
+miscellaneous information that appears on the document cover; the
+second establishes the miscellaneous information that appears on the
+cover (&#8220;title&#8221;) page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t require differing miscellaneous information
+for doc cover and cover pages, <kbd>.MISC</kbd>, without the
+optional first argument, is sufficient, provided you give the word
+&#8220;MISC&#8221; as an argument to the macro
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -COVER_TITLE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 class="macro-id">COVERTITLE &amp; DOC_COVERTITLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="covertitle" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COVERTITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;user defined cover page title&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;2nd line&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;3rd line&gt;&quot; ... ] ]</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<div id="doc-covertitle" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_COVERTITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;user defined document cover page title&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;2nd line&gt;&quot; [&quot;&lt;3rd line&gt;&quot; ... ] ]</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Arguments must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The arguments passed to COVERTITLE or DOC_COVERTITLE are only
+used on cover or doc cover pages, and then only if the argument
+<kbd>COVERTITLE</kbd> or <kbd>DOC_COVERTITLE</kbd> is explicitly
+passed to
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+or
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+COVERTITLE and DOC_COVERTITLE accept multiple arguments, each
+surrounded by double-quotes.  Each argument is printed on a separate
+line, permitting you to create multi-line titles on your cover
+and/or doc cover pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You only require COVERTITLE or DOC_COVERTITLE if they differ from
+TITLE.  Note that
+<a href="#title">TITLE</a>
+itself has two optional arguments that accomplish the same thing.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 class="macro-id">PDF Title</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="pdftitle" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PDF_TITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;pdf viewer window title&gt;&quot;</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Except for
+<a href="#doc-title">DOCTITLE</a>,
+mom does not, by default, provide PDF viewers with a document title.
+You may set one, if you like, with PDF_TITLE.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 class="macro-id">TOC heading</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="toc-heading" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_HEADING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;single line TOC heading&gt;&quot;</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom generates tables of contents automatically (see
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc">TOC</a>).
+You may sometimes want to insert a line of text into the table of
+contents without it referring to a page number, for example to
+identify a &#8220;Part I&#8221; and a &#8220;Part II.&#8221;
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Placed before any instance of
+<a href="#start">START,</a>
+TOC_HEADING inserts its text into the table of contents with a
+modest amount of whitespace around it to distinguish it easily
+from table of contents entries.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The appearance of the heading may be controlled with
+the macro 
+<a href="#toc-heading-style">TOC_HEADING_STYLE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div id="toc-heading-style" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_HEADING_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;arguments&gt;&quot;</kbd> 
+</div>
+
+<p>
+TOC_HEADING_STYLE controls the look of TOC headings.  It is a
+<a href="docelement.html#grouping">&#8220;grouping&#8221;</a>
+style macro with multiple arguments.  It is recommended that
+you use the backslash character to separate them into individual
+lines rather than entering a single, very long line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TOC_HEADING_STYLE accepts as many or as few arguments as you need:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  FAMILY &lt;family&gt; \
+  FONT &lt;font&gt; \
+  SIZE &lt;+|-n&gt; \
+  COLOR &lt;colorname&gt;* \
+  QUAD L | C | R \
+  SPACE_ABOVE &lt;n&gt;** \
+  SPACE_BENEATH &lt;n&gt;**
+</span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;* <kbd>COLOR</kbd> must be pre-initialized with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+<br/>
+** <kbd>SPACE_ABOVE</kbd> and <kbd>SPACE_BENEATH</kbd> require a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+to be appended to their numeric argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you want your TOC headings to be bold, slightly
+larger than the rest of the table of contents, centred, and with
+one linespace beforehand,
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  FONT B \
+  SIZE +.5 \
+  QUAD C \
+  SPACE_ABOVE 1v
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ See
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>
+for further information about the arguments.  Note that
+<kbd>SPACE_ABOVE</kbd> and <kbd>SPACE_BENEATH</kbd> are unique to
+TOC_HEADING_STYLE.
+
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="docstyle-macros" class="macro-group">The docstyle macros</h2>
+
+<p>
+The docstyle macros tell mom what type of document you&#8217;re
+writing, whether you want the output typeset or &#8220;typewritten,
+double-spaced&#8221;, and whether you want a draft copy (with draft
+and revision information in the headers) or a final copy.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-docstyle" class="macro-list">Docstyle macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#doctype">DOCTYPE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a> &ndash; non-optional macro required for document processing
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#typeset-defaults">Defaults for PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#typewrite-defaults">Defaults for PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: circle;">
+      <li><a href="#typewrite-control">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE control macros</a>
+      <ul style="margin-left: -1.5em; list-style-type: square;">
+        <li><a href="#typewriter-family">Family</a></li>
+        <li><a href="#typewriter-size">Point size</a></li>
+        <li><a href="#typewriter-underlining">Underlining of italics</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#copystyle">COPYSTYLE</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DOCTYPE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doctype" class="macro-id">DOCTYPE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOCTYPE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">DEFAULT | CHAPTER | NAMED &quot;&lt;name&gt;&quot; | LETTER | SLIDES</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The arguments <kbd>DEFAULT,</kbd> <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd> and
+<kbd>NAMED</kbd> tell mom what to put in the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>.
+<kbd>LETTER</kbd> and <kbd>SLIDES</kbd> tells her you want to write
+a letter or create slides.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default DOCTYPE is <kbd>DEFAULT</kbd>.  If that&#8217;s
+what you want, you don&#8217;t have to give a DOCTYPE command.
+</p>
+
+<p id="default-doctype">
+<kbd>DEFAULT</kbd> prints a
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>
+containing the title, subtitle and author information given to the
+<a href="#reference-macros">reference macros</a>,
+and page headers with the author and title.  (See
+<a href="headfootpage.html#header-style">Default specs for headers</a>
+for how mom outputs each part of the page header.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CHAPTER</kbd> prints &#8220;Chapter &lt;n&gt;&#8221; in place
+of a
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>
+(&lt;n&gt; is what you gave to the
+<a href="#reference-macros">reference macro</a>,
+<kbd><a href="#chapter">CHAPTER</a></kbd>).
+If you give the chapter a title with
+<a href="#chapter-title">CHAPTER_TITLE</a>,
+mom prints &#8220;Chapter &lt;n&gt;&#8221; and the
+title underneath.  If you omit the
+<a href="#chapter">CHAPTER</a>
+reference macro but supply a
+<a href="#chapter-title">CHAPTER_TITLE</a>,
+mom prints only the chapter title.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The page headers in DOCTYPE <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd> contain the author,
+the title of the book (which you gave with
+<a href="#title">TITLE</a>),
+and &#8220;Chapter &lt;n&gt;&#8221; (or the chapter title).  See
+<a href="headfootpage.html#header-style">Default Specs for Headers</a>
+for mom&#8217;s default type parameters for each part of
+the page header.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NAMED</kbd> takes an additional argument: a name for this
+particular kind of document (e.g. outline, synopsis, abstract,
+memorandum), enclosed in double-quotes. <kbd>NAMED</kbd> is
+identical to <kbd>DEFAULT</kbd> except that mom prints the argument
+to <kbd>NAMED</kbd> beneath the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>,
+as well as in page headers.
+(See
+<a href="headfootpage.html#header-style">Default specs for headers</a>
+for how mom outputs each part of the page header.)
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p id="doctype-note" class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note: version 2.1 change</span>
+<br/>
+<kbd>DOCTYPE NAMED "string"</kbd> no longer accepts a colour
+argument after <kbd>"string"</kbd>.  Setting the colour
+of the string is now done with <kbd><span class="nobr">DOCTYPE_COLOR
+&lt;color&gt;</span></kbd>.  Default underscoring of
+<kbd>"string"</kbd> in the docheader and on covers
+has been removed.  Use <kbd>DOCTYPE_UNDERSCORE</kbd>,
+<kbd>DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_UNDERSCORE</kbd> and/or
+<kbd>COVER_DOCTYPE_UNDERSCORE</kbd> to re-enable it.  All three take
+the same arguments listed in the
+<a href="docelement.html#underscore">Underscore style, rule weight</a>
+section of
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>LETTER</kbd> tells mom you&#8217;re writing a letter.  See the
+section
+<a href="letters.html#letters">Writing Letters</a>
+for instructions on using mom to format letters.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="slides" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%; text-transform: uppercase">Slides</h4>
+
+<p>
+PDF slides are a special kind of mom document, formatted for viewing
+in a PDF reader&#8217;s presentation mode.  In most respects, they
+behave identically to the other document types.  Key differences
+are:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em">
+<li>headers, footers, and pagination are disabled by default</li>
+<li>type is set
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD CENTER</a>
+by default</li>
+<li>
+<a href="#flex">flex-spacing</a>
+and
+<a href="#shim">shimming</a>
+are disabled by default; shimming may
+be re-enabled (with <kbd>NO_SHIM OFF</kbd>), but not flex-spacing</li>
+<li>there&#8217;s no need for
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+DOCTYPE SLIDES takes up to five optional arguments, which come
+immediately after SLIDES. They may be entered in any order.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  DOCTYPE SLIDES \
+   ASPECT 4:3 | 16:9 \
+   HEADER "left" "centre" "right" \
+   FOOTER  "left" "centre" "right" \
+   TRANSITION "&lt;slide transition effect&gt;" (mode + parameters) \
+   PAUSE "&lt;text reveal effect&gt;" (mode + parameters)
+</span>
+For convenience, you many want to enter each argument on a single
+line as shown above; all but the last must be terminated by a
+backslash.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: .5em">Aspect</h5>
+
+<p>
+Slides can be formatted for one of two aspect ratios common to
+monitors and screens: 4:3 and 16:9.  The default is 16:9.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+ 4:3                              16:9
+ media size: 11" x 8.25"          media size: 11" x 8.1875"
+ left/right margins: 36 points    left/right margins: 36 points
+ top margin: 90 points            top margin: 80 points
+ bottom margin: 84 points         bottom margin: 72 points
+ base text size: 16 points        base text size: 14 points
+ autoleading: 6 points, adjusted  autoleading: 4 points, adjusted
+ (header/footer size: -3 points)  (header/footer size: -2 points)
+</span>
+Note that both media sizes fit on either A4 or US LETTER papersizes.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: .5em">Headers, footers, and pagination</h5>
+
+<p>
+If you want a header, footer, or both for your slides, pass SLIDES
+the <kbd>HEADER</kbd> and/or <kbd>FOOTER</kbd> argument(s).  Both
+take three additional
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string arguments</a>,
+which must be enclosed in double-quotes, defining the left, centre,
+and right parts of the header/footer.  Any parts you want left blank
+should be entered as two double-quotes.  For example,
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  HEADER "" "My slide presentation" ""  
+</span>
+will result in a header with only the centre part.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Normal pagination is disabled for slides.  If you want your slides
+numbered, the slide number must be given to one of the header/footer
+parts with the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<br/>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SLIDE#]</span></kbd>.  For example:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  HEADER "" "My slide presentation" "" \
+  FOOTER "" "" "\*[SLIDE#]"
+</span>
+will give you a centred header with numbering at the bottom right of
+the slide.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The overall family, size, and colour of headers may be set with
+HEADER_FAMILY, HEADER_SIZE, and HEADER_COLOR.  If you request
+FOOTERS, you may use the FOOTER_ equivalent of these macros.
+If you request both headers and footers, use one or the other but
+not both.  For example, in a header/footer situation, HEADER_FAMILY
+would determine the family for both headers and footers, but if you
+attempted to do this
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_FAMILY T
+  .FOOTER_FAMILY H
+</span>
+FOOTER_FAMILY would take precedence, and your header family would be
+&#8220;<kbd>H</kbd>&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All other formatting of individual header/footer parts must be
+entered as inline escapes inside the double-quotes.  If you want,
+say, your headers to be red but your footer page numbering to be
+black and two points larger, this is how you&#8217;d do it:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_COLOR red
+  .DOCTYPE SLIDES \
+    HEADER "" "My slide presentation" "" \
+    FOOTER "" "" "\*[black]\*S[+2]\*[SLIDE#]\*S[-2]"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Do not use mom&#8217;s
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-size-mom"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SIZE&nbsp;&plusmn;n]</span></kbd></a>
+inline escape to change point size in the strings
+passed to HEADER or FOOTER.  Prefer either mom&#8217;s
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*S[&plusmn;n]</span></kbd> or groff&#8217;s
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\s[&plusmn;n]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: .5em">Transition</h5>
+
+<p>
+&#8220;Transition&#8221; refers to how new slides appear during a
+presentation.  The official PDF specification lists a number of modes,
+each with a choice of configurable parameters.  Modes include Box,
+Blinds, Wipe, Fade, and several others.  Parameters include things
+like duration, dimension, and direction.  There are a total of
+twelve modes; for each one there are from one to six configurable
+parameters.  Consult <kbd>man&nbsp;gropdf(1)</kbd> for a complete listing
+of modes and parameters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you pass SLIDES the <kbd>TRANSITION</kbd> argument, you must
+at a minimum follow it with a mode.  Afterwards, you may give as
+many or as few parameters as you wish.  Parameters are, in order,
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  1. duration
+  2. dimension
+  3. motion
+  4. direction
+  5. scale
+  6. bool
+</span>
+You don&#8217;t have to fill them all out.  If you only need the
+first three, that&#8217;s all you need to input.  If you need the
+first and third, enter the second as a period (dot), which is used
+any time you want to leave a parameter at its current default or
+when it isn&#8217;t applicable.  For example, if you want a Box
+transition that lasts 1 second, filling the screen from the centre
+outwards, you&#8217;d enter
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  TRANSITION "Box 1 . O"
+</span>
+because Box does not take a &#8220;dimension&#8221; parameter but it
+does take a motion parameter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Notice that the entire string (mode+parameters) must be enclosed in
+double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Not all PDF viewers support all modes.  Any that are not supported
+are replaced by the &#8220;R&#8221; mode, which simply replaces one
+slide with the next unless the PDF viewer has a different default
+transition mode.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: .5em">Pause</h5>
+
+<p>
+A &#8220;pause&#8221; occurs when material on a slide is halted (see
+<a href="#pause">PAUSE</a>),
+awaiting a mouse click, PgDown, Next, or the spacebar to reveal 
+subsequent material.  All the same modes and parameters as
+<kbd>TRANSITION</kbd> may be used.  The manner of entering them is
+is identical, including that the entire mode+parameter string must
+be enclosed in double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="slide-macros" class="macro-id">SLIDE MACROS</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="newslide" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>NEWSLIDE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">["&lt;transition mode and parameters&gt;"]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Unless you want material from one slide to flow onto the next, you
+need to tell mom when to start a new slide with the macro NEWSLIDE.
+Without any arguments, the new slide will appear with the default
+TRANSITION you gave to DOCTYPE SLIDES.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you would like a different transition, you may pass NEWSLIDE a
+new mode and associated parameters, following the same rules as the
+TRANSITION argument to DOCTYPE.  Note that the new effect becomes
+the default.  If you wish to return to the original transition, you
+must give it explicitly to the appropriate NEWSLIDE.
+</p>
+
+<div id="pause" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAUSE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">["&lt;pause mode and parameters&gt;"]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Pauses in slides are accomplished by entering the macro PAUSE at
+desired locations in your input file.  Subsequent material will be
+revealed using the pause mode given to DOCTYPE SLIDES.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you would like a different mode, you may pass PAUSE a
+new mode and associated parameters, following the same rules as the
+PAUSE argument to DOCTYPE.
+</p>
+
+<div id="transition" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TRANSITION</b> <kbd class="macro-args">["&lt;transition mode and parameters&gt;"]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If for some reason you have material that flows from one slide to
+the next <i>and</i> you want the next slide to have a transition
+different from the current one, you can tell mom about the new
+transition with the macro TRANSITION anywhere prior to the break to
+the next slide.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="slide-printing" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%; text-transform: uppercase">Printing slides</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you want to print slides as handouts, you have to tell
+<kbd>pdfmom</kbd> or <kbd>gropdf</kbd>, otherwise printing will
+stop at the first pause.  Simply precede <kbd>pdfmom</kbd> or
+<kbd>gropdf</kbd> with GROPDF_NOSLIDE=1, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+ GROPDF_NOSLIDE=1 pdfmom &lt;options&gt; slidefile.mom &gt; slidefile.pdf
+</span>
+
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PRINTSTYLE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="printstyle" class="macro-id">PRINTSTYLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PRINTSTYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">TYPESET | TYPEWRITE [ SINGLESPACE ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Required for document processing, except in the case of
+slides
+<br/>
+Must come before any changes to default document style
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PRINTSTYLE tells mom whether to typeset a document, or to print it
+out &#8220;typewritten, doubled-spaced&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+<b>This macro may not be omitted.</b> In order for document
+processing to take place, mom requires a PRINTSTYLE.  If you
+don&#8217;t give one, mom will warn you on stderr and print a single
+page with a nasty message.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="important">Just as important:</span>
+<b>PRINTSTYLE must precede any and all page and style
+parameters associated with a document</b> with the exception of
+<kbd>PAPER</kbd>, which should be placed at the top of your file.
+PRINTSTYLE sets up complete templates that include default margins,
+family, fonts, point sizes, and so on.  Therefore, changes to any
+aspect of document style must come afterwards.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAPER A4
+  .LS 14
+  .QUAD LEFT
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+</span>
+will not change mom&#8217;s default document leading to 14 points,
+nor the default justification style (fully justified) to left
+justified, whereas
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAPER A4
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  .LS 14
+  .QUAD LEFT
+</span>
+will.
+</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TYPESET</kbd>, as the argument implies, typesets
+documents (by default in Times Roman; see
+<a href="#typeset-defaults">TYPESET defaults</a>).
+You have full access to all the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>
+as well as the
+<a href="definitions.html#style-control">style control macros</a>
+of document processing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>, mom does her best to reproduce the look
+and feel of typewritten, double-spaced copy (see
+<a href="#typewrite-defaults">TYPEWRITE defaults</a>).
+<a href="docelement.html#docelement-control">Control macros</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#intro-macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>
+that alter family, font, point size, and
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+are (mostly) ignored.  An important exception is
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-global-size">HEADER_SIZE</a>
+(and, by extension, FOOTER_SIZE), which allows you to reduce the
+point size of headers/footers should they become too crowded.  Most
+of mom&#8217;s inlines affecting the appearance of type are also
+ignored
+(<a href="inlines.html#inline-size-mom"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*S[&lt;size&gt;]</span></kbd></a>
+is an exception; there may be a few others).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In short, <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> never produces effects
+other than those available on a typewriter.  Don&#8217;t be fooled
+by how brainless this sounds; mom is remarkably sophisticated when
+it comes to conveying the typographic sense of a document within the
+confines of <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The primary uses of <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> are: outputting hard
+copy drafts of your work (for editing) and producing documents
+for submission to publishers and agents who (wisely) insist on
+typewritten, double-spaced copy.  To get a nicely typeset version of
+work that&#8217;s in the submission phase of its life (say, to show
+fellow writers for critiquing), simply change <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>
+to <kbd>TYPESET</kbd> and print out a copy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, for some reason, you would prefer the output of
+<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> single-spaced, pass PRINTSTYLE
+<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> the optional argument, <kbd>SINGLESPACE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container">
+<h3 id="typeset-defaults" class="docs defaults" style="margin-top: 0;">PRINTSTYLE TYPESET defaults</h3>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+  Family            = Times Roman
+  Point size        = 12.5
+  Paragraph leading = 16 points, adjusted
+  Fill mode         = justified
+  Hyphenation       = enabled
+                      max. lines = 2
+                      margin = 36 points
+                      interword adjustment = 1 point
+  Kerning           = enabled
+  Ligatures         = enabled
+  Smartquotes       = enabled
+  Word space        = groff default
+  Sentence space    = 0
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="defaults-container">
+<h3 id="typewrite-defaults" class="docs defaults" style="margin-top: 0;">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE defaults</h3>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+  Family            = Courier
+  Italics           = underlined
+  Point size        = 12
+  Paragraph leading = 24 points, adjusted; 12 points for SINGLESPACE
+  Fill mode         = left
+  Hyphenation       = disabled
+  Kerning           = disabled
+  Ligatures         = disabled
+  Smartquotes       = disabled
+  Word space        = groff default
+  Sentence space    = groff default
+  Columns           = ignored
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: 1.5em;">
+<h3 id="typewrite-control" class="docs control">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE control macros</h3>
+
+<h4 id="typewriter-family" class="docs">Family</h4>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;d prefer a monospace
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+for PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> other than mom&#8217;s
+default, Courier, you can change it with
+<kbd>.TYPEWRITER_FAMILY&nbsp;&lt;family&gt;</kbd> (or
+<kbd>.TYPEWRITER_FAM</kbd>).  Since groff ships with only the
+Courier family, you will have to install any other monospace family
+yourself.  See
+<a href="appendices.html#fonts">Adding fonts to
+groff</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="typewriter-size" class="docs">Point size</h4>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;d like a smaller or larger point size for
+PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> (mom&#8217;s default is 12-point),
+you can change it with
+<kbd>.TYPEWRITER_SIZE&nbsp;&lt;size&gt;</kbd>.  There&#8217;s no need to
+add a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+to the <kbd>&lt;size&gt;</kbd> argument; points is assumed.  Be
+aware, however, that regardless of point size, mom&#8217;s
+leading/linespacing for <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> is fixed at 24-point
+for double-spaced, and 12-point for single-spaced.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="typewriter-underlining" class="docs">Underlining of italics</h4>
+
+<p>
+In PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>, mom, by default, underlines
+anything that looks like italics.  This includes the
+<a href="typesetting.html#slant-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SLANT]</span></kbd></a>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+for pseudo-italics.  (See
+<a href="goodies.html#underline">UNDERLINE</a>
+for a note on how to process TYPEWRITE files that underline
+italics.)
+</p>
+
+<p id="printstyle-italics">
+If you&#8217;d prefer that mom were less bloody-minded
+about pretending to be a typewriter (i.e., you&#8217;d like italics and
+pseudo-italics to come out as italics), use the control macros
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC
+</span>
+and
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SLANT_MEANS_SLANT
+</span>
+Neither requires an argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although it&#8217;s unlikely, should you wish to reverse
+the sense of these macros in the midst of a document,
+<kbd>.UNDERLINE_ITALIC</kbd> and <kbd>.UNDERLINE_SLANT</kbd> restore
+underlining of italics and pseudo-italics.
+</p>
+
+<p id="underline-quotes">
+Additionally, by default, mom underlines
+<a href="definitions.html#quotes">quotes</a>
+(but not
+<a href="definitions.html#blockquotes">blockquotes</a>)
+in PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.  If you don&#8217;t like this
+behaviour, turn it off with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .UNDERLINE_QUOTES OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To turn underlining of quotes back on, use UNDERLINE_QUOTES without
+an argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While most of the
+<a href="docelement.html#docelement-control">control macros</a>
+have no effect on PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>, there
+is an important exception:
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-global-size">HEADER_SIZE</a>
+(and by extension, FOOTER_SIZE).  This is
+particularly useful for reducing the point size of
+headers/footers should they become crowded (quite likely to
+happen if the title of your document is long and your
+<a href="#copystyle">COPYSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>DRAFT</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Finally, note that colour is disabled for <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.  If
+you would like it enabled, for example so PDF links are colourised,
+invoke the groff
+<a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitive</a>
+'<kbd>.color</kbd>' after PRINTSTYLE.
+</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- -COPYSTYLE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="copystyle" class="macro-id">COPYSTYLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COPYSTYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">DRAFT | FINAL</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default COPYSTYLE is <kbd>FINAL</kbd>, so you
+don&#8217;t have to use this macro unless you want to.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+COPYSTYLE <kbd>DRAFT</kbd> exhibits the following behaviour:
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>Documents start on page 1, whether or not you
+      request a different starting page number with
+      <a href="headfootpage.html#pagenumber">PAGENUMBER</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Page numbers are set in lower case roman numerals.</li>
+  <li>The draft number supplied by 
+      <a href="#draft">DRAFT</a>
+      and a revision number, if supplied with 
+      <a href="#revision">REVISION</a>
+      (see
+      <a href="#reference-macros">reference macros</a>),
+      appear in the centre part of
+      <a href="definitions.html#header">page headers</a>
+      (or footers, depending on which you&#8217;ve selected) along with
+      any other information that normally appears there.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+If you define your own centre part for page headers with
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-center">HEADER_CENTER</a>,
+no draft and/or revision number will appear there.  If you want
+draft and revision information in this circumstance, use
+<a href="headfootpage.html#draft-with-pagenumber">DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+COPYSTYLE <kbd>FINAL</kbd> differs from <kbd>DRAFT</kbd> in that:
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>It respects the starting page number you give the document.</li>
+  <li>Page numbers are set in normal (Arabic) digits.</li>
+  <li>No draft or revision number appears in the page headers.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p id="copystyle-note" class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The centre part of page headers can get crowded, especially with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd></a>
+and
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE <kbd>NAMED</kbd></a>,
+when the COPYSTYLE is <kbd>DRAFT</kbd>.  Three mechanisms are
+available to overcome this problem.  One is to reduce the overall
+size of headers (with
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-global-size">HEADER_SIZE</a>).
+Another, which only works with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>,
+is to reduce the size of the header&#8217;s centre part only (with
+<a href="headfootpage.html#_size">HEADER_CENTER_SIZE</a>).
+And finally, you can elect to have the draft/revision information
+attached to page numbers instead of having it appear in the centre
+of page headers (see
+<a href="headfootpage.html#draft-with-pagenumber">DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER</a>).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="start-macro" class="macro-group">Initiate document processing</h2>
+
+<p>
+In order to use mom&#8217;s document element macros (tags), you have
+to tell her you want them.  The macro to do this is
+<a href="#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+START collects the information you gave mom in the setup section at
+the top of your file (see
+<a href="#docprocessing-tut">Tutorial &ndash; Setting up a mom document</a>),
+merges it with her defaults, sets up headers and page numbering,
+and prepares mom to process your document using the document
+element tags.  No document processing takes place until you invoke
+<kbd>.START</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -START- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="start" class="macro-id">START</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>START</b>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Required for document processing
+</p>
+
+<p>
+START takes no arguments.  It simply instructs mom to begin document
+processing.  If you don&#8217;t want document processing (i.e., you
+only want the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>),
+don&#8217;t use START.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At a barest minimum before START, you must enter a
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+command.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="style-before-start" class="macro-group">Establishing typestyle and formatting parameters before START</h2>
+
+<p>
+In the third (optional) part of setting up a document (the
+stylesheet; see
+<a href="#docprocessing-tut">Tutorial &ndash; Setting up a mom document</a>),
+you can use the
+<a href="typesetting.html">typesetting macros</a>
+to change mom&#8217;s document-wide defaults for margins,
+line length, family, base point size,
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>,
+and justification style.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two additional style concerns have to be addressed here (i.e. in
+macros before
+<a href="#start">START</a>):
+changes to the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>,
+and whether you want you want the document&#8217;s nominal leading
+adjusted to fill pages fully to the bottom margin.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container" style="margin-top: 2em;">
+<h3 id="index-style-before-start" class="macro-list">Type &amp; formatting parameters before START</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#type-before-start">Behaviour of the typesetting macros before START</a>
+  <ul class="sublist" style="font-size: 100%; line-height: 120%; margin-bottom: .25em;">
+    <li><a href="#meanings">List of meanings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#lrc-note">Special note on LEFT, RIGHT and CENTER</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#color">Initializing colours</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#include">Including (sourcing) style sheets and files</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a> &ndash; adjust linespacing to fill pages and align bottom margins</li>
+  <li><a href="#docheader">DOCHEADER</a>
+  <ul class="sublist" style="font-size: 100%; line-height: 120%;">
+    <li><a href="#docheader-control">Docheader control</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#columns">COLUMNS</a>
+  <ul class="sublist" style="font-size: 100%; line-height: 120%;">
+    <li><a href="#col-next">COL_NEXT</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#col-break">COL_BREAK</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="type-before-start" class="docs">Behaviour of the typesetting macros before START</h3>
+
+<p>
+From time to time (or maybe frequently), you&#8217;ll want the
+overall look of a document to differ from mom&#8217;s defaults.
+Perhaps you&#8217;d like her to use a different
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>,
+or a different overall
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>,
+or have different left and/or right page margins.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To accomplish such alterations, use the appropriate
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>
+(listed below) after
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+and before
+<a href="#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+More than one user has, quite understandably, not fully grasped the
+significance of the preceding sentence.  The part they&#8217;ve missed is
+<i>after</i> PRINTSTYLE.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Changes to any aspect of the default look and/or formatting of a mom
+document must come after PRINTSTYLE.  For example, it might seem
+natural to set up page margins at the very top of a document with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .L_MARGIN 1i
+  .R_MARGIN 1.5i
+</span>
+However, when you invoke <kbd>.PRINTSTYLE</kbd>, those margins
+will be overridden.  The correct place to set margins&mdash;and
+all other changes to the look of a document&mdash;is <i>after</i>
+PRINTSTYLE.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Do not use the macros listed in
+<a href="#intro-doc-param">Changing document-wide typesetting parameters after START</a>
+prior to START; they are exclusively for use afterwards.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="meanings" class="defaults-container">
+<h3 class="docs defaults" style="margin-top: 0;">Meanings</h3>
+<p style="margin-left: 9px; margin-top: -.25em;">
+When used before START, the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>,
+below have the following meanings:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  L_MARGIN       Left margin of pages, including headers/footers
+  R_MARGIN       Right margin of pages, including headers/footers
+  T_MARGIN       The point at which running text (i.e. not
+                 headers/footers or page numbers) starts on each
+                 page
+  B_MARGIN*      The point at which running text (i.e. not
+  (see note)     headers/footers or page numbers) ends on each page
+
+  PAGE           If you use PAGE, its final four arguments have the
+                 same meaning as L_ R_ T_ and B_MARGIN (above).
+
+  LL             The line length for everything on the page;
+                 equivalent to setting the right margin with
+                 R_MARGIN
+  FAMILY         The family of all type in the document
+  PT_SIZE        The point size of type in paragraphs; mom uses
+                 this to calculate automatic point size changes
+                 (e.g. for heads, footnotes, quotes, headers, etc)
+  LS/AUTOLEAD**  The leading used in paragraphs; all leading and
+                 spacing of running text is calculated from this
+
+  QUAD/JUSTIFY   Affects paragraphs only
+  LEFT***        No effect
+  RIGHT***       No effect
+  CENTER***      No effect
+
+------
+  *See <a href="headfootpage.html#footer-margin">FOOTER MARGIN AND BOTTOM MARGIN</a> for an important warning
+ **See <kbd><a href="#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a></kbd>
+***See <a href="#lrc-note">Special note</a>
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.75em;">
+Other macros that deal with type style, or refinements thereof
+(<a href="typesetting.html#kern">KERN</a>,
+<a href="typesetting.html#ligatures">LIGATURES</a>,
+<a href="typesetting.html#hy">HY</a>,
+<a href="typesetting.html#ws">WS</a>,
+<a href="typesetting.html#ss">SS</a>,
+etc.), behave normally.  It is not recommended that you set up tabs
+or indents prior to START.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want to change any of the basic parameters (above)
+<i>after</i> START and have them affect a document globally (as if
+you&#8217;d entered them <i>before</i> START), you must use the macros
+listed in
+<a href="#intro-doc-param">Changing document-wide typesetting parameters after START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="lrc-note" class="docs">Special note on LEFT, RIGHT and CENTER prior to START</h4>
+
+<p>
+In a word, these three macros have no effect on document processing
+when invoked prior to START.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All mom&#8217;s document element tags
+(<a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a>,
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>,
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>,
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote">FOOTNOTE</a>,
+etc.) except
+<a href="docelement.html#quote">QUOTE</a>
+set a
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>
+as soon as they&#8217;re invoked.  If you wish to turn fill mode off
+for the duration of any tag (with
+<a href="typesetting.html#lrc">LEFT, RIGHT or CENTER</a>)
+you must do so immediately after invoking the tag.  Furthermore,
+the change affects <i>only</i> the current invocation of the tag.
+Subsequent invocations of the same tag for which you want the same
+change require that you invoke <kbd>.LEFT</kbd>, <kbd>.RIGHT</kbd>
+or <kbd>.CENTER</kbd> immediately after every invocation of the tag.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -INCLUDE- -->
+
+<h4 id="include" class="docs">Including (sourcing) style sheets and files</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you routinely make the same changes to mom&#8217;s defaults in
+order to create similar documents in a similar style&mdash;in other
+words, you need a template&mdash; you can create stylesheet files
+and include, or &#8220;source&#8221;, them into your mom documents
+with the macro <kbd>.INCLUDE</kbd>.  The right place for such style
+sheets is after
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+and before
+<a href="#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, in a particular kind of document, you always
+want main heads set in Helvetica Bold Italic, flush left, with
+no underscore.  You&#8217;d create a file, let&#8217;s call it
+<kbd>head-template</kbd>, in which you&#8217;d place the pertinent
+HEADIING control macros.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+  FAMILY    H \
+  FONT      BI \
+  QUAD      L \
+  NO_UNDERSCORE
+</span>
+Then, in the preliminary document set-up section of your main file,
+you&#8217;d include the style sheet, or template, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE      "Sample Document
+  .AUTHOR     "Joe Blow
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  \#
+  .INCLUDE    head-template
+  \#
+  .START
+</span>
+
+The blank comment lines ( <kbd>\#</kbd> ) aren&#8217;t required, but
+they do make your file(s) easier to read.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the file to be included is in the same directory as the file
+you&#8217;re working, you simply enter the filename after
+<kbd>.INCLUDE</kbd>.  If the file&#8217;s in another directory, you must
+provide a full path name to it.  For example, if you&#8217;re working in
+a directory called <kbd>/home/joe/stories</kbd> and your
+stylesheet is in <kbd>/home/joe/stylesheets</kbd>, the above
+example would have to look like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE      "Sample Document
+  .AUTHOR     "Joe Blow
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  \#
+  .INCLUDE    /home/joe/stylesheets/head-template
+  \#
+  .START
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INCLUDE is not restricted to style sheets or templates.  You can
+include any file at any point into a document, provided the file
+contains only text and valid groff or mom formatting commands.
+Neither is INCLUDE restricted to use with mom&#8217;s document
+processing macros.  You can use it in plain typeset documents as
+well.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+INCLUDE is an alias for the groff request <kbd>.so</kbd>.  If the
+sourced file contains material that requires pre-processing (e.g.
+a table made with <b>tbl(1)</b> or non-English characters), use
+<kbd>.so</kbd> rather than INCLUDE and invoke pdfmom thus:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  soelim file.mom | pdfmom [flags] &gt; file.pdf
+</span>
+<b>soelim</b> only looks for lines that begin with <kbd>.so</kbd>,
+which furthermore must not have any space between the period and
+the &#8220;s&#8221;.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -COLOUR- -->
+
+<h4 id="color" class="docs">Initializing colours</h4>
+
+<p>
+Although it doesn&#8217;t really matter where you define/initialize
+colours for use in document processing (see
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+and
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>
+in the section
+<a href="color.html#color-intro">Coloured text</a>),
+I recommend doing so before you begin document processing with
+<kbd><a href="#start">START</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The macro
+<a href="color.html#color">COLOR</a>
+and the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>,
+<a href="color.html#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colorname&gt;]</span></kbd></a>
+can be used at any time during document processing for occasional
+colour effects.  However, consistent and reliable colourising of
+various document elements (the docheader, heads, linebreaks,
+footnotes, pagenumbers, and so on) must be managed through the use
+of the
+<a href="docelement.html#docelement-control">document element control macros</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that colour is disabled if your
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.  If you would like it enabled, for example
+so PDF links are colourised, invoke the groff
+<a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitive</a>
+'<kbd>.color</kbd>' after PRINTSTYLE.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you plan to have mom generate a
+<a href="docelement.html#toc">table of contents</a>,
+do not embed colour
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+(<a href="color.html#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colourname&gt;]</span></kbd></a>)
+in the
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string arguments</a>
+given to any of the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#reference-macros">reference macros</a>,
+nor in the string arguments given to
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>.
+Use, rather, the
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macros</a>
+mom provides to automatically colourise these elements.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DOC LEAD ADJUST- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-lead-adjust" class="macro-id">Adjust linespacing to fill pages and align bottom margins</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Must come after
+<a href="typesetting.html#ls"><span class="normal">LS</span></a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html.#autoloead"><span class="normal">AUTOLEAD</span></a>
+and before
+<a href="#start"><span class="normal">START</span></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DOC_LEAD_ADJUST is a special macro to adjust document
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+so that bottom margins fall precisely where you expect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When you invoke <kbd>.DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</kbd>, mom takes the number
+of lines that fit on the page at your requested leading, then
+incrementally adds
+<a href="definitions.html#units">machine units</a>
+to the leading until the maximum number of lines at the new leading
+that fit on the page coincides perfectly with the bottom margin of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In most instances, the difference between the requested lead and
+the adjusted lead is unnoticeable, and since in almost all cases
+adjusted leading is what you want, it&#8217;s mom&#8217;s default
+and you don&#8217;t have to invoke it explicitly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, should you not want adjusted document leading, you must
+turn it off manually, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DOC_LEAD_ADJUST OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you set the document leading prior to START with
+<a href="typesetting.html#leading">LS</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a>,
+<kbd>.DOC_LEAD_ADJUST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> must come afterwards, like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LS 12
+  .DOC_LEAD_ADJUST OFF
+</span>
+In this scenario, the maximum number of lines that fit on a page at
+a
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+of 12
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+determine where mom ends a page.  The effect will be that last lines
+usually fall (slightly) short of the &#8220;official&#8221; bottom
+margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>&nbsp;<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>,
+the leading is always adjusted and can&#8217;t be turned off.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+DOC_LEAD_ADJUST, if used, must be invoked after
+<a href="typesetting.html#leading">LS</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a>
+and before
+<a href="#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+Even if you disable DOC_LEAD_ADJUST, mom will still adjust the
+leading of endnotes pages and toc pages.  See
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote-lead">ENDNOTE_LEAD</a>
+and
+<a href="docelement.html#toc-lead">TOC_LEAD</a>
+for an explanation of how to disable this default behaviour.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DOCHEADER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="docheader" class="macro-id">Managing the docheader</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOCHEADER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt; [ distance to advance from top of page ] [ NO_SHIM ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Must come before
+<a href="#start"><span class="normal">START</span></a>; <kbd><span class="normal">distance</span></kbd> requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom prints a
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>
+on the first page of any document (see
+<a href="#docheader-desc">below</a>
+for a description of the docheader).  If you don&#8217;t want a docheader,
+turn it off with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOCHEADER OFF
+</span> 
+DOCHEADER is a toggle macro, so the argument doesn&#8217;t
+have to be OFF; it can be anything you like.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you turn the docheader off, mom, by default, starts
+the running text of your document on the same top
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+as all subsequent pages.  If you&#8217;d like her to start at a different
+vertical position, give her the distance you&#8217;d like as a second
+argument.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOCHEADER OFF 1.5i
+</span>
+This starts the document 1.5 inches from the top of the page plus
+whatever spacing adjustment mom has to make in order to ensure that
+the first baseline of running text falls on a &#8220;valid&#8221;
+baseline (i.e., one that ensures that the bottom margin of the first
+page falls where it should).  The distance is measured from the top
+edge of the paper to the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+of the first line of type.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With <kbd>.DOCHEADER OFF</kbd>, it is possible to create your own
+custom docheaders (after
+<a href="#start">START</a>)
+using mom&#8217;s typesetting macros.  It is recommended that if you
+do create a custom docheader, you make
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim"><kbd>.SHIM</kbd></a>
+the last macro before the first item of your document (for
+example, <kbd>.PP</kbd> or <kbd>.HEADING&nbsp;1</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+You may have tried <kbd>DOCHEAHER&nbsp;OFF</kbd> with a distance argument
+and discovered that mom will not budge the starting position of the document
+from her chosen default location.  This is byproduct of
+<a href="#shim">shimming</a>,
+which mom always applies before the first line of running text after
+the docheader, regardless of which
+<a href="#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+strategy is in effect.  If you encounter the problem, pass
+<kbd>DOCHEADER&nbsp;OFF&nbsp;&lt;distance&gt;</kbd>
+the additional final argument, <kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- DOCHEADER CONTROL -->
+
+<h3 id="docheader-control" class="docs">Docheader control: How to change the look of docheaders</h3>
+
+<p>
+In
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>,
+the look of docheaders is carved in stone.  In
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>,
+however, you can make a lot of changes.  Macros that alter
+docheaders must come before
+<a href="#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="docheader-desc" class="docs">Docheader description</h4>
+
+<p>
+A typeset docheader has the following characteristics:
+</p>
+<div class="box-code" style="margin-left: 24px;">
+<span class="pre" style="color: #302419;">
+    TITLE       bold, 3.5 points larger than running text (not necessarily caps)
+   Subtitle     medium, same size as running text
+      by        medium italic, same size as running text
+   Author(s)    medium italic, same size as running text
+
+(Document type) bold italic, 3 points larger than running text
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Or, if the
+<a href="#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+is <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd>,
+</p>
+<div class="box-code" style="margin-left: 24px;">
+<span class="pre" style="color: #302419;">
+ Chapter &lt;n&gt;   bold, 4 points larger than running text
+Chapter Title  bold italic, 4 points larger than running text
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+is the prevailing family of the whole document.  Title, subtitle,
+author, and document type are what you supply with the
+<a href="#reference-macros">reference macros</a>.
+Any you leave out will not appear; mom will compensate:
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If your DOCTYPE is <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd> and you have both &#8220;Chapter
+&lt;n&gt;&#8221; and a &#8220;Chapter Title&#8221; (as above), mom
+inserts a small amount of whitespace between them, equal to
+one-quarter of the
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+in effect.  If this doesn&#8217;t suit you, you can remove or alter
+the space with
+<a href="#space-before">CHAPTER_TITLE_SPACE_BEFORE</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-docheader-control" class="macro-list">Docheader control</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-left: .5em; margin-right: .5em">
+With the docheader control macros, you can change the family,
+colour, leading, and quad direction of the entire docheader.  You can
+also set the style parameters for each part individually.  Style
+parameters include family, font, size, colour, lead, space before,
+caps, smallcaps, and underscoring.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="macro-list" style="margin-top: -.5em">
+  <li><a href="#change-whole-docheader">1. Changes to the whole docheader</a>
+  <ul style="list-style-type: disc">
+    <li><a href="#change-start">Change the starting position of the docheader</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#docheader-family">Change the family of the whole docheader</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#docheader-color">Change the colour of the whole docheader</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#docheader-lead">Change the leading of the whole docheader</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#docheader-quad">Change the quad direction of the docheader</a></li>
+  </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><a href="#part-by-part">2. Part by part changes</a>
+  <ul style="list-style-type: disc">
+    <li><a href="#list-of-params">List of parameters and arguments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#grouping">Grouping part/parameter changes</a> &ndash; very handy</li>
+  </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><a href="#change-attribute">3. Changing or removing the attribution string (&#8220;by&#8221;)</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="change-whole-docheader" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%">1. Changes to the whole docheader</h4>
+
+<h5 id="change-start" class="docs">Change the starting position of the docheader</h5>
+
+<p>
+By default, a docheader starts on the same
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+as
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+If you&#8217;d like it to start somewhere else, use the macro
+DOCHEADER_ADVANCE and give it the distance you want (measured from
+the top edge of the paper to the first baseline of the docheader),
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .DOCHEADER_ADVANCE 4P
+</span>
+A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+is required.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headers">HEADERS</a>
+are <kbd>OFF</kbd>, mom&#8217;s normal top margin for
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+(7.5
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>)
+changes to 6 picas (visually approx. 1 inch).  Since the first
+baseline of the docheader falls on the same baseline as the first
+line of running text (on pages after page 1), you might find the
+docheaders a bit high when headers are off.  Use DOCHEADER_ADVANCE
+to place them where you want.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 id="docheader-quad" class="docs">Change the quad direction of the docheader</h5>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom centres the docheader.  If you&#8217;d prefer to
+have your docheaders set flush left or right, or need to restore
+the default centering, invoke <kbd>.DOCHEADER_QUAD</kbd> with the
+quad direction you want, either <kbd>LEFT</kbd> (or <kbd>L</kbd>),
+<kbd>RIGHT</kbd> (or <kbd>R</kbd>) or <kbd>CENTER</kbd> (or
+<kbd>C</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="docheader-family" class="docs">Change the family of the entire docheader</h5>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom sets the docheader in the same
+family used for 
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+If you&#8217;d prefer to have your docheaders set in a different
+family, invoke <kbd>.DOCHEADER_FAMILY</kbd> with the family you
+want.  The argument to DOCHEADER_FAMILY is the same as for
+<a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, mom&#8217;s default family for running text is Times
+Roman.  If you&#8217;d like to keep that default, but have the
+docheaders set entirely in Helvetica,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOCHEADER_FAMILY H
+</span>
+is how you&#8217;d do it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that if you use DOCHEADER_FAMILY, you can still alter
+the family of individual parts of the docheader.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="docheader-color" class="docs">Change the colour of the entire docheader</h5>
+
+<p>
+The default colour for docheaders is black, as you&#8217;d expect.
+If you wish to change it, use
+<kbd>.DOCHEADER_COLOR&nbsp;&lt;colour&gt;</kbd>, where
+<kbd>&nbsp;&lt;colour&gt;</kbd> is a colour pre-initialized with
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="docheader-lead" class="docs">Change the leading of the entire docheader</h5>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom uses the leading in effect for
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+for docheaders.  If you want to increase or
+decrease the overall docheader leading, use
+<kbd>.DOCHEADER_LEAD&nbsp;+|-&lt;amount&gt;</kbd>, where
+<kbd>&lt;amount&gt;</kbd> is the number of
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+by which to make the adjustment.  
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="part-by-part" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%">2. Part by part changes</h4>
+
+<p>
+Whenever you want to change the style parameters for any part of
+the docheader, simply join the name of the part to the parameter
+you wish to change using an underscore, then supply any necessary
+arguments.  The subtitle double-underlined?  No problem.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SUBTITLE_UNDERSCORE DOUBLE
+</span>
+Author in red?
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTHOR_COLOR red
+</span>
+Title in smallcaps?
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE_SMALLCAPS
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Use <kbd>ATTRIBUTE</kbd> as the part name for the attribution string
+(&#8220;by&#8221;) that precedes the author, and <kbd>DOCTYPE</kbd>
+as the name for the string passed to <kbd>DOCTYPE NAMED&nbsp;"string"</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 id="list-of-params" class="docs">List of parameters with arguments</h5>
+
+<dl>
+  <dt class="params">_FAMILY</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Takes the same argument as <a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_FONT</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Takes the same argument as <a href="typesetting.html#font">FT</a>.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_SIZE</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Takes a <kbd>+</kbd> or <kbd>-</kbd> value relative to the size of
+      <a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_COLOR</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Takes the same argument as <a href="color.html#color">COLOR</a>.
+      Colours should be pre-initialized with
+      <a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>
+      or
+      <a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_LEAD</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Takes an absolute leading value, i.e. not relative to the
+      overall leading of the docheader.  The leading applies to
+      multiple lines of type within the same docheader part, e.g.
+      several authors or a long title that must be split over two
+      lines.  No
+      <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+      is required;
+      <a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+      is assumed.
+    </dd>
+  <dt id="space-before" class="params">_SPACE</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Takes a numeric value with a
+      <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+      appended to it.  The value may be negative.  This allows you
+      to adjust the whitespace before a docheader part, for example
+      if you want more whitespace between the title and the author.
+      <span style="display: block; margin-top: .5em">
+      Note that <kbd>TITLE</kbd> does not have a <kbd>_SPACE</kbd>
+      parameter; use
+      <a href="#change-start">DOCHEADER_ADVANCE</a>
+      to move the title further down on the page.
+      </span>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_CAPS</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Capitalizes the entire docheader part.  No argument is
+      required.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_NO_CAPS</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Only used if you need to reverse the sense of <kbd>_CAPS</kbd>, as
+      can sometimes happen when
+      <a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collating</a>
+      documents that have differing docheader style requirements.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_SMALLCAPS</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Set the entire docheader part in smallcaps.  No argument is
+      required.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_NO_SMALLCAPS</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Only used if you need to reverse the sense of
+      <kbd>_SMALLCAPS</kbd>, as can sometimes happen when
+      <a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collating</a>
+      documents that have differing docheader style requirements.
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">_UNDERSCORE</dt>
+    <dd>
+      With no argument, underscores the docheader part.  With a
+      single, possibly decimal numeric argument, sets the weight of
+      the underscore.  A second numeric argument to which a
+      <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+      is appended (most likely <kbd>p</kbd>) sets the distance
+      between the baseline and the underscore.
+      <span style="display: block; margin-top: .5em">
+      If the argument <kbd>DOUBLE</kbd> is given, double underscores
+      the docheader part.  With a single, possibly decimal numeric
+      argument afterwards, sets the weight of the underscore rules.
+      A third numeric argument to which a
+      <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+      is appended (most likely <kbd>p</kbd>) sets the distance
+      between the baseline and the first underscore rule.  A fourth
+      numeric argument to which a unit of measure is appended sets
+      the distance between the two underscore rules.
+      </span>
+      <span style="display: block; margin-top: .5em">
+      You may give <kbd>_UNDERLINE</kbd> as the parameter instead of
+      <kbd>_UNDERSCORE</kbd> if you prefer.
+      </span>
+    </dd>
+  <dt class="params">NO_UNDERSCORE</dt>
+    <dd>
+      Only used if you need to reverse the sense of
+      <kbd>_UNDERSCORE</kbd>, as can sometimes happen when
+      <a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collating</a>
+      documents that have differing docheader style requirements.
+    </dd>
+</dl>
+
+<h5 id="grouping" class="docs">Grouping part/parameter changes</h5>
+
+<p>
+If you want to change several parameters for a particular docheader
+part, you may group the changes together in a single macro by
+joining the name of the part to <kbd>STYLE</kbd> with an underscore,
+for example <kbd>TITLE_STYLE</kbd> or <kbd>AUTHOR_STYLE</kbd>.
+The following demonstrates:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CHAPTER_TITLE_STYLE \
+  FAMILY T \
+  SIZE +4 \
+  UNDERSCORE 2 \
+  SMALLCAPS
+</span>
+Notice the use of the backslash character, which is required after
+the macro name and all parameters except the last.  Grouping reduces
+clutter and the finger fatigue caused by entering
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   .CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY T
+   .CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4
+   .CHAPTER_TITLE_UNDERSCORE 2
+   .CHAPTER_TITLE_SMALLCAPS
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="change-attribute" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%">3. Changing or removing the attribution string (&#8220;by&#8221;)</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re not writing in English, you can change what mom
+prints where &#8220;by&#8221; appears in docheaders.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ATTRIBUTE_STRING "par"
+</span>
+changes &#8220;by&#8221; to &#8220;par&#8221;.  ATTRIBUTE_STRING
+can also be used, for example, to make the attribution read
+&#8220;Edited by&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want an attribution string at all, simply pass
+ATTRIBUTE_STRING an empty argument, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ATTRIBUTE_STRING ""
+</span>
+Mom will deposit a blank line where the attribution string normally
+appears.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the optional argument <kbd>COVER</kbd> or <kbd>DOC_COVER</kbd>
+is given to ATTRIBUTE_STRING, the string argument represents the
+attribution string that will appear on cover or document cover pages
+(see the
+<a href="cover.html#cover-intro">Introduction to cover pages</a>
+for a description of the difference between &#8220;document
+covers&#8221; and &#8220;covers&#8221;).  Thus, it is possible to
+have different attribution strings on the document cover page, the
+cover (&#8220;title&#8221;) page, and in the first-page docheader.
+An extreme example would be:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ATTRIBUTE_STRING ""
+  .ATTRIBUTE_STRING DOC_COVER "Edited by"
+  .ATTRIBUTE_STRING COVER "by"
+</span>
+The first invocation of <kbd>.ATTRIBUTE_STRING</kbd> establishes a
+blank attribution string that will be incorporated in the first-page
+docheader.  The second will print &#8220;Edited by&#8221; on the
+document cover; the third will print &#8220;by&#8221; on the cover
+(&#8220;title&#8221;) page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t require differing attribute strings for
+doc cover pages, cover pages, or the first-page docheader,
+<kbd>.ATTRIBUTE_STRING</kbd>, without either of the optional first
+arguments, is sufficient.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -COLUMNS- -->
+
+<h2 id="columns-intro" class="docs">Setting documents in columns</h2>
+
+<p>
+Setting documents in columns is easy with mom.  All you have to do
+is say how many columns you want and how much space you want
+between them (the
+<a href="definitions.html#gutter">gutters</a>).
+That&#8217;s it. Mom takes care of everything else, from soup to
+nuts.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">Some words of advice</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you want your type to achieve a pleasing
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justification</a>
+or
+<a href="definitions.html#rag">rag</a>
+in columns, reduce the point size of type (and probably the
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+as well).  Mom&#8217;s default document point size is 12.5, which
+works well across her default 39
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">pica</a>
+full page line length, but with even just two columns on a page, the
+default point size is awkward to work with.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Furthermore, you&#8217;ll absolutely need to reduce the indents for
+<a href="docelement.html#epigraph-control">epigraphs</a>,
+<a href="docelement.html#quote-general">quotes</a>,
+and
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote-general">blockquotes</a>
+(and probably the
+<a href="docelement.html#para-indent">paragraph first-line indent</a>
+as well).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -COLUMN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="columns" class="macro-id">COLUMNS</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COLUMNS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;number of columns&gt; &lt;width of gutters&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Should be the last macro before START
+<br/>
+
+<i>The second argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a></i>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+COLUMNS takes two arguments: the number of columns you want on
+document pages, and the width of the
+<a href="definitions.html#gutter">gutter</a>
+between them.  For example, to set up a page with two columns
+separated by an 18 point gutter, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COLUMNS 2 18p
+</span>
+Nothing to it, really.  However, as noted above, COLUMNS should
+always be the last document setup macro prior to
+<a href="#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom ignores columns completely when the
+<a href="#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.  The notion of typewriter-style
+output in columns is just too ghastly for her to bear.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs" id="marking-col-start">Marking the first page column start position</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you insert or remove space after the docheader, i.e. immediately after
+<a href="#start">START</a>
+in your input file, mom needs to know where your first column begins
+in order to align subsequent columns on the first page.
+</p>
+
+<div id="col-mark" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COL_MARK</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>COL_MARK</kbd> tells mom where the first column after the
+docheader begins, in order for the top of subsequent columns on the
+first page to be aligned.  Note that if you do not manually add
+or remove space after the docheader, there is no need to invoke
+<kbd>COL_MARK</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you do add or subtract space after the docheader, e.g. with
+<a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#SP">SP</a>,
+and your
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+is something other than a multiple of &#8220;<kbd>v</kbd>&#8221;, be
+sure to follow the spacing command with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">SHIM</a>
+before entering <kbd>.COL_MARK</kbd> unless shimming has been
+disabled with
+<a href="#no-shim">NO_SHIM</a>.
+If your document is being flex-spaced, do not use
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">FLEX</a>.
+Rather, disable flex-spacing temporarily with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NO_FLEX
+  .NO_SHIM off
+  .SHIM
+  .COL_MARK
+</span>
+and re-enable it afterwards with
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NO_SHIM
+  .NO_FLEX off
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs">Using tabs when COLUMNS are enabled</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s tabs (both
+<a href="typesetting.html#typesetting-tabs">typesetting tabs</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs">string tabs</a>)
+behave as you&#8217;d expect during document processing, even
+when COLUMNS are enabled.  Tab structures set up during document
+processing carry over from page to page and column to column.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BREAKING COLUMNS- -->
+
+<h3 id="breaking-columns" class="docs">Breaking columns manually</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom takes care of breaking columns when they reach the bottom
+margin of a page.  However, there may be times you want to break
+the columns yourself.  There are two macros for breaking columns
+manually: COL_NEXT and COL_BREAK.
+</p>
+
+<div id="col-next" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COL_NEXT</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.COL_NEXT</kbd> breaks the line just before it,
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quads</a>
+it left (assuming the type is justified or quad left), and moves over
+to the top of the next column.  If the column happens to be the last
+(rightmost) one on the page, mom starts a new page
+at the &#8220;column 1&#8221; position.  This is the macro to use when
+you want to start a new column after the end of a paragraph.
+</p>
+
+<div id="col-break" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COL_BREAK</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.COL_BREAK</kbd> is almost the same as <kbd>.COL_NEXT</kbd>,
+except that instead of breaking and quadding the line preceding it,
+mom breaks and spreads it (see
+<a href="typesetting.html#spread">SPREAD</a>).
+Use this macro whenever you need to start a new column in the middle
+of a paragraph.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Warning:</span>
+If you need COL_BREAK in the middle of a blockquote or (god help
+you) an epigraph, you must do the following in order for COL_BREAK
+to work:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPREAD
+  \!.COL_BREAK
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================== -->
+
+<!-- *** -->
+
+
+<h2 id="style-after-start" class="macro-group">Changing basic type and formatting parameters after START</h2>
+
+<ul id="changing-basic-type">
+  <li><a href="#behaviour">Behaviour of the typesetting macros during document processing</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#behaviour-specific">Effect of specific typesetting macros</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#tb-margins">Top and bottom margins in document processing</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#space">Inserting space at the top of a new page</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#add-space">ADD_SPACE</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h3 id="behaviour" class="docs">Behaviour of the typesetting macros during document processing</h3>
+
+<p>
+During document processing, most of the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>
+affect type in the document globally.  For example, if you turn
+kerning off, pairwise kerning is disabled not only in paragraphs,
+but also in headers, footers, quotes, and so on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typesetting macros that alter margins and line lengths affect
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+globally (or at least try to), but leave headers/footers and
+footnotes alone.  (To indent footnotes, see the full explanation of
+the
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote">FOOTNOTE</a>
+macro.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s tabs (both
+<a href="typesetting.html#typesetting-tabs">typesetting tabs</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs">string tabs</a>)
+behave as expected in running text during document processing.  Tab
+structures that do not exceed the line length of running text are
+preserved sensibly from page to page, and, if
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">COLUMNS</a>
+are enabled, from column to column.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some typesetting macros, however, when used during document
+processing, behave in special ways.  These are the macros that deal
+with the basic parameters of type style: horizontal and vertical
+margins, line length,
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#font">font</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#ps">point size</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>,
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quad</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom assumes that any changes to these parameters stem from a
+temporary need to set type in a style different from that provided
+by mom&#8217;s
+<a href="docelement.html#index-docelement">document element tags</a>.
+In other words, you need to do a bit of creative typesetting in the
+middle of a document.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The following lists those typesetting macros whose behaviour during
+document processing requires some explanation.
+(Please refer to
+<a href="#tb-margins">Top and bottom margins in document processing</a>
+for information on how mom interprets
+<a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a>
+in document processing.  Additionally, see
+<a href="#add-space">ADD_SPACE</a>
+if you encounter the problem of trying to get mom to put space at
+the tops of pages after the first.)
+</p>
+
+<div id="behaviour-specific" class="box-code" style="margin-left: 3.5%">
+<span class="pre" style="color: #302419;">
+  MACRO       EFFECT DURING DOCUMENT PROCESSING
+  -----       ---------------------------------
+
+  L_MARGIN    &bull;The left margin of all running text
+               assumes the new value.
+
+              &bull;The line length remains unaltered.
+
+              &bull;The header and footer left margin
+               remain at the current document default.
+
+              (You won&#8217;t use this often by itself.  Most
+               likely, you&#8217;ll use it in combination with
+               R_MARGIN or LL.)
+
+  R_MARGIN    &bull;The right margin of all running text
+               assumes the new value.  In other words,
+               the line length is altered.
+
+              &bull;The header and footer right margin
+               remain at the current document default.
+
+  LL          &bull;The line length of all running text
+               is set to the new value.
+
+              &bull;The header and footer line length remain
+               at the current document default.
+
+  FAMILY      &bull;Changes family for the duration of the
+               current tag only.  As soon as another document
+               element tag is invoked, the family reverts to
+               the current default for the new tag.
+
+  FT          &bull;Changes font for the duration of the
+               current tag only.  As soon as another document
+               element tag is entered, the font reverts
+               to the current default for the new tag.
+
+               N.B. &mdash; \*[SLANT] and \*[BOLDER] affect
+               paragraph text, and remain in effect for all
+               paragraphs until turned off.  If you want to
+               use them in a macro that takes a string
+               argument, include the escape in the string.
+               \*[COND] and \*[EXT] behave similarly.
+
+  PT_SIZE     &bull;Changes point size for the duration of the
+               current tag only.  As soon as another document
+               element tag is entered, the point size reverts
+               to the current document default for the new
+               tag.
+
+  LS          &bull;Changes line space for the duration of the
+               current tag only.  As soon as another document
+               element tag is entered, the line space reverts
+               to the current document default for the new
+               tag.
+
+               Using LS to temporarily change leading within
+               a document will almost certainly result in a
+               bottom margin that doesn&#8217;t align with the
+               bottom margin of subsequent pages.  You&#8217;ll
+               need to use the SHIM or FLEX macro to get mom back
+               on track when you&#8217;re ready to return to the
+               document&#8217;s default leading.
+
+  <a id="autolead" style="margin-top: -1em">AUTOLEAD</a>   &bull;Invoked before START, sets the overall document
+              leading as a function of the overall document
+              point size (i.e. the point size used in paragraphs);
+              subsequently disabled after START, except for calls
+              to DOC_PT_SIZE
+
+             &bull;DOC_LEAD before DOC_PT_SIZE cancels the AUTOLEAD
+              set before START
+
+             &bull;Invoked after START, remains in effect for all
+              subsequent point size changes made with PT_SIZE,
+              but does not affect the leading of the document
+              element tags (e.g. HEADING, PP, QUOTE...), or calls
+              to DOC_PT_SIZE
+
+  QUAD        &bull;Changes quad for the duration of the
+               current tag only.  As soon as another document
+               element tag is entered, the quad reverts to
+               the current document default for the new
+               tag.
+
+               N.B. &mdash; Line-for-line quadding macros
+               (LEFT, CENTER, RIGHT) are also temporary,
+               overridden by the QUAD value of any subsequent
+               document element tag.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="tb-margins" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1.5em;">Top and bottom margins in document processing</h3>
+
+<p>
+Normally, mom establishes the top and bottom
+margins of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+in documents from the values of <b>HEADER_MARGIN +
+HEADER_GAP</b> and <b>FOOTER_MARGIN + FOOTER_GAP</b>
+respectively.  However, if you invoke
+<a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a>
+either before or after
+<a href="docelement.html#start">START</a>,
+they set the top and bottom margins of running text irrespective of
+HEADER_GAP and FOOTER_GAP.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Put another way, in document processing, T_MARGIN
+and B_MARGIN set the top and bottom margins of
+running text, but have no effect on the placement of
+<a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>,
+or page numbers.
+</p>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h3 id="space" class="docs">Inserting space at the top of a new page</h3>
+
+<p>
+Occasionally, you may want to insert space before the start of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+on pages after the first.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You might have tried using
+<a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#space">SPACE</a>
+and found it did nothing.  This is because mom normally inhibits
+any extra space before the start of running text on pages after the
+first.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you need the space, you must use the macro ADD_SPACE in
+conjunction with
+<a href="typesetting.html#newpage">NEWPAGE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ADD_SPACE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="add-space" class= "macro-id">ADD_SPACE/RESTORE_SPACE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ADD_SPACE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;amount of space&gt;</kbd>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>RESTORE_SPACE</b>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your
+<a href="#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+is DEFAULT, CHAPTER, NAMED, or LETTER, ADD_SPACE takes as its
+single argument the distance you want mom to advance from the normal
+baseline position at the top of any page <i>after the first</i> (i.e.
+the one on which the docheader is normally printed).  A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a> is
+required.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, say you wanted to insert 2 inches of space before the
+start of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+on a page other than the first.  You&#8217;d accomplish it with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .NEWPAGE
+  .ADD_SPACE 2i
+</span>
+which would terminate your current page, break to a new page, print
+the header (assuming headers are on) and insert 2 inches of space
+before the start of running text.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Since adding space in this way is almost sure to disrupt mom&#8217;s
+ability to guarantee perfectly flush bottom margins, I highly
+recommend using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">SHIM</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">FLEX</a>
+macro immediately after ADD_SPACE, which will add the space plus
+whatever correction is required by the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+strategy in effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your
+<a href="#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+is SLIDES, ADD_SPACE may be used on any slide <i>including the
+first</i> to introduce additional white space at the top.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros" style="margin-top: .5em">RESTORE_SPACE</h4>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em">
+You may sometimes find that mom refuses to respect
+<a href="typesetting.html#space">SP</a>,
+<a href="typesetting.html#index-aldrld">ALD/RLD</a>,
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">SHIM</a>,
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">FLEX</a>
+after the first element (line of text, floated material) output
+at the top of a page.  Should this happen, insert the macro
+RESTORE_SPACE before issuing the spacing command.
+</p>
+
+<!-- *** -->
+
+<h2 id="intro-doc-param" class="macro-group">Changing document-wide typesetting parameters after START</h2>
+
+<p>
+In the normal course of things, you establish the basic type style
+parameters of a document prior to invoking
+<a href="#start">START</a>,
+using the
+<a href="typesetting.html#macros-typesetting">typesetting macros</a>
+(<b>L_MARGIN, FAMILY, PT_SIZE, LS,</b> etc).  After START, you must
+use the following macros if you wish to make global changes to the
+basic type style parameters, for example changing the overall leading or
+the justification style.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Because these macros globally update the chosen parameter, they
+should only be used immediately prior to
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>
+or, if an occasional effect is desired,
+<a href="typesetting.html#newpage">NEWPAGE</a>.
+<a href="#doc-pt-size">DOC_PT_SIZE</a>,
+for example, updates the point size of every page element, including
+headers, footers, page numbers, and so on, which is almost certainly
+not what you want in the middle of a page.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-doc-param" class="macro-list">Post-START global style change macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#doc-left-margin">DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-right-margin">DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-line-length">DOC_LINE_LENGTH</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-family">DOC_FAMILY</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-pt-size">DOC_PT_SIZE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-lead">DOC_LEAD</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#doc-quad">DOC_QUAD</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DOC_LEFT_MARGIN -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-left-margin" class="macro-id">DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;left margin&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros">Arguments and behaviour</h4>
+
+<ul class="doc-param-macros">
+  <li>the argument is the same as for
+      <a href="typesetting.html#l-margin">L_MARGIN</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>changes all left margins, including headers, footers, and page
+      numbers to the new value
+  </li>
+  <li>any document elements that use a left indent calculate
+      the indent from the new value
+  </li>
+  <li>the line length remains the same (i.e., the right margin
+      shifts when you change the left margin)
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- -DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-right-margin" class="macro-id">DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;right margin&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros">Arguments and behaviour</h4>
+
+<ul class="doc-param-macros">
+  <li>the argument is the same as for
+      <a href="typesetting.html#r-margin">R_MARGIN</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>changes all right margins, including headers, footers, and
+      page numbers to the new value;
+  </li>
+  <li>any document elements that use a right indent calculate
+      the indent from the new value
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- -DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-line-length" class="macro-id">DOC_LINE_LENGTH</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_LINE_LENGTH</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;length&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros">Arguments and behaviour</h4>
+
+<ul class="doc-param-macros">
+  <li>the argument is the same as for
+      <a href="typesetting.html#linelength">LL</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>exactly equivalent to changing the right margin with
+      DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN (see
+      <a href="#doc-right-margin">above</a>);
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- -DOC_FAMILY- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-family" class="macro-id">DOC_FAMILY</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_FAMILY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;family&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros" style="margin-top: 1em;">Arguments and behaviour</h4>
+
+<ul class="doc-param-macros">
+  <li>the argument is the same as for
+      <a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>globally changes the type family for
+  <ul>
+    <li style="margin-left: -.5em;">the <a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a></li>
+    <li style="margin-left: -.5em;">all <a href="docelement.html#index-docelement">document element tags</a>, including footnotes</li>
+    <li style="margin-left: -.5em;"><a href="definitions.html#header">headers and/or footers</a></li>
+    <li style="margin-left: -.5em;"><a href="docelement.html#number-lines-intro">line numbering</a></li>
+    <li style="margin-left: -.5em;"><a href="headfootpage.html#pagination">page numbering</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>does <i>not</i> change the family of
+  <ul>
+      <li><a href="cover.html#doc-cover">document cover pages</a></li>
+      <li><a href="cover.html#cover">cover pages</a></li>
+      <li><a href="docelement.html#endnote-intro">endnotes pages</a></li>
+      <li><a href="docelement.html#toc-intro">table of contents</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>any page elements (e.g. headers page numbers, footnotes) whose
+      families you wish to remain at their old values must be
+      reset with the appropriate
+      <a href="docelement.html#docelement-control">control macros</a>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- -DOC_PT_SIZE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-pt-size" class="macro-id">DOC_PT_SIZE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_PT_SIZE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;point size&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>; points is assumed
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros">Arguments and behaviour</h4>
+
+<ul class="doc-param-macros">
+  <li>the argument is the same as for
+      <a href="typesetting.html#ps">PT_SIZE</a>,
+      and refers to the point size of type in paragraphs
+  </li>
+  <li>all automatic point size changes (heads, quotes,
+      footnotes, headers, etc.) are affected by the new size;
+      anything you do not want affected must be reset to
+      its former value (see the Control Macros section of
+      the pertinent document element for instructions on
+      how to do this)
+  </li>
+  <li>if
+      <a href="typesetting.html#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a>
+      was invoked before START; the value of AUTOLEAD will be used
+      to update the leading of all document element tags except
+      FOOTNOTE and EPIGRAPH
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- -DOC_LEAD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-lead" class="macro-id">DOC_LEAD</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_LEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;points&gt; [ ADJUST ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>; points is assumed
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros">Arguments and behaviour</h4>
+
+<ul class="doc-param-macros">
+  <li>the argument is the same as for
+      <a href="typesetting.html#leading">LS</a>,
+      and refers to the
+      <a href="definitions.html#lead">leading</a>
+      of paragraphs
+  </li>
+  <li>because paragraphs will have a new leading, the leading and
+      spacing of most running text is influenced by the new value
+  </li>
+  <li>epigraphs and footnotes remain unaffected;
+      if you wish to change their leading, use
+      <a href="docelement.html#epigraph-autolead">EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD</a>
+      and
+      <a href="docelement.html#footnote-autolead">FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>the optional argument <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> performs
+      leading adjustment as explained in
+      <a href="#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>if
+      <a href="typesetting.html#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a>
+      was invoked before START; the value of that AUTOLEAD will be
+      cancelled
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Even if you don&#8217;t pass DOC_LEAD the optional argument
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd>, mom will still adjust the leading of endnotes
+pages and toc pages.  See
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote-lead">ENDNOTE_LEAD</a>
+and
+<a href="docelement.html#toc-lead">TOC_LEAD</a>
+for an explanation of how to disable this default behaviour.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DOC_QUAD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="doc-quad" class="macro-id">DOC_QUAD</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DOC_QUAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">L | R | C | J</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="docs doc-param-macros" style="margin-top: 1em;">Arguments and behaviour</h4>
+
+<ul class="doc-param-macros">
+  <li>the arguments are the same as for
+      <a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>affects paragraphs, epigraphs and footnotes; does not
+      affect blockquotes
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="terminating" class="macro-group">Terminating a document</h2>
+
+<p>
+You need do nothing special to terminate a document.  When groff
+finishes processing the last
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>
+of a file, the page is ejected, subject to whatever routines are
+needed to complete it (e.g. printing footnotes or adding the page
+number).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It happens sometimes, however, that a last line of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>,
+falling on or very near the bottom of the page, tricks groff into
+breaking to a new page before terminating.  The result is a blank
+page at the end of the formatted document.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The situation is rare, generally occurring only when some additional
+macro is required after the input text, e.g. to exit a
+<a href="docelement.html#list-intro">list</a>
+or terminate a
+<a href="docelement.html#quote">quote</a>.
+To prevent it from ever happening, I recommend getting into the habit
+of following the final input line of all your mom files with
+<a href="typesetting.html#el"><kbd>.EL</kbd></a>.
+Depending on the
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>
+in effect, you may also have to append the &#8220;join line&#8221;
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">escape</a>,
+<kbd>\c</kbd>, to the final line.</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus, for normal text at the end of a paragraph, which is in fill
+mode,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  and they all lived happily ever after.
+  .EL
+</span>
+or for ending a 
+<a href="docelement.html#list-intro">LIST</a>
+(also in fill mode)
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ITEM
+  peaches, pears, plums
+  .EL
+  .LIST OFF
+</span>
+whereas, at the end of a
+<a href="docelement.html#quote-intro">QUOTE</a>
+(which is in nofill mode),
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Shall be lifted\[em]nevermore!\c
+  .EL
+  .QUOTE OFF
+</span>
+Notice that the <kbd>.EL</kbd> comes after the last line of input
+text, not any macros following.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<a href="inlines.html#b"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[B]</span></kbd></a>
+cannot be used as a replacement for <kbd>.EL</kbd> when terminating
+a document.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 24%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 43%; text-align: right;"><a href="docelement.html#top">Next: The document element tags</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c39e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1785 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Goodies</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="inlines.html#top">Next: Inline escapes</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 id="goodies" class="docs">Goodies</h1>
+
+<p>
+The macros in this section are a collection of useful (and sometimes
+nearly indispensable) routines to simplify typesetting.
+</p>
+
+<div id="goodies-macros-mini-toc" style="margin-top: -1em; font-size: 95%;">
+<div class="mini-toc-col-1">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#alias">ALIAS</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; rename macros</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#caps">CAPS</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; convert to upper case</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#center-block">CENTER_BLOCK</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; centre blocks of type with quad intact</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#esc-char">ESC_CHAR</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; change the escape character to something other than a backslash</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#hang">HANG</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; hang character(s) outside right margin (inline escape)</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#left-hang">LEFT_HANG</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; hang character(s) outside left margin</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#silent">SILENT</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; hide input lines from output</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#sizespecs">SIZESPECS</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; get cap-height, x-height and descender depth of a font</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#smartquotes">SMARTQUOTES</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; convert typewriter doublequotes to proper doublequotes</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#string">STRING</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; user-definable strings</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies"><a href="#trap">TRAP</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; suspend/re-invoke traps</span></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies no-anchor"><span style="font-size: 90%;">Underscoring/underlining</span>
+<ul class="sublist">
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#underscore">UNDERSCORE</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; single underscore</span>
+  <ul class="sublist sub">
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#underscore-weight">Controlling the weight of underscores</a></li>
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#underscore-color">Colourising underscores</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#underscore2">UNDERSCORE2</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; double underscore</span></li>
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#underline">UNDERLINE</a>
+  <ul class="sublist sub">
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#ul">\*[UL]</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; inline escape to underline</span></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies no-anchor"><span style="font-size: 90%;">Padding</span>
+<ul class="sublist">
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#pad">PAD</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; insert equalized whitespace into lines</span>
+  <ul class="sublist sub">
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#pad-marker">PAD_MARKER</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; change/set the marker used with PAD</span></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="mini-toc-col-2">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+<li class="list-head-goodies no-anchor"><span style="font-size: 90%;">Leaders</span>
+<ul class="sublist">
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#leader">\*[LEADER]</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; inline escape to add leaders to a line</span></li>
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#leader-character">LEADER_CHARACTER</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; change/set the leader character</span></li>
+</ul></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies no-anchor"><span style="font-size: 90%;">Drop caps</span>
+<ul class="sublist">
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#dropcap">DROPCAP</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; set a drop cap</span></li>
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color" style="list-style-type: none;"><a href="#dropcap-support"><span class="normal-smaller" style="font-weight: bold;">Support macros for DROPCAP</span></a>
+  <ul class="sublist sub">
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#dropcap-family">DROPCAP_FAMILY</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; change drop cap family</span></li>
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#dropcap-font">DROPCAP_FONT</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; change drop cap font</span></li>
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#dropcap-adjust">DROPCAP_ADJUST</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; alter size of drop cap</span></li>
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#dropcap-color">DROPCAP_COLOR</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; change colour of drop cap</span></li>
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#dropcap-gutter">DROPCAP_GUTTER</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; change space between drop cap and running text</span></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+<li class="list-head-goodies text-color no-anchor"><span style="font-size: 90%;">Superscripts</span>
+<ul class="sublist">
+  <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#sup">\*[SUP]</a> <span class="normal-smaller">&ndash; inline escape to set superscripts</span>
+  <ul class="sublist sub">
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#sup-raise">SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">(control superscript raise amount</span></li>
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#cond-or-ext-sup">\*[CONDSUP]</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; condensed superscripts</span></li>
+    <li class="list-head-goodies text-color"><a href="#cond-or-ext-sup">\*[EXTSUP]</a> <span class="normal-sub-sub">&ndash; extended superscripts</span></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium" style="padding-bottom: 1em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -ALIAS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="alias" class="macro-id">Rename macros</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ALIAS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;new name&gt; &lt;old name&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The ALIAS macro may well be your best friend.  With it, you can
+change the name of a macro to anything you like (provided the new
+name is not already being used by mom).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Groff has always been a bit intimidating for new users because
+its standard macro packages use very terse macro names.  Mom
+doesn&#8217;t like people to feel intimidated; she wants them
+to feel welcome.  Consequently, she tries for easy-to-grasp,
+self-explanatory macro names.  However, mom knows that people have
+their own ways of thinking, their own preferences, their own habits.
+Some of her macro names may not suit you; they might be too long,
+or aren&#8217;t what you automatically think of when you want to
+do a particular thing, or might conflict with habits you&#8217;ve
+developed over the years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t like one of mom&#8217;s macro names, say,
+PAGEWIDTH, change it, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALIAS PW PAGEWIDTH
+         |      |
+    new--+      +--official
+    name             name
+</span>
+The first argument to ALIAS is the new name you want for a macro.
+The second is the &#8220;official&#8221; name by which the macro is
+normally invoked.  After ALIAS, either can be used.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+A particularly good candidate for ALIAS is the macro
+<a href="typesetting.html#ps">PT_SIZE</a>.
+A more natural name for it would simply be PS, but PS conflicts
+with the <b>eqn</b> equation preprocessor and thus mom uses the
+longer form.  However, if you&#8217;re not using <b>eqn</b>, you can
+happily rename PT_SIZE to
+PS:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALIAS PS PT_SIZE
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you use ALIAS a lot, and always for the same things, consider
+creating an aliases file of the form
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALIAS &lt;new name&gt; &lt;old name&gt;
+  .ALIAS &lt;new name&gt; &lt;old name&gt;
+  .ALIAS &lt;new name&gt; &lt;old name&gt;
+  ...etc
+</span>
+Put the file someplace convenient and source it (include it) at the
+beginning of your documents with the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#include">INCLUDE</a>
+macro.  Assuming that you&#8217;ve created an aliases file called
+<b>mom-aliases</b> in your home directory under a directory called
+<b>Mom</b>, you&#8217;d source it by placing
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .INCLUDE /home/&lt;username&gt;/Mom/mom-aliases
+</span>
+at the top of your documents.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+If you share documents that make use of an alias file, remember that
+other people don&#8217;t have the file.  Paste the whole thing at
+the top of your documents, please.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span>
+ALIAS is an alias of <kbd>.als</kbd>.  You can use either, or mix
+&#8217;n&#8217; match with impunity.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SILENT- --> 
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="silent" class="macro-id">Hide input lines from output</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+ Macro: <b>SILENT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>COMMENT</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, you want to &#8220;hide&#8221;
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>
+from final output.  This is most likely to be the case when setting
+up string tabs (see the
+<a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs-tut">quickie tutorial on string tabs</a>
+for an example), but there are other places where you might want
+input lines to be invisible as well.  Any place you don&#8217;t want
+input lines to appear in the output, use the SILENT macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SILENT is a toggle.  Invoking it without an argument turns it on;
+any argument turns it off.  E.g.,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SILENT
+  A line of text
+  .SILENT OFF
+</span>
+The line &#8220;A line of text&#8221; will not appear in the
+output copy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SILENT is aliased as COMMENT.  If you want to insert non-printing
+comments into your documents, you may prefer this.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+SILENT does not automatically break an
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>
+(see
+<a href="typesetting.html#br">BR</a>)
+when you&#8217;re in one of the
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill modes</a>
+(<a href="typesetting.html#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD&nbsp;L&nbsp;|&nbsp;R&nbsp;|&nbsp;C&nbsp;|&nbsp;J</a>).
+The same applies to tabs
+(<a href="typesetting.html#tab-set">typesetting</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#st">string</a>)
+to which you&#8217;ve passed the J or QUAD argument.  You must
+insert <kbd>.BR</kbd> yourself, or risk a portion of your text
+disappearing into a black hole.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TRAP- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="trap" class="macro-id">Suspend / re-invoke traps</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TRAP</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Traps are vertical positions on the output page at which
+you or mom have instructed groff to start doing something
+automatically.  Commonly, this is near the bottom of the page, where
+behind-the-scenes processing is needed in order for one page to
+finish and another to start.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, traps get sprung when you don&#8217;t want them.  If this
+happens, surround just the offending macros and input lines with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .TRAP OFF
+    ...
+    .TRAP
+</span>
+TRAP is a toggle, therefore any argument turns it off (i.e., suspends
+the trap), and no argument turns it (back) on.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SMARTQUOTES- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="smartquotes" class="macro-id">Convert typewriter doublequotes to proper doublequotes</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SMARTQUOTES</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[&lt;off&gt;] [ ,, | &gt;&gt; | &lt;&lt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<span style="margin-left: .5em">or</span>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SMARTQUOTES</b> <kbd class="macro-args">DA | DE | ES | FR | IT | NL | NO | PT | SV</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you invoke SMARTQUOTES without an argument, mom converts all
+instances of the inch-mark, (<kbd>"</kbd>), also called
+a doublequote, into the appropriate instances of true Anglo-American
+open-and close-doublequotes.  (See
+<a href="#sq-international">Internationalization</a>
+for how to get SMARTQUOTES to behave correctly for non-English
+quoting styles.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typographically, there is a difference between the inch-mark and
+quotation marks&mdash;a big difference.  Sadly, typewriters and computer
+keyboards supply only one: the inch-mark.  While using inches for
+doublequotes is, and always has been, acceptable in typewriter-style
+copy, it has never been, and, God willing, never will be acceptable in
+typeset copy.  Failure to turn inches into quotes is the first thing
+a professional typesetter notices in documents prepared by amateurs.
+And you don&#8217;t want to look like an amateur, do you?
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="sq-international" class="docs">Internationalization</h3>
+<p>
+If you invoke SMARTQUOTES with one of the optional arguments
+(<kbd>,,</kbd> or <kbd>&gt;&gt;</kbd>
+or <kbd>&lt;&lt;</kbd>) you can use
+<kbd>&quot;</kbd> (i.e. the inch-mark/doublequotes key)
+as &#8220;cheap&#8221; open-and close-quotes when inputting text in
+a language other than English, and have mom convert them, on output,
+into the chosen open-and close-quote style.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>,,</kbd> opens quotes with &#8220;lowered
+doublequotes&#8221; and closes them with &#8220;raised
+doublequotes&#8221;, as in this ascii approximation:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ,,Hilfe !``
+</span>
+
+<kbd>&gt;&gt;</kbd> opens quotes with guillemets
+pointing to the right, and closes them with guillemets pointing to
+the left, as in this ascii approximation:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &gt;&gt;Zurück !&lt;&lt;
+</span>
+<kbd>&lt;&lt;</kbd> opens quotes with guillemets
+pointing to the left, and closes them with guillemets pointing to
+the right, as in this ascii approximation:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &lt;&lt;Mais monsieur! Je ne suis pas ce genre de fille!&gt;&gt;
+</span>
+Please note: the above arguments to SMARTQUOTES are literal
+ASCII characters. <kbd>,,</kbd> is two commas;
+<kbd>&lt;&lt;</kbd> is two less-than signs;
+<kbd>&gt;&gt;</kbd> is two greater-than signs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Alternatively, you can pass SMARTQUOTES the two-letter, ISO 639
+abbreviation for the language you&#8217;re writing in, and mom will
+output the correct quotes.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SMARTQUOTES DA     = Danish      &gt;&gt;text&lt;&lt;
+  .SMARTQUOTES DE     = German      ,,text``
+  .SMARTQUOTES ES     = Spanish     ``text´´
+  .SMARTQUOTES FR     = French      &lt;&lt; text &gt;&gt;
+  .SMARTQUOTES IT     = Italian     &lt;&lt; text &gt;&gt;
+  .SMARTQUOTES NL     = Dutch       ´´text´´
+  .SMARTQUOTES NO     = Norwegian   &lt;&lt;text&gt;&gt;
+  .SMARTQUOTES PT     = Portuguese  &lt;&lt;text&gt;&gt;
+  .SMARTQUOTES SV     = Swedish     &gt;&gt;text&gt;&gt;
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Turn SMARTQUOTES off by passing it any argument not in the argument
+list (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;TYPESET</a>,
+smartquotes are on by default (in the Anglo-American style); with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;TYPEWRITE</a>,
+it&#8217;s off by default (and should probably stay that way).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finally, if you&#8217;re fussy about the kerning of quote marks in
+relation to the text they surround, or have special quoting needs,
+you have to enter quote marks by hand using groff&#8217;s native
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+for special characters (see <kbd>man&nbsp;groff-char</kbd>
+for a complete list of special characters).  Entering quote marks
+this way allows you to use mom&#8217;s
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-kerning-mom">inline kerning escapes</a>
+to fine-tune the look of quotes.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+SMARTQUOTES does not work on single quotes, which most people
+input with the apostrophe (found at the right-hand end of the
+&#8220;home row&#8221; on a QWERTY keyboard).  Groff will interpret
+all instances of the apostrophe as an apostrophe, making the symbol
+useless as an open-single-quote.  For open single quotes, input
+the backtick character typically found under the tilde on most
+keyboards.  Here&#8217;s an example of correct input copy with
+single quotes:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  "But she said, `I don&#8217;t want to!'"    
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+Whether or not you have SMARTQUOTES turned on, get into the habit of
+entering the foot-and inch-marks, when you need them, with the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FOOT]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[INCH]</span></kbd>, instead of
+<kbd>'</kbd> and <kbd>"</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -CAPS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="caps" class="macro-id">Convert to upper case</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CAPS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+CAPS converts all lower case letters to upper case.
+Primarily, it&#8217;s a support macro used by the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>,
+but you may find it helpful on occasion. CAPS is a toggle, therefore
+no argument turns it on, any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc) turns it off.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CAPS
+  All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.
+  .CAPS OFF
+</span>
+
+produces, on output
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ALL WORK AND NO PLAY MAKES JACK A DULL BOY.
+</span>
+If you wish to capitalise a section of type inline, use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>,
+<a href="inlines.html#uc-lc"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UC]...\*[LC]</span></kbd></a>
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  All work \*[UC]and\*[LC] no play makes Jack a dull boy.
+</span>
+
+The above produces, on output
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  All work AND no play makes Jack a dull boy.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>\*[LC]</kbd> must come after a terminating period.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[UC]All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.\*[LC]
+</span>
+not
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[UC]All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy\*[LC].
+</span>
+Conversely, an initial period must come <em>before</em>
+<kbd>\*[UC]</kbd>, or be preceded by <kbd>\&amp;</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .\*[UC]start\*[LC] is used to begin document processing.
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[UC]\&amp;.start\*[LC] is used to begin document processing.
+</span>
+Upon output, either will produce
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  START is used to begin document processing.
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -STRING- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="string" class="macro-id">User-defined strings</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>STRING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;name&gt; &lt;what you want in the string&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+You may find sometimes that you have to type out portions of text
+repeatedly.  If you&#8217;d like not to wear out your fingers, you can
+define a string that, whenever you call it by name, outputs whatever
+you put into it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, say you&#8217;re creating a document that repeatedly uses
+the phrase &#8220;the Montreal/Windsor corridor&#8221;.  Instead
+of typing all that out every time, you could define a string, like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .STRING mw the Montreal/Windsor corridor
+</span>
+Once a string is defined, you can call it any time with the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;name&gt;]</span></kbd>.  Using the example
+string above
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  The schedule for trains along \*[mw]:
+</span>
+produces, on output
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  The schedule for trains along the Montreal/Windsor corridor:
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Be very careful not to put any spaces at the ends of strings
+you&#8217;re defining, unless you want them.  Everything after
+the name argument you pass to STRING goes into the string,
+including trailing spaces.  It&#8217;s a good idea to get into the
+habit of using groff&#8217;s native commenting mechanism, <kbd
+class="bold">\"</kbd>, immediately following any string definition
+in order to avoid spaces you can&#8217;t see, like this
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .STRING mw the Montreal/Windsor corridor\"
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span>
+STRING is an alias for <b>ds</b>.  You can use either, or mix
+&#8217;n&#8217; match with impunity.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ESC_CHAR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="esc-char" class="macro-id">Change the escape character</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ESC_CHAR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;new character&gt; | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Groff&#8217;s and mom&#8217;s default escape character is
+the backslash.  Sometimes, you may want to include a literal
+backslash in your document.  There are two ways to accomplish
+this.  One is simply to double the backslash character (<kbd
+class="bold">\\</kbd>), which is convenient if you don&#8217;t have
+a lot of backslashes to input.  If you need to input a whole batch
+of backslashes (say, when including code snippets in your document),
+you can use ESC_CHAR to make the change permanent (until you decide
+to restore the escape character to its default, the backslash).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ESC_CHAR with a single character argument changes the escape
+character to whatever the argument is.  ESC_CHAR with no argument
+restores the escape character to the backslash.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Changing the escape character prevents macros, which require that
+the backslash be the escape character, from functioning correctly.
+Do not introduce any subsequent macros without first restoring the
+escape character to its default.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span>
+ESC_CHAR is an alias of <kbd>.ec</kbd>.  Mix &#8217;n&#8217; match
+the two with impunity.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SIZESPECS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="sizespecs" class="macro-id">Get cap-height, x-height and descender depth of a font</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SIZESPECS</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Whenever you need to get the
+<a href="definitions.html#capheight">cap-height</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#xheight">x-height</a>
+or
+<a href="definitions.html#descender">descender</a>
+depth of type at the current point size, invoke <kbd
+class="bold">.SIZESPECS</kbd>, which takes no argument.
+The dimensions are stored in the string registers
+<b><span class="nobr">\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]</span></b>,
+<b><span class="nobr">\*[$X_HEIGHT]</span></b>,
+and
+<b><span class="nobr">\*[$DESCENDER]</span></b>, respectively, in
+<a href="definitions.html#units">machine units</a>
+to which the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<b>u</b>, is already appended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus, if you wanted to advance 2 inches from your current position
+on the page plus the cap-height of the current point size of type
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PT_SIZE &lt;n&gt;
+  .SIZESPECS
+  .ALD 2i+\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]
+</span>
+would do the trick.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -UNDERSCORE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="underscore" class="macro-id">Single underscore</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>UNDERSCORE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;distance below baseline&gt; ] [ PREFIX &lt;prefix&gt; ] [ SUFFIX &lt;suffix&gt; ] &quot;&lt;string&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;&lt;distance below baseline&gt; requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, UNDERSCORE places an underscore 2 points beneath the
+required
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string argument</a>.
+The string must be enclosed in double-quotes, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE "Unmonitored monopolies breed high prices and poor products"
+</span>
+If you wish to change the distance of the rule from the baseline,
+use the optional argument
+<kbd>&lt;distance&nbsp;below&nbsp;baseline&gt;</kbd>
+(with a unit of measure).
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE 3p "Unmonitored monopolies breed high prices and poor products"
+</span>
+The above places the upper edge of the underscore 3 points below the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Tip:</span>
+UNDERSCORE can also be used for strikethrough effects by supplying a
+negative value to the distance argument.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>PREFIX</kbd> and <kbd>SUFFIX</kbd> allow you to add
+non-underscored punctuation (or other glyphs) to the beginning
+and/or end of the underscored string.  If the argument to either
+<kbd>PREFIX</kbd> or <kbd>SUFFIX</kbd> contains spaces, surround the
+argument with double-quotes.  For example, the following underscores
+the text string but not the surrounding punctuation.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE PREFIX ( SUFFIX .) "Unmonitored monopolies breed high prices and poor products"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+UNDERSCORE does not work across line breaks in output copy, which is
+to say that you can&#8217;t underscore a multi-line passage simply
+by putting the text of the whole thing in the string you pass to
+UNDERSCORE.  If you need to underscore several lines of type, use
+<a href="#underline">UNDERLINE</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Additional note:</span>
+In
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill modes</a>,
+UNDERSCORE causes a break before and after, meaning the underscored
+word or phrase will appear as a separate line in your output.  If
+you wish to embed an underscored word or phrase into non-filled
+text, temporarily change to the corresponding fill mode with
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>
+and insert breaks manually with
+<a href="typesetting.html#br">BR</a>
+as appropriate, reverting to the original nofill mode afterwards.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="underscore-weight" class="docs">Controlling the weight of underscores</h3>
+<p>
+The weight (thickness) of underscores may be controlled with the
+macro UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT.  Thus, if you want underscores with a
+weight of 1-1/2 points, you&#8217;d invoke:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT 1.5
+</span>
+prior to invoking <kbd>.UNDERSCORE</kbd>.  Every
+subsequent instance of <kbd>.UNDERSCORE</kbd> will use
+this weight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default underscore weight is 1/2 point.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT also sets the weight of
+<a href="#UNDERSCORE2">double underscores.</a>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="underscore-color" class="docs">Colourising underscored text</h3>
+<p>
+If you want underscored text to be in a different colour from the
+text around it, use the
+<a href="color.html#color">COLOR</a>
+macro rather than the
+<a href="color.html#color-inline">inline escape for changing colour</a>.
+In other words, assuming your prevailing text colour is black and
+you want underscored text in red
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COLOR red
+  .UNDERSCORE "text to underscore"
+  .COLOR black
+</span>
+rather than
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE "\*[red]text to underscore\*[black]"
+</span>
+The latter will render the text in red but the underscore in black.
+You can, of course, use this to create rainbow effects if that's
+what you want, e.g. text in red, underscore in blue, and prevailing
+type in black:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE "\*[red]text to underscore\*[blue]"
+  .COLOR black
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -UNDERSCORE2- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="underscore2" class="macro-id">Double underscore</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>UNDERSCORE2</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;distance below baseline&gt; [ &lt;distance between rules&gt; ]  [ PREFIX &lt;prefix&gt; ] [ SUFFIX &lt;suffix&gt; ]  &quot;&lt;string&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;&lt;distance below baseline&gt;
+and
+&lt;distance between rules&gt;
+require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, UNDERSCORE2 places a double underscore 2 points beneath
+the required
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string argument</a>.
+The string must be enclosed in double-quotes, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE2 "Unmonitored monopolies breed high prices and poor products"
+</span>
+The default distance between the two rules is 2 points, measured
+from the bottom edge of the upper rule to the top edge of the lower
+one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to change the distance of the double underscore from the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>,
+use the optional argument
+<kbd>&lt;distance&nbsp;below&nbsp;baseline&gt;</kbd>
+(with a unit of measure), e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE2 3p "Unmonitored monopolies breed high prices and poor products"
+</span>
+which places the upper edge of the first rule of the double
+underscore 3 points below the baseline.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to change the distance between the two rules as well,
+use the second optional argument
+<kbd>&lt;distance&nbsp;between&nbsp;rules&gt;</kbd>
+(with a unit of measure).  The distance between the two rules
+is measured from the bottom edge of the upper rule to the top
+edge of the lower one.  Be aware that you must give a value for
+<kbd>&lt;distance&nbsp;below&nbsp;baseline&gt;</kbd> if you want to
+use <kbd>&lt;distance&nbsp;between&nbsp;rules&gt;</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>PREFIX</kbd> and <kbd>SUFFIX</kbd> allow you to add
+non-underscored punctuation (or other glyphs) to the beginning
+and/or end of the double-underscored string.  If the argument to
+either <kbd>PREFIX</kbd> or <kbd>SUFFIX</kbd> contains spaces,
+surround the argument with double-quotes.  For example, the
+following double-underscores the text string but not the surrounding
+punctuation.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERSCORE2 PREFIX ( SUFFIX .) "Unmonitored monopolies breed high prices and poor products"
+</span>
+The weight (thickness) of double underscores may be controlled with
+the macro
+<a href="#underscore-weight">UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT</a>
+(q.v).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+See
+<a href="#underscore-color">here</a>
+for advice on colourising double-underscored text.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+In
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill modes</a>,
+UNDERSCORE2 causes a break before and after, meaning the double-underscored
+word or phrase will appear as a separate line in your output.  If
+you wish to embed a double-underscored word or phrase into non-filled
+text, temporarily change to the corresponding fill mode with
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a>
+and insert breaks manually with
+<a href="typesetting.html#br">BR</a>
+as appropriate, reverting to the original nofill mode afterwards.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -UNDERLINE- --> 
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="underline" class="macro-id">Underline</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>UNDERLINE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The distinction between underscoring and underlining is that
+underscoring is suitable for occasional effects (a word here,
+a phrase there), whereas underlining underlines whole passages
+of type.  Furthermore, you cannot colourise underlining.
+There&#8217;s a special macro,
+<a href="#underline-specs">UNDERLINE_SPECS</a>,
+to control the weight and distance from the baseline of the
+underline.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lastly, files that use UNDERLINE must be processed with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom -Tps filename.mom | ps2pdf - filename.pdf
+</span>
+since groff&#8217;s pdf driver does not recognize UNDERLINE.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Note that
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;TYPEWRITE</a>
+uses UNDERLINE to underline italics
+and pseudo-italics (<a href="typesetting.html#slant-inline">SLANT</a>)
+by default.  The default may be changed (see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle-italics">Underlining of italics</a>)
+but if it's what you want, you must process your document as shown
+above.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+UNDERLINE is a toggle macro, therefore you invoke it by itself (i.e.
+with no argument) to initiate underlining, and with any argument
+(<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc)
+to turn it off.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Underlining may also be turned on and off
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline</a>
+with the escapes
+<a href="#ul"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UL]...\*[ULX]</span></kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+In document processing, neither <kbd>.UNDERLINE</kbd> nor
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UL]</span></kbd> persist past the current document element tag.
+For example, if you turn underlining on in a paragraph
+(<kbd><a href="docelement.html#pp">.PP</a></kbd>),
+your next paragraph will not be underlined.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="underline-specs" class="docs">UNDERLINE_SPECS</h4>
+
+<p>
+The weight of underlining and the distance from the baseline is
+set with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .UNDERLINE_SPECS &lt;weight&gt; &lt;distance&gt;
+</span>
+The <kbd>&lt;weight&gt;</kbd> argument can be expressed in any
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+you like, but points is the most usual.  Mom&#8217;s default is 1/2 point
+(.5p).  The same holds for the <kbd>&lt;distance&gt;</kbd> argument;
+mom&#8217;s default is 1-1/4 points (1.25p).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -UL- -->
+
+<h4 id="ul" class="docs">INLINE ESCAPE FOR UNDERLINING</h4>
+
+<p>
+The macro pair,
+<kbd><a href="#underline">.UNDERLINE</a></kbd> /
+<kbd>.UNDERLINE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>, and the inline escapes,
+<span class="nobr"><kbd>\*[UL]</kbd> / <kbd>\*[ULX]</kbd></span>, are
+functionally identical, hence, in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill</a>
+modes
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Which should I heed?
+  .UNDERLINE
+  Just do it
+  .UNDERLINE OFF
+  or
+  .UNDERLINE
+  just say no?
+  .UNDERLINE OFF
+</span>
+produces the same result as
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Which should I heed? \*[UL]Just do it\*[ULX] or \*[UL]just say no?\*[ULX]
+</span>
+In either case, this is a misuse of UNDERLINE.
+<a href="#underscore">UNDERSCORE</a>
+is preferable.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pad" class="macro-id">Insert equalized whitespace into lines</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;string with pad markers inserted&gt;&quot; [ NOBREAK ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+With PAD, you can insert proportional amounts of whitespace into a
+line.  The optional <kbd id="nobreak" class="bold">NOBREAK</kbd>
+argument tells mom not to advance on the page after the PAD macro
+has been invoked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PAD calculates the difference between the length of text on the line
+and the distance remaining to its end, then inserts the difference
+(as whitespace) at the place(s) you specify.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Take, for example, the following relatively common typesetting
+situation, found at the bottom of legal agreements:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  Date             Signature                               |
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The person signing the agreement is supposed to fill in the date
+as well as a signature.  Space needs to be left for both, but the
+exact amount is neither known, nor important.  All that matters is
+that there be a little space after Date, and rather more space after
+Signature.  (In the above, <kbd>|</kbd> represents the
+end of the line at the prevailing line length.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The
+<a href="goodies.html#pad-marker">pad marker</a>
+(see below) is <kbd>#</kbd> (the pound or number sign
+on your keyboard) and can be used multiple times in a line.  With
+that in mind, here&#8217;s how you&#8217;d input the Date/Signature line
+(assuming a length of 30 picas):
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .LL 30P
+  .PAD "Date#Signature###"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the line is output, the space remaining on the line, after
+&quot;Date&quot; and &quot;Signature&quot; have been taken into
+account, is split into four (because there are four # signs).  One
+quarter of the space is inserted between Date and Signature, the
+remainder is inserted after Signature.
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples-container">
+<h3 id="pad-example" class="docs notes">Example of PAD usage</h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+One rarely wants merely to insert space in a line; one usually wants
+to fill it with something, hence PAD is particularly useful in
+conjunction with
+<a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs">string tabs</a>.
+The following uses the Date/Signature example, above, but adds
+rules into the whitespace through the use of string tabs and
+mom&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-rule-mom"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd></a>.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL 30P
+  .PAD "Date \*[ST1]#\*[ST1X] Signature \*[ST2]###\*[ST2X]" NOBREAK
+  .ST 1 J
+  .ST 2 J
+  .TAB 1
+  \*[RULE]
+  .TN
+  \*[RULE]
+  .TQ
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s what the example does:
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>Pads the Date/Signature line with a shorter space for Date
+     (<kbd>#</kbd>) and a longer space for Signature
+     (<kbd>###</kbd>), encloses the padded space with string tabs
+     markers, and outputs the line without advancing on the page.
+  </li>
+  <li>Sets the quad for the two string tabs (in this instance, justified).
+  </li>
+  <li>Calls the first string tab and draws a rule to its full
+      length.
+  </li>
+  <li>Calls the second tab with
+      <a href="typesetting.html#tn">TN</a>
+      (which moves to tab 2 and stays on the same baseline)
+      then draws a rule to the full length of string tab 2.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+Often, when setting up string tabs this way, you don&#8217;t want the
+padded line to print immediately.  To accomplish this, use
+<kbd><a href="#silent">SILENT</a></kbd>.
+See the
+<a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs-tut">quickie tutorial on string tabs</a>
+for an example.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Because the pound sign
+(<kbd>#</kbd>) is used as the pad marker, you
+can&#8217;t use it as a literal part of the pad string.  If you need
+the sign to appear in the text of a padded line, change the pad
+marker with
+<kbd><a href="#pad-marker">PAD_MARKER</a></kbd>.
+Also, be aware that <kbd>#</kbd> as a pad marker
+only applies within the PAD macro; at all other times it prints
+literally, just as you&#8217;d expect.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Another important consideration when using PAD is that because the
+string must be enclosed in double-quotes, you can&#8217;t use the
+double-quote (<kbd>"</kbd>) as part of the string.  The
+way to circumvent this is to use the groff
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+<kbd>\(lq</kbd> and <kbd>\(rq</kbd>
+(leftquote and rightquote respectively) whenever double-quotes are
+required in the string passed to PAD.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -PAD_MARKER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pad-marker" class="macro-id">Change/set the marker used with PAD</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAD_MARKER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">"&lt;character to use as the pad marker&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you need to change mom&#8217;s default pad marker (<kbd
+class="bold">#</kbd>), either because you want a literal # in
+the padded line, or simply because you want to use another character
+instead, use PAD_MARKER, whose argument is the new pad marker
+character you want.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAD_MARKER @
+</span>
+changes the pad marker to <kbd>@</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once you&#8217;ve changed the pad marker, the new marker remains in effect
+for every instance of
+<a href="#pad">PAD</a>
+until you change it again (say, back to the pound sign).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -\*[LEADER]- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="leader" class="macro-id">Inline escape to add leaders to a line</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inline: <b>\*[LEADER]</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Whenever you want to fill a line or tab with
+<a href="definitions.html#leader">leaders</a>,
+use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[LEADER]</span></kbd>.  The remainder of the line or
+tab will be filled with the leader character. Mom&#8217;s default
+leader character is a period (dot), but you can change it to any
+character you like with
+<kbd><a href="#leader-character">LEADER_CHARACTER</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>\*[LEADER]</kbd> fills lines or tabs right to
+their end.  You cannot insert leaders into a line or tab and have
+text following the leader on the same line or in the same tab.
+Should you wish to achieve such an effect typographically, create
+tabs for each element of the line and fill them appropriately with
+the text and leaders you need.
+<a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs">String tabs</a>
+are perfect for this.  An example follows.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .LL 30P
+  .PAD "Date\*[ST1]#\*[ST1X]  Signature\*[ST2]###\*[ST2X]" NOBREAK
+  .EL
+  .ST 1 J
+  .ST 2 J
+  .TAB 1
+  \*[LEADER]
+  .TN
+  \*[LEADER]
+  .TQ
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+The PAD line sets the words Date and Signature, and marks string
+tabs around the pad space inserted in the line.  The string tabs are
+then &quot;set&quot;, called, and filled with leaders.  The result
+looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  Date.............Signature.....................................
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -LEADER_CHARACTER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="leader-character" class="macro-id">Change/set the leader character</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LEADER_CHARACTER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;character&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+LEADER_CHARACTER takes one argument: a single character you would
+like to be used for
+<a href="definitions.html#leader">leaders</a>.
+(See
+<a href="#leader"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[LEADER]</span></kbd></a>
+for an explanation of how to fill lines with leaders.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, to change the leader character from mom&#8217;s
+default (a period) to the underscore character, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEADER_CHARACTER _
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+A particularly useful function of LEADER_CHARACTER is that it can be
+used to increase the spacing of mom&#8217;s default leaders.  This is
+done by assigning to LEADER_CHARACTER both the period (dot) and a
+space.  The technique requires a little low-level groffing:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .char \[leader] . \"
+  .LEADER_CHARACTER \[leader]
+</span>
+The <kbd>.char</kbd>
+<a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitive</a>
+allows you to define a character called <kbd>leader</kbd>, to which
+you assign a period and a space.  The <kbd>\"</kbd>, which, in
+groff, is used to add non-printing comments to a line, is not
+strictly necessary.  Its presence here lets you see that
+there&#8217;s a space after the period.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DROPCAP- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="dropcap" class="macro-id">Drop caps</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DROPCAP</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;dropcap letter&gt; &lt;number of lines to drop&gt; [ COND &lt;percentage&gt; | EXT &lt;percentage&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The first two arguments to DROPCAP are the letter you want to be the
+<a href="definitions.html#dropcap">drop cap</a>
+and the number of lines you want it to drop.  By default, mom uses
+the current family and font for the drop cap.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The optional argument (<kbd>COND</kbd> or <kbd>EXT</kbd>) indicates
+that you want the drop cap condensed (narrower) or extended (wider).
+If you use <kbd class="bold">COND</kbd> or <kbd>EXT</kbd>, you must
+follow the argument with the percentage of the letter&#8217;s normal
+width you want it condensed or extended.  No percent sign
+(<kbd>%</kbd>) is required.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom will do her very best to get the drop cap to line up with the
+first line of text indented beside it, then set the correct number
+of indented lines, and restore your left margin when the number of
+drop cap lines has been reached.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Beginning a paragraph with a drop cap &#8220;T&#8221; looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DROPCAP T 3 COND 90
+  he thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as best I
+  could, but when he ventured upon insult, I vowed revenge.
+  You who so well know the nature of my soul will not suppose,
+  however, that I gave utterance to a threat...
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The drop cap, slightly condensed but in the current family and font,
+will be three lines tall, with whatever text fills those three
+lines indented to the right of the letter.  The remainder of the
+paragraph&#8217;s text will revert to the left margin.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+When using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macro</a>
+<a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a>,
+DROPCAP only works
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>with initial paragraphs (i.e. at the start of the document,
+      or after
+      <a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>),</li>
+  <li>when <kbd>.DROPCAP</kbd> comes immediately after <kbd>.PP</kbd>,</li>
+  <li>the
+      <a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+      is TYPESET.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>
+If these conditions aren&#8217;t met, DROPCAP is silently ignored.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+If you have dropcaps after
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>s,
+you must increase the <kbd>NEEDS</kbd> argument to
+<a href="docelement.html#heading-style">HEADING_STYLE</a>
+to match the number of dropcap lines.  For example, assuming
+dropcaps that are three lines tall:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 NEEDS 3
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Warning:</span>
+DROPCAP puts a bit of a strain on resource-challenged systems.  If
+you have such a system and use drop caps extensively in a document,
+be prepared for a wait while mom does her thing.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="dropcap-support" class="docs control-macros-header">Support macros for DROPCAP</h3>
+<p>
+Drop caps are the bane of most typesetters&#8217; existence.
+It&#8217;s very difficult to get the size of the drop cap right
+for the number of drop lines, especially if the drop cap is in a
+different family from the prevailing family of running text.  Not
+only that, but there&#8217;s the gutter around the drop cap to take
+into account, plus the fact that the letter may be too wide or too
+narrow to look anything but odd or misplaced.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom solves the last of these problems with the <kbd>COND</kbd> and
+<kbd>EXT</kbd> arguments.  The rest she solves with macros that
+change the default behaviour of DROPCAP, namely
+</p>
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#dropcap-family">DROPCAP_FAMILY</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#dropcap-font">DROPCAP_FONT</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#dropcap-color">DROPCAP_COLOR</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#dropcap-adjust">DROPCAP_ADJUST</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#dropcap-gutter">DROPCAP_GUTTER</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+These macros must, of course, come before you invoke DROPCAP.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="dropcap-family" class="control-macro">&bull;&nbsp;DROPCAP_FAMILY</h3>
+<p style="margin-left: .66em;">
+Set the drop cap family by giving DROPCAP_FAMILY the name of the
+family you want, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DROPCAP_FAMILY H
+</span>
+which will set the family to Helvetica for the drop cap only.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="dropcap-font" class="control-macro">&bull;&nbsp;DROPCAP_FONT</h3>
+<p style="margin-left: .66em;">
+Set the drop cap font by giving DROPCAP_FONT the name of the font
+you want, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DROPCAP_FONT I
+</span>
+which will set the font to italic for the drop cap only.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="dropcap-adjust" class="control-macro">&bull;&nbsp;DROPCAP_ADJUST</h3>
+<p style="margin-left: .66em;">
+If the size mom calculates for the drop cap isn&#8217;t precisely
+what you want, you can increase or decrease it with DROPCAP_ADJUST,
+like this: e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DROPCAP_ADJUST +1
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre">
+  .DROPCAP_ADJUST -.75
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-left: .66em;">
+DROPCAP_ADJUST only understands
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>,
+therefore do not append any
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+to the argument.  And always be sure to prepend the plus or
+minus sign, depending on whether you want the drop cap larger or
+smaller.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="dropcap-color" class="control-macro">&bull;&nbsp;DROPCAP_COLOR</h3>
+<p style="margin-left: .66em;">
+If you&#8217;d like your drop cap colourized, simply invoke
+<kbd>.DROPCAP_COLOR&nbsp;&lt;color&gt;</kbd> with the name of a
+colour you&#8217;ve already created (&#8220;initialized&#8221;) with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+Only the drop cap will be colourized; all other text will remain at
+the current colour default (usually black).
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="dropcap-gutter" class="control-macro">&bull;&nbsp;DROPCAP_GUTTER</h3>
+<p style="margin-left: .66em;">
+By default, mom puts three points of space between the drop cap
+and the text indented beside it.  If you want another value, use
+DROPCAP_GUTTER (with a unit of measure), like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DROPCAP_GUTTER 6p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -\*[SUP]- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="sup" class="macro-id">Superscript</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inlines: <kbd>\*[SUP]...\*[SUPX]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Superscripts are accomplished
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline</a>.
+Whenever you need one, typically for numerals, all you need
+to do is surround the superscript with the inlines above.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SUP]</span></kbd> begins superscripting;
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SUPX]</span></kbd> turns it off.
+</p>
+
+<p id="cond-or-ext-sup">
+If your running type is
+<a href="typesetting.html#cond-inline">pseudo-condensed</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#ext-inline">pseudo-extended</a>
+and you want your superscripts to be equivalently pseudo-condensed
+or -extended, use
+<br/>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CONDSUP]...\*[CONDSUPX]</span></kbd> or
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXTSUP]...\*[EXTSUPX]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The superscript inlines are primarily used by the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+for automatic generation of numbered footnotes.  However, you may
+find them useful for other purposes.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom does a pretty fine job of making superscripts look good in any
+font and at any size.  If you&#8217;re fussy, though (and I am),
+about precise vertical placement, kerning, weight, size, and so on,
+you may want to roll your own solution.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="sup-raise" class="docs">SUPERSCRIPT RAISE AMOUNT</h3>
+<p>
+By default, mom raises superscripts 1/3 of an
+<a href="definitions.html#em">em</a>
+above the baseline.  If you&#8217;re not happy with this default,
+you can change it by invoking SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT with the
+amount you want them raised.  A
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+must be appended directly to the amount.  Thus, if you want
+superscripts raised by 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+instead of 1/3 em, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT 3p
+</span>
+and all subsequent superscripts would be raised by 3 points.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -CENTER BLOCK- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="center-block" class="macro-id">Centre blocks of type</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CENTER_BLOCK</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Blocks of type sometimes need to be centred on the page with their quad
+direction (left, centre, right) left intact.  The
+document processing macros
+<a href="docelement.html#quote">QUOTE</a>
+and
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>
+take care of this automatically, but there are other situations
+where you may want to centre blocks of type.  An example might be
+left-quadded
+<a href="docelement.html#list-intro">nested lists</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whenever you want to centre a block of type on the page, surround it
+with <kbd>.CENTER_BLOCK/.CENTER_BLOCK OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="left-hang" class="macro-id">Hanging characters</h3>
+</div>
+<br/>
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LEFT_HANG</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;character&gt; [ &lt;gutter&gt;</kbd> ]
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;left-hung characters
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em">
+Inline: <b>\*[HANG <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;character&gt;</kbd>]</b>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;right-hung characters
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hung characters, frequently punctuation, fall outside the left or
+right margin.  Their purpose is usually to fine-tune justification.
+Consider the following:
+</p>
+
+<table style="margin-left: 3%; margin-right: 6%; text-align: justify">
+<tr>
+<td style="padding-right: 1em">
+&#8220;Play the man, Master Ridley; we
+shall this day light such a candle,
+by God's grace, in England, as I
+trust shall never be put out.&#8221;
+</td>
+<td>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;
+</td>
+<td style="margin-right: 0; padding-right: 0">
+&#8220;
+<br/>
+<br/>
+<br/>
+<br/>
+</td>
+<td style="margin-left: 0; padding-left: 0">
+Play the man, Master Ridley; we
+shall this day light such a candle,
+by God's grace, in England, as I
+trust shall never be put out.&#8221;</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>
+In the right hand example, the opening double-quote hangs outside
+the left margin, creating a uniform left margin for the text.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs">Left hung characters</h4>
+
+<p>
+LEFT_HANG hangs its first argument, the character to be hung, to
+the left of the left margin.  The optional second argument lets you
+specify an amount of space to insert between the hung character and
+the text.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Input text after LEFT_HANG must begin with the character to be hung
+PLUS a
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-horizontal-mom">horizontal motion</a>
+corresponding to <kbd>&lt;gutter&gt;</kbd> if one was given.
+If the hung character is a left double-quote, <kbd>\[lq]</kbd>
+must be used as the argument to LEFT_HANG and the usual keyboard
+double-quote (<kbd>"</kbd>) entered as the input text so as not to
+confuse
+<a href="goodies.html#smartquotes">SMARTQUOTES</a>
+The following example demonstrates:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT_HANG \[lq] 1p
+  "\*[FWD 1p]This line will have its opening double-quote
+  plus one point of space hung outside the left margin."
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -1em">
+Note that what follows LEFT_HANG must be an input line and therefore
+it cannot be used to left-hang a
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>
+character.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Versions of mom lower than 2.5_a that included LEFT_HANG required
+that the character and its gutter be entered as a single,
+concatenated argument, using horizontal motions to establish the
+gutter
+(e.g.
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-horizontal-mom">FWD</a>,
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-horizontal-mom">BCK</a>).
+Documents created with versions prior to 2.5_a may have to be
+updated.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="docs">Right hung characters</h4>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>\*[HANG&nbsp;c]</kbd> inline escape hangs its argument outside
+the right margin of justified or quad right copy.  The argument may
+be a single character, or a single character preceded by a
+horizontal motion, effectively establishing a gutter between the
+right margin and the hung character:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: .25em">
+  This line will have its closing period hung outside
+  the right margin with a one point gutter\*[HANG \*[FWD 1p].]
+</span>
+If the hung character is a right double-quote, <kbd>"\[rq]"</kbd>
+must be used as the argument (that is, the <kbd>\[rq]</kbd>
+character surrounded by double-quotes).  The double-quotes are
+required for all special characters of the form
+<kbd style="whitespace: nowrap">\[name]</kbd>.
+Horizontal motion, if any, must fall inside the double-quotes:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   ...and they all lived happily ever after.\*[HANG "\*[FWD 1p]\[rq]"]
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the hung character is a hyphen,
+<kbd style="whitespace: nowrap"><span class="nobr">\*[HANG&nbsp;-]</span></kbd>
+must come at the end of an
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>.
+This restriction does not apply to other characters, which may come
+anywhere in an input line provided that, on output, the line breaks
+at the point you introduced the hung character.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For the exceptionally fussy, <kbd>\*[HANG]</kbd> may also be used to
+improve visual centring; when text is centred, <kbd
+style="whitespace: nowrap">\*[HANG&nbsp;c]</kbd>
+hangs the character to the right of the centred line instead of the
+margin.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="inlines.html#top">Next: Inline escapes</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/graphical.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/graphical.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f373b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/graphical.html
@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Graphical Objects</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="docprocessing.html#top">Next: Document processing</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Graphical objects</h1>
+
+<div style="text-align: center;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -2.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#intro-graphical">Introduction to graphical objects</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#behaviour">Graphical objects behaviour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#order">Order of arguments</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#index-graphical">Index of graphical objects macros</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="intro-graphical" class="docs">Introduction to graphical objects</h2>
+
+<p>
+Groff has a number of
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+for drawing rules, polygons, ellipses and splines.  All begin with
+<kbd>\D</kbd> (presumably for &#8220;Draw&#8221;) and are documented
+in the groff info manual:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  info groff \D
+</span>
+The escapes allow you to draw just about any simple graphical object
+you can think of, but owing to their syntax they&#8217;re not always easy
+to read, which can make tweaking them difficult.  Additionally,
+while they perform in a <i>consistent</i> manner, they don&#8217;t
+always perform in an <i>expected</i> manner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Experience shows that the most common graphical elements typesetters
+need are rules (horizontal and vertical), boxes, and circles (or
+ellipses).  For this reason, mom provides macros
+to draw these objects in an easy-to-understand way; the results are
+predictable, and mom&#8217;s syntax makes fixes or tweaks
+painless.
+</p>
+
+<p id="graphical-example">
+For example, if you want to draw a 2-inch square outline box at the left
+margin using groff&#8217;s <kbd>\D</kbd> escapes, it looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+             back up
+               by
+             weight
+            +-------+
+            |       |
+   \D't 500'\h'-500u'\D'p 2i 0 0 2i -2i 0 0 -2i'
+  |       |          |                        |
+  +-------+          +------------------------+
+   set rule          draw box, 1 line at a time
+    weight
+</span>
+
+Obviously, this isn&#8217;t very efficient for something as simple as a
+box.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s the same box, drawn with mom&#8217;s box drawing
+macro
+<kbd><a href="#dbx">DBX</a></kbd>:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  left margin indent--+  +--box width
+                      |  |
+             .DBX .5  0  2i  2i
+                  |          |
+     rule weight--+          +--box depth
+     (in points)
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s graphical object macros allow&mdash;in fact,
+require&mdash;giving the rule weight (&#8220;thickness&#8221;) for
+the object (or saying that you want it filled), an indent from the
+left margin where the object begins, the dimensions of the object,
+and optionally a colour for the object.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There are no defaults for the arguments to mom&#8217;s graphical
+object macros, which means you must supply the arguments every time
+you invoke them.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+As stated above, mom only provides macros for commonly-used
+graphical objects (rules, boxes, circles).  More complex objects
+(polygons, non-straight lines, splines) must be drawn using
+groff&#8217;s <kbd>\D</kbd> escapes.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="behaviour" class="docs">Graphical object behaviour</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s graphical object macros all behave in the following,
+carved-in-stone ways:
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+   <li>Objects are drawn from the
+       <a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+       down, including horizontal rules.</li>
+   <li>Objects begin precisely at the left indent supplied as
+       an argument to the macro.</li>
+   <li>Objects are drawn from left to right.</li>
+   <li>Enclosed objects (boxes, circles) are drawn from the
+       perimeter <i>inward</i>.</li>
+   <li>Objects return to their horizontal/vertical point of origin.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+The consistency means that once you&#8217;ve mastered the very
+simple order of arguments that applies to invoking graphical
+object macros, you can draw objects with full confidence that you
+know exactly where they&#8217;re placed and how much room they
+occupy.  Furthermore, because all return to their point of origin,
+you&#8217;ll know exactly where you are on the page.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="order" class="docs">Order of arguments</h3>
+
+<p>
+The order of arguments to the graphical object macros is the same
+for every macro:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>the rule weight
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.75em;">
+    <li>the single word <kbd>SOLID</kbd> may be used in place
+        of <kbd>weight</kbd> if you want boxes or circles filled</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>the indent from the current left margin at which to begin
+      the object
+  </li>
+  <li>the width of the object if applicable</li>
+  <li>the depth of the object if applicable</li>
+  <li>the colour of the object (optional)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-graphical" class="macro-list">Graphical objects macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#drh">DRH</a>
+      &ndash; horizontal rules</li>
+  <li><a href="#drv">DRV</a>
+      &ndash; vertical rules</li>
+  <li><a href="#dbx">DBX</a>
+      &ndash; box</li>
+  <li><a href="#dcl">DCL</a>
+      &ndash; circles or ellipses</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DRH- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="drh" class="macro-id">Drawing horizontal rules</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DRH</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; | &lt;weight&gt;  &lt;indent&gt; &lt;width&gt; [&lt;colour&gt;]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;
+the argument to <kbd class="normal">&lt;weight&gt;</kbd> is in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints" class="normal">points</a>,
+but do <span class="normal">not</span> append the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<kbd class="normal">p</kbd>
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;width&gt;</kbd>
+require a unit of measure
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;
+arithmetic expressions to
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;width&gt;</kbd>
+must be surrounded by parentheses
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If all you want is to draw a rule from your current left
+margin to your current right margin (in other words, a &quot;full
+measure&quot; rule), you may invoke <kbd>.DRH</kbd> without any
+arguments.
+</p>
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+DRH is the only graphical object macro that may be invoked
+without arguments.  The weight (&#8220;thickness&#8221;) of
+the rule is determined by the argument you last gave the
+macro
+<a href="inlines.html#rule-weight">RULE_WEIGHT</a>.
+DRH, used this way, is exactly equivalent to entering the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-rule-mom"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd></a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+To draw horizontal rules of a specified width, you must, at
+a minimum, supply DRH with the arguments <kbd>weight,</kbd>
+<kbd>indent</kbd> (measured from the current left margin) and
+<kbd>width</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Optionally, you may give a <kbd>color</kbd> argument.  The colour
+may be either one defined with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>,
+or a named X-color initialized with
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>,
+or an X-color alias (again, initialized with XCOLOR).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, you want to draw a 1-1/4 point horizontal rule
+that starts 2 picas from the current left margin and runs for 3
+inches.  To do so, you&#8217;d invoke <kbd>.DRH</kbd> like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+      weight  width
+         |      |
+  .DRH 1.25 2P 3i
+            |
+          indent
+</span>
+(Note that the rule weight argument, which is expressed in points,
+must not have the unit of measure <kbd>p</kbd> appended to it.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, in addition, you want the rule blue:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DRH 1.25 2P 3i blue
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">How mom handles the positioning of horizontal rules</h3>
+
+<p>
+Horizontal rules are drawn from left to right, and from the baseline
+down. &#8220;From the baseline down&#8221; means that if you request
+a rule with a weight of four points, the four points of rule fall
+entirely below the baseline.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Furthermore, after the rule is drawn, mom returns you to the current
+left margin, at the same vertical position on the page as when DRH
+was invoked.  In other words, DRH causes no movement on the page,
+either horizontal or vertical.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -DRV- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="drv" class="macro-id">Drawing vertical rules</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DRV</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;weight&gt;  &lt;indent&gt; &lt;depth&gt; [&lt;colour&gt;]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;
+the argument to <kbd class="normal">&lt;weight&gt;</kbd> is in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints" class="normal">points</a>,
+but do <span class="normal">not</span> append the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<kbd class="normal">p</kbd>
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;depth&gt;</kbd>
+require a unit of measure
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;
+arithmetic expressions to
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;depth&gt;</kbd>
+must be surrounded by parentheses
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To draw vertical rules of a specified depth, you must, at
+a minimum, supply DRV with the arguments <kbd>weight,</kbd>
+<kbd>indent</kbd> (measured from the current left margin) and
+<kbd>depth</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Optionally, you may give a <kbd>color</kbd> argument.  The colour
+may be either one defined with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>,
+or a named X-color initialized with
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>,
+or an X-color alias (again, initialized with XCOLOR).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, you want to draw a 3/4-point vertical rule that
+starts 19-1/2 picas from the current left margin and has a depth of
+6 centimetres.  To do so, you&#8217;d invoke <kbd>.DRV</kbd> like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+       weight   depth
+         |        |
+  .DRV .75 19P+6p 6c
+             |
+           indent
+</span>
+(Note that the rule weight argument, which is expressed in points,
+must not have the unit of measure <kbd>p</kbd> appended to it.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, in addition, you want the rule red:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DRV .75 19P+6p 6c red
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">How mom handles the positioning of vertical rules</h3>
+
+<p>
+Vertical rules are drawn from the baseline down, and from left to
+right. &quot;Left to right&quot; means that if you request a rule
+with a weight of four points, the four points of rule fall entirely
+to the right of the indent given to DRV.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Furthermore, after the rule is drawn, mom returns you to the current
+left margin, at the same vertical position on the page as when DRV
+was invoked.  In other words, DRV causes no movement on the page,
+either horizontal or vertical.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -DBX- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="dbx" class="macro-id">Drawing boxes</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DBX</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;weight&gt;|SOLID &lt;indent&gt; &lt;width&gt;|FULL_MEASURE &lt;depth&gt; [&lt;color&gt;]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;
+the argument to <kbd class="normal">&lt;weight&gt;</kbd> is in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints" class="normal">points</a>,
+but do <span class="normal">not</span> append the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<kbd class="normal">p</kbd>
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;width&gt;</kbd>,
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;depth&gt;</kbd>
+require a unit of measure
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;
+arithmetic expressions to
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;width&gt;</kbd>,
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;depth&gt;</kbd>
+must be enclosed in parentheses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To draw boxes you must, at a minimum, supply DBX with the arguments
+<kbd>weight</kbd> or <kbd>SOLID</kbd>, <kbd>indent</kbd>,
+<kbd>width</kbd> or <kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd>, and <kbd>depth</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>weight</kbd> is the rule weight of outlined boxes, given in
+points but without the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<kbd>p</kbd> appended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>SOLID</kbd> is given as the first argument, the box is
+filled rather than outlined and no <kbd>weight</kbd> argument should
+be supplied.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>indent</kbd> is measured from the current left margin.  If
+<kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd> is given, <kbd>indent</kbd> should be set to
+&#8220;0&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>width</kbd> is the width of the box with a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended, caclculated from <kbd>indent</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd> is given instead of <kbd>width</kbd>,
+it circumvents having to calculate the width when left and/or right
+indents are in effect; mom draws the box from the current left
+margin to the current right margin.  When no indents are in effect,
+<kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd> or <kbd>\n[.l]u</kbd>&#8212;the groff
+way of saying &#8220;the current line length&#8221;&#8212;have the
+same effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Optionally, you may give a <kbd>color</kbd> argument.  The colour
+may be either one defined with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>,
+or a named X-color initialized with
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>,
+or an X-color alias (again, initialized with XCOLOR).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, you want to draw a 1/2 point outline box that
+starts one inch from the current left margin and has the dimensions 
+12 picas x 6 picas.  To do so, you&#8217;d invoke <kbd>.DBX</kbd>
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+         indent   depth
+           |        |
+  .DBX .5  1i  12P  6P
+        |       |
+     weight   width
+</span>
+(Note that the box weight argument, which is expressed in points,
+must not have the unit of measure <kbd>p</kbd> appended to it.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want the same box, but solid (&#8220;filled&#8221;) rather
+than drawn as an outline:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DBX SOLID 1i 12P 6P
+</span>
+Additionally, if you want the box green:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DBX .5 1i 12P 6P green
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DBX SOLID 1i 12P 6P green
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">How mom handles the positioning of boxes</h3>
+
+<p>
+Boxes are drawn from the baseline down, from left to right, and
+from the perimeter <i>inward</i>. &#8220;From the perimeter
+inward&#8221; means that if you request a box weight of six points,
+the 6-point rules used to draw the outline of the box fall entirely
+<i>within</i> the dimensions of the box.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Furthermore, after the box is drawn, mom returns you to the current
+left margin, at the same vertical position on the page as when DBX
+was invoked.  In other words, DBX causes no movement on the page,
+either horizontal or vertical.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -DCL- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="dcl" class="macro-id">Drawing circles (ellipses)</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DCL</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;weight&gt;|SOLID &lt;indent&gt; &lt;width&gt;|FULL_MEASURE &lt;depth&gt; [&lt;color&gt;]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;
+the argument to <kbd class="normal">&lt;weight&gt;</kbd> is in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints" class="normal">points</a>,
+but do <span class="normal">not</span> append the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<kbd class="normal">p</kbd>
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;width&gt;</kbd>,
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;depth&gt;</kbd>
+require a unit of measure
+<br/>
+&bull;&nbsp;
+arithmetic expressions to
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;width&gt;</kbd>,
+and
+<kbd class="normal">&lt;depth&gt;</kbd>
+must be enclosed in parentheses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To draw circles you must, at a minimum, supply DCL with the arguments
+<kbd>weight</kbd> or <kbd>SOLID</kbd>, <kbd>indent</kbd>,
+<kbd>width</kbd> or <kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd>, and <kbd>depth</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>weight</kbd> is the rule weight of outlined circles, given in
+points but without the unit of measure
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<kbd>p</kbd> appended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>SOLID</kbd> is given as the first argument, the circle is
+filled rather than outlined and no <kbd>weight</kbd> argument should
+be supplied.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>indent</kbd> is measured from the current left margin.  If
+<kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd> is given, <kbd>indent</kbd> should be set to
+&#8220;0&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>width</kbd> is the width of the circle with a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitsofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended, caclculated from <kbd>indent</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd> is given instead of <kbd>width</kbd>,
+it circumvents having to calculate the width when left and/or right
+indents are in effect; mom draws the circle from the current left
+margin to the current right margin.  When no indents are in effect,
+<kbd>FULL_MEASURE</kbd> or <kbd>\n[.l]u</kbd>&#8212;the groff
+way of saying &#8220;the current line length&#8221;&#8212;have the
+same effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Optionally, you may give a <kbd>color</kbd> argument.  The colour
+may be either one defined with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>,
+or a named X-color initialized with
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>,
+or an X-color alias (again, initialized with XCOLOR).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, you want to draw a 1/2 point outline circle that
+starts one inch from the current left margin and has the dimensions 
+12 picas x 6 picas.  To do so, you&#8217;d invoke <kbd>.DCL</kbd>
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+         indent   depth
+           |        |
+  .DCL .5  1i  12P  6P
+        |       |
+     weight   width
+</span>
+(Note that the circle weight argument, which is expressed in points,
+must not have the unit of measure <kbd>p</kbd> appended to it.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want the same circle, but solid (&#8220;filled&#8221;) rather
+than drawn as an outline:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DCL SOLID 1i 12P 6P
+</span>
+Additionally, if you want the circle green:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DCL .5 1i 12P 6P green
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DCL SOLID 1i 12P 6P green
+</span>
+</p>
+
+
+<h3 class="docs">How mom handles the positioning of circles (ellipses)</h3>
+
+<p>
+Circles (ellipses) are drawn from the baseline down, from left
+to right, and from the perimeter <i>inward</i>. &#8220;From the
+perimeter inward&#8221; means that if you request a circle weight of
+six points, the 6-point rule used to draw the outline of the circle
+or ellipse falls entirely <i>within</i> the dimensions of the
+circle or ellipse.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Furthermore, after the circle is drawn, mom returns you to the
+current left margin, at the same vertical position on the page as
+when DCL was invoked.  In other words, DCL causes no movement on the
+page, either horizontal or vertical.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="docprocessing.html#top">Next: Document processing</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c11ab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2341 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Document processing, page headers/footers and pagination</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="rectoverso.html#top">Next: Recto/verso printing, collating</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Page headers/footers, pagination</h1>
+
+<div style="text-align: center;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -2.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#headfootpage-intro">Introduction &ndash; VERY IMPORTANT; read me!</a></li>
+  <li> <a href="#pagination-note">An important note on pagination</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#description-general">General description of headers/footers</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#header-style">Default specs for headers/footers</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#vertical-spacing">Vertical placement and spacing of headers/footers</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="toc-doc-head-foot-page" class="docs" style="text-align: center;">Table of contents</h2>
+
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header" style="margin-top: 1em;"><a class="header-link" href="#headfoot-management">Managing page headers and footers</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#headers">HEADERS</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#footer-on-first-page">FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#headfoot-control">Control macros for headers/footers</a></h3>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+    <li><a href="#index-headfoot-control">Header/footer control macros and defaults</a>
+  <ul class="toc-docproc">
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-strings">Header/footer strings</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#reserved-strings">Using mom&#8217;s reserved strings in header/footer definitions</a> (TITLE, AUTHOR, etc.)</li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-style">Header/footer style</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-style-global">Global changes</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-style-part">Part-by-part changes</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-vertical">Vertical placement and spacing of headers/footers</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-margin">HEADER_MARGIN&nbsp;/&nbsp;FOOTER_MARGIN</a>
+      <ul class="toc-docproc no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -2em;">
+        <li>&ndash;&nbsp;<a href="#footer-margin">Important: FOOTER_MARGIN and bottom margins</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-separator">The header/footer separator rule</a>
+    <ul class="toc-docproc">
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule">HEADER_RULE</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-weight">HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT</a> &ndash; weight of the rule</li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-gap">HEADER_RULE_GAP</a> &ndash; distance of rule from header/footer</li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-color">HEADER_RULE_COLOR</a> &ndash; colour of the header/footer rule</li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#userdef-hdrftr-rv">User-defined, single string recto/verso headers/footers</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-recto">HEADER_RECTO, HEADER_VERSO</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em">
+    <li><a href="#userdef-hdrftr">User-defined, single string headers/footers (no recto/verso)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#padding-hdrftr">Padding the header-recto/header-verso string</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#headers-and-footers-intro">Headers and footers on the same page</a></h3>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header" style="margin-top: .75em;"><a class="header-link" href="#pagination-intro">Pagination</a></h3>
+<ul class="toc-docproc" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#index-pagination">Pagination macros</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#index-paginate-control">Pagination control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="toc toc-docproc-header"><a class="header-link" href="#blank-pages">Inserting blank pages into a document</a></h3>
+
+<div class="rule-medium" style="margin-top: 1.5em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="headfootpage-intro" class="macro-group">Managing page headers and footers</h2>
+
+<div id="headerfooter" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Because headers and footers are virtually identical, this
+documentation addresses itself only to headers.  In all cases,
+unless otherwise noted, descriptions of headers describe footers as
+well.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Furthermore, any
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macro</a>
+that begins with HEADER_ may be used to control footers, simply by
+replacing HEADER_ with FOOTER_.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.75em;">
+<a href="definitions.html#header">Headers</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>,
+as defined in the section
+<a href="definitions.html#mom">Mom&#8217;s Document Processing Terms</a>,
+are those parts of a document that contain information about the document
+itself which appear in the margins either above or below
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+They are, in all respects but two, identical.  The differences are:
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>headers appear in the margin <i>above</i> running text while
+      footers appear in the margin <i>beneath</i> running text;
+  </li>
+  <li>the (optional) rule that separates headers from running
+      text appears <i>below</i> the header while
+      the (optional) rule that separates footers from running
+      text appears <i>above</i> the footer.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<div id="pagination-note" class="box-tip" style="margin-top: 1.5em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+While the single page number that mom generates in either the top
+or bottom margin above or below running text is technically a kind
+of header/footer, mom and this documentation treat it as a separate
+page element.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="author-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Author&#8217;s note:</span>
+Left to their own devices (i.e. if you&#8217;re happy with the way
+mom does things by default), headers are something you never have to
+worry about.  You can skip reading this section entirely.  But if
+you want to change them, be advised that headers have more macros to
+control their appearance than any other document element.  The text
+of this documentation becomes correspondingly dense at this point.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="description-general" class="docs">General description of headers/footers</h3>
+
+<p>
+Headers comprise three distinct parts: a left part, a centre part,
+and a right part.  Each part contains text (a &#8220;string&#8221;)
+that identifies some aspect of the document as a whole.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The left part (&#8220;header-left&#8221;) lines up with the
+document&#8217;s left margin.  The centre part (&#8220;header
+centre&#8221;) is centred on the document&#8217;s line length.
+The right part (&#8220;header-right&#8221;) lines up with the
+document&#8217;s right margin.  Not all parts need contain a string,
+and if you don&#8217;t want headers at all, you can turn them off
+completely.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note to groff experts:</span>
+Although mom&#8217;s headers resemble the three-part titles
+generated by <kbd>.tl</kbd>, they&#8217;re in no way related to it,
+nor based upon it. <kbd>.tl</kbd> is not used at all in mom.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Normally, mom fills headers with strings appropriate to the document
+type selected by
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>,
+with the author left, the document title right, and chapter or
+document type information in the centre.  You can, however, supply
+whatever strings you like&mdash;including page numbers&mdash;to go
+in any part of headers.  What&#8217;s more, you can set the family,
+font, size, colour and capitalization style (caps, caps/lower-case,
+or smallcaps) for each header part individually.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom prints a horizontal rule beneath headers to separate
+them visually from running text.  In the case of footers, the rule
+is above.  You can increase or decrease the space between the header
+and the rule if you like (with
+<kbd><a href="#hdrftr-rule-gap">HEADER_RULE_GAP</a></kbd>),
+or remove it completely.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="header-style" class="docs">Default specs for headers/footers</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom makes small type adjustments to each part of the header (left,
+centre, right) to achieve an aesthetically pleasing result.  The
+defaults are listed below.  (The strings mom puts by default in each
+part are explained in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px; padding-bottom: 6px; text-align: center;">
+<i>Note:</i> Except for capitalization (all caps or caps/lower-case),
+these defaults apply only to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;<kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+TYPE SPEC    HEADER LEFT         HEADER CENTER       HEADER RIGHT
+---------    -----------         -------------       ------------
+Family       document default    document default    document default
+Font         roman               italic              roman
+Colour       (black)             (black)             (black)
+All caps     no                  no                  yes
+Size*        -.5 (points)        -.5 (points)        -2 (points)
+            (-2 if all caps)    (-2 if all caps)    (-.5 if not all caps)
+
+*Relative to the point size of <a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -1.5em;">
+You can, of course, change any of the defaults using the appropriate
+control macros.  And should you wish to design headers from the
+ground up, mom has a special macro
+<a href="#hdrftr-plain">HEADER_PLAIN</a>
+that removes all type adjustments to headers.  The
+type specs for running text are used instead, providing a simple
+reference point for any alterations you want to make to the family,
+font, size, and capitalization style of any header part.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="vertical-spacing" class="docs">Vertical placement and spacing of headers/footers</h3>
+
+<p>
+As explained in the section,
+<a href="docprocessing.html#behaviour">Typesetting macros during document processing</a>,
+the top and bottom margins of a mom document are the vertical start
+and end positions of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>,
+not the vertical positions of headers or footers, which, by definition,
+appear in the margins above (or below) running text.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The vertical placement of headers is controlled by the macro
+<a href="#hdrftr-margin">HEADER_MARGIN</a>,
+which establishes the
+<a href="definitions.html">baseline</a>
+position of headers relative to the top edge of the page.  The
+header rule, whose position is relative to the header itself, is
+controlled by a separate macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FOOTER_MARGIN is the counterpart to HEADER_MARGIN, and establishes
+the baseline position of footers relative to the bottom edge of the
+page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The distance between headers and the start
+of running text can be controlled with the macro
+<a href="#hdrftr-gap">HEADER_GAP</a>,
+effectively making HEADER_MARGIN + HEADER_GAP the top margin of
+running text unless you give mom a literal top margin (with
+<a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>)
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#page">PAGE</a>,
+in which case she ignores HEADER_GAP and begins the running text at
+whatever top margin you give.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FOOTER_GAP and
+<a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a>
+work similarly, except they determine where running text <i>ends</i>
+on the page.  (See
+<a href="#footer-margin">Important &ndash; footer margin and bottom margins</a>
+for a warning about possible conflicts between the footer margin and
+the bottom margin.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Confused?  Mom apologizes.  It&#8217;s really quite simple.  By
+default, mom sets headers <span class="nobr">4-1/2</span>
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+down from the top of the page and begins the running text 3 picas
+(the HEADER_GAP) beneath that, which means the effective top margin
+of the running text is <span class="nobr">7-1/2</span> picas (visually approx. 1
+inch).  However, if you give mom a literal top margin (with
+<a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>),
+she ignores the HEADER_GAP and starts the running text at whatever
+top margin you give.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Footers are treated similarly.  Mom sets footers 3 picas up from the
+bottom of the page, and interrupts the processing of running text 3
+picas (the FOOTER_GAP) above that (again, visually approx. 1 inch).
+However, if you give mom a literal bottom margin (with
+<a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a>),
+she ignores the FOOTER_GAP and interrupts the processing of running
+text at whatever bottom margin you give.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If mom is paginating your document (she does, by default, at the
+bottom of each page), the vertical spacing and placement of page
+numbers, whether at the top or the bottom of the page, is managed
+exactly as if the page numbers were headers (or footers), and are
+controlled by the same macros.  See
+<a href="#index-paginate-control">Pagination control</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="headfoot-management" class="macro-group">Managing headers/footers</h2>
+
+<p>
+The following are the basic macros for turning
+<a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>
+or
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+on or off.  They should be invoked prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom prints page headers.  If you turn
+them off, she will begin the
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+on each page with a default top margin of 6
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+unless you have requested a different top margin (with
+<a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>)
+prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<a href="#headers">HEADERS</a>
+and
+<a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a>
+are mutually exclusive.  If headers are on, footers (but not
+bottom-of-page numbering) are automatically turned off.  Equally,
+if footers are on, headers (but not top-of-page numbering) are
+automatically turned off.  Thus, if you&#8217;d prefer footers in a
+document, you need only invoke
+<kbd><a href="#footers">.FOOTERS</a></kbd>;
+there&#8217;s no need to turn headers off first.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em">
+If you need both headers and footers, there&#8217;s a special macro
+<a href="#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>
+that allows you to set it up.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-hdrftr" class="macro-list">Header/footer macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#headers">HEADERS</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#footer-on-first-page">FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#userdef-hdrftr-rv">User-defined, single string recto/verso headers/footers</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-rectoverso">HEADER_RECTO, HEADER_VERSO</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+      <li><a href="#userdef-hdrftr">User-defined, single string headers/footers (no recto/verso)</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#reserved-strings">Using mom&#8217;s reserved strings in header/footer definitions</a>
+        (title, author, etc.)
+    </li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#headers-and-footers-intro">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a> &ndash;
+       putting both headers and footers on document pages
+  </li>
+  <li><a href="#headfoot-control">Header and footer control macros</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HEADERS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 class="macro-id">Headers</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="headers" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<a href="definitions.html#header">Page headers</a>
+are on by default.  If you don&#8217;t want them, turn them off by
+invoking <kbd>.HEADERS</kbd> with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...), e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .HEADERS OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b>NOTE:</b> HEADERS automatically
+disables 
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+but not the page numbers that normally appear at the bottom of the
+page.  If you want both headers and footers, you must use the macro
+<a href="#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b>ADDITIONAL NOTE:</b> If HEADERS are OFF, mom&#8217;s normal top
+margin for
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+(7.5
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>)
+changes to 6 picas (visually approx. 1 inch).  This does NOT apply
+to the situation where footers have been explicitly turned on
+(with
+<kbd><a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a></kbd>).
+Explicitly invoking footers moves page numbering to the
+top of the page, where its placement and spacing are the same as
+for headers (i.e. the top margin of running text remains 7.5
+picas.)
+</p>
+
+<!-- -FOOTERS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="footers" class="macro-id">Footers</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FOOTERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">Page footers</a>
+are off by default.  If you want them instead of
+<a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>,
+turn them on by invoking
+<kbd>.FOOTERS</kbd> without an argument, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    .FOOTERS
+</span>
+FOOTERS automatically disables headers, and
+mom shifts the placement of page numbers from their
+normal position at page bottom to the top of the page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b>NOTE:</b> If you want both headers and footers, you must use the
+macro
+<a href="#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b>NOTE:</b> By default, when footers are on,
+mom does not print a page number on the first
+page of a document, nor on first pages after
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>.
+If you don&#8217;t want this behaviour, you can change it with
+<kbd><a href="#pagenum-on-first-page">PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="footer-on-first-page" class="macro-id">Footer on first page</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you invoke
+<a href="#footers"><kbd>.FOOTERS</kbd></a>,
+mom, by default, does not print a footer on the
+first page of the document.  (The
+<a href="definitions.html">docheader</a>
+on page 1 makes it redundant.)  However, should you wish a footer on
+page 1, invoke <kbd>.FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE</kbd> without any argument.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="headfoot-control" class="macro-group">Control macros for headers/footers</h2>
+
+<p>
+Virtually every part of headers (and footers; see the note on how
+<a href="#headerfooter">&#8220;headers&#8221; means &#8220;footers&#8221;</a>
+in the
+<a href="#headfootpage-intro">Introduction</a>
+to headers/footers) can be designed to your own specifications.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-headfoot-control" class="macro-list">Header/footer control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: -1.5em; padding-bottom: 6px;">
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-strings">Header/footer strings</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-left">HEADER_LEFT</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-centre">HEADER_CENTER</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-centre-pad">Padding the header-centre string</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-right">HEADER_RIGHT</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reserved-strings">Using mom&#8217;s reserved strings in header/footer definitions</a>
+        (e.g. <kbd>\E*[$TITLE]</kbd> when you want
+        the title, <kbd>\E*[$AUTHOR]</kbd> when you want the author, etc.)
+    </li>
+    <li><a href="#page-number-symbol">Replacing header-left, centre or right with the page number</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#page-number-incl">Including the  page number in header-left, centre or right</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-style">Header/footer style</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-style-global">Global changes</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-plain">HEADER_PLAIN</a> &ndash; disable default adjustments to header parts</li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-global-family">HEADER_FAMILY</a> &ndash; family for entire header</li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-global-size">HEADER_SIZE</a> &ndash; size for entire header</li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr-color">HEADER_COLOR</a> &ndash; colourize the header</li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-style-part">Part-by-part changes</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+      <li><a href="#_family">_FAMILY</a> &ndash; left, centre or right family</li>
+      <li><a href="#_font">_FONT</a> &ndash; left, centre or right font</li>
+      <li><a href="#_size">_SIZE</a> &ndash; left, centre or right size</li>
+      <li><a href="#_caps">_CAPS</a> &ndash; left, centre or right all caps</li>
+      <li><a href="#_smallcaps">_SMALLCAPS</a> &ndash; left, centre or right smallcaps</li>
+      <li><a href="#_color">_COLOR</a> &ndash; left, centre or right colour</li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-vertical">Header/footer vertical placement and spacing</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-margin">HEADER_MARGIN</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-gap">HEADER_GAP</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-separator">Header/footer separator rule</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule">HEADER_RULE</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-weight">HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-gap">HEADER_RULE_GAP</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-color">HEADER_RULE_COLOR</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_STRINGS- -->
+
+<h4 id="hdrftr-strings" class="docs">1. Header/footer strings</h4>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-left" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+&#8221;Macro: <b>HEADER_LEFT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&#8220;&lt;text of header-left&gt; | #</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-centre" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+&#8221;Macro: <b>HEADER_CENTER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&#8220;&lt;text of header-centre&gt; | #</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-right" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+&#8221;Macro: <b>HEADER_RIGHT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&#8220;&lt;text of header-right&gt; | #</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+To change the text (the &#8220;string&#8221;) of the left, centre,
+or right part of headers, invoke the appropriate macro, above,
+with the string you want.  For example, mom, by default, prints
+the document&#8217;s author in the header-left position.  If your
+document has, say, two authors, and you want both their names to
+appear header-left, change HEADER_LEFT like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_LEFT "R. Stallman, E. Raymond"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Because the arguments to HEADER_LEFT, _CENTER,
+and _RIGHT are
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string arguments</a>,
+they must be enclosed in double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change the strings in
+footers.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="hdrftr-centre-pad" class="docs">Padding the header/footer centre string</h3>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_CENTER_PAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">LEFT | RIGHT &lt;amount of space by which to pad centre string left or right&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom centres the header-centre string on the line length
+in effect for page headers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In some cases, notably when the header-left or header-right
+strings are particularly long, the effect isn&#8217;t pretty.  The
+offendingly long header-left or right crowds, or even overprints,
+the header-centre.  That&#8217;s where HEADER_CENTER_PAD comes
+in.  With a bit of experimentation (yes, you have to preview the
+document), you can use HEADER_CENTER_PAD to move the header-centre
+string left or right until it looks acceptably centred between the
+two other strings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, say your document is an outline for a novel called
+<i>By the Shores of Lake Attica</i>.  You&#8217;ve told mom you want
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DOCTYPE NAMED "Outline"
+</span>
+but when you preview your work, you see that &#8220;Outline&#8221;,
+in the centre of the page header, is uncomfortably close to the
+title, which is to the right.  By invoking
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_CENTER_PAD RIGHT 3P
+</span>
+you can scoot the word "Outline" over three
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+<i>to the left</i> (because the padding is added onto the right of the
+string) so that your head looks nicely spaced out.  Invoking
+<kbd>.HEADER_CENTER_PAD</kbd> with the <kbd>LEFT</kbd> argument puts
+the padding on the left side of the string so that it scoots
+right.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Most reassuring of all is that if you use HEADER_CENTER_PAD
+conjunction with
+<a href="rectoverso.html#recto-verso">RECTO_VERSO</a>,
+mom will pad the centre string appropriately left OR right,
+depending on which page you&#8217;re on, without you having to tell
+her to do so.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="reserved-strings" class="docs">Using mom&#8217;s reserved strings in header/footer definitions</h3>
+
+<p>
+As pointed out in the
+<a href="#author-note">Author&#8217;s note</a>
+in the introduction to headers/footers, headers and footers are
+something you don&#8217;t normally have to worry much about. Mom
+usually knows what to do.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, situations do arise where you need to manipulate what goes
+in the header/footer strings, setting and resetting them as you go
+along.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A case where you might want to do this would be if you want to
+output endnotes at the end of each document in a series of
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+documents, and you want the word "Endnotes" to go in the header
+centre position of the endnotes, but want, say, the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a>
+to go back into the centre position for the next output document.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In scenarios like the above, mom has a number of reserved strings
+you can plug into the HEADER_LEFT, _CENTER and _RIGHT macros.  They
+are:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \E*[$TITLE]          &mdash;the current argument passed to .TITLE
+  \E*[$DOCTITLE]       &mdash;the current argument passed to .DOCTITLE
+  \E*[$DOC_TYPE]       &mdash;the NAMED argument passed to .DOCTYPE
+  \E*[$AUTHOR]         &mdash;the current first argument passed to .AUTHOR
+  \E*[$AUTHOR_1...9]   &mdash;the current arguments passed to .AUTHOR
+  \E*[$AUTHORS]        &mdash;a comma-separated concatenated string
+                          of all the current arguments passed to .AUTHOR
+                          (i.e. a list of authors)
+  \E*[$CHAPTER_STRING] &mdash;the current argument passed to .CHAPTER_STRING,
+                          if invoked, otherwise, "Chapter"
+  \E*[$CHAPTER]        &mdash;the current argument (typically a number) passed
+                          to .CHAPTER
+  \E*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]  &mdash;the current argument passed to .CHAPTER_TITLE
+</span>
+Returning to the scenario above, first, you&#8217;d define a centre
+string for the endnotes page:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_CENTER "Endnotes"
+</span>
+Then, you&#8217;d output the endnotes:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTES
+</span>
+Then, you&#8217;d prepare mom for the next document:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COLLATE
+  .TITLE "New Doc Title"
+  .AUTHOR "Josephine Blough"
+</span>
+Then, you&#8217;d redefine the header-centre string using the
+reserved string <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[$TITLE]</span></kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_CENTER "\E*[$TITLE]"
+</span>
+And last, you&#8217;d do:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .START
+</span>
+Voilà!  Any argument you pass to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a>
+from here on in (say, for subsequent documents) is back in the
+header-centre position.  Here&#8217;s the whole routine again:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_CENTER "Endnotes"
+  .ENDNOTES
+  .COLLATE
+  .TITLE         "New Doc Title"
+  .AUTHOR        "Josephine Blough"
+  .HEADER_CENTER "\E*[$TITLE]"
+  .START
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If need be, you can concatenate the strings, as in the following
+example.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_CENTER "\E*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \E*[$CHAPTER]"
+</span>
+which, assuming a <kbd>.CHAPTER_STRING</kbd> of
+<kbd>"Chapter"</kbd> and a <kbd>.CHAPTER</kbd> of
+<kbd>"2"</kbd>, would put &#8220;Chapter 2&#8221; in the
+header-centre position.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="page-number-symbol" class="docs">Replacing header-left, -centre or -right with the page number</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you would like to have the current page number appear in the
+header-left, -centre, or -right position instead of a text string,
+invoke the appropriate macro, above, with the single argument
+<kbd>#</kbd> (the &#8220;number&#8221; or &#8220;pound&#8221; sign).
+Do not surround the pound size with double-quotes, as you would
+normally do if the argument to <kbd>.HEADER_CENTER</kbd> were a
+string.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_CENTER #
+</span> 
+(notice, no double-quotes) will print the current page number in the
+centre part of headers.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="page-number-incl" class="docs">Including the page number in header-left, -CENTER or -right</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you would like to <i>include</i> the current page number in the
+string you pass to HEADER_LEFT, _CENTER, or _RIGHT, (as
+opposed to replacing the string with the page number), use the
+special
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PAGE#]</span></kbd> in the string argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, say you have a document that&#8217;s ten pages long,
+and you want header-right to say &#8220;page &lt;whichever&gt; of
+10&#8221;, invoke <kbd>.HEADER_RIGHT</kbd> as follows:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_RIGHT "page \*[PAGE#] of 10"
+</span>
+The header-right of page two will read &#8220;page 2 of 10&#8221;,
+the header-right of page three will read &#8220;page 3 of 10&#8221;,
+and so on.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_STYLE- -->
+
+<h4 id="hdrftr-style" class="docs">2. Header/footer style</h4>
+
+<h5 id="hdrftr-style-global" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em;">Global changes</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+The following macros allow you to make changes that affect all parts
+of the header at once.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<ul style="padding-top: 6px; padding-bottom: 6px; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-plain">HEADER_PLAIN</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-global-family">HEADER_FAMILY</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-global-size">HEADER_SIZE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-color">HEADER_COLOR</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-plain" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_PLAIN</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom makes adjustments to the font, size, and
+capitalization style of each part of headers to achieve an
+aesthetically pleasing look.  Should you wish to design your own
+headers from the ground up without worrying how changes to the
+various elements of header style interact with mom&#8217;s defaults,
+invoke <kbd>.HEADER_PLAIN</kbd> by itself, with no argument. Mom
+will disable her default behaviour for headers, and reset all
+elements of header style to the same family, font, point size and
+colour as she uses in paragraphs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to disable mom&#8217;s default
+behaviour for the various elements of footer style.
+</p>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-global-family" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_FAMILY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;family&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom uses the default document family for headers.  If
+you would like her to use another
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+in headers, invoke <kbd>.HEADER_FAMILY</kbd> with the identifier
+for the family you want.  The argument is the same as for the
+typesetting macro
+<a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change the footer family.
+</p>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-global-size" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_SIZE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;+|-number of points&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument is relative to the point size of type in paragraphs.
+See
+<span style="font-style: normal;"><a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a></span>
+for an explanation of how control macros ending in
+_SIZE work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom makes small adjustments to the size of each part
+of a header to achieve an aesthetically pleasing result.  If
+you&#8217;d like her to continue to do so, but would like the
+overall appearance of headers to be a little smaller or a little
+larger, invoke <kbd>.HEADER_SIZE</kbd> with + or - the number of <a
+href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a> (fractions allowed)
+by which you want her to in/decrease the size of headers.  For
+example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_SIZE +.75
+</span>
+increases the size of every part of a header by 3/4 of a point while
+respecting mom&#8217;s own little size changes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change the footer size.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Normally, macros that control headers have no effect on
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>.
+HEADER_SIZE is an exception.  While all parts of a header in
+PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> are always the same size, you
+can use HEADER_SIZE with PRINTSTYLE&nbsp;<kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> to
+reduce the header&#8217;s overall point size.  You&#8217;ll most
+likely require this when the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#copystyle">COPYSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>DRAFT</kbd>, since portions of the header may overprint if,
+say, the title of your document is very long.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-color" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_COLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;colorname&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you want your headers in a colour different from the document
+default (usually black), invoke <kbd>.HEADER_COLOR</kbd> with the
+name of a colour pre-defined (or &#8220;initialized&#8221;) with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_COLOR will set all the parts of the header
+plus the header rule in the colour you give it as an argument.  If
+you wish finer control over colour in headers, you can use
+<a href="#_color">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_COLOR</a>
+to colourize each part of the header separately, as well as
+<a href="#hdrftr-rule-color">HEADER_RULE_COLOR</a>
+to change the colour of the header rule.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to colourize footers.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="hdrftr-style-part" class="docs">3. Part by part changes</h4>
+
+<p>
+When using the following control &#8221;macros, replace
+&#8220;&lt;POSITION&gt; by <b>LEFT, CENTER,</b> or RIGHT as
+appropriate.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<ul style="padding-top: 6px; padding-bottom: 6px; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#_family">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_FAMILY</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#_font">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_FONT</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#_size">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_SIZE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#_caps">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_CAPS</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#_smallcaps">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_SMALLCAPS</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#_color">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_COLOR</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#grouping">Grouping style parameters for the individual header/footer parts</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div id="_family" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_FAMILY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;family&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_FAMILY to change the
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+of any part of headers.  See
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>
+for an explanation of how control macros ending in _FAMILY work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change a footer part&#8217;s family.
+</p>
+
+<div id="_font" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_FONT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;font&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_FONT to change the
+<a href="definitions.html#font">font</a>
+of any part of headers.  See
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>
+for an explanation of how control macros ending in _FONT work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change a footer part&#8217;s font.
+</p>
+
+<div id="_size" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_SIZE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;+|-number of points&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_SIZE to change the size of any part of
+headers (relative to the point size of type in paragraphs).  See
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>
+for an explanation of how control macros ending in _SIZE work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change a footer part&#8217;s size.
+</p>
+
+<div id="_caps" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_CAPS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_CAPS is a
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggle macro</a>.
+If you want any part of headers to be set in all caps, regardless of
+the capitalization of that part&#8217;s string as given to the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#reference-macros">reference macros</a>
+or as defined by you with the
+<a href="#hdrftr-strings">header string control macros</a>,
+simply invoke this macro (using the appropriate position) with no
+argument.  If you wish to turn capitalization off (say, for the
+header-right string that mom capitalizes by default), invoke the
+macro with any argument (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change a footer part&#8217;s
+capitalization style.
+</p>
+
+<div id="_smallcaps" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_SMALLCAPS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_SMALLCAPS is a
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggle macro</a>.
+If you want any part of headers to be set in smallcaps, simply
+invoke this macro (using the appropriate position) with no argument.
+If you wish to turn the smallcaps off, invoke the macro with any
+argument (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>...).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER,_ above, with FOOTER_ to invoke smallcaps for footer
+parts.
+</p>
+
+<div id="_color" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_COLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;colorname&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_COLOR allows you to set a colour for each of
+the three possible parts of a page header separately.  For example,
+say you want the right part of the header (by default, the document
+title) in red, this is how you&#8217;d get it:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_RIGHT_COLOR red
+</span>
+The other parts of the header will be in the default header colour
+(usually black, but that can be changed with
+<a href="#hdrftr-color">HEADER_COLOR</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Remember that you have to define (or &#8220;initialize&#8221;) a
+colour with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>
+before you can use the colour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you create a
+<a href="#userdef-hdrftr-rv">user-defined header</a>
+with
+<a href="#hdrftr-rectoverso">HEADER_RECTO</a>
+or
+<a href="#hdrftr-rectoverso">HEADER_VERSO</a>,
+and you want various elements within the header to be colourized,
+embed the colours in the string passed to HEADER_RECTO or
+HEADER_VERSO with the
+<a href="color.html#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colorname&gt;]</span></kbd></a>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to set the colours for the
+various elements of footers.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="grouping" class="docs">Grouping style parameters for the individual header parts</h5>
+
+<p>
+Instead of using control macros for the style parameters
+of an individual header part, the parameters may be
+<a href="docelement.html#grouping">grouped</a>
+by invoking <kbd>HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_STYLE</kbd> with a list of
+keyword/value pairs.  Acceptable keywords are
+<kbd>FAMILY FONT SIZE COLOR CAPS</kbd> and <kbd>SMALLCAPS</kbd>.
+Keyword/value pairs may appear on the same line as the macro, or
+separated into several lines using the backslash character
+(<kbd>\</kbd>).  If you use the latter style, all but the final
+parameter must be terminated with the backslash.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus, to set the header-left part in Helvetica bold, red, 1 point larger
+than
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+and all caps, you could do either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_LEFT_STYLE FAMILY H FONT B SIZE +1 COLOR red CAPS
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_LEFT_STYLE \
+   FAMILY H \
+   FONT B \
+   SIZE +1 \
+   COLOR red \
+   CAPS
+</span>
+If you need to reverse the sense of <kbd>CAPS</kbd>
+or <kbd>SMALLCAPS</kbd>, use <kbd>NO_CAPS</kbd> or
+<kbd>NO_SMALLCAPS</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_VERTICAL- -->
+
+<h4 id="hdrftr-vertical" class="docs">3. Header/footer vertical placement and spacing</h4>
+
+<p>
+See
+<a href="#vertical-spacing">Vertical placement and spacing of headers/footers</a>
+for an explanation of how mom deals with
+headers, footers, and top/bottom page margins.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<ul style="padding-top: 6px; padding-bottom: 6px; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#hdftr_margin">HEADER_MARGIN</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdftr_gap">HEADER_GAP</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_MARGIN- -->
+
+<div id="hdrftr-margin" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_MARGIN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance to baseline of header&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Use HEADER_MARGIN to set the distance from the top edge of the page to the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+of type in headers.  A unit of measure is required, and decimal
+fractions are allowed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default header margin is 4-1/2
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>,
+but if you want a different margin, say, 1/2-inch, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_MARGIN .5i
+</span>
+If your document uses
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>,
+replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_.  The argument to FOOTER_MARGIN
+is the distance from the bottom edge of the page to the baseline of
+type in footers.  Mom&#8217;s default footer margin is 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">Header/footer margins and page numbering</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom uses HEADER_MARGIN and FOOTER_MARGIN to establish the baseline
+position of page numbers in addition to the baseline position of
+headers and footers proper.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, page numbers appear at the bottom of the page, therefore
+if you want the default position (bottom), but want to change the
+baseline placement, use FOOTER_MARGIN.  Conversely, if page numbers
+are at the top of the page, either because you turned
+<a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a>
+on or because you instructed mom to put them there with
+<a href="#pagenum-pos">PAGENUM_POS</a>,
+you&#8217;d use HEADER_MARGIN to change their baseline placement.
+</p>
+
+<div id="footer-margin" class="box-important" style="padding-bottom: 15px;">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="important" style="display: block; margin-bottom: -1em;">Important &ndash; FOOTER_MARGIN and bottom margins</span>
+<br/>
+Mom requires a footer margin (i.e. the distance from the bottom of
+the page at which to place footers) for proper operation, hence she
+sets one, even if you don&#8217;t.  As stated above, her default
+footer margin is 3-picas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you use
+<a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#page">PAGE</a>
+to set a bottom margin for your document (prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>),
+and the margin&#8217;s too close to mom&#8217;s default
+footer margin (or a footer margin you set yourself with
+FOOTER_MARGIN), mom will not print your footers; additionally,
+she&#8217;ll give you a warning and some advice on standard error.
+When this happens, you must reset either B_MARGIN or FOOTER_MARGIN
+so there&#8217;s an adequate amount of space for mom to print the
+bottom line of running text and the footer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you see the warning even when footers and/or bottom-of-page page
+numbering are disabled, set a nominal footer margin of 0 prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+as in these examples.
+</p>
+
+<div id="examples-footnotes-1" class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: -.25em;">Example 1</div>
+<span class="pre">
+  &lt;reference macros, etc&gt;
+  .PAGINATION    OFF
+  .B_MARGIN      .25i
+  .FOOTER_MARGIN O
+  .START
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div id="examples-footnotes-2" class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 0;">Example 2</div>
+<span class="pre">
+  &lt;reference macros, etc&gt;
+  .HEADERS       OFF
+  .PAGENUM_POS   TOP RIGHT
+  .B_MARGIN      .25i
+  .FOOTER_MARGIN O
+  .START
+</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_GAP- -->
+
+<div id="hdrftr-gap" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_GAP</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance from header to start of running text&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Use HEADER_GAP to set the distance from the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+of type in headers to the start of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+A unit of measure is required, and decimal fractions are allowed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As explained in
+<a href="#vertical-spacing">Vertical placement and spacing of headers/footers</a>,
+HEADER_MARGIN + HEADER_GAP determine the default vertical starting
+position of running text on the page unless you have given mom your
+own top margin (with
+<a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>).
+If you give a top margin, mom ignores HEADER_GAP; running text
+starts at your stated top margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default header gap is 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>,
+but if you want a different gap, say, 2 centimetres, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_GAP 2c
+</span>
+If your document uses
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>,
+replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_.  The argument to FOOTER_GAP
+is the distance from the baseline of type in footers to the last
+baseline of running text on the page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As explained in
+<a href="#vertical-spacing">Vertical placement and spacing of headers/footers</a>,
+FOOTER_MARGIN + FOOTER_GAP determine the default vertical end
+position of running text on the page unless you have given mom a
+bottom margin (with
+<a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a>).
+If you give a bottom margin, mom ignores FOOTER_GAP; running text
+ends at your stated bottom margin, subject to the restriction outlined
+<a href="#footer-margin">here</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default footer gap is 3 
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom uses HEADER_GAP and FOOTER_GAP to establish the start and end
+baseline positions of running text with respect to both headers and
+footers AND page numbers.  If you wish to change the gap between the
+last line of running text and a bottom page number, use FOOTER_GAP.
+If page numbers are at the top of the page, change the gap between
+the number and the first line of running text with HEADER_GAP.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="gap-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Additional note:</span>
+HEADER_GAP and FOOTER_GAP may only be used once, at the start of a
+document.  In
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated documents</a>,
+this means that HEADER_GAP or FOOTER_GAP cannot be used to change
+the gaps once they have been set.  The same applies to the Table of
+Contents, Endnotes, Bibliographies, and Lists of...&nbsp;.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+In the event that you need to change the header or footer gap after
+the start of a document, you must do so with
+<a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a>,
+which raise or lower the top and bottom margins of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+but do not affect the placement headers and footers.
+(See
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-page-settings-example">here</a>
+for a demonstration.)
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_SEPARATOR- -->
+
+<h4 id="hdrftr-separator" class="docs">4. Header/footer separator rule</h4>
+
+<p>
+The header/footer separator rule is a modest horizontal rule,
+set slightly below the header (or above the footer), that runs
+the length of the
+<a href="definitions.html#header">header</a>
+and helps separate it visually from
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.  If
+you don&#8217;t want the rule, you can turn it off.  If you want it,
+but at a different vertical position relative to the header (or
+footer), you can alter its placement.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<ul style="padding-top: 6px; padding-bottom: 6px; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule">HEADER_RULE</a> &ndash; on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-weight">HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT</a> &ndash; weight of the rule</li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-gap">HEADER_RULE_GAP</a> &ndash; distance of rule from header</li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-rule-color">HEADER_RULE_COLOR</a> &ndash; color of rule header</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_RULE- -->
+
+<div id="hdrftr-rule" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_RULE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom prints a header separator rule underneath headers
+(or above footers). If you don&#8217;t want the rule, turn it off by
+invoking <kbd>.HEADER_RULE</kbd> with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...), e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_RULE OFF
+</span>
+To turn the rule (back) on, invoke <kbd>.HEADER_RULE</kbd>
+without any argument.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to enable/disable the printing
+of the footer separator rule.  (Most likely, if you&#8217;re using
+<kbd><a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a></kbd>,
+you&#8217;ll want it off.)
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT- -->
+
+<div id="hdrftr-rule-weight" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;weight in points&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument must <span class="normal">NOT</span> have a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a> appended
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT controls the weight (&#8220;thickness&#8221;) of
+the header rule.  Like
+<a href="inlines.html#rule-weight">RULE_WEIGHT</a>,
+it takes a single argument: the weight of the header rule expressed
+in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+but without the unit of measure, <kbd>p</kbd>, appended.  The
+argument to HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT must be greater than 0 and less than
+100; decimal fractions are allowed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, you want a really strong header separator rule.  
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT 4
+</span>
+which sets the separator rule weight to 4 points, is how you&#8217;d do
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default header rule weight is 1/2 point.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to set the weight of the footer
+separator rule.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_RULE_GAP- -->
+
+<div id="hdrftr-rule-gap" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_RULE_GAP</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance of rule beneath header&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_RULE_GAP is the distance from the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+of type in headers to the top edge of the rule underneath.  (If
+FOOTER_RULE_GAP, the gap is the distance from the top of the highest
+<a href="definitions.html#ascender">ascender</a>
+to the bottom edge of the rule.)  A unit of measure is required, and
+decimal fractions are allowed.  Please note that HEADER_RULE_GAP has
+no effect on
+<a href="#hdrftr-gap">HEADER_GAP</a>
+(i.e., HEADER_RULE_GAP is NOT added to HEADER_GAP when mom calculates
+the space between headers and the start of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, the header rule gap is 4
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>.
+If you&#8217;d like to change it to, say, 1/4
+<a href="definitions.html#em">em</a>, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_RULE_GAP .25m
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ if you&#8217;re using
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+and want to change the separator rule gap.  In footers, the gap is
+measured from the top of the tallest
+<a href="definitions.html#ascender">ascender</a>
+in the footer.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+When using
+<a href="#hdrftr-recto">FOOTER_RECTO</a>
+and
+<a href="#hdrftr-verso">FOOTER_VERSO</a>,
+make sure that the default size for footers
+(<a href="#footer-global-size">FOOTER_SIZE</a>)
+is set to the largest size of type that will be used in the footer
+or mom may not get the rule gap right.  Inline changes to the size
+of type in FOOTER_RECTO and FOOTER_VERSO should always be negative
+(smaller) than the default.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR- -->
+
+<div id="hdrftr-rule-color" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_RULE_COLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;colorname&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to change the colour of the header rule, invoke
+<kbd>.HEADER_RULE_COLOR</kbd> with the name of a colour pre-defined
+(or &#8220;initialized&#8221;) with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_RULE_COLOR overrides the colour set with
+<a href="#hdrftr-color">HDRFTR_COLOR</a>,
+so it&#8217;s possible to have the heads entirely in, say, blue (set
+with HEADER_COLOR), and the header rule in, say, red.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Replace HEADER_, above, with FOOTER_ to change the colour of the
+footer rule.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -USERDEF_HDRFTR- -->
+
+<h2 id="userdef-hdrftr-rv" class="macro-group">User-defined, single string recto/verso headers/footers</h2>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, you&#8217;ll find you can&#8217;t get mom&#8217;s
+handling of 3-part headers or footers to do exactly what you want in
+the order you want.  This is most likely happen when you want the
+information contained in the headers/footers split over two pages,
+as is often the case with recto/verso documents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, you want recto page headers to contain a
+document&#8217;s author, centred, and verso page headers to contain
+the document&#8217;s title, also centred, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    +------------------------+   +------------------------+     
+    |         Author         |   |         Title          |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    +------------------------+   +------------------------+     
+</span>
+With mom&#8217;s standard 3-part headers, this isn&#8217;t possible,
+even when
+<a href="rectoverso.html#recto-verso">RECTO_VERSO</a>
+is enabled.  RECTO_VERSO switches the left and right parts of
+headers on alternate pages, but the centre part remains unchanged.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Any time you need distinctly different headers on alternate pages,
+mom has macros that let you manually design and determine what goes
+into headers on recto pages, and what goes into headers on verso
+pages.  The macros are
+<a href="#hdrftr-recto">HEADER_RECTO</a>
+and
+<a href="#hdrftr-verso">HEADER_VERSO</a>.
+Both allow you to state whether the header is flush left, centred,
+or flush right, and both take a single
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string argument</a>
+with which, by combining text and
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>,
+you can make the headers come out just about any way you want.  Use
+of the <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PAGE#]</span></kbd> escape is permitted in the
+string argument (see
+<a href="#page-number-incl">Including the page number in header-left, -centre or -right</a>),
+and, as an added bonus, mom provides a special mechanism whereby
+it&#8217;s possible to
+<a href="#padding-hdrftr">pad</a>
+the string as well.  The padding mechanism lets you create headers
+that contain left, centre and right parts like mom&#8217;s defaults
+but entirely of your own design.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<ul style="padding-top: 6px; padding-bottom: 6px; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-recto">HEADER_RECTO</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#hdrftr-verso">HEADER_VERSO</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#userdef-hdrftr">User-defined single string headers/footers (no recto/verso)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#padding-hdrftr">Padding the header-recto/header-verso string</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO- -->
+
+<div id="hdrftr-recto" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_RECTO</b> <kbd class="macro-args">LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT [ CAPS ] "&lt;header recto string&gt;"</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div id="hdrftr-verso" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>HEADER_VERSO</b> <kbd class="macro-args">LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT [ CAPS ] "&lt;header verso string&gt;"</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div id="userdef-hdrftr" class="box-important">
+
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip" style="display: block; margin-bottom: -1.25em; color: #000056; font-size: 100%;">User-defined single string headers/footers (no recto/verso)</span>
+<br/>
+HEADER_RECTO may be used to create user-defined, single string
+headers (or footers, with FOOTER_RECTO), even when recto/verso is
+not enabled (with
+<a href="rectoverso.html#recto-verso">RECTO_VERSO</a>).
+In such cases, the header/footer you create is the one used on
+every page, making HEADER_RECTO your &#8220;I need to design my own
+headers from scratch&#8221; solution.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+HEADER_RECTO and HEADER_VERSO behave identically, hence all
+references to HEADER_RECTO in this section also refer to
+HEADER_VERSO.  Furthermore, FOOTER_ can be used instead of HEADER_
+to set up recto/verso footers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first argument to HEADER_RECTO is the direction in which you
+want the header
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quadded</a>.
+<kbd>L</kbd>, <kbd>C</kbd>, and <kbd>R</kbd> may be used in place of
+<kbd>LEFT</kbd>, <kbd>CENTER</kbd>, and <kbd>RIGHT</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The second argument (optional) tells mom to capitalize the text of
+the header. <b>Please note:</b> Do not use
+<a href="inlines.html#uc-lc"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UC]...\*[LC]</span></kbd></a>
+inside the string passed to HEADER_RECTO.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The final argument is a string, surrounded by double-quotes,
+containing what you want in the header.  HEADER_RECTO disables
+mom&#8217;s normal 3-part headers, therefore anything you want in
+the headers must be entered by hand in the string, including colours
+(via the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<a href="color.html#color-inline"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;colorname&gt;]</span></kbd></a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, HEADER_RECTO is set at the same size, and in the same
+family and font, as paragraph text.  The control macros
+<a href="#hdrftr-global-family">HEADER_FAMILY</a>
+and
+<a href="#hdrftr-global-size">HEADER_SIZE</a>
+may be used to change the default family and size.  Changes to the
+font(s) within the string must be accomplished with the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[ROM]</span></kbd>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[IT]</span></kbd>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[BD]</span></kbd>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[BDI]</span></kbd>,
+and <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PREV]</span></kbd> (see
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-fonts-mom">Changing fonts</a>).
+Additional refinements to the style of the header-recto string,
+including horizontal spacing and/or positioning, can also be made
+with inline escapes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To include the current page number in the string, use the
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PAGE#]</span></kbd>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="padding-hdrftr" class="docs">Padding the header-recto/header-verso string</h3>
+
+<p>
+You can &#8220;pad&#8221; the header-recto string, a convenience
+you&#8217;ll appreciate in circumstances such as the following.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+               VERSO                       RECTO 
+    +------------------------+   +------------------------+     
+    | Author          Page#  |   | Page#            Title |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    |                        |   |                        |     
+    +------------------------+   +------------------------+     
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There are two steps to padding the string argument passed to HEADER_RECTO
+(if you&#8217;re unsure what padding is, see
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">Insert space into lines</a>).
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>Begin and end the string (inside the double-quotes) with the caret character (<kbd>^</kbd>).</li>
+  <li>Enter the pound sign (<kbd>#</kbd>) at any point in the string where you want an equalized amount of whitespace inserted.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+The situation depicted above is accomplished like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HEADER_RECTO LEFT "^\*[PAGE#]#\E*[$TITLE]^"
+  .HEADER_VERSO LEFT "^\E*[$AUTHOR]#\*[PAGE#]^"
+</span>
+Notice that the quad argument, <kbd>LEFT</kbd>, is used in both
+cases.  When padding a header, it doesn&#8217;t matter which
+quad argument you use, although you must be sure to supply
+one.  Also note that mom does not interpret the <kbd>#</kbd> in
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PAGE#]</span></kbd> as a padding marker (i.e. as a
+place to insert whitespace).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+The
+<a href="goodies.html#pad-marker">PAD_MARKER</a>
+macro, which changes the default pad marker (<kbd>#</kbd>) used by
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">PAD</a>,
+has no effect on the pad marker used in the HEADER_RECTO string.  If
+you absolutely must have a literal pound sign in your HEADER_RECTO
+string, use the escape sequence for the pound sign
+(&nbsp;<kbd>\[sh]</kbd>&nbsp;) where you want the pound sign to go.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO- -->
+
+<h2 id="headers-and-footers-intro" class="macro-group">Headers and footers on the same page</h2>
+
+<p>
+Normally, mom prints either a header or a footer, but not both, depending on whether
+<a href="#headers">HEADERS</a>
+or
+<a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a>
+is enabled.  (Page numbering, whether in the top margin
+or the bottom, is not considered a header or a footer.)
+Should you need both headers and footers on the same page, the
+single macro HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS is the way to set it up.
+</p>
+
+<div id="headers-and-footers" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">(see Invocation)</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invocation:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS \
+  &lt;L | C | R&gt; "&lt;header-recto string&gt;" \
+  &lt;L | C | R&gt; "&lt;footer-recto string&gt;" \
+  &lt;L | C | R&gt; "&lt;header-verso string&gt;" \
+  &lt;L | C | R&gt; "&lt;footer-verso string&gt;"
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  .HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS &lt;anything&gt;
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unlike the macros,
+<a href="#headers">HEADERS</a>
+and
+<a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a>,
+which are
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggle</a>
+macros, HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS requires that you supply the information
+you want in the headers and footers yourself.  Mom does no automatic
+generation of things like the title and the author in headers and
+footers when you&#8217;re using HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS.  Furthermore,
+style changes&mdash;family, font, pointsize, colour, capitalization,
+etc &mdash;are entirely your responsibility and must be made with
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+in the arguments passed to <kbd>&#8220;&lt;recto
+&#8221;header string&gt;&#8220;</kbd>, <kbd>&lt;recto footer
+string&gt;&#8220;</kbd>, etc.  By default, mom sets the headers and
+footers created with HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS in the same family, font,
+point size, capitalization style and colour as
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The manner of entering what you want is identical to the way you
+input
+<a href="#userdef-hdrftr-rv">single string headers and footers</a>.
+I suggest reading up on them, as well as looking at the entries,
+<a href="#hdrftr-rectoverso">HEADER_RECTO</a>
+and
+<a href="#reserved-strings">Using mom&#8217;s reserved strings in header/footer definitions</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The same
+<a href="#padding-hdrftr">padding mechanism</a>
+used in HEADER_RECTO and HEADER_VERSO is available in the
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string arguments</a>
+passed to HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS, allowing you to simulate two- and
+three-part headers and footers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>L | C | R</kbd> in the arguments to HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS refers
+to whether you want the specific header or footer part on the left,
+in the middle, or on the right.  (You can also use the longer forms,
+<kbd>LEFT</kbd>, <kbd>CENTER</kbd> and <kbd>RIGHT</kbd>.)  The
+string you give afterwards is whatever text you want, including
+mom&#8217;s
+<a href="#reserved-strings">reserved strings</a>,
+and whatever
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+you need to change things like family and font, pointsize, colour,
+etc. as you go along.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Note the backslashes in the invocation, above.  Every set of
+arguments given this way to HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS <i>except the
+last</i> requires a backslash after it.  The use of backslashes
+isn&#8217;t required if you want to put the entire argument list on
+the same (very long!) line as the macro itself; I recommend sticking
+to the style shown above to keep things manageable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want to disable having both headers and footers on the same
+page, invoke <kbd>.HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</kbd> with any argument
+you want (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>...).  Mom will restore her default behaviour of setting
+automatically generated page headers, with the page number,
+centered, at the bottom of the page.  If you would prefer footers
+instead of headers after turning HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS off, invoke
+<a href="#footers"><kbd>.FOOTERS</kbd></a>
+afterwards.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="margin-bottom: 1em;">Examples of HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS usage</h4>
+
+<div id="examples-userdef-hdrftr-1" class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 0;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 0;">Example 1: Header and footer the same on every page</div>
+<span class="pre">
+.HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS \          +-----------------------+
+C "\E*[$TITLE]" \               |         Title         |
+L "^\E*[$AUTHOR]#\*[PAGE#]^"    |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                |                       |
+                                | Author          Pg. # |
+                                +-----------------------+
+</span>
+
+<p>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[$TITLE]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[$AUTHOR]</span></kbd> will print the strings you pass
+to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a>
+and
+<a href="docprocessing.html#author">AUTHOR</a>;
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PAGE#]</span></kbd> is how you include the page number
+in a header or footer string.  (For a list of special strings you
+can use in headers and footers, see
+<a href="#reserved-strings">here</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You don&#8217;t have to use these special strings.  You can type
+in anything you like.  I&#8217;ve only used them here to show that
+they&#8217;re available.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="examples-userdef-hdrftr-2" class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 18px;">
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 0;">Example 2: Different headers and footers on recto/verso pages</div>
+<span class="pre">
+.HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS \
+C "BOOK TITLE" \
+L "^\*[PAGE#]#\E*[$AUTHOR]^" \
+C "Story Title" \
+L "^\E*[$AUTHOR]#\*[PAGE#]^"
+
+        +-----------------------+     +------------------------+
+        |      BOOK TITLE       |     |       Story Title      |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        |                       |     |                        |
+        | Pg. #          Author |     | Author            Pg.# |
+        +-----------------------+     +------------------------+
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-top: 1.25em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="pagination-intro" class="macro-group">Pagination</h2>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom paginates documents.  Page numbers
+appear in the bottom margin of the page, centred between two hyphens.
+As with all elements of mom&#8217;s document processing,
+most aspects of pagination style can be altered to suit your taste
+with control macros.
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-pagination" class="macro-list">Pagination macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#paginate">PAGINATE</a> &ndash; pagination on or off</li>
+  <li><a href="#pagenumber">PAGENUMBER</a> &ndash; user-defined (starting) page number</li>
+  <li><a href="#pagenum-style">PAGENUM_STYLE</a> &ndash; digits, roman numerals, etc</li>
+  <li><a href="#pagenum-on-first-page">PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE</a> &ndash; put page number on first page when numbering is at the top of the page</li>
+  <li><a href="#draft-with-pagenumber">DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER</a> &ndash; attach draft/revision information to page numbers</li>
+  <li><a href="#pagenumber-string">PAGENUMBER_STRING</a> &ndash; user-defined page number string</li>
+  <li><a href="#index-paginate-control">Pagination control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -PAGINATE- -->
+
+<div id="paginate" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGINATE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>PAGINATION</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom paginates documents (in the bottom margin).  If
+you&#8217;d prefer she not paginate, turn pagination off by
+invoking <kbd>.PAGINATE</kbd> with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>NO</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...),
+e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGINATE NO 
+</span>
+To (re)start pagination, invoke <kbd>.PAGINATE</kbd> without any
+argument.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAGENUMBER- -->
+
+<div id="pagenumber" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGENUMBER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;number&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+As is to be expected, pagination of documents begins at page 1.  If
+you&#8217;d prefer that mom begin with a different number on the
+first page of a document, invoke <kbd>.PAGENUMBER</kbd> with the
+number you want.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PAGENUMBER need not be used only to give mom a "first page" number.
+It can be used at any time to tell mom what number you want a page
+to have.  Subsequent page numbers will, of course, be incremented by
+1 from that number.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAGENUM_STYLE- -->
+
+<div id="pagenum-style" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGENUM_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+PAGENUM_STYLE lets you tell mom what kind of page numbering you
+want.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  DIGIT   Arabic digits (1, 2, 3...)
+  ROMAN   upper case roman numerals (I, II, III...)
+  roman   lower case roman numerals (i, ii, iii...)
+  ALPHA   upper case letters (A, B, C...)
+  alpha   lower case letters (a, b, c...)
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE- -->
+
+<div id="pagenum-on-first-page" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+This macro applies only if you&#8217;ve enabled
+<a href="#footers">FOOTERS</a>.
+If FOOTERS are on, mom automatically places page numbers at the tops
+of pages except on the first page of a document (or on first pages
+after
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>).
+If you&#8217;d like the page number to appear on &#8220;first&#8221; pages
+when footers are on, invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE
+</span>
+with no argument.  Any other argument turns the feature off
+(<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>,
+etc).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As with most of the
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macros</a>,
+PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE can be invoked at any time, meaning that if
+you don&#8217;t want a page number on the very first page of a
+document, but do want one on pages that appear after COLLATE, omit
+it before the first
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+of the document, then invoke it either just before or after your
+first COLLATE.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER- -->
+
+<div id="draft-with-pagenumber" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#copystyle">COPYSTYLE <kbd>DRAFT</kbd></a>,
+the CENTER part of page headers gets overcrowded because of
+the draft and revision information that go there by default.
+DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER is one way to fix the problem.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Invoked without an argument, <kbd>.DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER</kbd>
+removes draft/revision information from the page headers and
+attaches it instead to the document&#8217;s page numbering, in the
+form
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Draft #, Rev. # / &lt;pagenumber&gt;
+</span>
+If you have not supplied mom with a draft number (with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#draft">DRAFT</a>)
+DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER will assume &#8220;Draft 1&#8220;, and will
+print it before the page number.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+See the note in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#copystyle-note">COPYSTYLE <kbd>DRAFT</kbd>
+</a>
+for other ways of dealing with crowded page headers when formatting
+draft-style copy.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAGENUMBER_STRING- -->
+
+<div id="pagenumber-string" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGENUMBER_STRING</b> "&lt;text of page number string&gt;"
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you want page numbering to contain text in addition to the page
+number itself, use PAGENUMBER_STRING.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The most common use for PAGENUMBER_STRING is to include the total
+number of pages along with the page number, for example
+&#8220;Page 1 of 10, Page 2 of 10...&#8221;  To accomplish this,
+you&#8217;d enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGENUMBER_STRING "Page \*[PAGE#] of 10"
+</span>
+Notice that the page number is entered symbolically with the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<span style="white-space:nowrap"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PAGE#]</span></kbd>,</span>
+while the total number of pages must be entered explicitly after the
+document is complete and the total number of pages known.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAGINATE_CONTROL- -->
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-paginate-control" class="macro-list">Pagination control macros and defaults</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: -1.5em; padding-bottom: 6px;">
+  <li><a href="#paginate-general">Family/font/size/colour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pagenum-pos">Page number position (vertical and horizontal)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pagenum-hyphens">Enclose page numbers with hyphens (on or off)</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="paginate-general" class="docs">1. Page number family/font/size/colour</h4>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="margin-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following control macros may also be
+<a href="docelement.html#grouping">grouped</a>
+using PAGENUMBER_STYLE.*
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.PAGENUM_FAMILY default = prevailing document family
+.PAGENUM_FONT   default = roman
+.PAGENUM_SIZE   default = +0 (i.e. same size as paragraph text)
+.PAGENUM_COLOR  default = black
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -2em">
+*Note: Do not confuse PAGENUMBER_STYLE with
+<a href="#pagenum-style">PAGENUM_STYLE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pagenum-pos" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0em;">2. Page number position</h4>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>PAGENUM_POS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ TOP | BOTTOM ]&nbsp;&nbsp;[ LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use PAGENUM_POS to change the default position of automatic page
+numbering. PAGENUM_POS requires <i>two</i> arguments: a vertical
+position (<kbd>TOP</kbd> or <kbd>BOTTOM</kbd>) and a horizontal
+position (<kbd>LEFT</kbd> or <kbd>CENTER</kbd> or <kbd>RIGHT</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you turn both
+<a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a> 
+off (with <kbd>.HEADERS&nbsp;OFF</kbd> and
+<kbd>.FOOTERS&nbsp;OFF</kbd>) and you want mom to number your pages
+at the top right position, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGENUM_POS TOP RIGHT
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div id="pagenum-pos-note" class="box-tip" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+HEADERS must be OFF for PAGENUM_POS TOP to work.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="pagenum-hyphens" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em;">3. Enclose page numbers with hyphens (on or off)</h4>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>PAGENUM_HYPHENS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom encloses page numbers between hyphens.  If you
+don&#8217;t want this behaviour, invoke the macro PAGENUM_HYPHENS
+with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>, etc), like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGENUM_HYPHENS OFF
+</span>
+If, for some reason, you want to turn page number hyphens back
+on, invoke the macro without an argument.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BLANK_PAGE- -->
+
+<h2 id="blank-pages" class="macro-group">Inserting blank pages into a document</h2>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BLANKPAGE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;# of blank pages to insert&gt; [DIVIDER [NULL]]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+This one does exactly what you&#8217;d expect&mdash;inserts a blank
+page (or pages) into a document.  Unless you give the optional argument,
+<kbd>NULL</kbd>, mom silently increments the page number of every
+blank page and keeps track of
+<a href="rectoverso.html#recto-verso">recto/verso</a>
+stuff, but otherwise does nothing.  This is useful for forcing new
+sections of a document onto recto pages, but may have other
+applications as well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The required argument to BLANK_PAGE is the number of blank pages to
+insert.  The argument is not optional, hence even if you only want
+one blank page, you have to tell mom:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BLANKPAGE 1
+</span>
+The optional argument <kbd>DIVIDER</kbd> must be given if
+you&#8217;re inserting a blank page before the start of major
+document sections (chapters, endnotes, bibliographies,
+or tables of contents&#8211;provided the table of contents is not being
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#auto-relocate-toc">autorelocated</a>).
+Without the <kbd>DIVIDER</kbd> argument, mom simply
+inserts the blank pages and prepares the next page to receive
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NULL</kbd>, which is also optional, allows you to output the
+specified number of pages without mom incrementing the page number
+for each blank page.  She will, however, continue to keep track
+of which pages are recto/verso if recto/verso printing has been
+enabled.
+</p>
+
+<div id="blankpage-note" class="box-tip" style="margin-top: 1.5em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Do not use BLANKPAGE before TOC if the table of contents is being
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#auto-relocate-toc">autorelocated</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 24%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 42%; text-align: right;"><a href="rectoverso.html">Next: Recto/verso printing, collating</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/images.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/images.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc1837f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/images.html
@@ -0,0 +1,3515 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Graphics, floats, and preprocessor support</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="headfootpage.html#top">Next: Page headers/footers, pagination</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Graphics, floats, and preprocessor support</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 80%; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -1em;">
+  <li><a href="#images-intro">Inserting images and graphics</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#converting">Image conversion and file processing</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -1em">
+      <li><a href="#pdf">PDF</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#eps">EPS</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#pdf-image">The PDF_IMAGE macro</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -1em">
+      <li><a href="#pdf-image-frame">PDF_IMAGE_FRAME</a>&mdash;set parameters for image frames</li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#pspic">The PSPIC macro</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#floats-intro">Floats</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#float">The FLOAT macro</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#float-label-caption">Labelling and captioning floats</a>
+		<ul style="margin-left: -1em">
+		<li><a href="#label">LABEL</a></li>
+		<li><a href="#caption">CAPTION</a></li>
+		</ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#preprocessor-support">Preprocessor support</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#tbl">tbl</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -1em;">
+      <li><a href="#ts-te">.TS / .TH / .TE macros and arguments</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#eqn">eqn</a>
+      <ul style="margin-left: -1em;">
+        <li><a href="#eq-en">.EQ / .EN macros and arguments</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#pic">pic</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -1em;">
+      <li><a href="#ps-pe">.PS / .PE macros and arguments</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#pic-text-style">PIC_TEXT_STYLE</a>&mdash;set parameters for text in diagrams</li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#grap">grap</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#refer">refer</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#captions-and-labels">Captions and labels</a>
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="#autolabel">AUTOLABEL</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#set-autolabel">SET_AUTOLABEL</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#caption-after-label">CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#captions-labels-sources">CAPTIONS / LABELS / SOURCES</a>&mdash;set parameters for each</li>
+      <li><a href="#mla">MLA</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#lists-of">Lists of Figures, Tables, and Equations</a>
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="#lists-placement">Placement of Lists</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#lists-macros">Macros to generate Lists</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#formatting-lists">Formatting and style parameters for Lists</a>
+      <ul style="margin-left: -1em">
+        <li><a href="#lists-style">LISTS_STYLE</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#box-intro">Shaded backgrounds and frames (boxes)</a>
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="#box-intro">Introduction and description</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#box">The BOX macro</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#box-notes">Additional notes on box usage and behaviour</a>
+        <ul>
+         <li><a href="#qbef">QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE, EPIGRAPH, FLOAT</a></li>
+         <li><a href="#code">CODE</a></li>
+         <li><a href="#quotes">Description of boxed BLOCKQUOTEs and EPIGRAPHs</a>
+         <ul style="margin-left: -1em; list-style: disc;">
+           <li><a href="#leftover">Leftover box syndrome</a></li>
+         </ul></li>
+         <li><a href="#slides">Slides</a></li>
+         <li><a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a href="#page-color-intro">Page colour</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="images-intro" class="docs">Inserting images and graphics</h2>
+
+<p>
+In order to include images in mom documents, the images must be in
+either PDF (.pdf) or EPS (.eps) format.  Each format requires its own
+macro, but both take the same arguments, and in the same order.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that there are differences in the way the files
+containing PDF and EPS images must be processed, hence documents may
+not contain a mix.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="converting" class="docs">Image conversion and file processing</h3>
+
+<p>
+When your image files are not in PDF or EPS format&mdash;jpgs,
+for example&mdash;you must convert them before including them in
+a mom document.  Any utility for converting images may used.  The
+ImageMagick suite of programmes, present on most GNU/Linux
+systems, contains <b>convert</b>, which is simple and effective.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pdf" class="docs">PDF</h4>
+
+<p>
+Assuming a jpg image, conversion to PDF is done like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  convert &lt;image&gt;.jpg &lt;image&gt;.pdf
+</span>
+Any image type supported by <b>convert</b> may be converted this
+way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom files containing PDF images must be processed using
+groff&#8217;s pdf driver.  Use of
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>
+is strongly recommended, which natively invokes the pdf driver.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom doc.mom &gt; doc.pdf
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="eps" class="docs">EPS</h4>
+
+<p>
+Assuming a jpg image, conversion to EPS is done like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  convert &lt;image&gt;.jpg &lt;image&gt;.eps
+</span>
+Any image type supported by <b>convert</b> may be converted this
+way.  There have been reports of trouble with PostScript level 2
+images, so don&#8217;t save your images in this format.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom files containing EPS images must be processed using
+groff&#8217;s postscript driver.  Use of
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+which can be told to use the postscript driver, is strongly
+recommended.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom -Tps doc.mom &gt; doc.pdf
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PDF_IMAGE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pdf-image" class= "macro-id">PDF_IMAGE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PDF_IMAGE</b> \
+<br/>
+<kbd class="macro-args">[ -L | -C | -R | -I &lt;indent&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+&lt;pdf image file&gt; &lt;width&gt; &lt;height&gt; [ SCALE &lt;factor&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+[ ADJUST +|-&lt;vertical adjustment&gt; ] [ NO_SHIM ] [ NO_FLEX ] \
+<br/>
+[ FRAME ] \
+<br/>
+[ CAPTION "&lt;caption&gt;" ] [ SHORT_CAPTION "&lt;short caption&gt;" ] \
+<br/>
+[ LABEL "&lt;label&gt;" ] [ TARGET "&lt;name&gt;" ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;<span style="font-style: normal">
+<kbd>&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd>&lt;width&gt;</kbd>,
+<kbd>&lt;height&gt;</kbd></span>
+and
+<span style="font-style: normal">
+<kbd>&lt;vertical adjustment&gt;</kbd></span>
+require a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom files with embedded PDF images must be processed with
+pdfmom&nbsp;doc.mom&nbsp;&gt;&nbsp;doc.pdf.  Arguments may be broken
+into several lines using the &#8220;line-continued&#8221; backslash
+(<b>\</b>), as shown above.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Unlike
+<a href="#pspic">PSPIC</a>,
+which it resembles, PDF_IMAGE requires that the pdf image&#8217;s
+dimensions (the bounding box,
+<a href="#bounding-box">see below</a>)
+be supplied each time it&#8217;s called.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first optional argument tells mom how to align the image
+horizontally, with <kbd>-L</kbd>, <kbd>-C</kbd>, and <kbd>-R</kbd>
+standing for left, centre and right respectively.  If you need more
+precise placement, the <kbd>-I</kbd> argument allows you to give an
+indent from the left margin.  Thus, to indent a PDF image 6
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>
+from the left margin
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PDF_IMAGE -I 6P &lt;remaining arguments&gt;
+</span>
+If you omit the first argument, the image will be centred.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>&lt;pdf image&gt;</kbd> must be in PDF format, with a .pdf
+extension.  If it is not, mom will abort with a message.  See
+<a href="#pdf">here</a>
+for instructions on converting image formats to PDF.
+</p>
+
+<p id="bounding-box">
+<kbd>&lt;width&gt;</kbd> and <kbd>&lt;height&gt;</kbd> are the
+dimensions of the image&#8217;s bounding box.  The most reliable way
+of getting the bounding box is with the utility, <strong>pdfinfo</strong>:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfinfo &lt;image.pdf&gt; | grep "Page *size"
+</span>
+This will spit out a line that looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Page size:      width x height pts
+</span>
+<kbd>pts</kbd> means
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>,
+therefore the unit of measure appended to <kbd>&lt;width&gt;</kbd>
+and <kbd>&lt;height&gt;</kbd> must be <kbd>p</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The remaining arguments are optional and may be entered in any
+order, although it&#8217;s best to put <kbd>CAPTION</kbd>,
+<kbd>SHORT_CAPTION</kbd>, and <kbd>LABEL</kbd> last.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">SCALE</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>SCALE</kbd> allows you to scale the image by
+<kbd>&lt;factor&gt;</kbd>.  The factor is a percentage of the
+image&#8217;s original dimensions, thus <kbd>SCALE&nbsp;50</kbd>
+scales the image to 50 percent of its original size.  No percent
+sign or unit of measure should be appended.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">ADJUST</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> lets you raise (<kbd>-</kbd>) or lower
+(<kbd>+</kbd>) the image
+<span style="font-style: italic">within the space allotted for it</span>
+by the amount you specify.  This is useful for achieving good
+optical centering between surrounding blocks of type.  A unit of
+measure is required.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Tip:</span>
+You may sometimes find that a PDF_IMAGE at the bottom of a page
+doesn&#8217;t sit flush on the bottom margin, however attempts to lower it
+by adding space beforehand result in it being deferred to the next
+page.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+The solution is to introduce <i>negative</i> space before the image
+so that it displays on the page, then lower it to the bottom margin
+with PDF_IMAGE&#8217;s ADJUST argument.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_SHIM</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">shimming</a>
+after an image, which she will do automatically when shimming is
+enabled, which it is by default.  Shimming ensures that running text
+after the image falls properly on the page&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline-grid">baseline grid</a>,
+but can result in slightly unequal spacing above and below
+(correctable with the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument).
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> is useful when you have several images on the
+page and there are visible differences in the spacing beneath them
+as a result of shimming.  To ensure a flush bottom margin, the last
+image on the page should be shimmed, i.e. should not be given the
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_FLEX</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">flex-spacing</a>
+after an image, which she will do automatically when flex-spacing is
+enabled. <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> is useful when you have several images
+on the page and you want to distribute excess vertical
+whitespace on the page amongst other flex-spacing points on the
+page.  If there are no others, the final image should be
+flex-spaced, i.e. not given the <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">FRAME</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>FRAME</kbd> instructs mom to put a frame around the image.
+Parameters for the frame are set with
+<a href="#pdf-image-frame">PDF_IMAGE_FRAME</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CAPTION</kbd> allows you to give the image a caption.  By
+default, the caption appears above the image, but may be attached to
+the label that appears beneath the image.  See
+<a href="#caption-after-label">CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a>
+in
+<a href="#captions-and-labels">Captions and labels</a>.
+The text of the caption must be surrounded by double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">SHORT_CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>SHORT_CAPTION</kbd> allows you to trim long captions for
+inclusion in the List of Figures.  The text you supply, surrounded
+by double-quotes, is what will appear in the List.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">LABEL</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>LABEL</kbd>, if given, appears beneath the image.  The text you
+supply, surrounded by double-quotes, is how the image is labelled
+in both the document proper and the List of Figures.  Mom provides
+an auto-labelling facility for images (see
+<a href="#autolabel">AUTOLABEL</a>),
+which, if enabled, overrides the <kbd>LABEL</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">TARGET</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TARGET</kbd> followed by a unique name surrounded by
+double-quotes creates a PDF target for the image so that it may be
+linked to from other places in the file (with PDF_LINK; see
+<a href="version-2.html#mom-pdf">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b><i>Please note:</i></b> The following functionality is available
+only with groff 1.22.4 or later.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When
+<a href="#autolabel">autolabelling</a>
+is enabled and the document is processed with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+the target name can be used to generate the target&#8217;s label
+number in running text if it is entered as a groff string, i.e. of the
+form <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[name]</span></kbd>.  For example, if you create
+a target named &#8220;foo&#8221; for a pdf image whose autolabel
+number would be 3, entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  See
+  .PDF_LINK foo "Figure \*[foo]"
+</span>
+anywhere in running text would result in a pdf link that reads
+&#8220;Figure 3&#8221;.  If chapter numbers are being prefixed to
+labels, the same string in, say, chapter 5 would produce the pdf
+link &#8220;Figure 5.3&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note: Version 2.0-c change</span>
+<br/>
+Mom now treats all pdf images identically to
+<a href="#floats-intro">floats</a>,
+which is to say that if an image doesn&#8217;t fit on the output
+page, she will defer it to the top of the next page while continuing
+to process
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> is ignored whenever an image is the first to be
+deferred, except when moving from column to column on the same page,
+when the image may need to be optically adjusted.  Subsequent images
+that do not fit, if any, are output in order immediately after the
+first.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Prior to 2.0-c, it was recommended that images be wrapped inside
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>,
+but this is now no longer required, and should, in fact, be avoided.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -PDF_IMAGE_FRAME- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pdf-image-frame" class= "macro-id">PDF_IMAGE_FRAME</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PDF_IMAGE_FRAME</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;inset amount&gt; &lt;rule weight&gt; &lt;color&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;<span style="font-style: normal"><kbd>&lt;inset amount&gt;</kbd></span>
+requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>;
+conversely,
+<span style="font-style: normal"><kbd>&lt;rule weight&gt;</kbd></span>
+must not have a unit of measure appended
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PDF_IMAGE_FRAME establishes the parameters for subsequent invocations of
+<a href="#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>
+when the <kbd>FRAME</kbd> argument is given.  Arguments must appear
+in order, and any you wish left at the current value should be
+entered as two adjacent double-quotes.  So, for example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PDF_IMAGE_FRAME "" "" blue
+</span>
+leaves the inset value and rule weight at their current value and
+changes the frame colour to blue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Frames are drawn <span class="italic">outside</span> the image at
+its requested dimensions inclusive of scaling.  Colours must be
+pre-initialized with
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default inset is 6 <a
+href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>, the default rule
+weight is .5 (points), and the default colour is black.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PSPIC- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pspic" class= "macro-id">PSPIC</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PSPIC</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ -L | -R | -I &lt;n&gt; ] &lt;file&gt; [ width [ height ] ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+PSPIC is not actually part of mom, but rather a macro included with
+every groff installation. <kbd>man groff_tmac</kbd> contains the
+documentation for PSPIC, but I&#8217;ll repeat it here with a few
+modifications for clarity.
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples-container">
+<h3 id="groff-tmac" class="docs" style="margin-top: .5em;">From <span style="text-transform: none">groff_tmac</span></h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">
+<kbd>&lt;file&gt;</kbd> is the name of the file containing the
+image; <kbd>width</kbd> and <kbd>height</kbd> give the desired
+width and height of the image as you wish it to appear within the
+document.  The width and height arguments may have
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">units of measure</a>
+attached; the default unit of measure is <kbd>i</kbd>.  PSPIC will
+scale the graphic uniformly in the x and y directions so that
+it is no more than <kbd>width</kbd> wide and <kbd>height</kbd>
+high.  By default, the graphic will be horizontally centred.  The
+<kbd>-L</kbd> and <kbd>-R</kbd> options cause the graphic to be
+left-aligned and right-aligned, respectively.  The <kbd>-I</kbd>
+option causes the graphic to be indented by <kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd>;
+the default unit of measure is <kbd>m</kbd>
+(<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+It is not necessary to pass PSPIC the <kbd>&lt;width&gt;</kbd>
+and <kbd>&lt;height&gt;</kbd> arguments unless you are scaling
+the image, in which case you will most likely need the original
+dimensions of the EPS image&#8217;s bounding box.  These can be
+found with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+ gs -q -dBATCH -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=bbox &lt;image file&gt;.pdf 2&gt;&amp;1 \
+ | grep "%%BoundingBox" | cut -d " " -f4,5
+</span>
+The two digits returned are in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>,
+therefore the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<kbd>p</kbd> must be appended to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Because PSPIC lacks the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> option offered by
+<a href="#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>
+a certain amount of manual tweaking of the vertical placement of the
+image will probably be required, typically by using the
+<a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#rld">RLD</a>
+macros.  Wrapping the image in a
+<a href="#float">float</a>
+and using FLOAT&#8217;s <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> option can also be used to
+correct optical centering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, non-floated EPS images
+will almost certainly disrupt the baseline placement of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+In order to get mom back on track after inserting a non-floated
+<kbd>.PSPIC</kbd> image, insert the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">SHIM</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">FLEX</a>
+macro afterwards, depending on the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+strategy in effect, so that the bottom margin of running text falls
+where it should.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Remember that mom files with embedded EPS images must be processed
+with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+ pdfmom -Tps doc.mom &gt; doc.pdf
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Please note:</span>
+<kbd>PSPIC</kbd> does not support
+<a href="autolabel">autolabelling</a>,
+labels, captions, or inclusion in the List of Figures.  If you wish
+this functionality,
+<a href="#converting">convert your images to pdf</a>
+and use
+<a href="#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>
+instead, then process the file with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>
+(without the <kbd>-Tps</kbd> option).
+</p>
+</div>
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="floats-intro" class="docs">Introduction to floats</h2>
+
+<p>
+Non-textual insertions in a document (tables, for example) sometimes
+do not fit on the output page of a PDF or PostScript document at
+the place they&#8217;re inserted in the input file.  It&#8217;s
+necessary, therefore, to defer them to the next page while carrying
+on with
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whenever you need this functionality, mom provides the FLOAT macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Floats are usually used for images and graphics, but can contain
+anything you like, including text.  Whatever&#8217;s in the
+float will be kept together as a block, output immediately if
+there&#8217;s room, or deferred to the top of the next output page
+when there isn&#8217;t; running text continues to the bottom of the
+previous page without interruption.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the case of a float that doesn&#8217;t fit being followed by
+one that does, both are deferred and output one after the other.
+Note that this represents a change from versions 2.1-b_1 and earlier
+where the second float was output in position and the first was
+deferred.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A key distinction between a float and a
+<a href="docelement.html#quote">QUOTE</a>
+or
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>
+is that while a float keeps everything together and defers output if
+necessary, quotes and blockquotes are output immediately, and may
+start on one page and finish on the next.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Floats always begin in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill mode</a>.
+Text entered immediately after FLOAT will be set line-for-line
+unless a
+<a href="typesetting.html#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD&nbsp;L|R|C</a>
+precedes it.  Alternatively, any macro that sets a quad direction
+may be used, e.g.
+<a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Floats always deposit a break before they begin, which means the
+line beforehand will not be
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>.
+Floats, therefore, cannot be inserted in the middle of a paragraph
+without studying the output file and determining where to break or
+<a href="typesetting.html#spread">spread</a>
+the line before the float.  Furthermore, if you want a float between
+paragraphs, the float should come before <kbd>.PP</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  ...
+  .FLOAT OFF
+  .PP
+</span>
+not
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PP
+  .FLOAT
+  ...
+  .FLOAT OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p id="float-spacing">
+Floats begin on the baseline immediately below the running text
+preceding them.  No additional whitespace surrounds them, above or
+below.  Running text below a float is, however,
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">shimmed</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">flex-spaced</a>,
+depending on the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+strategy in effect.  This behaviour can be disabled for individual
+floats with <kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> or <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like more space around a float, you must add it
+manually, for example with 
+<a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#space">SPACE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -FLOAT- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="float" class= "macro-id">FLOAT</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FLOAT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;arguments&gt; | &lt;anything&gt;
+<br/>
+Arguments:
+<br/>
+[ ADJUST +|-&lt;amount&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+[ FORCE ] \
+<br/>
+[ SPAN ] \
+<br/>
+[ INDENT &lt;value&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+[ CENTER ] \
+<br/>
+[ RIGHT ] \
+<br/>
+[ NO_SHIM] \
+<br/>
+[ NO_FLEX ] \
+<br/>
+[ TARGET "&lt;name&gt;" ]</kbd>
+<br/>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+FLOAT is intended for use with the document processing macros only.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+As a general rule, avoid consecutive floats that have no intervening
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+Rather, wrap all the material into a single float.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Deferred floats are output with the left indent that was in effect
+when they were input.  If you do not want this behaviour, disable
+the indent prior to inputting the float and re-enable it afterward.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Mom treats <b>pic</b> pre-processor directives and pdf images as
+floats so it is not necessary to wrap them inside FLOAT unless
+additional material is included in what is floated.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em">
+To begin a float, simply invoke <kbd>.FLOAT</kbd> and follow it with
+whatever you want the float to contain.  When you&#8217;re done,
+invoke <kbd>.FLOAT&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">ADJUST</h5>
+
+<p>
+The optional <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument tells mom to raise
+(<kbd>+</kbd>) or lower (<kbd>-</kbd>) the float <i>within
+the space allotted to it</i> by the specified amount.
+<kbd>&lt;amount&gt;</kbd> must have a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended.  <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> gives you precise control over
+the vertical centering of floats, allowing you to compensate for
+unequal spacing that may result from the automatic
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">shimming</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">flex-spacing</a>
+floats.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> is ignored for the first float deferred to
+a following page but respected for subsequent deferred floats
+output immediately afterwards.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">FORCE</h5>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>FORCE</kbd> argument instructs mom to output the float
+exactly where it occurs in the input file.  With <kbd>FORCE</kbd>,
+mom immediately breaks to a new page to output the float if it does
+not fit on the current page.  While this is somewhat contrary to the
+notion of floats (i.e. that running text should continue to fill the
+page), there are circumstances where it may be desirable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you need to force a page break after completion of a float that
+has been deferred to a subsequent page, insert <kbd>\!.bp</kbd>
+immediately before terminating the float.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">SPAN</h5>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>SPAN</kbd> argument tells mom that a float, if deferred,
+may carry onto multiple pages.  Please note that <kbd>SPAN</kbd> may
+not be used for floats containing a boxed table; mom will abort with
+a warning should this occur.  Unboxed tables, on the other hand, are
+acceptable within floats that are given the <kbd>SPAN</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">INDENT</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>INDENT</kbd> allows you to indent a float from the left margin
+by a specified value.  The value must have a
+(<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended to it.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">CENTER</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CENTER</kbd> instructs mom to center a float if it is not
+already centered by default.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">RIGHT</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>RIGHT</kbd> instructs mom to place a float at the right of the
+page; the longest line in the float will be flush with the
+page&#8217;s right margin.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_SHIM</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">shimming</a>
+after a float, which she will do automatically when shimming is
+enabled, which it is by default.  Shimming ensures that running text
+after the float falls properly on the page&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline-grid">baseline grid</a>,
+but can result in slightly unequal spacing above and below
+(correctable with the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument).
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> is useful when you have several floats on the
+page and there are visible differences in the spacing beneath them
+as a result of shimming.  To ensure a flush bottom margin, the last
+float on the page should be shimmed, i.e. should not be given the
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_FLEX</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">flex-spacing</a>
+after a float, which she will do automatically when flex-spacing is
+enabled. <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> is useful when you have several floats
+on the page and you want to distribute excess vertical
+whitespace on the page amongst other flex-spacing points on the
+page.  If there are no others, the final float should be
+flex-spaced, i.e. not given the <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">TARGET</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TARGET</kbd> followed by a unique name surrounded by
+double-quotes creates a PDF target for the float so that it may be
+linked to from other places in the file (with PDF_LINK; see
+<a href="version-2.html#mom-pdf">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Floats cannot be autolabelled, so unlike pdf images and
+pre-processor material, the target name cannot be used as a string
+to generate the target&#8217;s label number in running text.  Label
+numbers for floats must be entered explicitly running text, however
+they may be entered symbolically in the argument to
+<a href="#label">LABEL</a>.
+See
+<a href="#reserved-label-strings">Reserved variables for
+labels</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Floats use
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill mode</a>,
+with each input line beginning at the left margin.  If this is not
+what you want, you must specify the preferred horizontal alignment
+<i>within the float</i> (e.g.
+<a href="typesetting.html#lrc">CENTER</a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#lrc">RIGHT</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Furthermore, if you want text
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>,
+you must specify
+<a href="typesetting.html#quad"><kbd>.QUAD&nbsp;L|R|C</kbd></a>
+or
+<a href="typesetting.html#justify"><kbd>.JUSTIFY</kbd></a>&mdash;again,
+within the float.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="float-label-caption" class="docs">Labelling and captioning floats</h2>
+
+<p>
+Labelling and captioning of tables (<b>tbl</b>), equations
+(<b>eq</b>), diagrams (<b>pic</b>) and pdf images
+(<a href="#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>)
+are handled by the macros that initiate them, regardless of whether
+they&#8217;re wrapped inside a float.  However, since a float may
+contain any valid input, it is sometimes necessary to add a label
+and/or caption to the float itself.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Always use the native labelling/captioning facilities for
+preprocessor output and pdf images rather than labelling the
+containing float, if any.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The macros to label and caption floats are
+<a href="#label">LABEL</a>
+and
+<a href="#caption">CAPTION</a>.
+If a label or caption is to appear above the float, the appropriate
+macro is entered immediately after
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>.
+If a label or caption is to appear beneath the float, the appropriate
+macro is entered immediately before ending the float with
+<kbd>FLOAT&nbsp;OFF</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If a label and caption are to be joined, the <b>LABEL</b> macro is
+used to enter both by passing the <kbd>CAPTION</kbd> argument to
+<kbd>LABEL</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is impossible for mom to know the contents of a float, so
+floats cannot be autolabelled.  Each label must be entered
+explicitly.  Mom does, however, provide a way to enter both
+chapter numbers and incrementing label numbers
+<a href="#reserved-label-strings">symbolically</a>,
+easing the burden of keeping the numbering scheme intact as
+labelled floats are added to or subtracted from a document.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Tip:</span>
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote">QUOTE</a>
+and
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>
+may also be labelled and captioned using <b>LABEL</b> and
+<b>CAPTION</b>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="docs">Spacing</h4>
+
+<p>
+If a float has a caption at the top, the caption is whitespaced
+1/4 linespace from running text and the float itself begins
+an additional 1/4 linespace below the caption.  If the float has
+no corresponding label at the bottom, the float observes the
+bottom-spacing rules for all floats, namely that no extra space is
+added other than
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">shimming</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">flex-spacing</a>,
+depending on the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+in effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If a float has a label at the bottom but no caption at the top, the
+float begins exactly where started, i.e. with no extra whitespace
+between running text and the float.  The label (and attached
+caption, if any) are whitespaced 1/4 linespace below the float,
+with an additional 1/4 linespace underneath <i>plus</i> shimming or
+flex-spacing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Labelled/captioned quotes and blockquotes inside floats treat the
+labels/captions as part of the quote so the spacing above and
+below the whole float block is what you&#8217;d expect from quotes
+normally, while the spacing between the label/caption and the quote
+is 1/4 linespace.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="label" class="macro-id">LABEL</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LABEL</b>
+<kbd class="macro-args">"&lt;label&gt;" [ CAPTION "&lt;caption&gt;" ] [ SHORT_CAPTION ] \
+<br/>
+[ TO_LIST FIGURES | TABLES | EQUATIONS ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The placement of a float&#8217;s label depends on where you put it
+inside the float.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want a label at the top, put <kbd>LABEL</kbd> immediately
+underneath
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>
+and follow it with the text of the label surrounded by double-quotes:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  .LABEL "Fig. 1"
+</span>
+If you want a label at the bottom, put <kbd>LABEL</kbd> immediately
+before ending the float:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  &lt;contents of float&gt;
+  .LABEL "Fig. 1"
+  .FLOAT OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3  id="reserved-label-strings" class="docs" style="text-transform: none">Reserved variables for labels</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom reserves strings you may use when entering
+label text after the <kbd>LABEL</kbd> argument.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[chapter]</span></kbd> holds the current chapter
+or major section number. <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[fig-label]</span></kbd>,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[tbl-label]</span></kbd>, and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[eqn-label]</span></kbd> increment the label number of
+the appropriate label type by one, and are initially set to zero
+after each invocation of
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+when the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+is <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd>.  Thus, in every chapter requiring numbered
+float labels, you can enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LABEL "Fig. \*[chapter].\*[fig-label]. TO_LIST FIGURES
+</span>
+which, assuming the third autolabelled float of Chapter 2, will
+produce <kbd>Fig. 2.3.</kbd>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your <b>DOCTYPE</b> is <kbd>DEFAULT</kbd> or <kbd>NAMED</kbd>,
+you must reset <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[&lt;type&gt;-label]</span></kbd> after
+each
+<a href="docprocessing.html#collate">COLLATE</a>
+by entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTOLABEL_&lt;list type&gt;
+</span>
+before <kbd>.START</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If
+<a href="#autolabel">autolabelling</a>
+is enabled, e.g. <kbd>.AUTOLABEL_IMAGES</kbd> (List
+of Figures) or <kbd>.AUTOLABEL_PIC</kbd> (also List of Figures),
+the prefix is stripped from the label when it appears in
+the List.  Thus, if you have invoked <kbd>.AUTOLABEL_PIC</kbd>,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LABEL "Fig. 1.1."
+   CAPTION "Caption for label \
+   TO_LIST FIGURES
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LABEL "Fig. \*[chapter].\*[label]." \
+   CAPTION "Caption for label \
+   TO_LIST FIGURES
+</span>
+will appear in the List of Figures as &#8220;1.1.&nbsp;&nbsp;Caption for
+label&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">CAPTION</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like a caption attached to the label, pass
+<kbd>LABEL</kbd> the optional argument <kbd>CAPTION</kbd> followed
+by the text of the caption as a single string surrounded by
+double-quotes:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  &lt;contents of float&gt;
+  .LABEL "Fig. 1" CAPTION "Caption for Fig. 1"
+  .FLOAT OFF
+</span>
+Note that the
+<a href="#caption">CAPTION</a>
+macro by itself permits entering several strings, each output on
+a line by itself, whereas the <kbd>CAPTION</kbd> argument to
+<kbd>LABEL</kbd> accepts only a single string.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">SHORT_CAPTION</h3>
+
+<p>
+If your caption runs long and you&#8217;re including the
+float in a &#8220;List of ...&#8221;, (see
+<a href="#list-of">TO_LIST</a>, below)
+<kbd>SHORT_CAPTION</kbd> tells
+mom how you&#8217;d like the caption to appear in the List.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">TO_LIST</h3>
+
+<p>
+The optional argument <kbd>TO_LIST</kbd> tells mom to add the
+float&#8217;s label and attached caption, if present, to the specified
+<a href="#lists-of">list</a>,
+which may be one of <kbd>FIGURES</kbd>, <kbd>TABLES</kbd>, or
+<kbd>EQUATIONS</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, for some reason, you want only the caption appended to the List,
+give <kbd>\&amp;</kbd> as the first argument to LABEL, followed by
+<kbd>CAPTION&nbsp;&#8220;caption&#8221;</kbd>:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LABEL \&amp; \
+  CAPTION "caption"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Tip:</span>
+<kbd>TO_LIST</kbd> can be used to handle situations where labelled
+floats need to go to a uniquely named &#8220;List of ...&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Suppose, for example, your document contains figures (e.g.
+<b>pic</b> output or pdf-images) and tables, and you need a
+&#8220;List of Examples&#8221; for floats labelled &#8220;Example
+n.n&#8221;.  By changing the default title string for
+<a href="#lists-macros">LIST_OF_EQUATIONS</a>
+to &#8220;List of Examples&#8221;, you may include the float in your
+List of Examples with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TO_FIGURES EQUATIONS
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="caption" class="macro-id">CAPTION</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CAPTION</b>
+<kbd class="macro-args">"&lt;caption&gt;" \
+<br/>
+[ "&lt;additional line&gt;" [ "&lt;additional line&gt;"... ] ] \
+<br/>
+[ TO_LIST FIGURES | TABLES | EQUATIONS ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The placement of a float&#8217;s caption depends on where you put it
+inside the float.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want a caption at the top, put <kbd>CAPTION</kbd> immediately
+underneath
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>
+and follow it with the text of the caption surrounded by double-quotes:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  .CAPTION "Caption at top of float"
+</span>
+<b>CAPTION</b> can take multiple string arguments, allowing for
+captions that run to several lines.  There is a caveat: the strings
+are not automatically broken into individual lines.  You must
+provide strings that include literal breaks or spaces:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  .CAPTION "Caption" ".BR" "at top" ".BR" "of float"
+</span>
+or, easier to read:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  .CAPTION "Caption" \
+  ".BR" \
+  "at top" \
+  ".BR" \
+  "of float"
+</span>
+If you want a caption at the bottom, put <kbd>CAPTION</kbd> immediately
+before ending the float:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  &lt;contents of float&gt;
+  .CAPTION "Caption at bottom of float"
+  .FLOAT OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you want a caption attached to a label, do not use
+<b>CAPTION</b> by itself.  Rather, invoke
+<a href="#label"><kbd>.LABEL</kbd></a>
+with the <kbd>CAPTION</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="preprocessor-support" class="docs">Preprocessor support</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom offers full support for the <b>eqn</b> (equations), <b>pic</b>
+(diagrams), <b>grap</b> (graphs), <b>tbl</b> (tables) and
+<b>refer</b> (bibliographies/citations) preprocessors, including
+captions, labelling, autolabelling, and inclusion in the Lists of
+Equations, Figures, and Tables.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Other than <b>refer</b>, which is discussed at length in the <a
+href="refer.html">Bibliographies and references</a> section, it is
+beyond the scope of this documentation to cover full preprocessor
+usage.  Consult the manpages <b>eqn(1)</b>, <b>pic(1)</b>,
+<b>grap(1)</b> and <b>tbl(1)</b> for instructions.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Version 2.0-c changes</span>
+<br/>
+Preprocessor support has been revised and expanded as of version 2.0-c.
+Please read the following sections thoroughly and update any
+documents created with versions prior to 2.0-c as necessary.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="tbl" class="docs">tbl support</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom documents can include tables generated with the groff
+preprocessor <b>tbl</b>.  If you are unfamiliar with <b>tbl</b>, I
+recommend downloading a copy of
+<a href="http://plan9.bell-labs.com/10thEdMan/tbl.pdf">Tbl - A Program to Format Tables</a>,
+which, in addition to providing a thorough introduction, contains
+some fine examples.  If you use <b>tbl</b>, you must pass groff or
+pdfmom the <b>-t</b> flag when you process the file.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Tables formatted with <kbd>tbl</kbd> begin with the macro
+<kbd>.TS</kbd> (<b>T</b>able <b>S</b>tart) and end with
+<kbd>.TE</kbd> (<b>T</b>able <b>E</b>nd).  Depending on where you
+want your tables output in a document, you may need to wrap
+your <kbd>tbl</kbd> code inside a
+<a href="#floats-intro">float</a>,
+or pass the <kbd>H</kbd> argument to <kbd>.TS</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you put <kbd>tbl</kbd> code inside a float, the table will be
+output immediately if it fits on the page, or deferred to the top
+of the next page if it doesn&#8217;t.  If you prefer a table to
+begin where you say and span over to the next page, or if you know
+for certain a boxed table will run to multiple pages, simply pass the
+<kbd>H</kbd> argument to <kbd>.TS</kbd>, along with a corresponding
+<a href="#th"><kbd>TH</kbd></a>
+and do not wrap the table inside a float.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you create a boxed table that will span several pages, do not
+wrap the table inside a float.  Boxed, multipage tables and FLOAT
+should be considered mutually exclusive.  This restriction is
+imposed by the <kbd>tbl</kbd> preprocessor itself, not groff or
+mom.  Unboxed tables that span several pages, however, are
+acceptable within FLOAT.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="tbl-placement" class="docs">tbl placement in mom docs</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you use <kbd>.TS</kbd> without the <kbd>H</kbd> argument (and
+therefore no <kbd>.TH</kbd>), tables that fit on the page are output
+in position.  If there is not enough room to output the table,
+<kbd>tbl</kbd> will abort with message instructing you to use
+<kbd>.TS H/.TH</kbd>.  Given that <kbd>.TS</kbd> without <kbd>H</kbd>
+may sometimes fail, it is advisable to begin all <b>tbl</b> blocks
+with <kbd>.TS H</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you give <kbd>.TS</kbd> the <kbd>H</kbd> argument (with a
+corresponding <kbd>.TH</kbd>), tables will be output in position and
+span as many pages as necessary to complete output.  A table header
+will be printed at the top of each page&#8217;s table output.  In the
+event that there is not enough room to print the table header and
+at least one row of table data near the bottom of a page, mom will
+break to a new page before beginning table output, leaving a gap
+in
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Boxed tables inside
+<a href="#floats-intro">floats</a>
+are output in position if they fit on the page.  If not, they are
+deferred to the top of the next page without a break in running
+text.  Boxed tables within floats may not, however, span multiple
+pages; mom will abort with a message should a boxed table in a float
+run longer than the page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unboxed tables inside floats may span multiple pages provided the
+<kbd>SPAN</kbd> argument has been given to
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+The vertical spacing around unfloated tables may appear slightly
+unequal, especially if there are several tables on the page.  This
+is a result of the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim">shimming</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#flex">flex-spacing</a>
+that mom applies automatically after each table, depending on which
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">vertical whitespace management</a>
+is in effect.  You may
+disable shimming or flex-spacing with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#no-shim">NO_SHIM</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#no-flex">NO_FLEX</a>,
+or by passing the <kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> or <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> argument
+to <kbd>.TS</kbd>.  In either case, you will still likely want to
+adjust the spacing around with table with the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd>
+argument to <kbd>.TS</kbd>.  Tables inside floats should be adjusted
+with the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument to
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>,
+not the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument to <kbd>.TS</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ts-te" class= "macro-id">.TS / .TH / .TE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <a href="#ts"><b>TS</b></a>
+<kbd class="macro-args"><br/>
+Arguments:
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ H ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ BOXED ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ CENTER ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ NEEDS ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ ADJUST +|-&lt;vertical adjustment&gt;]</kbd>
+<span style="font-size: 95%">
+(<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+required)
+</span>
+<kbd class="macro-args"><br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ NO_SHIM ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ NO_FLEX ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ CAPTION "&lt;caption&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ SHORT_CAPTION "&lt;short caption&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ LABEL "&lt;label&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ TARGET "&lt;name&gt;" ]
+</kbd>
+<br/>
+Macro: <a href="#th"><b>TH</b></a> <kbd class="macro-args">(optional, only if .TS H)</kbd>
+<br/>
+Macro: <a href="#te"><b>TE</b></a> <kbd class="macro-args">[ SOURCE "&lt;text of table source&gt;" ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Tables to be formatted with <kbd>tbl</kbd> begin with the macro
+<kbd>.TS</kbd> and end with <kbd>.TE</kbd>.  Global <kbd>tbl</kbd>
+options (&#8220;flags&#8221;), formatting, and data (per
+<kbd>tbl(1)</kbd>) come between the two macros.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TS
+  &lt;tbl options, formatting, and data&gt;
+  .TE
+</span>
+Tables may be wrapped inside a
+<a href="#float-intro">float</a>,
+in which case, the entire table will be output on the current page
+if it fits, or deferred to the next page if it doesn&#8217;t.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FLOAT
+  .TS
+  &lt;tbl options, formatting, and data&gt;
+  .TE
+  .FLOAT OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h4 id="ts" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%; margin-top: .5em">The .TS macro</h4>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note: Version 2.0-c change</span>
+<br/>
+2.0-c introduces revisions to the handling of labels and/or
+captions, which, along with <kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd>, must now be given
+as arguments to <kbd>.TS</kbd> rather than <kbd>.TE</kbd>, as was
+the case formerly.  Please read this section carefully if you have
+documents containing tables as they may need to be updated.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important" style="margin-top: 1em">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span>
+All arguments to <b>TS</b> must appear on the same line as
+<kbd>.TS</kbd>.  Do not attempt to break them up with the
+&#8220;line-continued&#8221; backslash.  You may want to set your
+text editor to &#8220;wrap&#8221; mode in order to see all your
+arguments.  This annoyance stems from the preprocessor mechanism
+itself, not groff or mom.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The <b>TS</b> macro must be invoked before entering a <kbd>tbl</kbd>
+block.  You may give as many or as few of its arguments as required,
+in any order, although it is advisable to put <kbd>CAPTION</kbd>,
+<kbd>SHORT_CAPTION</kbd>, and/or <kbd>LABEL</kbd> last.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="h" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">H</h5>
+
+<p>
+With the <b>H</b> argument, a table will span as many pages as
+necessary, with or without a running header.  The placement of the
+corresponding
+<a href="#th"><kbd>.TH</kbd></a>,
+which is required whenever the <b>H</b> argument is given,
+determines what, if anything, goes in the header.  Compare the
+following:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TS H                   .TS H
+  c s s                   c s s
+  c s s                   c s s
+  c c c                   c c c
+  n n n.                  n n n. 
+  Percent Increase        .TH
+  2002-2012               Percent Increase
+  .TH                     2002-2012
+  &lt;tbl data&gt;              &lt;tbl data&gt;
+  .TE                     .TE
+</span>
+The first example will create a table that spans multiple
+pages if necessary, with a running header (&#8220;Percent
+Increase&nbsp;/&nbsp;2002-2012&#8221;) for that table appearing at
+the top of each page until the table ends.  The second example,
+equally, may run to several pages, but without the running header.
+See
+<a href="#th"><b>TH</b></a>
+for an explanation of <kbd>.TH</kbd> placement.
+</p>
+
+<div id="h-tip" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Tip:</span>
+Generally speaking, it&#8217;s a good idea to get into the habit
+of using <kbd>.TS H</kbd> all the time, since there are no
+circumstances under which it fails, whereas <kbd>.TS</kbd> without
+<kbd>H</kbd> will fail on tables that exceed the page length.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">BOXED</h5>
+
+<p>
+If a table is to be boxed (i.e., <kbd>tbl</kbd> is given the flags
+<kbd>'box'</kbd> or <kbd>'allbox'</kbd>) you must pass the argument
+<kbd>BOXED</kbd> to <kbd>.TS</kbd>, as in this example:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TS BOXED
+  allbox;
+  c s s
+  c c c
+  n n n.
+  &lt;tbl data&gt;
+  .TE
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">CENTER</h5>
+
+<p>
+If a table is to be centered on the page, (i.e., <kbd>tbl</kbd> is
+given the <kbd>'center'</kbd> flag), you must pass the argument
+<kbd>CENTER</kbd> to <kbd>.TS</kbd>, as in this example, which
+creates a (possibly) multipage boxed table, centered on the page,
+with a running header.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TS H BOXED CENTER
+  allbox center;
+  c s s
+  c s s
+  c c c
+  n n n.
+  Percent Increase
+  2002-2012
+  .TH
+  &lt;tbl data&gt;
+  .TE
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NEEDS</h5>
+
+<p>
+If a table is not inside a float and you pass <kbd>.TS </kbd> the
+<kbd>H</kbd> argument (which you should; see the tip
+<a href="#h-tip">here</a>),
+mom begins output immediately where the table occurs in the
+input file <i>if there is enough room on the output page for the
+table header plus at least one row of table data</i>.  If there
+isn&#8217;t enough room, mom breaks to a new page before beginning
+the table, leaving a gap in
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>
+at the bottom of the previous page.  If, for aesthetic reasons,
+you would prefer that mom require more than one row of table data
+beneath the header near the bottom of a page, you may increase the
+number with the <kbd>NEEDS</kbd> argument, followed by the desired
+number of rows.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">ADJUST</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> lets you raise (<kbd>-</kbd>) or lower
+(<kbd>+</kbd>) the table
+<span style="font-style: italic">within the space allotted for it</span>
+by the amount you specify.  This is useful for achieving good
+optical centering between surrounding blocks of type.  A unit of
+measure is required.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_SHIM</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">shimming</a>
+after a table, which she will do automatically when shimming is
+enabled, which it is by default.  Shimming ensures that running text
+after the table falls properly on the page&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline-grid">baseline grid</a>,
+but can result in slightly unequal spacing above and below
+(correctable with the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument).
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> is useful when you have several tables on the
+page and there are visible differences in the spacing beneath them
+as a result of shimming.  To ensure a flush bottom margin, the last
+table on the page should be shimmed, i.e. should not be given the
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_FLEX</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">flex-spacing</a>
+after a table, which she will do automatically when flex-spacing is
+enabled. <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> is useful when you have several tables
+on the page and you want to distribute excess vertical
+whitespace on the page amongst other flex-spacing points on the
+page.  If there are no others, the final table should be
+flex-spaced, i.e. not given the <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CAPTION</kbd> allows you to give the table a caption.  By
+default, the caption appears above the table, but may be attached to
+the label that appears beneath the table.  See
+<a href="#caption-after-label">CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a>
+in
+<a href="#captions-and-labels">Captions and labels</a>.
+The text of the caption must be surrounded by double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that if your table has a caption, you must invoke
+<kbd>TS</kbd> with the <kbd>H</kbd> flag, which also entails the use
+of
+<a href="#th">TH</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">SHORT_CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>SHORT_CAPTION</kbd> allows you to trim long captions for
+inclusion in the List of Tables.  The text you supply, surrounded
+by double-quotes, is what will appear in the List.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">LABEL</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>LABEL</kbd>, if given, appears beneath the table.  The text you
+supply, surrounded by double-quotes, is how the table is labelled
+in both the document proper and the List of Tables.  Mom provides
+an auto-labelling facility for tables (see
+<a href="#autolabel">AUTOLABEL</a>),
+which, if enabled, overrides the <kbd>LABEL</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">TARGET</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TARGET</kbd> followed by a unique name surrounded by
+double-quotes creates a PDF target for the table so that it may be
+linked to from other places in the file (with PDF_LINK; see
+<a href="version-2.html#mom-pdf">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b><i>Please note:</i></b> The following functionality is available
+only with groff 1.22.4 or later.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When
+<a href="#autolabel">autolabelling</a>
+is enabled and the document is processed with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+the target name can be used to generate the target&#8217;s label
+number in running text if it is entered as a groff string, i.e. of
+the form <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[name]</span></kbd>.  For example, if you
+create a target called &#8220;foo&#8221; for a table whose autolabel
+number would be 3, entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  See
+  .PDF_LINK foo "Table \*[foo]"
+</span>
+anywhere in running text would result in a pdf link that reads
+&#8220;Table 3&#8221;.  If chapter numbers are being prefixed to
+labels, the same string in, say, chapter 5 would produce the pdf
+link &#8220;Table 5.3&#8221;.  
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h4 id="th" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%; margin-top: .5em">The .TH macro</h4>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The <b>TH</b> macro (<b>T</b>able <b>H</b>eader), which is required
+when you begin a table with <kbd>.TS H</kbd>, allows you to
+determine what goes in a table&#8217;s running header if it spans
+multiple pages.  Placing <kbd>.TH</kbd> under the first row of
+<kbd>tbl</kbd> data makes the first row the header.  If placed under
+the second row, the first and second rows form the header, and so
+on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As there are sometimes reasons to run <kbd>.TS H</kbd> when
+you don&#8217;t, in fact, want a running header (e.g. when
+your table has a caption), you can suppress it by placing
+<kbd>.TH</kbd> immediately underneath your <kbd>tbl</kbd> formatting
+specifications, the last line of which always ends with a period
+(see <kbd>tbl(1)</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+See the
+<kbd><a href="#h">H</a></kbd>
+argument to <kbd>.TS</kbd> for examples demonstrating <kbd>.TH</kbd>
+placement.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h4 id="te" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%; margin-top: .5em">The .TE macro</h4>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>tbl</kbd> blocks must be terminated with <kbd>.TE</kbd>,
+which, as of version 2.0-c, takes a single, optional argument,
+<kbd>SOURCE</kbd>.  (Formerly, <kbd>TE</kbd> took a label/caption
+argument along with arguments controlling placement.)  The argument
+is followed by the text of the table&#8217;s source, surrounded by
+double-quotes.  The SOURCE argument may only be used if
+<a href="#mla">MLA</a>
+(Modern Language Association) style is enabled.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h3 id="pic" class="docs">pic support</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom documents can include diagrams generated with the groff
+preprocessor <b>pic</b>.  If you are unfamiliar with <b>pic</b>, I
+recommend downloading a copy of
+<a href="http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/gpic.raymond.ps">Making Pictures with GNU PIC</a>
+which provides a thorough introduction and contains many examples.
+If you use <b>pic</b>, you must pass groff or pdfmom the <b>-p</b>
+flag when you process the file.
+
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Diagrams created with <kbd>pic</kbd> begin with the macro
+<kbd>.PS</kbd> (<b>P</b>ic <b>S</b>tart) and end with
+<kbd>.PE</kbd> (<b>P</b>ic <b>E</b>nd).  Everything between them is
+interpreted by the preprocessor as pic instructions.  Please note:
+<i>Making Pictures with GNU PIC</i> says that <kbd>.PF</kbd> can
+also be used to terminate a pic diagram, but this is not supported
+by mom.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pic diagrams are always centered.  Note that this represents a
+change from version 2.0-b of mom, where centering diagrams required
+passing <kbd>-mpic</kbd> to <b>groff</b> or
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>
+on the command line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition, mom treats <b>pic</b> diagrams identically to
+<a href="#floats-intro">floats</a>,
+which is to say that if a diagram doesn&#8217;t fit on the output
+page, she will defer it to the top of the next page while continuing
+to process
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> is ignored whenever a diagram is deferred, except
+when moving from column to column on the same page, when the diagram
+may need to be optically adjusted.  Subsequent diagrams that do not
+fit, if any, are output in order immediately after the first.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lastly, if your diagrams contain text, you may set all the type
+parameters for the text (family, font, size, leading) separately
+from the <b>pic</b> block with the macro
+<a href="#pic-text-style">PIC_TEXT_STYLE</a>.
+If you need to change the type parameters within the block
+on-the-fly, you must use <b>pic</b>&#8217;s native facilities for
+doing so.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ps-pe" class= "macro-id">.PS / .PE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PS</b>
+<kbd class="macro-args">
+<br/>
+Arguments: [ &lt;width&gt;&nbsp;&lt;height&gt; ]
+<kbd class="macro-args">
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ LEFT ]</kbd>
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ ADJUST +|-&lt;vertical adjustment&gt;]</kbd>
+<span style="font-size: 95%">
+(<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+required)
+</span>
+<kbd class="macro-args"><br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ NO_SHIM ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ NO_FLEX ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ CAPTION "&lt;caption&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ SHORT_CAPTION "&lt;short caption&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ LABEL "&lt;label&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ TARGET "&lt;name&gt;" ]
+</kbd>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>PE</b> <span style="font-size: 95%">(no arguments; ends
+the <b>pic</b> block)</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important" style="margin-top: 1.5em">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span>
+All arguments to <b>PS</b> must appear on the same line as
+<kbd>.PS</kbd>.  Do not attempt to break them up with the
+&#8220;line-continued&#8221; backslash.  You may want to set your
+text editor to &#8220;wrap&#8221; mode in order to see all your
+arguments.  This annoyance stems from the preprocessor mechanism
+itself, not groff or mom.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">'width' and 'height'</h5>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>width</kbd> and <kbd>height</kbd> arguments to
+<kbd>.PS</kbd> are idiosyncratic owing to the preprocessor itself.
+Both are optional and both expect a value in inches, so neither
+argument should have a
+(<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the <kbd>width</kbd> argument is supplied, the diagram, but
+not any text it contains, is scaled to the given width.  If a
+literal width argument of <kbd>0</kbd> (zero) is given and a
+<kbd>height</kbd> argument is supplied, the diagram, but not any
+text it contains, will be scaled to the requested height.  In the
+case of two non-zero arguments being given, only the height scaling
+is applied.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">LEFT</h5>
+
+<p>
+By default, pic diagrams are centred on the page.  If you would
+prefer them to be flush left, pass <kbd>PS</kbd> the <kbd>LEFT</kbd>
+argument.
+</p>
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">ADJUST</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> lets you raise (<kbd>-</kbd>) or lower
+(<kbd>+</kbd>) a diagram
+<span style="font-style: italic">within the space allotted for it</span>
+by the amount you specify.  This is useful for achieving good
+optical centering between surrounding blocks of type.  A unit of
+measure is required.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_SHIM</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">shimming</a>
+after a <b>pic</b> diagram, which she will do automatically when
+shimming is enabled, which it is by default.  Shimming ensures that
+running text after the diagram falls properly on the page&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline-grid">baseline grid</a>,
+but can result in slightly unequal spacing above and below
+(correctable with the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument).
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> is useful when you have several diagrams on the
+page and there are visible differences in the spacing beneath them
+as a result of shimming.  To ensure a flush bottom margin, the last
+diagram on the page should be shimmed, i.e. should not be given the
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_FLEX</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">flex-spacing</a>
+after a <b>pic</b> diagram, which she will do automatically when
+flex-spacing is enabled. <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> is useful when you
+have several diagrams on the page and you want to distribute excess
+vertical whitespace on the page amongst other flex-spacing points
+on the page.  If there are no others, the final diagram should be
+flex-spaced, i.e. not given the <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CAPTION</kbd> allows you to give the diagram a caption.  By
+default, the caption appears above the diagram, but may be attached to
+the label that appears beneath it.  See
+<a href="#caption-after-label">CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a>
+in
+<a href="#captions-and-labels">Captions and labels</a>.
+The text of the caption must be surrounded by double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">SHORT_CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>SHORT_CAPTION</kbd> allows you to trim long captions for
+inclusion in the List of Figures.  The text you supply, surrounded
+by double-quotes, is what will appear in the List.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">LABEL</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>LABEL</kbd>, if given, appears beneath the diagram.  The text you
+supply, surrounded by double-quotes, is how the diagram is labelled
+in both the document proper and the List of Figures.  Mom provides
+an auto-labelling facility for diagrams (see
+<a href="#autolabel">AUTOLABEL</a>),
+which, if enabled, overrides the <kbd>LABEL</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">TARGET</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TARGET</kbd> followed by a unique name surrounded by
+double-quotes creates a PDF target for the diagram so that it may be
+linked to from other places in the file (with PDF_LINK; see
+<a href="version-2.html#mom-pdf">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b><i>Please note:</i></b> The following functionality is available
+only with groff 1.22.4 or later.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When
+<a href="#autolabel">autolabelling</a>
+is enabled and the document is processed with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+the target name can be used to generate the target&#8217;s label
+number in running text if it is entered as a groff string, i.e. of
+the form <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[name]</span></kbd>.  For example, if you
+create a target called &#8220;foo&#8221; for a diagram whose
+autolabel number would be 3, entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  See
+  .PDF_LINK foo "Figure \*[foo]"
+</span>
+anywhere in running text would result in a pdf link that reads
+&#8220;Figure 3&#8221;.  If chapter numbers are being prefixed to
+labels, the same string in, say, chapter 5 would produce the pdf
+link &#8220;Figure 5.3&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<!-- PIC_TEXT_STYLE -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pic-text-style" class= "macro-id">PIC_TEXT_STYLE</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PIC_TEXT_STYLE</b> \
+<br/>
+<kbd class="macro-args">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ FAMILY ] "&lt;family&gt;" \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ FONT ] "&lt;font&gt;" \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ SIZE ] "+|-&lt;size&gt;" \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ AUTOLEAD ] "&lt;value&gt;"
+</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Diagrams drawn with <b>pic</b> may contain text, and groff
+<a href="inlines.html#intro-inlines">inline escapes</a>
+may be used to alter the text parameters.  A problem that arises
+from so doing is that, in many cases, it clutters up the <b>pic</b>
+code unnecessarily.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PIC_TEXT_STYLE lets you establish the type parameters for text
+inside a <b>pic</b> block all at once in cases where so doing 
+improves the readability of your mom source files.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The arguments to PIC_TEXT_STYLE behave identically to the arguments
+to other control macros, explained
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">here</a>.
+They may be given in any order, and you may use as many or as few as
+you like.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Text within <b>pic</b> diagrams does not scale when you provide a
+scaling argument to <kbd>.PS</kbd>.  This is a limitation of the
+preprocessor itself, not groff or mom.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h3 id="grap" class="docs">grap support</h3>
+
+<p>
+Grap is a <b>pic</b> preprocessor for creating graphs.  Grap
+usage is covered in the <kbd>grap(1)</kbd> manpage.  Its mom
+implementation is the same as for <b>pic</b> except that instead of
+enclosing directives between
+<a href="#ps-pe">.PS&nbsp;/&nbsp;.PE</a>,
+they are enclosed between <b>.G1/.G2</b>.  If you use <b>grap</b>,
+you must pass groff or pdfmom the <b>-G</b> flag when you process
+the file.
+
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b>.G1</b> takes all the same arguments as
+<a href="#ps-pe">PS</a>
+with one exception: the argument <b>GRAP</b> must always be given to
+<b>.G1</b>.  So, for example, a skeleton grap block raised 2 points
+and with a caption would be entered:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .G1 GRAP ADJUST +2p CAPTION "Graph caption"
+  &lt;grap directives&gt;
+  .G2
+</span>
+
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h3 id="eqn" class="docs">eqn support</h3>
+
+<p>
+Support for <b>eqn</b> is provided via extensions to the standard
+<kbd>.EQ/.EN</kbd> macros. <kbd>eqn</kbd> usage itself is beyond
+the scope of this documentation, but is covered in the manpage
+<kbd>eqn(1)</kbd>.  You can also download a copy of Ted
+Harding&#8217;s
+<a href="http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2013-10/pdfTyBN2VWR1c.pdf">
+A Guide to Typesetting Mathematics Using GNU eqn
+</a>,
+which contains useful examples.  If you use <b>eqn</b>, you must give groff or
+pdfmom the <b>-e</b> flag.
+
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="eq-en" class= "macro-id">.EQ / .EN</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <a href="#eq"><b>EQ</b></a>
+<br/>
+<kbd class="macro-args">Arguments:
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ -L | -C | -I &lt;indent&gt; ]</kbd>
+<span style="font-size: 95%">
+(<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+required)
+</span>
+<kbd class="macro-args"><br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ ADJUST +|-&lt;vertical adjustment&gt;]</kbd>
+<span style="font-size: 95%">
+(<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+required)
+</span>
+<kbd class="macro-args"><br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ NO_SHIM ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ NO_FLEX ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ CAPTION "&lt;caption&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ LABEL "&lt;label&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ SHIFT_LABEL +|-&lt;vertical adjustment&gt; ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ SHORT_CAPTION "&lt;short caption&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ TARGET "&lt;name&gt;" ]
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ CONTINUED | CONT | ... ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note: Version 2.0-c change</span>
+<br/>
+2.0-c introduces revisions to <b>EQ</b>, including the addition
+of a dash (<kbd>-</kbd>) to the positioning arguments
+(<kbd>-L</kbd>, <kbd>-C</kbd>, and <kbd>-I</kbd>) and the removal of a
+default value for <kbd>-I</kbd>.  Other changes include passing all
+options to <kbd>.EQ</kbd> (including the label) such that
+<kbd>.EN</kbd> takes only a single, optional argument saying whether
+the equation is to be continued at the next invocation of
+<kbd>.EQ</kbd>.  Please read this section carefully if you have
+documents containing equations as they may need to be updated.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important" style="margin-top: 1em">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span>
+All arguments to <b>EQ</b> must appear on the same line as
+<kbd>.EQ</kbd>.  Do not attempt to break them up with the
+&#8220;line-continued&#8221; backslash.  You may want to set your
+text editor to &#8220;wrap&#8221; mode in order to see all your
+arguments.  This annoyance stems from the preprocessor mechanism
+itself, not groff or mom.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline" style="margin-top: .5em">
+<h4 id="eq" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%; margin-top: .5em">The .EQ macro</h4>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Equations to be set with <b>eqn</b> begin with <kbd>.EQ</kbd>,
+followed by <b>eqn</b> code.  Equations are centered by default,
+but may be set flush left or indented from the left margin
+if <kbd>-L</kbd> or <kbd>-I</kbd> are passed as arguments to
+<kbd>.EQ</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">ADJUST</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd> lets you raise (<kbd>-</kbd>) or lower
+(<kbd>+</kbd>) an equation
+<span style="font-style: italic">within the space allotted for it</span>
+by the amount you specify.  This is useful for achieving good
+optical centering between surrounding blocks of type.  A unit of
+measure is required.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_SHIM</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">shimming</a>
+after an equation, which she will do automatically when shimming is
+enabled, which it is by default.  Shimming ensures that running text
+after the equation falls properly on the page&#8217;s
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline-grid">baseline grid</a>,
+but can result in slightly unequal spacing above and
+below (correctable with the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument).
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> is useful when you have several equations on the
+page and there are visible differences in the spacing beneath them
+as a result of shimming.  To ensure a flush bottom margin, the last
+equation on the page should be shimmed, i.e. should not be given the
+<kbd>NO_SHIM</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">NO_FLEX</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> instructs mom not to apply
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">flex-spacing</a>
+after an equation, which she will do automatically when flex-spacing
+is enabled. <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> is useful when you have several
+equations on the page and you want to distribute excess vertical
+whitespace on the page amongst other flex-spacing points on
+the page.  If there are no others, the final equation should be
+flex-spaced, i.e. not given the <kbd>NO_FLEX</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CAPTION</kbd> allows you to give the equation a caption.  
+Equation captions always appear beneath the equation.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">SHORT_CAPTION</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>SHORT_CAPTION</kbd> allows you to trim long captions for
+inclusion in the List of Equations.  The text you supply, surrounded
+by double-quotes, is what will appear in the List.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">LABEL</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>LABEL</kbd>, if given, appears on the same baseline as the last line of the
+equation, flush with the left or right margin, depending on the
+equation&#8217;s horizontal position.  The text you supply, surrounded by
+double-quotes, is how
+the equation is labelled in both the document proper and the List of
+Equations.  Mom provides an auto-labelling facility for equations (see
+<a href="#autolabel">AUTOLABEL</a>),
+which, if enabled, overrides the <kbd>LABEL</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">SHIFT_LABEL</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>SHIFT_LABEL</kbd> allows you to raise (<kbd>-</kbd>) or lower
+(<kbd>+</kbd>) the equation label.  It&#8217;s primary use is to
+center equation labels vertically on the equation rather than flush
+with the last line.  Assuming a three-line equation,
+<kbd>.EQ&nbsp;SHIFT_LABEL&nbsp;-1v</kbd> would raise the label by
+one line, thus centering it vertically on the equation.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none">TARGET</h5>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TARGET</kbd> followed by a unique name surrounded by
+double-quotes creates a PDF target for the equation so that it may
+be linked to from other places in the file (with PDF_LINK; see
+<a href="version-2.html#mom-pdf">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<b><i>Please note:</i></b> The following functionality is available
+only with groff 1.22.4 or later.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When
+<a href="#autolabel">autolabelling</a>
+is enabled and the document is processed with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+the target name can be used to generate the target&#8217;s label
+number in running text if it is entered as a groff string, i.e. of
+the form <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[name]</span></kbd>.  For example, if you
+create a target called &#8220;foo&#8221; for an equation whose
+autolabel number would be 3, entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  See
+  .PDF_LINK foo "Equation \*[foo]"
+</span>
+anywhere in running text would result in a pdf link that reads
+&#8220;Equation 3&#8221;.  If chapter numbers are being prefixed to
+labels, the same string in, say, chapter 5 would produce the pdf
+link &#8220;Equation 5.3&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline" style="margin-top: .5em">
+<h4 id="en" class="docs" style="font-size: 100%; margin-top: .5em">The .EN macro</h4>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+A block of <b>eqn</b> code is terminated with <kbd>.EN</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If an equation needs to span multiple lines, possibly aligned
+with <b>eqn</b>&#8217;s <kbd>'mark'</kbd> and <kbd>'lineup'</kbd>
+directives, separate invocations of <kbd><span class="nobr">.EQ/.EN</span></kbd>
+are required for each line, and the optional argument,
+<kbd>CONTINUED</kbd> (or <kbd>CONT</kbd>, or <kbd>...</kbd> [three
+dots, an ellipsis]), must be passed to <kbd>.EN</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>-L</kbd> or <kbd>-I</kbd> is given to the first
+<kbd>.EQ</kbd> of a multi-line equation, they remain in effect
+until an <kbd>.EN</kbd> without the <kbd>CONTINUED</kbd> argument
+is reached.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom does not treat equations as floats, therefore it is possible to
+begin an equation on one page and terminate it on the next.  If you
+wish to keep all lines of an equation together, you must wrap the
+equation, including all invocations of <kbd>.EQ/.EN</kbd>, inside
+a
+<a href="#floats-intro">float</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h3 id="refer" class="docs">refer support</h3>
+
+<p>
+<b>refer</b> support is covered in the section
+<a href="refer.html">Bibliographies and references</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="captions-and-labels" class="docs">Captions and labels</h2>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="#autolabel">AUTOLABEL</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#caption-after-label">CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#mla">MLA</a>&mdash;MLA-style captioning and labelling</li>
+  <li><a href="#captions-labels-sources">Set style parameters for captions, labels, and sources</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Mom includes facilities for adding captions and labels to figures,
+tables, equations, and pdf images, including auto-labelling.  If
+Lists of Figures, Tables, and Equations are desired, captions (if
+any) and labels (if any) are collected and output in the Lists with
+the appropriate page number.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The distinction between a caption and a label is that labels are
+identifiers, e.g. &#8220;Fig. 1&#8221; or &#8220;Table 3&#8221;,
+while captions are descriptive or informative.  For most types of
+writing, it is usual to provide both.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom sets captions above figures (i.e. <b>pic</b> output and
+pdf images) and tables.  This behaviour may be modified with the
+macro
+<a href="#caption-after-label">CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a>.
+Equations always have their captions set underneath.  All aspects of
+the text style for captions may be set with the macro
+<a href="#captions-labels-sources">CAPTIONS</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Labels for tables are set underneath the table unless the
+<a href="#mla">MLA</a>
+macro has been invoked, in which case the label and caption appear
+above the table, per MLA style, and the source for the table, if
+any, appears underneath.  Labels for figures are set underneath.
+Equation labels, by default, are set on the same baseline as the
+last line of the equation.  Like captions, all aspects of text style
+for labels may be established with a single macro
+<a href="#labels">LABELS</a>.
+Furthermore, mom can autolabel figures, tables, and equations, with
+or without a prefixed chapter number.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="autolabel" class="macro-id">Autolabel</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>AUTOLABEL_EQUATIONS</b>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>AUTOLABEL_IMAGES</b>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>AUTOLABEL_PIC</b>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>AUTOLABEL_TABLES</b>
+<br/>
+<kbd class="macro-args">Arguments:
+<br/>
+[ PREFIX "&lt;string&gt;"] [ SUFFIX "&lt;string&gt;"] [ PREFIX_CHAPTER [ &lt;n&gt; ] ]
+</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<b>AUTOLABEL_&lt;type&gt;</b> takes care of labelling &lt;type&gt; by
+identifying each with a separate, incrementing numeric scheme, which
+is also collected for output in Lists of Figures, Equations, and
+Tables.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Autolabelling may be disabled on-the-fly by giving any argument
+other than <kbd>PREFIX</kbd>, <kbd>SUFFIX</kbd>, or
+<kbd>PREFIX_CHAPTER</kbd> to the appropriate macro.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTOLABEL_IMAGES NO
+</span>
+would disable autolabelling of images.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em">Prefixes and suffixes</h4>
+
+<p>
+By default, when <b>AUTOLABEL</b> is enabled, the label numbers are
+prefixed, and, in the case of equations, suffixed, with strings such
+that they appear for tables as &#8220;Table&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;&#8221;, for
+<b>pic</b> diagrams and pdf images as &#8220;Fig.&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;&#8221;,
+and for equations as &#8220;Eq.&nbsp;(&lt;n&gt;)&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You can use <kbd>PREFIX&nbsp;&lt;"string"&gt;</kbd> to change what
+comes before the automatic numbering.  For example, if you are
+including musical excerpts in your document, MLA style requires that
+they be labelled &#8220;Ex.&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;&#8221;.  Since musical
+excerpts are likely to be scanned images (in pdf format, don&#8217;t
+forget), you have to change the prefix string for pdf images:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTOLABEL_IMAGES \
+   PREFIX "Ex. " \
+   SUFFIX ""
+</span>
+If you need a suffix after the automatic numbering, use
+<kbd>SUFFIX&nbsp;&lt;"string"&gt;</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTOLABEL_IMAGES \
+   PREFIX "(Fig. " \
+   SUFFIX ")"
+</span>
+Note from the above that both arguments, <kbd>PREFIX</kbd> and
+<kbd>SUFFIX</kbd>, are required should you want either.  Two
+adjacent double-quotes leaves the string blank.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+In automatically formatted
+<a href="#lists-macros">&#8220;Lists of ...&#8221;</a>,
+label number prefixes are stripped when autolabelling is enabled.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em">Prefixing chapter numbers</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you would like mom to prefix chapter numbers to the label,
+pass <kbd>AUTOLABEL_&lt;type&gt;</kbd> the argument
+<kbd>PREFIX_CHAPTER</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If for some reason you need to specify the chapter number,
+you may do so by passing the number as an argument to
+<kbd>PREFIX_CHAPTER</kbd>.  Subsequent chapters or major sections
+will increment by one as expected.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+For the purposes of labelling, mom treats
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE&nbsp;DEFAULT</a>
+as if it were <b>DOCTYPE&nbsp;CHAPTER</b>, hence, with
+<kbd>PREFIX_CHAPTER</kbd>, each collated <b>DEFAULT</b>
+doctype&#8217;s prefixed &#8220;chapter&#8221; number is
+incremented and the label number itself reset to &#8220;1&#8221;.
+If you do not supply the <kbd>PREFIX_CHAPTER</kbd> argument, the
+label number is <i>not</i> reset automatically.  To reset it, invoke
+<kbd>.AUTOLABEL_&lt;type&gt;</kbd> after each
+<a href="docprocessing.html#collate">COLLATE</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="set-autolabel" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>SET_AUTOLABEL</b> <kbd class="macro-args">FIG | TBL | PIC | EQN &lt;n&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+You may sometimes need to set or reset the autolabel number for a
+particular type of pre-processor or for PDF images.  This is likely
+to occur if you are using
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>
+in conjunction with the <kbd>TO_LIST</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if your document has Figures (PDF images, pic diagrams)
+and you want your tables to be labelled as Figures as well, you have
+to wrap the tables inside a float and label the float manually as
+&#8220;Fig.&nbsp;n&#8221;, sending it to the List of Figures with
+<kbd>TO_LIST FIGURES</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom does not autolabel floats or assign them automatically
+to a list, so she doesn&#8217;t know you&#8217;ve interrupted the
+auto-incrementing label numbers.  Use SET_AUTOLABEL get her back on
+track.  The number you give as an argument after telling her which
+kind of label number to set is the one you want to appear next.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SET_AUTOLABEL FIG 6
+</span>
+means the next autolabelled Figure will be &#8220;Fig. 6.&#8221;
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="caption-after-label" class="macro-id">Captions after labels</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</b> <kbd class="macro-args">IMG | PIC | TBL | ALL [ &lt;anything&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom sets captions above figures (<b>pic</b> output
+and pdf images) and tables; labels are always underneath.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</kbd>, with one of the required arguments,
+instructs mom to attach captions directly to the appropriate
+labels, beginning on the same line.  Any argument after the first
+disables this behaviour, restoring caption placement to mom&#8217;s
+default.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL ALL
+</span>
+would enable captions after labels globally, while a subsequent
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL IMG OFF
+</span>
+would disable captions after labels for pdf images only.
+<kbd>OFF</kbd> can be anything you like (<kbd>X</kbd>,
+<kbd>NO</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If
+<a href="#mla">MLA</a>
+is enabled, there&#8217;s no need to invoke
+<kbd>CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</kbd> as this is implied.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+A separate invocation of <kbd>.CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</kbd> is required
+for each one of the required first arguments.  You cannot, for
+example, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL IMG TBL
+</span>
+Rather, you must do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL IMG
+  .CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL TBL
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="mla" class="macro-id">MLA-style captioning and labelling</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>MLA</b> <kbd class="macro-args"> [ &lt;anything&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Modern Language Association style dictates that captions should
+always go after labels.  Furthermore, labels and captions for tables
+should go <i>above</i> the tables, with the source for the table, if
+any, underneath.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Invoking <kbd>.MLA</kbd> by itself takes care of these details.  If
+you need to disable MLA-style captioning and labelling mid-document,
+<kbd>.MLA&nbsp;OFF</kbd> does the trick. <kbd>OFF</kbd> can be
+anything you like (<kbd>X</kbd>, <kbd>NO</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline" style="margin-top: 1em">
+<h3 id="captions-labels-sources" class="macro-id">Style parameters for captions, labels and sources</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>CAPTIONS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">EQN | IMG | PIC | TBL | FLOATING | ALL</kbd>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>LABELS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">EQN | IMG | PIC | TBL | FLOATING | ALL</kbd>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>SOURCES</b> <kbd class="macro-args">TBL</kbd>
+<br/>
+<kbd class="macro-args">Style arguments:
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;FAMILY &lt;family&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;FONT &lt;font&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;SIZE +|-&lt;size&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;AUTOLEAD &lt;value&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;COLOR &lt;color&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;QUAD LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT [ ON_LL ] \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;INDENT &lt;indent&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;ADJUST +|-&lt;vertical adjustment&gt;
+</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Arguments may be broken into several lines using the
+&#8220;line-continued&#8221; backslash (<b>\</b>), as shown above.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Additional note:</span>
+Mom&#8217;s default style for labels, captions, and sources is
+the same as the style used for running text, with two exceptions:
+labels are set in bold, except for eqn which is roman medium, and
+the autolead value for all three is &#8220;2&#8221;, effectively
+tightening the lead.  Furthermore, they are quadded left (except
+eqn, which is quadded right.)
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+With the exception of <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> and <kbd>QUAD</kbd> (which
+requires a bit of explanation), the style arguments to <kbd>CAPTIONS</kbd>,
+<kbd>LABELS</kbd>, and <kbd>SOURCES</kbd> (which is only available
+for tables) behave identically to the 
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">arguments to control macros</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first, required argument after <kbd>CAPTIONS</kbd>,
+<kbd>LABELS</kbd>, or <kbd>SOURCES</kbd> indicates the preprocessor
+type for which you are setting the parameters.  (For convenience
+PDF_IMAGE&mdash;argument <kbd>IMG</kbd>&mdash;is here treated as a
+preprocessor.)  <kbd>FLOATING</kbd> sets the style for the macros
+<a href="#caption">CAPTION</a>
+and
+<a href="#label">LABEL</a>,
+which are used to label floats, quotes, and blockquotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An argument of <kbd>ALL</kbd> sets a unified style for all
+preprocessors, floats, quotes, and blockquotes.  If the
+<kbd>ALL</kbd> argument is given, arguments to subsequent
+invocations of <kbd>CAPTIONS</kbd>, <kbd>LABELS</kbd>, or
+<kbd>SOURCES</kbd> overwrite only the explicitly named style
+parameters.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs">QUAD &mdash; quadding of labels, captions, and sources</h4>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="text-transform: none">&bull;&nbsp;pic, tbl, pdf images</h5>
+
+<p>
+By default, figures (<b>pic</b> output and pdf images) and tables
+have their captions and labels set quad left.  Sources (for
+tables) are also set quad left.  Equations have their labels
+set quad right, and their captions centered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Regardless of the quad direction, captions, labels and sources
+are set on the width of the figure, table, or pdf image
+unless you pass the optional <kbd>ON_LL</kbd> argument to
+<kbd><span class="nobr">QUAD&nbsp;&lt;direction&gt;</span></kbd>, in which case
+the prevailing document line length is used instead.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="text-transform: none">&bull;&nbsp;eqn</h5>
+
+<p>
+Equations behave differently.  By default, equation labels are
+set flush right with the page&#8217;s right margin regardless of
+equation positioning, which is, again by default, centered.  If the
+equation is positioned left, the label will appear at the right
+margin regardless of the direction you give to <kbd>QUAD</kbd>.  If
+the equation is indented with the
+<kbd><span class="nobr">-I&nbsp;&lt;indent&gt;</span></kbd> option, a quad
+direction of <kbd>LEFT</kbd> is observed, but may overprint the last
+line of the equation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Note that there is no <kbd>CENTER</kbd> option for equation labels,
+and that captions are always quadded over the prevailing document
+line length.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="text-transform: none">&bull;&nbsp;quotes and blockquotes</h5>
+
+<p>
+Floating labels attached to <b>QUOTE</b>s are quadded on the
+prevailing document line length, and require the <kbd>INDENT</kbd>
+argument if you want to align them with the left and/or right edges
+the quote.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Floating labels attached to <b>BLOCKQUOTE</b>s are always quadded on
+the indent and line length of the blockquote.
+</p>
+
+<h5 class="docs" style="text-transform: none">&bull;&nbsp;floats</h5>
+
+<p>
+Floating labels and captions attached to <b>FLOAT</b>s are always
+quadded over the prevailing document line length, and require the
+<kbd>INDENT</kbd> argument if you want to align them with the left
+and/or right edges of the float&#8217;s contents.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs">INDENT</h4>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>INDENT</kbd> argument may only be used if the label
+or caption type is <kbd>FLOATING</kbd>, and only applies to
+<b>FLOAT</b>s and <b>QUOTE</b>s, not <b>BLOCKQUOTE</b>s.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is not possible for mom to know the width of a float before
+setting a label or caption attached to a float.  She therefore sets
+it on the prevailing document line length.  While this isn&#8217;t
+much of an issue when the label or caption quad is <b>CENTER</b>,
+you may want to adjust the horizontal positioning when the quad is
+<b>LEFT</b> or <b>RIGHT</b>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>INDENT</kbd>, with a numeric value to which a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+is appended, allows you to indent a floating label or caption so
+it lines up with the left edge of a <b>FLOAT</b> or <b>QUOTE</b>.
+<kbd>INDENT&nbsp;RIGHT</kbd> (with a value) allows you to shorten the
+line length to the appropriate width.  If you need both a left and
+right indent, invoke <kbd>LABELS</kbd> or <kbd>CAPTIONS</kbd> twice,
+one instance containing <kbd>INDENT&nbsp;&lt;indent&gt;</kbd> and
+the other <kbd>INDENT&nbsp;RIGHT&nbsp;&lt;indent&gt;</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 class="docs">ADJUST</h4>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument allows you to add(<kbd>+</kbd>) or
+subtract (<kbd>-</kbd>) vertical space between labels and captions
+and the output to which they are attached.  The argument requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+For example, if you find that table labels are a bit too close to
+the table itself,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LABELS TBL ADJUST +3p
+</span>
+would put three extra points of space between the bottoms of tables
+and the labels that appear beneath them.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="lists-of" class="docs">Lists of Figures, Tables, and Equations</h2>
+
+<p>
+Besides a
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html">Table of Contents</a>,
+mom can generate Lists of Figures, Tables, and Equations.  Labels
+and captions are collected and concatenated, and output in lists
+with the appropriate page number, just like a Table of Contents.
+Including such lists in a document is as simple as adding whichever
+you need of
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LIST_OF_FIGURES
+  .LIST_OF_EQUATIONS
+  .LIST_OF_TABLES
+</span>
+to the end of your input file.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Also like the Table of Contents, entries in the Lists&#8217; output
+are clickable PDF links when a document is viewed at the screen.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="lists-placement" class="docs">Placement of Lists</h3>
+
+<p>
+Lists normally appear after the Table of Contents, and continue
+the page numbering scheme used for it.  By default, the Table of
+Contents begins on roman-numeral page &#8220;i&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you are using mom&#8217;s
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#auto-relocate-toc">AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC</a>
+feature, you have two options for placement of the Lists within the
+document.  If you want the Lists shifted to the top of the document
+along with the Table of Contents, invoke the Lists macros <i>after</i>
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc"><kbd>.TOC</kbd></a>.
+If you prefer to have the Lists at the end of the document, invoke
+the Lists macros <i>before</i> <kbd>.TOC</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lists shifted with the Table of Contents do not appear in the Table
+of Contents itself, but do appear as clickable links in the PDF
+outline typically available in the left panel of most PDF viewers.
+Lists that are not shifted with the Table of Contents appear in both
+the Table of Contents itself and the PDF outline.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline" style="margin-top: 1em">
+<h3 id="lists-macros" class="macro-id">Macros to generate Lists</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>LIST_OF_EQUATIONS</b>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>LIST_OF_FIGURES</b>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>LIST_OF_TABLES</b>
+<br/>
+<kbd class="macro-args">Arguments:
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;[ TITLE_STRING "&lt;string&gt;" ] [ START_PAGENUM &lt;page number&gt; ]
+</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The first optional argument to the <kbd>LIST_OF_&lt;type&gt;</kbd>
+macros allows you to change the title that appears at the top of the
+page.  This is useful not only for internationalization, or to meet
+the requirements of various style guides, but is also useful
+for, say, documents containing musical examples, which, per
+MLA-style, should be labelled &#8220;Example &#8221; or
+&#8220;Ex. &#8221;.  When it comes time to output the List of
+Figures (to which musical examples, usually scanned pdf images, belong),
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  LIST_OF_FIGURES TITLE_STRING "List of Examples"
+</span>
+ensures that the title of the List is correct.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The second optional argument allows you to give a starting page
+number for a list in cases where mom&#8217;s pagination scheme does
+not provide the List with the starting page number you want.
+</p>
+<h3 id="formatting-lists" class="docs">Formatting and style parameters for Lists</h3>
+
+<p>
+Like the Table of Contents, nearly every aspect of Lists can be
+designed independently of a document&#8217;s overall style.  By
+default, Lists follow the formatting and style parameters of the
+Table of Contents, both mom&#8217;s defaults and any changes you may
+have made to the Table of Contents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to make changes to any aspect of Lists formatting
+or styling, the macro <kbd>LISTS_STYLE</kbd> provides all the
+tools necessary.  It is unlikely that you&#8217;ll want the
+formatting of the various list types to differ one from the other,
+so <kbd>LISTS_STYLE</kbd> applies to all Lists.  In the event that
+you do need to change some aspect of the formatting for different
+list types, simply invoke <kbd>LISTS_STYLE</kbd> immediately prior
+to each list whose formatting needs to be changed.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline" style="margin-top: 1em">
+<h3 id="lists-style" class="macro-id">Lists style</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>LISTS_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">
+<br/>
+Arguments:
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;FAMILY &lt;family&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;FONT &lt;font&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;PT_SIZE &lt;size&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;LEAD &lt;leading&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;TITLE_FAMILY &lt;family&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;TITLE_FONT &lt;font&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;TITLE_SIZE +|-&lt;size&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;TITLE_QUAD LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;TOC_HEADER_UNDERSCORE default = none
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;TITLE_COLOR &lt;color&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;PN_FAMILY &lt;family&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;PN_FONT &lt;font&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;PN_SIZE +|-&lt;size&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;EQN_PN_PADDING &lt;placeholders&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;FIG_PN_PADDING &lt;placeholders&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;TBL_PN_PADDING &lt;placeholders&gt; \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha \
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;NO_PAGINATION
+</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Arguments may be broken into several lines using the
+&#8220;line-continued&#8221; backslash (<b>\</b>), as shown above.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>FAMILY</kbd> is the family for the entirety of Lists pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>FONT</kbd> is the font for the entirety of Lists pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>PT_SIZE</kbd> is the base point size for the entirety of Lists
+pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>LEAD</kbd> is the base leading for the entirety of Lists pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TITLE_FAMILY</kbd> is the family for the Lists titles if you
+want it different from the family otherwise used for the Lists
+pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TITLE_FONT</kbd> is the font for the Lists titles if you want
+it different from the font otherwise used for the Lists pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TITLE_SIZE</kbd> tells mom by how much to increase
+(<kbd>+</kbd>) or decrease (<kbd>-</kbd>) the point size of the
+titles relative to the overall point size of Lists pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TITLE_QUAD</kbd> tells mom how to position the title
+horizontally.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>TITLE_COLOR</kbd> sets the colour for the titles.  The colour
+must be pre-initialized with
+<a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+or
+<a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>PN_FAMILY</kbd> sets the family for entry pagenumbers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>PN_FONT</kbd> sets the font for entry pagenumbers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>PN_SIZE</kbd> tells mom by how much to increase (<kbd>+</kbd>)
+or decrease (<kbd>-</kbd>) the point size of entry pagenumbers
+relative to the overall point size of Lists pages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>EQN_PN_PADDING</kbd>, <kbd>FIG_PN_PADDING</kbd>, and
+<kbd>TBL_PN_PADDING</kbd> tells mom how many placeholders to reserve
+for the entry pagenumbers in their respective Lists.  If, for example,
+a document with both tables and figures runs to over a hundred
+pages, but there are no tables after page 99,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  LISTS_STYLE FIG_PN_PADDING 3
+  LISTS_STYLE TBL_PN_PADDING 2
+</span>
+would prevent an unneeded, reserved placeholder from putting too
+much space between the leader and the entry pagenumber in the List of
+Tables.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The padding in effect, unless you change it, is whatever was set for
+the Tables of Contents; mom&#8217;s default is &#8220;3&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>PAGENUM_STYLE</kbd> tells mom which pagination format to use
+for the page numbers of the Lists pages themselves.  By default,
+since Lists observe what is in effect for the Table of Contents, the
+pagination format is &#8220;roman&#8221;.  Please note that the
+starting page number for any of the Lists is given as an argument to
+the
+<a href="#lists-of">LISTS_0F_&lt;type&gt;</a>
+macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>NO_PAGINATION</kbd> disables pagination of Lists pages.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="box-intro" class="docs">Shaded backgrounds and frames (boxes)</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom lets you add shaded backgrounds and frames to text and other
+material.  For convenience, she calls backgrounds and frames
+&#8220;boxes.&#8221; Entire passages may be boxed, or individual
+document elements like headings, quotes, or pre-processor output.
+Furthermore, boxes may be nested.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Boxes start on the baseline where the boxed material would have
+started were it not for the box, subject to minor aesthetic
+corrections mom takes the liberty of making.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Boxes extend from the current left margin to the current right
+margin, respecting any active left and/or right indents.  There are
+two exceptions,
+<a href="docelement.html#epigraph">EPIGRAPH BLOCK</a>
+and
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>,
+which are discussed
+<a href="#quotes">here</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a box is started, active left and right indents are
+cleared.  The box&#8217;s inset determines the new left and right
+margins.  Indents set inside a box are relative to the inset.
+When a box is stopped, formerly active left and right indents
+are restored.
+</p>
+ 
+<p>
+Frames are drawn from the perimeter inward.  The inset is
+relative to the inner edge of the frame.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If a box (including the bottom inset) can complete on a page, it
+does, even if there is no further room for type.  This may, on
+occasion, result in slight deviations from normal bottom margin
+alignment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Boxes span pages whenever the boxed material continues on the next
+page.  Spanning boxes extend fully to the bottom margin of the page
+on which they begin, leaving a slightly larger inset at the bottom
+than around the other sides.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When there is not enough room to set at least one line of type
+inside a box, mom defers starting the box until the next page,
+leaving a gap.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Boxed material is not
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">shimmed</a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#shim-vs-flex">flexed</a>.
+If either was active prior to the box, it is restored when the box
+ends and mom automatically shims or flexes whatever comes next.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">NOTE:</span>
+Shaded backgrounds and frames are not available when your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> or when
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">COLUMNS</a> are enabled.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="box" class= "macro-id">BOX</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="box-macro" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>BOX</b> <kbd class="macro-args"> [ &lt;arguments&gt; ] | &lt;anything&gt;
+<br/>
+Arguments:
+<br/>
+[ SHADED &lt;color&gt; | OUTLINED &lt;colour&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+[ INSET &lt;dist&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+[ WEIGHT &lt;wt&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+[ ADJUST +|-&lt;amount&gt; ] \
+<br/>
+[ EQN | PIC | GRAP | IMG ]
+</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Without arguments, BOX begins a shaded grey background.
+The material inside is inset by one
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">pica</a>.
+Any other type of box requires at a minimum either
+<kbd>SHADED</kbd> or <kbd>OUTLINED</kbd>.  In the case of boxes
+that are to contain pdf images or pre-processor material for
+<a href="#eqn">eqn</a>,
+<a href="#pic">pic</a>,
+or
+<a href="#grap">grap</a>,
+<kbd>IMG</kbd>, <kbd>EQN</kbd>, <kbd>PIC</kbd>, or <kbd>GRAP</kbd>
+must also be given.  Note that
+<a href="#tbl">tbl</a>
+does not have this requirement.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BOX is a
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggle macro</a>,
+so any argument other than one in the list completes the box
+(<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Boxes should be started inside toggle macros like
+<a href="docelement.html#quote">QUOTE</a>
+or
+<a href="#float">FLOAT</a>
+just after the macro is called, and terminated just before toggling
+the macro off (unless you wish the box to enclose further material).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Non-toggle macros like
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>
+or
+<a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a>
+require that the box be started beforehand.  Boxed pre-processor
+material must be fully enclosed by BOX&nbsp;/&nbsp;BOX&nbsp;OFF, as
+in this recipe for a one-off boxed pic diagram:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+.BOX
+.PS
+&lt;pic commands&gt;
+.PE
+.BOX OFF
+</span>
+Arguments to BOX are not sticky.  Each time you invoke BOX, you
+must invoke it with arguments unless you want mom&#8217;s default grey
+background.  If all or several boxes in a document require the same
+arguments, create a macro at the top of the input file that calls
+BOX with the arguments you want, e.g.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.de PINK_BOX
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX \
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SHADED pink \
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;OUTLINED darkred \
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;WEIGHT 1p \
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;INSET 9p
+&nbsp;&nbsp;..
+</span>
+<kbd>.PINK_BOX</kbd> may then be used instead of <kbd>.BOX</kbd> any
+time you want a box with those arguments.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">SHADED | OUTLINED</h3>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>SHADED</kbd> or <kbd>OUTLINED</kbd> are required.  Both may
+be given, resulting in a shaded background with a frame, and both
+require a colour, e.g.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX SHADED blue OUTLINED black
+</span>
+The colour may be
+</p>
+
+<ul style="margin-top: -1em;">
+  <li>an xcolor name</li>
+  <li>a colour initialized with
+      <a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a>
+      or
+      <a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a>
+  </li>
+  <li>an RGB hexadecimal string beginning with (e.g. #FF0000)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Note that without <kbd>SHADED</kbd>, the above would simply draw a
+black frame.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">WEIGHT</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default weight for <kbd>OUTLINED</kbd> is 1/2
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">point</a>.
+If you&#8217;d like to change it, give <kbd>WEIGHT</kbd> the desired
+value with a unit of measure appended, typically points, e.g.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX OUTLINED black WEIGHT 1p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">INSET</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default inset for boxes is one
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">pica</a>
+on all sides.  If you&#8217;d like a larger or smaller inset, give
+<kbd>INSET</kbd> the distance you want with a unit of measure
+appended, e.g.
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX SHADED pink INSET 2m
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">ADJUST</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you are not happy with the starting position of a box, you can
+change it by giving <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> the distance you want it
+raised (-) or lowered (+) with a unit of measure appended.  For
+example, to lower a box three points,
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX OUTLINED black ADJUST +3p
+</span>
+To raise it,
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX OUTLINED black ADJUST -3p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">PIC / GRAP / EQN / IMG</h3>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>PIC</kbd> argument must be given to BOX if the box contains
+any
+<a href="#pic">pic</a>
+diagrams.  Likewise, graphs made with
+<a href="#grap">grap</a>,
+equations made with
+<a href="#eqn">eqn</a>,
+and
+<a href="#pdf-image">pdf images</a>
+require a corresponding <kbd>GRAP</kbd>, <kbd>EQN</kbd>, or
+<kbd>IMG</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re boxing a single diagram, graph, or pdf image, wrap
+it in a float, like this:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.FLOAT
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX PIC &lt;other parameters&gt;
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.PS
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;pic input&gt;
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.PE
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX OFF
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.FLOAT OFF
+</span>
+Notice that in the case of pdf images, pic, and grap, this
+represents a change from the norm, where the use of FLOAT may be
+destructive and is discouraged.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="box-notes" class="docs">Additional notes on BOX usage and behaviour</h2>
+
+<h3 id="qbef" class="docs">QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE, EPIGRAPH, FLOAT</h3>
+
+<p>
+<a href="docelement.html#quote">QUOTE</a>,
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a>,
+<a href="docelement.html#epigraph">EPIGRAPH</a>,
+and
+<a href="images.html#float">FLOAT</a>
+require that boxes be started <i>after</i> they are
+invoked and stopped just before they are toggled off:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.QUOTE
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX &lt;parameters&gt;
+&nbsp;&nbsp;Text of quote
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX OFF
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.QUOTE OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="code" class="docs">CODE</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re boxing 
+<a href="docelement.html#code">CODE</a>
+that&#8217;s wrapped inside
+<a href="docelement.html#quote">QUOTE</a>,
+as described
+<a href="docelement.html#quote-code">here</a>,
+set the quote indent to &#8220;0&#8221; with
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.QUOTE_STYLE INDENT 0
+</span>
+so that the box&#8217;s leftmost inset is respected.  
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s a recipe for setting boxed code with an 18-point inset:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.QUOTE_STYLE INDENT 0
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.QUOTE
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.CODE
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX INSET 18p
+&nbsp;&nbsp;Hello, world.
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.BOX OFF
+&nbsp;&nbsp;.QUOTE OFF
+</span>
+Note that CODE, wrapped inside QUOTE, does not require a corresponding CODE OFF.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="quotes" class="docs">Description of boxed BLOCKQUOTES and EPIGRAPH BLOCKS</h4>
+
+<p>
+When you box a BLOCKQUOTE, or an EPIGRAPH with the <kbd>BLOCK</kbd>
+argument, the box is centred on the page and is only as wide as the
+blockquote or epigraph plus the box&#8217;s inset.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+QUOTE and EPIGRAPH (without the <kbd>BLOCK</kbd> argument), on the
+other hand, set the box fully to the left and right margins.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="leftover" class="docs">Leftover box syndrome</h4>
+
+<p>
+Boxed quotes and blockquotes sometimes exhibit leftover box
+syndrome, where the page after a fully terminated boxed quote or
+blockquote begins with an empty bit of box.  Equally, you may
+sometimes see the lower edge of a quote&#8217;s or
+blockquote&#8217;s box falling slightly below the page&#8217;s
+bottom margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The solution in both situations is to use the <kbd>ADJUST</kbd>
+argument to raise or lower the box&#8217;s starting position.
+Leftover box syndrome is usually fixed by raising the box slightly.
+When the box runs too deep, lowering it is generally recommended,
+although this will result in a widowed line at the top of the next
+page.  In either case, some experimentation is necessary.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="slides" class="docs">SLIDES</h3>
+
+<p>
+On a slide with no pauses, boxes behave as they do in printed
+documents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When a slide contains pauses, only the material up to the first
+pause is boxed.  As subsequent material is revealed, the box changes
+location, moving down to surround each new item.  This behaviour
+persists until the box is stopped, making it useful for highlighting
+material as it is revealed.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="footnotes" class="docs">Footnotes</h3>
+
+<p>
+You don&#8217;t have to worry about boxes encroaching on footnotes.
+Mom makes sure they don&#8217;t.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="page-color-intro" class="docs">Page colour</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom lets you change the page (&#8220;paper&#8221;) colour
+from white to anything you like.  While this has limited application
+in printed documents, it can be effective in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#slides">slide presentations</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="page-color" class= "macro-id">PAGE_COLOR</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="page-color-macro" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: .5em">
+Macro: <b>PAGE_COLOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args"> &lt;color&gt; | OFF | off</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires" style="font-style: normal">
+<i>Aliased as</i> <kbd>PAGE_COLOUR</kbd>, <kbd>SLIDE_COLOR</kbd>,
+<i>and</i> <kbd>SLIDE_COLOUR</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When you invoke PAGE_COLOR with a <kbd>color</kbd> argument, the
+current and subsequent pages turn the colour you request.  If
+more than one instance of PAGE_COLOR appears before a page break,
+including <kbd>PAGE_COLOR OFF</kbd>, only the last applies.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Unlike other
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggle macros</a>,
+PAGE_COLOR requires the use of <kbd>OFF</kbd> or <kbd>off</kbd>
+to terminate it rather than an arbitrary string (<kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 20%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 46%; text-align: right;"><a href="headfootpage.html">Next: Page headers/footers, pagination</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8613161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Inline escapes</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="color.html#top">Next: Coloured text</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 id="inline-escapes" class="docs">Inline escapes</h1>
+
+<div style="text-align: center;">
+<a href="#index-inlines">List of inline escapes</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="intro-inlines" class="docs">Introduction</h2>
+<p>
+Inline escapes, as described in the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">groff terms</a>
+section of this manual, are typesetting commands that appear in text
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>,
+as opposed to macros and other
+<a href="definitions.html#controllines">control lines</a>
+that must appear on lines by themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Aside from altering type parameters within a line, inlines also tell
+groff about special characters&mdash;em-dashes, bullets,
+<a href="definitions.html#figurespace">figure/digit-width spaces</a>,
+and so on.  It is beyond the scope of this manual to provide
+a complete list of groff&#8217;s inline functions and special
+characters.  I recommend having a look at the
+<a href="intro.html#canonical">canonical reference materials</a>
+should you need more information than is contained herein.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In groff, the escape character is the backslash (<kbd>\</kbd>).
+Groff interprets everything following the backslash as instructions,
+not literal text, until the escape sequence is complete.  Should
+you need the actual backslash character as part of a line of text,
+simply enter it twice (<kbd>\\</kbd>).  Groff understands that this
+means &#8220;please print a backslash character.&#8221;
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You can also use <kbd>\e</kbd> to print a literal backslash, or use
+<a href="goodies.html#esc-char">ESC_CHAR</a> to change the escape
+character to something other than the backslash, which lets you
+use a single backslash as a literal backslash.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Groff has a number of ways of recognizing what constitutes a
+complete escape sequence.  This is both a boon and a curse; some
+escape sequences have no terminating delimiter and consequently
+become difficult to distinguish from real input text.  Others
+require the use of an opening parenthesis with no corresponding
+closing parenthesis.  Still others need to be enclosed in square
+brackets.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom recognizes that certain escapes get used more often than others.
+For these, she has a consistent input style that takes the form
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[...]</span></kbd>, which makes them stand out well
+from the text of your documents.  These escapes are the ones listed
+under
+<a href="#inlines-mom">Mom&#8217;s personal inline escapes</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Despite mom&#8217;s best intentions, there are still
+a number of typesetting functions that can only be accomplished
+with groff&#8217;s native inline escapes.  I&#8217;ve listed the
+ones that strike me as essential, but there are many others.  If you
+want to know what they are, please read the
+<a href="intro.html#canonical">canonical reference materials</a>
+pertaining to groff.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Helpful bit of information:</span>
+Inline escapes can be used in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+that take
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string arguments</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-inlines" class="macro-list">List of inline escapes</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+<li id="inlines-mom"><a href="#inlines-mom-top">Mom&#8217;s personal inline escapes</a>
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -1.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#inline-fonts-mom">Changing fonts</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#inline-size-mom">Changing point size</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#uc-lc">Capitalise a section of type</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#inline-kerning-mom">Pairwise kerning</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#inline-horizontal-mom">Horizontal movement</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#inline-vertical-mom">Vertical movement</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#inline-b-mom">Terminate a line without advancing on the page</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#tb-plus-mom">Call the next sequential tab without advancing on the page</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#inline-rule-mom">Full measure rules</a>
+  <ul class="sublist" style="font-size: 100%;">
+    <li><a href="#rule-weight">Macro to control the weight of rules</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+<li id="inlines-groff"><a href="#inlines-groff-top">Commonly-used groff inline escapes</a>
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -1.5em;">
+  <li><kbd>\f</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="#inline-fonts-groff">Font control</a></li>
+  <li><kbd>\h</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="#inline-horizontal-groff">Inline horizontal motions</a></li>
+  <li><kbd>\v</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="#inline-vertical-groff">Inline vertical motions</a></li>
+  <li><kbd>\w</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="#inline-stringwidth-groff">String width function</a></li>
+  <li><kbd>\l</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="#inline-linedrawing-groff">Horizontal line drawing function</a></li>
+  <li style="margin-left: 1.6em;"><a href="#inline-characters-groff">Special characters</a></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_FONTS_MOM- -->
+
+<h2 id="inlines-mom-top" class="macro-group">Mom&#8217;s personal inline escapes</h2>
+
+<h3 id="inline-fonts-mom" class="docs">Changing fonts</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom provides five escapes for changing fonts inline:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[ROM]   Change to the medium roman font
+  \*[IT]    Change to the medium italic font
+  \*[BD]    Change to the bold roman font
+  \*[BDI]   Change to the bold italic font
+  \*[PREV]  Revert to the previous font (once only)*
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">*Note:</span>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PREV]</span></kbd> does not operate "stack
+style".  It returns to the previous font once only, and
+afterwards has no effect.  In other words, in the case of
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PREV]\*[PREV]</span></kbd>, only the first
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PREV]</span></kbd> is respected; the second one is silently
+ignored.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+These escapes are provided for merely for convenience, legibility,
+and consistency when typesetting with mom.  For more complete and
+flexible inline font control, please see
+<a href="#inline-fonts-groff">font control with <kbd>\f</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="inlines-docprocessing-fonts" class="docs notes">Notes concerning document processing</h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>,
+inline font changes remain in effect only for the duration of the
+current document element tag.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Additionally, if you&#8217;re designing your own
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headfootpage-intro">HEADERS or FOOTERS</a>
+and want to use mom&#8217;s inline escapes for changing fonts as
+part of the left, centre and/or right strings, or in the strings
+for
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">recto</a>
+and/or
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">verso</a>
+HEADERS or FOOTERS, or in the strings passed to
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>,
+you must enter the inlines beginning with <kbd>\E*</kbd>
+rather than just <kbd><span class="nobr">\*</span></kbd>, e.g.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[BD]</span></kbd>.  You may, in such cases, prefer to
+use the simpler groff inline escape
+<a href="#inline-fonts-groff"><kbd>\f</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_SIZE_MOM- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-size-mom" class="docs">Changing point size</h3>
+<p>
+Mom has two inline escapes for changing point size:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[SIZE &lt;size&gt;]
+</span>
+and
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*S[&lt;size&gt;]
+</span>
+where &#8220;size&#8221; is the new size you want.  You can use
+either; they behave exactly the same way.  For example, to change
+the point size of type inline to 12 points, you could enter either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[SIZE 12]
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*S[12]
+</span>
+Entering either <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SIZE]</span></kbd> or
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*S[]</span></kbd> with no argument reverts to the former
+point size.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The advantage of the first form is that it&#8217;s easy to remember,
+and follows mom&#8217;s usual inline syntax.  The advantage of the
+second is that it&#8217;s more concise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Notice that in both cases, the new size does not require a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>;
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+is assumed.  However, a unit of measure may be appended to the size
+if that&#8217;s what you wish.  Fractional sizes are, of course,
+allowed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The size given to <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SIZE&nbsp;&lt;size&gt;]</span></kbd>
+or <kbd><span class="nobr">\*S[&lt;size&gt;]</span></kbd> may be expressed in
+plus or minus terms, which can be very useful.  In the following
+examples, the word &#8220;mom&#8221; will be output 2 points larger
+than the point size of the rest of the line.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  While she isn't perfect, \*S[+2]mom\*S[-2] isn't half bad.
+  While she isn't perfect, \*[SIZE +2]mom\*[SIZE -2] isn't half bad.
+</span>
+Please note that inline size changes do not update the leading if
+<a href="typesetting.html#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a>
+is enabled.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="inline-docprocessing-ps" class="docs notes">NOTE CONCERNING DOCUMENT PROCESSING</h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+and wish to design your own
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headfootpage-intro">HEADERS or FOOTERS</a>
+using mom&#8217;s inline escape for changing point size as part of
+the left, centre and/or right strings, or in the strings for
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">recto</a>
+and/or
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">verso</a>
+HEADERS or FOOTERS, or in the strings passed to
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>,
+you <i>must</i> use the form <kbd><span class="nobr">\*S[&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd>
+and enter the inline beginning with <kbd>\E*</kbd>, like this:
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*S[&lt;+|-&gt;&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+If you&#8217;re accustomed to groff&#8217;s usual way of handling
+inline size requests <kbd>(\sN, \s±N, \s(NN, \s±(NN, \s[NNN],
+\s±[NNN]),</kbd> feel free to continue with your old habits.  Mom
+doesn&#8217;t care.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -CAPITALISATION- -->
+
+<h3 id="uc-lc" class="docs">Capitalise a section of type</h3>
+<p>
+If you need to capitalise a region of type inline,
+bracket the region of type with the inline escapes,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UC]</span></kbd> (Upper Case) and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[LC]</span></kbd> (Lower Case), like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  All work \*[UC]and\*[LC] no play makes Jack a dull boy.
+</span>
+The above produces, on output
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  All work AND no play makes Jack a dull boy.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>\*[UC]</kbd> and <kbd>\*[LC]</kbd> must not be used inside the
+<a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string arguments</a>
+passed to the
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-strings">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;</a>
+macro.  Instead, use the control macro
+<a href="headfootpage.html#_caps">HEADER_&lt;POSITION&gt;_CAPS.</a>
+For
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">HEADER_RECTO</a>
+(or _VERSO) or
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">FOOTER_RECTO</a>
+(or _VERSO), supply the <kbd>CAPS</kbd> option to the appropriate
+macro.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_KERNING_MOM- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-kerning-mom" class="docs">Pairwise kerning</h3>
+<p>
+Pairwise kerning means moving specific letter pairs closer
+together or further apart (see
+<a href="definitions.html#kern">Typesetting terms, kerning</a>
+for more details).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom permits inline pairwise kerning through the use of the inline
+escapes
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[BU &lt;n&gt;]&nbsp;Closes the space between letters (Back Units).
+  \*[FU &lt;n&gt;]&nbsp;Opens the space between letters  (Forward Units).
+</span>
+<b>&lt;n&gt;</b> is the number of
+<a href="definitions.html#kernunit">kern units</a>
+by which to close or open the space between letters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  THE HUMAN COST OF COMMODIF\*[FU 1]YING FRESH W\*[BU 4]A\*[BU 5]TER
+</span>
+moves the letter Y in &#8220;COMMODIFYING&#8221; one kern unit away
+from the letter F, and the letter A in &#8220;WATER&#8221; four
+kern units closer to the letter W.  Additionally, the letter T in
+&#8220;WATER&#8221; is moved five kern units closer to the letter A.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For backward compatibility, the forms
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[BU1]...\*[BU36]&nbsp;Move backward 1...36 <a href="definitions.html#kernunit">kern units</a>
+  \*[FU1]...\*[FU36]&nbsp;Move forward  1...36 <a href="definitions.html#kernunit">kern units</a>
+</span>
+also exist (i.e. with no space before the number of kern units desired,
+up to a limit of 36).
+</p>
+
+<p id="kernunit">
+The default size of a kern unit is 1/36 of the current point size;
+this may be changed by invoking the macro <kbd>.KERN_UNIT</kbd>
+with the desired value, which represents a fraction of the current
+point size.  For example, to change the kern unit to 1/54 of the
+current point size,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .KERN_UNIT 54
+</span>
+To restore the kern unit to its default, invoke
+<kbd>.KERN_UNIT</kbd> with an argument of <kbd>DEFAULT</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="inlines-docprocessing-kerning" class="docs notes">Notes concerning document processing</h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+and wish to design your own
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headfootpage-intro">HEADERS or FOOTERS</a>
+using mom&#8217;s inline escapes for kerning as part of the left,
+centre and/or right strings, or in the strings for
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">recto</a>
+and/or
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">verso</a>
+HEADERS or FOOTERS, or in the strings passed to
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>,
+you <i>must</i> use the forms
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[BU&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[FU&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd> (i.e. with no space),
+and enter the inline beginning with <kbd><span class="nobr">\E*</span></kbd>
+rather than just <kbd><span class="nobr">\*</span></kbd>, e.g.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[BU4]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+ 
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+Using the <kbd>BU</kbd> or <kbd>FU</kbd> escapes between characters
+pairs that are already automatically kerned (see
+<a href="typesetting.html#kern">KERN</a>)
+disables the automatic kerning and uses the value you give to
+<kbd>BU</kbd> or <kbd>FU</kbd> instead.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_HORIZONTAL_MOM- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-horizontal-mom" class="docs">Horizontal inline movement</h3>
+<p>
+Sometimes, you may need to insert a specified amount of white
+space into an
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output line</a>,
+or&mdash;occasionally&mdash;back up to a previous position on an
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">output</a>
+line in order to create special typographic effects.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s inline escapes for these horizontal movements are
+<br/>
+<span id="bck" class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[BCK &lt;n unit&gt;]&nbsp;&nbsp;Move backward inline the specified number of
+                    <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">units of measure</a>; decimal fractions are allowed.
+</span>
+and
+<span id="fwd" class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[FWD &lt;n unit&gt;]&nbsp;&nbsp;Move forward inline the specified number of
+                    <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">units of measure</a>; decimal fractions are allowed.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+    1.\*[FWD 12p]The Free Trade Play-Offs: WalMart 100, Mexico 0
+</span>
+puts 12 points of space between <kbd>1.</kbd> and
+<kbd>The</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+For backward compatibility, the forms
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[BP.25]...\*[BP12.75]&nbsp;Move backward .25...12.75 points
+  \*[FP.25]...\*[FP12.75]&nbsp;Move forward  .25...12.75 points
+</span>
+also exist (i.e. with no space before the digit and points being
+the unit of measure, hence no unit of measure required).  Both
+accept quarter points, so it&#8217;s possible to do,
+for example, <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FP.5]</span></kbd> or
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[BP1.25]</span></kbd> up to a limit of 12.75 points.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="inlines-docprocessing-horizontal" class="docs notes">Note concerning document processing</h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+and wish to design your own
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headfootpage-intro">HEADERS or FOOTERS</a>
+using mom&#8217;s inline escapes for horizontal movements as part of
+the left, centre and/or right strings, or in the strings for
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">recto</a>
+and/or
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">verso</a>
+HEADERS or FOOTERS, or in the strings passed to
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>,
+you <i>must</i> use the forms
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[BP&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[FP&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd> (i.e. with no space),
+and enter the inline beginning with <kbd><span class="nobr">\E*</span></kbd>
+rather than just <kbd><span class="nobr">\*</span></kbd>, e.g.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[BP.75]</span></kbd>.  You may, in such cases, prefer
+to use the native groff inline escape
+<a href="#inline-horizontal-groff"><kbd>\h</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_VERTICAL_MOM- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-vertical-mom" class="docs">Vertical inline movement</h3>
+<p>
+If you need to move portions of type up or down on a line, mom
+provides the following inline escapes:
+<br/>
+<span id="down" class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[DOWN &lt;n unit&gt;]&nbsp;Move down inline the specified number of
+                    <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">units of measure</a>
+
+  <span id="up">\*[UP &lt;n unit&gt;]&nbsp;Move up inline the specified number of
+                  <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">units of measure</a></span>
+</span>
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Tel: 905\*[UP 1p]-\*[DOWN 1p]4072
+</span>
+moves the hyphen in the telephone number up by 1 point, then
+moves back down by the same amount.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UP]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[DOWN]</span></kbd>
+do not work in conjunction with the inline escape,
+<a href="#inline-rule-mom"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+For backward compatibility, the following are also available:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[ALD.25]...\*[ALD12.75]   Advance lead .25...12.75 points (move downward)
+  \*[RLD.25]...\*[RLD12.75]   Reverse lead .25...12.75 points (move upward)
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Both <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[ALD]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RLD]</span></kbd> work in points, hence you
+mustn&#8217;t use a unit of measure.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="inline-docprocessing-vertical" class="docs notes">Note concerning document processing</h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+and wish to design your own
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headfootpage-intro">HEADERS or FOOTERS</a>
+using mom&#8217;s inline escapes for vertical movements as part of
+the left, centre and/or right strings, or in the strings for
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">recto</a>
+and/or
+<a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-rectoverso">verso</a>
+HEADERS or FOOTERS, or in the strings passed to
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a>,
+you <i>must</i> use the forms
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[ALD&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd> and
+<kbd>\E*[RLD&lt;n&gt;]</kbd> (i.e. with no space), and enter the
+inline beginning with <kbd><span class="nobr">\E*</span></kbd> rather than just
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*</span></kbd>,
+e.g. <kbd><span class="nobr">\E*[ALD.5]</span></kbd>.
+You may, in such cases, prefer to use the native groff inline
+escape
+<a href="#inline-vertical-groff"><kbd>\v</kbd></a>.
+
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_B_MOM- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-b-mom" class="docs">Terminate a line without advancing on the page</h3>
+<p>
+Sometimes, you want mom to break a line but not advance on the page.
+This can be accomplished with the macro
+<a href="typesetting.html#el">EL</a>
+or with the escape <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[B]</span></kbd>.  Simply attach
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[B]</span></kbd> to the end of any input line.  Using
+the example given in the document entry for EL, you&#8217;d use
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[B]</span></kbd> like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  .LS 12.5
+  A line of text.\*[B]
+  .ALD 24p
+  The next line of text.
+</span>
+
+<kbd>\*[B]</kbd> works reliably regardless of the current
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_TB+_MOM- -->
+
+<h3 id="tb-plus-mom" class="docs">Call the next sequential tab without advancing on the page</h3>
+<p>
+Sometimes, you want mom to move to the next tab in sequence (e.g.
+from TAB 1 to TAB 2, or TAB 8 to TAB 9) without mom advancing on the
+page.  (See the NOTE
+<a href="typesetting.html#note-tn">here</a>
+if you&#8217;re not clear how mom manages tabs and linebreaks.)  To
+do so, simply attach the escape <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[TB+]</span></kbd> to
+the end of the input line in previous tab, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 1
+  Some text\*[TB+]  \" In tab 1
+  Some more text    \" In tab 2, same baseline.
+</span>
+
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[TB+]</span></kbd> works reliably regardless of the
+current
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_RULE_MOM- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-rule-mom" class="docs">Full measure rules</h3>
+<p>
+I find I often need rules drawn to the full measure of the
+current line or tab length.  The official way to do this is
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\l'\n[.l]u'</span></kbd>, which is annoying to type,
+and doesn&#8217;t mean a whole heck of a lot if you&#8217;re new
+to groff.  The inline, <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd>, is a
+simple replacement for <kbd><span class="nobr">\l'\n[.l]u'</span></kbd>.  Use it
+whenever you need a rule drawn to the full measure of the current
+line or tab length, for example:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL 6P
+  \*[RULE]
+</span>
+
+The above draws a rule the full measure of the 6-pica line length.
+For another way to draw full measure rules, see the macro
+<a href="graphical.html#drh">DRH</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>\*[RULE]</kbd> must appear on an
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>
+by itself, and always causes a break when entered after a normal
+input line of text.  It does not, however, deposit a break when used
+immediately after a macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The weight of the rule drawn with <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd>
+is controlled with the macro
+<a href="#rule-weight">RULE_WEIGHT</a>.
+Mom&#8217;s default is 1/2 point.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd> draws the rule to the full measure,
+hence it cannot be used to fill the remainder of a partial line with
+a rule in this way:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Signature__________________________________________
+</span>
+If you wish to accomplish this effect, you have to use
+<kbd>\*[RULE]</kbd> in conjunction with the
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">PAD</a>
+macro and
+<a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs">string tabs</a>.
+(See the
+<a href="goodies.html#pad-example">example</a>
+provided with PAD.)
+<a name="RULE_EXCEPTION"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please also note that the inline escapes
+<a href="#up"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UP]</span></kbd></a>
+and
+<a href="#down"><kbd>\*[DOWN]</kbd></a>
+cannot be used in conjunction with <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This <i>doesn&#8217;t</i> work:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[DOWN 2p]\*[RULE]\*[UP 2p]
+</span>
+whereas this does:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALD 2p
+  \*[RULE]
+  .RLD 2p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+See groff&#8217;s
+<a href="#inline-linedrawing-groff">Horizontal line drawing function</a>
+for more information on drawing horizontal rules.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -RULE_WEIGHT- -->
+
+<div id="rule-weight" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>RULE_WEIGHT</b> <kbd>&lt;weight in points&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Must <span class="normal">not</span> have a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended.
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;Argument must be greater than 0 and less than 100; decimal
+fractions are allowed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+RULE_WEIGHT allows you to tell mom how heavy (in other words, how
+&#8220;thick&#8221;) you want the rules drawn with the inline
+escape,
+<a href="#inline-rule-mom"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd></a>.
+It takes a single argument: the weight of the rule in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+<i>but without the</i>
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<kbd>p</kbd> <i>attached</i>.  Thus, to set the weight of rules
+drawn with <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[RULE]</span></kbd> to 1-1/4 points,
+you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .RULE_WEIGHT 1.25
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+RULE_WEIGHT also sets the weight of rules drawn
+with
+<a href="graphical.html#drh"><kbd>.DRH</kbd></a>
+when DRH is not given any arguments.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_FONT_GROFF- -->
+
+<h2 id="inlines-groff-top" class="macro-group">Commonly-used groff inline escapes</h2>
+
+<h3 id="inline-fonts-groff" class="docs">Font control (<kbd style="text-transform: none">\f</kbd>)</h3>
+
+<p>
+Groff&#8217;s basic mechanism for inline font control is the escape
+<kbd>\f[&lt;font&gt;]</kbd>. 
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \f[R]   Change to the medium roman font  (equivalent to mom's \*[ROM])
+  \f[I]   Change to the medium italic font (equivalent to mom's \*[IT])
+  \f[B]   Change to the bold roman font    (equivalent to mom's \*[BD])
+  \f[BI]  Change to the bold italic font   (equivalent to mom's \*[BDI])
+  \f[P]   Revert to the previous font      (equivalent to mom's \*[PREV])
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>\f[&lt;font&gt;]</kbd> can be used with any valid
+<a href="definitions.html#font">font style</a>
+registered with groff.  (See
+<a href="appendices.html#style-extensions">here</a>
+for a list of pre-registered font styles provided by mom).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>\f[&lt;family&gt;&lt;font&gt;]</kbd> can also take a complete valid
+family+font name combo.  This is especially useful should you
+need to change both family and font inline.  For example, if your
+prevailing family and font are Times Roman and you want a few words
+in Courier Bold Italic, you could do this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FAM T
+  .FT  R
+  The command \f[CBI]ls -l\f[P] gives a "long" directory listing.
+</span>
+The Unix command <kbd>ls -l</kbd> will appear in Courier Bold Italic
+in a line that is otherwise in Times Roman.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_HORIZONTAL_GROFF- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-horizontal-groff" class="docs">Inline horizontal motions (<kbd style="text-transform: none;">\h</kbd>)</h3>
+
+<p>
+Whenever you need to move forward or backward on a line, use the
+inline
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \h'&lt;distance&gt;'
+</span>
+In order to avoid unpleasant surprises, always append a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+to <kbd>&lt;distance&gt;</kbd>.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \h'1.25i'
+</span>
+moves you 1.25 inches to the right (forward) of the horizontal
+position on the current
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output line</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>\h'&lt;distance&gt;'</kbd> is exactly equivalent to a
+<a href="#fwd"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FWD&nbsp;n&lt;unit&gt;]</span></kbd></a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+To move backwards by the same amount, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \h'-1.25i'
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>\h'-&lt;distance&gt;'</kbd> is exactly equivalent to
+<a href="#bck"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[BCK&nbsp;n&lt;unit&gt;]</span></kbd></a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_VERTICAL_GROFF- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-vertical-groff" class="docs">Inline vertical motions (<kbd style="text-transform: none;">\v</kbd>)</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you need to raise or lower type on a line (say, for sub- or
+superscripts, or any other special effect), use
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \v'&lt;distance&gt;'
+</span>
+In order to avoid unpleasant surprises, always append a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+to <kbd>&lt;distance&gt;</kbd>.  For example, 
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \v'.6m'
+</span>
+moves you (approx.) 2/3 of an
+<a href="definitions.html#em">em</a>
+downward on the current
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output line</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>\v'&lt;distance&gt;'</kbd> is exactly equivalent to
+<a href="#down"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[DOWN&nbsp;n&lt;unit&gt;]</span></kbd></a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+To move upward an equivalent amount, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \v'-.6m'
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>\v'&lt;-distance&gt;'</kbd> is exactly equivalent to
+<a href="#up"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[UP&nbsp;n&lt;unit&gt;]</span></kbd></a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+The vertical motion of <kbd>\v</kbd> only affects type on the
+current
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output line</a>.
+When groff breaks the output line, the effect of
+<kbd>\v</kbd> is cancelled; the baseline of the next output line
+is where it would be if you hadn&#8217;t used <kbd>\v</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+When using <kbd>\v</kbd> for occasional effects in a line,
+don&#8217;t forget to reverse it when you&#8217;ve done what you
+want to do.  Otherwise, the remaining type will be set too high (if
+you used <kbd>\v</kbd> with the minus sign) or too low (if you used
+<kbd>\v</kbd> without the minus sign).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_STRINGWIDTH_GROFF- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-stringwidth-groff" class="docs">String width function (<kbd style="text-transform: none;">\w</kbd>)</h3>
+
+<p>
+In the context of mom, the string width inline
+<kbd>\w'&lt;string&gt;'</kbd> primarily serves to let you establish the
+horizontal measure of something (e.g. indents) based on the length
+of a bit of text.  For example, if you want a left indent the length
+of the word &#8220;Examples:&#8221; plus a space, you can set it with
+the <kbd>\w</kbd> inline escape:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IL "\w'Examples: '"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Whenever you pass <kbd>\w'string'</kbd>
+to a macro that normally requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<i>do NOT add a unit of measure to the</i>
+<kbd>\w'string'</kbd> <i>argument.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Furthermore, if the <kbd>\w</kbd> is used in place of a
+<a href="definitions.html#numericargument">numeric argument</a>
+to a macro and <kbd>string</kbd> is composed of several words
+separated by spaces, you must surround the whole escape with double
+quotes, as in the example above.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_LINEDRAWING_GROFF- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-linedrawing-groff" class="docs">Horizontal line drawing function (<kbd style="text-transform: none;">\l</kbd>)</h3>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>\l'distance'</kbd> inline allows you to draw a horizontal
+rule of the specified distance.  You must supply a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+Therefore, to set a 3-pica rule into a line of text, you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text with a superfluous \l'3P' 3-pica rule in it.
+</span>
+<kbd>\l'3P'</kbd>, above, not only draws the rule, but advances 3
+picas horizontally as well, just as you&#8217;d expect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For an easy way of drawing rules to the full measure of the current
+line or tab length, see
+<a href="#inline-rule-mom">Full measure rules</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The weight (thickness) of rules varies according to the point
+size in effect when you invoke <kbd>\l</kbd>, but you can&#8217;t fix
+the weight with any real precision.  A point size of 12 produces
+a tastefully moderate rule weight of between one-half and one
+point (depending on your printer).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Besides <kbd>\l</kbd>, <b>groff</b> provides a number of more
+sophisticated &#8220;drawing&#8221; escapes.  It is well beyond
+the scope of this documentation to demonstrate their usage; see
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  info groff \\D
+</span>
+for directions concerning their use.  The drawing escapes can be a
+bit unwieldy, so mom provides &#8220;user-friendly&#8221; macros for
+the
+<a href="graphical.html#top">graphical objects</a>
+most commonly encountered in typesetting: horizontal and vertical
+rules, boxes, and circles (ellipses).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Additionally, groff comes with two &#8220;preprocessors&#8221; that
+let you create ruled tables and vector diagrams (line drawings):
+<b>tbl</b> and <b>pic</b>.  The documentation for <b>tbl</b> can be
+downloaded from
+<br/>
+  <a style="display: inline-block; margin-left: 2em; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em" href="http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/doc/76/tbl.ps.gz">http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/doc/76/tbl.ps.gz</a>
+<br/>
+and <b>pic</b> from
+<br/>
+  <a style="display: inline-block; margin-left: 2em; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em" href="http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/gpic.raymond.ps">http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/gpic.raymond.ps</a>
+<br/>
+Both are powerful tools, but they can be nasty to learn&mdash;at
+first, anyway.  You may prefer to use a vector drawing program
+to create diagrams and tables; inserting the results into a
+document is easy enough with
+<a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>
+or
+<a href="images.html#pspic">PSPIC</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_CHARACTERS_GROFF- -->
+
+<h3 id="inline-characters-groff" class="docs">Special characters and symbols</h3>
+<p>
+Here follows a short list of commonly-used special characters
+available via inline escapes.  If you&#8217;re not sure of the
+meaning of some of these characters, consult the
+<a href="definitions.html#top">Definitions of Terms</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a complete list of special characters and glyphs (i.e. just
+about anything you&#8217;d ever want to appear on the printed
+page, including mathematical symbols, accented characters, unusual
+ligatures and letters unique to various European languages), consult
+<kbd>man groff_char</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<span class="pre">
+  CHARACTER                   ESCAPE SEQUENCE
+  ---------                   ---------------
+  Comment line                \# or .\"
+  Fixed-width space           \&lt;space&gt;
+  Unbreakable space           \~
+  Digit-width (figure) space  \0
+  Zero-width character        \&amp;
+  Discretionary hyphen        \%
+  Backslash                   \\ or \e
+  Plus&#47;minus (arithmetic)     \[+-]
+  Subtract (arithmetic)       \[mi]
+  Multiply (arithmetic)       \[mu]
+  Divide (arithmetic)         \[di]
+  Em-dash                     \[em]
+  En-dash                     \[en]
+  Left double-quote           \[lq]
+  Right double-quote          \[rq]
+  Open (left) single-quote    \[oq]
+  Close (right) single-quote  \[cq]
+  Bullet                      \[bu]
+  Ballot box                  \[sq]
+  One-quarter                 \[14]
+  One-half                    \[12]
+  Three-quarters              \[34]
+  Degree sign                 \[de]
+  Dagger                      \[dg]
+  Foot mark                   \[fm]
+  Cent sign                   \[ct]
+  Registered trademark        \[rg]
+  Copyright                   \[co]
+  Section symbol              \[se]
+</span>
+<br/>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="color.html#top">Next: Coloured text</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e25631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html
@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>What is mom?</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="definitions.html#top">Next: Definitions</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  </table>
+
+<h1 id="intro" class="docs">What is mom?</h1>
+
+<div style="text-align: center;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -2.5em;">
+  <li ><a href="#intro-intro">Who is mom meant for?</a></li>
+  <li ><a href="#intro-typesetting">Typesetting with mom</a></li>
+  <li ><a href="#intro-docprocessing">Document processing with mom</a></li>
+  <li ><a href="#intro-philosophy">Mom&#8217;s philosophy</a></li>
+  <li ><a href="#intro-documentation">A note on mom&#8217;s documentation</a></li>
+  <li ><a href="#canonical">Canonical reference materials</a></li>
+  <li ><a href="#macro-args">How to read macro arguments</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-top: 18px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="intro-intro" class="docs">Who is mom meant for?</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom (&#8220;my own macros&#8221;, &#8220;my other macros&#8221;,
+&#8220;maximum overdrive macros&#8221;...) is a macro set for groff,
+designed to format documents in Portable Document Format (.pdf) and
+PostScript (.ps).  She&#8217;s aimed at three kinds of users:
+</p>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>Typesetters who suspect groff might be the right
+      tool for the job but who are frustrated,
+      intimidated, or puzzled by groff&#8217;s terse,
+      not-always-typographically-intuitive
+      <a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitives</a>;
+  </li>
+  <li>Writers who need to format their work easily, with a
+      minimum of clutter;
+  </li>
+  <li>Newcomers to groff, typesetting, or document processing
+      who need a well-documented macro set to get them started.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+Mom is actually two macro packages in one: a very complete set
+of typesetting macros, and an equally thorough set of document
+formatting macros.  The typesetting macros afford fine-grained
+control over all visible aspects of page layout and design (margins,
+fonts, sizes, kerning, etc), while the document formatting macros
+focus on the logical structure of a document (titles, headings,
+paragraphs, lists, etc) and call on groff to render logical
+structure into pleasing type.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="intro-typesetting" class="docs">Typesetting with mom</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s typesetting macros control the basic parameters
+of type: margins, line lengths, type family, font, point size,
+linespacing, and so on.  In addition, they allow you to move
+around on the page horizontally and vertically, and to set up
+tabs, indents, and columns.  Finally, they let you adjust such
+typographic details as justification style, letter spacing, word
+spacing, hyphenation, and kerning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The typesetting macros also provide the means to create horizontal
+and vertical rules, rectangles (boxes, frames), and ellipses
+(circles).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In terms of typographic control, the typesetting macros provide
+access to groff&#8217;s primitives in a way that&#8217;s consistent,
+sensible, and easy to use.  With them, you can create individual
+pages designed from the ground up.  Provided you have not signalled
+to mom that you want document processing (via the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+macro; see below), every typesetting macro is a literal command
+that remains in effect until you modify it or turn it off.  This
+means that if you want to create flyers, surveys, tabulated forms,
+curricula vitae and so on, you may do so in the good old-fashioned
+way: one step at a time with complete control over every element on
+the page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Years of experience have convinced me that no program can ever
+replace the human eye and human input when it comes to high quality
+typesetting.  Words and punctuation on the printed page are too
+variable, too fluid, to be rendered flawlessly by any algorithm,
+no matter how clever.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom, therefore, does not try to guess solutions for issues like
+hanging punctuation, or left-margin adjustments for troublesome
+letters like T, V and W.  Rather, she provides tools that allow
+knowledgeable typesetters to handle these typographic challenges in
+ways that are easier and more intuitive than manipulating groff at
+the primitive level.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="intro-docprocessing" class="docs">Document processing with mom</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s document processing macros let you format documents
+without having to worry about the typographic details.  In this
+respect, mom is similar to other groff macro packages, as well as
+to html and LaTeX.  Where mom differs is in the degree of control
+you have over the look and placement of the various elements of a
+document.  For example, if you&#8217;d like your headings underlined,
+or in caps, or centred rather than flush left, you can make the
+changes easily and have them apply to the whole document.  Temporary
+and one-off changes are easy, too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom has some features other macro sets don&#8217;t provide.  For
+example, you can switch between draft-style and final-copy output.
+If you regularly make submissions to publishers and editors who
+insist on "typewritten, double-spaced," there&#8217;s a special
+macro&mdash;
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>&mdash;
+that changes typeset documents into ones that would make an
+old-school typing teacher proud.  Footnotes, endnotes, tables of
+contents, multiple columns, nested lists, recto/verso printing and
+user designable headers and footers are also part of the fun.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="intro-philosophy" class="docs">Mom&#8217;s philosophy</h2>
+
+<p>
+Formatting documents should be easy, from soup to nuts.  Writers
+need to focus on what they&#8217;re writing, not on how it looks.
+From the moment you fire up an editor to the moment you add
+"FINIS" to your opus, nothing should interfere with the flow of
+your words.  The commands needed to format your work should be
+easy to remember, comprehensible, and stand out well from the
+text.  There shouldn&#8217;t be too much clutter.  Your documents
+should be as readable inside a text editor as they are on the
+printed page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unfortunately, in computerland, &#8220;easy,&#8221;
+&#8220;comprehensible,&#8221; and &#8220;readable&#8221; often
+mean &#8220;you&#8217;re stuck with what you get.&#8221; No
+document formatting system can give you exactly what you want all
+the time, every time.  Documents always need to be tweaked, either
+to satisfy a typographic whim or to clarify some aspect of their
+content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Groff has traditionally solved the problem of formatting vs.
+tweaking by requiring users of the common macro packages (mm, ms,
+me and their offspring) to resort to groff
+<a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitives</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+for their special typesetting needs.  Not to put too fine a point
+on it, groff primitives tend toward the abstruse, and most inline
+escapes are about as readable as an encrypted password.  This does
+not make for happy-camper writers, who either find themselves stuck
+with a formatting style they don&#8217;t like, or are forced to
+learn groff from the ground up&mdash;a daunting task, to say the
+least.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom aims to make creating documents a simple matter, but with no
+corresponding loss of user control.  The document processing macros
+provide an initial set of reasonable defaults, but anything that
+is not to your liking can be changed.  In combination with the
+typesetting macros, you have all the tools you need to massage
+passages and tweak pages until they look utterly professional.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One rarely hears the term &#8220;user interface&#8221; in
+conjunction with document processing.  Since formatting takes
+place inside a text editor, little thought is given to the
+look and feel of the formatting commands.  Mom attempts to
+rectify this by providing users with a consistent, readable
+&#8220;coding&#8221; style.  Most of the macros (especially in
+the document processing set) have humanly-readable names.  Not
+only does this speed up learning the macros, it makes the sense
+of what&#8217;s going on in a document easier to decipher,
+typographically and structurally.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom does not try to be all things to all people.  In contrast to
+the normal groff philosophy, she does not try to produce output
+that looks good no matter where it&#8217;s displayed.  She&#8217;s
+designed for primarily for PDF or PostScript output, although
+with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>
+she produces acceptable terminal copy.  No attempt is made to be
+compatible with older versions of troff.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One special feature in mom&#8217;s design is the attention she pays
+to aligning the bottom margins of every page.  Nothing screams
+shoddy in typeset documents louder than bottom margins that
+wander, or, in typesetter jargon, &#8220;hang.&#8221; There are,
+of course, situations where whitespace at the bottom of a page
+may be unavoidable (for example, you wouldn&#8217;t want a head
+to appear at the bottom of the page without some text underneath
+it), but in all cases where hanging bottom margins can be avoided,
+mom does avoid them, by clever adjustments to leading (&#8220;line
+spacing&#8221;) and the spacing between different elements on the
+page.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="intro-documentation" class="docs">A note on mom&#8217;s documentation</h2>
+
+<p>
+Writing documentation is tough, no doubt about it.  One is never
+quite sure of the user&#8217;s level of expertise.  Is s/he new to
+the application, new to its underlying protocols and programs, new
+to the operating system?  At some point, one has to decide for whom
+the documentation is intended.  Making the wrong choice can mean the
+difference between a program that gets used and a program that gets
+tossed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s documentation assumes users know their way around
+their own operating system (basic file management, how to use
+the command line, how to use a text editor, etc).  I run GNU/Linux,
+and while the documentation may exhibit a GNU/Linux bias, mom
+and groff can, in fact, be run on other platforms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The documentation further assumes users at least know what groff
+is, even if they don&#8217;t know much about it.  Lastly,
+it assumes that everyone&mdash;groff newbies and experts
+alike&mdash;learns faster from a few well-placed examples than
+from manpage-style reference docs.  What mom&#8217;s documentation
+doesn&#8217;t assume is that you know everything&mdash;not about
+groff, not about typesetting, not about document processing.  Even
+experts have odd lacunae in their knowledge base.  Therefore,
+whenever I suspect that a term or procedure will cause head
+scratching, I offer an explanation.  And when explanations
+aren&#8217;t enough, I offer examples.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="canonical" class="docs">Canonical reference materials</h3>
+
+<p>
+The canonical reference materials for groff are
+<strong>cstr54</strong> (a downloadable PostScript copy of which
+is available
+<a href="http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/cstr54.ps">here</a>)
+and the <strong>troff</strong> and <strong>groff_diff</strong>
+manpages.  The most complete and up-to-date source of information is
+the groff info pages, available by typing <kbd>info groff</kbd> at
+the command line (assuming you have the TeXinfo standalone browser
+installed on your system, which is standard for most GNU/Linux
+distributions).  And for inputting special characters, see <kbd>man
+groff_char</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-top: 24px;">
+I&#8217;ve tried to avoid reiterating the information contained
+in these documents; however, in a few places, this has proved
+impossible.  But be forewarned: I have no qualms about
+sidestepping excruciating completeness concerning groff usage;
+I&#8217;m more interested in getting mom users up and running.
+<i>Mea culpa.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Groff has ancillary programmes (pre-processors) for generating
+tables (<strong>tbl</strong>), diagrams (<strong>pic</strong>), and
+equations (<strong>eqn</strong>), which may be used in conjunction
+with mom.  The manuals describing their usage are found at:
+<br/>
+<span style="display:block; margin-top: .5em">
+<kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;tbl</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/v7man/tbl/tbl.ps">http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/v7man/tbl/tbl.ps</a>
+<br/>
+<kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;pic</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/gpic.raymond.ps">http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/gpic.raymond.ps</a>
+<br/>
+<kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;eqn</kbd>&nbsp;<a href="http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/v7man/eqn/eqn2e.ps">http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/v7man/eqn/eqn2e.ps</a>
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top" style="padding-bottom: 9px;">
+<b>Note:</b> Mom&#8217;s macro file (om.tmac) is heavily
+commented.  Each macro is preceded by a description of its
+arguments, function and usage, which may give you information in
+addition to what&#8217;s contained in this documentation.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="padding-top: 6px; padding-bottom: 3px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="macro-args" class="docs">How to read macro arguments</h2>
+
+<p>
+The concise descriptions of macros in this documentation typically
+look like this:
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>MACRO_NAME</b> <kbd class="macro-args">arguments</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>arguments</kbd> lists the macro&#8217;s
+arguments using conventions that should be familiar to anyone who
+has ever read a manpage.  Briefly:
+</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Macro arguments are separated from each other by spaces.</li>
+  <li>If an argument is surrounded by chevrons
+      (<kbd>&lt;&nbsp;&gt;</kbd>), it&#8217;s a description
+      of the argument, not the argument itself.
+  </li>
+  <li>If an argument begins with or is surrounded by double-quotes, the
+      double quotes must be included in the argument.
+  </li>
+  <li>If the user has a choice between several arguments, each of the
+      choices is separated by the pipe character
+      (<kbd>|</kbd>), which means &#8220;or.&#8221;
+  </li>
+  <li>Arguments that are optional are surrounded by square brackets.</li>
+  <li><kbd>&lt;off&gt;</kbd> or <kbd>&lt;anything&gt;</kbd> in an argument
+      list means that any argument other than those in the argument
+      list turns the macro off.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="toggle-macro" class="docs">Toggle macros</h3>
+
+<p>
+Some macros don&#8217;t require an argument.  They simply start
+something.  When you need to turn them off, the same macro with
+any argument will do the trick.  That&#8217;s right: <em>any</em>
+argument (in caps, lowercase, or a mixture thereof).  This permits
+choosing whatever works for you: <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>end</kbd>,
+<kbd>Quit</kbd>, <kbd>Q</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, and so on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Since these macros toggle things on and off, the argument list
+simply reads <kbd>toggle</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div id="examples" class="examples-container">
+<h2 class="docs" style="margin-top: .5em;">Examples</h2>
+
+<div class="examples">Example 1: An argument requiring double-quotes</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="max-width: 684px;">
+Macro: <b>TITLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;title of document&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The required argument to TITLE is the title of your document.
+Since it&#8217;s surrounded by double-quotes, you must include
+them in the argument, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TITLE "My Pulitzer Novel"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples" style="margin-top: -1em;">Example 2: A macro with required and optional arguments</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args"  style="width: 684px;">
+Macro: <b>TAB_SET</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;tab number&gt;  &lt;indent&gt;  &lt;length&gt;  [ L | R | C | J [ QUAD ] ]&nbsp;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The first required argument is a number that identifies the tab
+(say, "3").  The second required argument is an indent from the
+left margin (say, 6 picas).  The third required argument is the
+length of the tab (say, 3 picas).  Therefore, at a minimum, when
+using this macro, you would enter:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB_SET 3 6P 3P
+</span>
+The remaining two arguments are optional.  The first is a
+single letter, either <kbd>L, R, C</kbd> or
+<kbd>J</kbd>.  The second, which is itself
+optional after <kbd>L, R, C</kbd> or
+<kbd>J</kbd>, is the word <kbd>QUAD</kbd>.
+Therefore, depending on what additional information you wish to
+pass to the macro, you could enter:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB_SET 3 6P 3P L
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB_SET 3 6P 3P L QUAD
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div id="toggle-example" class="examples" style="margin-top: -1em;">Example 3: A sample toggle macro:</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="max-width: 684px;">
+Macro: <b>QUOTE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>QUOTE</kbd> begins a section of quoted text
+in a document and doesn&#8217;t require an argument.  When the
+quote&#8217;s finished, you have to tell mom it&#8217;s done.
+<span class="pre">
+  .QUOTE
+  So runs my dream, but what am I?
+  An infant crying in the night
+  An infant crying for the light
+  And with no language but a cry.
+  .QUOTE OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+  Alternatively, you could have turned the quote off with
+  <kbd>END</kbd>, or <kbd>X</kbd>, or something else.
+  </p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="definitions.html#top">Next: Definitions</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3021eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Writing letters</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="macrolist.html#top">Next: Quick reference guide</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Writing letters</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 33%; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li><a href="#letters-intro">Introduction</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#letters-tutorial">Tutorial</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#letters-defaults">Mom&#8217;s default letter style</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#index-letters-macros">The letter macros</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="letters-intro" class="docs">Introduction</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s simple but effective letter-writing macros are a subset
+of the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>,
+designed to ease the creation of correspondence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Because the letter macros are a subset of the document processing
+macros, you can use
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macros</a>
+to design correspondence to your own specifications.  However,
+mom makes no pretence of providing complete design flexibility in
+the matter of letters, which are, after all, simple communicative
+documents whose only real style requirements are that they be neat
+and professional-looking.
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">
+<h3 id="letters-tutorial" class="docs">Tutorial &ndash; writing letters</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom letters begin, like all mom-processed documents, with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#reference-macros">reference macros</a>
+(in this case,
+<a href="docprocessing.html#author">AUTHOR</a>),
+a
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+(LETTER, obviously), the essential
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+macro, and
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTHOR    "Yannick P. Guique"
+  .DOCTYPE    LETTER
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  .START
+</span>
+PRINTSTYLE, above, could also be <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>. Mom has no
+objection to creating letters that look like they were typed on an
+Underwood by a shapely secretary with 1940s gams.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that if you choose <kbd>PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</kbd>,
+there&#8217;s no need to give the <kbd>SINGLESPACE</kbd> option, as
+this is the unalterable default for letters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the START macro, you enter headers pertinent to your letter:
+the date, the addressee (in business correspondence, typically both
+name and address), the addresser (that&#8217;s you; in business
+correspondence, typically both name and address), and a greeting
+(in full, e.g. &#8220;Dear Mr. Smith,&#8221; or &#8220;Dear
+Mr. Smith:&#8221;).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The macros for entering the headers are simple (they&#8217;re not even
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggles</a>):
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DATE
+  .TO
+  .FROM
+  .GREETING
+</span>
+You may enter them in any order you like, except for GREETING, which
+must come last.  Mom ignores any headers you omit and spaces the
+letter&#8217;s opening according to what you do include.  See
+<a href="#letters-defaults">Default for letters</a>
+to find out how mom formats the headers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once you&#8217;ve filled in what you need to get a letter started,
+simply type the letter, introducing each and every paragraph,
+including the first, with the
+<a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a>
+macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the end of the letter, should you wish a closing (&#8220;Yours
+truly,&#8221; &#8220;Sincerely,&#8221; &#8220;Hugs and
+kisses&#8221;), invoke the macro <kbd>.CLOSING</kbd> on a line
+by itself, and follow it with the text of the closing. <b>N.B.</b>
+Don&#8217;t put your name here; mom supplies it automatically from
+<a href="docprocessing.html#author">AUTHOR</a>),
+with enough space to leave room for your signature.  If you omit the
+closing, mom simply adds your name (from AUTHOR), again with enough
+space for your signature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Assuming our tutorial letter is for business correspondence,
+here&#8217;s what the complete letter looks like.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTHOR    "Yannick P. Guique"
+  .DOCTYPE    LETTER
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  .START
+  .DATE
+  August 25, 2010
+  .TO
+  GUILLAUME BARRIÈRES
+  Minidoux Corporation
+  5000 Pannes Drive
+  Redmond, Virginia
+  .FROM
+  Y.P. GUIQUE
+  022 Umask Road
+  St-Sauveur-en-dehors-de-la-mappe, Québec
+  .GREETING
+  Dear Mr. Barrières,
+  .PP
+  It has come to my attention that you have once again been
+  lobbying the US government to prohibit the use of open source
+  software by endeavouring to outlaw so-called "warranty
+  free" applications.
+  .PP
+  I feel it is my duty to inform you that the success of your
+  operating system relies heavily on open source programs and
+  protocols, notably TCP/IP.
+  .PP
+  Therefore, in the interests of your corporation&#8217;s fiscal health,
+  I strongly advise that you withdraw support for any US
+  legislation that would cripple or render illegal open source
+  development.
+  .CLOSING
+  Sincerely,
+</span>
+This produces a letter with headers that follow the North American
+standard for business correspondence.  If you&#8217;d prefer another style
+of correspondence, for example, British, you&#8217;d set up the same
+letter like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTHOR    "Yannick P. Guique"
+  .DOCTYPE    LETTER
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  .START
+  .FROM
+  .RIGHT
+  Y.P. GUIQUE
+  022 Umask Road
+  St-Sauveur-en-dehors-de-la-mappe, Québec
+  .TO
+  GUILLAUME BARRIÈRES
+  Minidoux Corporation
+  5000 Pannes Drive
+  Redmond, Virginia
+  .DATE
+  .RIGHT
+  August 25, 2004
+  .GREETING
+  Dear Mr. Barrières,
+</span>
+Notice the use of <kbd>.RIGHT</kbd> after <kbd>.FROM</kbd> and
+<kbd>.DATE</kbd> in this example, used to change the default quad
+for these macros.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="letters-defaults" class="docs">Default letter style</h2>
+
+<p>
+In letters, if the order of header macros is
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li><kbd>.DATE</kbd></li>
+  <li><kbd>.TO</kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;(the addressee)</li>
+  <li><kbd>.FROM</kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;(the addresser)</li>
+  <li><kbd>.GREETING</kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;(&#8220;Dear Whoever,&#8221; &#8220;To Whom It May Concern,&#8221; etc.)</li>
+</ol>
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+mom sets
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>the date flush right, page right, at the top of page one,
+      with a gap of two linespaces underneath
+  </li>
+  <li>the addressee (<kbd>.TO</kbd>) in a block flush left, page
+      left, with a gap of one linespace underneath
+  </li>
+  <li>the addresser (<kbd>.FROM</kbd>) in a block flush left, page
+      left, with a gap of one linespace underneath
+  </li>
+  <li>the greeting flush left, with a gap of one linespace
+      underneath
+  </li>
+</ul>
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+which is the standard for North American business correspondence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you switch the order of <kbd>.DATE</kbd>, <kbd>.TO</kbd> and/or
+<kbd>.FROM</kbd>, mom sets all the headers
+flush left, with a gap of one linespace underneath each.  (The
+default left quad of any header can be changed by invoking the
+<kbd>.RIGHT</kbd> macro, on a line by itself, immediately before
+inputting the text of the header.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Following the headers, mom sets
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>the body of the letter justified</li>
+  <li>in multi-page letters:
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li>a footer indicating there&#8217;s a next page (of the form <kbd>.../#</kbd>)</li>
+    <li>the page number at the top of every page after page one</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>the closing/signature lines flush left, indented halfway across the page</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Other important style defaults are listed below, and may be changed
+via the
+<a href="typesetting.html#top">typesetting macros</a>
+or the document processing
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macros</a>
+prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+Assume that any style parameter not listed below is the same as for
+any document processed with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#typeset-defaults">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>
+or
+<a href="docprocessing.html#typewrite-defaults">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<span class="pre defaults">
+  PARAMETER                 PRINTSTYLE TYPESET         PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+
+  Paper size                8.5 x 11 inches            8.5 x 11 inches
+  Left/right margins        1.125 inches               1.125 inches
+  Header margin             3.5 picas                  3.5 picas
+   (for page numbers)
+  Header gap                3 picas                    3 picas
+   (for page numbers)
+  Family                    Times Roman                Courier
+  Font                      roman                      roman
+  Point size                12                         12
+  Line space                13.5                       12 (i.e. singlespaced)
+  Paragraph indent          3 ems                      3 picas
+  Spaced paragraphs         yes                        no
+  Footers*                  yes                        yes
+  Footer margin             3 picas                    3 picas
+  Footer gap                3 picas                    3 picas
+  Page numbers              top, centred               top, centred
+
+  *Footers contain a &quot;next page&quot; number of the form .../#
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-letters-macros" class="macro-list">The letter macros</h3>
+<p style="margin-left: 9px; margin-top: -1.5em;">
+All letter macros must come after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+except NO_SUITE, which must come after
+<a href="docprocessin.html#start">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+and before
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="macro-list" style="margin-top: -.75em;">
+  <li><a href="#date">DATE</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#to">TO</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#from">FROM</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#greeting">GREETING</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#closing">CLOSING</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#closing-indent">CLOSING_INDENT</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#signature-indent">SIGNATURE_INDENT</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#no-suite">NO_SUITE</a> &ndash; turn the &#8220;next page&#8221; footer off</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -DATE- -->
+
+<div id="date" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>DATE</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invoke <kbd>.DATE</kbd> on a line by itself, with the date
+underneath, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DATE
+  October 31, 2012
+</span>
+If you wish to change the default quad direction for the date,
+enter <kbd>.LEFT</kbd> or <kbd>.RIGHT</kbd>, on a line by itself,
+immediately after <kbd>.DATE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to insert additional space between the date and any
+letter header that comes after it, do so after inputting the date,
+not at the top of the next header macro, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .DATE
+  October 31, 2012
+  .SPACE  \"Or, more simply, .SP
+</span>
+If you wish to remove the default space,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPACE -1v  \"Or, more simply, .SP -1v
+</span>
+will do the trick.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TO- -->
+
+<div id="to" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TO</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invoke <kbd>.TO</kbd> on a line by itself, with the name and address
+of the addressee underneath, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TO
+  JOHN SMITH
+  10 Roberts Crescent
+  Bramladesh, Ont.
+</span>
+If you wish to change the default quad direction for the address,
+enter <kbd>.LEFT</kbd> or <kbd>.RIGHT</kbd>, on a line by itself,
+immediately after <kbd>.TO</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to insert additional space between the address and
+any letter header that comes after it, do so after inputting the
+address, not at the top of the next header macro, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TO
+  JOHN SMITH
+  10 Roberts Crescent
+  Bramladesh, Ont.
+  .SPACE  \"Or, more simply, .SP
+</span>
+If you wish to remove the default space,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPACE -1v  \"Or, more simply, .SP -1v
+</span>
+will do the trick.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -FROM- -->
+
+<div id="from" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FROM</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invoke <kbd>.FROM</kbd> on a line by itself, with the name and
+address of the addresser underneath, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FROM
+  JOE BLOW
+  15 Brunette Road
+  Ste-Vieille-Andouille, Québec
+</span>
+If you wish to change the default quad direction for the address,
+enter <kbd>.LEFT</kbd> or <kbd>.RIGHT</kbd>, on a line by itself,
+immediately after <kbd>.FROM</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to insert additional space between the address and
+any letter header that comes after it, do so after inputting the
+address, not at the top of the next header macro, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FROM
+  JOE BLOW
+  15 Brunette Road
+  Ste-Vieille-Andouille, Québec
+  .SPACE  \"Or, more simply, .SP
+</span>
+If you wish to remove the default space,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPACE -1v  \"Or, more simply, .SP -1v
+</span>
+will do the trick.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -GREETING- -->
+
+<div id="greeting" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>GREETING</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invoke <kbd>.GREETING</kbd> on a line by itself, with the full
+salutation you want for the letter underneath, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .GREETING
+  Dear Mr. Smith,
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -CLOSING- -->
+
+<div id="closing" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CLOSING</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invoke <kbd>.CLOSING</kbd> on a line by itself after the body of
+the letter, with the closing you&#8217;d like (e.g. &#8220;Yours
+truly,&#8221;) underneath, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CLOSING
+  Yours truly,
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="background-color: #E3D2B1;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip" style="display: inline-block; padding-bottom: .5em; color: #000056;">CLOSING control macros and defaults</span>
+<br/>
+Two macros control the behaviour of <kbd>.CLOSING</kbd>:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -1.25em;">
+  <li>CLOSING_INDENT</li>
+  <li>SIGNATURE_SPACE</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p id="closing-indent" style="margin-top: -.25em;">
+The first, CLOSING_INDENT, indicates the distance from the left
+margin you&#8217;d like to have your closing indented.  It takes a
+single
+<a href="definitions.html#numericargument">numeric argument</a>
+and must have a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended to it, unless you want an indent of 0 (zero).  Mom&#8217;s
+default is one half the width of the letter&#8217;s line length
+(i.e. halfway across the page).  If you wanted, instead, an indent of
+6
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">picas</a>,
+you&#8217;d do it like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CLOSING_INDENT 6P
+</span>
+Or, if you wanted to have no indent at all:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CLOSING_INDENT 0
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p id="signature-space" style="margin-top: -1.25em;">
+The second, SIGNATURE_SPACE, controls how much room to leave for the
+signature.  It takes a single
+<a href="definitions.html#numericargument">numeric argument</a>
+and must have a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+appended to it.  Mom&#8217;s default is 3 line spaces, but if you
+wanted to change that to, say, 2 line spaces, you&#8217;d do:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SIGNATURE_SPACE 2v
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -NO_SUITE- -->
+
+<div id="no-suite" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 2em;">
+Macro: <b>NO_SUITE</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want mom to print a &#8220;next page&#8221;
+number at the bottom of multi-page letters, invoke
+<kbd>.NO_SUITE</kbd>, on a line by itself, prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="macrolist.html">Next: Quick reference guide</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/macrolist.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/macrolist.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81ebd7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/macrolist.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1529 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Quick reference guide</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page" style="width: 800px">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="appendices.html#top">Next: Appendices</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Quick reference guide</h1>
+
+<p>
+Once you know your way around mom, you may find this guide
+preferable to using the Table of Contents.  It lists mom&#8217;s
+major user-space macros.  The links point to references found
+elsewhere in the documentation.
+</p>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container" style="padding-left: 9px; padding-right: 9px; padding-bottom: 9px;">
+<h2 class="docs" style="text-align: center; padding-top: 15px;">Index to the quick reference guide</h2>
+<div style="width: 50%; float: left; margin-right: 9px;">
+<h3 class="docs" style="margin-top: 1.25em;">TYPESETTING MACROS</h3>
+<ul style="margin-top: .5em; margin-left: 0; padding-left: 0; list-style-type: none;">
+  <li><a href="#qr-1">Paper size, margins, line length</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-2">Family, font, point size</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-3">Font modifications</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-4">Linespacing (leading)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-5">Justification, quad, breaking lines</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-6">Hyphenation</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-7">Word and sentence spacing</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-8">Kerning, ligatures, smartquotes</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-9">Horizontal/vertical motions, columns</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-10">Indents</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-11">Tabs</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-12">Underscoring, underlining</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-13">Superscipts</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-14">Nested lists</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-15">Colour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-16">Dropcaps</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-56">Smallcaps</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-17">Utilities</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-18">Graphical objects and images</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em;">DOCUMENT PROCESSING MACROS</h3>
+<ul style="margin-top: .5em; margin-left: 0; padding-left: 0; list-style-type: none;">
+  <li><a href="#qr-19">Reference macros (metadata)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-20">Document type and initial defaults</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-59">&nbsp;&nbsp;&ndash;&nbsp;Slides</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-23">TYPEWRITE control macros</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-57">Vertical whitespace management</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-47">Document and section cover (title) pages</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-22">Set documents in columns</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-21">Line numbering</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-24">Initiate document processing</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<ul style="margin-top: 1.75em; margin-left: 0; padding-left: 0; list-style-type: none;">
+  <li><a href="#qr-42">Global print style changes after START</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-43">Managing the docheader</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-25">Epigraphs</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-26">Headings</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-30">Paragraphs</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-31">Quotes (line for line quotes)</a> </li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-32">Blockquotes (cited passages of text)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-33">Code snippets (inserting bits of programming code)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-34">Author linebreaks (section breaks)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-35">Document termination string</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-36">Footnotes</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-37">Endnotes</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-38">Margin notes</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-49">Floats</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-53">Images and graphics</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-60">Shaded backgrounds, frames, page colour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-51">eqn support</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-52">pic support</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-58">grap support</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-50">tbl support</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-54">Captions and labels</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-39">Bibliographic references</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-40">Tables of contents</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-55">Lists of Figures, Tables, and Equations</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-41">Letter (correspondence) macros</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-44">Managing page headers and footers</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-45">Recto/verso page headers and footers</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-46">Pagination</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#qr-48">Utilities</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="docs">Quick reference guide</h2>
+
+<div style="display: inline-block; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: .5em; border-bottom: 2px solid #302419;"><kbd>TYPESETTING MACROS</kbd></div>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-1" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#page-setup-intro">+++ Paper size, margins, line length</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#paper">PAPER</a></td><td>-- set common paper sizes (letter, A4, etc)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#pagewidth">PAGEWIDTH</a></td><td>-- set a custom page width</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#pagelength">PAGELENGTH</a></td><td>-- set a custom page length</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#page">PAGE</a></td><td>-- set explicit page dimensions and margins</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a></td><td>-- set a top margin</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a></td><td>-- set a bottom margin</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#l-margin">L_MARGIN</a></td><td>-- set a left margin (page offset)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#r-margin">R_MARGIN</a></td><td>-- set a right margin</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#linelength">LL</a></td><td>-- set a line length</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr><th id="qr-2" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#basic-params-intro">+++ Family, font, point size</a></th></tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#family">FAMILY</a></td><td>-- set the family of type</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#font">FT</a></td><td>-- set the font style (roman, italic, etc)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#fallback-font">FALLBACK_FONT</a></td><td>-- establish a fallback font (for missing fonts)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ps">PT_SIZE</a></td><td>-- set the point size</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#inline-size-mom">\*[SIZE n]</a></td><td>-- change the point size inline</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-3" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#modifications-intro">+++ Font modifications</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr><td style="padding-left: 0;">Pseudo italic</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#setslant">SETSLANT</a></td><td>-- set the degree of slant</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#slant-inline">\*[SLANT]</a></td><td>-- invoke pseudo italic inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#slant-inline">\*[SLANTX]</a></td><td>-- turn off pseudo italic inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr><td style="padding-left: 0;">Pseudo bold</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#setbolder">SETBOLDER</a></td><td>-- set the amount of emboldening</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#bolder-inline">\*[BOLDER]</a></td><td>-- invoke pseudo bold inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#bolder-inline">\*[BOLDERX]</a></td><td>-- turn off pseudo bold inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr><td style="padding-left: 0;">Pseudo condensed</td></tr> 
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#condense">CONDENSE</a></td><td>-- set the amount to pseudo condense</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#cond-inline">\*[COND]</a></td><td>-- invoke pseudo condensing inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#cond-inline">\*[CONDX]</a></td><td>-- turn off pseudo condensing inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr><td style="padding-left: 0;">Pseudo extended</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#extend">EXTEND</a></td><td>-- set the amount to pseudo extend</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ext-inline">\*[EXT]</a></td><td>-- invoke pseudo extending inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ext-inline">\*[EXTX]</a></td><td>-- turn off pseudo condensing inline</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-4" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#leading">+++ Linespacing (leading)</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#leading">LS</a></td><td>-- set the linespacing (leading)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a></td><td>-- set the linespacing relative to the point size</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-5" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#justification-intro">+++ Justification, quad, line-by-line setting, breaking lines</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#justify">JUSTIFY</a></td><td>-- justify text to both margins</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#quad">QUAD</a></td><td>-- "justify" text left, centre, or right</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#lrc">LEFT</a></td><td>-- set line-by-line quad left</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#lrc">CENTER</a></td><td>-- set line-by-line quad centre</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#lrc">RIGHT</a></td><td>-- set line-by-line quad right</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#br">BR</a></td><td>-- break a justified line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#spread">SPREAD</a></td><td>-- force justify a line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#el">EL</a></td><td>-- break a line without advancing on the page</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-6" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#hy">+++ Hyphenation</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#hy">HY</a></td><td>-- automatic hyphenation on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#hy-set">HY_SET</a></td><td>-- set automatic hyphenation parameters</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-7" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#ws">+++ Word and sentence spacing</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ws">WS</a></td><td>-- set the minimum word space size</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ss">SS</a></td><td>-- set the sentence space size</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-8" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#kern">+++ Kerning, ligatures, smartquotes</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#kern">KERN</a></td><td>-- automatic character pair kerning on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#inline-kerning-mom">\*[BU n]</a></td><td>-- move characters pairs closer together inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#inline-kerning-mom">\*[FU n]</a></td><td>-- move character pairs further apart inline</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#rw">RW</a></td><td>-- uniformly tighten space between characters</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ew">EW</a></td><td>-- uniformly loosen space between characters</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#br-at-line-kern">BR_AT_LINE_KERN</a></td><td>-- break previous line when RW or EW is invoked</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ligatures">LIGATURES</a></td><td>-- automatic generation of ligatures on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#smartquotes">SMARTQUOTES</a></td><td>-- smartquoting on/off</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-9" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#aldrld-intro">+++ Horizontal and vertical movements, columnar setting</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ald">ALD</a></td><td>-- move downards on the page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#rld">RLD</a></td><td>-- move upwards on the page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#space">SPACE</a></td><td>-- insert space between lines on a page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#down">\*[DOWN n]</a></td><td>-- temporarily move downwards in a line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#up">\*[UP n]</a></td><td>-- temporarily move upwards in a line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#fwd">\*[FWD n]</a></td><td>-- move forward in a line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#bck">\*[BCK n]</a></td><td>-- move backwards in a line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#mco">MCO</a></td><td>-- multiple columns on</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#mcr">MCR</a></td><td>-- recto vertical position of column start</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#mcx">MCX</a></td><td>-- multiple columns off, advance past longest column</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-10" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#indents-intro">+++ Indents</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#il">IL</a></td><td>-- set and turn on a left indent</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ir">IR</a></td><td>-- set and turn on a right indent</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ib">IB</a></td><td>-- set and turn on indents both left and right</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#iq">IQ</a></td><td>-- quit (exit) all indents</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#ti">TI</a></td><td>-- set and turn on a temporary (one line) indent</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#hi">HI</a></td><td>-- set and turn on a hanging indent</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#iq">ILX</a></td><td>-- left indents off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#iq">IRX</a></td><td>-- right indents off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#iq">IBX</a></td><td>-- both left and right indents off</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-11" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#tabs-intro">+++ Tabs</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#tab-set">TAB_SET</a></td><td>-- set up a typesetting tab</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#tab">TAB &lt;n&gt;</a></td><td>-- call tab &lt;n&gt;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#tq">TQ</a></td><td>-- quit (exit) tabs</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#inline-st">\*[ST&lt;n&gt;]...</a></td><td>-- string tabs (mark tab positions inline)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#inline-st">\*[ST&lt;n&gt;X]</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#tn">TN</a></td><td>-- move to tab&lt;n+1&gt; without advancing on the page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#st">ST</a></td><td>-- set quad/fill for string tabs</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-12" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="goodies.html#underscore">+++ Underscoring, underlining</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#underscore">UNDERSCORE</a></td><td>-- underscore</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#underscore2">UNDERSCORE2</a></td><td>-- double underscore</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#underline">UNDERLINE</a></td><td>-- underline (fixed width fonts only)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#ul">\*[UL]...</a></td><td>-- invoke underlining inline (fixed width fonts only)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#ul">\*[ULX]</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-13" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="goodies.html#sup">+++ Superscipts</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#sup">\*[SUP]...\*[SUPX]</a></td><td>-- superscript</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#sup">\*[CONDSUP]...\*[CONDSUPX]</a></td><td>-- pseudo-condensed superscript</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#sup">\*[EXTSUP]...\*[EXTSUPX]</a></td><td>-- pseudo extended supercript</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#sup-raise">SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT</a></td><td>-- vertical offset of superscripts</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-14" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#list-intro">+++ Nested lists</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#list">LIST</a></td><td>-- begin a list</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#item">ITEM</a></td><td>-- begin an item in a list</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#shift-list">SHIFT_LIST</a></td><td>-- change the indent of a list</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#reset-list">RESET_LIST</a></td><td>-- clear and reset a list&#8217;s enumerator</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#pad-list-digits">PAD_LIST_DIGITS</a></td><td>-- reserve space for digits</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-15" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="color.html#color-intro">+++ Colour</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="color.html#newcolor">NEWCOLOR</a></td><td>-- initialize (define) a colour</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="color.html#color">COLOR</a></td><td>-- begin using an initialized colour</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="color.html#xcolor">XCOLOR</a></td><td>-- initialize a "named" X colour</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="color.html#color-inline">\*[&lt;colorname&gt;]</a></td><td>-- begin using an initialized colour inline</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-16" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="goodies.html#dropcap">+++ Dropcaps</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#dropcap">DROPCAP</a></td><td>-- set a dropcap</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#dropcap-family">DROPCAP_FAMILY</a></td><td>-- set a dropcap&#8217;s family</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#dropcap-font">DROPCAP_FONT</a></td><td>-- set a dropcap&#8217;s font style</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#dropcap-color">DROPCAP_COLOR</a></td><td>-- set a dropcap&#8217;s colour</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#dropcap-adjust">DROPCAP_ADJUST</a></td><td>-- adjust size of a dropcap</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#dropcap-gutter">DROPCAP_GUTTER</a></td><td>-- adjust space between a dropcap and regular text</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-56" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="typesetting.html#smallcaps">+++ Smallcaps</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#smallcaps">SMALLCAPS</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#smallcaps-style">SMALLCAPS_STYLE</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-17" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">+++ Utilities</th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#alias">ALIAS</a></td><td>-- give a macro a new name</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#caps">CAPS</a></td><td>-- set type all caps</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#silent">COMMENT</a></td><td>-- silently embed comments in a document</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#esc-char">ESC_CHAR</a></td><td>-- change the default escape character</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#leader">\*[LEADER]</a></td><td>-- insert leaders at the end of a line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#leader-character">LEADER_CHARACTER</a></td><td>-- change the character used for leaders</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="typesetting.html#newpage">NEWPAGE</a></td><td>-- break to a new page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#newslide">NEWSLIDE</a></td><td>-- break to a new slide</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#pause">PAUSE</a></td><td>-- pause slide presentation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#transition">TRANSITION</a></td><td>-- transition effect for slides</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#pad">PAD</a></td><td>-- insert equalized whitespace into a line</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#pad-marker">PAD_MARKER</a></td><td>-- change the pad marker</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#inline-rule-mom">\*[RULE]</a></td><td>-- draw a full measure rule</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#sizespecs">SIZESPECS</a></td><td>-- cap-height, x-height, descender depth</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#silent">SILENT</a></td><td>-- output processing off or on</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#trap">TRAP</a></td><td>-- enable or disable page position traps</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#left-hang">LEFT_HANG / \*[HANG]</a></td><td>-- hanging punctuation</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-18" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="graphical.html#intro-graphical">+++ Graphical objects and images</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="graphical.html#drh">DRH</a></td><td>-- draw a horizontal rule</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="graphical.html#drv">DRV</a></td><td>-- draw a vertical rule</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="graphical.html#dbx">DBX</a></td><td>-- draw a box</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="graphical.html#dcl">DCL</a></td><td>-- draw a circle (ellipse)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="inlines.html#rule-weight">RULE_WEIGHT</a></td><td>-- set weight of rules drawn with \*[RULE]</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a></td><td>-- insert a PDF image</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#pspic">PSPIC</a></td><td>-- insert a PostScript image</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div style="display: inline-block; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: .5em; border-bottom: 2px solid #302419;"><kbd>DOCUMENT PROCESSING MACROS</kbd></div>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-19" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docprocessing.html#reference-macros">+++ Reference macros</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a></td><td>-- document title</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-title">DOCTITLE</a></td><td>-- document title (if different from TITLE)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnote-title">ENDNOTE_TITLE</a></td><td>-- document/chapter id string for endnotes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#chapter">CHAPTER</a></td><td>-- chapter number</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#chapter-title">CHAPTER_TITLE</a></td><td>-- chapter title</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#chapter-string">CHAPTER_STRING</a></td><td>-- what to use in place of &#8220;Chapter&#8221;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#subtitle">SUBTITLE</a></td><td>-- document subtitle</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#author">AUTHOR</a></td><td>-- document author(s)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#covertitle">DOC_COVERTITLE</a></td><td>-- document title cover</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#covertitle">COVERTITLE</a></td><td>-- section cover title</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#copyright">COPYRIGHT</a></td><td>-- copyright</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#misc">MISC</a></td><td>-- miscellaneous cover information</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#draft">DRAFT</a></td><td>-- document&#8217;s draft number</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#draft-string">DRAFT_STRING</a></td><td>-- what to use in place of &#8220;Draft&#8221;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#revision">REVISION</a></td><td>-- document&#8217;s revision number</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#revision-string">REVISION_STRING</a></td><td>-- what to use in place of &#8220;Revision&#8221;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#pdftitle">PDF_TITLE</a></td><td>-- PDF viewer window title</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#toc-heading">TOC_HEADING</a></td><td>-- non-pagenumbered line inserted into the TOC</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-20" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docstyle-macros">+++ General document formatting directives</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a></td><td>-- general document type</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td id="qr-59"><a href="docprocessing.html#slides">DOCTYPE SLIDES</a></td><td>-- create slide presentation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#copystyle">COPYSTYLE</a></td><td>-- draft or final copy</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a></td><td>-- typeset or &#8220;typewritten&#8221;</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-21" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#number-lines-intro">+++ Line numbering</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#number-lines">NUMBER_LINES</a></td><td>-- automatic line numbering on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#number-quote-lines">NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES</a></td><td>-- numbering of QUOTE lines on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#number-blockquote-lines">NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES</a></td><td>-- numbering of BLOCKQUOTE lines on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#number-lines-control">Control macros</a></td><td></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-22" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns-intro">+++ Set documents in columns</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#columns">COLUMNS</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#col-next">COL_NEXT</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#col-break">COL_BREAK</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-23" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">+++ TYPEWRITE control macros</th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#typewriter-family">TYPEWRITER_FAMILY</a></td><td>alternative to Courier</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#typewriter-size">TYPEWRITER_SIZE</a></td><td>point size of typewriter font</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#typewriter-underlining">UNDERLINE_ITALIC</a></td><td>--  underlining of italics on</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle-italics">UNDERLINE_QUOTES</a></td><td>--  underlining of QUOTEs on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle-italics">ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC</a></td><td>--  use real italics (not underlining)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#typewriter-underlining">UNDERLINE_SLANT</a></td><td>--  underlining of pseudo-italics on</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#typewriter-underlining">SLANT_MEANS_SLANT</a></td><td>--  use pseudo italics (not underlining)</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-24" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start-macro">+++ Initiate document processing</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a></td><td>-- begin document processing</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-25" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#epigraph-intro">+++ Epigraphs</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#epigraph">EPIGRAPH</a></td><td>-- set an epigraph underneath the docheader</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#epigraph-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style of epigraphs</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-26" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#heading-intro">+++ Headings</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a></td><td>-- hierarchical headings</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#heading-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- style heading levels</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#heading-style">&nbsp;HEADING_STYLE</a></td><td>-- set style parameters for heading levels</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#prefix-chapter-number">&nbsp;PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</a></td><td>-- add chapter number to heading numbering</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-30" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#pp-intro">+++ Paragraphs</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a></td><td>-- set a paragraph</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#pp-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- managing paragraph style concerns</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#pp-font">&nbsp;PP_FONT</a></td><td>-- globally change font of regular paragraphs</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#para-indent">&nbsp;PARA_INDENT</a></td><td>-- set the paragraph first-line indent</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#para-indent-first">&nbsp;INDENT_FIRST_PARAS</a></td><td>-- indenting of paragraph first-lines on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#pp-space">&nbsp;PARA_SPACE</a></td><td>-- linespace between paragraphs on/off</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-31" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#quote-intro">+++ Quotes (line for line verbatim quotes)</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#quote">QUOTE</a></td><td>-- set quoted text line for line </td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#quote-general">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style of quotes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#always-fullspace-quotes">&nbsp;ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES</a></td><td>-- control vertical space around quotes</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-32" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#blockquote-intro">+++ Blockquotes (cited passages of text)</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#blockquote">BLOCKQUOTE</a></td><td>-- set passages of cited text</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#blockquote-general">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default blockquote style</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#always-fullspace-quotes">&nbsp;ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_BLOCKQUOTES</a></td><td>-- control vertical spacing</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-49" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#floats-intro">+++ Floats</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top"><a href="images.html#float">FLOAT</a></td><td>-- keep blocks of input together, output on next page
+<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;if necessary</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-53" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#images-intro">+++ Images and graphics</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top"><a href="images.html#pdf">PDF_IMAGE</a></td><td>-- inserting pdf images</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top"><a href="images.html#pdf-image-frame">&nbsp;PDF_IMAGE_FRAME</a></td><td>-- set parameters for pdf image frames</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top"><a href="images.html#pspic">PSPIC</a></td><td>-- inserting PostScript images</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-60" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#box-intro">+++ Shaded backgrounds, frames, page colour</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top"><a href="images.html#box-macro">BOX</a>&nbsp;-- shaded backgrounds and frames</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top"><a href="images.html#page-color">PAGE_COLOR</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-51" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#eqn">+++ eqn support</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#eq-en">EQ</a></td><td>-- begin an eqn block</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#eq-en">EN</a></td><td>-- end an eqn block</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-52" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#pic">+++ pic support</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#ps-pe">PS</a></td><td>-- begin a pic block</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#ps-pe">PE</a></td><td>-- end a pic block</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#pic-text-style">PIC_TEXT_STYLE</a></td><td>-- set style for pic text</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-58" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#grap">+++ grap support</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#grap">G1</a></td><td>-- begin a grap block</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#grap">G2</a></td><td>-- end a grap block</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-50" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#tbl">+++ tbl support</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#ts-te">TS</a></td><td>-- begin a tbl block</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#ts-te">TH</a></td><td>-- running table header (after TS H)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#ts-te">TE</a></td><td>-- end tbl block</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-54" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#captions-and-labels">+++ Captions and labels</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#autolabel">AUTOLABEL</a></td><td>-- auto-label figures, tables, equations</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#set-autolabel">SET_AUTOLABEL</a></td><td>-- set or reset autolabel numbers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#caption-after-label">CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a></td><td>-- place captions after labels</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#mla">MLA</a></td><td>-- MLA-style labelling and captioning</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#caption">CAPTION</a></td><td>-- add a caption to a float or (block)quote</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#label">LABEL</a></td><td>-- add a label to a float or (block)quote</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#captions-labels-sources">CAPTIONS</a></td><td>-- set style for captions</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#captions-labels-sources">LABELS</a></td><td>-- set style for labels</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#captions-labels-sources">SOURCES</a></td><td>-- set style for sources (tbl only)</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-55" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="images.html#lists-of">+++ Lists of Figures, Tables, and Equations</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#lists-macros">LIST_OF_FIGURES</a></td><td>-- generate a List of Figures</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#lists-macros">LIST_OF_TABLES</a></td><td>-- generate a List of Tables</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#lists-macros">LIST_OF_EQUATIONS</a></td><td>-- generate a List of Equations</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="images.html#lists-style">LISTS_STYLE</a></td><td>-- set style parameters for Lists</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-33" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#code-intro">+++ Code snippets</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#code">CODE</a></td><td>-- set a code snippet</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#code-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style of code snippets</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#code-general">&nbsp;General</a></td><td>-- family, font, and colour</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#code-size">&nbsp;CODE_SIZE</a></td><td>-- code size as a percentage of prevailing text</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-34" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#linebreak-intro">+++ Author linebreaks (section breaks)</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#linebreak">LINEBREAK</a></td><td>-- insert an author linebreak (section break)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#linebreak-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style of linebreaks</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#linebreak-char">&nbsp;LINEBREAK_CHAR</a></td><td>-- character to use for author linebreaks</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#linebreak-color">&nbsp;LINEBREAK_COLOR</a></td><td>-- colour of author linebreak character</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-35" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#finis-intro">+++ Document termination string</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#finis">FINIS</a></td><td>-- insert a document termination string</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#finis-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style finis string</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#finis-string">&nbsp;FINIS_STRING</a></td><td>-- set the document termination string</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#finis-string-caps">&nbsp;FINIS_STRING_CAPS</a></td><td>-- capitalization of termination string</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#finis-color">&nbsp;FINIS_COLOR</a></td><td>-- set the document termination string colour</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-36" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote-intro">+++ Footnotes</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#footnote">FOOTNOTE</a></td><td>-- set a footnote</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#footnote-general">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style of footnotes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#footnote-markers">&nbsp;FOOTNOTE_MARKERS</a></td><td>-- footnote markers on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#footnote-marker-style">&nbsp;FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a></td><td>-- type of footnote marker to use</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#reset-footnote-number">&nbsp;RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER</a></td><td>-- reset footnote numbering</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#footnote-rule">&nbsp;FOOTNOTE_RULE</a></td><td>-- footnote separator rule on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#footnote-rule-adj">&nbsp;FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ</a></td><td>-- adjust position of footnote rule</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#footnote-rule-length">&nbsp;FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH</a></td><td>-- adjust length of footnote rule</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top;"><a href="docelement.html#footnotes-run-on">&nbsp;FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON</a></td>
+  <td>-- instruct footnotes to be continuous</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-37" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote-intro">+++ Endnotes</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnote">ENDNOTE</a></td><td>-- set an endnote</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top;"><a href="docelement.html#en-mark">\*[EN-MARK]</a></td>
+  <td>-- mark initial line of a range of line numbers<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(for use with line numbered endnotes)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnotes">ENDNOTES</a></td><td>-- output endnotes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnote-control">Control macros</a></td><td></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: 1em;">
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnotes-general">General style control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnotes-pagination">Pagination</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnotes-header-control">Header/footer control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnotes-header-string-control">Title control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnotes-doc-title">Document/section identification control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#endnotes-numbering">Identification style</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-38" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docelement.html#margin-notes-intro">+++ Margin notes</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#mn-init">MN_INIT</a></td><td>-- initialize margin notes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docelement.html#mn">MN</a></td><td>-- set a margin note</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-39" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="refer.html#intro-ref">+++ Bibliographic references</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#ref">REF</a></td><td>-- begin a reference</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#footnote-refs">FOOTNOTE_REFS</a></td><td>-- place references in footnotes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#endnote-refs">ENDNOTE_REFS</a></td><td>-- place references in endnotes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#bracket-refs">REF( / REF)</a></td><td>-- put parentheses around embedded references</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#bracket-refs">REF[ / REF]</a></td><td>-- put square brackets around embedded references</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#bracket-refs">REF{ / REF}</a></td><td>-- put curly braces around embedded references</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#bibliography">BIBLIOGRAPHY</a></td><td>-- output a bibliography</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#biblio-control">Control macros</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: 1em;">
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#bibliography-type">BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE</a>&nbsp;-- "plain" or enumerated list</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#biblio-general">General style control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#biblio-header-control">Header/footer control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="refer.html#biblio-main-title">Main head control</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-40" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html">+++ Tables of contents</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc">TOC</a></td><td>-- output a table of contents</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#no-toc-entry">NO_TOC_ENTRY</a></td><td>-- omit a document section from the TOC</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#toc-heading">TOC_HEADING</a></td><td>-- insert a heading into the TOC</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#index-toc-control">Control macros</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: 1em;">
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-general">General style control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-pagenumbering">Page numbering</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-header">Header string control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-style">Entries and reference page numbers style control</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-title-style">TOC_TITLE_STYLE</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-entry-style">TOC_ENTRY_STYLE</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#toc-heading-style">TOC_HEADING_STYLE</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-additional">Additional table of contents control macros</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-41" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="letters.html">+++ Letter (correspondence) macros</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#date">DATE</a></td><td>-- letter&#8217;s date</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#from">FROM</a></td><td>-- letter&#8217;s addresser</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#to">TO</a></td><td>-- letter&#8217;s addressee</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#greeting">GREETING</a></td><td>-- letter&#8217;s salutation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#closing">CLOSING</a></td><td>-- letter&#8217;s closing salutation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#closing-indent">CLOSING_INDENT</a></td><td>-- indentation of the closing salutation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#signature-space">SIGNATURE_SPACE</a></td><td>-- room to leave for the signature</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="letters.html#no-suite">NO_SUITE</a></td><td>-- printing of &quot;next page number&quot; off or on</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-42" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docprocessing.html#style-after-start">+++ Changing global print style parameters after START</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-left-margin">DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</a></td><td>-- left margin of everything on the page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-right-margin">DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN</a></td><td>-- right margin of everything on the page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-line-length">DOC_LINE_LENGTH</a></td><td>-- document&#8217;s base line length</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-family">DOC_FAMILY</a></td><td>-- document&#8217;s base family</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-pt-size">DOC_PT_SIZE</a></td><td>-- document&#8217;s base point size</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-lead">DOC_LEAD</a></td><td>-- document&#8217;s base lead</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-quad">DOC_QUAD</a></td><td>-- document&#8217;s base quad directions</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-43" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docheader">+++ Managing a document&#8217;s first-page header</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#docheader">DOCHEADER</a></td><td>-- document first-page header on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#index-docheader-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style of docheader elements</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-44" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headfoot-management">+++ Managing page headers and footers</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#headers">HEADERS</a></td><td>-- page headers on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#footers">FOOTERS</a></td><td>-- page footers on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top;"><a href="headfootpage.html#headers-and-footers">HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS</a></td><td>-- enable generation of both headers and<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;footers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#headfoot-control">Control macros</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: 1em;">
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-strings">Strings</a></td><td>-- left-right-center strings</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-style">Style</a></td><td>-- change defaults for headers and/or footers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-style-global">Global</a></td><td>-- global style changes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-style-part">Part-by-part</a></td><td>-- part-by-part style changes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#vertical-spacing">Vertical placement</a></td><td>-- adjust position of headers and/or footers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-separator">Separator rule</a></td><td>-- manage the header/footer separator rule</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-45" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="rectoverso.html">+++ Recto/verso page headers and footers</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="rectoverso.html#recto-verso">RECTO_VERSO</a></td><td>-- recto/verso headers and/or footers on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="rectoverso.html#force-recto">FORCE_RECTO</a></td><td>-- insert blank pages so chapters start recto</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="rectoverso.html#switch-hdrftr">SWITCH_HEADERS</a></td><td>-- switch recto or verso header</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="rectoverso.html#switch-hdrftr">SWITCH_FOOTERS</a></td><td>-- switch recto or verso footer</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-recto">HEADER_RECTO</a></td><td>-- string that constitutes a recto header</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-verso">HEADER_VERSO</a></td><td>-- string that constitutes a verso header</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-recto">FOOTER_RECTO</a></td><td>-- string that constitutes a recto footer</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-verso">FOOTER_VERSO</a></td><td>-- string that constitutes a recto footer</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-46" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagination-intro">+++ Pagination</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#paginate">PAGINATE</a></td><td>-- pagination on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#index-paginate-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change default style for pagination</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#pagenumber">&nbsp;PAGENUMBER</a></td><td>-- user-defined (starting) page number</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#pagenum-style">&nbsp;PAGENUM_STYLE</a></td><td>-- digits, roman numerals, etc</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#pagenumber-string">&nbsp;PAGENUMBER_STRING</a></td><td>-- user-defined page numbering string</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#pagenum-on-first-page">&nbsp;PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE</a></td><td>-- when page numbering is at page top</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td style="vertical-align: top;"><a href="headfootpage.html#draft-with-pagenumber">&nbsp;DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER</a></td><td>-- attach draft/revision to page number</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-57" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">+++ Vertical whitespace management</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#shim">SHIM</a></td><td>-- align to the baseline grid</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#flex">FLEX</a></td><td>-- insert flexible whitespace</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-47" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">
+<a href="cover.html">+++ Document and section cover (title) pages</a></th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#cover">DOC_COVER</a></td><td>-- information to include in a document cover</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a></td><td>-- information to include in a section cover</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#on-off">DOC_COVERS</a></td><td>-- printing of document covers on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#on-off">COVERS</a></td><td>-- printing of section covers on/off</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#covertext">DOC_COVERTEXT</a></td><td>-- user-added text for document covers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#covertext">COVERTEXT</a></td><td>-- user-added text for section covers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#coverimage">DOC_COVER_IMAGE</a></td><td>-- add images to document covers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#coverimage">COVER_IMAGE</a></td><td>-- add images to document covers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="cover.html#cover-control">Control macros</a></td><td>-- change style defaults for covers</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table class="quick-ref">
+<tr>
+<th id="qr-48" class="quick-ref" colspan="2">+++ Utilities</th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#add-space">ADD_SPACE</a></td><td>-- add space to the top of a page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#add-space">RESTORE_SPACE</a></td><td>-- restore spacing at the top of a page</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="headfootpage.html#blank-pages">BLANKPAGE</a></td><td>-- output one or more blank pages</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a></td><td>-- adjust leading to fill pages</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a></td><td>-- join documents (chapters/sections)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a href="goodies.html#center-block">CENTER_BLOCK</a></td><td>-- centre blocks of type</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="appendices.html">Next: Appendices</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92cf80f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Recto/verso printing, collating</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="cover.html#top">Next: Cover pages</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Recto/verso printing, collating</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 50%; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -1em;">
+  <li><a href="#rectoverso-intro">Introduction to recto/verso printing</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#rectoverso-list">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#collate-intro">Introduction to collating</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#collate">The COLLATE macro</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="rectoverso-intro" class="docs">Introduction to recto/verso printing</h2>
+
+<p>
+Recto/verso printing allows you to set up a mom document in such
+a way that it can be printed on both sides of a printer sheet and
+subsequently bound.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With recto/verso, mom automatically takes control of the following
+aspects of alternating page layout:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>switching left and right margins (if they&#8217;re not equal)</li>
+  <li>switching the left and right parts of the default 3-part
+      <a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>
+      or
+      <a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+      (see the
+      <a href="headfootpage.html#description-general">General description of headers</a>)
+  </li>
+  <li>switching
+      <a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-recto">HEADER_RECTO</a>
+      and
+      <a href="headfootpage.html#hdrftr-recto">HEADER_VERSO</a>
+      if user-defined, single string recto/verso headers
+      or footers are used in place of the default 3-part
+      headers or footers
+  </li>
+  <li>switching the page number position (if page numbers are not centred)</li>
+</ul>
+<br/>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="rectoverso-list" class="macro-list">Recto/verso macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#recto-verso">RECTO_VERSO</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#force-recto">FORCE_RECTO</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#switch-hdrftr">SWITCH_HEADERS (also FOOTERS)</a>
+      &ndash; switch starting position of the header parts (left and right)
+  </li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -RECTO_VERSO- -->
+
+<div id="recto-verso" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>RECTO_VERSO</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you want mom to set up alternating pages for recto/verso
+printing, simply invoke RECTO_VERSO, with no argument, anywhere in
+your document (most likely before
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Recto/verso always switches the left and right parts of
+<a href="definitions.html#header">headers</a>
+or
+<a href="definitions.html#footer">footers</a>
+on odd/even pages.  However, it only switches the left and right
+margins if the margins aren&#8217;t equal.  Consequently, it is
+your responsibility to set the appropriate differing left and right
+margins with
+<a href="typesetting.html#l-margin">L_MARGIN</a>
+and
+<a href="typesetting.html#r-margin">R_MARGIN</a>
+(prior to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>)
+or with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-left-margin">DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</a>
+and
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-right-margin">DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN</a>
+(before or after START).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Equally, recto/verso only switches the page number position if page
+numbers aren&#8217;t centred, which means you have to set the page
+number position with
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagenum-pos">PAGENUM_POS</a>
+(before or after START).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -FORCE_RECTO- -->
+
+<div id="force-recto" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>FORCE_RECTO</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+It is a common convention with two-sided printing to ensure that
+cover pages, title pages, and chapters or major sections of a document
+always begin on the recto side of a page.  This sometimes
+necessitates inserting a blank page before the start of a new
+chapter or major section.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you would like mom to take care of this for you automatically,
+simply invoke <kbd>FORCE_RECTO</kbd> before the first
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+of the document.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SWITCH_HDRFTR- -->
+
+<div id="switch-hdrftr" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>SWITCH_HEADERS</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+SWITCH_HEADERS switches the location of the header left string
+(by default, the author) and the header right string (by default,
+the document title).  If you don&#8217;t like mom&#8217;s default
+placement of author and title, use SWITCH_HEADERS to reverse it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SWITCH_HEADERS can also be useful in conjunction with
+<a href="#recto-verso">RECTO_VERSO</a>.
+The assumption of RECTO_VERSO is that the first page of a document
+(i.e. recto/odd) represents the norm for header-left and header-right,
+meaning that the second (and all subsequent verso/even) pages of the
+document will reverse the order of header-left and header-right.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If mom&#8217;s behaviour in this matter is not what you want, simply
+invoke SWITCH_HEADERS on the first page of your recto/verso document
+to reverse her default treatment of header parts.  The remainder of
+your document (with respect to headers) will come out as you want.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ===================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="collate-intro" class="docs">Introduction to collating</h2>
+
+<p>
+Many people wisely keep chapters of a long work in separate
+files, previewing or printing them as needed during the draft
+phase.  However, when it comes to the final version, mom requires
+a single, collated file in order to keep track of page numbering
+and recto/verso administration, generating tables of contents and
+endnotes, ensuring that
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheaders</a>
+get printed correctly, and a host of other details.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The COLLATE macro, which can be used with any
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+except <kbd>LETTER</kbd>, lets you glue mom-formatted input files
+together.  You need only concatenate chapters into a single file
+(most likely with <kbd>cat(1)</kbd>), and put
+<kbd>.COLLATE</kbd> at the end of each concatenated chapter.
+Assuming all the files begin with the required
+<a href="docprocessing.html#reference-macros">reference macros</a>
+(metadata), style parameters, and
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>,
+each chapter will begin on a fresh page and behave as expected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Even if you work with monolithic, multi-chapter files, every
+chapter and its associated metadata plus <kbd>.START</kbd>
+still needs to be preceded by <kbd>.COLLATE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+COLLATE assumes you are collating documents/files with similar
+type-style parameters hence there&#8217;s no need for PRINTSTYLE
+to appear after COLLATE, although if you&#8217;re collating
+documents that were created as separate files, chances are the
+PRINTSTYLE&#8217;s already there.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p id="caution" class="tip">
+<b>Two words of caution:</b>
+</p>
+<ol style="margin-top: -1.25em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li>Do not collate documents of differing
+      PRINTSTYLES (i.e., don&#8217;t try to
+      collate a <kbd>TYPESET</kbd> document and <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>
+      document).
+  </li>
+  <li>Use <kbd>.DOC_FAMILY</kbd> instead of
+      <kbd>.FAMILY</kbd> if, for some reason, you want to
+      change the family of all the document elements after
+      <kbd>.COLLATE</kbd>. <kbd>.FAMILY</kbd>, by itself, will
+      change the family of paragraph text only.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -COLLATE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="collate" class="macro-id">collate</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>COLLATE</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The most basic (and most likely) collating situation looks like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COLLATE
+  .CHAPTER 17
+  .START
+</span>
+A slightly more complex version of the same thing, for chapters
+that require their own titles, looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .COLLATE
+  .CHAPTER_TITLE "Geek Fatigue: Symptoms and Causes"
+  .START
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: -1em">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+If the last line of text before <kbd>.COLLATE</kbd>
+falls too close to the bottom margin, or if the line is followed
+by a macro likely to cause a linebreak (e.g. <kbd>.LIST OFF</kbd> or
+<kbd>.IQ</kbd>), mom may output a superfluous blank page before
+the start of the following document.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom" style="margin-top: -1em">
+In order to avoid this, insert
+<a href="docprocessing.html#EL"><kbd>.EL</kbd></a>
+after the last line of text, before <kbd>.COLLATE</kbd> and/or any
+concluding macros.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  some concluding text.\c
+  .EL
+  .COLLATE
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  some concluding text.\c
+  .EL
+  .LIST OFF
+  .COLLATE
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+See the
+<a href="#caution">two words of caution</a>,
+above.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="cover.html">Next: Cover pages</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/refer.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/refer.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f11814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/refer.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2129 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Document processing, bibliographies and references</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="letters.html#top">Next: Writing letters</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Bibliographies and references</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 75%; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li><a href="#intro-ref">Introduction to bibliographies and references</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#tutorial-ref">Tutorial on <kbd>refer</kbd> usage with mom</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#db-ref">Create a <kbd>refer</kbd> database</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#rcommands-ref">Insert a <kbd>refer</kbd> block</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#placement-ref">Tell mom where you want your references (if footnotes or endnotes)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#accessing-ref">Accessing references in the database</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fn-en-recipe">Entering footnote/endnote references</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#parenthetical">Parenthetical insertions</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bibliography-from-embedded">Generating a bibliography from parenthetical insertions</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bibliography-recipe">Generating a comprehensive bibliography</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#invoking-ref">Invoking groff with mom and <kbd>refer</kbd></a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#mla">MLA (Modern Language Association) style</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#ref-styles">Types of references (endnote, footnote, or embedded in text)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#parenthetical">Inserting parenthetical references into the text</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#database">The <kbd>refer</kbd> database</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#database-intro">Introduction</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#database-rules">Rules</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fields-quick">Quick guide to field identifiers (%A for author, %T for title, etc)</a></li> 
+    <li><a href="#fields-specifics">Field identifiers: specifics, usage and examples</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#index-ref">The bibliography and reference macros</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#biblio-control">Bibliography control macros and defaults</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="intro-ref" class="docs">Introduction to bibliographies and references</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom provides the ability to format and generate bibliographies, as
+well as footnote or endnote references, in MLA (Modern Language
+Association) style.  She accomplishes this by working in conjunction
+with a special groff program called <kbd>refer</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>Refer</kbd> requires first that you create a database of works
+that will be cited in your documents.  Once that&#8217;s done, special
+macros let you briefly key in references to entries in the database
+and have mom format them with respect to order, punctuation and
+italicization in footnotes, endnotes, or a full bibliography.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>Refer</kbd> has been around for a long time.  It&#8217;s
+powerful and has many, many features.  Unfortunately, the manpage
+(<kbd>man&nbsp;refer</kbd>), while complete and accurate, is
+dense and not a good introduction.  (It&#8217;s a classic manpage
+Catch-22: the manpage is useful only after you know how to use the
+program.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In order to get mom users up and running with <kbd>refer</kbd>,
+this section of mom&#8217;s documentation focuses exclusively, in a
+recipe-like manner, on what you need to know to use <kbd>refer</kbd>
+satisfactorily in conjunction with mom.  The instructions are not to
+be taken as a manual on full <kbd>refer</kbd> usage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re already a <kbd>refer</kbd> user, the information
+herein will be useful for adapting your current <kbd>refer</kbd>
+usage to mom&#8217;s way of doing things.  If you&#8217;ve never
+used <kbd>refer</kbd>, the information is essential, and, in many
+cases, may be all you need.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I encourage anyone interested in what MLA style looks
+like&mdash;and, by extension, how your bibliographies and references
+will look after mom formats them&mdash;to check out
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  <a href="http://www.aresearchguide.com/12biblio.html">http://www.aresearchguide.com/12biblio.html</a>
+</span>
+or any other website or reference book on MLA style.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-top: 1em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<div class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">
+<h3 id="tutorial-ref" class="docs">Tutorial on refer usage with mom</h3>
+<ol style="margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#db-ref">Create a <kbd>refer</kbd> database</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#example-refer-database">example <kbd>refer</kbd> database</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#rcommands-ref">Insert a <kbd>refer</kbd> block</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#fn-en-block">refer block for footnotes/endnotes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#in-text-block">refer block for parenthetical insertions into running text</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bibliography-block">refer block for comprehensive bibliographies (reading lists)</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#placement-ref">Tell mom where you want your references (if footnotes or endnotes)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#accessing-ref">Accessing references in the database</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#fn-en-recipe">Entering footnote/endnote references</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#parenthetical-insertions">Parenthetical insertions</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#bibliography-from-embedded">Generating a bibliography from parenthetical insertions</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#bibliography-recipe">Generating a comprehensive bibliography</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#invoking-ref">Invoking groff with mom and <kbd>refer</kbd></a></li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4 id="db-ref" class="docs">1. Create a refer database</h4>
+
+<p>
+The first step in using <kbd>refer</kbd> with mom is creating a
+database.  The database is a text file containing entries for the
+works you will be citing.  You may set up separate databases for
+individual documents, or create a large database that can be
+accessed by many documents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Entries (&#8220;records&#8221; in refer-speak) in the database
+are separated from each other by a single, blank line.  The records
+themselves are composed of single lines (&#8220;fields&#8221;) with
+no blank lines between them.  Each field begins with a percent
+sign and a single letter (the &quot;field identifier&quot;)
+e.g. <kbd>%A</kbd> or <kbd>%T</kbd>.  The letter identifies
+what part of a bibliographic entry the field refers to: Author,
+Title, Publisher, Date, etc.  After the field identifier comes
+a single space, followed by the information appropriate to
+field.
+</p>
+
+<!-- Add rules for punctuation and italics -->
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s an example database containing two records so you can
+visualize what the above paragraph says.
+</p>
+
+<div id="example-refer-database" class="examples" style="margin-top: -.5em;">Example <kbd>refer</kbd> database</div>
+<div class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+%A Terry Pratchett
+%A Neil Gaiman
+%T Good Omens
+%C London
+%I Gollancz
+%D 1990
+
+%A Peter Schaffter
+%T The Schumann Proof
+%C Toronto
+%I RendezVous Press
+%D 2004
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The order in which you enter fields doesn&#8217;t matter.
+<kbd>Refer</kbd> will re-arrange them for you.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="rcommands-ref" class="docs">2. Insert a refer block</h4>
+
+<p>
+Having set up your database, you now need to put some
+<kbd>refer</kbd>-specific commands in your mom file.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>Refer</kbd> commands are introduced by a single line
+containing <kbd>.R1</kbd>, and concluded with a single line
+containing <kbd>.R2</kbd>.  What goes between the <kbd>.R1</kbd>
+and <kbd>.R2</kbd> lines is called a &#8220;refer block&#8221;.
+<kbd>Refer</kbd> commands in a refer block should be entered one per
+line, in lowercase letters, <i>with no initial period</i> (dot).
+The actual commands depend on whether you want your references
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>in footnotes/endnotes</li>
+<li>parenthetically inserted (in abbreviated form) into running text,
+referring to a works-cited list (bibliography)</li>
+<li>to generate a comprehensive bibliography (a reading list)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h5 id="fn-en-block" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; margin-top: .25em;">Refer block for footnotes/endnotes</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you want footnote or endnote references, place this block at
+the <i>top</i> of your mom file.
+</p>
+
+<div id="refer-block1" class="examples" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+<div class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+.R1
+no-label-in-text
+no-label-in-reference
+join-authors " and " ", " ", and "
+database &lt;full path to database&gt;
+.R2
+</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em; font-size: 95%; line-height: 120%;">
+<kbd>&lt;full&nbsp;path&nbsp;to&nbsp;the&nbsp;database&gt;</kbd>
+means the full path including the filename, e.g.
+<kbd>/home/user/refer/my-database-file</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="in-text-block" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; margin-top: .25em;">Refer block for parenthetical insertions into running text</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you want short, parenthetical insertions into running text,
+referring to works cited in a bibliography, place this block at
+the <i>top</i> of your mom file.
+</p>
+
+<div id="refer-block2" class="examples" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+<div class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+.R1
+label "(A.n|Q)"
+bracket-label " (" ")" ", "
+join-authors ", and " ", " ", and "
+move-punctuation
+reverse A1
+sort A1Q1T1B1E1
+database &lt;full path to database&gt;
+.R2
+</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em; font-size: 95%; line-height: 120%;">
+<kbd>&lt;full&nbsp;path&nbsp;to&nbsp;the&nbsp;database&gt;</kbd>
+means the full path including the filename, e.g.
+<kbd>/home/user/refer/my-database-file</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="bibliography-block" class="docs" style="font-size: 90%; margin-top: .25em;">Refer block for comprehensive bibliographies</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+If you want to output an entire <kbd>refer</kbd> database, or
+generate a comprehensive bibliography (a reading list) from a
+database, place this block at the <i>bottom</i> of your mom file,
+either prior to or immediately after invoking
+<a href="#bibliography">BIBLIOGRAPHY</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div id="refer-block3" class="examples" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+<div class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+.R1
+no-label-in-text
+no-label-in-reference
+join-authors ", and " ", " ", and "
+sort A1Q1T1B1E1
+reverse A1
+database &lt;full path to database&gt;
+.R2
+</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em; font-size: 95%; line-height: 120%;">
+<kbd>&lt;full&nbsp;path&nbsp;to&nbsp;the&nbsp;database&gt;</kbd>
+means the full path including the filename, e.g.
+<kbd>/home/user/refer/my-database</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="placement-ref" class="docs">3. Tell mom where you want your references</h4>
+
+<p>
+If you want references in footnotes, issue the instruction
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE_REFS
+</span>
+anywhere before the first citation in your file.  Footnote markers
+will be inserted into the text, and the bibliographic information
+for the citation will appear as a footnote.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want references in endnotes, issue the instruction
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ENDNOTE_REFS
+</span>
+anywhere before the first citation in your file.  Endnote markers
+will be inserted into the text, and the bibliographic information
+for the citation will appear as an endnote entry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Note that if you want references parenthetically inserted
+into running text, referring to entries in a works-cited list
+(bibliography) that <kbd>mom</kbd> and <kbd>refer</kbd> assemble
+automatically, no special instructions are required.  See
+<a href="#bibliography-from-embedded">Generating a bibliography from parenthetical insertions</a>
+for how to output the collected references.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For outputting an entire <kbd>refer</kbd> database, or
+generating a comprehensive reading list from a database, see the
+macro
+<a href="#bibliography">BIBLIOGRAPHY</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="accessing-ref" class="docs">4. Accessing references in the database</h4>
+
+<p>
+References are accessed by putting keywords from the desired database
+record between two special <kbd>refer</kbd> commands:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .[
+</span>
+and
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .]
+</span>
+Keywords are any word, or set of words, that identify a database
+record unambiguously.  Thus, if you have only one database record for
+the author Ray Bradbury, 
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .[
+  bradbury
+  .]
+</span>
+is sufficient.  However, if your database contains several records
+for books by Bradbury, say, <i>Fahrenheit 451</i> and <i>The
+Martian Chronicles</i>,
+&#8220;<kbd>bradbury&nbsp;451</kbd>&#8221; and
+&#8220;<kbd>bradbury&nbsp;martian</kbd>&#8221; would identify the two records unambiguously.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A special database field identifier, <kbd>%K</kbd>, lets you create
+unique keywords for database records to help clear up any ambiguity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Notice that you don&#8217;t have to worry about capitalization when
+entering keywords.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="fn-en-recipe" class="docs">5. Entering footnote/endnote references</h4> 
+
+<p>
+Depending on which you have issued, a
+<kbd><a href="#footnote-refs">.FOOTNOTE_REFS</a></kbd>
+or an
+<kbd><a href="#endnote-refs">.ENDNOTE_REFS</a></kbd>
+command, entering references is done like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .REF
+  .[
+  keyword(s)
+  .]
+  .REF
+</span>
+If FOOTNOTE_REFS is in effect, the reference between the first
+and second <kbd>.REF</kbd> will be treated as a footnote.  If
+ENDNOTE_REFS, it will be treated as an endnote.  Endnote references
+must be explicitly output with
+<a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES">ENDNOTES</a>
+at the end of your file, before
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#TOC">TOC</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+REF behaves identically to
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote">FOOTNOTE</a>
+and
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote">ENDNOTE</a>
+with respect to the use of the <kbd>\c</kbd> inline escape.  Please
+read the
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote-note">HYPER IMPORTANT NOTE</a>
+found in the document entry for FOOTNOTE (which also applies to
+ENDNOTE).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="parenthetical-insertions" class="docs">6. Parenthetical insertions</h4>
+
+<p>
+See
+<a href="#parenthetical">Inserting parenthetical references into
+text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="bibliography-from-embedded" class="docs">7. Generating a bibliography from parenthetical insertions</h4>
+
+<p>
+To generate a bibliography from works cited by parenthetical
+insertions in the text, put this at the end of your document, before
+<kbd><a href="tables-of-contest.html#TOC">.TOC</a></kbd>.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY
+  .[
+  $LIST$
+  .]
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="bibliography-recipe" class="docs">8. Generating a comprehensive bibliography</h4>
+
+<p>
+You can also generate a comprehensive bibliography, which is to say a
+bibliography containing more works than are actually cited (a
+&#8220;reading list&#8221;), by placing references between
+<kbd><a href="#bibliography">.BIBLIOGRAPHY</a></kbd>
+and
+<kbd><a href="#bibliography">.BIBLIOGRAPHY&nbsp;OFF</a></kbd>.
+Once you have input the desired references, insert
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .[
+  $LIST$
+  .]
+</span>
+and follow it with <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY&nbsp;OFF</kbd>.  Study the
+example below if you&#8217;re having trouble visualizing this.
+</p>
+
+<div id="example-bibliography" class="examples" style="margin-top: -.5em;">Example bibliography</div>
+<div class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY
+.R1
+no-label-in-text
+no-label-in-reference
+join-authors ", and " ", " ", and "
+sort A1Q1T1B1E1
+reverse A1
+database &lt;full path to database&gt;
+.R2
+.[
+bradbury
+.]
+.[
+pratchett
+.]
+.[
+$LIST$
+.]
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY OFF
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Alternatively, you can output an entire database as a
+bibliography.  Do the following at the end of your document, before
+<kbd><a href="tables-of-contest.html#TOC">.TOC</a></kbd>.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY
+  .R1
+  no-label-in-text
+  no-label-in-reference
+  join-authors ", and " ", " ", and "
+  sort A1Q1T1B1E1
+  reverse A1
+  bibliography &lt;full path to database&gt;
+  .R2
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY OFF
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="invoking-ref" class="docs">9. Invoking groff with mom and refer</h4>
+
+<p>
+So, now you&#8217;ve got a document formatted properly to use
+references processed with <kbd>refer</kbd>, what do you do to output
+the document?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It&#8217;s simple.  Pass the <kbd>-R</kbd> flag to pdfmom or groff,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom -R &lt;filename&gt; ...
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium" style="margin-top: 1em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="mla" class="docs">MLA (Modern Language Association) style</h2>
+
+<h3 id="ref-styles" class="docs">Types of references (endnote, footnote, or embedded in text)</h3>
+
+<p>
+MLA allows for three types of references, or referencing styles:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>short, parenthetical references in the text, linked to a
+      works-cited list (bibliography) at the end of the document</li>
+  <li>footnote references</li>
+  <li>endnote references</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+There are significant differences between the way footnote/endnote
+references should be formatted, and the formatting style of
+bibliographies.  One example is that footnote/endnote references
+should have their first lines indented, whereas bibliographic
+references should have their second lines indented.  Fortunately,
+with mom, there&#8217;s no need to concern yourself with the differences;
+they&#8217;re taken care of automatically.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In terms of inserting references into your documents,
+footnote/endnote references are input in a manner similar to
+entering any other kind of
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote-into">footnote</a>
+or
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote-into">endnote</a>.
+Parenthetical references, however, need to be handled differently.
+See the next section.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="parenthetical" class="docs">Inserting parenthetical references into the text</h3>
+
+<p>
+MLA style prefers restricting the information in parenthetical
+references to the barest minimum needed to identify works
+in the works-cited list (the bibliography).  Typically, a
+parenthetical insertion is just the author&#8217;s last name
+followed by the page number of the cited work (if only one work by
+that author is cited), or by the author, a shortened title of the
+work, and the page number (if more than one work is cited).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This necessitates a slightly fiddly way of entering parenthetical
+references, though not by any means difficult or hard to make sense
+of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>refer</kbd> block suggested
+<a href="#refer-block2">here</a>
+for parenthetical references prints only the author&#8217;s
+last name from the database record identified by your keywords
+(the <kbd>label</kbd> command), surrounded by parentheses (the
+<kbd>bracket-label</kbd> command).  Therefore, assuming you are
+citing Ray Bradbury&#8217;s <i>The Martian Chronicles</i>, and it is
+the only work by Bradbury mentioned in the text,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  ...end of sentence.
+  .[
+  martian chronicles
+  .]
+  A new sentence...
+</span>
+will insert &#8220;<span style="font-family: times; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold">...end of sentence (Bradbury). A new sentence...</span>&#8221; into the text.
+<i>The Martian Chronicles</i> will be added
+to the works-cited list generated at the end of the document if it
+is not already present as the result of an earlier reference.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you need a page number to identify where in <i>The Martian
+Chronicles</i> to find a specific quote
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  "...aluminum roaches and iron crickets."
+  .[
+  [ martian chronicles
+  .] 168)
+  A new sentence...
+</span>
+results in <span style="font-family: times; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold">&#8220;...aluminum roaches and iron crickets.&#8221; (Bradbury 168)  A new sentence...</span>&#8221;
+(which is excruciatingly correct MLA style).  The
+&#8220;<kbd>[</kbd>&#8221; before <kbd>martian&nbsp;chronicles</kbd> tells
+refer to print the opening parenthesis; any text immediately
+following the &#8220;<kbd>.]</kbd>&#8221;, including spaces,
+<i>replaces</i> the closing parenthesis.  (Notice that you have to
+add the closing parenthesis yourself after the page number.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your document cites more than one work by Bradbury and you need
+a title and page number in addition to the author&#8217;s name in
+the inline reference,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  "...aluminum roaches and iron crickets."
+  .[
+  [ bradbury martian
+  .], \fIChronicles\fP 168)
+  A new sentence...
+</span>
+will produce &#8220;<span style="font-family: times; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold">&#8220;...aluminum roaches and iron crickets.&#8221; (Bradbury, <i>Chronicles</i> 168) A new sentence...</span>&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples-container" style="margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">
+<h3 class="docs">The <span style="text-transform: none">&#8216;label&#8217;</span><span style="text-transform: uppercase"> and</span> <span style="text-transform: none">&#8216;bracket-label&#8217;</span><span style="text-transform: uppercase"> commands</span></h3>
+
+<p>
+The <kbd>label</kbd> and <kbd>bracket-label</kbd> commands in
+the refer block allow you to customize what information goes
+into parenthetical references, and how they should be formatted.
+<kbd>label</kbd> dictates which fields from the database record
+to print and how to punctuate them. <kbd>bracket-label</kbd>
+controls the bracketing style.  Users are encouraged to consult
+<kbd>man&nbsp;refer</kbd> for usage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s an example of how to set up APA-style references, which
+require the author and date of publication, optionally with a page
+number or range of pages.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .R1
+  label "(A.n|Q) ', ' D.y"
+  bracket-label " (" ")" ", "
+  join-authors ", and " ", " ", and "
+  move-punctuation
+  reverse A1
+  sort A1Q1T1B1E1
+  database /home/peter/Groff-mom/Testing/Refer/refer-database
+  .R2
+</span>
+Assuming a reference to a work by Ursula Leguin published in 1980
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .[
+  leguin
+  .]
+</span>
+produces
+<span style="font-family: times; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold">
+(Leguin, 1980)
+</span>.
+If a page number is also required
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .[
+  [ leguin
+  .], p. 73)
+</span>
+produces
+<span style="font-family: times; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold">(Leguin, 1980, p. 73)</span>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium" style="margin-top: 1em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="database" class="docs">The refer database</h2>
+
+<h3 id="database-intro" class="docs">Introduction</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+The heart and soul of <kbd>refer</kbd> is the bibliographic
+database.  Knowing how to create records (i.e. the entries for works
+cited in a document) is largely a question matching data (author,
+title, publisher, etc) with the correct field identifier.  For
+example, if you&#8217;re citing from a scholarly journal, you need to know
+that <kbd>%J</kbd> is the field identifier for journal names and
+<kbd>%N</kbd> is the field identifier for the journal number.  Use
+the
+<a href="#fields-quick">Quick list of field identifiers</a>
+as your guide.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="database-rules" class="docs">The rules</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+Entering the data correctly is also important.  Fortunately, there
+are very few rules, and those there are make sense.  In a nutshell:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <li>enter the data in each field in natural order; author John Smith is
+      &#8220;John Smith&#8221;, editor Jane Doe is &#8220;Jane Doe&#8221;</li>
+  <li>capitalize all proper nouns and words in titles as you expect
+      to see them; otherwise, use lowercase</li>
+  <li>use no terminating punctuation unless required; typically,
+      required punctuation is the period after a shortform
+      (&#8220;ed.&#8221; or &#8220;eds.&#8221;, &#8220;Jr.&#8221;,
+      etc) or a question mark or exclamation mark at the end of a
+      title</li>
+  <li>if part of a field needs to be set off in single-quotes, use
+      <kbd>\[oq]</kbd> and <kbd>\[cq]</kbd> (openquote, closequote) rather than the
+      single-quote (or apostrophe) character on your keyboard</li>
+  <li>if part of a field needs to be forced into italics, use the
+      escapes <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[IT]</span></kbd> and
+      <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PREV]</span></kbd>; if the italicized portion
+      concludes the field, omit <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[PREV]</span></kbd></li>
+  <li>if you require characters with accents, ligatures or special
+      symbols, use groff&#8217;s &#8220;named&#8221; glyphs (e.g.
+      <kbd>\['e]</kbd> for <kbd>é</kbd>); a full list can be found in
+      <kbd>man groff_char</kbd></li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="fields-quick" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1.25em; margin-bottom: .5em;">Quick guide to field identifiers <span style="text-transform: none;">(click on any that are links for more information)</span></h3>
+
+<div class="examples-container" style="padding-bottom: 1em;">
+<span class="pre">
+<a class="quick" href="#A">%A</a> author           &ndash; records may contain multiple authors,
+                      one per line
+<a class="quick" href="#Q">%Q</a> non-human author &ndash; corporate author, e.g. National Geographic;
+                      may also be used for exceptional reference types
+<a class="quick" href="#m">%m</a> multiple authors &ndash; whenever "et al." is desirable
+<a class="quick" href="#i">%i</a> idem             &ndash; multiple works by the same author
+<a class="quick" href="#p">%p</a> post-author      &ndash; post-author information (e.g. appendix,
+                      foreword, letter)
+%T title            &ndash; primary title (of a book) or the
+                      title of an article (within a scholarly
+                      journal or a magazine)
+%B book title       &ndash; when %T contains the title of an article;
+<a class="quick" href="#q">%q</a> force quote      &ndash; force a title into double-quotes
+%t reprint title    &ndash; if different from a work's original title
+%b main author      &ndash; when citing a preface, foreword,
+                      introduction, or afterword, the author of
+                      the complete original work
+<a class="quick" href="#E">%E</a> editor           &ndash; records may contain multiple editors,
+                      one per line
+<a class="quick" href="#l">%l</a> translator       &ndash; if more than one translator, all the
+                      names
+%r translator       &ndash; if tr. and ed. are one in the same
+    and editor
+%M magazine or      &ndash; when %T contains the title of an article
+    newspaper
+%J journal          &ndash; when %T contains the title of an article
+%e edition          &ndash; number or name of an edition
+                      (e.g. Second, 2nd, Collector's, etc.)
+%S series           &ndash; series name of books or journals
+%V volume           &ndash; volume number (of books)
+%N journal number   &ndash; journal or magazine number
+%R report number    &ndash; technical report number
+%G gov&#8217;t.           &ndash; government ordering number
+<a class="quick" href="#O">%O</a> other            &ndash; information for which there is no appropriate
+                      field letter
+<a class="quick" href="#C">%C</a> city             &ndash; city of publication
+%I publisher        &ndash; publisher
+%D date             &ndash; publication date
+<a class="quick" href="#d">%d</a> original        
+   publication date &ndash; if different from date of publication
+<a class="quick" href="#P">%P</a> page(s)          &ndash; page number or range
+<a class="quick" href="#n">%n</a> annotation       &ndash; annotation to the reference
+%s site name        &ndash; for internet references, the website name
+%c content          &ndash; for internet references, the source of
+                      the material (e.g. Web or Email); for websites,
+                      the content, if unclear
+%o organization     &ndash; for internet sites, the organization, group
+                      or sponsor of the site
+%a access date      &ndash; for internet sites, the date of access
+%u URL              &ndash; for internet sites, the full URL
+<a class="quick" href="#K">%K</a> keywords         &ndash; words that help clear up ambiguities in
+                      the database
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="fields-specifics" class="docs">Field identifiers: specifics, usage and examples</h3>
+
+<h4 id="A" class="docs fields">%A &ndash; author field</h4>
+
+<p>
+For multiple authors, enter each in a separate <kbd>%A</kbd>
+field in the order in which they should appear.  If the author on
+the title page is the editor (say, a book of short stories edited by
+Ray Bradbury), add <kbd>, ed.</kbd> to the end of the
+<kbd>%A</kbd> field, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Ray Bradbury, ed.
+</span>
+Do not use the <kbd>%E</kbd> field in these instances.  If the work
+has several such editors, enter each in a separate <kbd>%A</kbd>
+field, as for multiple authors, and add <kbd>, eds.</kbd> to the
+last one, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Jane Dearborne
+  %A Bill Parsons, eds.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="Q" class="docs fields">%Q &ndash; exceptional entries</h4>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, a work has no author or title information, for example a
+book review in a newspaper.  In such cases, use <kbd>%Q</kbd>, like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %Q Rev. of \*[IT]Mean Streets Omnibus\*[PREV], ed. Raymond Hammett
+  %M Times Literary Supplement
+  %D 7 July 1972
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="m" class="docs fields">%m &ndash; multiple authors (et al.)</h4>
+
+<p>
+Whenever it&#8217;s desirable to abbreviate a list of authors with
+&#8220;et al.&#8221; enter it in the <kbd>%m field</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Paul Lauter
+  %A Doug Scofield
+  %m et al.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="i" class="docs fields">%i &ndash; idem</h4>
+
+<p>
+Whenever there are several works by the same author, fill out the
+<kbd>%A</kbd> field with the author&#8217;s name and follow it with the
+<kbd>%i idem</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Jonathon Schmidt
+  %i idem
+</span>
+Per MLA style, the author&#8217;s name will be replaced by a long dash.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If it&#8217;s necessary to state the role the author served (say,
+editor or translator), fill out the <kbd>%i</kbd> field with the
+information minus <kbd>idem</kbd>, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Ray Bradbury
+  %i ed.
+  %T Timeless Stories for Today and Tomorrow
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="p" class="docs fields">%p &ndash; post-author information</h4>
+
+<p>
+When citing from a preface, foreword, introduction, afterword,
+or appendix, MLA requires that the information come between the
+author&#8217;s name and the work&#8217;s title, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Martin Packham, Jr.
+  %p appendix
+  %T Why the West was Won
+</span>
+Do not capitalize the first word in the <kbd>%p</kbd> field unless
+it is a proper noun.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="q" class="docs fields">%q &ndash; force title into double-quotes</h4>
+
+<p>
+Occasionally, you may not be able to use <kbd>%T</kbd> for the
+title because doing so will cause it to come out in italics when
+double-quotes are called for.  An example of this is when citing
+from a dissertation.  Use <kbd>%q</kbd> to get around the problem,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Carol Sakala
+  %q Maternity Care Policy in the United States
+  %O diss., Boston U, 1993
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="E" class="docs fields">%E &ndash; editor</h4>
+
+<p>
+Use this only if the author and the editor are not one in the same,
+e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Geoffrey Chaucer
+  %T The Works of Geoffrey Chaucer
+  %E F. W. Robinson
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="l" class="docs fields">%l &ndash; translator</h4>
+
+<p>
+If there is more than one translator, enter all the names, with
+appropriate conjunctions and punctuation, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Feodor Dostoevsky
+  %T Crime and Punishment
+  %l Jessie Coulson, Marjorie Benton, and George Bigian
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="O" class="docs fields">%O &ndash; other</h4>
+
+<p>
+Occasionally, MLA requires additional information after the title
+but before the publication data (city/publisher/date), for instance,
+the number of volumes in a series, or the fact that the work cited
+is a dissertation.  Here are two examples:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Arthur M. Schlesinger
+  %T History of U.S. Political Parties
+  %O 4 vols.
+  %C New York
+  %I Chelsea
+  %D 1973
+
+  %A Carol Sakala
+  %q Maternity Care Policy in the United States
+  %O diss., Boston U, 1993
+</span>
+Do not capitalize the first word of the <kbd>%O</kbd> field unless
+it is a proper noun.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Generally, consider <kbd>%O</kbd> a catch-all for information that
+does not match the criterion of any existing field identifier.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="C" class="docs fields">%C &ndash; city</h4>
+
+<p>
+Normally, <kbd>%C</kbd> takes the name of the city of publication,
+and that&#8217;s all.  In the case of a republished book, if new material
+has been added, put such information in the <kbd>%C</kbd>
+field, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Theodore Dreiser
+  %T Sister Carrie
+  %d 1900
+  %C Introd. E. L. Doctorow, New York
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="d" class="docs fields">%d &ndash; original date of publication</h4>
+
+<p>
+Normally, all that is required in the <kbd>%d</kbd> field is the
+original date of publication.  However, if supplementary original
+publication data is desired, include it in the field, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Kazuo Ishiguro
+  %T The Remains of the Day
+  %d London: Faber, 1989
+  %C New York
+  %I Knopf
+  %D 1990
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="K" class="docs fields">%K &ndash; keywords</h4>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>Refer</kbd> hates ambiguity, and complains when encountering
+it.  Ambiguities result from the duplication of any word in more
+than one database record when that word is used to identify a
+reference in your input file.  Use <kbd>%K</kbd> to create unique
+keywords found nowhere else in the database.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Imagine, for example, that your database contains records for
+Ray Bradbury&#8217;s <i>The Illustrated Man</i>, another record for
+<i>The Illustrated Bradbury</i> and a third for <i>Bradbury,
+Illustrated</i>.  <kbd>%K</kbd> can be used to clear up any
+ambiguities by assigning a unique word to each record, for example
+<kbd>%K ill-man</kbd> for the first, <kbd>%K ill-brad</kbd> for the
+second, and <kbd>%K brad-ill</kbd> for the third.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="P" class="docs fields">%P &ndash; pages</h4>
+
+<p>
+When citing page numbers, which is often the case with footnotes
+and endnotes, it is not necessary to put the numbers in the database
+records.  The <kbd>%P</kbd> field can be added underneath the
+keyword(s) in the <kbd>.[</kbd> / <kbd>.]</kbd> entries in your
+input file, allowing you to recycle database records.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  %A Frye
+  %T Anatomy
+  %K frye-anat
+</span>
+could be your short record for Northrop Frye&#8217;s <i>The Anatomy of
+Criticism</i>.  Any time you wanted to cite a particular page or
+range of pages from that work in a footnote or endnote, you can
+put
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .REF
+  .[
+  frye-anat
+  %P 67-8
+  .]
+  .REF
+</span>
+in your input file, and have it show up with the correct page(s).
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="n" class="docs fields">%n &ndash; annotations</h4>
+
+<p>
+Annotations come at the very end of references.  Capitalize all
+words that require it, including, for bibliographic references (but not
+for footnotes/endnotes) the first.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-ref" class="macro-list">The bibliography and reference macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#ref">REF</a> &ndash; begin/end a <kbd>refer</kbd> reference that will go in a footnote or endnote</li>
+  <li><a href="#footnote-refs">FOOTNOTE_REFS</a> &ndash; instruct mom to put REFs in footnotes</li>
+  <li><a href="#endnote-refs">ENDNOTE_REFS</a> &ndash; instruct mom to put REFs in endnotes</li>
+  <li><a href="#indent-refs">INDENT_REFS</a> &ndash; manage indenting of references, per MLA standards</li>
+  <li><a href="#hyphenate-refs">HYPHENATE_REFS</a> &ndash; enable/disable hyphenation of references</li>
+  <li><a href="#bibliography">BIBLIOGRAPHY</a> &ndash; begin a bibliography</li>
+  <li><a href="#bibliography-type">BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE</a> &ndash; plain, or numbered list bibliography</li>
+  <li><a href="#biblio-control">Bibliography control macros and defaults</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -REF- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ref" class="macro-id">Begin/end a reference that goes in a footnote or endnote</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>REF</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The macro REF tells mom that what follows is
+<kbd>refer</kbd>-specific, a keyword-identified reference to a
+<kbd>refer</kbd> database record.  Depending on whether you&#8217;ve issued
+a
+<kbd><a href="#footnote-refs">.FOOTNOTE_REFS</a></kbd>
+or
+<kbd><a href="#endnote-refs">.ENDNOTE_REFS</a></kbd>
+instruction, the reference will be formatted and placed in a
+footnote, or collected for output in the endnotes.  Parenthetical
+insertion of references into the text do not require
+<kbd>.REF</kbd> (see
+<a href="#parenthetical">Inserting parenthetical references into the text</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before you use REF, you must create a <kbd>refer</kbd> block
+containing <kbd>refer</kbd> commands (see
+<a href="#rcommands-ref">Required refer commands</a>
+in the tutorial, above).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+REF usage always looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .REF
+  .[
+  keyword(s)
+  .]
+  .REF
+</span>
+Notice that REF &#8220;brackets&#8221; the <kbd>refer</kbd> instructions,
+and never takes an argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What REF really is is a convenience.  One could, for example, put a
+reference in a footnote by doing
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FOOTNOTE
+  .[
+  keyword(s)
+  .]
+  .FOOTNOTE OFF
+</span>
+However, if you have a lot of references going into footnotes (or
+endnotes), it&#8217;s much shorter to type <kbd>.REF/.REF</kbd>
+than <kbd>.FOOTNOTE/.FOOTNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>.  It also helps you
+distinguish&mdash;visually, in your input file&mdash;between
+footnotes (or endnotes) which are references, and footnotes (or
+endnotes) which are explanatory, or expand on the text.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If you&#8217;re using REF to put references in footnotes and your
+footnotes need to be indented, you may (indeed, should) pass REF the
+same arguments used to indent footnotes.  See
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote">FOOTNOTE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+REF behaves identically to
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote">FOOTNOTE</a>
+or
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote">ENDNOTE</a>,
+so please read the HYPER IMPORTANT NOTE found in the document entry
+for
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote-note">FOOTNOTE</a>
+and/or
+<a href="docelement.html#endnote-note">ENDNOTE</a>
+for instructions on correct entry of text preceding and following REF.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -FOOTNOTE_REFS- -->
+
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="footnote-refs" class="macro-id">Instruct mom to put references in footnotes</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FOOTNOTE_REFS</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+FOOTNOTE_REFS is an instruction to
+<a href="#ref">REF</a>,
+saying, &#8220;put all subsequent references bracketed by the REF
+macro into footnotes.&#8221; You invoke it by itself, with no
+argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When FOOTNOTE_REFS is in effect, regular footnotes, (i.e.
+those introduced with <kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd> and terminated with
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE OFF</kbd>) continue to behave normally.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You may switch between FOOTNOTE_REFS and
+<a href="#endnote-refs">ENDNOTE_REFS</a>
+at any time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, FOOTNOTE_REFS sets the
+<a href="docelement.html#footnote-marker-style">FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a>
+to <kbd>NUMBER</kbd> (i.e. superscript numbers).  You may change
+change that if you wish by invoking FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE, with the
+argument you want, after FOOTNOTE_REFS.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you have a lot of footnote references, and are identifying
+footnotes by line number rather than by markers in the text, you may
+want to enable
+<a href="docelement.html#footnotes-run-on">FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON</a>
+in conjunctions with FOOTNOTE_REFS.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -ENDNOTE_REFS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="endnote-refs" class="macro-id">Instruct mom to put references in endnotes</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ENDNOTE_REFS</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+ENDNOTE_REFS is an instruction to
+<a href="#ref">REF</a>,
+saying, &#8220;add all subsequent references bracketed by the REF
+macro to endnotes.&#8221; You invoke it by itself, with no argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When ENDNOTE_REFS is in effect, mom continues to format regular
+endnotes, (i.e. those introduced with <kbd>.ENDNOTE</kbd> and
+terminated with <kbd>.ENDNOTE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>) in the normal way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You may switch between ENDNOTE_REFS and
+<a href="#footnote-refs">FOOTNOTE_REFS</a>
+at any time.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -INDENT_REFS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="indent-refs" class="macro-id">Manage indenting of references, per MLA standards</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>INDENT_REFS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">FOOTNOTE | ENDNOTE | BIBLIO &lt;indent&gt; </kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;<kbd style="font-style: normal;">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd> requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MLA-style requires that footnote or endnote references should
+have their first lines indented, whereas bibliographic references
+should have their second and subsequent lines indented.  Thus, if
+you invoke INDENT_REFS with a first argument of <kbd>FOOTNOTE</kbd>
+or <kbd>ENDNOTE</kbd>, the value you give to
+<kbd>&lt;indent&gt;</kbd> sets the indent of the first line for
+those types of references; if you invoke it with <kbd>BIBLIO</kbd>,
+the value you give <kbd>&lt;indent&gt;</kbd> sets the indent of
+second and subsequent lines in bibliographies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, the indent for all three types of references is 1/2-inch
+for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>
+and 2
+<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>
+for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like to change the indent for footnote, endnote or
+bibliography references, just invoke <kbd>.INDENT_REFS</kbd> with
+a first argument saying which one you want the indent changed for, and
+a second argument saying what you&#8217;d like the indent to be.
+For example, if you want the second-line indent of references on a
+bibliography page to be 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picas-points">picas</a>,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .INDENT_REFS BIBLIO 3P
+</span>
+is how you&#8217;d set it up.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+If you are identifying endnotes by line number
+(<a href="docelement.html#endnote-marker-style">ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE&nbsp;<kbd>LINE</kbd></a>)
+and have instructed mom to put references bracketed by
+<kbd><a href="#ref">.REF</a></kbd>
+into endnotes (with
+<a href="#endnote-refs">ENDNOTE_REFS</a>),
+you will almost certainly want to adjust the second-line indent for
+references in endnotes, owing to the way mom formats line-numbered
+endnotes.  Study the output of such documents to see whether an
+indent adjustment is required.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The same advice applies to references in endnotes when you have enabled
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  <a href="docelement.html#endnote-numbers-align-left">.ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT</a>
+</span>
+in favour of mom&#8217;s default, which is to align them right.
+Study the output to determine what size of second-line indent works
+best.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<i>(Frankly, endnote references formatted in MLA-style combined with
+left-aligned endnote numbers is a no-win situation, and so is best
+avoided.  Wherever you set the indent, you&#8217;ll end up with the
+endnote numbers appearing to hang into the left margin, so you might
+as well have them hang, as is the case with
+<kbd style="font-style: normal;">.ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT</kbd>.</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;&ndash;&nbsp;Ed.)
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HYPHENATE_REFS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="hyphenate-refs" class="macro-id">Enable/disable hyphenation of references</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HYPHENATE_REFS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you have hyphenation turned on for a document (see
+<a href="typesetting.html#hy">HY</a>),
+and in most cases you probably do, mom will hyphenate references
+bracketed by the
+<a href="#ref">REF</a>
+macro.  Since references typically contain quite a lot of proper
+names, which shouldn&#8217;t be hyphenated, you may want to disable
+hyphenation for references.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HYPHENATE_REFS is a toggle macro; invoking it by itself will turn
+automatic hyphenation of REF-bracketed references on (the default).
+Invoking it with any other argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>NO</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>, etc.) will disable automatic hyphenation for
+references bracketed by REF.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An alternative to turning reference hyphenation off is to prepend
+to selected proper names in your <kbd>refer</kbd> database
+the groff
+<a href="definitions.html#discretionaryhyphen">discretionary hyphen</a>
+character, <kbd>\%</kbd>.  (See
+<a href="#ref-disc-hy">here</a>
+in the tutorial for an example.)
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+References embedded in the body of a document are considered part of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>,
+and are hyphenated (or not) according to whether hyphenation is
+turned on or off for running text.  Therefore, if you want to
+disable hyphenation for such references, you must do so temporarily,
+with
+<a href="typesetting.html#hy">HY</a>,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY OFF
+  .[
+  keyword(s)
+  .]
+  .HY
+</span>
+Alternatively, sprinkle your database fields liberally with
+<kbd>\%</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIOGRAPHY- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="bibliography" class="macro-id">Begin a bibliography</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY</b> <kbd class="marco-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+To append a bibliography to your document, whether of references
+inserted parenthetically into text or a comprehensive reading list
+derived from a large <kbd>refer</kbd> database, all you need
+do is invoke <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY</kbd>. <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY</kbd>
+breaks to a new page, prints the title (BIBLIOGRAPHY by default, but
+that can be changed), and awaits <kbd>refer</kbd> instructions.  How
+to create bibliographies is covered in the tutorial section,
+<a href="#bibliography-from-embedded">Generating a bibliography from parenthetical insertions</a>
+and
+<a href="#bibliography-recipe">Generating a comprehensive bibliography</a>.
+When all the required data has been entered, type
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY OFF
+</span>
+to complete the bibliography.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+See the
+<a href="#biblio-control">Bibliography control macros and defaults</a>
+for macros to tweak, design and control the appearance of
+bibliography pages.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="bibliography-type" class="macro-id">Plain, or numbered list bibliography</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">PLAIN | LIST [ &lt;list separator&gt; ] [ &lt;list prefix&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Mom offers two styles of bibliography output: plain, or numbered
+list style.  With the argument, <kbd>PLAIN</kbd>, bibliography entries are output
+with no enumerators.  With the argument, <kbd>LIST</kbd>, each entry is numbered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The two optional arguments, <kbd>&lt;list&nbsp;separator&gt;</kbd>
+and <kbd>&lt;list&nbsp;prefix&gt;</kbd> have the same meaning as the
+equivalent arguments to
+<a href="docelement.html#list">LIST</a>
+(i.e. <kbd>&lt;separator&gt;</kbd> and <kbd>&lt;prefix&gt;</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You may enter the BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE either before or after
+<kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY</kbd>.  It must, however, always come before
+any <kbd>refer</kbd> commands.  See
+<a href="#bibliography-from-embedded">Generating a bibliography from parenthetical insertions</a>
+and
+<a href="#bibliography-recipe">Generating a comprehensive bibliography</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE is <kbd>PLAIN</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_CONTROL- -->
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="biblio-control" class="docs defaults">Bibliography control macros and defaults</h3> 
+
+<p style="margin-top: .25em; margin-left: 9px;">
+Mom processes bibliography pages in a manner very similar to the
+way she processes endnotes pages.  The bibliography page control
+macros, therefore, behave in the same way as their endnotes pages
+equivalents.
+</p>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#biblio-general"><b>General bibliography style control</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#biblio-style">Base family/font/quad</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-pt-size">Base point size</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-lead">Leading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-spacing">Adjust the space between bibliography entries</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#singlespace-biblio">Singlespace bibliographies (for TYPEWRITE only)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-no-columns">Turning off column mode during bibliography output</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#biblio-pagination"><b>Pagination of bibliographies</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#biblio-pagenum-style">Page numbering style</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-first-pagenumber">Setting the first page number of bibliographies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-no-first-pagenum">Omitting a page number on the first page of bibliographies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#suspend-pagination">Suspending pagination during bibliography output</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#biblio-header-control"><b>Header/footer control</b></a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#biblio-modify-hdrftr">Modifying what goes in bibliography headers/footers</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-hdrftr-center">Header/footer centre string when doctype is CHAPTER</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-allows-headers">Allow headers on bibliography pages</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#biblio-main-title"><b>Bibliography first-page title control</b></a>
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-string">Title string</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-string-control">Title string control macros and defaults</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-string-placement">Title string placement</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-string-underline">Title string underscoring</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#biblio-string-caps">Title string capitalization</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="biblio-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. General bibliography page style control</h4>
+
+<h5 id="biblio-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Base family/font/quad</h5>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY_FAMILY    default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY_FONT      default = roman
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY_QUAD*     default = justified
+
+*Note: BIBLIOGRAPHY_QUAD must be set to either L (LEFT) or J (JUSTIFIED);
+ R (RIGHT) and C (CENTER) will not work.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_PT_SIZE- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-pt-size" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Base point size</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;base type size of bibliography&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Unlike most other control macros that deal with size of document
+elements, BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE takes as its argument an absolute
+value, relative to nothing.  Therefore, the argument represents the
+size of bibliography type in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>,
+unless you append an alternative
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE 12
+</span>
+sets the base point size of type on the bibliography page to 12
+points, whereas
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE .6i
+</span>
+sets the base point size of type on the bibliography page to 1/6 of an
+inch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The type size set with BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE is the size of type used
+for the text of the bibliographies, and forms the basis from which
+the point size of other bibliography page elements is calculated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>
+is 12.5 points (the same default size used in the body of the
+document).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_LEAD- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-lead" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Leading</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;base leading of bibliographies&gt; [ ADJUST ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>; points is assumed
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unlike most other control macros that deal with leading of document
+elements, BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD takes as its argument an absolute value,
+relative to nothing.  Therefore, the argument represents the
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+of bibliographies in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+unless you append an alternative
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD 14
+</span>
+sets the base leading of type on the bibliography page to 14
+points, whereas
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD .5i
+</span>
+sets the base leading of type on the bibliography page to 1/2 inch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want the leading of bibliographies adjusted to fill the page,
+pass BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD the optional argument,
+<kbd>ADJUST</kbd>.  (See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a>
+for an explanation of leading adjustment.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>
+is the prevailing document lead (16 by default), adjusted.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Even if you give mom a <kbd>.DOC_LEAD_ADJUST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> command,
+she will still, by default, adjust bibliography leading.  You
+<i>must</i> enter <kbd>BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD&nbsp;&lt;lead&gt;</kbd>
+with no <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument to disable this default
+behaviour.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_SPACING- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-spacing" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Adjust the space between bibliography entries</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;amount of space&gt; </kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom inserts no space between bibliography entries.
+If you&#8217;d prefer she add some, instruct her to do so with
+BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING.  Say, for example, you want a half a linespace
+between entries,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING .5v
+</span>
+would do the trick.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+As with endnotes pages, inserting space between bibliography entries
+will most likely result in hanging bottom margins.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SINGLESPACE_BIBLIO- -->
+
+<h5 id="singlespace-biblio" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Singlespace bibliography (TYPEWRITE only)</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SINGLESPACE_BIBLIOGRAPHY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If your 
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd> and you use TYPEWRITE&#8217;s default
+double-spacing, bibliographies are double-spaced.  If your document
+is single-spaced, bibliographies are single-spaced.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, for some reason, you&#8217;d prefer that bibliographies be
+single-spaced in an otherwise double-spaced document (including
+double-spaced
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+documents), invoke <kbd>.SINGLESPACE_BIBLIOGRAPHY</kbd> with no
+argument.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_NO_COLUMNS- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-no-columns" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Turning off column mode during bibliography output</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_COLUMNS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, if your document is set in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">columns</a>,
+mom sets the bibliographies in columns, too.  However, if your
+document is set in columns and you&#8217;d like the bibliographies
+not to be, just invoke <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_COLUMNS</kbd> with
+no argument.  The bibliography pages will be set to the full page
+measure of your document.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you output bibliographies at the end of each document in a
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+document set in columns, column mode will automatically be
+reinstated for each document, even with BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_COLUMNS
+turned on.  In such circumstances, you must re-enable
+BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_COLUMNS for each separate collated document.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="biblio-pagination" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: .5em;">2. Pagination of bibliographies</h4>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_PAGENUM_STYLE- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-pagenum-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Page numbering style</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_PAGENUM_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use this macro to set the page numbering style of bibliography
+pages.  The arguments are identical to those for
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagenum-style">PAGENUM_STYLE</a>.
+The default is <kbd>digit</kbd>.  You may want to change it to, say,
+<kbd>alpha</kbd>, which you would do with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_PAGENUM_STYLE alpha
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_FIRST_PAGENUMBER- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-first-pagenumber" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Setting the first page number of bibliographies</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBILOGRAPHY_FIRST_PAGENUMBER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;page # that appears on page 1 of bibliographies&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Use this macro with caution.  If the bibliography for a
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+document is to be output at the document&#8217;s end,
+BIBLIOGRAPHY_FIRST_PAGENUMBER tells mom what page number to put on
+the first page of the bibliography.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, if you&#8217;re outputting a bibliography at the end of each
+section (chapter, article, etc) of a collated document,
+you have to reset every section&#8217;s first page number after
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">COLLATE</a>
+and before
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_NO_FIRST_PAGENUN- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-no-first-pagenum" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.25em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Omitting a page number on the first page of bibliographies</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+This macro is for use only if
+<a href="headfootpage.html#footers">FOOTERS</a>
+are on.  It tells
+<kbd><a href="#bibliography">BIBLIOGRAPHY</a></kbd>
+not to print a page number on the first bibliography page.
+Mom&#8217;s default is to print the page number.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SUSPEND_PAGINATION- -->
+
+<h5 id="suspend-pagination" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Suspending pagination during bibliography output</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="margin-bottom: 1em;">
+Macro: <b>SUSPEND_PAGINATION</b>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>RESTORE_PAGINATION</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+SUSPEND_PAGINATION doesn&#8217;t take an argument.  Invoked
+immediately prior to
+<kbd><a href="#bibliography">BIBLIOGRAPHY</a></kbd>,
+it turns off pagination for the duration of the bibliography.  Mom
+continues, however to increment page numbers silently.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To restore normal document pagination after bibliographies, invoke
+<kbd>.RESTORE_PAGINATION</kbd> (again, with no argument) immediately
+after you&#8217;ve finished with your bibliography.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="biblio-header-control" class="docs" style="margin-bottom: .5em;">3. Header/footer control</h4>
+
+<h5 id="biblio-modify-hdrftr" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Modifying what goes in the bibliography header/footer</h5>
+
+<p style="margin-top: 0">
+If you wish to modify what appears in the header/footer that appears
+on bibliography pages, make the changes before you invoke
+<a href="#bibliography"><kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY</kbd></a>,
+not afterwards.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Except in the case of
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd></a>,
+mom prints the same header or footer used throughout the document
+on bibliography pages.  Chapters get treated differently in that,
+by default, mom does not print the header/footer centre string
+(normally the chapter number or chapter title.)  In most cases, this
+is what you want.  However, should you not want mom to remove the
+centre string from the bibliography pages&#8217; headers/footers, or
+you would like her to add one in cases where there hasn&#8217;t been
+one before (e.g. DOCTYPE DEFAULT) invoke
+<kbd><a href="#bibliography-hdrftr-center">.BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTER</a></kbd>
+with no argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An important change you may want to make is to put the word
+&#8220;Bibliography&#8221; in the header/footer centre position.  To
+do so, invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTER
+  .HEADER_CENTER "Bibliography"
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_FOOTER_CENTER
+  .FOOTER_CENTER "Bibliography"
+</span>
+prior to invoking <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY</kbd>.  
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span>
+Unless you have a running centre string in your headers or footers, you must invoke
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <a href="#endnotes-hdrftr-center">.BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTER</a>
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  <a href="#endnotes-hdrftr-center">.BIBLIOGRAPHY_FOOTER_CENTER</a>
+</span>
+in order for the centre string to appear, as demonstrated above.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5 id="biblio-hdrftr-center" class="docs" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Header/footer centre string when doctype is CHAPTER</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE</a>
+is <kbd>CHAPTER</kbd> and you want mom to include a centre
+string in the headers/footers that appear on bibliography
+pages, or if you do not have a running header/footer
+centre string in the body of the document, invoke
+<kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTER</kbd> (or
+<kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_FOOTER_CENTER</kbd>) with no argument before
+defining the centre string .  Mom&#8217;s default is NOT to print the
+centre string.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If, for some reason, having enabled the header/footer centre string
+on bibliography pages, you wish to disable it, invoke the same macro
+with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>Q</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>...).
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="biblio-allows-headers" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Allow headers on bibliography pages</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_ALLOWS_HEADERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; | ALL</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, if HEADERS are on, mom prints page headers on all
+bibliography pages except the first.  If you don&#8217;t want her to
+print headers on bibliography pages, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_ALLOWS_HEADERS OFF
+</span>
+If you want headers on every page including the first, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_ALLOWS_HEADERS ALL
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If FOOTERS are on, mom prints footers on every bibliography page.
+This is a style convention.  In mom, there is no such beast as
+BIBLIOGRAPHY_ALLOWS_FOOTERS&nbsp;OFF.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="biblio-main-title" class="docs">4. Bibliography first-page title control</h4>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_STRING- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-string" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Title string</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;title to print at the top of bibliography pages&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom prints the word &#8220;BIBLIOGRAPHY&#8221; as a title
+at the top of the first page of a bibliography.  If you want her to
+print something else, invoke <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING</kbd> with
+the title you want, surrounded by double-quotes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you don&#8217;t want a title at the top of the first bibliography
+page, invoke <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING</kbd> with a blank argument
+(either two double-quotes side by
+side&mdash;<kbd>&quot;&quot;</kbd>&mdash;or no argument at all).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_STRING_CONTROL- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-string-control" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Title string control macros and defaults</h5>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_FAMILY  default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_FONT    default = bold
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_SIZE*   default = +1
+.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_QUAD    default = centred
+
+*Relative to the size of the bibliography text (set with BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE)
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_ADVANCE- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-string-placement" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Title string placement</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_ADVANCE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance from top of page&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom places the title (the docheader, as it were) of
+bibliographies (typically "BIBLIOGRAPHY") on the same
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+that is used for the start of
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+If you&#8217;d prefer another location, higher or lower on the page
+(thereby also raising or lowering the starting position of the
+bibliography itself), invoke <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_ADVANCE</kbd>
+with an argument stating the distance from the top edge of the page
+at which you&#8217;d like the title placed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The argument requires a unit of measure, so if you&#8217;d like the title
+to appear 1-1/2 inches from the top edge of the page, you&#8217;d tell
+mom about it like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_ADVANCE 1.5i
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_STRING_UNDERLINE- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-string-underline" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Title string underscoring</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERSCORE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[DOUBLE] [&lt;underline weight&gt; [&lt;underline gap&gt; [&lt;distance between double rules]]] | &lt;none&gt; | &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The argument
+<span style="font-style: normal"><kbd>&lt;underscore weight&gt;</kbd></span>
+must not have the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<span style="font-style: normal;"><kbd>p</kbd></span>, appended to it
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Invoked without an argument,
+<kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERSCORE</kbd> will place a single rule
+underneath the bibliography&#8217;s first-page title.  Invoked with the
+argument, <kbd>DOUBLE</kbd>, BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERSCORE will
+double-underscore the title.  Invoked with any other non-numeric
+argument, (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>NO</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>, etc.)
+the macro disables underlining of the title.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition, you can use BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERSCORE to control
+the weight of the underscore rule(s), the gap between the title and
+the underscore, and, in the case of double-underscores, the distance
+between the two rules.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some examples:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE 1
+      - turn underlining on; set the rule weight to 1 point
+
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE 1 3p
+      - turn underlining on; set the rule weight to 1 point; set
+        the gap between the string and the underline to 3 points
+  
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE DOUBLE .75 3p
+      - turn double-underlining on; set the rule weight to 3/4 of
+        a point; set the gap between the string and the upper
+        underline to 3 points; leave the gap between the upper
+        and the lower underline at the default
+  
+  .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE DOUBLE 1.5 1.5p 1.5p
+      - turn double-underlining on; set the rule weight to 1-1/2
+        points; set the gap between the string and the upper
+        underline to 1-1/2 points; set the gap between the upper
+        and the lower underline to 1-1/2 points
+</span>
+Note, from the above, that in all instances, underscoring (single or
+double) is enabled whenever BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERSCORE is used
+in this way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom double-underscores the title if your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -BIBLIO_STRING_CAPS- -->
+
+<h5 id="biblio-string-caps" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-left: .5em;">&bull;&nbsp;Title string capitalization</h5>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_CAPS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Invoked by itself, <kbd>.BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_CAPS</kbd> will
+automatically capitalize the bibliography first-page title.  Invoked
+with any other argument, the macro disables automatic capitalization
+of the title.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re generating a table of contents, you may want the
+bibliography first-page title to be in caps, but the toc entry in
+caps/lower case.  If the argument to
+<kbd><a href="#bibliography-string">BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING</a></kbd>
+is in caps/lower case and BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_CAPS is
+on, this is exactly what will happen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s default is to capitalize the bibliography first-page
+title.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="letters.html">Next: Writing letters</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cdab3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2736 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Reserved words (macros, strings, registers)</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page" style="width: 800px;">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 id="reserved-words" class="docs">List of reserved words (macros, strings, registers)</h1>
+
+<p>
+The following is a list of reserved words used by mom.  Before
+changing the name of any macro or document element tag with
+<a href="goodies.html#ALIAS">ALIAS</a>,
+I strongly recommend doing a search of this page for your proposed
+new name.  If you find it in the left hand column, choose something
+else instead.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anyone interested in hacking/patching mom&#8217;s macro file
+(om.tmac) will also find this list useful since it lists most of
+the macros, strings, diversions, aliases, and number registers
+mom uses, along with brief descriptions of their functions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The list is not exhaustive.  PDF-related macros, strings, registers,
+and diversions, as well as those associated with preprocessor
+support and &#8220;Lists of&#8221; are not included.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<span class="pre" style="scroll: none;">
+<span style="display: block; text-decoration: underline;">TYPESETTING</span>
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -1em;">+++MACROS+++</span>
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Page layout</span>
+  PAGELENGTH  Page width
+  PAGE        Page width/length; left, right, top, bottom margins
+  PAGEWIDTH   Page width
+  PAPER       Letter, legal, or A4
+  B_MARGIN    Space to leave at page bottom
+  L_MARGIN    Page offset
+  R_MARGIN    Line length as a function of
+                pagewidth minus pageoffset minus rightmargin
+  T_MARGIN    Advance lead from page top
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Page control</span>
+  DO_B_MARGIN  Margin at bottom of page; trap-invoked
+  DO_T_MARGIN  Margin at top of page; trap-invoked
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Style</span>
+  COLOR          Change color of text to predefined value
+  CONDENSE       Set percentage of pseudo-condense (alias of
+                   CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND)
+  EXTEND         Set percentage of pseudo-extend (alias of
+                   CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND)
+  FAMILY         Family
+  FT             Font
+  FALLBACK_FONT  Font to use whenever FAMILY or FT errors occur
+  LL             Line length
+  LS             Leading (.vs)
+  NEWCOLOR       Define a text color
+  PT_SIZE        Point size
+  SETBOLDER      Set degree of emboldening (pseudo-bold) in units
+  SETSLANT       Set degree of pseudo-italic
+  XCOLOR         Initialize a color from rgb.txt
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Autolead</span>
+  AUTOLEAD  Always lead n points more than .PT_SIZE
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Quad, fill, justification</span>
+  JUSTIFY  Justified text
+  QUAD     Filled text, left, right, or centre
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Quad, no-fill</span>
+  CENTER  Line-for-line, non-filled text, centre
+  LEFT    Line-for-line, non-filled text, left
+  RIGHT   Line-for-line, non-filled text, right
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Hyphenation</span>
+  HY      Turn hyphenation on/off, or set LINES, MARGIN, SPACE
+  HY_SET  Set LINES, MARGIN, SPACE in a single command
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Advanced style</span>
+  KERN       Turn automatic kerning on or off
+  LIGATURES  Turn ligatures on or off
+  SS         Sentence space control
+  WS         Word space control
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Line breaks</span>
+  BR      Alias of br
+  EL      Breaks line but doesn't advance
+  SPACE   Alias of sp
+  SPREAD  Alias of brp
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Vertical motions</span>
+  ALD  Advance lead
+  RLD  Reverse lead
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Indents</span>
+  HI   Indent hang
+  IB   Indent both
+  IBX  Indent both off
+  IL   Indent left
+  ILX  Indent left off
+  IQ   Indents off
+  IR   Indent right
+  IRX  Indent right off
+  IX   Indents off -- deprecated
+  TI   Indent temporary
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Tabs</span>
+  ST       String tab
+  TAB_SET  Tab Set
+  TN       Tab Next
+  TQ       Tab Quit
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Columnar tabs</span>
+  MCO      Turn on multi-column mode
+  MCR      Return to top of column
+  MCX      Turn off multi-column mode
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Underscore</span>
+  UNDERSCORE   Underscores words or phrases
+  UNDERSCORE2  Double underscores words or phrases
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Underline</span>
+  UNDERLINE  Underlines whole passages (Courier only)
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Smart Quotes</span>
+  SMARTQUOTES  Turns smart quotes on or off
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Graphical objects</span>
+  RULE_WEIGHT      Weight of rules drawn with \*[RULE]
+  DBX              Draw box
+  DCL              Draw circle (ellipse)
+  DRH              Draw horizontal rule
+  DRV              Draw vertical rule
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Misc + Support</span>
+  BR_AT_LINE_KERN  Deposit a break before RW and WE
+  CAPS             Convert u/lc to UC
+  COMMENT          Don't print lines till COMMENT OFF (alias of SILENT)
+  DROPCAP_ADJUST   Points (poss. fractional) to add/subtract
+                     from drop caps
+  DROPCAP          Create drop cap
+  DROPCAP_FAMILY   Drop cap family
+  DROPCAP_FONT     Drop cap font
+  DROPCAP_GUTTER   Drop cap gutter
+  DROPCAP_OFF      Support only; restores .in if there was one
+  ESC_CHAR         Alias for .ec
+  EW               Extra white -- loosen overall line kern
+                     (character spacing)
+  LEADER_CHARACTER Sets leader character
+  PAD              Insert padding spaces at marked places
+  PADMARKER        Sets character to use instead of # in PAD
+  PRINT            Simply prints args passed to it; keeps my code
+                     indented nicely
+  RW               Reduce white -- tighten overall line kern
+                     (character spacing)
+  SILENT           Don't print lines till SILENT OFF
+  SIZESPECS        Get cap-height, x-height and descender depth for
+                     current point size
+  SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT  Change default vertical displacement of superscripts
+  TRAP             Turn traps off or on
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++DIVERSIONS+++</span>
+
+  NO_FLASH    Diverts output of SILENT or COMMENT so they don't print
+  NULL        Diverts SIZESPECS in PRINT_HDRFTR so it doesn't screw up
+                FOOTER and FOOTNOTE processing when FOOTERS are on
+  PAD_STRING  Diverts $PAD_STRING for processing
+  TYPESIZE    Diverts SIZESPECS routine so it doesn't print
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++NUMBER REGISTERS+++</span>
+
+  #ABORT_FT_ERRORS        Abort on FT errors? (boolean)
+  #ALD                    ALD value
+  #ARGS_TO_LIST           Tells LIST whether LIST was invoked with a valid
+                            arg; controls LIST OFF processing
+  #ARGS_TO_SQ             Tells SMARTQUOTES whether it was invoked with a
+                            valid arg; controls SMARTQUOTES OFF
+                            processing
+  #AUTOLEAD_FACTOR        Using FACTOR arg to AUTOLEAD? (boolean)
+  #AUTO_LEAD              Using autolead? (boolean)
+  #AUTOLEAD_VALUE         Auto leading value
+  #BL_INDENT              Value of left indent when IB
+  #B_MARGIN               Bottom margin
+  #B_MARGIN_SET           Has a bottom margin been set with B_MARGIN? (boolean)
+  #BOLDER_UNITS           Number of units to embolden type
+  #BR_AT_LINE_KERN        Break when EW/RW are invoked? (boolean)
+  #BR_INDENT              Value of right indent when IB
+  #BX_SOLID               Draw box filled? (boolean)
+  c                       column mark
+  #CAPS_ON                Is CAPS enabled? (boolean)
+  #CL_SOLID               Draw circle filled? (boolean)
+  #CODE_FAM               Use different family from Courier for CODE? (boolean)
+  #CODE_FT                Use different font from roman for CODE? (boolean)
+  #CONDENSE               Are we in pseudo-condense mode? (boolean)
+  #CONDENSE_WAS_ON        For restoring \*[COND] in DROPCAP
+  #COND_WIDTH             Width of pseudo-condensed type
+                            (pointsize x $COND_PERCENT)
+  #CURRENT_HY             \\n[.hy] when ref*normal-print called
+  #CURRENT_L_LENGTH       Current line length at first invocation of LIST;
+                            like #ORIG_L_LENGTH
+  #CURRENT_TAB            Current tab number
+  #DC_COLOR               Colorize dropcap? (boolean)
+  #DC_GUT                 Width of dropcap gutter
+  #DC_HEIGHT              Dropcap height
+  #DC_LINES               Number of lines for dropcap
+  #DEGREES                # of degrees slant for pseudo-italic
+  #ENUMERATOR&lt;n&gt;          Number register enumerator for depth &lt;n&gt; in lists 
+  #EW                     Is EW in effect? (boolean)
+  #EXT_WIDTH              Width of pseudo-extended type
+                            (pointsize x $EXT_PERCENT)
+  #EXTEND                 Are we in pseudo-extend mode? (boolean)
+  #EXTEND_WAS_ON          For restoring \*[EXT] in DROPCAP
+  #FILL_MODE              Which fill mode are we in? ( \n[.j] )
+  #FILLED                 Are we in a fill mode? (boolean)
+  #H_INDENT               Value of left indent when IH
+  #HL_INDENT&lt;n&gt;           Hanging indent for LIST depth &lt;n&gt;
+  #HL_INDENT              Value of the hang when IH
+  #HY_SET                 Did we manually set hyphenation parameters?
+                            (boolean)
+  #HYPHEN_ADJ             Amount by which to raise hyphens surrounding page
+                            numbers
+  #HYPHENATE              Hyphenation on? (boolean)
+  #IN_ITEM                Are we in a list item? (boolean)
+  #IN_ITEM_L_INDENT       Value passed to IL if #IN_ITEM=1
+  #IN_TAB                 Are we in a tab? (boolean)
+                            Set in macro TAB; used in ST to determine
+                            whether to add #ST_OFFSET to #ST&lt;n&gt;_OFFSET
+  #INDENT_ACTIVE          Indicates whether an indent is active (boolean)
+  #INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE     Toggle
+  #INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE     Toggle
+  #INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE    Toggle
+  #INDENT_STYLE_BOTH      Indicates IB when #INDENT_ACTIVE=1 (boolean)
+  #INDENT_STYLE_HANG      Indicates IH when #INDENT_ACTIVE=1 (boolean)
+  #INDENT_STYLE_LEFT      Indicates IL when #INDENT_ACTIVE=1 (boolean)
+  #INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT     Indicates IR when #INDENT_ACTIVE=1 (boolean)
+  #INDENT_STYLE_TEMP      Indicates IT when #INDENT_ACTIVE=1 (boolean)
+  #IGNORE_COLUMNS         Don't set document in columns (boolean)
+  #IN_DIVER               Are we in a diversion? (boolean)
+  #IX_WARN                Toggles to 1 the first time IX is user-invoked
+  #JUSTIFY                In EW/RW, when BR_AT_LINE_KERN, whether to
+                            break or break-spread preceding line (boolean)
+  #KERN                   Kern on? (boolean)
+  #KERN_UNIT              Size of kern units (1/36 of current point size)
+  #KERN_WAS_ON            Indicates kerning was on; used in list ITEMs (boolean)
+  #LAST_TAB               Last tab number set in multi-columns
+  #LAST_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS at top of HEADER
+  #LEAD                   Leading (alias)
+  #LIGATURES              Ligatures on? (boolean)
+  #LIST_INDENT&lt;n&gt;         Left indent of list &lt;n&gt;
+  #L_INDENT               Value of left indent
+  #L_LENGTH               Line length
+  #L_MARGIN               Page offset if set with LMARGIN;
+                            if .po used, \n[.o] returns page offset
+  #LOOP                   In EPIGRAPH, #LOOP=1 if a while loop executes;
+                            otherwise 0.  Elsewhere, an arbitrary incrementing
+                            register used to read in strings
+  #MCX_ALD                Amount to advance past end of longest column
+  #NEWPAGE                Was NEWPAGE just invoked? (boolean)
+  #NEXT_DEPTH_BACK        Next list level back in lists
+  #NEXT_TAB               Current tab number + 1 (used in TN)
+  #NEXT_TAB               Next tab in an n+1 sequence
+  #NOFILL                 Are we in a nofill mode? (boolean)
+  #NOFILL_MODE            Nofill mode
+  #OLD_LEAD               Lead in effect prior to changing it with .vs
+                            in .LS or .AUTOLEAD
+  #OPEN_CLOSE             Manipulates character " to print `` or ''
+  #ORIGINAL_L_LENGTH      Used in LIST for IB processing; holds \n[.l]
+  p                       Output line horiz position at end of
+                            $PAD_STRING
+  #PAD_COUNT              Number of times # was included in arg to PAD
+  #PAD_LIST_DIGITS        Pad list digits to the left? (boolean)
+  #PAD_SPACE              Size of padding space
+  #PAGE_LENGTH            Page length (alias)
+  #PAGE_WIDTH             Page width
+  #PP_ACTIVE              Are we in the context of a para? (boolean)
+  #PRINT_FOOTER_ON_PAGE_1 (boolean)
+  #PSEUDO_FILL            Signals that LEFT, RIGHT or CENTER is
+                            in effect (booleand off, i.e. to 0, when
+                            QUAD &lt;arg&gt; or JUSTIFY is called)
+  #PT_SIZE                Point size (fractional) in units (alias)
+  #Q_AT_TOP               Does a quote start at the top of a new page?
+                            (boolean)
+  #QUAD                   In autoquad mode? (boolean)
+  #QUIT                   Tells LIST whether to exit lists completely
+                            (boolean)
+  #REMOVE                 Used in LIST OFF cleanup
+  #RESTORE_FILL           Used to restore \[.u] state if temporarily changed
+  #RESTORE_LEAD           Lead value in effect prior to AUTOLEAD
+  #RESTORE_LINE_LENGTH    Restores actual line length in RULE
+  #RESTORE_LN_NUMBER      Start linenumbering again with stored
+                            #NEXT_LN? (boolean)
+  #RESTORE_PT_SIZE        Stores current point size (in units) prior
+                            to underscore
+  #R_INDENT               Value of right indent
+  #R_MARGIN               Right margin
+  #RESTORE_PREV_INDENT    Tells LIST OFF what kind of indent was active
+                            prior to first invocation of LIST
+  #RESTORE_TRAP           Did we have to disable traps? Used in
+                            graphical object macros (boolean)
+  #RESTORE_SQ             Instructs SMARTQUOTES to restore smartquotes if
+                            SMARTQUOTES invoked without an arg
+  #RLD                    RLD value
+  #RULE_WEIGHT            Weight given to RULE_WEIGHT
+  #RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ        RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #RW                     Is RW in effect? (boolean)
+  #SHIFT_LIST&lt;n&gt;          Value to add to #LIST_INDENT&lt;n&gt; for shifted lists
+  #SILENT                 Is silent on? (boolean)
+  #SIZE_FOR_PAD           Used to ensure that the size in effect prior
+                            to PAD is restored at the start of every
+                            iteration of $PAD_STRING
+  #SLANT_ON               Is SLANT on? (boolean)
+  #SPACE_TO_END           Whitespace at end of string passed to PAD
+  #SQ_WAS_ON              Instructs CODE OFF to restore smartquotes if they
+                            were on prior to CODE
+  #ST&lt;n&gt;_LENGTH           Length of ST&lt;n&gt;; calculated during ST &lt;n&gt;
+  #ST&lt;n&gt;_MARK             Page offset of autotab &lt;n&gt; at ST&lt;n&gt;X
+  #ST_NUM                 Incrementing counter for autotab identification
+  #ST&lt;n&gt;_OFFSET           Offset (from current tab) to add to #ST&lt;n&gt;_OFFSET
+                            when calculating string indents set from within
+                            tabs
+  #ST&lt;n&gt;_OFFSET           Indent of autotab &lt;n&gt; (page offset)
+  #STORED_L_INDENT        Current left indent at first invocation of LIST
+  #STORED_R_INDENT        Current right indent at first invocation of LIST
+  #STORED_BL_INDENT       Current "both, left" indent at first invocation
+                            of LIST
+  #STORED_BR_INDENT       Current "both, right" indent at first invocation
+                            of LIST
+  #STORED_HL_INDENT       Current hanging indent at first invocation
+                            of LIST
+  #STORED_T_INDENT        Current temporary indent at first invocation
+                            of LIST
+  #STR_LENGTH             Holds string length derived from .length request
+  tbl                     Are we in a tbl? (boolean)
+  #T_INDENT               Value of temporary indent
+  #T_MARGIN               Top margin
+  #TAB_ACTIVE             Are we in a tab? (boolean)
+  #TAB_NUMBER             Tab number given to TAB_SET
+  #TAB_LENGTH             Tab length given to TAB_SET
+  #TAB_OFFSET             Tab indent given to TAB_SET
+  #TEXT_WIDTH             Width of string to underscore
+  #TN                     Was TN (or \*[T+] called? (boolean)
+  #TOP                    Set to 1 in T_MARGIN, DO_T_MARGIN and ALD; tells
+                            the first LS or AUTOLEAD on a page to maintain
+                            the baseline position prior to the LS call
+  #TOP_BASELINE_ADJ       Amount by which to adjust the baseline position
+                            of the first line on the page if an LS or AUTOLEAD
+                            request differs from the lead current at the end of
+                            the previous page
+  #TOTAL_LISTS            Total number of lists in a nest
+  #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT      Weight of underscores
+  #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ  UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT/2
+  #USER_SET_L_LENGTH      Did user invoke LL? (boolean)
+  #USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM    Did user invoke TOC_TITLE_ENTRY?
+  #WEIGHT                 Weight given to #RULE_WEIGHT
+  #WEIGHT_ADJ             RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  u                       Horiz position of start of underscore
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++STRINGS+++</span>
+
+  $ARG                  String holding substrings derived from .substring
+                          request
+  $COND_PERCENT         Percentage by which to pseudo-condense type
+  $COLOR_SCHEME         Color scheme used in NEWCOLOR
+  $&lt;colorname&gt;_FILL     XCOLOR "alias" with _FILL attached; used to determine if
+                          the alias exists when the alias is passed to DBX SOLID
+                          or DCL SOLID
+  $CURRENT_QUAD         Restores current quad value in RULE
+  $CURRENT_TAB          Current tab number
+  $DC_ADJUST            +|- # of points to subtract from dropcap
+  $DC_FAM               Drop cap family
+  $DC_FT                Drop cap font
+  $DROPCAP              The dropcap letter
+  $ENUMERATOR&lt;n&gt;        String enumerator for depth &lt;n&gt; in lists 
+  $ENUMERATOR_TYPE&lt;n&gt;   Type of enumerator used in LIST&lt;n&gt;
+  $EW                   Value passed to EW
+  $EXT_PERCENT          Percentage by which to pseudo-extend type
+  $FAMILY               Family
+  $FAMILY_FOR_PAD       Used to ensure that the family in effect prior
+                          to PAD is restored at the start of every
+                          iteration of $PAD_STRING
+  $FONT                 Font
+  $FONT_FOR_PAD         Used to ensure that the font in effect prior
+                          to PAD is restored at the start of every
+                          iteration of $PAD_STRING
+  $PAD_MARKER           Character to mark off padding in PAD
+  $PAD_STRING           Arg passed to PAD
+  $PREFIX&lt;n&gt;            Prefix for enumerator of LIST&lt;n&gt;
+  $QUAD_VALUE           Quad value (left, right, centre, justify)
+  $QUOTE0               Open quotation marks
+  $QUOTE1               Close quotation marks
+  $RESTORE_COND         Restores the pseudo-condense value in effect
+                          prior to DROPCAP
+  $RESTORE_EXT          Restores the pseudo-extend value in effect
+                          prior to DROPCAP
+  $RESTORE_FAM          Used to restore the family in effect
+                          prior to DROPCAP
+  $RESTORE_FT           Used to restore the font/fontstyle in effect
+                          prior to DROPCAP
+  $RESTORE_PT_SIZE      Used to restore the point size of normal
+                          running text after a dropcap
+  $RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE   Quad value for use in restoring L, R, C, J
+                          (after tabs)
+  $RESTORE_SQ           The smartquoting string last passed to SMARTQUOTES
+  $RULE_GAP             Distance between underscore rules
+  $RW                   Value passed to RW
+  $SAVED_STYLE          Current style, if there is one (used in FAMILY)
+  $SAVED_UNDERSCORE_GAP Temporarily holds string in $UNDERSCORE_GAP
+  $SEPARATOR&lt;n&gt;         Separator for depth &lt;n&gt; in lists
+  $SS_VAR               Holds + or - sentence space value
+  $ST&lt;n&gt;_FILL           Always QUAD if QUAD passed to ST &lt;n&gt;
+  ST\n[#LOOP]           Used to initialize string tab markers (1-19)
+  ST\n[#LOOP]X          Used to initialize string tab markers (1-19)
+  $ST&lt;n&gt;_QUAD_DIR       Quad direction supplied to ST for &lt;n&gt;
+  $SUP_LOWER            Vertical displacement amount of superscripts
+  $SUP_RAISE            Vertical displacement amount of superscripts
+  $SUP_RAISE_AMOUNT     Argument passed to SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT
+  $TAB_NUMBER           Argument passed to TAB macro to call TAB# macro
+                          created in TAB_SET
+  $UNDERSCORE_GAP       Distance between text and underscore rule
+  $WS_CONSTANT          12; used to hold groff default wordspace
+  $WS                   Holds WS value; concatenation of WS_CONSTANT and
+                          WS_VAR
+  $WS_VAR               + or - value to add to $WS_CONSTANT
+  BLACK                 Pre-defined black color
+  black                 Pre-defined black color
+  WHITE                 Pre-defined white color
+  white                 Pre-defined white color
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++ALIASES+++</span>
+
+  ALIAS         als
+  ALIASN        aln
+  BR            br
+  CENTRE        CENTER
+  COLOUR        COLOR
+  COMMENT       SILENT
+  CONDENSE      CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND
+  EXTEND        CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND
+  FAM           FAMILY
+  FT            FONT
+  HYPHENATE     HY
+  HYPHENATION   HY
+  INCLUDE       so
+  LIG           LIGATURES
+  LL            LINE_LENGTH
+  MAC           de
+  NEW_PAGE      bp
+  NEWCOLOUR     NEWCOLOR
+  NEWPAGE       NEW_PAGE
+  PAGELENGTH    PAGE_LENGTH
+  PAGE_LENGTH   pl
+  PAGEWIDTH     PAGE_WIDTH
+  SPREAD        brp
+  SP            sp
+  STRING        ds
+  TABSET        TAB_SET
+  TB            TAB
+  TI            IT
+  UNDERSCORE_2  UNDERSCORE2
+  XCOLOUR       XCOLOR
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++ALIASES FOR NUMBER REGISTERS+++</span>
+
+  #DIVER_DEPTH    dn   -- diversion depth
+  #DIVER_WIDTH    dl   -- diversion width
+  #INDENT         .i   -- value of current indent
+  #LEAD           .v   -- line space (.vs, not .ls)
+  #L_LENGTH       .l   -- line length
+  #NUM_ARGS       .$   -- number of arguments passed to a macro
+  #PAGE_LENGTH    .p   -- page length
+  #PT_SIZE        .ps  -- current point size (fractional) in units
+  #TRAP_DISTANCE  .t   -- distance to next trap
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++INLINE ESCAPES+++</span>
+
+  ALD&lt;n&gt;       Move down inline by &lt;n&gt; (between .25 and 12.75)
+  B            Inline equivalent to .EL
+  BCK          Inline backward horizontal movement
+  BD           Bold font
+  BDI          Bold italic font
+  BLACK        Color
+  black        color
+  BOLDER       Pseudo-bold on
+  BOLDERX      Pseudo-bold off
+  BP           Back points (horizontal movement)
+  BP&lt;n&gt;        Back points by  &lt;n&gt; (between .25 and 12.75)
+  BU           Back units (inline pairwise kerning)
+  BU&lt;n&gt;        Back units by &lt;n&gt; (between 1 and 36)
+  COND         Pseudo-condense type
+  COND_FOR_SUP Pseudo-condense string for use with superscripts
+                 (called with CONDSUP)
+  COND_FOR_SUP Pseudo-extend string for use with superscripts (called
+                 with EXTSUP)
+  CONDSUP      Pseudo-condensed superscript (using value set with
+                 CONDENSE)
+  CONDSUPX     Pseudo-condensed superscript off
+  CONDX        Pseudo-condense off
+  DOWN         Inline downward vertical movement
+  EN-MARK      Inline escape to indicate the beginning of a
+                 range of lines used to identify an endnote
+  EXT          Pseudo-extend type
+  EXTX         Pseudo-extend off
+  EXTSUP       Pseudo-extended superscript
+  EXTSUPX      Pseudo-extended superscript off
+  FN-MARK      Inline escape to indicate the beginning of a
+                 range of lines used to identify a footnote
+  FP&lt;n&gt;        Forward points by  &lt;n&gt; (between .25 and 12.75)
+  FP           Forward points (horizontal movement)
+  FU           Forward units (inline pairwise kerning)
+  FU&lt;n&gt;        Forward units by &lt;n&gt; (between 1 and 36)
+  FWD          Inline forward horizontal movement
+  PREV         Return to previous font in effect
+  RLD&lt;n&gt;       Move up, inline, by &lt;n&gt; (between .25 and 12.75)
+  ROM          Roman (medium) font
+  S            Same \s
+  SLANT        Slant (pseudo-italic on
+  SLANTX       Slant off
+  ST&lt;n&gt;        String tab end marker
+  ST&lt;n&gt;        String tab start marker
+  SUP          Superscript
+  SUPX         Superscript off
+  TB+          Move to next tab number (n+1) without advancing on the page
+  UP           Inline upward vertical movement
+  WHITE        Color
+  white        Color
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++SPECIAL CHARACTERS+++</span>
+
+  FOOT         The foot character \(fm
+  INCH         The inch character \(fm\(fm
+  LEADER       Deposit leader to end of current LL or TAB
+  RULE         Draw a rule to the full measure of the current line or
+                 tab length
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: 1em; text-decoration: underline;">DOCUMENT PROCESSING</span>
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -1em;">+++MACROS+++</span>
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -1em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Document info (reference macros)</span>
+  AUTHOR          Author
+  CHAPTER         Chapter number
+  CHAPTER_TITLE   Chapter title
+  COPYRIGHT       Copyright info (covers only)
+  DOCTITLE        Overall doc title (for collated docs)
+  DRAFT           Draft number
+  MISC            Misc info (covers only)
+  REVISION        Revision number
+  SUBTITLE        Doc subtitle
+  TITLE           Doc title
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Covers</span>
+  COVER               What goes on cover
+  COVERS              Whether covers get printed (boolean)
+  COVER_ADVANCE       Set vertical start position of cover material
+  COVER_LEAD          Overall leading of covers
+  COVERTITLE          User-defined cover title string
+  DOC_COVER           What goes on doc cover
+  DOC_COVERS          Whether doc covers get printed
+  DOC_COVER_ADVANCE   Set vertical start position of doc cover material
+  DOC_COVER_LEAD      Overall leading of doc covers
+  DOC_COVERTITLE      User-defined doc cover title string
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Document style</span>
+  COPYSTYLE     Output style (DRAFT or FINAL)
+  DEFAULTS      In START, sets defaults
+  DOCTYPE       Kind of doc (DEFAULT, CHAPTER, NAMED, LETTER)
+  PAGENUMBER    Page number that appears on 1st page of doc
+  PAPER         Paper size (LETTER, LEGAL, A4)
+  PRINTSTYLE    Print style (TYPEWRITE or TYPESET)
+  NUMBER_LINES  Number output lines in the left margin
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Document tags and macros</span>
+  ADD_SPACE               Special macro to add space to the top of a pages after
+                            page 1; must be preceded by NEWPAGE
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY            Begin a bibliography page
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE       LIST or PLAIN
+  BLOCKQUOTE              Block-indented, quoted text
+  COL_BREAK               Breaks and spreads line before invocation; moves to
+                            next column on page or 1st col of next page.  An
+                            alias of COL_NEXT.
+  COL_NEXT                Moves to next column on page or 1st col of next page
+  ENDNOTE                 Endnote
+  ENDNOTE_REFS            Send REFs to endnotes
+  ENDNOTES                Output endnotes
+  EPIGRAPH                Epigraph before 1st para 
+  EQ/EN                   eqn block
+  FINIS                   Prints --END--
+  FLOAT                   Keep material together as a block; defer output
+                            to following page if not enough room to print
+  FOOTNOTE                Collects footnotes in text for printing at bottom
+                            of page
+  FOOTNOTE_REFS           Send REFs to footnotes
+  HEAD                    Section title (main heads)
+  HYPHENATE_REFS          Turn on/off hyphenation of REF references
+  ITEM                    Begin a list item
+  LINEBREAK               Break between narrative sections
+  LIST                    Initialize a list
+  MN                      Margin note
+  MN_INIT                 Initialize parameters for margin notes
+  NUMBER_LINES            Number text lines
+  NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES Number blockquote lines
+  NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES      Number quote lines
+  PAD_LIST_DIGITS         Leave space for two-numeral digit enumerators
+                            in a list
+  PARAHEAD                Paragraph head
+  PP                      Paragraph
+  QUOTE                   Poetic or line for line quotes
+  REF                     Wrapper around FOOTNOTE or ENDNOTE, depending
+                            on FOOTNOTE_REFS or ENDNOTE_REFS
+  REF(                    Begin embedded reference, parens
+  REF)                    End embedded reference, parens
+  REF[                    Begin embedded reference, square brackets
+  REF]                    End embedded reference, square brackets
+  REF{                    Begin embedded reference, braces
+  REF}                    End embedded reference, braces
+  REF_INDENT              Amount of 2nd line indent of references for
+                            footnote, endnote or bibliography refs
+  RESET_LIST              Reset digit or alpha list enumerator
+  SHIFT_LIST              Move a list over to the right
+  START                   Sets doc defaults and prints info collected
+                            with doc info macros
+  SUBHEAD                 Subheads
+  SUBSUBHEAD              Subsubheads
+  TH                      Running tbl header
+  TS/TE                   Begin/end a tbl block
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Headers/footers</span>
+  DO_FOOTER            Prints footer (after footnote processing, if any)
+  FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE Print footer on first page? (boolean)
+  FOOTER               Trap-invoked footer macro
+  HEADER               Trap-invoked header macro
+  PAGINATE             Turns page numbering on or off (doc default=on)
+  PAGINATE_TOC         Turns pagination of toc on or off (default=on)
+  RECTO_VERSO          Enables switch HEADER_LEFT and HEADER_RIGHT on
+                         alternate pages
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Control macros</span>
+-General-
+  ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES  Fullspace quotes instead of default
+                             1/2 spacing them.
+  ATTRIBUTE_STRING         What to print before author (default is "by")
+  CHAPTER_STRING           What to print whenever the word "chapter"
+                             is required
+  COLUMNS                  Print in columns
+  DOC_FAMILY               Overall doc family
+  DOCHEADER                Print doc header?
+  DOCHEADER_ADVANCE        Start position of docheader (relative to top
+                             of page)
+  DOCHEADER_LEAD           +|- value applied to #DOC_LEAD to in/decrease
+                             leading of doc header
+  DOC_LEAD_ADJUST          Adjust #DOC_LEAD to fill page to #B_MARGIN
+  DOC_LEAD                 Overall doc leading
+  DOC_LEFT_MARGIN          Doc left margin
+  DOC_LINE_LENGTH          Doc line length
+  DOC_PT_SIZE              Overall doc point size
+  DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN         Doc right margin
+  DOC_TITLE                Overall doc title that gets printed in
+                             headers/footers (mostly for use with collated
+                             docs where each doc is an article with a
+                             different title
+  DRAFT_STRING             What to print whenever the word "draft" is
+                             required
+  DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER    Attach draft/revision info to page number
+                             (instead of putting it HEADER centre)
+  REVISION_STRING          What to print whenever the word "revision"
+                             is required
+
+-Covers-
+   COVER_ADVANCE            Vertical place on page to start outputting
+                              cover material
+   COVER_LEAD               Lead in/decrease for cover pages
+   COVERS_COUNT_PAGES       Whether to include cover pages in pagination scheme
+   DOC_COVER_ADVANCE        Vertical place on page to start outputting
+                              doc cover material
+   DOC_COVER_LEAD           Lead in/decrease for doc cover pages
+   DOC_COVERS_COUNT_PAGES   Whether to include doc cover pages in pagination
+                              scheme
+
+-Epigraphs and finis-
+  EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD        Autolead value for epigraphs
+  EPIGRAPH_INDENT          Value by which to multiply PP_INDENT for
+                             block epigraphs
+  FINIS_STRING             What to print when FINIS is invoked
+  FINIS_STRING_CAPS        Whether to capitalize the finis string
+
+-eqn-
+  EQ_INDENT                Indent value if 'EQ I'
+
+-Footnotes-
+  FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD             Autolead to use in footnotes
+  FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS  Brackets for footnote linenumbers
+  FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR Separator for footnote linenumbers
+  FOOTNOTE_MARKERS              Turns footnote markers on or off
+  FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE         STAR or NUMBER; default=STAR
+  FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ             # of points to raise footnote rule from its
+                                  baseline
+  FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH          Length of footnote separator rule
+  FOOTNOTE_RULE                 Turns printing of fn separator rule on or off;
+                                  default is on
+  FOOTNOTE_SPACING              Post footnote item spacing
+  FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON              Run footnotes on (line numbering mode only)
+  RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER         Reset fn# to 1, or, if arg PAGE, reset
+                                  automatically to 1 on every page
+  RUNON_WARNING                 Utility macro; warns if FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON
+                                  was called when fn marker style is STAR or
+                                  NUMBER
+
+-Endnotes-
+  ENDNOTE_LEAD                 Leading for endnotes page
+  ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS  Brackets around line numbers identifying
+                                 endnotes and text
+  ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_GAP       Amount of space to leave between line
+  ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR Separator between line numbers identifying
+                                 endnotes and the endnote item text
+                                 endnotes and text
+  ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE         NUMBER or LINE
+  ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT  Hang endnote numbers and align right
+  ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT   Don't hang endnote numbers and align left
+  ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT          First line indent of paras in multi-para
+                                 endnotes
+  ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE           Whether to space paras in multi-para endnotes
+  ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE              Base point size for endnotes page
+  FOOTNOTE_SPACING             Post endnotenote item spacing
+  ENDNOTE_STRING               Endnotes page head
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_ADVANCE       Distance of title string "ENDNOTES" from top
+                                 edge of page
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_CAPS          Capitalize the endnotes string
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERLINE     Underscoring of endnotes page head
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE                Endnotes identifying title
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE_SPACE          Distance from top of page to endnotest title
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERLINE      Underscoring of endnotes identifying title
+  ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS      Page headers on endnotes pages? (boolean)
+  ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER    Page number to appear on page 1 of endnotes
+                                 pages
+  ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER       Print header/footer centre string on endnotes
+                               pages?
+  ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER       Print header centre string on endnotes pages?
+  ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTER       Print footer centre string on endnotes pages?
+  ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS          Turn columnar mode off for endnotes pages
+  ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM    Don't print a pagenumber on page 1 of
+                                 endnotes.
+  ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE       Set numbering style for endnotes pages page
+                                 numbers
+  SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES         Single space TYPEWRITE endnotes
+
+-Bibliographies-
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_ALLOWS_HEADERS    Allow headers on bib pages
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_FIRST_PAGENUMBER  Starting page number for bibliographies
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER     Header/footer center string for bib pages
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD              Base lead of bib pages
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_COLUMNS        De-columnize bibliographies
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM  Don't print a page number on the first
+                                   page of bibliographies
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_PAGENUM_STYLE     Format for bib pages page numbering
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE           Base point size for bib pages
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING           Post bib entry space
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING            String for bib title
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_ADVANCE    Distance of title string "BIBLIOGRAPHY" from
+                                   top edge of page
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_CAPS       Capitalize bib title string
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE  Underscore bib title string
+  SINGLESPACE_BIBLIOGRAPHY       Singlespace bibs if PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+
+-Headers and footers-
+  FOOTER_COLOR             Footer color
+  FOOTER_GAP               Distance between running text and footer
+  FOOTER_MARGIN            Distance from footer to bottom of page
+  FOOTERS                  Turns footers on or off
+  HDRFTR_CENTER            String to go in centre part of header/footer;
+                             default doctype 
+  HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS       Centre part of header/footer in caps? (boolean)
+  HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD        Pad hdrftr CENTER left or right by specified
+                             amount
+  HDRFTR_GAP               Distance from header/footer to running text
+  HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS         Left part of header/footer in caps? (boolean)
+  HDRFTR_LEFT              String to go in left part of header/footer;
+                           default is AUTHOR_1
+  HDRFTR_LEFT              The header/footer left string
+  HDRFTR_MARGIN            Distance from top of page to header
+  HDRFTR_PLAIN             Header/footer fam/ft/ps all same as running
+                             text
+  HDRFTR_RECTO             User-defined, single string recto
+                             header/footer
+  HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS        Right part of header/footer in caps? (boolean)
+  HDRFTR_RIGHT             The header/footer right string
+  HDRFTR_RULE_GAP          Space between header/footer and header/footer
+                             rule
+  HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL     Prints the header/footer rule
+  HDRFTR_RULE              Turns header/footer rule on or off
+                             When invoked internally, prints the rule.
+  HDRFTR_VERSO             User-defined, single string verso
+                             header/footer
+  HEADERS                  Turns headers on or off
+  HEADER_GAP               Space between header and running text
+  HEADER_MARGIN            Space from top of page to header
+  HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS      Enables and permits the creation of
+                             headers and footers that appear on the
+                             same page
+  SWITCH_HDRFTR            Switch HDRFTR_LEFT and HDRFTR_RIGHT
+
+-Page numbering-
+  PAGENUM_HYPHENS          Turns on/off hyphens surrounding page numbers
+  PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE    Print page number on first page when footers
+                             are on (boolean)
+  PAGENUM_POS              Controls placement of page numbers;
+                             default=bottom/centred
+  PAGENUM_SIZE             How much to in/decrease point size of page
+                             numbers
+  PAGENUM_STYLE            Page # in roman, Arabic, or alphabetic
+  RESTORE_PAGINATION       Restore pagination after outputting non-
+                             paginated endnotes.
+  SUSPEND_PAGINATION       Suspend pagination prior to outputting
+                             endnotes
+
+-Heads-
+  HEAD_CAPS                Print section titles in caps? (boolean)
+  HEAD_SPACE               Give HEADs 2 line-spaces before. If OFF,
+                             only 1.  Default is on.
+  HEAD_UNDERLINE           Underline section titles? (boolean)
+  NUMBER_HEADS             Print head numbers
+  RESET_HEAD_NUMBER        Reset head number
+  HEAD_BASELINE_ADJUST     Amount to raise head above baseline
+
+-Subheads-
+  NUMBER_SUBHEADS          Print subhead numbers
+  RESET_SUBHEAD_NUMBER     Reset subhead number
+  SUBHEAD_BASELINE_ADJUST  Amount to raise subhead above baseline
+
+-Subsubheads-
+  NUMBER_SUBSUBHEADS          Print subhead numbers
+  RESET_SUBSUBHEAD_NUMBER     Reset subhead number
+  SUBSUBHEAD_BASELINE_ADJUST  Amount to raise subhead above baseline
+
+-Para heads-
+  NUMBER_PARAHEADS         Print parahead numbers
+  PARAHEAD_INDENT          How much to indent paraheads
+  RESET_PARAHEAD_NUMBER    Reset parahead number
+
+  PREFIX_CH_NUM_WARNING    Macro to abort PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER
+                             with a warning if the arg to CHAPTER isn't
+                             a digit, and user hasn't supplied a digit
+                             to PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER
+  PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER    Prefix the chapter number to numbered
+                             heads, subheads and paraheads
+-Paragraphs-
+  INDENT_FIRST_PARAS       Indent 1st paras? (doc default=not indented) 
+  PARA_INDENT              Size of para indent
+  PARA_SPACE               Put a line space before paras
+  PP_FONT                  Overall doc font
+
+-Quotes-
+  Q_FITS                  Utility macro for DO_QUOTE
+  Q_NOFIT                 Utility macro for DO_QUOTE
+  QUOTE_AUTOLEAD          Leading of (block)quotes
+
+-Line/section breaks-
+  LINEBREAK_CHAR           Linebreak character, iterations and positioning
+
+-Printstyle TYPEWRITE-
+  ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC      For TYPEWRITE; render .FT I in italic.
+  SLANT_MEANS_SLANT        In TYPEWRITE, render \*[SLANT] as slant
+  UNDERLINE_ITALIC         In TYPEWRITE, render .FT I as underlined
+  UNDERLINE_QUOTES         In TYPEWRITE, underline quotes? (boolean)
+  UNDERLINE_SLANT          In TYPEWRITE, render \*[SLANT] as underlined
+
+-Table of contents-
+  TOC_APPENDS_AUTHORS      Appends author(s) to toc doc title entries
+  TOC_LEAD                 Leading of toc pages
+  TOC_PADDING              Number of placeholders for toc entries page
+                             numbers
+  TOC_HEAD_INDENT          Indent of toc head entries
+  TOC_HEADER_STRING        TOC header string (default=Contents)
+  TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE        Page numbering style (hdrftr nums) of
+                             toc pages
+  TOC_RV_SWITCH            Switch L/R margins of toc pages
+  TOC_PARAHEAD_INDENT      Indent of toc parahead entries
+  TOC_SUBHEAD_INDENT       Indent of toc subhead entries
+  TOC_TITLE_ENTRY          User supplied toc doc title entry
+  TOC_TITLE_INDENT         Indent of toc doc title entries
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.75em; margin-bottom: -1em;">*Aliases for header/footer control macros</span>
+  HEADER_SIZE           HDRFTR_SIZE
+  HEADER_RIGHT_PS       HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE
+  HEADER_RIGHT_SIZE     HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE
+  HEADER_RIGHT_FAM      HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY
+  HEADER_RIGHT_FAMILY   HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY
+  HEADER_RIGHT_FONT     HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT
+  HEADER_RIGHT_FT       HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT
+  HEADER_LEFT_PS        HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE
+  HEADER_LEFT_SIZE      HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE
+  HEADER_LEFT_FAM       HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY
+  HEADER_LEFT_FAMILY    HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY
+  HEADER_LEFT_FONT      HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT
+  HEADER_LEFT_FT        HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT
+  HEADER_CENTRE_PS      HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  HEADER_CENTRE_SIZE    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  HEADER_FAM            HDRFTR_FAMILY
+  HEADER_FAMILY         HDRFTR_FAMILY
+  HEADER_CENTRE_FAM     HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  HEADER_CENTRE_FAMILY  HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  HEADER_CENTRE_FONT    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+  HEADER_CENTRE_FT      HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+  HEADER_CENTER_PS      HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  HEADER_CENTER_SIZE    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  HEADER_CENTER_FAM     HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  HEADER_CENTER_FAMILY  HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  HEADER_CENTER_FONT    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+  HEADER_CENTER_FT      HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+  FOOTER_SIZE           HDRFTR_SIZE
+  FOOTER_RIGHT_PS       HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE
+  FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE     HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE
+  FOOTER_RIGHT_FAM      HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_RIGHT_FAMILY   HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_RIGHT_FONT     HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT
+  FOOTER_RIGHT_FT       HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT
+  FOOTER_LEFT_PS        HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE
+  FOOTER_LEFT_SIZE      HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE
+  FOOTER_LEFT_FAM       HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_LEFT_FAMILY    HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_LEFT_FONT      HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT
+  FOOTER_LEFT_FT        HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT
+  FOOTER_CENTRE_PS      HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  FOOTER_CENTRE_SIZE    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  FOOTER_FAM            HDRFTR_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_FAMILY         HDRFTR_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_CENTRE_FAM     HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_CENTRE_FAMILY  HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_CENTRE_FT      HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+  FOOTER_CENTER_PS      HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  FOOTER_CENTER_SIZE    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE
+  FOOTER_CENTER_FAM     HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_CENTER_FAMILY  HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+  FOOTER_CENTER_FONT    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+  FOOTER_CENTER_FT      HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++LETTER MACROS+++</span>
+
+  CLOSING         Closing (i.e. Yours truly,)
+  CLOSING_INDENT  Left indent of CLOSING
+  DATE            Date for letters
+  FROM            Addresser's name and address
+  GREETING        Full salutation (e.g. Dear John Smith,)
+  NO_SUITE        Remove suite page numbers from bottom of letter pages
+  SIGNATURE_SPACE Amount of room to leave for signature
+  TO              Addressee's name and address
+  ALL_DONE        .em (the "end macro") for letters
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++SUPPORT+++</span>
+
+  CHECK_INDENT         Applies indents to doc elements inside ev's
+                         (head, subhead, etc)
+  CLEANUP_DEFAULTS     Removes selected rregisters and strings
+                         from DEFAULTS after START
+  DO_COVER             Formats and outputs covers
+  DO_DOC_COVER         Formats and outputs doc covers
+  D0_QUOTE             Outputs quotes with space adjustments before
+                         and after
+  DIVER_FN_1_PRE  -+     
+  DIVER_FN_2_PRE   |   Manage footnotes called inside diversions
+                   |   QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE and EPIGRAPH
+  DIVER_FN_2_POST -+
+  DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER   Diverts excess fn stored in FN_OVERFLOW into
+                         FOOTNOTE
+  DIVERT_FN_OVERFLOW   Diverts excess fn stored in FN_OVERFLOW when
+                         FN_DEFER into FOOTNOTE
+  DO_EPIGRAPH          Outputs epigraphs with space adjustments before
+                         and after
+  FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP     Fixed at B_MARGIN; if footnotes run longer than
+                         B_MARGIN, diverts excess into FN_OVERFLOW
+  GET_ROMAN_INDENT     Figures out amount of space to reserve
+                         for roman numerals in lists
+  HDRFTR_RULE          Prints rule under header or over footer
+  MN_OVERFLOW_TRAP     Trap-invoked macro to collect margin note
+                         overflows
+  NO_SHIM              Disable SHIM
+  PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE  An alias of PRINT_FOOTNOTE; prints footnote
+                         separator rule
+  PRINT_HDRFTR         Prints header/footer (trap invoked)
+  PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER    Invoked in HEADER or FOOTER
+  PRINT_USERDEF_HDRFTR Prints user defined, single string recto/verso
+                         header/footer
+  PROCESS_SHIM         Calculates #SHIM when \n[.d] is lower on the
+                         page than #T_MARGIN
+  PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER  Processes footnotes gathered in a diversion (called
+                         at page/column breaks)
+  REMOVE_INDENT        Removes indents set with CHECK_INDENT
+  Q_FITS               Handles spacing of quotes when quote fits on the page
+  Q_NOFIT              Handles spacing of quotes when quote does not fit on
+                         the page
+  QUIT_LISTS           Exit lists cleanly and completely
+  SET_LIST_INDENT      Restore indent of a prev. level of list
+  SHIM                 Advance to next "valid" baseline
+  TBL*CLEANUP          Remove selected registers and strings created
+                         by TS/TH/TE
+  TBL*GET_QUAD         Establish quad of tbl caption
+  tbl*float-warning    If tbl in a float exceeds page limits
+  tbl*print-header     Administrivia for printing tbl headers
+  tbl@top-hook         Trap-invoked (HEADER); prints running tbl header
+                         and moves FOOTER/FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS traps
+                         to accommodate tbl
+  TERMINATE            .em that ensures deferred footnotes get output
+                         on final pages
+  TRAPS                Sets hdrftr traps; optionally adjusts #DOC_LEAD
+                         to fill page to #B_MARGIN
+  TYPEWRITER           Sets family (C), font (R) and point size (12)
+                         for PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+  VFP_CHECK            Trap-sprung macro, 1 valid baseline higher than
+                         where FOOTER will be sprung; checks whether
+                         there is, in fact, just enough room for
+                         another line of running text to be added to
+                         the page without jamming footnotes too close
+                         to running text.
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++DIVERSIONS+++</span>
+
+  B_QUOTE           Block (indented) quote text
+  CLOSING_TEXT      Closing (i.e. Yours truly,)
+  EPI_TEXT          Epigraph text
+  END_NOTES         Endnotes text
+  FLOAT*DIV         Float content
+  FN_IN_DIVER       Footnotes gathered from inside a diversion
+  FN_OVERFLOW       Excess footnotes when B_MARGIN is reached
+  FOOTNOTES         Text of footnotes
+  GREETING          Full salutation (e.g. Dear John Smith,)
+  LETTERHEAD&lt;n&gt;     Date, addresser, addressee or greeting;
+                      &lt;n&gt; is from 1 to 4, supplied by #FIELD
+  P_QUOTE           Line for line (poetic) quote text
+  RUNON_FOOTNOTES   Special diversion for run-on footnotes
+  RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER Special diversion for run-on footnotes inside
+                      (block)quotes
+  tbl*header-div    Running tbl header
+  TOC_ENTRIES       TOC entries
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++NUMBER REGISTERS+++</span>
+
+  #ADJ_BIB_LEAD              Adjust BIB_LEAD? (boolean)
+  #ADJ_DOC_LEAD              Adjust DOC_LEAD? (boolean)
+  #ADJ_EN_LEAD               Adjust EN_LEAD? (boolean)
+  #ADJ_TOC_LEAD              Adjust TOC_LEAD? (boolean)
+  #ADVANCE_FROM_TOP          Distance from page top to start of
+                               running text if no docheader
+  #ARG_NUM                   Keeps track of number of args passed to a
+                               macro
+  #ARGS_TO_LIST              Was LIST passed some args? (boolean)
+  #ATTRIBUTE_COLOR           Colorize attribute string? (boolean)
+  #AUTHOR_&lt;n&gt;                Strings passed to AUTHOR
+  #AUTHOR_COLOR              Colorize author(s)? (boolean)
+  #AUTHOR_COVER_NUM          Incrementing register used in defining
+                               $AUTHOR_COVER_&lt;n&gt; strings
+  #AUTHOR_DOCCOVER_NUM       Incrementing register used in defining
+                               $AUTHOR_COVER_&lt;n&gt; strings
+  #AUTHOR_NUM                Keeps track of user-defined string
+                               AUTHOR_&lt;n&gt; in AUTHOR
+  #AUTHORS                   Equals final value of AUTHOR_NUM;
+                               used for authors in doc header
+  #BASELINE_MARK             In PP, the vertical position on the page
+                               (when paragraph spacing is on) after a
+                               quote or blockquote has been output and
+                               the post-quote space has been added.
+  #BMARG                     Position of unvarying bottom margin
+                               during doc processing; required for
+                               collecting footnotes inside diversions
+  #BIB_ALLOWS_HEADERS        Put headers on bib pages? (boolean)
+  #BIB_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL    Put headers on all bib pages? (boolean)
+  #BIB_FIRST_PAGE            Tells PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER about bibliography
+                               first page number
+  #BIB_FIRST_PN              Starting pagenumber for bibliographies
+  #BIB_HDRFTR_CENTER         Put a center string in bib page headers?
+                               (boolean)
+  #BIB_LEAD                  Bibliography lead, expressed in points
+  #BIB_LIST                  Output bibs in list style? (boolean)
+  #BIB_NO_COLS               De-columnize bibliographies? (boolean)
+  #BIB_NO_FIRST_PN           Put a page number on the first page of
+                               bibliographies? (boolean)
+  #BIB_SINGLESPACE           Single-space TYPEWRITE bibliographies? (boolean)
+  #BIB_SPACE                 Post item space for bibliography pages
+  #BIB_STRING_ADVANCE        Vertical position of "BIBLIOGRAPHY" string
+                               (relative to the top edge of the page)
+  #BIB_STRING_CAPS           Capitalize bib title? (boolean)
+  #BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE      Underscore bib title? 0=no; 1=yes; 2=double
+  #BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT       Underline weight in units
+  #BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ   Underline weight/2
+  #BIB_PS                    Base point size for bibliography pages expressed
+                               in points
+  #BIBLIOGRAPHY              Are we doing a bib page? (boolean)
+  #BQ_AUTOLEAD               Register created by BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+  #BQ_LEAD                   Leading of blockquotes
+  #BQUOTE_COLOR              Colorize blockquotes? (boolean)
+  #BQUOTE_LN                 Number blockquotes? (boolean)
+  #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST         Tallest cap height of strings LEFT, CENTER,
+                               and RIGHT in footers; used to place rule
+                               over footer
+  #CAPS_WAS_ON               In HDRFTR, to re-enable running text CAPS
+                               (boolean)
+  #CENTER_CAP_HEIGHT         Cap height of CENTER string in
+                               headers/footers
+  #CH_NUM                    The chapter number obtained by
+                               PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER
+  #CHAPTER_CALLED            Has CHAPTER been invoked? (boolean); used
+                               by PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER to see whether
+                               to try to get the chapter number from
+                               the arg passed to CHAPTER
+  #CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM         Incrementing register used to define strings
+                               $CHAPTER_TITLE_&lt;n&gt;
+  #CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR       Colorize chapter title? (boolean)
+  #CLOSING                   Is there a closing (for letters)? (boolean)
+  #CODE_COLOR                Colorize CODE? (boolean)
+  #CODE_SIZE_ADJ             Percentage by which to scale CODE font
+  #COL_L_LENGTH              Line length of columns
+  #COL_&lt;n&gt;_L_MARGIN          Left margin of column &lt;n&gt;
+  #COL_NEXT                  Was COL_NEXT invoked? (boolean; used in
+                               FOOTER)
+  #COL_NUM                   Incrementing counter of num of columns;
+                               for use with #COL_&lt;n&gt;_L_MARGIN
+  #COL_TOTAL                 #COL_L_LENGTH + #GUTTER; used to calculate
+                               #COL_&lt;n&gt;_L_MARGIN
+  #COLLATE                   Are we performing a COLLATE? (boolean)
+  #COLLATED_DOC              If 1, instructs TOC that this is a collated
+                               doc
+  #COLUMNS                   Are columns turned on? (boolean)
+  #COLUMNS_WERE_ON           Stores columnar state prior to outputting
+                               endnotes in no-columns mode
+  #COPY_STYLE                1=draft, 2=final
+  #COUNTERS_RESET            Tells FOOTNOTE if fn counters have
+                               been reset because of footnotes gathered
+                               inside a diversion
+  #COVER                     Print a COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR     Colorize cover attribution string? (boolean)
+  #COVER_AUTHOR              Put AUTHOR(s) on COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR        Colorize cover author(s)? (boolean)
+  #COVER_BLANKPAGE           Output blankpage after COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_COLOR               Colorize COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_COPYRIGHT           Put copyright on COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR     Colorize cover copyright line? (boolean)
+  #COVER_DOCTYPE             Put doctype on COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR       Colorize cover doctype? (boolean)
+  #COVER_END                 Are we ending a COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_LEAD                Cover leading
+  #COVER_MISC                Put misc on COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_MISC_COLOR          Colorize cover misc line? (boolean)
+  #COVER_RULE_WEIGHT         Doctype underline weight on COVER
+  #COVER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ     COVER_RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #COVER_START_POS           Vertical starting pos of cover material
+  #COVER_SUBTITLE            Put subtitle on COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_TITLE               Put title on COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_TITLE_NUM           Number of cover title items
+  #COVER_TITLE_COLOR         Colorize cover title? (boolean)
+  #COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR      Colorize cover subtitle? (boolean)
+  #COVER_UNDERLINE           Underline doctype on COVER? (boolean)
+  #COVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT       Doctype underline weight on COVER
+  #COVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ   COVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT/2
+  #CURRENT_V_POS             \n[.d] ; used in SHIM
+  #COVERS                    Print covers? (boolean)
+  #COVERS_COUNT              Include COVER in pagination scheme? (boolean)
+  #COVERS_OFF                Don't print COVERs (boolean)
+  #DATE_FIRST                Was .DATE invoked as first letter
+                               header after .START? (boolean)
+  dc                         "mark" register for document columns
+  DD                         Vert. space before and after eqn blocks
+  defer / new-defer          Appended to FLOAT*DIV: if float deferred
+  #DEFER_BIB_SPACING         Tells DEFAULTS to do BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING
+                               if it was called before START
+  #DEFER_PAGINATION          Tells COLLATE to restore pagination (from
+                               RESTORE_PAGINATION
+  #DEFER_SPACE_ADDED         Was space added between two "first" footnotes that
+                               appear on the same page? (boolean)
+  #DELAY_SHIM                Instructs DO_QUOTE to delay SHIM when quote
+                               falls at the top of a page
+  #DEPTH                     LIST depth
+  #DEPTH_1                   Doc header depth with lead adjustment
+                               (#DOCHEADER_LINES * #DOCHEADER_LEAD)
+  #DEPTH_2                   Doc header depth without lead adjustment
+                               (#DOCHEADER_LINES * #DOC_LEAD)
+  #DEPTH_TO_B_MARGIN         Page length minus #B_MARGIN
+  D-float                    Depth of float containing/ending with
+                               DRH, DRV, DBX, or DCL
+  DI                         eqn indent if EQ I
+  #DIVER_FN                  Register that tells FOOTNOTE whether to
+                               "move" or "defer" a footnote collected
+                               inside a diversion
+  #DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN      A reasonable value for .hym applied to
+                               QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE and EPIGRAPH to
+                               avoid excessive hyphenation if these are
+                               set quad left
+  #DIVERTED                  Set to 1 in DIVERT_FN_OVERFLOW; reset
+                               subsequently in FOOTNOTES when called by
+                               PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER to 2 or 3 for use by
+                               FOOTER to decide whether to in/decrease
+                               #FN_DEPTH when outputting footnotes
+  #DOC_COVER                 Are we doing a DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_AUTHOR          Put AUTHOR(s) on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOCCOVER_BLANKPAGE        Output blank page after DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR  Colorize CHAPTER_TITLE on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT       Put copyright on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE         Put doctype on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOCCOVER_END              Are we finishing a DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_LEAD            Doc cover leading
+  #DOC_COVER_MISC            Put misc on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_START_POS       Vertical starting pos of doc cover material
+  #DOC_COVER_COLOR           Colorize cover? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_START_POS       Vertical starting pos of cover material
+  #DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR     Colorize doc cover title? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR  Colorize doc cover subtitle? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR Colorize doc cover attribution string? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR    Colorize doc cover author(s)? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR   Colorize doc cover doctype? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR Colorize doc cover copyright line? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR      Colorize doc cover misc line? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE        Put subtitle on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_TITLE           Put title on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVER_TITLE_NUM       Number of doc cover title items
+  #DOC_COVERS                Print doc covers? (boolean)
+  #DOC_COVERS_OFF            Don't print DOC_COVERs (boolean)
+  #DOCCOVER_RULE_WEIGHT      Doctype underline weight on DOC_COVER
+  #DOCCOVER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ  DOCCOVER_RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #DOCCOVER_UNDERLINE        Underline doctype on DOC_COVER? (boolean)
+  #DOCCOVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT      Doctype underline weight on DOC_COVER
+  #DOCCOVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ  DOCCOVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT/2
+  #DOCCOVERS_COUNT           Include DOC_COVER in pagination scheme? (boolean)
+  #DOC_HEADER                Whether to print a doc header (boolean)
+  #DOC_LEAD_ADJ              Incrementing value (in units) added to
+                               #DOC_LEAD to fill page to #B_MARGIN
+  #DOC_LEAD                  Leading used in body
+  #DOC_L_LENGTH              Global L_LENGTH
+  #DOC_L_MARGIN              Global L_MARGIN
+  #DOC_LR_MARGIN_TMP         In HEADER, if RECTO_VERSO=1, temporarily
+                               holds DOC_L_MARGIN during page margin switch
+  #DOC_PT_SIZE               Point size used for body text
+  #DOC_R_MARGIN              Global R_MARGIN
+  #DOC_TYPE                  1=default, 2=chapter, 3=named, 4=letter
+  #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE         Distance from top-of-page to baseline of
+                               docheader
+  #DOCHEADER_COLOR           Colorize docheader? (boolean)
+  #DOCHEADER_DEPTH           Depth of docheader
+  #DOCHEADER_LEAD            Lead of doc header
+                               (#DOC_LEAD + #DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ)
+  #DOC_LEAD_ADJUST_OFF       Don't adjust DOC_LEAD (boolean)
+  #DOCS                      Always 1 after START
+  #DOCTITLE_NUM              Number of doctitle items
+  #DOCTYPE_COLOR             Colorize doctype? (boolean)
+  #DOCTYPE_RULE_WEIGHT       Doctype underline weight
+  #DOCTYPE_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ   DOCTYPE_RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE         Underline doctype? (boolean)
+  #DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT       Weight of doctype underline
+  #DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ   DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT/2
+  #DOING_COVER               Tells PRINT_AUTHORS that it's printing
+                               the authors for a cover or doc cover
+  #DONE_ONCE                 Keeps track of how many times footnotes
+                               have been collected inside the same diversion
+  #DONT_RULE_ME              Rule this (apparent) first footnote? (boolean)
+  #DIVER_LN_OFF              Turn linenumbering off in (block)quotes?
+                               (boolean)
+  #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM        Are we attaching draft/revision info to page
+                               number? (boolean)
+  #EM_ADJUST                 Amount to raise \(em at END
+  #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS         Put page headers on endnotes pages? (boolean)
+  #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL     Put page headers on all endnotes pages?
+                               (boolean)
+  #EN_BQ_AUTOLEAD            Register created by EN_BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+  #EN_BQ_LEAD                Leading of blockquotes on endnotes pages
+  #EN_FIGURE_SPACE           Width of \0, for use with formatting endnotes
+  #EN_FIRST_PAGE             Tells PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER about endnotes
+                               first page number
+  #EN_FIRST_PN               Page number that appears on page 1 of
+                               endnotes pages.
+  #EN_HDRFTR_CENTER          Should we print centre string of
+                               headers/footers on endnotes pages? (boolean)
+  #EN_LEAD                   Lead of endnotes
+  #EN_LN_BRACKETS            Are we using brackets for line-numbered
+                               endnotes (boolean)
+  #EN_LN_SEP                 Are we using a separator for line-numbered
+                               endnotes (boolean)
+  #EN_MARK                   \n[ln] when \*[EN-MARK] is called
+  #EN_MARK_2                 \n[ln] when ENDNOTE is called
+  #EN_MARKER_STYLE           1=NUMBER; 2=LINE
+  #EN_NO_COLS                Do not set endnotes in columns? (boolean)
+  #EN_NO_FIRST_PN            Put pagenumber on 1st page of endnotes?
+                               (boolean)
+  #EN_NUMBER                 Number of current endnote
+  #EN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS    Number of placeholders to reserve for endnotes
+                               numbers
+  #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT    Hang and align endnote numbers right?
+                               (boolean)
+  #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT     Align endnote numbers with left margin?
+                               (boolean)
+  #EN_NUMBERS_PLACEHOLDERS   Number of placeholders when endnote numbers
+                               hang and align right
+  #EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH        Line length for endnote numbers when they're
+                               right aligned
+  #EN_PP_INDENT              First line indent of paras in multi-para
+                               endnotes
+  #EN_PP_SPACE               Space multi-paras in endnotes? (boolean)
+  #EN_PS                     ps of endnotes
+  #EN_Q_AUTOLEAD             Register created by EN_QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+  #EN_Q_LEAD                 Leading of quotes on endnotes pages
+  #EN_REF                    Put REFs in endnotes? (boolean)
+  #EN_SINGLESPACE            Single space endnotes pages? (boolean)
+  #EN_STRING_ADVANCE         Vertical position of "ENDNOTES" string (relative to
+                               the top edge of the page)
+  #EN_STRING_CAPS            Should ENDNOTES capitalize the endnotes
+                               string? (boolean)
+  #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE       Underscore endnotes page head? (boolean)
+  #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT  Weight of endnotes page title underscore
+  #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ   EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ/2
+  #EN_TEXT_INDENT            Page offset for text of endnotes when
+                               numbers right align
+  #EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE        Underscore endnotes document identifier?
+                               (boolean)
+  #EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT  Weight of endnotes document identification
+                                 underscore
+  #EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ  #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ/2
+  #END_QUOTE                 For PP=0 indenting; did we just end a quote?
+                               (boolean)
+  #ENDNOTE                   Are we in an endnote? (boolean)
+  #ENDNOTE_REFS              Are REFs going to endnotes? (boolean)
+  #ENDNOTES                  Are we in an endnote (for FOOTERs; boolean)
+  #EPI_ACTIVE                Are we in an epigraph? (boolean)
+  #EPI_AUTOLEAD              Autolead value for epigraphs
+  #EPI_COLOR                 Colorize epigraphs? (boolean)
+  #EPI_DEPTH                 Depth of epigraph from first baseline to
+                               last
+  #EPI_FITS                  Does epigraph fit on page/column? (boolean)
+  #EPIGRAPH                  Did we have an epigraph? (boolean) 
+  #EPI_LEAD_DIFF             Difference between #DOC_LEAD and #EPI_LEAD
+  #EPI_LEAD                  Leading of epigraph; set by AUTOLEAD
+  #EPI_LINES_EVEN            Even # of lines at end of epi crossing page in
+                               TYPEWRITE (d-spaced)?
+  #EPI_LINES                 Number of lines in the epigraph
+  #EPI_LINES_TO_END          Number of epigraph lines remaining after
+                               footer trap is sprung
+  #EPI_LINES_TO_TRAP         Number of epigraph lines till footer trap is
+                               sprung
+  #EPI_L_LENGTH              Epigraph line length
+  #EPI_OFFSET                Left margin of epigraphs
+  #EPI_OFFSET_VALUE          Epigraph indent as a function of page offset
+  #EPI_ON                    Are we in an epigraph? (boolean)
+  #EPI_WHITESPACE            Space after epigraph to compensate for
+                               epigraph leading
+  #FIELD                     Incrementing register tacked onto LETTERHEAD
+  #FINIS                     Was FINIS invoked? (boolean)
+  #FINIS_STRING_CAPS         Capitalize finis string? (boolean)
+  #FINIS_COLOR               Colorize FINIS? (boolean)
+  #FIRST_DOC_TITLE_PN        Page number of 1st (collated) doc (for TOC)
+  #FIRST_DOC_TOC_PN_PADDING  Padding for 1st page number of 1st (collated) doc
+                               (for TOC)
+  float*after-shim /         \n[nl]; tests if SHIM has stayed on the same
+    float*before-shim          baseline
+  float-span                 Float can run to multiple pages? (boolean)
+  float*with-tbl             Float contains a tbl block
+  #FN_AUTOLEAD               Autolead value of footnotes
+  #FN_BL_INDENT              Left indent of INDENT BOTH in footnotes
+  #FN_BR_INDENT              Right indent of INDENT BOTH in footnotes
+  #FN_COUNT                  Which fn marker to print; also to
+                               tell mom to reserve space for and print
+                               the rule above footnotes
+  #FN_COUNT_AT_FOOTER        The FN_COUNT after FOOTNOTES has been
+                               output in FOOTER
+  #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS         Holds a separate footnote count for columns
+                               (so they don't reset to 0 1 until page break)
+  #FN_DEFER                  Defer footnote to next page/column? (boolean)
+                               If 0, don't defer.
+  #FN_DEFER_SPACE            Whether to deposit space before
+                               footnote 1 because there's a deferred
+                               footnote on the page
+  #FN_DEPTH                  Depth of footnote diversion(s)
+  #FN_FOR_EPI                Signals to epigraph that a footnote is being
+                               processed
+  #FN_GAP                    When there are footnotes on a page, the
+                               difference between where FOOTER will be
+                               sprung and the next valid baseline.
+                               Used in VFP_CHECK.
+  #FN_LEAD                   Lead in footnotes after FN_AUTOLEAD is
+                               applied
+  #FN_L_INDENT               Left indent of INDENT LEFT in footnotes
+  #FN_LINES                  Number of lines in fn; used to calculate
+                               fn depth
+  #FN_LN_BRACKETS            Are footnote linenumber brackets being used?
+                               (boolean)
+  #FN_LN_SEP                 Is a footnote linenumber separator being used?
+                               (boolean)
+  #FN_MARK                   \n[ln] when \*[FN-MARK] is called
+  #FN_MARK_2                 \n[nl] when FOOTNOTE is called
+  #FN_MARKER_STYLE           1=STAR; 2=NUMBER
+  #FN_MARKERS                Print footnote markers? (boolean)
+  #FN_NUMBER                 The footnote number attached to running text
+                               (and fns) when numbers instead of
+                               star/dagger is being used for footnootes
+                               numbers
+  #FN_OVERFLOW_DEPTH         Depth of leftover from footnote processing
+  #FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS      The register that sets the position of
+                               trap FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP.
+  #FN_R_INDENT               Right indent of INDENT RIGHT in footnotes
+  #FN_REF                    Put REFs in footnotes? (boolean)
+  #FN_RULE                   Print fn rule? (boolean)
+  #FN_RULE_ADJ               # of points to raise footnote separator from
+                               its baseline
+  #FN_RULE_LENGTH            Length of footnote separator rule
+  #FN_RULE_WEIGHT            Weight of the footnote separator rule
+  #FN_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ        FN_RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #FN_WAS_DEFERED            Tells HEADER about a deferred footnote
+  #FOOTER_DIFF               In TRAPS, the difference between the
+                               original #B_MARGIN and #VISUAL_B_MARGIN
+  #FOOTER_GAP                Amount of space between end of text and
+                               page #
+  #FOOTER_MARGIN             Amount of space between page # and bottom
+                               of page
+  #FOOTER_POS                Position of footer trap (required for
+                               collecting footnotes inside a diversion)
+  #FOOTER_RULE               Print footer rule? (boolean)
+  #FOOTER_RULE_GAP           Gap between footer and separator rule above
+  #FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT        Weight of footer rule
+  #FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ    #FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #FOOTERS_ON                Are we using footers? (boolean)
+  #FOOTERS_WERE_ON           Were footers on? - used in FINIS and BLANKPAGE
+                               (boolean)
+  #FOOTNOTE_COLOR            Colorize footnotes? (boolean)
+  #FORCE                     Force float? (boolean)
+  #FROM_BIB_STRING           Tells UNDERSCORE it's underscoring $BIB_STRING
+  #FROM_COVER                Tells UNDERSCORE it's underscoring on a cover
+  #FROM_DOC_COVER            Tells UNDERSCORE it's underscoring on a doccover
+  #FROM_DOCTYPE              Tells UNDERSCORE it's underscoring the doctype
+  #FROM_EN_STRING            Tells UNDERSCORE it's underscoring $EN_STRING
+  #FROM_EN_TITLE             Tells UNDERSCORE it's underscoring $EN_TITLE
+  #FROM_HEAD                 Tells UNDERSCORE it's underscoring a head
+  #FROM_DIVERT_FN            Signals to FOOTNOTE, when run from
+                               within DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER, to set
+                               #SPACE_REMAINING to the total area
+                               allowable for running text
+  #FROM_FOOTER               In col to col footnote processing, tells
+                               FOOTNOTE that FOOTNOTES was output from
+                               FOOTER.
+  #FROM_HEADER               In col to col footnote processing, tells
+                               FOOTNOTE that FOOTNOTES was output from
+                               HEADER.
+  #FULLSPACE_QUOTES          Should we fullspace quotes? (boolean)
+  #GET_DC_HEIGHT             Used in routine to get the correct point size for
+                               dropcaps
+  #GET_DEPTH                 Signals to FOOTNOTE that it should
+                               measure the depth of current footnotes
+                               plus the most recently added one, except
+                               where the footnote is to be deferred to
+                               the next page or column
+  #GUTTER                    Width of gutter between columns
+  #H_BASELINE_ADJ            Vertical spacing adjustment for heads (default=0)
+  #HDRFTR_BOTH               Are we setting both headers and footers? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS        CENTER part of header/footer in caps?
+                               (boolean; default=off)
+  #HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR       Colorize header/footer center? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_COLOR              Colorize headers/footers? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT       Amount of hdrftr CENTER padding on the left
+  #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT      Amount of hdrftr CENTER padding on the right
+  #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_TMP        Temp storage of left hdrftr CENTER padding
+                               (for recto/verso switch)
+  #HDRFTR_HEIGHT             Cap height of $HDRFTR_RECTO/$HDRFTR_VERSO
+                               strings
+  #HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS          Left part of header/footer in caps?
+                               (boolean; default=off)
+  #HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR         Colorize header/footer left? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_PT_SIZE            Initial point size of headers/footers
+  #HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS         Header/footer recto caps? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS         Right part of header/footer in caps?
+                               (boolean; default=on)
+  #HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR        Colorize header/footer right? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_RULE               Print head/footer rule? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR         Colorize header/footer rule? (boolean)
+  #HDRFTR_RULE_GAP           Space between header/footer and
+                               header/footer rule
+  #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT        Weight of header/footer rule
+  #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ    HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #HDRFTR_TMP_CAPS_SWITCH    Temporarily holds HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS value if
+                               #SWITCH_HDRFTR=1
+  #HDRFTR_VERSO_CAPS         Header/footer verso caps? (boolean)
+  #HEAD                      1=main/section head 2=subhead
+  #HEAD_CAPS                 Print section titles in caps? (boolean)
+  #HEAD_COLOR                Colorize heads? (boolean)
+  #HEADER_GAP                Distance from header to running text
+  #HEAD_NUM                  Head number
+  #HEAD_SPACE                2 line spaces before heads? (boolean)
+  #HEAD_UNDERLINE            Underline heads? (boolean)
+  #HEAD_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT     Head underline weight
+  #HEAD_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ HEAD_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT/2
+  #HEADER_MARGIN             Distance from top of page to header
+  #HEADER_RULE               Print header rule? (boolean)
+  #HEADER_RULE_GAP           Gap between header and header rule
+  #HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT        Header rule weight
+  #HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ    HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT/2
+  #HEADERS_ON                Headers on? (boolean)
+  #HEADER_STATE              Saves header state in COLLATE for use in
+                               START after COLLATE
+  #HEADERS_WERE_ON           Were headers on? - used in BLANKPAGE (boolean)
+  #HF_OFF                    Has HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS been turned off? (boolean)
+  #HORIZ_MARK                Horizontal 
+  #HOW_MANY                  Number of blank pages to output
+  #IGNORE                    Should we ignore this macro? Set to 1 in
+                               TYPEWRITE.
+  #IN_BIB_LIST               Tells ITEM we're doing a bibliography in
+                               list style
+  #INDENT_FIRST_PARAS        Indent first paras? (boolean)
+  #INDENT_FIRSTS             Tells footnotes to leave INDENT_FIRST_PARAS
+                               alone if it's on for running text.
+  #ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC       For TYPEWRITE. (boolean)
+  #ITEM                      Counter for removing _1, _2, _3... strings
+                               in TITLE, CHAPTER_TITLE, etc.
+  #L_LENGTH_FOR_EPI          Stores line length at top of doc for use
+                               with EPIGRAPH when columns are on
+  #L_MARGIN_DIFF             Difference between DOC_L_MARGIN and
+                               L_MARGIN
+  #LB_CHAR_ITERATIONS        Number of linebreak character iterations
+  #LEFT_CAP_HEIGHT           Cap height of left string in headers/footers
+  #VALID_BASELINE            Calculates vert. position of next valid
+                               baseline in SHIM
+  #LETTER_STYLE              1=BUSINESS 2=PERSONAL
+  #LINEBREAK                 Did we have a linebreak? (boolean)
+  #LINEBREAK_COLOR           Colorize linebreak? (boolean)
+  #LINENUMBER_COLOR          Colorize linenumbers? (boolean)
+  #LINENUMBERS               Holds various states of line-numbering when
+                               line numbering is enabled
+  #LINES_PER_PAGE            # of lines (at DOC_LEAD) that fit on
+                               page after #B_MARGIN is set
+  #LN                        Test 1st arg to NUMBER_LINES for digit or string
+  MN-active                  Are we doing a margin note? (boolean)
+  MN-curr                    Current margin note
+  MN-div-&lt;n&gt;-depth           Depth of margin note &lt;n&gt;
+  MN-hy                      Hyphenation flag of margin notes
+  #MNinit                    Have margin notes been initialized? (boolean)
+  #MNinit_DEFERRED           Did we have to defer a margin note? (boolean)
+  MN-last-pos                Baseline of previous margin note
+  MN-lead-adj                Difference between the current DOC_LEAD and the
+                               leading used in margin notes
+  MN-left                    Number of current left margin note
+  MN-left-start              Horizontal start position of left margin note
+  MN-left-width              Width of left margin note
+  MN-right                   Number of current right margin note
+  MN-right-start             Horizontal start position of right margin note
+  MN-right-width             Width of right margin note
+  MN-sep                     Gutter between margin notes and running text
+  MN-shifted                 Did we have to shift a margin note down?
+                              (boolean)
+  MN-size                    Point size of margin notes
+  MN-spacing                 Leading of margin notes
+  #MISC_&lt;n&gt;                  Used to print "next" misc lines in DO_COVER
+  #MISC_COVER_NUM            Number of cover misc items
+  #MISC_DOCCOVER_NUM         Number od doc cover misc items
+  #MISC_NUM                  Number of MISC items
+  #MISCS                     =#MISC_NUM in DO_COVER
+  #MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT          If 1, left margin note text overflows
+  #MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT         If 1, right margin note text overflows
+  #n%_AT_PAGENUM_SET         Page # from n% when PAGENUMBER invoked
+  #NEEDS_SPACE               Instruct FOOTNOTE, when called by
+                               PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER, that if the footnote
+                               had to be deferred, the VFP must be
+                               raised by 1v (set in DIVER_FN_2_PRE)
+  #NEITHER                   Should we print no covers? (boolean)
+  #NEXT_AUTHOR               Supplies correct digit to AUTHOR_&lt;n&gt;
+                               when printing authors in doc header
+  #NEXT_LN                   Next linenumber when \n[ln] has to be stored
+                               because linenumbering suspended
+  #NEXT_MISC                 Incrementing counter for misc lines in
+                               DO_COVER
+  #NEXT_SUBTITLE             Incrementing register used to print subtitles
+  #no-repeat-MN-left         Don't repeat left margin note (boolean)
+  #no-repeat-MN-right        Don't repeat right margin note (boolean)
+  #NO_BACK_UP                Instructs FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP not to
+                               subtract 1 line of footnote lead from
+                               FN_OVERFLOW in a PREV_FN_DEFERRED
+                               situation.
+  #NO_BREAK                  Set to 1 in COLLATE if last line of
+                               text before COLLATE falls at the bottom
+                               of the page; instructs NEWPAGE to use
+                               'br instead of .br
+  #NO_COLUMNS                Don't print document in columns (boolean)
+  #NO_FN_MARKER              Don't print footnote markers (boolean)
+  #NO_SHIM                   Should SHIM shim? (boolean)
+  #NO_SPACE                  When para spacing is active, instructs
+                               PP not to add space after a quote or blockquote
+  #NO_TRAP_RESET             Should we reset page traps? (boolean)
+  #NOT_YET_ADJUSTED          Line on which a footnote was called has not yet
+                               been adjusted by groff (boolean)
+  #NUM_AUTHORS               # of authors mod 2 to test if odd or even
+                               # of authors
+  #NUM_MISCS                 Number of args passed to MISC
+  #NUM_MISCS_COVER           Number of args passed to MISC COVER
+  #NUM_MISCS_DOCCOVER        Number of args passed to MISC DOC_COVER
+  #NUMBER_HEAD               Are heads numbered? (boolean)
+  #NUMBER_PH                 Are paraheads numbered? (boolean)
+  #NUMBER_SH                 Are subheads numbered? (boolean)
+  #NUMBER_SSH                Are subsubheads numbered? (boolean)
+  #NUM_COLS                  Number of columns per page
+  #NUMBERED                  If set to 1, lets PARAHEAD know that
+                               main-, sub-, and subsubhead numbers have already been
+                               prefixed to the parahead string
+  #NUM_FIELDS                Incrementing register used to match
+                               #TOTAL_FIELDS
+  #OK_PROCESS_LEAD           Initial processing of TOC and endnote
+                               leading is deferred until OK_PROCESS_LEAD=1
+  #ORIGINAL_B_MARGIN         The value for #B_MARGIN as set by the
+                               macro B_MARGIN
+  #ORIG_DOC_LEAD             DOC_LEAD before endnotes, bibliographies, tocs
+  #ORIG_L_LENGTH             \\n[.l] before starting LISTs
+  #ORIGINAL_DOC_LEAD         The lead for PRINT_STYLE 1 as set in
+                               PRINTSTYLE; required so that PRINT_STYLE 1
+                               footnotes have an unadjusted lead of
+                               12 points
+  #OVERFLOW                  Signals to FOOTNOTE that some of the
+                               footnote text won't fit on the page
+  #OVERFLOW_LEFT             Does left margin note overflow? (boolean)
+  #OVERFLOW_RIGHT            Does right margin note overflow? (boolean)  
+  #P                         Page number for margin notes
+  #PAD_LIST_DIGITS&lt;n&gt;        Pad LIST digits for LIST &lt;n&gt;? (boolean)
+  #PAGE_NUM_ADJ              What to add to n% to get #PAGENUMBER
+  #PAGE_NUM_H_POS            1=left 2=CENTER 3=right; default=2
+  #PAGE_NUM_COLOR            Colorize pagenumbers? (boolean)
+  #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS          Print hyphens surrounding page numbers?
+                               (boolean)
+  #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS_SET      Did user set (or unset) hyphens around page
+                               numbers? (boolean)
+  #PAGE_NUM_POS_SET          Did user set page number position? (boolean)
+  #PAGE_NUM_SET              Test if PAGE_1_NUM was used to set 1st page
+                               number
+  #PAGE_NUM_V_POS            1=top 2=bottom; default=2
+  #PAGE_NUMS                 Print page numbers? (boolean)
+  #PAGE_POS                  Exact position on page during a diversion
+                               (required for collecting footnotes inside
+                               a diversion)
+  #PAGE_TOP                  \n[nl] after HEADER completes itself
+  #PAGENUM_STYLE_SET         Did we set pagenumber style? (boolean)
+  #PAGENUMBER                The page number
+  #PAGES                     Number of blank pages to output
+  #PAGINATE                  Are we paginating? (boolean)
+  #PAGINATE_TOC              Is toc pagination on? (boolean)
+  #PAGINATE_WAS_ON           Keeps track of pagination state while
+                               outputting blank pages
+  #PAGINATION_STATE          Saves pagination state in COLLATE for use in
+                               START after a COLLATE
+  #PAGINATION_WAS_ON         Was pagination on? - used in FINIS (boolean)
+  #PH_COLOR                  Colorize paraheads? (boolean)
+  #PH_INDENT                 Size of parahead indent
+  #PH_NUM                    Parahead number
+  #PP                        0 at first para; auto-increments
+  #PP_AT_PAGE_BREAK          # of last (incl. partial) para on page
+  #PP_INDENT                 How much to indent paras
+  #PP_SPACE                  Put space before paras? (boolean)
+  #PP_SPACE_SUSPEND          Suspend para spacing for blockquotes and
+                               epigraphs
+  #PP_STYLE_PREV             In footnotes, stores PP style in effect
+                               prior to invoking FOOTNOTE
+  #PP_STYLE                  Regular para=1; quote or epi para=2
+  #PRE_COLLATE               Set to 1 in COLLATE; prevents FAMILY
+                               from clobbering a user-set DOC_FAMILY
+  #PREFIX_CH_NUM             Prefix the chapter number to numbered
+                               heads, subheads and/or paraheads? (boolean)
+  #PREV_FN_DEFERRED          Was previous footnote deferred? (boolean)
+  #PRINT_PAGENUM_ON_PAGE_1   Should we print the page number on first
+                               page of doc when footers are on? (boolean)
+  #PRINT_STYLE               Typewrite=1, typeset=2
+  #PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS          Stored value of \n[.ps] from last time
+                               PT_SIZE was called
+  #Q_AUTOLEAD                Register created by QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+  #Q_DEPTH                   Depth of quote
+  #Q_FITS                    Does this quote fit on one page/column?
+                               (boolean)
+  #Q_LEAD                    Leading of quotes
+  #Q_LEAD_DIFF               Difference between leading of running text
+                               and the leading used in quotes/blockquotes
+  #Q_LEAD_REAL               Leading of quotes and blockquotes saved at the
+                               ends of their respective diversions
+  #Q_L_LENGTH                Line length of quotes
+  #Q_OFFSET                  Page offset for quotes
+  #Q_OFFSET_VALUE            Factor by which to multiply PP_INDENT to
+                               offset quotes
+  #Q_PARTIAL_DEPTH           The amount of a quote/blockquote that fits at
+                               the bottom of a page when a quote/blockquote
+                               spans pages
+  #Q_PP                      In PP, stores para # in QUOTE.  Removed in
+                               ENDQUOTE.
+  #Q_SPACE_ADJ               The flexible amount of whitespace to add before
+                               and after a quote/blockquote
+  #Q_TOP                     Vertical place on page that a quote starts
+  #QUOTE                     1=PQUOTE, 2=BQUOTE
+  #QUOTE_COLOR               Colorize quotes (poetic)? (boolean)
+  #QUOTE_LN                  Linenumber quotes? (boolean)
+  #RECTO_VERSO               Switch HEADER_LEFT and HEADER_RIGHT on
+                               alternate pages? (boolean)
+  ref*suppress-period        Suppress period at end of ref field? (boolean)
+  ref*type                   Kind of reference we're building
+  #REF                       Was REF called? (boolean)
+  #REF_HY                    Hyphenate REFs? (boolean)
+  #REF_WARNING               Have we issued a ref warning? (boolean)
+  #REPEAT                    Number of times to repeat linebreak
+                               character
+  #RERUN_TRAPS               Should we invoke TRAPS? (boolean)
+  #RESERVED_SPACE            Just enough room to put 1 more line of
+                               footnotes on the page
+  #RESET_EN_PP               Holds value of register #EN_PP_INDENT
+  #RESET_EN_PP_INDENT        Holds value of register #EN_PP_INDENT
+  #RESET_FN_COUNTERS         1 = "moved" footnote collected in a diversion
+                               2 = "deferred" fn collected in a diversion
+  #RESET_FN_NUMBER           Should fn# start at 1 on every page?
+                               (boolean)
+  #RESET_L_LENGTH            Stores current line length when necessary
+  #RESET_PARA_SPACE          Holds current value of boolean register
+                               #PP_SPACE
+  #RESET_PP_INDENT           Stores value of PP_INDENT when needed
+  #RESET_QUOTE_SPACING       Stores value of boolean register
+                               #FULLSPACE_QUOTES (used in endnotes)
+  #RESTORE_ADJ_DOC_LEAD      Stores value of #ADJ_DOC_LEAD whenever needed
+  #RESTORE_B_MARGIN          Stores #B_MARGIN whenever needed
+  #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD          Stores value of current doc lead (used in
+                               endnotes)
+  #RESTORE_HY                Restore hyphenation after .][? (boolean)
+  #RESTORE_INDENT            Store \n[.i] whenever needed
+  #RESTORE_L_LENGTH          Stores \n[.l] whenever needed
+  #RESTORE_LN_NUM            Should we restore line numbering? (boolean)
+  #RESTORE_OFFSET            Page offset at moment footer trap is sprung;
+                               not currently used
+  #RESTORE_UNDERLINE         Instructs CODE OFF to restore underlining of
+                                italics (TYPEWRITE) if underlining was
+                                formerly on 
+  #RIGHT_CAP_HEIGHT          Cap height of right string in
+                               headers/footers
+  #RULED                     Tells FOOTNOTE if a rule (or space has been
+                               put above the first footnote on the page
+  #RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER         If #LN=1, if we're in a (block)quote, instructs
+                               FOOTNOTE to unformat diversion RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+  #RUNON_FOOTNOTES           If #LN=1, instructs FOOTNOTE to unformat
+                               diversion RUNON_FOOTNOTES
+  #RUN_ON                    Are we using run-on footnotes? (boolean)
+  #SAVED_DIVER_FN_COUNT      In the case of a footnote inside a
+                               diversion that should be treated as a
+                               "normal" footnote, FOOTNOTE needs to
+                               distinguish between a "normal" deferred
+                               footnote (always the 1st footnote on the
+                               page) and one that only looks as if
+                               it should be deferred, when, in fact,
+                               it's an overflow; this register lets
+                               FOOTNOTE know whether the diversion
+                               footnote is, in fact, the first on the
+                               page.
+  #SAVED_DOC_LEAD            Stored value of #DOC_LEAD (used in DEFAULTS after
+                               a COLLATE)
+  #SAVED_FN_COUNT            #FN_COUNT+1 prior to +#FN_COUNT; used
+                               in FOOTNOTES while gathering fns inside
+                               diversions
+  #SAVED_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS   #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS+1 prior to
+                               +#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS; used in FOOTNOTES
+                               while gathering fns inside diversions
+  #SAVED_FN_DEPTH_1          Footnote depth prior to adding footnote
+                               diversion depth to FN_DEPTH; used when
+                               footnote text will overflow
+  #SAVED_FN_DEPTH_2          Footnote depth after to adding footnote
+                               diversion depth to FN_DEPTH; used when
+                               footnote text will overflow
+  #SAVED_FN_NUMBER           Stores current FN_NUMBER whenever needed
+  #SAVED_FOOTER_POS          Position of FOOTER in DO_QUOTE (hack)
+  #SAVED_LEAD                In FOOTER and DO_FOOTER, stores the
+                               lead in effect prior to outputting
+                               FOOTNOTES or performing either
+                               PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER or
+                               PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVERSION; both the
+                               diversion FOOTNOTES and the two macros
+                               have, for PRINT_STYLE 2, an AUTOLEAD
+                               call, which requires that an LS be
+                               performed with the #SAVED_LEAD in
+                               order to remove register #AUTO_LEAD or
+                               #AUTO_LEAD_FACTOR.
+  #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT       Stores underscore weight whenever needed
+  #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ   SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT/2
+  #SAVED_VFP                 Store variable footer position whenever needed
+  #SAVED_WEIGHT              Stores weight given to RULE_WEIGHT whenever needed
+  #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ          SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT/2
+  #SEP_TYPE                  Set to 1 if LIST separator is ( or [ or {
+  #SH_COLOR                  Colorize subheads? (boolean)
+  #SH_BASELINE_ADJ           #DOC_LEAD/8 (TYPESET) or /5 (TYPEWRITE)
+                               (used for subhead vertical spacing)
+  #SH_NUM                    Subhead number
+  #SHIM                      Amount of lead required to advance to
+                               next valid baseline
+  #SILENT_BQUOTE_LN          "Silently" linenumber blockquotes? (boolean)
+  #SILENT_QUOTE_LN           "Silently" linenumber quotes? (boolean)
+  #SINGLE_SPACE              Is TYPEWRITE in single space mode? (boolean)
+  #SKIP ENTRY                If one, don't print the first entry (the
+                               document title) in the TOC of uncollated docs.
+  #SKIP_FOOTER               If 1, instructs DO_FOOTER to do nothing
+                               if B_MARGIN falls below FOOTER_MARGIN
+  #SLANT_MEANS_SLANT         For TYPEWRITE. (boolean)
+  #SLANT_WAS_ON              Keeps track of SLANT when it needs to go off
+                               for a while
+  #SPACE_REMAINING           Space remaining to footer trap; used to
+                               decide whether or not to defer a footnote
+  #SPACE_TO_FOOTER           Distance to FOOTER trap; used to calculate
+                               available space when FOOTNOTE is called inside
+                               a diversion
+  #SR_ADJ_FACTOR             An adjustment factor that compensates
+                               for the fact that #SPACE_REMAINING
+                               sometimes reports a fractionally larger
+                               space than is actually available for
+                               footnote text.
+  #SSH_BASELINE_ADJ          #DOC_LEAD/8 (TYPESET) or /5 (TYPEWRITE)
+                               (used for subsubhead vertical spacing)
+  #START                     If 1, signals completion of START
+  #START_FOR_FOOTERS         Toggle set in START; signals to
+                               PRINT_HDRFTR that START has been invoked,
+                               allowing PRINT_HDRFTR to decide whether or
+                               not to print a footer on page 1
+  #START_FOR_MNinit          If 1, defer processing MN_INIT until #START
+  #STORED_PP_INDENT          Temporarily holds value of #PP_INDENT
+  #SUBHEAD                   Was subhead the last macro invoked? (boolean)
+                             Controls vert. space between SUBHEAD and
+                             SUBSUBHEAD
+  #SUBTITLE_COLOR            Colorize subtitle? (boolean)
+  #SUBTITLE_COVER_NUM        Incrementing register used to define strings
+                               $SUBTITLE_COVER_&lt;n&gt;
+  #SUBTITLE_DOCCOVER_NUM     Incrementing register used to define strings
+                               $SUBTITLE_DOCCOVER_&lt;n&gt;
+  #SUBTITLE_NUM              Incrementing register used to define strings
+                               $SUBTITLE_&lt;n&gt;
+  #SUBTITLES                 Holds number of subtitle items
+  #SUITE                     Current page number (for letters)
+  #SUP_PT_SIZE               Point size of superscript
+  #SUSPEND_PAGINATION        Suspend pagination prior to endnotes?
+  #SWITCH_HDRFTR             Switch HDRFTR_LEFT and HDRFTR_RIGHT?
+                               (boolean)
+  tbl*boxed                  tbl has box or allbox (boolean)
+  tbl*center-label-on-table  Is tbl caption centered? (boolean)
+  tbl*have-header            tbl has a running header (boolean)
+  tbl*header-ht              Depth of tbl*header-div
+  tbl*left-label-on-table    Is tbl caption quad left? (boolean)
+  tbl*move-fn-overflow-trap  Whether to move FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS
+                               to accommodate tbl
+  tbl*move-fn-overflow       Amount by which to change
+                               FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS to accommodate tbl
+  tbl*move-footer            Amount by which to change FOOTER trap
+                               to accommodate tbl
+  tbl*move-footer-trap       Whether to move FOOTER trap to accommodate
+                               tbl
+  tbl*no-shim                Whether to SHIM tbl (boolean)
+  tbl*right-label-on-table   Is tbl caption quad right? (boolean)
+  #T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ         \n[.v]-12000; ensures critically accurate
+                               placement of first lines on pages when
+                               doc processing is not being used and
+                               a T_MARGIN has been set
+  #TAB_OFFSET#               "#" at the end is from $CURRENT_TAB
+  #TERMINATE                 Has TERMINATE been called? (boolean)
+  #TITLE_COLOR               Colorize title? (boolean)
+  #TITLE_NUM                 Number of title items
+  #TOC_AUTHORS               Whether to append author(s) to toc doc
+                               title entries (boolean)
+  #TOC_ENTRY_PN              Current page number when a toc entry is
+                               collected
+  #TOC_FIRST_PAGE            If 1, tells PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER that this
+                               is the first page of the toc
+  #TOC_LEAD                  Leading of toc pages
+  #TOC_PN_PADDING            Max. # of placeholders for toc entries
+                               page numbers
+  #TOC_PS                    Point size of toc pages
+  #TOC_RV_SWITCH             Switch L/R margins of toc pages
+  #TOC_HEAD_INDENT           Indent of toc head entries
+  #TOC_HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE      ps in/decrease of toc head entries
+  #TOC_PH_INDENT             Indent of toc parahead entries
+  #TOC_PH_SIZE_CHANGE        ps in/decrease of toc parahead entries
+  #TOC_SH_INDENT             Indent of toc subhead entries
+  #TOC_SH_SIZE_CHANGE        ps in/decrease of toc subhead entries
+  #TOC_TITLE_INDENT          Indent of toc doc title entries
+  #TOC_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE     ps in/decrease of toc doc title entries
+  @TOP                       Controls .ns at page top;
+                               trap-invoked (FOOTER); mostly trap-removed
+                               (RR_@TOP)
+  #TOTAL_FIELDS              Total number of letter header fields
+  #TRAP                      \n[.t]-1 (used in DO_QUOTE)
+  #TW                        Width of tbl block
+  #UNADJUSTED_DOC_LEAD       Argument passed to DOC_LEAD prior to
+                             adjusting (set in TRAPS)
+  #UNDERLINE_ITALIC          For TYPEWRITE. (boolean)
+  #UNDERLINE_ON              Was UNDERLINE called? (boolean)
+  #UNDERLINE_QUOTES          Was UNDERLINE_QUOTES called? (boolean)
+  #UNDERLINE_QUOTE           Underline pquotes? (boolean)
+  #UNDERLINE_SLANT           For TYPEWRITE. (boolean)
+  #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON          Was underlining on prior to the
+                             invocation of current macro? (boolean)
+  #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON_FN       As above, but for footnotes only
+  #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER    Has user defined hdrftr center? (boolean)
+  #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT      Has user defined hdrftr left? (boolean)
+  #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT     Has user defined hdrftr right? (boolean)
+  #USER_DEF_HEADER_CENTER    User defined CENTER title? (boolean);
+                               used in COPYSTYLE
+  #USER_DEF_HEADER_LEFT      User defined CENTER title? (boolean);
+                               used in COPYSTYLE
+  #USER_DEF_HEADER_RIGHT     User defined CENTER title? (boolean)
+                               used in COPYSTYLE
+  #USERDEF_HDRFTR            User defined single string recto/verso
+                               header/footer? (boolean)
+  #USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD 1=left, 2=CENTER, 3=right
+  #USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD 1=left, 2=CENTER, 3=right
+  #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS       Wandering trap position for processing
+                               footnotes and footers; pos depends on number of
+                               footnotes
+  #VISUAL_B_MARGIN           Set in TRAPS, what \n[nl] would report
+                               on the last line of running text before
+                               FOOTER is sprung.
+  #VFP_DIFF                  #FN_DEPTH minus #SAVED_FN_DEPTH; the
+                               number of footnote lines that will fit
+                               on the page when there will be over, and
+                               therefore the amount by which to raise
+                               the VFP for footnotes with overflow after
+                               the 1st footnote.
+  y                          Vertical position stored with mk in hdrftrs.
+ 
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++STRINGS+++</span>
+
+  $1ST_LETTER                      First letter of first arg to LIST
+  $ADJUST_BIB_LEAD                 2nd arg to BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD; if not blank
+                                     adjust bib leading
+  $ADJUST_EN_LEAD                  2nd arg to ENDNOTE_LEAD; if not blank adjust
+                                     endnote leading
+  $ADJUST_TOC_LEAD                 2nd arg to TOC_LEAD; if not blank adjust
+                                     toc leading
+  $ATTRIBUTE_COLOR                 Attribution string color
+  $ATTRIBUTE_STRING                Attribution string in doc header
+  $ATTRIBUTE_STRING_COVER          Attribution string on cover
+  $ATTRIBUTE_STRING_DOCCOVER       Attribution string on doc cover
+  $AUTHOR_&lt;n&gt;                      Document author(s)
+  $AUTHOR                          The author, or the first argument
+                                     passed to .AUTHOR ($AUTHOR_1)
+  $AUTHOR_COLOR                    Author color
+  $AUTHOR_COVER_&lt;n&gt;                Author(s) on cover
+  $AUTHOR_DOCCOVER_&lt;n&gt;             Author(s) on doc cover
+  $AUTHOR_FAM                      Family to use for author in doc header
+  $AUTHOR_FT                       Font to use for author in doc header
+  $AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE              ps in/decrease of author in doc header
+  $AUTHOR_PT_SIZE                  Absolute ps of authors
+  $AUTHORS                         Comma-separated concatenated
+                                     string of all args passed to .AUTHOR
+  $BIB_FAM                         Bibliography page family
+  $BIB_FT                          Bibliography page font
+  $BIB_LEAD                        Base leading for bibliographies
+  $BIB_LIST_SEPARATOR              Separator between enumerator and text
+                                     when outputting bibliographies in
+                                     LIST style
+  $BIB_LIST_PREFIX                 Prefix before enumerator when outputting
+                                     bibliographies in LIST style
+  $BIB_PN_STYLE                    Format of bibliography page numbers
+  $BIB_QUAD
+  $BIB_SPACE                       Post entry space for bibliographies
+  $BIB_STRING                      Bibliography title string
+  $BIB_STRING_FAM                  Bib title family
+  $BIB_STRING_FT                   Bib title font
+  $BIB_STRING_QUAD                 Bib title quad
+  $BIB_STRING_RULE_GAP             Distance between the underscores when
+                                     BIB_STRING (bib first-page header) is
+                                     double-underlined
+  $BIB_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE          Bib title size (+ or -)
+  $BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_GAP        Distance between BIB_STRING text and (first)
+                                     underline rule
+  $BQ_LN_GUTTER                    Gutter between line numbers and bquotes in
+                                     bquotes
+  $BQUOTE_COLOR                    Blockquote color
+  $BQUOTE_FAM                      Family to use for blockquotes
+  $BQUOTE_FT                       Font to use for blockquotes
+  $BQUOTE_QUAD                     Quad value for blockquotes
+  $BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE              ps in/decrease of blockquotes
+  $BX_COLOR                        Box color
+  $BX_DEPTH                        Box depth
+  $BX_INDENT                       Box left margin starting position
+  $BX_WEIGHT                       Box rule weight
+  $BX_WIDTH                        Box width
+  $CENTER_TITLE                    What to put in the middle of header
+                                     title
+  $CH_NUM                          Chapter number (as a string)
+  $CHAPTER                         The chapter number
+  $CHAPTER_STRING                  What to print whenever the word
+                                     "chapter" is required
+  $CHAPTER_TITLE                   Concatenated args passed to CHAPTER_TITLE
+  $CHAPTER_TITLE_&lt;n&gt;               Chapter title items
+  $CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM               Family of chapter title
+  $CHAPTER_TITLE_FT                Font of chapter title
+  $CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE       ps in/decrease of chapter title
+  $CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE           Absolute ps of chapter title
+  $CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR             Color of chapter title
+  $CL_COLOR                        Circle (ellipse) color
+  $CL_DEPTH                        Circle (ellipse) depth
+  $CL_INDENT                       Circle (ellipse) left margin starting
+                                     position
+  $CL_WEIGHT                       Circle (ellipse) rule weight
+  $CL_WIDTH                        Circle (ellipse) width
+  $CLOSE_INDENT                    Argument passed to CLOSING_INDENT
+  $CODE_FAM                        Family to use with CODE
+  $CODE_FT                         Font to use with CODE
+  $CODE_COLOR                      Color of CODE
+  $COLOR_SCHEME                    Color scheme arg passed to NEWCOLOR
+  $COPY_STYLE                      DRAFT or FINAL
+  $COPYRIGHT                       Copyright info
+  $COPYRIGHT_COVER                 Copyright info for cover
+  $COPYRIGHT_DOCCOVER              Copyright info for doc cover
+  $COPYRIGHT_FAM                   Copyright line family
+  $COPYRIGHT_FT                    Copyright line font
+  $COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE               Base string to which $COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE
+                                     is appended
+  $COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE           Copyright line size
+  $COPYRIGHT_COLOR                 Copyright line color
+  $COPYRIGHT_QUAD                  Copyright line quad direction
+  $COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR           Cover attribution string color
+  $COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR              Cover author(s) color
+  $COVER_AUTHOR_FAM                Cover author(s) family
+  $COVER_AUTHOR_FT                 Cover author(s) font
+  $COVER_AUTHOR_PT_SIZE            Author point size on cover
+  $COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE        Cover author(s) size
+  $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR       Color of chapter title on cover
+  $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE     Size of chapter title on cover
+  $COVER_COLOR                     Overall cover color
+  $COVER_COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE         Size of copyright info on cover
+  $COVER_DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE           Size of doctype on cover
+  $COVER_FAM                       Overall cover family
+  $COVER_LEAD_ADJ                  String appended to DOC_LEAD to arrive at
+                                     base leading of covers
+  $COVER_SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE          Size of subtitle on cover
+  $COVER_TITLE_PT_SIZE             Size of title on cover
+  $COVER_TITLE                     User-defined cover title string
+  $COVER_TITLE_&lt;n&gt;                 Cover title items
+  $COVER_TITLE_FAM                 Cover title family
+  $COVER_TITLE_FT                  Cover title font
+  $COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE         Cover title size
+  $COVER_TITLE_COLOR               Cover title color
+  $COVER_UNDERLINE_GAP             Distance between baseline of the doctype
+                                     on covers and the underline
+  $COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM              Cover subtitle family
+  $COVER_SUBTITLE_FT               Cover subtitle font
+  $COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE      Cover subtitle size
+  $COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR            Cover subtitle color
+  $COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM               Cover doctype family
+  $COVER_DOCTYPE_FT                Cover doctype font
+  $COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE       Cover doctype size
+  $COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR             Cover doctype color
+  $COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM             Cover copyright family
+  $COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT              Cover copyright font
+  $COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE     Cover copyright size
+  $COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR           Cover copyright color
+  $COVER_MISC_FAM                  Cover misc family
+  $COVER_MISC_FT                   Cover misc font
+  $COVER_MISC_SIZE_CHANGE          Cover misc size
+  $COVER_MISC_COLOR                Cover misc color
+  $CURRENT_EV                      \n[.ev] at REF_BRACKETS_START
+  $DC_COLOR                        Dropcap color
+  $DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR       Doc cover attribution string color
+  $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR          Doc cover author(s) color
+  $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAM            Doc cover author(s) family
+  $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FT             Doc cover author(s) font
+  $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_PT_SIZE        Size of author on doc cover
+  $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE    Doc cover author(s) size
+  $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR   Color of chapter title on doc cover
+  $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE Size of chapter title on doc cover
+  $DOC_COVER_COLOR                 Overall doc cover color
+  $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR       Doc cover copyright color
+  $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM         Doc cover copyright family
+  $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT          Doc cover copyright font
+  $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE     Size of copyright info on doc cover
+  $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE Doc cover copyright size
+  $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR         Doc cover doctype color
+  $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM           Doc cover doctype family
+  $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FT            Doc cover doctype font
+  $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE       Size of doctype on doc cover
+  $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE   Doc cover doctype size
+  $DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR            Doc cover misc color
+  $DOC_COVER_MISC_FAM              Doc cover misc family
+  $DOC_COVER_MISC_FT               Doc cover misc font
+  $DOC_COVER_MISC_SIZE_CHANGE      Doc cover misc size
+  $DOC_COVER_FAM                   Overall doc cover family
+  $DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ              String appended to DOC_LEAD to arrive at base
+                                     leading of doc covers
+  $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM          Doc cover subtitle family
+  $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FT           Doc cover subtitle font
+  $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE      Size of subtitle on doc cover
+  $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE  Doc cover subtitle size
+  $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR        Doc cover subtitle color
+  $DOC_COVER_TITLE                 User-defined doc cover title string
+  $DOC_COVER_TITLE_&lt;n&gt;             Doc cover title items
+  $DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR           Doc cover title color
+  $DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAM             Doc cover title family
+  $DOC_COVER_TITLE_FT              Doc cover title font
+  $DOC_COVER_TITLE_PT_SIZE         Size of title on doc cover
+  $DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE     Doc cover title size
+  $DOC_FAM                         Predominant font family used in the
+                                     document
+  $DOC_QUAD                        Quad used for body text (justified or
+                                     left) 
+  $DOC_TITLE                       Concatenated args passed to DOCTITLE
+  $DOC_TITLE_&lt;n&gt;                   DOCTITLE items
+  $DOC_TYPE                        Document type (default, chapter, named,
+                                     letter)
+  $DOCCOVER_UNDERLINE_GAP          Distance between baseline of doctype and the
+                                     underline on covers
+  $DOCHEADER_COLOR                 Color of docheader
+  $DOCHEADER_FAM                   Family used for all parts of the docheader
+  $DOCHEADER_QUAD                  Quad direction (LRC) of docheader
+  $DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ              +|- value applied to #DOC_LEAD to
+                                     in/decrease leading of doc header
+  $DOCTYPE_COLOR                   Color of DOCTYPE string in doc header
+  $DOCTYPE_FAM                     Family to use for DOCTYPE string in
+                                     doc header
+  $DOCTYPE_FT                      Font to use for DOCTYPE string in
+                                     doc header
+  $DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE             ps in/decrease of DOCTYPE string in
+                                     doc header
+  $DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE                 Absolute ps of DOCTYPE
+  $DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_GAP           Distance between baseline of DOCTYPE and the
+                                     underline in doc header
+  $DRAFT                           The draft number (string valued)
+  $DRAFT_STRING                    What to print whenever the word "draft"
+                                     is required
+  EN_MARK                          Inline, gets #EN_MARK (\(ln)
+  $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET                Close bracket for line-number enumerated
+                                     endnotes
+  $EN_FAMILY                       Family for endnotes
+  $EN_FT                           Font for endnotes
+  $EN_LEAD                         Leading of endnotes pages
+  $EN_LINENUMBER                   String to print for line-number enumerators
+                                     in line-numbered endnotes
+  $EN_LN_FAM                       Family for line-numbers in line-number
+                                     identified endnotes
+  $EN_LN_FT                        Font for line-numbers in line-number
+                                     identified endnotes
+  $EN_LN_GAP                       Gap to leave in initial endnote lines
+                                     between line-number identifies and text
+  $EN_LN_SEP                       User-defined separator to use between line
+                                     number(s) and endnotes when endnotes are
+                                     identified by line number
+  $EN_LN_SIZE_CHANGE               Size change (+ or -) for line-numbers in
+                                     line-number identified endnotes
+  $EN_OPEN_BRACKET                 Open bracket for line-number enumerated
+                                     endnotes
+  $EN_PN_STYLE                     Pagenumbering style for endnotes pages
+  $EN_QUAD                         Quad for endnotes
+  $EN_STRING                       Endnotes page head
+  $EN_STRING_FAM                   Endnotes page head family
+  $EN_STRING_FT                    Endnotes page head font
+  $EN_STRING_QUAD                  Endnotes page head quad direction
+  $EN_STRING_RULE_GAP              Distance between rules when EN_STRING is
+                                     double-underlined
+  $EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_GAP         Distance between baseline of EN_STRING and
+                                     underline rule
+  $EN_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE           Endnotes page head size
+  $EN_TITLE                        Endnote document identifier
+  $EN_TITLE_FAM                    Endnote document identifier family
+  $EN_TITLE_FT                     Endnote document identifier font
+  $EN_TITLE_QUAD                   Endnote document identifier quad
+                                     direction
+  $EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE            Endnote document identifier size
+  $EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_GAP          Distance between baseline of EN_TITLE and
+                                     underline rule
+  $EN_NUMBER_FAM                   Endnote numbering family
+  $EN_NUMBER_FT                    Endnote numbering font
+  $EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE           Endnote numbering size
+  $EPI_AUTOLEAD                    Autolead value (decimals ok) of
+                                     epigraphs
+  $EPI_COLOR                       Color of epigraphs
+  $EPI_FAM                         Family to use in epigraphs
+  $EPI_FT                          Font to use in epigraphs
+  $EPI_OFFSET_VALUE                Arg passed to EPIGRAPH_INDENT if the
+                                     arg has a unit of measure appended to it
+  $EPI_QUAD                        Quad in block-style epigraphs
+                                     (justified or left)
+  $EPI_SIZE_CHANGE                 ps in/decrease of epigraphs
+  $EVAL_BIB_SPACE                  Temporary string to find out if the
+                                     arg to BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING ended in "v"
+  $EVAL_EI_ARG                     Temporary string to find out whether
+                                     the arg to EPIGRAPH_INDENT ended with
+                                     a unit of measure
+  $EVAL_QI_ARG                     Temporary string to find out whether
+                                     the arg to QUOTE_INDENT ended with
+                                     a unit of measure
+  eval*[B                          Used to get substring of \*([B
+  eval*[S                          Used to get substring of \*([S
+  eval*[s                          Used to get substring of \*([s
+  $FINIS_COLOR                     Color of FINIS string
+  $FINIS_STRING                    What to print when FINIS macro is
+                                     invoked
+  float-adj:bottom                 A + or - sign
+  float-adj:top                    A + or - sign
+  float*type                       Used with tbl; 'boxed' or 'table'
+  FN_MARK                          Inline, gets #FN_MARK ( \n[ln] )
+  $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET                Close bracket for line-number identified
+                                     footnotes
+  $FN_FAM                          Family used in footnotes
+  $FN_FT                           Font used in footnotes
+  $FN_LINENUMBER                   String to print before footnotes when
+                                     line-numbering enabled for footnotes
+  $FN_LN_SEP                       Separator after line-number identified
+                                     footnotes
+  $FN_OPEN_BRACKET                 Open bracket for line-number identified
+                                     footnotes
+  $FN_QUAD                         Quad used in footnotes
+  $FN_SIZE_CHANGE                  ps in/decrease of footnotes
+  $FN_SPACE                        Post footnote space
+  $FOOTNOTE_COLOR                  Footnote color
+  $FTR_RECTO_QUAD                  Quad direction of footer recto
+  $FTR_RECTO_STRING                String for footer recto
+  $FTR_VERSO_QUAD                  Quad direction of footer verso
+  $FTR_VERSO_STRING                String for footer verso
+  $HDR_RECTO_QUAD                  Quad of header recto
+  $HDR_RECTO_STRING                String for header recto
+  $HDR_VERSO_QUAD                  Quad of header verso
+  $HDR_VERSO_STRING                String for header verso
+
+<span style="display: block; border-top: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding-top: 2px;">**Note: "header", in the descriptions below, means either headers or footers</span>
+  $HDRFTR_CENTER                   What to put in CENTER part of headers;
+                                     default doctype
+  $HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR             Color of CENTER part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM               Family of CENTER part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_CENTER_FT                Font of centre part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW               HDRFTR_CENTER after the start of TOC;
+                                     defined in HDRFTR_CENTER if
+                                     HDRFTR_CENTER is called as
+                                     FOOTER_CENTER
+  $HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD               HDRFTR_CENTER just prior to start of
+                                     TOC; defined in HDRFTR_CENTER if
+                                     HDRFTR_CENTER is called as
+                                     FOOTER_CENTER
+  $HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE       ps in/decrease of centre title in
+                                     headers
+  $HDRFTR_COLOR                    Color of headers/footers
+  $HDRFTR_FAM                      Family to use in headers
+  $HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR               Color of LEFT part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM                 Family of left part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_LEFT_FT                  Font of left part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE         ps in/decrease of author in headers
+  $HDRFTR_LEFT                     What to put in left part of headers;
+                                     default author
+  $HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR              Color of RIGHT part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM                Family of right part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT                 Font of right part of headers
+  $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE        ps in/decrease of right part of
+                                     headers
+  $HDRFTR_RIGHT                    What to put in right part of headers;
+                                     default title
+  $HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR               Color of header rule
+  $HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE              ps in/decrease of headers
+  $HDRFTR_TMP_SIZE_CHANGE_SWITCH   Temporarily holds
+                                     HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE if
+                                     #SWITCH_HDRFTRS=1
+  $HDRFTR_TMP_SWITCH               Temporarily holds HDRFTR_LEFT if
+                                     #SWITCH_HDRFTRS=1
+  $HDRFTR_TMP_COLOR_SWITCH         Temporarily holds HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR if
+                                     #SWITCH_HDRFTRS=1
+  $HEAD_COLOR                      Head color
+  $HEAD_FAM                        Family to use for section titles
+  $HEAD_FT                         Font to use for section titles
+  $HEAD_QUAD                       Quad value of section titles
+  $HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE                ps in/decrease of section titles
+  $HEAD_UNDERLINE_GAP              Distance between a head and the underline
+  $HYPHEN                          Vertically adjusted hyphen used around page
+                                     numbers
+  $LHS                             Holds digits on the left side of the decimal
+                                     in weight arg passed to RULE_WEIGHT
+  $LINEBREAK_CHAR                  Character that marks line breaks
+  $LINEBREAK_CHAR_V_ADJ            +|- amount by which to raise/lower
+                                     linebreak character
+  $LAST_CHAR                       Temporary string used to discover whether
+                                     user has remembered to put a digit after
+                                     ROMAN or roman in arg to LIST
+  $LINEBREAK_COLOR                 Linebreak color
+  $LIST_ARG_1                      The first arg to LIST (minus digits if
+                                     ROMAN or roman
+  $LN_COLOR                        Linenumber color
+  $LN_FAMILY                       Linenumber family
+  $LN_FONT                         Linenumber font
+  $LN_GUTTER                       Gutter to leave between line numbers
+                                     and text
+  $LN_INC                          2nd arg to NUMBER_LINES as a string
+  $LN_NUM                          1st arg to NUMBER_LINES as a string
+  $LN_SIZE_CHANGE                  ps in/decrease of linenumbers
+  $MISC_&lt;n&gt;                        Position of args pass to MISC
+  $MISC_COLOR                      Misc color
+  $MISC_COVER_&lt;n&gt;                  Misc items for cover
+  $MISC_DOCCOVER_&lt;n&gt;               Misc items for doc cover
+  $MISC_QUAD                       Misc quad direction
+  $MN-arg&lt;n&gt;                       Sequentially numbered args passed to MNinit
+    MN-color                         Color of margin note
+    MN-curr                          Number of current margin note
+    MN-dir                           Left or right margin note
+    MN-font                          Font of margin note
+    MN-left-ad                       Fill mode of margin note
+    PAGE#                            For use in hdrftr strings where page #
+                                       is needed; \*[PAGE]
+  $PAGENUM_COLOR                   Page number color
+  $PAGENUM_STYLE                   String passed to PAGENUM_STYLE
+  $PAGE_NUM_FAM                    Family of page numbers
+  $PAGE_NUM_FT                     Font of page numbers
+  $PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE            ps in/decrease of page numbers
+  $PAPER                           Paper size (LETTER, A4, LEGAL);
+                                     default=LETTER
+  $PH_COLOR                        Parahead color
+  $PH_FAM                          Parahead family
+  $PH_FT                           Parahead font
+  $PH_SIZE_CHANGE                  ps in/decrease of paraheads
+  $PH_SPACE                        Amount of horizontal space between a parahead
+                                     and the start of paragraph text
+  $PP_FT                           Font used in paragraphs
+  $RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE           Hold previous page numbering style
+  $ROMAN_WIDTH&lt;n&gt;                     The digit(s) appended by user to ROMAN or
+                                      roman when LIST is invoked
+  $Q_LN_GUTTER                     Gutter between linenumbers and quotes
+                                     in quotes
+  $Q_OFFSET_VALUE                  Arg passed to QUOTE_INDENT if the
+                                     arg has a unit of measure appended to it
+  $QUOTE_COLOR                     Quote (poetic) color
+  $QUOTE_FAM                       Family to use for pquotes
+  $QUOTE_FT                        Font to use for pquotes
+  $QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE               ps in/decrease of pquotes
+  ref*post-punct                   Final punctuation mark of references
+  ref*spec!&lt;n&gt;                     Holds fields required by differing reference
+                                     types
+  ref*string                       The data passed to a reference
+  $REF_BIB_INDENT                  2nd line indent value for references in
+                                     bibliographies
+  $REF_EN_INDENT                   2nd line indent value for references in
+                                     endnotes
+  $REF_FN_INDENT                   2nd line indent value for references in
+                                     footnotes
+  $REF_STYLE                       MLA bibliography-style or footnote/endnote
+                                     style; used in ref*add-&lt;x&gt;
+  $RESTORE_SS_VAR                  Saves \*[$SS_VAR] for use with ref*build
+  #REVISION                        The revision number (string valued)
+  $REVISION_STRING                 What to print whenever the word
+                                     "revision" is required
+  $RHS                             Holds digits on the right side of the decimal
+                                     in weight arg passed to RULE_WEIGHT
+  $RL_COLOR                        Rule color (DRH/DRV)
+  $RL_DEPTH                        Rule depth (DRH/DRV)
+  $RL_INDENT                       Left start position of rule (DRH/DRV)
+  $RL_LENGTH                       Rule length (DRH/DRV)
+  $RL_WEIGHT                       Rule weight (DRH/DRV)
+  $SAVED_COPYRIGHT                 Temporarily holds string in $COPYRIGHT
+  $SAVED_RULE_GAP                  Temporarily holds string in $RULE_GAP
+  $SAVED_DOC_FAM                   Document family in effect before COLLATE
+  $SAVED_PP_FT                     $PP_FT in effect at start of
+                                     .COLLATE; tested for and removed
+                                     in .PP
+  $SH_FAM                          Family to use in subheads
+  $SH_FT                           Font to use in subheads
+  $SH_SIZE_CHANGE                  ps in/decrease of subheads
+  $SH_COLOR                        Subhead color
+  $SIG_SPACE                       Arg passed to macro, SIGNATURE_SPACE
+  $SUBTITLE                        Concatenated args passed to SUBTITLE
+  $SUBTITLE_&lt;n&gt;                    Subtitle items for doc header
+  $SUBTITLE_COLOR                  Color of subtitle
+  $SUBTITLE_COVER_&lt;n&gt;              Subtitle items for cover
+  $SUBTITLE_DOCCOVER_&lt;n&gt;           Subtitle items for doc cover
+  $SUBTITLE_FAM                    Family to use for subtitle in doc
+                                     header
+  $SUBTITLE_FT                     Font to use for subtitle in doc header
+  $SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE            ps in/decrease of subtitle
+  $SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE                Absolute ps of subtitle
+  $SUITE                           The #SUITE number register
+  tbl*center                       'C' if set
+  tbl*label                        Text of tbl caption
+  tbl*needs                        # of rows of tbl data required to print
+                                     tbl near bottom of page
+  tbl*user-add-space               User-added space before a tbl caption
+  $TITLE                           Concatenated args pass to TITLE
+  $TITLE_&lt;n&gt;                       Title items
+  $TITLE_COLOR                     Color of title
+  $TITLE_FAM                       Family to use for title in doc header
+  $TITLE_FT                        Font to use for title in doc header
+  $TITLE_PT_SIZE                   Absolute point size of title in docheader
+  $TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE               ps in/decrease of title in doc header
+  $TOC_AUTHORS                     What to print after toc doc title entry
+                                     if #TOC_AUTHORS=1
+  $TOC_FAM                         Family to use on toc pages
+  $TOC_HEAD_FAM                    Family of toc head entries
+  $TOC_HEAD_FT                     Font of toc head entries
+  $TOC_HEAD_ITEM                   A head as collected for TOC_ENTRIES
+  $TOC_HEADER_FAM                  Family to use for "Contents"
+  $TOC_HEADER_FT                   Font to use for "Contents"
+  $TOC_HEADER_QUAD                 Quad direction of "Contents"
+  $TOC_HEADER_SIZE                 ps in/decrease of "Contents"****
+  $TOC_HEADER_STRING               Header string of first toc page
+  $TOC_LEAD                        Leading of toc pages
+  $TOC_PH_ITEM                     Toc parahead entry
+  $TOC_PN                          Sets up toc leaders + entry pn
+                                     (typeset)
+  $TOC_PN_FAM                      Family for toc entries page numbers
+  $TOC_PN_FT                       Font for toc entries page numbers
+  $TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE              ps in/decrease of toc entries page
+                                     numbers
+  $TOC_PN_STYLE                    Page-numbering style of toc pages
+  $TOC_PN_TYPEWRITE                Sets up toc leaders + entry pn
+                                     (typewrite)
+  $TOC_PH_FAM                      Family of toc parahead entries
+  $TOC_PH_FT                       Font of toc parahead entries
+  $TOC_PARAHEAD_ITEM               A parahead collected for TOC_ENTRIES
+  $TOC_SH_FAM                      Family of toc subhead entries
+  $TOC_SH_FT                       Font of toc subhead entries
+  $TOC_SH_ITEM                     A subhead collected for TOC_ENTRIES
+  $TOC_TITLE_FAM                   Family of toc doc title entries
+  $TOC_TITLE_FT                    Font of toc doc title entries
+  $TOC_TITLE_ITEM                  Toc document title item
+  $USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM             User defined toc doc title entry as
+                                     set by TOC_TITLE_ENTRY
+  $UR_PAGINATION_STYLE             Pagination style prior to endnotes
+  $USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO            User defined header/footer recto string
+  $USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO            User defined header/footer verso string
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++PREPROCESSOR KEYWORDS+++</span>
+
+  (eqn) EQ EN   (grn) GS GE GF   (pic) PS PE   (refer) R1 R2 [ ]
+
+  (tbl) TS TE TH   (grap) G1 G2   (ideal) IS IE   (chem) cstart cend
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++ALIASES+++</span>
+
+<span style="display: block; border: 1px solid black; padding-left: 12px; padding-bottom: 9px;">
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -1em;">Please note:</span>
+Prior to version 1.1.9, all macros that included the word COLOR had
+aliases that used COLOUR instead.  This convenience has now been
+removed, in an effort to reduce the size of the om.tmac file.
+
+Furthermore, if you want the convenience, you&#8217;ll have to edit the
+om.tmac file.  Simply aliasing, say, HEAD_COLOR as HEAD_COLOUR will
+not work, owing to significant changes in the handling of
+docelement control macros that end in _COLOR.
+</span>
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++These aliases are for convenience, and header/footer management+++</span>
+
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERSCORE    BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE
+  CITATION                          BLOCKQUOTE
+  CITE                              BLOCKQUOTE
+  COL_BREAK                         COL_NEXT
+  DOC_FAM                           DOC_FAMILY
+  DOC_L_LENGTH                      DOC_LINE_LENGTH
+  DOC_L_LENGTH                      DOC_LINE_LENGTH
+  DOC_L_MARGIN                      DOC_LEFT_MARGIN
+  DOC_L_MARGIN                      DOC_LEFT_MARGIN
+  DOC_LS                            DOC_LEAD
+  DOC_PS                            DOC_PT_SIZE
+  DOC_R_MARGIN                      DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN
+  DOC_R_MARGIN                      DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERSCORE         ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERLINE
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERSCORE          ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERLINE
+  FOOTER_CENTER_CAPS                HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS
+  FOOTER_CENTER                     HDRFTR_CENTER
+  FOOTER_CENTRE_CAPS                HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS
+  FOOTER_CENTRE                     HDRFTR_CENTER
+  FOOTER_LEFT_CAPS                  HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS
+  FOOTER_LEFT                       HDRFTR_LEFT
+  FOOTER_PLAIN                      HDRFTR_PLAIN
+  FOOTER_RECTO                      HDRFTR_RECTO
+  FOOTER_RIGHT_CAPS                 HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS
+  FOOTER_RIGHT                      HDRFTR_RIGHT
+  FOOTER_RULE_GAP                   HDRFTR_RULE_GAP
+  FOOTER_RULE                       HDRFTR_RULE
+  FOOTER_VERSO                      HDRFTR_VERSO
+  HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL              HDRFTR_RULE
+  HEADER_CENTER_CAPS                HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS
+  HEADER_CENTER                     HDRFTR_CENTER
+  HEADER_CENTRE_CAPS                HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS
+  HEADER_CENTRE                     HDRFTR_CENTER
+  HEADER_LEFT_CAPS                  HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS
+  HEADER_LEFT                       HDRFTR_LEFT
+  HEADER_PLAIN                      HDRFTR_PLAIN
+  HEADER_RECTO                      HDRFTR_RECTO
+  HEADER_RIGHT_CAPS                 HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS
+  HEADER_RIGHT                      HDRFTR_RIGHT
+  HEADER_RULE_GAP                   HDRFTR_RULE_GAP
+  HEADER_RULE                       HDRFTR_RULE
+  HEADER_VERSO                      HDRFTR_VERSO
+  PAGENUM                           PAGENUMBER
+  PAGINATION                        PAGINATE
+  PP_FT                             PP_FONT
+  PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE               FOOTNOTE_RULE
+  SWITCH_FOOTERS                    SWITCH_HDRFTR
+  SWITCH_HEADERS                    SWITCH_HDRFTR
+  TOC_LS                            TOC_LEAD
+  TOC_PS                            TOC_PT_SIZE
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++These aliases are used for docelement type-style control+++</span>
+
+  AUTHOR_FAMILY                 _FAMILY
+  AUTHOR_FONT                   _FONT
+  AUTHOR_SIZE                   _SIZE
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_FAMILY           _FAMILY
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_FONT             _FONT
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_FOOTER_CENTER    BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_FOOTER_CENTRE    BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTRE
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTER    BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTRE    BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTRE
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_QUAD             _QUAD
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_FAMILY    _FAMILY
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_FONT      _FONT
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_QUAD      _QUAD
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_SIZE      _SIZE
+  BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD           Q_AUTOLEAD
+  BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD           QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+  BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR              _COLOR
+  BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY             _FAMILY
+  BLOCKQUOTE_FONT               _FONT
+  BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD               _QUAD
+  BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE               _SIZE
+  CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR           _COLOR
+  CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY          _FAMILY
+  CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT            _FONT
+  CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE            _SIZE
+  COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR         _COLOR
+  COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR            _COLOR
+  COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY           _FAMILY
+  COVER_AUTHOR_FONT             _FONT
+  COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE             _SIZE
+  COVER_COLOR                   _COLOR
+  COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR         _COLOR
+  COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY        _FAMILY
+  COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT          _FONT
+  COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD          _QUAD
+  COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE          _SIZE
+  COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR           _COLOR
+  COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY          _FAMILY
+  COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT            _FONT
+  COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE            _SIZE
+  COVER_FAMILY                  _FAMILY
+  COVER_MISC_COLOR              _COLOR
+  COVER_MISC_QUAD               _QUAD
+  COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR          _COLOR
+  COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY         _FAMILY
+  COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT           _FONT
+  COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE           _SIZE
+  COVER_TITLE_COLOR             _COLOR
+  COVER_TITLE_FAMILY            _FAMILY
+  COVER_TITLE_FONT              _FONT
+  COVER_TITLE_SIZE              _SIZE
+  DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR     _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR        _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY       _FAMILY
+  DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FONT         _FONT
+  DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE         _SIZE
+  DOC_COVER_COLOR               _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR     _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY    _FAMILY
+  DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT      _FONT
+  DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD      _QUAD
+  DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE      _SIZE
+  DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR       _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY      _FAMILY
+  DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT        _FONT
+  DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE        _SIZE
+  DOC_COVER_FAMILY              _FAMILY
+  DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR          _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD           _QUAD
+  DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR      _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY     _FAMILY
+  DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT       _FONT
+  DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE       _SIZE
+  DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR         _COLOR
+  DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY        _FAMILY
+  DOC_COVER_TITLE_FONT          _FONT
+  DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE          _SIZE
+  DOCHEADER_COLOR               _COLOR
+  DOCHEADER_FAMILY              _FAMILY
+  DOCHEADER_QUAD                _QUAD
+  DOC_QUAD                      _QUAD
+  DOCTYPE_FAMILY                _FAMILY
+  DOCTYPE_FONT                  _FONT
+  DOCTYPE_SIZE                  _SIZE
+  ENDNOTE_BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD   Q_AUTOLEAD
+  ENDNOTE_BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD   QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+  ENDNOTE_FAMILY                _FAMILY
+  ENDNOTE_FONT                  _FONT
+  ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FAMILY     _FAMILY
+  ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FONT       _FONT
+  ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SIZE       _SIZE
+  ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY         _FAMILY
+  ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT           _FONT
+  ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE           _SIZE
+  ENDNOTE_QUAD                  _QUAD
+  ENDNOTE_QUOTE_AUTLOEAD        Q_AUTOLEAD
+  ENDNOTE_QUOTE_AUTOLEAD        QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY         _FAMILY
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT           _FONT
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD           _QUAD
+  ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE           _SIZE
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY          _FAMILY
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT            _FONT
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD            _QUAD
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE            _SIZE
+  EPIGRAPH_COLOR                _COLOR
+  EPIGRAPH_FAMILY               _FAMILY
+  EPIGRAPH_FONT                 _FONT
+  EPIGRAPH_QUAD                 _QUAD
+  EPIGRAPH_SIZE                 _SIZE
+  FINIS_COLOR                   _COLOR
+  FOOTNOTE_COLOR                _COLOR
+  FOOTNOTE_FAMILY               _FAMILY
+  FOOTNOTE_FONT                 _FONT
+  FOOTNOTE_QUAD                 _QUAD
+  FOOTNOTE_SIZE                 _SIZE
+  HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY          _FAMILY
+  HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT            _FONT
+  HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE            _SIZE
+  HDRFTR_COLOR                  _COLOR
+  HDRFTR_FAMILY                 _FAMILY
+  HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY            _FAMILY
+  HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT              _FONT
+  HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE              _SIZE
+  HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY           _FAMILY
+  HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT             _FONT
+  HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE             _SIZE
+  HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR             _COLOR
+  HDRFTR_SIZE                   _SIZE
+  HEAD_COLOR                    _COLOR
+  HEAD_FAMILY                   _FAMILY
+  HEAD_FONT                     _FONT
+  HEAD_QUAD                     _QUAD
+  HEAD_SIZE                     _SIZE
+  LINEBREAK_COLOR               _COLOR
+  LINENUMBER_FAMILY             _COLOR
+  LINENUMBER_FONT               _COLOR
+  LINENUMBER_SIZE               _COLOR
+  LINENUMBER_COLOR              _COLOR
+  MISC_COLOR                    _COLOR
+  MISC_QUAD                     _QUAD
+  PAGENUM_COLOR                 _COLOR
+  PAGENUM_FAMILY                _FAMILY
+  PAGENUM_FONT                  _FONT
+  PARAHEAD_COLOR                _COLOR
+  PARAHEAD_FAMILY               _FAMILY
+  PARAHEAD_FONT                 _FONT
+  PARAHEAD_SIZE                 _SIZE
+  QUOTE_COLOR                   _COLOR
+  QUOTE_FAMILY                  _FAMILY
+  QUOTE_FONT                    _FONT
+  QUOTE_INDENT                  _INDENT
+  QUOTE_SIZE                    _SIZE
+  REF_INDENT                    INDENT_REFS
+  REF)                          REF_BRACKETS_END
+  REF]                          REF_BRACKETS_END
+  REF}                          REF_BRACKETS_END
+  REF(                          REF_BRACKETS_START
+  REF[                          REF_BRACKETS_START
+  REF{                          REF_BRACKETS_START
+  SUBHEAD_COLOR                 _COLOR
+  SUBHEAD_FAMILY                _FAMILY
+  SUBHEAD_FONT                  _FONT
+  SUBHEAD_SIZE                  _SIZE
+  SUBTITLE_COLOR                _COLOR
+  SUBTITLE_FAMILY               _FAMILY
+  SUBTITLE_FONT                 _FONT
+  SUBTITLE_SIZE                 _SIZE
+  TITLE_COLOR                   _COLOR
+  TITLE_FAMILY                  _FAMILY
+  TITLE_FONT                    _FONT
+  TITLE_SIZE                    _SIZE
+  TOC_FAM                       _FAMILY
+  TOC_FAMILY                    _FAMILY
+  TOC_HEADER_FAMILY             _FAMILY
+  TOC_HEADER_FONT               _FONT
+  TOC_HEADER_QUAD               _QUAD
+  TOC_HEADER_SIZE               _SIZE
+  TOC_HEAD_FAMILY               _FAMILY
+  TOC_HEAD_FONT                 _FONT
+  TOC_HEAD_SIZE                 _SIZE
+  TOC_PARAHEAD_FAMILY           _FAMILY
+  TOC_PARAHEAD_FONT             _FONT
+  TOC_PARAHEAD_SIZE             _SIZE
+  TOC_PN_FAMILY                 _FAMILY
+  TOC_PN_FONT                   _FONT
+  TOC_PN_SIZE                   _SIZE
+  TOC_PT_SIZE                   _SIZE
+  TOC_SUBHEAD_FAMILY            _FAMILY
+  TOC_SUBHEAD_FONT              _FONT
+  TOC_SUBHEAD_SIZE              _SIZE
+  TOC_TITLE_FAMILY              _FAMILY
+  TOC_TITLE_FONT                _FONT
+  TOC_TITLE_SIZE                _SIZE
+
+<span style="display: block; margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -2.5em;">+++These aliases are used to control underlining/underscoring weights+++</span>
+
+  UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT                     RULE_WEIGHT
+  HEAD_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT                 RULE_WEIGHT
+  HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT                    RULE_WEIGHT
+  FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT                    RULE_WEIGHT
+  FOOTNOTE_RULE_WEIGHT                  RULE_WEIGHT
+  COVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT                RULE_WEIGHT
+  DOC_COVER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT            RULE_WEIGHT
+  ENDNOTE_STRING UNDERLINE_WEIGHT       RULE_WEIGHT
+  ENDNOTE_TITLE UNDERLINE_WEIGHT        RULE_WEIGHT
+  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING UNDERLINE_WEIGHT  RULE_WEIGHT
+</span>
+
+<div class="rule-long" style="margin-top: 2em;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/stylesheet.css b/contrib/mom/momdoc/stylesheet.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d9efa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/stylesheet.css
@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. */
+/* This file is part of mom, which is part of groff, a free software */
+/* project. */
+
+/* You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the */
+/* "GNU General Public License" as published by the "Free Software */
+/* Foundation", version 2.
+
+/* The license text is available in the internet at */
+/*   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html> */
+
+/* stylesheet for the mom macros documentation */
+
+a:link    { color: blue; text-decoration: none; }
+a:hover   { color: red; text-decoration: underline; }
+a:visited { color: purple; text-decoration: none; }
+a:visited:hover { color: purple; text-decoration: underline; }
+a.header-link:visited { color: #6e70cc ; }
+a.header-link:visited:hover { color: #6e70cc ; }
+
+a:link.quick { text-decoration: underline; }
+.version /* version number for top of toc.html */
+{
+  font-size: 90% ;
+  text-align: center ;
+}
+
+.page /* Page setup: page color, size and border */
+{
+  width: 67% ;
+  position: relative ;
+  top: 12px ;
+  bottom: 12px ;
+  margin: auto ;
+  padding: 12px ; 
+  border: solid 1px #ceac8d ;
+  color: #302419 ;
+  background-color: #ffffeb ;
+  font: 1em/1.5em arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-variant-ligatures: none;
+}
+
+.nobr /* Make <nobr> a class property */
+{
+  white-space: nowrap ;
+  hyphens: none ;
+}
+
+/* Heads */
+
+h1.docs
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-size: 125% ;
+  text-align: center ;
+  color: #002b56 ;
+  background-color: #e2f1ff ;
+  outline: solid 1px #99cccc ;
+  padding: 6px ;
+}
+h2.docs
+{
+  margin-bottom: -.25em ;
+  font-size: 105% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+}
+h2.macro-group /* ie "Page setup" or "Indents" or "Multi-columns" */
+{
+  margin-top: 1em ;
+  font-size: 120% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+  background-color: #dfccad ;
+  padding: 6px ;
+}
+h3.docs
+{
+  margin-bottom: -.5em ;
+  font-size: 95% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+  text-transform: uppercase ;
+}
+h3.appendices
+{
+ font-size: 100% ;
+ text-transform: none ;
+}
+h3.notes
+{
+  display: inline-block ;
+  margin-top: .5em ;
+}
+h3.control
+{
+  padding-top: .5em ;
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  text-transform: none ;
+}
+h3.numbered
+{
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  margin-bottom: -.5em ;
+}
+h3.macro-id
+{
+  font-size: 105% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+  text-transform: uppercase ;
+  margin-top: 3px ;
+  margin-bottom: 0px ;
+}
+h4.docs
+{
+  font-size: 95% ;
+  margin-bottom: -.5em ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+}
+h4.doc-param-macros
+{
+  margin-top: -.5em ;
+}
+h4.arg-list
+{
+  margin-top: -.5em ;
+}
+h4.fields
+{
+  color: #302419 ;
+}
+h5.docs
+{
+  margin-bottom: -.5em ;
+  font-size: 95% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+  text-transform: uppercase ;
+}
+ul.doc-param-macros
+{
+  margin-top: .75em ;
+  margin-left: -.5em ;
+}
+.control-macros-header
+{
+  display: inline-block ;
+  margin-bottom: -.25em ;
+  padding: 2px 6px 0 6px ;
+  outline: 1px solid #000058 ;
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  background-color: #e2f1ff ;
+}
+.control-macro
+{
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  margin-bottom: -.75em ;
+  color: #2f2f71 ;
+}
+.macro-id-overline
+{
+  display: inline-block ;
+  border-top: solid 2px #8d8775 ;
+  margin-bottom: .5em ;
+}
+
+/* Paragraphs */
+
+p.no-indent
+{
+  text-indent: 0px ;
+}
+p.requires
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-style: italic ;
+  text-indent: 0px ;
+  margin-top: .25em ;
+}
+p.alias
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-style: normal ;
+  text-indent: 0px ;
+  margin-top: .25em ;
+}
+
+/* Horizontal rules */
+
+hr /* horizontal rules need a border to be colorized) */
+{
+  border: solid 1px #8d8775 ;
+}
+div.rule-short /* for section breaks; top/bottom margins set manually */
+{
+  display: block ;
+  width: 25% ;
+  margin: auto;
+  clear: both ;
+}
+div.rule-medium /* underneath mini-tocs; top/bottom margins set manually */
+{
+  display: block ;
+  width: 40% ;
+  margin: auto;
+  clear: both ;
+}
+div.rule-long /* precedes nav bar at bottom of page */
+{
+  display: block ;
+  width: 90% ;
+  margin: auto;
+}
+
+/* Boxed text */
+
+.box-macro-args /* Macro name+args */
+{
+  display: block ;
+  border: solid 1px #302419 ;
+  padding-top: 5px ;
+  padding-bottom: 3px ;
+  padding-left: 15px ;
+  padding-right: 15px ;
+  background-color: #ffffff ;
+  white-space: nowrap ;
+  overflow: auto ;
+}
+.box-code
+{
+  display: block ;
+  width: 100% ;
+  border: solid 1px #302419 ;
+  padding-top: 5px ;
+  padding-bottom: 18px ;
+  padding-left: 15px ;
+  padding-right: 15px ;
+  color: #6f614a ;
+  background-color: #ffffff ;
+  white-space: nowrap ;
+}
+.box-tip
+{
+  outline: solid 1px #ceac8d ;
+  padding-left: 15px ; 
+  padding-right: 15px ; 
+  text-align: justify ;
+  background-color: #f9f9d9 ;
+  margin-bottom: 1.5em ;
+  }
+.box-example-layout
+{
+  outline: solid 1px #ceac8d ;
+  padding-left: 15px ; 
+  padding-right: 15px ; 
+  text-align: justify ;
+  background-color: #f9f9d9 ;
+  margin-bottom: 2.5em ;
+  }
+.box-notes
+{
+  outline: solid 1px #ceac8d ;
+  padding-left: 15px ; 
+  padding-right: 15px ; 
+  text-align: justify ;
+  background-color: #f9f9d9 ;
+  margin-bottom: 1.5em ;
+  }
+.box-important
+{
+  outline: solid 1px #ce7a65 ;
+  padding-left: 15px ; 
+  padding-right: 15px ; 
+  text-align: justify ;
+  background-color: #f9f9d9 ;
+  margin-bottom: 1.5em ;
+}
+p.tip
+{
+  padding-top: 9px ;
+  padding-bottom: 9px ;
+  text-indent: 0px ;
+}
+p.tip-top
+{
+  padding-top: 9px ;
+  text-indent: 0px ;
+}
+p.tip-bottom
+{
+  padding-bottom: 9px ;
+  text-indent: 0px ;
+}
+
+/* Pre-formatted code */
+
+span.pre /* pre-formatted multi-line blocks; indent must be exactly 2 spaces */
+{
+  display: block ;
+  position: relative ;
+  top: -1em ;
+  margin-bottom: -1.5em ;
+  font-family: "Lucida Console",monospace ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  font-size: 95% ;
+  white-space: pre ;
+  overflow: auto ;
+}
+span.defaults
+{
+  margin-left: 6px ;
+  padding-bottom: 1em ;
+  font-size: 95% ;
+}
+span.pre-in-pp
+{
+  display: block ;
+  position: relative ;
+  top: -1em ;
+  margin-bottom: -.5em ;
+  font-family: "Lucida Console",monospace ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  font-size: 95% ;
+  white-space: pre ;
+  overflow: auto ;
+}
+span.important
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  color: #8b0000 ;
+}
+span.note
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  color: #443526 ;
+}
+span.additional-note
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  font-style: italic ;
+  color: #443526 ;
+}
+span.tip
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  color: #443526 ;
+}
+span.experts
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  color: #443526 ;
+}
+/* Mini-tocs (usually at top of page) */
+
+/* 1-column, centered mini-toc */
+ul.mini-toc-centered
+{
+  text-align: center ;
+  list-style-type: none ;
+  margin-left: -40px ;
+}
+
+/* 2-column mini-toc column defs*/
+.mini-toc-col-1
+{
+  float: left ;
+  width: 49% ;
+  margin-left: -10px ;
+}
+.mini-toc-col-2
+{
+  float: left ;
+  width: 51% ;
+  clear: right ;
+}
+
+/* 3-column mini-toc column defs */
+.col-1-definitions
+{
+  float: left ;
+  width: 32% ;
+  height: 55em ;
+  padding-bottom: 9px;
+  background-color: #ded4bd ;
+  margin-right: 2% ;
+}
+.col-2-definitions
+{
+  float: left ;
+  width: 32% ;
+  height: 55em ;
+  padding-bottom: 9px;
+  background-color: #ded4bd ;
+  margin-right: 2% ;
+}
+.col-3-definitions
+{
+  float: left ;
+  width: 32% ;
+  height: 55em ;
+  padding-bottom: 9px;
+  background-color: #ded4bd ;
+  margin-bottom: 24px ;
+}
+
+/* List styles */
+
+ul.toc
+{
+  margin-top: .5em ;
+}
+ul.no-enumerator
+{
+  list-style-type: none ;
+}
+.list-head
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  font-size: 110% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+}
+.list-head-goodies
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: normal ;
+  font-size: 110% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+}
+.no-anchor
+{
+  color: #302419 ;
+  font-weight: bold ;
+}
+.text-color
+{
+  color: #302419 ;
+}
+li.item
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-weight: normal ;
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  margin-left: -10px ;
+  list-style-type: disc ;
+}
+.mini-toc
+{
+  margin-top: -1em ;
+  font-size: 90% ;
+}
+.sublist
+{
+  margin-left: -1em ;
+  font-size: 90% ;
+  color: #302419 ;
+  list-style-type: disc ;
+}
+.sub
+{
+  list-style-type: circle ;
+}
+.normal
+{
+  font-style: normal ;
+  font-size: 100% ;
+}
+.normal-smaller
+{
+  font-weight: normal ;
+  color: #302419 ;
+  font-size: 90% ;
+}
+.normal-sub-sub
+{
+  font-weight: normal ;
+  color: #302419 ;
+  font-size: 90% ;
+}
+
+/* Macro lists / defaults */
+
+div.macro-list-container
+{
+  background-color: #ded4bd ;
+  margin-bottom: 1.5em ;
+}
+h3.macro-list
+{
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+  text-transform: uppercase ;
+  padding: 9px ;
+}
+ul.macro-list
+{
+  margin-left: -21px ;
+  padding-right: 12px ;
+  list-style-type: none ;
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  margin-top: -1.25em ;
+  padding-bottom: 6px ;
+}
+ol.macro-list
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  margin-top: -1.25em ;
+  padding-bottom: 6px ;
+}
+
+.defaults-container
+{
+  background-color: #e3d2b1 ;
+  border: 1px solid #3f2c00 ;
+  margin-bottom: 2.5em ;
+}
+h3.defaults
+{
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+  text-transform: uppercase ;
+  padding: 9px ;
+}
+p.defaults
+{
+  margin-top: .25em ;
+  margin-left: 6px ;
+  margin-right: 12px ;
+  margin-bottom: 0 ;
+}
+#toc-title, #toc-head, #toc-subhead, #toc-parahead
+{
+  display: block ;
+  margin-top: -1em ;
+  margin-bottom: -1em ;
+}
+
+/* Bottom of page spacer */
+
+div.bottom-spacer
+{
+  display: block ;
+  height: 24px ;
+}
+
+/* General markup */
+
+kbd
+{
+  font-family: "Lucida Console",monospace ;
+  font-weight: bold ;
+  font-size: 98% ;
+}
+kbd.macro-args
+{
+  margin-right: .5em ;
+  color: #6f614a ;
+  white-space: nowrap ;
+  overflow: auto ;
+}
+
+/* tocs */
+
+h1.toc
+{
+  font-family: arial,sans-serif ;
+  font-size: 175% ;
+  text-align: center ;
+  color: #002b56 ;
+  background-color: #e2f1ff ;
+  outline: solid 1px #99cccc ;
+  padding: 6px ;
+}
+h2.toc
+{
+  font-size: 120% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+}
+h3.toc
+{
+  margin-top: -.5em ;
+  margin-bottom: -.5em ;
+  font-size: 100% ;
+  color: #6e70cc ;
+}
+.highlight
+{
+  font-weight: bold ;
+}
+.fourth-level
+{
+  margin-left: -1.25em ;
+  list-style-type: none ;
+}
+ul.toc-docproc
+{
+  margin-left: -1em ;
+}
+.toc-docproc-header
+{
+  margin-top: -.5em ;
+  text-transform: uppercase ;
+}
+a.header-link
+{
+  color: #6e70cc ;
+  font-size: 95% ;
+}
+
+/* Examples */
+
+.examples-container
+{
+  border: solid 1px #917963 ;
+  background-color: #f9f9d9 ;
+  padding-left: 24px ;
+  padding-right: 24px ;
+  padding-top: 3px ;
+  padding-bottom: 3px ;
+}
+
+.examples
+{
+  font-weight: bolder ;
+  font-size: 98% ;
+  color: #524b3f ;
+  margin-top: 12px ;
+  margin-bottom: 3px ;
+}
+
+/* definitions.html */
+
+table.definitions /* mini-toc is set up as a table */
+{
+  margin-top: 12px ;
+  text-align: left ;
+  margin-left: 12px ;
+}
+th.definitions
+{
+  padding-bottom: 6px ;
+  font-size: 120% ;
+  color: #000056 ;
+}
+dt /* definition terms in italic*/
+{
+  font-style: italic ;
+}
+dt.no-italic
+{
+  font-style: normal ;
+}
+
+/* Tables */
+table.quick-ref
+{
+  margin-top: .25em ;
+}
+table.quick-ref, th.quick-ref
+{
+  padding-bottom: .25em ;
+  font-family: "Lucida Console",monospace ;
+  font-weight: bold ;
+  text-align: left ;
+}
+
+td
+{
+  padding: 0 ;
+  padding-left: .5em ;
+}
+
+/* Misc */
+
+span.book-title
+{
+  font-style: italic ;
+}
+
+dt.params
+{
+  font-style: normal ;
+  font-weight: bold ;
+}
+
+dd.cover-args
+{
+  margin-bottom: .25em; 
+  margin-left: 1.25em ;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/tables-of-contents.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/tables-of-contents.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f9affb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/tables-of-contents.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1224 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Document processing, tables of contents</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="refer.html#top">Next: Bibliographies and references</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Tables of contents</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 68%; margin: auto;">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li><a href="#toc-intro">Introduction to tables of contents</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-appearance">Tables of contents appearance and behaviour</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pdf-output">PDF output</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#positioning">Positioning the table of contents</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#auto-relocate-toc">AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#psselect"><kbd>psselect</kbd></a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc">The TOC macro</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+  	<li><a href="#toc-heading">TOC_HEADING</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-control-top">Control macros for tables of contents</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#index-toc-control">Table of contents control macros</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="toc-intro" class="docs">Introduction to tables of contents</h2>
+
+<p>
+Want a table of contents for your document?  Easy.  Just enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC
+</span>
+as the very last macro of your input file. Mom will have picked
+up all document titles (in
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+documents) and headings, as well as the endnotes section and
+bibliography, if they exist, and assigned them the appropriate page
+number.  Talk about a no-brainer!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That said, tables of contents have even more control macros than
+endnotes.  As always, the reason for so many control macros is so
+that if you want to change just about any aspect of the table of
+contents&#8217; typographic appearance, you can.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="toc-appearance" class="docs">Tables of contents appearance and behaviour</h2>
+
+<p>
+When you output a table of contents (with
+<kbd><a href="#toc">.TOC</a></kbd>),
+mom finishes processing the last page of your document then breaks
+to a new page for printing the table of contents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom follows standard typesetting conventions for tables of contents.
+To this end, if
+<a href="headfootpage.html#headers">HEADERS</a>
+are enabled for the document, the first page of the table of
+contents has no page header, but does have a first page number
+(roman numeral), always &#8220;i&#8221;, in the bottom margin.  If
+<a href="headfootpage.html#footers">FOOTERS</a>
+are enabled for the document, the first page has neither a footer,
+nor a page number in the top margin.  (If you absolutely must have
+a page footer on the first page of the table of contents, simply
+invoke
+<a href="headfootpage.html#footer-on-first-page"><kbd>.FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE</kbd></a>
+immediately before <kbd>.TOC</kbd>.)  Subsequent table of contents
+pages have both page headers or footers and a page number.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Entries in a table of contents are hierarchically indented, as you
+would expect, and if headings are numbered in the body of the document,
+you can instruct mom to number them in the table of contents as
+well (see
+<a href="#toc-entry-numbers">TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Tables of contents are never set in columns, regardless of whether
+the rest of the document is.  Lastly, if
+<a href="rectoverso.html#recto-verso">recto/verso</a>
+printing is enabled, the table of contents respects it.  This
+sometimes leads to tables of contents that begin with the wrong
+margins, but the margins can be corrected either by outputting a
+<a href="headfootpage.html#blank-pages">BLANKPAGE</a>
+or by using the control macro
+<a href="#toc-rv-switch">TOC_RV_SWITCH</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The overall table of contents 
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>,
+<a href="definitions.html#ps">point size</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">lead</a>
+can be altered with
+<a href="definitions.html#controlmacro">control macros</a>,
+as can the family,
+<a href="definitions.html#font">font</a>,
+point size and indent of each level of entry.  Furthermore, the page
+numbering style can be changed, as can the amount of visual space
+reserved for entry page numbers.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="pdf-output" class="docs">PDF output</h2>
+
+<p>
+When files containing a table of contents are processed with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+entries in the table of contents are clickable links when the
+document is viewed at the screen.  The colour of the links is the
+last <kbd>.PDF_LINK_COLOR</kbd> in effect, so if you wish another
+colour, it should be set just before issuing <kbd>.TOC</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When preparing files for printing, coloured links in both the table
+of contents and elsewhere in the document may not be desirable.
+You can disable the colour by passing
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>
+the <kbd>-c</kbd> option, like this: <br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   pdfmom -c doc.mom &gt; doc.pdf
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="positioning" class="docs">Positioning the Table of Contents</h3>
+
+<p>
+Because a table of contents can&#8217;t be generated until the
+end of a document (hence the last macro in the file), it is also
+the last page of the document.  While this is desirable for some
+language conventions&mdash;French, for example&mdash;it is not
+desirable for others.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="auto-relocate-toc" class="docs">Automatic PDF relocation of the Table of Contents</h4>
+
+<p>
+When
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>
+is used to process files with a table of contents, the macro
+<kbd>.AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC</kbd> can be used to reposition the table
+of contents to the top of the output document, with the presence
+of a cover and/or title page sensibly taken into account.  Full
+AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC usage is described in the manual,
+<a href="https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/pdf/mom-pdf.pdf"><span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In order to take advantage of automatic table of contents
+repositioning, you must use
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>
+with groff&#8217;s native PDF driver (i.e. without the
+<strong>-Tps</strong> flag).  Files that need to be processed with
+the <strong>-Tps</strong> flag require you to reposition the table
+of contents yourself with <strong>psselect</strong>, described
+below.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC</kbd> must come before
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="psselect" class="docs"><span style="text-transform: none">Using psselect to relocate the Table of Contents in PostScript documents</span></h4>
+
+<p>
+To change the location of the table of contents in files
+processed with <kbd>pdfmom -Tps</kbd>, you have two choices:
+rearrange the pages by hand (okay for one or two hard copies),
+or use the <strong>psselect</strong> programme provided by the
+<strong>psutils</strong> suite of tools (which you may have to
+install as a package from your distribution if it is not already on
+your system).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The procedure for using <strong>psselect</strong> to put the
+table of contents near the beginning of a document begins by
+you determining how many pages it contains.  You can do this by
+previewing the document with the document viewer of your choice
+(gv, Okular, Evince, etc).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once you know the number of pages in the table of contents, you use
+<strong>psselect</strong> to place them where you want.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Say, for example, the table of contents runs to just one page.  The
+command to place a one-page table of contents at the start of a
+document is:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   psselect -p _1,1-_2 
+</span>
+The <kbd>-p</kbd> option instructs <kbd>psselect</kbd> that what
+follows is a comma-separated list of the order in which you want
+pages of a document rearranged.  The underscore character means
+"counting backwards from the end of the document".  Thus, the above
+says: "Put the last page first (i.e. the table of contents), followed
+by all pages from the original first page up to the second to last
+(i.e. the last page before the table of contents)."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If your table of contents runs to two pages, the option to
+<kbd>psselect</kbd> would look like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   psselect -p _1-_2,1-_3
+</span>
+If your table of contents runs to two pages and you have a cover
+page, the command would look like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   psselect -p 1,_1-_2,2-_3
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>psselect</kbd> outputs to stdout, so you have to redirect the
+output to a new file.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em">
+  psselect -p &lt;page list&gt; &lt;file&gt;.ps &gt; &lt;new-file&gt;.ps
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TOC- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="toc" class="macro-id">The TOC macro</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ INCLUDE_TITLE ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you want a table of contents, just place <kbd>.TOC</kbd> at the
+very end of your document.  Mom takes care of the rest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The optional argument, <kbd>INCLUDE_TITLE</kbd>, is needed only
+if your document is standalone, i.e. is not collated, for example
+an essay.  By default, mom does not include the title (and page
+number) of standalone documents in the Table of Contents since it
+is largely redundant.  If you would like her to include the title,
+invoke <kbd>.TOC</kbd> with <kbd>INCLUDE_TITLE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+If the last line of text in a document, before <kbd>.TOC</kbd>,
+falls too close to the bottom margin, or if the line is followed
+by a macro likely to cause a linebreak (e.g. <kbd>.LIST OFF</kbd> or
+<kbd>.IQ</kbd>), mom may output a superfluous blank page before the
+Table of Contents.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom" style="margin-top: -1em">
+In order to avoid this, insert
+<a href="typesetting.html#el"><kbd>.EL</kbd></a>
+after the last line of text, before <kbd>.TOC</kbd> and/or any
+concluding macros.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  some concluding text.
+  .EL
+  .TOC
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  some concluding text.
+  .EL
+  .LIST OFF
+  .TOC
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 class="macro-id">TOC heading</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div id="toc-heading" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_HEADING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;single line TOC heading&gt;&quot;</kbd> 
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Argument must be enclosed in double-quotes
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You may sometimes want to insert a line of text into the table of
+contents without it referring to a page number, for example to
+identify a &#8220;Part I&#8221; and a &#8220;Part II&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Placed before any instance of the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+macro, TOC_HEADING inserts its text into the table of contents
+before the next section title or heading.  A modest amount of
+whitespace is introduced above and beneath to distinguish it easily
+from table of contents entries.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The appearance of the heading may be controlled with
+the macro 
+<a href="docprocessing.html#toc-heading-style">TOC_HEADING_STYLE</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="toc-control-top" class="macro-group">Control macros for tables of contents</h2>
+
+<p>
+Aside from allowing you to set the style of table of contents
+entries on a per-level basis, the control macros let you design
+the table of contents as if they were a complete document unto
+themselves (overall family, headers/footers, pagination, etc).
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="background-color: #ded4bd; border: none;">
+<h3 id="index-toc-control" class="docs defaults">Table of contents control macros</h3>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;">
+  <li><a href="#toc-general">General table of contents style control</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#toc-family">TOC_FAMILY</a> &ndash; base family for tables of contents</li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-pt-size">TOC_PT_SIZE</a> &ndash; base point size for tables of contents</li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-lead">TOC_LEAD</a> &ndash; leading of tables of contents</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-pagenumbering">Page numbering</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#paginate-toc">PAGINATE_TOC</a> &ndash; turn table of contents pagination on or off</li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-pagenum-style">TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE</a> &ndash; table of contents page numbering style</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-header">Header string (e.g. &#8220;Contents&#8221;) and style</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#toc-header-string">Changing the header string</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-header-v-pos">Header string vertical placement</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-header-style">Header string control macros and defaults</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-style">Entries and reference page number style</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#toc-pn">Reference page numbers style control</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-title-style">Title entry style control</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-entry-style">Heading entry style control</a></li>
+    <li>Numbering table of contents items
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.75em; list-style: disc">
+      <li><a href="#toc-prefix-ch-number">Prefix chapter/section numbers</a>
+      <ul style="margin-left: -.75em;">
+        <li><a href="#toc-pad-ch-numbers">Pad chapter/section numbers</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+      <li><a href="#toc-entry-numbers">Numbering heading entries</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-additional">Additional table of contents control macros</a>
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+    <li><a href="#toc-appends-author">Append author(s) to table of contents title entries</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-title-entry">Alter the wording of a table of contents title entry</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#space-toc-items">Space table of contents entries pleasingly</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-padding">Establish the number of placeholders to leave for page reference numbers</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toc-rv-switch">Switch tables of contents page margins</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-more">I still need more!</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="toc-general" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1.5em; margin-bottom: .5em;">1. General tables of contents style control</h4>
+
+<!-- -TOC_FAMILY- -->
+
+<div id="toc-family" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_FAMILY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;family&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+TOC_FAMILY establishes the default family for every page element in
+a table of contents, including the table of contents&#8217; header
+string (by default, &#8220;Contents&#8221;) and the page
+number in the top or bottom margin.  The default is the prevailing
+document family.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All page elements in the table of contents also have their own
+_FAMILY control macros, which can be used on a case-by-case basis to
+override the default family set with TOC_FAMILY.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TOC_PT_SIZE- -->
+
+<div id="toc-pt-size" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_PT_SIZE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;base type size of the toc&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>; points is assumed
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unlike most other control macros that deal with size of document
+elements, TOC_PT_SIZE takes as its argument an absolute value,
+relative to nothing.  (Compare this with the
+<a href="docelement.html#point-size">_SIZE</a>
+control macros.)  The argument represents the base point size
+of tables of contents from which the size of all other table of
+contents elements are calculated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPESET</kbd></a>
+is 12.5 points (the same default size used in the body of the
+document).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TOC_LEAD- -->
+
+<div id="toc-lead" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_LEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;leading of the toc&gt; [ ADJUST ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>; points is assumed
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unlike most other control macros that deal with leading of document
+elements, TOC_LEAD takes as its argument an absolute value, relative
+to nothing.  Therefore, the argument represents the
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+of tables of contents in
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+unless you append an alternative
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_LEAD 14
+</span>
+sets the base leading of tables of contents to 14 points, whereas
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_LEAD .5i
+</span>
+sets the base leading of tables of contents to 1/2 inch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want the leading of tables of contents adjusted to fill the
+page, pass TOC_LEAD the optional argument <kbd>ADJUST</kbd>.  (See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doc-lead-adjust">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a>
+for an explanation of leading adjustment.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The default for
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</a>
+is the prevailing document lead (16 by default), adjusted.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Even if you give mom a <kbd>.DOC_LEAD_ADJUST&nbsp;OFF</kbd> command,
+she will still, by default, adjust the leading of the table of
+contents.  You <i>must</i> enter
+<kbd>TOC_LEAD&nbsp;&lt;lead&gt;</kbd> with no <kbd>ADJUST</kbd>
+argument to disable this default behaviour.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span>
+Tables of contents are always double-spaced in
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd></a>,
+regardless of whether the body of the document is single-spaced.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="toc-pagenumbering" class="docs">2. Page numbering</h4>
+
+<p>
+The pagination style of tables of contents is controlled by the same
+macros that control
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagination-intro">document page numbering</a>,
+except
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagenum">PAGENUM</a>
+(tables of contents always start on page 1).  The defaults are the
+same as for the rest of the document, with the exception that tables
+of contents, by default, have roman numeral page numbers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Therefore, if you wish to change some aspect of table of contents
+pagination style, use the
+<a href="headfootpage.html#index-pagination-control">document pagination control macros</a>
+immediately prior to <kbd>.TOC</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A special macro,
+<a href="#toc-pagenum-style">TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE</a>,
+controls the style of table of contents pagination (i.e. the actual
+table of contents pages&#8217; numbers, not the page number
+references of entries).
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAGINATE_TOC- -->
+
+<div id="paginate-toc" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGINATE_TOC</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom paginates tables of contents.  If you&#8217;d like
+her not to, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGINATE_TOC OFF
+</span>
+(or <kbd>NO, X,</kbd> etc).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+Simply invoking
+<kbd>.PAGINATION&nbsp;OFF</kbd>
+or
+<kbd>.PAGINATE&nbsp;OFF</kbd>
+disables table of contents pagination <i>for the first
+page of the table of contents only.</i> You must use
+<kbd>.PAGINATE_TOC&nbsp;OFF</kbd> to disable table of contents
+pagination completely, even if pagination is turned off elsewhere in
+your document.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE- -->
+
+<div id="toc-pagenum-style" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+See
+<a href="headfootpage.html#pagenum-style"><span style="font-style: normal;">PAGENUM_STYLE</span></a>
+for an explanation of the arguments.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom uses roman numerals to number table of contents
+pages.  Use TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE if you&#8217;d prefer something else.
+For example, to have standard digits instead of roman numerals, do
+the following:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="toc-header" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em;">3. Header string and style</h4>
+
+<p>
+The table of contents header string is the title that appears at the top of the
+table of contents.  By default, it&#8217;s &#8220;Contents&#8221;.</p>
+
+<div id="toc-header-string" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_HEADER_STRING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;string&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like the title of the table of contents to read
+something other than &#8220;Contents&#8221;, do, for
+example
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_HEADER_STRING "Table of Contents"
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="toc-header-v-pos" class="docs" style="margin-top: 1em; text-transform: none;">Header string vertical placement</h5>
+
+<div id="toc-header-v-pos1" class="box-macro-args" style="margin-top: 1em">
+Macro: <b>TOC_HEADER_V_POS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance from top of page&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Normally, the TOC header string falls at the same vertical position
+as the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>.
+If you&#8217;d like it to fall at a different position, say 2 inches, use
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_HEADER_V_POS 2i
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<h5 id="toc-header-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em; text-transform: none;">Header string control macros and defaults</h5>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="margin-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+<br/>
+The following TOC_HEADER control macros may also be
+<a href="#grouping">grouped</a>
+using TOC_HEADER_STYLE.
+</p>
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.TOC_HEADER_FAMILY  default = prevailing doc family 
+.TOC_HEADER_FONT    default = bold
+.TOC_HEADER_SIZE    default = +4
+.TOC_HEADER_QUAD    default = left
+.TOC_HEADER_COLOR   default = black
+.TOC_HEADER_CAPS       default = no
+.TOC_HEADER_SMALLCAPS  default = no
+.TOC_HEADER_UNDERSCORE default = none
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="toc-style" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em;">4. Entries and reference page numbers style</h4>
+
+<p>
+&#8220;Entries&#8221; refers to the hierarchical arrangement of
+section titles (in
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate-intro">collated</a>
+documents) and headings as they appear in the table of contents:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Section title
+    Head level 1
+      Head level 2
+        Head level 3
+          ...
+</span>
+The style for title entries (e.g. chapter numbers or titles) and
+heading levels is controlled by
+<a href="#toc-title-style">TOC_TITLE_STYLE </a>
+and
+<a href="#toc-entry-style">TOC_ENTRY_STYLE</a>
+respectively.
+</p>
+
+<p id="toc-pn">
+&#8220;Reference page numbers&#8221; means the page numbers
+associated with entries.  Macros to control their style take the
+form <kbd>.TOC_PN_&lt;SPEC&gt;</kbd>, and the defaults are listed
+here.
+</p>
+
+<div class="defaults-container" style="margin-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 8px;">
+<p class="defaults" style="padding-top: 6px;">
+See
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>.
+
+<span class="pre defaults">
+.TOC_PN_FAMILY  default = prevailing doc family 
+.TOC_PN_FONT    default = roman
+.TOC_PN_SIZE    default = 0
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TOC_TITLE_STYLE- -->
+
+<div id="toc-title-style" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_TITLE_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;see below for args&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+TOC_TITLE_STYLE allows you to set all the style parameters for
+title entries in the tables of contents with one macro.  The
+number of arguments can run long, so you may want to break them into
+several lines with the backslash character (<kbd>\</kbd>).  The
+arguments are:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  FAMILY &lt;family&gt;
+  FONT &lt;font&gt;
+  SIZE +|-&lt;n&gt;
+  COLOR &lt;color&gt;
+  INDENT &lt;amount&gt;
+  CAPS | NO_CAPS
+</span>
+The arguments may be entered in any order.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The family, font, size, and color arguments behave identically
+to the individual control macros that govern other tags, therefore see
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>
+for usage.  Their defaults are the same as for paragraphs in
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>INDENT</kbd> lets you indent title entries by the amount specified, and
+requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+The default is zero.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CAPS</kbd> instructs mom to capitalize title entries.
+Capitalization may be enabled or disabled on a per-entry-level
+basis.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As an example, if you want title entries bold, slightly larger than other
+entries and capitalized, you could do either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_TITLE_ENTRY FONT B SIZE +.5 CAPS
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_TITLE_ENTRY \
+   FONT B \
+   SIZE +.5 \
+   CAPS
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TOC_ENTRY_STYLE- -->
+
+<div id="toc-entry-style" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_ENTRY_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;level&gt; &lt;see below for remaining args&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+TOC_ENTRY_STYLE allows you to set individually all the style
+parameters for any level of entry (beneath titles) in the tables
+of contents.  The number of arguments can run long, so you may
+want to break them into several lines with the backslash character
+(<kbd>\</kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>&lt;level&gt;</kbd> corresponds to a
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>
+level assigned in the body of the document.  The remaining arguments
+are as follows.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  FAMILY &lt;family&gt;
+  FONT &lt;font&gt;
+  SIZE +|-&lt;n&gt;
+  COLOR &lt;color&gt;
+  INDENT &lt;amount&gt;
+  CAPS | NO_CAPS
+</span>
+The arguments may be entered in any order.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The family, font, size, and color arguments behave identically
+to the individual control macros that govern other tags, therefore see
+<a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">Arguments to the control macros</a>
+for usage.  Their defaults are the same as for paragraphs in
+<a href="definitions.html#running">running text</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>INDENT</kbd> lets you indent entries by the amount specified, and
+requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+Mom sensibly indents and aligns all levels of entry.  If you change
+the indent for any level, all levels beneath it are still indented
+according to mom&#8217;s normal arrangement, but with the indent
+assigned to <kbd>level</kbd> taken into account.  When you use
+<kbd>INDENT</kbd>, the indent is measured from the left edge of
+the text of the previous level, including numbering, if any.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>CAPS</kbd> instructs mom to capitalize title entries.
+Capitalization may be enabled or disabled on a per-title basis.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As an example, if you want a particular entry level, say
+&#8220;2&#8221;, to be in Helvetica, italics, and slightly larger
+than other entries, you could do either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_ENTRY_STYLE 2 FAMILY H FONT I SIZE +.25
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_ENTRY_STYLE 2 \
+   FAMILY H
+   FONT I \
+   SIZE +.25
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBERS- -->
+
+<div id="toc-prefix-ch-number" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; &lt;anything&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>TOC_PREFIX_SECTION_NUMBER</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom does not prefix a chapter number to chapters or
+section titles in the table of contents.  If you would like her to
+do so, invoke <kbd>.TOC_PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</kbd> without an
+argument before
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You may subsequently disable the prefixing of chapter numbers
+by supplying the macro with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>,
+<kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>Q</kbd>, <kbd>X</kbd>...) prior to the
+<kbd>.START</kbd> that comes after
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate"><kbd>.COLLATE</kbd></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This macro is useful you want chapters numbered in the table of
+contents but the chapters themselves are identified by title only.
+It can be used with both
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE CHAPTER</a>
+and
+<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE DEFAULT</a>.
+The alias <b>TOC_PREFIX_SECTION_NUMBER</b> may be preferable
+in the latter case.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAD_TOC_CHAPTER_NUMBERS- -->
+
+<div id="toc-pad-ch-numbers" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAD_TOC_CHAPTER_NUMBERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;number of chapters&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>PAD_TOC_SECTION_NUMBERS</b>
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+If the number of chapters or major sections
+(<a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">DOCTYPE DEFAULT</a>)
+exceeds 9, you can have mom pad the numbers so the rightmost
+numerals of the chapter numbers align.  Simply invoke
+<kbd>PAD_TOC_CHAPTER_NUMBERS</kbd> with the number of chapters in
+the document.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without padding:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  9. Chapter Title.....................100
+  10. Chapter Title....................123
+</span>
+With padding:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   9. Chapter Title....................100
+  10. Chapter Title....................123
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS- -->
+
+<div id="toc-entry-numbers" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;FULL&gt; &lt;TRUNCATE&gt; &lt;NONE&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If numbering is enabled for any level of
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING</a>,
+mom, by default, includes the numbering in that level&#8217;s
+entries in table of contents.  If you would prefer that
+numbering not be included in the table of contents,
+issue <kbd>.TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS&nbsp;NONE</kbd>.  If
+you&#8217;d like to include numbering, but not the full,
+concatenated numbering used in the body of the document, issue
+<kbd>.TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS&nbsp;TRUNCATE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Assuming numbering is enabled for HEADINGs 1, 2, and 3,
+<kbd>.TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS FULL</kbd> (mom&#8217;s default), would
+result in
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  1. Level-1 entry
+     1.1. Level-2 entry
+       1.1.1. Level-3 entry
+  2. Level-1 entry
+     2.1. Level-2 entry
+       2.1.1. Level-3 entry
+</span>
+whereas <kbd>.TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS TRUNCATE</kbd> would produce
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  1. Level-1 entry
+     1. Level-2 entry
+        1. Level-3 entry
+  2. Level-1 entry
+     1. Level-2 entry
+        1. Level-3 entry
+</span>
+and <kbd>.TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS NONE</kbd> would remove numbering
+completely.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Level-1 entry
+     Level-2 entry
+        Level-3 entry
+  Level-1 entry
+     Level-2 entry
+        Level-3 entry
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<kbd>.TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS TRUNCATE</kbd> removes the numbering
+associated with table of contents chapter or section titles
+when
+<a href="docelement.html#prefix-chapter-number">PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</a>
+is enabled.  To enable the numbering of chapter or section titles
+in this circumstance, use
+<a href="#toc-prefix-ch-number">TOC_PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="toc-additional" class="docs" style="margin-top: -1em;">5. Additional table of contents control macros</h4>
+
+<p>
+The following five macros allow you to
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: -.5em;">
+  <li>instruct mom to <a href="#toc-appends-author">append author(s) to</a> <a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a> <a href="toc-appends-author">entries</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-title-entry">alter the wording of</a> <a href="docprocessing.html#title">TITLE</a> <a href="#toc-title-entry">entries</a></li>
+  <li>instruct mom to <a href="#space-toc-items">space table of contents entries</a> pleasingly</li>
+  <li>establish <a href="#toc-padding">how many placeholders to leave for page number references</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#toc-rv-switch">switch table of contents page margins</a> should they be incorrect for recto/verso printing</li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- -TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR- -->
+
+<div id="toc-appends-author" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;none&gt; | &quot;&lt;name(s) of authors&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+In certain kinds of collated documents, different authors are
+responsible for the articles or stories contained within them.  In
+such documents, you may wish to have the author or authors appended
+to the table of contents&#8217; title entry for each story or
+article.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you invoke <kbd>.TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR</kbd> <i>without</i> an
+argument, mom appends the first argument you passed to
+<a href="docprocessing.html#author">AUTHOR</a>
+to table of contents title entries, separated by a front-slash.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you invoke <kbd>.TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR</kbd> <i>with</i> an argument
+(surrounded by double-quotes), mom will append it to the table of
+contents title entries instead.  This is useful if you have multiple
+authors you wish to identify by last name only.  For example, if
+three authors&mdash;Joe Blough, Jane Doe, and John Deere&mdash;are
+responsible for a single article
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR "Blough et al."
+</span>
+would be a good way to identify them in the table of contents.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TOC_TITLE_ENTRY- -->
+
+<div id="toc-title-entry" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_TITLE_ENTRY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&quot;&lt;alternate wording for a title entry in the toc&gt;&quot;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+In 
+<a href="rectoverso.html#collate">collated</a>
+documents, the title of each chapter appears in the table of
+contents.  It may sometimes happen that you don&#8217;t want the
+title as it appears in the table of contents to be the same as what
+appears in the
+<a href="definitions.html#docheader">docheader</a>.
+You might, for example, want to shorten it.  Or, in the case of
+chapters where the docheader contains both a chapter number and a
+chapter title, like this
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+             Chapter 6
+  Burning Bush &mdash; Maybe God Was Right
+</span>
+you might want only the chapter title, not the chapter number, to
+show up in the table of contents.  (By default, <kbd>.TOC</kbd>
+generates both.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you want to change the wording of a title entry in the table of
+contents, simply invoke
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_TITLE_ENTRY
+</span>
+with the desired wording, enclosed in double-quotes.  Using the
+example, above,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CHAPTER 6
+  .CHAPTER_TITLE "Burning Bush &mdash; Maybe God Was Right"
+  .TOC_TITLE_ENTRY "Burning Bush"
+  .DOCTYPE CHAPTER
+</span>
+
+would identify chapter 6 in the table of contents simply as
+&#8220;Burning Bush&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SPACE_TOC_ITEMS- -->
+
+<div id="space-toc-items" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SPACE_TOC_ITEMS</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d like mom to add a small amount of space between table
+of contents entry levels, use <kbd>.SPACE_TOC_ITEMS</kbd>.  Mom will
+visually group entry levels in a way that&#8217;s pleasing to the
+eye.  The only catch to this macro is that the bottom margins of
+table of contents pages may not align perfectly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please note that
+<kbd>SPACE_TOC_ITEMS</kbd> is only available with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<!-- -TOC_PADDING- -->
+
+<div id="toc-padding" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_PADDING</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;number of placeholders to allow for page number listings&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, mom allows room for 3 digits in the page number
+references of table of contents entries.  If you&#8217;d like some
+other number of placeholders, say 2 (if your document runs to less
+than 100 pages), do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_PADDING 2
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TOC_RV_SWITCH- -->
+
+<div id="toc-rv-switch" class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TOC_RV_SWITCH</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+TOC_RV_SWITCH doesn&#8217;t take an argument.  It simply instructs
+mom to switch the left and right margins of the first table of
+contents page in
+<a href="rectoverso.html#recto-verso">recto/verso</a>
+documents should the table of contents happen to begin on an even
+page when you want an odd, or vice versa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The same result can be accomplished by outputting a
+<a href="headfootpage.html#blank-pages">BLANKPAGE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="toc-more" class="docs" style="margin-top: -.5em;">6. I still need more!</h4>
+
+<p>
+If there is some aspect of Table of Contents formatting for which
+no TOC control macros are provided, mom has a special
+<a href="definitions.html#toggle">toggle macro</a>
+to help out: TOC_PAGE_SETTINGS.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TOC_PAGE_SETTINGS allows you to enter extra formatting changes for
+the Table of Contents as if it were simply another collated section
+or chapter of a document.  Because it&#8217;s a toggle macro,
+invoking it by itself begins collecting your formatting directives,
+and invoking it with any argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>,
+<kbd>END</kbd>...) stops the collection.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TOC_PAGE_SETTINGS is special in that the formatting commands
+contained within it must be preceded by <kbd>\!</kbd> (that&#8217;s
+backslash-exclamation point).
+</p>
+
+<p id="toc-page-settings-example">
+For example, say you want to redesign the default page headers for
+the Tables of Contents so that it only contains the document title
+on the left and &#8220;Contents&#8221; in italics on the right, and
+furthermore adjust the footer margin and footer gap, this is how
+you&#8217;d do it:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TOC_PAGE_SETTINGS
+  \!.HEADER_RECTO L "^\E*[$TITLE]#\*[IT]Contents\*[PREV]^"
+  \!.FOOTER_MARGIN 3P
+  \!.B_MARGIN 6P+3p
+  .TOC_PAGE_SETTINGS END
+</span>
+(For an explanation of why the example uses <kbd>.B_MARGIN</kbd> to
+set/change the footer gap, see
+<a href="headfootpage.html#gap-note">here</a>.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TOC_PAGE_SETTINGS can be put in the stylesheet section of a document
+(i.e. after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+and before
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>)
+or invoked just before
+<a href="#toc">TOC</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 24%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 42%; text-align: right;"><a href="refer.html">Next: Bibliographies and references</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6273751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom, version 2.5_d -- Table of Contents</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div class="page">
+
+  <div class="version">
+    mom, version 2.5_d
+  </div>
+
+<h1 class="toc" style="margin-top: 9px;">Table of Contents</h1>
+
+    <p style="margin-left: 2.75em; margin-right: 2.75em; text-align:center ">
+    The table of contents is large.  To ease navigation,
+    click on any link in the
+    <br/>
+    <a href="#quick-toc">Quick Table of Contents</a>
+    <br/>
+    which will take you to the corresponding entry in the
+    <br/>
+    <a href="#detailed-toc">Detailed Table of Contents</a>.
+    <br/>
+    If you&#8217;ve been using mom for a while, you may prefer the
+    <br/>
+    <a href="macrolist.html#top">Quick Reference Guide</a>,
+    <br/>
+    which gives a convenient, categorized list of mom&#8217;s
+    user-space macros with links to corresponding entries in the
+    documentation.
+    </p>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -QUICK TABLE OF CONTENTS- -->
+
+  <h2 id="quick-toc" class="toc" style="margin-top: 18px; text-align: center;">Quick Table of Contents</h2>
+
+    <div style="width: 50%; margin-top: .75em; margin-left: 12px; float: left;">
+    <h3 id="version-2" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="#v2-notes">VERSION 2.0 NOTES</a></h3>
+    <br/>
+
+    <h3 id="introductory" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="#what">INTRODUCTION TO MOM</a></h3>
+
+    <ul class="toc">
+      <li><a href="#what">What is mom?</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#defs">Definitions of terms used in this manual</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#using">Using mom</a></li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <h3 id="typesetting" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="#typeset">TYPESETTING WITH MOM</a></h3>
+
+    <ul class="toc">
+      <li><a href="#type-intro">Introduction to the typesetting macros</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#page">Page setup</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#param">Basic typesetting parameters</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#just">Justifying, quadding, etc.</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#refine">Refinements</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#mod">Modifying type</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#vert">Vertical movements</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#tab">Tabs</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#col">Multiple columns</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#ind">Indents</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#goodies">Goodies</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#escapes">Inline escapes</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#color">Coloured text</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#graphical">Graphical objects</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </div>
+
+  <div style="margin-left: 332px;">
+    <h3 id="document-processing" class="toc" style="margin-top: 1.25em;"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="#doc-proc">DOCUMENT PROCESSING WITH MOM</a></h3>
+
+    <ul class="toc" style="margin-left: 3em;">
+      <li><a href="#doc-proc">Introduction to document processing</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#doc-defaults">Document defaults</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#vert-ws">Vertical whitespace management</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#prelim">Preliminary document setup</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#typemacdoc">Behaviour of the typesetting macros during document processing</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#tags">The document element tags</a> &ndash; headings, paragraphs, quotes, etc.</li>
+      <li><a href="#images">Graphics, floats, and preprocessor support</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#box">Shaded backgrounds and frames</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#hdrftr">Page headers and footers</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#paginate">Pagination</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#rv">Recto/verso printing and collating</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#cover">Cover pages</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#tocs">Tables of contents</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#ref">Bibliographies and references</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#letter">Writing letters</a>
+      <ul style="list-style-type: none;">
+      <li style="display: inline-block; width: 212px; height: 0; margin-top: .5em; margin-left: -2.5em; border: solid 1px #8d8775;">&nbsp;</li>
+      </ul></li>
+      <li style="margin-top: -1em;"><a href="#quick">Quick reference guide</a></li>
+      <li><a href="#appendices">Appendices</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </div>
+
+  <div class="rule-long" style="clear: both;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- -FULL TABLE OF CONTENTS- -->
+
+  <h2 id="detailed-toc" class="toc" style="margin-top: 24px; text-align: center;">Detailed Table of Contents</h2>
+
+  <div style="margin-left: 12px;">
+    <h3 id="v2-notes" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="version-2.html#top">VERSION 2.0 NOTES</a></h3>
+
+    <ul class="toc">
+      <li><a href="version-2.html#prefatory">Prefatory comments</a></li>
+      <li><a href="version-2.html#differences">Differences between 2.0 and 1.x</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="version-2.html#pdf-support">PDF Support</a></li>
+          <li><a href="version-2.html#covers">Covers</a></li>
+          <li><a href="version-2.html#headings">Headings</a></li>
+          <li><a href="version-2.html#margin-notes">Margin notes</a></li>
+          <li><a href="version-2.html#floats">Floats</a></li>
+          <li><a href="version-2.html#table-of-contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+      <li><a href="version-2.html#pdfmom">The <strong>pdfmom</strong> wrapper around groff</a></li>
+      <li><a href="version-2.html#install-font">The <strong>install-font</strong> script</a></li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <h3 id="what" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="intro.html#top">1. WHAT IS MOM?</a></h3>
+
+    <ul class="toc">
+      <li><a href="intro.html#intro-intro">1.1 Who is mom meant for?</a></li>
+      <li><a href="intro.html#intro-typesetting">1.2 Typesetting with mom</a></li>
+      <li><a href="intro.html#intro-docprocessing">1.3 Document processing with mom</a></li>
+      <li><a href="intro.html#intro-philosophy">1.4 Mom&#8217;s philosophy</a></li>
+      <li><a href="intro.html#intro-documentation">1.5 A note on mom&#8217;s documentation</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="intro.html#canonical">1.5.1 Canonical reference materials</a></li>
+        <li><a href="intro.html#macro-args">1.5.2 How to read macro arguments</a></li>
+        <li><a href="intro.html#toggle-macro">1.5.3 &#8220;Toggle&#8221; macros</a></li>
+        <li><a href="intro.html#examples">1.5.4 Examples</a></li>
+      </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <h3 id="defs" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="definitions.html#top">2. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED IN THIS MANUAL</a></h3>
+
+    <ul class="toc">
+      <li><a href="definitions.html#typesetting-terms">2.1 Typesetting terms</a></li>
+      <li><a href="definitions.html#groff-terms">2.2 Groff terms</a></li>
+      <li><a href="definitions.html#mom-terms">2.3 Mom&#8217;s document processing terms</a></li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <h3 id="using" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="using.html#top">3. USING MOM</a></h3>
+
+  <ul class="toc">
+    <li><a href="using.html#using-intro">3.1 Introduction</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using.html#using-macros">3.2 How to input mom&#8217;s macros</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using.html#viewing">3.3 Processing and viewing documents</a>
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="using.html#pdf">Mom and pdf</a></li>
+      <li><a href="using.html#pdfmom">pdfmom</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="using.html#previewing">3.4 Automatic previewing of documents</a></li>
+  </ul>
+
+<!-- -TYPESETTING MACROS- -->
+
+  <h3 id="typeset" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="typesetting.html#top">4. TYPESETTING WITH MOM</a></h3>
+
+  <ul class="toc">
+    <li><a id="type-intro" href="typesetting.html#typesetting-intro">4.1 Introduction to the typesetting macros</a></li>
+    <li><a id="page" href="typesetting.html#page-setup-intro">4.2 Page setup</a> &ndash; paper size and page margins
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-page-setup">4.2.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="param" href="typesetting.html#basic-params-intro">4.3 Basic typesetting parameters</a> &ndash; family, font, fallback font, point size, line space, line length, autolead
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-basic">4.3.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="just" href="typesetting.html#justification-intro">4.4 Justifying, quadding, filling and breaking lines</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-justification">4.4.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="refine" href="typesetting.html#refinements-intro">4.5 Refinements</a> &ndash; word space, sentence space, letter spacing (track kerning), hyphenation, kerning, ligatures
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-refinements">4.5.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="mod" href="typesetting.html#modifications-intro">4.6 Modifying Type</a> &ndash; pseudo-italic, -bold, -condensed, and -extended
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-modifications">4.6.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="vert" href="typesetting.html#aldrld-intro">4.7 Vertical Movements</a> &ndash; moving up and down on the page
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-aldrld">4.7.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="tab" href="typesetting.html#tabs-intro">4.8 Tabs</a>
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="typesetting.html#typesetting-tabs">4.8.1 Typesetting tabs</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="typesetting.html#typesetting-tabs-tut">4.8.1.1 Quickie tutorial</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs">4.8.2 String tabs (autotabs)</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="typesetting.html#string-tabs-tut">4.8.2.1 Quickie tutorial</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-tabs">4.8.3 Macro list</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="col" href="typesetting.html#multicolumns-intro">4.9 Multiple columns</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-multicolumns">4.9.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="ind" href="typesetting.html#indents-intro">4.10 Indents</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#indents-handling">4.10.1 A brief explanation of how mom handles indents</a></li>
+        <li><a href="typesetting.html#index-indents">4.10.2 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="goodies" href="goodies.html#top">4.11 Goodies</a>
+         &ndash; aliases, transparent (comment) lines, smartquotes, caps,
+         underscoring/underlining, padding lines, leaders, drop
+         caps, superscripts, user-definable strings, changing the
+         escape character
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="goodies.html#index-goodies">4.11.1 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="escapes" href="inlines.html#top">4.12 Inline Escapes</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="inlines.html#intro-inlines">4.12.1 Introduction to inline escapes</a></li>
+        <li><a href="inlines.html#index-inlines">4.12.2 List of inline escapes</a></li>
+        <li><a href="inlines.html#inlines-mom-top">4.12.3 Mom&#8217;s personal inline escapes</a></li>
+        <li><a href="inlines.html#inlines-groff-top">4.12.4 Commonly-used groff inline escapes</a>
+        <ul>
+        <li><a href="inlines.html#inline-characters-groff">4.12.4.1 Special characters and symbols</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="color" href="color.html#top">4.13 Coloured text</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="color.html#intro-color">4.13.1 Introduction to coloured text</a></li>
+        <li><a href="color.html#index-color">4.13.2 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="graphical" href="graphical.html#top">4.14 Graphical objects</a>
+        &ndash; horizontal and vertical rules, boxes, ellipses (circles)
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="graphical.html#intro-graphical">4.14.1 Introduction to graphical objects</a></li>
+        <li><a href="graphical.html#index-graphical">4.13.2 Macro list</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+  </ul>
+
+<!-- -DOCUMENT PROCESSING MACORS- -->
+
+  <h3 id="doc-proc" class="toc"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="docprocessing.html#top">5. DOCUMENT PROCESSING WITH MOM</a></h3>
+  <ul class="toc">
+    <li><a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing-intro">5.1 Introduction to document processing</a></li>
+    <li><a id="doc-defaults" href="docprocessing.html#defaults">5.2 Document defaults</a> &ndash; papersize, margins, etc.
+      <ul>
+        <li><a id="vert-ws" href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">5.2.1 Vertical whitespace management</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#shim">5.2.1.1 SHIM</a></li>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#flex">5.2.1.2 FLEX</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a id="prelim" href="docprocessing.html#setup" class="highlight">5.3 PRELIMINARY DOCUMENT SETUP</a>
+      <ul>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing-tut">5.3.1 Tutorial</a> &ndash; setting up a mom document</li>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#reference-macros">5.3.2 The reference macros</a> &ndash; metadata mom needs to do her job
+           <ul>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#title">5.3.2.1 TITLE</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-title">5.3.2.2 DOCTITLE</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#subtitle">5.3.2.3 SUBTITLE</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#author">5.3.2.4 AUTHOR</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#chapter">5.3.2.5 CHAPTER</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#chapter-title">5.3.2.6 CHAPTER_TITLE</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#draft">5.3.2.7 DRAFT</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#revision">5.3.2.8 REVISION</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#copyright">5.3.2.9 COPYRIGHT</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#misc">5.3.2.10 MISC</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#covertitle">5.3.2.11 COVERTITLE</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#covertitle">5.3.2.12 DOC_COVERTITLE</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#pdftitle">5.3.2.13 PDF_TITLE</a></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#toc-heading">5.3.2.14 TOC_HEADING</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#docstyle-macros">5.3.3 The docstyle macros</a> &ndash; base templates; what kind of document you&#8217;re creating, how you want it to look overall
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#doctype">5.3.3.1 DOCTYPE</a> &ndash; the kind of document (default, chapter, named, letter)
+            <ul style="list-style-type: circle">
+              <li><a href="docprocessing.html#slides">DOCTYPE SLIDES</a></li>
+            </ul></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">5.3.3.2 PRINTSTYLE</a> &ndash; typeset or &#8220;typewritten, double-spaced&#8221;</li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#copystyle">5.3.3.3 COPYSTYLE</a> &ndash; draft or final</li>
+          </ul></li>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#start-macro">5.3.4 Initiate document processing</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#start">5.3.4.1 START</a> &ndash; the required macro to initiate document processing</li>
+          </ul></li>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#docheader">5.3.5 Managing the DOCHEADER</a> &ndash; title, author, etc. on first page
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#docheader-control">5.3.5.1 DOCHEADER control</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#columns-intro">5.3.6 Setting documents in columns</a></li>
+        <li><a href="docprocessing.html#style-before-start">5.3.7 Establishing type and formatting parameters <span style="font-style: italic">before</span> START</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#type-before-start">5.3.7.1 Use of the typesetting macros before START</a>
+              <ul class="fourth-level">
+                <li>&ndash; <a href="docprocessing.html#include">5.3.7.1.1 Including (sourcing) style sheets and files</a></li>
+                <li>&ndash; <a href="docprocessing.html#color">5.3.7.1.2 Initializing colours</a></li>
+              </ul></li>
+            <li><a href="docprocessing.html#doc-lead-adjust">5.3.7.2  DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a> &ndash; adjust document
+                <a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+                to fill pages</li>
+            </ul></li>
+      <li><a href="docprocessing.html#style-after-start">5.3.8 Changing basic type and formatting parameters <span style="font-style: italic">after</span> START</a></li>
+        <li><ul>
+          <li><a id="typemacdoc" href="docprocessing.html#behaviour">5.3.8.1 Behaviour of the typesetting macros during document processing</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docprocessing.html#intro-doc-param">5.3.8.2 Post-START global style-change macros</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a id="tags" class="highlight" href="docelement.html#top">5.4 THE DOCUMENT ELEMENT TAGS</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#docelement-intro">5.4.1 Introduction to the document element tags</a>
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="docelement.html#docelement-control">5.4.1.1 Control macros</a> &ndash; changing style defaults for document element tags</li>
+              <li><a href="docelement.html#control-macro-args">5.4.1.2 Arguments to the control macros</a></li>
+            </ul></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#epigraph-intro">5.4.2 Epigraphs</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#pp-intro">5.4.3 Paragraphs</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#heading-intro">5.4.4 Headings</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#linebreak-intro">5.4.5 Linebreaks</a> &ndash; author linebreaks (section breaks)</li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#quote-intro">5.4.6 Quotes</a> &ndash; line for line poetic quotes or unformatted, verbatim text (e.g. blocks of code)</li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#blockquote-intro">5.4.7 Blockquotes</a> &ndash; cited material</li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#code">5.4.8 Code</a> &ndash; inserting code snippets</li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#list-intro">5.4.9 Lists</a> &ndash; nested lists</li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#number-lines-intro">5.4.10 Line numbering</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#footnote-intro">5.4.11 Footnotes</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#endnote-intro">5.4.12 Endnotes</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#margin-notes-intro">5.4.13 Margin notes</a></li>
+          <li><a href="docelement.html#finis-intro">5.4.14 Document termination string</a> &ndash; FINIS</li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a id="images" class="highlight" href="images.html#top">5.5 GRAPHICS, FLOATS, AND PREPROCESSOR SUPPORT</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="images.html#images-intro">5.5.1 Inserting images and graphics</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#converting">5.5.2 Image conversion and file processing</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#pdf-image">5.5.3 PDF_IMAGE</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="images.html#pdf-image-frame">5.5.3.1 PDF_IMAGE_FRAME</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#pspic">5.5.4 PSPIC</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#floats-intro">5.5.5 Floats</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="images.html#float">5.5.5.1 FLOAT</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#preprocessor-support">5.5.6 Preprocessor support</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="images.html#tbl">5.5.6.1 tbl support</a></li>
+            <li><a href="images.html#eqn">5.5.6.2 eqn support</a></li>
+            <li><a href="images.html#pic">5.5.6.3 pic support</a></li>
+            <li><a href="images.html#grap">5.5.6.4 grap support</a>
+            <ul style="list-style-type: disc">
+              <li><a href="images.html#pic-text-style">5.5.6.3.1 PIC_TEXT_STYLE</a></li>
+            </ul></li>
+            <li><a href="images.html#refer">5.5.6.4 refer support</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+        <li><a href="images.html#captions-and-labels">5.5.7 Captions and labels</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="images.html#autolabel">5.5.7.1 AUTOLABEL</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#caption-after-label">5.5.7.2 CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#captions-labels-sources">5.5.7.3 CAPTIONS / LABELS / SOURCES&mdash;set style parameters</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#mla">5.5.7.4 MLA</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+        <li><a href="images.html#lists-of">5.5.8 Lists of Figures, Tables, and Equations</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="images.html#lists-placement">5.5.8.1 Placement of Lists</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#lists-macros">5.5.8.2 Macros to generate Lists</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#formatting-lists">5.5.8.3 Formatting and style parameters for Lists</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="#lists-style">5.5.8.3.1 LISTS_STYLE</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      </ul></li>
+      <li><a id="box" class="highlight" href="headfootpage.html#top">5.6 SHADED BACKGROUNDS AND FRAMES</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="images.html#box-intro">5.6.1 Introduction</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#box-macro">5.6.2 The BOX macro</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#box-notes">5.6.3 Additional notes on BOX usage and behaviour</a></li>
+          <li><a href="images.html#page-color">5.6.4 PAGE_COLOR</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><a id="hdrftr" class="highlight" href="headfootpage.html#top">5.7 PAGE HEADERS AND FOOTERS</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#headfootpage-intro">5.7.1 Introduction</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#description-general">5.7.2 General description of headers/footers</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#header-style">5.7.3 Default specs for headers/footers</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#vertical-spacing">5.7.4 Vertical placement and spacing of headers/footers</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#headfoot-management">5.7.5 Managing page headers and footers</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#headfoot-control">5.7.6 Control macros for headers/footers</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#userdef-hdrftr-rv">5.7.7 User-defined, single string recto/verso headers/footers</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="headfootpage.html#userdef-hdrftr">5.7.7.1 User-defined, single string headers/footers (no recto/verso)</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#headers-and-footers-intro">5.7.8 Headers and footers on the same page</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a id="paginate" class="highlight" href="headfootpage.html#pagination-intro">5.8 PAGINATION</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#pagination">5.8.1 Introduction</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#index-pagination">5.8.2 Pagination macros list</a></li>
+          <li><a href="headfootpage.html#blank-pages">5.8.3 Blank pages</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a id="rv" class="highlight" href="rectoverso.html#top">5.9 RECTO/VERSO PRINTING, COLLATING</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="rectoverso.html#rectoverso-intro">5.9.1 Introduction to recto/verso printing</a>
+          <ul>
+              <li><a href="rectoverso.html#rectoverso-list">5.9.1.1 Macro list</a></li>
+            </ul></li>
+          <li><a href="rectoverso.html#collate-intro">5.9.2 Introduction to collating</a>
+          <ul>
+            <li><a href="rectoverso.html#collate">5.9.2.1 The COLLATE macro</a></li>
+          </ul></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a id="cover" class="highlight" href="cover.html#top">5.10 COVER PAGES</a></li>
+      <li><a id="tocs" class="highlight" href="tables-of-contents.html#top">5.11 TABLES OF CONTENTS</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-intro">5.11.1 Introduction</a> &ndash; the TOC macro</li>
+          <li><a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-appearance">5.11.2 Table of contents appearance and behaviour</a></li>
+          <li><a href="tables-of-contents.html#pdf-output">5.11.3 PDF output</a></li>
+          <li><a href="tables-of-contents.html#positioning">5.11.4 Positioning the table of contents</a>
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="tables-of-contents.html#auto-relocate-toc">5.11.2 Automatic PDF relocation of the Table of Contents</a></li>
+              <li><a href="tables-of-contents.html#psselect">5.11.2 Using psselect to relocate the TOC in PostScript documents</a></li>
+            </ul></li>
+          <li><a href="tables-of-contents.html#index-toc-control">5.11.5 Table of contents control macros</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      <li><a id="ref" class="highlight" href="refer.html#top">5.12 BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND REFERENCES</a></li>
+      <li><a id="letter" class="highlight" href="letters.html#top">5.13 WRITING LETTERS</a>
+        <ul>
+        <li><a href="letters.html#letters-intro">5.13.1 Introduction to writing letters</a></li>
+          <li><a href="letters.html#letters-tutorial">5.13.2 Tutorial on writing letters</a></li>
+          <li><a href="letters.html#letters-defaults">5.13.3 Default letter style</a></li>
+          <li><a href="letters.html#index-letters-macros">5.13.4 The letter macros</a></li>
+        </ul></li>
+      </ul>
+      <h3 id="quick" class="toc highlight"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="macrolist.html#top">6. QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE</a></h3>
+      <h3 id="appendices" class="toc" style="margin-top: .5em;"><a style="color: #6e70cc" href="appendices.html#top">7. APPENDICES</a></h3>
+      <ul class="toc">
+      <li><a href="appendices.html#fonts">7.1 Adding fonts to groff</a>
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="appendices.html#steps">7.1.1 Step-by-step instructions</a></li>
+      </ul></li>
+      <li><a href="appendices.html#codenotes">7.2 Some reflections on mom</a></li>
+      <li><a href="reserved.html">7.3 List of reserved words (macros, registers, strings)</a></li>
+      <li><a href="appendices.html#contact">7.4 Contact the author</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </div>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51d199e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html
@@ -0,0 +1,4988 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Typesetting Macros</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="goodies.html#top">Next: Goodies</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 id="typesetting" class="docs">The typesetting macros</h1>
+
+<div id="typesetting-macros-mini-toc" class="mini-toc">
+<div class="mini-toc-col-1">
+<ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#typesetting-macros">Introduction</a></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#page-setup-intro">Paper and page setup</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#page-setup-note"><i>Important note on page dimensions &amp; papersize</i></a></li>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-page-setup">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#basic-params-intro">Basic typesetting parameters</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-basic">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#justification-intro">Justification and quadding/
+    <br/>
+    <span style="margin-left: 1em;">breaking and joining lines</span></a>
+  <ul>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-justification">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#refinements-intro">Typographic refinements</a>
+  <ul>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-refinements">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#modifications-intro">Type modifications (pseudo font styles)</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-modifications">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#aldrld-intro">Vertical movements</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-aldrld">Macro list</a>
+    </li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="mini-toc-col-2">
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#tabs-intro">Tabs</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="#typesetting-tabs">Typesetting tabs</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+      <li class="item" style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: circle;"><a href="#typesetting-tabs-tut">Quickie tutorial on typesetting tabs</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#string-tabs">String tabs</a>
+    <ul style="margin-left: -.5em;">
+      <li class="item" style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: circle;"><a href="#string-tabs-tut">Quickie tutorial on string tabs</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-tabs">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#multicolumns-intro">Multiple columns</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-multicolumns">Macro list</a>
+    </li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="#indents-intro">Indents</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="#indents-handling">How mom handles indents</a></li>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#index-indents">Macro list</a>
+    </li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="goodies.html#goodies">Goodies</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="goodies.html#goodies-macros">Macro list</a>
+    </li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="inlines.html#top">Inline escapes</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="inlines.html#index-inlines">List of inline escapes</a>
+    </li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li class="list-head"><a href="color.html">Coloured text</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator">
+    <li class="item"><a href="color.html#index-color">Macro list</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="typesetting-intro" class="docs">Introduction</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s typesetting macros provide access to groff&#8217;s
+typesetting capabilities.  Aside from controlling basic type
+parameters (family, font, line length, point size, leading),
+mom&#8217;s macros fine-tune wordspacing, letterspacing, kerning,
+hyphenation, and so on.  In addition, mom has true typesetting tabs,
+string tabs, multiple indent styles, line padding, and a batch of
+other goodies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In some cases, mom&#8217;s typesetting macros merely imitate groff
+primitives.  In others, they approach typesetting concerns in
+conceptually new ways (for groff, at least).  This should present
+no problem for newcomers to groff who are learning mom.  Old groff
+hands should be careful.  Just because it looks like a duck and
+walks like a duck does not, in this instance, mean that it is a
+duck.  When using mom, stay away from groff primitives if mom
+provides a macro that accomplishes the same thing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom&#8217;s typesetting macros can be used as a standalone package,
+independent of the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#top">document processing macros</a>.
+With them, you can typeset on-the-fly.  Book covers, your best
+friend&#8217;s résumé, a poster for a lost dog&mdash;none of these
+requires structured document processing (page headers, paragraphs,
+headings, footnotes, etc).  What they do demand is precise control over
+every element on the page.  The typesetting macros give you that
+control.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-bottom: 24px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="page-setup-intro" class="macro-group">Paper and page setup: paper size &amp; page margins</h2>
+
+<p>
+The page setup macros establish the physical dimensions of your page
+and the margins you want it to have.  The
+<a href="#paper">PAPER</a>
+macro provides a shortcut for setting the page to the correct
+dimensions for a number of common paper sizes.  The
+<a href="#page">PAGE</a>
+macro provides a convenient way of setting the page dimensions and
+some or all of the page margins with a single macro.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="page-setup-note" class="docs notes">Important note on page dimensions and papersize</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+When mom files are processed with
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+which is recommended (see
+<a href="http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/pdf/mom-pdf.pdf"><span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span></a>),
+page dimensions are automatically passed to groff, and you
+don&#8217;t have to worry about them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom documents processed directly with <strong>groff</strong>, or with
+<strong>pdfroff</strong>, or with <strong>pdfmom&nbsp;&#8209;Tps</strong>, require
+that the papersize be given on the command line as well if the
+papersize is different from the default on your system.  You can
+verify&mdash;or change&mdash;the default papersize by inspecting the
+files
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &lt;path to groff&gt;/font/devps/DESC
+</span>
+and
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  &lt;path to groff&gt;/font/devpdf/DESC
+</span>
+(See <strong>man papersize</strong> for list of valid papersize
+names, as well as for instructions on how to enter a non-standard
+size.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you occasionally need to print on sheets that do not
+conform to your default papersize, you must, in addition
+to setting the page dimensions in your mom file, pass the
+<kbd>-P-p&lt;papersize&gt;</kbd> option to <strong>groff</strong>,
+<strong>pdfroff</strong>, or <strong>pdfmom -Tps</strong>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, suppose your routine papersize is &#8220;letter&#8221;,
+and you need to print something on a legal-sized sheet.  After
+telling mom about the legal-size sheet (with either
+<a href="#pagelength">PAGELENGTH</a>
+and
+<a href="#pagewidth">PAGEWIDTH</a>
+or
+<a href="#paper">PAPER</a>,
+or
+<a href="#page">PAGE</a>),
+you must include <kbd>-P-p&lt;papersize&gt;</kbd> on whichever
+command line you use, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom -Tps -mom -P-plegal
+</span>
+Remember, though, that
+<a href="using.html#pdfmom" style="font-weight: bold">pdfmom</a>,
+with no <kbd>-Tps</kbd> option, is smart enough to know the
+papersize from the dimensions provided in your mom file.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Consult <kbd>man groff</kbd>, <kbd>man grops</kbd> and <kbd>man
+groff_font</kbd> for additional information concerning papersizes,
+as well as information on printing in &#8220;landscape&#8221;
+orientation.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 id="index-page-setup" class="macro-list">Paper and page setup macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#pagewidth">PAGEWIDTH</a> &ndash; page width</li>
+  <li><a href="#pagelength">PAGELENGTH</a> &ndash; page length</li>
+  <li><a href="#paper">PAPER</a> &ndash; common paper sizes</li>
+  <li><a href="#l-margin">L_MARGIN</a> &ndash; left margin</li>
+  <li><a href="#r-margin">R_MARGIN</a> &ndash; right margin</li>
+  <li><a href="#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a> &ndash; top margin</li>
+  <li><a href="#b-margin">B_MARGIN</a> &ndash; bottom margin</li>
+  <li><a href="#page">PAGE</a> &ndash; page dimensions and margins all in one fell swoop</li>
+  <li><a href="#newpage">NEWPAGE</a> &ndash; start a new page</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -PAGEWIDTH- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pagewidth" class="macro-id">Page width</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGEWIDTH</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;width of printer sheet&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The argument to PAGEWIDTH is the width of your printer sheet.
+PAGEWIDTH requires a unit of measure.  Decimal fractions are
+allowed.  Hence, to tell mom that the width of your printer sheet is
+8-1/2 inches, you enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGEWIDTH 8.5i
+</span>
+Please read the
+<a href="#page-setup-note">Important note on page dimensions and papersize</a>
+for information on ensuring groff respects your PAGEWIDTH.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAGELENGTH- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="pagelength" class="macro-id">Page length</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAGELENGTH</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;length of printer sheet&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PAGELENGTH tells mom how long your printer sheet is.  It works just
+like PAGEWIDTH.  Therefore, to tell mom your printer sheet is 11
+inches long, you enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGELENGTH 11i
+</span>
+Please read the
+<a href="#page-setup-note">Important note on page dimensions and papersize</a>
+for information on ensuring groff respects your PAGELENGTH.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PAPER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="paper" class="macro-id">Paper</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PAPER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;paper type&gt; [ LANDSCAPE ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+PAPER provides a convenient way to set the dimensions for some
+common printer sheet sizes. <kbd>&lt;paper&nbsp;type&gt;</kbd> can
+be one of:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  LETTER       EXECUTIVE
+  LEGAL        10x14
+  STATEMENT    A3
+  TABLOID      A4
+  LEDGER       A5
+  FOLIO        B4 
+  QUARTO       B5
+</span>
+Say, for example, you have A4-sized sheets in your printer.  It&#8217;s
+shorter (and easier) to enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAPER A4
+</span>
+than to remember the correct dimensions and enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGEWIDTH  595p
+  .PAGELENGTH 842p
+</span>
+If you&#8217;d like landscape orientation for your paper type,
+pass PAPER the <kbd>LANDSCAPE</kbd> argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please read the
+<a href="#page-setup-note">Important note on page dimensions and papersize</a>
+for information on ensuring groff respects your PAPER size.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">Important:</span> If you need PAPER,
+it should always be placed at the very top of your file.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -L_MARGIN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="l-margin" class="macro-id">Left margin</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>L_MARGIN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;left margin&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+L_MARGIN establishes the distance from the left edge of the printer
+sheet at which you want your type to start.
+<a href="#il">Left indents</a>
+and
+<a href="#tabs">tabs</a>
+are calculated from the value you pass to L_MARGIN.
+If you use the macros
+<a href="#pagewidth">PAGEWIDTH</a>
+or
+<a href="#paper">PAPER</a>
+without setting L_MARGIN, mom automatically sets the left margin to
+1 inch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A unit of measure is required and decimal fractions are allowed.
+Therefore, to set the left margin at 3 picas (1/2 inch), you&#8217;d
+enter either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .L_MARGIN 3P
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .L_MARGIN .5i
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> L_MARGIN behaves in a special way
+when you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>.
+See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#behaviour">Typesetting macros during document processing</a>
+for an explanation.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -R_MARGIN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="r-margin" class="macro-id">Right margin</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>R_MARGIN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;right margin&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> R_MARGIN, if used, must
+come after
+<a href="#paper">PAPER</a>,
+<a href="#pagewidth">PAGEWIDTH</a>,
+<a href="#l-margin">L_MARGIN</a>
+and/or
+<a href="#page">PAGE</a>
+(if a right margin isn&#8217;t given to PAGE).  The reason is that
+R_MARGIN calculates line length from the overall page dimensions and
+the left margin.  Mom can&#8217;t make the calculation if
+she doesn&#8217;t know the page width and the left margin.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+R_MARGIN establishes the amount of space you want between the end
+of typeset lines and the right hand edge of the printer sheet.  In
+other words, it sets the line length.  R_MARGIN requires a unit of
+measure.  Decimal fractions are allowed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The line length macro
+(<a href="#linelength">LL</a>)
+can be used in place of R_MARGIN.  In either case, the last one
+invoked sets the line length.  The choice of which to use is up
+to you.  In some instances, you may find it easier to think of a
+section of type as having a right margin.  In others, giving a line
+length may make more sense.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For example, if you&#8217;re setting a page of type you know should
+have 6-pica margins left and right, it makes sense to enter a left
+and right margin, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .L_MARGIN 6P
+  .R_MARGIN 6P
+</span>
+That way, you don&#8217;t have to worry about calculating the line
+length.  On the other hand, if you know the line length for a patch
+of type should be 17 picas and 3 points, entering the line length
+with LL is much easier than calculating the right margin, e.g.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL 17P+3p
+</span>
+If you use the macros
+<a href="#page">PAGE</a>,
+<a href="#pagewidth">PAGEWIDTH</a>
+or
+<a href="#paper">PAPER</a>
+without invoking <kbd>.R_MARGIN</kbd> afterwards, mom automatically
+sets R_MARGIN to 1 inch.  If you set a line length after these
+macros (with
+<a href="#linelength">LL</a>),
+the line length calculated by R_MARGIN is, of course, overridden.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> R_MARGIN behaves in a special way when you&#8217;re
+using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>.
+See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#behaviour">Typesetting macros during document processing</a>
+for an explanation.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -T_MARGIN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="t-margin" class="macro-id">Top margin</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>T_MARGIN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;top margin&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+T_MARGIN establishes the distance from the top of the printer
+sheet at which you want your type to start.  It requires a unit of
+measure, and decimal fractions are allowed.  To set a top margin of
+2-1/2 centimetres, you&#8217;d enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+   .T_MARGIN 2.5c
+</span>
+T_MARGIN calculates the vertical position of the first line of type
+on a page by treating the top edge of the printer sheet as a
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>.  Therefore,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .T_MARGIN 1.5i
+</span>
+puts the baseline of the first line of type 1-1/2 inches beneath the
+top of the page.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> T_MARGIN means something slightly
+different when you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>.
+See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#tb-margins">Top and bottom margins in document processing</a>
+for an explanation.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> T_MARGIN does two
+things: it establishes the top margin for pages that come after
+it <i>and</i> it moves to that position on the current page.
+Therefore, T_MARGIN should only be used at the top of a file (prior
+to entering text) or after
+<a href="#newpage">NEWPAGE</a>,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .NEWPAGE
+  .T_MARGIN 6P
+  &lt;text&gt;
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -B_MARGIN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="b-margin" class="macro-id">Bottom margin</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>B_MARGIN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;bottom margin&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+B_MARGIN sets a nominal position at the bottom of the page beyond
+which you don&#8217;t want your type to go.  When the bottom margin
+is reached, mom starts a new page.  B_MARGIN requires a unit of
+measure.  Decimal fractions are allowed.  To set a nominal bottom
+margin of 3/4 inch, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .B_MARGIN .75i
+</span>
+Obviously, if you haven&#8217;t spaced the type on your pages so
+that the last lines fall perfectly at the bottom margin, the margin
+will vary from page to page.  Usually, but not always, the last line
+of type that fits on a page before the bottom margin causes mom to
+start a new page.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Occasionally, owing to a peculiarity in groff, an extra line will
+fall below the nominal bottom margin.  If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>,
+this is unlikely to happen; the document processing macros are very
+hard-nosed about aligning bottom margins.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> The meaning of B_MARGIN is slightly
+different when you&#8217;re using the document processing macros.
+See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#tb-margins">Top and bottom margins in document processing</a>
+for an explanation.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -PAGE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="page" class="macro-id">Page</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args" style="overflow: auto;">
+Macro: <b>PAGE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;width&gt;&nbsp;[ &lt;length&gt; [ &lt;lm&gt; [ &lt;rm&gt; [ &lt;tm&gt; [ &lt;bm&gt; ] ] ] ] ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;All arguments require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>,
+PAGE must come after
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>.
+Otherwise, it should go at the top of a document, prior to any
+text.  And remember, when you&#8217;re using the document processing
+macros, top margin and bottom margin mean something slightly
+different than when you&#8217;re using just the typesetting macros
+(see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#tb-margins">Top and bottom margins in document processing</a>).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+PAGE lets you establish paper dimensions and page margins with a
+single macro.  The only required argument is page width.  The rest
+are optional, but they must appear in order and you can&#8217;t
+skip over any. <kbd>&lt;lm&gt;, &lt;rm&gt;, &lt;tm&gt;</kbd>, and
+<kbd>&lt;bm&gt;</kbd> refer to the left, right, top and bottom
+margins respectively.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Assuming your page dimensions are 11 inches by 17 inches, and
+that&#8217;s all you want to set, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGE 11i 17i
+</span>
+If you want to set the left margin as well, say, at 1 inch, PAGE
+would look like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGE 11i 17i 1i
+</span>
+Now suppose you also want to set the top margin, say, at 1-1/2
+inches. &lt;tm&gt; comes after &lt;rm&gt; in the optional arguments,
+but you can&#8217;t skip over any arguments, therefore to set the
+top margin, you must also give a right margin.  The PAGE macro would
+look like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGE 11i 17i 1i 1i 1.5i
+                   |   |
+  required right---+   +---top margin
+      margin
+</span>
+Clearly, PAGE is best used when you want a convenient way to tell
+mom just the dimensions of your printer sheet (width and length), or
+when you want to tell her everything about the page (dimensions and
+all the margins), for example
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGE 8.5i 11i 45p 45p 45p 45p
+</span>
+This sets up an 8-1/2 by 11 inch page with margins of 45 points
+(5/8-inch) all around.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, if you are not using the
+<a href="docprecessing.html">document processing macros</a>
+and invoke PAGE with a top margin argument, any macro you invoke
+after PAGE will likely move the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+of the first line of text down by one linespace.  To compensate, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .RLD 1v
+</span>
+immediately before entering any text.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please read the
+<a href="#page-setup-note">Important note on page dimensions and papersize</a>
+for information on ensuring groff respects your PAGE dimensions and
+margins.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -NEWPAGE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="newpage" class="macro-id">Start a new page</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>NEWPAGE</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Whenever you want to start a new page, use NEWPAGE, by itself with
+no argument. Mom will finish up processing the current page and move
+you to the top of a new one (subject to the top margin set with
+<a href="#t-margin">T_MARGIN</a>).
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-bottom: 24px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="basic-params-intro" class="macro-group">Basic typesetting parameters</h2>
+
+<p>
+The basic typesetting parameter macros deal with fundamental
+requirements for setting type: family, font, point size, leading,
+and line length.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;re using the typesetting macros only, the arguments
+passed to the basic parameter macros remain in effect until
+you change them.  The document processing macros handle things
+differently.  See
+<a href="docprocessing.html#behaviour">Typesetting macros during document processing</a>
+for an explanation.
+</p>
+
+<div id="index-basic" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Basic parameter macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#family">FAMILY</a> &ndash; type family</li>
+  <li><a href="#font">FT</a> &ndash; font</li>
+  <li><a href="#fallback-font">FALLBACK_FONT</a> &ndash; for invalid fonts</li>
+  <li><a href="#ps">PT_SIZE</a> &ndash; point size of type</li>
+  <li><a href="#leading">LS</a> &ndash; line spacing/leading</li>
+  <li><a href="#autolead">AUTOLEAD</a> &ndash; automatic line spacing</li>
+  <li><a href="#linelength">LL</a> &ndash; line length</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -FAMILY- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="family" class="macro-id">Type family</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FAMILY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;family&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>FAM</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAMILY takes one argument: the name of the
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+you want.  Groff comes with a small set of basic families, each
+identified by a 1-, 2-or 3-letter mnemonic.  The standard families
+are:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A   = Avant Garde
+  BM  = Bookman
+  H   = Helvetica
+  HN  = Helvetica Narrow
+  N   = New Century Schoolbook
+  P   = Palatino
+  T   = Times Roman
+  ZCM = Zapf Chancery
+</span>
+The argument you pass to FAMILY is the identifier at left, above.
+For example, if you want Helvetica, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FAMILY H
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: -1em;">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> The font macro
+(<a href="#font">FT</a>)
+lets you specify both the type family and the desired font with
+a single macro.  While this saves a few keystrokes, I recommend
+using FAMILY for family, and FT for font, except where doing
+so is genuinely inconvenient. <kbd>ZCM</kbd>, for example,
+only exists in one style: Italic (<kbd>I</kbd>).  Therefore,
+<kbd>.FT&nbsp;ZCMI</kbd> makes more sense than setting the family to
+<kbd>ZCM</kbd>, then setting the font to <kbd>I</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Furthermore, if you need to access a character from groff's Zapf
+Dingbats font directly, use <kbd>.FT&nbsp;ZD</kbd> or the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd>\f[ZD]</kbd>.  Commonly-used dingbats are
+available without changing to the ZD font by using groff's
+pre-defined character escapes, e.g. <kbd>\[rh]</kbd> for a pointing
+right hand; see <kbd>man groff_char</kbd> for a complete list.
+Dingbats that have not been pre-defined must be accessed with the
+<kbd>\N</kbd> escape.  For example, <kbd>\f[ZD]\N'37'</kbd> prints
+the (undefined) telephone dingbat.  
+</p>
+
+<p id="fam-add-note" class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span> 
+If you are running a version of groff lower than 1.19.2, you must
+follow all FAMILY requests with a FT request, otherwise mom will set
+all type up to the next FT request in the
+<a href="#fallback-font">fallback font</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+If you are running a version of groff greater than or
+equal to 1.19.2, when you invoke the FAMILY macro, mom
+&#8220;remembers&#8221; the font style (Roman, Italic, etc)
+currently in use (if the font style exists in the new family) and
+will continue to use the same font style in the new family.  For
+example:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FAMILY BM   \" Bookman family
+  .FT     I    \" Medium Italic
+  &lt;some text&gt;  \" Bookman Medium Italic
+  .FAMILY H    \" Helvetica family
+  &lt;more text&gt;  \" Helvetica Medium Italic
+</span>
+However, if the font style does not exist in the new family, mom
+will set all subsequent type in the
+<a href="#fallback-font">fallback font</a>
+(by default, Courier Medium Roman) until she encounters a
+<a href="#font">FT</a>
+request that&#8217;s valid for the family.  For example, assuming
+you don&#8217;t have the font &#8220;Medium Condensed Roman&#8221;
+(mom extension &#8220;CD&#8221;) in the Helvetica family:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FAMILY UN    \" Univers family
+  .FT     CD    \" Medium Condensed
+  &lt;some text&gt;   \" Univers Medium Condensed
+  .FAMILY H     \" Helvetica family
+  &lt;more text&gt;   \" Courier Medium Roman!
+</span>
+In the above example, you must follow
+<kbd>.FAMILY&nbsp;H</kbd> with a FT request
+that&#8217;s valid for Helvetica.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please see the Appendices,
+<a href="appendices.html#fonts">Adding fonts to groff</a>,
+for information on adding fonts and families to groff, as well as
+to see a list of the extensions mom provides to groff&#8217;s basic
+<b>R</b>, <b>I</b>, <b>B</b>, <b>BI</b> styles.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Suggestion:</span> When adding 
+families to groff, I recommend following the established standard
+for the naming families and fonts.  For example, if you add the
+Garamond family, name the font files
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  GARAMONDR
+  GARAMONDI
+  GARAMONDB
+  GARAMONDBI
+</span>
+GARAMOND then becomes a valid family name you can pass to FAMILY.
+(You could, of course, shorten GARAMOND to just G, or GD.) <b>R</b>,
+<b>I</b>, <b>B</b>, and <b>BI</b> after GARAMOND are the roman,
+italic, bold and bold-italic fonts respectively.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -FT- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="font" class="macro-id">FT</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">R | I | B | BI | &lt;any other valid font style&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>FONT</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, groff permits FT to take one of four possible arguments
+specifying the desired font:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  R  = (Medium) Roman
+  I  = (Medium) Italic
+  B  = Bold (Roman)
+  BI = Bold Italic
+</span>
+For example, if your
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+is Helvetica, entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FT B
+</span>
+will give you the Helvetica bold
+<a href="definitions.html#font">font</a>.
+If your family were Palatino, you&#8217;d get the Palatino bold
+font.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom considerably extends the range of arguments you can pass to FT,
+making it more convenient to add and access fonts of differing
+<a href="definitions.html#weight">weights</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#shape">shapes</a>
+within the same family.  Have a look
+<a href="appendices.html#style-extensions">here</a>
+for a list of the weight/style arguments mom allows.  Be aware,
+though, that you must have the fonts, correctly installed and named,
+in order to use the arguments.  (See
+<a href="appendices.html#fonts">Adding fonts to groff</a>
+for instructions and information.)  Please also read the
+<a href="#fam-add-note">Additional note</a>
+found in the description of the FAMILY macro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How mom reacts to an invalid argument to FT depends on which version
+of groff you&#8217;re using.  If your groff version is greater than
+or equal to 1.19.2, mom will issue a warning and, depending on how
+you&#8217;ve set up the
+<a href="#fallback-font">fallback font</a>,
+either continue processing using the fallback font, or abort
+(allowing you to correct the problem).  If your groff version is
+less than 1.19.2, mom will silently continue processing, using
+either the fallback font or the font that was in effect prior to the
+invalid FT call.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FT will also accept, as an argument, a full family+font name.  For
+example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FT HB
+</span>
+will set subsequent type in Helvetica Bold.  However, I strongly
+recommend keeping family and font separate except where doing so is
+genuinely inconvenient.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For inline control of fonts, see
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-fonts-mom">Inline Escapes, font control</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<!-- -FALLBACK_FONT- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="fallback-font" class="macro-id">Fallback font</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>FALLBACK_FONT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;fallback font&gt; [ ABORT | WARN ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+In the event that you pass an invalid argument to
+<a href="#font">.FAMILY</a>
+(i.e. a non-existent family), mom, by default, uses the fallback
+font, Courier Medium Roman (CR), in order to continue processing
+your file.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d prefer another fallback font, pass FALLBACK_FONT the
+full family+font name of the font you&#8217;d like.  For example, if
+you&#8217;d rather the fallback font were Times Roman Medium Roman,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FALLBACK_FONT TR
+</span>
+would do the trick.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom issues a warning whenever a font style set with
+<a href="#font">FT</a>
+does not exist, either because you haven&#8217;t registered the
+style (see
+<a href="appendices.html#register-style">here</a>
+for instructions on registering styles), or because the font style
+does not exist in the current family set with
+<a href="#family">FAMILY</a>.
+By default, mom then aborts, which allows you to correct the
+problem.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you&#8217;d prefer that mom not abort on non-existent fonts,
+but rather continue processing using a fallback font, you can pass
+FALLBACK_FONT the argument <kbd>WARN</kbd>, either by itself, or in
+conjunction with your chosen fallback font.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some examples of invoking FALLBACK_FONT:
+</p>
+
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -1em;">
+<li style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+<kbd>.FALLBACK_FONT WARN</kbd>
+<br/>
+mom will issue a warning whenever you try to access a non-existent
+font but will continue processing your file with the default
+fallback font, Courier Medium Roman.
+<br/>
+</li>
+<li style="margin-top: .5em;">
+<kbd>.FALLBACK_FONT TR WARN</kbd>
+<br/>
+mom will issue a warning whenever you try to access a non-existent
+font but will continue processing your file with a fallback font of
+Times Roman Medium Roman; additionally, &#8220;TR&#8221; will be
+the fallback font whenever you try to access a family that does not
+exist.
+</li>
+<li style="margin-top: .5em;">
+<kbd>.FALLBACK_FONT TR ABORT</kbd>
+<br/>
+mom will abort whenever you try to access a non-existent font, and
+will use the fallback font &#8220;TR&#8221; whenever you try to
+access a family that does not exist.
+</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+If, for some reason, you want to revert to ABORT, just enter
+<kbd>.FALLBACK_FONT&nbsp;ABORT</kbd> and mom will once again abort
+on font errors.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -PT_SIZE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ps" class="macro-id">Point size of type</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>PT_SIZE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;size of type in points&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PT_SIZE (Point Size) takes one argument: the size of type in points.
+Unlike most other macros that establish the size or measure of
+something, PT_SIZE does not require that you supply a unit of
+measure since it&#8217;s a near universal convention that type size
+is measured in points.  Therefore, to change the type size to, say,
+11 points, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PT_SIZE 11
+</span>
+Point sizes may be fractional (e.g. 10.25 or 12.5).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you invoke PT_SIZE without an argument, it reverts to its former
+value.  For example, if your point size is 10 and you change it to
+12 with <kbd>.PT_SIZE&nbsp;12</kbd>, entering <kbd>.PT_SIZE</kbd>
+(i.e. without an argument) resets the point size to 10.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You can prepend a plus or a minus sign to the argument to PT_SIZE,
+in which case the point size will be changed by + or - the original
+value.  For example, if the point size is 12, and you want 14, you
+can do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PT_SIZE +2
+</span>
+then later reset it to 12 with
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PT_SIZE -2
+</span>
+or, more simply, just
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PT_SIZE
+</span>
+The size of type can also be changed inline.  See
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-size-mom">Inline Escapes, changing point size</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> It is unfortunate that the
+<kbd>pic</kbd> preprocessor has already taken the name,
+<kbd>PS</kbd>, and thus mom&#8217;s macro for setting point
+sizes can&#8217;t use it.  However, if you aren&#8217;t using
+<kbd>pic</kbd>, you might want to
+<a href="goodies.html#alias">alias</a>
+PT_SIZE as PS, since there&#8217;d be no conflict.  For example
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALIAS PS PT_SIZE
+</span>
+would allow you to set point sizes with <kbd>.PS</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -LS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="leading" class="macro-id">Line spacing / leading</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance between lines&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+LS (Line Space) takes one argument: the distance you want, typically
+in points, from baseline to baseline of type.  The argument may be
+fractional (e.g. 12.25 or 14.5).  Like PT_SIZE, LS does not require
+a unit of measure, since
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+is most often given in points.  Therefore, to set the linespace to
+14 points, you would enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LS 14
+</span>
+However, if you wish, you may specify a unit of measure by appending
+it directly to the argument passed to LS.  For example, if you want
+a linespace of 1/4 of an inch, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LS .25i
+</span>
+You can prepend a plus or a minus sign to the argument to LS, in
+which case the line spacing will be changed by + or - the original
+value.  For example, if the line spacing is 14 points, and you want
+17 points, you can do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LS +3
+</span>
+then later reset it to 14 points with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LS -3
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span> LS should not be confused with
+the groff primitive <kbd>.ls</kbd>. LS acts like
+<kbd>.vs</kbd>. mom does not provide a macro analogous to
+<kbd>.ls</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -AUTOLEAD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="autolead" class="macro-id">Automatic line spacing</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>AUTOLEAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;amount of automatic leading&gt; [FACTOR]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Does not require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+<br/>
+(Please see
+<a href="docprocessing.html#autolead">here</a>
+for information on using
+<span style="font-style: normal">AUTOLEAD</span> during document
+processing.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without the <kbd>FACTOR</kbd> argument, AUTOLEAD calculates the
+linespace for you by adding its argument to the current point size
+of type. All subsequent
+<a href="#ps">PT_SIZE</a>
+requests automatically update the linespacing by the autolead amount.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Used in this way, AUTOLEAD does not require a unit of measure;
+points is assumed.  However, you may use an alternate unit of
+measure by appending it to the argument.  The argument may be a
+decimal fraction (e.g. .5 or 2.75).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As an example, if your current point size of type is 12, entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTOLEAD 2
+</span>
+changes the linespace to 14 points, regardless any linespacing
+already in effect.  From here on, every change to the size of type
+(with PT_SIZE, not
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline</a>)
+changes the linespace as well.  If you decrease the type size to 9
+points, the leading decreases to 11 points.  If you increase the
+type size to 16 points, the leading increases to 18 points.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Automatic updating of the linespacing continues until you enter a
+&#8220;manual&#8221; line space value with
+<a href="#leading">LS</a>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span> Please note that the groff
+<a href="definitions.html#primitives">primitives</a>,
+<kbd>.vs</kbd> and <kbd>.ps</kbd>, are unaffected by, and have no
+effect, on AUTOLEAD.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+If you give AUTOLEAD the optional FACTOR argument, AUTOLEAD
+calculates the line space as a factor of the
+<a href="definitions.html#numericargument">numeric argument</a>
+you gave AUTOLEAD.  For example, if your point size is 12,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .AUTOLEAD 1.125 FACTOR
+</span>
+sets the leading at 13.5 points.  If you change the point size to
+14, the leading automatically changes to 15.75 (14 x 1.125).
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> There&#8217;s no need to prepend a
+plus sign
+(<kbd>+</kbd>)
+to AUTOLEAD&#8217;s argument, although you may do so if you wish.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -LL- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="linelength" class="macro-id">Line length</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LL</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;line length&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+LL (Line Length) takes one argument: the distance from the left
+margin of the page to the maximum allowable point on the right at
+which groff should place type.  The line length, in other words, as
+the macro suggests.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+LL requires a unit of measure.  Therefore, to set the line length to
+39 picas, you would enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL 39P
+</span>
+As with other macros that require a unit of measure, the argument to
+LL may be fractional.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL 4.5i
+</span>
+sets the line length to 4-1/2 inches.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, you may express a new line length relative to the
+current line length by prepending a plus or minus sign to the
+argument.  Thus, if you wanted to increase the line length by 3
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>, you could
+do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL +3p
+</span>
+This is especially handy when you want to &#8220;hang&#8221;
+punctuation outside the right margin since you can pass
+groff&#8217;s
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-stringwidth-groff"><kbd>\w</kbd></a>
+escape as the argument to LL, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL +\w'.'u
+</span>
+The above example increases the current line length by the width of
+a period.  Notice that you must append the
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+<b>u</b>, to the escape since LL requires a unit of measure.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> The right margin macro
+<a href="#r-margin">(R_MARGIN)</a>
+can also be used to set line length.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="justification-intro" class="macro-group">Justification and quadding/breaking and joining lines</h2>
+
+<p>
+The justification and quadding macros deal with how type aligns
+along the left and right margins.  In a nutshell, type either aligns
+at the left margin, at the right margin, at both margins, or at
+neither margin (centred).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These macros also determine whether or not
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>
+are joined and
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>
+during output.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Additionally, macros that deal with how to break
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output lines</a>
+are covered in this section, as is the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+for joining input lines.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You may encounter some words here that are unfamiliar.  Refer to
+<a href="definitions.html#typesetting">Typesetting terms</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#groff">Groff terms</a>
+for an explanation.
+</p>
+
+<div id="index-justification" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Justification and quadding/breaking and joining lines macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li>Fill modes
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#justify">JUSTIFY</a> &ndash; set lines justified</li>
+    <li><a href="#quad">QUAD</a> &ndash; set filled lines flush left, right or centred</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Nofill modes
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#lrc">LEFT</a> &ndash; set non-filled lines flush left</li>
+    <li><a href="#lrc">RIGHT</a> &ndash; set non-filled lines flush right</li>
+    <li><a href="#lrc">CENTER</a> &ndash; set non-filled lines centred</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Breaking lines
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#br">BR</a> &ndash; manually break an output line</li>
+    <li><a href="#el">EL</a> &ndash; break a line without advancing to the next output line</li>
+    <li><a href="#space">SPACE</a> &ndash; break a line and add space before the next output line</li>
+    <li><a href="#spread">SPREAD</a> &ndash; break and force-justify an output line</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Joining input lines in <a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill mode</a>
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#join">\c</a> inline escape</li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -JUSTIFY- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="justify" class="macro-id">Justify lines</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>JUSTIFY</b>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+(See
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>
+for a definition of the difference between &#8220;fill&#8221; and
+&#8220;no-fill&#8221; modes.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+JUSTIFY doesn&#8217;t take an argument. 
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">Input lines</a>
+after JUSTIFY are
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified</a>
+upon output.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To break lines and prevent them from being filled and justified, use
+the
+<a href="#br">BR</a>
+macro.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -QUAD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="quad" class="macro-id">Quad lines left, right, or centre</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>QUAD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">L | LEFT | R | RIGHT | C | CENTER | J | JUSTIFY</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias" style="margin-bottom: 0;">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>FILL</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="requires">(See
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>
+for a definition of the difference between &#8220;fill&#8221; and
+&#8220;no-fill&#8221; modes.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+QUAD takes one argument: the direction in which lines should be
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quadded</a>.
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">Input lines</a>
+after QUAD are 
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>
+upon output.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>L</kbd> or <kbd>LEFT</kbd>, type is set flush along the left
+margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>R</kbd> or <kbd>RIGHT</kbd>, type is set flush along the
+right margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If <kbd>C</kbd> or <kbd>CENTER</kbd> type is set centred on the
+current line length.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>J</kbd> and <kbd>JUSTIFY</kbd> justify text, and are
+included as a convenience only.  Obviously, if text is
+justified, it isn&#8217;t quadded. <kbd>.QUAD&nbsp;J</kbd> and
+<kbd>.QUAD&nbsp;JUSTIFY</kbd> have exactly the same effect as
+<a href="#justify">JUSTIFY</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To break lines and prevent them from being filled, use the
+<a href="#br">BR</a>
+macro.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -LEFT, RIGHT, CENTER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="lrc" class="macro-id">Set lines flush left, right or centered in no-fill mode</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LEFT</b>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>RIGHT</b>
+<br/>
+Macro: <b>CENTER</b> &nbsp;(alias CENTRE)
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+(See
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill mode</a>
+for a definition of the difference between &#8220;fill&#8221; and
+&#8220;no-fill&#8221; modes.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+LEFT, RIGHT, and CENTER let you enter text on a line for line basis
+without having to use the
+<a href="#br">BR</a>
+macro after each line.  Consider the following:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .QUAD LEFT
+  So runs my dream, but what am I?
+  .BR
+  An infant crying in the night
+  .BR
+  An infant crying for the light
+  .BR
+  And with no language but a cry.
+  .BR
+</span>
+Because text after <kbd>.QUAD&nbsp;LEFT</kbd> is
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>,
+you have to use the
+<a href="#br">BR</a>
+macro to prevent the lines from running together.  Not only is this
+annoying to type, it&#8217;s awkward to read in a text editor.  Much
+better to do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  So runs my dream, but what am I?
+  An infant crying in the night
+  An infant crying for the light
+  And with no language but a cry.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> Because LEFT,
+RIGHT, and CENTER are nofill modes, groff does not always respect the
+current line length.
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">Input lines</a>
+that run long may exceed it, or get broken in undesirable ways.
+Therefore, when using these three macros, you should preview your
+work to ensure that all lines fit as expected.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -BR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="br" class="macro-id">Manually break lines</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BR</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+When using
+<a href="#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+or
+<a href="#quad">QUAD</a>,
+BR tells mom about partial lines that you want broken (as opposed to
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>).
+Any partial
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output line</a>
+that immediately precedes BR will be
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quadded</a>
+in the direction of the current quad, or set flush left if text is
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Most of the time, you won&#8217;t need the BR macro.  In fill modes,
+mom tries to be sensible about where breaks are needed.  If the
+nature of a macro is such that under most circumstances you&#8217;d
+expect a break, mom puts it in herself.  Equally, in macros where a
+break isn&#8217;t normally desirable, no break occurs.  This means
+text files don&#8217;t get cluttered with annoying BR&#8217;s.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Lines of text in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill mode</a>
+never require a BR.  Furthermore, in nofill mode, ALL macros cause a
+break.  If a break is not desired, use the
+<a href="#join"><kbd>\c</kbd></a>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom" style="margin-top: -1em">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span> BR is an alias for
+<kbd>.br</kbd>.  You can use either, or mix
+&#8217;n&#8217; match with impunity.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -EL- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="el" class="macro-id">Manually break a line without advancing on the page</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>EL</b>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+In nofill modes
+<span style="font-style: normal;">
+(<a href="#left">LEFT</a>,
+<a href="#right">RIGHT</a>,
+<a href="#center">CENTER</a>)
+</span>
+you must terminate the line input preceding
+<span style="font-style: normal;">EL</span>
+with the
+<span style="font-style: normal;">
+<kbd>\c</kbd> inline escape.
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-top: -.5em">
+<i><b>Suggestion:</b> If you find remembering whether to put in the</i>
+<kbd>\c</kbd>
+<i>bothersome, you may prefer to use the</i>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<i>alternative to</i> EL,
+<a href="inlines.html#b"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[B]</span></kbd></a>,
+<i>which works consistently regardless of the fill mode.
+</i>EL <i>does not work after the</i>
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">PAD</a>
+<i>macro.  See</i>
+<a href="goodies.html#nobreak"><kbd>.PAD&nbsp;NOBREAK</kbd></a>
+<i>for the way around this.</i>
+</p>
+
+<p id="el-example">
+EL (&#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">E</span>nd <span style="text-decoration: underline;">L</span>ine&#8221;)
+is conceptually equivalent to the notion of a carriage return with
+no linefeed.  Its function is simple: it breaks a line without
+advancing on the page.  As an example of where you might use it,
+imagine that you&#8217;re working from marked-up copy.  The markup
+indicates 24 points of space between two given lines, but the
+prevailing line spacing is 12.5 points.  You may find it more
+convenient to break the first line with EL and instruct mom to
+advance 24 points to the next line instead of calculating the lead
+that needs to be added to 12.5 to get 24.  To demonstrate:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  .LS 12.5
+  A line of text.\c
+  .EL
+  .ALD 24p
+  The next line of text.
+</span>
+may be more intuitive than
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  .LS 12.5
+  A line of text.
+  .ALD 11.5p
+  The next line of text.
+</span>
+The first example has the further advantage that should you wish to
+change the prevailing line space but keep the 24 points lead, you
+don&#8217;t have to recalculate the extra space.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ALD in the above examples stands for
+&#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">A</span>dvance
+<span style="text-decoration: underline;">L</span>ea<span style="text-decoration: underline;">D</span>&#8221;,
+which is covered in the section
+<a href="#aldrld-intro">Vertical movements</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SP- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="space" class="macro-id">Break lines and add space between</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SPACE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[&lt;space to add between lines&gt;]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>SP</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SPACE breaks a line, just like
+<a href="#br">BR</a>,
+then adds space after the line.  With no argument, it adds an extra
+line space.  If you pass it a numeric argument without supplying a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>,
+it advances that number of extra line spaces.  For example:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPACE
+</span>
+breaks the line then adds an extra linespace, whereas
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPACE 2
+</span>
+breaks the line and adds two extra linespaces.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you supply a unit of measure, SPACE breaks the line and advances
+the specified vertical distance, as in
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SPACE 6p
+</span>
+which breaks the line and advances six points further.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span> SPACE and
+<a href="#ald">ALD</a>
+can be used interchangeably (<kbd>.SPACE&nbsp;6p</kbd> and
+<kbd>.ALD&nbsp;6p</kbd> are equivalent).  However, ALD without an
+argument does nothing, whereas SPACE without an argument adds an
+extra line space.  I recommend using SPACE when you want an extra
+line space (or multiple thereof), and ALD whenever you want some
+other value of space after a line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span> SPACE is an alias of
+<kbd>.sp</kbd>.  You can use either, or mix &#8217;n&#8217; match
+with impunity.  Because SPACE aliases <kbd>.sp</kbd>, it may be used
+with groff&#8217;s absolute position modifier
+&#8220;<kbd>|</kbd>&#8221; (the pipe
+character) to move to a specified vertical location on the page.
+Consult
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  info&nbsp;groff&nbsp;&#8220;Manipulating Spacing&#8221;
+</span>
+or, more simply,
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  info&nbsp;groff&nbsp;sp.
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SPREAD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="spread" class="macro-id">Break and force justify (spread) lines</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SPREAD</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, you need to break a line of
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified</a>
+text and have it come out fully justified, not
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quadded</a>
+left the way it would be with the
+<a href="#br">BR</a>
+macro.  An example of where you&#8217;d do this would be when you
+want to prevent a word at the end of a line from being hyphenated
+(say, a proper name). SPREAD is the macro that lets you break the
+line and have it came out fully justified.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="experts">Experts:</span> SPREAD is an alias for
+<kbd>.brp</kbd> You can use either, or mix &#8217;n&#8217; match
+with impunity.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -JOIN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="join" class="macro-id">Join input lines</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\c</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes, especially when in one of the
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill modes</a>,
+a macro will cause a break where you don&#8217;t want one.  In order
+to prevent this from happening (in other words, to join
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>
+together, forming one
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output line</a>),
+use the groff
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd>\c</kbd> at the end of each input line to be
+joined to another, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  .FAMILY T
+  .FT R
+  Some lines of text to be \c
+  .FAMILY H
+  .FT B
+  joined \c
+  .FAMILY T
+  .FT R
+  together.
+</span>
+Upon output, the lines will be joined together to read
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Some lines of text to be joined together.
+</span>
+with the word &#8220;joined&#8221; in Helvetica bold.  Note the
+spaces before <kbd>\c</kbd>.  Without them, the last three words of
+the output line would read
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  bejoinedtogether
+</span>
+Please also note that had the example been in one of the
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill modes</a>,
+there&#8217;d have been no need for the <kbd>\c</kbd>.  
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<b>Addendum:</b> The example, above, is designed to demonstrate the
+use of <kbd>\c</kbd>.  An easier and more intuitive way
+to accomplish the family/font change in the example would be with
+the groff
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>,
+<kbd><a href="inlines.html#inline-fonts-groff">\f</a></kbd>,
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="padding-bottom: 0px;">
+  Some lines of text to be \f[HB]joined\*[PREV] together.
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-bottom: 24px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="refinements-intro" class="macro-group">Typographic refinements</h2>
+
+<p>
+The macros in this section help you tweak groff&#8217;s behaviour,
+ensuring that your documents look typographically professional.
+</p>
+
+<div id="index-refinements" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Typographic refinements macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li>Word and sentence spacing
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#ws">WS</a> &ndash; word spacing</li>
+    <li><a href="#ss">SS</a> &ndash; sentence space</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Letter spacing (track kerning)
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#rw">RW</a> &ndash; reduce whitespace</li>
+    <li><a href="#ew">EW</a> &ndash; expand whitespace</li>
+    <li><a href="#br-at-line-kern">BR_AT_LINE_KERN</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Hyphenation
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#hy">HY</a> &ndash; turn auto hyphenation on/off, or set specific hyphenation parameters</li>
+    <li><a href="#hy-set">HY_SET</a> &ndash; set all hyphenation parameters</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Automatic kerning and ligatures
+  <ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#kern">KERN</a> &ndash; turn automatic pairwise kerning on or off</li>
+    <li><a href="#ligatures">LIGATURES</a> &ndash; turn automatic generation of ligatures on or off</li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -WS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ws" class="macro-id">Word spacing</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>WS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;+|-wordspace&gt; | DEFAULT</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+WS (Word Space) increases or decreases the amount of space between
+words.  In
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill modes</a>,
+or if
+<a href="#quad">QUAD</a>
+is in effect, the space between words is fixed.  Therefore, if you
+change the word spacing with WS, the change applies uniformly to the
+space between every word on every line.  However, when text is
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified</a>,
+the space between words varies from line to line (in order to
+justify the text).  Consequently, the change you make with WS
+represents the minimum (and ideal) space groff will try to put
+between words before deciding whether to hyphenate a final word or
+to stretch the word spacing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Word space is relative to point size.  Generally, in/decreasing the
+word space by a value of 1 or 2 produces a difference that in many
+cases is scarcely visible.  In/decreasing by a value between 3 and 5
+produces a subtle but noticeable difference.  In/decreasing by a
+value greater than 6 is almost always apparent.  You should preview
+your work to assess the effect of WS.
+</p>
+
+<p id="ws-usage">
+WS takes as its argument a whole number preceded by a plus or minus
+sign.  Therefore, to decrease the word space slightly, you might
+enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .WS -2
+</span>
+To increase it by a noticeable amount, you might enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .WS +6
+</span>
+You can reset the word spacing to its previous value by switching
+the plus or minus sign, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .WS +2
+  A line of text
+  .WS -2
+</span>
+The <kbd>.WS&nbsp;-2</kbd> undoes the effect of
+<kbd>.WS&nbsp;+2</kbd>.  You can also reset WS to its groff default
+by entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .WS DEFAULT
+</span>
+This can be particularly useful if you&#8217;ve been playing around
+with plus and minus values, and can&#8217;t remember by how much to
+in/decrease the word space to get it back to normal.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -SS- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ss" class="macro-id">Sentence space</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;+sentence space&gt; | 0 | DEFAULT</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+SS (Sentence Space) tells groff how to treat double spaces it
+encounters between sentences in
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>.
+If you use SS, input sentences with two spaces after them <i>and</i>
+input sentences that fall at the end of input lines all receive a
+normal word space plus an additional amount of space whose size is
+determined by the + value passed as an argument to SS.  Thus,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SS +2
+</span>
+means that input sentences with two spaces after them receive a
+normal word space PLUS the +2 value passed to SS.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Like
+<a href="#ws">WS</a>,
+increasing the sentence space by a value of 1 or 2 produces a
+difference that in many cases is scarcely visible.  Increasing by a
+value of 5 or so produces a subtle but noticeable difference (i.e.,
+the space between double-spaced input sentences will be slightly
+but visibly greater than the space between words).  Increasing by a
+value greater than 10 is always apparent.  You should preview your
+work to assess the effect of SS.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There&#8217;s an additional argument you can pass SS: the number
+zero (without the plus sign).  It&#8217;s the argument you&#8217;ll
+use most often.  Typeset copy should never have two spaces between
+sentences, and the "zero" argument tells groff to give the extra
+spaces no space at all (effectively removing them).  Therefore, if
+you double-space your sentences (as you should when writing in a
+text editor), get in the habit of putting
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SS 0
+</span>
+at the top of your files.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you do use SS for something other than ensuring that you
+don&#8217;t get unwanted sentence spaces in output copy, you can set
+or reset the sentence space to the groff default (the same width
+as a word space, i.e., double-spaced input sentences will appear
+double-spaced on output as well) with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SS DEFAULT
+</span>
+If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html">document processing macros</a>
+and your
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE</a>
+is <kbd>TYPEWRITE</kbd>, <kbd>.SS&nbsp;DEFAULT</kbd> is the
+default, because you do want double spaces between sentences in copy
+that imitates the look of a typewritten document.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> SS with an argument other
+than <kbd>0</kbd> (zero) should only be used if you&#8217;re of
+the old (and wise) school of typists that puts two spaces between
+sentences.  If you ignore this advice and use SS when you habitually
+put only one space between sentences, you risk producing output
+where the space between sentences is not equal.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HY- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="hy" class="macro-id">Automatic hyphenation control</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">LINES &lt;max. number of consecutive hyphenated lines&gt;</kbd>
+  <br/>
+Macro: <b>HY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">MARGIN &lt;size of hyphenation margin&gt;</kbd>
+  <br/>
+Macro: <b>HY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">SPACE &lt;extra interword spacing to prevent hyphenation&gt;</kbd>
+  <br/>
+Macro: <b>HY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">DEFAULT</kbd>
+  <br/>
+Macro: <b>HY</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias">
+<i>Aliases:</i> <b>HYPHENATE, HYPHENATION</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HY, as you can see, can be invoked with a number of arguments.  In
+all cases, the aliases HYPHENATE or HYPHENATION can be used in place
+of HY.  To aid in understanding the various arguments you can pass
+to HY, I&#8217;ve broken them down into separate sections.
+</p>
+
+<h3 class="docs">1.&nbsp;&nbsp;HY</h3>
+
+<p>
+HY by itself (i.e. with no argument) simply turns automatic
+hyphenation on.  Any argument other than LINES, MARGIN, SPACE, or
+DEFAULT, turns automatic hyphenation off.  For example, as explained
+in
+<a href="intro.html#macro-args">How to read macro arguments</a>,
+you could turn HY off by entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY OFF
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY X
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY END
+</span>
+A subsequent call to HY restores hyphenation with the parameters for
+LINES, MARGIN, or SPACE that were formerly in effect (see below).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HY observes the following default hyphenation rules:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-left: 18px;">
+  <li>Last lines (i.e. ones that will spring a trap&mdash;typically
+      the last line on a page) will not be hyphenated.
+  </li>
+  <li>The first and last two characters of a word are never
+      split off.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 class="docs numbered">2.&nbsp;&nbsp;HY LINES</h3>
+
+<p>
+HY LINES sets the maximum number of consecutive hyphenated lines
+that will appear in output copy.  2 is a very good choice, and
+you&#8217;d set it with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY LINES 2
+</span>
+By default, when you turn automatic hyphenation on, there is no
+limit to the number of consecutive hyphenated lines.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+<a href="definitions.html#discretionaryhyphen">Discretionary hyphens</a>
+count when groff is figuring out how many lines to hyphenate;
+explicit hyphens (i.e. the actual hyphen character) do not.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs numbered">3.&nbsp;&nbsp;HY MARGIN</h3>
+
+<p>
+HY MARGIN sets the amount of room allowed at the end of a line
+before hyphenation is tripped (e.g., if there&#8217;s only 6 points
+left at the end of a line, groff won&#8217;t try to hyphenate the
+next word).  HY MARGIN only applies if you&#8217;re using
+<a href="#quad">QUAD</a>,
+and is really only useful if you&#8217;re using QUAD LEFT.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As an example, if you don&#8217;t want groff to hyphenate words
+when there&#8217;s only 18 points of space left at the end of a
+left-quadded line, you&#8217;d enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em">
+  .HY MARGIN 18p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> The numeric argument after HY
+MARGIN requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs numbered">4.&nbsp;&nbsp;HY SPACE</h3>
+
+<p>
+HY SPACE sets an amount of extra interword space that groff will
+try to put between words on a line in order to <i>prevent</i>
+hyphenation.  HY SPACE applies only to
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified lines</a>.
+Generally speaking, you&#8217;ll want this value to be quite small,
+since too big a value will result in lines with gaping holes between
+the words.  A reasonable value might be half a point, or one point,
+which you&#8217;d set with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY SPACE .5p
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em">
+  .HY SPACE 1p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> The numeric argument after HY SPACE
+requires a
+<a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="docs numbered">5.&nbsp;&nbsp;HY DEFAULT</h3>
+
+<p>
+HY DEFAULT resets automatic hyphenation to its default behaviour,
+cancelling any changes made with HY <kbd>LINES</kbd>, HY
+<kbd>MARGIN</kbd>, and/or HY <kbd>SPACE</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-notes">
+<h3 id="hyphenation-thoughts" class="docs notes">Thoughts on hyphenation in general</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em">
+Hyphenation is a necessary evil.  If it can be avoided, it
+should be.  If it can&#8217;t be, it should occur infrequently.
+That&#8217;s the reason for the number of parameters you can set
+with HY.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Furthermore, hyphenation in
+<a href="definitions.html#rag">rag</a>
+copy requires a great deal of attention.  At best, it should be
+avoided completely by individually adjusting the number of words
+on consecutive lines to achieve a pleasing, natural-looking rag.
+Since such adjustments are often too fussy for document processing,
+I recommend playing around with HY MARGIN a bit if your copy looks
+hyphen-heavy.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HY_SET- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="hy-set" class="macro-id">Set hyphenation parameters all at once</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HY_SET</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;lines&gt; [ &lt;margin&gt; [ &lt;space&gt; ] ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="alias">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>HYSET</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HY_SET lets you set the parameters for hyphenation
+with a single macro. <kbd>&lt;lines&gt;,</kbd>
+<kbd>&lt;margin&gt;</kbd>, and
+<kbd>&lt;space&gt;</kbd> correspond to the numeric
+values required by <kbd>LINES</kbd>,
+<kbd>MARGIN</kbd>, and <kbd>SPACE</kbd> as described
+<a href="#hy">above</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To set just the maximum number of consecutive hyphenated lines,
+you&#8217;d enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY_SET 2
+</span>
+If you wanted the same number of maximum consecutive hyphenated
+lines and a hyphenation margin for use with
+<a href="definitions.html#rag">rag</a>
+copy,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HY_SET 2 36p
+</span>
+would set the hyphenation margin to 36 points.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wanted the same number of maximum consecutive hyphenated
+lines and a hyphenation space of 2 points for use with
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified</a>
+copy, 
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .HYSET 2 0 2p
+</span>
+is how you&#8217;d do it.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -RW- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="rw" class="macro-id">Reduce whitespace</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>RW</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;amount of whitespace reduction between letters&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+RW (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">R</span>educe <span style="text-decoration: underline;">W</span>hitespace)
+and its corresponding macro
+EW (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">E</span>xpand <span style="text-decoration: underline;">W</span>hitespace),
+allow you to tighten (or loosen)
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output lines</a>
+by uniformly reducing or expanding the space between characters.
+This is particularly useful when you want to squeeze or stretch
+lines on a narrow measure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The value passed to RW may be a whole number or a decimal fraction.
+Since a value of 1 produces a noticeable reduction in the space
+between letters at text sizes, you&#8217;ll most likely use small
+decimal values when tightening lines.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .RW .1
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .RW .2
+</span>
+may be just enough to squeeze an extra character or two on a line
+without the change in letter spacing being obvious.  I highly
+recommend previewing your work to assess the effect of RW.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> By default, RW does not deposit a 
+<a href="#br">break</a>
+when it&#8217;s invoked if you&#8217;re in one of the
+<a href="definitions.html#fill">fill</a>
+modes (i.e.
+<a href="#quad">QUAD</a>
+L, R, C, J, or
+<a href="#justify">JUSTIFY</a>).
+If you want
+RW to break at the ends of the previous
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>
+while you&#8217;re in a fill mode, tell mom
+that&#8217;s what you want by invoking
+<kbd><a href="#br-at-line-kern">.BR_AT_LINE_KERN</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span>
+RW (and its complement, EW, see below) only affects the current
+font, and remains in effect for that font every time it&#8217;s
+called, hence it must be reset to zero to cancel its effect
+(<kbd>.RW&nbsp;0</kbd>).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -EW- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ew" class="macro-id">Expand whitespace</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>EW</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;amount of whitespace expansion between letters&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+EW (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">E</span>xpand <span style="text-decoration: underline;">W</span>hitespace)
+expands the amount of whitespace between letters, effectively
+&#8220;loosening&#8221; lines of type.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The value passed to EW may be a whole number or a decimal fraction.
+Since a value of 1 produces a noticeable expansion in the space
+between letters at text sizes, you&#8217;ll most likely use small
+decimal values when loosening lines.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .EW .1
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .EW .2
+</span>
+may be just enough to open up a line without the change in letter
+spacing being obvious.  I highly recommend previewing your work to
+assess the effect of EW.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> By default, EW does not deposit a 
+<a href="#br">break</a>
+when it&#8217;s invoked if you&#8217;re in one of the
+<a href="definitions.html#fill">fill</a>
+modes (i.e.
+<a href="#quad">QUAD</a>
+L, R, C, J, or
+<a href="#justify">JUSTIFY</a>).
+If you want
+EW to break at the ends of the previous
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>
+while you&#8217;re in a fill mode, tell mom that&#8217;s what you
+want by invoking the
+<kbd><a href="#br-at-line-kern">.BR_AT_LINE_KERN</a></kbd>
+toggle macro.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span>
+EW (and its complement, RW, see above) only affects the current
+font, and remains in effect for that font every time it&#8217;s
+called, hence it must be reset to zero to cancel its effect
+(<kbd>.RW&nbsp;0</kbd>).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -BR_AT_LINE_KERN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="br-at-line-kern" class="macro-id">Break before line kerning</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>BR_AT_LINE_KERN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By default, in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill</a>
+modes (i.e.
+<a href="#quad">QUAD</a>
+L, R, C, J, or
+<a href="#justify">JUSTIFY</a>)
+mom does not break
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>
+when you invoke
+<a href="#rw">RW</a>
+or
+<a href="#ew">EW</a>.
+If you&#8217;d like her to break input lines prior to RW or EW,
+invoke <kbd>.BR_AT_INPUT_LINE</kbd> without any argument.  To
+disable the breaks, invoke <kbd>.BR_AT_INPUT_LINE</kbd> with any
+argument (<kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>QUIT</kbd>, <kbd>END</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>...), like this
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BR_AT_LINE_KERN OFF
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .BR_AT_LINE_KERN X
+</span>
+With QUAD L, R, or C, mom simply breaks the line.  With QUAD J (or
+just JUSTIFY, which is the same thing), she breaks and
+<a href="definitions.html#force">force justifies</a>
+the line prior to <kbd>.EW</kbd> or <kbd>.RW</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -KERN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="kern" class="macro-id">Automatic kerning</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>KERN</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+By itself (i.e. with no argument), KERN turns automatic pairwise
+<a href="definitions.html#kern">kerning</a>
+on.  With any argument (e.g. <kbd>OFF</kbd>, <kbd>Q</kbd>,
+<kbd>X</kbd>), pairwise kerning is turned off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kerning of individual character pairs can be controlled with the two
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+<br/>
+<kbd>\*[BU&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;]</kbd> and
+<kbd>\*[FU&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;]</kbd>.  See
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-kerning-mom">Inline Escapes, kerning</a>.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -LIGATURES- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ligatures" class="macro-id">Automatic ligature generation</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>LIGATURES</b> <kbd class="macro-args">toggle</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>LIG</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Provided your current font has
+<a href="definitions.html#ligatures">ligatures</a>,
+LIGATURES, by itself, turns on automatic generation of ligatures.
+When automatic ligature generation is on, simply typing the letters
+of a ligature combination will produce the correct ligature upon
+output.  For example, if you type the word &#8220;finally&#8221;,
+the fi combination will be output as an fi ligature.  Generally
+speaking, ligatures are A Good Thing, hence mom has them on by
+default.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+LIGATURES with any argument turns automatic ligature generation off.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Not all fonts support ligatures.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="modifications-intro" class="macro-group">Type modifications (pseudo font styles)</h2>
+
+<p>
+It sometimes happens that a
+<a href="definitions.html#family">family</a>
+doesn&#8217;t contain all the fonts you need.  You might, for
+example, be missing an italic font, or a bold font.  Or you might
+not be able to get your hands on the condensed version.  That&#8217;s
+where these macros and inline escapes come in.  With them, you
+can fake the fonts you&#8217;re missing.  A word of caution,
+though: &#8220;faked&#8221; fonts are just that&mdash;faked.  You
+should only use them as a last resort, and then only sparingly.  A
+word or two or a line or two in a faked font will pass unnoticed;
+large patches of type in a faked font look typographically cheap.
+</p>
+
+<div id="index-modifications" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Type modifications macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li>Pseudo italic
+  <ul style="list-style: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#setslant">SETSLANT</a> &ndash; degree of pseudo-italicizing</li>
+    <li><a href="#slant-inline">\*[SLANT]</a> &ndash; inline escape for pseudo-italicizing type</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Pseudo bold
+  <ul style="list-style: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#setbolder">SETBOLDER</a> &ndash; amount of emboldening</li>
+    <li><a href="#bolder-inline">\*[BOLDER]</a> &ndash; inline escape for emboldening type</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Pseudo condensed
+  <ul style="list-style: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#condense">CONDENSE</a> &ndash; percentage for pseudo-condensed type</li>
+    <li><a href="#cond-inline">\*[COND]</a> &ndash; inline escape for pseudo-condensed type</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Pseudo extended
+  <ul style="list-style: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#extend">EXTEND</a> &ndash; percentage for pseudo-extended type</li>
+    <li><a href="#ext-inline">\*[EXT]</a> &ndash; inline escape for pseudo-extending</li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li>Smallcaps
+  <ul style="list-style: none; margin-left: -1em;">
+    <li><a href="#smallcaps">SMALLCAPS</a> &ndash; enable smallcaps</li>
+    <li><a href="#smallcaps-style">SMALLCAPS_STYLE</a> &ndash; size, weight, and width of smallcaps</li>
+  </ul></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SETSLANT- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="setslant" class="macro-id">Set degree of slant for pseudo-italicizing</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SETSLANT</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;degrees to slant type&gt; | RESET</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Pseudo-italicizing of type is accomplished by slanting a roman font
+a certain number of degrees to the right. SETSLANT lets you fix the
+number of degrees. Mom&#8217;s default is 15, which produces an
+acceptable approximation of an italic font.  If you want another
+value&mdash;say, 13 degrees&mdash;you&#8217;d set it by entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SETSLANT 13
+</span>
+If you change the degree of slant and later want to set it back to
+the mom default, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SETSLANT RESET
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> By itself, SETSLANT will not start
+pseudo-italicizing type; it merely tells mom what degree of slant
+you want.  To start pseudo-italicizing, use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd>\*[SLANT]</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -\*[SLANT]- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="slant-inline" class="macro-id">Pseudo italic on/off</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[SLANT]</kbd>
+<br/>
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[SLANTX</kbd>]
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd class="macro-args">\*[SLANT]</kbd> begins pseudo-italicizing. <kbd class="macro-args"><span class="nobr">\*[SLANTX]</span></kbd> turns
+the feature off.  Both are <a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline
+escapes</a>,
+therefore they should not appear as separate lines, but rather be
+embedded in text lines, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Not \*[SLANT]everything\*[SLANTX] is as it seems.
+</span>
+Alternatively, if you wanted the whole line pseudo-italicized,
+you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[SLANT]Not everything is as it seems.\*[SLANTX]
+</span>
+Once <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[SLANT]</span></kbd> is invoked, it remains in
+effect until turned off.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: .5em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+mom underlines pseudo-italics by default.  To change this behaviour,
+use the special macro
+<a href="docprocessing.html#typewrite-control">SLANT_MEANS_SLANT</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -SETBOLDER- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="setbolder" class="macro-id">Set amount of emboldening</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SETBOLDER</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;amount of emboldening, in machine units&gt; | RESET</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Emboldening of type is accomplished by printing characters twice;
+the second printing is slightly offset from the first, effectively
+&#8220;thickening&#8221; the character.  SETBOLDER lets you set the
+number of
+<a href="definitions.html#units">machine units</a>
+for the offset.  Mom&#8217;s default is 700 units, which produces an
+acceptable approximation of a bold font.  If you want another
+value&mdash;say, 500 units&mdash;you&#8217;d set it by entering
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SETBOLDER 500
+</span>
+If you change the emboldening offset and later want to set it back
+to the mom default, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SETBOLDER RESET
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> By itself, SETBOLDER will not start
+emboldening type; it merely tells mom what you want the emboldening
+offset to be.  To start emboldening, use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[BOLDER]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -\*[BOLDER]- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="bolder-inline" class="macro-id">Emboldening on/off</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[BOLDER]</kbd>
+<br/>
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[BOLDERX]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd class="macro-args">\*[BOLDER]</kbd> begins emboldening type.
+<kbd class="macro-args"><span class="nobr">\*[BOLDERX]</span></kbd> turns the
+feature off.  Both are
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>,
+therefore they should not appear as separate lines, but rather be
+embedded in text lines, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Not \*[BOLDER]everything\*[BOLDERX] is as it seems.
+</span>
+Alternatively, if you wanted the whole line emboldened,
+you&#8217;d do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[BOLDER]Not everything is as it seems.\*[BOLDERX]
+</span>
+Once <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[BOLDER]</span></kbd> is invoked, it remains in
+effect until turned off.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+mom ignores <kbd>\*[BOLDER]</kbd> requests.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -CONDENSE- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="condense" class="macro-id">Set percentage for pseudo-condensed type</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>CONDENSE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;pseudo-condense percentage&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Pseudo-condensing of type is accomplished by reducing the width of
+characters at a given point size without reducing their height,
+effectively narrowing them so they look like condensed type.
+CONDENSE tells mom what percentage of the normal character width you
+want the characters to be condensed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom has no default value for CONDENSE, therefore you must set it
+before using the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><a href="#cond-inline"><span class="nobr">\*[COND]</span></a></kbd>.
+80 percent of the normal character width is a good value, and
+you&#8217;d set it like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CONDENSE 80
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> By itself, CONDENSE will not start
+pseudo-condensing type; it merely tells mom what percentage of the
+normal character width you want characters to be condensed.  To
+start pseudo-condensing, use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[COND]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span> Make sure that
+pseudo-condensing is off (with
+<kbd><a href="#cond-inline"><span class="nobr">\*[CONDX]</span></a></kbd>)
+before making any changes to the pseudo-condense percentage
+with CONDENSE.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -\*[COND]- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="cond-inline" class="macro-id">Pseudo-condensing on/off</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[COND]</kbd>
+<br/>
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[CONDX]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>\*[COND]</kbd> begins pseudo-condensing type.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CONDX]</span></kbd> turns the feature off.  Both are
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>,
+therefore they should not appear as separate lines, but rather be
+embedded in text lines, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[COND]Not everything is as it seems.\*[CONDX]
+</span>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[COND]</span></kbd> remains in effect until you turn it
+off with <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[CONDX]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> You must turn
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[COND]</span></kbd> off before making any changes to
+the point size of your type, either via the
+<a href="#ps">PT_SIZE</a>
+macro or with the <kbd>\s</kbd> inline escape.  If you wish
+the new point size to be pseudo-condensed, simply re-invoke
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[COND]</span></kbd> afterwards.  Equally,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[COND]</span></kbd> must be turned off before changing
+the condense percentage with
+<kbd><a href="#condense">.CONDENSE</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+mom ignores <kbd>\*[COND]</kbd> requests.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -EXTEND- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="extend" class="macro-id">Set percentage for pseudo-extended type</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>EXTEND</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;pseudo-extend percentage&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Pseudo-extending of type is accomplished by increasing the width of
+characters at a given point size without increasing their height,
+effectively widening them so they look like extended type. EXTEND
+tells mom what percentage of the normal character width you want the
+characters to be extended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mom has no default value for EXTEND, therefore you must set it
+before using the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><a href="#ext-inline"><span class="nobr">\*[EXT]</span></a></kbd>.  120% of
+the normal character width is a good value, and you&#8217;d set it
+like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .EXTEND 120
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> By itself, EXTEND will not start
+pseudo-extending type; it merely tells mom what percentage of the
+normal character width you want characters to be extended.  To start
+pseudo-extending, use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXT]</span></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span> Make sure that
+pseudo-extending is off (with
+<a href="#ext-inline"><kbd>\*[EXTX]</kbd></a>)
+before making any changes to the pseudo-extend percentage
+with EXTEND.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -\*[EXT]- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ext-inline" class="macro-id">Pseudo-extending on/off</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[EXT]</kbd>
+<br/>
+Inline: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[EXTX]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>\*[EXT]</kbd> begins pseudo-extending type.
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXTX]</span></kbd> turns the feature off.  Both are
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>,
+therefore they should not appear as separate lines, but rather be
+embedded in text lines, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[EXT]Not everything is as it seems.\*[EXTX]
+</span>
+<kbd>\*[EXT]</kbd> remains in effect until you turn it off with
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXTX]</span></kbd>.
+</p> <div class="box-important"> <p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> You must turn
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXT]</span></kbd> off before making any changes to the
+point size of your type, either via the
+<a href="#ps">PT_SIZE</a>
+macro or with the <kbd>\s</kbd> inline escape.  If you wish
+the new point size to be pseudo-extended, simply re-invoke
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXT]</span></kbd> afterwards.  Equally,
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXT]</span></kbd> must be turned off before changing
+the extend percentage with
+<a href="#extend">EXTEND</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> If you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+mom ignores <kbd><span class="nobr">\*[EXT]</span></kbd> requests.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- SMALLCAPS -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="smallcaps" class="macro-id">Smallcaps</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SMALLCAPS</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;toggle&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+To begin setting type in pseudo-smallcaps, simply invoke
+<kbd>.SMALLCAPS</kbd>.  When you no longer want them, invoke
+<kbd>SMALLCAPS&nbsp;OFF</kbd> (or <kbd>END</kbd>, <kbd>STOP</kbd>,
+<kbd>DONE</kbd>, etc).  If you are currently in a
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill mode</a>,
+(i.e.
+<a href="#lrc">LEFT</a>,
+<a href="#lrc">CENTER</a>,
+or
+<a href="#lrc">RIGHT</a>)
+and you want the smallcaps to continue on the same line,
+append a <kbd>\c</kbd> to the line, like this
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of type\c
+  .SMALLCAPS
+  with a few words in smallcaps.
+  .SMALLCAPS OFF
+</span>
+The line preceding <kbd>.SMALLCAPS&nbsp;OFF</kbd> should also have a
+<kbd>\c</kbd> appended to it if you wish it to continue unbroken.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span>
+SMALLCAPS does not have an inline equivalent to
+<a href="inlines.html#uc-lc">
+<span class="nobr"><kbd>\*[UC]</kbd> / <kbd>\*[LC]</kbd></span>
+</a>.
+Furthermore, if you&#8217;re using the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>
+with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#printstyle">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a>,
+mom ignores SMALLCAPS.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+Additionally, be aware that no automatic
+<a href="definitions.html#kern">kerning</a>
+takes place while pseudo-smallcaps are in effect.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="smallcaps-style" class="macro-id">Set size, weight, and width of smallcaps</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>SMALLCAPS_STYLE</b> <kbd class="macro-args">SIZE &lt;percentage&gt; WEIGHT_ADJ &lt;percentage&gt; EXTEND &lt;percentage&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+True smallcaps are not a font effect, but, like designer cuts of
+bold, condensed, and extended, actual fonts provided with some
+families.  It is highly recommended that you acquire real smallcaps
+fonts rather than relying on mom&#8217;s pseudo version.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To achieve a reasonable facsimile of designer-cut smallcaps fonts,
+mom needs to know the percentage of regular caps at a given point
+size by which to reduce the small caps.  To make adjustments for
+the difference in weight and width of the smaller caps, she also
+needs to know by how much to embolden (&#8220;fatten&#8221;) the
+smallcaps, and by how much to increase their width.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All three arguments to SMALLCAPS_STYLE reflect a
+percentage of the point size in effect when
+<a href="#smallcaps">SMALLCAPS</a>
+is invoked.  Mom&#8217;s defaults for pseudo-smallcaps are:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  SIZE       = 74%
+  WEIGHT_ADJ = .3%
+  EXTEND     = 5%
+</span>
+To change any or all of the defaults, you might enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SMALLCAPS_STYLE SIZE 80 WEIGHT_ADJ .25 EXTEND 3
+</span>
+or, more readably,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .SMALLCAPS_STYLE 
+  SIZE 80 \
+  WEIGHT_ADJ .25 \
+  EXTEND 3
+</span>
+Note that you do not have to give SMALLCAPS_STYLE all three
+arguments, and that the arguments may be entered in any order.  Any
+arguments you omit will remain at their former value.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-bottom: 24px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="aldrld-intro" class="macro-group">Vertical movements</h2>
+
+The two macros in this section allow you to move down or up on the
+page relative to the current
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>.
+
+<div id="index-aldrld" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Vertical movements macros</h3>
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#ald">ALD</a> &ndash; Advance Lead</li>
+  <li><a href="#rld">RLD</a> &ndash; Reverse Lead</li>
+  <li>(see also <a href="#space">SPACE</a>)</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ALD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ald" class="macro-id">Advance Lead (move downward)</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ALD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance to move downward&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ALD takes one argument: the distance to move downward on the page
+relative to the current vertical position.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ALD causes a line break, which means the argument is added to the
+current
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>.
+For example, if your current leading is 12 points, a line of type
+after <kbd>.ALD 6p</kbd> will be 18 points distant from the previous
+line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to advance the argument's distance <i>from the
+current baseline,</i> it should be preceded by
+<a href="#el">EL</a>.
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  .LS 12
+  First line.
+  Second line.\c
+  .EL
+  .ALD 15p
+  Third line.
+</span>
+would place the third line exactly 15 points beneath the second.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ALD requires a unit of measure.  Decimal fractions are allowed, and
+values may be combined.  Therefore, to move down on the page by 1/4
+of an inch, you could enter either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALD .25i
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALD 1P+6p
+</span>
+As the mnemonic
+(<span style="text-decoration: underline;">A</span>dvance <span style="text-decoration: underline;">L</span>ea<span style="text-decoration: underline;">D</span>)
+suggests, you&#8217;ll most often use ALD with
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+of lead.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> if you want to use ALD at the top
+of a page (i.e. to advance to the starting position of type on a
+page), combine the value you want with <kbd>-1v</kbd> (minus one
+line space), like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ALD 1i-1v
+</span>
+At the top of a page, this will advance one inch from the top edge
+of the paper.  Without the -1v, the same command would advance one
+inch from the top of the page plus the distance of one line space.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -RLD- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="rld" class="macro-id">Reverse Lead (move upward)</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>RLD</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;distance to move upward&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+RLD takes one argument: the distance to move upward on the page
+relative to the current vertical position.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+RLD causes a line break, which means the argument is subtracted from
+the current
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>.
+For example, if your current leading is 12 points, a line of type
+after <kbd>.RLD 6p</kbd> will be 6 points distant from the previous
+line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wish to move upward <i>from the current baseline</i> by the
+argument's distance, RLD should be preceded by
+<a href="#el">EL</a>.
+For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LEFT
+  .LS 18
+  First line.
+  Second line.\c
+  .EL
+  .RLD 3p
+  Third line.
+</span>
+would raise the third line by 3 points relative to the baseline of
+the second line.  Put another way, if the <kbd>.RLD</kbd> in the
+example were 18p, the third line would fall on the same baseline as
+the second.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+RLD requires a unit of measure.  Decimal fractions are allowed, and
+values may be combined.  Therefore, to move up on the page by 1/4 of
+an inch, you could enter either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .RLD .25i
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .RLD 1P+6p
+</span>
+As the mnemonic
+(<span style="text-decoration: underline;">R</span>everse <span style="text-decoration: underline;">L</span>ea<span style="text-decoration: underline;">D</span>)
+suggests, you&#8217;ll most often use RLD with
+<a href="definitions.html#picaspoints">points</a>
+of lead.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-bottom: 24px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="tabs-intro" class="macro-group">Tabs</h2>
+
+<p>
+Mom provides two different kinds of tab setup: typesetting tabs
+and string tabs.  Neither one has anything to do with the tab key
+on your keyboard, and both are utterly divorced from groff&#8217;s
+notion of tabs.  I recommend reading this section carefully in order
+to understand how mom handles tabs.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> see the section
+<a href="docprocessing.html#behaviour">Typesetting macros during document processing</a>
+for reassuring information on the use of tabs during
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="typesetting-tabs" class="docs">Typesetting tabs</h3>
+
+<p>
+Typesetting tabs are defined by both an indent from the left margin
+and a line length.  This is quite different from typewriter-style
+tab stops (the groff norm) that only define the left indent.  In
+conjunction with the
+<a href="#multicolumns-intro">multi-column macros</a>,
+typesetting tabs significantly facilitate tabular and columnar work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typesetting tabs are created with the
+<a href="#tab-set">TAB_SET</a>
+macro. TAB_SET identifies the tab (by number), establishes its left
+indent and line length, and optionally sets a quad direction and
+fill mode.  After tabs have been created with TAB_SET, they can be
+called at any time with the
+<a href="#tab">TAB</a>
+macro.
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples-container">
+<h3 id="typesetting-tabs-tut" class="docs notes">Quickie tutorial on typesetting tabs</h3>
+
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+Say you want to set up three tabs to produce an employee evaluation
+that looks something like this:
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-code" style="padding-bottom: 0;">
+<span id="typsetting-tabs-sample" class="pre-in-pp" style="color: #302419">
+CRITERION       EVALUATION     COMMENTS
+
+Service           Good         Many clients specifically request
+                               support from Joe by name.
+
+Punctuality    Satisfactory    Tends to arrive after 8:00am, but
+                               often works through lunch hour.
+
+Team spirit     Needs work     Persistently gives higher priority
+                               to helping clients than respecting
+                               organizational hierarchy.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+You want the first tab, CRITERION,
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>to begin at the left margin of the page &ndash; i.e. no indent</li>
+<li>to have a line length of 5 picas</li>
+<li>to be set flush left</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Tabs must be numbered, and each has to be set up with a separate
+<a href="#tab-set">TAB_SET</a>
+line.  Therefore, to set up tab 1, you enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB_SET  1  0  5P  L
+            |  |  |   |
+     tab #--+  |  |   +--direction
+               |  |
+       indent--+  +--length
+</span>
+You want the second tab, EVALUATION,
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>to begin 8 picas from the left margin</li>
+<li>to have a length of 9 picas</li>
+<li>to be set centered</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+You set it up like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB_SET  2  8P  9P  C
+            |  |   |   |
+     tab #--+  |   |   +--direction
+               |   |
+       indent--+   +--length
+</span>
+You want the third tab, COMMENTS,
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>to begin 19 picas from the left margin</li>
+<li>to have a length of 17 picas</li>
+<li>to be set flush left, <a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+The setup looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB_SET  3  19P  17P  L  QUAD
+            |   |    |   |    |
+            |   |    |   |    +--fill output lines
+            |   |    |   |
+     tab #--+   |    |   +--direction
+                |    |
+        indent--+    +--length
+</span>
+Once the tabs are set up, you can call them in one of two ways:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>with <kbd><a href="#tab">.TAB</a></kbd> (passing the tab
+    number as an argument), which breaks the current line,
+    advances one linespace and calls the tab.</li>
+<li>with <kbd><a href="#tn">.TN</a></kbd> (Tab Next), which keeps
+    you on the current line and moves over to the next
+    tab in sequence (i.e. from 1 to 2, 2 to 3, etc.), or, more
+    conveniently, with the
+    <kbd><a href="#tn">\*[TB+]</a></kbd>
+    <a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+To exit from tabs and restore your original left margin, line
+length, quad direction and fill mode, use
+<kbd><a href="#tq">.TQ</a></kbd>
+(Tab Quit).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s how the input for our sample employee evaluation looks
+(with some introductory parameters):
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples" style="margin-bottom: 0px;">Code:</div>
+<div class="box-code" style="height: 324px; padding-bottom: 18px; overflow: auto;">
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+.PAGE 8.5i 11i 1i 1i 1i
+.FAMILY  T
+.FT      R
+.PT_SIZE 14
+.LS      16
+.QUAD    LEFT
+.KERN
+.HY OFF
+.SS 0
+.TAB_SET 1 0   5P  L
+.TAB_SET 2 8P  9P  C
+.TAB_SET 3 19P 17P L QUAD
+.TAB 1
+CRITERION\*[TB+]
+EVALUATION\*[TB+]
+COMMENTS
+.SP
+.TAB 1
+Service\*[TB+]
+Good\*[TB+]
+Many clients specifically request support from Joe by name.
+.SP
+.TAB 1
+Punctuality\*[TB+]
+Satisfactory\*[TB+]
+Tends to arrive after 8:00am, but often works through lunch hour.
+.SP
+.TAB 1
+Team spirit\*[TB+]
+Needs work\*[TB+]
+Persistently gives higher priority to helping clients
+than respecting organizational hierarchy.
+.TQ
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Try setting this up and processing it with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom filename.mom &gt; filename.pdf
+</span>
+then previewing the .pdf file.  Notice how <kbd>.TN</kbd>
+simply moves over to the next tab, while the combination
+<kbd>.SP/.TAB&nbsp;1</kbd> breaks the line, advances by one extra
+linespace, and calls the first tab.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Notice, too, how the <kbd>QUAD</kbd> argument passed to tab 3 means
+you don&#8217;t have to worry about the length of
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>;
+mom
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fills</a>
+the tab and sets the type flush left.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="string-tabs" class="docs">String tabs (autotabs)</h3>
+
+<p>
+String tabs let you mark off tab positions with
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+embedded in
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>.
+Left indents and line lengths are calculated from the beginning and
+end positions of the marks.  This is especially useful when tab
+indents and lengths need to be determined from the text that goes in
+each tab.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Setting up string tabs is a two-step procedure.  First, you enter an
+input line in which you mark off where you want tabs to begin and
+end.  (This is often best done in conjunction with the
+<a href="goodies.html#silent">SILENT</a>
+macro.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Next, you invoke the
+<a href="#st">ST</a>
+macro for every string tab you defined, and optionally pass quad and
+fill information to it.  That done, string tabs are called with the
+<a href="#tab">TAB</a>
+macro, just like typesetting tabs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In combination with the
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">PAD</a>
+macro and the groff inline escape
+<kbd><a href="inlines.html#inline-horizontal-groff">\h</a></kbd>
+(move horizontally across the page) or mom&#8217;s
+<kbd><a href="inlines.html#inline-horizontal-mom">\*[FWD&nbsp;&lt;distance&gt;]</a></kbd>
+(move forward) inline, string tabs provide tremendous flexibility in
+setting up complex tab structures.
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples-container">
+<h3 id="string-tabs-tut" class="docs notes">Quickie tutorial on string tabs</h3>
+<p style="margin-top: .5em;">
+Say you want to set up tabs for the
+<a href="#typsetting-tabs-sample">employee evaluation form</a>
+used as an example in the
+<a href="#typesetting-tabs-tut">typesetting tabs tutorial</a>.
+This time, though, you want to play around with the point size of
+type, so you can&#8217;t know exactly how long the tabs will be or
+where they should start.  All you know is
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>CRITERION is the longest line in tab 1</li>
+<li>EVALUATION is the longest line in tab 2</li>
+<li>tab 3 should extend to the current right margin</li>
+<li>you want a 1 pica gutter between each tab</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+This is an ideal job for string tabs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first thing you need for string tabs is an
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>
+with tab positions marked on it.  Tabs are marked with the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+<a href="#inline-st"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[ST&lt;n&gt;]</span></kbd></a>
+and
+<a href="#inline-st"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[ST&lt;n&gt;X]</span></kbd></a>,
+where <kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd>
+is the number you want the tab to have.  (In this example, we
+enclose the input line with the
+<a href="goodies.html#silent">SILENT</a>
+macro so the line doesn&#8217;t print.  We also use the
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">PAD</a>
+macro to permit defining tab 3 as simply &#8220;the amount of space
+remaining on the input line.&#8221;)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The setup looks like this:
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples" style="margin-bottom: 0px;">Code:</div>
+
+<div class="box-code">
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+.SILENT
+.PAD "\*[ST1]CRITERION\*[ST1X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST2]EVALUATION\*[ST2X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST3]#\*[ST3X]"
+.SILENT OFF
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The long line after <kbd>.PAD</kbd> looks scary, but
+it isn&#8217;t really.  Here&#8217;s what it means when broken down
+into its component parts:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+<li>The longest line in tab 1 is &#8220;CRITERION&#8221;, so we
+    enclose CRITERION with begin/end markers for string tab 1:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -.25em;">
+  \*[ST1]CRITERION\*[ST1X]
+</span>
+</li>
+<li>We want a 1 pica (12 points) gutter between tab 1 and 2,
+    so we insert 12 points of space with <span class="nobr">\*[FWD&nbsp;12p]:</span>
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -.25em;">
+  \*[FWD 12p]
+</span>
+</li>
+<li>The longest line in tab 2 is &#8220;EVALUATION&#8221;, so
+    we enclose EVALUATION with begin/end markers for string
+    tab 2:
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -.25em;">
+  \*[ST2]EVALUATION\*[ST2X]
+</span>
+</li>
+<li>We want 1 pica (12 points) between tab 2 and 3, so we
+    insert it with: 
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -.25em;">
+  \*[FWD 12p]
+</span>
+</li>
+<li>We want tab 3 to be as long as whatever space remains on
+    the current line length, so we enclose the
+    <a href="goodies.html#pad-marker">pad marker</a>
+    (#) with begin/end markers for string tab 3:
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[ST3]#\*[ST3X]
+</span>
+   </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+The tabs are now defined, but they require
+<a href="definitions.html#quad">quad direction</a>
+and
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill</a>
+information.  For each string tab defined above, enter a separate
+<kbd><a href="#st">.ST</a></kbd>
+line, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ST  1  L
+  .ST  2  L
+  .ST  3  L  QUAD
+       |  |   |
+       |  |   +--fill output lines
+       |  |
+tab #--+  +--direction
+</span>
+From here on in, you call the tabs with
+<kbd><a href="#tab">.TAB</a></kbd>,
+<kbd><a href="#tn">.TN</a></kbd>,
+or
+<a href="#tn"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[TB+]</span></kbd></a>
+just like typesetting tabs (see
+<a href="#typesetting-tabs-tut">typesetting tabs tutorial</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here&#8217;s the complete setup and entry for the sample employee
+evaluation form utilizing string tabs.
+</p>
+
+<div class="examples" style="margin-bottom: 0px;">Code:</div> 
+<div class="box-code" style="height: 324px; padding-bottom: 18px; overflow: scroll;">
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+.PAGE 8.5i 11i 1i 1i 1i
+.FAMILY  T
+.FT      R
+.PT_SIZE 14
+.LS      16
+.QUAD    LEFT
+.KERN
+.HY OFF
+.SS 0
+.SILENT
+.PAD "\*[ST1]CRITERION\*[ST1X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST2]EVALUATION\*[ST2X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST3]#\*[ST3X]"
+.SILENT OFF
+.ST  1  L
+.ST  2  L
+.ST  3  L  QUAD
+.TAB 1
+CRITERION\*[TB+]
+EVALUATION\*[TB+]
+COMMENTS
+.SP
+.TAB 1
+Service\*[TB+]
+Good\*[TB+]
+Many clients specifically request support from Joe by name.
+.SP
+.TAB 1
+Punctuality\*[TB+]
+Satisfactory\*[TB+]
+Tends to arrive after 8:00am, but often works through lunch hour.
+.SP
+.TAB 1
+Team spirit\*[TB+]
+Needs work\*[TB+]
+Persistently gives higher priority to helping clients
+than respecting organizational hierarchy.
+.TQ
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Try setting this up and processing it with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom filename.mom &gt; filename.pdf
+</span>
+and previewing the .pdf file.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, change the point size of the above sample to 12 and preview it
+again.  You&#8217;ll see that the tab structure remains identical
+(tab 1=CRITERION, tab 2=EVALUATION, tab 3=space remaining, and the
+gutter between tabs is still 1 pica), while the position and length
+of the tabs have altered because of the new point size.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now try increasing the gutters to 2 picas
+(<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FWD&nbsp;24p]</span></kbd> or
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FWD&nbsp;2P]</span></kbd> instead of
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[FWD&nbsp;12p]</span></kbd>).  Preview the file again,
+and notice how the tab structure remains the same, but the gutters
+are wider.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="index-tabs" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Tabs macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#tab-set">TAB_SET</a> &ndash; create typesetting tabs</li>
+  <li><a href="#inline-st">\*[ST]...\*[STX]</a> &ndash; inline escapes for marking String Tabs</li>
+  <li><a href="#st">ST</a> &ndash; set String Tabs</li>
+  <li><a href="#tab">TAB</a> &ndash; call tabs</li>
+  <li><a href="#tn">TN</a> &ndash; Tab Next; call next tab in sequence</li>
+  <li><a href="#tn">\*[TB+]</a> &ndash; inline escape to call next tab in sequence</li>
+  <li><a href="#tq">TQ</a> &ndash; Tab Quit</li>
+</ul>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TAB_SET- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="tab-set" class="macro-id">Set up typesetting tabs</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TAB_SET</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;tab number&gt; &lt;indent&gt; &lt;length&gt;  L | R | C | J [ QUAD ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;<kbd style="font-style: normal;">&lt;indent&gt;</kbd> and <kbd style="font-style: normal;">&lt;length&gt;</kbd> require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p style="margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+TAB_SET creates typesetting tabs that later can be called with
+<kbd><a href="#tab">.TAB</a></kbd>.
+Typesetting tabs are numbered, and defined by an indent, a length,
+and a quad direction, hence TAB_SET has four required arguments:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>a tab number</li>
+<li>an indent (measured from the left margin of the page,
+    or, if you&#8217;re already in a tab, from the left margin of the tab)</li>
+<li>a length</li>
+<li>a direction</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+To set up a centred tab 6 picas long and 9 points from the left
+margin, you&#8217;d enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB_SET 1 9p 6P C
+</span>
+The tab number in the above (&#8221;1&#8221;) is simply an
+identifier.  It could have been 4, or 17, or 296.  There&#8217;s no
+need to set up tabs in numerical sequence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By default, tabs are in
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">nofill</a>
+mode, meaning you can enter text in tabs on a line-for-line basis
+without having to use the
+<a href="#br">BR</a>
+macro.  If you want a tab to be
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>,
+pass the optional argument <kbd>QUAD</kbd>,
+which will make the tab behave as if you&#8217;d entered
+<kbd class="bold">.QUAD&nbsp;L&nbsp;|&nbsp;R&nbsp;|&nbsp;C</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For
+<a href="definitions.html#just">justified</a>
+tabs, simply pass the argument J (without the QUAD argument), like
+this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 1 9p 6P J
+</span>
+Once tabs are set, they can be called at any time with the
+<a href="#tab">TAB&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</a>
+macro, where &lt;n&gt; is the number of the desired tab.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You can set up any number of typesetting tabs.  However, be aware
+that
+<a href="#string-tabs">string tabs</a>
+are also called with TAB&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;, so be careful that you
+don&#8217;t set up a typesetting tab numbered, say, 4, when you
+already have a string tab numbered 4.  Every tab, typesetting or
+string, must have a unique numeric identifier.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> If you use TAB_SET while
+you&#8217;re currently inside a tab, the indent argument is the
+distance from the tab&#8217;s left margin, not the left margin of
+the page.  Therefore, you should exit tabs (with
+<kbd><a href="#tq">.TQ</a></kbd>)
+before creating new tabs (unless, of course, you want to set up a
+tab structure within the confines of an existing tab).
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> Turn all indents off (see
+<a href="#indents">Indents</a>)
+before setting up tabs with TAB_SET, or mom may get confused.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -INLINE_ST- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="inline-st" class="macro-id">Mark positions of string tabs</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Inlines: <kbd class="macro-args">\*[ST&lt;number&gt;]...\*[ST&lt;number&gt;X]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p class="requires">
+The <a href="definitions.html#quad">quad</a>
+direction must be
+<span style="font-style: normal">LEFT</span>
+or
+<span style="font-style: normal">JUSTIFY</span>
+(see
+<a href="#quad"><span style="font-style: normal">QUAD</span></a>
+and
+<a href="#justify"><span style="font-style: normal">JUSTIFY</span></a>)
+or the
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">no-fill mode</a>
+set to
+<a href="#lrc"><span style="font-style: normal">LEFT</span></a>
+in order for these inlines to function properly.  Please see
+<a href="#important1"><span style="font-style: normal">IMPORTANT</span></a>,
+below.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+String tabs need to be marked off with
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>
+before being set up with the
+<a href="#st">ST</a>
+macro.  Any input line may contain string tab markers. <kbd
+class="bold">&lt;number&gt;</kbd>, above, means the numeric
+identifier of the tab.  The following shows a sample input line with
+string tab markers.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \*[ST1]Now is the time\*[ST1X] for all \*[ST2]good men\*ST2X] to come to the aid of the party.
+</span>
+String tab 1 begins at the start of the line and ends after the word
+&#8220;time&#8221;.  String tab 2 starts at &#8220;good&#8221; and
+ends after &#8220;men&#8221;.  Inline escapes (e.g. font or point
+size changes, or horizontal movements, including
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">padding</a>)
+are taken into account when mom determines the position and length
+of string tabs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Up to nineteen string tabs may be marked (not necessarily all on the
+same line, of course), and they must be numbered between 1 and 19.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once string tabs have been marked in input lines, they have to be
+&#8220;set&#8221; with
+<kbd><a href="#st">.ST</a></kbd>,
+after which they may be called, by number, with
+<kbd><a href="#tab">.TAB</a></kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Lines with string tabs marked off
+in them are normal input lines, i.e., they get printed, just like
+any input line.  If you want to set up string tabs without the line
+printing, use the
+<a href="goodies.html#silent">SILENT</a>
+macro.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span id="important1" class="important">IMPORTANT:</span>
+Owing to the way groff processes
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input lines</a>
+and turns them into
+<a href="definitions.html#outputline">output lines</a>,
+it is not possible for mom to &#8220;guess&#8221; the correct
+starting position of string tabs marked off in lines that are
+centered or set flush right.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Equally, she cannot guess the starting position if a line is fully
+justified and broken with
+<a href="#spread">SPREAD</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In other words, in order to use string tabs,
+<a href="#lrc">LEFT</a>
+must be active, or, if
+<a href="#quad">QUAD&nbsp;LEFT</a>
+or
+<a href="#justify">JUSTIFY</a>
+are active, the line on which the string tabs are marked must be
+broken &#8220;manually&#8221; with
+<kbd><a href="#br">.BR</a></kbd>
+(but not
+<kbd><a href="#spread">.SPREAD</a></kbd>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+To circumvent this behaviour, I recommend using the
+<a href="goodies.html#pad">PAD</a>
+to set up string tabs in centered or flush right lines.  Say, for
+example, you want to use a string tab to underscore the text of a
+centered line with a rule.  Rather than this,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .CENTER
+  \*[ST1]A line of text\*[ST1X]\c
+  .EL
+  .ST 1
+  .TAB 1
+  .PT_SIZE 24
+  .ALD 3p
+  \*[RULE]
+  .RLD 3p
+  .TQ
+</span>
+you should do:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .QUAD CENTER
+  .PAD "#\*[ST1]A line of text\*[ST1X]#"
+  .EL
+  .ST 1
+  .TAB 1
+  .PT_SIZE 24
+  .ALD 3p
+  \*[RULE] \" Note that you can&#8217;t use \*[UP ] or \*[DOWN] with \*[RULE]
+  .RLD 3p
+  .TQ
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -ST- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="st" class="macro-id">Set string tabs</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>ST</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;tab number&gt;  L | R | C | J [ QUAD ]</kbd>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+After string tabs have been marked off on an input line (see
+<a href="#inline-st"><kbd><span class="nobr">\*[ST]...\*[STX]</span></kbd></a>),
+you need to &#8220;set&#8221; them by giving them a direction and,
+optionally, the <kbd>QUAD</kbd> argument.  In this respect, ST is
+like
+<a href="#tab-set">TAB_SET</a>
+except that you don&#8217;t have to give ST an indent or a
+line length (that&#8217;s already taken care of, inline, by
+<kbd><span class="nobr">\*[ST]...\*[STX]</span></kbd>).  If you want string tab 1
+to be left, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ST 1 L
+</span>
+If you want it to be left and
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">filled</a>, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ST 1 L QUAD
+</span>
+If you want it to be justified, enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .ST 1 J
+</span>
+See the
+<a href="#string-tabs-tut">Quickie tutorial on string tabs</a>
+for a full explanation of setting up string tabs.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -TAB- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="tab" class="macro-id">Call tabs</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TAB</b> <kbd class="macro-args">&lt;tab number&gt;</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="alias">
+<i>Alias:</i> <b>TB</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After tabs have been defined (either with
+<a href="#tab-set">TAB_SET</a>
+or
+<a href="#st">ST</a>),
+TAB moves to whatever tab number you pass it as an argument.  For
+example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 3
+</span>
+moves you to tab 3.
+</p>
+
+<div id="note-tn" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> TAB breaks the line preceding it and
+advances 1 linespace.  Hence,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 1
+  A line of text in tab 1.
+  .TAB 2
+  A line of text in tab 2.
+</span>
+produces, on output
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text in tab 1.
+                             A line of text in tab 2.
+</span>
+If you want the tabs to line up, use
+<a href="#tn">TN</a>
+(Tab Next)
+or, more conveniently, the inline escape
+<a href="#tn"><span class="nobr">\*[TB+]</span></a>:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 1
+  A line of text in tab 1.\*[TB+]
+  A line of text in tab 2.
+</span>
+which produces
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  A line of text in tab 1.   A line of text in tab 2.
+</span>
+If the text in your tabs runs to several lines, and you want the
+first lines of each tab to align, you must use the
+<a href="#multicolumns-intro">multi-column</a> macros.
+</p>
+
+<p id="tab-add-note" class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span> Any indents
+in effect prior to calling a tab are automatically turned off by
+TAB.  If you were happily zipping down the page with a left indent
+of 2 picas turned on, and you call a tab whose indent from the left
+margin is 6 picas, your new distance from the left margin will be 6
+picas, not 6 picas plus the 2 pica indent.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TN- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="tn" class="macro-id">Tab Next</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TN</b>
+<br/>Inline escape: <b>\*[TB+]</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+TN moves over to the next tab in numeric sequence (tab n+1) without
+advancing on the page.  See the
+<a href="#note-tn">NOTE</a>
+in the description of the TAB macro for an example of how TN works.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In tabs that aren&#8217;t given the <kbd class="normal">QUAD</kbd>
+argument when they&#8217;re set up with
+<a href="#tab-set" class="normal">TAB&nbsp;SET</a>
+or
+<a href="#st" class="normal">ST</a>,
+you must terminate the line preceding <kbd class="normal">.TN</kbd>
+with the <kbd class="normal">\c</kbd> inline escape.  Conversely,
+if you did give a <kbd>QUAD</kbd> argument to TAB_SET or ST, the
+<kbd>\c</kbd> must not be used.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you find remembering whether to put in the
+<kbd class="normal">\c</kbd> bothersome, you may prefer to use the
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines" class="normal">inline escape</a>
+alternative to
+<kbd class="normal">.TN</kbd>,
+<a href="inlines.html#tb-plus-mom"><kbd class="normal"><span class="nobr">\*[TB+]</span></kbd></a>,
+which works consistently regardless of the fill mode.
+</p>
+
+<div id="tn-note" class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> You must put text in the
+<a href="definitions.html#inputline">input line</a>
+immediately after TN. Stacking of TN&#8217;s is not
+allowed.  In other words, you cannot do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 1
+  Some text\c
+  .TN
+  Some more text\c
+  .TN
+  .TN
+  Yet more text
+</span>
+The above example, assuming tabs numbered from 1 to 4, should be entered
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 1
+  Some text\c
+  .TN
+  Some more text\c
+  .TN
+  \&amp;\c
+  .TN
+  Yet more text
+</span>
+
+<kbd>\&amp;</kbd> is a zero-width, non-printing character that groff
+recognizes as valid input, hence meets the requirement for input
+text following <kbd>.TN</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TQ- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="tq" class="macro-id">Tab Quit</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TQ</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+TQ takes you out of whatever tab you were in, advances 1 linespace,
+and restores the left margin, line length, quad direction and
+<a href="definitions.html#filled">fill mode</a>
+that were in effect prior to invoking any tabs.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-bottom: 24px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="multicolumns-intro" class="macro-group">Multiple columns</h2>
+
+<p>
+Tabs are not by nature columnar, which is to say that if the text
+inside a tab runs to several lines, calling another tab does not
+automatically move to the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+of the first line in the previous tab.  To demonstrate:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TAB 1
+  Carrots
+  Potatoes
+  Broccoli
+  .TAB 2
+  $1.99/5 lbs
+  $0.25/lb
+  $0.99/bunch
+</span>
+produces, on output
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Carrots
+  Potatoes
+  Broccoli
+            $1.99/5 lbs
+            $0.25/lb
+            $0.99/bunch
+</span>
+The multi-column macros allow you to set tabs in columnar fashion,
+rather than line by line.  When you invoke multi-column mode (with
+<kbd><a href="#mco">.MCO</a></kbd> &ndash;
+<span style="text-decoration: underline">M</span>ulti-<span style="text-decoration: underline">C</span>olumn <span style="text-decoration: underline">O</span>n),
+mom saves the position of the current baseline.
+<kbd><a href="#mcr">.MCR</a></kbd>
+(<span style="text-decoration: underline">M</span>ulti-<span style="text-decoration: underline">C</span>olumn <span style="text-decoration: underline">R</span>eturn)
+at any point while multi-columns are on returns you to the saved
+position.  Exiting multi-columns
+(<kbd><a href="#mcx">.MCX</a></kbd> &ndash;
+<span style="text-decoration: underline">M</span>ulti-<span style="text-decoration: underline">C</span>olumn e<span style="text-decoration: underline">X</span>it)
+quits the current tab (if you&#8217;re in one) and moves you to the
+bottom of the longest column.  (Note that you do not have to use
+multi-columns in conjunction with tabs.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Using our example above, but setting it in multi-column mode,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .MCO
+  .TAB 1
+  Carrots
+  Potatoes
+  Broccoli
+  .MCR
+  .TAB 2
+  $1.99/5 lbs
+  $0.25/lb
+  $0.99/bunch
+  .MCX
+</span>
+produces
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  Carrots   $1.99/5 lbs
+  Potatoes  $0.25/lb
+  Broccoli  $0.99/bunch
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Do not confuse MCO with
+the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">COLUMNS</a>
+macro in the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Additional Note:</span>
+Do not use multi-columns with
+<a href="docprocessing.html#slide">DOCTYPE&nbsp;SLIDES</a>
+because MCX uses the lowest line on the page to determine column
+depth.  Owing to the fact that both headers and footers are printed
+prior to slides receiving text, MCX will always go to the
+footer position.  If you need functionality similar to MCO/MCX, use
+the groff requests <kbd>.mk</kbd> and <kbd>.rt</kbd>.  See
+<kbd>info groff mk</kbd>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="index-multicolumns" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Multi-columns macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#mco">MCO</a> &ndash; begin multi-column setting</li>
+  <li><a href="#mcr">MCR</a> &ndash; return to top of column</li>
+  <li><a href="#mcx">MCX</a> &ndash; exit multi-columns</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -MCO- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="mco" class="macro-id">Begin multi-column setting</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+	Macro: <b>MCO</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+MCO (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">M</span>ulti-<span style="text-decoration: underline;">C</span>olumn <span style="text-decoration: underline;">O</span>n) is the macro you use to begin multi-column
+setting.  It marks the current
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+as the top of your columns, for use later with
+<a href="#mcr">MCR</a>.
+See the
+<a href="#multicolumns-intro">introduction to columns</a>
+for an explanation of multi-columns and some sample
+input.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Do not confuse MCO with
+the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#columns">COLUMNS</a>
+macro in the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -MCR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="mcr" class="macro-id">Return to top of column</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>MCR</b>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Once you&#8217;ve turned multi-columns on (with
+<kbd><a href="#mco">.MCO</a></kbd>),
+<kbd>.MCR</kbd>, at any time, returns you to the top of
+your columns.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -MCX- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="mcx" class="macro-id">Exit multi-columns</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>MCX</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;distance to advance below longest column&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;Optional argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MCX takes you out of any tab you were in (by silently invoking
+<kbd><a href="#tq">.TQ</a></kbd>)
+and advances to the bottom of the longest column.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without an argument, MCX advances 1 linespace below the longest
+column.  Linespace, in this instance, is the
+<a href="definitions.html#leading">leading</a>
+in effect at the moment MCX is invoked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you pass the <kbd>&lt;distance&gt;</kbd> argument to MCX, it
+advances 1 linespace below the longest column (see above) PLUS the
+distance specified by the argument.  The argument requires a unit
+of measure; therefore, to advance an extra 6 points below where MCX
+would normally place you, you&#8217;d enter
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .MCX 6p
+</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> If you wish to advance a precise
+distance below the
+<a href="definitions.html#baseline">baseline</a>
+of the longest column, use MCX with an argument of 0 (zero; no unit
+of measure required) in conjunction with the
+<a href="#ald">ALD</a>
+macro, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -12px;">
+  .MCX 0
+  .ALD 24p
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The above advances to precisely 24 points below the baseline
+of the longest column.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-bottom: 24px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<h2 id="indents-intro" class="macro-group">Indents</h2>
+
+<p>
+With mom&#8217;s indents, you can indent from the left, the right,
+or both margins.  In addition, mom provides temporary left indents
+(i.e., only one line is indented, as at the start of a paragraph)
+and &#8220;hanging&#8221; left indents (the reverse of a temporary
+indent; the first line isn&#8217;t indented, subsequent lines are).
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="indents-handling" class="docs">How mom handles indents</h3>
+
+<p>
+Mom provides five kinds of indents: left, right, both, temporary,
+and hanging.  Each is invoked by its own name:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>IL &ndash; Indent Left</li>
+<li>IR &ndash; Indent Right</li>
+<li>IB &ndash; Indent Both</li>
+<li>HI &ndash; Hanging Indent</li>
+<li>TI &ndash; Temporary Indent</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+In addition, there are four macros to control exiting from
+indents:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<li>IQ &ndash; quit all active indents</li>
+<li>ILX &ndash; exit indent style left</li>
+<li>IRX &ndash; exit indent style right</li>
+<li>IBX &ndash; exit indent style both</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+This section deals exclusively with IL, IR, and IB.  For an
+explanation of hanging and temporary indents&mdash;how they work and
+how to use them&mdash;see
+<a href="#hi">Hanging indents</a>
+and
+<a href="#ti">Temporary indents</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first time you invoke any of mom&#8217;s indents, you must
+supply a measure.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IL 2P
+</span>
+indents text 2 picas from the left margin (or current tab indent).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When you want to exit the above indent, use either
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -1em;">
+  .IQ
+</span>
+or
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-top: -.5em;">
+  .ILX
+</span>
+The next time you want the same indent, invoke it without the
+argument, like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IL
+</span>
+As you can see, once you&#8217;ve supplied a measure to an indent
+macro, mom stores the value, obviating the need to repeat it on
+subsequent invocations.  And mom doesn&#8217;t just store the
+measure&mdash;she hangs on to it tenaciously.  Arguments passed to
+IL, IR, and IB are additive.  Consider the following:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .LL 20P
+  .IR 2P    \"Indent right by 2 picas
+  A first block of text...
+  ...
+  ...
+  .IQ       \"Turn indent off
+  A second block of text...
+  ...
+  ...
+  .IR 2P    \"Indent right by an additional 2 picas (i.e. 4 picas)
+  A third block of text...
+  ...
+  ...
+</span>
+The first block of text is right indented by 2 picas (i.e. the line
+length is shortened by 2 picas to 18 picas).  The second block of
+text, after IQ, is, as you&#8217;d expect, set to the full measure.
+The third block of text&mdash;the one to pay attention to&mdash;is
+not right indented by 2 picas, but rather by 4 picas.  Mom adds
+the value of arguments to IL, IR, and IB to whatever value is already
+in effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you wanted the third block of text in the example above to be
+right indented by just 2 picas (the original measure given to IR),
+you would enter <kbd>.IR</kbd> without an argument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Because indent arguments are additive, putting a minus sign in front
+of the argument can be used to subtract from the current value.
+In the following example, the first line is indented 18 points,
+the second is indented 36 points (18 + 18), and the third is again
+indented 18 points (36 - 18).
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IL 18p     \"Indent left by 18 points      = 18 points
+  Now is the time
+  .IL 18p     \"Indent left by 18 points more = 36 points
+  for all good men to come
+  .IL -18p    \"Indent left by 18 points less = 18 points
+  to the aid of the party.
+</span>
+Sometimes, you may want to clear out the stored indent
+values&mdash;let mom start indenting with a clean slate, as it
+were.  Giving the optional argument <kbd>CLEAR</kbd> to any of the
+&#8220;indent quit&#8221; macros resets them to zero.
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>IQ CLEAR &ndash; quit and clear all indents</li>
+  <li>ILX CLEAR &ndash; quit and clear indent style left</li>
+  <li>IRX CLEAR &ndash; quit and clear indent style right</li>
+  <li>IBX CLEAR &ndash; quit and clear indent style both</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+Indent styles may be combined and manipulated separately.  You
+could, for example, have a left indent of 4 picas and a right indent
+of 6 picas and control each separately, as in the following example.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IL 4P     \"Indent left 4 picas
+  .IR 6P     \"Indent right 6 picas
+  Some text
+  .IRX       \"Turn off the right indent only
+  More text  \"Text is still indented 4 picas left
+</span>
+If, at <kbd>.IRX</kbd>, you wanted the text afterwards to have no
+indents (either left or right), you would enter <kbd>.IQ</kbd>,
+which exits all indent styles at once.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A word of advice: Indents are best used only when you have a
+compelling reason not to change the current left margin or line
+length.  In many instances where indents might seem expedient,
+it&#8217;s better to use tabs, or actually change the left margin
+or the line length. Mom&#8217;s indenting macros are flexible and
+powerful, but easy to get tangled up in.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> see the section
+<a href="docprocessing.html#behaviour">Typesetting macros during document processing</a>
+for information and advice on using indents with the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#docprocessing">document processing macros</a>.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="index-indents" class="macro-list-container">
+<h3 class="macro-list">Indents macros</h3>
+
+<ul class="macro-list">
+  <li><a href="#il">IL</a> &ndash; Indent left</li>
+  <li><a href="#ir">IR</a> &ndash; Indent right</li>
+  <li><a href="#ib">IB</a> &ndash; Indent both</li>
+  <li><a href="#ti">TI</a> &ndash; Temporary indent, left</li>
+  <li><a href="#hi">HI</a> &ndash; Hanging Indent
+  <ul style="margin-left: -.5em; list-style-type: disc;">
+    <li><a href="#num-lists">Recipe: a numbered list using hanging indents</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#iq">IQ</a> &ndash; Quit indents, all</li>
+  <li><a href="#iq">ILX</a> &ndash; Exit indent style left</li>
+  <li><a href="#iq">IRX</a> &ndash; Exit indent style right</li>
+  <li><a href="#iq">IBX</a> &ndash; Exit indent style both</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -IL- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="il" class="macro-id">Indent left</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>IL</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;measure&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The optional argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IL indents text from the left margin of the page, or if you&#8217;re
+in a tab, from the left edge of the tab.  Once IL is on, the left
+indent is applied uniformly to every subsequent line of text, even
+if you change the line length.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first time you invoke <kbd>.IL</kbd>, you must give it a
+measure.  Subsequent invocations with a measure add to the previous
+measure.  A minus sign may be prepended to the argument to subtract
+from the current measure.  The
+<kbd><a href="inlines.html#inline-stringwidth-groff">\w</a></kbd>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+may be used to specify a text-dependent measure, in which case no
+unit of measure is required.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IL \w'margarine'
+</span>
+indents text by the width of the word &#8220;margarine&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With no argument, IL after an ILX indents by its last active value.  See the
+<a href="#indents-handling">explanation of how mom handles indents</a>
+for more details.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Calling a tab (with
+<kbd><a href="#tab">.TAB&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</a></kbd>)
+automatically cancels any active indents.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span> Invoking IL
+automatically turns off IB.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -IR- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ir" class="macro-id">Indent right</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>IR</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;measure&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The optional argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IR indents text from the right margin of the page, or if
+you&#8217;re in a tab, from the end of the tab.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first time you invoke <kbd>.IR</kbd>, you must give it a
+measure.  Subsequent invocations with a measure add to the previous
+indent measure.  A minus sign may be prepended to the argument to
+subtract from the current indent measure.  The
+<kbd><a href="inlines.html#inline-stringwidth-groff">\w</a></kbd>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+may be used to specify a text-dependent measure, in which case no
+unit of measure is required.  For example, <br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IR \w'jello'
+</span>
+indents text by the width of the word &#8220;jello&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With no argument, IR after an IRX indents by its last active value.  See the
+<a href="#indents-handling">explanation of how mom handles indents</a>
+for more details.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Calling a tab (with
+<kbd><a href="#tab">.TAB&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</a></kbd>)
+automatically cancels any active indents.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span> Invoking IR
+automatically turns off IB.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -IB- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ib" class="macro-id">Indent both</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>IB</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;indent-1&gt; &lt;indent-2&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The optional arguments require a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IB allows you to set or invoke a left and a right indent at the same
+time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you supply only an <kbd>indent-1</kbd> argument, the argument is
+the amount to indent from both the left and right margins.  If you
+give both <kbd>indent-1</kbd> and <kbd>indent-2</kbd>, the first is
+the indent from the left margin and the second is the indent from
+the right margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As with IL and IR, the measures are added to the values previously
+passed to the macro.  Hence, if you wish to change just one of the
+values, you must give an argument of zero to the other.  (A word of
+advice: If you need to manipulate left and right indents separately,
+use a combination of IL and IR instead of IB.  You&#8217;ll save
+yourself a lot of grief.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A minus sign may be prepended to the arguments to subtract from
+their current values.  The
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-stringwidth-groff"><kbd>\w</kbd></a>
+<a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escape</a>
+may be used to specify text-dependent measures, in which case no
+unit of measure is required.  For example,
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IB \w&#8217;margarine&#8217; \w'jello'
+</span>
+left indents text by the width of the word &#8220;margarine&#8221;
+and right indents by the width of &#8220;jello&#8221;.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Like IL and IR, IB with no argument after an IBX indents by its
+last active values.  See the
+<a href="#indents-handling">explanation of how mom handles indents</a>
+for more details.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> Calling a tab (with
+<a href="#tab"><kbd>.TAB&nbsp;&lt;n&gt;</kbd></a>)
+automatically cancels any active indents.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+<span class="additional-note">Additional note:</span> Invoking IB
+automatically turns off IL and IR.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -TI- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="ti" class="macro-id">Temporary (left) indent</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>TI</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;measure&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The optional argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A temporary indent is one that applies only to the first line of
+text that comes after it.  Its chief use is indenting the first line
+of paragraphs.  (Mom&#8217;s
+<a href="docelement.html#pp">PP</a>
+macro, for example, uses a temporary indent.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first time you invoke <kbd>.TI</kbd>, you must give
+it a measure.  If you want to indent the first line of a paragraph
+by, say, 2
+<a href="definitions.html#em">ems</a>,
+do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .TI 2m
+</span>
+Subsequent invocations of TI do not require you to supply a measure;
+mom keeps track of the last measure you gave it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Because temporary indents are temporary, there&#8217;s no need to
+turn them off.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> Unlike IL, IR, and IB,
+measures given to TI are <i>not</i> additive.  In the following
+example, the second <kbd>.TI&nbsp;2P</kbd> is exactly 2 picas.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp" style="margin-bottom: -18px;">
+  .TI 1P
+  The beginning of a paragraph...
+  .TI 2P
+  The beginning of another paragraph...
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- -HI- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="hi" class="macro-id">Hanging indent</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>HI</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ &lt;measure&gt; ]</kbd>
+</div>
+<p class="requires">
+&bull;&nbsp;The optional argument requires a <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A hanging indent looks like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  The thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as best I
+    could, but when he ventured upon insult, I vowed
+    revenge.  You who so well know the nature of my soul
+    will not suppose, however, that I gave utterance to a
+    threat, at length I would be avenged...
+</span>
+The first line of text &#8220;hangs&#8221; outside the left margin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In order to use hanging indents, you must first have a left indent
+active (set with either
+<kbd><a href="#il">.IL</a></kbd>
+or
+<kbd><a href="#ib">.IB</a></kbd>).
+Mom will not hang text outside the left margin set with
+<kbd><a href="#l-margin">.L_MARGIN</a></kbd>
+or outside the left margin of a tab.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first time you invoke <kbd>.HI</kbd>, you must give
+it a measure.  If you want the first line of a paragraph to hang by,
+say, 1 pica, do
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .IL 1P
+  .HI 1P
+</span>
+Subsequent invocations of HI do not require you to supply a measure;
+mom keeps track of the last measure you gave it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Generally speaking, you should invoke HI immediately prior to the
+line you want hung (i.e. without any intervening
+<a href="definitions.html#controllines">control lines</a>).
+And because hanging indents affect only one line, there&#8217;s no
+need to turn them off.
+</p>
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT:</span> Unlike IL, IR, and IB,
+measures given to HI are NOT additive.  Each time you pass a measure
+to HI, the measure is treated literally.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="num-lists" class="macro-id">Recipe: A numbered list using hanging indents</h4>
+
+<div class="box-tip" style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="note">Note:</span> mom has macros for setting lists (see
+<a href="docelement.html#list-intro">Nested lists</a>).
+This recipe exists to demonstrate the use of hanging indents only.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p style="margin-top: 1.5em;">
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .PAGE 8.5i 11i 1i 1i 1i 1i
+  .FAMILY  T
+  .FT      R
+  .PT_SIZE 12
+  .LS      14
+  .JUSTIFY
+  .KERN
+  .SS 0
+  .IL \w'\0\0.'
+  .HI \w'\0\0.'
+  1.\0The most important point to be considered is whether the
+  answer to the meaning of Life, the Universe, and Everything
+  really is 42.  We have no-one&#8217;s word on the subject except
+  Mr. Adams&#8217;.
+  .HI
+  2.\0If the answer to the meaning of Life, the Universe,
+  and Everything is indeed 42, what impact does this have on
+  the politics of representation?  42 is, after all not a
+  prime number.  Are we to infer that prime numbers don&#8217;t
+  deserve equal rights and equal access in the universe?
+  .HI
+  3.\0If 42 is deemed non-exclusionary, how do we present it
+  as the answer and, at the same time, forestall debate on its
+  exclusionary implications?
+</span>
+First, we invoke a left indent with a measure equal to the width of
+2
+<a href="definitions.html#figurespace">figures spaces</a>
+plus a period (using the
+<a href="inlines.html#inline-stringwidth-groff"><kbd>\w</kbd></a>
+inline escape).  At this point, the left indent is active; text
+afterwards would normally be indented.  However, we invoke a
+hanging indent of exactly the same width, which hangs the first
+line (and first line only!) to the left of the indent by the
+same distance (in this case, that means &#8220;out to the left
+margin&#8221;).  Because we begin the first line with a number,
+a period, and a figure space, the actual text (&#8220;The most
+important point...&#8221;) starts at exactly the same spot as the
+indented lines that follow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Notice that subsequent invocations of <kbd>.HI</kbd> don&#8217;t
+require a measure to be given.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Paste the example above into a file and preview it with
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom filename.mom &gt; filename.pdf
+</span>
+to see hanging indents in action.
+</p>
+
+<!-- -IX- -->
+
+<div class="macro-id-overline">
+<h3 id="iq" class="macro-id">Quitting indents</h3>
+</div>
+
+<div class="box-macro-args">
+Macro: <b>IQ</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ CLEAR ]</kbd> (quit any/all indents &mdash; see IMPORTANT NOTE)
+</div>
+<br/>
+
+Macro: <b>ILX</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ CLEAR ]</kbd> (exit Indent Left)
+<br/>
+
+Macro: <b>IRX</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ CLEAR ]</kbd> (exit Indent Right)
+<br/>
+
+Macro: <b>IBX</b> <kbd class="macro-args">[ CLEAR ]</kbd> (exit Indent Both)
+
+<div class="box-important">
+<p class="tip-top">
+<span class="important">IMPORTANT NOTE:</span> The original macro
+for quitting all indents was IX.  This usage has been deprecated in
+favour of IQ.  IX will continue to behave as before, but mom will
+issue a warning to stderr indicating that you should update your
+documents.
+</p>
+
+<p class="tip-bottom">
+As a consequence of this change, ILX, IRX and IBX may now also be
+invoked as ILQ, IRQ and IBQ.  Both forms are acceptable.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Without an argument, the macros to quit indents merely restore your
+original margins and line length.  The measures stored in the indent
+macros themselves are saved so you can call them again without
+having to supply a measure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If you pass these macros the optional argument <kbd>CLEAR</kbd>,
+they not only restore your original left margin and line length, but
+also clear any values associated with a particular indent style.
+The next time you need an indent of the same style, you have to
+supply a measure again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<kbd>.IQ&nbsp;CLEAR</kbd>, as you&#8217;d suspect,
+quits and clears the values for all indent styles at once.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="goodies.html#top">Next: Goodies</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c93e385
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Using mom</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="typesetting.html#top">Next: The typesetting macros</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  </table>
+
+<h1 id="using" class="docs">Using mom</h1>
+
+<div style="text-align: left; margin-left: 33%">
+<ul class="no-enumerator" style="margin-left: -2.5em;">
+  <li><a href="#using-intro">Introduction</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#using-macros">How to input mom&#8217;s macros</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#viewing">Processing and viewing documents</a>
+    <ul>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#pdf">Mom and PDF</a></li>
+    <li class="item"><a href="#pdfmom">pdfmom</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#previewing">Automatic previewing of documents</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-short" style="margin-top: 18px;"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="using-intro" class="docs">Introduction</h2>
+
+<p>
+As explained in the section
+<a href="intro.html#top">What is mom?</a>,
+mom can be used in two ways: for straightforward typesetting or for
+document processing.  The difference between the two is that in
+straightforward typesetting, every macro is a literal instruction
+that determines precisely how text following it will look.  Document
+processing, on the other hand, uses markup tags (e.g. <kbd>.PP</kbd>
+for paragraphs, <kbd>.HEADING</kbd> for different levels of heads,
+<kbd>.FOOTNOTE</kbd> for footnotes, etc.) that perform typesetting
+operations automatically.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+You tell mom that you want to use the document processing macros
+with the
+<a href="docprocessing.html#start">START</a>
+macro.  After START, mom determines the appearance of
+text following the markup tags automatically, although you, the
+user, can easily change how the tags are interpreted.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="using-macros" class="docs">How to input mom&#8217;s macros</h2>
+
+<p>
+Regardless of whether you&#8217;re preparing a term paper or making a
+flyer for your lost dog, the following apply.
+</p>
+
+<ol style="margin-top: -.5em; margin-bottom: -.5em;">
+  <li>
+    You need a good text editor for inputting mom files.
+    <br/>
+    <span style="display: block; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .5em;">
+    I cannot recommend highly enough that you use an editor that
+    lets you write syntax highlighting rules for mom&#8217;s
+    macros and
+    <a href="definitions.html#inlines">inline escapes</a>.
+    Simply colourizing macros and inlines to half-intensity can be
+    enough to make text stand out clearly from formatting commands.
+    Mom herself comes with a complete set of syntax highlighting
+    rules for the vim editor.  A number of freely available editors
+    come with groff syntax highlighting rules, which are sufficient
+    for mom files, though not as colourful or complete as the vim
+    rules that ship with mom.
+    </span>
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    Macros begin with a period (dot) at the left margin of your text
+    editor&#8217;s screen, and must be entered in upper case (capital)
+    letters.
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    Macro
+    <a href="definitions.html#arguments">arguments</a>
+    are separated from the macro itself by spaces.  Multiple
+    arguments to the same macro are separated from each
+    other by spaces.  Any number of spaces may be used.  
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    Arguments to a macro must appear on the same line as the
+    macro.
+    <br/>
+    <span style="display: block; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .5em;">
+    If the argument list is very long, you may use the
+    backslash character (<kbd>\</kbd>) to break the line visually.
+    From groff&#8217;s point of view, the backslash and newline are
+    invisible.  Thus, for example,
+    <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2.25em">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 FAMILY Garamond FONT B SIZE +2
+    </span>
+    and
+    <span class="pre" style="margin-bottom: -2.25em">
+  .HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+   FAMILY Garamond \
+   FONT B \
+   SIZE +2
+    </span>
+    </span>
+    are exactly equivalent.
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    Any argument (except a
+    <a href="definitions.html#stringargument">string argument</a>)
+    that is not a digit must be entered in upper case
+    (capital) letters.
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    Any argument that requires a plus or minus sign must
+    have the plus or minus sign prepended to the argument
+    with no intervening space (e.g. <kbd>+2</kbd>).
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    Any argument that requires a
+    <a href="definitions.html#unitofmeasure">unit of measure</a>
+    must have the unit appended directly to the argument, with no
+    intervening space (e.g. <kbd>.5i</kbd>).
+  </li>
+  <li>
+    <a href="definitions.html#stringargument">String arguments</a>,
+    in the sense of this manual, must be surrounded by double-quotes
+    (e.g. <kbd>"text"</kbd>).  Multiple
+    string arguments are separated from each other by spaces (with
+    each argument surrounded by double-quotes).
+    <br/>
+    <span style="display: block; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .5em;">
+    If a string argument becomes
+    uncomfortably long, you may break it into two or more lines
+    with the backslash character.
+    <span class="pre">
+  .SUBTITLE "An In-Depth Consideration of the \
+  Implications of Forty-Two as the Answer to Life, \
+  The Universe, and Everything"
+    </span>
+    </span>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="box-tip">
+<p class="tip">
+<span class="tip">Tip:</span>
+It&#8217;s important that your documents be easy to read and
+understand in a text editor.  One way to achieve this is to group
+macros that serve a similar purpose together, and separate them from
+other groups of macros with a comment line.  In groff, that&#8217;s
+done with <kbd>\#</kbd> (backslash-pound) or <kbd>.\"</kbd>
+(period-backslash-doublequote) on a line by itself.  Either
+instructs groff to ignore the remainder of the line, which may or
+may not contain text.  Consider the following, which is a template
+for starting the chapter of a book.
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  \# Reference/meta-data
+  .TITLE   "My Pulitzer Novel"
+  .AUTHOR  "Joe Blow"
+  .CHAPTER  1
+  \# Template
+  .DOCTYPE    CHAPTER
+  .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+  \# Type style
+  .FAM     P
+  .PT_SIZE 10
+  .LS      12
+  \#
+  .START
+</span>
+You may also, if you wish, add a comment to the end of a line with
+<kbd>\"</kbd> (no period), like this:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  .FAMILY P \" Maybe Garamond instead?
+</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="viewing" class="docs">Processing and viewing documents</h2>
+
+<p>
+The most basic command-line usage for processing a file formatted
+with the mom macros is
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  groff -mom filename.mom &gt; filename.ps
+</span>
+which processes the .mom file and dumps the output into a
+viewable/printable PostScript file.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="pdf" class="docs">Mom and PDF</h3>
+
+<p>
+Adobe&#8217;s Portable Document Format (PDF) has largely supplanted
+PostScript, of which it is a subset, as the standard for typeset
+documents.  While printed versions of documents in either format
+will be identical, PDF documents, when viewed at the screen, may
+also contain clickable links and a number of other special features.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As of version 2.0, mom supports full PDF integration.  The creation
+and processing of mom files into PostScript documents remains
+unchanged from 1.x, but the expected and recommended format of final
+documents is now PDF.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The manual,
+<a href="http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/pdf/mom-pdf.pdf"><span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span></a>,
+explains and demonstrates the PDF-specific macros that are available
+in mom, as well as the use of <strong>pdfmom</strong>, the
+recommended way to process mom files.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pdfmom" class="docs">pdfmom</h4>
+
+<p>
+Groff provides more than one way to generate PDF documents,
+but when processing files formatted with the mom macros,
+<strong>pdfmom</strong> is the recommended and most robust way to do
+it:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom filename.mom &gt; filename.pdf
+</span>
+<strong>pdfmom</strong> is a wrapper around groff, and accepts all
+groff&#8217;s command-line options as listed in the groff manpage.
+Full usage is explained in the manual,
+<a href="http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/pdf/mom-pdf.pdf"><span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PDF links in a document, including linked entries in the
+Table of Contents, are identified by colour.  When printing
+documents with links, you will most likely not want the link
+text coloured.  The groff option, <kbd>-c</kbd>, disables colour
+throughout a document; thus, when preparing a document for printing,
+you should use:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom -c filename.mom  &gt; filename.pdf
+</span>
+<strong>pdfmom</strong> tends to produce large files.  You may
+reduce their size by piping them through ps2pdf:
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  pdfmom -c filename.mom  | ps2pdf - filename.pdf
+</span>
+Be aware, though, that files piped through ps2pdf will lose some pdf
+metadata, notably the document window title set with PDF_TITLE.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="previewing" class="docs">Automatic previewing of documents</h2>
+
+<p>
+Most PDF viewers have a &#8220;Watch File&#8221; option, which
+automatically updates a displayed document whenever there&#8217;s
+a change.  This is useful when preparing documents that require
+judgment calls.  I recommend creating a keymapping in your
+text editor that both saves the mom file and processes it with
+<strong>pdfmom</strong>.  The displayed PDF then automatically
+reflects whatever changes you save to the mom file.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+    <td style="width: 33%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+    <td style="width: 33%; text-align: right;"><a href="typesetting.html#top">Next: The typesetting macros</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/version-2.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/version-2.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd1cb8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/version-2.html
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Peter Schaffter (peter@schaffter.ca).
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+Texts.
+
+A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+  <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"/>
+  <title>Mom -- Version 2.0 notes</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css" />
+</head>
+
+<body style="background-color: #f5faff;">
+
+<!-- ==================================================================== -->
+
+<div id="top" class="page">
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%;">
+<tr>
+  <td><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="text-align: right;"><a href="intro.html#top">Next: Introduction to mom</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1 class="docs">Version 2.0 notes</h1>
+
+<div style="width: 70%; margin: auto;">
+<ol style="margin-left: -1em;">
+  <li><a href="#prefatory">Prefatory comments</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#differences">Differences between 2.0 and 1.x</a>
+  <ul class="no-enumerator" style="padding-left: 0">
+    <li><a href="#pdf-support">2.1 PDF support</a>
+    <ul class="no-enumerator" style="padding-left: 1em">
+      <li><a href="#mom-pdf">2.1.1 The manual, <span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span></a></li>
+      <li><a href="#pdf-image">2.1.2 PDF_IMAGE</a></li>
+    </ul></li>
+    <li><a href="#covers">2.2 Covers</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#headings">2.3 Headings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#margin-notes">2.4 Margin notes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#floats">2.5 Floats</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#table-of-contents">2.5 Tables of contents</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a href="#v2.1-changes">Version 2.1 changes</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#v2.2-changes">Version 2.2 changes</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#v2.5-changes">Version 2.5 changes</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#pdfmom">The <strong>pdfmom</strong> wrapper around groff</a></li>
+  <li><a href="#install-font">The <strong>install-font.sh</strong> script</a></li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+
+<div class="rule-medium"><hr/></div>
+
+<h2 id="prefatory" class="docs">1. Prefatory comments</h2>
+
+<p>
+Version 2.0 comes about as a result of Deri James&#8217;
+contribution of <strong>gropdf</strong> to <strong>groff</strong>,
+and his subsequent work integrating the device with
+<strong>mom</strong>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whereas the 1.x releases were oriented toward PostScript output,
+2.0 focuses on PDF output, a bias reflected throughout this
+documentation.  Users are strongly encouraged to process their files
+with
+<a href="#pdfmom"><strong>pdfmom</strong></a>,
+a wrapper around <strong>groff&nbsp;-Tpdf</strong>, in order to take
+full advantage of all PDF has to offer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While portions of mom have been rewritten, and new features
+introduced, 2.0 is backwardly compatible with 1.x releases.  Changes
+are either transparent, or accompanied by notifications on stderr.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The implementation of nested heads has been completely rethought,
+as has the manner of styling of them.  There are no limits on
+how deep the nesting can go.  The 1.x macros <kbd>HEAD</kbd>,
+<kbd>SUBHEAD</kbd>, and <kbd>SUBSUBHEAD</kbd> may still be used, but
+must be re-designed with the new <kbd>HEADING_STYLE</kbd> macro
+if their 1.x defaults are not desired.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In conjunction with the changes to nested heads, Table of Contents
+generation has also been rethought.  Greater flexibility in the
+inclusion of toc entry numbering been added.  Like nested heads,
+there&#8217;s a new macro <kbd>TOC_ENTRY_STYLE</kbd> that permits
+styling of each level in the toc hierarchy separately.  The default
+overall layout has also been significantly improved, achieving a
+level of typographical elegance formerly lacking.  Best of all, the
+Table of Contents can now be repositioned to the correct spot at the
+top of a document from within the mom source file.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When mom files are processed with <strong>pdfmom</strong>, a PDF
+outline for the Contents panel of PDF viewers is automatically
+generated.  In addition, entries in the Table of Contents
+are clickable links when a document is viewed at the screen.
+<strong>pdfmom</strong> also permits setting a document&#8217;s
+papersize within the source file without the corresponding need for
+<kbd>-P-p&lt;papersize&gt;</kbd> on the command line.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lastly, while not strictly part of mom, a bash script,
+<strong>install-font.sh</strong>, has been posted at the
+<a href="https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/">mom site</a>.
+The script significantly eases the installation of new
+groff families and fonts, with conversion to .pfa
+and .t42 being performed by <strong>fontforge</strong>.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="differences" class="docs">2. Differences between v2.0 and v1.x</h2>
+
+<h3 id="pdf-support" class="docs">2.1. PDF support</h3>
+
+<p>
+PDF support has been added, with features including the automatic
+generation of PDF outlines, embedding of images in PDF format (via
+the
+<a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>
+macro) and PDF linking (internal and external).
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="mom-pdf" class="docs">2.1.1. Producing PDFs with groff and mom</h4>
+
+<p>
+A manual in PDF format,
+<span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span>,
+has been added to the documentation.  The file,
+<strong>mom-pdf.pdf</strong> can be found in
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  /usr/local/share/doc/groff-&lt;version&gt;/pdf/
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  /usr/share/doc/groff-base/pdf/
+</span>
+or at
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  <a href="http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/mom-pdf.pdf">http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/mom-pdf.pdf</a>
+</span>
+PDF usage, and all associated macros except
+<a href="#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>,
+are fully explained in the manual, which should be considered an
+integral part of the present documentation.  In addition, the mom
+source file for the manual can be found in
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  /usr/local/share/doc/groff-&lt;version&gt;/examples/mom
+</span>
+or
+<br/>
+<span class="pre-in-pp">
+  /usr/share/doc/groff-base/examples/mom/
+</span>
+and provides an excellent demonstration of mom usage.
+</p>
+
+<h4 id="pdf-image" class="docs">2.1.2. PDF_IMAGE</h4>
+
+<p>
+A new macro for embedding PDF images has been added,
+<a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PDF_IMAGE functions similarly to PSPIC and accepts the same
+arguments.  Differences in implementation are that PDF_IMAGE
+requires the image dimensions (the bounding box) to be supplied.
+Instructions for getting the bounding box are included in the
+documentation entry for PDF_IMAGE.  Two additional options,
+<kbd>SCALE</kbd> and <kbd>ADJUST</kbd>, allow scaling of the image
+and optical centering.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="covers" class="docs">2.2. Covers</h3>
+
+<p>
+Arguments to
+<a href="cover.html#cover">COVER</a>
+and
+<a href="cover.html#doc-cover">DOC_COVER</a>
+may now be given in any order.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="headings" class="docs">2.3. Headings</h3>
+
+<p>
+The 1.x macros HEAD, SUBHEAD, SUBSUBHEAD, are now deprecated and
+have been replaced by the single macro
+<a href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING <kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd></a>,
+where <kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd> is the heading level.  The deprecated
+macros may still be used, and conform in style to their original
+defaults; they are, however, wrappers around HEADING levels 1
+&#8211; 3.  Both the wrappers and HEADING itself can take a
+<kbd>NAMED&nbsp;&lt;id&gt;</kbd> argument, specifying a PDF link
+destination.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Styling of headings is managed by the single macro <a
+href="docelement.html#heading">HEADING_STYLE &lt;n&gt;</a> where
+<kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd> conforms to a heading level.  The control
+macros for HEAD, SUBHEAD and SUBSUBHEAD have been removed.  Users
+wishing to style the wrappers must use HEADING_STYLE.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PARAHEAD is no longer valid.  Paragraph heads in 2.0 are created
+by passing the <kbd>PARAHEAD</kbd> argument to HEADING.  Mom
+will abort with an informational message whenever she encounters
+<kbd>.PARAHEAD</kbd>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="margin-notes" class="docs">2.4. Margin notes</h3>
+
+<p>
+The macro for setting margin note parameters,
+<a href="docelement.html#mn-init">MN_INIT</a>,
+has been re-written such that each parameter now has the form
+<kbd>&lt;PARAMETER&gt; &lt;value&gt;</kbd>.  This differs
+from 1.x where parameters were entered without a preceding
+<kbd>&lt;PARAMETER&gt;</kbd> flag.  Parameters may be entered in any
+order.  Any that are skipped are set to default values.  Documents
+created with 1.x will have to have their <kbd>MN_INIT</kbd> updated
+accordingly.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="floats" class="docs">2.5. Floats</h3>
+
+<p>
+A
+<a href="images.html#floats-intro">FLOAT</a>
+macro has been added, which functions similarly to the <kbd>ms</kbd>
+macros&#8217; <kbd>.KF/.KE</kbd>, i.e., the contents of the float are
+output immediately if there&#8217;s room on the page, otherwise
+normal text processing continues and the contents are output at the
+top of the next page.  An <kbd>ADJUST</kbd> argument to FLOAT allows
+for optical centering.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="table-of-contents" class="docs">2.6. Tables of contents</h3>
+
+<p>
+The default look of the Table of Contents has been overhauled to
+produce a more typographically pleasing result.  All control macros
+for TOC title and entry styles have been removed, replaced by
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-title-style">TOC_TITLE_STYLE</a>
+and
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#toc-title-style">TOC_ENTRY_STYLE <kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd></a>
+where <kbd>&lt;n&gt;</kbd> corresponds to a heading level.  Both
+macros permit setting any or all of the style parameters for TOC
+titles (i.e. chapters or major sections/divisions of a collated
+document) and TOC entries (nested heading levels) at once.
+Documents created with 1.x that contain TOCs will need to have their
+TOC style updated if the new defaults are unsatisfactory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two new TOC control macros have been added,
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#space-toc-items">SPACE_TOC_ITEMS</a>
+and
+<a href="tables-of-contents.html#auto-relocate-toc">AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC</a>.
+SPACE_TOC_ITEMS groups TOC entry levels and separates them with a
+discrete amount of whitespace.  This leads to improved legibility,
+and is highly recommended even though it is not mom&#8217;s
+default.  AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC intelligently repositions the Table
+of Contents to the top of a document when the mom source file is
+processed with
+<a href="pdfmom">pdfmom</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="v2.1-changes" class="docs">3. Version 2.1 changes</h2>
+<p> Version 2.1 adds these features: </p> <ul style="margin-top: -.5em; width: 90%">
+  <li>expansion of cover, docheader, page header, and heading
+  control macros to permit caps, smallcaps, color, and
+  underscoring</li>
+  <li>the ability to style every element appearing in docheaders and
+  automatically-generated cover/title pages separately</li>
+  <li>macros to place images on cover/title pages</li>
+  <li>a new macro COVERTEXT that allows adding text (e.g. an
+  Abstract) to automatically-generated cover/title pages or to
+  create cover/title pages entirely by hand</li>
+  <li>separate indent control macros for QUOTES and BLOCKQUOTES</li>
+  <li>pseudo-smallcaps, including a control macro to choose the
+  size, weight, and width of the small caps</li>
+  <li>new &lt;element&gt;_STYLE macros that allow setting
+  parameters for &lt;element&gt; with a single macro using
+  keyword/value pairs</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>
+The following changes have been made:
+</p>
+
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; width: 90%">
+  <li>MISC_AUTOLEAD (including COVER_MISC_AUTOLEAD and
+      DOC_COVER_MISC_AUTOLEAD) has been replaced in favour of MISC_LEAD,
+      which takes an absolute leading value rather than one derived
+      from the point size.</li>
+  <li>COVER_UNDERLINE and DOC_COVER_UNDERLINE have been
+      removed in favour of COVER_DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE and
+      DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE.</li>
+  <li>DOCTYPE NAMED <kbd>&lt;string&gt;</kbd> no longer accepts a
+      <kbd>color</kbd> argument; setting the colour for
+      <kbd>&lt;string&gt;</kbd> is accomplished with DOCTYPE_COLOR
+      <kbd>&lt;color&gt;</kbd>.  In addition, the string now has a
+      complete set of control macros.</li>
+  <li>Default underscoring of the DOCTYPE NAMED string has been
+      removed, both in the docheader and on cover/title pages.</li>
+  <li>No cover/title page data persists, however formatting for the
+      elements on them does.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="v2.2-changes" class="docs">4. Version 2.2 changes</h2>
+
+<p>
+Version 2.2 adds these features:
+</p>
+<ul style="margin-top: -.5em; width: 90%">
+  <li>flex-spacing, an alternative to mom&#8217;s default shimming
+  policy; flex-spacing balances vertical whitespace on the page by
+  distributing any excess equally at sensible points so that running
+  text always fills the page to the bottom margin (see
+  <a href="docprocessing.html#vertical-whitespace-management">
+    vertical whitespace management</a>)
+  </li>
+  <li>improvements to auto-labelling, such that it is now possible
+  to link symbolically to auto-labelled preprocessor material and
+  PDF images (note that you must be running groff 1.22.4 or higher
+  for this feature)
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="v2.5-changes" class="docs">5. Version 2.5 changes</h2>
+
+<p>
+Version 2.5 adds shaded backgrounds and frames that span pages
+appropriately when necessary, and a macro to set page or slide
+background colour.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="pdfmom" class="docs">6. pdfmom</h2>
+
+<p>
+Deri James has provided <strong>pdfmom</strong>, a wrapper around
+groff that processes mom source files with all the PDF bells and
+whistles.  Its use is highly recommended.  Usage is explained in the
+manual,
+<a href="http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/pdf/mom-pdf.pdf">
+  <span class="book-title">Producing PDFs with groff and mom</span>
+</a>.
+A significant convenience of pdfmom is that it can, with the
+<kbd>-Tps</kbd> flag, be used to pass processing over to Keith
+Marshall&#8217;s <strong>pdfroff</strong>.  This is useful when
+processing files that contain PostScript images embedded with
+<a href="images.html#pspic">PSPIC</a>.
+pdfmom, without the flag, uses groff&#8217;s PDF device
+(<strong>gropdf</strong>), which only recognizes PDF images that
+have been embedded with
+<a href="images.html#pdf-image">PDF_IMAGE</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="install-font" class="docs">7. install-font.sh</h2>
+
+<p>
+A bash script, <strong>install-font.sh</strong>, has been posted at the
+<a href="http://www.schaffter.ca/mom/mom-01.html">mom site</a>.
+There&#8217;s nothing mom-specific about the script, and it is not
+an official part of groff.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Installing groff fonts is a multi-step procedure, which, while not
+difficult, can be a nuisance.  install-font.sh takes
+care of all the details, including converting fonts to formats
+acceptable to <strong>grops</strong> and <strong>gropdf</strong>,
+creating and installing the groff fonts in the appropriate
+directories, updating the download files, and installing the
+original fonts in a system-wide directory, if desired.
+</p>
+
+<div class="rule-long"><hr/></div>
+
+<!-- Navigation links -->
+<table style="width: 100%; margin-top: 12px;">
+<tr>
+  <td style="width: 33%;"><a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 20%; text-align: center;"><a href="#top">Top</a></td>
+  <td style="width: 46%; text-align: right;"><a href="intro.html">Next: Introduction to mom</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="bottom-spacer"><br/></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/contrib/mom/om.tmac b/contrib/mom/om.tmac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adb7508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mom/om.tmac
@@ -0,0 +1,24571 @@
+.ig
+Mom -- a typesetting/document-processing macro set for groff.
+
+Copyright (C) 2002-2020  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Peter Schaffter <peter@schaffter.ca>
+ PDF integration contributed by Deri James <deri.james@chuzzlewit.co.uk>
+
+This file is part of groff.
+
+groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Version 2.5_d
+-------------
+Antoine de St-Exupéry asserted that elegance in engineering is
+achieved not when there is nothing left to add, but when there is
+nothing left to take away.
+
+By those standards, mom is a Rube Goldberg contraption.  She was
+created over the years while groff, and my understanding of it,
+changed and evolved.  However, I'm a firm believer in "if it ain't
+broke, don't fix it."  Version 2.0 removed some of the redundancies
+and cruft, but mom still needs some nip and tuck.
+
+"<anything>" in the description of arguments that can be passed
+to a macro means that any argument turns the feature off.
+
+Thanks to everyone who has contributed suggestions and patches,
+and to those whose GPL'd work has been plundered.  Special thanks
+to Werner Lemberg (margin notes), Tadziu Hoffman (underlining),
+Deri James (pdf integration), Robin Haberkorn (tbl integration, eqn
+extensions, and float management).
+..
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+.if \n(.C \
+.   ab [mom]: The groff mom macros do not work in compatibility mode.
+\# Check that GNU troff is being run
+.if !\n[.g]=1 \
+.   ab [mom]: The mom macros require that you be running GNU troff.
+\# Check which version of groff is being run
+.if (\n[.x]\n[.y] < 118) \
+.   ab [mom]: You need GNU troff version 1.18 or higher to run this version of mom.
+\# Mom version
+.ds version 2.5_d
+.if dVERSION \{\
+.   ab [mom]: Version \*[version]
+.\}
+\# Groff revision
+.ds short_revision \n[.Y]
+.substring short_revision 0 0
+\#
+\# Add supplementary styles
+.sty \n[.fp] UL      \"  Ultra Light
+.sty \n[.fp] ULI     \"  Ultra Light Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] ULCD    \"  Ultra Light Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] ULCDI   \"  Ultra Light Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] ULEX    \"  Ultra Light Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] ULEXI   \"  Ultra Light Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] XL      \"  Extra Light
+.sty \n[.fp] XLI     \"  Extra Light Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] XLCD    \"  Extra Light Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] XLCDI   \"  Extra Light Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] XLEX    \"  Extra Light Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] XLEXI   \"  Extra Light Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] TH      \"  Thin
+.sty \n[.fp] THI     \"  Thin Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] THCD    \"  Thin Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] THCDI   \"  Thin Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] THEX    \"  Thin Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] THEXI   \"  Thin Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] L       \"  Light Roman
+.sty \n[.fp] LI      \"  Light Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] LCD     \"  Light Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] LCDI    \"  Light Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] LEX     \"  Light Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] LEXI    \"  Light Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] BK      \"  Book Roman
+.sty \n[.fp] BKI     \"  Book Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] BKCD    \"  Book Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] BKCDI   \"  Book Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] BKEX    \"  Book Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] BKEXI   \"  Book Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] CD      \"  Medium Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] CDI     \"  Medium Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] EX      \"  Medium Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] EXI     \"  Medium Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] DB      \"  DemiBold Roman
+.sty \n[.fp] DBI     \"  DemiBold Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] DBCD    \"  DemiBold Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] DBCDI   \"  DemiBold Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] DBEX    \"  DemiBold Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] DBEXI   \"  DemiBold Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] SB      \"  SemiBold Roman
+.sty \n[.fp] SBI     \"  SemiBold Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] SBCD    \"  SemiBold Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] SBCDI   \"  SemiBold Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] SBEX    \"  SemiBold Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] SBEXI   \"  SemiBold Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] BCD     \"  Bold Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] BCDI    \"  Bold Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] BEX     \"  Bold Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] BEXI    \"  Bold Extended Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] BO      \"  Bold Outline
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] XB      \"  Extra Bold
+.sty \n[.fp] XBI     \"  Extra Bold Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] XBCD    \"  Extra Bold Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] XBCDI   \"  Extra Bold Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] XBEX    \"  Extra Bold Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] XBEXI   \"  Extra Bold Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] UB      \"  Ultra Bold
+.sty \n[.fp] UBI     \"  Ultra Bold Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] UBCD    \"  Ultra Bold Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] UBCDI   \"  Ultra Bold Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] UBEX    \"  Ultra Bold Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] UBEXI   \"  Ultra Bold Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] HV      \"  Heavy
+.sty \n[.fp] HVI     \"  Heavy Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] HVCD    \"  Heavy Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] HVCDI   \"  Heavy Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] HVEX    \"  Heavy Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] HVEXI   \"  Heavy Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] BL      \"  Black
+.sty \n[.fp] BLI     \"  Black Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] BLCD    \"  Black Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] BLCDI   \"  Black Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] BLEX    \"  Black Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] BLEXI   \"  Black Extended Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] BLO     \"  Black Outline
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] XBL     \"  Extra Black
+.sty \n[.fp] XBLI    \"  Extra Black Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] XBLCD   \"  Extra Black
+.sty \n[.fp] XBLCDI  \"  Extra Black
+.sty \n[.fp] XBLEX   \"  Extra Black Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] XBLEXI  \"  Extra Black Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] UBL     \"  Ultra Black
+.sty \n[.fp] UBLI    \"  Ultra Black Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] UBLCD   \"  Ultra Black Condensed
+.sty \n[.fp] UBLCDI  \"  Ultra Black Condensed Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] UBLEX   \"  Ultra Black Extended
+.sty \n[.fp] UBLEXI  \"  Ultra Black Extended Italic
+\#
+.sty \n[.fp] SC      \"  Small Caps Roman
+.sty \n[.fp] SCI     \"  Small Caps Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] SCDB    \"  Small Caps Demibold
+.sty \n[.fp] SCDBI   \"  Small Caps Demibold Italic
+.sty \n[.fp] SCSB    \"  Small Caps Semibold
+.sty \n[.fp] SCSBI   \"  Small Caps Semibold Italic
+\#
+\# Instruct grops to use square linecaps and joins.
+\# This instruction is also executed in DO_B_MARGIN, NEWPAGE, and HEADER
+\#
+.if !n \X'ps: exec 0 setlinejoin'\X'ps: exec 0 setlinecap'
+\#
+\# The following PostScript, provided by Tadziu Hoffmann, permits
+\# no-fail underlining
+\#
+.de ul*ps
+ps: def
+grops begin
+/decornone { grops begin /X { } def /Y { } def /y2 -1 def end } def
+/decorline { grops begin u neg /uld exch def u /ulw exch def
+             /X { currentpoint /y0 exch def /x0 exch def } def
+             /Y { currentpoint /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+                  drawline /x2 x1 def /y2 y1 def } def end } def
+/drawline { gsave ulw setlinewidth 0 setlinecap x1 y1 uld sub moveto
+            y2 y0 eq { x2 y2 } { x0 y0 } ifelse uld sub lineto stroke
+            grestore } def
+decornone
+/uld 0 def
+/ulw 0 def
+/A { X show Y } def
+/B { 0 SC 3 -1 roll X widthshow Y } def
+/C { 0 exch X ashow Y } def
+/D { 0 exch 0 SC 5 2 roll X awidthshow Y } def
+/E { 0 rmoveto X show Y } def
+/F { 0 rmoveto 0 SC 3 -1 roll X widthshow Y } def
+/G { 0 rmoveto 0 exch X ashow Y } def
+/H { 0 rmoveto 0 exch 0 SC 5 2 roll X awidthshow Y } def
+/I { 0 exch rmoveto X show Y } def
+/J { 0 exch rmoveto 0 SC 3 -1 roll X widthshow Y } def
+/K { 0 exch rmoveto 0 exch X ashow Y } def
+/L { 0 exch rmoveto 0 exch 0 SC 5 2 roll X awidthshow Y } def
+/M { rmoveto X show Y } def
+/N { rmoveto 0 SC 3 -1 roll X widthshow Y } def
+/O { rmoveto 0 exch X ashow Y } def
+/P { rmoveto 0 exch 0 SC 5 2 roll X awidthshow Y } def
+/Q { moveto X show Y } def
+/R { moveto 0 SC 3 -1 roll X widthshow Y } def
+/S { moveto 0 exch X ashow Y } def
+/T { moveto 0 exch 0 SC 5 2 roll X awidthshow Y } def
+end
+..
+\#
+.if !n \Y[ul*ps]
+.if n .color 0
+.nr TOC.RELOCATE 0 \" TOC.RELOCATE is off by default
+.ds PDFHREF.TEXTCOL.DEFAULT 0.0 0.3 0.9
+.nr PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING.C 3i
+.nr PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING.T 1i
+.nr PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING 0
+.nr PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING.H \n[PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING]
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# TYPESETTING MACROS, STRINGS, AND ALIASES
+\# ========================================
+\#
+\# +++ALIASES+++
+\#
+\# Alias .als as ALIAS, and .aln (number registers) as ALIASN
+\#
+.als      ALIAS           als
+.als      ALIASN          aln
+\#
+\# ALIASES FOR GROFF REQUESTS
+\# --------------------------
+\#
+.ALIAS    MAC             de
+.ALIAS    BR              br
+.ALIAS    SPREAD          brp
+.ALIAS    ESC_CHAR        ec
+.ALIAS    STRING          ds
+.ALIAS    INCLUDE         so
+\#
+\# ALIASES FOR NUMBER REGISTERS
+\# ----------------------------
+\#
+.ALIASN  #PT_SIZE        .ps    \"fractional point size in units
+.ALIASN  #DIVER_DEPTH     dn    \"diversion depth
+.ALIASN  #DIVER_WIDTH     dl    \"diversion width
+.ALIASN  #TRAP_DISTANCE  .t     \"distance to next trap
+.ALIASN  #LEAD           .v     \"line space
+.ALIASN  #PAGE_LENGTH    .p     \"page length
+.ALIASN  #NUM_ARGS       .$     \"number of arguments passed to a macro
+.ALIASN  #INDENT         .i     \"value of current indent
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# MISCELLANEOUS
+\# =============
+.nr #L_MARGIN \n[.o]  \" Tabs, etc require #L_MARGIN
+.cflags 4 /\[en]      \" So slash and en-dashes get broken
+\#
+\# 'END' is used throughout as the 2nd arg to 'MAC' (alias of .de)
+\# Defining it as a macro here prevents groff from complaining
+\# that 'END' isn't defined.
+\#
+.de END
+..
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++PAGE LAYOUT+++
+\#
+\# Macros that control the physical layout of the page: paper size
+\# and margins.
+\#
+\# PAGE WIDTH
+\# ----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <width of printer sheet>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied page width in register #PAGE_WIDTH.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   #PAGE_WIDTH is used to establish the default LL (and right margin).
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC PAGEWIDTH END
+.    br
+.    nr #PAGE_WIDTH \\$1
+.    if !r#L_MARGIN .L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.    if !r#R_MARGIN .R_MARGIN 1i
+.    if '\\*[.T]'pdf' \X'papersize=\\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]z,\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]z'\c
+.END
+\#
+\# L_MARGIN
+\# --------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <offset from page left>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied page offset in register #L_MARGIN.
+\#   Sets .po to user supplied offset.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC L_MARGIN END
+.    br
+.    nr #L_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.    po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.END
+\#
+\# R_MARGIN
+\# --------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <width of right margin>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied right margin in register #R_MARGIN.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   This is a pseudo-margin.  Right margin is actually a function of
+\#   line length.  The macro calculates line length from the page offset
+\#   and the value plugged into #R_MARGIN.
+\#
+\#   N.B. -- PAGEWIDTH and L_MARGIN have to be defined before R_MARGIN.
+\#
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC R_MARGIN END
+.    br
+.    nr #R_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.    ll \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]u-\\n[#L_MARGIN]u-\\n[#R_MARGIN]u
+.    ta \\n[.l]u
+.    nr #L_LENGTH \\n[.l]
+.END
+\#
+\# T_MARGIN
+\# --------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <distance to advance from top of page>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores the user supplied top margin in register #T_MARGIN.
+\#   Advances user supplied depth from the top of the page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC T_MARGIN END
+.    nr #T_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.    if !\\n[#DOCS] .sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v
+.    wh 0i DO_T_MARGIN
+.END
+\#
+\# B_MARGIN
+\# --------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <space to leave at the bottom of the page>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores the user supplied bottom margin in register #B_MARGIN.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC B_MARGIN END
+.    br
+.    nr #B_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.    nr #ORIGINAL_B_MARGIN \\n[#B_MARGIN]
+.    nr #B_MARGIN_SET 1
+.    wh -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u DO_B_MARGIN
+.END
+\#
+\# PAGE
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <pagewidth>  [pagelength [leftmargin [rightmargin [topmargin [bottommargin]]]]]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Page set-up.  Collects arguments and passes them to the appropriate
+\#   macros.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   All arguments after pagewidth are optional, but must appear
+\#   in the order given above.  (User can fill in as much or as
+\#   little as desired.)
+\#
+\#   All arguments require a unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC PAGE END
+.    br
+.    PAGEWIDTH   \\$1
+.    PAGELENGTH  \\$2
+.    ie '\\$3''  .L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.    el          .L_MARGIN \\$3
+.    ie '\\$4''  .R_MARGIN 1i
+.    el          .R_MARGIN \\$4
+.    if !'\\$5'' .T_MARGIN \\$5
+.    if !'\\$6'' .B_MARGIN \\$6
+.END
+\#
+\# gropdf: pass pagelength to postprocessor; no need for -P-p
+\#
+.MAC PAGELENGTH END
+.    pl \\$*
+.    if '\\*[.T]'pdf' \X'papersize=\\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]z,\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]z'\c
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++PAGE CONTROL+++
+\#
+\# Generic macros for breaking pages.
+\#
+\# DO_T_MARGIN
+\# -----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Plants the top margin at the top of each page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The trap is set in .T_MARGIN or .PAGE
+\#
+.MAC DO_T_MARGIN END
+.    ev T_MARGIN
+.    sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v
+.    ev
+.END
+\#
+\# DO_B_MARGIN
+\# -----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Plants the bottom margin at the bottom of each page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The trap is set in .B_MARGIN or .PAGE.
+\#
+.MAC DO_B_MARGIN END
+.    nr #T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ \\n[#LEAD]-12000
+.    ev B_MARGIN
+.    if !n .nop \X'ps: exec 0 setlinejoin'\X'ps: exec 0 setlinecap'
+.    ie \\n[#DOCS] \
+.       if !\\n[#NEWPAGE] .bp
+.    el .bp
+.    ev
+.END
+\#
+\# NEWPAGE
+\# -------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Breaks to a new page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If a B_MARGIN has been set, processes that, otherwise, just
+\#   breaks to a new page.
+\#
+.MAC NEWPAGE END
+.    br
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.       if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>0 \
+.       pdftransition PAGE \\$1
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[defer] \{\
+.       nr #NEWPAGE 1
+.       rr tbl*no-print-header
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#DOCS]=1 \
+.       if \\n[#B_MARGIN_SET]=1 .DO_B_MARGIN
+.    el \{\
+.       if (\\n[#COLUMNS]=1):(\\n[#COLUMNS]=2) .nr #COL_NUM \\n[#NUM_COLS]
+.       if !\\n[#FN_DEPTH] \{\
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.          nr #RESET_FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if dPDF.EXPORT \
+.       if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.             tm .ds pre-newpage-\\n% \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]
+.    ie \\n[#DOCS]=1 \{\
+.       if (\\n[@TOP]=0):(\\n[#END_COVER]=1) .bp
+.       rr #END_COVER
+.       if \\n[#RESET_FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP] \{\
+.          wh -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.          rr #RESET_FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS
+.      \}
+.    \}
+.    el .if !\\n[#B_MARGIN_SET]=1 .bp
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS NEWSLIDE NEWPAGE
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++GENERAL STYLE MACROS+++
+\#
+\# LINE LENGTH
+\# -----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <line length>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied line length in register #L_LENGTH.
+\#   Sets .ll to #L_LENGTHu
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC LL END
+.    nr #USER_SET_L_LENGTH 1
+.    ll \\$1
+.    nr #L_LENGTH \\n[.l]
+.    ta \\n[.l]u
+.END
+\#
+\# +++FAMILY AND FONT+++
+\#
+\# FALLBACK FONT
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <fallback font> [ ABORT | WARN ] | ABORT | WARN
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register #ABORT_FT_ERRORS to 1, or defines a fallback font
+\#   called "dummy" at font position 0.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Calls to non-existent families cause mom to continue processing
+\#   files using the fallback font until a valid family is entered.
+\#
+\#   Calls to non-existent fonts generate warnings.  If ABORT is passed
+\#   to FALLBACK_FONT, mom stops processing files after the warning.
+\#   Otherwise, she continues to process files using the fallback font
+\#   after the warning is issued.  The default fallback font is CR; the
+\#   default for font warnings is to abort.
+\#
+.MAC FALLBACK_FONT END
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \{\
+.       if '\\$1'ABORT' .nr #ABORT_FT_ERRORS 1
+.       if '\\$1'WARN' \
+.          if r #ABORT_FT_ERRORS .nr #ABORT_FT_ERRORS 0
+.       if !'\\$1'ABORT' \
+.          if !'\\$1'WARN' .fp 0 dummy \\$1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=2 \{\
+.       fp 0 dummy \\$1
+.       if '\\$2'ABORT' .nr #ABORT_FT_ERRORS 1
+.       if '\\$2'WARN'  .nr #ABORT_FT_ERRORS 0
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.FALLBACK_FONT CR ABORT
+\#
+\# FAMILY
+\# ------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <font family>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied font family in string $FAMILY.  Sets .fam
+\#   to $FAMILY.
+\#
+.MAC FAMILY END
+.    if '\\n[.ev]'COVER_TEXT' .ds $SAVED_DOC_FAM \\n[.fam]
+.    if \\n[#COLLATE] .rm $SAVED_DOC_FAM
+.    ds $FAMILY \\$1
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE] \{\
+.       fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if (\\n[.x]\\n[.y]\\*[short_revision] >= 1192) .ds $SAVED_STYLE \\n[.sty]
+.    ft 0
+.    fam \\*[$FAMILY]
+.    if (\\n[.x]\\n[.y]\\*[short_revision] >= 1192) \{\
+.       ft \\*[$SAVED_STYLE]
+.       if !F\\n[.fn] .ft 0
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#PRE_COLLATE]=1 .
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#COLLATE]=1 \
+.          if !r#START .ds $DOC_FAM \\*[$FAMILY]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# FONT
+\# ----
+\# *Argument:
+\#   R | I | B | BI | <other style extension>
+\# *Function:
+\#  Stores user supplied font in $FONT and sets .ft to $FONT.
+\#
+.MAC FT END
+.    ds $FONT \\$1
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'I' \{\
+.          if \\n[#UNDERLINE_ITALIC]=1 \{\
+.             UNDERLINE
+.             return
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC]=1 \{\
+.             ds $FONT \\$1
+.             ft \\*[$FONT]
+.             return
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el .UNDERLINE OFF
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    ft 0
+.    ft \\*[$FONT]
+.    if (\\n[.x]\\n[.y]\\*[short_revision] >= 1192) \{\
+.       if '\\n[.sty]'' \{\
+.          if !F\\n[.fn] \{\
+.             if !S\\*[$FONT] \{\
+.                tm1 "[mom]: Font style "\\*[$FONT]" at line \\n[.c] has not been registered.
+.                ie \\n[#ABORT_FT_ERRORS]=0 \
+.                   tm1 "       Continuing to process using fallback font.
+.                el .ab [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[.f]=0 \{\
+.                tm1 "[mom]: Either font style "\\*[$FONT]" at line \\n[.c] does not exist in family "\\n[.fam]",
+.                tm1 "       or family "\\n[.fam]" has not been installed.
+.                ie \\n[#ABORT_FT_ERRORS]=0 \
+.                   tm1 "       Continuing to process using fallback font.
+.                el .ab [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# POINT SIZE
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <point size of type>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets point size to user supplied value in scaled points.
+\#   If #AUTO_LEAD is on, resets lead accordingly.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Must NOT use a unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC PT_SIZE END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .return
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE] .return
+.    ps \\$1
+.    nr #PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \\n[.ps]
+.    ie '\\$0'DOC_PT_SIZE' \{\
+.       if !\\n[#DOCS] .DOC_MACRO_ERROR \\$0
+.       br
+.       nr #NEW_DOC_PT_SIZE \\n[.ps]
+.       if \\n[#DOC_AUTOLEAD] \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#DOC_AUTOLEAD_FACTOR] .nr #AUTOLEADING \\n[#DOC_AUTOLEAD]
+.          el .nr #AUTOLEADING \\n[.ps]*\\n[#DOC_AUTOLEAD]/1000-\\n[.ps]
+.          nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[.ps]+\\n[#AUTOLEADING]
+.          nr #RESET_TRAPS 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#AUTO_LEAD] \{\
+.          nr #SAVED_VS \\n[.v]
+.          vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#AUTOLEADING]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \{\
+.       nr #VS_DIFF \\n[#SAVED_VS]-\\n[.v]
+.       ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u+\\n[#VS_DIFF]u
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SIZE (inline)
+\# -------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <point size of type>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets point size to user supplied value in scaled points.
+\#   Intended to be called inline with \*[SIZE <n><unit>]
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Can be used with a unit of measure or not.
+\#
+.MAC SIZE END
+\c
+.ps \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# LEADING
+\# -------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <leading between lines of text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns off #AUTOLEAD if it's on.
+\#   Sets .vs to user supplied value.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Does not require unit of measure.  LS automatically turns off AUTOLEAD.
+\#
+.MAC LS END
+.    br
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .return
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE] .return
+.    if \\n[#AUTO_LEAD] \{\
+.       rr #AUTO_LEAD
+.       rr #AUTOLEAD_VALUE
+.       rr #AUTOLEADING
+.    \}
+.    nr #SAVED_VS \\n[.v]
+.    vs \\$1
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \{\
+.       nr #VS_DIFF \\n[#SAVED_VS]-\\n[.v]
+.       ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u+\\n[#VS_DIFF]u
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#START] \
+.       if \\n[.t]<\\n[.v] 'bp
+.END
+\#
+\# AUTOLEAD
+\# --------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <leading value to add to #PT_SIZE> [FACTOR]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied auto-lead value in register #AUTOLEAD_VALUE.
+\#   Adds #AUT0LEAD_VALUE to #PT_SIZE when invoked to set leading.
+\#   All subsequent PT_SIZE requests reset the leading in the same way until
+\#   AUTOLEAD is turned off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   With the optional FACTOR argument, the current point size is
+\#   multiplied by #AUTOLEAD_VALUE/1000 instead of the two being added
+\#   together.
+\#
+.MAC AUTOLEAD END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .return
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE] .return
+.    nr #AUTO_LEAD 1 \" autolead on or off
+.    nr #AUTOLEAD_VALUE (p;\\$1) \" arg x 1000
+.    ie '\\$2'FACTOR' \{\
+.       if !\\n[#DOCS] .nr #DOC_AUTOLEAD_FACTOR \\n[#AUTOLEAD_VALUE] \" save for DOC_PT_SIZE
+.       nr #AUTOLEADING \\n[.ps]*\\n[#AUTOLEAD_VALUE]/1000-\\n[.ps]
+.    \}
+.    el .nr #AUTOLEADING \\n[#AUTOLEAD_VALUE]
+.    vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#AUTOLEADING]u
+.END
+\#
+\# STRINGS FOR INLINE CONTROL OF GENERAL TYPE STYLE
+\# ------------------------------------------------
+.ds ROM  \Ef[R]
+.ds IT   \Ef[I]
+.ds BD   \Ef[B]
+.ds BDI  \Ef[BI]
+.ds PREV \Ef[]
+.ds S    \Es
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++KERNING+++
+\#
+\# AUTOMATIC PAIRWISE KERNING
+\# --------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns automatic pairwise kerning on or off.
+\#
+.MAC KERN END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       kern
+.       nr #KERN 1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       kern 0
+.       nr #KERN 0
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# INLINE KERNING AND HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT
+\# --------------------------------------
+\#
+\# Inline kerning provides a simple way to adjust the amount of
+\# space between any two letters.  It's predicated on a unit of
+\# measure "U", which, by default, is 1/36 of the current point
+\# size as returned by \n[.ps]; e.g., if the current point size is
+\# 18, \n[.ps] returns 18000u, therefore U=500u.  Since U remains
+\# proportional relative to the current point size, the amount of
+\# kerning between two letters as expressed in Us remains visually
+\# similar regardless of changes in point size.
+\#
+\# The default value for U may be changed or reset with the
+\# KERN_UNIT macro.
+\#
+.MAC KERN_UNIT END
+.    ie '\\$1'DEFAULT' .ds $KERN_UNIT 36
+.    el .ds $KERN_UNIT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.ds $KERN_UNIT 36
+.ds BU   \h'-(\En[.ps]u/\E*[$KERN_UNIT]u*\\$1u)'
+.ds FU   \h'(\En[.ps]u/\E*[$KERN_UNIT]u*\\$1u)'
+\#
+\# Initialize strings for pre-1.1.3c-style BU and FU
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<37 \{\
+.   ds BU\n[#LOOP] \h'-(\En[.ps]u/\E*[$KERN_UNIT]u*\n[#LOOP]u)'
+.   ds FU\n[#LOOP] \h'(\En[.ps]u/\E*[$KERN_UNIT]u*\n[#LOOP]u)'
+.\}
+\#
+\# Horizontal movements
+\# --------------------
+\# BP1...12.75 and FP1...12.75 move backwards or forwards inline by the
+\# specified number of points.
+\#
+.ds BCK  \h'-\\$1'
+.ds FWD  \h'\\$1'
+\#
+.ds BP.25    \h'-.25'
+.ds BP.5     \h'-.5'
+.ds BP.75    \h'-.75'
+.ds BP1      \h'-1p'
+.ds BP1.25   \h'-1.25p'
+.ds BP1.5    \h'-1.5p'
+.ds BP1.75   \h'-1.75p'
+.ds BP2      \h'-2p'
+.ds BP2.25   \h'-2.25p'
+.ds BP2.5    \h'-2.5p'
+.ds BP2.75   \h'-2.75p'
+.ds BP3      \h'-3p'
+.ds BP3.25   \h'-3.25p'
+.ds BP3.5    \h'-3.5p'
+.ds BP3.75   \h'-3.75p'
+.ds BP4      \h'-4p'
+.ds BP4.25   \h'-4.25p'
+.ds BP4.5    \h'-4.5p'
+.ds BP4.75   \h'-4.75p'
+.ds BP5      \h'-5p'
+.ds BP5.25   \h'-5.25p'
+.ds BP5.5    \h'-5.5p'
+.ds BP5.75   \h'-5.75p'
+.ds BP6      \h'-6p'
+.ds BP6.25   \h'-6.25p'
+.ds BP6.5    \h'-6.5p'
+.ds BP6.75   \h'-6.75p'
+.ds BP7      \h'-7p'
+.ds BP7.25   \h'-7.25p'
+.ds BP7.5    \h'-7.5p'
+.ds BP7.75   \h'-7.75p'
+.ds BP8      \h'-8p'
+.ds BP8.25   \h'-8.25p'
+.ds BP8.5    \h'-8.5p'
+.ds BP8.75   \h'-8.75p'
+.ds BP9      \h'-9p'
+.ds BP9.25   \h'-9.25p'
+.ds BP9.5    \h'-9.5p'
+.ds BP9.75   \h'-9.75p'
+.ds BP10     \h'-10p'
+.ds BP10.25  \h'-10.25p'
+.ds BP10.5   \h'-10.5p'
+.ds BP10.75  \h'-10.75p'
+.ds BP11     \h'-11p'
+.ds BP11.25  \h'-11.25p'
+.ds BP11.5   \h'-11.5p'
+.ds BP11.75  \h'-11.75p'
+.ds BP12     \h'-12p'
+.ds BP12.25  \h'-12.25p'
+.ds BP12.5   \h'-12.5p'
+.ds BP12.75  \h'-12.75p'
+\#
+.ds FP.25    \h'.25'
+.ds FP.5     \h'.5'
+.ds FP.75    \h'.75'
+.ds FP1      \h'1p'
+.ds FP1.25   \h'1.25p'
+.ds FP1.5    \h'1.5p'
+.ds FP1.75   \h'1.75p'
+.ds FP2      \h'2p'
+.ds FP2.25   \h'2.25p'
+.ds FP2.5    \h'2.5p'
+.ds FP2.75   \h'2.75p'
+.ds FP3      \h'3p'
+.ds FP3.25   \h'3.25p'
+.ds FP3.5    \h'3.5p'
+.ds FP3.75   \h'3.75p'
+.ds FP4      \h'4p'
+.ds FP4.25   \h'4.25p'
+.ds FP4.5    \h'4.5p'
+.ds FP4.75   \h'4.75p'
+.ds FP5      \h'5p'
+.ds FP5.25   \h'5.25p'
+.ds FP5.5    \h'5.5p'
+.ds FP5.75   \h'5.75p'
+.ds FP6      \h'6p'
+.ds FP6.25   \h'6.25p'
+.ds FP6.5    \h'6.5p'
+.ds FP6.75   \h'6.75p'
+.ds FP7      \h'7p'
+.ds FP7.25   \h'7.25p'
+.ds FP7.5    \h'7.5p'
+.ds FP7.75   \h'7.75p'
+.ds FP8      \h'8p'
+.ds FP8.25   \h'8.25p'
+.ds FP8.5    \h'8.5p'
+.ds FP8.75   \h'8.75p'
+.ds FP9      \h'9p'
+.ds FP9.25   \h'9.25p'
+.ds FP9.5    \h'9.5p'
+.ds FP9.75   \h'9.75p'
+.ds FP10     \h'10p'
+.ds FP10.25  \h'10.25p'
+.ds FP10.5   \h'10.5p'
+.ds FP10.75  \h'10.75p'
+.ds FP11     \h'11p'
+.ds FP11.25  \h'11.25p'
+.ds FP11.5   \h'11.5p'
+.ds FP11.75  \h'11.75p'
+.ds FP12     \h'12p'
+.ds FP12.25  \h'12.25p'
+.ds FP12.5   \h'12.5p'
+.ds FP12.75  \h'12.75p'
+\#
+\# WHOLE LINE (TRACK) KERNING
+\# --------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount of track kerning>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Invokes .tkf (track kerning) for the current font with
+\#   1 as both the upper and lower point size limits, so that
+\#   the value entered by the user applies regardless of point
+\#   size.  RW ("Reduce Whitespace") reduces the amount of space
+\#   between all characters by an equal amount.  EW ("Extra
+\#   Whitespace") increases the amount of space.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Decimal values are acceptable.
+\#
+\# A value of 1 will produce an unacceptably tight or loose line
+\# at most text point sizes; therefore, effective use of RW and
+\# EW is in the fractional range below 1.
+\#
+\# \n[.f] holds the current font number, which is acceptable to .tkf.
+\#
+\# RW and EW must be reset to 0 to cancel their effect on subsequent
+\# output lines.
+\#
+.MAC RW END
+.    if \\n[#BR_AT_LINE_KERN] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#JUSTIFY]=1 .brp
+.       el .br
+.    \}
+.    rr #EW
+.    rm $EW
+.    nr #RW 1
+.    ds $RW \\$1
+.    tkf \\n[.f] 1 -\\$1 1 -\\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC EW END
+.    if \\n[#BR_AT_LINE_KERN] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#JUSTIFY]=1 .brp
+.       el .br
+.    \}
+.    rr #RW
+.    rm $RW
+.    nr #EW 1
+.    ds $EW \\$1
+.    tkf \\n[.f] 1 \\$1 1 \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# BREAK AT LINE KERN
+\# ------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   toggle
+\# *Function:
+\#   Enables/disables .br's before .RW and .EW
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Mostly, users will want .br's before any kind of line kerning, but
+\#   there may be cases where they don't.  BR_AT_LINE_KERN is off by
+\#   default and must be invoked explicitly.
+\#
+.MAC BR_AT_LINE_KERN END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #BR_AT_LINE_KERN  1
+.    el .rr #BR_AT_LINE_KERN
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++HYPHENATION+++
+\#
+\# AUTO HYPHENATION
+\# ----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything> | DEFAULT
+\#                 or
+\#   LINES <n> | MARGIN <n> | SPACE <n>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns auto hyphenation on or off, resets the hyphenation style
+\#   to default, or permits the setting of various hyphenation
+\#   parameters.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   HY, by itself, defaults to .hy 14, i.e. no hyphens after the
+\#   first two or before the last two characters of a word, and no
+\#   hyphenation of the last line prior to a trap (e.g., at the
+\#   bottom of a page).
+\#
+\#   HY DEFAULT resets the hyphenation style to .hy 14 (see
+\#   above) if that behaviour is desired after changes have been
+\#   made to LINES, MARGIN, or SPACE.
+\#
+\#   HY LINES <n> sets the number of allowable consecutive hyphenated lines.
+\#
+\#   HY MARGIN <n> sets the amount of space (ipPcm) allowed at the end
+\#   of a line in QUAD mode before hyphenation is tripped (e.g. if there's
+\#   only 6 points left, groff won't try to hyphenate the next word).
+\#
+\#   HY SPACE sets the amount of extra interword space (ipPcm) that can
+\#   be added in JUSTIFY mode to prevent a line from being hyphenated.
+\#
+.MAC HY END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       hy 14
+.       if \\n[#LINES]  .hlm \\n[#LINES]
+.       if \\n[#MARGIN] .hym \\n[#MARGIN]]
+.       if \\n[#SPACE]  .hys \\n[#SPACE]
+.       nr #HYPHENATE 1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if !'\\$1'LINES' \{\
+.          nh
+.          nr #HYPHENATE 0
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\$1'MARGIN' \{\
+.          nh
+.          nr #HYPHENATE 0
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\$1'SPACE' \{\
+.          nh
+.          nr #HYPHENATE 0
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\$1'DEFAULT' \{\
+.          nh
+.          nr #HYPHENATE 0
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'LINES'  \{\
+.          hlm \\$2
+.          nr #HY_LINES \\$2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'MARGIN' \{\
+.          hym \\$2
+.          nr #HY_MARGIN \\$2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SPACE'  \{\
+.          hys \\$2
+.          nr #HY_SPACE \\$2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'DEFAULT' \{\
+.          hlm -1
+.          hym 0
+.          hys 0
+.          rr #HY_LINES
+.          rr #HY_SPACE
+.          rr #HY_MARGIN
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# HYPHENATION PARAMETERS
+\# ----------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <# of lines> | <size of margin> | <amount of interword space>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows user to specify .HY LINES, MARGIN, and SPACE with a single command.
+\#
+.MAC HY_SET END
+.    nr #HY_SET 1
+.    hlm \\$1
+.    hym \\$2
+.    hys \\$3
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++VERTICAL SPACING+++
+\#
+\# ADVANCE LEAD
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <user supplied lead to advance below current baseline>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #ALD.  Adds user supplied lead
+\#   below current baseline.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires a unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC ALD END
+.    if '\\$0'ALD' \{\
+.       nr #ALD (u;\\$1)
+.       sp \\n[#ALD]u
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'ADD_SPACE' \{\
+.       vpt 0
+.       nr #ALD \\$1
+.       rs
+.       nop \&
+.       br
+.       sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v+\\n[#ALD]u
+.       rr @TOP
+.       nr #SPACE_ADDED 1
+.       vpt
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'SPACE' .sp \\$1
+.    if '\\$0'SP'    .sp \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# REVERSE LEAD
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <user supplied lead to reverse above current baseline>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #RLD.  Reverses user supplied
+\#   lead above current baseline.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires a unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC RLD END
+.    br
+.    nr #RLD (u;\\$1)
+.    sp -\\n[#RLD]u
+.END
+\#
+\# ALD/RLD STRINGS
+\# ---------------
+\# The strings \*[ALD.25]...\*[ALD12.75] and their corresponding
+\# \*[RLD] forms have been left in for backward compatibility with
+\# documents created using mom-1.1.3c or earlier.  The preferred methods
+\# of advancing and reversing on the page inline are \*[UP <n><unit>]
+\# and \*[DOWN <n><unit>].
+\#
+.ds DOWN      \v'\\$1'
+.ds UP        \v'-\\$1'
+\#
+.ds ALD.25    \v'.25p'
+.ds ALD.5     \v'.5p'
+.ds ALD.75    \v'.75p'
+.ds ALD1      \v'1p'
+.ds ALD1.25   \v'1.25p'
+.ds ALD1.5    \v'1.5p'
+.ds ALD1.75   \v'1.75p'
+.ds ALD2      \v'2p'
+.ds ALD2.25   \v'2.25p'
+.ds ALD2.5    \v'2.5p'
+.ds ALD2.75   \v'2.75p'
+.ds ALD3      \v'3p'
+.ds ALD3.25   \v'3.25p'
+.ds ALD3.5    \v'3.5p'
+.ds ALD3.75   \v'3.75p'
+.ds ALD4      \v'4p'
+.ds ALD4.25   \v'4.25p'
+.ds ALD4.5    \v'4.5p'
+.ds ALD4.75   \v'4.75p'
+.ds ALD5      \v'5p'
+.ds ALD5.25   \v'5.25p'
+.ds ALD5.5    \v'5.5p'
+.ds ALD5.75   \v'5.75p'
+.ds ALD6      \v'6p'
+.ds ALD6.25   \v'6.25p'
+.ds ALD6.5    \v'6.5p'
+.ds ALD6.75   \v'6.75p'
+.ds ALD7      \v'7p'
+.ds ALD7.25   \v'7.25p'
+.ds ALD7.5    \v'7.5p'
+.ds ALD7.75   \v'7.75p'
+.ds ALD8      \v'8p'
+.ds ALD8.25   \v'8.25p'
+.ds ALD8.5    \v'8.5p'
+.ds ALD8.75   \v'8.75p'
+.ds ALD9      \v'9p'
+.ds ALD9.25   \v'9.25p'
+.ds ALD9.5    \v'9.5p'
+.ds ALD9.75   \v'9.75p'
+.ds ALD10     \v'10p'
+.ds ALD10.25  \v'10.25p'
+.ds ALD10.5   \v'10.5p'
+.ds ALD10.75  \v'10.75p'
+.ds ALD11     \v'11p'
+.ds ALD11.25  \v'11.25p'
+.ds ALD11.5   \v'11.5p'
+.ds ALD11.75  \v'11.75p'
+.ds ALD12     \v'12p'
+.ds ALD12.25  \v'12.5p'
+.ds ALD12.5   \v'12.5p'
+.ds ALD12.75  \v'12.75p'
+\#
+.ds RLD.25    \v'-.25p'
+.ds RLD.5     \v'-.5p'
+.ds RLD.75    \v'-.75p'
+.ds RLD1      \v'-1p'
+.ds RLD1.25   \v'-1.25p'
+.ds RLD1.5    \v'-1.5p'
+.ds RLD1.75   \v'-1.75p'
+.ds RLD2      \v'-2p'
+.ds RLD2.25   \v'-2.25p'
+.ds RLD2.5    \v'-2.5p'
+.ds RLD2.75   \v'-2.75p'
+.ds RLD3      \v'-3p'
+.ds RLD3.25   \v'-3.25p'
+.ds RLD3.5    \v'-3.5p'
+.ds RLD3.75   \v'-3.75p'
+.ds RLD4      \v'-4p'
+.ds RLD4.25   \v'-4.25p'
+.ds RLD4.5    \v'-4.5p'
+.ds RLD4.75   \v'-4.75p'
+.ds RLD5      \v'-5p'
+.ds RLD5.25   \v'-5.25p'
+.ds RLD5.5    \v'-5.5p'
+.ds RLD5.75   \v'-5.75p'
+.ds RLD6      \v'-6p'
+.ds RLD6.25   \v'-6.25p'
+.ds RLD6.5    \v'-6.5p'
+.ds RLD6.75   \v'-6.75p'
+.ds RLD7      \v'-7p'
+.ds RLD7.25   \v'-7.25p'
+.ds RLD7.5    \v'-7.5p'
+.ds RLD7.75   \v'-7.75p'
+.ds RLD8      \v'-8p'
+.ds RLD8.25   \v'-8.25p'
+.ds RLD8.5    \v'-8.5p'
+.ds RLD8.75   \v'-8.75p'
+.ds RLD9      \v'-9p'
+.ds RLD9.25   \v'-9.25p'
+.ds RLD9.5    \v'-9.5p'
+.ds RLD9.75   \v'-9.75p'
+.ds RLD10     \v'-10p'
+.ds RLD10.25  \v'-10.25p'
+.ds RLD10.5   \v'-10.5p'
+.ds RLD10.75  \v'-10.75p'
+.ds RLD11     \v'-11p'
+.ds RLD11.25  \v'-11.25p'
+.ds RLD11.5   \v'-11.5p'
+.ds RLD11.75  \v'-11.75p'
+.ds RLD12     \v'-12p'
+.ds RLD12.25  \v'-12.5p'
+.ds RLD12.5   \v'-12.5p'
+.ds RLD12.75  \v'-12.75p'
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++REFINEMENTS+++
+\#
+\# AUTOMATIC LIGATURES
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns automatic ligature generation on or off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Ligatures may be supplied manually with \[fi], \[fl], etc.
+\#
+.MAC LIGATURES END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       lg
+.       nr #LIGATURES 1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       lg 0
+.       nr #LIGATURES 0
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SMARTQUOTES
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ ,, ] | [ << ] | [ >> ] | <anything>
+\#   or
+\#   [ DA | DE | EN | ES | FR | IT | NL | NO | PT | SV ] | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns smartquotes on (optionally with a quoting style from the
+\#   argument list, or off).
+\#   If no quoting style is given, then EN (English) is used by default.
+\#   If no quoting style is given and smart quotes have been turned off
+\#   previously, the old quoting style will be restored.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The " character is read outside the macro when mom is
+\#   processed.  The strings for open/close ($QUOTE<n>) are then
+\#   defined in the macro.
+\#
+.char " \\*[$QUOTE\\n[#OPEN_CLOSE]]\R'#OPEN_CLOSE (1-\\n[#OPEN_CLOSE])'
+.nr #SQ_ON 0
+\#
+.MAC SMARTQUOTES END
+.\" First " will be translated to $QUOTE0
+.    nr #OPEN_CLOSE 0
+.    if '\\$1'' \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$RESTORE_SQ]'' \{\
+.          SMARTQUOTES \\*[$RESTORE_SQ]
+.          return
+.       \}
+.\" Default smart quotes (English)
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[lq]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[rq]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ EN
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1',,' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Bq]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[lq]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'<<' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fo]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[Fc]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'>>' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fc]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[Fo]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'DA' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fc]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[Fo]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'DE' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Bq]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[lq]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'EN' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[lq]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[rq]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'ES' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[lq]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[rq]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'FR' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fo]\|
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \|\[Fc]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'IT' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fo]\|
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \|\[Fc]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'NL' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[rq]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[rq]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'NO' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fo]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[Fc]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'PT' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fo]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[Fc]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'SV' \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE0 \[Fc]
+.       ds $QUOTE1 \[Fc]
+.       ds $RESTORE_SQ \\$1
+.       nr #SQ_ON 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.\" None of the above -> turn smartquotes off
+.    ds $QUOTE0 \[dq]
+.    ds $QUOTE1 \[dq]
+.    nr #SQ_ON 0
+.END
+\#
+.ds $QUOTE0 \[lq]
+.ds $QUOTE1 \[rq]
+\#
+\# Strings for foot and inch marks
+\#
+.ds FOOT \[fm]
+.ds INCH \[fm]\[fm]
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++LINE BREAKS+++
+\#
+\# NO-SPACE BREAK
+\# --------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Breaks a line without advancing.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   EL is the mnemonic used on older, dedicated typesetting machines
+\#   to indicate "process the line, without advancing the galley
+\#   medium."  It stands for End Line.
+\#
+\#   The \c inline must be appended to the end of input lines when in
+\#   nofill mode; in fill modes, the \c inline must not be used.
+\#
+.MAC EL END
+.    TRAP OFF
+.    if \\n[#PSEUDO_FILL]=1 \&
+.    br
+.    sp -1v
+.    TRAP
+.END
+\#
+\# An inline escape to accomplish the same thing.
+\# Preferable, since it works with filled and non-filled copy and
+\# doesn't require the user to remember whether to use (or not use)
+\# \c.
+\#
+.ds B \h'|0'\R'#NO_ADVANCE 1'\c
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++FILLING/QUADDING/JUSTIFYING+++
+\#
+\# JUSTIFY
+\# -------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns fill on and sets .ad to b.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Justifies text left and right.
+\#
+.MAC JUSTIFY END
+\#.    if r pdfbx-top 'sp -1
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE]=0 \{\
+.       nr #QUAD 1
+.       ds $RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE \\*[$QUAD_VALUE]
+.    \}
+'    ce 0
+.    QUAD J
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .QUAD L
+.    nr #PSEUDO_FILL 0
+.END
+\#
+\# QUAD
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   L | LEFT | R | RIGHT | C | CENTER/CENTRE
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns fill on and sets .ad to l, r, or c.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Terminology is a problem here.  Some people call quad left
+\#   left justified, flush left, or flush left/rag right (and the
+\#   reverse for quad right).  Quad center is sometimes called rag
+\#   both.  For our purposes, all "quad" modes mean that groff fill
+\#   mode is enabled.
+\#
+.MAC QUAD END
+.    if r pdfbx-top \{\
+'       sp -1
+.       rr pdfbx-top
+.    \}
+.\" The QUAD in PP adds an unwanted linespace after a HEADING at the
+.\" top of a pdf box because of this .br, so HEADING assigns the
+.\" tmp register "bx-top\n[stack]" to inhibit it.
+.    ie !r pdfbx-top\\n[stack] .br
+.    el .rr pdfbx-top\\n[stack]
+.    if \\n[#COVERTEXT_PP] \
+.       ds $RESTORE_DOC_QUAD \\*[$QUAD_VALUE]
+.    ds $QUAD_VALUE \\$1
+.    substring $QUAD_VALUE 0 0
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE]=0 \{\
+.       nr #QUAD 1
+.       ds $RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE \\*[$QUAD_VALUE]
+.    \}
+'    ce 0
+'    fi
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_VALUE]'L' \{\
+.       nr #JUSTIFY 0
+.       ad l
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_VALUE]'R' \{\
+.       nr #JUSTIFY 0
+.       ad r
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_VALUE]'C' \{\
+.       nr #JUSTIFY 0
+.       ad c
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_VALUE]'J' \{\
+.       nr #JUSTIFY 1
+.       ad b
+.    \}
+.    nr #PSEUDO_FILL 0
+.END
+\#
+\# LEFT, RIGHT, AND CENTER
+\# -----------------------
+\# The purpose of these macros is to allow the user to enter lines
+\# of text that will be quadded LRC without having to stick .BR
+\# or .br between lines.  For the sake of consistency, all three
+\# appear to behave similarly (from the point of view of the user),
+\# although the underlying primitives don't.  For this reason, LEFT,
+\# RIGHT, and CENTER must be followed by .QUAD [L R C J] or .JUSTIFY
+\# to restore text to fill mode.
+\#
+\# LEFT
+\# ----
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns fill mode off.  Allows user to quad lines left without
+\#   requiring the .BR or .br macro.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   LEFT simply turns fill off.  Lines that exceed the current LL
+\#   will not be broken.  Note that this behaviour differs from the
+\#   RIGHT and CENTER macros.
+\#
+.MAC LEFT END
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE]=0 \{\
+.       rr #QUAD
+.       ds $RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE LEFT
+.    \}
+.    ce 0
+.    nf
+.    nr #PSEUDO_FILL 1
+.\" Fix for a little conflict with DOCTYPE LETTER
+.    if '\\n[.z]'LETTERHEAD1' .rr #DATE_FIRST
+.END
+\#
+\# RIGHT
+\# -----
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns fill on.  Allows user to quad lines right without
+\#   requiring the .BR or .br macro.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Lines that exceed the current LL will be broken, with the excess
+\#   text quadded right.
+\#
+.MAC RIGHT END
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE]=0 \{\
+.       rr #QUAD
+.       ds $RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    nf
+.    rj 100000
+.    nr #PSEUDO_FILL 1
+.END
+\#
+\# CENTER
+\# ------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns fill off.  Allows user to center lines without
+\#   requiring the .BR or .br macro.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Lines that exceed the current LL will be broken, with the excess
+\#   text centered.
+\#
+.MAC CENTER END
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE]=0 \{\
+.       rr #QUAD
+.       ds $RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE CENTER
+.    \}
+.    nf
+.    ce 100000
+.    nr #PSEUDO_FILL 1
+.END
+\#
+\# CENTER BLOCKS OF TYPE
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows users to centre blocks of type on the page without
+\#   altering their quad.
+\#
+.MAC CENTER_BLOCK END
+.    br
+.    ie !\\n[.$] .di CENTER*BLOCK
+.    el \{\
+.       di
+.       in \\n[.l]u-\\n[dl]u/2u
+.       if \\n[.u] .nr #FILLED 1
+.       nf
+.       CENTER*BLOCK
+.       if \\n[#FILLED] .fi
+.       rr #FILLED
+.       in
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS CENTRE_BLOCK CENTER_BLOCK
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++TABS+++
+\#
+\# There are two different kinds of tabs: typesetting tabs and
+\# string tabs.
+\#
+\# Typesetting tabs are set with TAB_SET, which requires a tab number,
+\# an indent (offset) from the left margin and a length (optionally
+\# with a quad direction and an instruction to fill lines).  After tabs
+\# are set with TAB_SET, they are called with .TAB n, where "n"
+\# corresponds to the number passed to TAB_SET as a valid tab number.
+\#
+\# String tabs allow the user to mark off tab positions inline.  Tab
+\# indents and lengths are calculated from the beginning and end
+\# positions of the marks.  Up to 19 string tabs may be created,
+\# numbered 1-19.  Once created, they are called with .TAB n,
+\# just like typesetting tabs.
+\#
+\# Setting up string tabs is a two-step procedure.  First, the user
+\# enters an input line in which s/he wants to mark off string tabs.
+\# The beginning of a tab is marked with \*[STn], where "n" is
+\# the desired number of the tab.  The end of the tab is marked
+\# with \*[STnX].  All ST's must have a matching STX.  String tabs
+\# may be nested.
+\#
+\# Next, the user invokes .ST n for every string tab defined, and
+\# optionally passes quad information to it.  That done, string tabs
+\# can be called just like typesetting tabs.
+\#
+\# Strings for string tab inlines
+\# ------------------------------
+\# Initialize string tab markers numbered 1 to 19.
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<20 \{\
+.   ds ST\n[#LOOP] \Ek[#ST\n[#LOOP]_OFFSET]
+.\}
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<20 \{\
+.   ds ST\n[#LOOP]X \Ek[#ST\n[#LOOP]_MARK]
+.\}
+.rr #LOOP
+\#
+\# These are reserved ST numbers for internal use
+.ds ST100  \Ek[#ST100_OFFSET]
+.ds ST100X \Ek[#ST100_MARK]
+.ds ST101  \Ek[#ST101_OFFSET]
+.ds ST101X \Ek[#ST101_MARK]
+.ds ST102  \Ek[#ST102_OFFSET]
+.ds ST102X \Ek[#ST102_MARK]
+.ds ST103  \Ek[#ST103_OFFSET]
+.ds ST103X \Ek[#ST103_MARK]
+\#
+\# QUAD AND SET STRING TABS
+\# ------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <stringtab number>  L | R | C | J  [QUAD]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates strings $ST<#>_QUAD_DIR and $ST<#>_FILL, then sets up a
+\#   tab based on the collected information.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Like TAB_SET, ST invoked without a quad direction will default to LEFT.
+\#   If lines should be filled and quadded, use the optional argument QUAD.
+\#   N.B. -- indents *must* be turned off before setting string tabs
+\#   inside .PAD
+\#
+.MAC ST END
+.    ds $ST\\$1_QUAD_DIR \\$2
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 .ds $ST\\$1_FILL QUAD
+.    nr #ST\\$1_LENGTH \\n[#ST\\$1_MARK]-\\n[#ST\\$1_OFFSET]
+.    ie \\n[#IN_TAB] \
+.       TAB_SET \\$1 \\n[#ST\\$1_OFFSET]u+\\n[#ST_OFFSET]u \
+          \\n[#ST\\$1_LENGTH]u \\*[$ST\\$1_QUAD_DIR] \\*[$ST\\$1_FILL]
+.    el \
+.       TAB_SET \\$1 \\n[#ST\\$1_OFFSET]u \\n[#ST\\$1_LENGTH]u \
+          \\*[$ST\\$1_QUAD_DIR] \\*[$ST\\$1_FILL]
+.END
+\#
+\# TAB SET
+\# -------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <n>  ident(ipPcm)  length(ipPcm)  [L | R | C | J [QUAD]]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates macros TABn and TAB n, where "n" is any arbitrary number.
+\#   TABn is a typesetting tab (i.e. a tab defined as an indent
+\#   from the page left offset plus a line length.)
+\# *Notes:
+\#   n      = arbitrary digit to identify the tab
+\#   indent = indent from left margin; unit of measure required
+\#   length = length of tab (unit of measure required; can be
+\#            \w'<string>'u--if more than one word in string, surround
+\#            with double quotes "\w'<three word string>'"
+\#   LRCJ   = quad for tab (left, right, center, justified)
+\#            If option QUAD afterwards is not given, quad is line for line
+\#            (no fill mode), meaning that there's no need for .BR or .br
+\#            between lines.
+\#   QUAD   = fill tab (so it behaves as if .QUAD LRC or .JUSTIFY
+\#            had been given).
+\#
+\#   N.B. -- indents *must* be turned off before setting tabs
+\#
+\# Tabs are not columnar in behaviour.  .TN and \*[TB+] permit
+\# bottom-line to bottom-line tab movement.
+\#
+\# When resetting tabs, .TQ must be invoked before .TAB_SET.
+\#
+\# Indents are turned off automatically whenever a new tab is called
+\# with TAB <n>.
+\#
+\# Generally, it's a good idea to make sure all indents are off
+\# before setting tabs.
+\#
+.MAC TAB_SET END
+.    br
+.    nr #TAB_NUMBER \\$1
+.    ds $CURRENT_TAB \\n[#TAB_NUMBER]
+.    nr #TAB_OFFSET (\\$2)
+.    nr #TAB_LENGTH (\\$3)
+.    MAC TAB\\n[#TAB_NUMBER]
+.        if !\\\\n[#TB+]=1 .br
+.        if \\\\n[#TB+]=1 \{\
+.           EL
+.           vpt 0
+.           rr #TB+
+.        \}
+.        in 0
+.        nr #TAB_ACTIVE 1
+.        nr #CURRENT_TAB \\n[#TAB_NUMBER]
+.        ds $CURRENT_TAB \\*[$CURRENT_TAB]
+.        nr #TAB_OFFSET\\*[$CURRENT_TAB] \\n[#TAB_OFFSET]
+.        nr #ST_OFFSET \\n[#TAB_OFFSET]
+.        ie !'\\\\n[.z]'' \
+\!.         po \\\\\\\\n[#L_MARGIN]u+\\\\n[#TAB_OFFSET\\\\*[$CURRENT_TAB]]u
+.        el \
+.           po \\\\n[#L_MARGIN]u+\\\\n[#TAB_OFFSET\\\\*[$CURRENT_TAB]]u
+.        ll \\n[#TAB_LENGTH]u
+.        ta \En[.l]u
+.        ie '\\$5'QUAD' \{\
+.           if '\\$4'L' .QUAD L
+.           if '\\$4'R' .QUAD R
+.           if '\\$4'C' .QUAD C
+.           if '\\$4'J' .JUSTIFY
+.        \}
+.        el \{\
+.           if '\\$4''  .LEFT
+.           if '\\$4'L' .LEFT
+.           if '\\$4'R' .RIGHT
+.           if '\\$4'C' .CENTER
+.           if '\\$4'J' .JUSTIFY
+.        \}
+.        if \\\\n[#TN]=1 \{\
+.           TRAP
+.           rr #TN
+.        \}
+..
+.    rr #TAB_ACTIVE
+.END
+\#
+\# TAB
+\# ---
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <tab number to tab into>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Moves to tab number passed as an argument.
+\#
+.MAC TAB END
+.    ds $TAB_NUMBER \\$1
+.    TAB\\*[$TAB_NUMBER]
+.    nr #IN_TAB 1
+.END
+\#
+\# TAB NEXT
+\# --------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Automatically moves to TAB<n+1> on the same line as the last
+\#   line of the previous tab.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The \c inline must be appended to the end of input lines when in
+\#   nofill mode; in fill modes, the \c inline must not be used.
+\#
+.MAC TN END
+.    nr #TN 1
+.    vpt 0
+.    sp -1v
+.    nr #NEXT_TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]+1
+.    TAB\\n[#NEXT_TAB]
+.    vpt
+.END
+\#
+\# An inline escape to accomplish the same thing.  Preferable, since
+\# it works with filled and non-filled copy and doesn't require the
+\# user to remember to use (or not use) the \c.
+\#
+.ds TB+ \
+"\c\R'#TB+ 1'\R'#TN 1'\R'#NEXT_TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]+1'\\*[TAB\\n[#NEXT_TAB]]\c
+\#
+\# TAB QUIT
+\# --------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets #TAB_ACTIVE to "0" (off).
+\#   Resets left margin to value in effect prior to tabs.
+\#   Resets line length to value in effect prior to tabs.
+\#   Checks #QUAD to see if we were in flush or quad mode
+\#   prior to tabs (0=off, 1=on).
+\#   Resets QUAD [ L|R|C ], LEFT, RIGHT, CENTER, or JUSTIFY
+\#   in effect prior to tabs.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   TQ must precede setting new tabs to get the tabs' indents
+\#   measured from page left.  Otherwise, the tabs' indents are
+\#   measured from the left margin of the currently active tab.
+\#
+.MAC TQ END
+.    br
+.    rr #TAB_ACTIVE
+.    rr #IN_TAB
+.    nr #LOOP 0 1
+.    while \\n+[#LOOP]<20 \{\
+.       rm $ST\\n[#LOOP]_FILL
+.    \}
+.    rr #LOOP
+.    ie !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+\!.     po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+\!.     ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.       ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.    \}
+.    ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.    ta \\n[.l]u
+.    ie \\n[#QUAD] \{\
+.       ie '\\*[$RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE]'J' .JUSTIFY
+.       el .QUAD \\*[$RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if '\\*[$RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE]'LEFT' .LEFT
+.       if '\\*[$RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE]'RIGHT' .RIGHT
+.       if '\\*[$RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE]'CENTER' .CENTER
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# COLOR HANDLING
+\# ==============
+\#
+\# COLOR
+\# -----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <pre-defined NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows the inline escape for setting color to be called
+\#   as a macro.
+\#
+.MAC COLOR END
+.    ie \\n[.u]=1 \{\
+\c
+\\*[\\$1]\c
+.    \}
+.    el \\*[\\$1]
+.END
+\#
+\# NEWCOLOR
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <color name> [<color scheme>] <color definition>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Based on .defcolor, allows users to name and define colors using
+\#   one of the four color schemes rgb, cmy, cmyk and grey.  The new
+\#   color is then defined as a string so that it can be called inline
+\#   with \*[COLORNAME] or with .COLOR.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   With only two args, the default color scheme is rgb.
+\#
+\#   It is highly recommended that users define new colors as
+\#   all-cap strings, to differentiate them from x colors, which must
+\#   be in lower case.
+\#
+.MAC NEWCOLOR END
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=2 .defcolor \\$1 rgb \\$2
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 \{\
+.       if '\\$2'RGB' .ds $COLOR_SCHEME rgb
+.       if '\\$2'CYM' .ds $COLOR_SCHEME cym
+.       if '\\$2'CMYK' .ds $COLOR_SCHEME cmyk
+.       if '\\$2'GRAY' .ds $COLOR_SCHEME gray
+.       if '\\$2'GREY' .ds $COLOR_SCHEME gray
+.       defcolor \\$1  \\*[$COLOR_SCHEME] \\$3
+.    \}
+.    ds \\$1 \\m[\\$1]
+.END
+\#
+\# XCOLOR
+\# ------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <x color name> [<alias>]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines a string of x color name (i.e. a predefined x
+\#   color).  If <alias> is given, creates a string of <alias name>
+\#   that references the x color name of the first argument.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The color name must be a valid color name from rgb.txt, and
+\#   must be given entirely in lower case, all one word.
+\#
+.MAC XCOLOR END
+.    ds \\$1 \m[\\$1]
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=2 \{\
+.       ds \\$2 \m[\\$1]
+.       ds $\\$2_FILL \\$1
+.       ds COLAL_\\$2 \\$1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Pre-define xcolors black and white
+\#
+.ds black   \m[black]
+.ds BLACK   \m[black]
+.ds white   \m[white]
+.ds WHITE   \m[white]
+.ds default black
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++MISCELLANEOUS USEFUL MACROS AND STRINGS+++
+\#
+.nr _w 500
+.nr _d 1250
+\#
+\# These string are used for creating aliases within loops that set
+\# style for doc-cover, cover, and docheader items.  They're defined
+\# here because underscoring needs them.
+\#
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_1  ATTRIBUTE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_2  AUTHOR
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_3  CHAPTER
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_4  CHAPTER_TITLE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_5  COVERTITLE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_6  DOCTITLE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_7  DOCTYPE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_8  DOC_COVERTITLE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_9  SUBTITLE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_10 TITLE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_11 MISC
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_12 COPYRIGHT
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_13 DOC_COVER_TITLE
+.ds TITLE_TYPE_14 COVER_TITLE
+\#
+\# UNDERLINE
+\# ---------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Simulates typewriter-style underlining of italic passages.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Defaults for rule weight and distance from baseline are below.
+\#   UNDERLINE_SPECS lets user change them
+\#
+.MAC UNDERLINE_SPECS END
+.    ie \B'\\$1' .nr _w (u;\\$1)
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'DEFAULT' .nr _w 500
+.       el \{\
+.          nr _w 500
+.          tm1 "[mom]: The first argument to \\$0 must be a numeric
+.          tm1 "       argument with a unit of measure appended, or DEFAULT.
+.          tm1 "       Setting underline weight to DEFAULT.
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    shift
+.    ie \B'\\$1' .nr _d (u;\\$1)
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'DEFAULT' .nr _d 1250
+.       el \{\
+.          nr _d 1250
+.          tm1 "[mom]: The second argument to \\$0 must be a numeric
+.          tm1 "       argument with a unit of measure appended, or DEFAULT.
+.          tm1 "       Setting underline distance from baseline to DEFAULT.
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC UNDERLINE END
+.    ds $SAVED_SS_VAR \\*[$SS_VAR]
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #UNDERLINE_ON 1
+.       ss \\n[.ss] 0
+.       ie !n .nop \X'ps: exec \\n[_w] \\n[_d] decorline'\c
+.       el .cu 1000
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #UNDERLINE_ON 0
+.       if !'\\*[$SAVED_SS_VAR]'' .SS \\*[$SAVED_SS_VAR]
+.       ie !n .nop \X'ps: exec decornone'\c
+.       el .cu 0
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# UL/ULX
+\# ------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Simulates typewriter-style underlining of italic passages.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Intended to be called with inline escapes \*[UL] (underline
+\#   on) and \*[ULX] (underline off).
+\#
+.MAC UL END
+\c
+.    ds $SAVED_SS_VAR \\*[$SS_VAR]
+.    ss \\n[.ss] 0
+.    ie !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+\c
+.       ie !n \{\
+.          if !\\n[.k]=0 \?\h'-\w'\\n[.ss]'u'\?
+\?\R'#UNDERLINE_ON 1'\X'ps: exec \\n[_w] \\n[_d] decorline'\?\c
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+\?\R'#UNDERLINE_ON 1'\?\c
+.          cu 1000
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie !n \{\
+.          nr #UNDERLINE_ON 1
+.          nop \X'ps: exec \\n[_w] \\n[_d] decorline'\c
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+\R'#UNDERLINE_ON 1'\c
+.          cu 1000
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC ULX END
+\c
+.    SS \\*[$SAVED_SS_VAR]
+.    rm $SAVED_SS_VAR
+.    ie !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+\c
+.       ie !n \{\
+\?\R'#UNDERLINE_ON 0'\X'ps: exec decornone'\?\c
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+\?\R'#UNDERLINE_ON 0'\?\c
+.          cu 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie !n \{\
+.          nr #UNDERLINE_ON 0
+.          nop \X'ps: exec decornone'\c
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #UNDERLINE_ON 0
+.          cu 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# UNDERSCORE
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [<points below baseline>] "text"
+\# *Function:
+\#   Places an underscore 2 points under the string if no lead given,
+\#   otherwise places underscore under string by user specified amount.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   When using this macro, the string to be underscored must begin
+\#   with double-quotes ("), regardless of whether it's the sole
+\#   argument or the second.
+\#   E.g.:
+\#      .UNDERSCORE "Text to be underscored
+\#         or
+\#      .UNDERSCORE 2p "Text to be underscored
+\#
+\#   UNDERSCORE does not work across line breaks.  Each line of text
+\#   must be entered separately.  If the UNDERSCORE begins in the
+\#   middle of a line and crosses over a break, the portion before
+\#   the break and the portion afterwards must be entered
+\#   separately.
+\#
+.MAC UNDERSCORE END
+.    nr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT     \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    ds $SAVED_UNDERSCORE_GAP        \\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>=2 \{\
+.       if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.          ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PREFIX' \{\
+.          ds $PREFIX \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SUFFIX' \{\
+.          ds $SUFFIX \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]'' \{\
+.       nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT     \\n[#\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]
+.       nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP        \\*[$\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE_GAP]
+.    \}
+.    nr #TEXT_WIDTH \w'\\$1'
+.    ie \\n[.u]=1 \{\
+\\*[$PREFIX]\Z'\\$1'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#TEXT_WIDTH]u 0'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'-(\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u)'\\*[$SUFFIX]\c
+.       nop
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+\\*[$PREFIX]\Z'\\$1'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#TEXT_WIDTH]u 0'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'-(\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u)'\\*[$SUFFIX]
+.    \}
+.    nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT     \\n[#SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP        \\*[$SAVED_UNDERSCORE_GAP]
+.    rr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT
+.    rr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ
+.    rm $SAVED_UNDERSCORE_GAP
+.    rm $PREFIX
+.    rm $SUFFIX
+.    rm $TITLE_TYPE
+.END
+\#
+\# DOUBLE UNDERSCORE
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [points below baseline] [points distance between rules] "text"
+\# *Function:
+\#   Same as UNDERSCORE, except it produces a double underscore.  The default
+\#   distance between the rules is 2 points.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The same double-quote requirement as UNDERSCORE.
+\#
+.MAC UNDERSCORE2 END
+.    nr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT     \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    ds $SAVED_UNDERSCORE_GAP        \\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]
+.    ds $SAVED_RULE_GAP              \\*[$RULE_GAP]
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>=2 \{\
+.       if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.          ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.          ds $RULE_GAP \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PREFIX' \{\
+.          ds $PREFIX \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SUFFIX' \{\
+.          ds $SUFFIX \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 \{\
+.       ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP \\$1
+.       ds $RULE_GAP \\$2
+.       shift 2
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]'' \{\
+.       nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT     \\n[#\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]
+.       nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP        \\*[$\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE_GAP]
+.       ds $RULE_GAP              \\*[$\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]_RULE_GAP]
+.    \}
+.    nr #TEXT_WIDTH \w'\\$1'
+.    ie \\n[.u]=1 \{\
+\\*[$PREFIX]\Z'\\$1'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\Z'\D'l \\n[#TEXT_WIDTH]u 0''\
+\v'\\*[$RULE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#TEXT_WIDTH]u 0'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'-(\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\*[$RULE_GAP])-(\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]u*2u)'\\*[$SUFFIX]\c
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+\\*[$PREFIX]\Z'\\$1'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\Z'\D'l \\n[#TEXT_WIDTH]u 0''\
+\v'\\*[$RULE_GAP]+\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#TEXT_WIDTH]u 0'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'-(\\*[$UNDERSCORE_GAP]+\\*[$RULE_GAP])-(\\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]u*2u)'\\*[$SUFFIX]
+.    \}
+.    nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT     \\n[#SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP        \\*[$SAVED_UNDERSCORE_GAP]
+.    rr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT
+.    rr #SAVED_UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ
+.    rm $PREFIX
+.    rm $SUFFIX
+.    rm $SAVED_UNDERSCORE_GAP
+.    rm $SAVED_RULE_GAP
+.    rm $TITLE_TYPE
+.END
+\#
+\# Default underscoring underline and rule gaps
+\#
+.ds $BIB_STRING_RULE_GAP      2p
+.ds $BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_GAP 2p
+.ds $EN_STRING_RULE_GAP       2p
+.ds $EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_GAP  2p
+.ds $EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_GAP   2p
+.ds $RULE_GAP                 2p
+.ds $TOC_HEADER_RULE_GAP      2p
+.ds $TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE_GAP 2p
+.ds $UNDERSCORE_GAP           2p
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=14 \{\
+. ds $\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_RULE_GAP                2p
+. ds $COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_RULE_GAP          2p
+. ds $DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_RULE_GAP      2p
+. ds $\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_GAP           2p
+. ds $COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_GAP     2p
+. ds $DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_GAP 2p
+.\}
+\#
+\# SUPERSCRIPT
+\# -----------
+\# *Function:
+\#   Prints everything after inline invocation as superscript.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   \*[SUP] and \*[SUPX] turn superscript on and off respectively.
+\#   If running type is pseudo-condensed/expanded, invoke the superscript
+\#   strings as \*[CONDSUP] or \*[EXTSUP] and turn off with \*[CONDSUPX]
+\#   and \*[EXTSUPX] respectively.
+\#
+\# Default raise/lower amount
+.ds $SUP_RAISE \v'-.3m'
+.ds $SUP_LOWER \v'.3m'
+\#
+\# SUPERSCRIPT RAISE
+\# -----------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount to raise superscript>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines strings $SUP_RAISE and $SUP_LOWER for use with \*[SUP],
+\#   \*[CONDSUP] and \*[EXTSUP].
+\#
+.MAC SUPERSCRIPT_RAISE_AMOUNT END
+.    ds $SUP_RAISE_AMOUNT \\$1
+.    ds $SUP_RAISE \v'-\\*[$SUP_RAISE_AMOUNT]'
+.    ds $SUP_LOWER \v'\\*[$SUP_RAISE_AMOUNT]'
+.END
+\#
+.ds SUP \
+\R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\
+\R'#SUP_PT_SIZE \En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u*6u/10u'\
+\s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\E*[$SUP_RAISE]\s[\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u]
+\#
+.ds SUPX \s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\E*[$SUP_LOWER]
+\#
+.ds CONDSUP \
+\R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\
+\R'#SUP_PT_SIZE \En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u*6u/10u'\
+\s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\E*[$SUP_RAISE]\s[\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u]\E*[COND_FOR_SUP]
+\#
+.ds CONDSUPX \s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\E*[$SUP_LOWER]\E*[COND]
+\#
+.ds EXTSUP \
+\R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\
+\R'#SUP_PT_SIZE \En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u*6u/10u'\
+\s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\E*[$SUP_RAISE]\s[\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u]\E*[EXT_FOR_SUP]
+\#
+.ds EXTSUPX \s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\E*[$SUP_LOWER]\E*[EXT]
+\#
+\# SLANT
+\# -----
+\#
+\# SETSLANT
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <number of degrees> | RESET
+\# *Function:
+\#   Modifies register #DEGREES for use with \*[SLANT], or resets
+\#   it to the default.  Defines string \*[SLANTX]
+\# *Notes:
+\#   \*[SLANT] permits pseudo-italicizing of a font in cases where
+\#   no italic font exists in a particular family.
+\#
+\#   Default # of degrees is 15.
+\#
+\#   Do not use unit of measure with arg to SETSLANT.
+\#
+\#   It may be necessary to adjust the spacing on either side of
+\#   [SLANT] and [SLANTX].
+\#
+\#   In docs, SLANT carries over from para to para.
+\#
+.nr #DEGREES 15
+.ds SLANT \ER'#SLANT_ON 1'\ES'\En[#DEGREES]'
+.ds SLANTX \ER'#SLANT_ON 0'\ES'0'
+\#
+.MAC SETSLANT END
+.    ie '\\$1'RESET' \{\
+.       nr #DEGREES 15
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.          if \\n[#UNDERLINE_SLANT] .return
+.       ds SLANT \ER'#SLANT_ON 1'\ES'\En[#DEGREES]'
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #DEGREES \\$1
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.          if \\n[#UNDERLINE_SLANT] .return
+.       ds SLANT \ER'#SLANT_ON 1'\ES'\En[#DEGREES]'
+.    \}
+.    ds SLANTX \ER'#SLANT_ON 0'\ES'0'
+.END
+\#
+\# BOLDER
+\# ------
+\#
+\# SETBOLDER
+\# ---------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <amount of emboldening> | RESET
+\# *Function:
+\#   Modifies register #BOLDER_UNITS for use with \*[BOLDER], or resets
+\#   it to the default 700 units.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   \*[BOLDER] allows pseudo-emboldening of a font where no bold
+\#   font exists in a particular family.
+\#
+\#   Default for SETBOLDER is 700 units.  Do not use unit of measure
+\#   with arg to SETBOLDER.
+\#
+.nr #BOLDER_UNITS 700
+\#
+.MAC SETBOLDER END
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE]=1 .return
+.    ie '\\$1'RESET' .nr #BOLDER_UNITS 700
+.    el              .nr #BOLDER_UNITS \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BOLDER END
+\c
+.bd \\n[.f] \\n[#BOLDER_UNITS]
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BOLDERX END
+\c
+.bd \\n[.f]
+.END
+\#
+\# +++CONDENSE/EXTEND+++
+\#
+\# CONDENSE/EXTEND
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <percentage to condense/expand type size>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores current point size in z's in #PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS, figures out
+\#   new point size (for character width) from arg, and defines string
+\#   COND or EXT, which set the type size to the new character width,
+\#   and sets the height of type to the value stored in CURRENT_PT_SIZE
+\# *Notes:
+\#   CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND is invoked from the aliases
+\#   CONDENSE and EXTEND.  CONDENSE implies <100, EXTEND
+\#   implies >100.  Do not use a percent sign in the argument.
+\#
+\#   There is no default setting for CONDENSE or EXTEND.
+\#   80 is a good approximation of condensed type, 120 is okay
+\#   for extended.
+\#
+\#   The value set by CONDENSE or EXTEND applies to all
+\#   subsequent \*[COND] or \*[EXT] escapes until a new value is set.
+\#
+\#  \*[COND] or \*[EXT] must be turned off before all changes of point
+\#  size, and reinvoked afterwards (if so desired).  This refers to
+\#  changes of point size via control lines AND via inlines.
+\#
+.MAC CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND END
+.    if '\\$0'CONDENSE' \{\
+.       ds $COND_PERCENT \\$1
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          rm $COND_PERCENT
+.          ds $COND_PERCENT 100
+.       \}
+.       ds COND \
+\R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\
+\R'#CONDENSE 1'\
+\R'#COND_WIDTH (\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u*\E*[$COND_PERCENT]u)/100'\
+\Es[\En[#COND_WIDTH]u]\EH'\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u'
+.       ds COND_FOR_SUP \
+\R'#COND_WIDTH (\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u*\E*[$COND_PERCENT]u)/100'\
+\Es[\En[#COND_WIDTH]u]\H'\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u'
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'EXTEND' \{\
+.       ds $EXT_PERCENT \\$1
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          rm $EXT_PERCENT
+.          ds $EXT_PERCENT 100
+.       \}
+.       ds EXT \
+\R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\
+\R'#EXTEND 1'\
+\R'#EXT_WIDTH (\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u*\E*[$EXT_PERCENT]u)/100'\
+\Es[\En[#EXT_WIDTH]u]\EH'\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u'
+.       ds EXT_FOR_SUP \
+\R'#EXT_WIDTH (\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u*\E*[$EXT_PERCENT]u)/100'\
+\Es[\En[#EXT_WIDTH]u]\H'\En[#EXT_PT_SIZE]u'
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.ds CONDX \
+\ER'#CONDENSE 0'\Es[0]\R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\H'\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u'
+.ds EXTX  \
+\ER'#EXTEND   0'\Es[0]\R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\H'\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u'
+\#
+\# +++PAD LINES+++ (insert space)
+\#
+\# PAD MARKER
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <character to use for marking pad points>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines string $PAD_MARKER, used in PAD
+\# *Notes:
+\#   $PAD_MARKER is normally # (the pound sign).
+\#
+.MAC PAD_MARKER END
+.    ds $PAD_MARKER \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# PAD
+\# ---
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   "<string of text with padding markers inserted>"
+\#   "<id of bookmark created by .PDF_BOOKMARK>"
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines and redefines padding character (default=pound sign
+\#   unless padding character has been set with PAD_MARKER)
+\#   several times so that when the string is output at the end
+\#   of the macro, every # has been converted to an equal-sized
+\#   amount of padding (blank space) on a line.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   String tabs may be marked off during PAD.
+\#
+.MAC PAD END
+.    if \\n[.u]=1 .nr fill 1
+.    nf
+.    if !d$PAD_MARKER .ds $PAD_MARKER #
+.    char \\*[$PAD_MARKER] \R'#PAD_COUNT \En[#PAD_COUNT]+1'
+.    ds $FAMILY_FOR_PAD \\n[.fam]
+.\" .if !n .fp \\n[.fp] \\n[.sty]
+.    ds $FONT_FOR_PAD   \\n[.sty]
+.    nr #SIZE_FOR_PAD   \\n[.ps]
+.    ds $PAD_STRING \\$1
+.    as $PAD_STRING \Ekp
+.    di PAD_STRING
+.    fam \\*[$FAMILY_FOR_PAD]
+\f[\\*[$FONT_FOR_PAD]]\s[\\n[#SIZE_FOR_PAD]u]\\*[$PAD_STRING]
+.    br
+.    di
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]  .ll -\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE] .ll -\\n[#R_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE]  .ll -\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.    \}
+.    char \\*[$PAD_MARKER] \
+\R'#SPACE_TO_END \En[.l]-\En[p]'\R'#PAD_SPACE \En[#SPACE_TO_END]/\En[#PAD_COUNT]'
+.    di PAD_STRING
+.    fam \\*[$FAMILY_FOR_PAD]
+\f[\\*[$FONT_FOR_PAD]]\s[\\n[#SIZE_FOR_PAD]u]\\*[$PAD_STRING]
+.    br
+.    di
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] \
+.       if (\\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]=1):(\\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE]) .ll
+.    char \\*[$PAD_MARKER] \h'\En[#PAD_SPACE]u'
+.    if \\n[#SILENT] .SILENT
+.    fam \\*[$FAMILY_FOR_PAD]
+\f[\\*[$FONT_FOR_PAD]]\s[\\n[#SIZE_FOR_PAD]u]
+.    ie '\\$2'' .nop \\*[$PAD_STRING]
+.    el \{\
+.       ie !'\\$2'NOBREAK' .pdfhref L -D "\\$2" -E -- \&\\*[$PAD_STRING]
+.       el .nop \\*[$PAD_STRING]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#SILENT] .SILENT OFF
+.    br
+.    if \\n[fill] \{\
+.       fi
+.       rr fill
+.    \}
+.    rr #PAD_COUNT
+.    rr #SPACE_TO_END
+.    rr #PAD_SPACE
+.    rm $PAD_STRING
+.    rm PAD_STRING
+.    rchar \\*[$PAD_MARKER]
+.    if '\\$2'NOBREAK' \{\
+.       TRAP OFF
+.       EOL
+.       TRAP
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# +++LEADERS+++
+\#
+\# The leader mechanism is primitive, but it works.  Basically, every
+\# macro in this set that includes a line length also sets a single
+\# groff tab stop at the right hand end of the line.  That way,
+\# whenever Ctrl-A is invoked (always at the end of an input line),
+\# leader of the correct length gets deposited.  Ctrl-A is accessed by
+\# the string LEADER (i.e. inline, as \*[LEADER]).  Leaders within tabs
+\# get their length from the tab line length.
+\#
+\# SET LEADER CHARACTER
+\# --------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <character to use whenever \*[LEADER] is invoked>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Set leader character.
+\#
+.MAC LEADER_CHARACTER END
+.    lc \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.ds LEADER 

+\#
+\# +++DROP CAPS+++
+\#
+\# DROP CAP FAMILY
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <family of drop cap>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $DC_FAM.
+\#
+.MAC DROPCAP_FAMILY END
+.    ds $DC_FAM \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# DROP CAP FONT
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <font of drop cap>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $DC_FT.
+\#
+.MAC DROPCAP_FONT END
+.    ds $DC_FT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# DROPCAP COLOR
+\# -------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines string $DC_COLOR to argument.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using
+\#   DC_COLOR.
+\#
+.MAC DROPCAP_COLOR END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .return
+.    nr #DC_COLOR 1
+.    ds $DC_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# DROP CAP GUTTER
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <width of gutter between drop cap and indented text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #DC_GUT.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.  Default is 3p.
+\#
+.MAC DROPCAP_GUTTER END
+.    nr #DC_GUT (\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# DROP CAP ADJUST
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <+|- # of points to in/decrease point size of drop cap letter>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $DC_ADJUST.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Despite its best efforts, DROPCAP doesn't always get the point
+\#   size of the drop cap critically perfect.  DROPCAP_ADJUST lets
+\#   the user add or subtract points (or fractions of points) to
+\#   get the size right.
+\#
+\#   Requires the + or - sign.
+\#
+.MAC DROPCAP_ADJUST END
+.    ds $DC_ADJUST \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# DROP CAP
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <dropcap letter> <# of lines> [COND <% to condense> | EXT <% to extend>]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Calculates point size of dropcap based on # of lines passed as
+\#   arg 2.  Sets indent for text based on dropcap width+gutter.
+\#   Advances and prints dropcap; reverses and prints indented text
+\#   to bottom of dropcap, then resets indent to left margin (plus
+\#   any indent that was in effect prior to invoking DROPCAP).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Drop caps when using the doc processing macro PP only work with
+\#   initial paragraphs (i.e. at doc start, or after heads), only when
+\#   DROPCAPS comes immediately after PP, and only when the PRINTSTYLE
+\#   is TYPESET.  If these conditions aren't met, DROPCAPS is silently
+\#   ignored.
+\#
+\#   The COND or EXT argument are processed separately from all
+\#   other COND or EXT inlines or macros, hence passing COND or
+\#   EXT has no effect on running type.
+\#
+.MAC DROPCAP END
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE]=1 \{\
+.       PRINT \\$1\c
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    br
+.    if n \{\
+.       PRINT \\$1\c
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#DOCS] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          PRINT \\$1\c
+.          return
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          sp -1
+.          if \\n[#PP_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.             PRINT \\$1\c
+.             return
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#PP]>1 \{\
+.             if \\n[#PP_INDENT] .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.             PRINT \\$1\c
+.             return
+.          \}
+.          ti 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ds $DROPCAP         \\$1
+.    nr #DC_LINES        \\$2-1
+.    if \\n[#CONDENSE]=1 \{\
+.       ds $RESTORE_COND \\*[$COND_PERCENT]
+\\*[CONDX]
+.       nr #CONDENSE_WAS_ON 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#EXTEND]=1 \{\
+.       ds $RESTORE_EXT \\*[$EXT_PERCENT]
+\\*[EXTX]
+.       nr #EXTEND_WAS_ON 1
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$3'COND' .CONDENSE \\$4
+.    if '\\$3'EXT' .EXTEND \\$4
+.    if !r#DC_GUT .nr #DC_GUT 3p
+.    ie \\n[#DOCS] .ds $RESTORE_FAM \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    el .ds $RESTORE_FAM \\n[.fam]
+.    ie \\n[#DOCS] .ds $RESTORE_FT  \\*[$PP_FT]
+.    el .ds $RESTORE_FT  \\*[$FONT]
+.    nr #RESTORE_PT_SIZE \\n[#PT_SIZE]
+.    nr #RESTORE_INDENT  \\n[.i]
+.    SIZESPECS
+.    nr #DC_HEIGHT \\n[#DC_LINES]*\\n[#LEAD]+\\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.    ie !d$DC_FAM .FAM \\n[.fam]
+.    el .FAM \\*[$DC_FAM]
+.    ie !d$DC_FT .FT \\*[$FONT]
+.    el .FT \\*[$DC_FT]
+.    while \\n[#GET_DC_HEIGHT]<\\n[#DC_HEIGHT] \{\
+.       ps \\n[#PT_SIZE]u+100u
+.       SIZESPECS
+.       nr #GET_DC_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.    \}
+.    if d$DC_ADJUST .ps \\*[$DC_ADJUST]p
+.    nr #DC_LINES +1
+.    if (\\n[#DC_LINES]v-1v)>(\\n[.t]-1) \{\
+.       nr pgnum \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ] 1
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .ds col-num ", column \\n[#COL_NUM]
+.       tm1 \
+"[mom]: Dropcap at line \\n[.c] does not fit on page \\n[pgnum]\\*[col-num].
+.       tm1 \
+"       Shifting paragraph to next page or column.
+.       ie \\n[#COLUMNS] .COL_NEXT
+.       el .NEWPAGE
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#DC_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.       ie !'\\$3'' \{\
+.          ie '\\$3'COND' \
+.             PRINT \
+\\*[DOWN \\n[#DC_LINES]v]\
+\m[\\*[$DC_COLOR]]\\*[COND]\\*[$DROPCAP]\\*[CONDX]\m[]\\*[UP \\n[#DC_LINES]v]
+.          el \
+.             PRINT \
+\\*[DOWN \\n[#DC_LINES]v]\
+\m[\\*[$DC_COLOR]]\\*[EXT]\\*[$DROPCAP]\\*[EXTX]\m[]\\*[UP \\n[#DC_LINES]v]
+.       \}
+.       el .PRINT \
+\\*[DOWN \\n[#DC_LINES]v]\
+\m[\\*[$DC_COLOR]]\\*[$DROPCAP]\m[]\\*[UP \\n[#DC_LINES]v]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie !'\\$3'' \{\
+.          ie '\\$3'COND' \
+.             PRINT \
+\\*[DOWN \\n[#DC_LINES]v]\
+\\*[COND]\\*[$DROPCAP]\\*[CONDX]\\*[UP \\n[#DC_LINES]v]
+.          el \
+.             PRINT \
+\\*[DOWN \\n[#DC_LINES]v]\
+\\*[EXT]\\*[$DROPCAP]\\*[EXTX]\\*[UP \\n[#DC_LINES]v]
+.       \}
+.       el .PRINT \
+\\*[DOWN \\n[#DC_LINES]v]\
+\\*[$DROPCAP]\\*[UP \\n[#DC_LINES]v]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$3'COND' \E*[COND]
+.    if '\\$3'EXT' \E*[EXT]
+.    ie \\n[.i] \{\
+.       vs 0
+.       br
+.       in +\w'\\*[$DROPCAP]'u+\\n[#DC_GUT]u
+.       vs
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       vs 0
+.       br
+.       in \w'\\*[$DROPCAP]'u+\\n[#DC_GUT]u
+.       vs
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$3'COND' \E*[CONDX]\c
+.    if '\\$3'EXT' \E*[EXTX]\c
+.    FAM \\*[$RESTORE_FAM]
+.    FT  \\*[$RESTORE_FT]
+.    ps \\n[#RESTORE_PT_SIZE]u
+.    if \\n[#CONDENSE_WAS_ON] \{\
+.       CONDENSE \\*[$RESTORE_COND]
+\\*[COND]\c
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#EXTEND_WAS_ON] \{\
+.       EXTEND \\*[$RESTORE_EXT]
+\\*[EXT]\c
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[.u] .wh \\n[.d]u+\\n[#DC_HEIGHT]u-1v DROPCAP_OFF
+.    el .wh \\n[.d]u+\\n[#DC_HEIGHT]u DROPCAP_OFF
+.    rr #CONDENSE_WAS_ON
+.    rr #EXTEND_WAS_ON
+.    rm $DROPCAP
+.    rr #DC_LINES
+.    rm $RESTORE_COND
+.    rm $RESTORE_EXT
+.    rm $RESTORE_FAM
+.    rm $RESTORE_FT
+.    rr #RESTORE_PT_SIZE
+.    rr #RESTORE_INDENT
+.    rr #DC_HEIGHT
+.    rr #GET_DC_HEIGHT
+.    rr x
+.END
+\#
+.MAC DROPCAP_OFF END
+'    in \\n[#RESTORE_INDENT]u
+.    ch DROPCAP_OFF
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++GRAPHICAL OBJECTS+++
+\#
+\# Set params for graphical objects.
+\#
+.MAC GRAPHICAL_OBJ END
+.    rr #FILLED
+.    rr #FILL_MODE
+.    rr #NOFILL
+.    rr #NOFILL_MODE
+.    if \\n[.vpt]=1 \{\
+.       vpt 0
+.       nr #RESTORE_TRAP 1
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#NO_ADVANCE]=1 .br
+.    el \{\
+.       sp -1v
+.       rr #NO_ADVANCE
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[.u]=1 \{\
+.       nr #FILLED 1
+.       nr #FILL_MODE \\n[.j]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #NOFILL 1
+.       if \\n[.ce]>0 .nr #NOFILL_MODE 3
+.       if \\n[.rj]>0 .nr #NOFILL_MODE 5
+.       ce 0
+.       rj 0
+.    \}
+.    nf
+.END
+\#
+\# HORIZONTAL RULE - DRH
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <rule weight> <indent> <length> [ <color> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   With no arg, draws a full measure rule.  With args, draws
+\#   described horizontal rule.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Rules are drawn left-to-right, from the baseline down, and
+\#   return to their point of origin.  If no arg given (full measure
+\#   rule), the rule weight is the one set by RULE_WEIGHT.
+\#
+.MAC DRH END
+.    GRAPHICAL_OBJ
+.    ds $RL_WEIGHT \\$1
+.    ds $RL_INDENT \\$2
+.    ds $RL_LENGTH \\$3
+.    ie !'\\$4'' .ds $RL_COLOR  \\$4
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\n[.m]'' .ds $RL_COLOR \\*[default]
+.       el .ds $RL_COLOR \\n[.m]
+.    \}
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT     \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    di NULL
+.       if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>=1 .RULE_WEIGHT \\*[$RL_WEIGHT]
+.    di
+.    COLOR \\*[$RL_COLOR]
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          nr #RESTORE_L_LENGTH \\n[.l]
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] .ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] .ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\h'\\*[$RL_INDENT]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\v'\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \En[.l]u 0'\v'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\v'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#SAVED_RULE_WEIGHT]''
+.          ll \\n[#RESTORE_L_LENGTH]u
+.          rr #RESTORE_L_LENGTH
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\h'\\*[$RL_INDENT]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\v'\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \En[.l]u 0'\v'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\v'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#SAVED_RULE_WEIGHT]''
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\h'\\*[$RL_INDENT]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\v'\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \\*[$RL_LENGTH] 0'\
+\v'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#SAVED_RULE_WEIGHT]''
+.          rr #RESTORE_L_LENGTH
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FILLED]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=0 .QUAD LEFT
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=1 .JUSTIFY
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=3 .QUAD CENTER
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=5 .QUAD RIGHT
+.       rr #FILLED
+.    \}
+.    sp -1v
+.    if \\n[#NOFILL]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=3 .CENTER
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=5 .RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    gcolor
+.    nr #RULE_WEIGHT     \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    rr #SAVED_WEIGHT
+.    rr #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_TRAP]=1 \{\
+.       vpt
+.       rr #RESTORE_TRAP
+.    \}
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \
+.       if !(\\n[.d]+\\n[#WEIGHT])<\\n[D-float] .nr D-float \\n[.d]+\\n[#WEIGHT]
+.END
+\#
+\# RULE
+\# ----
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Draws a rule the length of the current measure.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   A convenience macro.  DRH with no argument does the same thing.
+\#   Kept in for backward compatibility.
+\#
+.MAC RULE END
+.    if \\n[.u]=1 \{\
+.       nr fill 1
+.       ds $CURRENT_QUAD \\*[$QUAD_VALUE]
+.       nf
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] .ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] .ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       PRINT \
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\h'\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \En[.l]u 0'\v'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\h'|0'\c
+.       ll
+.       rr #RESTORE_L_LENGTH
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       PRINT \
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\v'\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\h'\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \En[.l]u 0'\v'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\h'|0'\c
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[fill] \{\
+.       fi
+.       rr fill
+.       QUAD \\*[$CURRENT_QUAD]
+.       rm $CURRENT_QUAD
+.    \}
+.    EOL
+.END
+\#
+\# VERTICAL RULE - DRV
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <rule weight> <indent> <depth> [ <color> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Draws described vertical rule.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Rules are drawn left-to-right, from the baseline down, and
+\#   return to their point of origin.
+.MAC DRV END
+.    GRAPHICAL_OBJ
+.    ds $RL_WEIGHT \\$1
+.    ds $RL_INDENT \\$2
+.    ds $RL_DEPTH  \\$3
+.    ie !'\\$4'' \
+.       ds $RL_COLOR  \\$4
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\n[.m]'' .ds $RL_COLOR \\*[default]
+.       el .ds $RL_COLOR \\n[.m]
+.    \}
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT     \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    RULE_WEIGHT \\*[$RL_WEIGHT]
+.    COLOR \\*[$RL_COLOR]
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\h'\\*[$RL_INDENT]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l 0 \\*[$RL_DEPTH]'\
+\D't \\n[#SAVED_RULE_WEIGHT]'
+.    if \\n[#FILLED]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=0 .QUAD LEFT
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=1 .JUSTIFY
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=3 .QUAD CENTER
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=5 .QUAD RIGHT
+.       rr #FILLED
+.    \}
+.    sp -1v
+.    if \\n[#NOFILL]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=3 .CENTER
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=5 .RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    gcolor
+.    nr #RULE_WEIGHT     \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_TRAP]=1 \{\
+.       vpt
+.       rr #RESTORE_TRAP
+.    \}
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \
+.       if !(\\n[.d]+\\*[$RL_DEPTH])<\\n[D-float] .nr D-float \\n[.d]+\\*[$RL_DEPTH]
+.END
+\#
+\# BOXES - DBX
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <rule weight>|SOLID <indent> <width>|FULL_MEASURE <depth> [ <color> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Draws described box.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Boxes are drawn left-to-right, from the baseline down, and
+\#   return to their point of origin.  Box rules are drawn from the
+\#   perimeter inwards.
+\#
+.MAC DBX END
+.    GRAPHICAL_OBJ
+.    ie '\\$1'SOLID' .nr #BX_SOLID 1
+.    el .ds $BX_WEIGHT \\$1
+.    ds $BX_INDENT \\$2
+.    ie '\\$3'FULL_MEASURE' \{\
+.       ie (\\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]+\\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE]+\\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE])=0 \{\
+.          nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]
+.          ds $BX_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]-\\n[#L_INDENT]
+.             ds $BX_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]
+.             ds $BX_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]-(\\n[#BL_INDENT])
+.             ds $BX_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el .ds $BX_WIDTH \\$3
+.    ds $BX_DEPTH  \\$4
+.    ie !'\\$5'' \{\
+.       ie d$\\$5_FILL .ds $BX_COLOR \\*[$\\$5_FILL]
+.       el             .ds $BX_COLOR \\$5
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\n[.m]'' .ds $BX_COLOR \\*[default]
+.       el .ds $BX_COLOR \\n[.m]
+.    \}
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT     \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    if !'\\$1'SOLID' .RULE_WEIGHT \\*[$BX_WEIGHT]
+.    ds $BX_INDENT \\*[$BX_INDENT]-\\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]u
+.    ie \\n[#BX_SOLID]=1 \{\
+.       fcolor \\*[$BX_COLOR]
+\h'\\*[$BX_INDENT]+\\n[#BOX_WEIGHT_ADJ]u+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\D'P \\*[$BX_WIDTH] 0 0 \\*[$BX_DEPTH] -\\*[$BX_WIDTH] 0 0 -\\*[$BX_DEPTH]'
+.       fcolor
+.       rr #BX_SOLID
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       COLOR \\*[$BX_COLOR]
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\h'\\*[$BX_INDENT]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\v'\\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'p \\*[$BX_WIDTH]-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u 0 0 \\*[$BX_DEPTH]-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u -\\*[$BX_WIDTH]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u 0 0 -\\*[$BX_DEPTH]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\v'-\\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#SAVED_RULE_WEIGHT]''
+.       gcolor
+.    \}
+.    sp -1v
+.    if \\n[#FILLED]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=0 .QUAD LEFT
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=1 .JUSTIFY
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=3 .QUAD CENTER
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=5 .QUAD RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NOFILL]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=3 .CENTER
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=5 .RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    nr #RULE_WEIGHT \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #WEIGHT_ADJ  \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    rr #SAVED_WEIGHT
+.    rr #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_TRAP]=1 \{\
+.       vpt
+.       rr #RESTORE_TRAP
+.    \}
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \
+.       if !(\\n[.d]+\\*[$BX_DEPTH])<\\n[D-float] .nr D-float \\n[.d]+\\*[$BX_DEPTH]
+.END
+\#
+\# ELLIPSES - DCL
+\# --------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <rule weight>|SOLID <indent> <width>|FULL_MEASURE <depth> [ <color> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Draws described ellipses.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Ellipses (circles) are drawn left-to-right, from the baseline
+\#   down, and return to their point of origin.  Ellipse rules are
+\#   drawn from the perimeter inwards.
+\#
+.MAC DCL END
+.    GRAPHICAL_OBJ
+.    ie '\\$1'SOLID' .nr #CL_SOLID 1
+.    el .ds $CL_WEIGHT \\$1
+.    ds $CL_INDENT \\$2
+.    ds $CL_WIDTH  \\$3
+.    ie '\\$3'FULL_MEASURE' \{\
+.       ie (\\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]+\\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE]+\\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE])=0 \
+.          nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]
+.       ds $CL_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]-\\n[#L_INDENT]
+.             ds $CL_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]
+.             ds $CL_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             nr #WIDTH \\n[.l]-(\\n[#BL_INDENT])
+.             ds $CL_WIDTH \\n[#WIDTH]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el .ds $CL_WIDTH \\$3
+.    ds $CL_DEPTH  \\$4
+.    ie !'\\$5'' \{\
+.       ie d$\\$5_FILL .ds $CL_COLOR \\*[$\\$5_FILL]
+.       el             .ds $CL_COLOR \\$5
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\n[.m]'' .ds $CL_COLOR \\*[default]
+.       el .ds $CL_COLOR \\n[.m]
+.    \}
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT     \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    if !'\\$1'SOLID' .RULE_WEIGHT \\*[$CL_WEIGHT]
+.    ds $CL_INDENT \\*[$CL_INDENT]-\\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]u
+.    ie \\n[#CL_SOLID]=1 \{\
+.       fcolor \\*[$CL_COLOR]
+\h'\\*[$CL_INDENT]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\v'\\*[$CL_DEPTH]/2u'\
+\D'E \\*[$CL_WIDTH]-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u \\*[$CL_DEPTH]-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\v'-\\*[$CL_DEPTH]/2u'
+.       fcolor
+.       rr #CL_SOLID
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       COLOR \\*[$CL_COLOR]
+\Z'\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]''\
+\h'\\*[$CL_INDENT]+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u+\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\v'\\*[$CL_DEPTH]/2u'\
+\D'e \\*[$CL_WIDTH]-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u \\*[$CL_DEPTH]-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\v'-(\\*[$CL_DEPTH]/2u)'\
+\Z'\D't \\n[#SAVED_RULE_WEIGHT]''
+.       gcolor
+.    \}
+.    sp -1v
+.    if \\n[#FILLED]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=0 .QUAD LEFT
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=1 .JUSTIFY
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=3 .QUAD CENTER
+.       if \\n[#FILL_MODE]=5 .QUAD RIGHT
+.       rr #FILLED
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NOFILL]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=3 .CENTER
+.       if \\n[#NOFILL_MODE]=5 .RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    nr #RULE_WEIGHT \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT]
+.    nr #WEIGHT_ADJ  \\n[#SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.    rr #SAVED_WEIGHT
+.    rr #SAVED_WEIGHT_ADJ
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_TRAP]=1 \{\
+.       vpt
+.       rr #RESTORE_TRAP
+.    \}
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \
+.       if !(\\n[.d]+\\*[$CL_DEPTH])<\\n[D-float] .nr D-float \\n[.d]+\\*[$CL_DEPTH]
+.END
+\#
+\# RULE WEIGHT
+\# -----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <weight of rules in points>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets \D't <n>' to the correct number of machine units for the
+\#   argument given in points.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Decimal fractions are allowed.  Rule weight must be < 100.
+\#
+.MAC RULE_WEIGHT END
+.    di NULL \" Diverted so there's no problem with breaks, spacing, etc.
+.       ds $ARG \\$1
+.       substring $ARG -1
+.       if !\B'\\*[$ARG]' \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: The argument to \\$0 must not have a unit of measure appended.
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.       length #STR_LENGTH \\$1
+.       ds $ARG \\$1
+.       substring $ARG 0 0
+.       ie '\\*[$ARG]'.' \{\
+.          ds $ARG \\$1
+.          substring $ARG 1 \\n[#STR_LENGTH]-1
+.          nr #WEIGHT \\*[$ARG]*100
+.          if (\\n[#WEIGHT]>=1000) \{\
+.              while (\\n[#WEIGHT]>=1000) \{\
+.                 nr #WEIGHT \\n[#WEIGHT]/10
+.              \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ds $ARG \\$1
+.          length #ARG_LENGTH \\*[$ARG]
+.          if \\n[#ARG_LENGTH]>1 .substring $ARG 1 1
+.          ie '\\*[$ARG]'.' \{\
+.             ds $LHS \\$1
+.             substring $LHS 0 0
+.             ds $RHS \\$1
+.             substring $RHS 2
+.             nr #WEIGHT \\*[$LHS]\\*[$RHS]*100
+.             if (\\n[#WEIGHT]>=10000) \{\
+.                while (\\n[#WEIGHT]>=10000) \{\
+.                   nr #WEIGHT \\n[#WEIGHT]/10
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#STR_LENGTH]<=2 .nr #WEIGHT \\$1*1000
+.             el \{\
+.                ds $ARG \\$1
+.                substring $ARG 2 2
+.                ie !'\\*[$ARG]'.' \{\
+.                   tm1 "[mom]: Invalid argument given to macro \\$0 at line \\n[.c].
+.                   tm1 "       Rule weight must be < 100 points.
+.                   tm1 "       Falling back to default weight .5 points.
+.                   nr #WEIGHT 500
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ds $LHS \\$1
+.                   substring $LHS 0 1
+.                   ds $RHS \\$1
+.                   substring $RHS 3
+.                   nr #WEIGHT \\*[$LHS]\\*[$RHS]*1000
+.                   if (\\n[#WEIGHT]>=100000) \{\
+.                      while (\\n[#WEIGHT]>=100000) \{\
+.                         nr #WEIGHT \\n[#WEIGHT]/10
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr #WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT]/2
+.       if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT' \
+.          ds $TITLE_TYPE BIB_STRING_
+.       if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT' \
+.          ds $TITLE_TYPE EN_TITLE_
+.       if '\\$0'EN_HEADER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT' \
+.          ds $TITLE_TYPE EN_STRING_
+.       if !'\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]'BIB_STRING' \
+.          if !'\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]'EN_TITLE' \
+.             if !'\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]'EN_STRING' \
+.                ds _TYPE \\$0
+.       length type-len _TYPE
+.       if \\n[type-len]>17 \{\
+.          substring _TYPE 0 -17
+.          ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[_TYPE]
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]'' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE_WEIGHT \\n[#WEIGHT]
+.          nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$0'RULE_WEIGHT' \{\
+.          nr #RULE_WEIGHT     \\n[#WEIGHT]
+.          nr #RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$0'UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT' \{\
+.          nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT     \\n[#WEIGHT]
+.          nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$0'FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT' \{\
+.          nr #FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT     \\n[#WEIGHT]
+.          nr #FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$0'FOOTNOTE_RULE_WEIGHT' \{\
+.          nr #FN_RULE_WEIGHT     \\n[#WEIGHT]
+.          nr #FN_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$0'HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT' \{\
+.          nr #HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT     \\n[#WEIGHT]
+.          nr #HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       \}
+.    di
+.END
+\#
+\# Aliases for RULE_WEIGHT
+\#
+.ALIAS BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT    RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT  RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT   RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS FN_RULE_WEIGHT              RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT          RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_RULE_WEIGHT        RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT          RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS RULE_WEIGHT                 RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT RULE_WEIGHT
+.ALIAS UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT           RULE_WEIGHT
+\#
+\# Default rule weights
+\#
+.nr #BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT 500
+.nr #DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT    500
+.nr #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT  500
+.nr #EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT   500
+.nr #FN_RULE_WEIGHT              500
+.nr #FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT          500
+.nr #HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT          500
+.nr #RULE_WEIGHT                 500
+.nr #TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT 500
+.nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT           500
+\#
+.nr #BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ \n[#BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ    \n[#DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ  \n[#EN_STRING_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ   \n[#EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #FN_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ              \n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ          \n[#FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ          \n[#HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ                 \n[#RULE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ \n[#TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+.nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT_ADJ           \n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]/2
+\#
+\# Read in remaining aliases and default rule weights
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=14 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT           RULE_WEIGHT
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT     RULE_WEIGHT
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT RULE_WEIGHT
+. nr #\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT            500
+. nr #COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT      500
+. nr #DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT  500
+. nr #\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ \
+    \n[#\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+. nr #COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ \
+    \n[#COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+. nr #DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ \
+    \n[#DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]/2
+.\}
+\#
+\# Set default rule weight
+\#
+.di NULL
+\D't 500'
+.di
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++WORD AND SENTENCE SPACING+++
+\#
+\# WORD SPACE CONTROL
+\# ------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <+|->wordspace | DEFAULT
+\# *Function:
+\#   Increases or decreases interword space by user supplied amount.
+\#   If DEFAULT, value is set to 12 (groff default).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   $WS_CONSTANT is the groff default word space.
+\#   $WS_VAR is the user supplied amount by which to in/decrease word space.
+\#   $WS is a concatenation of WS_CONSTANT and WS_VAR.
+\#
+\#   \n[.sss] holds the current sentence space value.
+\#
+.MAC WS END
+.    ds $WS_CURR \\n[.ss]
+.    ds $WS_VAR  \\$1
+.    ie '\\$1'DEFAULT' .ss 12 \\n[.sss]
+.    el \{\
+.       ds $WS (\\*[$WS_CURR]+\\*[$WS_VAR])
+.       ie \\n[.sss]=12 .ss \\*[$WS] 12
+.       el \{\
+.          ss \\*[$WS] (\\*[$WS]+\\*[$SS_VAR])
+.          SS \\*[$SS_VAR]
+.      \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SENTENCE SPACE CONTROL
+\# ----------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <+-sentencespace> | 0 | DEFAULT
+\# *Function:
+\#   Increases or decreases sentence space by user supplied amount.
+\#   If 0, sentence spaces are ignored.  If DEFAULT, value is
+\#   set to 12 (groff default).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Because the user supplied value requires a literal + or - sign,
+\#   the macro argument is stored in a string.
+\#
+\#   Sentence space applies only to input where sentences are separated
+\#   by two spaces (and/or, in fill mode [FLUSH L|R|C or JUSTIFY], an EOL).
+\#   Changing .SS when sentences are separated by only one space has
+\#   no effect on the space between sentences.
+\#
+\#   \n[.ss] holds the current wordspace value.
+\#   \n[.sss] holds the current sentence space value.
+\#
+.MAC SS END
+.    ds $SS_VAR \\$1
+.    ie '\\$1'0' .ss \\n[.ss] 0
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'DEFAULT' .ss \\n[.ss]
+.       el                .ss \\n[.ss] \\*[$SS_VAR]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# INDENTS
+\# -------
+\#
+\# +++INDENT LEFT+++
+\#
+.MAC IL END
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_BOTH] .IBX
+.    nr #INDENT_STYLE_LEFT  1
+.    nr #INDENT_ACTIVE      1
+.    nr #INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE 1
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       br
+.       in \\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#IN_ITEM] .nr #IN_ITEM_L_INDENT 0
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+.       nr #L_INDENT +(u;\\$1)
+.       in \\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#IN_ITEM] .nr #IN_ITEM_L_INDENT +(u;\\$1)
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# +++INDENT RIGHT+++
+\#
+.MAC IR END
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_BOTH] .IBX
+.    nr #INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT   1
+.    nr #INDENT_ACTIVE        1
+.    nr #INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE  1
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       br
+.       ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#R_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#R_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+.       nr #R_INDENT (u;\\$1)
+.       ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#R_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#R_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u-\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# +++INDENT BOTH+++
+\#
+.MAC IB END
+.    br
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_LEFT]  .ILX
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT] .IRX
+.    nr #INDENT_STYLE_BOTH  1
+.    nr #INDENT_ACTIVE      1
+.    nr #INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE 1
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       ie \\n[#DOCS] \
+.          ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.       el .ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.       in \\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #BL_INDENT (\\n[#INDENT]+\\$1)
+.       ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=2 .nr #BR_INDENT +(\\$2)
+.       el .nr #BR_INDENT \\n[#BL_INDENT]
+.       if '\\n[.z]'' .ll
+.       ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.       in \\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u-\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# +++TEMPORARY INDENT+++
+\#
+.MAC TI END
+.    br
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       ti \\n[#T_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] .ti \\n[#T_INDENT]u+\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] .ti \\n[#T_INDENT]u+\\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #T_INDENT (\\$1)
+.       ti \\n[#T_INDENT]u
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# +++HANGING INDENT+++
+\#
+.MAC HI END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .ti -\\n[#HL_INDENT]u
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #HL_INDENT (\\$1)
+.       ti -\\n[#HL_INDENT]u
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# +++INDENTS OFF+++
+\#
+.MAC ILX END
+.    ie \\n[#IN_ITEM] .nr #L_INDENT -\\n[#IN_ITEM_L_INDENT]
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+.       ie \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \
+.          ie !r pdfbx-clear \{\
+.             in \\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+\\n[#IL_ACTIVE]u
+.          el .in \\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.       \}
+.       el .in 0
+.       rr #INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE
+.       nr #L_INDENT_ILX \\n[#L_INDENT]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'CLEAR' \{\
+.       if \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \
+.          if !r pdfbx-clear \
+.             in \\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.       rr #L_INDENT
+.       rr #INDENT_STYLE_LEFT
+.       rr #L_INDENT_ILX
+.       rr #INDENT_ACTIVE
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC IRX END
+.    br
+.    rr #INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE
+.    ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB\\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \{\
+.             if !r pdfbx-clear \
+.                ll \\n[pdfbx-ll]u
+.          \}
+.          el .ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'CLEAR' \{\
+.       if \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \{\
+.          if !r pdfbx-clear \
+.             ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u)
+.       \}
+.       rr #R_INDENT
+.       rr #INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC IBX END
+.    br
+.    in 0
+.    rr #INDENT_ACTIVE
+.    rr #INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE
+.    ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB\\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'CLEAR' \{\
+.       rr #BL_INDENT
+.       rr #BR_INDENT
+.       rr #INDENT_STYLE_BOTH
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC IX END
+.    if '\\$0'IX' \{\
+.       if !\\n[#IX_WARN] \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: Use of .IX is deprecated.  Use .IQ instead.
+.          tm1 "      .IX will continue to behave as before, but to
+.          tm1 "       avoid this message, please update your document.
+.          nr #IX_WARN 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    br
+.    in 0
+.    rr #INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE
+.    rr #INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE
+.    rr #INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE
+.    rr #INDENT_ACTIVE
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB\\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.             ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_BOTH] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB\\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.             ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'CLEAR' \{\
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB\\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.                ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.                ta \\n[.l]u
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.                ta \\n[.l]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_BOTH] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB\\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.                ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.                ta \\n[.l]u
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.                ta \\n[.l]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       rr #L_INDENT
+.       rr #R_INDENT
+.       rr #BL_INDENT
+.       rr #BR_INDENT
+.       rr #T_INDENT
+.       rr #H_INDENT
+.       rr #INDENT_STYLE_LEFT
+.       rr #INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT
+.       rr #INDENT_STYLE_BOTH
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++HANGING CHARACTERS+++
+\#
+\#   LEFT_HANG hangs its argument to the left of the left margin.
+\#   If enclosed in double-quotes, the argument may contain local
+\#   horizontal motions.  Input text after LEFT_HANG must begin
+\#   by repeating the text of the argument including horizontal
+\#   motions.  If the hung character is a left double-quote,
+\#   \[lq] must be used in the argument and the usual keyboard
+\#   double-quote (") used for the input text (so as not to confuse
+\#   SMARTQUOTES).
+\#
+\#   HANG is called inline with \*[HANG <character>].  Hangs its
+\#   single-character argument, typically a punctuation mark, to the
+\#   right of the right margin in justified copy.  Unlike LEFT_HANG,
+\#   does not require repeating the character as part of input text.
+\#
+\#   Except for hung hyphens, HANG may be used mid-line in input
+\#   text.  Hung hyphens must come at the end of input lines.  If
+\#   the hung character is a right double-quote, "\[rq]" must be
+\#   used as the argument (that is, the rq character surrounded by
+\#   double-quotes).  The double-quotes are required for all special
+\#   characters that have the form \[c].
+\#
+.MAC LEFT_HANG END
+.    nr hang-char-width \w'\\$1'
+.    ds hang-char-gutter \\$2
+.    ie '\\*[hang-char-gutter]'' \
+.       nr hang-char \\n[hang-char-width]
+.    el \
+.       nr hang-char \\n[hang-char-width]+\\*[hang-char-gutter]
+\h'-\\n[hang-char]u'\c
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HANG END
+\c
+.if '\\$1'\[rq]' .nr #OPEN_CLOSE 0
+\c
+\&\\$1\c
+\h'-\w'\\$1'u'\c
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++MULTIPLE COLUMNS+++
+\#
+\# MULTIPLE COLUMNS ON
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Marks the top of a column set
+\#
+.MAC MCO END
+.    mk c
+.END
+\#
+\# MULTIPLE COLUMN RETURN
+\# ----------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Returns to the top of a column set
+\#
+.MAC MCR END
+.    vpt 0
+.    sp |\\n[c]u
+.    vpt
+.END
+\#
+\# MULTIPLE COLUMNS OFF
+\# --------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <lead to advance beneath bottom of deepest column>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Advances to the end of a column set
+\# *Notes:
+\#   With no argument, advances to the next baseline (at the current
+\#   leading value) beneath the longest column.  With an argument
+\#   (which requires a unit of measure), advances arg distance
+\#   beneath the baseline of the deepest column.  If the argument
+\#   is zero, advances to the baseline of the deepest column.
+\#
+.MAC MCX END
+.    vpt 0
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \!.TQ
+.       TQ
+.       sp |\\n[.h]u
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #MCX_ALD (\\$1)
+.       TQ
+.       ie \\n[#MCX_ALD]=0 .sp |\\n[.h]u-1v
+.       el .sp |\\n[.h]u+\\n[#MCX_ALD]u
+.       rr #MCX_ALD
+.    \}
+.    vpt
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++TYPESETTING SUPPORT MACROS+++
+\#
+\# TRAP
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   toggle
+\# *Function:
+\#   Enables/disables traps.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   EL and TN don't function as advertised on the last line before
+\#   a trap (when they break the preceding line, they spring the
+\#   trap, and groff won't back up to the line preceding the trap).
+\#   TRAP is a kludge to get EL and TN work properly on last lines.
+\#   The user simply encloses the offending lines in TRAP OFF/TRAP.
+\#
+.MAC TRAP END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .vpt
+.    el         .vpt 0
+.END
+\#
+\# SILENT
+\# ------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Diverts text so that it doesn't print, or turns the function off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Useful for setting up autotabs where you don't want the line with
+\#   the tab marks to print.
+\#
+\#   Also aliased as COMMENT, in case user wants to input a batch of
+\#   text that doesn't print.
+\#
+.MAC SILENT END
+.    nr #SILENT 1
+.    if \\n[#QUAD] .br
+.    ie '\\$1'' .di NO_FLASH
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+.       di
+.       rm NO_FLASH
+.       rr #SILENT
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# PRINT
+\# -----
+\# *Function:
+\#   Prints anything.  A macro that helps keep my code nicely indented.
+\#
+.MAC PRINT END
+.    nop \\$*
+.END
+\#
+\# Numbered strings for while loop in SMALLCAPS.
+\#
+.ds $c1 a
+.ds $c2 b
+.ds $c3 c
+.ds $c4 d
+.ds $c5 e
+.ds $c6 f
+.ds $c7 g
+.ds $c8 h
+.ds $c9 i
+.ds $c10 j
+.ds $c11 k
+.ds $c12 l
+.ds $c13 m
+.ds $c14 n
+.ds $c15 o
+.ds $c16 p
+.ds $c17 q
+.ds $c18 r
+.ds $c19 s
+.ds $c20 t
+.ds $c21 u
+.ds $c22 v
+.ds $c23 w
+.ds $c24 x
+.ds $c25 y
+.ds $c26 z
+.ds $c27 \[`a]
+.ds $c28 \[^a]
+.ds $c29 \['a]
+.ds $c30 \[:a]
+.ds $c31 \[oa]
+.ds $c32 \[~a]
+.ds $c33 \[ae]
+.ds $c34 \[`e]
+.ds $c35 \[^e]
+.ds $c36 \['e]
+.ds $c37 \[:e]
+.ds $c38 \[`i]
+.ds $c39 \[^i]
+.ds $c40 \['i]
+.ds $c41 \[:i]
+.ds $c42 \[`o]
+.ds $c43 \[^o]
+.ds $c44 \['o]
+.ds $c45 \[:o]
+.ds $c46 \[~o]
+.ds $c47 \[/o]
+.ds $c48 \[`u]
+.ds $c49 \[^u]
+.ds $c50 \['u]
+.ds $c51 \[:u]
+.ds $c52 \[,c]
+.ds $c53 \[Sd]
+.ds $c54 \[~n]
+.ds $c55 \[Sd]
+.ds $c56 \[Tp]
+.ds $c57 \['y]
+.ds $c58 \[:y]
+\#
+.ds $C1 A
+.ds $C2 B
+.ds $C3 C
+.ds $C4 D
+.ds $C5 E
+.ds $C6 F
+.ds $C7 G
+.ds $C8 H
+.ds $C9 I
+.ds $C10 J
+.ds $C11 K
+.ds $C12 L
+.ds $C13 M
+.ds $C14 N
+.ds $C15 O
+.ds $C16 P
+.ds $C17 Q
+.ds $C18 R
+.ds $C19 S
+.ds $C20 T
+.ds $C21 U
+.ds $C22 V
+.ds $C23 W
+.ds $C24 X
+.ds $C25 Y
+.ds $C26 Z
+.ds $C27 \[`A]
+.ds $C28 \[^A]
+.ds $C29 \['A]
+.ds $C30 \[:A]
+.ds $C31 \[oA]
+.ds $C32 \[~A]
+.ds $C33 \[AE]
+.ds $C34 \[`E]
+.ds $C35 \[^E]
+.ds $C36 \['E]
+.ds $C37 \[:E]
+.ds $C38 \[`I]
+.ds $C39 \[^I]
+.ds $C40 \['I]
+.ds $C41 \[:I]
+.ds $C42 \[`O]
+.ds $C43 \[^O]
+.ds $C44 \['O]
+.ds $C45 \[:O]
+.ds $C46 \[~O]
+.ds $C47 \[/O]
+.ds $C48 \[`U]
+.ds $C49 \[^U]
+.ds $C50 \['U]
+.ds $C51 \[:U]
+.ds $C52 \[,C]
+.ds $C53 \[-D]
+.ds $C54 \[~N]
+.ds $C55 \[-D]
+.ds $C56 \[TP]
+.ds $C57 \['Y]
+.ds $C58 \[:Y]
+\#
+\# CAPS
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Converts text to caps, or, if OFF, reverts to normal caps/lc.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   For inline control of capitalization style, use \*[UC] and
+\#   \*[LC].
+\#
+.MAC CAPS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       LC_TO_CAPS
+.       nr #CAPS_ON 1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       CAPS_TO_LC
+.       rr #CAPS_ON
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC UC END
+\c
+.    LC_TO_CAPS
+.    nr #CAPS_ON 1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC LC END
+\c
+.    CAPS_TO_LC
+.    rr #CAPS_ON
+.END
+\#
+\# Perform lowercase conversion to caps or revert to lowercase
+\#
+.MAC CONVERT_CASE END
+.    if '\\$0'LC_TO_CAPS' \{\
+.       nr #LOOP 0 1
+.       while \\n+[#LOOP]<=58 \{\
+.          tr \\*[$c\\n[#LOOP]]\\*[$C\\n[#LOOP]]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'CAPS_TO_LC' \{\
+.       nr #LOOP 0 1
+.       while \\n+[#LOOP]<=58 \{\
+.          tr \\*[$c\\n[#LOOP]]\\*[$c\\n[#LOOP]]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS LC_TO_CAPS CONVERT_CASE
+.ALIAS CAPS_TO_LC CONVERT_CASE
+.
+\#
+\# SMALLCAPS
+\# ---------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Converts text to smallcaps, or, if <anything>, reverts to normal
+\#   caps/lc.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   SMALLCAPS has no inline escape eqiv. to \*[UC].
+\#
+.MAC SMALLCAPS END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       if !\\n[.u] \
+.          if \\n[.int] .nop \& \c
+.       nr sc*size \\n[.ps]*\\n[sc*factor]/1000
+.       if \\n[sc*wt-adj] .nr sc*wt-adj-factor \\n[sc*size]*\\n[sc*wt-adj]/1000
+.       if \\n[sc*extend] .nr sc*extend-factor \\n[sc*size]*\\n[sc*extend]/1000
+.       ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.          nr #SMALLCAPS_ON 1
+.          nr #LOOP 0 1
+.          while \\n+[#LOOP]<=58 \{\
+.             char \\*[$c\\n[#LOOP]] \
+\Z'\s[\\n[sc*size]u+\\n[sc*extend-factor]u]\H'-\\n[sc*extend-factor]u'\
+\\*[$C\\n[#LOOP]]'\
+\h'\\n[sc*wt-adj-factor]u'\\*[$C\\n[#LOOP]]\s[0]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #LOOP 0 1
+.          while \\n+[#LOOP]<=58 \{\
+.             rchar \\*[$c\\n[#LOOP]]
+.         \}
+.         rr sc*wt-adj-factor
+.         rr sc*extend-factor
+.         rr #SMALLCAPS_ON
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SMALLCAPS_SIZE
+\# --------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <size> [ <weight adjustment>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets registers 'sc*factor', 'sc*wt-adj', and sc*extend.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Weight adjustment pseudo-emboldens small caps to visually match the
+\#   weight of the larger real caps.
+\#
+\#   Both sc*factor (size) and sc*wt-adj (weight adjustment) args are
+\#   expressed as percentages of type size.
+\#
+.MAC SMALLCAPS_STYLE END
+.    nr #LOOP 0 1
+.    while \\n+[#LOOP]<=\\n[#NUM_ARGS] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'SIZE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          nr sc*factor (z;\\$1)/100
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'WEIGHT_ADJ' \{\
+.          shift
+.          nr sc*wt-adj (z;\\$1)/100
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'EXTEND' \{\
+.          shift
+.          nr sc*extend (z;\\$1)/100
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[sc*wt-adj]=0 .rr sc*wt-adj
+.    if \\n[sc*extend]=0 .rr sc*extend
+.END
+.
+.SMALLCAPS_STYLE \
+SIZE 74 \
+WEIGHT_ADJ .3 \
+EXTEND 5
+\#
+\# SIZESPECS
+\# ---------
+\# Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# Function:
+\#   Gets cap-height, x-height, and descender depth of the
+\#   current font at the current point size.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The routine is diverted so it remains invisible to output.
+\#
+.MAC SIZESPECS END
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'' \
+.       if \\n[dn] .nr saved-dn \\n[dn]
+.    di TYPESIZE
+E\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]'
+e\R'#X_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]'
+y\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]'
+.    br
+.    ds $CAP_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]u
+.    ds $X_HEIGHT \\n[#X_HEIGHT]u
+.    ds $DESCENDER \\n[#DESCENDER]u
+.    di
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'' \
+.       nr dn \\n[saved-dn]
+.END
+\#
+\# =====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++TYPESETTING ALIASES+++
+\#
+.ALIAS ADD_SPACE         ALD
+.ALIAS CENTRE            CENTER
+.ALIAS COLOUR            COLOR
+.ALIAS COMMENT           SILENT
+.ALIAS CONDENSE          CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND
+.ALIAS EXTEND            CONDENSE_OR_EXTEND
+.ALIAS FAM               FAMILY
+.ALIAS FONT              FT
+.ALIAS HYPHENATE         HY
+.ALIAS HYPHENATION       HY
+.ALIAS HYSET             HY_SET
+.ALIAS IBQ               IBX
+.ALIAS ILQ               ILX
+.ALIAS IQ                IX
+.ALIAS IRQ               IRX
+.ALIAS LIG               LIGATURES
+.ALIAS NEWCOLOUR         NEWCOLOR
+.ALIAS PADMARKER         PAD_MARKER
+.ALIAS SP                ALD
+.ALIAS SPACE             ALD
+.ALIAS TABSET            TAB_SET
+.ALIAS TB                TAB
+.ALIAS UNDERSCORE_2      UNDERSCORE2
+.ALIAS XCOLOUR           XCOLOR
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT PROCESSING MACROS, STRINGS AND ALIASES
+\# ===============================================
+\#
+\# DOC_MACRO_ERROR
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   None.
+\# *Function:
+\#   Warning message if DOC_<PARAMETER> called before START.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_MACRO_ERROR END
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_L_MARGIN'    .ds $REPLACEMENT L_MARGIN
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_R_MARGIN'    .ds $REPLACEMENT R_MARGIN
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_LINE_LENGTH' .ds $REPLACEMENT LL
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_FAMILY'      .ds $REPLACEMENT "FAMILY or FAM
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_PT_SIZE'     .ds $REPLACEMENT PT_SIZE
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_LEAD'        .ds $REPLACEMENT LS
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_QUAD'        .ds $REPLACEMENT QUAD
+.    tm1 "[mom]: \\$1 at line \\n[.c] of '\\n[.F]' should not be used before START.
+.    tm1 "       Use \\*[$REPLACEMENT] instead.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting.
+.END
+\#
+\# +++PAGE DIMENSIONS+++
+\#
+\# PAPER SIZE
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   LETTER | LEGAL | STATEMENT | TABLOID | LEDGER | FOLIO | QUARTO | 10x14 | EXECUTIVE | A3 | A4 | A5 | B4 | B5
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets up dimensions for different paper sizes.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   LANDSCAPE may be given after papersize arg.
+\#
+.MAC PAPER END
+.    vs 0
+.    ds $PAPER \\$1
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'LETTER' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  8.5i
+.       PAGELENGTH 11i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'LEGAL' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  8.5i
+.       PAGELENGTH 14i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'STATEMENT' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  5.5i
+.       PAGELENGTH 8.5i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'TABLOID' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  11i
+.       PAGELENGTH 17i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'LEDGER' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  17i
+.       PAGELENGTH 11i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'FOLIO' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  8.5i
+.       PAGELENGTH 13i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'QUARTO' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  610p
+.       PAGELENGTH 780p
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'10x14' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  10i
+.       PAGELENGTH 14i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'EXECUTIVE' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  7.25i
+.       PAGELENGTH 10.5i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'A3' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  842p
+.       PAGELENGTH 1190p
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'A4' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  595p
+.       PAGELENGTH 842p
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'A5' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  421p
+.       PAGELENGTH 595p
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'B4' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  709p
+.       PAGELENGTH 1002p
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$PAPER]'B5' \{\
+.       PAGEWIDTH  501p
+.       PAGELENGTH 709p
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$2'LANDSCAPE' \{\
+.       nr #PAGE_WIDTH_TMP \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]
+.       PAGEWIDTH \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u
+.       PAGELENGTH \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH_TMP]u
+.       as $PAPER " LANDSCAPE\"
+.    \}
+.    if !r#L_MARGIN .L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.    if !r#R_MARGIN .R_MARGIN \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]u-\\n[#L_MARGIN]u-1i
+.    if '\\*[.T]'pdf' .br
+.    vs
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++PRINTSTYLE -- TYPEWRITE OR TYPESET+++
+\#
+\# PRINTSTYLE
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   TYPESET | TYPEWRITE [SINGLESPACE]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets type specs for typewriter-style or typeset output.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Number registers: TYPEWRITE=1, TYPESET=2.
+\#
+.MAC PRINTSTYLE END
+.    if n \{\
+.       if '\\$1'TYPESET' \{\
+.         pl 1
+.         ab [mom]: Terminal output requires PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE.  Aborting.
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#COLLATE]=1 \{\
+.       if !d$PAPER \{\
+.          PAGELENGTH 11i
+.          PAGEWIDTH  8.5i
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TYPEWRITE' \{\
+.          nr #PRINT_STYLE 1
+.          if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\
+.             L_MARGIN 6P
+.             R_MARGIN 6P
+.          \}
+.          ds $TYPEWRITER_FAM C
+.          ds $TYPEWRITER_PS  12
+.          TYPEWRITER
+.          color 0
+.          ie '\\$2'SINGLESPACE' \{\
+.             nr #SINGLE_SPACE 1
+.             vs 12
+.             ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 .nr #FOOTER_ADJ \\n[.v]
+.             el .nr #FOOTER_ADJ \\n[.v]
+.             nr #ORIGINAL_DOC_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\
+.                vs 24
+.                nr #FOOTER_ADJ \\n[.v]/2
+.                nr #ORIGINAL_DOC_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          QUAD    L
+.          HY      OFF
+.          SMARTQUOTES OFF
+.          if !\\n[#PP_INDENT] .nr #PP_INDENT 3P
+.          HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS
+.          nr #BOLDER_UNITS 0
+.          nr #CONDENSE 0
+.          nr #EXTEND 0
+.          if !\\n[#ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC] \{\
+.             rm IT
+.             rm PREV
+.             UNDERLINE_ITALIC
+.          \}
+.          rm BD
+.          rm BDI
+.          if !\\n[#SLANT_MEANS_SLANT]   .UNDERLINE_SLANT
+.          if !\\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES]    .UNDERLINE_QUOTES
+.          nr #IGNORE_COLUMNS 1
+.          nr #RULE_WEIGHT 500
+.          char \[em] --
+.          tr `'
+.          tr \[lq]"
+.          tr \[rq]"
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TYPESET' \{\
+.          nr #PRINT_STYLE 2
+.          if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.             if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\
+.                L_MARGIN 6P
+.                R_MARGIN 6P
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          FAMILY  T
+.          FT      R
+.          if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 .ps 12.5
+.          if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 .vs 16
+.\" In DEFAULTS, TRAPS is run with this leading, so we need a register to
+.\" hold it for use with the .sp in FOOTER
+.          nr #FOOTER_ADJ 12000
+.          JUSTIFY
+.          HY
+.          HY_SET 2 36p 1p
+.          KERN
+.          LIG
+.          SS 0
+.          SMARTQUOTES
+.          if !\\n[#PP_INDENT] \{\
+.             in 2m                 \"Set indent
+.             nr #PP_INDENT \\n[.i] \"Read into #PP_INDENT
+.             in 0                  \"Remove indent
+.          \}
+.          HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS
+.          rr #IGNORE_COLUMNS
+.       \}
+.\" Set up default style for nine levels of headings
+.       nr #HD_LEVEL 0 1 \" loop step
+.       nr #LOOP 9       \" loop count
+.       while \\n+[#HD_LEVEL]<=\\n[#LOOP] \{\
+.           HEADING_STYLE \\n[#HD_LEVEL] \
+            FONT  B  \
+            SIZE  +0 \
+            QUAD  L  \
+            NEEDS 1 \
+            COLOR black
+.\"  Set up default style for nine levels of TOC headings
+.           TOC_ENTRY_STYLE \\n[#HD_LEVEL] \
+            FONT  R  \
+            SIZE  +0 \
+            COLOR black
+.       \}
+.\" Set up decreasing sizes for headings levels 1 - 3, starting at +3
+.       nr #HD_LEVEL 0 1 \" loop step
+.       nr #LOOP 3       \" loop count
+.       nr #HD_SIZE 4 1
+.       while \\n+[#HD_LEVEL]<=\\n[#LOOP] \{\
+.          nr #HD_SIZE_CHANGE \\n-[#HD_SIZE]
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#HD_LEVEL]_SIZE +\\n[#HD_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       \}
+.\" Set up TOC title style
+.       TOC_TITLE_STYLE FONT R SIZE +0 INDENT 0
+.\" Set up captions, labels, sources
+.       LABELS ALL FONT B AUTOLEAD 2
+.       LABELS EQN FONT R QUAD RIGHT
+.       CAPTIONS ALL AUTOLEAD 2
+.       CAPTIONS EQN QUAD CENTER
+.       SOURCES TBL AUTOLEAD 2
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Set limited parameters to TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC TYPEWRITER_FAMILY END
+.    ds $TYPEWRITER_FAM \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS TYPEWRITER_FAM TYPEWRITER_FAMILY
+\#
+.MAC TYPEWRITER_SIZE END
+.    ds $TYPEWRITER_PS \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TYPEWRITER END
+.    fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.    ft  R
+.    ps  \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.END
+\#
+\# ITALIC MEANS ITALIC
+\# -------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Instructs TYPEWRITE to treat italics as italics, whether
+\#   invoked via control lines or inline.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC and UNDERLINE_ITALIC are mutually exclusive,
+\#   hence invoking the one automatically turns off the other.
+\#
+.MAC ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       nr #ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC 1
+.       rr #UNDERLINE_ITALIC
+.       rm ROM
+.       rm IT
+.       rm PREV
+.       ds ROM  \Ef[R]
+.       ds IT   \Ef[I]
+.       ds PREV \Ef[]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# UNDERLINE ITALIC
+\# ----------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Instructs TYPEWRITE to underline italics, whether invoked
+\#   via control lines or inline.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   UNDERLINE_ITALIC and ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC are mutually exclusive,
+\#   hence invoking the one automatically turns off the other.
+\#
+\#   UNDERLINE_ITALIC is the default for TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC UNDERLINE_ITALIC END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       nr #UNDERLINE_ITALIC 1
+.       rr #ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC
+.       rm ROM
+.       rm IT
+.       rm PREV
+.       ds ROM  \E*[ULX]
+.       ds IT   \E*[UL]
+.       ds PREV \f[P]\E*[ULX]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# UNDERLINE SLANT
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Instructs TYPEWRITE to underline occurrences of \*[SLANT], or
+\#   turns feature off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Users may want \*[SLANT] to mean slant in TYPEWRITE, although
+\#   most of the time, \*[SLANT] most likely means the user wanted
+\#   italic but didn't have it, ergo the need to tell TYPEWRITE to
+\#   treat \*[SLANT] as italic (i.e. underlined).
+\#
+\#   UNDERLINE_SLANT and SLANT_MEANS_SLANT are mutually exclusive,
+\#   hence invoking the one automatically turns off the other.
+\#
+\#   UNDERLINE_SLANT is the default for TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC UNDERLINE_SLANT END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       rr #SLANT_MEANS_SLANT
+.       nr #UNDERLINE_SLANT 1
+.       rm SLANT
+.       rm SLANTX
+.       ds SLANT  \ER'#SLANT_ON 1'\E*[UL]
+.       ds SLANTX \ER'#SLANT_ON 0'\E*[ULX]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC SLANT_MEANS_SLANT END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       rr #UNDERLINE_SLANT
+.       nr #SLANT_MEANS_SLANT 1
+.       rm SLANT
+.       rm SLANTX
+.       ds SLANT  \ER'#SLANT_ON 1'\ES'\En[#DEGREES]'
+.       ds SLANTX \ER'#SLANT_ON 0'\ES'0'
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC IGNORE_COLUMNS END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .nr #NO_COLUMNS 1
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++COPY STYLE -- DRAFT OR FINAL+++
+\#
+\# COPY STYLE
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   DRAFT | FINAL
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets registers that are used to determine what to put
+\#   in the default header, and how to number pages.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   DOCTYPE must come before COPYSTYLE.
+\#
+.MAC COPYSTYLE END
+.    ds $COPY_STYLE \\$1
+.    if '\\*[$COPY_STYLE]'DRAFT' \{\
+.       nr #COPY_STYLE 1
+.       if !d$DRAFT .DRAFT 1
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$COPY_STYLE]'FINAL' .nr #COPY_STYLE 2
+.    if '\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING]''  .CHAPTER_STRING "Chapter"
+.    if '\\*[$DRAFT_STRING]''    .DRAFT_STRING "Draft"
+.    if '\\*[$REVISION_STRING]'' .REVISION_STRING "Rev."
+.\" Default
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#COPY_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.          el .PAGENUM_STYLE roman
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER
+.             el \{\
+.                ie '\\*[$REVISION]'' \{\
+.                   ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                    \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT]
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                    \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT], \
+                    \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.          el                         .PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT
+.          if \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] .rr #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\
+.             ds $HDRFTR_CENTER
+.             rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" Chapter
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 \{\
+.\" Copystyle DRAFT
+.       ie \\n[#COPY_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] \
+.             PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.          el \
+.             PAGENUM_STYLE roman
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] \{\
+.                ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\
+.                   ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \
+.                       ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.                   el .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING]
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \
+.                       ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.                   el .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie '\\*[$REVISION]'' \{\
+.                   ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\
+.                      ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                      el \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING]
+.                         \}
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                      el \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.                         \}
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\
+.                      ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                      el \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                      el \{\
+.                         ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                         el \{\
+.                            ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                             \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER], \
+                             \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT], \
+                             \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.\" Copystyle FINAL
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] .rr #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] \
+.                PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.             el .PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT
+.             ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\
+.                ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \
+.                   ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.                el \
+.                   ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING]
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \
+.                   ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.                el \
+.                   ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" Named
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=3 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#COPY_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.          el                         .PAGENUM_STYLE roman
+.          ie \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] \
+.             ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$DOC_TYPE]
+.          el \{\
+.             if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\
+.                ie '\\*[$REVISION]'' \{\
+.                   ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \
+.                      ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$DOC_TYPE]
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                       \\*[$DOC_TYPE], \
+                       \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT]
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \{\
+.                      ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                       \\*[$DOC_TYPE], \
+                       \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \
+                       \\*[$DOC_TYPE], \
+                       \\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT], \
+                       \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION]
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] .rr #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.             el .PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT
+.             ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$DOC_TYPE]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++COLLECT DOC INFO (reference macros, metadata)+++
+\#
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   various string/register arguments
+\# *Function:
+\#   Set strings and registers for covers, docheaders, page headers.
+\#
+.MAC DOCTITLE END
+.    rr #DOCTITLE_NUM
+.    nr #DOCTITLE_NUM 0 1
+.    while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#DOCTITLE_NUM] \{\
+.       ds $DOCTITLE_\\n+[#DOCTITLE_NUM] \\$\\n[#DOCTITLE_NUM]
+.    \}
+.    ds $DOCTITLE \\$*
+.    PDF_TITLE \\*[$DOCTITLE]
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TITLE END \"Document title
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_COVER' \{\
+.       shift
+.       DOC_COVERTITLE \\$@
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'COVER' \{\
+.       shift
+.       COVERTITLE \\$@
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       if \\n[#TITLE_NUM] \{\
+.          nr #ITEM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#TITLE_NUM]>\\n[#ITEM] \{\
+.             rm $TITLE_\\n+[#ITEM]
+.          \}
+.          rr #TITLE_NUM
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #TITLE_NUM 0 1
+.       while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#TITLE_NUM] \{\
+.          ds $TITLE_\\n+[#TITLE_NUM] \\$\\n[#TITLE_NUM]
+.       \}
+.       ds $TITLE \\$*
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC SUBTITLE END \"Document sub-title
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       if \\n[#DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_NUM] \
+.          ds COVER_ DOC_COVER_
+.       if \\n[#COVER_SUBTITLE_NUM] \
+.          ds COVER_ COVER_
+.       if \\n[#\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_NUM] \{\
+.          nr #ITEM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_NUM]>\\n[#ITEM] \{\
+.             rm $\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_\\n+[#ITEM]
+.          \}
+.          rr #\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_NUM
+.          rm $SUBTITLE
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if '\\$1'DOC_COVER' \{\
+.          ds COVER_ DOC_COVER_
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COVER' \{\
+.          ds COVER_ COVER_
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       nr #\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_NUM 0 1
+.       while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_NUM] \{\
+.          ds $\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_\\n+[#\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_NUM] \
+\\$\\n[#\\*[COVER_]SUBTITLE_NUM]
+.       \}
+.       rm COVER_
+.       ds $SUBTITLE \\$*
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC CHAPTER END \"If document is a chapter, the chapter number
+.    nr #CHAPTER_CALLED 1
+.    ds $CHAPTER \\$1
+.    if \B'\\*[$CHAPTER]' .nr #CH_NUM \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.    if !r #CH_NUM .nr #CH_NUM 1
+.END
+.
+.MAC CHAPTER_NUMBER END
+.    nr #CH_NUM \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC CHAPTER_TITLE END \" This defines what comes after Chapter #
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       if \\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM] \{\
+.          nr #ITEM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM]>\\n[#ITEM] \{\
+.             rm $CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n+[#ITEM]
+.          \}
+.          rr #CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM
+.          rm $CHAPTER_TITLE
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       rr #CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM
+.       nr #CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM 0 1
+.       while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM] \{\
+.          ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n+[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM] \
+\\$\\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM]
+.       \}
+.       ds $CHAPTER_TITLE \\$*
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC DRAFT END \"Draft number
+.    ie '\\$1'' .ds $DRAFT
+.    el .ds $DRAFT " \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC REVISION END \"Revision number
+.    ds $REVISION \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER END \"Attach draft/revision strings to page number
+.    nr #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM 1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC AUTHOR END \"Author.  Enclose all args fully in double quotes.
+.    rr #NO_PRINT_AUTHOR
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_COVER' \{\
+.       ds COVER_ DOC_COVER_
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'COVER' \{\
+.       ds COVER_ COVER_
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    nr #\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_NUM 0 1
+.    while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_NUM] \{\
+.       ds $\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_\\n+[#\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_NUM] \
+\\$\\n[#\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_NUM]
+.       if !'\\*[$\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_\\n[#\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_NUM]]'' \
+.          as $AUTHORS \
+"\\*[$\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_\\n[#\\*[COVER_]AUTHOR_NUM]], \"
+.    \}
+.    ds $AUTHOR \\*[$AUTHOR_1]
+.    substring $AUTHORS 0 -2
+.    ds PDF_AUTHORS \\*[$AUTHORS]
+.    pdfmomclean PDF_AUTHORS
+.    nop \!x X ps:exec [/Author (\\*[PDF_AUTHORS]) /DOCINFO pdfmark
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS EDITOR AUTHOR
+\#
+.MAC COPYRIGHT END          \"For use on cover pages only
+.   ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \
+.       ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT \[co]\\$1
+.    el \{\
+.       if '\\$1'COVER'     .ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT \[co]\\$2
+.       if '\\$1'DOC_COVER' .ds $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT \[co]\\$2
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC COPYRIGHT_V_ADJUST END
+.    ds $COPYRIGHT_V_ADJ \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC MISC END \"Doc cover and cover pages only; enclose all args in double quotes
+.    rm COVER_
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       if \\n[#DOC_COVER_MISC_LINES] \
+.          ds COVER_ DOC_COVER_
+.       if \\n[#COVER_MISC_LINES] \
+.          ds COVER_ COVER_
+.       if \\n[#\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINES] \{\
+.          nr #LINE 0 1
+.          while \\n[#\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINES]>\\n[#LINE] \{\
+.             rm $\\*[COVER_]MISC_\\n+[#LINE]
+.          \}
+.          rr #\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINES
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if '\\$1'DOC_COVER' \{\
+.          ds COVER_ DOC_COVER_
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COVER' \{\
+.          ds COVER_ COVER_
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       nr #\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINE 0 1
+.       while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINE] \{\
+.          ds $\\*[COVER_]MISC_\\n+[#\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINE] \
+\\$[\\n[#\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINE]]
+.       \}
+.       nr #\\*[COVER_]MISC_LINES \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.       rm COVER_
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Page number that appears on page one.
+.MAC PAGENUMBER END
+.    nr #n%_AT_PAGENUM_SET \\n%
+.    nr #PAGE_NUM_ADJ \\$1-\\n[#n%_AT_PAGENUM_SET]
+.    rr #n%_AT_PAGENUM_SET
+.    nr #PAGE_NUM_SET 1
+.END
+\#
+\# Replacement string for pagenumber.
+.MAC PAGENUMBER_STRING END
+.    ds $PAGENUM_STRING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++TYPE OF DOCUMENT+++
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT TYPE
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   DEFAULT | CHAPTER | NAMED "<whatever> | LETTER
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates strings and sets registers for document types.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Number registers: DEFAULT=1, CHAPTER=2, NAMED=3, LETTER=4,
+\#   SLIDES=5
+\#
+.MAC DOCTYPE END
+.    if '\\$1'DEFAULT' .nr #DOC_TYPE 1
+.    if '\\$1'CHAPTER' .nr #DOC_TYPE 2
+.    if '\\$1'NAMED' \{\
+.       rr #NO_PRINT_DOCTYPE
+.       ds $DOC_TYPE \\$2
+.       nr #DOC_TYPE 3
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'LETTER' \{\
+.       nr #DOC_TYPE 4
+.       L_MARGIN 1.125i
+.       R_MARGIN 1.125i
+.       ps 12
+.       vs 13.5
+.       nr #FOOTER_ADJ \\n[.v]
+.       DOCHEADER OFF
+.       PARA_INDENT 3m
+.       INDENT_FIRST_PARAS
+.       PARA_SPACE
+.       ds $SUITE \En[#SUITE]
+.       HEADER_MARGIN 3P+6p
+.       HEADER_GAP 3P
+.       FOOTERS
+.       FOOTER_RULE OFF
+.       FOOTER_LEFT ""
+.       FOOTER_CENTER ""
+.       FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE +0
+.       FOOTER_RIGHT "\&.../\E*[$SUITE]
+.       FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE
+.       em ALL_DONE
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'SLIDES' \{\
+.       shift
+.       nr #DOC_TYPE 5
+.       PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.       FAMILY H
+.       QUAD CENTER
+.       QUOTE_STYLE QUAD CENTER
+.       BLOCKQUOTE_STYLE \
+          QUAD J \
+          INDENT \\n[.l]u/5u
+.       PARA_INDENT 0
+.       NO_SHIM
+.       NO_FLEX
+.       HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+          SIZE +8 \
+          QUAD CENTER
+.       HEADING_STYLE 2 \
+          SIZE +4 \
+          QUAD CENTER
+.       HEADING_STYLE 3 \
+          SIZE +2 \
+          QUAD CENTER
+.       DOCHEADER off
+.       PAGINATION off
+.       PAGENUM_HYPHENS off
+.       HEADERS off
+.       FOOTERS off
+.       HEADERS_PLAIN
+.       FOOTERS_PLAIN
+.       nr loop-count 0 1
+.       nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.\" Default 16:9 setup if no ASPECT
+.       PAGE 11i 6.1875i 36p 36p 80p 72p
+.       PT_SIZE 14
+.       AUTOLEAD 4
+.       HEADER_SIZE  -2
+.       while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.          if '\\$1'ASPECT' \{\
+.             if '\\$2'4:3' \{\
+.                PAGE 11i 8.25i 36p 36p 90p 84p
+.                PT_SIZE 16
+.                AUTOLEAD 6
+.                HEADER_SIZE  -3
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$2'16:9' \{\
+.                PAGE 11i 6.1875i 36p 36p 80p 72p
+.                PT_SIZE 14
+.                AUTOLEAD 4
+.                HEADER_SIZE  -2
+.             \}
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'HEADER' \{\
+.             shift 1
+.             nr #SLIDE_HEADERS 1
+.             ds $SLIDE_HDR_L \\$1
+.             ds $SLIDE_HDR_C \\$2
+.             ds $SLIDE_HDR_R \\$3
+.             HEADER_MARGIN 45p
+.             shift 3
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'FOOTER' \{\
+.             shift 1
+.             nr #SLIDE_FOOTERS 1
+.             ds $SLIDE_FTR_L \\$1
+.             ds $SLIDE_FTR_C \\$2
+.             ds $SLIDE_FTR_R \\$3
+.             shift 3
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'TRANSITION' \{\
+.             shift 1
+.             ds $TRANS_TYPE \\$1
+.             shift 1
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'PAUSE' \{\
+.             shift 1
+.             ds $PAUSE_TYPE \\$1
+.             shift 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if d $TRANS_TYPE \
+.          pdftransition PAGE \\*[$TRANS_TYPE]
+.       if d $PAUSE_TYPE \
+.          pdftransition BLOCK \\*[$PAUSE_TYPE]
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#SLIDE_HEADERS]+\\n[#SLIDE_FOOTERS]=2 \{\
+.       HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS L "^\\*[$SLIDE_HDR_L]#\\*[$SLIDE_HDR_C]#\\*[$SLIDE_HDR_R]^" \
+                            L "^\\*[$SLIDE_FTR_L]#\\*[$SLIDE_FTR_C]#\\*[$SLIDE_FTR_R]^"
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#SLIDE_HEADERS] \{\
+.          HEADERS
+.          HEADER_RECTO L "^\\*[$SLIDE_HDR_L]#\\*[$SLIDE_HDR_C]#\\*[$SLIDE_HDR_R]^" \
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#SLIDE_FOOTERS] \{\
+.          FOOTERS
+.          FOOTER_RECTO L "^\\*[$SLIDE_FTR_L]#\\*[$SLIDE_FTR_C]#\\*[$SLIDE_FTR_R]^"
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# +++LETTER MACROS+++
+\#
+\# First, create a register to hold incrementing numbers to be
+\# appended to LETTERHEAD.
+\#
+.nr #FIELD 0 1
+\#
+\# DATE
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores date (entered on the line after .DATE) in diversion
+\#   LETTERHEAD<n>
+\#
+.MAC DATE END
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'' .di
+.    di LETTERHEAD\\n+[#FIELD]
+.    ie \\n[#FIELD]=1 \{\
+.       nr #DATE_FIRST 1
+.       RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    el .LEFT
+.END
+\#
+\# TO
+\# --
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores addressee address (entered on the line after .TO) in
+\#   diversion LETTERHEAD<n>
+\#
+.MAC TO END
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'' .di
+.    di LETTERHEAD\\n+[#FIELD]
+.    LEFT
+.END
+\#
+\# FROM
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores addresser address (entered on the line after .FROM) in
+\#   diversion LETTERHEAD<n>
+\#
+.MAC FROM END
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'' .di
+.    di LETTERHEAD\\n+[#FIELD]
+.    LEFT
+.END
+\#
+\# GREETING
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores greeting (entered on the line after .GREETING) in
+\#   diversion LETTERHEAD<n>
+\#
+.MAC GREETING END
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'' .di
+.    di LETTERHEAD\\n+[#FIELD]
+.    LEFT
+.END
+\#
+\# CLOSING
+\# -------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <closing string>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores greeting in diversion CLOSING.
+\#
+.MAC CLOSING END
+.    if '\\*[$SIG_SPACE]'' .ds $SIG_SPACE 3v
+.    ie ( (2v+\\*[$SIG_SPACE]) > \\n[.t] ) \{\
+.       ie !\\n[@TOP] \{\
+.          ch HEADER
+.          ch FOOTER
+.          br
+.          tm1 "[mom]: Insufficient room for \\$0 and signature line.
+.          ab   [mom]: Terminating '\\n[.F]' before closing.
+.       \}
+.       el .sp
+.    \}
+.    el .br
+.    nr #CLOSING 1
+.    di CLOSING_TEXT
+.END
+\#
+\# CLOSING INDENT
+\# --------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount to indent closing from left margin>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines string $CLOSE_INDENT for use in macro, ALL_DONE.
+\#
+.MAC CLOSING_INDENT END
+.    ds $CLOSE_INDENT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# SIGNATURE_SPACE
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount of space to leave for signature>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines string $SIG_SPACE for use in macro, ALL_DONE.
+\#
+.MAC SIGNATURE_SPACE END
+.    ds $SIG_SPACE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# NO SUITE
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Redefines $FOOTER_RIGHT to blank so that a suite number doesn't
+\#   appear at the bottom of letter pages.
+\#
+.MAC NO_SUITE END
+.    FOOTER_RIGHT ""
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++DEFAULTS FOR DOCUMENT PROCESSING+++
+\#
+\# TYPE-STYLE CONTROL MACROS
+\# -------------------------
+\# The control macros for family, font, size, color and quad are
+\# here grouped together.  Each (e.g., _FAMILY) uses the calling alias
+\# to determine the document element to which the style parameter
+\# applies.  Defaults for all these guys are set in DEFAULTS, and
+\# listed in the "Control Macros" section of the documentation
+\# pertinent to the element whose style is to be changed.
+\#
+.MAC _FAMILY END
+.    ds PARAM      FAM
+.    ds ELEMENT    \\$0
+.    if '\\$0'COPYRIGHT_FAMILY' \
+.       ds ELEMENT COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY
+.    ds FROM_ALIAS \\$0
+.    substring ELEMENT 0 -4    \" Strip 'ILY' from FAMILY
+.    ASSIGN_ELEMENT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC _FONT END
+.    ds PARAM      FT
+.    ds ELEMENT    \\$0
+.    ds FROM_ALIAS \\$0
+.    if '\\$0'COPYRIGHT_FONT' \
+.       ds ELEMENT COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT
+.    substring ELEMENT 0 -5
+.    ds ELEMENT \\*[ELEMENT]FT \" ELEMENT is now \\$0_FT
+.    ASSIGN_ELEMENT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC _SIZE END
+.    ds PARAM       SIZE_CHANGE
+.    ds ELEMENT     \\$0_CHANGE
+.    if '\\$0'CODE_SIZE' \{\
+.       ds PARAM SIZE_ADJ
+.       ds ELEMENT \\$0_ADJ
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'COPYRIGHT_SIZE' \
+.       ds ELEMENT COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE
+.    ds FROM_ALIAS  \\$0
+.    ASSIGN_ELEMENT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC _COLOR END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .return
+.    ds PARAM       COLOR
+.    ds ELEMENT     \\$0
+.    if '\\$0'COPYRIGHT_COLOR' \
+.       ds ELEMENT COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR
+.    ds FROM_ALIAS  \\$0
+.    ASSIGN_ELEMENT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC _CAPS END
+.    ds CAPS_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring CAPS_TYPE 0 7
+.    ds CALLED_AS \\$0
+.    substring CALLED_AS -7
+.    ie '\\*[CALLED_AS]'NO_CAPS' \{\
+.       ie '\\*[CAPS_TYPE]'BIBLIOGR' \{\
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_NO_CAPS' .rr #BIB_STRING_CAPS
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_NO_CAPS' .rr #BIB_STRING_CAPS
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\*[CAPS_TYPE]'ENDNOTES' \{\
+.             if '\\$0'ENDNOTES_HEADER_NO_CAPS' .rr #EN_STRING_CAPS
+.             if '\\$0'ENDNOTES_STRING_NO_CAPS' .rr #EN_STRING_CAPS
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie '\\$0'TOC_HEADER_NO_CAPS' .rr #TOC_STRING_CAPS
+.             el \{\
+.                ds REGISTER_TYPE \\$0
+.                substring REGISTER_TYPE 0 -8
+.                as REGISTER_TYPE CAPS
+.                rr #\\*[REGISTER_TYPE]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\*[CAPS_TYPE]'BIBLIOGR' \{\
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CAPS' .nr #BIB_STRING_CAPS 1
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_CAPS' .nr #BIB_STRING_CAPS 1
+.       \}
+.       el .nr #\\$0 1
+.    \}
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS _NO_CAPS _CAPS
+\#
+.MAC _SMALLCAPS END
+.    ds SMALLCAPS_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring SMALLCAPS_TYPE 0 7
+.    ds CALLED_AS \\$0
+.    substring CALLED_AS -12
+.    ie '\\*[CALLED_AS]'NO_SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.       ie '\\*[SMALLCAPS_TYPE]'BIBLIOGR' \{\
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_NO_SMALLCAPS' .rr #BIB_STRING_SMALLCAPS
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_NO_SMALLCAPS' .rr #BIB_STRING_SMALLCAPS
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\*[SMALLCAPS_TYPE]'ENDNOTES' \{\
+.             if '\\$0'ENDNOTES_HEADER_NO_SMALLCAPS' .rr #EN_STRING_SMALLCAPS
+.             if '\\$0'ENDNOTES_STRING_NO_SMALLCAPS' .rr #EN_STRING_SMALLCAPS
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie '\\$0'TOC_HEADER_NO_SMALLCAPS' .rr #TOC_STRING_SMALLCAPS
+.             el \{\
+.                ds REGISTER_TYPE \\$0
+.                substring REGISTER_TYPE 0 -13
+.                as REGISTER_TYPE SMALLCAPS
+.                rr #\\*[REGISTER_TYPE]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\*[SMALLCAPS_TYPE]'BIBLIOGR' \{\
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_SMALLCAPS' .nr #BIB_STRING_SMALLCAPS 1
+.          if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_SMALLCAPS' .nr #BIB_STRING_SMALLCAPS 1
+.       \}
+.       el .nr #\\$0 1
+.    \}
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS _NO_SMALLCAPS _SMALLCAPS
+\#
+.MAC _QUAD END
+.    if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_QUAD' \{\
+.       if '\\$1'R' .QUAD-ERROR \\$0
+.       if '\\$1'C' .QUAD-ERROR \\$0
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_QUAD' \{\
+.       if '\\$1'R' .QUAD-ERROR \\$0
+.       if '\\$1'C' .QUAD-ERROR \\$0
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_QUAD' \
+.       if !\\n[#DOCS] .DOC_MACRO_ERROR \\$0
+.    ds PARAM       QUAD
+.    ds ELEMENT     \\$0
+.    if '\\$0'COPYRIGHT_QUAD' \
+.       ds ELEMENT COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD
+.    ds FROM_ALIAS  \\$0
+.    ASSIGN_ELEMENT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# Special handling for QUOTE quadding
+\#
+.MAC QUOTE_QUAD END
+.    ds $Q_QUAD \\$0
+.    substring $Q_QUAD 6
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS QUOTE_LEFT   QUOTE_QUAD
+.ALIAS QUOTE_CENTER QUOTE_QUAD
+.ALIAS QUOTE_RIGHT  QUOTE_QUAD
+\#
+.MAC QUAD-ERROR END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: \\$1 at line \\n[.c] of '\\n[.F]' must be set to either L or J.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting.
+.END
+\#
+.MAC ASSIGN_ELEMENT END
+.    rm $\\*[ELEMENT] \" Clear this first
+.\" HDRFTR_<POSITION>_<PARAMETER> need special handling.
+.    ds hdrftr \\*[FROM_ALIAS]
+.    substring hdrftr 0 5
+.    if '\\*[hdrftr]'HDRFTR' \{\
+.       ds hdrftr-pos-element \\*[ELEMENT]
+.\" See if ELEMENT is of the form HDRFTR_<pos>_<param>
+.       substring hdrftr-pos-element 0 7
+.       substring hdrftr-pos-element -1
+.       if !'\\*[ELEMENT]'HDRFTR_COLOR' \{\
+.          if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'L' .nr hdrftr-pos-element 1
+.          if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'C' .nr hdrftr-pos-element 1
+.          if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'R' .nr hdrftr-pos-element 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[hdrftr-pos-element] \{\
+.       ds c1-c5 \\*[ELEMENT]
+.       substring c1-c5 0 4  \" Grab first five letters of the alias
+.    \}
+.\"  If none of the following, convert the substring of the
+.\"  calling alias, ie \*[ELEMENT], into the parameter string, e.g.,
+.\"  $TITLE_FAM, assign arg, and set register.
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'BIBLI' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'BLOCK' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'CITAT' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'ENDNO' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'EPIGR' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'FOOTN' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'HDRFT' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'LINEN' \
+.    if !'\\*[c1-c5]'PAGEN' \{\
+.       ie '\\*[ELEMENT]'CODE_SIZE_ADJ' .nr #\\*[ELEMENT] \\$1
+.       el \{\
+.          ds $\\*[ELEMENT] \\$1
+.          nr #\\*[ELEMENT] 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$\\*[ELEMENT]]'' \{\
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'BIBLI' .ASSIGN_PARAM BIB       \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'BLOCK' .ASSIGN_PARAM BQUOTE_   \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'CITAT' .ASSIGN_PARAM BQUOTE_   \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'ENDNO' .ASSIGN_PARAM EN        \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'EPIGR' .ASSIGN_PARAM EPI_      \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'FOOTN' .ASSIGN_PARAM FN_       \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'HDRFT' .ASSIGN_PARAM HDRFTR_   \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'LINEN' .ASSIGN_PARAM LN_       \\$1
+.       if '\\*[c1-c5]'PAGEN' .ASSIGN_PARAM PAGE_NUM_ \\$1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[hdrftr-pos-element] \{\
+.       if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'L' .ds hdrftr-pos-element LEFT
+.       if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'C' .ds hdrftr-pos-element CENTER
+.       if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'R' .ds hdrftr-pos-element RIGHT
+.       if '\\*[ELEMENT]'HDRFTR_\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]_FAM' \
+.          ds $HDRFTR_\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]_FAM \\$1
+.    \}
+.    rr hdrftr-pos-element
+.    rm hdrftr-pos-element
+.END
+\#
+.MAC ASSIGN_PARAM END
+.    if '\\*[PARAM]'FAM'         .nr substr-index -7
+.    if '\\*[PARAM]'FT'          .nr substr-index -5
+.    if '\\*[PARAM]'SIZE_CHANGE' .nr substr-index -5
+.    if '\\*[PARAM]'COLOR'       .nr substr-index -6
+.    if '\\*[PARAM]'QUAD'        .nr substr-index -5
+.    if '\\$1'BIB' \{\
+.       ds ELEMENT \\*[FROM_ALIAS]
+.       substring ELEMENT 12 \\n[substr-index]
+.       if '\\*[ELEMENT]'_HEADER_' \
+.          ds ELEMENT _STRING_
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'BQUOTE_' .rm ELEMENT
+.    if '\\$1'EN' \{\
+.       ds ELEMENT \\*[FROM_ALIAS]
+.       substring ELEMENT 7 \\n[substr-index]
+.       if '\\*[ELEMENT]'S_HEADER_' \
+.          ds ELEMENT _STRING_
+.       if '\\*[ELEMENT]'_LINENUMBER_' \
+.          ds ELEMENT _LN_
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'EPI_' .rm ELEMENT
+.    if '\\$1'FN_'  .rm ELEMENT
+.    if '\\$1'HDRFTR_' \{\
+.       if '\\*[ELEMENT]'HDRFTR_FAM' \{\
+.          nr #HDRFTR 1
+.          ds $HDRFTR_FAM        \\$2
+.          ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM   \\$2
+.          ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM \\$2
+.          ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM  \\$2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[ELEMENT]'HDRFTR_COLOR' \{\
+.          nr #HDRFTR 1
+.          nr #HDRFTR_COLOR 1
+.          ds $HDRFTR_COLOR \\$2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[ELEMENT]'HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE' \{\
+.          nr #HDRFTR 1
+.          ds $HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE \\$2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[PARAM]'SIZE_CHANGE' \{\
+.          nr #HDRFTR 1
+.          if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'L' \
+.             ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$2
+.          if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'C' \
+.             ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \\$2
+.          if '\\*[hdrftr-pos-element]'R' \
+.             ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$2
+.       \}
+.       if !r #HDRFTR \{\
+.          substring ELEMENT 7 \\n[substr-index]
+.          if '\\*[ELEMENT]'_LEFT' .ds ELEMENT _STRING_
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'LN_'       .rm ELEMENT
+.    if '\\$1'PAGE_NUM_' .rm ELEMENT
+.    if !r #HDRFTR \{\
+.       ds $\\$1\\*[ELEMENT]\\*[PARAM] \\$2
+.       nr #\\$1\\*[ELEMENT]\\*[PARAM] 1
+.    \}
+.    rr #HDRFTR
+.    rm hdrftr-pos-element
+.    rr substr-index
+.    rm FROM_ALIAS
+.    rm ELEMENT
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TITLE_LEAD END
+.    ds $TYPE \\$0
+.    substring $TYPE 0 2
+.    if '\\*[$TYPE]'DOC' .nr DOC_ 1
+.    ds $TYPE \\$0
+.    ie '\\*[$TYPE]'MISC_LEAD' .ds $TYPE COVER_MISC
+.    el .substring $TYPE -6 0
+.    ds $\\*[$TYPE]_LEAD \\$1
+.    nr #\\*[$TYPE]_LEAD 1
+.    rm $TYPE
+.END
+\#
+\# The _STYLE macro, called by various aliases, allows grouping
+\# style parameters for most document elements in a single macro
+\# using 'KEYWORD value' pairs.
+\#
+.MAC _STYLE END
+.    SILENT \" Some of the invoked macros cause unwanted breaks
+.    ds $STYLE_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring $STYLE_TYPE 0 -7
+.    ds $HDR_FTR \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]
+.    length #HDR_FTR_STRING $HDR_FTR
+.    if \\n[#HDR_FTR_STRING]<=5 .substring $HDR_FTR 0 5 \" HEADER or FOOTER
+.    if '\\*[$HDR_FTR]'HEADER' .ds $HDR_FTR HEADER
+.    if '\\*[$HDR_FTR]'FOOTER' .ds $HDR_FTR FOOTER
+.    ds $POS \\$0
+.    substring $POS 7 7
+.    if '\\*[$POS]'L' .ds $POS LEFT
+.    if '\\*[$POS]'C' .ds $POS CENTER
+.    if '\\*[$POS]'R' .ds $POS RIGHT
+.    if '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'\\*[$HDR_FTR]_\\*[$POS]' \{\
+.       ds $\\*[$HDR_FTR]_\\*[$POS] \\*[$HDR_FTR]_\\*[$POS]
+.       ds $STYLE_TYPE HDRFTR_\\*[$POS]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'ENDNOTES_HEADER' \
+.       ds $BIB-EN-TOC EN_STRING
+.    if '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'ENDNOTE_STRING' \
+.       ds $BIB-EN-TOC EN_STRING
+.    if '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER' \
+.       ds $BIB-EN-TOC BIB_STRING
+.    if '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING' \
+.       ds $BIB-EN-TOC BIB_STRING
+.    if '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'TOC_HEADER' \
+.       ds $BIB-EN-TOC TOC_STRING
+.    if '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'PAGENUMBER' \
+.       ds $STYLE_TYPE PAGENUM
+.    nr #LOOP 0 1
+.    nr #STYLE_PARAMS \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[#LOOP]<=\\n[#STYLE_PARAMS] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'FAMILY' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_FAMILY \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FONT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_FONT \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SIZE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_SIZE \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COLOR' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_COLOR \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CAPS' \{\
+.          if \\n[#\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_SMALLCAPS] \{\
+.             tm1 \
+"[mom]: '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_STYLE' contains CAPS and SMALLCAPS. \
+CAPS takes precedence.
+.             rr #\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_SMALLCAPS
+.          \}
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_CAPS
+.          if d $\\*[$HDR_FTR]_LEFT   .HEADER_LEFT_CAPS
+.          if d $\\*[$HDR_FTR]_CENTER .HEADER_CENTER_CAPS
+.          if d $\\*[$HDR_FTR]_CENTRE .HEADER_CENTER_CAPS
+.          if d $\\*[$HDR_FTR]_RIGHT  .HEADER_RIGHT_CAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_CAPS' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_CAPS 0
+.          if !'\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]'' \
+.             rr #\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]_CAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          if \\n[#\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_CAPS] \{\
+.             tm1 \
+"[mom]: '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_STYLE' contains CAPS and SMALLCAPS. \
+SMALLCAPS takes precedence.
+.             rr #\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_CAPS
+.          \}
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_SMALLCAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          rr #\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_SMALLCAPS
+.          if !'\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]'' \
+.             rr #\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]_SMALLCAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'LEAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_LEAD \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'AUTOLEAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_AUTOLEAD \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SPACE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_SPACE \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'QUAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie '\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]'QUOTE' \{\
+.              ds $QUAD_TYPE \\$1
+.              substring $QUAD_TYPE 0 0
+.              if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'L' .QUOTE_LEFT
+.              if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'C' .QUOTE_CENTER
+.              if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'R' .QUOTE_RIGHT
+.          \}
+.          el .\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_QUAD \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'INDENT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_INDENT \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.\" UNDERLINE and UNDERSCORE are identical but we can't use : or &
+.\" in string comparisons.
+.       if '\\$1'UNDERLINE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          if '\\$1'DOUBLE' \{\
+.             as ul-args \\$1 \"
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          nr #COUNT 0 1
+.          while \\n+[#COUNT]<=3 \{\
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                as ul-args \\$1 \"
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_UNDERSCORE \\*[ul-args]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'UNDERSCORE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          if '\\$1'DOUBLE' \{\
+.             as ul-args \\$1 \"
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          nr #COUNT 0 1
+.          while \\n+[#COUNT]<=3 \{\
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                as ul-args \\$1 \"
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          \\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_UNDERSCORE \\*[ul-args]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_UNDERSCORE' \{\
+.          rr #\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE
+.          if !'\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]'' \
+.             rr #\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]_UNDERLINE
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_UNDERLINE' \{\
+.          rr #\\*[$STYLE_TYPE]_UNDERLINE
+.          if !'\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]'' \
+.             rr #\\*[$BIB-EN-TOC]_UNDERLINE
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'V_ADJUST' \{\
+.          shift
+.          COPYRIGHT_V_ADJUST \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rm $STYLE_TYPE
+.    rm $HDR_FTR
+.    rm $POS
+.    rm $HEADER_LEFT
+.    rm $HEADER_CENTER
+.    rm $HEADER_RIGHT
+.    rm $BIB-EN-TOC
+.    rm ul-args
+.    SILENT off
+.END
+.
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_1  ATTRIBUTE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_2  AUTHOR
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_3  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_4  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_5  BLOCKQUOTE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_6  CHAPTER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_7  CHAPTER_TITLE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_8  CODE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_9  COPYRIGHT
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_10 COVER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_11 COVERTITLE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_12 DOC_COVERTITLE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_13 DOCHEADER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_14 DOCTITLE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_15 DOCTYPE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_16 ENDNOTE_TITLE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_17 ENDNOTES_HEADER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_18 ENDNOTE_STRING
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_19 EPIGRAPH
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_20 FINIS
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_21 FOOTER_LEFT
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_22 FOOTER_CENTER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_23 FOOTER_CENTRE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_24 FOOTER_RIGHT
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_25 FOOTNOTE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_26 HEADER_LEFT
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_27 HEADER_CENTER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_28 HEADER_CENTRE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_29 HEADER_RIGHT
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_30 LEAD
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_31 LINENUMBER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_32 MISC
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_33 QUOTE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_34 PAGENUMBER
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_35 SUBTITLE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_36 TITLE
+.ds STYLE_TYPE_37 TOC_HEADER
+.
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=37 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[STYLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_STYLE           _STYLE
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[STYLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_STYLE     _STYLE
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[STYLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_STYLE _STYLE
+.\}
+\#
+\# UNDERLINE CONTROL
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ DOUBLE ] [ <underline weight> [<underline gap>] ] | <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles underlining of the element indicated by the calling alias
+\#   on or off.  Uses #<element>_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT to set the weight,
+\#   and defines string $<element>_UNDERLINE_GAP.
+\#
+.MAC _UNDERLINE END
+.    ds $GET_TITLE_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring $GET_TITLE_TYPE -2
+.    ie '\\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]'NE' \{\
+.\" Called as _UNDERLINE
+.        ds $GET_TITLE_TYPE \\$0
+.        substring $GET_TITLE_TYPE 0 -10
+.        ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.\" Called as _UNDERSCORE
+.        ds $GET_TITLE_TYPE \\$0
+.        substring $GET_TITLE_TYPE 0 -11
+.        ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]
+.    \}
+.    ds $GET_TITLE_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring $GET_TITLE_TYPE 0 2
+.    if '\\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]'BIB' .ds $TITLE_TYPE BIB_STRING_
+.    if '\\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]'SUB' .ds $TITLE_TYPE SUBTITLE_
+.    ds $GET_TITLE_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring $GET_TITLE_TYPE 0 7
+.    if '\\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]'ENDNOTES' .ds $TITLE_TYPE EN_STRING_
+.    ds $GET_TITLE_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring $GET_TITLE_TYPE 0 10
+.    if '\\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]'ENDNOTE_STR' .ds $TITLE_TYPE EN_STRING_
+.    if '\\*[$GET_TITLE_TYPE]'ENDNOTE_TIT' .ds $TITLE_TYPE EN_TITLE_
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE 1
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \{\
+.          ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.             if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.                \\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE_WEIGHT \\$1
+.                nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie '\\$1'DOUBLE' .nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE 2
+.             el .nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE 0
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.               nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE 1
+.               if '\\$1'DOUBLE' \{\
+.                  nr #\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE 2
+.                  shift
+.               \}
+.               \\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE_WEIGHT \\$1
+.               if !'\\$2'' \
+.                  ds $\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]UNDERLINE_GAP \\$2
+.               if !'\\$3'' \
+.                  ds $\\*[$TITLE_TYPE]RULE_GAP \\$3
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rm $TITLE_TYPE
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERLINE _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERSCORE _UNDERLINE
+\#
+\# DEFAULTS
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets up defaults if no values are entered prior to START.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The defaults for $CHAPTER_STRING, $DRAFT_STRING, and
+\#   $REVISION_STRING are in the COPYSTYLE macro.
+\#
+.MAC DEFAULTS END
+.    if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.       ie !d $PAPER \{\
+.          PAGEWIDTH \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]u
+.          PAGELENGTH \\n[.p]u
+.       \}
+.       el .PAPER \\*[$PAPER]
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE] .DOCTYPE DEFAULT
+.    if !r #CH_NUM .nr #CH_NUM 1
+.    ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.    el \
+.       if !\\n[#COPY_STYLE]=1 .PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT
+.    if !\\n[#COPY_STYLE] .COPYSTYLE FINAL
+.    if \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] .COPYSTYLE \\*[$COPY_STYLE]
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#USER_SET_L_LENGTH] \{\
+.          R_MARGIN \\n[#R_MARGIN]u
+.          rr #USER_SET_L_LENGTH
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE SINGLESPACE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COPY_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       COPYSTYLE DRAFT
+.       PAGENUMBER 1
+.    \}
+.    if !r #DOC_HEADER .DOCHEADER
+.    if !r #HEADERS_ON .HEADERS
+.    if !r #PAGINATE   .PAGINATE
+.    if !r #HEADER_MARGIN .HEADER_MARGIN 4P+6p
+.    if !r #HEADER_GAP    .HEADER_GAP 3P
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.       HEADERS OFF
+.       ie \\n[#PAGINATE] \
+.          if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_POS_SET]=0 .PAGENUM_POS TOP CENTER
+.       el \
+.          if !\\n[#T_MARGIN] .T_MARGIN 6P
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#HEADERS_ON] \{\
+.       if !\\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\
+.             HEADER_MARGIN \\n[#HEADER_MARGIN]
+.             HEADER_GAP \\n[#HEADER_GAP]
+.          \}
+.          el .if !r #T_MARGIN .T_MARGIN 6P
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !r #T_MARGIN \
+.       T_MARGIN \\n[#HEADER_MARGIN]+\\n[#HEADER_GAP]
+.    if !r #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE \
+.       nr #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE \\n[#T_MARGIN]
+.    if !r #FOOTER_MARGIN .FOOTER_MARGIN 3P
+.    if !r #FOOTER_GAP    .FOOTER_GAP 3P
+.    if !r #B_MARGIN \
+.       B_MARGIN \\n[#FOOTER_MARGIN]u+\\n[#FOOTER_GAP]u
+.    if !\\n[#HEADER_RULE_GAP] .HEADER_RULE_GAP 4p
+.    if !\\n[#FOOTER_RULE_GAP] .FOOTER_RULE_GAP 4p
+.    if !r #HDRFTR_RULE     .HDRFTR_RULE
+.    if !r #PAGE_NUM_SET    .PAGENUMBER 1
+.\" Read in number registers and strings for type parameters
+.    nr #DOC_L_MARGIN \\n[#L_MARGIN]
+.    nr #DOC_L_LENGTH \\n[#L_LENGTH]
+.    nr #DOC_R_MARGIN \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]-(\\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]+\\n[#L_LENGTH])
+.    ie !'\\*[$SAVED_DOC_FAM]'' \{\
+.       ds $DOC_FAM \\*[$SAVED_DOC_FAM]
+.       rm $SAVED_DOC_FAM
+.    \}
+.    el .ds $DOC_FAM \\*[$FAMILY]
+.    ie !r #DOC_PT_SIZE .nr #DOC_PT_SIZE \\n[#PT_SIZE]
+.    el \
+.       if !\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]=\\n[#PT_SIZE] \
+.          nr #DOC_PT_SIZE \\n[#PT_SIZE]
+.    if \\n[#TOC]          .nr #DOC_PT_SIZE \\n[#TOC_PS]
+.    if \\n[#ENDNOTES]     .nr #DOC_PT_SIZE \\n[#EN_PS]
+.    if \\n[#BIBLIOGRAPHY] .nr #DOC_PT_SIZE \\n[#BIB_PS]
+.    if \
+(\\n[#TOC]=0)&\
+(\\n[#LIST_OF_FIGURES]=0)&\
+(\\n[#LIST_OF_TABLES]=0)&\
+(\\n[#LIST_OF_EQUATIONS]=0) \
+.    nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.    nr #DOC@LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.    if \\n[#AUTO_LEAD] .nr #DOC_AUTOLEAD \\n[#AUTOLEAD_VALUE]
+.\" #SAVED_DOC_LEAD is set in COLLATE
+.    if \\n[#SAVED_DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.       if \
+(\\n[#TOC]=0)&\
+(\\n[#LIST_OF_FIGURES]=0)&\
+(\\n[#LIST_OF_TABLES]=0)&\
+(\\n[#LIST_OF_EQUATIONS]=0) \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#DOC_LEAD]=\\n[#SAVED_DOC_LEAD] .nr #RERUN_TRAPS 1
+.          el .nr #SKIP_TRAPS 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 .
+.    el \
+.       if !\\n[#DOC_LEAD_ADJUST_OFF] .DOC_LEAD_ADJUST
+.    ie d$RESTORE_DOC_QUAD \{\
+.       ds $DOC_QUAD \\*[$RESTORE_DOC_QUAD]
+.       rm $RESTORE_DOC_QUAD
+.    \}
+.    el .ds $DOC_QUAD \\*[$QUAD_VALUE]
+.    if '\\*[$FONT]''   .FT R
+.    if '\\*[$PP_FT]''  .ds $PP_FT \\*[$FONT]
+.    FT \\*[$PP_FT]
+.\" Counters
+.    nr #PP                0
+.    nr #FN_NUMBER         0 1
+.    nr #EN_NUMBER         0 1
+.    nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1
+.    nr #DONE_ONCE         0 1
+.\" Enable shimming if user hasn't turned it off
+.   if \\n[#NO_SHIM]=2 \{\
+.      rr #NO_SHIM
+.      nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.   \}
+.\" General style defaults for both PRINTSTYLEs
+.    nr #PP_STYLE 1
+.    PARA_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.    if !d $HDRFTR_FAM           .ds $HDRFTR_FAM \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    if !d $HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE   .HDRFTR_SIZE +0
+.    if !d $PAGE_NUM_FAM         .PAGENUM_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    if !d $PAGE_NUM_FT          .PAGENUM_FONT R
+.    if !d $PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE .PAGENUM_SIZE +0
+.    if !r #PAGE_NUM_POS_SET     .PAGENUM_POS BOTTOM CENTER
+.    ie \\n[#PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS_SET] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS]=0 .PAGENUM_HYPHENS OFF
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS]=1 .PAGENUM_HYPHENS
+.    \}
+.    el \
+.       if !d$PAGENUM_STRING .PAGENUM_HYPHENS
+.    if !d $FN_FAM     .FOOTNOTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    if !d $FN_FT      .FOOTNOTE_FONT R
+.    if !d $FN_QUAD    .FOOTNOTE_QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.    if !r #FN_RULE    .FOOTNOTE_RULE
+.    if !r #FN_MARKERS .FOOTNOTE_MARKERS
+.    if \\n[#FN_MARKERS]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_REF]=1 \
+.          if !\\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE] .FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE NUMBER
+.       if !\\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE] .FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE STAR
+.    \}
+.    if !r #EN_MARKER_STYLE .ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE SUPERSCRIPT
+.    if !d $EN_PN_STYLE     .ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE digit
+.    if !d $EN_FAM          .ENDNOTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    if !d $EN_FT           .ENDNOTE_FONT R
+.    if !d $EN_QUAD \{\
+.       ds quad-check \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.       substring quad-check 0 0
+.       if '\\*[$DOC_QUAD]'C' .nr quad-check 1
+.       if '\\*[$DOC_QUAD]'R' .nr quad-check 1
+.       ie \\n[quad-check] .ENDNOTE_QUAD J
+.       el .ENDNOTE_QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.       rr quad-check
+.    \}
+.    if !d $EN_STRING       .ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING "Endnotes"
+.    if !d $EN_STRING_FAM   .ENDNOTES_HEADER_FAMILY \\*[$EN_FAM]
+.    if !d $EN_STRING_QUAD  .ENDNOTES_HEADER_QUAD CENTER
+.    if !d $EN_TITLE \{\
+.       ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.             ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' .ENDNOTE_TITLE "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]"
+.             el .ENDNOTE_TITLE \
+"\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]: \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]"
+.          \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' .ENDNOTE_TITLE "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING]"
+.                el .ENDNOTE_TITLE "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       el .ENDNOTE_TITLE "\\*[$TITLE]"
+.    \}
+.    if !d $EN_TITLE_FAM  .ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$EN_FAM]
+.    if !d $EN_TITLE_QUAD .ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD LEFT
+.    if !d $EN_NUMBER_FAM .ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY \\*[$EN_FAM]
+.    if !d $EN_LN_FAM     .ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FAMILY \\*[$EN_FAM]
+.    if !r #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT \{\
+.       if !r #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 2
+.          el .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN RIGHT 4
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !r #EN_LN_GAP            .ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_GAP 1m
+.    if !r #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS    .ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS
+.    if !d $BIB_PN_STYLE         .BIBLIOGRAPHY_PAGENUM_STYLE digit
+.    if !d $BIB_FAM              .BIBLIOGRAPHY_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    if !d $BIB_FT               .BIBLIOGRAPHY_FONT R
+.    if !d $BIB_QUAD \{\
+.       ds quad-check \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.       substring quad-check 0 0
+.       if '\\*[$DOC_QUAD]'C' .nr quad-check 1
+.       if '\\*[$DOC_QUAD]'R' .nr quad-check 1
+.       ie \\n[quad-check] .BIBLIOGRAPHY_QUAD J
+.       el .BIBLIOGRAPHY_QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.       rr quad-check
+.    \}
+.    if !d $BIB_STRING           .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING "Bibliography"
+.    if !d $BIB_STRING_FAM       .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_FAMILY \\*[$BIB_FAM]
+.    if !d $BIB_STRING_QUAD      .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_QUAD CENTER
+.    if !d $TOC_HEADER_STRING    .TOC_HEADER_STRING "Contents"
+.    if !d $TOC_HEADER_QUAD      .TOC_HEADER_QUAD LEFT
+.    if !d $TOC_PN_STYLE         .TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE roman
+.    if !r #TOC_PN_PADDING       .TOC_PADDING 3
+.\" Line numbering
+.    if !r #LN_GUTTER      .nr #LN_GUTTER 2
+.    if !r #Q_LN_GUTTER    .nr #Q_LN_GUTTER 2
+.    if !r #BQ_LN_GUTTER   .nr #BQ_LN_GUTTER 2
+.    if !d $LN_FAM         .ds $LN_FAM \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    if !d $LN_FT          .ds $LN_FT R
+.    if !d $LN_SIZE_CHANGE .ds $LN_SIZE_CHANGE +0
+.    if !d $LN_COLOR       .ds $LN_COLOR black
+.\" PDF link colour
+.    if !\\n[PDFHREF_COLOR_SET] .PDF_LINK_COLOR 0.0 0.3 0.9
+.\" PDF frame
+.    if !d pdf-img:frame-weight .ds pdf-img:frame-weight .5
+.    if !d pdf-img:frame-color  .ds pdf-img:frame-color  black
+.\" Captions, labels, sources
+.\" All at default doc specs except leading, which is autolead 2
+.   nr label-type-counter 0 1
+.   while \\n+[label-type-counter]<=5 \{\
+.      if \\n[label-type-counter]=1 .ds label-type eqn
+.      if \\n[label-type-counter]=2 .ds label-type pdf-img
+.      if \\n[label-type-counter]=3 .ds label-type pic
+.      if \\n[label-type-counter]=4 .ds label-type tbl
+.      if \\n[label-type-counter]=5 .ds label-type floating
+.      nr spec-type-counter 0 1
+.      while \\n+[spec-type-counter]<=3 \{\
+.         if \\n[spec-type-counter]=1 .ds spec-type label
+.         if \\n[spec-type-counter]=2 .ds spec-type caption
+.         if \\n[spec-type-counter]=3 .ds spec-type source
+.         set-defaults
+.         set-inline-specs
+.      \}
+.      rm label-type
+.      rm spec-type
+.   \}
+.\" String defaults for both PRINTSTYLEs
+.    ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=1 \{\
+.       ie '\\*[$DOCTITLE]'' \{\
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0  .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1]
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0 .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$TITLE]
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[#COPY_STYLE]=1             .DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0   .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1]
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$TITLE]
+.          if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0  .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$DOCTITLE]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0  .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1]
+.       if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0 .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$TITLE]
+.    \}
+.    if !d $ATTRIBUTE_STRING  .ds $ATTRIBUTE_STRING by
+.    if !d $FINIS_STRING      .FINIS_STRING "End"
+.    if !r #FINIS_STRING_CAPS .nr #FINIS_STRING_CAPS 1
+.\" Covers
+.    if !r #DOC_COVERS_OFF           .nr #DOC_COVERS 1
+.    if !r #COVERS_OFF               .nr #COVERS 1
+.    if !d $COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD     .COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD R
+.    if !d $COVER_MISC_QUAD          .COVER_MISC_QUAD L
+.    if !d $MISC_QUAD                .MISC_QUAD L
+.    if !d $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD R
+.    if !d $DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD      .DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD L
+.\" Defaults for printstyle TYPEWRITE
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       TYPEWRITER
+.       SS DEFAULT
+.       if \\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES]=1 .UNDERLINE_QUOTES
+.       if \\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES]=0 .UNDERLINE_QUOTES OFF
+.       if !\\n[#HDRFTR_PLAIN] \{\
+.          if !r #HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS .nr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS 1
+.          if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS]=0 \
+.             if !d $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE .HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE +0
+.       \}
+.\" +Doctype underlining (if NAMED)
+.       if !r #DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE .nr #DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE 1
+.\" +Quotes and blockquotes
+.       if !r #Q_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.          if '\\*[$Q_OFFSET_VALUE]'' \
+.             QUOTE_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]u+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u)
+.       if !d $Q_QUAD .QUOTE_LEFT
+.       if !d $BQUOTE_QUAD        .BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD LEFT
+.       if !r #BQ_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.          if '\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]'' \
+.             BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]u+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u)
+.\" +Epigraphs
+.       if !r #EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.          if '\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]'' .EPIGRAPH_INDENT 2
+.\" +Linebreaks
+.       if !d $LINEBREAK_CHAR .LINEBREAK_CHAR * 3 2p
+.\" +Footnotes
+.       if !d $FN_SIZE_CHANGE .FOOTNOTE_SIZE +0
+.       if !r #FN_RULE_LENGTH .FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH 2i
+.\" +Endnotes
+.       if !r #EN_PP_INDENT .ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]
+.       if !r #EN_STRING_CAPS .ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS
+.       if !r #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE .nr #EN_STRING_UNDERLINE 2
+.\" +Footnotes
+.       if !r #FN_RULE_ADJ .FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ 6p
+.\" +Slant stuff
+.       if !r #SLANT_MEANS_SLANT \{\
+.          ie \\n[#UNDERLINE_SLANT]=1 .UNDERLINE_SLANT
+.          el .UNDERLINE_SLANT OFF
+.       \}
+.\" +Bibliography
+.       if !r #BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE .nr #BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE 2
+.       if !r #BIB_STRING_CAPS .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_CAPS
+.    \}
+.\" Defaults for printstyle TYPESET
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       if !d $DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ .DOCHEADER_LEAD +0
+.\" +Cover
+.       if !d $COVER_LEAD_ADJ .COVER_LEAD +0
+.       if !d $COVER_FAM      .COVER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.\" (title)
+.       if !d $COVER_TITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_TITLE_FT .COVER_TITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_TITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (doctitle)
+.       if !d $COVER_DOCTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .COVER_DOCTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_DOCTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_DOCTITLE_FT          .COVER_DOCTITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $COVER_DOCTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_DOCTITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (covertitle)
+.       if !d $COVER_COVERTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_COVERTITLE_FT .COVER_COVERTITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $COVER_COVERTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_COVERTITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (doc_covertitle)
+.       if !d $COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FT .COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (chapter)
+.       if !d $COVER_CHAPTER_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_CHAPTER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_CHAPTER_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_CHAPTER_FT .COVER_CHAPTER_FONT B
+.       if !d $COVER_CHAPTER_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_CHAPTER_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (chapter title)
+.       if !d $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT BI
+.       if !d $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4
+.\" (subtitle)
+.       if !d $COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_SUBTITLE_FT .COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT R
+.       if !d $COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE +0
+.\" (attribution and author[s])
+.       if !d $COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FT .COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FONT I
+.       if !d $COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $COVER_AUTHOR_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_AUTHOR_FT .COVER_AUTHOR_FONT I
+.       if !d $COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE +0
+.\" (doctype if "named")
+.       if !d $COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_DOCTYPE_FT .COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT BI
+.       if !d $COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE +3
+.\" (copyright)
+.       if !d $COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT .COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT R
+.       if !d $COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -2
+.\" (misc)
+.       if !d $COVER_MISC_FAM         .COVER_MISC_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $COVER_MISC_FT          .COVER_MISC_FONT R
+.       if !d $COVER_MISC_SIZE_CHANGE .COVER_MISC_SIZE -2
+.       if !r #COVER_MISC_LEAD        .COVER_MISC_LEAD 14.5
+.\" +Doc cover
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ .DOC_COVER_LEAD +0
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_FAM      .DOC_COVER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.\" (title)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_TITLE_FT          .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (doctitle)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOCTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_DOCTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_DOCTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOCTITLE_FT          .DOC_COVER_DOCTITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOCTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_DOCTITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (covertitle)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_COVERTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_COVERTITLE_FT .DOC_COVER_COVERTITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_COVERTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_COVERTITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (doc_covertitle)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FT .DOC_COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_DOC_COVERTITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (chapter)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_FT          .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_FONT B
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_SIZE +3.5
+.\" (chapter title)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT BI
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4
+.\" (subtitle)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FT .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT R
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE +0
+.\" (attribution and author[s])
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FT .DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FONT I
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FT .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FONT I
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE +0
+.\" (doctype if "named")
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FT .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT BI
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE +3
+.\" (copyright)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOC_COVER_FAM .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT R
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -2
+.\" (misc)
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_MISC_FAM         .DOC_COVER_MISC_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_MISC_FT          .DOC_COVER_MISC_FONT R
+.       if !d $DOC_COVER_MISC_SIZE_CHANGE .DOC_COVER_MISC_SIZE -2
+.       if !r #DOC_COVER_MISC_LEAD        .DOC_COVER_MISC_LEAD 14.5
+.\" +Docheader
+.       if !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .DOCHEADER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $TITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $TITLE_FT .TITLE_FONT B
+.\" Title size change
+.       if !d $TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{\
+.          ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 .TITLE_SIZE +4
+.          el .TITLE_SIZE +3.5
+.       \}
+.       if !d $CHAPTER_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .CHAPTER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .CHAPTER_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $CHAPTER_FT .CHAPTER_FONT B
+.       if !d $CHAPTER_SIZE_CHANGE .CHAPTER_SIZE +4
+.       if !d $CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $CHAPTER_TITLE_FT          .CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT BI
+.       if !d $CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4
+.       if !d $SUBTITLE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $SUBTITLE_FT          .SUBTITLE_FONT R
+.       if !d $SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE .SUBTITLE_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $ATTRIBUTE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .ATTRIBUTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .ATTRIBUTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $ATTRIBUTE_FT          .ATTRIBUTE_FONT I
+.       if !d $ATTRIBUTE_SIZE_CHANGE .ATTRIBUTE_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $AUTHOR_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $AUTHOR_FT          .AUTHOR_FONT I
+.       if !d $AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE .AUTHOR_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $DOCTYPE_FAM \{\
+.          ie !d $DOCHEADER_FAM .DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el .DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM]
+.       \}
+.       if !d $DOCTYPE_FT          .DOCTYPE_FONT BI
+.       if !d $DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE .DOCTYPE_SIZE +3
+.\" +Headers and footers
+.       if !\\n[#HDRFTR_PLAIN] \{\
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM \
+.             HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_LEFT_FT \
+.              HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT R
+.          if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS] \
+.             if !d $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE \
+.                HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -2
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE \
+.              HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -.5
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM \
+.              HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_CENTER_FT .HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT I
+.          if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS] \
+.             if !d $HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \
+.                HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -2
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \
+.              HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.5
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM \
+.             HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT .HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT R
+.          ie !r #HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS \{\
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS 1
+.             if !d $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \
+.                HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -2
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS]=0 \
+.                if !d $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \
+.                   HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -.5
+.          \}
+.          ie !\\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS] \{\
+.             if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS] \
+.                if !d $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \
+.                   HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -2
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             nr #SKIP_CAPS_SMALLCAPS_WARNING 1
+.             if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS] .HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS OFF
+.          \}
+.          if !d $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE .HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -.5
+.       \}
+.\" +Quotes
+.       if !d $QUOTE_FAM         .QUOTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $QUOTE_FT          .QUOTE_FONT I
+.       if !d $QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE .QUOTE_SIZE +0
+.       if !r #Q_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.          if '\\*[$Q_OFFSET_VALUE]'' .QUOTE_INDENT 3
+.       if !d $Q_QUAD .QUOTE_LEFT
+.\" +Blockquotes
+.\"  Note: the leading for quotes and blockquotes is set after .DEFAULTS in START
+.       if !d $BQUOTE_FAM         .BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $BQUOTE_FT          .BLOCKQUOTE_FONT R
+.       if !d $BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE .BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE -1
+.       if !d $BQUOTE_QUAD        .BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD LEFT
+.       if !r #BQ_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.          if '\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]'' .BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT 3
+.\" +Epigraphs
+.       if !d $EPI_FAM         .EPIGRAPH_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $EPI_FT          .EPIGRAPH_FONT R
+.       if !d $EPI_SIZE_CHANGE .EPIGRAPH_SIZE -1.5
+.       if !r #EPI_AUTOLEAD    .EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD 2
+.       if !d $EPI_QUAD        .EPIGRAPH_QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.       if !r #EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.          if '\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]'' .EPIGRAPH_INDENT 3
+.\" +Linebreaks
+.       if !d $LINEBREAK_CHAR  .LINEBREAK_CHAR * 3 3p
+.       if !d $LINEBREAK_COLOR .LINEBREAK_COLOR black
+.\" +Footnotes
+.       if !r #FN_RULE_LENGTH .FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH 4P
+.       if !r #FN_RULE_ADJ    .FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ 3p
+.       if !d $FN_SIZE_CHANGE .FOOTNOTE_SIZE -2
+.       if !r #FN_AUTOLEAD    .FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD 2
+.\" +Endnotes
+.       if !r #EN_PS                 .ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE (\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u)
+.       if !d $EN_STRING_FT          .ENDNOTES_HEADER_FONT B
+.       if !d $EN_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE .ENDNOTES_HEADER_SIZE +3.5
+.       if !d $EN_TITLE_FT           .ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT B
+.       if !d $EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE  .ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $EN_NUMBER_FT          .ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT B
+.       if !d $EN_LN_FT              .ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FONT R
+.       if !d $EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE .ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $EN_LN_SIZE_CHANGE     .ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SIZE +0
+.       if !r #EN_PP_INDENT          .ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT 1.5m
+.       if !d $EN_SPACE              .ENDNOTE_SPACING 0
+.\" +Bibliography
+.       if !r #BIB_LIST               .BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE PLAIN
+.       if !r #BIB_PS                 .BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE (\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u)
+.       if !d $BIB_STRING_FT          .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_FONT B
+.       if !d $BIB_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE .BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_SIZE +3.5
+.\" +Table of contents
+.       if !d $TOC_FAM                .TOC_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if !r #TOC_PS                 .TOC_PT_SIZE (\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u)
+.       if '\\*[$TOC_LEAD]''          .TOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC@LEAD]u ADJUST
+.       if !d $TOC_HEADER_FAM         .TOC_HEADER_FAMILY \\*[$TOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $TOC_HEADER_SIZE_CHANGE .TOC_HEADER_SIZE +3.5
+.       if !d $TOC_HEADER_FT          .TOC_HEADER_FONT B
+.       if !d $TOC_PN_FAM             .TOC_PN_FAMILY \\*[$TOC_FAM]
+.       if !d $TOC_PN_FT              .TOC_PN_FONT R
+.       if !d $TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE     .TOC_PN_SIZE +0
+.       if !d $TOC_TITLE_FAM          .TOC_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$TOC_FAM]
+.    \}
+.\" +Refer support
+.    if !r #EN_REF .nr #FN_REF 1
+.    if !d $REF_FN_INDENT \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .INDENT_REFS FOOTNOTE .5i
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .INDENT_REFS FOOTNOTE 2m
+.    \}
+.    if !d $REF_EN_INDENT \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .INDENT_REFS ENDNOTE .5i
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .INDENT_REFS ENDNOTE 2m
+.    \}
+.    if !d $REF_BIB_INDENT \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .INDENT_REFS BIBLIO .5i
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .INDENT_REFS BIBLIO 2m
+.    \}
+.\" Define strings for idem entries
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .char \[idem] \[hy]\[hy]\[hy]
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .char \[idem] \v'-.3m'\l'3m'\v'.3m'
+.\" Adjust doc leading for PRINTSTYLE TYPESET
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.       if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 .DOC_LEAD_ADJUST
+.\" This diversion is to get a value for #FN_AUTOLEAD
+.    di NULL
+.       if \\n[#AUTO_LEAD] \{\
+.          nr #RESTORE_AUTO_LEAD 1
+.          nr #SAVED_AUTOLEAD_VALUE \\n[#AUTOLEAD_VALUE]
+.       \}
+.       ev NULL
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          ps \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.          ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .vs \\n[#ORIGINAL_DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el .vs \\n[#ORIGINAL_DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ps  \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$FN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#FN_AUTOLEAD]u
+.       \}
+.       nr #FN_LEAD \\n[#LEAD]
+.       ev
+.    di
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_AUTO_LEAD] \{\
+.       nr #AUTO_LEAD 1
+.       nr #AUTOLEAD_VALUE  \\n[#SAVED_AUTOLEAD_VALUE]
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#SKIP_TRAPS] .TRAPS
+.    rr #SKIP_TRAPS
+.    if \\n[#REMOVE_ADJ] .DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD_ADJ]u
+.    if (\\n[#FOOTER_MARGIN]+\\n[.v]>=\\n[#B_MARGIN]) \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: Your chosen bottom margin for running text is too close to the footer margin.
+.       tm1 "       No footers or bottom-of-page page numbers will be printed.
+.       tm1 "       Please reset B_MARGIN or FOOTER_MARGIN to allow enough space.
+.       tm1 "       If no footers or bottom-of-page page numbers are required,
+.       tm1 "       invoke .FOOTER_MARGIN 0 before .START
+.       nr #SKIP_FOOTER 1
+.    \}
+.\" Endnote, bibliography and toc leading
+.    nr #OK_PROCESS_LEAD 1
+.    nr #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.    nr #RESTORE_B_MARGIN \\n[#B_MARGIN]
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{\
+.          ENDNOTE_LEAD      12 ADJUST
+.          BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD 12 ADJUST
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#EN_SINGLESPACE] .ENDNOTE_LEAD 12 ADJUST
+.          el .ENDNOTE_LEAD 24 ADJUST
+.          ie \\n[#BIB_SINGLESPACE] .BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD 12 ADJUST
+.          el .BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD 24 ADJUST
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       ie !d $EN_LEAD  .ENDNOTE_LEAD \\n[#UNADJUSTED_DOC_LEAD]u ADJUST
+.       el .ENDNOTE_LEAD \\*[$EN_LEAD] \\*[$ADJUST_EN_LEAD]
+.       ie !d $BIB_LEAD .BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD \\n[#UNADJUSTED_DOC_LEAD]u ADJUST
+.       el .BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD \\*[$BIB_LEAD] \\*[$ADJUST_BIB_LEAD]
+.       ie !d $TOC_LEAD .TOC_LEAD \\n[#UNADJUSTED_DOC_LEAD]u \\*[$ADJUST_TOC_LEAD]
+.       el .TOC_LEAD \\*[$TOC_LEAD] \\*[$ADJUST_TOC_LEAD]
+.    \}
+.    ie !d $BIB_SPACE .BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING 0
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#DEFER_BIB_SPACING]=1 \{\
+.          BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING \\*[$BIB_SPACE]
+.          rr #DEFER_BIB_SPACING
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_DOC_LEAD]u
+.    nr #B_MARGIN \\n[#RESTORE_B_MARGIN]
+.    vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#RERUN_TRAPS] \{\
+.          TRAPS
+.          rr #RERUN_TRAPS
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" Set default heading and toc-entry family if not done already
+.    nr #HD_LEVEL 0 1 \" loop step
+.    nr #LOOP 9       \" loop count
+.    while \\n+[#HD_LEVEL]<=\\n[#LOOP] \{\
+.       if '\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#HD_LEVEL]_FAM]'' \
+.           ds $HEAD_\\n[#HD_LEVEL]_FAM \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.       if '\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#HD_LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]'' \
+.           ds $HEAD_\\n[#HD_LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ \\n[.v]/10
+.       if '\\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#HD_LEVEL]_FAM]'' \
+.           ds $TOC_HEAD_\\n[#HD_LEVEL]_FAM \\*[$TOC_FAM]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$TOC_TITLE_FAM]'' .TOC_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.\" TOC heading (single, non-pagenumbered line insertion)
+.    if !d $TOC_HEADING_FAM   .ds $TOC_HEADING_FAM \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    if !d $TOC_HEADING_FT    .ds $TOC_HEADING_FT R
+.    if !d $TOC_HEADING_SIZE  .ds $TOC_HEADING_SIZE +0
+.    if !d $TOC_HEADING_COLOR .ds $TOC_HEADING_COLOR black
+.    if !d $TOC_HEADING_QUAD  .ds $TOC_HEADING_QUAD L
+.    if !d $SPACE_ABOVE       .ds $SPACE_ABOVE .75v
+.    if !d $SPACE_BENEATH     .ds $SPACE_BENEATH .25v
+.\" Re-run MNinit to capture strings and registers set in DEFAULTS.
+.    if !'\\*[$MN-arg1]'' \{\
+.       MNinit \
+\\*[$MN-arg1] \\*[$MN-arg2] \
+\\*[$MN-arg3] \\*[$MN-arg4] \
+\\*[$MN-arg5] \\*[$MN-arg6] \
+\\*[$MN-arg7] \\*[$MN-arg8] \
+\\*[$MN-arg9]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .nr #IGNORE 1
+.    if \\n[#AUTO_LEAD] \{\
+.       rr #AUTO_LEAD
+.       rr #AUTOLEAD_VALUE
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# =================================================================
+\#
+\# Macros and aliases needed for doccover, cover, and docheader in
+\# START.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_HEADER_QUAD END
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_HEADER_QUAD' .ds $CALLING_MACRO DOCHEADER
+.    if '\\$0'COVER_H_POS'     .ds $CALLING_MACRO COVER
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_H_POS' .ds $CALLING_MACRO DOC_COVER
+.    ie !'\\*[$\\*[$CALLING_MACRO]_QUAD]'' \{\
+.       substring $\\*[$CALLING_MACRO]_QUAD 0 0
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[$CALLING_MACRO]_QUAD]'L' .LEFT
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[$CALLING_MACRO]_QUAD]'C' .CENTER
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[$CALLING_MACRO]_QUAD]'C' .RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    el .CENTER
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS COVER_H_POS     DOC_HEADER_QUAD
+.ALIAS DOC_COVER_H_POS DOC_HEADER_QUAD
+\#
+.MAC DO_TITLE_OR_AUTHOR END
+.    ie '\\$0'DO_AUTHORS' .ds $TTL_AUTH AUTHOR
+.    el .ds $TTL_AUTH TITLE
+.    if '\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_1]'' \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]DOC\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_1]'' \
+.          ds $\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_1 "\&"
+.       if !'\\*[$AUTHOR_1]'' .rm $PRFX
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_1]'' \{\
+.       if '\\$0'DO_SUBTITLE' \{\
+.          if '\\*[$PRFX]'\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUB' \{\
+.             ds $PRFX SUB
+.             nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUB 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          if (\\n[#COVER]=1):(\\n[#DOC_COVER]=1) \
+.             if !'\\*[$PRFX]'SUB' \
+.                rn $PRFX $PRFX_SAVED
+.          fam  \\*[$\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_FAM]
+.          ft   \\*[$\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_FT]
+.          ps \
+\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          if '\\*[$COVER_TYPE]'' .vs \\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD]u
+.          if !'\\*[$\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_LEAD]'' \{\
+.             vs \\*[$\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_LEAD]
+.             if \\n[#DOCHEADER] .sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#CHAPTER+TITLE]=1 .ALD \\n[.v]u/4u \" A little space before the chapter title
+.          if \\n[#\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_COLOR]
+.          if \\n[#\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.          if \\n[#\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_SMALLCAPS]=1 .SMALLCAPS
+.          if (\\n[#COVER]=1):(\\n[#DOC_COVER]=1) \
+.             rn $PRFX_SAVED $PRFX
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=2 \
+.             ds $PRFX DOC
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUB] \{\
+.          rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUB
+.          ds $PRFX \\*[DOC_]COVER_SUB
+.          ds $SAVED_COVER_TYPE \\*[$COVER_TYPE]
+.          rm $COVER_TYPE
+.       \}
+.       nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.       while \\n[#\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_NUM]>=\\n+[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.             ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]
+.             ie \\n[#\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_UNDERLINE]=2 \{\
+.                ie !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.                   UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_RULE_GAP] \
+"\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.                   UNDERSCORE "\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                el .PRINT "\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             PRINT "\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#ARG_NUM]>1 .as PDF_BM " \"
+.          as PDF_BM \\*[$\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.       \}
+.       rm $TITLE_TYPE
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .vs
+.       if \\n[#\\*[$COVER_TYPE]\\*[$PRFX]\\*[$TTL_AUTH]_COLOR]=1 \
+.          gcolor
+.       SMALLCAPS off
+.       CAPS off
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$SAVED_COVER_TYPE]'' \{\
+.      ds $COVER_TYPE \\*[$SAVED_COVER_TYPE]
+.      rm $SAVED_COVER_TYPE
+.   \}
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DO_TITLE    DO_TITLE_OR_AUTHOR
+.ALIAS DO_SUBTITLE DO_TITLE_OR_AUTHOR
+.ALIAS DO_AUTHORS  DO_TITLE_OR_AUTHOR
+\#
+.MAC DO_CHAPTER END
+.    fam \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_FAM]
+.    ft     \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_FT]
+.    ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_COLOR]=1 \
+.       COLOR \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_COLOR]
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_SMALLCAPS]=1 .SMALLCAPS
+.    ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.       ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[$COVER_TYPE]CHAPTER
+.       ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.          UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.       el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.    \}
+.    el .PRINT "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.    gcolor
+.    SMALLCAPS off
+.    CAPS off
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DO_TITLE    DO_TITLE_OR_AUTHOR
+.ALIAS DO_SUBTITLE DO_TITLE_OR_AUTHOR
+.ALIAS DO_AUTHORS  DO_TITLE_OR_AUTHOR
+\#
+.MAC DO_CHAPTER END
+.    fam \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_FAM]
+.    ft     \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_FT]
+.    ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_COLOR]=1 \
+.       COLOR \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_COLOR]
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_SMALLCAPS]=1 .SMALLCAPS
+.    ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.       ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[$COVER_TYPE]CHAPTER
+.       ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.          UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.       el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.    \}
+.    el .PRINT "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.    gcolor
+.    SMALLCAPS off
+.    CAPS off
+.END
+\#
+\# Spacing adjustments for (doc)cover and docheader elements
+\#
+.MAC _SPACE END
+.   ds $\\$0R \\$1
+.END
+.
+.ds SPACER_TYPE_1 SUBTITLE
+.ds SPACER_TYPE_2 ATTRIBUTE
+.ds SPACER_TYPE_3 AUTHOR
+.ds SPACER_TYPE_4 CHAPTER_TITLE
+.ds SPACER_TYPE_5 DOCTYPE
+.
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=5 \{\
+.   ALIAS \*[SPACER_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SPACE           _SPACE
+.   ALIAS COVER_\*[SPACER_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SPACE     _SPACE
+.   ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[SPACER_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SPACE _SPACE
+.\}
+\#
+.MAC DEFAULT_DOCHEADER END
+.    nr #DOCHEADER 1
+.    DOC_HEADER_QUAD
+.    vs \\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.       if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.          COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.    DO_TITLE
+.    rr #DOCHEADER
+.    if !'\\*[$SUBTITLE_1]'' \{\
+.       ds $PRFX SUB
+.       if !'\\*[$SUBTITLE_SPACER]'' .sp \\*[$SUBTITLE_SPACER]
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.          if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.       DO_SUBTITLE
+.       rm $PRFX
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#NO_PRINT_AUTHOR] \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$AUTHOR_1]'' \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             TYPEWRITER
+.             ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             el .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.             sp
+.          \}
+.          el .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u\\*[$DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ]
+.          if d$ATTRIBUTE_STRING \{\
+.             FAMILY \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_FAM]
+.             FT     \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_FT]
+.             ps \
+\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.             if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.                COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.             if \\n[#ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]=1 \
+.                COLOR \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]
+.             if \\n[#ATTRIBUTE_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.             if !'\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_SPACER]'' \
+.                sp \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_SPACER]
+.             ie \\n[#ATTRIBUTE_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.                ds $TITLE_TYPE ATTRIBUTE
+.                ie \\n[#ATTRIBUTE_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.                   UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]"
+.                el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]"
+.             \}
+.             el .PRINT "\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]"
+.             if \\n[#ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.             CAPS off
+.          \}
+.          if !'\\*[$AUTHOR_SPACER]'' .sp \\*[$AUTHOR_SPACER]
+.          if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.          DO_AUTHORS
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    FT R
+.END
+\#
+.MAC DEFAULT_DOCHEADER_TYPEWRITE END
+.    CENTER
+.    TYPEWRITER
+.    if !\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{\
+.       vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.       sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.       ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \
+.          vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u)
+.       el .vs (\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u)+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u)
+.       CAPS
+.       DO_TITLE
+.       CAPS OFF
+.       vs
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$SUBTITLE]'' \{\
+.       ds $PRFX SUB
+.       sp
+.       DO_SUBTITLE
+.       rm $PRFX
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#NO_PRINT_AUTHOR] \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$AUTHOR_1]'' \{\
+.          sp
+.          if d$ATTRIBUTE_STRING .PRINT "\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]
+.          sp
+.          DO_AUTHORS
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC CHAPTER_DOCHEADER END
+.    DOC_HEADER_QUAD
+.    FAMILY  \\*[$CHAPTER_FAM]
+.    FT      \\*[$CHAPTER_FT]
+.    ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$CHAPTER_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    vs \\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD]u
+.\" Chapter title only
+.    ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.          if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.       if !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.          ds $PRFX CHAPTER_
+.          nr #DOCHEADER 1
+.          DO_TITLE
+.          rr #DOCHEADER
+.          rm $PRFX
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" Chapter string, possibly with a chapter title
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.          if \\n[#CHAPTER_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$CHAPTER_COLOR]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#CHAPTER_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.       ie \\n[#CHAPTER_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.          ds $TITLE_TYPE CHAPTER
+.          ie \\n[#CHAPTER_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.             UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$CHAPTER_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$CHAPTER_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.          el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.       \}
+.       el .PRINT "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]"
+.       rm $TITLE_TYPE
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.          if \\n[#CHAPTER_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.       CAPS off
+.       if !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.          ds $PRFX CHAPTER_
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.             nr #CHAPTER+TITLE 1
+.             if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.                COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.          \}
+.          if !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_SPACER]'' \
+.             sp \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_SPACER]
+.          DO_TITLE
+.          rm $PRFX
+.          rr #CHAPTER+TITLE
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    FT R
+.END
+\#
+.MAC CHAPTER_DOCHEADER_TYPEWRITE END
+.    CENTER
+.    TYPEWRITER
+.    if !\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{\
+.       vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.       sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\
+.       CAPS
+.       ie !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]'' \{\
+.          vs \\n[.v]u+(\\n[.v]u/3u)
+.          nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM]>=\\n+[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.             UNDERSCORE 3p "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]"
+.          \}
+.          vs
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          CAPS
+.          UNDERSCORE 3p "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING]"
+.       \}
+.       CAPS OFF
+.       RLD 1v
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       CAPS
+.       UNDERSCORE 3p "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.       CAPS OFF
+.       if !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]'' \{\
+.          sp
+.          nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM]>=\\n+[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.             PRINT "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       sp -1
+.    \}
+.    vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .sp 2
+.END
+\#
+.MAC NAMED_DOCHEADER END
+.    DEFAULT_DOCHEADER
+.    if !\\n[#NO_PRINT_DOCTYPE] \{\
+.       FAMILY  \\*[$DOCTYPE_FAM]
+.       FT      \\*[$DOCTYPE_FT]
+.       ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       vs \\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD]u
+.       ALD     \\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD]u
+.       if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.          COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.       if \\n[#DOCTYPE_COLOR]=1 \
+.          COLOR \\*[$DOCTYPE_COLOR]
+.       if \\n[#DOCTYPE_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.       if !'\\*[$DOCTYPE_SPACER]'' .sp \\*[$DOCTYPE_SPACER]
+.       ie \\n[#DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.          ds $TITLE_TYPE DOCTYPE
+.          ie \\n[#DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.              UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$DOCTYPE_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]
+.          el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]
+.       \}
+.       el .PRINT "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]
+.       gcolor
+.       CAPS off
+.    \}
+.    FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    FT R
+.END
+\#
+\# COVER PAGE
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   TITLE | DOCTITLE | CHAPTER | CHAPTER_TITLE | CHAPTER+TITLE | COVERTITLE \
+\#   [ SUBTITLE AUTHOR DOCTYPE COPYRIGHT MISC BLANKPAGE PDF_OUTLINE_LABEL ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles the number register for each cover page element
+\#   passed as an argument.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   TITLE, DOCTITLE, CHAPTER, CHAPTER_TITLE or CHAPTER+TITLE must
+\#   be supplied.  After that, users may enter as many or as few of
+\#   the arguments as they like.  BLANKPAGE inserts a blank page
+\#   after the cover.
+\#
+\#   If called as DOC_COVER, performs the same operations, but
+\#   applies everything to a doc cover.
+\#
+.MAC COVER END
+.    rm DOC_
+.    ie '\\$0'DOC_COVER' \{\
+.       nr #DOC_COVER 1
+.       ds DOC_ DOC_
+.    \}
+.    el .nr #COVER 1
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \{\
+.       if '\\$1'\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT' \
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_ONLY 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 \{\
+.       if '\\$1'\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT' \
+.          if '\\$2'PDF_OUTLINE_LABEL' \
+.             nr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_ONLY 1
+.       if '\\$1'PDF_OUTLINE_LABEL' \
+.          if '\\$2'\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT' \
+.             nr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_ONLY 1
+.    \}
+.    nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.    nr #COVER_ITEM \\n[#NUM_ARGS]  \"loop count
+.    while \\n+[#ARG_NUM]<=\\n[#COVER_ITEM] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'DOCTITLE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 2
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 1
+.          if \\n[#FROM_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE] \{\
+.             nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 7
+.             rr #FROM_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE
+.          \}
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CHAPTER' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 3
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CHAPTER_TITLE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 4
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CHAPTER+TITLE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 5
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COVERTITLE' \{\
+.          nr #COVERTITLE 1
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 6
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'DOC_COVERTITLE' \{\
+.          nr #DOC_COVERTITLE 1
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE 7
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SUBTITLE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'AUTHOR' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'EDITOR' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'DOCTYPE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COPYRIGHT' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'MISC' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMAGE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMAGE 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PDF_OUTLINE_LABEL' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'BLANKPAGE' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_BLANKPAGE 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_COVER' .rm DOC_
+.END
+\#
+\# COVER TITLE
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <covertitle>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores cover title in string(s) for output on cover pages.
+\#
+.MAC COVERTITLE END
+.    rm DOC_
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_COVERTITLE' \
+.       ds DOC_ DOC_
+.    nr #FROM_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE 1
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       nr argc 0 1
+.       while \\n+[argc]<=3 \{\
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_NUM] \{\
+.             nr #ITEM 0 1
+.             while \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM]>\\n[#ITEM] \{\
+.                rm $\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_\\n+[#ITEM]
+.             \}
+.             rr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM
+.             rm $\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM 0 1
+.       while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM] \{\
+.          ds \
+$\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_\\n+[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM] \\$\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM]
+.          nr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM]
+.       \}
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE \\$*
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING END
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING' \
+.       ds DOC_ DOC_
+.    ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING \\$1
+.    rm DOC_
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING
+\#
+\# COVER TEXT
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ START <vertical pos> ] | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   With no arg, begins a diversion holding the cover text for
+\#   output on the cover page.  With START <pos>, sets a vertical
+\#   starting position relative to the top edge of the page.  With
+\#   any other arg, ends the diversion.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Aliased as DOC_COVERTEXT.
+\#
+\#   If no other items assigned to cover pages, starts 1/3 of the
+\#   way down the cover page unless START pos is given, otherwise
+\#   starts underneath the last of title, subtitle, author(s) or
+\#   doctype, preceded by a blank line.
+\#
+\#   Does not persist.
+\#
+.MAC COVERTEXT END
+.    rm DOC_
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_COVERTEXT' .ds DOC_ DOC_
+.    if '\\$1'START' \{\
+.       shift
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_START_POS (u;\\$1)
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #COVERTEXT_PP 1
+.       di \\*[DOC_]COVER_TEXT
+.       ev COVER_TEXT
+.       evc 0
+\!.     if \\\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_ONLY] \
+.          sp |\\\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+\!.     ie !\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_START_POS] \{\
+\!.        sp |\\n[.p]u/3u-1v
+\!.     \}
+\!.     el \{\
+\!.        vs 0
+\!.        sp |0i
+\!.        vs \\\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u+\\\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_LEAD_ADJ]
+\!.        sp |\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_START_POS]u-1
+\!.     \}
+\!.     vpt
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+\!.     vpt 0
+.       ev
+.       di
+.       rm $FONT
+.       rr #COVERTEXT_PP
+.       IQ CLEAR
+.    \}
+.    rm DOC_
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DOC_COVERTEXT COVERTEXT
+\#
+\# COVER IMAGE
+\# -----------
+\#*Arguments:
+\#  <image file> <width> <height> [ -L|-C|-R|-I <ind> Y-pos [ X-pos ] ]
+\#*Function:
+\#  Places an image on doccovers and covers.
+\#*Notes:
+\#  Aliased as DOC_COVER_IMAGE.
+\#
+\#  <width> and <height> are required.  With no further args, images
+\#  are set at 0,0 by default so that full page images fill the entire
+\#  printer sheet.
+\#
+\#  Positioning args are the same as PDF_IMAGE.  -L, -R, -C and -I <ind>
+\#  observe the left and right margins.
+\#
+\#  Y-pos is required for all but full page images; without it, images
+\#  are flush with the top of the page.  X-pos is only needed if the
+\#  user prefers to give absolute X,Y positioning.
+\#
+\#  Note that Y-pos comes before X-pos in the args.
+\#
+.MAC COVER_IMAGE END
+. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_IMAGE' .ds DOC_ DOC_
+. ds \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_FILE \\$1
+. nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_W (z;\\$2)
+. nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_H (z;\\$3)
+. if !'\\$4'' \{\
+.   ie !\B'\\$4' \{\
+.     if '\\$4'-L' .nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_IND \
+        \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.     if '\\$4'-C' .nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_IND \
+        \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]u-\\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_W]u/2
+.     if '\\$4'-R' .nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_IND \
+        \\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\n[.l]u-\\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_W]u
+.     if '\\$4'-I' \{\
+.       nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_IND \\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\$5
+.       if !'\\$6'' .nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_Y (u;\\$6)
+.       shift \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.     \}
+.     if \B'\\$5' .nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_Y (u;\\$5)
+.   \}
+.   el \{\
+.     nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_Y (u;\\$4)
+.     if \B'\\$5' .nr \\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_X (u;\\$5)
+.   \}
+. \}
+. rm DOC_
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DOC_COVER_IMAGE COVER_IMAGE
+\#
+.MAC DO_COVER_IMAGE END
+.    ll \\n[#PAGE_WIDTH]u
+.    po 0
+.    vs 0
+.    sp |0i
+.    if \\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_Y]   .sp \\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_Y]u
+.    if \\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_X]   .in \\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_X]u
+.    if \\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_IND] .in \\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_IND]u
+.    if \\n[.u]=1 .nf
+.    nop \X'pdf: pdfpic \\*[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_FILE] -L \
+\\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_W]z \\n[\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMG_H]z'
+.    in
+.    vs
+.    po
+.    ll
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DO_DOC_COVER_IMAGE DO_COVER_IMAGE
+\#
+\# COVER PAGE LEADING
+\# ------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <+|- amount by which to in/decrease leading of cover/doc cover>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied lead in/decrease in string $COVER_LEAD_ADJ
+\#   or $DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ, depending on whether the macro was called
+\#   with an alias (DOC_COVER_LEAD).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   A unit of measure must be supplied.  Decimal fractions OK.
+\#   Default is +0, i.e. same as DOC_LEAD.
+\#
+.MAC COVER_LEAD END
+.    ie '\\$0'DOC_COVER_LEAD' .ds $DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ \\$1
+.    el .ds $COVER_LEAD_ADJ \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# MISC_AUTOLEAD functionality has been removed.  Leading for MISCs
+\# is now entered as an absolute value.  The macro emits a warning.
+\#
+.MAC MISC_AUTOLEAD END
+.    ds replacement \\$0
+.    substring replacement 0 -9
+.    ds replacement \\*[replacement]LEAD
+.    ds cover-type \\$0
+.    substring cover-type 0 2
+.    ie '\\*[cover-type]'COV' .ds cover-type cover
+.    el .ds cover-type doc-cover
+.    tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 at line \\n[.c] of '\\n[.F]' is no longer valid.
+.    tm1 "       Leading of \\*[cover-type] MISC items is now set with \\*[replacement], which
+.    tm1 "       takes an absolute leading value.  Please update your document.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting.
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DOC_COVER_MISC_AUTOLEAD MISC_AUTOLEAD
+.ALIAS COVER_MISC_AUTOLEAD     MISC_AUTOLEAD
+\#
+\# COVER PAGE START POSITION
+\# -------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <distance from page top at which to start cover/doc cover>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied lead in/decrease in #COVER_START_POS
+\#   or #DOC_COVER_START_POS, depending on whether the macro was
+\#   called by an alias (DOC_COVER_ADVANCE).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   A unit of measure must be supplied.  Decimal fractions OK.
+\#   If user doesn't invoke this macro, the default starting
+\#   position for both covers and doc covers is 1/3 of the way
+\#   down the page (setup in DO_COVER).
+\#
+.MAC COVER_ADVANCE END
+.    ds COVER_TYPE \\$0
+.    substring COVER_TYPE 0 2
+.    ie 'COVER_TYPE'DOC' .nr #DOC_COVER_START_POS (\\$1)
+.    el .nr #COVER_START_POS (\\$1)
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DOC_COVER_ADVANCE   COVER_ADVANCE
+.ALIAS DOC_COVER_START_POS COVER_ADVANCE
+.ALIAS COVER_ADVANCE       COVER_ADVANCE
+.ALIAS COVER_START_POS     COVER_ADVANCE
+\#
+\# COVERS - WHETHER TO PRINT
+\# -------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes registers #COVERS and #COVERS_OFF, checked for
+\#   in DEFAULTS (in START) prior to printing
+\#
+.MAC COVERS END
+.    ie '\\$0'DOC_COVERS' \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.          rr #DOC_COVERS_OFF
+.          nr #DOC_COVERS 1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          rr #DOC_COVERS
+.          nr #DOC_COVERS_OFF 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.          rr #COVERS_OFF
+.          nr #COVERS 1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          rr #COVERS
+.          nr #COVERS_OFF 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# COVER_COUNTS_PAGES
+\# ------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes registers #COVERS_COUNT or #DOCCOVERS_COUNT,
+\#   used in END_COVER to determine whether to increment the page
+\#   number silently when doc covers or covers are output.
+\#
+.MAC COVER_COUNTS_PAGES END
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_COUNTS_PAGES' \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' .nr #DOCCOVERS_COUNT 1
+.       el .rr #DOCCOVERS_COUNT
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'COVER_COUNTS_PAGES' \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' .nr #COVERS_COUNT 1
+.       el .rr #COVERS_COUNT
+.       return
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC DO_COVER END
+.    nr #DOING_COVER 1
+.    ev COVER
+.    evc 0
+.    vpt 0
+.    if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \{\
+.       nr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON 1
+.       rr #PAGINATE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       nr #HEADERS_WERE_ON 1
+.       HEADERS OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       nr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON 1
+.       FOOTERS OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.       nr #COLUMNS_WERE_ON 1
+.       rr #COLUMNS
+.    \}
+.    ds PDF_BM
+.    ie '\\$0'DO_DOC_COVER' \{\
+.       ds  DOC_  DOC_
+.       nr #DOC_COVER_DONE 1
+.       if '\\*[$PDF_DOC_COVER_LABEL]'' \
+.          ds $PDF_DOC_COVER_LABEL Cover:
+.    \}
+.    el \
+.       if '\\*[$PDF_COVER_LABEL]'' \
+.          ds $PDF_COVER_LABEL Title Page:
+.    ds $COVER_TYPE \\*[DOC_]COVER_
+.    if !r#\\*[DOC_]COVER_START_POS \
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_START_POS \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]/3
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       if !\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_LEAD_ADJ]
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[.ns] .rs
+.    if '\\$0'DO_COVER' \{\
+.       if \\n[TOC.RELOCATE]==5 \
+.          if !rTOC_BH .TOC_BEFORE_HERE
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'DO_DOC_COVER' \{\
+.       if \\n[TOC.RELOCATE]==3 \
+.          if !rTOC_BH .TOC_BEFORE_HERE
+.    \}
+.    RV_HARD_SET_MARGINS
+.\" Cover image
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMAGE]=1 \{\
+.       DO_\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMAGE
+.       rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMAGE
+.    \}
+.\" Start cover
+.    sp |\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_START_POS]u-1v
+.    if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_COLOR]=1 \
+.          COLOR \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COLOR]
+.    \\*[DOC_]COVER_H_POS
+.    if (\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=1):(\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=2) .ds DOC DOC
+.    fam \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC]TITLE_FAM]
+.    ft  \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC]TITLE_FT]
+.    ps  \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC]TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.    el .vs \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_LEAD]u
+.    nr PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING \\n[PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING.C]
+.\" Title and/or doctitle
+.    if (\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=1):(\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=2) \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          vs \\n[.v]u*2u
+.          sp -1.5
+.          CAPS
+.          nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#TITLE_NUM]>=\\n+[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.             UNDERSCORE "\\*[$TITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]"
+.             if \\n[#ARG_NUM]>1 .as PDF_BM " \"
+.             as PDF_BM \\*[$TITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.          \}
+.          CAPS OFF
+.          vs
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          DO_TITLE
+.          rm $PRFX
+.       \}
+.       PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL] \\*[PDF_BM]
+.    \}
+.\" Chapter
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=3 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          CAPS
+.          UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.          CAPS OFF
+.       \}
+.       el .DO_CHAPTER
+.       PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \
+\\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL] \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_CAPS]=1 .CAPS off
+.    \}
+.\" Chapter title
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=4 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          CAPS
+.          nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.          vs \\n[.v]u*2u
+.          sp -1.5
+.             while \\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM]>=\\n[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.                UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n+[#ARG_NUM]]"
+.                if \\n[#ARG_NUM]>1 .as PDF_BM " \"
+.                as PDF_BM \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.             \}
+.          CAPS OFF
+.          vs
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ds $PRFX CHAPTER_
+.          DO_TITLE
+.          rm $PRFX
+.       \}
+.       PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL] \\*[PDF_BM]
+.    \}
+.\" Chapter + chapter title
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=5 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          CAPS
+.          UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.          CAPS OFF
+.       \}
+.       el .DO_CHAPTER
+.       if !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_1]'' \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=0 .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.             el .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             sp
+.             nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.             while \\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_NUM]>=\\n+[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.                PRINT "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]"
+.                if \\n[#ARG_NUM]>1 .as PDF_BM " \"
+.                as PDF_BM \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=0 .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ds $PRFX CHAPTER_
+.             if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .nr #CHAPTER+TITLE 1
+.             if !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SPACER]'' \
+.                sp \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SPACER]
+.             DO_TITLE
+.             rr #CHAPTER+TITLE
+.             rm $PRFX
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL] \\*[PDF_BM]
+.    \}
+.\"  (Doc)covertitle
+.\"    Titles to (doc)covers that are entered with
+.\"      .TITLE DOC_COVER title
+.\"    and included in (DOC)COVER with TITLE get treated as
+.\"    (DOC_)COVERTITLEs, so we define the appropriate strings and
+.\"    registers from their (DOC_)COVER_TITLE equivalents.
+.\"
+.    if (\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=6):(\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE]=7) \{\
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_FAM \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_FAM]
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_FT \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_FT]
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_COLOR \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_COLOR]
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_COLOR \
+\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_COLOR]
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_CAPS  \
+\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_CAPS]
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_SMALLCAPS  \
+\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_SMALLCAPS]
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_LEAD  \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_LEAD]
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_UNDERLINE \
+\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_UNDERLINE]
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT \
+\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT]
+.       nr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ \
+\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_UNDERLINE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_UNDERLINE_GAP \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_UNDERLINE_GAP]
+.       ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_RULE_GAP \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE_RULE_GAP]
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          CAPS
+.          vs \\n[.v]u*2u
+.          nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_NUM]>=\\n+[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.             UNDERSCORE "\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]"
+.                if \\n[#ARG_NUM]>1 .as PDF_BM " \"
+.                as PDF_BM \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.          \}
+.          vs
+.          CAPS OFF
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ds $PRFX \\*[DOC_]COVER
+.          DO_TITLE
+.          rm $PRFX
+.       \}
+.       PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL] \\*[PDF_BM]
+.    \}
+.    ie !'\\*[DOC_]'' \{\
+.       if !\\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE] \
+.          if '\\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL]'' \
+.             PDF_BOOKMARK 1 Cover page
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if !\\n[#COVER_TITLE] \
+.          if '\\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL]'' \
+.             PDF_BOOKMARK 1 Title page
+.    \}
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE
+.\" Subtitle
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          if !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE_1]'' \
+.             ds $PRFX \\*[DOC_]COVER_
+.          sp 2
+.          nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.          while \\n[#\\*[$PRFX]SUBTITLE_NUM]>=\\n+[#ARG_NUM] \{\
+.             PRINT "\\*[$\\*[$PRFX]SUBTITLE_\\n[#ARG_NUM]]"
+.          \}
+.          rm $PRFX
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE_1]'' .ds $PRFX \\*[DOC_]COVER_SUB
+.          el .ds $PRFX SUB
+.          if !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE_SPACER]'' \
+.             sp \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE_SPACER]
+.          DO_SUBTITLE
+.          rm $PRFX
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       if !r#\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE .sp
+.\" Author (plus attribution)
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.          sp
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR_LEAD]'' \
+.             vs \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR_LEAD]
+.          el .vs \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_LEAD]u
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING]'' \
+.          ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING \
+              \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]
+.       ie !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          fam \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FAM]
+.          ft  \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_FT]
+.          ps \
+\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SMALLCAPS]=1 .SMALLCAPS
+.          if !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SPACER]'' \
+.             sp \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_SPACER]
+.          ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.             ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE
+.             ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.                UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING]"
+.             el .UNDERSCORE \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING]
+.          \}
+.          el .PRINT "\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING]"
+.          SMALLCAPS off
+.          CAPS off
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]=1 \
+.             gcolor
+.       \}
+.       el \
+.          PRINT "\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING]"
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .sp
+.       el \{\
+.          if !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR_SPACER]'' \
+.             sp \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR_SPACER]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$0'DO_COVER' \
+.          ds $PRFX COVER_
+.       if '\\$0'DO_DOC_COVER' \
+.          ds $PRFX DOC_COVER_
+.       DO_AUTHORS
+.       rm $PRFX
+.    \}
+.\" Named doctype string
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=3 \{\
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE]=1 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             TYPEWRITER
+.             sp 1.5
+.             UNDERSCORE2 3p 2p "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             fam \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM]
+.             ft  \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_FT]
+.             ps \
+\\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.             if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR]=1 \
+.                COLOR \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR]
+.          sp
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_SMALLCAPS]=1 .SMALLCAPS
+.          if !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_SPACER]'' \
+.             sp \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_SPACER]
+.          ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.             ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE
+.             ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.                UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_UNDERLINE_GAP] \
+\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]"
+.             el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]"
+.          \}
+.          el .PRINT "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]"
+.          SMALLCAPS off
+.          CAPS off
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR]=1 \
+.             gcolor
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" Covertext
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT]=1 \{\
+.       nr #DOING_COVERTEXT 1
+.       if !\\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_START_POS] .sp
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT]=1 \{\
+.          ev \\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT
+.          nf
+.          \\*[DOC_]COVER_TEXT
+.          ev
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_ONLY] \
+.          PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL] \\*[PDF_BM]
+.       rr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT
+.       rm \\*[DOC_]COVER_TEXT
+.       rr #DOING_COVERTEXT
+.       rr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_START_POS
+.    \}
+.    sp |\\n[#VISUAL_B_MARGIN]u
+.\" Copyright
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       if !\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .sp
+.    el \{\
+.       fam \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM]
+.       ft  \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT]
+.       ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       nr #COPYRIGHT_V_POS \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[.v]
+.       sp \\n[#COPYRIGHT_V_POS]u
+.       rr #COPYRIGHT_V_POS
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT]=1 \{\
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT]'' \
+.          ds $\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT \\*[$COVER_COPYRIGHT]
+.       QUAD \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD]
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR]=1 \
+.          COLOR \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR]
+.       ie !'\\*[$COPYRIGHT_V_ADJ]'' \
+.          PRINT \v'\\*[$COPYRIGHT_V_ADJ]'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT]
+.       el \
+.          PRINT \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT]
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR]=1 \
+.          gcolor
+.    \}
+.    sp |\\n[#VISUAL_B_MARGIN]u
+.\" Misc
+.    if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          fam \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_FAM]
+.          ft  \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_FT]
+.          ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          vs \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_LEAD]
+.          if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_COLOR]
+.       \}
+.       ie !'\\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_1]'' \{\
+.          QUAD \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_QUAD]
+.          da MISC_DIV
+.          nr #NEXT_MISC 0 1
+.          while \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_LINES]>=\\n+[#NEXT_MISC] \{\
+.             nop \\*[$\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_\\n[#NEXT_MISC]]
+.             br
+.          \}
+.          da
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          QUAD \\*[$MISC_QUAD]
+.          da MISC_DIV
+.          nr #NEXT_MISC 0 1
+.          while \\n[#MISC_LINES]>=\\n+[#NEXT_MISC] \{\
+.             nop \\*[$MISC_\\n[#NEXT_MISC]]
+.             br
+.          \}
+.          da
+.       \}
+.       nr #MISC_V_ADJ \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[.v]
+.       sp \\n[#MISC_V_ADJ]u
+.       sp -\\n[dn]u+1
+.       nf
+.       MISC_DIV
+.       if \\n[#MISC_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.       if \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.       rm MISC_DIV
+.       rr #MISC_DEPTH
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[TOC.RELOCATE]==1 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#COVER_BLANKPAGE] \
+.          if !rTOC_BH .TOC_AFTER_HERE
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'DO_COVER' \{\
+.       if \\n[TOC.RELOCATE]==6 \
+.          if !rTOC_BH .TOC_AFTER_HERE
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'DO_DOC_COVER' \{\
+.       if \\n[TOC.RELOCATE]==4 \
+.          if !rTOC_BH .TOC_AFTER_HERE
+.    \}
+.    END_COVER
+.END
+\#
+\# Macro to terminate (doc)cover processing
+\#
+.MAC END_COVER END
+.    EOL
+.    vpt
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT_ONLY
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_TITLE
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTITLE
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_SUBTITLE
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_AUTHOR
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_DOCTYPE
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_COPYRIGHT
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_MISC
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVERTEXT
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_IMAGE
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_BLANKPAGE
+.    rm $PDF_\\*[DOC_]COVER_LABEL
+.    rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER
+.    if '\\*[$COVER_TYPE]'DOC_COVER_' .ds DOC DOC
+.    rm $COVER_TYPE
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 .nr #SKIP 1
+.    nr #END_COVER 1
+.    NEWPAGE
+.    rr #NEWPAGE
+.    rr #SKIP
+.    if \\n[#PAGINATION_WAS_ON]=1 .nr % +1
+.    ie \\n[#\\*[DOC_]COVER_BLANKPAGE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[TOC.RELOCATE] \
+.          if !\\n[#TOC_BH] .TOC_AFTER_HERE
+.\" Without the empty PDF_BOOKMARK, (doc)cover BLANKPAGE causes
+.\" the PDF outline to place the first doc or chapter before the TOC,
+.\" even though PDF output is correct.
+.       PDF_BOOKMARK 1
+.       nop \&
+.       bp
+.       rr #\\*[DOC_]COVER_BLANKPAGE
+.       if !\\n[#\\*[DOC]COVERS_COUNT]=1 .nr % -2
+.       rm DOC_
+.    \}
+.    el \
+.       if !\\n[#\\*[DOC]COVERS_COUNT]=1 .nr #PAGE_NUM_ADJ -1
+.    if !'\\n[.ev]'0' .ev
+.    if \\n[#PAGINATION_WAS_ON] \{\
+.       rr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON
+.       PAGINATE
+.       PAGENUMBER \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]-1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HEADERS_WERE_ON] \{\
+.       rr #HEADERS_WERE_ON
+.       HEADERS
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \{\
+.       rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON
+.       FOOTERS
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS_WERE_ON]=1 \{\
+.       rr #COLUMNS_WERE_ON 1
+.       nr #COLUMNS 1
+.    \}
+.    rr #DOING_COVER
+.    if \\n[.ns] .nop \&
+.    if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO] .nr #RV_POST_COVER 1
+.    rm DOC_
+.END
+\#
+\# +++START THE DOCUMENT+++
+\#
+\# THE START MACRO
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Macro to start document processing.  Reads in default document
+\#   style parameters and any parameters the user has changed before
+\#   issuing START.  Using the information gathered in the opening
+\#   macros, prints appropriate title (or chapter #), subtitle,
+\#   author and document type (if appropriate).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The .PRINT \& (zero-width character) is required to get the
+\#   subsequent .sp request to work as advertised.
+\#
+\#   The overall document line length, family, and point-size
+\#   are stored in #DOC_L_LENGTH, $DOC_FAM, and #DOC_PT_SIZE for
+\#   use in the HEADER and FOOTER macros.
+\#
+.MAC START END
+.    nr #DOCS 1
+.    if \\n[TOC.RELOCATE]==2 \
+.       if !\\n[TOC_BH] .TOC_BEFORE_HERE
+.    if !n .nop \X'ps: exec 0 setlinejoin'\X'ps: exec 0 setlinecap'
+.    if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE] \{\
+.       PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE
+.       PRINT \&
+.       po 6P
+.       ll 39P
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       sp |1i-1v
+.       CENTER
+.       PRINT "You neglected to enter a PRINTSTYLE."
+.       ab [mom]: PRINTSTYLE missing.  Aborting '\\n[.F]'.
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       nm
+.       NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COLLATE] \{\
+.       COPYSTYLE \\*[$COPY_STYLE]
+.       nr #HEADERS_ON \\n[#HEADER_STATE]
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 .nr #PAGINATE \\n[#PAGINATION_STATE]
+.       PRINT \&
+.       if !'\\*[$RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE]'' \{\
+.          PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.          rm $RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PAGINATE_WAS_ON] \{\
+.          PAGINATE
+.          rr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    DEFAULTS
+.    nr #PAGE_TOP \\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    rr #RESET_TRAPS
+.    if !r#EN_Q_AUTOLEAD  .nr #EN_Q_LEAD \\n[#EN_LEAD]
+.    if !r#EN_BQ_AUTOLEAD .nr #EN_BQ_LEAD \\n[#EN_LEAD]
+.\"  TOC/recto-verso stuff
+.    nr @L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]
+.    nr @R_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_R_MARGIN]
+.\" Covers and doc covers
+.    if \\n[#DOC_COVERS]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#DOC_COVER]=1 .DO_DOC_COVER
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COVERS]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#COVER]=1 .DO_COVER
+.    \}
+.    nr PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING \\n[PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING.T]
+.    if !\\n[#TOC] .RV_HARD_SET_MARGINS
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] .COLUMNS \\n[#NUM_COLS] \\n[#GUTTER]u
+.    sp |\\n[#DOCHEADER_ADVANCE]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.\" Collect TITLE for TOC.
+.    if !\\n[#TOC]=1 \{\
+.       nr #TOC_ENTRY_PN \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.       af #TOC_ENTRY_PN \\g[#PAGENUMBER]
+.       ie \\n[#USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM] \{\
+.          ds $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \\*[$USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM]
+.          rr #USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM
+.          rm $USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 \{\
+.             ie '\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]'' \
+.                ds $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]
+.             el \{\
+.                ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \
+.                   ds $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.                el \
+.                   ds $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \
+\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]: \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \
+.             ds $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \\*[$TITLE]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#TOC_AUTHORS]=1 \{\
+.          ie '\\*[$TOC_AUTHORS]'' \
+.             as $TOC_TITLE_ITEM / \\*[$AUTHOR_1]
+.          el \{\
+.             as $TOC_TITLE_ITEM / \\*[$TOC_AUTHORS]
+.             rm $TOC_AUTHORS
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       as $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \|
+.       if \\n[#PREFIX_CH_NUM] \
+.          ds $TOC_CH_NUM \
+              \\n[#CH_NUM].\[toc-hd-num-spacer]
+.       if \\n[#TOC_PREFIX_CH_NUM] \{\
+.          rn $TOC_TITLE_ITEM $TOC_TITLE_ITEM_OLD
+.          ds $TOC_CH_NUM \
+              \\n[#CH_NUM].\[toc-hd-num-spacer]
+.          if (\\n[#PAD_TOC_CH_NUM]=2)&(\\n[#CH_NUM]<10) \
+.                ds $TOC_CH_NUM \h'\w'\0'u'\\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]
+.          if \\n[#PAD_TOC_CH_NUM]=3 \{\
+.             if \\n[#CH_NUM]<10 \
+.                ds $TOC_CH_NUM \h'\w'\0'u*2u'\\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]
+.             if (\\n[#CH_NUM]>=10)&(\\n[#CH_NUM]<100) \
+.                ds $TOC_CH_NUM \h'\w'\0'u'\\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#PAD_TOC_CH_NUM]=4 \{\
+.             if \\n[#CH_NUM]<10 \
+.                ds $TOC_CH_NUM \h'\w'\0'u*3u'\\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]
+.             if (\\n[#CH_NUM]>=10)&(\\n[#CH_NUM]<100) \
+.                ds $TOC_CH_NUM \h'\w'\0'u*2u'\\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]
+.             if (\\n[#CH_NUM]>=100)&(\\n[#CH_NUM]<1000) \
+.                ds $TOC_CH_NUM \h'\w'\0'u'\\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]
+.          \}
+.          ds $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]\\*[$TOC_TITLE_ITEM_OLD]
+.          rm $TOC_TITLE_ITEM_OLD
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$TOC_HEADING]'' \{\
+.       HEADING_TO_TOC
+.       rm $TOC_HEADING
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#TOC] \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$TOC_TITLE_ITEM]'' \{\
+.          PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$TOC_TITLE_ITEM]
+.          if !r #NO_TOC_ENTRY .TITLE_TO_TOC
+.          if r #NO_TOC_ENTRY  .rr #NO_TOC_ENTRY
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#TOC] .nr #POST_TOP 1
+.\" End TITLE collection
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_PAGENUM_ON_PAGE_1] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\
+.          br
+.          sp |\\n[#HEADER_MARGIN]u
+.          PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #COLLATE
+.    rr #PAGINATION_STATE
+.\" End collate stuff
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.       rr @TOP
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.    \}
+.    sp |\\n[#DOCHEADER_ADVANCE]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    ie \\n[#DOC_HEADER]=0 \{\
+.       if \\n[.ns] .rs
+.       if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \
+.          if !'\\n[.z]'' .di
+.       nr #STORED_PP_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]
+.       PARA_INDENT 0
+.       PP
+.       PARA_INDENT \\n[#STORED_PP_INDENT]u
+.       rr #STORED_PP_INDENT
+.       ie r #ADVANCE_FROM_TOP \{\
+.          br
+.          sp |\\n[#ADVANCE_FROM_TOP]u-1v
+.          if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \
+.             if !\\n[#DOCHEADER_NO_SHIM] .SHIM_1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          br
+.          sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          mk dc
+.          nr #COL_NUM 0 1
+.          po \\n[#COL_\\n+[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.          nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.          ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.       \}
+.       nr #PP 0
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#AUTO_LEAD] .nr #RESTORE_AUTO_LEAD 1
+.       nr #CURRENT_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u\\*[$DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ]
+.       nr #DOCHEADER_LEAD_DIFF \\n[#CURRENT_LEAD]-\\n[.v]
+.       sp +\\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.       if \\n[#RESTORE_AUTO_LEAD] \{\
+.          nr #AUTO_LEAD 1
+.          nr #AUTOLEAD_VALUE  \\n[#SAVED_AUTOLEAD_VALUE]
+.       \}
+.       nr #DOCHEADER_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.       vpt 0
+.\" Default doctype
+.       if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[.ns] \{\
+.             rs
+.             nop \&
+.             sp -1
+.          \}
+.          ev DOCHEADER
+.          evc 0
+.          L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.          LL       \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .DEFAULT_DOCHEADER_TYPEWRITE
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .DEFAULT_DOCHEADER
+.          ev
+.       \}
+.\" Chapter doctype
+.       if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[.ns] .rs
+.          ev DOCHEADER
+.          evc 0
+.          if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.          L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.          LL       \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .CHAPTER_DOCHEADER_TYPEWRITE
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .CHAPTER_DOCHEADER
+.          ev
+.       \}
+.\" Named
+.       if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=3 \{\
+.          if \\n[.ns] \{\
+.             rs
+.             nop \&
+.             sp -1
+.          \}
+.          ev DOCHEADER
+.          evc 0
+.          if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.             COLOR \\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]
+.          L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.          LL       \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             DEFAULT_DOCHEADER_TYPEWRITE
+.             if !\\n[#NO_PRINT_DOCTYPE] \{\
+.                sp
+.                UNDERSCORE2 3p 2p "\\*[$DOC_TYPE]"
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .NAMED_DOCHEADER
+.          ev
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .sp
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.             nr #COL_NUM 0 1
+.             nr #L_LENGTH_FOR_EPI \\n[#L_LENGTH]
+.             ie \\n[#RV_POST_COVER] \{\
+.                nr #COL_\\n+[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]
+.                po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.                nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.                rr #RV_POST_COVER
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                po \\n[#COL_\\n+[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.                nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.             \}
+.             LL \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr #NO_PRINT_AUTHOR  1
+.       nr #NO_PRINT_DOCTYPE 1
+.    \}
+.    vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .sp
+.    if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \
+.       if \\n[#ADVANCE_FROM_TOP]=0 \
+.          if \\n[#DOC_HEADER]=1 \
+.             if !\\n[#DOCHEADER_NO_SHIM] .SHIM_1
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] .mk dc
+.    FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.    CLEANUP_DEFAULTS
+.    nr #START_FOR_FOOTERS 1
+.    if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 .em TERMINATE
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PER_SECTION] .NUMBER_LINES 1
+.       el .NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#RUN_ON]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 .RUNON_WARNING
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 .RUNON_WARNING
+.    \}
+.    nr PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING \\n[PDFHREF.VIEW.LEADING.H]
+.    vpt
+.    if !r flex .nr flex 1
+.    nr flex-spaces 0
+.\" If one-page, don't flex.
+.    if !dPDF.EXPORT \{\
+.       if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.             if d pre-toc-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] \
+.                nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.             if d pre-list-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] \
+.                nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.             if d page-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] \
+.                nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.             if '\\*[last-page]'\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]' \
+.                nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH] \
+.          HEADER_RECTO \\*[$HDR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$HDR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.       if \\n[#SLIDE_HEADERS] .HEADER
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH] \
+.          FOOTER_RECTO \\*[$FTR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$FTR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.       if \\n[#SLIDE_FOOTERS] \
+.          PRINT_FOOTER
+.       sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.       vpt
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC RR_ADVANCE_FROM_TOP END
+.    rr #ADVANCE_FROM_TOP
+.    ch RR_ADVANCE_FROM_TOP
+.END
+\#
+.MAC CLEANUP_DEFAULTS END
+.    nr #START 1
+.    if \\n[#DOC_HEADER]=1 .nr #DOC_HEADER 2
+.    rm $TOC_TITLE_ITEM
+.    rr #MISC_NUM
+.    rr #MISCS
+.    rr #NEXT_AUTHOR
+.    rr #NEXT_MISC
+.    wh \\n[nl]u+1u RR_ADVANCE_FROM_TOP
+.    rr #DOCHEADER_NO_SHIM
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++MACROS TO CHANGE SOME DEFAULTS+++
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT HEADER
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything> [distance to advance from top of page] [NO_SHIM]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns printing of document header on or off.  If a second
+\#   numeric argument with units of measure is given, advances that
+\#   distance from the top of the page without printing the document
+\#   header.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.  If the 1st argument is <anything> (which turns
+\#   document headers off), the optional 2nd argument may be given
+\#   (with a unit of measure).
+\#
+.MAC DOCHEADER END
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 .nr #DOC_HEADER 1
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'NO_SHIM' .nr #DOCHEADER_NO_SHIM 1
+.       el .nr #DOC_HEADER 0
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>1 \{\
+.       nr #DOC_HEADER 0
+.       if \B'\\$2' .nr #ADVANCE_FROM_TOP \\$2
+.       if '\\$3'NO_SHIM' .nr #DOCHEADER_NO_SHIM 1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT HEADER LEADING
+\# -----------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <+|- amount by which to in/decrease leading of doc header>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied lead in/decrease in string $DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   A unit of measure must be supplied.  Decimal fractions OK.
+\#   Default is +0, i.e. same as DOC_LEAD.
+\#
+.MAC DOCHEADER_LEAD END
+.    ds $DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# DOCHEADER ADVANCE
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <docheader start position>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates register #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE, used in START.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Unit of measure required.
+\#   Default is same as T_MARGIN.
+\#
+.MAC DOCHEADER_ADVANCE END
+.    nr #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT LEFT MARGIN
+\# --------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <left margin of document>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #DOC_L_MARGIN.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Affects everything on the page.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_LEFT_MARGIN END
+.    if !\\n[#DOCS] .DOC_MACRO_ERROR \\$0
+.    br
+.    nr #DOC_L_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.    L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.END
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT RIGHT MARGIN
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <right margin of document>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #DOC_R_MARGIN.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Affects everything on the page.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN END
+.    br
+.    nr #DOC_R_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.    R_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_R_MARGIN]
+.    nr #DOC_L_LENGTH \\n[#L_LENGTH]
+.END
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT LINE LENGTH
+\# --------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <line length of document>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #DOC_L_LENGTH.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Affects everything on the page.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_LINE_LENGTH END
+.    if !\\n[DOCS] .DOC_MACRO_ERROR \\$0
+.    br
+.    nr #DOC_L_LENGTH (\\$1)
+.    LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.    ta \\n[.l]u
+.END
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT FAMILY
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <family of running text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $DOC_FAM.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Affects everything except headers and footers.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_FAMILY END
+.    if !\\n[DOCS] .DOC_MACRO_ERROR \\$0
+.    br
+.    ds $DOC_FAM \\$1
+.    ds $FAMILY  \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    AUTHOR_FAMILY     \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    DOCHEADER_FAMILY  \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    DOCTYPE_FAMILY    \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    EPIGRAPH_FAMILY   \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    FOOTNOTE_FAMILY   \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    HDRFTR_FAMILY     \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    LINENUMBER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    QUOTE_FAMILY      \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    SUBTITLE_FAMILY   \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    TITLE_FAMILY      \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.END
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT POINT SIZE
+\# -------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <point size of running text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #DOC_PT_SIZE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   DOC_PT_SIZE is the basis for calculating all type sizes in
+\#   a document.  Ignored if PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.ALIAS DOC_PT_SIZE PT_SIZE
+\#
+\# DOCUMENT LEAD
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <lead (".vs") of running text> [ADJUST]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #DOC_LEAD.  If the optional
+\#   ADJUST argument is given, adjusts leading so that the last
+\#   line of text falls exactly on #B_MARGIN.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   DOC_LEAD is the basis for calculating all leading changes in
+\#   a document.  Default for TYPESET is 16; 24 for TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+\#   Because the visible bottom or footer margin of a page depends
+\#   on the overall document lead supplied by the register #DOC_LEAD,
+\#   DOC_LEAD, in the body of a document, should always be associated
+\#   with the start of a new page (in other words, just before or
+\#   just after a manual NEWPAGE).  Ignored if PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_LEAD END
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE] .return
+.    if !\\n[#DOCS] .DOC_MACRO_ERROR \\$0
+.    br
+.    if '\\$0'DOC_LEAD' \{\
+.       vs \\$1
+.       rr #DOC_AUTOLEAD
+.       rr #DOC_AUTOLEAD_FACTOR
+.       nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.    \}
+.    nr #RESET_TRAPS 1
+.    if !\\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD] .nr #REMOVE_ADJ 1
+.    if !'\\$0'DOC_LEAD' \{\
+.       if '\\$0'EN_LEAD'  .nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#EN_LEAD]
+.       if '\\$0'BIB_LEAD' .nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#BIB_LEAD]
+.       if '\\$0'TOC_LEAD' .nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#TOC_LEAD]
+.       if '\\$2'ADJUST'   .TRAPS
+.       rr #RESET_TRAPS
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ADJUST DOCUMENT LEAD
+\# --------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Adjusts document lead so that the last line of text falls exactly
+\#   on #B_MARGIN.
+\#
+.MAC DOC_LEAD_ADJUST END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD 1
+.       rr #DOC_LEAD_ADJUST_OFF
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD 0
+.       nr #DOC_LEAD_ADJUST_OFF 1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SHIM
+\# ----
+\# *Argument:
+\#   None
+\# *Function:
+\#   Advances to the next valid baseline.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If a user plays around with spacing in a doc (say, with ALD),
+\#   it isn't easy to get mom back on track so she can achieve
+\#   perfectly flush bottom margins.  Any time SHIM is used, it
+\#   ensures that the next output line falls on a valid baseline.
+\#
+\# First, a little convenience macro
+\#
+.MAC PROCESS_SHIM END
+.    if !\\n[nl]=\\n[#VALID_BASELINE] \{\
+.       while \\n+[#VALID_BASELINE]<\\n[#CURRENT_V_POS] .
+.       nr #SHIM \\n[#VALID_BASELINE]-\\n[#CURRENT_V_POS]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# And a macro to disable SHIM
+\#
+.MAC NO_SHIM END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #NO_SHIM 1
+.       nr #FLEX_ACTIVE 1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       rr #NO_SHIM
+.       rr #SHIM
+.       rr #FLEX_ACTIVE
+.   \}
+.END
+\#
+.nr #NO_SHIM 2 \" Restored to 1 in DEFAULTS.
+\#
+.MAC SHIM END
+.    if \\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.       if !'\\$0'SHIM_1' .return
+.    if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.       if !'\\$0'SHIM_1' \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: \
+SHIM, line \\n[.c], is incompatible with flex-spacing, which is enabled.
+.          tm1 "       \
+Flex-spacing must be disabled with NO_FLEX before using SHIM.
+.          ab [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]', line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #VALID_BASELINE \\n[#T_MARGIN]-\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.    if !r#CURRENT_V_POS .nr #CURRENT_V_POS \\n[.d]
+.    ie \\n[#ADVANCE_FROM_TOP] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#CURRENT_V_POS]<(\\n[#T_MARGIN]-1v) \{\
+.          while \\n-[#VALID_BASELINE]>\\n[#CURRENT_V_POS] .
+.          nr #VALID_BASELINE +\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.          nr #SHIM \\n[#VALID_BASELINE]-\\n[#CURRENT_V_POS]
+.       \}
+.       el .PROCESS_SHIM
+.    \}
+.    el .PROCESS_SHIM
+.    nr #SHIM_MAX \\n[#DOC_LEAD]*10/15
+.    if !\\n[#CALCULATE_ONLY] \{\
+.       if !\\n[defer-count] \
+.          if \\n[#SHIM]>\\n[#SHIM_MAX] .sp -1
+'          sp \\n[#SHIM]u
+.       \}
+.    rr #CURRENT_V_POS
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS SHIM_1 SHIM
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++FLEX SPACING+++
+\#
+\# INSERT FLEX SPACE
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   FORCE
+\# *Function:
+\#   Inserts flexible whitespace ("flex-space").
+\# *Notes:
+\#   FORCE restores flex-spacing if an .ns is preventing it.
+\#   Useful in conjunction with deferred floated material that
+\#   plants an .ns after outputting the last deferred float.
+\#
+.MAC FLEX END
+.    if !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \{\
+.       if \\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: \
+FLEX, line \\n[.c], is incompatible with shimming, which is presently enabled.
+.          tm1 "       \
+Shimming must be disabled with NO_SHIM before using FLEX.
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]', line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'FORCE' \{\
+.       nr flex:force 1
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.       if !\\n[.ns] \{\
+.          if !\\n[.t]<=\\n[.v] \{\
+.             nr flex-spaces +1
+.             if dflex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM] \{\
+.                sp \\*[flex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM]]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC NO_FLEX END
+.    rr flexed
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.       if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] .rr #FLEX_ACTIVE
+.    \}
+.    el \
+.       if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 .rr #NO_FLEX
+.END
+\#
+\# CALCULATE FLEX SPACES
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Function:
+\#   Derives flex-space size by dividing the space remaining before
+\#   FOOTER by the number of times FLEX was used on the page/col.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   .h is reliable for determining space remaining, but can't be used
+\#   for columns because it can't be zeroed from one col to the
+\#   next.  Workaround is to use nl for columns and compensate for
+\#   .br's, .sp's, and .ne's.  Here be dragons.
+\#
+.MAC CALCULATE_FLEX END
+.    nr flex:target-pos \\n[.p]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]-1
+.    nr flex:current-pos \\n[.h]-\\n[.v]
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.       ie \\n[.trunc] \
+.          nr flex:current-pos \\n[nl]-\\n[.v]-(\\n[.trunc]-1)
+.       el .nr flex:current-pos \\n[nl]-\\n[.v]
+.       if '\\n[.ev]'tbl*end' \{\
+.          nr flex:current-pos \\n[nl]-(\\n[.trunc]-1)
+.          if \\n[tbl*boxed] .nr flex:current-pos -.65v
+.       \}
+.       ie \\n[nl-from-heading] \{\
+.          nr flex:current-pos \\n[nl-from-heading]-\\n[.v]
+.          rr nl-from-heading
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if !\\n[.pe] \{\
+.             if \\n[nl]=(\\n[.p]+(\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]-1)) \
+.                nr flex-spaces -1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr flex:space-remaining \
+        \\n[flex:target-pos]-\\n[flex:current-pos]
+.    if \\n[flex-spaces] \{\
+.       nr flex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM] \
+           \\n[flex:space-remaining]/\\n[flex-spaces]
+.       if dPDF.EXPORT \{\
+.          tm .ds flex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM] \
+              \\n[flex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM]]u
+.\" For debugging: catch edge-cases that result in negative
+.\" flex-spacing and don't apply flex to the page/column.
+.          if \\n[flex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM]]<0 \{\
+.             tm .ds flex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM] 0
+.             tm .ds Negative flex space \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] (\\n[flex-space:\\n[flex]@\\n[#COL_NUM]])
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++INTERNATIONALIZATION+++
+\#
+\# ATTRIBUTE STRING
+\# ----------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what goes in the "by" slot before author in the document header>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $ATTRIBUTE_STRING.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is "by".  A blank string ("") may be used if no
+\#   attribution is desired.  Blank line results.
+\#
+.MAC ATTRIBUTE_STRING END
+.    if !'\\$1'DOC_COVER' \
+.       if !'\\$1'COVER' .nr #NEITHER 1
+.    if !'\\$1'COVER' \
+.       if !'\\$1'DOC_COVER' .nr #NEITHER 1
+.    if '\\$1'DOC_COVER' \{\
+.       ds $DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING \\$2
+.       if '\\*[$DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING]'' \
+.          ds $DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING \&
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'COVER' \{\
+.       ds $COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING \\$2
+.       if '\\*[$COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING]'' \
+.          ds $COVER_ATTRIBUTE_STRING \&
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NEITHER]=1 \{\
+.       ds $ATTRIBUTE_STRING \\$1
+.       rr #NEITHER
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# CHAPTER STRING
+\# --------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what to print any time the word "chapter" is required>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $CHAPTER_STRING.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is "chapter".
+\#
+.MAC CHAPTER_STRING END
+.    ds $CHAPTER_STRING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# DRAFT STRING
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what to print any time the word "draft" is required>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $DRAFT_STRING.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is "draft".
+\#
+.MAC DRAFT_STRING END
+.    ds $DRAFT_STRING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# REVISION STRING
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what to print any time the word "revision" is required>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $REVISION_STRING.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is "revision".
+\#
+.MAC REVISION_STRING END
+.    ds $REVISION_STRING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# FINIS STRING
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what to print with the finis macro>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $FINIS_STRING.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is "END".
+\#
+.MAC FINIS_STRING END
+.    ds $FINIS_STRING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++RECTO/VERSO+++
+\#
+\# RECTO_VERSO
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Switches HDRFTR_LEFT and HDRFTR_RIGHT on alternate pages.  Also
+\#   switches page numbers left and right if either is chosen rather
+\#   than the default centered page numbers.  Switches left and right
+\#   margins if differing values have been entered.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is OFF.
+\#
+.MAC RECTO_VERSO END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #RECTO_VERSO 1
+.    el .nr #RECTO_VERSO 0
+.END
+\#
+\# FORCE RECTO
+\# -----------
+\# *Function:
+\#   Forces doccover and cover pages to recto
+\#
+.MAC FORCE_RECTO END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #FORCE_RECTO 1
+.       nr #DOC_COVER_BLANKPAGE 1
+.       nr #COVER_BLANKPAGE 1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       rr #FORCE_RECTO
+.       rr #DOC_COVER_BLANKPAGE
+.       rr #COVER_BLANKPAGE
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC RV_HARD_SET_MARGINS END
+.    DOC_LEFT_MARGIN  \\n[@L_MARGIN]u
+.    DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN \\n[@R_MARGIN]u
+.    po \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.    LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++EPIGRAPHS+++
+\#
+\# EPIGRAPH INDENT
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <value by which to multiply PP_INDENT for block epigraphs>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #EPI_OFFSET_VALUE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is 2 for TYPEWRITE, 3 for TYPESET.
+\#
+.MAC EPIGRAPH_INDENT END
+.    rr #EPI_OFFSET_VALUE
+.    rm $EPI_OFFSET_VALUE
+.    ds $EVAL_EI_ARG \\$1
+.    substring $EVAL_EI_ARG -1
+.    ie \B'\\*[$EVAL_EI_ARG]' .nr #EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \\$1
+.    el .ds $EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \\$1
+.    rm $EVAL_EI_ARG
+.END
+\#
+\# EPIGRAPH AUTOLEAD
+\# -----------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount of lead to add to the epigraph ps for epigraph leading>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #EPI_AUTOLEAD.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is 2 (for TYPESET; TYPEWRITE doesn't require this).
+\#
+.MAC EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD END
+.    nr #EPI_AUTOLEAD (p;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# EPIGRAPH
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   BLOCK | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Places an epigraph before the document's text, after the
+\#   document header, or after a HEAD.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   #EPIGRAPH 1 = centered; 2 = block
+\#
+\#   By default, epigraphs are centered, allowing the user
+\#   to input them on a line per line basis.  To change this
+\#   behaviour, the user can supply the argument BLOCK, which
+\#   will produce indented, filled text similar to BLOCKQUOTE.
+\#
+\#   If a block epigraph contains more than one para, ALL paras of
+\#   the epigraph must be preceded by PP.  Otherwise, PP is optional.
+\#
+.MAC EPIGRAPH END
+.    nr #PP_STYLE 2
+.    nr #Q_PP     0
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#START] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.          if \\n[#AUTHOR_LINES]=1 .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #EPIGRAPH 1
+.       ev EPIGRAPH
+.       nr #IN_DIVER 1
+.       ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       CHECK_INDENT
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#START] \{\
+.              ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.              ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       CENTER
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.          ft  R
+.          if '\\*[$EPI_FT]'I' .FT I
+.          ps  \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.          ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.          nr #EPI_LEAD      \\n[#LEAD]
+.          nr #EPI_LEAD_DIFF \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          FAMILY   \\*[$EPI_FAM]
+.          FT       \\*[$EPI_FT]
+.          ps  \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$EPI_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          if \\n[#EPI_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.             nf
+\m[\\*[$EPI_COLOR]]
+.             EOL
+.          \}
+.          vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#EPI_AUTOLEAD]u
+.          nr #EPI_LEAD      \\n[#LEAD]
+.          nr #EPI_LEAD_DIFF \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]
+.       \}
+.       di EPI_TEXT
+.       nr #DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN (p;\\n[.ps]u*2.75)/1000
+.       HY_SET 1 \\n[#DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN]u (\\n[#PT_SIZE]u/1000u/8u)p
+.       hy 14
+.       nr #EPI_ACTIVE 1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'BLOCK' \{\
+.          nr #EPIGRAPH 2
+.          ev EPIGRAPH
+.          evc 0
+.          ie \\n[#START] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.                ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                   ll \
+\\n[#L_LENGTH_FOR_EPI]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.                el \
+.                   ll \
+\\n[#L_LENGTH_FOR_EPI]u-(\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u)
+.                ta \\n[.l]u
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                   ll \
+\\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.                el \
+.                   ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.                ta \\n[.l]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                ll \
+\\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.             el \
+.                ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.             if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.                ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                   ll \
+\\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.                el \
+.                   ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.                ta \\n[.l]u
+.             \}
+.             CHECK_INDENT
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.             ft  R
+.             if '\\*[$EPI_FT]'I' .FT I
+.             ps  \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.             ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             el .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.             QUAD LEFT
+.             HY OFF
+.             nr #EPI_LEAD \\n[#LEAD]
+.             nr #EPI_LEAD_DIFF \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]
+.             di EPI_TEXT
+.             nr #EPI_ACTIVE 1
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.             FAMILY   \\*[$EPI_FAM]
+.             FT       \\*[$EPI_FT]
+.             ps  \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$EPI_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.             if \\n[#EPI_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.                nf
+\m[\\*[$EPI_COLOR]]
+.                EOL
+.             \}
+.             vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#EPI_AUTOLEAD]u
+.             QUAD     \\*[$EPI_QUAD]
+.             nr #DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN (p;\\n[.ps]u*2.75)/1000
+.             HY_SET 1 \\n[#DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN]u (\\n[#PT_SIZE]u/1000u/8u)p
+.             hy 14
+.             nr #EPI_LEAD \\n[#LEAD]
+.             nr #EPI_LEAD_DIFF \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]
+.             di EPI_TEXT
+.             nr #EPI_ACTIVE 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el .DO_EPIGRAPH
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# DO EPIGRAPH
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Ends diversion started in EPIGRAPH.  Makes spacing
+\#   adjustments to compensate for the difference between epigraph
+\#   leading and overall document leading, so that the bottom of
+\#   the pages remain flush.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   In addition to its usual place at the beginning of a
+\#   document, EPIGRAPH may also be used after HEAD.
+\#
+.MAC DO_EPIGRAPH END
+.    br
+.    di
+.    rr #IN_DIVER
+.    if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=2 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{\
+.          if ((\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS])+\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH])>(\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]) \{\
+.             DIVER_FN_2_POST
+.             rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #SAVED_FN_NUMBER \\n[#FN_NUMBER]
+.    nr #DONE_ONCE 0 1
+.    REMOVE_INDENT
+.    ev
+.    nr #EPI_DEPTH \\n[#DIVER_DEPTH]-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]
+.    nr #EPI_LINES \\n[#EPI_DEPTH]/\\n[#EPI_LEAD]
+.    ie \\n[#START] \{\
+.       if !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .RLD \\n[#SHIM]u
+.       nr #EPI_WHITESPACE (\\n[#DOC_LEAD]*\\n[#EPI_LINES])-\\n[#EPI_DEPTH]
+.       while \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.          nr #EPI_WHITESPACE -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.          if !\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 .RLD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el \{\
+.             ie '\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]'' .RLD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             el .if '\\*[$CHAPTER]''   .RLD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.             ALD \\n[#EPI_LEAD_DIFF]u+(\\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u)
+.          if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.             ALD \
+\\n[#EPI_LEAD_DIFF]u+(\\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u)-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#EPI_DEPTH]<\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE] \{\
+.          nr #EPI_FITS 1
+.          nr #EPI_WHITESPACE (\\n[#DOC_LEAD]*\\n[#EPI_LINES])-\\n[#EPI_DEPTH]
+.          while \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.             nr #EPI_WHITESPACE -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.             ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.          el \{\
+.             if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.                ALD \
+\\n[#EPI_LEAD_DIFF]u+(\\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u)
+.             if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.                ALD \
+\\n[#EPI_LEAD_DIFF]u+(\\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u)-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#DIVER_FN]=2 .rr #DIVER_FN
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #EPI_LINES_TO_TRAP 0 1
+.          while \\n[#EPI_LEAD]*\\n+[#EPI_LINES_TO_TRAP]<\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE] \{\
+.             nr #LOOP 1
+.          \}
+.          nr #EPI_LINES_TO_TRAP -1
+.          nr #EPI_WHITESPACE \
+(\\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_TRAP]*\\n[#DOC_LEAD])-(\\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_TRAP]*\\n[#EPI_LEAD])
+.          while \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.             nr #EPI_WHITESPACE -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.             ALD \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u
+.          if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.             ALD \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    SET_EPI_OFFSET
+.    nf
+.    EPI_TEXT
+.    br
+.    ie \\n[#START] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .SHIM_1
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.             ALD \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u
+.          if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.             ALD (\\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u)-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          SHIM
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       rr #EPI_ACTIVE
+.       ie \\n[#EPI_FITS] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#FN_FOR_EPI] \{\
+.             nr #EPI_LINES_TO_END 1
+.             nr #EPI_WHITESPACE \
+(\\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_END]*\\n[#DOC_LEAD])-(\\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_END]*\\n[#EPI_LEAD])
+.             while \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.                nr #EPI_WHITESPACE -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.             \}
+.             ALD \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u-(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]u)
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.                SHIM_1
+.             el \{\
+.                if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.                   ALD \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u
+.                if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.                   ALD (\\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u)-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          SHIM
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #EPI_LINES_TO_END \\n[#EPI_LINES]-\\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_TRAP]
+.          if \\n[#LOOP] .nr #EPI_LINES_TO_END +1
+.          rr #LOOP
+.          nr #EPI_WHITESPACE \
+(\\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_END]*\\n[#DOC_LEAD])-(\\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_END]*\\n[#EPI_LEAD])
+.          while \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.             nr #EPI_WHITESPACE -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.          \}
+.          ALD \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u-(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]u)
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             if !\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{\
+.                nr #EPI_LINES_EVEN \\n[#EPI_LINES_TO_END]%2
+.                ie \\n[#EPI_LINES_EVEN] .ALD .5v
+.                el .RLD .5v
+.                rr #EPI_LINES_EVEN
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #PP_STYLE 1
+.    rr #EPI_FITS
+.    ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.    po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.       po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.       nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#START] \{\
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.          nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.          mk dc
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC SET_EPI_OFFSET END
+.    if \\n[#EPIGRAPH]=1 \{\
+.       po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.          nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#EPIGRAPH]=2 \{\
+.       ie !\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]=0 \
+.          nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.       el \
+.          if !'\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]'' \
+.             nr #EPI_OFFSET \\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]=0 \
+.             nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.          el \
+.             if !'\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]'' \
+.                nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\$0'GET_EPI_OFFSET' \
+.          if !\\n[#EPI_OFFSET]=0 .po \\n[#EPI_OFFSET]u
+.    \}
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS GET_EPI_OFFSET SET_EPI_OFFSET
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++FINIS MACRO+++
+\#
+\# FINIS
+\# -----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Deposits --END-- at the end of a document.
+\#
+.MAC FINIS END
+.    if !\\n[@TOP] \{\
+.       if \\n[.t]<=2v \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: '\\n[.F]': Insufficient room to print \\$0 on last page.
+.          return
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    br
+.    ev FINIS
+.    evc 0
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TQ
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] .IQ CLEAR
+.    nr #EM_ADJUST (1m/8)
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.       po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.       nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.    \}
+.    ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    CENTER
+.    if \\n[#FINIS_STRING_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie !\\n[#FINIS_NO_DASHES] .PRINT "--\\*[$FINIS_STRING]--
+.       el .PRINT "\\*[$FINIS_STRING]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FINIS_COLOR]=1 .COLOR \\*[$FINIS_COLOR]
+.       ie !\\n[#FINIS_NO_DASHES] .ds $FINIS_DASH \
+\v'-\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\[em]\v'+\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'
+.       el .rm $FINIS_DASH
+.       PRINT \
+\\*[$FINIS_DASH]\\*[$FINIS_STRING]\\*[$FINIS_DASH]\c
+.    \}
+.    EL
+.    if \\n[#FINIS_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.    if \\n[#FINIS_STRING_CAPS]=1 .CAPS OFF
+.    ev
+.    pdfsync
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FINIS_STRING_CAPS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #FINIS_STRING_CAPS 1
+.    el .nr #FINIS_STRING_CAPS 0
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS FINIS_CAPS FINIS_STRING_CAPS
+\#
+.MAC FINIS_NO_DASHES END
+.    nr #FINIS_NO_DASHES 1
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++HEADERS/FOOTERS+++
+\#
+\# Define a string so that the current page number can be incorporated
+\# into the strings for hdrftr left, right, and center.  NOTE: This is
+\# not the same thing as using the shortform # in hdrftr strings.
+\#
+.ds PAGE# \En[#PAGENUMBER]
+.ALIAS SLIDE# PAGE#
+\#
+.MAC RESTORE_SPACE END
+.   if !\\n[#START] .vpt 0
+.   if \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.      ch RR_@TOP
+.      rr @TOP
+.   \}
+.   if \\n[#NEWPAGE] .rr #NEWPAGE
+.   if \\n[.u]=1 .nr #FILLED 1
+.   nf
+.   rs
+.   nop \&
+.   sp -1
+.   if \\n[#FILLED] \{\
+.      fi
+.      rr #FILLED
+.   \}
+.   if !\\n[#START] .vpt
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR RULE GAP
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount of space between header/footer and header/footer rule>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #HDRFTR_RULE_GAP to hold amount
+\#   of space between header/footer and header/footer rule.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is 4p.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_RULE_GAP END
+.    nr #HDRFTR_RULE_GAP (\\$1)
+.    if '\\$0'HEADER_RULE_GAP' \
+.       nr #HEADER_RULE_GAP \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP]
+.    if '\\$0'FOOTER_RULE_GAP' \
+.       nr #FOOTER_RULE_GAP \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP]
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR LEFT
+\# -----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what to put in the left position of page header/footers>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_LEFT.
+\#   Creates register #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT, which, if 1,
+\#   overrides the $HDRFTR_LEFT string created by default
+\#   in DEFAULTS.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Especially useful if doc has more than one author, and a list
+\#   of authors by last name is desired in header/footers.
+\#   Default is author.
+\#
+\#   If the argument is the # character, simply prints the current
+\#   page number.
+\#
+\#   If the user wants to incorporate the page number into the string,
+\#   \*[PAGE#] must be used.  For example, if the user wants to put
+\#   an ellipsis before the page number in the string, s/he should use
+\#   ...\*[PAGE#], not ...#
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_LEFT END
+.    nr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT 1
+.    ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR <POSITION> CAPS AND SMALLCAPS
+\# ------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns capitalisation of $HDRFTR_<POSITION> on or off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default for RIGHT (ie AUTHOR) is on.
+\#
+.MAC CAPS_SMALLCAPS_WARNING END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: At line \\n[.c], both CAPS and SMALLCAPS have been enabled for HEADER_\\$1.
+.    tm1 "       CAPS takes precedence.
+.END
+.
+.MAC _HDRFTR_CAPS END
+.    ds $HDR_FTR \\$0
+.    substring $HDR_FTR 0 5 \" HEADER or FOOTER
+.    ds POSITION \\$0
+.    substring POSITION 7 7
+.    if '\\*[POSITION]'L' .ds POSITION LEFT
+.    if '\\*[POSITION]'C' .ds POSITION CENTER
+.    if '\\*[POSITION]'R' .ds POSITION RIGHT
+.    if \\n[#HDRFTR_\\*[POSITION]_SMALLCAPS]=1 \
+.       CAPS_SMALLCAPS_WARNING \\*[POSITION]
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #HDRFTR_\\*[POSITION]_CAPS 1
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #HDRFTR_\\*[POSITION]_CAPS 0
+.       ds $HDRFTR_\\*[POSITION]_SIZE_CHANGE +0
+.    \}
+.END
+.
+.MAC _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS END
+.    ds $HDR_FTR \\$0
+.    substring $HDR_FTR 0 5 \" HEADER or FOOTER
+.    ds POSITION \\$0
+.    substring POSITION 7 7
+.    if '\\*[POSITION]'L' .ds POSITION LEFT
+.    if '\\*[POSITION]'C' .ds POSITION CENTER
+.    if '\\*[POSITION]'R' .ds POSITION RIGHT
+.    if \\n[#HDRFTR_\\*[POSITION]_CAPS]=1 \
+.       CAPS_SMALLCAPS_WARNING \\*[POSITION]
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #HDRFTR_\\*[POSITION]_SMALLCAPS 1
+.    el \
+.       nr #HDRFTR_\\*[POSITION]_SMALLCAPS 0
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR CENTER
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what to put in the centre position of page header/footers>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_CENTER.
+\#   Creates register #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER, which, if 1,
+\#   overrides the $HDRFTR_CENTER string created by default
+\#   in COPYSTYLE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is document type if DOCTYPE NAMED, Chapter # if DOCTYPE
+\#   CHAPTER, draft and revision number if COPYSTYLE DRAFT.
+\#
+\#   If the argument is the # character, simply prints the current
+\#   page number.
+\#
+\#   If the user wants to incorporate the page number into the string,
+\#   \*[PAGE#] must be used.  For example, if the user wants to put
+\#   an ellipsis before the page number in the string, s/he should use
+\#   ...\*[PAGE#], not ...#
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_CENTER END
+.    nr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER 1
+.    if '\\$0'HEADER_CENTER' \{\
+.       ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW \\$1
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'FOOTER_CENTRE' \{\
+.       ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW \\$1
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'TOC' .ds $TOC_HDRFTR_CENTER \\$2
+.    el .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR CENTER CAPS AND SMALLCAPS
+\# --------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns capitalisation of $HDRFTR_CENTER (typically, doctype of
+\#   the document) on or off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS END
+.    if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS]=1 \
+.       CAPS_SMALLCAPS_WARNING CENTER
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS 1
+.    el \
+.       nr #HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS 0
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR CENTER PADDING
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   LEFT | RIGHT <amount of padding to put left or right of hdrftr
+\#   center string>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies registers #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT or
+\#   #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   By default, the HDRFTR_CENTER string is centered on the doc
+\#   line length.  Long titles or long author names can screw up
+\#   visual centering, or create overprints.  This macro allows the
+\#   user to pad the center string by the specified amount of space
+\#   to fix these problems.
+\#
+\#   A unit of measure is required.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD END
+.    if '\\$1'LEFT'  .nr #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT  (\\$2)
+.    if '\\$1'RIGHT' .nr #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT (\\$2)
+.END
+\#
+\# SWITCH HDRFTR CENTER PADDING SIDE (support macro)
+\# -------------------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Switches the padding side of hdrftr center padding.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Required to keep spacing around hdrftr string constant
+\#   in recto/verso documents.
+\#
+.MAC SWITCH_HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD END
+.    nr #HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_TMP  \\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT]
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD LEFT  \\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT]u
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD RIGHT \\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_TMP]u
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR RIGHT
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <what to put in the right position of page header/footers>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_RIGHT.
+\#   Creates register #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT, which, if 1,
+\#   overrides the $HDRFTR_RIGHT string created by default
+\#   in DEFAULTS.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is document title.
+\#
+\#   If the argument is the # character, simply prints the current
+\#   page number.
+\#
+\#   If the user wants to incorporate the page number into the string,
+\#   \*[PAGE#] must be used.  For example, if the user wants to put
+\#   an ellipsis before the page number in the string, s/he should use
+\#   ...\*[PAGE#], not ...#
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_RIGHT END
+.    nr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT 1
+.    ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR RIGHT CAPS AND SMALLCAPS
+\# -------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns capitalisation of $HDRFTR_RIGHT (typically, the title of
+\#   the document) on or off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS END
+.    if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS]=1 \
+.       CAPS_SMALLCAPS_WARNING RIGHT
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS 1
+.    el \
+.       nr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS 0
+.END
+\#
+\# HDRFTR RULE
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   If invoked via the alias HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL in HDRFTR, prints a rule
+\#   under the header/over the footer.  Otherwise, turns HDRFTR_RULE
+\#   on or off.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_RULE END
+.    if r #HEADERS_ON \
+.       if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 .nr #HDRFTR_RULE_GAP \\n[#HEADER_RULE_GAP]
+.    if r #FOOTERS_ON \
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 .nr #HDRFTR_RULE_GAP \\n[#FOOTER_RULE_GAP]
+.    if '\\$0'HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL' \{\
+.       ie \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR] \{\
+.          nr #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST \\n[#HDRFTR_HEIGHT]
+.          if \\n[#HEADERS_ON] \{\
+.             rt \\n[y]u
+.             ALD \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP]u
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT \\n[#HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT]
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.             rt \\n[y]u
+.             RLD \
+\\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP]u+\\n[#CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST]u+\\n[#FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT]u
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT \\n[#FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT]
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR]=1 \{\
+\m[\\*[$HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR]]\
+\D't \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'|0'\
+\v'+\\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u 0'\
+\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\m[]
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+\D't \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'|0'\
+\v'+\\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u 0'\
+\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'
+.          \}
+.          br
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .nr #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#LEFT_CAP_HEIGHT]>\\n[#CENTER_CAP_HEIGHT] \
+.                nr #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST \\n[#LEFT_CAP_HEIGHT]
+.             el .nr #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST \\n[#CENTER_CAP_HEIGHT]
+.             ie \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST]>\\n[#RIGHT_CAP_HEIGHT] \
+.                nr #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST]
+.             el .nr #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST \\n[#RIGHT_CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#HEADERS_ON] \{\
+.             rt \\n[y]u
+.             ALD \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP]u
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT \\n[#HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT]
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#HEADER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.             rt \\n[y]u
+.             RLD \
+\\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP]u+\\n[#CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST]u+\\n[#FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT]u
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT \\n[#FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT]
+.             nr #HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ \\n[#FOOTER_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR]=1 \{\
+\m[\\*[$HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR]]\
+\D't \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'|0'\
+\v'+\\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u 0'\
+\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\m[]
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+\D't \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'|0'\
+\v'+\\n[#HDRFTR_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u 0'\
+\D't \\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\h'-\\n[#RULE_WEIGHT]u'
+.          \}
+.          br
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'HEADER_RULE' \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.          nr #HEADER_RULE 1
+.          nr #HDRFTR_RULE 1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #HEADER_RULE 0
+.          nr #HDRFTR_RULE 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'FOOTER_RULE' \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.          nr #FOOTER_RULE 1
+.          nr #HDRFTR_RULE 1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #FOOTER_RULE 0
+.          nr #HDRFTR_RULE 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'HDRFTR_RULE' \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' .nr #HDRFTR_RULE 1
+.       el .nr #HDRFTR_RULE 0
+.    \}
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL HDRFTR_RULE
+\#
+\# HDRFTR PLAIN
+\# ------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets the family, font, and point size of all strings in
+\#   header/footers to the same family and point size as running
+\#   text.  Font for the header/footer becomes roman throughout.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_PLAIN END
+.    nr #HDRFTR_PLAIN 1
+.    rm $HDRFTR_FAMILY
+.    rm #HDRFTR_PT_SIZE
+.    rm $HDRFTR_COLOR
+.    rm $HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY
+.    rm $HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT
+.    rm $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE
+.    rr #HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS
+.    rr #HDRFTR_LEFT_SMALLCAPS
+.    rr #HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR
+.    rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY
+.    rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT
+.    rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE
+.    rr #HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS
+.    rr #HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS
+.    rr #HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR
+.    rm $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY
+.    rm $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT
+.    rm $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE
+.    rr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS
+.    rr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS
+.    rr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR
+.END
+\#
+\# SWITCH HDRFTR
+\# -------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #SWITCH_HDRFTR, used to switch
+\#   default location of HDRFTR_LEFT and HDRFTR_RIGHT.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is OFF.
+\#
+\# Typically, the author string appears at the left of header/footers,
+\# and the title string appears at the right.  This switches the
+\# location of the two.  Useful in conjunction with RECTO_VERSO to tweak
+\# switches on alternate pages to come out as the user wishes.  The
+\# assumption of RECTO_VERSO is that the first page of the document
+\# (recto) is odd, and even though it has no header/footer, if it did
+\# have one, it would print as AUTHOR...CENTER...TITLE (or whatever
+\# strings the user has supplied for HDRFTR_LEFT/RIGHT), meaning that
+\# the next page, which does have a header/footer, will come out as
+\# TITLE...CENTER...AUTHOR (or whatever strings the user has supplied
+\# for HDRFTR_LEFT/RIGHT).  SWITCH_HDRFTRS allows the user to get the
+\# desired string in the desired place on the desired recto/verso page.
+\#
+.MAC SWITCH_HDRFTR END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #SWITCH_HDRFTR 1
+.    el .nr #SWITCH_HDRFTR 0
+.END
+\#
+\# USER DEFINED HDRFTR RECTO
+\# -------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   L | LEFT | C | CENTER | CENTER | R | RIGHT <hdrftr_recto_string>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles #USERDEF_HDRFTR on, stores quad as #USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD,
+\#   stores string in $USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   For use when users don't want 3-part headers/footers, but rather
+\#   want to design their own headers/footers and need different
+\#   headers/footers on recto and verso pages.  Using just
+\#   HEADER_RECTO or FOOTER_RECTO, even when recto/verso is not on,
+\#   allows users to design their own headers/footers for doc pages.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_RECTO END
+.    nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR 1
+.    ds $QUAD_TYPE \\$1
+.    substring $QUAD_TYPE 0 0
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'L' .nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD 1
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'C' .nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD 2
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'R' .nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD 3
+.    shift
+.    ie '\\$1'CAPS' \{\
+.       nr #HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS 1
+.       ds $USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO \\$2
+.    \}
+.    el .ds $USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# USER DEFINED HDRFTR VERSO
+\# -------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   L | LEFT | C | CENTER | CENTER | R | RIGHT <hdrftr_verso_string>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles #USERDEF_HDRFTR on, stores quad as #USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD,
+\#   stores string in $USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   For use when users don't want 3-part headers/footers, but rather
+\#   want to design their own headers/footers and need different
+\#   headers/footers on recto and verso pages.
+\#
+.MAC HDRFTR_VERSO END
+.    nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR 1
+.    ds $QUAD_TYPE \\$1
+.    if !'\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'' .substring $QUAD_TYPE 0 0
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'L' .nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD 1
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'C' .nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD 2
+.    if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'R' .nr #USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD 3
+.    shift
+.    ie '\\$1'CAPS' \{\
+.       nr #HDRFTR_VERSO_CAPS 1
+.       ds $USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO \\$2
+.    \}
+.    el .ds $USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# PRINT FOOTER ON FIRST PAGE
+\# --------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles register #PRINT_FOOTER_ON_PAGE_1
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Lets user choose whether to print footer on first
+\#   page of doc.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #PRINT_FOOTER_ON_PAGE_1 1
+.    el .rr #PRINT_FOOTER_ON_PAGE_1
+.END
+\#
+\# PRINT PAGE NUMBER ON FIRST PAGE
+\# -------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles register #PRINT_PAGENUM_ON_PAGE_1
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Lets user choose whether to print page number on first
+\#   page of doc and after collate when footers are on or page numbering
+\#   has been user set at top of page.
+\#
+.MAC PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #PRINT_PAGENUM_ON_PAGE_1 1
+.    el .rr #PRINT_PAGENUM_ON_PAGE_1
+.END
+\#
+\# PRINT HEADER/FOOTER
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Based on defaults or values entered by user, prints a
+\#   three-part title at either the top or the bottom of the page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Called from within either HEADER or FOOTER.
+\#
+.MAC PRINT_HDRFTR END
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 .nr #SUITE \En[.pn]
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.       if \\n[#START_FOR_FOOTERS] \{\
+.          rr #START_FOR_FOOTERS
+.          if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.             if !\\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH] .PRINT_USERDEF_HDRFTR
+.             return
+.          \}
+.          if !\\n[#PRINT_FOOTER_ON_PAGE_1] \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH] .return
+.             el \{\
+.                rr #FOOTERS_ON
+.                if !\\n[#COLLATE] .nr #HEADERS_ON 1
+.                ie \\n[#HEADER_RULE]=1 .HEADER_RULE
+.                el .HEADER_RULE OFF
+.                ie \\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH] .HEADER_VERSO \\*[$HDR_VERSO_QUAD] "\\*[$HDR_VERSO_STRING]"
+.                el .HEADER_RECTO \\*[$HDR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$HDR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.                return
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR] \{\
+.       PRINT_USERDEF_HDRFTR
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#SWITCH_HDRFTR] \{\
+.       ds $HDRFTR_TMP_SWITCH             \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_LEFT                   \\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT                  \\*[$HDRFTR_TMP_SWITCH]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_TMP_SIZE_CHANGE_SWITCH \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE       \\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE      \\*[$HDRFTR_TMP_SIZE_CHANGE_SWITCH]
+.       nr #HDRFTR_TMP_CAPS_SWITCH        \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS]
+.       nr #HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS              \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS]
+.       nr #HDRFTR_TMP_SMALLCAPS_SWITCH   \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_SMALLCAPS]
+.       nr #HDRFTR_LEFT_SMALLCAPS         \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS]
+.       nr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS             \\n[#HDRFTR_TMP_CAPS_SWITCH]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_TMP_COLOR_SWITCH       \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR             \\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR]
+.       ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR            \\*[$HDRFTR_TMP_COLOR_SWITCH]
+.       rr #HDRFTR_TMP_CAPS_SWITCH
+.       rm $HDRFTR_TMP_SWITCH
+.       rm $HDRFTR_TMP_SIZE_CHANGE_SWITCH
+.       rm $HDRFTR_TMP_COLOR_SWITCH
+.       nr #SWITCH_HDRFTR 0
+.    \}
+.    nr #PAGENUMBER \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.    if \\n[#ENDNOTES] .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$EN_PN_STYLE]
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.          di NULL
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          nr #LEFT_CAP_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          di
+.       \}
+.       if o .RIGHT
+.       if e .LEFT
+.       if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO]=0 .LEFT
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS] .CAPS
+.       ie '\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]'#' .PRINT \\n[#PAGENUMBER]
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]'' .PRINT \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]
+.          el .PRINT \&
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS] .CAPS OFF
+.       CENTER
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS] .CAPS
+.       rt \\n[y]u
+.       ie '\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]'#' .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT]u'\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT]u'
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]'' .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT]u'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT]u'
+.          el .PRINT \&
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS] .CAPS OFF
+.       if o .LEFT
+.       if e .RIGHT
+.       if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO]=0 .RIGHT
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS] .CAPS
+.       rt \\n[y]u
+.       ie '\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]'#' .PRINT \\n[#PAGENUMBER]
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]'' .PRINT \\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]
+.          el .PRINT \&
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS] .CAPS OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.          nf
+\m[\\*[$HDRFTR_COLOR]]
+.       \}
+.       fam \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM]
+.       ft  \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_FT]
+.       ps  \\n[#HDRFTR_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.          di NULL
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          nr #LEFT_CAP_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          di
+.       \}
+.       if o .LEFT
+.       if e .RIGHT
+.       if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO]=0 .LEFT
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS] .CAPS
+.       ie '\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]'#' \{\
+.          ie \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR]=1 \
+.             PRINT \m[\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR]]\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\m[]
+.          el \
+.             PRINT \\n[#PAGENUMBER]
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]'' \{\
+.             ie \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR]=1 \
+.                PRINT \m[\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR]]\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]\m[]
+.             el \
+.                PRINT \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]
+.          \}
+.          el .nop \&
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS] .CAPS OFF
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS OFF
+.       fam     \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM]
+.       ft      \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_FT]
+.       ps      \\n[#HDRFTR_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.          di NULL
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          nr #CENTER_CAP_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          di
+.       \}
+.       CENTER
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS] .CAPS
+.       rt \\n[y]u
+.       ie '\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]'#' \{\
+.          ie \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR]=1 .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT]u'\m[\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR]]\
+\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT]u'\m[]
+.          el .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT]u'\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT]u'
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]'' \{\
+.             ie \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR]=1 .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT]u'\m[\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR]]\
+\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT]u'\m[]
+.             el .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_LEFT]u'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER]\h'\\n[#HDRFTR_CTR_PAD_RIGHT]u'
+.          \}
+.          el .PRINT \&
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS] .CAPS OFF
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS OFF
+.       fam \\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM]
+.       ft  \\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT]
+.       ps  \\n[#HDRFTR_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.          di NULL
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          nr #RIGHT_CAP_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          di
+.       \}
+.       if o .RIGHT
+.       if e .LEFT
+.       if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO]=0 .RIGHT
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS] .CAPS
+.       rt \\n[y]u
+.       ie '\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]'#' \{\
+.          ie \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR]=1 \
+.             PRINT \m[\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR]]\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\m[]
+.          el \
+.             PRINT \\n[#PAGENUMBER]
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]'' \{\
+.             ie \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR]=1 \
+.                PRINT \m[\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR]]\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]\m[]
+.             el \
+.                PRINT \\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]
+.          \}
+.          el .PRINT \&
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS] .CAPS OFF
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE] .HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL
+.    br
+.END
+\#
+\# PRINT USER DEFINED HEADER/FOOTER
+\# --------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Based on defaults or values entered by user, prints a single part
+\#   (i.e. not 3-part) title at either the top or the bottom of the page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Called from within PRINT_HDRFTR.
+\#
+.MAC PRINT_USERDEF_HDRFTR END
+.    nr #PAGENUMBER \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.    fc ^ #
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       fam \\*[$HDRFTR_FAM]
+.       ft  R
+.       ps \\n[#HDRFTR_PT_SIZE]u
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.          nf
+.          COLOR \\*[$HDRFTR_COLOR]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#RECTO_VERSO] \{\
+.       if o \{\
+.          if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=1 .LEFT
+.          if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=2 .CENTER
+.          if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=3 .RIGHT
+.          if \\n[#HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.          if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs 0
+.          PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO]
+.          if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs
+.          if \\n[#HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS OFF
+.          EOL
+.          if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.             di NULL
+.             SIZESPECS
+.             nr #HDRFTR_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.             di
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if e \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO]'' \{\
+.             if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD]=1 .LEFT
+.             if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD]=2 .CENTER
+.             if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD]=3 .RIGHT
+.             if \\n[#HDRFTR_VERSO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.             if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs 0
+.             PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO]
+.             if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs
+.             if \\n[#HDRFTR_VERSO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS OFF
+.             EOL
+.             if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.                di NULL
+.                SIZESPECS
+.                nr #HDRFTR_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.                di
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=1 .LEFT
+.             if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=2 .CENTER
+.             if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=3 .RIGHT
+.             if \\n[#HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.             if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs 0
+.             PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO]
+.             if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs
+.             if \\n[#HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS OFF
+.             EOL
+.             if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.                di NULL
+.                SIZESPECS
+.                nr #HDRFTR_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.                di
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=1 .LEFT
+.       if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=2 .CENTER
+.       if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=3 .RIGHT
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.       if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs 0
+.       if !r #SKIP .PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO]
+.       if '\\n[.ev]'FOOTER' .vs
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_RECTO_CAPS]=1 .CAPS OFF
+.       EOL
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.          di NULL
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          nr #HDRFTR_HEIGHT \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          di
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    fc
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#HDRFTR_COLOR]=1 \m[\\*[$HDRFTR_COLOR]]
+.       el \m[black]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE] \
+.       HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL
+.END
+\#
+\# +++HEADERS+++
+\#
+\# HEADERS (off or on)
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns headers at the top of the page off or on.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.
+\#
+.MAC HEADERS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #HEADERS_ON 1
+.    el .nr #HEADERS_ON 0
+.END
+\#
+\# HEADER MARGIN
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount of space between top of page and header>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #HEADER_MARGIN to hold amount
+\#   of space between top of page and header.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.  Default is 4P+6p, measured top-of-page
+\#   to baseline.
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_MARGIN END
+.    nr #HEADER_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# HEADER GAP
+\# ----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount of space between header and running text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #HEADER_GAP to hold amount
+\#   of space between header and running text.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is 1P+6p.
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_GAP END
+.    nr #HEADER_GAP (\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# HEADER
+\# ------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Resets margin notes, processes footnote and margin note
+\#   leftover, takes care of recto-verso, prepares for columns after
+\#   first, determines whether to flex-space the page,,outputs
+\#   deferred floats, and does some tbl magic.  If headers are
+\#   enabled, prints header appropriate to DOC_TYPE, PRINTSTYLE, and
+\#   COPYSTYLE.
+\#
+.MAC HEADER END
+.    vpt 0
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.       if \\n[#SLIDE_FOOTERS] \{\
+.          PRINT_FOOTER
+.          if \\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH] \
+.             HEADER_RECTO \\*[$HDR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$HDR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr flex-spaces 0
+.    nr flex +1
+.    if \\n[#NEW_DOC_PT_SIZE] .nr #DOC_PT_SIZE \\n[#NEW_DOC_PT_SIZE]
+.    rr #NEW_DOC_PT_SIZE
+.    if \\n[#RESET_TRAPS] \{\
+.       TRAPS
+.       if \\n[#REMOVE_ADJ] .nr #DOC_LEAD -\\n[#DOC_LEAD_ADJ]
+.    \}
+.    rr #REMOVE_ADJ
+.    rr #RESET_TRAPS
+.    MNtop
+.    rr #FROM_FOOTER
+.    nr #FROM_HEADER 1
+.    nr #LAST_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]
+.    if \\n[#FN_DEPTH] .PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER
+.    rr #RULED
+.    if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.    if !\\n[#DIVERTED] .rr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED
+.    po \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.    if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO] \{\
+.       if !\\n[#TOC_RV_SWITCH]=2 \{\
+.          nr #DOC_LR_MARGIN_TMP \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]
+.          DOC_LEFT_MARGIN  \\n[#DOC_R_MARGIN]u
+.          if \\n[#CROPS] .DOC_LEFT_MARGIN  \\n[#DOC_R_MARGIN]u+\\n[cropmarks]u
+.          DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_LR_MARGIN_TMP]u
+.          if \\n[#CROPS] .DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_LR_MARGIN_TMP]u-\\n[cropmarks]u
+.          SWITCH_HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ev HEADER
+.    if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 .vs 0
+.    sp |\\n[#HEADER_MARGIN]u-1v
+.    mk y
+.    ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.    ta \\n[.l]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.       ft  R
+.       ps  \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]\\*[$HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.      fam \\*[$HDRFTR_FAM]
+.      ft  R
+.      ps  \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    \}
+.    nr #HDRFTR_PT_SIZE \\n[#PT_SIZE]
+.    if \\n[#CAPS_ON] \{\
+.       nr #CAPS_WAS_ON 1
+.       CAPS OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#ENDNOTES]=1 \{\
+.\" Single-spaced endnotes have a different lead
+.          if \\n[#EN_SINGLESPACE] \{\
+.             nr #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.             nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#EN_LEAD]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !n .nop \X'ps: exec 0 setlinejoin'\X'ps: exec 0 setlinecap'
+.    sp -1v
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 \{\
+.       if \\n[#SLIDE_HEADERS] \{\
+.          HEADERS
+.          if \\n[#SLIDE_FOOTERS] \{\
+.             FOOTERS off
+.\" So rule prints after header on first page
+.             if !r #SKIP_RULE \{\
+.                sp
+.                if \\n[#HEADER_RULE] .HEADER_RULE
+.                nr #SKIP_RULE 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#HEADERS_ON] .PRINT_HDRFTR
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \
+.          if \\n[#PAGINATE] .PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER
+.    \}
+.    sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#ENDNOTES]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#EN_SINGLESPACE] \{\
+.             nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_DOC_LEAD]u
+.             rr #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #PAGE_TOP \\n[nl]
+.    ev
+.\" PDF boxes
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \{\
+.       if !\\n[pdfbx-div-start] \{\
+.          ps \\n[#SIZE_AT_FOOTER]u
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          ds pdfbx-cap-adj \\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          ps
+.          sp |\\n[t]u-\\n[#LEAD_AT_FOOTER]u
+.          sp (\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)+\\*[pdfbx-cap-adj]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.          ch FOOTER \\n[#VFP\\n[stack]]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.    if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO] .nr #L_MARGIN +\\n[#L_MARGIN_DIFF]
+.    if \\n[#CAPS_WAS_ON] \{\
+.       CAPS
+.       rr #CAPS_WAS_ON
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.    if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.       el \{\
+.          ie r #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE .nr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET \
+\\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.          el .nr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET \\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\*[$\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.          ie \\n[#QUOTE]=1 \{\
+.             if !'\\*[$Q_QUAD]'CENTER' \
+.                if !'\\*[$Q_QUAD]'RIGHT' \
+.                   po \\n[#Q_OFFSET]u
+.          \}
+.          el .po \\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET]u
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[pdfbx-running]=0 \{\
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .sp \\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#IN_LIST] \
+.       po +\\n[#LIST_OFFSET_VALUE]u
+.    if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=1 \{\
+.       rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS
+.       PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER
+.       nr #FN_COUNT \\n[#SAVED_FN_COUNT] 1
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#SAVED_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] 1
+.       ie \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER]=1 .nr #FN_NUMBER \\n[#SAVED_FN_NUMBER] 1
+.       el .nr #FN_NUMBER \\n[#FN_NUMBER] 1
+.       rm FN_IN_DIVER
+.       if dRUNON_FN_IN_DIVER .rm RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.       el \{\
+.          ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.             nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.          el \
+.             nr #EPI_OFFSET \\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.          po \\n[#EPI_OFFSET]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.       ie !\\n[#EPI_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          ns
+.          rr #EPI_ACTIVE
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#EPI_FITS] .ns
+.          el .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el .ns
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.       nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1
+.       nr #L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]
+.       if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO] .COLUMNS \\n[#NUM_COLS] \\n[#GUTTER]u
+.       nr #COL_NUM 0 1
+.       mk dc
+.       po \\n[#COL_\\n+[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.       nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.       if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.       ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE] \
+.             po +(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*\\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE]u)
+.          el \
+.             po +\\*[$\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.          if \\n[#EPI_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#EPI_FITS] .
+.             el .nr dc -\\n[#EPI_LEAD_DIFF]
+.          \}
+.          ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \{\
+.             po \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]u)
+.          \}
+.          el .po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u+\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #FROM_HEADER
+.    rr #DEFER_SPACE_ADDED
+.    if !\\n[#FN_DEPTH] .if r #DIVERTED .rr #DIVERTED
+.    if \\n[#MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT]=1 \{\
+.       MN LEFT
+.       nf
+.       MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT
+.       MN
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT]=1 \{\
+.       MN RIGHT
+.       nf
+.       MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT
+.       MN
+.    \}
+.    rm MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT
+.    rr #MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT
+.    rr #no-repeat-MN-left
+.    rm MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT
+.    rr #MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT
+.    rr #no-repeat-MN-right
+.    if \\n[#PRE_COLLATE]=1 .rr #PRE_COLLATE
+.    if \\n[#UNDERLINE_WAS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       vs 0
+.       ie !n \
+.          nop \R'#UNDERLINE_ON 1'\X'ps: exec \\n[_w] \\n[_d] decorline'
+.       el .cu 1000
+.       br
+.       ns
+.       rr #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_PAGINATION] \{\
+.       PAGINATE
+.       rr #RESTORE_PAGINATION
+.    \}
+.    ch RR_@TOP
+.    ie \\n[tbl*have-header] .rr @TOP
+.    el .wh \\n[nl]u+1u RR_@TOP
+.    if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \{\
+.       if \\n[#RESTORE_FLEX] \{\
+.          rr #NO_FLEX
+.          rr #RESTORE_FLEX
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#RESTORE_COL_FLEX] \{\
+.          rr #NO_FLEX
+.          rr #RESTORE_COL_FLEX
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" Don't flex the last page/col, or the page/col before a COLLATE,
+.\" NEWPAGE, COL_NEXT, or BLANKPAGE.
+.    if !dPDF.EXPORT \{\
+.       if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.             nr #RESTORE_FLEX 1
+.       if '\\*[last-page]'\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]' \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.       if '\\*[pre-collate-\\n%]'\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]' \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.       if '\\*[pre-newpage-\\n%]'\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]' \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.       if d page-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] .nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[defer] .PROCESS_FLOATS
+.    el \{\
+.\" These two sets of conditions only occur if the .br in .TS causes
+.\" a page break.
+.       if !\\n[doing-tbl] \{\
+.          if (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=1)&(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=0) \{\
+.             RESTORE_SPACE
+.             if !\\n[span] \{\
+.                ie \\n[#MLA] .sp \\n[tbl*label-lead-diff]u
+.                el .sp \\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" So tables without TH that don't fit don't overprint first row
+.\" at top of page
+.    ie \\n[tbl*no-header] \{\
+.       rs
+.       nop \&
+.       vpt
+.       rr \\n[tbl*no-header]
+.       SHIM_1
+.    \}
+.    el .vpt
+.    if \\n[span] \{\
+.       ev FLOAT
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] .in \\n[#L_INDENT]u/2u
+.       nf
+.       RESTORE_SPACE
+.       if !\\n[tbl*no-top-hook] \
+.          if \\n[tbl*have-header:1] .tbl*print-header
+.       ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.       ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[begin-tbl] \
+.       if !r tbl*no-top-hook .tbl@top-hook
+.    rr tbl*no-top-hook
+.    if r flex:force .rr flex:force
+.    rr ref*last
+.    if !\\n[float*defer] .ev 0
+.    if (\\n[pdfbx-running]=1):(\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5) \{\
+.       rr @TOP
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running]=1 \
+.       ch FOOTER \\n[#VFP\\n[stack]]u
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++FOOTERS+++
+\#
+\# FOOTERS (off or on)
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns footers at the bottom of the page off or on.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is off.  If on, page numbers automatically go at
+\#   the top, centered, unless pagination has been turned off,
+\#   or the pagenumber position has been changed to left or right.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTERS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       rr #HEADERS_ON
+.       nr #FOOTERS_ON 1
+.       PAGENUM_POS TOP CENTER
+.    \}
+.    el .nr #FOOTERS_ON 0
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTER MARGIN
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <footer margin>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #FOOTER_MARGIN which holds the
+\#   amount of space to leave between the page number and the bottom
+\#   of the page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Unit of measure required.  Default is 3P.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_MARGIN END
+.    ie \\n%>0 .nr #FOOTER_MARGIN (\\$1)
+.    el .
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTER GAP
+\# ----------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <distance from end of running text to page # or footer>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #FOOTER_GAP which holds the
+\#   amount of space to leave between running text and the page number.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.  Default is 3P.  Measured baseline to
+\#   baseline.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_GAP END
+.    ie \\n%>0 .nr #FOOTER_GAP (\\$1)
+.    el .
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTER
+\# ------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Gathers strings for flex-spacing, processes margin notes and
+\#   footnotes, prepares for move to next column or page.  Places
+\#   footer at bottom of page if #FOOTERS=1, otherwise places page
+\#   number at bottom of page (if #PAGINATE=1).  Page numbers are
+\#   in arabic or roman according to COPYSTYLE.  DRAFT starts the
+\#   document at page 1 regardless of PAGENUMBER.  FINAL respects
+\#   PAGENUMBER.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER END
+.    if r #START .rr #START
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_COUNT] \{\
+.          nr pdfbx-fn-trap \\n[nl]+\\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]
+.          nop \!x X pdf: background footnote \\n[pdfbx-fn-trap]z
+.          rr pdfbx-fn-trap
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    CALCULATE_FLEX
+.    if \\n[#DOING_COVERTEXT] \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: COVERTEXT exceeds cover page depth.
+.       ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]'.
+.    \}
+.    vpt 0
+.    rr #LB_4_HD
+.    rr #QUOTE_4_HD
+.    nr #LEAD_AT_FOOTER \\n[.v]
+.    nr #SIZE_AT_FOOTER \\n[.ps]
+.    if !r pg-trans .nr pg-trans 0 1
+.    ev PAGE_TRANSITION\\n+[pg-trans]
+.    pdfmarksuspend
+.    ie !n .nop \X'ps: exec decornone'
+.    el .cu 0
+.    br
+.    if \\n[#UNDERLINE_ON]=1 .nr #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON 1
+.    if \\n[MN-left]>0 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#no-repeat-MN-left]=1 \{\
+.          MNbottom-left
+.          nr #no-repeat-MN-left 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\n[.z]'MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT' \{\
+.          di
+.          nr #MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT 1
+.          rr #OVERFLOW_LEFT
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[MN-right]>0 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#no-repeat-MN-right]=1 .MNbottom-right
+.       if '\\n[.z]'MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT' \{\
+.          di
+.          nr #MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT 1
+.          rr #OVERFLOW_RIGHT
+.       \}
+.    \}
+\# Table bottom hook, draws the table borders in
+\# multipage boxed tables.
+.    tbl@bottom-hook
+.    ch MN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.    nr #L_MARGIN_DIFF \\n[#L_MARGIN]-\\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]
+.    if !\\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\
+.       nr #DIVER_DEPTH 0
+.       if \\n[#FN_DEPTH] \{\
+.          if \\n[#DIVERTED]=3 .nr #FN_DEPTH +\\n[#VFP_DIFF]
+.          vpt 0
+.          sp \
+|\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#B_MARGIN]u+\\n[#FN_DEPTH]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u)
+.          vpt
+.          po \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.             po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.             nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.             nr #FROM_FOOTER 1
+.          \}
+.          nf
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.          FOOTNOTES
+.          rm FOOTNOTES
+.          if d RUNON_FOOTNOTES   .rm RUNON_FOOTNOTES
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .vs \\n[#LEAD_AT_FOOTER]u
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .vs \\n[#LEAD_AT_FOOTER]u
+.          if '\\n[.z]'FN_OVERFLOW' \{\
+.             di
+.             nr #FN_OVERFLOW_DEPTH \\n[#DIVER_DEPTH]
+.          \}
+.          nr #FN_COUNT_AT_FOOTER \\n[#FN_COUNT]
+.          nr #FN_COUNT 0
+.          if \\n[#COL_NEXT] \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .nr #COL_NUM \\n-[#COL_NUM]
+.             el .nr #COL_NUM \\n[#NUM_COLS] 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       rr #DIVERTED
+.    \}
+.    nr @TOP 1
+.    ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.       ie (\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS]):(\\n[#NEWPAGE]=1) \{\
+.          rr #NEWPAGE
+.          DO_FOOTER
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie (\\n[#ENDNOTES]=1):(\\n[#BIBLIOGRAPHY]=1) \{\
+.             if \\n[#ENDNOTES] .sp |\\n[ec]u-\\n[#EN_LEAD]u
+.             if \\n[#BIBLIOGRAPHY] .sp |\\n[bc]u-\\n[#BIB_LEAD]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.            vs \\n[#LEAD_AT_FOOTER]u
+.            rt \\n[dc]u
+.            nr flex-spaces 0
+.          \}
+.          if d page-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] \{\
+.             rr #NO_FLEX
+.             rr #RESTORE_COL_FLEX
+.          \}
+.          po \\n[#COL_\\n+[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.          if !dPDF.EXPORT \{\
+.             if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \{\
+.                if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.                   if '\\*[last-page]'\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]' \
+.                       nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.                   if '\\*[pre-collate]'\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]' \
+.                       nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.                   if '\\*[pre-newpage-\\n%]'\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]' \{\
+.                      nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.                      nr #RESTORE_FLEX 1
+.                   \}
+.                   if d page-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] \{\
+.                      nr #NO_FLEX 1
+.                      nr #RESTORE_COL_FLEX 1
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.          if \\n[#FN_DEPTH] .PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER
+.          vs \\n[#LEAD_AT_FOOTER]u
+.          if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED] .nr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED 2
+.          rr #RULED
+.          if !\\n[#EPIGRAPH] .rr #COL_NEXT
+.          if !\\n[#QUOTE] .rr #COL_NEXT
+.          if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=1 \{\
+.             rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS
+.             PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER
+.             LS \\n[#LEAD_AT_FOOTER]u
+.             nr #FN_COUNT \\n[#FN_COUNT] 1
+.             nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] 1
+.             rm FN_IN_DIVER
+.             if dRUNON_FN_IN_DIVER .rm RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.          \}
+.          rr #DEFER_SPACE_ADDED
+.          if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.          if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.             el \{\
+.                ie \\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE] \
+.                   nr #Q_OFFSET \
+\\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.                el \
+.                   nr #Q_OFFSET \\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\*[$Q_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.                if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE] .nr #Q_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.                   el .nr #Q_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+\\*[$Q_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.                \}
+.                po \\n[#Q_OFFSET]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.             el \{\
+.                ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE .nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.                el .nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.                if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.                   ie r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE .nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.                   el .nr #EPI_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+\\*[$EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.                \}
+.                po \\n[#EPI_OFFSET]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[tbl*interrupted] \{\
+.             tbl*print-header
+.             rr tbl*interrupted
+.            \}
+.          el .if !r tbl*no-top-hook .tbl@top-hook
+.          rr tbl*no-top-hook
+.          ie \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#EPI_ACTIVE] \{\
+.                ns
+.                rr #EPI_ACTIVE
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                sp |\\n[dc]u+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u-\\n[#EPI_LEAD]u)
+.                rr #EPI_ACTIVE
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .ns
+.          ev
+.       \}
+.       ns
+.       rr #DIVERTED
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.       wh \\n[nl]u+1u RR_@TOP
+.       if \\n[tbl*have-header] .tbl@bottom-hook
+.       if \\n[defer] .PROCESS_FLOATS
+.       ie \\n[tbl*no-header] \{\
+.          rs
+.          nop \&
+.          vpt
+.          rr \\n[tbl*no-header]
+.          SHIM_1
+.       \}
+.       el .vpt
+.       if '\\n[.ev]'caption' .rs
+.       if \\n[tbl*interrupted] .tbl*print-header
+.       rr tbl*interrupted
+.    \}
+.    el .DO_FOOTER
+.    pdfmarkrestart
+.END
+\#
+\# PROCESS FOOTER
+\# --------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Prints footer (page number, or 3-part footer).
+\#   Resets CAPS and UNDERLINE if they were on.
+\#
+.MAC DO_FOOTER END
+.\" Kill pdfbackground if BoxStop causes a page break
+.    if r pdfbxstop \{\
+.       pdfbackground off
+.       rr pdfbx-running
+.    \}
+.\" Part of workaround for refer spitting out a blank page if the
+.\" last reference falls on the bottom line.
+.    if \\n[num*refs] \{\
+.       if \\n[ref*num]=\\n[num*refs] \{\
+.          rr num*refs
+.          nr ref*last 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 .PRINT_FOOTER
+.    el .vpt
+.    if !\\n[ref*last] \{\
+.       ie \\n[defer]>0 \{\
+\c
+'          bp
+.       \}
+.       el 'bp
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC PRINT_FOOTER END
+.    if r #SAVED_FOOTER_POS .ch FOOTER \\n[#SAVED_FOOTER_POS]u
+.    rr #SAVED_FOOTER_POS
+.    vpt 0
+.    sp -1
+.    ev FOOTER
+.    ie n \
+.       sp |\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u-\\n[#FOOTER_MARGIN]u
+.    el \
+.       sp |\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u-\\n[#FOOTER_MARGIN]u-\\n[#FOOTER_ADJ]u
+.    mk y
+.    UNDERLINE OFF
+.    po \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.    ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.    ta \\n[.l]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       fam  \\*[$HDRFTR_FAM]
+.       ft   R
+.       ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    \}
+.    nr #HDRFTR_PT_SIZE \\n[#PT_SIZE]
+.    if \\n[#CAPS_ON] \{\
+.       nr #CAPS_WAS_ON 1
+.       CAPS OFF
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\
+.       if !\\n[#SKIP_FOOTER]>0 .PRINT_HDRFTR
+.       if \\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH] \
+.          HEADER_RECTO \\*[$HDR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$HDR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.       if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 .FOOTERS
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#PAGINATE] \{\
+.          if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 \
+.             if !\\n[#SKIP_FOOTER]>0 .PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #SKIP_FOOTER
+.    if \\n[#CAPS_WAS_ON] \{\
+.       CAPS
+.       rr #CAPS_WAS_ON
+.    \}
+.    ev
+.    vpt
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++HEADERS AND FOOTERS+++
+\#
+\# HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   HEADER_RECTO_QUAD \
+\#   HEADER_RECTO_STRING \
+\#   FOOTER_RECTO_QUAD \
+\#   FOOTER_RECTO_STRING \
+\#   HEADER_VERSO_QUAD \
+\#   HEADER_VERSO_STRING \
+\#   FOOTER_VERSO_QUAD \
+\#   FOOTER_VERSO_STRING
+\#   | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows having both headers and footers.  Sets register
+\#   #HDRFTR_BOTH to 1; collects HEADER/FOOTER_RECTO/VERSO
+\#   information; appends FOOTER_RECTO and FOOTER_VERSO to
+\#   START and turns off pagination; appends to macros
+\#   PRINT_USERDEF_HDRFTR and HEADER the necessary number
+\#   register manipulations and redefinitions of the
+\#   HEADER/FOOTER_RECTO/VERSO strings so that both
+\#   headers and footers get printed, with the appropriate
+\#   strings for each
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Works in conjunction with HDRFTR_RECTO and HDRFTR_VERSO (qqv.),
+\#   ergo all style changes must be done inline in the strings
+\#   passed as arguments.
+\#
+.MAC HEADERS_AND_FOOTERS END
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>1 \{\
+.    nr #HDRFTR_BOTH 1
+.    nr #FOOTERS_ON  1
+.    if !r#HEADER_RULE .nr #HEADER_RULE 1
+.    if !r#FOOTER_RULE .nr #FOOTER_RULE 1
+.    ds $HDR_RECTO_QUAD   \\$1
+.    ds $HDR_RECTO_STRING \\$2
+.    ds $FTR_RECTO_QUAD   \\$3
+.    ds $FTR_RECTO_STRING \\$4
+.    ds $HDR_VERSO_QUAD   \\$5
+.    ds $HDR_VERSO_STRING \\$6
+.    ds $FTR_VERSO_QUAD   \\$7
+.    ds $FTR_VERSO_STRING \\$8
+.am START DONE
+.   if \\\\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH]=1 \{\
+.      FOOTER_RECTO \\\\*[$FTR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\\\*[$FTR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.      FOOTER_VERSO \\\\*[$FTR_VERSO_QUAD] "\\\\*[$FTR_VERSO_STRING]"
+.      if \\\\n[#HEADER_RULE]=1 .HEADER_RULE
+.      ie \\\\n[#FOOTER_RULE]=1 .FOOTER_RULE
+.      el .FOOTER_RULE OFF
+.      if r #PAGINATE .rr #PAGINATE
+.      if r #PAGE_NUM_V_POS .rr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS
+.   \}
+.DONE
+.am PRINT_USERDEF_HDRFTR DONE
+.   if \\\\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH]=1 \{\
+.      if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.         if !\\\\n[#COLLATE]=1 \{\
+.            HEADER_RECTO \\*[$HDR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$HDR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.            HEADER_VERSO \\*[$HDR_VERSO_QUAD] "\\*[$HDR_VERSO_STRING]"
+.            rr #FOOTERS_ON
+.            nr #HEADERS_ON 1
+.            ie \\\\n[#HEADER_RULE]=1 .HEADER_RULE
+.            el .HEADER_RULE OFF
+.         \}
+.      \}
+.      if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.         FOOTER_RECTO \\*[$FTR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$FTR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.         FOOTER_VERSO \\*[$FTR_VERSO_QUAD] "\\*[$FTR_VERSO_STRING]"
+.      \}
+.   \}
+.DONE
+.am HEADER DONE
+.   if \\\\n[#HDRFTR_BOTH]=1 \{\
+.      if r #START_FOR_FOOTERS .rr #START_FOR_FOOTERS
+.      rr #HEADERS_ON
+.      nr #FOOTERS_ON 1
+.      FOOTER_RECTO \\*[$FTR_RECTO_QUAD] "\\*[$FTR_RECTO_STRING]"
+.      FOOTER_VERSO \\*[$FTR_VERSO_QUAD] "\\*[$FTR_VERSO_STRING]"
+.      ie \\\\n[#FOOTER_RULE]=1 .FOOTER_RULE
+.      el .FOOTER_RULE OFF
+.   \}
+.DONE
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       rr #HDRFTR_BOTH
+.       rr #USERDEF_HDRFTR
+.       rm $USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO
+.       rm $USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO
+.       FOOTERS OFF
+.       HEADERS
+.       if \\n[#COLLATE]=1 \{\
+.          nr #HEADER_STATE 1
+.          nr #PAGINATION_STATE 1
+.       \}
+.       PAGINATE
+.       PAGENUM_POS BOTTOM CENTER
+.       nr #HF_OFF 1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++HEADINGS+++
+\#
+.char \[hd-num-spacer]     \0
+.char \[parahead-spacer]   \~\~
+.char \[toc-hd-num-spacer] \h'\w'\[en]'u'
+.ds toc-word-space \ \" ie an unbreakable space
+\#
+\# HEADING
+\# -------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <heading level> [PARAHEAD] [NAMED <pdf-id>] <heading text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Assigns a heading level to the heading text and prints heading
+\#   in the style set up for that level.  If PARAHEAD given, the
+\#   heading is attached to the body of the paragraph.  If NAMED
+\#   given, creates a target for pdf links.  Collects the heading
+\#   for the TOC and sets TOC indenting appropriate for the level.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If PARAHEAD given, HEADING must come after PP.
+\#
+.MAC HEADING END
+.    ie !r pdfbx-top \{\
+'       br
+.       if \\n[@TOP] .br
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if r pdfbx-running .nr pdfbx-top 1
+.    \}
+.    if !\B'\\$1' \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: The first argument to \\$0 must be a numeric heading level.
+.       ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.    \}
+.    if r #QUOTE     .rr #QUOTE
+.    if r #END_QUOTE .rr #END_QUOTE
+.    if r #EPIGRAPH  .rr #EPIGRAPH
+.    vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if \\$1<\\n[#LEVEL] \
+.       nr #ACTIVE_LEVELS \\n[#LEVEL] \" loop count for resetting numbering registers
+.    nr #LAST_LEVEL \\n[#LEVEL]       \" used during TOC collection, if SPACE_TOC_ITEMS
+.    nr #LEVEL \\$1                   \" resets #LEVEL to arg
+.    shift
+.    nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.    while \\n+[#ARG_NUM]<=2 \{\
+.      if '\\$1'NAMED' \{\
+.         ds PDF_NM "\\$1 \\$2
+.         shift 2 \" \\$1 is now heading text
+.      \}
+.      if '\\$1'PARAHEAD' \{\
+.         nr #PARAHEAD 1
+.         shift \" \\$1 is now NAMED, if we have it; otherwise heading text
+.      \}
+.    \}
+.\" Spacing
+.    if \\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF_CHECK] .sp -1
+.    if \\n[.t]<\\n[.v] .nr nl-from-heading \\n[nl]
+.    ie !\\n[#PARAHEAD] \{\
+.       if !\\n[@TOP] \{\
+.          nr #HEAD 1
+.          ie !\\n[#START] \{\
+.             nr #HEADING_NEEDS \\n[#NUM_ARGS]v+\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NEEDS]v+1v
+.             if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SPACE_AFTER] .nr #HEADING_NEEDS +1v
+.             if \\n[.t]<\\n[#HEADING_NEEDS] .sp \\n[.t]u
+.             vpt 0
+.             if !r pdfbx-top \
+.               if !\\n[#SPACE_ADDED] .if !\\n[#LINEBREAK] .sp
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#PP] \{\
+.                rr #START
+.                RESTORE_SPACE
+.                if !\\n[#SPACE_ADDED] \
+.                   if !\\n[#COLUMNS] .sp
+.             \}
+.             el .sp
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \
+.             if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .sp
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PP_SPACE] \
+.          if \\n[#QUOTE_4_HD] .sp .5v
+.       ie !\\n[#SPACE_ADDED] \{\
+.          if !\\n[.ns] \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.                if !\\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NO_SHIM] \
+.                   if !r pdfbx-top .SHIM
+.             el \{\
+.                if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                   if !\\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NO_FLEX] \
+.                   if !r pdfbx-top .FLEX
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el .rr #SPACE_ADDED
+.       vpt
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>1 \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: Error at line \\n[.c], \\$0.
+.          tm1 "       PARAHEAD may not be given more than 1 line of text.
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.       vpt 0
+.       if !(\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1)&(\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1) .sp -1v
+.       if \\n[#QUOTE_4_HD] \{\
+.          sp -1v
+.          if \\n[#PP_SPACE] \{\
+.             sp .5v
+.             SHIM
+.         \}
+.       \}
+.       if (\\n[#QUOTE_4_HD]=0)&(\\n[#LB_4_HD]=0)&(\\n[#START]=0) \
+.          if !\\n[#LB_4_PARAHEAD] .sp -1v
+.    \}
+.    ev HEADING
+.    evc 0
+.\" Style
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       fam \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FAM]
+.       ft  \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FT]
+.       ps  \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SIZE]
+.       if r pdfbx-top \{\
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          ie \\n[#PP]=0 \{\
+.             rt
+.             ds pdfbx-cap-adj \\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]
+.             sp (\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)+\\*[pdfbx-cap-adj]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             nr pdfbx-cap-adj \\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]-\\*[pdfbx-cap-adj]
+.             sp \\n[pdfbx-cap-adj]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nf
+.    \}
+.\" Numbering
+.    ds $TOC_HD_NUM_PREV \\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]
+.    rm $TOC_HD_NUM
+.    rm $PDF_HD_NUM
+.    ie \\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PREFIX_CH_NUM] .ds $HD_NUM \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.       nr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NUM +1       \" incremented manually here; still auto-increments
+.\" Reset numbering registers for headings beneath current level
+.       nr @LEVEL \\n[#LEVEL] 1           \" loop step
+.       nr #LOOP \\n[#ACTIVE_LEVELS]      \" loop count
+.       while \\n+[@LEVEL]<=\\n[#LOOP] \
+.          if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_NUM] \
+.             nr #HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_NUM 0 1
+.\" Build numbering strings for body and toc
+.       nr @LEVEL 0 1                     \" loop step
+.       nr #LOOP \\n[#LEVEL]              \" loop count
+.       while \\n+[@LEVEL]<=\\n[#LOOP] \
+.          if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_NUM] \
+.             as $HD_NUM \\n[#HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_NUM].
+.       ie \\n[#TRUNC_TOC_HD_NUM] \
+.          ds $TOC_HD_NUM \\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NUM].
+.       el .ds $TOC_HD_NUM \\*[$HD_NUM]
+.       if \\n[#LEVEL]=1 \
+.          ds $TOC_HD_NUM_PREV \\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]
+.       if \\n[#TOC_NO_HD_NUM] .rm $TOC_HD_NUM
+.       if !\\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NUM]] .rm $TOC_HD_NUM
+.       as $HD_NUM \[hd-num-spacer]
+.       ds $PDF_HD_NUM \\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]
+.       if !'\\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]'' .as $TOC_HD_NUM \[toc-hd-num-spacer]
+.       if !'\\*[$PDF_HD_NUM]'' .as $PDF_HD_NUM " "
+.    \}
+.    el .nr @LEVEL \\n[#LEVEL] 1
+.\" TOC collection and formatting
+.    nr #TOC_ENTRY_PN \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.    af #TOC_ENTRY_PN \\g[#PAGENUMBER]
+.    nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.    while \\n[#ARG_NUM]<\\n[#NUM_ARGS] \{\
+.       as $TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_ITEM "\\$[\\n+[#ARG_NUM]]
+.       if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#ARG_NUM] \
+.          as $TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_ITEM "\\*[toc-word-space]
+.    \}
+.    PDF_BOOKMARK \
+        \\*[PDF_NM] \\n[#LEVEL]+1 \
+        \\*[$PDF_HD_NUM] \\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_ITEM]
+.    rm PDF_NM
+.    rm $PDF_HD_NUM
+.    ev TOC_EV
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.       ft  R
+.       ps  \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       FAMILY  \\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FAM]
+.       FT      \\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FT]
+.       ps \\n[#TOC_PS]u\\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SIZE]
+.    \}
+.\" Indents for TOC heading levels.
+.\" First, numbered heads.  @LEVEL here is #LEVEL+1
+.    ie \\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]] \{\
+.       ie !\\n[#TOC_NO_HD_NUM] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#TRUNC_TOC_HD_NUM] \{\
+.             if !\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT_SET] \{\
+.                ie !\\n[#FROM_STYLE_\\n[@LEVEL]] \{\
+.                   ie !\\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]] \
+.                      nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\w'\\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]'+\
+1.5m
+.                   el \
+.                      nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\w'\\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]'
+.                \}
+.                el \
+.                   nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+                      \\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if !\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT_SET] \{\
+.                ie !\\n[#FROM_STYLE_\\n[@LEVEL]] \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]] \{\
+.                      ie !\\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n+[@LEVEL]] \
+.                         nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\w'\\*[$TOC_HD_NUM_PREV]'+\
+1.5m
+.                      el \{\
+.\" Get the number of digits in the chapter number
+.                         ds ch-num-width \\n[#CH_NUM]
+.                         length ch-num-width \\*[ch-num-width]
+.                         nr ch-num-width -1
+.                         nr num-ch-digits \w'\0'*\\n[ch-num-width]
+.                         nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\\n[num-ch-digits]+\
+\w'.\[toc-hd-num-spacer]'
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                   el \
+.                      nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\w'\\n[#TOC_HD_NUM].'
+.                   ie \\n[#LEVEL]=1 \
+.                      nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n+[@LEVEL]_INDENT +\w'\0'
+.                   el \{\
+.                      if !\\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]] \{\
+.                         nr @LEVEL \\n+[@LEVEL] 1
+.                         nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n+[@LEVEL]_INDENT +\w'\0'
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                el \
+.                   nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n+[@LEVEL]_INDENT]
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[#LEVEL]=1 \{\
+.                if \\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]] \{\
+.                   if \\n[#PREFIX_CH_NUM] \
+.                      nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\w'\\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]'
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#FROM_STYLE_\\n[@LEVEL]] \{\
+.             if !\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT_SET] \
+.                nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+                    \\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+1.5m
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if !\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT_SET] \
+.                nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n+[@LEVEL]_INDENT]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" Non-numbered heads
+.    el \{\
+.       nr @LEVEL \\n[#LEVEL] 1
+.\" increments @LEVEL even if false
+.       ie \\n[#FROM_STYLE_\\n+[@LEVEL]] \{\
+.          if !\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT_SET] \{\
+.             nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT]
+.             if !\\n[#LEVEL]=\\n[#LAST_LEVEL] \{\
+.                if \\n[#NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]] \
+.                   nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_INDENT \
+\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+\
+\w'\\*[$TOC_HD_NUM_PREV]'
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT \
+              \\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n-[@LEVEL]_INDENT]+1.5m
+.          if \\n[#LEVEL]=1 \{\
+.             if !\\n[#FROM_STYLE_1] \
+.                nr #TOC_HEAD_1_INDENT 0
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[@LEVEL]_INDENT_SET 1
+.    HD_TO_TOC
+.    rm $TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_ITEM
+.\" Print heading
+.    if !\\n[#PARAHEAD] .\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_QUAD]
+.    if \\n[#CAPS_ON] \{\
+.       CAPS OFF
+.       nr #CAPS_RESTORE 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_CAPS] \{\
+.       CAPS
+.       nr #CAPS_OFF 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#SMALLCAPS_ON] \{\
+.       SMALLCAPS OFF
+.       nr #SMALLCAPS_RESTORE 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SMALLCAPS] \{\
+.       SMALLCAPS
+.       nr #SMALLCAPS_OFF 1
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_COLOR]'' \
+.       COLOR \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_COLOR]
+.    nop \X'ps: exec decornone'\c
+.    if r pdfbx-top \{\
+.       ds $RESTORE_ADJ \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]
+.       ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ 0
+.    \}
+.    nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.    while \\n+[#ARG_NUM]<=\\n[#NUM_ARGS] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PARAHEAD] \
+.          nr #PP_TEXT_OFFSET \
+              \w'\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]'+\w'\[parahead-spacer]'
+.       if (\\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE]=0)&(\\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE2]=0) \{\
+.          ie \\n[#HD_NUM_INDENT] \{\
+.             if !'\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_QUAD]'CENTER' \
+.                ti \\n[#HD_NUM_INDENT]u
+.             PRINT \
+"\v'-\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]'\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.             br
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#PARAHEAD] \{\
+.                PRINT \
+"\v'-\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]'\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                br
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                if (\\n[#PP]>0):(\\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS]) \{\
+.                   if !\\n[#LB_4_PARAHEAD] \{\
+.                      if !\\n[#START] \{\
+.                         if \\n[#PP_ACTIVE] \{\
+.                            ie \\n[#PP]=1 .br
+.                            el \{\
+.                               nr #PP_TEXT_OFFSET +\\n[#PP_INDENT]
+.                               ie !\\n[pdfbx-running] .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.                               el .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u+\\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.                            \}
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.                   PRINT "\\*[UL]\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]\\*[ULX]
+.                el .PRINT "\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                rr #LB_4_PARAHEAD
+.                sp -1v
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE] \{\
+.          nr #SAVED_UL_WEIGHT \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]
+.          UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL_WEIGHT]
+.          ie \\n[#HD_NUM_INDENT] \{\
+.             if !'\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_QUAD]'CENTER' \
+.                ti \\n[#HD_NUM_INDENT]u
+.             UNDERSCORE \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL_GAP] \
+                "\v'-\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]'\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.             br
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#PARAHEAD] \{\
+.                UNDERSCORE \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL_GAP] \
+"\v'-\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]'\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                br
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                if (\\n[#PP]>0):(\\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS]) \{\
+.                   if !\\n[#LB_4_HD] \{\
+.                      if !\\n[#START] \{\
+.                         if \\n[#PP_ACTIVE] \{\
+.                   nr #PP_TEXT_OFFSET +\\n[#PP_INDENT]
+.                   if (\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1)&(\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1) .sp -1v
+.                   ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                UNDERSCORE \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL_GAP] \
+                   "\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                sp -1v
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT \\n[#SAVED_UL_WEIGHT]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE2] \{\
+.          nr #SAVED_UL2_WEIGHT \\n[#UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT]
+.          UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_WEIGHT]
+.          ie \\n[#HD_NUM_INDENT] \{\
+.             if !'\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_QUAD]'CENTER' \
+.                ti \\n[#HD_NUM_INDENT]u
+.             UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_1] \
+                \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_2] \
+                "\v'-\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]'\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.             br
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#PARAHEAD] \{\
+.                UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_1] \
+                   \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_2] \
+"\v'-\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ]'\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                br
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                if (\\n[#PP]>0):(\\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS]) \{\
+.                   if !\\n[#LB_4_HD] \{\
+.                      if !\\n[#START] \{\
+.                         if \\n[#PP_ACTIVE] \{\
+.                            nr #PP_TEXT_OFFSET +\\n[#PP_INDENT]
+.                            if (\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1)&(\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1) \
+.                               sp -1v
+.                            ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_1] \
+\\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_2] "\\*[$HD_NUM]\\$[\\n[#ARG_NUM]]
+.                sp -1v
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          nr #UNDERSCORE_WEIGHT \\n[#SAVED_UL2_WEIGHT]
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#HD_NUM_INDENT] .nr #HD_NUM_INDENT \w'\\*[$HD_NUM]'
+.    \}
+.    if r pdfbx-top \{\
+.       ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ \\*[$RESTORE_ADJ]
+.       if !\\n[#PARAHEAD] .sp \\*[$HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ] 
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#PARAHEAD] \
+.       if \\n[#HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SPACE_AFTER] .sp
+.    if \\n[#CAPS_OFF] \{\
+.       CAPS OFF
+.       rr #CAPS_OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#CAPS_RESTORE] \{\
+.       CAPS
+.       rr #CAPS_RESTORE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#SMALLCAPS_OFF] \{\
+.       SMALLCAPS OFF
+.       rr #SMALLCAPS_OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#SMALLCAPS_RESTORE] \{\
+.       SMALLCAPS
+.       rr #SMALLCAPS_RESTORE
+.    \}
+.    ev
+.    rm $HD_NUM
+.    rr #HD_NUM_INDENT
+.    if \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.       rr @TOP
+.       rs
+.       nop \&
+.       sp -1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PARAHEAD] \{\
+.       ie !\\n[pdfbx-running] .ti \\n[#PP_TEXT_OFFSET]u
+.       el .ti \\n[#PP_TEXT_OFFSET]u+\\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#PARAHEAD]  .nr #PP 0
+.    rr #PARAHEAD
+.    if \\n[#LB_4_HD]    .rr #LB_4_HD
+.    if \\n[#QUOTE_4_HD] .rr #QUOTE_4_HD
+.    vpt
+.    rr nl-from-heading
+.    if r pdfbx-top \{\
+.       rr pdfbx-top
+.       nr pdfbx-top\\n[stack] 1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# HEADING_STYLE
+\# -------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <level>
+\#   FAMILY <family>
+\#   FONT   <font>
+\#   SIZE   <+|-n>
+\#   COLOR  <color>
+\#   CAPS | NO_CAPS
+\#---when called as HEADING_STYLE, these are also available---
+\#   QUAD   <direction>
+\#   NUMBER | NO_NUMBER
+\#   SPACE_AFTER | NO_SPACE_AFTER
+\#   UNDERSCORE <weight> <gap> | UNDERSCORE2 <weight> <gap1> <gap2>
+\#   NO_UNDERSCORE | NO_UNDERSCORE2
+\#   BASELINE_ADJUST
+\#---when called as TOC_ENTRY_STYLE this is also available---
+\#   INDENT
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets up complete style parameters for HEADING <level>.  If
+\#   invoked as TOC_ENTRY_STYLE, sets up parameters for the
+\#   corresponding TOC entry at <level>.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Arguments may be given in any order.  Any not given retain
+\#   their current values.  Defaults for an initial 9 levels of
+\#   heading are set up in PRINTSTYLE.
+\#
+\#   NUMBER indicates that hierarchic numbering of <level> should be
+\#   prepended to heading text.  If invoked as TOC_ENTRY_STYLE,
+\#   prepend numbering to TOC entries at <level> (only works if
+\#   NUMBER is given to the corresponding HEADING <level>).
+\#
+\#   INDENT refers to the indent for <level> in the TOC.  It is
+\#   measured from the left offset of the entry level above it
+\#   (including numbering, if present).  TOC entry levels beneath
+\#   <level> will have their indents adjusted accordingly.
+\#
+.MAC HEADING_STYLE END
+.    if !'\\$0'TOC_HEADING_STYLE' \{\
+.       if !\B'\\$1' \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: The first argument to \\$0 must be a numeric heading level.
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.       nr #LEVEL \\$1
+.       if \\n[#FROM_OLDSTYLE] .nr #LEVEL_\\n[#LEVEL]_SET 1
+.       shift
+.\" Prepend TOC_ to style strings if called as TOC_ENTRY_STYLE
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'TOC_ENTRY_STYLE' .ds $TOC TOC_
+.    nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.    nr #ATTRIB \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[#ARG_NUM]<=\\n[#ATTRIB] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'UNDERSCORE' \{\
+.          nr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE 1
+.          shift
+.          if '\\$1'' \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: The UNDERSCORE argument to \\$0 requires a rule weight.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL_WEIGHT \\$1
+.          shift
+.          if '\\$1'' \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: The UNDERSCORE argument to \\$0 requires a rule gap.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL_GAP \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_UNDERSCORE' \{\
+.          rr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'UNDERSCORE2' \{\
+.          nr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE2 1
+.          shift
+.          if '\\$1'' \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: The UNDERSCORE2 argument to \\$0 requires a rule weight.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_WEIGHT \\$1
+.          shift
+.          if '\\$1'' \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: The UNDERSCORE2 argument to \\$0 requires a rule gap.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_1 \\$1
+.          shift
+.          if '\\$1'' \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: The UNDERSCORE2 argument to \\$0 requires an inter-rule gap.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UL2_GAP_2  \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_UNDERSCORE2' \{\
+.          rr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_UNDERSCORE2
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SPACE_ABOVE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $SPACE_ABOVE \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SPACE_BENEATH' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $SPACE_BENEATH \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SPACE_AFTER' \{\
+.          nr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SPACE_AFTER 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SPACE_AFTER' \{\
+.          rr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SPACE_AFTER
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FAMILY' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $\\*[$TOC]HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FAM \\$1
+.          if '\\$0'TOC_HEADING_STYLE' .ds $TOC_HEADING_FAM \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FONT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $\\*[$TOC]HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FT \\$1
+.          if '\\$0'TOC_HEADING_STYLE' .ds $TOC_HEADING_FT \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SIZE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $\\*[$TOC]HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SIZE \\$1
+.          if '\\$0'TOC_HEADING_STYLE' .ds $TOC_HEADING_SIZE \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'QUAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $QUAD_TYPE \\$1
+.          substring $QUAD_TYPE 0 0
+.          ie !'\\$0'TOC_HEADING_STYLE' \{\
+.             if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'L' .ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_QUAD LEFT
+.             if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'C' .ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_QUAD CENTER
+.             if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'R' .ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_QUAD RIGHT
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'L' .ds $TOC_HEADING_QUAD LEFT
+.             if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'C' .ds $TOC_HEADING_QUAD CENTER
+.             if '\\*[$QUAD_TYPE]'R' .ds $TOC_HEADING_QUAD RIGHT
+.          \}
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COLOR' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $\\*[$TOC]HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_COLOR \\$1
+.          if '\\$0'TOC_HEADING_STYLE' .ds $TOC_HEADING_COLOR \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'BASELINE_ADJUST' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_BASELINE_ADJ \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CAPS' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[$TOC]HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_CAPS 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_CAPS' \{\
+.          rr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_CAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[$TOC]HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SMALLCAPS 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          rr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SMALLCAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NUMBER' \{\
+.          nr #NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL] 1
+.          nr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NUM 0 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_NUMBER' \{\
+.          rr #NUMBER_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PREFIX_CHAPTER' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.             PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER \\$1
+.          \}
+.          el .PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'INDENT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          nr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_INDENT \\$1
+.          nr #FROM_STYLE_\\n[#LEVEL] 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NEEDS' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NEEDS \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SHIM' \{\
+.          rr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NO_SHIM
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SHIM' \{\
+.          nr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NO_SHIM 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FLEX' \{\
+.          rr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NO_FLEX
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_FLEX' \{\
+.          nr #HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_NO_FLEX 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #LEVEL
+.    if d$TOC .rm $TOC
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS TOC_ENTRY_STYLE   HEADING_STYLE
+.ALIAS TOC_HEADING_STYLE HEADING_STYLE
+\#
+\# OLDSTYLE HEADINGS
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   None.
+\# *Function:
+\#   Called from HEAD, SUBHEAD, and SUBSUBHEAD, sets style
+\#   parameters for HEADINGs 1-3 to former mom defaults for those macros.
+\#   Any styles already assigned to those levels are retained.
+\#
+\#   Called by user with no argument, allows use of old style HEAD,
+\#   SUBHEAD, and SUBSUBHEAD without generating the deprecated msg.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   For backward compatibility, and to ease the transition to
+\#   the HEADING scheme for heads.
+\#
+\#   Paraheads must be set with .HEADING <level> PARAHEAD; attempts
+\#   to call PARAHEAD abort with an instructive message.
+\#
+.MAC OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS END
+.    if '\\$1'' .nr #SKIP_MSG 1
+.    nr #FROM_OLDSTYLE 1 \" Used in HEADING
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#LEVEL_1_SET] \{\
+.          HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+             FONT R \
+             SIZE +0 \
+             QUAD C \
+             CAPS \
+             UNDERSCORE .5 2p \
+             BASELINE_ADJUST 0 \
+             SPACE_AFTER
+.            nr #OLDSTYLE_HD 1
+.            return
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#LEVEL_2_SET] \{\
+.          HEADING_STYLE 2 \
+             FONT R \
+             SIZE +0 \
+             UNDERSCORE .5 2p \
+             BASELINE_ADJUST \\n[.v]/8
+.            nr #OLDSTYLE_SH 1
+.            return
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#LEVEL_3_SET] \{\
+.          HEADING_STYLE 3 \
+             FONT R \
+             SIZE +0 \
+             BASELINE_ADJUST \\n[.v]/8
+.            nr #OLDSTYLE_SSH 1
+.            return
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#LEVEL_1_SET] \{\
+.          HEADING_STYLE 1 \
+             FAMILY \E*[$DOC_FAM] \
+             FONT B \
+             SIZE +1 \
+             QUAD C \
+             CAPS \
+             UNDERSCORE .5 2p \
+             BASELINE_ADJUST 0 \
+             SPACE_AFTER
+.            nr #OLDSTYLE_HD 1
+.            return
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#LEVEL_2_SET] \{\
+.          HEADING_STYLE 2 \
+             FAMILY \E*[$DOC_FAM] \
+             FONT B \
+             SIZE +.5 \
+             BASELINE_ADJUST \\n[.v]/8
+.            nr #OLDSTYLE_SH 1
+.            return
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#LEVEL_3_SET] \{\
+.          HEADING_STYLE 3 \
+             FAMILY \E*[$DOC_FAM] \
+             FONT I \
+             SIZE +.5 \
+             BASELINE_ADJUST \\n[.v]/8
+.            nr #OLDSTYLE_SSH 1
+.            return
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #FROM_OLDSTYLE
+.END
+\#
+\# "Deprecated" message
+\#
+.MAC DEPRECATED END
+.    if !\\n[#SKIP_MSG] \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: Macro '\\$1' at line \\n[.c] is deprecated.
+.       tm1 "       Invoking HEADING \\$2 instead and assigning style defaults
+.       tm1 "          from former \\$1 as described in the documentation.
+.       tm1 "       If another style is desired, use HEADING_STYLE \\$2 to
+.       tm1 "          create it (see docs).
+.       tm1 "       Further warnings will not be emitted for \\$1.
+.       tm1 "       To avoid this message when using the deprecated HEAD,
+.       tm1 "          SUBHEAD, and SUBSUBHEAD macros, add '.OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS'
+.       tm1 "          after PRINTSTYLE before START.
+.       rm $MACRO
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Wrappers around old-style headings.
+\#
+.MAC HEAD END
+.    if !\\n[#OLDSTYLE_HD] \{\
+.       DEPRECATED HEAD 1
+.       OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS HEAD
+.    \}
+.    HEADING 1 \\$@
+.END
+\#
+.MAC SUBHEAD END
+.    if !\\n[#OLDSTYLE_SH] \{\
+.       DEPRECATED SUBHEAD 2
+.       OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS SUBHEAD
+.    \}
+.     HEADING 2 \\$@
+.END
+\#
+.MAC SUBSUBHEAD END
+.    if !\\n[#OLDSTYLE_SSH] \{\
+.       DEPRECATED SUBSUBHEAD 3
+.       OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS SUBSUBHEAD
+.    \}
+.    HEADING 3 \\$@
+.END
+\#
+.MAC PARAHEAD END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 is no longer a valid macro.
+.    tm1 "       Use 'HEADING <level> PARAHEAD <text>' instead.
+.    tm1 "       You will probably want to invoke HEADING_STYLE to set
+.    tm1 "       the type parameters for the parahead.  See docs.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.END
+\#
+\# Wrapper macro for oldstyle NUMBER_HEADS, NUMBER_SUBHEADS...
+\#
+.MAC HEADING_NUMBERS END
+.    if '\\$0'NUMBER_PARAHEADS' \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 is no longer a valid macro.
+.       tm1 "       Use 'HEADING_STYLE <level> NUMBER' instead.  See docs.
+.       ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'NUMBER_HEADS'       .nr level 1
+.    if '\\$0'NUMBER_SUBHEADS'    .nr level 2
+.    if '\\$0'NUMBER_SUBSUBHEADS' .nr level 3
+.    ds mom "[mom]:\"
+.    ie '\\$1'' .ds $PARAM NUMBER
+.    el \{\
+.       ds $PARAM NO_NUMBER
+.       ds $SWITCH " \\$1
+.    \}
+.    HEADING_STYLE \\n[level] \\*[$PARAM]
+.    if (\\n[#OLDSTYLE_HD]=1):(\\n[#OLDSTYLE_SH]=1):(\\n[#OLDSTYLE_SSH]=1) \{\
+.       tm1 "\\*[mom] OLDSTYLE_HEADINGS detected.
+.       ds mom "      \"
+.    \}
+.    tm1 "\\*[mom] Setting HEADING_STYLE \\n[level] to '\\*[$PARAM]' at '\\$0\\*[$SWITCH]', line \\n[.c].
+.    rm $PARAM
+.    rm $SWITCH
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS NUMBER_HEADS       HEADING_NUMBERS
+.ALIAS NUMBER_SUBHEADS    HEADING_NUMBERS
+.ALIAS NUMBER_SUBSUBHEADS HEADING_NUMBERS
+.ALIAS NUMBER_PARAHEADS   HEADING_NUMBERS
+\#
+\# PREFIX CHAPTER NUMBERS TO HEADINGS/TOC ENTRIES
+\# ----------------------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <chapter number> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles register #PREFIX_CH_NUM. Uses $CHAPTER to set #CH_NUM
+\#   if $CHAPTER is a digit; if <chapter number> given, sets #CH_NUM
+\#   to arg.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is OFF.
+\#
+.MAC PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER END
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\
+.          if !\B'\\*[$CHAPTER]' \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 at line \\n[.c] cannot determine a chapter number.
+.             tm1 "       Enter the current chapter number as a digit after PREFIX_CHAPTER.
+.             ab  [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]', line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #PREFIX_CH_NUM 1
+.    el \{\
+.      ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.        nr #PREFIX_CH_NUM 1
+.        nr #CH_NUM \\$1
+.      \}
+.      el .rr #PREFIX_CH_NUM
+.   \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++LINE BREAKS+++
+\#
+\# LINEBREAK CHARACTER
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [character] [iterations] [vertical adjustment]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows user to specify a line break character and the number
+\#   of times to repeat it horizontally.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Without an argument, LINEBREAK_CHAR will deposit a blank line.
+\#
+\#   Vertical adjustment requires a unit of measure (most likely
+\#   "p"), and has to be preceded by +|-
+\#
+.MAC LINEBREAK_CHAR END
+.    nr #REPEAT 1
+.    ds $LINEBREAK_CHAR \\$1
+.    if !'\\$2'' .nr #LB_CHAR_ITERATIONS \\$2
+.    if !'\\$3'' .ds $LINEBREAK_CHAR_V_ADJ \\$3
+.    if '\\*[$LINEBREAK_CHAR_V_ADJ]'' .ds $LINEBREAK_CHAR_V_ADJ +0
+.    if \\n[#LB_CHAR_ITERATIONS] \{\
+.       while (\\n[#LB_CHAR_ITERATIONS]>\\n[#REPEAT]) \{\
+.          as $LINEBREAK_CHAR "\\ \\$1
+.          nr #REPEAT \\n[#REPEAT]+1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #REPEAT
+.    rr #LB_CHAR_ITERATIONS
+.END
+\#
+\# LINE BREAK
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Deposits line break character.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If $LINEBREAK_CHAR is blank, simply advances 2 line spaces.
+\#
+.MAC LINEBREAK END
+.    if r #Q_AT_TOP .rr #Q_AT_TOP
+.    if \\n[@TOP] .RESTORE_SPACE
+.    ie '\\*[$LINEBREAK_CHAR]'' \{\
+.       br
+.       nop \&
+.       sp
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#END_QUOTE] .
+.       el .sp
+.       ev LINEBREAK
+.       evc 0
+.       CENTER
+.       PRINT \
+\m[\\*[$LINEBREAK_COLOR]]\v'\\*[$LINEBREAK_CHAR_V_ADJ]'\
+\\*[$LINEBREAK_CHAR]\m[]
+.       sp
+.       ev
+.       QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.    \}
+.    nr #LINEBREAK 1
+.    if r #QUOTE .rr #QUOTE
+.    if r #END_QUOTE .rr #END_QUOTE
+.    nr #PP 0
+.    nr #LB_4_HD       1
+.    nr #LB_4_PARAHEAD 1
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++PARAGRAPHS+++
+\#
+\# PARAGRAPH FONT
+\# --------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <font of running text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $PP_FT.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Affects all paragraphs.
+\#
+.MAC PP_FONT END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC] .nop
+.       el .return
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COLLATE]=1 \
+.       if !'\\*[$SAVED_PP_FT]'' .rm $SAVED_PP_FT
+.    ds $PP_FT \\$1
+.    FT \\*[$PP_FT]
+.END
+\#
+\# PARAGRAPH INDENT
+\# ----------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount to indent paragraphs in running text (ipPcm)>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows user to change the default para indent.  The change will
+\#   affect the indent of QUOTEs and BLOCKQUOTEs as well.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default for printstyle TYPEWRITE is 1/2-inch.  Default for
+\#   printstyle TYPESET is 2 ems.  The defaults are set in
+\#   PRINTSTYLE, not DEFAULTS.
+\#
+.MAC PARA_INDENT END
+.    ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.       nr #PP_INDENT (\\$1)
+.       nr #SAVED_PP_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.          nr #PP_INDENT \\n[#SAVED_PP_INDENT]
+.          rr #SAVED_PP_INDENT
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #SAVED_PP_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]
+.          rr #PP_INDENT
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# INDENT FIRST PARAGRAPHS
+\# -----------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   By default, the first para of a document, as well as the first
+\#   paras of blockquotes and block-style epigraphs are not indented.
+\#   When invoked, this macro will indent all paras.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is OFF.
+\#
+.MAC INDENT_FIRST_PARAS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #INDENT_FIRST_PARAS 1
+.    el .rr #INDENT_FIRST_PARAS
+.END
+\#
+\# INTER-PARAGRAPH SPACING
+\# -----------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Adds a line space between paragraphs in body text.  Block quotes
+\#   are unaffected.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is OFF.  PARA_SPACE is not recommended for use with
+\#   PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE without SINGLESPACE.
+\#
+.MAC PARA_SPACE END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \
+.       nr #PP_SPACE 1
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.          nr #PP_SPACE 1
+.          ds $PP_SPACE_AMOUNT \\$1
+.       \}
+.       el .rr #PP_SPACE
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# PARAGRAPH
+\# ---------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Figures out what to do with paragraphs under differing conditions.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Note the use of transparent line break (\!.br) to get
+\#   PP to work within blockquotes and epigraphs.
+\#
+\#   PP_STYLE 1 = regular paras; 2 = blockquotes, epigraphs
+\#
+.MAC PP END
+.    if \\n[#COVERTEXT_PP] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] .ti \\n[#INDENT]u+\\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.       el .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PP]>0 .br
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'' .di
+.       nr #TOTAL_FIELDS \\n[#FIELD]
+.       nr #FIELD        0 1
+.       nr #NUM_FIELDS   0 1
+.       if \\n[#TOTAL_FIELDS]>0 \{\
+.          while \\n+[#NUM_FIELDS]<=\\n[#TOTAL_FIELDS] \{\
+.             nf
+.             LETTERHEAD\\n+[#FIELD]
+.             QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.             ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             if \\n[#DATE_FIRST]=1 .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             rr #DATE_FIRST
+.             rm LETTERHEAD\\n[#FIELD]
+.          \}
+.          rr #FIELD
+.          rr #NUM_FIELDS
+.          rr #TOTAL_FIELDS
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #PP_ACTIVE
+.    if r #Q_AT_TOP .rr #Q_AT_TOP
+.    if \\n[#PP_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.          nr #RESET_PARA_SPACE \\n[#PP_SPACE]
+.          ie \\n[#EN_PP_SPACE] .PARA_SPACE
+.          el .PARA_SPACE OFF
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#ENDNOTE] .po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          if !\\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.             po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.             nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          TYPEWRITER
+.          ie \\n[#ENDNOTE] .vs \\n[#EN_LEAD]u
+.          el .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.          if \\n[#SLANT_ON] \
+.             if \\n[#UNDERLINE_SLANT] .UNDERLINE
+.          if '\\*[$PP_FT]'I' \
+.             if \\n[#ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC] .FT I
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.             FAMILY  \\*[$EN_FAM]
+.             FT      \\*[$EN_FT]
+.             ps \\n[#EN_PS]u
+.             vs \\n[#EN_LEAD]u
+.             QUAD    \\*[$EN_QUAD]
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             FAMILY  \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.             if !'\\*[$SAVED_PP_FT]'' \{\
+.                ds $PP_FT \\*[$SAVED_PP_FT]
+.                rm $SAVED_PP_FT
+.             \}
+.             FT \\*[$PP_FT]
+.             ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u
+.             vs      \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             QUAD    \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       ie \\n[#PP]=0 \{\
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] .ti \\n[#INDENT]u+\\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.             el .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.             if '\\n[.z]'END_NOTES' \
+.                ti \\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u+\\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u
+.          \}
+.          if r #END_QUOTE \{\
+.             if \\n[#END_QUOTE] \{\
+.                if !\\n[#LINEBREAK] \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] .ti \\n[#INDENT]u+\\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.                   el .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.                   if '\\n[.z]'END_NOTES' \
+.                      ti \\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u+\\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[#PP_SPACE] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#END_QUOTE] \{\
+.                ie !'\\*[$PP_SPACE_AMOUNT]'' .sp \\*[$PP_SPACE_AMOUNT]
+.                el .sp
+.                rr #END_QUOTE
+.                nr #NO_SPACE 1
+.                nr #BASELINE_MARK \\n[nl]
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                if \\n[#NO_SPACE]=1 .rr #NO_SPACE
+.                if \\n[post-float] \{\
+.                   if (\\n[.t]-1)<\\*[$PP_SPACE_AMOUNT] \{\
+.                      ie \\n[#COLS] .COL_NEXT
+.                      el .NEWPAGE
+.                   \}
+.                   rr post-float
+.                \}
+.                if !\\n[nl]=\\n[#BASELINE_MARK] \{\
+.                   ie !'\\*[$PP_SPACE_AMOUNT]'' .sp \\*[$PP_SPACE_AMOUNT]
+.                   el .sp
+.                   rr #BASELINE_MARK
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[restore-pp-space] \{\
+.             rr restore-pp-space
+.             PARA_SPACE
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] .ti \\n[#INDENT]u+\\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.          el .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u
+.          if '\\n[.z]'END_NOTES' \
+.             ti \\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u+\\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u
+.       \}
+.       if r #START     .rr #START
+.       if r #QUOTE     .rr #QUOTE
+.       if r #END_QUOTE .rr #END_QUOTE
+.       if r #HEAD      .rr #HEAD
+.       if r #SUBHEAD   .rr #SUBHEAD
+.       if r #EPIGRAPH  .rr #EPIGRAPH
+.       if r #Q_FITS    .rr #Q_FITS
+.       if r #LINEBREAK .rr #LINEBREAK
+.       if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#RESET_PARA_SPACE] .PARA_SPACE
+.          el .PARA_SPACE OFF
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#CONDENSE] \{\
+\E*[COND]\c
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EXTEND]=1 \{\
+\E*[EXT]\c
+.       \}
+.       nr #PP +1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PP_STYLE]=2 \{\
+\!.     br
+.       ie \\n[#Q_PP]=0 \{\
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS] \
+.             ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u
+.          if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#INDENT_FIRSTS] .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u
+.             el .ti 0
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u
+.          if \\n[#PP_SPACE]=1 \{\
+.             ie !'\\*[$PP_SPACE_AMOUNT]'' .ALD \\*[$PP_SPACE_AMOUNT]
+.             el .sp
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#CONDENSE] \{\
+\E*[COND]\c
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EXTEND]=1 \{\
+\E*[EXT]\c
+.       \}
+.    nr #Q_PP +1
+.    \}
+.\" This takes care of multi-paragraph dialogue, where each para
+.\" is introduced by an open quote whereas the previous para has
+.\" no close quote.
+.    if \\n[#OPEN_CLOSE]=1 .nr #OPEN_CLOSE 0
+.    nr #PP_ACTIVE 1
+.    UNDERLINE OFF
+.    if r #QUOTE_4_HD .rr #QUOTE_4_HD
+.    if r #LB_4_HD .rr #LB_4_HD
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++QUOTES+++
+\#
+\# ---Line for line quotes, e.g. poetry or code snippets---
+\#
+\# UNDERLINE QUOTES
+\# ----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #UNDERLINE_QUOTES (toggle).
+\#   If on, line for line quotes are underlined when printstyle
+\#   is TYPEWRITE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is ON for printstyle TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC UNDERLINE_QUOTES END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #UNDERLINE_QUOTES 1
+.    el .rr #UNDERLINE_QUOTES
+.END
+\#
+\# QUOTE INDENT
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <integer> | <integer with unit of measure appended>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #Q_OFFSET_VALUE or string
+\#   $Q_OFFSET_VALUE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If just an integer given, value by which to multiply PARA_INDENT
+\#   to get quote indent.  If integer with a unit of measure appended,
+\#   absolute value of quote indent.
+\#
+\#  Default is 3 for typeset; 2 for typewrite.
+\#
+.MAC QUOTE_INDENT END
+.    if '\\$0'BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT' .ds BQ BQ
+.    if '\\$0'QUOTE_INDENT'      .ds BQ Q
+.    rr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE
+.    rm $\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE
+.    ds $EVAL_QI_ARG \\$1
+.    substring $EVAL_QI_ARG -1
+.    ie \B'\\*[$EVAL_QI_ARG]' .nr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE \\$1
+.    el .ds $\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE \\$1
+.    rm BQ
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT QUOTE_INDENT
+\#
+\# QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+\# --------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <autolead value>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets autolead for quotes and/or blockquotes.
+\#
+.MAC QUOTE_AUTOLEAD END
+.    rr #\\$0_DEFAULT
+.    if '\\$0'QUOTE_AUTOLEAD'              .nr #Q_AUTOLEAD (p;\\$1)
+.    if '\\$0'BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD'         .nr #BQ_AUTOLEAD (p;\\$1)
+.    if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_QUOTE_AUTOLEAD'      .nr #EN_Q_AUTOLEAD (p;\\$1)
+.    if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD' .nr #EN_BQ_AUTOLEAD (p;\\$1)
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD         QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_QUOTE_AUTOLEAD      QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_BLOCKQUOTE_AUTOLEAD QUOTE_AUTOLEAD
+\#
+\# ALWAYS FULLSPACE QUOTES
+\# -----------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles register #FULLSPACE_QUOTES.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If user doesn't like the default 1/2 line space above and below
+\#   quotes, s/he can turn it off here.  Has no effect in TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES END
+.    if '\\$1'' .nr #FULLSPACE_QUOTES 1
+.    el .rr #FULLSPACE_QUOTES
+.END
+\#
+\# QUOTE
+\# -----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Indents quoted text on a line for line basis, or turns QUOTE off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Owing to the need to bottom align TYPESET pages, quoted text gets
+\#   diverted so its depth can be measured (in DO_QUOTE) for determining
+\#   how much space to put before and after.
+\#
+.MAC QUOTE END
+.    ie \\n[@TOP] \
+.       br
+.    el 'br
+.    if \\n[#PP]>0 .rr #START
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr Q-float 1
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.       nr #NEXT_LN \\n[ln]
+.       nm
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.       ds $Q_SPACE_ADJUST \\$2
+.       shift 2
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       ev QUOTE
+.       evc 0
+.       if \\n[.i] .in 0
+.       if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \
+.          if \\n[#SILENT_QUOTE_LN]=1 .nm \\n[#NEXT_LN] 1000 -4
+.       nr #IN_DIVER 1
+.       nr #QUOTE 1
+.       di P_QUOTE
+.       if '\\*[$Q_QUAD]'RIGHT' \{\
+.          ie !'\\*[$Q_OFFSET_VALUE]'' .ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-\\*[$Q_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.          el .ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*\\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE]u)
+.       \}
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE] \
+.             ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*\\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE]u)
+.          el .ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-\\*[$Q_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          TYPEWRITER
+.          vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          LEFT
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          FAMILY  \\*[$QUOTE_FAM]
+.          FT      \\*[$QUOTE_FT]
+.          ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          ie !r #Q_AUTOLEAD .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el \{\
+.             vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#Q_AUTOLEAD]u
+.             nr #Q_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.             ps \\n[#EN_PS]u\\*[$QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.             ie !r #EN_Q_AUTOLEAD .vs \\n[#EN_Q_LEAD]u
+.             el \{\
+.                vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#EN_Q_AUTOLEAD]u
+.                nr #EN_Q_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          nr #Q_LEAD_REAL \\n[.v]
+.          if \\n[#QUOTE_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.             nf
+.             COLOR \\*[$QUOTE_COLOR]
+.          \}
+.          \\*[$Q_QUAD]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#QUOTE_LN]=1 \{\
+.             if '\\n[#Q_LN_GUTTER]'' .nr #Q_LN_GUTTER \\n[#LN_GUTTER]
+.             LN_PARAMS
+.             nm \\n[ln] "" \\n[#Q_LN_GUTTER] -3-\\n[#Q_LN_GUTTER]
+.             RESTORE_PARAMS
+.          \}
+.          el \
+.             if !\\n[#SILENT_QUOTE_LN] .NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       \}
+.       nr #Q_TOP \\n[nl]
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.          if \\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES] .FT I
+.    \}
+.    el .DO_QUOTE
+.END
+\#
+\# CODE
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> [ BR | BREAK | SPREAD ]
+\#    or
+\#   <anything> [ BR | BREAK | SPREAD ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Takes care of administrivia associated with setting code snippets.
+\#
+.MAC CODE END
+\c
+.    if '\\$1'BR' \{\
+.       ie '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' 'br
+.       el .br
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'BREAK' \{\
+.       ie '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' 'br
+.       el .br
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'SPREAD' \{\
+.       ie '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' 'brp
+.       el .brp
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       ds $RESTORE_FAM \\n[.fam]
+.       ds $RESTORE_FT  \\n[.sty]
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          CODE_FAMILY C
+.          ie \\n[#CODE_FT]=1 .ft \\*[$CODE_FT]
+.          el \{\
+.             CODE_FONT R
+.             ft R
+.             char ' \[aq]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES]=1 \{\
+.             nr #RESTORE_UNDERLINE 1
+.             UNDERLINE_QUOTES OFF
+.             FT \\*[$CODE_FT]
+.             char ' \[aq]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#CODE_FAM]=1 .fam \\*[$CODE_FAM]
+.          el \{\
+.             CODE_FAMILY C
+.             fam \\*[$CODE_FAM]
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[#CODE_FT]=1 .ft \\*[$CODE_FT]
+.          el \{\
+.             CODE_FONT R
+.             ft \\*[$CODE_FT]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#CODE_COLOR]=1 .COLOR \\*[$CODE_COLOR]
+.          char ' \[aq]
+.          if !\\n[#CODE_SIZE_ADJ]=0 \{\
+.             ds $RESTORE_SIZE \\n[.s]
+.             ps \\n[#PT_SIZE]u*\\n[#CODE_SIZE_ADJ]u/100u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#SQ_ON] \{\
+.             nr #SQ_WAS_ON 1
+.             SMARTQUOTES OFF
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       fam \\*[$RESTORE_FAM]
+.       ft  \\*[$RESTORE_FT]
+.       if !\\n[#CODE_SIZE_ADJ]=0 .ps \\*[$RESTORE_SIZE]
+.       rm $RESTORE_FAM
+.       rm $RESTORE_FT
+.       rm $RESTORE_SIZE
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .char ' \[cq]
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'' \
+.          if \\n[#LINENUMBERS] .nn
+.       if \\n[#CODE_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.       if \\n[#RESTORE_UNDERLINE]=1 \{\
+.          rr #RESTORE_UNDERLINE
+.          UNDERLINE_QUOTES
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#SQ_WAS_ON]=1 \{\
+.          rr #SQ_WAS_ON
+.          SMARTQUOTES
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#QUOTE] .sp -1
+.       if \\n[pdfbx-end] .if !\\n[#QUOTE] .sp -1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ---Blockquotes---
+\#
+\# BLOCKQUOTE
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Indents quoted text in fill mode and shortens line length
+\#   equivalently, or turns BLOCKQUOTE off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Owing to the need to bottom align TYPESET pages, quoted text gets
+\#   diverted so its depth can be measured (in DO_QUOTE) for determining
+\#   how much space to put before and after.
+\#
+\#   .PP after blockquote is optional if there's only one para,
+\#   but required if there's more than one.
+\#
+.MAC BLOCKQUOTE END
+.    ie \\n[@TOP] \
+.       br
+.    el 'br
+.    if \\n[#PP]>0 .rr #START
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr Q-float 1
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.       nr #NEXT_LN \\n[ln]
+.       nm
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.       ds $BQ_SPACE_ADJUST \\$2
+.       shift 2
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       ev BLOCKQUOTE
+.       evc 0
+.       if \\n[.i] .in 0
+.       if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \
+.          if \\n[#SILENT_BQUOTE_LN]=1 .nm \\n[#NEXT_LN] 1000 -4
+.       nr #IN_DIVER 1
+.       nr #QUOTE    2
+.       nr #PP_STYLE 2
+.       nr #Q_PP     0
+.       di B_QUOTE
+.       ie !'\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]'' .ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.       el .ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.       if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.          if \\n[#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT] \{\
+.             ie r#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                ll \
+\\n[#RESET_L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u-(\\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.             el \
+.                ll \
+\\n[#RESET_L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u-(\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT] \{\
+.             ie r#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.             el \
+.                ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u)
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       CHECK_INDENT
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          ie r#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.             ll \
+\\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.          el \
+.             ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.          if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.             if \\n[#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT] \{\
+.                ie r#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                   ll \
+\\n[#RESET_L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u-(\\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.                el \
+.                   ll \
+\\n[#RESET_L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u-(\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT] \{\
+.                ie r#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.                   ll \
+\\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u*(\\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]u*2u))
+.                el \
+.                   ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u-(\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE]*2u)
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          TYPEWRITER
+.          vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          QUAD LEFT
+.          HY OFF
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          FAMILY  \\*[$BQUOTE_FAM]
+.          FT      \\*[$BQUOTE_FT]
+.          ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          ie !r #BQ_AUTOLEAD .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el \{\
+.             vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#BQ_AUTOLEAD]u
+.             nr #BQ_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.             ps \\n[#EN_PS]u\\*[$BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.             ie !r#EN_BQ_AUTOLEAD .vs \\n[#EN_BQ_LEAD]u
+.             el \{\
+.                vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#EN_BQ_AUTOLEAD]u
+.                nr #EN_BQ_LEAD \\n[.v]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          nr #BQ_LEAD_REAL \\n[.v]
+.          if \\n[#BQUOTE_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.             nf
+.             COLOR \\*[$BQUOTE_COLOR]
+.          \}
+.          QUAD \\*[$BQUOTE_QUAD]
+.          nr #DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN (p;\\n[.ps]u*2.75)/1000
+.          HY_SET 1 \\n[#DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN]u (\\n[#PT_SIZE]u/1000u/8u)p
+.          hy 14
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#BQUOTE_LN]=1 \{\
+.             if '\\n[#BQ_LN_GUTTER]'' .nr #BQ_LN_GUTTER \\n[#LN_GUTTER]
+.             LN_PARAMS
+.             nm \\n[ln] "" \\n[#BQ_LN_GUTTER] -3-\\n[#BQ_LN_GUTTER]
+.             RESTORE_PARAMS
+.          \}
+.          el \
+.             if !\\n[#SILENT_BQUOTE_LN] .NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       \}
+.       nr #Q_TOP \\n[nl]
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS] \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.             if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u
+.             if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .ti \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if \\n[#INDENT_FIRSTS]=1 \{\
+.                if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .ti \\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u/2u
+.                if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .ti \\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u/2u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el .DO_BLOCKQUOTE
+.END
+\#
+\# DO QUOTE
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Ends the diversion P_QUOTE or B_QUOTE.  Spaces them according to
+\#   PRINTSTYLE, whether there's inter-paragraph spacing, and page
+\#   position.  TYPEWRITE treats spacing the same way in all circumstance
+\#   (viz. an extra line space).  TYPESET puts in only half
+\#   line spaces if the entire quote plus 1 line of body under the quote
+\#   fits on the page; otherwise it puts in a full extra blank
+\#   line.  (This is to ensure the page remains bottom aligned).
+\#
+.MAC DO_QUOTE END
+.    br
+.    if \\n[#DIVER_LN_OFF] \{\
+\!.     NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       rr #DIVER_LN_OFF
+.    \}
+.    nr #Q_DEPTH \\n[.d]
+.    di
+.    if '\\$0'DO_BLOCKQUOTE' .ds BQ BQ
+.    if '\\$0'DO_QUOTE'      .ds BQ Q
+.    rr #IN_DIVER
+.    if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=2 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{\
+.          if ((\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS])+\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH])>(\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]) \{\
+.             DIVER_FN_2_POST
+.             rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #SAVED_FN_NUMBER \\n[#FN_NUMBER]
+.    nr #DONE_ONCE 0 1
+.    REMOVE_INDENT
+.    ev
+.    nr #Q_LEAD_DIFF \\n[#LEAD]-\\n[#\\*[BQ]_LEAD_REAL]
+.    nr q-lead-diff \\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]
+.    if !\\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.          br
+.          nr #CALCULATE_ONLY 1
+.          nr #CURRENT_V_POS \\n[nl]+\\n[#Q_DEPTH]
+.          SHIM
+.          rr #CALCULATE_ONLY
+.          nr #Q_SPACE_EQ (\\n[#SHIM]/2)
+.          nr #TRAP \\n[.t]-1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.       nr #RESET_QUOTE_SPACING \\n[#FULLSPACE_QUOTES]
+.       ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#START]=1 .
+.       if \\n[#START]=0 \
+.          if !\\n[#LINEBREAK] .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.       if \\n[#HEAD] \
+.          if \\n[#HEAD]=1 .RLD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PP_SPACE] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#HEAD] .
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#START] .
+.             el \{\
+.                ie \\n[#FULLSPACE_QUOTES] .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.                el .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if !\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#Q_DEPTH]<(\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE]-1) \{\
+.                ie ((\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE]-1)-\\n[#Q_DEPTH])<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.                   Q_NOFIT
+.                el \{\
+.                   ie (\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE]-\\n[#DOC_LEAD])<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.                      Q_NOFIT
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie (\\n[#Q_DEPTH]+\\n[.v])=(\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE]-1) \
+.                         Q_NOFIT
+.                      el .Q_FITS
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el .Q_NOFIT
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#LINEBREAK] \{\
+.          vpt 0
+.          ie !\\n[@TOP] .sp -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el \{\
+.             nop
+.             sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#BQ_LEAD]u
+.          \}
+.         vpt
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie !'\\*[$\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE]'' \
+.       nr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET \\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\*[$\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.    el \
+.       nr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET \
+\\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.       ie r#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE \
+.          nr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.       el .nr #\\*[BQ]_OFFSET \
+\\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]+\\*[$\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.       ie '\\*[BQ]'Q' \{\
+.          if '\\*[$Q_QUAD]'LEFT' \{\
+.             po \\n[#Q_OFFSET]u
+.             if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \!.po \\n[#Q_OFFSET]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          po \\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET]u
+.          if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \!.po \\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE] \
+.          in +\\n[#EN_PP_INDENT]u*\\n[#\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE]u
+.       el .in +\\*[$\\*[BQ]_OFFSET_VALUE]
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#START]=1 \
+.       RLD 0-\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ie !\\n[pdfbx-post-q] \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.                sp \\n[#Q_SPACE_EQ]u+(\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u/2u)
+.             el .if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.          \}
+.          el .sp -.5
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#QUOTE]=1 \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$Q_SPACE_ADJUST]'' .sp +\\*[$Q_SPACE_ADJUST]
+.       nf
+.       P_QUOTE
+.       if !'\\*[$Q_SPACE_ADJUST]'' \{\
+.          sp -\\*[$Q_SPACE_ADJUST]
+.          rm $Q_SPACE_ADJUST
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#QUOTE]=2 \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$BQ_SPACE_ADJUST]'' .sp +\\*[$BQ_SPACE_ADJUST]
+.       nf
+.       B_QUOTE
+.       if !'\\*[$BQ_SPACE_ADJUST]'' \{\
+.          sp -\\*[$BQ_SPACE_ADJUST]
+.          rm $BQ_SPACE_ADJUST
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#START] .rr #QUOTE
+.    rr delay-ev-pop
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          if !\\n[.v]=\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.             if !r pdfbx-post-q \{\
+.                ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.                el \
+.                   if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#START] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#PP_SPACE] .
+.             el \{\
+.                sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.                if !r pdfbx-post-q \{\
+.                   ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.                   el \
+.                      if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#HEAD]=1 \{\
+.                sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.                if !r pdfbx-post-q \{\
+.                   ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.                   el \
+.                      if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie \\n[#FULLSPACE_QUOTES] \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#ENDNOTE] .ALD \\n[#EN_LEAD]u
+.                   el .if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.                \}
+.                el \
+.                   if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.                ie \\n[#Q_FITS] \{\
+.                   ie (\\n[#Q_TOP]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]):(\\n[@TOP]=1) \{\
+.                      if \\n[has-label] .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.                      if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.                         nr #Q_AT_TOP 1
+.                         nr #DELAY_SHIM 1
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.                      el .if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ie r pdfbx-post-q \{\
+.                      if \\n[.t]>1v \{\
+.                      ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.                      el \
+.                         if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.                      el \
+.                         if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.                   \}
+.\" Make sure that Q_LEAD_DIFF is not added to the first line of
+.\" normal text at the top of any page following output of a quote
+.\" whose last line falls on B_MARGIN of the previous page.
+.                   if \\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF] \{\
+.                      if \\n[nl]=(\\n[#T_MARGIN]-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]+\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]) \{\
+.                         PRINT \&
+.                         br
+.                         sp -1v-\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.                         nr #Q_LEAD_DIFF_CHECK 1
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_NO_SHIM] .nr #NO_SHIM 1
+.    rr #Q_SPACE_EQ
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.       if !\\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#RESTORE_LN_NUM]=1 \{\
+.             LN_PARAMS
+.             nm \\n[#NEXT_LN]
+.             RESTORE_PARAMS
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             LN_PARAMS
+.             nm +0
+.             RESTORE_PARAMS
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \
+.       nr #FULLSPACE_QUOTES \\n[#RESET_QUOTE_SPACING]
+.    if r #HEAD .rr #HEAD
+.    if r #EPIGRAPH .rr #EPIGRAPH
+.    rr #Q_PP
+.    rr #LINEBREAK
+.    nr #PP_STYLE  1
+.    nr #END_QUOTE 1
+.    if !\\n[#ENDNOTE] \
+.       po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.    if \\n[#ENDNOTE]  .in \\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.       if !\\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\
+.          po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u
+.          nr #L_MARGIN \\n[.o]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#ENDNOTE] .in \\n[#EN_TEXT_INDENT]u
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#ENDNOTE] .QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.    el .QUAD \\*[EN_QUAD]
+.    if r #DELAY_SHIM \{\
+.       ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.       el \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.       rr #DELAY_SHIM
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       if \\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES] .FT R
+.    nr #QUOTE_4_HD 1
+.    rr #\\*[BQ]_LEAD_REAL
+.    rm BQ
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 .NO_SHIM
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \!.po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS DO_BLOCKQUOTE DO_QUOTE
+\#
+\# Utility macros for DO_QUOTE
+\# ---------------------------
+\#
+.MAC Q_FITS END
+.    nr #Q_FITS 1
+.    ie \\n[#HEAD]=1 .ALD \\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#START] .
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#FULLSPACE_QUOTES] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#ENDNOTE] .ALD \\n[#EN_LEAD]u+\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.             el .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u+\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.\" This seems to be the only way to get the baseline of quotes that
+.\" start at the top of the page to fall on the first line of the
+.\" grid (ie. on the first valid baseline of the page).
+.             ie \\n[#Q_TOP]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] \{\
+.                if \\n[#QUOTE]=1 .ds $QUOTE_TYPE Q
+.                if \\n[#QUOTE]=2 .ds $QUOTE_TYPE B
+.                rn \\*[$QUOTE_TYPE]_QUOTE Q_TEMP
+.                di \\*[$QUOTE_TYPE]_QUOTE
+.                nf
+.                if \\n[#QUOTE]=1 .vs \\n[#Q_LEAD]u
+.                if \\n[#QUOTE]=2 .vs \\n[#BQ_LEAD]u
+.                PRINT \&
+.                sp -1v+\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.                Q_TEMP
+.                di
+.                rm Q_TEMP
+.                sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.             \}
+.             el \
+.                sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#DIVER_FN]=2 .rr #DIVER_FN
+.       if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.    \}
+.    rm $QUOTE_TYPE
+.END
+\#
+.MAC Q_NOFIT END
+.    rr #Q_FITS
+.    if \\n[#QUOTE]=1 \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE_TYPE Q
+.       ds quote-type quote
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#QUOTE]=2 \{\
+.       ds $QUOTE_TYPE B
+.       ds quote-type blockquote
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[has-caption] \{\
+.       if !\\n[@TOP] \
+.          if !\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] \
+.             if (\\n[.t]-1)<\
+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]/4)\
++\\n[#\\*[QUOTE_TYPE]_LEAD] \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: Insufficient room for caption and at least one line of \\*[quote-type]
+.          tm1 "       on page \\n[%] (line \\n[.c]).  Moving quote to next page or column.
+.          ie \\n[#COLUMNS] .COL_NEXT
+.          el .NEWPAGE
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie r#HEAD \
+.       if \\n[#HEAD]=1 .
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#Q_DEPTH]=0 \
+.          if \\n[.ns] .rs
+.       ie \\n[#FULLSPACE_QUOTES] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#ENDNOTE] .sp \\n[#EN_LEAD]u+\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.          el .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u+\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          sp .5
+.          if \\n[@TOP] .rs
+.       \}
+.       ie \\n[#Q_LEAD_REAL] \
+.          nr #Q_PARTIAL_DEPTH 0 \\n[#Q_LEAD_REAL]
+.       el .nr #Q_PARTIAL_DEPTH 0 \\n[#BQ_LEAD_REAL]
+.       while \\n+[#Q_PARTIAL_DEPTH]<(\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE]-1) \{\
+.
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#Q_LEAD_REAL]=\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#Q_LEAD_REAL] \
+.             nr #Q_PARTIAL_DEPTH -\\n[#Q_LEAD_REAL]
+.          el .nr #Q_PARTIAL_DEPTH -\\n[#BQ_LEAD_REAL]
+.       \}
+.       nr #Q_SPACE_EQ \
+(\\n[#TRAP_DISTANCE]-1)-\\n[#Q_PARTIAL_DEPTH]+(\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u/2u)
+.       if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 .nr #Q_SPACE_EQ (\\n[#Q_SPACE_EQ] / 2u)
+.\" Hack to deal with the fact that even though the above routine
+.\" makes the bottom line of the quote fall exactly on the bottom
+.\" margin when traps are disabled, it refuses to do so when traps
+.\" are on.  The difference by which it's off is #Q_LEAD_DIFF
+.\" (the +\\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF] at the end of the line, above).  Hack
+.\" solution: temporarily lower the FOOTER trap position.
+.   if !\\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.      if !\\n[#Q_DEPTH]=0 \{\
+.         nr #SAVED_FOOTER_POS \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]
+.         ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u+.25v
+.      \}
+.   \}
+.\}
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++PAGINATION+++
+\#
+\# PAGINATE
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns page numbering off or on during document processing.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.
+\#
+.MAC PAGINATE END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #PAGINATE 1
+.       if \\n[#SAVED_V_POS] \{\
+.          nr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS \\n[#SAVED_V_POS]
+.          rr #SAVED_V_POS
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.      nr #PAGINATE 0
+.      nr #SAVED_V_POS \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]
+.      rr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HF_OFF]=1 \{\
+.       rr #PAGINATION_STATE
+.       rr #HF_OFF
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SUSPEND PAGINATION (before ENDNOTES)
+\# ------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates register #SUSPEND_PAGINATION
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Useful only to suspend pagination before outputting endnotes.
+\#
+.MAC SUSPEND_PAGINATION END
+.    nr #SUSPEND_PAGINATION 1
+.END
+\#
+\# RESTORE PAGINATION (after ENDNOTES)
+\# ------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Removes register #SUSPEND_PAGINATION.  Creates register
+\#   #DEFER_PAGINATION
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Useful only to restore pagination after outputting endnotes.
+\#
+.MAC RESTORE_PAGINATION END
+.    rr #SUSPEND_PAGINATION
+.    if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 .PAGINATE
+.    if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 .nr #DEFER_PAGINATION 1
+.END
+\#
+\# PAGE NUMBER FORMAT
+\# ------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha
+\# *Function:
+\#   Assigns user entered format to #PAGENUMBER.
+\#
+.MAC PAGENUM_STYLE END
+.    nr #PAGENUM_STYLE_SET 1
+.    if '\\$1'DIGIT' \{\
+.       ds $PAGENUM_STYLE \\$1
+.       af #PAGENUMBER 1
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'ROMAN' \{\
+.       ds $PAGENUM_STYLE \\$1
+.       af #PAGENUMBER I
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'roman' \{\
+.       ds $PAGENUM_STYLE \\$1
+.       af #PAGENUMBER i
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'ALPHA' \{\
+.       ds $PAGENUM_STYLE \\$1
+.       af #PAGENUMBER A
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'alpha' \{\
+.       ds $PAGENUM_STYLE \\$1
+.       af #PAGENUMBER a
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# HYPHENS AROUND PAGE NUMBERS
+\# ---------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS.
+\#   Used to dis/enable hyphens on either side of page numbers.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.
+\#
+.MAC PAGENUM_HYPHENS END
+.    nr #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS_SET 1
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS 1
+.    el .rr #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS
+.END
+\#
+\# PAGENUMBER POSITION
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   TOP | BOTTOM  LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies various PAGE_NUM_H | V_POS registers.
+\#   Used to position page numbers.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is center/bottom.
+\#
+.MAC PAGENUM_POS END
+.    nr #PAGE_NUM_POS_SET 1
+.    if '\\$1'TOP'    .nr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS 1
+.    if '\\$1'BOTTOM' .nr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS 2
+.    if '\\$2'LEFT'   .nr #PAGE_NUM_H_POS 1
+.    if '\\$2'CENTER' .nr #PAGE_NUM_H_POS 2
+.    if '\\$2'CENTRE' .nr #PAGE_NUM_H_POS 2
+.    if '\\$2'RIGHT'  .nr #PAGE_NUM_H_POS 3
+.END
+\#
+.MAC PN_WITH_HYPHENS END
+.    nr #HYPHEN_ADJ \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]/12
+.    ds $HYPHEN \v'-\En[#HYPHEN_ADJ]u'-\v'\En[#HYPHEN_ADJ]u'
+.    ds $PN_FOR_KN \\n[#PAGENUMBER]
+.\"  Check for initial or terminal 1's or 7's, and apply a little kerning
+.    substring $PN_FOR_KN 0 0 \" 1st digit
+.    if '\\*[$PN_FOR_KN]'1' .ds $PRE_HY_KN \*[BU3]
+.    if '\\*[$PN_FOR_KN]'7' .ds $PRE_HY_KN \*[BU3]
+.    ds $PN_FOR_KN \\n[#PAGENUMBER]
+.    substring $PN_FOR_KN -1 -1 \" last digit
+.    if '\\*[$PN_FOR_KN]'1' .ds $POST_HY_KN \*[BU3]
+.    if '\\*[$PN_FOR_KN]'7' .ds $POST_HY_KN \*[BU3]
+.    PRINT \
+\m[\\*[$PAGE_NUM_COLOR]]\
+\\*[$HYPHEN]\|\\*[$PRE_HY_KN]\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\\*[$POST_HY_KN]\|\\*[$HYPHEN]
+.    br
+.    rm $PRE_HY_KERN
+.    rm $POST_HY_KERN
+.END
+\#
+\# PRINT PAGE NUMBER
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Prints page number if PAGINATE=1.
+\#
+.MAC PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER END
+.    ev PAGENUMBER
+.    nf
+.    po  \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.    ll  \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.    ta  \\n[.l]u
+.    fam \\*[$PAGE_NUM_FAM]
+.    ft  \\*[$PAGE_NUM_FT]
+.    ps  \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    if  \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.    if  \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 .vs 0
+.    if o \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PAGE_NUM_H_POS]=1 .LEFT
+.       el .RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    if e \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PAGE_NUM_H_POS]=1 .RIGHT
+.       el .LEFT
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_H_POS]=2 .CENTER
+.    if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO]=0 \{\
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_H_POS]=1 .LEFT
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_H_POS]=2 .CENTER
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_H_POS]=3 .RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    nr #PAGENUMBER \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.    if \\n[#EN_FIRST_PAGE] \{\
+.       if \\n[#EN_FIRST_PN] .PAGENUMBER \\n[#EN_FIRST_PN]
+.       rr #EN_FIRST_PAGE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#BIB_FIRST_PAGE] \{\
+.       if \\n[#BIB_FIRST_PN] .PAGENUMBER \\n[#BIB_FIRST_PN]
+.       rr #BIB_FIRST_PAGE
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM] \{\
+.       ie '\\*[$REVISION]'' \
+.          PRINT "\\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT] / \\n[#PAGENUMBER]"
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\*[$DRAFT]'' \
+.             PRINT "\\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION] / \\n[#PAGENUMBER]"
+.          el \
+.             PRINT \
+"\\*[$DRAFT_STRING]\\*[$DRAFT], \\*[$REVISION_STRING] \\*[$REVISION] / \
+\\n[#PAGENUMBER]"
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS] \{\
+.          if '\\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]'DIGIT' \{\
+.             di NULL
+1\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]'
+.             di
+.             PN_WITH_HYPHENS
+.          \}
+.          if '\\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]'ROMAN' \{\
+.             di NULL
+I\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]'
+.             di
+.             PN_WITH_HYPHENS
+.          \}
+.          if '\\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]'ALPHA' \{\
+.             di NULL
+E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]'
+.             di
+.             PN_WITH_HYPHENS
+.          \}
+.          if '\\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]'roman' \
+.             PRINT \m[\\*[$PAGE_NUM_COLOR]]-\|\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\|-
+.          if '\\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]'alpha' \
+.             PRINT \m[\\*[$PAGE_NUM_COLOR]]-\|\\n[#PAGENUMBER]\|-
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie !d$PAGENUM_STRING .PRINT \m[\\*[$PAGE_NUM_COLOR]]\\n[#PAGENUMBER]
+.          el .PRINT \m[\\*[$PAGE_NUM_COLOR]]\\*[$PAGENUM_STRING]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ev
+.    nr #DIVER_DEPTH 0
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++FOOTNOTES+++
+\#
+\# Mom's footnote handling is baroque, to say the least.  There are
+\# redundancies in a number of the macros involved, as well as some
+\# registers that probably don't get used anymore.  The baggage is left
+\# in in case some new footnote oddity/challenge gets thrown at her.
+\#
+\# The macros are heavily commented.
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE AUTOLEAD
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <autolead value for footnotes>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #FN_AUTOLEAD.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is #DOC_LEAD/2 for TYPEWRITE; 2 for TYPESET
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD END
+.    nr #FN_AUTOLEAD (p;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE MARKERS
+\# ----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns generation of footnote markers on or off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_MARKERS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #FN_MARKERS 1
+.    el .nr #FN_MARKERS 0
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE MARKER STYLE
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   STAR | NUMBER | LINE
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register #FN_MARKER_STYLE, used in FOOTNOTE to determine
+\#   the style of footnote markers.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   1=STAR; 2=NUMBER; 3=LINE.  LINE means "use output line numbers".
+\#   Default is STAR.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE END
+.    if '\\$1'STAR' \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+.          if !\\n[#NEWPAGE]=1 \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: Your current FOOTNOTE_MARKER STYLE is LINE.
+.             tm1 "       You cannot change footnote marker style without
+.             tm1 "       first breaking to a new page with NEWPAGE.
+.             tm1 "       Ignoring request FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE STAR at line \\n[.c].
+.             return
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#RUN_ON]=1 \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE STAR at line \\n[.c] is incompatible
+.          tm1 "       with RUN_ON footnotes.  Ignoring request.
+.          return
+.       \}
+.       nr #FN_MARKER_STYLE 1
+.       if \\n[#NEWPAGE]=1 .rr #NEWPAGE
+.       FOOTNOTE_MARKERS
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'NUMBER' \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+.          if !\\n[#NEWPAGE]=1 \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: Your current FOOTNOTE_MARKER STYLE is NUMBER.
+.             tm1 "       You cannot change footnote marker style without
+.             tm1 "       first breaking to a new page with NEWPAGE.
+.             tm1 "       Ignoring request FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE NUMBER at line \\n[.c].
+.             return
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#RUN_ON]=1 \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE NUMBER at line \\n[.c] is incompatible
+.          tm1 "       with RUN_ON footnotes.  Ignoring request.
+.          return
+.       \}
+.       nr #FN_MARKER_STYLE 2
+.       shift
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SUPERSCRIPT' .nr #NO_SUPERSCRIPT 1
+.       if \\n[#NEWPAGE]=1 .rr #NEWPAGE
+.       FOOTNOTE_MARKERS
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'LINE' \{\
+.       nr #FN_MARKER_STYLE 3
+.       FOOTNOTE_MARKERS OFF
+.       if !\\n[#FN_LN_SEP] \
+.          if !\\n[#FN_LN_BRACKETS] .FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS SQUARE
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE NUMBER PLACEHOLDERS
+\# ----------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <number of placeholders>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register #FN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS, used to establish whether to
+\#   right pad a footnote number (in the footnote itself, not body copy).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   No default is set for this; user must determine if, and where, it's
+\#   required
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS END
+.    nr #FN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE LINENUMBER MARK
+\# ------------------------
+\# *Function:
+\#   This string, when called inline, stores the current output line
+\#   number in register #FN_MARK for use with FOOTNOTE.
+\#
+.ds FN_MARK \R'#FN_MARK \En[ln]'
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE LINENUMBER SEPARATOR
+\# -----------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <user-defined separator>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user-defined separator (for use then
+\#   FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is LINE) in string $FN_LN_SEP.  The
+\#   separator is intended to be used when the user wishes a
+\#   separator, rather than the choice of brackets offered by
+\#   FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR END
+.    rr #FN_LN_BRACKETS
+.    nr #FN_LN_SEP 1
+.    ds $FN_LN_SEP "\\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE LINENUMBER BRACKETS
+\# ----------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   PARENS | SQUARE | BRACES or ( | [ | {
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register #FN_LN_BRACKETS to 1, and creates strings
+\#   $FN_OPEN_BRACKET and $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET according to the given
+\#   argument.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS END
+.    rr #FN_LN_SEP
+.    nr #FN_LN_BRACKETS 1
+.    if '\\$1'PARENS' \{\
+.       ds $FN_OPEN_BRACKET (
+.       ds $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET )
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'(' \{\
+.       ds $FN_OPEN_BRACKET (
+.       ds $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET )
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'SQUARE' \{\
+.       ds $FN_OPEN_BRACKET [
+.       ds $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET ]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'[' \{\
+.       ds $FN_OPEN_BRACKET [
+.       ds $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET ]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'BRACES' \{\
+.       ds $FN_OPEN_BRACKET {
+.       ds $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET }
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'{' \{\
+.       ds $FN_OPEN_BRACKET {
+.       ds $FN_CLOSE_BRACKET }
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# RESET FOOTNOTE NUMBER
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | PAGE
+\# *Function:
+\#   Resets register #FN_NUMBER to 1.  If argument is PAGE, creates
+\#   toggle #RESET_FN_NUMBER which is checked in HEADER.  If 1,
+\#   numbered footnotes on every page start at 1.
+\#
+.MAC RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.    el .nr #RESET_FN_NUMBER 1
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE RULE LENGTH
+\# --------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <length of rule used to separate footnotes from running text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies registers #FN_RULE_LENGTH.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure (iPpcm).
+\#   Default is 4P for both PRINTSTYLEs.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH END
+.    nr #FN_RULE_LENGTH (\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <number of points to raise footnote rule from it's baseline position>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #FN_RULE_ADJ.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is 3p for both TYPESTYLES.
+\#
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ END
+.    nr #FN_RULE_ADJ (\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE RULE
+\# -------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns printing of footnote separator rule on or off.  If invoked as
+\#   PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE, prints footnote separator rule.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is on.
+\#
+\#   Invoked in FOOTNOTE (as PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE) as 1st line of a footnote
+\#   if the footnote number (#FN_COUNT) is 1.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_RULE END
+.    ie '\\$0'PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE' \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_RULE]=0 .RLD 1v
+.       RLD 1v
+.       LEFT
+\v'-\\n[#FN_RULE_ADJ]u-\\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D't \\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT]'\
+\h'-\\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#FN_RULE_LENGTH]u 0'\
+\v'+\\n[#FN_RULE_ADJ]u+\\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'
+\!.     ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*$[FN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       QUAD \\*[$FN_QUAD]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'' .nr #FN_RULE 1
+.       el .nr #FN_RULE 0
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE SPACING
+\# ----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <per item post footnote spacing> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Enables printing of post footnote spacing.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is no space.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_SPACING END
+.    ie \B'\\$1' .ds $FN_SPACE \\$1
+.    el .rm $FN_SPACE
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE FIRST LINE INDENT
+\# --------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <indent>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Indents first line of footnotes.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is no indent.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_INDENT END
+. nr #FN_INDENT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# RUN ON FOOTNOTES
+\# ----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles run-on footnotes on or off.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: Switching to run-on footnotes at line \\n[.c] will cause
+.          tm1 "       you to loose footnotes already formatted for this page.
+.          tm1 "       Ignoring request FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON.
+.          rr #RUN_ON
+.          return
+.       \}
+.       nr #RUN_ON 1
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 .RUNON_WARNING
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 .RUNON_WARNING
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 \{\
+.          if \\n[#RUN_ON]=1 \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: Switching off run-on footnotes at line \\n[.c] will cause
+.             tm1 "       you to loose footnotes already formatted for this page.
+.             tm1 "       Ignoring request FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON \\$1.
+.             return
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       rr #RUN_ON
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC RUNON_WARNING END
+.    if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: The footnote marker style active at line \\n[.c] is STAR,
+.       tm1 "       which is incompatible with run-on footnotes.  Please change
+.       tm1 "       the footnote marker style to LINE.  Continuing to process,
+.       tm1 "       but ignoring request FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON.
+.       rr #RUN_ON
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: The footnote marker style active at line \\n[.c] is NUMBER,
+.       tm1 "       which is incompatible with run-on footnotes.  Please change
+.       tm1 "       the footnote marker style to LINE.  Continuing to process,
+.       tm1 "       but ignoring request FOOTNOTES_RUN_ON.
+.       rr #RUN_ON
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# FOOTNOTE
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | INDENT  L|LEFT|R|RIGHT|B|BOTH  <indent value> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Begins collecting and diverting footnote text if no argument
+\#   given.  Otherwise, ends diversion FOOTNOTES, measures footnote
+\#   depth, and sets footnote trap.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The input line preceding a footnote call MUST terminate with \c
+\#   or the footnote marker will be spaced away from the word it
+\#   should be joined to.
+\#
+\#   If FOOTNOTE is invoked with INDENT, the footnote will
+\#   be indented.  An indent style and an indent value must be given.
+\#   Subsequent footnotes will NOT be indented; INDENT must be given
+\#   for each footnote the user wants indented.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       if \\n[#UNDERLINE_ON] \{\
+.          UNDERLINE OFF
+.          nr #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON_FN 1
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+.          if !\\n[#LINENUMBERS] \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: Line numbering must be enabled with NUMBER_LINES when
+.             tm1 "       FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is LINE.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#FN_MARK]=0 .nr #FN_MARK \\n[ln]
+.          nr #FN_MARK_2 \\n[ln]
+.          if '\\n[.z]'P_QUOTE' \{\
+.             nr #FN_MARK -1
+.             nr #FN_MARK_2 -1
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#IN_DIVER]=1 \{\
+.             if '\\n[.z]'P_QUOTE' \{\
+.                if !\\n[#QUOTE_LN]=1 \{\
+.                   if !\\n[#SILENT_QUOTE_LN]=1 \{\
+.                      tm1 "[mom]: You have requested a line-numbered footnote inside a
+.                      tm1 "       QUOTE at line \\n[.c], but line-numbering has not been enabled
+.                      tm1 "       for QUOTES.  Printing footnote with label "0".
+.                      rr #FN_MARK
+.                      rr #FN_MARK_2
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             if '\\n[.z]'B_QUOTE' \{\
+.                if !\\n[#BQUOTE_LN]=1 \{\
+.                   if !\\n[#SILENT_BQUOTE_LN]=1 \{\
+.                      tm1 "[mom]: You have requested a line-numbered footnote inside a
+.                      tm1 "       BLOCKQUOTE at line \\n[.c], but line-numbering has not been enabled
+.                      tm1 "       for BLOCKQUOTES.  Printing footnote with label "0".
+.                      rr #FN_MARK
+.                      rr #FN_MARK_2
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.\" Begin processing footnotes that occur inside QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE
+.\" or EPIGRAPH.
+.       if \\n[#IN_DIVER]=1 \{\
+.          nr #PAGE_POS \\n[nl]+\\n[.d]+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.          nr #FOOTER_POS \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+(\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]-1)
+.          nr #SPACE_TO_FOOTER \\n[#FOOTER_POS]-\\n[#PAGE_POS]
+.\" Are we on a "defer" line?  If so, defer the text of the footnote.
+.          ie \\n[#SPACE_TO_FOOTER]<=\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \
+.             nr #DIVER_FN 2 \" treat like a normal deferred footnote
+.          el \
+.             nr #DIVER_FN 2 \" treat like a normal footnote
+.          if \\n[#PAGE_POS]>\\n[#FOOTER_POS] \
+.             nr #DIVER_FN 1 \" move this footnote
+.\" Test for situation where, because a final line of QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE
+.\" or EPIGRAPH isn't yet adjusted at this point, the last word on the
+.\" line may *seem* to belong to the final line of the page, but will,
+.\" in fact, become the first word of the subsequent page.  In such
+.\" circumstances, we want the footnote to be treated as a "moved"
+.\" diversion footnote.
+.          if \\n[.k]>\\n[.l] .nr #DIVER_FN 1
+.          if r #DIVER_FN \{\
+.             if !\\n[#DIVER_FN]=2 .\\n+[#DONE_ONCE]
+.\" A footnote inside a diversion will become the 1st footnote on the
+.\" following page/column.
+.             if \\n[#DIVER_FN]=1 .DIVER_FN_1_PRE
+.\" A footnote inside a diversion that should be treated like a
+.\" normal footnote (including defers.)
+.             if \\n[#DIVER_FN]=2 .DIVER_FN_2_PRE
+.          \}
+.          nr #SAVED_FN_COUNT \\n[#FN_COUNT]+1
+.          nr #SAVED_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]+1
+.       \}
+.\" End processing footnotes that occur inside QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE or
+.\" EPIGRAPH.
+.\"
+.\" Test for situation where, because a final line of running text
+.\" isn't yet adjusted at this point, the last word on the line may
+.\" *seem* to belong to the final line of the page, but will, in
+.\" fact, become the first word of the subsequent page.  In such
+.\" circumstances, we want the footnote marker in running text to
+.\" be the correct one for the 1st footnote on the page.
+.       if \\n[.k]>\\n[.l] \{\
+.          if (\\n[nl]+\\n[#DOC_LEAD])>(\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]) \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.                if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{\
+.                   if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 .nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1
+.                   if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.                      if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] \{\
+.                         nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.                         nr #NOT_YET_ADJUSTED 1
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 .nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.                if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.                   if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] \{\
+.                      nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.                      nr #NOT_YET_ADJUSTED 1
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKERS] \{\
+.\" Housekeeping
+.          if \\n[#CONDENSE] \*[CONDX]\c
+.          if \\n[#EXTEND] \*[EXTX]\c
+.\" Add footnote markers to running text...
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FN_MARKER] \{\
+.\" ...but not if TERMINATE has not been called
+.             if !r#TERMINATE \{\
+.\" Marker style star/dagger/double-dagger
+.                if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.\" Columnar docs either move col to col, or last col to next page.
+.\" They require their own special FN_COUNT because regular FN_COUNT
+.\" is used to figure out things like whether or not to put a rule
+.\" above footnotes (in addition to keeping track of the footnote
+.\" count in non-columnar docs).
+.                   ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=0 .PRINT \*[BU2]*\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=1 .PRINT \*[BU1]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=2 .PRINT \[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=3 .PRINT \*[BU2]**\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=4 .PRINT \*[BU1]\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=5 .PRINT \[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=6 .PRINT \*[BU2]***\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=7 .PRINT \*[BU1]\[dg]\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=8 .PRINT \[dd]\[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=9 .PRINT \*[BU2]****\c
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 .PRINT \*[BU2]*\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 .PRINT \*[BU1]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=2 .PRINT \[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=3 .PRINT \*[BU2]**\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=4 .PRINT \*[BU1]\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=5 .PRINT \[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=6 .PRINT \*[BU2]***\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=7 .PRINT \*[BU1]\[dg]\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=8 .PRINT \[dd]\[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=9 .PRINT \*[BU2]****\c
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.\" Marker style superscript numbers
+.                if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.                   if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.                      PRINT \
+"\s-2\v'-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\\n+[#FN_NUMBER]\v'+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\s+2\c"
+.                   if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.                      PRINT \
+"\*[SUP]\\n+[#FN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]\c"
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.\" More housekeeping
+.\"
+.\" #SPACE_REMAINING is the space left between where we are
+.\" on the page and the bottom margin.  It's used to determine whether
+.\" or not the footnote will overflow, and how many lines of
+.\" footnotes will fit on the page if some have to overflow.
+.       ie \\n[#DIVER_FN]=2 \
+.          nr #SPACE_REMAINING (\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#B_MARGIN])-(\\n[#PAGE_POS])
+.       el \
+.          nr #SPACE_REMAINING (\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#B_MARGIN])-\\n[nl]
+.       if \\n[#FROM_DIVERT_FN]=1 \{\
+.          nr #SPACE_REMAINING \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#B_MARGIN]
+.          rr #FROM_DIVERT_FN
+.       \}
+.       nr #PP_STYLE_PREV \\n[#PP_STYLE]
+.       nr #PP_STYLE 2
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS] .nr #INDENT_FIRSTS 1
+.       INDENT_FIRST_PARAS
+.\" Prepare FOOTNOTE to receive footnote text.
+.       if \\n[.hy] .nr #RESTORE_HY_PARAMS \\n[.hy]
+.       ev FOOTNOTES
+.       ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.          ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FN_R_INDENT] \{\
+.          ll -\\n[#FN_R_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FN_BR_INDENT] \{\
+.          ll -\\n[#FN_BR_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       FAMILY   \\*[$FN_FAM]
+.       FT       \\*[$FN_FT]
+.       ps  \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$FN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[#FN_AUTOLEAD]u
+.       QUAD     \\*[$FN_QUAD]
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          TYPEWRITER
+.          ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .vs \\n[#ORIGINAL_DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el .vs \\n[#ORIGINAL_DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.          QUAD LEFT
+.          HY OFF
+.       \}
+.       nr #FN_LEAD \\n[#LEAD]
+.\" Begin diversion FOOTNOTES or FN_IN_DIVER
+.       ie r#COUNTERS_RESET \{\
+.          ie \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#RUN_ON] \{\
+.                di RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.                nr #RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER 1
+.             \}
+.             el .di FN_IN_DIVER
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#RUN_ON] \{\
+.                da RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.                nr #RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER 1
+.             \}
+.             el .da FN_IN_DIVER
+.          \}
+.       \\n+[#DONE_ONCE]
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#RUN_ON] \{\
+.             nh
+.             da RUNON_FOOTNOTES
+.             nr #RUNON_FOOTNOTES 1
+.          \}
+.          el .da FOOTNOTES
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FOOTNOTE_COLOR]=1 \{\
+.          TRAP OFF
+.          nf
+\m[\\*[$FOOTNOTE_COLOR]]
+.          EOL
+.          fi
+.          TRAP
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] .nr #FN_FOR_EPI 1
+.\" When a deferred footnote is also the 1st footnote on the page,
+.\" and when the page it's output on also has footnotes, some
+.\" whitespace is needed between the deferred footnote and the
+.\" first footnote belonging to the output page so that there's
+.\" no confusion when two stars (or two number 1s) appear in
+.\" footnotes...
+.       if \\n[#FN_DEFER_SPACE] \{\
+.\" ...but only add the extra space if TERMINATE has not been called
+.          if !r#TERMINATE \{\
+.\" ...and not if defer space has already been added
+.             if !\\n[#DEFER_SPACE_ADDED] \{\
+.\" ...and not if the footnote count the last time we checked for
+.\" a defer situation inside a diversion is greater than 1.
+.                if !\\n[#SAVED_DIVER_FN_COUNT]>1 \{\
+.                   if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 .ALD 1v
+.                   if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] .ALD 1v
+.                   nr #DEFER_SPACE_ADDED 1
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          rr #FN_DEFER_SPACE
+.          rr #SAVED_DIVER_FN_COUNT
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#DIVERTED]=3 \{\
+.          if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 \{\
+\!.           RLD 1v
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.\" Add footnote rule (or, if no rule, some whitespace).
+.\" N.B.- this line increments #FN_COUNT each and every time FOOTNOTE
+.\" is run.
+.       if \\n+[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{\
+.\" If a footnote is called in a diversion, and the footnote has to
+.\" be moved, don't put in the rule now (it's taken care of when
+.\" FN_IN_DIVER is output into FOOTNOTE in PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER).
+.          if !\\n[#DONT_RULE_ME]=1 \{\
+.             if !\\n[#FN_DEPTH] \{\
+.                if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.                   if !\\n[#RUN_ON] .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.                ie \\n[#FN_RULE]=1 \{\
+.                   if !\\n[#RUN_ON] \{\
+.                      if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.                      PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE
+.                      if !'\\*[$FN_SPACE]'' .sp -\\*[$FN_SPACE]
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                el .sp
+.                nr #RULED 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       rr #DONT_RULE_ME
+.       ds $RESTORE_SS_VAR \\*[$SS_VAR]
+.       SS 0
+.\" Add footnote markers to footnote text...
+.       ie \\n[#FN_MARKERS] \{\
+.          if !'\\*[$FN_SPACE]'' \
+.             if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 .ALD \\*[$FN_SPACE]
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FN_MARKER] \{\
+.\" ...but not if TERMINATE has been called.
+.             if !r#TERMINATE \{\
+.                if \\n[#REF]=1 \{\
+.                   nr #REF_FN_INDENT (u;\\*[$REF_FN_INDENT])
+.                   ti \\n[#REF_FN_INDENT]u
+.                \}
+.                if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.                      \\n+[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=1 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'*\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=2 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=3 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=4 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'**\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=5 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=6 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=7 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'***\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=8 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dg]\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=9 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dd]\[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=10 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'****\c
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'*\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=2 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=3 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=4 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'**\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=5 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=6 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=7 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'***\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=8 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dg]\[dg]\[dg]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=9 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\[dd]\[dd]\[dd]\c
+.                      if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=10 .PRINT \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'****\c
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.                   ds $FN_NUMBER \\n[#FN_NUMBER]
+.                   length #FN_NUMBER_LENGTH \\*[$FN_NUMBER]
+.                   if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \
+.                      \\n+[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]
+.                   if \\n[#NOT_YET_ADJUSTED]=1 \{\
+.                      nr #FN_NUMBER 1 1
+.                      rr #NOT_YET_ADJUSTED
+.                   \}
+.                   if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.                      ie \\n[#NO_SUPERSCRIPT] \{\
+.                         ie \\n[#FN_NUMBER_LENGTH]<\\n[#FN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS] \
+.                            PRINT "\h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\0(\\n[#FN_NUMBER])\|\c"
+.                         el \
+.                            PRINT "\h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'(\\n[#FN_NUMBER])\|\c"
+.                      \}
+.                      el \{\
+.                         ie \\n[#FN_NUMBER_LENGTH]<\\n[#FN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS] \
+.                            PRINT \
+"\h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\s-2\v'-\\n[.v]u/5u'\0\\n[#FN_NUMBER]\|\v'+\\n[.v]u/5u'\s+2\|\c"
+.                         el \
+.                            PRINT \
+"\h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\s-2\v'-\\n[.v]u/5u'\\n[#FN_NUMBER]\|\v'+\\n[.v]u/5u'\s+2\|\c"
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                   if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.                      ie \\n[#FN_NUMBER_LENGTH]<\\n[#FN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS] \
+.                         PRINT "\h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\*[SUP]\0\\n[#FN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]\*[FU 3]\c"
+.                      el \
+.                         PRINT "\h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\*[SUP]\\n[#FN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]\*[FU 3]\c"
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.\" Line-numbered footnotes handling
+.          if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+.             if \\n[#FN_SPACE]>0 \{\
+.                if !\\n[#RUN_ON]=1 \
+.                   if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 .ALD \\n[#FN_SPACE]u
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[#REF]=1 \{\
+.                if !\\n[#RUN_ON]=1 \{\
+\!.                 ti +\\n[#REF_FN_INDENT]uu
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             ie \\n[#FN_LN_BRACKETS]=1 \{\
+.                ds $FN_LINENUMBER \h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\v'-.085m'\\*[$FN_OPEN_BRACKET]\v'.085m'
+.                ie \\n[#FN_MARK_2]=\\n[#FN_MARK] \
+.                   as $FN_LINENUMBER \
+\\n[#FN_MARK]\v'-.085m'\\*[$FN_CLOSE_BRACKET]\v'.085m'\h'.25m'
+.                el \
+.                   as $FN_LINENUMBER \
+\\n[#FN_MARK]\v'-.1m'-\v'.1m'\\n[#FN_MARK_2]\v'-.085m'\
+\\*[$FN_CLOSE_BRACKET]\v'.085m'\h'.25m'
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie \\n[#FN_MARK_2]=\\n[#FN_MARK] \
+.                   ds $FN_LINENUMBER \\n[#FN_MARK]\\*[$FN_LN_SEP]
+.                el \
+.                   ds $FN_LINENUMBER \
+\h'0+\\n[#FN_INDENT]u'\\n[#FN_MARK]\v'-.1m'-\v'.1m'\\n[#FN_MARK_2]\\*[$FN_LN_SEP]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FN_MARKER] \
+.             PRINT \\*[$FN_LINENUMBER]\c
+.          rm $FN_LINENUMBER
+.          nr #FN_MARK 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.\" If INDENT arg is passed to FOOTNOTE, calculate the indent...
+.       ie '\\$1'INDENT' \{\
+.          ev FOOTNOTES
+.          if '\\$2'L' .in (\\$3)
+.          if '\\$2'LEFT' .in (\\$3)
+.          if '\\$2'R' .nr #FN_R_INDENT (\\$3)
+.          if '\\$2'RIGHT' .nr #FN_R_INDENT (\\$3)
+.          if '\\$2'B' \{\
+.             nr #FN_BL_INDENT (\\$3)
+.             ie '\\$4'' .nr #FN_BR_INDENT \\n[#FN_BL_INDENT]
+.             el .nr #FN_BR_INDENT (\\$4)
+.             in \\n[#FN_BL_INDENT]u
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$2'BOTH' \{\
+.             nr #FN_BL_INDENT (\\$3)
+.             ie '\\$4'' .nr #FN_BR_INDENT \\n[#FN_BL_INDENT]
+.             el .nr #FN_BR_INDENT (\\$4)
+.             in \\n[#FN_BL_INDENT]u
+.          \}
+.          ev
+.\" ...then re-run FOOTNOTE without an argument.
+.          FOOTNOTE
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          br
+.\" Add "defer space" if the previously diverted footnote was the
+.\" 1st footnote proper to its page (i.e. it looks like a deferred
+.\" footnote but it's really an overflow).
+.          if \\n[#DIVERTED] \{\
+.             if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED]=1 \{\
+.                if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 .ALD \\n[#FN_LEAD]u
+.                if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] .ALD \\n[#FN_LEAD]u
+.                nr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED 2
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#REF]=1 \{\
+\!.           in
+.          \}
+.\" Terminate FOOTNOTES or FN_IN_DIVER diversion
+.          di
+.          HY_SET 1 \\n[#DIVERSIONS_HY_MARGIN]u (\\n[#PT_SIZE]u/1000u/8u)p
+.          if \\n[#RESTORE_HY_PARAMS] .hy \\n[#RESTORE_HY_PARAMS]
+.\" More housekeeping
+.\" Turn off indent possibly set by FOOTNOTE INDENT
+.          in 0
+.          ev
+.          if \\n[#UNDERLINE_WAS_ON_FN] \{\
+.             UNDERLINE
+.             rr #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON_FN
+.          \}
+.\" Restore sentence spacing
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.             if d $RESTORE_SS_VAR .SS \\*[$RESTORE_SS_VAR]
+.             rm $RESTORE_SS_VAR
+.          \}
+.          rr #FN_R_INDENT
+.          rr #FN_BR_INDENT
+.          nr #PP_STYLE \\n[#PP_STYLE_PREV]
+.          if !\\n[#INDENT_FIRSTS] .INDENT_FIRST_PARAS OFF
+.          rr #INDENT_FIRSTS
+.\" Calculate footnote depth, but not if #COUNTERS_RESET (created in
+.\" DIVER_FN_1_PRE) to instruct FOOTNOTES to skip this step for now
+.\" (it's taken care of when FN_IN_DIVER is output into FOOTNOTES in
+.\" PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER).
+.          ie r#COUNTERS_RESET .rr #COUNTERS_RESET
+.          el \{\
+.             nr #GET_DEPTH 1
+.\" If the footnote is the 1st on the page and it falls too close
+.\" to the bottom margin, defer the footnote text to the next page...
+.             if (\\n[#SPACE_REMAINING]-1)<=(\\n[.v]) \{\
+.\" ...but not if PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER has set #PREV_FN_DEFERRED to 1
+.                if !\\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED]=1 \{\
+.                   nr #FN_DEFER 1
+.                   nr #FN_DEPTH +\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH]
+.                   rr #GET_DEPTH
+.\" This is required so that the defer space clause can distinguish
+.\" a real #FN_COUNT=1 from one generated if FOOTNOTE is run inside
+.\" QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE or EPIGRAPH
+.                   if \\n[#DIVER_FN]=2 \{\
+.                      nr #SAVED_DIVER_FN_COUNT \\n[#FN_COUNT]
+.                      rr #DIVER_FN
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.\" Calculate the footnote depth.
+.             if \\n[#GET_DEPTH]=1 \{\
+.\" Save the previous footnote depth (for use when there will be
+.\" some overflowed footnote text).
+.                nr #SAVED_FN_DEPTH_1 \\n[#FN_DEPTH]
+.\" Add the depth of the current footnote to any already existent
+.\" footnotes.
+.                nr #FN_DEPTH +\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH]
+.\" Special handling for run-on footnotes
+.                if \\n[#RUN_ON]=1 \{\
+.                   if \\n[#RUNON_FOOTNOTES]   .unformat RUNON_FOOTNOTES
+.                   if \\n[#RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER] .unformat RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.                   ev FOOTNOTES
+.\" Recreate FOOTNOTES with rule followed by text of unformatted
+.\" run-on footnotes.
+.                   di FOOTNOTES
+.                   ie \\n[#FN_RULE]=0 .RLD 1v
+.                   el \{\
+\v'-\\n[#FN_RULE_ADJ]u-\\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'\
+\D't \\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT]'\
+\h'-\\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT]u'\
+\D'l \\n[#FN_RULE_LENGTH]u 0'\
+\v'+\\n[#FN_RULE_ADJ]u+\\n[#FN_RULE_WEIGHT_ADJ]u'
+.                   \}
+.                   br
+.                   if \\n[#RUNON_FOOTNOTES] \{\
+.                      RUNON_FOOTNOTES
+.                      rr #RUNON_FOOTNOTES
+.                   \}
+.                   if \\n[#RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER] \{\
+.                      RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.                      rr #RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.                   \}
+.                   br
+.                   di
+.                   ev
+.                   nr #FN_DEPTH \\n[#DIVER_DEPTH]
+.                   nr #SAVED_VFP 0+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]
+.                   nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0-\\n[#B_MARGIN]u
+.                \}
+.\" Save the new depth
+.                nr #SAVED_FN_DEPTH_2 \\n[#FN_DEPTH]
+.\" Signal that defer space should be added when PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER
+.\" processes deferred footnotes.
+.                if \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\
+.                   if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=2 \{\
+.                      ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.                         if !\\n[#FROM_FOOTER] \{\
+.                            if \\n[#FN_DEFER]=1 .nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1
+.                            if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]>=1 .rr #FN_DEFER_SPACE
+.                            if \\n[#FROM_HEADER] .nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                      el .nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1
+.                   \}
+.                   rr #FN_DEFER
+.                \}
+.\" If the depth of the whole footnote won't fit in the space
+.\" between where we are on the page and the bottom margin, calculate
+.\" how much of it will fit.
+.                if \\n[#FN_DEPTH]>\\n[#SPACE_REMAINING] \{\
+.                   nr #FN_LINES 0 1
+.                   while (\\n+[#FN_LINES]*\\n[#FN_LEAD])<\\n[#SPACE_REMAINING] \{\
+.                      nr #FN_DEPTH (\\n[#FN_LINES]*\\n[#FN_LEAD])
+.                   \}
+.                   nr #VFP_DIFF \\n[#FN_DEPTH]-\\n[#SAVED_FN_DEPTH_1]
+.                   nr #OVERFLOW 1
+.\" Very occasionally, #VFP_DIFF, on a 1st footnote that isn't to
+.\" be deferred, comes up with a depth equal to exactly 1 line
+.\" of footnotes, i.e. enough room to print the rule and nothing
+.\" else.  The following tests for such a condition, and rather than
+.\" attempting to treat the footnote as an overflow, it tells mom to
+.\" treat it as a special kind of deferred footnote (#FN_DEFER 2).
+.                   if \\n[#SAVED_FN_DEPTH_1]=0 \{\
+.                      if \\n[#FN_DEPTH]=\\n[#FN_LEAD] \{\
+.                         nr #FN_DEFER 2
+.                         nr #FN_DEPTH \\n[#SAVED_FN_DEPTH_2]
+.                         rr #OVERFLOW
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.\" Calculate VFP based on whether the footnote overflows, or is to
+.\" be treated normally.
+.                ie \\n[#OVERFLOW]=1 \{\
+.                   if \\n[#RUN_ON] \{\
+.                      rr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS
+.                      nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS \\n[#SAVED_VFP]
+.                   \}
+.                   ie \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{\
+.                      ie \\n[#RULED]=1 \{\
+.                         ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.                            ie \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{\
+.                               ie \\n[#FROM_FOOTER] \{\
+.                                  ie \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]>1 \{\
+.                                     nr #FN_DEPTH -\\n[#FN_DEPTH]
+.                                     if \\n[#DIVERTED]=1 .nr #DIVERTED 3
+.                                     if !\\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED]=1 \
+.                                        nr #FN_DEPTH -\\n[#VFP_DIFF]
+.                                  \}
+.                                  el \{\
+.                                     nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -\\n[#FN_DEPTH]
+.                                     if \\n[#DIVERTED]=1 .nr #DIVERTED 3
+.                                  \}
+.                               \}
+.                               el .nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -(\\n[#FN_DEPTH])
+.                            \}
+.                            el .nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -(\\n[#FN_DEPTH])
+.                         \}
+.                         el .nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -(\\n[#FN_DEPTH])
+.                      \}
+.                      el \{\
+.                         nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -\\n[#VFP_DIFF]
+.                         if \\n[#DIVERTED]=1 .nr #DIVERTED 3
+.                         if !\\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED]=1 \{\
+.                            ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \
+.                               if !\\n[#FROM_FOOTER] .
+.                            el .nr #FN_DEPTH -\\n[#VFP_DIFF]
+.                         \}
+.                         if \\n[#DIVERTED]=3 \{\
+.                            if !\\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED] \{\
+.                               if !\\n[#FROM_FOOTER] \{\
+.                                  if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{\
+.                                     if !\\n[#VFP_DIFF] \{\
+.                                        if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.                                           da FOOTNOTES
+\!.                                            ALD \\n[#FN_LEAD]u
+.                                           di
+.                                        \}
+.                                        if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] \{\
+.                                           da FOOTNOTES
+\!.                                            ALD \\n[#FN_LEAD]u
+.                                           di
+.                                        \}
+.                                     \}
+.                                  \}
+.                               \}
+.                            \}
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                      nr #FN_DEPTH \\n[#SAVED_FN_DEPTH_1]+\\n[#VFP_DIFF]
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -\\n[#VFP_DIFF]
+.                      nr #FN_DEPTH \\n[#SAVED_FN_DEPTH_1]+\\n[#VFP_DIFF]
+.                   \}
+.                   rr #OVERFLOW
+.                   rr #RULED
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH]
+.                   if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED]=1 \{\
+.                      if \\n[#DIVERTED] \{\
+.                         if !\\n[#FN_DEPTH]=\\n[#SAVED_FN_DEPTH_1] \{\
+.                            nr #FN_DEPTH +\\n[#FN_LEAD]
+.                            nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -\\n[#FN_LEAD]
+.                            rr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED
+.                         \}
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                   if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>1 \{\
+.                      nr #NO_BACK_UP 1
+.                      rr #DIVERTED
+.                      rr #RULED
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.\" If we have a footnote whose text has to be deferred to the next
+.\" page, reset the FOOTER trap to its original location.
+.          if \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\
+.             nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0-\\n[#B_MARGIN]u
+.             ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr #NO_FN_MARKER 0
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=2 \{\
+.       if '\\$2'BREAK' .BR
+.       if '\\$2'BR' .BR
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Utility macros to manage footnotes that occur inside diversions
+\# ---------------------------------------------------------------
+\#
+\# There are some redundancies here; they're left in in case unforeseen
+\# footnote situations crop up in the future that might require
+\# manipulation of them.
+\#
+\# 1. Pre-footnote processing for footnotes in diversions
+\#
+\# a) A footnote inside a diversion will be moved entirely (marker
+\# in running text and text of footnote) to the next page/column.
+\#
+.MAC DIVER_FN_1_PRE END
+.    nr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS 1
+.    nr #COUNTERS_RESET 1
+.    if \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\
+.          if \\n[#SAVED_DIVER_FN_COUNT]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \
+.                if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1
+.             el .nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 .nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \
+.             if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \
+.                if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.             el .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# b) Treat as a normal footnote, including defers.
+\#
+.MAC DIVER_FN_2_PRE END
+.    nr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS 2
+.END
+\#
+\# 2. Post-footnote processing for footnotes in diversions
+\#
+\# Even when a footnote inside a diversion is treated as
+\# "normal," some manipulation of registers is required.  The
+\# macro is called in DO_QUOTE (i.e. at the termination of
+\# quotes and blockquotes) and in DO_EPIGRAPH.
+\#
+.MAC DIVER_FN_2_POST END
+.    if \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 .nr #DONT_RULE_ME 1
+.          if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 .nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.             if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1
+.             if !\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 .nr #DONT_RULE_ME 1
+.          if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 .nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.          if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \
+.                if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.             el .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# The main macros that handle footnote processing.
+\# -----------------------------------------------
+\#
+\# FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP starts off "underneath" FOOTER, but is revealed
+\# as #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POSITION changes the position of FOOTER.
+\# FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP simply starts diversion FN_OVERFLOW to "catch"
+\# the overflow.  The diversion is ended in FOOTER, immediately after
+\# FOOTER outputs the diversion, FOOTNOTES, before PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER
+\# is run (either in HEADER, or in FOOTER if moving col to col).
+\#
+.MAC FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP END
+.    if \\n[#FN_COUNT] \{\
+.       di FN_OVERFLOW
+.       ie !\\n[#NO_BACK_UP]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.                if \\n[#FROM_FOOTER] \{\
+.                   if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED] \{\
+.                      if !\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \
+.                      rr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                if !\\n[#FROM_FOOTER] \{\
+.                   if !\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{\
+.                      if !\\n[#LAST_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]>1 \{\
+\!.                       RLD \\n[#FN_LEAD]u
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+\!.              RLD \\n[#FN_LEAD]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          rr #NO_BACK_UP
+.          rr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" When #FROM_DIVERT_FN is 1, it signals to FOOTNOTE, when run from
+.\" within DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER, to set #SPACE_REMAINING to the total
+.\" area allowable for running text.
+.    nr #FROM_DIVERT_FN 1
+.END
+\#
+\# PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER is called at the top of HEADER, and in
+\# FOOTER if we're moving from one column to the next (i.e. after
+\# outputting FOOTNOTES).  It checks for whether we have a "deferred
+\# footnote" situation, and resets counters and number registers
+\# accordingly.  Lastly, if we have some footnote overflow, it calls
+\# DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER.
+\#
+.MAC PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER END
+.    if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED]=2 \
+.       if \\n[#FN_COUNT_AT_FOOTER]>1 .rr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED
+.    ie !\\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\
+.       nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.       nr #FN_DEPTH 0
+.       nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0-\\n[#B_MARGIN]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#FN_DEFER]=1 .nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0-\\n[#B_MARGIN]
+.       if \\n[#FN_DEFER]=2 \{\
+.          nr #FN_DEPTH 0
+.          nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0-\\n[#B_MARGIN]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #SPACE_REMAINING 0
+.    ch FOOTER -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u
+.    if \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\
+.       nr #NO_FN_MARKER 1
+.       rn FOOTNOTES DEFERRED-FOOTNOTE
+.       nr #FN_DEPTH 0
+.       FOOTNOTE
+.       nf
+.       DEFERRED-FOOTNOTE
+.       FOOTNOTE OFF
+.       ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{\
+.             if !\\n[#FROM_FOOTER] \
+.                if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=1 .nr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el .nr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED 1
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#FN_DEFER] \
+.       if \\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_DEPTH] .DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER
+.    ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#COL_NUM]>1 \
+.          if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.    \}
+.    el .nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.    if \\n[#DIVER_FN]=2 .rr #DIVER_FN
+.    rr #FROM_DIVERT_FN
+.END
+\#
+\# DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER is called in PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER (at
+\# the top of HEADER, and in FOOTER if we're moving from one column
+\# to the next).
+\#
+.MAC DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER END
+.    nr #NO_FN_MARKER 1
+.    nr #DIVERTED 1
+.    FOOTNOTE
+.    nf
+.    FN_OVERFLOW
+.    FOOTNOTE OFF
+.    if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED] \{\
+.       nr #FN_DEPTH -\\n[#FN_LEAD]
+.       nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS +\\n[#FN_LEAD]
+.       ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.       if \\n[#PREV_FN_DEFERRED]=2 \{\
+.          nr #PREV_FN_DEFERRED 1
+.          rr #DIVERTED
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #FN_OVERFLOW_DEPTH
+.END
+\#
+\# This is a special macro to deal with footnotes that are set inside
+\# diversions (QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE and EPIGRAPH).  It's called in HEADER
+\# (and in FOOTER, if we're moving from column to column), and comes
+\# after PROCESS_FOOTNOTE_LEFTOVER in those two macros.
+\#
+.MAC PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER END
+.    nr #SPACE_REMAINING 0
+.    ch FOOTER -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u
+.    nr #NO_FN_MARKER 1
+.    if !\\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=2 .rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS
+.    FOOTNOTE
+.    if \\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_DEPTH] .nf
+.    ie dRUNON_FN_IN_DIVER \{\
+.       RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.       rm RUNON_FN_IN_DIVER
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nf
+.       FN_IN_DIVER
+.    \}
+.    FOOTNOTE OFF
+.    rr #DIVER_FN
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++ENDNOTES+++
+\#
+\# When endnotes are output, the spacing between the notes is always
+\# 1 extra linespace.  This can have bottom margin consequences.  If
+\# this doesn't bother you, don't worry about it.  If it does bother
+\# you, and you want to adjust the spacing between any two endnotes (as
+\# they're output), make the spacing adjustments (.ALD/.RLD) at the
+\# *end* of endnotes (i.e. just before .ENDNOTE OFF), not at the top.
+\#
+\# Endnotes must be output manually with .ENDNOTES. This allows user
+\# the flexibility to output endnotes at the end of each collated
+\# document, or to output them at the end of the entire document.
+\#
+\# Control macros
+\# --------------
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE POINT SIZE
+\# ------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <base point size for endnotes>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #EN_PS.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is same as running text in body of document.
+\#
+\#   This size control macro differs from other size control macros
+\#   in that it sets an absolute point size, not a relative one.  This
+\#   is because a) endnotes always appear separate from the body of
+\#   a document and therefore don't need to be relative to the body
+\#   of the document, and b) there are quite a few elements of the
+\#   endnotes page(s) that need to be relative to the base point size
+\#   of that page.  If the base endnote point size were relative to
+\#   the body of the document (i.e. a _SIZE macro taking a +|- value)
+\#   getting the rest of the endnote elements sized properly could
+\#   become very confusing.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE END
+.    nr #EN_PS (p;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE SPACING
+\# ----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <per item endnote spacing> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Enables space between endnotes items.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is no space.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_SPACING END
+.    ie \B'\\$1' .ds $EN_SPACE \\$1
+.    el .rm $EN_SPACE
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER
+\# ----------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   toggle
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes toggle register #EN_HDRFTR_CENTER, used to
+\#   determine whether mom should print a/the hdrftr center string
+\#   on the endnotes page.  Primarily to enable/disable printing of the
+\#   chapter name in hdrftrs when DOCTYPE CHAPTER.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is OFF
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #EN_HDRFTR_CENTER 1
+.    el .rr #EN_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE STRING
+\# --------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <title for endnotes page>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $EN_STRING.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is "Endnotes"
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING END
+.    ds $EN_STRING \\$1
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE STRING START POSITION
+\# ----------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <distance from page top>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #EN_STRING_V_POS
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS END
+.    nr #EN_STRING_V_POS (\\$1)
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_ADVANCE  ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_V_POS    ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS
+.ALIAS ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS   ENDNOTES_HEADER_V_POS
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE HEADER CAPS and SMALLCAPS
+\# ---------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns capitalization or smallcaps style of the endnotes pages
+\#   title string "Endnotes" on or off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Users may want the endnotes pages title string to be in
+\#   caps, but the toc entry for endnotes in lower case.  If the
+\#   argument to ENDNOTES_HEADER_STRING is in lower case and
+\#   ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS is turned on, this is exactly what will
+\#   happen.  Ditto for smallcaps.
+\#
+\#   Default for CAPS is on.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS END
+.   ie '\\$1'' .nr #EN_STRING_CAPS 1
+.   el .nr #EN_STRING_CAPS 0
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_CAPS ENDNOTES_HEADER_CAPS
+.
+.MAC ENDNOTES_HEADER_SMALLCAPS END
+.   ie '\\$1'' .nr #EN_STRING_SMALLCAPS 1
+.   el .nr #EN_STRING_SMALLCAPS 0
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_SMALLCAPS ENDNOTES_HEADER_SMALLCAPS
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE TITLE
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <string that appears before the first endnote pertaining to any document>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates string $EN_TITLE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is the document title, or, if doc is a chapter, "Chapter #"
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_TITLE END
+.    ds $EN_TITLE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE MARKER STYLE
+\# --------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   NUMBER | LINE | SUPERSCRIPT
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register #EN_MARKER_STYLE, used in ENDNOTE to determine
+\#   the style of endnote markers (labels).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   1=NUMBER; 2=LINE.  LINE means "use output line numbers".
+\#   Default is NUMBER.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE END
+.    if '\\$1'NUMBER' .nr #EN_MARKER_STYLE 1
+.    if '\\$1'LINE' \{\
+.       nr #EN_MARKER_STYLE 2
+.       if !\\n[#EN_LN_SEP] \
+.          if !\\n[#EN_LN_BRACKETS] .ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS SQUARE
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'SUPERSCRIPT' .nr #EN_MARKER_STYLE 3
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE LINENUMBER MARK
+\# -----------------------
+\# *Function:
+\#   This string, when called inline, stores the current output line
+\#   number in register #EN_MARK for use with ENDNOTE.
+\#
+.ds EN_MARK \R'#EN_MARK \En[ln]'
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE LINENUMBER SEPARATOR
+\# ----------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <user-defined separator>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user-defined separator (for use then
+\#   ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is LINE) in string $EN_LN_SEP.  The
+\#   separator is intended to be used when the user wishes a
+\#   separator, rather than the choice of brackets offered by
+\#   ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SEPARATOR END
+.    rr #EN_LN_BRACKETS
+.    nr #EN_LN_SEP 1
+.    ds $EN_LN_SEP "\\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE LINENUMBER BRACKETS
+\# ---------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   PARENS | SQUARE | BRACES or ( | [ | {
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register #EN_LN_BRACKETS to 1, and creates strings
+\#   $EN_OPEN_BRACKET and $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET according to the given argument.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_BRACKETS END
+.    rr #EN_LN_SEP
+.    nr #EN_LN_BRACKETS 1
+.    if '\\$1'PARENS' \{\
+.       ds $EN_OPEN_BRACKET (
+.       ds $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET )
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'(' \{\
+.       ds $EN_OPEN_BRACKET (
+.       ds $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET )
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'SQUARE' \{\
+.       ds $EN_OPEN_BRACKET [
+.       ds $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET ]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'[' \{\
+.       ds $EN_OPEN_BRACKET [
+.       ds $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET ]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'BRACES' \{\
+.       ds $EN_OPEN_BRACKET {
+.       ds $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET }
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'{' \{\
+.       ds $EN_OPEN_BRACKET {
+.       ds $EN_CLOSE_BRACKET }
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE LINENUMBER GAP
+\# ----------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <space between line-number labels and endnotes text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Defines string $EN_LN_GAP, used during printing of line-number
+\#   labels in ENDNOTE.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_GAP END
+.    nr #EN_LN_GAP (u;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE NUMBERS ALIGNMENT
+\# -------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   LEFT | RIGHT <max. number of digit placeholders that will appear in endnotes>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates registers for _LEFT or _RIGHT; creates register
+\#   #EN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is for endnote numbers to be right aligned to 2 placeholders.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN END
+.    if '\\$1'LEFT' \{\
+.       rr #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT
+.       nr #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT 1
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$1'RIGHT' \{\
+.       rr #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT
+.       nr #EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT 1
+.    \}
+.    nr #EN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS \\$2
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE PARAGRAPH INDENT
+\# ------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <first line indent of paras subsequent to 1st in endnotes>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates register #EN_PP_INDENT for use in .PP.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires a unit of measure.
+\#
+\#   Default is 1.5m for TYPESET; same indent as PARA_INDENT for TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT END
+.    nr #EN_PP_INDENT (\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# TURN OFF COLUMN MODE FOR ENDNOTES
+\# ---------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes register #EN_NO_COLS
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Allows user to tell mom not to set endnotes in columnar
+\#   documents in columns.  Default is to set endnotes in columns.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #EN_NO_COLS 1
+.    el .rr #EN_NO_COLS
+.END
+\#
+\# NO FIRST PAGE NUMBER ON ENDNOTES FIRST PAGE
+\# -------------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes register #EN_NO_FIRST_PN
+\# *Notes:
+\#   For use if FOOTERS are on.  Tells ENDNOTES not to put a page
+\#   number on the first endnotes page.  Some users may want this.
+\#   Default is to print a page number at the top of the first
+\#   endnotes page when footers are on.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #EN_NO_FIRST_PN 1
+.    el .rr #EN_NO_FIRST_PN
+.END
+\#
+\# PAGE HEADERS ON ENDNOTES PAGES
+\# ------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | ALL
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes register #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS or
+\#   #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Whether ENDNOTES puts a page header at the top of endnotes
+\#   pages if page headers are used throughout the document.
+\#   Default is to insert the page headers, but not on the first
+\#   page.  If the optional argument ALL is given, ENDNOTES puts a
+\#   page header on the first page as well.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS 1
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'ALL' \{\
+.          nr #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS 1
+.          nr #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL 1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS 0
+.          nr #EN_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTES PAGES PAGE NUMBERING STYLE
+\# -----------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies $EN_PN_STYLE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Allows user to define what style should be used for endnotes
+\#   pages page numbering.  Arguments are the same as for
+\#   PAGENUM_STYLE.
+\#
+\#   Default is DIGIT.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE END
+.    ds $EN_PN_STYLE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# FIRST PAGE NUMBER FOR ENDNOTES
+\# ------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <page number that appears on page 1 of endnotes pages>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $EN_FIRST_PN
+\# *Notes:
+\#   To be used with caution, only if all endnotes
+\#   are to be output at once, i.e. not at the end of the separate
+\#   docs of a collated doc
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER END
+.    nr #EN_FIRST_PN \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# SINGLESPACE ENDNOTES
+\# --------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets lead of endnotes pages in TYPEWRITE to 12 points,
+\#   adjusted.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is to double-space endnotes pages.
+\#
+.MAC SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{\
+.          nr #EN_SINGLESPACE 1
+.          rr #IGNORE
+.          if \\n[#OK_PROCESS_LEAD] \{\
+.             ENDNOTE_LEAD 12 ADJUST
+.             nr #IGNORE 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.             nr #EN_SINGLESPACE 1
+.             rr #IGNORE
+.             if \\n[#OK_PROCESS_LEAD] \{\
+.                ENDNOTE_LEAD 12 ADJUST
+.                nr #IGNORE 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             rr #EN_SINGLESPACE
+.             rr #IGNORE
+.             if \\n[#OK_PROCESS_LEAD] \{\
+.                ENDNOTE_LEAD 24 ADJUST
+.                nr #IGNORE 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE PARAGRAPH SPACE
+\# -----------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   toggle
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates toggle register #EN_PP_SPACE for use in .PP.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Like PARA_SPACE.  Default is not to space endnote paras.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #EN_PP_SPACE 1
+.    el .rr #EN_PP_SPACE
+.END
+\#
+\# ENDNOTE
+\# -------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   toggle
+\# *Function:
+\#   Places superscript endnote number in text, then collects and
+\#   processes endnote in diversion END_NOTES.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   \c must be appended to the word immediately preceding .ENDNOTE
+\#   when ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is NUMBER.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #ENDNOTE 1
+.       ie !\\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[#CONDENSE] .nop \*[CONDX]\c
+.          if \\n[#EXTEND] .nop \*[EXTX]\c
+.             if \\n[#UNDERLINE_ON] \{\
+.                nr #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON 1
+.                UNDERLINE OFF
+.             \}
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             if \\n[#SLANT_ON] \{\
+.                 nr #SLANT_WAS_ON 1
+.                 nop \*[SLANTX]\c
+.             \}
+.\" Vertical raise amount here is more than when the same string is printed in
+.\" the endnotes so bottom of number aligns with top of bowl.
+.             PRINT \
+"\s-2\v'-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\\n+[#EN_NUMBER]\v'+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\s+2\c"
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .PRINT \*[SUP]\\n+[#EN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]\c
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie r#EN_NUMBER .nr #EN_NUMBER \\n[#EN_NUMBER]+1
+.          el .nr #EN_NUMBER 1 1
+.          if !\\n[#LINENUMBERS] \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: Line numbering must be enabled with NUMBER_LINES when
+.             tm1 "       ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE is LINE.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EN_MARK]=0 .nr #EN_MARK \\n[ln]
+.          nr #EN_MARK_2 \\n[ln]
+.          if '\\n[.z]'P_QUOTE' \{\
+.             nr #EN_MARK -1
+.             nr #EN_MARK_2 -1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr #PP_STYLE_PREV \\n[#PP_STYLE]
+.       nr #PP_STYLE 1
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS] .nr #INDENT_FIRSTS 1
+.       INDENT_FIRST_PARAS
+.       ev EN
+.       da END_NOTES
+.       LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#EN_NO_COLS] .LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.          el .LL \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+\!.     if \\\\n[.vpt]=0 .vpt
+\!.     ne 3
+.       vs \\n[#EN_LEAD]u
+.\" Print identifying doc title (e.g., Chapter n)
+.       if \\n[#EN_NUMBER]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.             FAMILY  \\*[$EN_TITLE_FAM]
+.             FT      \\*[$EN_TITLE_FT]
+.             ps \\n[#EN_PS]u\\*[$EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.             if \\n[#EN_TITLE_COLOR] .COLOR \\*[$EN_TITLE_COLOR]
+.             if \\n[#ENDNOTE_TITLE_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS
+.             if \\n[#ENDNOTE_TITLE_CAPS] .CAPS
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .sp 2
+.          el .sp
+.          if !'\\*[$EN_TITLE]'' \{\
+.             substring $EN_TITLE_QUAD 0 0
+.             if '\\*[$EN_TITLE_QUAD]'L' .LEFT
+.             if '\\*[$EN_TITLE_QUAD]'C' .CENTER
+.             if '\\*[$EN_TITLE_QUAD]'R' .RIGHT
+\!.           vpt 0
+.             sp -.25v
+.             ie \\n[#EN_TITLE_UNDERLINE] \
+.                UNDERSCORE "\\*[$EN_TITLE]"
+.             el \{\
+.                ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.                   UNDERSCORE "\\*[$EN_TITLE]"
+.                el .PRINT "\\*[$EN_TITLE]"
+.             \}
+.             sp .25v
+\!.           vpt
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EN_TITLE_COLOR] .gcolor
+.          if \\n[#ENDNOTE_TITLE_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS OFF
+.          if \\n[#ENDNOTE_TITLE_CAPS] .CAPS OFF
+.       \}
+.\" Get indent from endnotes point size; convert string to reg in
+.\" case indent string is, e.g., m or n
+.       ps \\n[#EN_PS]u
+.       nr #REF_EN_INDENT (u;\\*[$REF_EN_INDENT])
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          TYPEWRITER
+.          if \\n[#EN_NUMBER]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .sp
+.             el .sp .25
+.           \}
+.          if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 .ps -2
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             FAMILY  \\*[$EN_NUMBER_FAM]
+.             FT      \\*[$EN_NUMBER_FT]
+.             ps \\n[#EN_PS]u\\*[$EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.             FAMILY  \\*[$EN_LN_FAM]
+.             FT      \\*[$EN_LN_FT]
+.             ps \\n[#EN_PS]u\\*[$EN_LN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+.             FAMILY  \\*[$EN_NUMBER_FAM]
+.             FT      \\*[$EN_NUMBER_FT]
+.             ps \\n[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u*6u/10u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.\" Build string for line-numbered endnotes
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#EN_LN_BRACKETS]=1 \{\
+.             ds $EN_LINENUMBER \v'-.085m'\\*[$EN_OPEN_BRACKET]\v'.085m'
+.             ie \\n[#EN_MARK_2]=\\n[#EN_MARK] .as $EN_LINENUMBER \
+\\n[#EN_MARK]\v'-.085m'\\*[$EN_CLOSE_BRACKET]\v'.085m'\"
+.             el .as $EN_LINENUMBER \
+\\n[#EN_MARK]\v'-.1m'-\v'.1m'\\n[#EN_MARK_2]\v'-.085m'\
+\\*[$EN_CLOSE_BRACKET]\v'.085m'\"
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#EN_MARK_2]=\\n[#EN_MARK] \
+.                ds $EN_LINENUMBER \
+\\n[#EN_MARK]\\*[$EN_LN_SEP]
+.             el \
+.                ds $EN_LINENUMBER \
+\\n[#EN_MARK]\v'-.1m'-\v'.1m'\\n[#EN_MARK_2]\\*[$EN_LN_SEP]
+.          \}
+.          nr #EN_MARK 0
+.       \}
+.       vpt 0
+.       ie \\n[#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT] .RIGHT
+.       el .LEFT
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \
+.          nr #EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH \w'\0'*\\n[#EN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS]+\w'.'
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#EN_LN_BRACKETS]=1 .nr #EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH \
+(\w'\0'*(\\n[#EN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS]*2))+\w'-[]'
+.          el .nr #EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH \
+(\w'\0'*(\\n[#EN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS]*2))+\w'-\\*[$EN_LN_SEP]'
+.          RIGHT
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+.          nr #EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH \
+\w'\0'*\\n[#EN_NUMBER_PLACEHOLDERS]+.15m
+.          RIGHT
+.       \}
+.       ie \\n[#REF]=1 \
+.          ll \\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u+\\n[#REF_EN_INDENT]u
+.       el .ll \\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#REF]=1 .ti \\n[#REF_EN_INDENT]u
+.          nop \En[#EN_NUMBER].
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          nop \\*[$EN_LINENUMBER]
+.          rm $EN_LINENUMBER
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+\!.        vpt 0
+.          ps \" Reset ps changed to get width of s-script numbers
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.\" Vertical raise amount here is less than when the same string is printed in
+.\" the body of the text because number precedes a cap.
+.             nop \
+\s-2\v'-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/7u'\\n[#EN_NUMBER]\|\v'+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/7u'\s+2
+.          \}
+.          el .nop \E*[SUP]\\n[#EN_NUMBER]\E*[SUPX]\h'.15m'
+.       \}
+.       EOL
+.       ll
+\!.     vpt
+.       nr #EN_FIGURE_SPACE \w'\0'
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#REF]=1 .ti \
+\\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u+\\n[#REF_EN_INDENT]u+\\n[#EN_FIGURE_SPACE]u
+.          el .in \
+\\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u+\\n[#EN_FIGURE_SPACE]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#REF]=1 .ti \
+\\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u+\\n[#REF_EN_INDENT]u+\\n[#EN_LN_GAP]u
+.          el .ti \
+\\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u+\\n[#EN_LN_GAP]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=3 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#REF]=1 .ti \
+\\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u+\\n[#REF_EN_INDENT]u+\w'\|'u
+.          el .in \
+\\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u
+.       \}
+.       nr #EN_TEXT_INDENT \\n[.i]
+.       QUAD \\*[$EN_QUAD]
+.       vpt
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          FAMILY  \\*[$EN_FAM]
+.          FT      \\*[$EN_FT]
+.          ps \\n[#EN_PS]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+\!.     ie \\n[#EN_NUMBER]=\\\\n[#LAST_EN] .vpt 0
+\!.     el .br
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .sp \\*[$EN_SPACE]
+.       in 0
+.       if \\n[#EN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\
+\!.        in 0
+.       \}
+.       da
+.\" Restore sentence spacing
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          if d$RESTORE_SS_VAR .SS \\*[$RESTORE_SS_VAR]
+.          rm $RESTORE_SS_VAR
+.       \}
+.       ev
+.\" Restore lead -- need
+.       nr #PP_STYLE \\n[#PP_STYLE_PREV]
+.       if !\\n[#INDENT_FIRSTS] .INDENT_FIRST_PARAS OFF
+.       rr #INDENT_FIRSTS
+.       rr #ENDNOTE
+.       if \\n[#UNDERLINE_WAS_ON] \{\
+.          rr #UNDERLINE_WAS_ON
+.          UNDERLINE
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#SLANT_WAS_ON] \{\
+.          rr #SLANT_WAS_ON
+\*[SLANT]\c
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=2 \{\
+.       if '\\$2'BREAK' .BR
+.       if '\\$2'BR' .BR
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Endnotes (user space macro)
+\# ---------------------------
+\#
+\# ENDNOTES
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets new document leading from #EN_LEAD, breaks to a new page,
+\#   sets up an endnotes page based on registers and strings associated
+\#   with endnotes, then outputs diversion END_NOTES.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTES END
+.    if \\n[defer] .NEWPAGE
+.    nr #LAST_EN \\n[#EN_NUMBER]
+.    nr #ENDNOTES 1
+.    nr #EN_FIRST_PAGE 1
+.    SETUP_ENDNOTES
+.    if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .chop END_NOTES
+.    nf
+.    END_NOTES
+.    rm END_NOTES
+.    ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#ADJ_EN_LEAD] \
+.          nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_DOC_LEAD]
+.       el .DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_DOC_LEAD]u
+.       rr #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS_WERE_ON] .nr #COLUMNS 1
+.    if \\n[#HEADER_STATE]=1 .HEADERS
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.    \}
+.    rr #ENDNOTES
+.END
+\#
+\# Macros common to endnotes, bibliography, and toc
+\# ------------------------------------------------
+\#
+.MAC SETUP_BIB_EN END
+.    if '\\$0'SETUP_BIBLIOGRAPHY' .ds EN-OR-BIB BIB
+.    if '\\$0'SETUP_ENDNOTES'     .ds EN-OR-BIB EN
+.    nr #HEADER_STATE \\n[#HEADERS_ON]
+.    ds $RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 \
+.       if !\\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL] .HEADERS OFF
+.    if \\n[#HEADER_STATE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_HDRFTR_CENTER]=1 .
+.       el .rm $HDRFTR_CENTER
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#SUSPEND_PAGINATION] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\
+.             PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_PN_STYLE]
+.             if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_FIRST_PN] .PAGENUMBER \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_FIRST_PN]-1
+.             if r #\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_NO_FIRST_PN .nr #PAGINATE 0
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 .nr #PAGINATE 1
+.       el .nr #PAGINATE 0
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD]'' \
+.          ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD]
+.    \}
+.    NEWPAGE
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW]
+.       rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD
+.       rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#SUSPEND_PAGINATION] \{\
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\
+.          if r #\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_NO_FIRST_PN \
+.             if \\n[#PAGINATION_STATE]=1 .nr #PAGINATE 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 .nr #PAGINATE 0
+.    rr #PAGINATION_STATE
+.    PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_PN_STYLE]
+.    if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_FIRST_PN] .PAGENUMBER \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_FIRST_PN]
+.    if \\n[#HEADER_STATE]=1 \
+.       if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_ALLOWS_HEADERS] .HEADERS
+.\" Collect endnotes title string for TOC
+.    nr #TOC_ENTRY_PN \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.    af #TOC_ENTRY_PN \\g[#PAGENUMBER]
+.    ds $TOC_TITLE_ITEM \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING]\|
+.    PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING]
+.    TITLE_TO_TOC
+.\" End collection of endnotes title string for TOC
+.\" Process endnotes
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .vs \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_LEAD]u
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_NO_COLS] \{\
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS] .nr #COLUMNS_WERE_ON 1
+.          nr #COLUMNS 0
+.       \}
+.       nr #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.       ie \\n[#ADJ_\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_LEAD] .nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_LEAD]
+.       el .DOC_LEAD \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_LEAD]u
+.    \}
+.    vpt 0
+.    RESTORE_SPACE
+.    ie r#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_V_POS .sp |\\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_V_POS]u-1v
+.    el .sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_LEAD]u
+.    vpt
+.    mk ec
+.    if \\n[#SLANT_ON] \{\
+\*[SLANTX]\c
+.    \}
+.    sp
+.    if !'\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING]'' \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          TYPEWRITER
+.          vs \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_LEAD]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_NO_COLS] .LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.             el .LL \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.          FAMILY  \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_FAM]
+.          FT      \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_FT]
+.          ps \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_PS]u\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.          vs      \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_LEAD]u
+.       \}
+.       substring $\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_QUAD 0 0
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_QUAD]'L' .LEFT
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_QUAD]'C' .CENTER
+.       if '\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_QUAD]'R' .RIGHT
+.       EOL
+.       if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_COLOR]=1 .COLOR \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_COLOR]
+.       if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_CAPS] .CAPS
+.       if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS
+.       ie \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .ds $TITLE_TYPE \\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.             UNDERSCORE2 3p 2p "\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING]"
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.                UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_UNDERLINE_GAP] \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING]"
+.             el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING]"
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el .PRINT "\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING]
+.    \}
+.    SMALLCAPS OFF
+.    if \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.    CAPS OFF
+.    FAMILY \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_FAMILY]
+.    FT \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_FT]
+.    ps -\\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .sp
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_SINGLESPACE]=1 .sp
+.          el .
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\*[EN-OR-BIB]'BIB' .sp 2
+.       el .sp
+.    \}
+.    SHIM
+.    QUAD \\*[$\\*[EN-OR-BIB]_QUAD]
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS SETUP_BIBLIOGRAPHY SETUP_BIB_EN
+.ALIAS SETUP_ENDNOTES     SETUP_BIB_EN
+\#
+\# ENDNOTES, BIBLIOGRAPHY and TOC LEADING
+\# --------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <leading> [ ADJUST ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Depending on the name by which it's called, creates or modifies
+\#   register #<type>_LEAD, where <type> is BIB, EN, or TOC.  Creates or removes
+\#   register #ADJ_<type>_LEAD.  Stores arguments in strings if BIB,
+\#   EN, or TOC leading are set before START.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is same as doc lead for TYPESET, adjusted; 24 for TYPEWRITE.
+\#
+.MAC _LEAD END
+.    if '\\$0'BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD' .ds $SECTION BIB
+.    if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_LEAD' .ds $SECTION EN
+.    if '\\$0'TOC_LEAD' .ds $SECTION TOC
+.    rr #ADJ_\\*[$SECTION]_LEAD
+.    ds $\\*[$SECTION]_LEAD \\$1
+.    rm $ADJUST_\\*[$SECTION]_LEAD
+.    if '\\$2'ADJUST' \{\
+.       nr #ADJ_\\*[$SECTION]_LEAD 1
+.       ds $ADJUST_\\*[$SECTION]_LEAD ADJUST
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#OK_PROCESS_LEAD] .return
+.    nr #\\*[$SECTION]_LEAD (p;\\$1)
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD _LEAD
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_LEAD      _LEAD
+.ALIAS TOC_LEAD          _LEAD
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++BIBLIOGRAPHY+++
+\#
+\# Mom treats bibliographies and endnotes very similarly.  The chief
+\# difference is that endnotes are collected and formatted inside a
+\# diversion, while bibliographies are built "by hand."  ENDNOTES sets
+\# up the endnotes page and outputs the formatted diversion.
+\# BIBLIOGRAPHY sets up the bibliography page, then awaits refer
+\# commands.
+\#
+\# All of the bibliography control macros have their exact
+\# counterparts in the endnotes control macros.  See, therefore,
+\# Arguments, Functions, and Notes in the Endnotes section.
+\#
+\# Bibliography control macros
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_PT_SIZE END
+.    nr #BIB_PS (p;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #BIB_HDRFTR_CENTER 1
+.    el .rr #BIB_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING END
+.    ds $BIB_STRING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_ADVANCE END
+.    nr #BIB_STRING_V_POS (u;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_V_POS END
+.    nr #BIB_STRING_V_POS (u;\\$1)
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_V_POS BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_V_POS
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_COLUMNS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #BIB_NO_COLS 1
+.    el .rr #BIB_NO_COLS
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #BIB_NO_FIRST_PN 1
+.    el .rr #BIB_NO_FIRST_PN
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_ALLOWS_HEADERS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #BIB_ALLOWS_HEADERS 1
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'ALL' \{\
+.          nr #BIB_ALLOWS_HEADERS 1
+.          nr #BIB_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL 1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          rr #BIB_ALLOWS_HEADERS
+.          rr #BIB_ALLOWS_HEADERS_ALL
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_PAGENUM_STYLE END
+.    ds $BIB_PN_STYLE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_FIRST_PAGENUMBER END
+.    nr #BIB_FIRST_PN \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC SINGLESPACE_BIBLIOGRAPHY END
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{\
+.          nr #BIB_SINGLESPACE 1
+.          rr #IGNORE
+.          if \\n[#OK_PROCESS_LEAD] \{\
+.             BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD 12 ADJUST
+.             nr #IGNORE 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.             nr #BIB_SINGLESPACE 1
+.             rr #IGNORE
+.             if \\n[#OK_PROCESS_LEAD] \{\
+.                BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD 12 ADJUST
+.                nr #IGNORE 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             rr #BIB_SINGLESPACE
+.             rr #IGNORE
+.             if \\n[#OK_PROCESS_LEAD] \{\
+.                BIBLIOGRAPHY_LEAD 24 ADJUST
+.                nr #IGNORE 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Style for outputting collected bibliographic references
+\# -------------------------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   LIST | PLAIN [ <list separator> ] [ <list prefix> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets #BIB_LIST to 1 for numbered list style, 0 for plain output
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Technically, user is supposed to enter PLAIN if s/he wants an
+\#   unnumbered bibliography, but the el clause says "any arg but
+\#   LIST means unnumbered."  Effectively, any arg but LIST produces
+\#   a "plain" bibliographic list.
+\#
+\# The 2nd and 3rd args have the same options as the 2nd and 3rd
+\# args to LIST.
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_TYPE END
+.    ie '\\$1'LIST' \{\
+.       nr #BIB_LIST 1
+.       ie '\\$2'' \
+.          if '\\*[$BIB_LIST_SEPARATOR]'' .ds $BIB_LIST_SEPARATOR .
+.       el .ds $BIB_LIST_SEPARATOR \\$2
+.       ie '\\$3'' .ds $BIB_LIST_PREFIX
+.       el .ds $BIB_LIST_PREFIX \\$3
+.    \}
+.    el .nr #BIB_LIST 0
+.END
+\#
+\# Spacing between items in bibliographies
+\# ---------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <amount of space>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Gets value for $BIB_SPACE.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires a unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY_SPACING END
+.    ds $BIB_SPACE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# Bibliography (user space macro)
+\# -------------------------------
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets up a new page, with title, ready to accept the output
+\#   of refer's $LIST$ or .R1 bibliography .R2
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Bibliography pages are set up almost identically to endnotes pages.
+\#
+.MAC BIBLIOGRAPHY END
+.    if \\n[defer] .NEWPAGE
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       rr #FN_REF
+.       rr #EN_REF
+.       nr #BIBLIOGRAPHY 1
+.       nr #BIB_FIRST_PAGE 1
+\#.       nr #SKIP_FOOTER +1
+.       SETUP_BIBLIOGRAPHY
+\#.       nr #SKIP_FOOTER -1
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 .vs \\n[#BIB_LEAD]u
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[#BIB_SINGLESPACE]=1 .vs \\n[#BIB_LEAD]u
+.             el .vs \\n[#BIB_LEAD]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#ADJ_BIB_LEAD] \
+.             nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_DOC_LEAD]
+.          el .DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_DOC_LEAD]u
+.          rr #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS_WERE_ON] .nr #COLUMNS 1
+.       if \\n[#HEADER_STATE]=1 .HEADERS
+.       if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.          NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.          nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.       \}
+.       di BIB
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+.       di
+.\" Part of workaround for refer spitting out a blank page if the
+.\" last ref falls on the bottom line.
+.       nr num*refs \\n[ref*num*first-pass]
+.       nf
+.       chop BIB
+.       BIB
+.    \}
+.    rr #BIBLIOGRAPHY
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++TABLE OF CONTENTS+++
+\#
+\# Strings to allocate space for leaders and entry page numbers
+\#
+.ds $TOC_PN \\*[ST102]\F[\\*[$TOC_PN_FAM]]\f[\\*[$TOC_PN_FT]]\
+\s[\\n[#TOC_PS]u]^\\*[ST102X]\\*[ST103]\s[\\*[$TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE]]\
+\h'.2n'\h'\w'0'u*\\n[#TOC_PN_PADDING]u'\\*[ST103X]
+\#
+.ds $TOC_PN_TYPEWRITE \\*[ST102]^\\*[ST102X]\\*[ST103]\
+\h'\w'0'u*\\n[#TOC_PN_PADDING]u'\\*[ST103X]
+\#
+\# Macro to remove titles from the TOC.
+\# Primarily to remove the copyright page from the TOC.
+\#
+.MAC NO_TOC_ENTRY END
+.    nr #NO_TOC_ENTRY 1
+.END
+\#
+\# USER-INSERTED HEADING IN TOC
+\# ----------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Inserts a single line of non-pagenumbered text into the TOC.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_HEADING END
+.    ds $TOC_HEADING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC collector
+\#
+.MAC TO_TOC END
+.    if !'\\n[.ev]'TOC_EV' .ev TOC_EV
+.    nr #TOC_CH_NUM_INDENT \w'\\*[$TOC_CH_NUM]'
+.    da TOC_ENTRIES
+\!.  ie \\\\n[#SKIP_ENTRY]=1 \{\
+.       rr #SKIP_ENTRY
+\!.  \}
+\!.  el \{\
+.       TQ
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+\!.        fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+\!.        ft  R
+\!.        ps \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.          ds _TYPEWRITE _TYPEWRITE
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\$0'HD_TO_TOC' \{\
+\!.           ps \\n[#TOC_PS]u\\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_SIZE]
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+\!.           FAMILY \\*[$TOC_TITLE_FAM]
+\!.           FT     \\*[$TOC_TITLE_FT]
+\!.           ps \\n[#TOC_PS]u\\*[$TOC_TITLE_SIZE]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          rm _TYPEWRITE
+.          if \\n[#SPACE_TOC_ITEMS] \{\
+.             if \\n[#POST_TOP]=1 \{\
+.                ie !\\n[#LEVEL]=\\n[#LAST_LEVEL] \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#LEVEL]>\\n[#LAST_LEVEL] \!.sp .2v
+.                   el \!.sp .4v
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   if \\n[#COLLATED_DOC] \
+.                      if '\\$0'TITLE_TO_TOC' \!.sp .4v
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+\!.     vpt 0
+\!.     PAD_MARKER ^
+.       if !'\\$0'HD_TO_TOC' \{\
+\!.        if \\n[#TOC_TITLE_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$0'HD_TO_TOC' \{\
+.          nr #POST_TOP 1
+\!.        if \\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_CAPS]=1 .CAPS
+.       \}
+.       ie '\\$0'HD_TO_TOC' \{\
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             ds $TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FAM] \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.             ds $TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FT]  R
+.          \}
+\!.        PAD \
+"\f[\\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FAM]\
+\\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_FT]]\
+\h'\\\\n[#TOC_INDENT_ADJ]u'\h'\\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_INDENT]u'\
+\\*[$TOC_HD_NUM]\\*[$TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_ITEM]\\*[$TOC_PN\\*[_TYPEWRITE]]" \
+"\\*[PDFBOOKMARK.NAME]"
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\$0'HEADING_TO_TOC' \{\
+.             if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.                ds $TOC_TITLE_FAM \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.                ds $TOC_TITLE_FT R
+.             \}
+.             if !'\\*[$TOC_HEADING_QUAD]'' \{\
+.                substring $TOC_HEADING_QUAD 0 0
+.                if '\\*[$TOC_HEADING_QUAD]'L' \!.LEFT
+.                if '\\*[$TOC_HEADING_QUAD]'C' \!.CENTER
+.                if '\\*[$TOC_HEADING_QUAD]'R' \!.RIGHT
+.             \}
+\!.           vpt
+\!.           ne \\*[$SPACE_ABOVE]+\\*[$SPACE_BENEATH]+2v
+\!.           vpt 0
+.             if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.                if \\n[#POST_TOP] \!.sp \\*[$SPACE_ABOVE]
+.             ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \!.nop \\*[$TOC_HEADING]
+.             el \{\
+\!.              nop \
+\f[\\*[$TOC_HEADING_FAM]\\*[$TOC_HEADING_FT]]\
+\s[\\*[$TOC_HEADING_SIZE]]\
+\m[\\*[$TOC_HEADING_COLOR]]\
+\\*[$TOC_HEADING]\
+\m[]\s[0]\f[P]
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.                ie \\n[#SPACE_TOC_ITEMS] \
+.                   if \\n[#POST_TOP]=0 \!.sp \\*[$SPACE_BENEATH]
+.                el \!.sp \\*[$SPACE_BENEATH]
+.             \}
+\!.           vpt
+.             da
+.             ev
+.             return
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+\!.           PAD \
+"\f[\\*[$TOC_TITLE_FAM]\\*[$TOC_TITLE_FT]]\
+\h'\\n[#TOC_TITLE_INDENT]u'\\*[$TOC_TITLE_ITEM]\\*[$TOC_PN\\*[_TYPEWRITE]]" \
+"\\*[PDFBOOKMARK.NAME]"
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       ie '\\$0'HD_TO_TOC' \
+\!.        if \\n[#TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LEVEL]_CAPS]=1 .CAPS OFF
+.       el \
+\!.        if \\n[#TOC_TITLE_CAPS]=1 .CAPS OFF
+\!.     PAD_MARKER #
+\!.     EOL
+\!.     ST 102 L
+\!.     ST 103 R QUAD
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+\!.        FAMILY  \\*[$TOC_PN_FAM]
+\!.        FT      \\*[$TOC_PN_FT]
+\!.        ps \\n[#TOC_PS]u
+.       \}
+\!.     TAB 102
+\!.     PRINT \fR\\*[LEADER]\f[]
+\!.     TN
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+\!.        ps \\*[$TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       \}
+\!.     PRINT \\n[#TOC_ENTRY_PN]
+\!.  \}
+.    da
+.    ev
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS HD_TO_TOC    TO_TOC
+.ALIAS TITLE_TO_TOC TO_TOC
+.ALIAS HEADING_TO_TOC TO_TOC
+\#
+\# Control macros for toc
+\# ----------------------
+\#
+\# TOC TITLE STYLE
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   FAMILY <family>
+\#   FONT   <font>
+\#   SIZE   <+|-n>
+\#   COLOR  <color>
+\#   CAPS
+\#   INDENT
+\# *Function:
+\#   Assigns complete style parameters to TITLEs (doc titles,
+\#   chapter titles, etc) in the TOC.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   TITLEs are not headings, therefore they require their own style
+\#   macro.  Otherwise, the same as TOC_ENTRY_STYLE.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_TITLE_STYLE END
+.    nr #ARG_NUM 0 1
+.    nr #ATTRIB \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[#ARG_NUM]<=\\n[#ATTRIB] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'FAMILY' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $TOC_TITLE_FAM  \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FONT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $TOC_TITLE_FT   \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SIZE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $TOC_TITLE_SIZE \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CAPS' \{\
+.          nr #TOC_TITLE_CAPS 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_CAPS' \{\
+.          rr #TOC_TITLE_CAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          nr #TOC_TITLE_SMALLCAPS 1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          rr #TOC_TITLE_SMALLCAPS
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'INDENT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          nr #TOC_TITLE_INDENT \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC HEADER STRING
+\# -----------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <string for "doc header" of first toc page>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $TOC_HEADER_STRING
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is "Contents".
+\#
+.MAC TOC_HEADER_STRING END
+.    ds $TOC_HEADER_STRING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC HEADER CAPS and SMALLCAPS
+\# -----------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns capitalization or smallcaps style of the toc title string
+\#   on or off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Users may want the toc title string to be in
+\#   caps, but the page header to be in lower case.  If the
+\#   argument to TOC_HEADER_STRING is in lower case and
+\#   TOC_HEADER_CAPS is turned on, this is exactly what will
+\#   happen.  Ditto for SMALLCAPS.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_HEADER_CAPS END
+.   ie '\\$1'' .nr #TOC_STRING_CAPS 1
+.   el .nr #TOC_STRING_CAPS 0
+.END
+.
+.MAC TOC_HEADER_SMALLCAPS END
+.   ie '\\$1'' .nr #TOC_STRING_SMALLCAPS 1
+.   el .nr #TOC_STRING_SMALLCAPS 0
+.END
+.
+\#
+\# TOC VERTICAL PLACEMENT
+\# ----------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <distance from page top>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates register #TOC_HEADER_V_POS.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is same as normal docheader position.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_HEADER_V_POS END
+.    nr #TOC_HEADER_V_POS (u;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\#
+\# TOC POINT SIZE
+\# --------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <base point size for toc pages>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #TOC_PS.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   This size control macro differs from other size control macros
+\#   in that it sets an absolute point size, not a relative one.
+\#   See notes for ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE for explanation.
+\#
+\#   No unit of measure required (points assumed).  Default is 12.5
+\#   for TYPESET.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_PT_SIZE END
+.    nr #TOC_PS (p;\\$1)
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC ENTRIES PAGE NUMBERS PADDING
+\# --------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <number of placeholders for toc entries page numbers>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies register #TOC_PN_PADDING.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   "Placeholders" is the maximum number of digits in a page
+\#   number numeral.
+\#
+\#   Default is 3.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_PADDING END
+.    nr #TOC_PN_PADDING \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# PAGINATE TOC
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes register #PAGINATE_TOC.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default is to paginate toc.
+\#
+.MAC PAGINATE_TOC END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #PAGINATE_TOC 1
+.    el .nr #PAGINATE_TOC 0
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TOC_FIRST_PAGENUM END
+.    nr #TOC_START_PAGENUM \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC PAGES PAGE-NUMBERING STYLE
+\# ------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   DIGIT | ROMAN | roman | ALPHA | alpha
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or modifies string $TOC_PN_STYLE
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Page numbering style for page numbers that appear in the
+\#   headers/footers of toc pages.  See notes for PAGENUM_STYLE.
+\#
+\#   Default is roman.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE END
+.    ds $TOC_PN_STYLE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC RECTO_VERSO SWITCH
+\# ----------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates or removes register #TOC_RV_SWITCH
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Allows switching of L/R margins if a doc is recto/verso and
+\#   the first toc page happens to fall the wrong way
+\#
+.MAC TOC_RV_SWITCH END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #TOC_RV_SWITCH 1
+.    el .rr #TOC_RV_SWITCH
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC ENTRY SPACING
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Toggles whether a small amount of space is inserted between TOC
+\#   entries for greater legibility.
+\#
+.MAC SPACE_TOC_ITEMS END
+.    ie !'\\$1'' .rr #SPACE_TOC_ITEMS
+.    el .nr #SPACE_TOC_ITEMS 1
+.END
+\#
+\# NUMBERING OF TOC CHAPTER/SECTION ENTRIES
+\# ----------------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Determines whether chapter numbers are prefixed to title
+\#   entries in the TOC (title here means chapter/chapter-title
+\#   or, if the doctype is DEFAULT or NAMED, the section title.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Aliased as TOC_PREFIX_SECTION_NUMBER.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #TOC_PREFIX_CH_NUM 1
+.    el .rr #TOC_PREFIX_CH_NUM
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS TOC_PREFIX_SECTION_NUMBER TOC_PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER
+\#
+\# PADDING OF TOC CHAPTER/SECTION NUMBERS
+\# --------------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <amount of padding> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Insert figure spaces before toc chapter numbers so they
+\#   right align.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Aliased as PAD_TOC_SECTION_NUMBERS.
+\#
+.MAC PAD_TOC_CHAPTER_NUMBERS END
+.    ie !'\\$1'' .nr #PAD_TOC_CH_NUM \\$1
+.    el .rr #PAD_TOC_CH_NUM
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS PAD_TOC_SECTION_NUMBERS PAD_TOC_CHAPTER_NUMBERS
+\#
+\# NUMBERING OF TOC HEAD ENTRIES
+\# -----------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   FULL | TRUNCATE | NONE
+\# *Function:
+\#   Determines how, or whether, to prepend heading numbers to TOC
+\#   entries.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   FULL means the complete numbering string (default).
+\#
+\#   TRUNCATE means prepend a single digit sufficient to identify
+\#   an entry's place in the numbering scheme with reference to the
+\#   level above it.  Thus, if a HEADING 1 is the second HEADING 1
+\#   and therefore numbered "2.", a HEADING 2 beneath it (in the TOC)
+\#   will have only "1." prepended to the entry; TOC indenting makes it
+\#   evident under which level the HEADING 2 belongs.
+\#
+\#   Note that TRUNCATE also removes chapter numbers, if
+\#   PREFIX_CHAPTER_NUMBER is on.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_ENTRY_NUMBERS END
+.    if '\\$1'TRUNCATE' .nr #TRUNC_TOC_HD_NUM 1
+.    if '\\$1'FULL'     .nr #TRUNC_TOC_HD_NUM 0
+.    if '\\$1'NONE'     .nr #TOC_NO_HD_NUM 1
+.END
+\#
+\# User defined TITLE entry string
+\#
+.MAC TOC_TITLE_ENTRY END
+.    nr #USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM 1
+.    ds $USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# APPEND AUTHOR(S) TO TOC DOC TITLE ENTRIES
+\# -----------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <name(s) of author(s) as they should appear in toc doc title entries>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates register #TOC_AUTHORS (to tell TOC to append authors
+\#   to toc doc title entries).  Optionally creates string
+\#   $TOC_AUTHORS.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Normally, TOC does not append the author(s) to a toc doc title
+\#   entry.  This special macro instructs TOC to do so.
+\#
+\#   If user has multiple authors for each doc when collating,
+\#   TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR "<string>" must be inserted somewhere between
+\#   COLLATE and START in each doc.  Otherwise, mom prints only the
+\#   first author given to AUTHOR.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR END
+.    nr #TOC_AUTHORS 1
+.    if !'\\$1'' .ds $TOC_AUTHORS \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SETUP
+\# ----------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Some changes to the TOC layout (e.g. margins and page headers)
+\#   are not covered by the TOC and endnotes control macros.  This
+\#   macro permits access to any and all page setup macros not so
+\#   covered.
+\# *Notes
+\#   Wraps a diversion that ends when the macro is invoked with an
+\#   argument.  The contained formatting macros must be preceded by
+\#   '\!'.  The diversion is output before START in TOC.
+\#
+.MAC TOC_PAGE_SETTINGS END
+.    nr #TOC_PAGE_PARAMS 1
+.    ie '\\$1'' \
+.       di TOC_PAGE_PARAMS
+.    el .di
+.END
+\#
+\# TABLE OF CONTENTS
+\# -----------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   Takes care of the administrivia of setting up the TOC as if
+\#   it's a collated doc, then outputs the formatted TOC_ENTRIES
+\#   diversion.
+\#
+.MAC TOC END
+.    ie (\\n[@TOP]=0)&(\\n[.t]<=\\n[.v]) \
+'       br  \" When last line of text is on or near b-margin.
+.    el .br \" All other cases
+.    if dPDF.EXPORT \
+.       if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.             tm .ds pre-toc-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] 1
+.    if \\n[#TOC_RV_SWITCH]=1 .nr #TOC_RV_SWITCH 2
+.    char \[leader] " .
+.    LEADER_CHARACTER \[leader]
+.    if !\\n[#TOC_HEAD_1_INDENT] \
+.       nr #TOC_INDENT_ADJ 1.5m
+.    if \\n[#TOC_PREFIX_CH_NUM] \
+.       nr #TOC_INDENT_ADJ \\n[#TOC_CH_NUM_INDENT]
+.    if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 \{\
+.       if !'\\$1'INCLUDE_TITLE' \{\
+.          if r #LEVEL .nr #SKIP_ENTRY 1
+.          nr #TOC_INDENT_ADJ 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #TOC 1
+.    nr TOC.RELOCATE 0
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.    \}
+.    if !r #PAGINATE_TOC .PAGINATE_TOC
+.    nr #TOC_FIRST_PAGE 1
+.    if \\n[#FINIS] \{\
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \
+.          FOOTERS \" Have to turn FOOTERS on for next bit to work, so we can't skip this step
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD]'' \
+.          ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD]
+.       ie \\n[#PAGINATE_TOC]=1 .PAGINATE
+.       el .PAGINATION OFF
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] .FOOTERS OFF  \" But have to turn FOOTERS off again so they don't print when FINIS was called
+.    rr #COLUMNS
+.    COLLATE
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       rr #IGNORE
+.       if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .DOC_LEAD 24
+.       DOC_LEAD_ADJUST
+.       TRAPS
+.       nr #IGNORE 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FINIS] \{\
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] .FOOTERS  \" Finally, turn footers on if they were on
+.       rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON
+.       if \\n[#PAGINATION_WAS_ON] \{\
+.          nr #PAGINATE 1
+.          rr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON
+.       \}
+.       rr #FINIS
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#PAGINATE_TOC]=1 .PAGINATE
+.    el .PAGINATION OFF
+.    ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW]
+.    rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD
+.    rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW
+.    rr #COLLATED_DOC
+.    if !r #TOC_START_PAGENUM .nr #TOC_START_PAGENUM 1
+.    PAGENUMBER \\n[#TOC_START_PAGENUM]
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 .nr #LINENUMBERS 3
+.    L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.    LL       \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.    HEADER_CENTER "\\*[$TOC_HEADER_STRING]
+.    if \\n[#SLANT_ON] .nop \\*[SLANTX]
+.    PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$TOC_PN_STYLE]
+.    PAGENUM_FAMILY \\*[$TOC_PN_FAM]
+.    if r #TOC_PAGE_PARAMS .TOC_PAGE_PARAMS
+.    ie \\n[#ADJ_TOC_LEAD] \{\
+.       DOC_LEAD \\*[$TOC_LEAD] ADJUST
+.       TRAPS
+.    \}
+.    el .DOC_LEAD \\*[$TOC_LEAD]
+.    ie \\n[#TOC_HEADER_V_POS] \
+.      DOCHEADER OFF \\n[#TOC_HEADER_V_POS]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    el .DOCHEADER OFF \\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if (\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1)&(\\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1) \
+.       DOCHEADER OFF \\n[#T_MARGIN]u-(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u)
+.    START
+.    PDF_BOOKMARK 1 \\*[$TOC_HEADER_STRING]
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       FAMILY \\*[$TOC_HEADER_FAM]
+.       FT     \\*[$TOC_HEADER_FT]
+.       ps \\n[#TOC_PS]u\\*[$TOC_HEADER_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.       if \\n[#TOC_HEADER_COLOR]=1 \
+.          COLOR \\*[$TOC_HEADER_COLOR]
+.    \}
+.    QUAD \\*[$TOC_HEADER_QUAD]
+.    if \\n[#TOC_STRING_CAPS] .CAPS
+.    if \\n[#TOC_STRING_SMALLCAPS] .SMALLCAPS
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       UNDERSCORE 3p "\\*[$TOC_HEADER_STRING]"
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE] \{\
+.          ds $TITLE_TYPE TOC_HEADER
+.          ie \\n[#TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE]=2 \
+.             UNDERSCORE2 \\*[$TOC_UNDERLINE_GAP] \\*[$TOC_RULE_GAP] "\\*[$TOC_HEADER_STRING]"
+.          el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$TOC_HEADER_STRING]"
+.       \}
+.       el .PRINT \\*[$TOC_HEADER_STRING]
+.    \}
+.    SMALLCAPS OFF
+.    CAPS OFF
+.    if \\n[#TOC_HEADER_COLOR]=1 .gcolor
+.    br
+.    sp
+.    SHIM_1
+.    nf
+.    TOC_ENTRIES
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=3 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.       nn 1
+.    \}
+.    rr #TOC
+.    rr #TOC_RV_SWITCH
+.    pdfsync
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++COLUMNS+++
+\#
+\# COLUMNS
+\# -------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <number of columns>  <width of gutters>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates registers associated with setting docs in columns.
+\#   Calculates column line lengths and offsets
+\# *Notes:
+\#   COLUMNS, if used, s/b the last macro invoked before START.
+\#
+.MAC COLUMNS END
+.    if \\n[#IGNORE_COLUMNS]=1 .return
+.    nr #COLUMNS 1
+.    nr #NUM_COLS \\$1
+.    nr #GUTTER (\\$2)
+.    nr #COL_L_LENGTH \\n[#L_LENGTH]-(\\n[#GUTTER]*(\\n[#NUM_COLS]-1))/\\n[#NUM_COLS]
+.    nr #COL_TOTAL 0 \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]+\\n[#GUTTER]
+.    nr #COL_NUM 0 1
+.    while !\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{\
+.       nr #COL_\\n+[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN \\n[#L_MARGIN]+\\n[#COL_TOTAL]
+.       nr #COL_TOTAL \\n+[#COL_TOTAL]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_COLS]=1 \
+.       if !\\n[#COLLATE]=1 .MN_INIT
+.    rr #COL_TOTAL
+.    rr #COL_NUM
+.END
+\#
+\# MARK COL V-POSITION AFTER DOCHEADER
+\# -----------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets 1st page dc register.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Only required if manual spacing, positive or negative, precedes
+\#   start of columns on first page of doc.
+\#
+.MAC COL_MARK END
+.    mk dc
+.END
+\#
+\# NEXT COLUMN
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Breaks current column and moves to next column.
+\#   If current column is the last on the page, breaks
+\#   to a new page.
+\#
+.MAC COL_NEXT END
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.       nr #COL_NEXT 1
+.       vpt 0
+.       if !'\\$1'internal' \
+.          if dPDF.EXPORT \
+.             if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \
+.                if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                   if \\n[#COL_NUM]>1 \
+.                      tm .ds page-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] 1
+.       ie '\\$0'COL_NEXT' .br
+.       el \{\
+.          brp
+.          RLD 1v
+.       \}
+.       vpt
+.       ie \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] .NEWPAGE
+.       el .FOOTER
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++LISTS+++
+\#
+\# LIST
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ BULLET | DASH | DIGIT | alpha | ALPHA | roman | ROMAN | USER ] \
+\#   [ <separator> | NONE ] [ <prefix> ] [ <anything> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores indent information in effect prior to invocation and
+\#   initializes a list with the supplied enumerator (and separator).
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Default enumerator is a bullet.
+\#
+\#   Enumerator *must* be supplied for every list that's to the
+\#   right of another list, every time, unless the default bullet is
+\#   desired.
+\#
+\#   <anything> moves back one list level intuitively, or exits lists
+\#   completely if the level in which it's invoked is the first.
+\#
+.MAC LIST END
+.    br
+.    if r pdfbx-top 'sp -1
+.    ds $1ST_LETTER \\$1
+.    if !'\\*[$1ST_LETTER]'' .substring $1ST_LETTER 0 0
+.    if '\\*[$1ST_LETTER]'r' .ds $1ST_LETTER R
+.    ie '\\*[$1ST_LETTER]'R' \{\
+.       if r #ROMAN_LIST .rr #ROMAN_LIST
+.       if '\\$1'ROMAN'  .nr #ROMAN_LIST 1
+.       if '\\$1'roman'  .nr #ROMAN_LIST 1
+.       ds $LAST_CHAR \\$1
+.       substring $LAST_CHAR -1
+.       if !\B'\\*[$LAST_CHAR]' \{\
+.          if !r #ROMAN_LIST \{\
+.             LIST OFF
+.             return
+.          \}
+.          tm1 "[mom]: You must append a number to the '\\$1' argument to \\$0.
+.          tm1 "       The number should be the total number of items in this list.
+.          tm1 "       See the documentation.
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.       ds $ROMAN_WIDTH \\$1
+.          substring $ROMAN_WIDTH 1
+.       while !\B'\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]' \{\
+.          substring $ROMAN_WIDTH 1
+.       \}
+.       length #ROMAN_LENGTH \\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]
+.       ds $LIST_ARG_1 \\$1
+.       substring $LIST_ARG_1 0 -(\\n[#ROMAN_LENGTH]+1)
+.    \}
+.    el .ds $LIST_ARG_1 \\$1
+.    if !r#DEPTH \{\
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          nr #STORED_HL_INDENT \\n[#HL_INDENT]
+.          nr #STORED_T_INDENT  \\n[#T_INDENT]
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_LEFT] \
+.             nr #STORED_L_INDENT \\n[#L_INDENT]
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT] \
+.             nr #STORED_R_INDENT \\n[#R_INDENT]
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_BOTH] \{\
+.             nr #STORED_BL_INDENT \\n[#BL_INDENT]
+.             nr #STORED_BR_INDENT \\n[#BR_INDENT]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr #CURRENT_L_LENGTH \\n[.l]
+.       nr #DEPTH 0 1
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]=1 \
+.             nr #RESTORE_PREV_INDENT 1
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 .IBX CLEAR
+.             el .IBX
+.             nr #ORIG_L_LENGTH \\n[.l]
+.             IB
+.             nr #RESTORE_PREV_INDENT 2
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=5 .IRX CLEAR
+.             el .IRX
+.             nr #ORIG_L_LENGTH \\n[.l]
+.             IR
+.             nr #RESTORE_PREV_INDENT 3
+.             if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]=1 \
+.                nr #RESTORE_PREV_INDENT 4
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ds pre-list-quad \\*[$QUAD_VALUE]
+.    substring pre-list-quad 0 0
+.    if '\\*[pre-list-quad]'C' \{\
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'LIST*DIV' \{\
+.          nr #PRE_LIST_QUAD \\n[.j]
+.          nr #LIST_CENTER 1
+.          if !'\\n[.z]'LIST*DIV' .di LIST*DIV
+\!.        nr #IN_LIST 1
+.          ad l
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[pre-list-quad]'R' \{\
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'LIST*DIV' \{\
+.          nr #PRE_LIST_QUAD \\n[.j]
+.          nr #LIST_RIGHT 1
+.          if !'\\n[.z]'LIST*DIV' .di LIST*DIV
+\!.        nr #IN_LIST 1
+.          ad l
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \{\
+.       nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1 \" So default behaves as if LIST BULLET
+.       ds $ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] \[bu]
+.       ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] other
+.       ds $SEPARATOR
+.       ds $PREFIX
+.       ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.       ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       rr #ARGS_TO_LIST \" Clear this before processing arg 1.
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'DASH' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] \[en]
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] other
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'BULLET' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] \[bu]
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] other
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'DIGIT' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          nr #ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] 0 1
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] register
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] .
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>=2 \{\
+.             ie '\\$2'NONE' .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.             el .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] \\$2
+.             if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 .ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH] \\$3
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'alpha' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          nr #ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] 0 1
+.          af #ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH] a
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] register
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] )
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>=2 \{\
+.             ie '\\$2'NONE' .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.             el .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] \\$2
+.             if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 .ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH] \\$3
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'ALPHA' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          nr #ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] 0 1
+.          af #ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH] A
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] register
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] )
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>=2 \{\
+.             ie '\\$2'NONE' .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.             el .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] \\$2
+.             if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 \
+.                ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH] \\$3
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$1ST_LETTER]'R' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          nr #ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] 0 1
+.          if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'roman' .af #ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH] i
+.          if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'ROMAN' .af #ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH] I
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] roman
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] )
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>=2 \{\
+.             ie '\\$2'NONE' .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.             el .ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH] \\$2
+.             if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=3 .ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH] \\$3
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'USER' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH] \\$2
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] other
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'VARIABLE' \{\
+.          if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]<2 \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: You must follow the \\$1 argument to \\$0 with the widest
+.             tm1 "       enumerator to be used.  See the documentation.
+.             ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.          \}
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH]
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] variable
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] \w'\\$2\ '
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'PLAIN' \{\
+.          nr #ARGS_TO_LIST 1
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR\\n+[#DEPTH]
+.          ds $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH] plain
+.          ds $SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]
+.          ds $PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \{\
+.          if !r#ARGS_TO_LIST \{\
+.             ie \\n[#DEPTH]=1 \{\
+.                ie \\n[#NEXT_DEPTH_BACK]=0 \{\
+.                   SET_LIST_INDENT
+.                   if \\n[#QUIT]=1 \{\
+.                      QUIT_LISTS
+.                      return
+.                   \}
+.                   return
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   QUIT_LISTS
+.                   return
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                SET_LIST_INDENT
+.                return
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr #TOTAL_LISTS \\n[#DEPTH]
+.    if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'register' \{\
+.       nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]m\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\ '
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'ALPHA' .nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]M\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\ '
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'roman' \
+.       GET_ROMAN_INDENT
+.    if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'other' \
+.       nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \w'\\*[$ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\ '
+.    if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'variable' \
+.       nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\*[$ENUMERATOR_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.    ll \\n[#CURRENT_L_LENGTH]u
+.    ie \\n[#DEPTH]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_LEFT]=1 \{\
+.             if \\n[#L_INDENT_ILX] \{\
+.                rr #L_INDENT
+.                rr #L_INDENT_ILX
+.             \}
+.             nr #L_INDENT \\n[#L_INDENT]+\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             nr #HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\n[#L_INDENT]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.             nr #L_INDENT \\n[#BL_INDENT]+\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             nr #HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\n[#L_INDENT]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.             \" Don't do anything; we already have a left indent
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                nr #L_INDENT +\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.                nr #HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #L_INDENT +\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.          nr #HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       nr #L_INDENT +\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.       nr #HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ITEM
+\# ----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <space before item>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Prints enumerator for a given list depth and prepares mom to
+\#   receive the text of an item.
+\#
+.MAC ITEM END
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=2 .sp \\$2
+.    el \
+.       if \B'\\$1' .sp \\$1
+.    if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'plain' .nop
+.    if !r#DEPTH .return
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#KERN]=1 \{\
+.       nr #KERN_WAS_ON 1
+.       KERN OFF
+.    \}
+.    rr #IN_ITEM
+.    IL
+.    nr #IN_ITEM 1
+.    ll \\n[#CURRENT_L_LENGTH]u \" Set ll again because IL turns IB off.
+.    ie !'\\n[.z]'' \!.TRAP OFF
+.    el .TRAP OFF
+.    HI \\n[#HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]u
+.    if '\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]')' .nr #SEP_TYPE 1
+.    if '\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]']' .nr #SEP_TYPE 1
+.    if '\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'}' .nr #SEP_TYPE 1
+.    ie \\n[#IN_BIB_LIST]=1 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]<9 \{\
+.          ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\
+\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.          el .PRINT \
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\h'-\w'\0'u'\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\
+\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.          el .PRINT \
+\h'-\w'\0'u'\
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'register' \{\
+.\" DIGIT
+.          ie '\\g[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'0' \{\
+.             ie \\n[#PAD_LIST_DIGITS\\n[#DEPTH]]=1 \{\
+.                ie \\n[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]<9 \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\0\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.                   el .PRINT \
+\0\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.                   el .PRINT \
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.                el .PRINT \
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.\" ALPHA
+.             ie '\\g[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'A' \{\
+.                ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.                el .PRINT \
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             \}
+.\" alpha
+.             el .PRINT \
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'roman' \{\
+.          ie \\n[#PAD_LIST_DIGITS\\n[#DEPTH]]=1 \{\
+.\" ROMAN I, padded
+.             ie '\\g[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'I' \{\
+.                ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]u'\h'-\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'u'\
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\\n[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.                el .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]u'\h'-\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\0'u'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             \}
+.\" roman i, padded
+.             el .PRINT \
+\h'\\n[#HL_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]u'\h'-\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'u'\
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.          \}
+.\" No pad
+.          el \{\
+.\" ROMAN I, no pad
+.             ie '\\g[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'I' \{\
+.                ie \\n[#SEP_TYPE]=1 .PRINT \
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\
+\v'-.085m'\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\v'.085m'
+.                el .PRINT \
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.             \}
+.\" roman i, no pad
+.             el .PRINT \
+\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]\\n+[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'other' \
+.          PRINT \\*[$ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.       if '\\*[$ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#DEPTH]]'variable' \
+.          PRINT  \\$1
+.    \}
+.    rr #SEP_TYPE
+.    EOL
+.    if \\n[#REF]=1 \{\
+.       IL +\\n[#REF_BIB_INDENT]u
+.       ti \\n[#L_INDENT]u-\\n[#REF_BIB_INDENT]u
+.    \}
+.    ie !'\\n[.z]'' \!.TRAP
+.    el .TRAP
+.    if \\n[#KERN_WAS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       KERN
+.       rr #KERN_WAS_ON
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# A utility macro that determines the space to reserve for
+\# roman numeral enumerated lists.  Limit is 20 roman numerals
+\# per list.  If this isn't enough, the user can add to the
+\# macro.
+\#
+.MAC GET_ROMAN_INDENT END
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'roman' \{\
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'1' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 1
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]i\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'2' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 2
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]ii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'3' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 3
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]iii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'4' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 4
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]iii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'5' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 5
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]iii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'6' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 6
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]iii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'7' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 7
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]vii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'8' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 8
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]viii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'9' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 9
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]viii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'10' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 10
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]viii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'11' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 11
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]viii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'12' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 12
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]viii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'13' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 13
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xiii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'14' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 14
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xiii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'15' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 15
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xiii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'16' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 16
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xiii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'17' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 17
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xvii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'18' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 18
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xviii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'19' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 19
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xviii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'20' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 20
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]xviii\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_ARG_1]'ROMAN' \{\
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'1' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 1
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]I\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'2' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 2
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]II\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'3' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 3
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]III\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'4' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 4
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]IV\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'5' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 5
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]IV\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'6' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 6
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]IV\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'7' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 7
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]VII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'8' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 8
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]VIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'9' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 9
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]VIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'10' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 10
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]VIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'11' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 11
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]VIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'12' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 12
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]VIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'13' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 13
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'14' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 14
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XIV\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'15' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 15
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XIV\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'16' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 16
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XIV\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'17' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 17
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XVII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'18' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 18
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XVIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'19' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 19
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XVIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[$ROMAN_WIDTH]'20' \{\
+.          ds $ROMAN_WIDTH\\n[#DEPTH] 20
+.          nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] \
+\w'\\*[$PREFIX\\n[#DEPTH]]XVIII\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\0'
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SHIFT LIST
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <amount by which to indent a list to the right>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Adds the value of the arg to the current list's indent.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires a unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC SHIFT_LIST END
+.    nr #SHIFT_LIST\\n[#DEPTH] (\\$1)
+.    nr #L_INDENT +\\n[#SHIFT_LIST\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.END
+\#
+\# PAD LIST DIGITS
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ LEFT ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Adds a figure space to a list's hanging and left indent.  If
+\#   LEFT is given, sets reg. #PAD_LIST_DIGITS to 1 for use in ITEM.
+\#
+.MAC PAD_LIST_DIGITS END
+.    if '\\g[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'0' \{\
+.       nr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH] +\\w'\\0'
+.       nr #L_INDENT \\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]+\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n-[#DEPTH]]
+.       nr #HL_INDENT\\n+[#DEPTH] +\\w'\\n[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'
+.       if '\\$1'LEFT' .nr #PAD_LIST_DIGITS\\n[#DEPTH] 1
+.    \}
+.    if '\\g[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'i' \
+.       if '\\$1'LEFT' .nr #PAD_LIST_DIGITS\\n[#DEPTH] 1
+.    if '\\g[#ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]'I' \
+.       if '\\$1'LEFT' .nr #PAD_LIST_DIGITS\\n[#DEPTH] 1
+.END
+\#
+\# RESET LIST
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   Resets register enumerators to 1, a, i...
+\#
+.MAC RESET_LIST END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH] 0 1
+.    el .nr #ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH] \\$1-1 1
+.END
+\#
+\# QUIT LISTS
+\# ----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   Exits lists cleanly and restores any indents that were in
+\#   effect prior to LIST.
+\#
+.MAC QUIT_LISTS END
+.    br
+.    if '\\n[.z]'LIST*DIV' \{\
+\!.     rr #IN_LIST
+.       di
+.    \}
+.    IQ CLEAR
+.    nr #HL_INDENT \\n[#STORED_HL_INDENT]
+.    nr #T_INDENT  \\n[#STORED_T_INDENT]
+.    nr #L_INDENT  \\n[#STORED_L_INDENT]
+.    nr #R_INDENT  \\n[#STORED_R_INDENT]
+.    nr #BL_INDENT \\n[#STORED_BL_INDENT]
+.    nr #BR_INDENT \\n[#STORED_BR_INDENT]
+.    rr #STORED_HL_INDENT
+.    if \\n[#LIST_CENTER] \
+.       nr #LIST_OFFSET_VALUE \\n[.l]-\\n[dl]/2
+.    if \\n[#LIST_RIGHT] \{\
+.       nr #LIST_OFFSET_VALUE \\n[.l]-\\n[dl]
+.       if r pdfbx-running \
+.          nr #LIST_OFFSET_VALUE \
+\\n[.l]-\\n[dl]-\\*[gap\\n[stack]]-(\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2)
+.    \}
+.    po +\\n[#LIST_OFFSET_VALUE]u
+.    if \\n[.u] .nr #FILLED 1
+.    nf
+.    if dLIST*DIV \{\
+.       LIST*DIV
+.       rm LIST*DIV
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FILLED] .fi
+.    if !\\n[#PRE_LIST_QUAD]=\\n[.j] .ad \\n[#PRE_LIST_QUAD]
+.    rr #FILLED
+.    po
+.    rr #PRE_LIST_QUAD
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_PREV_INDENT]=1 \
+.       IL
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_PREV_INDENT]=2 \{\
+.       ll \\n[#ORIG_L_LENGTH]u
+.       IB
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_PREV_INDENT]=3 \{\
+.       ll \\n[#ORIG_L_LENGTH]u
+.       IR
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_PREV_INDENT]=4 \{\
+.       nr #R_INDENT \\n[#STORED_R_INDENT]
+.       nr #L_INDENT \\n[#STORED_L_INDENT]
+.       ll \\n[#ORIG_L_LENGTH]u
+.       IR
+.       IL
+.    \}
+.\" Clean up after exiting last depth of list
+.    nr #REMOVE 0 1
+.    while \\n+[#REMOVE]<=\\n[#TOTAL_LISTS] \{\
+.       rr #LIST_INDENT\\n[#REMOVE]
+.       rr #ENUMERATOR\\n[#REMOVE]
+.       rm $ENUMERATOR\\n[#REMOVE]
+.       rm $SEPARATOR\\n[#REMOVE]
+.       rm $ENUMERATOR_TYPE\\n[#REMOVE]
+.       rr #PAD_LIST_DIGITS\\n[#REMOVE]
+.       rr #SHIFT_LIST\\n[#REMOVE]
+.    \}
+.    rr #STORED_L_INDENT
+.    rr #STORED_BL_INDENT
+.    rr #STORED_BR_INDENT
+.    rr #STORED_R_INDENT
+.    rr #STORED_R_INDENT
+.    rr #REMOVE
+.    rr #TOTAL_LISTS
+.    rr #QUIT
+.    rr #DEPTH
+.    rr #NEXT_DEPTH_BACK
+.    rr #RESTORE_PREV_INDENT
+.    rr #ORIG_L_LENGTH
+.    rr #CURRENT_L_LENGTH
+.    rr #IN_ITEM
+.    rr #IN_ITEM_L_INDENT
+.END
+\#
+\# SET LIST INDENT
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   Restores indent of prev. list in nested lists.  Also sets the
+\#   #QUIT register if an invocation of LIST OFF applies to the first
+\#   level of list.
+\#
+.MAC SET_LIST_INDENT END
+.    nr #NEXT_DEPTH_BACK \\n[#DEPTH]-1
+.    if \\n[#NEXT_DEPTH_BACK]=0 \{\
+.       nr #QUIT 1
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_BOTH]=1 \{\
+.             ie \\n[#DOCS] \
+.                ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#STORED_BR_INDENT]u
+.             el \
+.                ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#STORED_BR_INDENT]u
+.             in \\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_LEFT] \{\
+.             in \\n[#STORED_L_INDENT]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[#INDENT_STYLE_RIGHT] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#DOCS] \
+.                ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#STORED_R_INDENT]u
+.             el \
+.                ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-\\n[#STORED_R_INDENT]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    nr #L_INDENT -\\n[#LIST_INDENT\\n[#DEPTH]]+\\n[#SHIFT_LIST\\n[#DEPTH]]
+.    nr #HL_INDENT \\n[#HL_INDENT\\n-[#DEPTH]]
+.END
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++DOCUMENT PROCESSING MISC AND SUPPORT MACROS+++
+\#
+\# COLLATE
+\# -------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns headers off (if on) and saves header state, sets register
+\#   #COLLATE to 1 (toggle), and breaks to a new page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   COLLATE exists primarily to allow putting multiple chapters in
+\#   a single file, although it can be used for any document type.  After
+\#   COLLATE, any of the macros that normally precede START may be
+\#   used, and should behave as expected.
+\#
+\#   N.B.--the START macro must be used after every COLLATE
+\#
+.MAC COLLATE END
+.    if dPDF.EXPORT .tm .ds pre-collate-\\n% \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]
+.    if \\n[defer] \{\
+.       nr #BLANKPAGE_AFTER_DEFER 1
+.       bp
+.    \}
+.    nr #HEADER_STATE \\n[#HEADERS_ON]
+.    if (\\n[defer]=0)&(\\n[float*defer]=0) .HEADERS OFF
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS] \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES off
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#BLANKPAGE] \{\
+.       if \\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] \{\
+.          nr #NO_NEWPAGE 1
+.          RESTORE_SPACE
+.       \}
+.       rr #BLANKPAGE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[defer] \
+.       DO_FOOTER
+.    EOL
+.    ds $SAVED_DOC_FAM \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.    ds $SAVED_PP_FT   \\*[$PP_FT]
+.    nr #COLLATE 1
+.    nr #PRE_COLLATE 1
+.    nr #POST_TOP 1
+.    nr #HEAD_1_NUM 0 1
+.    if !\\n[#LISTS] \{\
+.       if \\n[eqn*label-with-chapter]=1     .nr eqn*label-num 0 1
+.       if \\n[float*label-with-chapter]=1   .nr fig*label-num 0 1
+.       if \\n[pdf-img*label-with-chapter]=1 .nr fig*label-num 0 1
+.       if \\n[pic*label-with-chapter]=1     .nr fig*label-num 0 1
+.       if \\n[tbl*label-with-chapter]=1     .nr tbl*label-num 0 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#DOC_HEADER]=2 .nr #DOC_HEADER 1
+.    if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\
+.       nr #PAGINATION_STATE \\n[#PAGINATE]
+.       PAGINATION OFF
+.    \}
+.    IQ CLEAR
+.    TQ
+.    LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.    PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u
+.    QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD]
+.    nr #SAVED_DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.    nr #COLLATED_DOC 1
+.    vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+\*[SLANTX]
+\*[CONDX]
+\*[EXTX]
+.    if \\n[#TOC] \{\
+.       if \\n[TOC_BH]=1 .pdfswitchtopage before MOM:TOC
+.       if \\n[TOC_BH]=2 .pdfswitchtopage after MOM:TOC
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#NO_NEWPAGE] .NEWPAGE
+.    if !\\n[#TOC] \{\
+.       if \\n[#FORCE_RECTO] \{\
+.          ds $PN_FORMAT_CURR \\g[#PAGENUMBER]
+.          af #PAGENUMBER 1
+.          if \\n[#PAGENUMBER]%2=1 .nr #ODD_PAGENUM 1
+.          af #PAGENUMBER \\*[$PN_FORMAT_CURR]
+.          if \\n[#ODD_PAGENUM] .BLANKPAGE 1 DIVIDER
+.          rr #ODD_PAGENUM
+.          rr #BLANKPAGE_AFTER_DEFER
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr #NO_NEWPAGE
+.    ch RR_@TOP
+.    rr @TOP
+.    if \\n[.ns] \{\
+.      rs
+.      nop \&
+.    \}
+.    if '\\n[.ev]'PAGE_TRANSITION\\n[pg-trans]' .ev
+.    if \\n[#DEFER_PAGINATION] .PAGINATE
+.    if !'\\*[$RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE]'' \{\
+.       PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.       rm $RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#CH_NUM] \
+.       if \\n[#TOC]=0 .nr #CH_NUM +1
+.    rm $EN_TITLE
+.    COVERTITLE
+.    DOC_COVERTITLE
+.    TITLE
+.    CHAPTER
+.    CHAPTER_TITLE
+.    SUBTITLE
+.    MISC
+.    rr #COVER_TITLE
+.    rr #DOC_COVER_TITLE
+.    rr #FROM_COVERTITLE
+.    rr #FROM_DOC_COVERTITLE
+.    rr #MISC
+.    rr #COVER_MISC
+.    rr #DOC_COVER_MISC
+.    rr #COPYRIGHT
+.    rr #COVER_COPYRIGHT
+.    rr #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT
+.    rr #COVER_AUTHOR
+.    rr #DOC_COVER_AUTHOR
+.    rm COVER_TEXT
+.    rm DOC_COVER_TEXT
+.    rm $COPYRIGHT
+.    rm $COVER_COPYRIGHT
+.    rm $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT
+.    rr #END_QUOTE
+.    rr #PAGENUM_STYLE_SET
+.    rr #DOC_COVER
+.    rr #COVER
+.    rr #LAST_LEVEL
+.    rr #LEVEL
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS] \{\
+.       nr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS]
+.       rr #RESTORE_PN_V_POS
+.    \}
+.    nr #LOOP 0 1
+.    while \\n+[#LOOP]<=\\n[@LEVEL] \
+.       rr #TOC_HEAD_\\n[#LOOP]_INDENT_SET
+.    if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] .rr #NO_FLEX
+.END
+\#
+\# NUMBER_LINES
+\# ------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <starting line number> [ <increment> [ <gutter> ] ]
+\#   or
+\#   <anything> | RESUME
+\# *Function:
+\#   Begin, suspend/turn off, or resume numbering of output lines.
+\#
+.MAC NUMBER_LINES END
+.    if '\\n[.z]'EPI_TEXT' .return
+.    if '\\$1'' \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: NUMBER_LINES at line \\n[.c] has no argument.
+.       tm1 "       You have forgotten to give a starting line number or 'RESUME'.
+.       ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 .nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.\" Test whether the first arg is a digit.
+.    if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.       if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\
+.          if \\n[#QUOTE]=1 .ds macro QUOTE
+.          if \\n[#QUOTE]=2 .ds macro BLOCKQUOTE
+.          tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 at line \\n[.c] may not be used inside \\*[macro].
+.          tm1 "       Please set NUMBER_LINES before \\*[macro], followed by
+.          tm1 "       NUMBER_\\*[macro]_LINES.
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.       nr #LN \\$1
+.       ds $LN_NUM \\$1
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'' .nr #RESTORE_LN_NUM 1
+.       ie '\\$2'' \
+.          if '\\*[$LN_INC]'' .ds $LN_INC 1
+.       el .ds $LN_INC \\$2
+.       ie '\\$3'' \
+.          if !\\n[#LN_GUTTER] .nr #LN_GUTTER 2
+.       el .nr #LN_GUTTER \\$3
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#LN] \{\
+.\" In other words, the first arg was not a digit.
+.       rr #LN
+.       ie '\\$1'RESUME' \{\
+.          LN_PARAMS
+.          nm \\*[$LN_NUM]
+.          RESTORE_PARAMS
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nm
+.\"  Register ln is still set and may confuse preprocessors like tbl.
+.\"  Still, resuming line numbering must be possible, so save ln in
+.\"  $LN_NUM
+.          ds $LN_NUM \\n[ln]
+.          if !\\n[#QUOTE] .nr ln 0
+.          if !\\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 .rr #LINENUMBERS
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       LN_PARAMS
+.       nm \\*[$LN_NUM] \\*[$LN_INC] \\n[#LN_GUTTER] -3-\\n[#LN_GUTTER]
+.       RESTORE_PARAMS
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'' .nr #DIVER_LN_OFF 1
+.    \}
+.    rr #LN
+.END
+\#
+\# LINENUMBER STYLE PARAMETERS
+\# ---------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   LN_PARAMS sets parameters for line numbers.
+\#   RESTORE_PARAMS restores them after internal calls to .nm
+\# *Notes:
+\#   It's not documented, but groff's linenumbering is processed
+\#   in a unique environment reserved for the numbers, such that
+\#   whatever style params were in effect prior to the invocation
+\#   of .nm remain in effect for the numbers even if the running
+\#   text has different params.  Eg, If you set .gcolor to 'purple'
+\#   before .nm then set it back to what it was, the numbers will be
+\#   purple while the text remains at the default color.
+\#
+.MAC LN_PARAMS END
+.    ie d$LN_FAM .fam \\*[$LN_FAM]
+.    el .fam \\n[.fam]
+.    ie d$LN_FT .ft \\*[$LN_FT]
+.    el .ft \\n[.sty]
+.    ie d$LN_SIZE_CHANGE .ps \\*[$LN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    el .ps \\n[.s]
+.    ie d$LN_COLOR .COLOR \\*[$LN_COLOR]
+.    el .gcolor \\n[.m]
+.END
+\#
+.MAC RESTORE_PARAMS END
+.    fam
+.    ft
+.    ps
+.    gcolor
+.END
+\#
+\# Whether, at COLLATE, to reset line number to 1.
+\#
+\# NUMBER LINES PER SECTION
+\# ------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register that determines whether, at COLLATE, to reset
+\#   line number to 1.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   The default is to continue the line numbering from where it
+\#   left off.
+\#
+.MAC NUMBER_LINES_PER_SECTION END
+.    nr #PER_SECTION 1
+.END
+\#
+\# NUMBER QUOTE AND BLOCKQUOTE LINES AS PART OF RUNNING TEXT
+\# ---------------------------------------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <gutter> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets #(B)QUOTE_LN to 1 if no argument, or a single numeric
+\#   argument, is given; otherwise, turns (BLOCK)QUOTE linenumbering
+\#   off.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   #(B)QUOTE is checked for in QUOTE and BLOCKQUOTE.
+\#   The single numeric argument allows establishing a different gutter from
+\#   the one used for line numbers in running text.
+\#
+.MAC NUMBER_QUOTE_LINES END
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 .nr #QUOTE_LN 1
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.          nr #QUOTE_LN 1
+.          nr #Q_LN_GUTTER \\$1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\$1'SILENT' .nr #SILENT_QUOTE_LN 1
+.          el \{\
+.             rr #QUOTE_LN
+.             rr #SILENT_QUOTE_LN
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC NUMBER_BLOCKQUOTE_LINES END
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 .nr #BQUOTE_LN 1
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.          nr #BQUOTE_LN 1
+.          nr #BQ_LN_GUTTER \\$1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie '\\$1'SILENT' .nr #SILENT_BQUOTE_LN 1
+.          el \{\
+.             rr #BQUOTE_LN
+.             rr #SILENT_BQUOTE_LN
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# OUTPUT BLANK PAGES
+\# ------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <number of blank pages to output> [ DIVIDER [ NULL ] ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Outputs blank pages.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If recto/verso, each page is recto/verso, even if there's
+\#   nothing on it.
+\#
+\#   The 1st argument to BLANKPAGE is non-optional.  DIVIDER is for
+\#   blank pages before endnotes, bibliographies, tocs, new chapters.
+\#
+.MAC BLANKPAGE END
+.    nr #BLANKPAGE 1
+.    nr #HOW_MANY \\$1
+.    shift
+.    nr #PAGES 0 1
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS] \{\
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS_WERE_ON 1
+.       NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.    \}
+.    while \\n+[#PAGES]<=\\n[#HOW_MANY] \{\
+.       if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.          nr #HEADERS_WERE_ON 1
+.          HEADERS OFF
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 .nr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON 1
+.          nr #RESTORE_PN_V_POS \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]
+.          PAGINATION OFF
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .nr #COLUMNS +1
+.       NEWPAGE \" Break to blank page
+.       nop \&
+.       br
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.          nr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON 1
+.          FOOTERS OFF
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 \{\
+.          if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 .nr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON 1
+.          nr #RESTORE_PN_V_POS \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]
+.          PAGINATION OFF
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\$1'DIVIDER' .if \\n[#HEADERS_WERE_ON] .HEADERS
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS]=2 .nr #COLUMNS -1
+.    NEWPAGE \" Break to text page
+.    ie '\\$1'DIVIDER' \{\
+.       if \\n[#BLANKPAGE_AFTER_DEFER] .bp
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] .FOOTERS
+.          if \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS] \{\
+.             if \\n[#PAGINATE_WAS_ON] .PAGINATE
+.             nr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS]
+.          \}
+.       if \\n[#HEADERS_WERE_ON] .HEADERS
+.       shift
+.       if '\\$1'NULL' .nr #PAGE_NUM_ADJ -\\n[#HOW_MANY]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if '\\$1'' \{\
+.          if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] .FOOTERS
+.          if \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS] \{\
+.             if \\n[#PAGINATE_WAS_ON] .PAGINATE
+.             nr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NULL' \{\
+.          if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] .FOOTERS
+.          if \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS]=2 \
+.             nr #PAGE_NUM_V_POS \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS]
+.          if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 \
+.             if \\n[#PAGINATE_WAS_ON] .PAGINATE
+.          nr #PAGE_NUM_ADJ -\\n[#HOW_MANY]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_PN_V_POS]=1 \{\
+.       RESTORE_SPACE
+.       sp |\\n[#HEADER_MARGIN]u
+.       PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS_WERE_ON] .NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.    rr #HOW_MANY
+.    rr #HEADERS_WERE_ON
+.    rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON
+.    rr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON
+.    rr #RESTORE_PN_V_POS
+.END
+\#
+\# FLOATS
+\# ------
+\#
+.am PSPIC \" Need to do this for PSPIC inside a float
+.  vpt 0
+\h'(\\n[ps-offset]u + \\n[ps-deswid]u)'
+.  sp -1
+.  vpt
+..
+\#
+.MAC PROCESS_FLOATS END
+.    if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] \{\
+.       nr #RESTORE_TAB 1
+.       TQ
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[tbl*no-top-hook] .tbl@top-hook
+.    rr tbl*no-top-hook
+.    sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    if r pdfbx-defer \{\
+.       nr lead-diff \\n[#LEAD_AT_FOOTER]-\\n[.v]
+.       sp |\\n[t]u-\\n[.v]u+\\n[lead-diff]u
+.       rr pdfbx-defer
+.    \}
+.    nr defer-count \\n[defer]
+.    nr #TMP_PAGE_OFFSET \\n[.o]
+.    po \\n[#L_MARGIN]u
+.    ev protect
+.    evc FLOAT
+.    nf
+.    RESTORE_SPACE
+.    if '\\*[float*type:\\n[defer]]'boxed-tbl:\\n[defer]' \{\
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.\" Get depth of the first deferred float when there's more than one.
+.       if (\\n[.t] >= 1)&(\\n[float-depth:\\n[defer]] > (\\n[.t]+\\n[#DOC_LEAD])) \
+.          tbl*float-warning
+.       if \\n[#MLA] .sp \\n[tbl*label-lead-diff]u
+.       if (\\n[tbl*have-caption:\\n[defer]]=1)&(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=0) \
+.          sp \\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.       if \\n[tbl*caption-after-label] \
+.          sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[float*pic:1] \{\
+.       if (\\n[pic*have-caption]=1)&(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=0) \{\
+.          ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.             sp |\\n[dc]u+\\n[pic*caption-lead-diff]u
+.          el .sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u+\\n[pic*caption-lead-diff]u
+.       \}
+.       rr pic*caption-lead-diff
+.       rr pic*top-lead-diff
+.       rr float*pic
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[float*img:1] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.          sp |\\n[dc]u
+.       el \
+.          sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.       if \\n[pdf-img:frame] \{\
+.          sp -(\\*[pdf-img:frame-weight]p*2u)
+.          rr pdf-img:frame
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[defers] .rr defers
+.    nr loop-count  0 1
+.    nr new-defer   0 1
+.    while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[defer-count] \{\
+.       nr tbl*no-top-hook 1
+.       rnn defer float*defer \" So '.if \n[defer]' is skipped during float output
+.       vpt
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.       rr @TOP
+.       if \\n[pdf-img*have-caption] \
+.          if !\\n[pdf-img*caption-after-label] .sp -.5v
+.       rr pdf-img*have-caption
+.       rr pic*have-caption
+.       if '\\*[float*type:\\n[loop-count]]'table:\\n[loop-count]' \{\
+.          ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.       \}
+.       ie !\\n[float-span:\\n[loop-count]] \{\
+.          ie ((\\n[float-depth:\\n[loop-count]]-\\n[.v])>\\n[.t]):(\\n[D-float:\\n[loop-count]]>\\n[.t]):(\\n[defers]=1) \{\
+.\" Insufficient space, defer to next page
+.             nr defers 1
+.             rn FLOAT*DIV:\\n[loop-count] NEW*FLOAT*DIV:\\n+[new-defer]
+.             rnn float-depth:\\n[loop-count] new-float-depth:\\n[new-defer]
+.             rnn D-float:\\n[loop-count] new-D-float:\\n[new-defer]
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             output-float
+.             ie !r pdfboxed \{\
+.                ie (\\n[.t]-2)<(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2) .SHIM_1
+.                el .sp .5
+.             \}
+.             el .rr pdfboxed
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          rr tbl*no-top-hook
+.          if \\n[float-span:\\n[loop-count]] \
+.             rn tbl*header-div:\\n[loop-count] tbl*header-div:span
+.          ie !r pdfboxed \{\
+.             output-float
+.             sp .5
+.          \}
+.          el .rr pdfboxed
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[loop-count]=\\n[defer-count] .rr flexed
+.       rr float-span:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rr float*tbl:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rr tbl*have-caption:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rr float*tbl*center:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rr tbl*have-header:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rm float*div:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rr float-depth:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rm tbl*header-div:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rm float*type:\\n[loop-count]
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[float*defer]=1 \{\
+.       if !(\\n[loop-count]-1)=1 \{\
+.          if !\\n[.t]=1 .sp -.5
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[@no-shim] \
+.       if !\\n[q-float] \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.\" FLOAT arrays are empty now
+.\" Rename new arrays (FLOATs deferred to next page) to proper names
+.    rr float*defer
+.    rnn new-defer defer
+.    nr loop-count 0 1
+.    while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[defer] \{\
+.       rn NEW*FLOAT*DIV:\\n[loop-count] FLOAT*DIV:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rnn new-float-depth:\\n[loop-count] float-depth:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rnn new-D-float:\\n[loop-count] D-float:\\n[loop-count]
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#TMP_PAGE_OFFSET]=\\n[.o] .po \\n[#TMP_PAGE_OFFSET]u
+.    rr #TMP_PAGE_OFFSET
+.    ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.    ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.    if \\n[float-depth:1]>\\n[.t] .bp
+.    ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.    el \{\
+.       if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.          if !\\n[flexed] .FLEX
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.       if \\n[#SHIM]>(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]-(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]/4)) \
+'             sp -\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.    ie !\\n[flex:force] .ns
+.    el \{\
+.       rr flex:force
+.       if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.    \}
+.    nr tbl*have-header 0
+.    rr tbl*have-caption
+.    rr loop-count
+.    rr defer-count
+.    rr float*before-shim
+.    rr float*after-shim
+.    rm float-adj
+.    rr check-indent
+.    if \\n[#NEWPAGE] \{\
+.       vpt
+'       bp
+.       rr #NEWPAGE
+.    \}
+.    rr float*img
+.    rr float*eqn
+.    rr float*tbl
+.    rr float*pic
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_TAB] \{\
+.       TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]
+.       rr #RESTORE_TAB
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC output-float END
+.    if \\n[float*img] \{\
+.       if \\n[loop-count]=1 .nr no-top-space:1 1
+.    \}
+.    vpt 0
+.    if \\n[.ns] \{\
+.       rs
+.       nop \&
+.       sp -1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[no-top-space:1] \{\
+.       ie !\\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.          sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          ns
+.       \}
+.       el .sp |\\n[dc]u
+.       if \\n[float*tbl:1] \{\
+.          if !\\n[no-top-space:1] .RESTORE_SPACE
+.          ie \\n[tbl*caption-top-lead-diff] \{\
+.             sp \\n[tbl*caption-top-lead-diff]u
+.             rr tbl*caption-top-lead-diff
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if '\\*[float*type:1]'boxed-tbl:1' \{\
+.                ie (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=1)&(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=0) .sp .3n
+.                el .sp (\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u)+.3n
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          rr float*tbl:1
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[float*img:1] \{\
+.          RESTORE_SPACE
+.          if \\n[pdf-img*caption-top-lead-diff] \{\
+.             sp \\n[pdf-img*caption-top-lead-diff]u
+.             rr pdf-img*caption-top-lead-diff
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[float*pic] \{\
+.       nr pic*top-space-adj \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[pic@text-lead]
+.       if (\\n[pic*have-caption]=0):(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=1) \
+.          sp \\n[pic*top-space-adj]u
+.       if \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.          if !'\\*[pic*space-adj:\\n[loop-count]]'' \
+.             sp \\*[pic*space-adj:\\n[loop-count]]
+.    \}
+.    nf
+.    if \\n[q-float] \
+.       if !\\n[has-caption] .sp \\n[#Q_LEAD_DIFF]u
+.       if \\n[Q-float]=2 .sp |\\n[t]u-.5v
+.    ns
+.    vpt
+.    if \\n[check-indent] \{\
+.       if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          in \\n[#L_INDENT]u/2u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr no-top-space:1
+.    if \\n[loop-count]>1 \{\
+.       if !'\\*[float-adj:\\n[loop-count]]'' \{\
+.          rs
+.          sp \\*[float-adj:\\n[loop-count]]
+.          ns
+.          nr restore-v-pos 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr check-indent 1
+.    FLOAT*DIV:\\n[loop-count]
+.    if \\n[no-top-space:1] \
+.       RESTORE_SPACE
+.    if \\n[restore-v-pos] \{\
+.       sp -\\*[float-adj:\\n[loop-count]]
+.       rm float-adj:\\n[loop-count]
+.       rr restore-v-pos
+.    \}
+.    if r float*img:1 \{\
+.       sp .5
+.       rr float*img:1
+.    \}
+.    if r Q-float:1 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#FULLSPACE_QUOTES] .sp -.5
+.       rr Q-float:1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.       if !'\\*[pic*space-adj:\\n[loop-count]]'' \
+.          sp -\\*[pic*space-adj:\\n[loop-count]]
+.    rm pic*space-adj:\\n[loop-count]
+.    if \\n[D-float:1] .rr D-float:1
+.    rr D-float
+.    rr @no-shim
+.    rr q-float
+.    rm B_QUOTE
+.    rm P_QUOTE
+.END
+\#
+\# FLOAT
+\# -----
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ ADJUST +|-<amount> ] [ FORCE] [ SPAN] [ NO_SHIM] | [ NO_FLEX ] [ TARGET ] | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Captures input in a diversion, which is output immediately if
+\#   there's room on the page; otherwise outputs diversion at top of
+\#   next page.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   ADJUST allows for raising or lowering the contents of
+\#   the diversion within the space allotted.  FORCE breaks to
+\#   a new page immediately.
+\#
+\#
+.MAC FLOAT END
+.    nr ll-pre-float \\n[.l]
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>0 \{\
+.       nr loop-count 0 1
+.       nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.       while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.          if '\\$1'FORCE' \{\
+.             nr #FORCE 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'SPAN' \{\
+.              nr float-span 1
+.              shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.             shift
+.             ds float-adj \\$1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'CENTER' \{\
+.             nr center-float 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'CENTRE' \{\
+.             nr center-float 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'INDENT' \{\
+.             shift
+.             nr indent-float \\$1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'RIGHT' \{\
+.             nr right-float 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'NO_SHIM' \{\
+.             nr @no-shim 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'NO_FLEX' \{\
+.             nr @no-flex 1
+.             shift 1
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'TARGET' \{\
+.             shift
+.             ds float*target "\\$1
+.             shift 1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[float*started] .rr float*started
+.    el \{\
+.       while !'\\$1'' .shift 1
+.       nr float*started 1
+.    \}
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.\" Harmonize floats treated as defers and floats proper to the top
+.\" of the next page between passes when flex is enabled.
+.\"
+.\" Without this, floats near the bottom of the page may be deferred
+.\" on the first pass, but when flex-spacing moves the line just
+.\" before the float to the bottom of the page, the upcoming .br
+.\" causes the float to be proper to the next page instead of
+.\" deferred to it.
+.       nr floatnum +1
+.       ie !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.\" Only on 2nd pass
+.          if !dPDF.EXPORT \{\
+.             ie d float\\n[floatnum]:no-defer .br
+.             el \{\
+.\" .v in the following is arbitrary.  Groff rounds down decimal
+.\" fractions so flex-spacing may be slightly short.  Since there
+.\" are no conditions under which a .t-1 (bottom margin) < .v
+.\" on the 1st pass doesn't cause a float to be deferred, all floats
+.\" on the second pass that meet the condition are also, correctly,
+.\" deferred.
+.                if (\\n[.t]-1)<\\n[.v] \
+.                   if !\\n[@TOP] .nr no-break 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.\" Only on 1st pass
+.          ie !\\n[no-break] \{\
+.             ds pre-float:page@col \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]
+.             br
+.             ds post-float:page@col \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]
+.             if dPDF.EXPORT \{\
+.                if !'\\*[pre-float:page@col]'\\*[post-float:page@col]' \
+.                   tm .ds float\\n[floatnum]:no-defer 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .rr no-break
+.       \}
+.       el .br
+.       if \\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] \
+.          RESTORE_SPACE
+.       ds ev-pre-float \\n[.ev]
+.       ev FLOAT
+.       evc \\*[ev-pre-float]
+.       if \\n[.u] .nr fill-pre-float 1 \" Needed for tbl
+.       di FLOAT*DIV
+.       if !'\\*[float*target]'' .PDF_TARGET "\\*[float*target]
+.       rm float*target
+.       nf
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+.\" So @no-shim persists if float output with output-float
+.       if r @no-shim .nr float*no-shim 1
+.       if \\n[float-span] \{\
+.          nr span 1
+\!.        rr span
+.       \}
+\!.     rm tbl*header-div:span
+\!.     nr tbl*no-print-header 1
+.       di
+.       if \\n[float-span] \{\
+.          nr dn-save \\n[dn]
+.          da FLOAT*DIV
+\!.        rr float-span
+.          da
+.          nr dn \\n[dn-save]
+.          rr dn-save
+.       \}
+.       ie \\n[float*tbl] \
+.          if !\\n[tbl*have-header] .ev 0
+.       el .ev 0
+.       if \\n[tbl*boxed] \{\
+.          ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          ie !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.             ie (\\n[tbl@label]=1):(\\n[tbl@source]=1):(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=1) .nr dn -.65v
+.             el .nr dn +.65v
+.             rr tbl@label
+.             rr tbl@source
+.          \}
+.          el .if !\\n[tbl@source] .nr dn -1.65v
+.       \}
+.\" Defer float
+.       if (\\n[dn]>\\n[.t]):(\\n[D-float]>\\n[.t]):(\\n[defer]>0) \{\
+.          if !\\n[float-span] \{\
+.             if (\\n[dn]+(\\n[.v]*2)>(\\n[.p]-\\n[#TOP_MARGIN]-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[#B_MARGIN])) \{\
+.                tm1 "[mom]: Floated element exceeds page depth.
+.                ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at line \\n[.c].
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.\" Save depth of diversion here.  The .da zeroes it.
+.          nr dn-save \\n[dn]
+.          if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \{\
+.             if !\\n[@no-flex] \{\
+.                da FLOAT*DIV
+\!.              FLEX
+\!.              nr flexed 1
+.                da
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          nr dn \\n[dn-save]
+.          rr dn-save
+.          ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.          ev 0
+.          ie \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.             br
+.             if \\n[tbl*boxed] .rs
+.             rr tbl*boxed
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if !\\n[defer] .nr defer 0 1
+.             rn FLOAT*DIV FLOAT*DIV:\\n+[defer]
+.             if !'\\*[float-adj]'' \
+.                rn float-adj float-adj:\\n[defer]
+.             if \\n[float-span] \
+.                if !\\n[tbl*boxed] .rnn float-span float-span:\\n[defer]
+.             if \\n[float*tbl] \{\
+.                if \\n[defer]>0 \{\
+.                   nr no-top-space:\\n[defer] 1
+.                   nr float*tbl:\\n[defer] 1
+.                   if \\n[tbl*have-caption] \
+.                      nr tbl*have-caption:\\n[defer] 1
+.                \}
+.                ie \\n[tbl*boxed] \
+.                   ds float*type:\\n[defer] boxed-tbl:\\n[defer]
+.                el .ds float*type:\\n[defer] table:\\n[defer]
+.                if \\n[tbl*center] .nr float*tbl-center:\\n[defer] 1
+.                if \\n[tbl*have-header] .rnn tbl*have-header tbl*have-header:\\n[defer]
+.                rn tbl*header-div tbl*header-div:\\n[defer]
+.                rr tbl*center
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[float*eqn] \{\
+.                if \\n[defer]=1 .nr no-top-space:\\n[defer] 1
+.                ds float*type:\\n[defer] eqn
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[float*pic] \{\
+.                ds float*type:\\n[defer] pic
+.                nr float*pic:\\n[defer] 1
+.                rn pic*space-adj pic*space-adj:\\n[defer]
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[float*img] \{\
+.                ds float*type:\\n[defer] img
+.                nr float*img:\\n[defer] 1
+.                nr no-top-space:\\n[defer] 1
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[D-float] .nr D-float:\\n[defer] \\n[D-float]
+.             if \\n[Q-float] .nr Q-float:\\n[defer] \\n[#Q-float]
+.             nr float-depth:\\n[defer] \\n[dn]
+.             if \\n[#FORCE] \{\
+.                ie \\n[#COLUMNS] .COL_NEXT
+.                el .NEWPAGE
+.                rr #FORCE
+.             \}
+.             if \\n[tbl*boxed] .rr tbl*boxed
+.             if \\n[table] .rr table
+.             br
+.             return \" output div after header
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr dn-save \\n[dn]
+.       if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \{\
+.          if !\\n[@no-flex] \{\
+.             da FLOAT*DIV
+\!.           FLEX
+\!.           nr flexed 1
+.             da
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr dn \\n[dn-save]
+.       ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.       ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.       vpt 0
+.       if !'\\*[float-adj]'' .sp \\*[float-adj]
+.       if \\n[.u] .nr fill 1
+.       if \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.          nr no-adjust 1
+.          rr @TOP
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[float*tbl] \{\
+.          if (\\n[#MLA]=1)&(\\n[tbl@source]=0) \
+.             chop FLOAT*DIV
+.          if \\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] \{\
+.             ie (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=1)&(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=0) \{\
+.                ie !\\n[#MLA] .sp \\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.                el .ch RR_@TOP
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ev protect
+.                evc FLOAT
+.                nf
+.                rs
+.                ie \\n[tbl*boxed] .sp |\\n[#PAGE_TOP]u+.3n
+.                el .sp |\\n[#PAGE_TOP]u-.25v
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[float*img] \
+.          if \\n[pdf-img:frame] \
+.             sp -(\\*[pdf-img:frame-weight]p*2u)
+.       if !'\\n[.ev]'protect' \{\
+.          ev protect
+.          evc FLOAT
+'          nf
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[float*tbl] \{\
+.          if \\n[tbl*boxed] \
+.             if \\n[tbl*center] \
+.                if \\n[#L_INDENT] \
+.                   in -\\n[#L_INDENT]u/2u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[center-float] \
+.          in (\\n[.l]u-\\n[dl]u)/2u
+.       if \\n[indent-float] \
+.          in \\n[indent-float]u
+.       if \\n[right-float] \
+.          in \\n[.l]u-\\n[dl]u
+.       FLOAT*DIV
+.       if (\\n[center-float]>0):(\\n[indent-float]>0):(\\n[right-float]>0) \
+.          in
+.       ev
+.       if \\n[float*tbl] \{\
+.          rr tbl*no-print-header
+.          ie \\n[tbl*boxed] \{\
+.             ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.             ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.             ie \\n[nl]>(\\n[.p]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]) \{\
+.                ie \\n[#COLUMNS] .COL_NEXT
+.                el .NEWPAGE
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                if \\n[dn-save]=\\n[bx-tbl-depth] .sp .35v
+.                rr dn-save
+.                if !\\n[tbl*plain-boxed] \{\
+.                   if !\\n[tbl*autolabel] \{\
+.                      if !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.                        if \\n[tbl@label]=1 .sp .5
+.                      \}
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                rr tbl*boxed
+.                rr bx-tbl-depth
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if !'\\*[tbl*label]'' \
+.                if \\n[tbl*autolabel]=0 .sp .5
+.          \}
+.          rr float*tbl
+.          rr tbl*center
+.          rm tbl*header-div
+.          rr tbl*have-caption
+.          rr tbl*have-label
+.          rr tbl*have-source
+.          rm tbl*caption
+.          rm tbl*label
+.          rm tbl*source
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[float*img] \
+.          if (\\n[.t]-1)>(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u) .sp .5
+.       if \\n[D-float] \{\
+.          ie \\n[dn]=0 .sp \\n[D-float]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          el \
+.             if \\n[dn]<\\n[D-float] \
+.                sp \\n[D-float]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u-\\n[dn]u
+.\" Flex won't grab .h of D-floats without a dummy text line.
+.          vpt 0
+.          nop \&
+.          sp -1
+.          vpt 1
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[fill] \{\
+.          fi
+.          rr fill
+.       \}
+.       rm FLOAT*DIV
+.       if !'\\*[float-adj]'' \
+.          if !\\n[no-adjust] .sp -\\*[float-adj]
+.       vpt
+.       if \\n[Q-float] \{\
+.          sp .5
+.          rr Q-float
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.          if !\\n[@no-shim] .SHIM
+.       rm float-adj
+.       rm no-adjust
+.       rr center-float
+.       rr indent-float
+.       rr right-float
+.       rr D-float
+.       rr @no-shim
+.       rr @no-flex
+.       rr #FORCE
+.       rm P_QUOTE
+.       rm B_QUOTE
+.       if \\n[float*img] .rr float*img
+.       if \\n[float*pic] .rr float*pic
+.       if \\n[float*eqn] .rr float*eqn
+.       rr float*target
+.       rm float*target
+.       if \\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .nr post-float 1
+.       ev \\*[ev-pre-float]
+.       rr fill-pre-float
+.       rm ev-pre-float
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# SET TRAPS FOR HEADERS/FOOTERS/FOOTNOTES
+\# ---------------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets header/footer/footnotes/etc... traps.
+\#
+\#   TRAPS calculates the number of lines that actually fit on a
+\#   page based on #B_MARGIN and resets page bottom trap to coincide
+\#   with the depth of that number of lines, or, if #ADJ_DOC_LEAD=1,
+\#   adjusts #DOC_LEAD so that the last line of text on a page falls
+\#   exactly on #B_MARGIN.
+\#
+.MAC RR_@TOP END \" Trap-invoked after first line of text on a new page
+.    rr @TOP
+.    if \\n[.ns] \{\
+.       vpt 0
+.       rs
+.       if \\n[.u] .nr fill 1
+.       nf
+.       nop \&
+.       sp -1
+.       if \\n[fill] .fi
+.       if r #NEWPAGE .rr #NEWPAGE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[.vpt]=0 .vpt
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TRAPS END
+.    if !\\n[#UNADJUSTED_DOC_LEAD] .nr #UNADJUSTED_DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC@LEAD]
+.\" Remove all header/footer traps
+.    if !\\n[#NO_TRAP_RESET] \{\
+.       ch DO_T_MARGIN
+.       ch DO_B_MARGIN
+.       ch HEADER
+.       ch FOOTER
+.       ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.\" Plant header trap
+.       wh 0 HEADER
+.    \}
+.\" Adjust lead so last line of text falls on B_MARGIN
+.       nr #LINES_PER_PAGE 0 1
+.       nr #DOC_LEAD_ADJ 0 1
+.       nr #DEPTH_TO_B_MARGIN \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#ORIGINAL_B_MARGIN]-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.\" Get the number of unadjusted lines that fit on the page; always a
+.\" bit short of the bottom margin
+.       while \\n[#T_MARGIN]+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]*\\n+[#LINES_PER_PAGE])<\\n[#DEPTH_TO_B_MARGIN] \{\
+.
+.       \}
+.       nr #LINES_PER_PAGE -1
+.\" Add machine units, 1 at a time, increasing the leading until the
+.\" new leading fills the page properly
+.       while \\n[#T_MARGIN]+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]+\\n+[#DOC_LEAD_ADJ]*\\n[#LINES_PER_PAGE])<=\\n[#DEPTH_TO_B_MARGIN] \{\
+.
+.       \}
+.       DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD_ADJ]u
+.\" The "visual" bottom margin is what \n[nl] would report on the
+.\" last line before the FOOTER trap is sprung
+.       nr #VISUAL_B_MARGIN \\n[#T_MARGIN]+(\\n[#LINES_PER_PAGE]*\\n[#DOC_LEAD])
+.\" Get the difference between #B_MARGIN and #VISUAL_B_MARGIN
+.       nr #FOOTER_DIFF (\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#B_MARGIN])-\\n[#VISUAL_B_MARGIN]
+.\" Set #B_MARGIN to 1 machine unit lower on the page than #VISUAL_B_MARGIN
+.       nr #B_MARGIN \\n[#B_MARGIN]+(\\n[#FOOTER_DIFF]-1)
+.\" Set the FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP position
+.       nr #FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS \\n[#B_MARGIN]-\\n[#FN_LEAD]
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .nr #FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS \\n[#ORIGINAL_B_MARGIN]u
+.\" Set footer and footnote overflow traps
+.    if !\\n[#NO_TRAP_RESET] \{\
+.       nr #FN_COUNT 0 1
+.       nr #SPACE_REMAINING 0
+.       nr #FN_DEPTH 0
+.       nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0-\\n[#B_MARGIN]u
+.       wh \\n[.p]u FOOTER
+.       wh -(\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u) FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.       ch FOOTER -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# CHECK INDENT
+\# ------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Adds left, right, or both indent values to document elements
+\#   like heads and subheads that are processed in environments.
+\#
+.MAC CHECK_INDENT END
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.       in \\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.       if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\
+.          in -\\n[#L_INDENT]u \"Because we added an indent in 2nd line of macro
+.          ll -\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.          in -\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.          ll -\\n[#L_INDENT]u
+.          ta \\n[.l]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE] \{\
+.       ll -\\n[#R_INDENT]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] \{\
+.       in \\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.       ll -\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.       ta \\n[.l]u
+.       if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\
+.          in -\\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.          ie \\n[#BR_INDENT]=\\n[#BL_INDENT] \{\
+.             ll -\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ll -(\\n[#BR_INDENT]u/2u)
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.          in -\\n[#BL_INDENT]u
+.          ie \\n[#BR_INDENT]=\\n[#BL_INDENT] \{\
+.             ll -\\n[#BR_INDENT]u
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ll -(\\n[#BR_INDENT]u/2u)
+.             ta \\n[.l]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# REMOVE INDENT
+\# -------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Removes left, right, or both indent values from document elements
+\#   like heads and subheads that are processed in environments.
+\#
+.MAC REMOVE_INDENT END
+.    in 0
+.    ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u
+.    ta \\n[.l]u
+.END
+\#
+\# This .em (for all DOC_TYPEs, except 4 [LETTER]) ensures that
+\# deferred footnotes and floats that happen on the 2nd to last page
+\# get output, and the last page/col isn't flexed.
+\#
+.MAC TERMINATE END
+.    if dPDF.EXPORT .tm .ds last-page \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]
+.    ie \\n[#FN_DEPTH] \{\
+.       ie \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\
+.          br
+.          nr #TERMINATE 1
+.          FOOTNOTE
+.          nf
+.          FOOTNOTE OFF
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          br
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.          FOOTER
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       br
+.       ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.       FOOTER
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[defer] \
+'       bp
+.END
+\#
+\# END MACRO FOR LETTERS
+\# ---------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   none
+\# *Function:
+\#   The .em macro executed at the end of letters.  Turns footers
+\#   and pagination off, terminates and outputs diversion CLOSING
+\#   (indented with the author's name underneath).
+\#
+.MAC ALL_DONE END
+.    ch FOOTER
+.    ch HEADER
+.    br
+.    if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.          br
+.          ALD \\*[$SIG_SPACE]
+.          di
+.       \}
+.       IQ CLEAR
+.       TQ
+.       LEFT
+.       ie !'\\*[$CLOSE_INDENT]'' .IL \\*[$CLOSE_INDENT]
+.       el .IL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u/2u
+.       sp
+.       if \\n[#CLOSING] \{\
+.          CLOSING_TEXT
+.          br
+.       \}
+.       PRINT \\*[$AUTHOR_1]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Set up a default papersize of US letter
+\#
+.PAGEWIDTH 8.5i
+.PAGELENGTH 11i
+\#
+\# ====================================================================
+\#
+\# +++DOCUMENT PROCESSING ALIASES+++
+\#
+\# Create aliases to make life easier for users: synonyms, short forms
+\# and alternate spellings.
+\#
+.ALIAS CITATION            BLOCKQUOTE
+.ALIAS CITE                BLOCKQUOTE
+.ALIAS DOC_R_MARGIN        DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN
+.ALIAS DOC_L_MARGIN        DOC_LEFT_MARGIN
+.ALIAS DOC_L_LENGTH        DOC_LINE_LENGTH
+.ALIAS DOC_RMARGIN         DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN
+.ALIAS DOC_LMARGIN         DOC_LEFT_MARGIN
+.ALIAS DOC_LLENGTH         DOC_LINE_LENGTH
+.ALIAS DOC_FAM             DOC_FAMILY
+.ALIAS DOC_LS              DOC_LEAD
+.ALIAS DOC_PS              DOC_PT_SIZE
+.ALIAS FILL                QUAD
+.ALIAS PAGENUM             PAGENUMBER
+.ALIAS PAGINATION          PAGINATE
+.ALIAS PP_FT               PP_FONT
+.ALIAS TOC_PS              TOC_PT_SIZE
+\#
+\# HEADER and FOOTER macros
+\# ------------------------
+\# Because the type-style of headers and footers are managed
+\# identically, and the type-style macros (_<type parameter>) all
+\# require the correct name of the calling macro, it's necessary
+\# to create HEADER_ and FOOTER_ macros here that are basically
+\# aliases with an argument.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_CAPS END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_RULE_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC FOOTER_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTER_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_LEFT_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_COLOUR END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FAM END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FAMILY END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FONT END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FT END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_PS END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_RULE_COLOR END
+.    HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR \\$1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC HEADER_SIZE END
+.    HDRFTR_SIZE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# Aliases for other HEADER and FOOTER macros.
+\#
+.ALIAS  BIBLIOGRAPHY_FOOTER_CENTER BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  BIBLIOGRAPHY_FOOTER_CENTRE BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTER BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CENTRE BIBLIOGRAPHY_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTER ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTRE ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTRE ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER
+.
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTER           HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  TOC_PAGEFOOTER_CENTER   HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  TOC_PAGEFOOTER_CENTRE   HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTER_CAPS      _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTER_PAD       HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTER_SMALLCAPS _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTRE           HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTRE_CAPS      _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTRE_PAD       HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_CENTRE_SMALLCAPS _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_LEFT             HDRFTR_LEFT
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_LEFT_CAPS        _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_LEFT_SMALLCAPS   _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_PLAIN            HDRFTR_PLAIN
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_RECTO            HDRFTR_RECTO
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_RIGHT            HDRFTR_RIGHT
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_RIGHT_CAPS       _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS  _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_RULE             HDRFTR_RULE
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_RULE_GAP         HDRFTR_RULE_GAP
+.ALIAS  FOOTER_VERSO            HDRFTR_VERSO
+.
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTER           HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  TOC_PAGEHEADER_CENTER   HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  TOC_PAGEHEADER_CENTRE   HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTER_CAPS      _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTER_PAD       HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTER_SMALLCAPS _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTRE           HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTRE_CAPS      _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTRE_PAD       HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD
+.ALIAS  HEADER_CENTRE_SMALLCAPS _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_LEFT             HDRFTR_LEFT
+.ALIAS  HEADER_LEFT_CAPS        _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_LEFT_SMALLCAPS   _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_PLAIN            HDRFTR_PLAIN
+.ALIAS  HEADER_RECTO            HDRFTR_RECTO
+.ALIAS  HEADER_RIGHT            HDRFTR_RIGHT
+.ALIAS  HEADER_RIGHT_CAPS       _HDRFTR_CAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS  _HDRFTR_SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS  HEADER_RULE             HDRFTR_RULE
+.ALIAS  HEADER_RULE_GAP         HDRFTR_RULE_GAP
+.ALIAS  HEADER_VERSO            HDRFTR_VERSO
+.
+.ALIAS  SWITCH_FOOTERS     SWITCH_HDRFTR
+.ALIAS  SWITCH_HEADERS     SWITCH_HDRFTR
+\#
+\# Create type-style aliases for tags, titles, and page elements
+\#
+\# These are used for creating aliases with while loops
+\#
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_1  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_2  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_3  BLOCKQUOTE
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_4  CITATION
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_5  CITE
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_6  ENDNOTES_HEADER
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_7  ENDNOTE_STRING
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_8  EPIGRAPH
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_9  HDRFTR_CENTER
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_10 HDRFTR_LEFT
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_11 HDRFTR_RIGHT
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_12 LINENUMBER
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_13 PAGENUM
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_14 QUOTE
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_15 TOC_HEADER
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_16 CODE
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_17 FINIS
+.ds ELEMENT_TYPE_18 COPYRIGHT
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _FAMILY
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_FAMILY       _FAMILY
+.ALIAS COVER_FAMILY              _FAMILY
+.ALIAS DOCHEADER_FAMILY          _FAMILY
+.ALIAS DOC_COVER_FAMILY          _FAMILY
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_FAMILY            _FAMILY
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FAMILY _FAMILY
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY     _FAMILY
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY     _FAMILY
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY      _FAMILY
+.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_FAMILY           _FAMILY
+.ALIAS HDRFTR_FAMILY             _FAMILY
+.ALIAS PAGENUMBER_FAMILY         _FAMILY
+.ALIAS TOC_FAMILY                _FAMILY
+.ALIAS TOC_PAGENUMBER_FAMILY     _FAMILY
+.ALIAS TOC_PN_FAMILY             _FAMILY
+.ALIAS TOC_TITLE_FAMILY          _FAMILY
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=18 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[ELEMENT_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FAMILY _FAMILY
+.\}
+\# Covers, docheader
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FAMILY           _FAMILY
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FAMILY     _FAMILY
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FAMILY _FAMILY
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _FONT
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_FONT       _FONT
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_FONT            _FONT
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_FONT _FONT
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT     _FONT
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT      _FONT
+.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_FONT           _FONT
+.ALIAS TOC_PN_FONT             _FONT
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=18 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[ELEMENT_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FONT _FONT
+.\}
+\# Covers, docheader
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FONT           _FONT
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FONT     _FONT
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_FONT _FONT
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _SIZE
+.ALIAS   ENDNOTE_LINENUMBER_SIZE _SIZE
+.ALIAS   ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE     _SIZE
+.ALIAS   ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE      _SIZE
+.ALIAS   FOOTNOTE_SIZE           _SIZE
+.ALIAS   HDRFTR_SIZE             _SIZE
+.ALIAS   TOC_PN_SIZE             _SIZE
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=18 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[ELEMENT_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SIZE _SIZE
+.\}
+\# Covers, docheader
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SIZE           _SIZE
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SIZE     _SIZE
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SIZE _SIZE
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for TITLE_LEAD
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_LEAD           TITLE_LEAD
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_LEAD     TITLE_LEAD
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_LEAD TITLE_LEAD
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_UNDERLINE  _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_UNDERSCORE _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERLINE  _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_UNDERSCORE _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS BIB_STRING_UNDERLINE           _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERLINE      _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS ENDNOTES_HEADER_UNDERSCORE     _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS ENDNOTES_STRING_UNDERLINE      _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS ENDNOTES_STRING_UNDERSCORE     _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERLINE        _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERSCORE       _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS EN_STRING_UNDERLINE            _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS EN_STRING_UNDERSCORE           _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS TOC_HEADER_UNDERLINE           _UNDERLINE
+.ALIAS TOC_HEADER_UNDERSCORE          _UNDERLINE
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE            _UNDERLINE
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERSCORE           _UNDERLINE
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE      _UNDERLINE
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERSCORE     _UNDERLINE
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERLINE  _UNDERLINE
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_UNDERSCORE _UNDERLINE
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _COLOR
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_COLOR _COLOR
+.ALIAS COVER_COLOR               _COLOR
+.ALIAS DOCHEADER_COLOR           _COLOR
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_COLOR       _COLOR
+.ALIAS FINIS_COLOR               _COLOR
+.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_COLOR            _COLOR
+.ALIAS HDRFTR_COLOR              _COLOR
+.ALIAS HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR         _COLOR
+.ALIAS LINEBREAK_COLOR           _COLOR
+.ALIAS SECTION_COLOR             _COLOR
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=18 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[ELEMENT_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_COLOR _COLOR
+.\}
+\# Covers, docheader
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_COLOR           _COLOR
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_COLOR     _COLOR
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_COLOR _COLOR
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _CAPS
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_CAPS _CAPS
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_CAPS _CAPS
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_CAPS       _CAPS
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_CAPS           _CAPS
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_CAPS     _CAPS
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_CAPS _CAPS
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_SMALLCAPS _SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_SMALLCAPS _SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_SMALLCAPS       _SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS HDRFTR_CENTER_SMALLCAPS       _SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS HDRFTR_LEFT_SMALLCAPS         _SMALLCAPS
+.ALIAS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SMALLCAPS        _SMALLCAPS
+\#
+.nr #LOOP 0 1
+.while \n+[#LOOP]<=12 \{\
+. ALIAS \*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SMALLCAPS           _SMALLCAPS
+. ALIAS COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SMALLCAPS     _SMALLCAPS
+. ALIAS DOC_COVER_\*[TITLE_TYPE_\n[#LOOP]]_SMALLCAPS _SMALLCAPS
+.\}
+\#
+\# Create aliases for _QUAD
+.ALIAS  BIBLIOGRAPHY_HEADER_QUAD  _QUAD
+.ALIAS  BIBLIOGRAPHY_QUAD         _QUAD
+.ALIAS  BIBLIOGRAPHY_STRING_QUAD  _QUAD
+.ALIAS  BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD           _QUAD
+.ALIAS  COPYRIGHT_QUAD            _QUAD
+.ALIAS  COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD      _QUAD
+.ALIAS  COVER_MISC_QUAD           _QUAD
+.ALIAS  COVER_QUAD                _QUAD
+.ALIAS  DOCHEADER_QUAD            _QUAD
+.ALIAS  DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD  _QUAD
+.ALIAS  DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD       _QUAD
+.ALIAS  DOC_COVER_QUAD            _QUAD
+.ALIAS  DOC_QUAD                  _QUAD
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTES_HEADER_QUAD      _QUAD
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTE_QUAD              _QUAD
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD       _QUAD
+.ALIAS  ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD        _QUAD
+.ALIAS  EPIGRAPH_QUAD             _QUAD
+.ALIAS  FOOTNOTE_QUAD             _QUAD
+.ALIAS  MISC_QUAD                 _QUAD
+.ALIAS  TOC_HEADER_QUAD           _QUAD
+\#
+\# Support aliases
+\#
+.ALIAS   COL_BREAK               COL_NEXT
+.ALIAS   DOC_COVER               COVER
+.ALIAS   DOC_COVERS              COVERS
+.ALIAS   DOC_COVERTITLE          COVERTITLE
+.ALIAS   DOC_COVER_COUNTS_PAGES  COVER_COUNTS_PAGES
+.ALIAS   DOC_COVER_LEAD          COVER_LEAD
+.ALIAS   DOC_DOC_COVERTITLE      COVERTITLE
+.ALIAS   DO_DOC_COVER            DO_COVER
+.ALIAS   PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE     FOOTNOTE_RULE
+\#
+\# Miscellaneous aliases
+.ALIAS   SECTION        LINEBREAK
+.ALIAS   SECTION_CHAR   LINEBREAK_CHAR
+\#
+\# Miscellaneous macros to take care of backward compatibility
+\# -----------------------------------------------------------
+\#
+\# As of 1.1.9, EL and TN got changed to make TRAP...TRAP OFF
+\# unnecessary for users.  However, I used both macros extensively
+\# throughout this file (in conjunction with TRAP...TRAP OFF).
+\# EOL is the old EL; used only in om.tmac.
+\#
+.MAC EOL END
+.    if \\n[.vpt] \{\
+.       vpt 0
+.       nr #RESTORE_TRAP 1
+.    \}
+.    br
+.    sp -1v
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_TRAP] \{\
+.       vpt
+.       rr #RESTORE_TRAP
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# PREPROCESSOR SUPPORT
+\# ====================
+\#
+\# Utility macros--label and caption styles, lists collector, lists
+\# generator.
+\#
+.nr lists*target 0 1
+.
+.MAC get-label-type END
+.    if \\n[all]=1 .ds label-type eqn
+.    if \\n[all]=2 .ds label-type pdf-img
+.    if \\n[all]=3 .ds label-type pic
+.    if \\n[all]=4 .ds label-type tbl
+.    if \\n[all]=5 .ds label-type floating
+.END
+\#
+.MAC set-defaults END
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-family]'' \
+.       ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-family \\*[$DOC_FAM]\"
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-font]'' \
+.       ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-font R\"
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-size-change]'' \
+.       ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-size-change +0\"
+.    if !r \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-autolead \
+.       nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-autolead 2
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-space]'' \
+.       ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-space +0\"
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-color]'' \
+.       ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-color black\"
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad]'' \{\
+.       ie '\\*[label-type]'eqn' \{\
+.          if '\\*[spec-type]'caption' \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad C\"
+.       \}
+.       el .ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad L\"
+.    \}
+.    if '\\n[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll]'' \
+.       nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll 1
+.    if '\\*[spec-type]'caption' \
+.       nr default-left 1
+.END
+\#
+.MAC set-inline-specs END
+.    ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-specs \
+\f[\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-family]\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-font]]\
+\s[\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-size-change]]\
+\m[\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-color]]
+.END
+\#
+\# Line lengths, indents, and quads for captions and labels.
+\# Aliased for eqn, pic, pdf-image, and tbl.
+\#
+.MAC SET_QUAD END
+.    ds label-type \\$0
+.    substring label-type 0 2
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'PDF'   .ds label-type pdf-img
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'TBL'   .ds label-type tbl
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'PIC'   .ds label-type pic
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'EQN'   .ds label-type eqn
+.    ds spec-type \\$0
+.    substring spec-type -6 -10
+.    if '\\*[spec-type]'PTION' .ds spec-type caption
+.    if '\\*[spec-type]'LABEL' .ds spec-type label
+.    if '\\*[spec-type]'OURCE' .ds spec-type source
+.    QUAD \\$1
+.    ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad \\$1
+.    substring \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad 0 0
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'pdf-img' \{\
+.       if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad]'L' \{\
+.          if !\\n[pdf-img*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll] \{\
+.             ie !'\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-R' \
+.                ll \\n[pdf-img:ind]u+\\n[pdf-img:width]u+\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u
+.             el .ll -\\n[ind-pre-img]u
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-C' \
+.                in \\n[pdf-img:ind]u-\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-R' \
+.                in \\n[.l]u-(\\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u))
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-I' \
+.                in \\n[pdf-img:ind]u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad]'C' \{\
+.          if !\\n[pdf-img*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll] \{\
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-L' \
+.                ll \\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u)
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-C' \{\
+.                ll (\\n[ll-pre-img]u-\\n[pdf-img:width]u/2u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u))+\\n[pdf-img:width]u
+.                in \\n[.l]u-(\\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u))
+.             \}
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-R' \{\
+.                ll -\\n[ind-pre-img]u
+.                in \\n[.l]u-(\\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u))
+.             \}
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-I' \{\
+.                ll \\n[pdf-img:ind]u+\\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u)
+.                in \\n[pdf-img:ind]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad]'R' \{\
+.          if !\\n[pdf-img*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll] \{\
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-L' \
+.                ll \\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u]
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-C' \{\
+.                ll (\\n[.l]u-\\n[ind-pre-img]u-\\n[pdf-img:width]u/2u)+\\n[pdf-img:width]u+\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u
+.                in \\n[pdf-img:ind]u
+.             \}
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-R' \{\
+.                ll -\\n[ind-pre-img]u
+.                in \\n[.l]u-\\n[pdf-img:width]u
+.             \}
+.             if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-I' \{\
+.                ll \\n[pdf-img:ind]u+\\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u)
+.                in \\n[pdf-img:ind]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'pic' \{\
+.       if !\\n[pic*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll] \{\
+.          ie \\n[pic*left] .ll \\n[pic*div-width]u
+.          el \{\
+.             ll \\n[pic*div-width]u
+.                in (\\n[ll-pre-float]u-\\n[pic*div-width]u)/2u
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'tbl' \{\
+.       if !\\n[tbl*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll] \{\
+.          ie \\n[tbl*center] \{\
+.             ie '\\*[spec-type]'label' \{\
+.\" Differentiate between a tbl label and a float label
+.                ie !'\\*[ev-current]'FLOAT' \{\
+.                   ll \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[TW]u
+.                   if \\n[tbl*have-header] \
+.                      in (\\n[ll-pre-tbl]u-\\n[.i]u)-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[.i]u
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   in \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u+\\n[.i]u-\\n[TW]u/2u
+.                   ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[.i]u
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                if '\\*[spec-type]'source' \{\
+.                    ie \\n[float*tbl] \{\
+.                       ll \\n[TW]u
+\!.                     in \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.                    \}
+.                    el \{\
+.                       ll \\n[TW]u+\\n[ind-pre-tbl]u
+.                       ie \\n[ind-pre-tbl] \
+\!.                        in \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u-\\n[TW]u/2u
+.                       el \
+\!.                        in \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.                    \}
+\!.                  ti -\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.                \}
+.                if '\\*[spec-type]'caption' \{\
+.                    ll \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u+\\n[.i]u-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[TW]u
+.                    in \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u+\\n[.i]u-\\n[TW]u/2u
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ll \\n[TW]u+\\n[.i]u
+.\" Check the effect of setting a source in non-MLA mode.
+.             if '\\*[spec-type]'source' \{\
+.                if \\n[#MLA] \{\
+.                   ie \\n[float*tbl] \{\
+\!.                    ll \\n[TW]u+\\n[ind-pre-tbl]u
+\!.                    in \\n[tmp-ind]u+\\n[ind-pre-tbl]u
+\!.                    ti -\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.                   \}
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ll \\n[TW]u+\\n[ind-pre-tbl]u
+\!.                      in \\n[tmp-ind]u
+\!.                      ti -\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS TBL*SET_CAPTION_QUAD     SET_QUAD
+.ALIAS TBL*SET_LABEL_QUAD       SET_QUAD
+.ALIAS TBL*SET_SOURCE_QUAD      SET_QUAD
+.ALIAS PDF_IMG*SET_CAPTION_QUAD SET_QUAD
+.ALIAS PDF_IMG*SET_LABEL_QUAD   SET_QUAD
+.ALIAS PIC*SET_CAPTION_QUAD     SET_QUAD
+.ALIAS PIC*SET_LABEL_QUAD       SET_QUAD
+\#
+.MAC style END
+.    ds label-type \\$0
+.    substring label-type 0 2
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'img' .ds label-type pdf-img
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'tbl' .ds label-type tbl
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'pic' .ds label-type pic
+.    ds spec-type \\$0
+.    substring spec-type 4 6
+.    if '\\*[spec-type]'cap' .ds spec-type caption
+.    if '\\*[spec-type]'lab' .ds spec-type label
+.    if '\\*[spec-type]'sou' .ds spec-type source
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.    el \{\
+'    fam \\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-family]
+'       ft \\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-font]
+'       ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-size-change]
+.       \m[\\*[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-color]]
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS tbl*caption-style style
+.ALIAS tbl*label-style   style
+.ALIAS tbl*source-style  style
+.ALIAS img*caption-style style
+.ALIAS img*label-style   style
+.ALIAS img*source-style  style
+.ALIAS pic*caption-style style
+.ALIAS pic*label-style   style
+.ALIAS pic*source-style  style
+\#
+\# User style macros
+\#
+\# TYPE SPECS FOR LABELS, CAPTIONS, AND SOURCES
+\# --------------------------------------------
+\#  Aliased as CAPTIONS and LABELS for eqn, pic, tbl, and pdf images.
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   EQN | IMG | PIC | TBL | FLOATING \
+\#   Remaining arguments are optional
+\#   FAMILY   fam \
+\#   FONT     sty \
+\#   SIZE     +|-size \
+\#   QUAD     LEFT | CENTRE | RIGHT [ ON_LL ] \
+\#   COLOR    color \
+\#   AUTOLEAD n \
+\#   ADJUST   +|-n
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets type specs for captions, labels, and sources according to
+\#   calling alias name
+\# *Notes:
+\#   SIZE is relative to running text.
+\#   QUAD optional arg says quad on full line length rather than
+\#    pdf-img or pre-processor output.
+\#
+.MAC CAPTION_LABEL_SPECS END
+.    if '\\$0'CAPTIONS' .ds spec-type caption
+.    if '\\$0'LABELS'   .ds spec-type label
+.    if '\\$0'SOURCES'  .ds spec-type source
+.    ds $LABEL-TYPE \\$1
+.    if '\\$1'EQN'      .ds label-type eqn
+.    if '\\$1'FLOATING' .ds label-type floating
+.    if '\\$1'IMG'      .ds label-type pdf-img
+.    if '\\$1'PIC'      .ds label-type pic
+.    if '\\$1'TBL'      .ds label-type tbl
+.    if '\\$1'ALL'      .nr all 1
+.    shift
+.    nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    nr loop-count 0 1
+.    while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'FAMILY' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie r all \{\
+.             nr all 0 1
+.             while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.                 get-label-type
+.                 ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-family \\$1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-family \\$1
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-family \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FONT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie r all \{\
+.             nr all 0 1
+.             while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.                 get-label-type
+.                 ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-font \\$1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-font \\$1
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-font R
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SIZE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie r all \{\
+.             nr all 0 1
+.             while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.                 get-label-type
+.                 ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-size-change \\$1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-size-change \\$1
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-size-change +0
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'AUTOLEAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie r all \{\
+.             nr all 0 1
+.             while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.                 get-label-type
+.                 nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-autolead (p;\\$1)
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-autolead (p;\\$1)
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'QUAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie r all \{\
+.             nr all 0 1
+.             while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.                 get-label-type
+.                 ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad \\$1
+.                 substring \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad 0 0
+.                 if '\\$2'ON_LL' \
+.                    nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad \\$1
+.             substring \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad 0 0
+.             if \\n[\\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll] \
+.                rr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll
+.             if '\\$2'ON_LL' \
+.                nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-quad-on-ll 1
+.          \}
+.          ie '\\$2'ON_LL' .shift 2
+.          el  .shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COLOR' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie r all \{\
+.             nr all 0 1
+.             while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.                 get-label-type
+.                 ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-color \\$1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-color \\$1
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-color black
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie r all \{\
+.             nr all 0 1
+.             while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.                 get-label-type
+.                 ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-space \\$1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el .ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-space \\$1
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-space +0
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'INDENT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ie '\\*[label-type]'floating' \{\
+.             ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-indent-l \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie '\\$1'RIGHT' \{\
+.                   shift
+.                   nr \\*[label-type]*\\*[spec-type]-indent-r \\$1
+.                   shift
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   tm1 \
+"[mom]: Missing value for INDENT in macro '\\$0' at line \\n[.c].
+.                   ab \
+[mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             shift
+.             if !\\n[#SKIP_INDENT_WARNING] \{\
+.                tm1 \
+"[mom]: '\\$0 \\*[$LABEL-TYPE]' at line \\n[.c] does not take an indent.
+.                tm1 \
+"        No indent(s) will be applied.
+.                nr #SKIP_INDENT_WARNING 1
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'INDENT' .shift
+.             if '\\$1'RIGHT'  .shift
+.             if \B'\\$1'      .shift
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie r all \{\
+.       nr all 0 1
+.       while \\n+[all]<=5 \{\
+.          get-label-type
+.          set-defaults
+.          set-inline-specs
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       set-defaults
+.       set-inline-specs
+.    \}
+.    ds revert-specs \f[]\s[0]\m[]
+.    rr #SKIP_INDENT_WARNING
+.    rr all
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS CAPTIONS CAPTION_LABEL_SPECS
+.ALIAS LABELS   CAPTION_LABEL_SPECS
+.ALIAS SOURCES  CAPTION_LABEL_SPECS
+\#
+\# LABELS and CAPTIONS (floats and [block]quotes)
+\# ----------------------------------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <text of label or caption> [ CAPTION <text of caption> ] \
+\#   [ TO_LIST FIGURES | EQUATIONS | TABLES ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Add label/caption to float, quotes, and blockquotes
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Aliased as CAPTION.  If called as CAPTION, prints all
+\#   double-quoted text strings including ".br" or ".sp";
+\#   may come at top or bottom of labelled object, or both.
+\#   If called as LABEL, optional arg CAPTION attaches caption
+\#   text to the label; may only come at bottom of object and
+\#   can only take one double-quoted text string.
+\#
+\# These strings allow users to create labels of the form
+\# 'Fig. \*[chapter].\*[fig-label]', e.g. 'Fig. 1.1'
+\#
+.ds chapter   \\n[#CH_NUM]
+.ds fig-label \\n+[fig*label-num]
+.ds tbl-label \\n+[tbl*label-num]
+.ds eqn-label \\n+[eqn*label-num]
+\#
+\#
+.MAC LABEL END
+.    br
+.    if \\n[.ns] \{\
+.       vpt 0
+.       rs
+.       nop \&
+.       sp -1
+.       vpt
+.    \}
+.    if r chop-space .sp -1
+.    rr chop-space
+.    if \\n[#QUOTE] .nr q-float 1
+.    if '\\$0'CAPTION' \{\
+.       ds labelcap caption
+.       ds $FLOATING_CAPTION \\$*
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'LABEL' \{\
+.       ds labelcap label
+.       ds $FLOATING_LABEL \\$1
+.       shift
+.       nr loop-counter 0 1
+.       nr loop-count \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.       while \\n+[loop-counter]<=\\n[loop-count] \{\
+.          if '\\$1'CAPTION' \{\
+.             nr with-caption 1
+.             ds $FLOATING_CAPTION \\$2
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'SHORT_CAPTION' \{\
+.             ds $LIST_CAPTION \\$2
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'TO_LIST' \{\
+.             nr to-list 1
+.             if '\\$2'FIGURES'   .ds $LIST_OF FIGURES
+.             if '\\$2'EQUATIONS' .ds $LIST_OF EQUATIONS
+.             if '\\$2'TABLES'    .ds $LIST_OF TABLES
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[D-float] \
+.       if \\n[.d]>\\n[D-float] \
+.          sp \\n[.d]u-\\n[D-float]u
+.    rr has-\\*[labelcap]
+.    nr has-\\*[labelcap] 1
+.    rr @bottom
+.    if !\\n[.d]=0 .nr @bottom 1
+.    ds ev-current \\n[.ev]
+.    ev floating*labelcap
+.    evc \\*[ev-current]
+.    ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u
+.    if \\n[floating*\\*[labelcap]-indent-l] \
+.       in \\n[floating*\\*[labelcap]-indent-l]u
+.    if \\n[floating*\\*[labelcap]-indent-r] \
+.       ll -\\n[floating*\\*[labelcap]-indent-r]u
+.    ds $QUAD_PREV \\*[$QUAD_VALUE]
+.    QUAD \\*[floating*\\*[labelcap]-quad]
+.\" 1/4 space before both captions and labels
+\!.  if \\\\n[nl]=\\\\n[#PAGE_TOP] .nr deferred-float 1
+.    if !\\n[deferred-float] \{\
+.       ie !\\n[@bottom] \{\
+.          ie '\\n[.z]'' \
+.            sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u
+.          el \
+.            if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u
+.          rr @bottom
+.       \}
+.    \}
+\!.  if \\\\n[deferred-float] \{\
+.       if !\\n[#QUOTE] .sp -(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u)
+\!.  \}
+.    nr floating*\\*[labelcap]-lead-diff \\n[.v]
+.    vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[floating*\\*[labelcap]-autolead]u
+.    nr floating*\\*[labelcap]-lead-diff \
+        \\n[floating*\\*[labelcap]-lead-diff]-\\n[.v]
+.    if !\\n[deferred-float] \
+.       RESTORE_SPACE
+.    ie '\\*[labelcap]'label' \{\
+.       if \\n[to-list] \{\
+.\" Strip prefix from label if list-type is being autolabelled
+.\" Becomes $LIST_LABEL
+.          if '\\*[$LIST_OF]'FIGURES' \
+.             if r fig*label-num .STRIP_PRFX_SFFX "\\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]"
+.          if '\\*[$LIST_OF]'TABLES' \
+.             if r tbl*label-num .STRIP_PRFX_SFFX "\\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]"
+.          if '\\*[$LIST_OF]'EQUATIONS' \
+.             if r eqn*label-num .STRIP_PRFX_SFFX "\\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]"
+.       \}
+.       ds $FLOATING_LABEL \
+\F[\\\\*[floating*label-family]]\
+\f[\\\\*[floating*label-font]]\
+\s[\\\\*[floating*label-size-change]]\
+\m[\\\\*[floating*label-color]]\
+\\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if !\\n[deferred-float] \
+.          sp \\n[floating*caption-lead-diff]u
+.       if !'\\*[floating*caption-space]'' \
+.          sp \\*[floating*caption-space]
+.       while !'\\$1'' \{\
+.          nop \
+\F[\\*[floating*caption-family]]\
+\f[\\*[floating*caption-font]]\
+\s[\\*[floating*caption-size-change]]\
+\m[\\*[floating*caption-color]]\
+\\$1
+.          if \\n[.u]=1 .br
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\*[floating*caption-space]'' \
+.          sp -\\*[floating*caption-space]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[with-caption] \{\
+.       nr width-label \w'\\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]'
+.       if !\\n[width-label]=0 \
+.         as $FLOATING_LABEL \0
+.       as $FLOATING_LABEL \
+\F[\\\\*[floating*caption-family]]\
+\f[\\\\*[floating*caption-font]]\
+\s[\\\\*[floating*caption-size-change]]\
+\m[\\\\*[floating*caption-color]]\
+\\*[$FLOATING_CAPTION]
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_CAPTION]'' \
+.          ds $LIST_CAPTION \\*[$FLOATING_CAPTION]
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]'' \{\
+.       sp \\n[floating*label-lead-diff]u
+.       if !'\\*[floating*label-space]'' \
+.          sp \\*[floating*label-space]
+.       nop \\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]
+.       if \\n[.u]=1 .br
+.       if !'\\*[floating*label-space]'' \
+.          sp -\\*[floating*label-space]
+.    \}
+.\" 1/4 space after captions and labels
+.    ie !\\n[@bottom] \
+.       sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u
+.    el \{\
+.       if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.          sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u
+\!.        if \\\\n[deferred-float] \
+.             sp -(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u)
+.       \}
+.    \}
+\!.  rr deferred-float
+.    ll
+.    vs
+.    QUAD \\*[$QUAD_PREV]
+.    in
+.    ev
+.    if \\n[to-list] \{\
+.       nr loop-counter 0 1
+.       nr loop-count 2
+.       ds labelcap label
+.       while \\n+[loop-counter]<=\\n[loop-count] \{\
+.          ds \\*[labelcap]-family      \\*[floating*\\*[labelcap]-family]
+.          ds \\*[labelcap]-font        \\*[floating*\\*[labelcap]-font]
+.          ds \\*[labelcap]-size-change \\*[floating*\\*[labelcap]-size-change]
+.          ds \\*[labelcap]-color       \\*[floating*\\*[labelcap]-color]
+.          ie '\\*[$LISTS_FAM]'' \
+.             ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-family \\*[$DOC_FAM]
+.          el \
+.             ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-family \\*[$LISTS_FAM]
+.          if '\\*[$LISTS_FT]'' \
+.             ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-font R
+.          ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-size-change +0
+.          ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-color pdf:href.colour
+.          ds labelcap caption
+.       \}
+.       ie '\\*[$LIST_LABEL]'' .TO_\\*[$LIST_OF] "\\*[$FLOATING_LABEL]
+.       el .TO_\\*[$LIST_OF] "\\*[$LIST_LABEL]" "\\*[$LIST_CAPTION]
+.       rr to-list
+.       nr loop-counter 0 1
+.       nr loop-count 2
+.       ds labelcap label
+.       while \\n+[loop-counter]<=\\n[loop-count] \{\
+.          ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-family      \\*[\\*[labelcap]-family]
+.          ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-font        \\*[\\*[labelcap]-font]
+.          ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-size-change \\*[\\*[labelcap]-size-change]
+.          ds floating*\\*[labelcap]-color       \\*[\\*[labelcap]-color]
+.          ds labelcap caption
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    rr with-caption
+.    rm $FLOATING_CAPTION
+.    rm $FLOATING_LABEL
+.    rm $LIST_LABEL
+.    rm $LIST_CAPTION
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS CAPTION LABEL
+.
+.MAC STRIP_PRFX_SFFX END
+.\" Strip suffix from label string
+.       ds suffix \\$1
+.       substring suffix -1
+.\" If suffix is '.' ',' ':' or ')', remove it.
+.       if '\\*[suffix]'.' .nr strip-suffix 1
+.       if '\\*[suffix]',' .nr strip-suffix 1
+.       if '\\*[suffix]':' .nr strip-suffix 1
+.       if '\\*[suffix]')' .nr strip-suffix 1
+.       if \\n[strip-suffix] \{\
+.          ds $LIST_LABEL \\$1
+.          substring $LIST_LABEL 0 -2
+.       \}
+.       rr strip-suffix
+.       if '\\*[$LIST_LABEL]'' .ds $LIST_LABEL \\$1
+.\" Remove prefix (e.g. "Fig. ") by looping through $LIST_LABEL
+.\" until a digit is encountered
+.       nr loop-counter 100 \" arbitrary
+.       nr loop-count 0 1
+.       while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.          substring $LIST_LABEL 1
+.          if \B'\\*[$LIST_LABEL]' .break
+.       \}
+.       substring $LIST_LABEL 1
+.END
+\#
+\# CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL
+\# -------------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register indicating non-MLA captions should come after labels.
+\#
+.MAC CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL END
+.    if '\\$1'IMG' .ds type pdf-img
+.    if '\\$1'PIC' .ds type pic
+.    if '\\$1'TBL' .ds type tbl
+.    if !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.       nr \\*[type]*caption-after-label 1
+.       if '\\$1'ALL' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img*caption-after-label 1
+.          nr tbl*caption-after-label 1
+.          nr pic*caption-after-label 1
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\$2'' \{\
+.          ie !'\\$1'ALL' .rr \\*[type]*caption-after-label
+.          el \{\
+.             rr pdf-img*caption-after-label
+.             rr tbl*caption-after-label
+.             rr pic*caption-after-label
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# AUTOLABELLING
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   [ PREFIX <prefix> SUFFIX <suffix> ] | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Turns label autonumbering on of off; optionally lets user set
+\#   prefix and suffix for labels.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Aliased for images (pdf), tbl, pic, and eqn.
+\#
+.MAC AUTOLABEL END
+.    if '\\$0'AUTOLABEL_EQUATIONS' .ds label-type eqn
+.    if '\\$0'AUTOLABEL_TABLES'    .ds label-type tbl
+.    if '\\$0'AUTOLABEL_PIC' \{\
+.       ds label-type pic
+.       nr fig*autolabel 1
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'AUTOLABEL_IMAGES' \{\
+.        ds label-type pdf-img
+.        nr fig*autolabel 1
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\$1'' \{\
+.       ds \\*[label-type]-label-args \\$1
+.       substring \\*[label-type]-label-args -1 -3
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]-label-args]'FIX' .nr \\*[label-type]-label-args 1
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]-label-args]'TER' .nr \\*[label-type]-label-args 1
+.    if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-num] \
+.       nr \\*[label-type]*label-num 0 1
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'pdf-img' \
+.       if !\\n[fig*label-num] .nr fig*label-num 0 1
+.    if '\\*[label-type]'pic' \
+.       if !\\n[pic*label-num] .nr fig*label-num 0 1
+.    nr \\*[label-type]*autolabel 1
+.    nr loop-counter 0 1
+.    nr loop-count \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[loop-counter]<=\\n[loop-count] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'PREFIX' \{\
+.          ds \\*[label-type]*label-prfx \\$2
+.          nr \\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set 1
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SUFFIX' \{\
+.          ds \\*[label-type]*label-sffx \\$2
+.          nr \\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set 1
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PREFIX_CHAPTER' \{\
+.          if \\n[fig*autolabel] .nr fig*label-with-chapter 1
+.          nr \\*[label-type]*label-with-chapter 1
+.          shift 1
+.          if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.             nr #CH_NUM \\$1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*label-prfx]'' \{\
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'eqn' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-prfx (\"
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'pic' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-prfx Fig. \"
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'pdf-img' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-prfx Fig. \"
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'tbl' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-prfx Table \"
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*label-sffx]'' \{\
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'eqn' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-sffx )\"
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'pic' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-sffx .\"
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'pdf-img' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-sffx .\"
+.       if '\\*[label-type]'tbl' \
+.          if !\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set] \
+.             ds \\*[label-type]*label-sffx .\"
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[\\*[label-type]-label-args]>0 \{\
+.       if \\n[\\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set]+\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set]=1 \{\
+.          ie (\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set]=1)&(\\n[\\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set]=0) \
+.             ds missing-arg SUFFIX
+.          el .ds missing-arg PREFIX
+.          tm1 "[mom]: You must supply a \\*[missing-arg] argument to \\$0.
+.          tm1 "       If you wish the \\*[missing-arg] to be blank, use \\*[missing-arg] "".
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \{\
+.       rr fig*autolabel
+.       rr \\*[label-type]*autolabel
+.       rr \\*[label-type]*label-prfx-set
+.       rr \\*[label-type]*label-sffx-set
+.    \}
+.    rr \\*[label-type]-label-args
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS AUTOLABEL_EQUATIONS AUTOLABEL
+.ALIAS AUTOLABEL_IMAGES    AUTOLABEL
+.ALIAS AUTOLABEL_PIC       AUTOLABEL
+.ALIAS AUTOLABEL_TABLES    AUTOLABEL
+\#
+\# SET AUTOLABEL NUMBER
+\# --------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   FIG | TBL | PIC | EQN <n>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets the autolabel number for the corresponding label type.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Used to set autolabel number when manual labelling of floats
+\#   (in conjunction with TO_LIST) disrupts auto-incrementing.
+\#
+.MAC SET_AUTOLABEL END
+.    rm labelnum-type
+.    if '\\$1'FIG' .ds labelnum-type fig
+.    if '\\$1'TBL' .ds labelnum-type tbl
+.    if '\\$1'PIC' .ds labelnum-type pic
+.    if '\\$1'EQN' .ds labelnum-type eqn
+.    nr labelnum \\$2-1
+.    nr \\*[labelnum-type]*label-num \\n[labelnum] 1
+.END
+\#
+\# MLA STYLE
+\# ---------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets or removes register #MLA.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   MLA formatting differs from other styles wrt caption and
+\#   label placement.
+\#
+.MAC MLA END
+.    ie '\\$1'' \{\
+.       nr #MLA 1
+.       nr pdf-img*caption-after-label 1
+.       nr pic*caption-after-label 1
+.       rr tbl*caption-after-label
+.    \}
+.    el \
+.       rr #MLA
+.END
+\#
+.MAC mla@error END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: MLA style enabled, but \\$1 has no corresponding \\$2.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\$3' at \\$4, line \\$5.
+.END
+\#
+\# LISTS_OF
+\# --------
+\# *Aliases:
+\#   LIST_OF_EQUATIONS
+\#   LIST_OF_FIGURES
+\#   LIST_OF_TABLES
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ TITLE_STRING <string> ] [ START_PAGENUM <pagenumber> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Generates lists-of based on calling alias.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Called at end of file.
+\#   If after TOC, and TOC is being auto-relocated, lists are also
+\#   relocated.  If called before, lists are output at end of file.
+\#
+.MAC LISTS_OF END
+.    EOL
+.    ds $LIST_TYPE \\$0
+.    nr #LISTS 1
+.    substring $LIST_TYPE -1 -4
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_TYPE]'URES' \{\
+.       ds $LIST_TYPE FIGURES
+.       ds list-type fig
+.       ds label-type fig
+.       ds \\*[$LIST_TYPE]_TITLE_STRING "List of Figures
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_TYPE]'BLES' \{\
+.       ds $LIST_TYPE TABLES
+.       ds list-type tbl
+.       ds label-type tbl
+.       ds \\*[$LIST_TYPE]_TITLE_STRING "List of Tables
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_TYPE]'IONS' \{\
+.       ds $LIST_TYPE EQUATIONS
+.       ds list-type eqn
+.       ds label-type eqn
+.       ds \\*[$LIST_TYPE]_TITLE_STRING "List of Equations
+.    \}
+.    nr #LIST_OF_\\*[$LIST_TYPE] 1
+.    nr loop-count 0 1
+.    nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_STRING' \{\
+.          ds \\*[$LIST_TYPE]_TITLE_STRING \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'START_PAGENUM' \{\
+.          nr #\\*[$LIST_TYPE]_START_PAGENUM \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if dPDF.EXPORT \
+.       if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.             tm .ds pre-list-\\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM] 1
+.    char \[leader] " .
+.    LEADER_CHARACTER \[leader]
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=1 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES OFF
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 2
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FINIS] \{\
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \
+.          FOOTERS
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\
+.       if !'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD]'' .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD]
+.       ie \\n[#LISTS_NO_PAGENUM]=1 .PAGINATION OFF
+.       el .PAGINATE
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \
+.       if !\\n[#FINIS] .FOOTERS OFF
+.    rr #COLUMNS
+.    COLLATE
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] .LS 24
+.       DOC_LEAD_ADJUST
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#FINIS] \{\
+.       if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] .FOOTERS
+.       rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON
+.       if \\n[#PAGINATION_WAS_ON] \{\
+.          nr #PAGINATE 1
+.          rr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON
+.       \}
+.       rr #FINIS
+.    \}
+.    ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW]
+.    rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD
+.    rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW
+.    rr #COLLATED_DOC
+.    DOCTYPE DEFAULT
+.    DOCHEADER
+.    rr #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE
+.    TITLE "\\*[\\*[$LIST_TYPE]_TITLE_STRING]
+.    AUTHOR ""
+.    L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u
+.    LL       \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u
+.    if '\\*[$LISTS_FAM]'' \
+.       ds $LISTS_FAM \\*[$TOC_FAM]
+.    if '\\*[$LISTS_FT]'' \
+.       ds $LISTS_FT \\*[$TOC_TITLE_FT]
+.    if !\\n[#LISTS_PS] \
+.       nr #LISTS_PS \\n[#TOC_PS]
+.    ps \\n[#LISTS_PS]u
+.    if !\\n[#LISTS_LEAD] \
+.       nr #LISTS_LEAD \\n[#TOC_LEAD]
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.       ie \\n[#LISTS_LEAD_ADJUST]=1 \{\
+.          nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#LISTS_LEAD]
+.          DOC_LEAD_ADJUST
+.          TRAPS
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#LISTS_LEAD]
+.          DOC_LEAD_ADJUST OFF
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie !'\\*[$LISTS_TITLE_QUAD]'' \
+.       DOCHEADER_QUAD \\*[$LISTS_TITLE_QUAD]
+.    el .DOCHEADER_QUAD \\*[$TOC_HEADER_QUAD]
+.    if !'\\*[$LISTS_TITLE_FAM]'' \
+.       TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$LISTS_TITLE_FAM]
+.    if !'\\*[$LISTS_TITLE_FT]'' \
+.       TITLE_FONT  \\*[$LISTS_TITLE_FT]
+.    if !'\\*[$LISTS_TITLE_SIZE]'' \
+.       TITLE_SIZE \\*[$LISTS_TITLE_SIZE]
+.    if !'\\*[$LISTS_TITLE_COLOR]'' \
+.       TITLE_COLOR \\*[$LISTS_TITLE_COLOR]
+.    if \\n[#LISTS_TITLE_CAPS] \
+.       TITLE_CAPS
+.    if \\n[#LISTS_TITLE_SMALLCAPS] \
+.       TITLE_SMALLCAPS
+.    if \\n[#LISTS_TITLE_UNDERSCORE] \{\
+.       TITLE_UNDERSCORE \
+\\*[DOUBLE] \
+\\*[$LISTS_OF_UL_WT] \
+\\*[$LISTS_OF_UL_GAP] \
+\\*[$LISTS_OF_RULE_GAP]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$LISTS_PN_FAM]'' \
+.       ds $LISTS_PN_FAM \\*[$TOC_PN_FAM]
+.    if '\\*[$LISTS_PN_FT]'' \
+.       ds $LISTS_PN_FT \\*[$TOC_PN_FT]
+.    if '\\*[$LISTS_PN_SIZE_CHANGE]'' \
+.       ds $LISTS_PN_SIZE_CHANGE \\*[$TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    if !\\n[#EQN_PN_PADDING] \
+.       nr #EQN_PN_PADDING \\n[#TOC_PN_PADDING]
+.    if !\\n[#FIG_PN_PADDING] \
+.       nr #FIG_PN_PADDING \\n[#TOC_PN_PADDING]
+.    if !\\n[#TBL_PN_PADDING] \
+.       nr #TBL_PN_PADDING \\n[#TOC_PN_PADDING]
+.    ie '\\*[$LISTS_PAGENUM_STYLE]'' \
+.       PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.    el \
+.       PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$LISTS_PAGENUM_STYLE]
+.    if r #\\*[$LIST_TYPE]_START_PAGENUM  \
+.       PAGENUMBER \\n[#\\*[$LIST_TYPE]_START_PAGENUM]
+.    if r #LISTS_NO_PAGENUM .PAGINATION off
+.    HEADER_LEFT "\\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT]
+.    HEADER_RIGHT "\\*[$HDRFTR_RIGHT]
+.    HEADER_CENTER "\\*[\\*[$LIST_TYPE]_TITLE_STRING]
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=2 .nr #LINENUMBERS 3
+.\" Get num placeholders for ch. num and label num.
+.    if \\n[\\*[list-type]*autolabel] \{\
+.       if \\n[\\*[label-type]*label-with-chapter] \{\
+.          if \\n[#CH_NUM]<1000 .nr chapno-width 3
+.          if \\n[#CH_NUM]<100  .nr chapno-width 2
+.          if \\n[#CH_NUM]<10   .nr chapno-width 1
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[\\*[list-type]*label-num]<1000 .nr label-width 3
+.       if \\n[\\*[list-type]*label-num]<100  .nr label-width 2
+.       if \\n[\\*[list-type]*label-num]<10   .nr label-width 1
+.\" Calculate width of label-num tab
+.      nr label-width \\n[\\*[list-type]*label-width]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#SLANT_ON] .nop \\*[SLANTX]
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .nr #COLUMNS 0
+.    START
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .sp -1
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_TYPE]'FIGURES'   .LIST_OF_FIG
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_TYPE]'TABLES'    .LIST_OF_TBL
+.    if '\\*[$LIST_TYPE]'EQUATIONS' .LIST_OF_EQN
+.    if \\n[#LINENUMBERS]=3 \{\
+.       NUMBER_LINES RESUME
+.       nr #LINENUMBERS 1
+.       nn 1
+.    \}
+.    rr #LISTS
+.    pdfsync
+.END
+.\"
+.ALIAS LIST_OF_EQUATIONS LISTS_OF
+.ALIAS LIST_OF_FIGURES   LISTS_OF
+.ALIAS LIST_OF_TABLES    LISTS_OF
+\#
+\# LISTS-OF STYLE
+\# --------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   FAMILY        fam \
+\#   FONT          sty \
+\#   PT_SIZE       size \
+\#   LEAD          leading [ADJUST] \
+\#   TITLE_FAMILY  fam \
+\#   TITLE_FONT    sty \
+\#   TITLE_SIZE    +|-size \
+\#   TITLE_QUAD    LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT \
+\#   TITLE_COLOR   color \
+\#   TITLE_CAPS    \
+\#   TITLE_NO_CAPS \
+\#   TITLE_SMALLCAPS \
+\#   TITLE_NO_SMALLCAPS \
+\#   TITLE_UNDERSCORE [ DOUBLE] <wt> <gap> (dbl-rule-gap) \
+\#   NO_PAGINATION \
+\#   PAGENUM_STYLE format \
+\#   PN_FAMILY     fam \
+\#   PN_FONT       sty \
+\#   PN_SIZE       +|-size \
+\#   PN_PADDING    n
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows setting of all style parameters for lists-of.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Assumption is that lists-of will all have the same style.
+\#   TOC style is used if LISTS_STYLE is omitted.
+\#
+.MAC LISTS_STYLE END
+.    nr loop-count 0 1
+.    nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'FAMILY' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_FAM \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FONT' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_FT \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_FAMILY' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_TITLE_FAM \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_FONT' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_TITLE_FT \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_SIZE' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_TITLE_SIZE \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_QUAD' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_TITLE_QUAD \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_COLOR' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_TITLE_COLOR \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_CAPS' \{\
+.          nr #LISTS_TITLE_CAPS 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_NO_CAPS' \{\
+.          rr #LISTS_TITLE_CAPS
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          nr #LISTS_TITLE_SMALLCAPS 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_NO_SMALLCAPS' \{\
+.          rr #LISTS_TITLE_NO_SMALLCAPS
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.\" UNDERSCORE and UNDERLINE are identical, but we can't evaluate
+.\" the results of two string comparisons.
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_UNDERSCORE' \{\
+.          nr #LISTS_TITLE_UNDERSCORE 1
+.          shift
+.          ie '\\$1'DOUBLE' \{\
+.             ds DOUBLE DOUBLE
+.             shift
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_WT \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_GAP \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_RULE_GAP \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_WT \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_GAP \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_UNDERLINE' \{\
+.          nr #LISTS_TITLE_UNDERSCORE 1
+.          shift
+.          ie '\\$1'DOUBLE' \{\
+.             ds DOUBLE DOUBLE
+.             shift
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_WT \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_GAP \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_RULE_GAP \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_WT \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.                ds $LISTS_OF_UL_GAP \\$1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_NO_UNDERSCORE' \{\
+.          rr #LISTS_TITLE_UNDERSCORE 1
+.          rm DOUBLE
+.          rm $LISTS_OF_UL_WT
+.          rm $LISTS_OF_UL_GAP
+.          rm $LISTS_OF_RULE_GAP
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TITLE_NO_UNDERLINE' \{\
+.          rr #LISTS_TITLE_UNDERSCORE 1
+.          rm DOUBLE
+.          rm $LISTS_OF_UL_WT
+.          rm $LISTS_OF_UL_GAP
+.          rm $LISTS_OF_RULE_GAP
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PT_SIZE' \{\
+.          nr #LISTS_PS (p;\\$2)
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'LEAD' \{\
+.          nr #LISTS_LEAD (p;\\$2)
+.          ie !'\\$3'ADJUST' \{\
+.             nr #LISTS_LEAD_ADJUST 0
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             nr #LISTS_LEAD_ADJUST 1
+.             shift 3
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_PAGINATION' \{\
+.          nr #LISTS_NO_PAGENUM 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PAGENUM_STYLE' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_PAGENUM_STYLE \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PN_FAMILY' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_PN_FAM \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PN_FONT' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_PN_FT \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'PN_SIZE' \{\
+.          ds $LISTS_PN_SIZE_CHANGE \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'EQN_PN_PADDING' \{\
+.          nr #EQN_PN_PADDING \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FIG_PN_PADDING' \{\
+.          nr #FIG_PN_PADDING \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TBL_PN_PADDING' \{\
+.          nr #TBL_PN_PADDING \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Lists-of collector
+\# Strings to allocate space for leaders and entry page numbers
+\#
+.ds $LISTS_PN \\*[ST102]\F[\\*[$LISTS_PN_FAM]]\f[\\*[$LISTS_PN_FT]]\
+\s[\\n[#LISTS_PS]u]^\\*[ST102X]\\*[ST103]\s[\\\\*[$LISTS_PN_SIZE_CHANGE]]\
+\h'.5m'\h'\w'0'u*\\\\n[#LISTS_PN_PADDING]u'\\*[ST103X]
+\#
+.ds $LISTS_PN_TYPEWRITE \\*[ST102]^\\*[ST102X]\\*[ST103]\|\
+\h'\w'\0'u*\\\\n[#LISTS_PN_PADDING]u'\\*[ST103X]
+\#
+.MAC LISTS_COLLECTOR END
+.    nr #LISTS_ENTRY_PN \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.    if \\n[#KERN] .nr #RESTORE_KERN 1
+.    KERN OFF
+.    if '\\$0'TO_EQUATIONS' \{\
+.       ds list-type eqn
+.       ds label-type eqn
+.       da LIST_OF_EQN
+\!.     nr #LISTS_PN_PADDING \\\\n[#EQN_PN_PADDING]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'TO_FIGURES' \{\
+.       ds list-type fig
+.       ds label-type fig
+.       if (\\n[pdf-img*have-label]=1):(\\n[pdf-img*autolabel]=1):\
+(\\n[pic*autolabel]=1):(\\n[pic*have-label]=1) \{\
+.          nr \\*[label-type]*have-label 1
+.          if !'\\*[pdf-img*label]'' .rn pdf-img*label \\*[label-type]*label
+.          if !'\\*[pic*label]'' .rn pic*label \\*[label-type]*label
+.       \}
+.       da LIST_OF_FIG
+\!.     nr #LISTS_PN_PADDING \\\\n[#FIG_PN_PADDING]
+.    \}
+.    if '\\$0'TO_TABLES' \{\
+.       ds list-type tbl
+.       ds label-type tbl
+.       da LIST_OF_TBL
+\!.     nr #LISTS_PN_PADDING \\\\n[#TBL_PN_PADDING]
+.    \}
+.    br
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+\!.     fam \\*[$TYPEWRITER_FAM]
+\!.     ft  R
+\!.     ps \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.       ds _TYPEWRITE _TYPEWRITE
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+\!.     FAMILY \\\\*[$LISTS_FAM]
+\!.     FONT \\\\*[$LISTS_FT]
+\!.     ps \\\\n[#LISTS_PS]u
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 .rm _TYPEWRITE
+\!.  PAD_MARKER ^
+\!.  vpt 0
+.    ie !\\n[\\*[label-type]*autolabel] \{\
+.\" If there is a label...
+.       if !'\\*[\\*[label-type]*label]'' \
+\!.     PAD \
+"\\*[ST100]\h'\w'\\*[\\*[label-type]*label]'u'\\*[ST100X]\0\\*[ST101]\h'\w'\\$2'u'\\*[ST101X]\\\\*[$LISTS_PN\\*[_TYPEWRITE]]" \
+"\*[PDFBOOKMARK.NAME]"
+.\" If there is no label...
+.       if '\\*[\\*[label-type]*label]'' \
+\!.     PAD \
+"\\*[ST100]\\*[ST100X]\\*[ST101]\h'\w'\\$1'u'\0\\*[ST101X]\\\\*[$LISTS_PN\\*[_TYPEWRITE]]" \
+"\*[PDFBOOKMARK.NAME]"
+.    \}
+.\" If autolabelling...
+.    el \
+\!.     PAD \
+"\\*[ST100]\h'\\\\n[label-width]u'\\*[ST100X]\ \ \ \\*[ST101]\h'\w'\\$2'u'\\*[ST101X]\\\\*[$LISTS_PN\\*[_TYPEWRITE]]" \
+"\*[PDFBOOKMARK.NAME]"
+\!.  PAD_MARKER #
+\!.  EOL
+.    ie !\\n[\\*[label-type]*autolabel] \
+\!.     ST 100 L
+.    el \
+\!.     ST 100 R
+\!.  ST 101 L
+\!.  ST 102 L
+\!.  ST 103 R
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+\!.     FAMILY  \\\\*[$LISTS_FAM]
+\!.     FT      \\\\*[$LISTS_FT]
+\!.     ps \\\\n[#LISTS_PS]u
+.    \}
+\!.  TAB 100
+\!.  PDF_LINK \\*[list-type]:\\n[lists*target] "\\$1"
+\!.  TN
+\!.  vpt 0
+\!.  PDF_LINK \\*[list-type]:\\n[lists*target] "\\$2"
+\!.  TN
+\!.  vpt 0
+\!.  PRINT \fR\\*[LEADER]\f[]
+\!.  TN
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+\!.     FAMILY  \\\\*[$LISTS_PN_FAM]
+\!.     FT      \\\\*[$LISTS_PN_FT]
+\!.     ps \\\\*[$LISTS_PN_SIZE_CHANGE]
+.    \}
+\!.  PRINT \\n[#LISTS_ENTRY_PN]
+\!.  TQ
+\!.  vpt
+.    da
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_KERN] .KERN
+.END
+.
+.ALIAS TO_EQUATIONS LISTS_COLLECTOR
+.ALIAS TO_FIGURES   LISTS_COLLECTOR
+.ALIAS TO_TABLES    LISTS_COLLECTOR
+\#
+\# ***tbl***
+\#
+\# Support for multipage tables with headers borrowed from ms and
+\# mommified by Robin Haberkorn <robin.haberkorn@googlemail.com>
+\# with extensions by Peter Schaffter.
+\#
+.nr tbl*have-header 0
+.ds T&
+\#
+.MAC TS END
+.    if \\n[.t]<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] .nr begin-tbl 1
+.    br
+.    rr tbl*pdfbx
+.    if r pdfbx-top \{\
+.       rt
+.       sp (\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.    \}
+.    rr begin-tbl
+.    rm tbl*caption
+.    rm tbl*label
+.    rr tbl*have-caption
+.    rr tbl*have-label
+.    rr tbl*have-header
+.    rr float*tbl
+.    rr tbl*boxed
+.    nr ind-pre-tbl  \\n[.i]
+.    nr ll-pre-tbl   \\n[.l]
+.    nr lead-pre-tbl \\n[.v]
+.    nr tbl*needs 1
+.    nr doing-tbl 1
+.    nf
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr float*tbl 1
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.       if \\n[.t]=1 \{\
+.          if (\\n[@TOP]=0)&(\\n[#START]=0) \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS] .COL_NEXT internal
+.             el .NEWPAGE
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nr loop-count 0 1
+.    nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 \{\
+.       if '\\$1'H' \{\
+.         nr tbl*have-header 1
+.         nr tbl*plain 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.          if '\\$1'H' \{\
+.             nr tbl*have-header 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'BOXED' \{\
+.             nr tbl*boxed 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'CENTER' \{\
+.             if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] \{\
+.                IBX
+.                nr #RESTORE_INDENT_BOTH 1
+.             \}
+.             nr tbl*center 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'CENTRE' \{\
+.             if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE] \{\
+.                IBX
+.                nr #RESTORE_INDENT_BOTH 1
+.             \}
+.             nr tbl*center 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'NEEDS' \{\
+.             nr tbl*needs \\$2
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'NO_SHIM' \{\
+.             nr tbl*no-shim 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'NO_FLEX' \{\
+.             nr tbl*no-flex 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.             ds tbl*space-adj \\$2
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'CAPTION' \{\
+.             nr tbl*have-caption 1
+.             ds tbl*caption \\$2
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'SHORT_CAPTION' \{\
+.             ds tbl*caption-short \\$2
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'LABEL' \{\
+.             nr tbl*have-label 1
+.             ds tbl*label \\$2
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.          if '\\$1'TARGET' \{\
+.             ds target "\\$2
+.             PDF_TARGET "\\*[target]
+.             shift 2
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=0):(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=1) \{\
+.       rr pdfbx-top
+.       if \\n[tbl*boxed] .sp -1p
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[tbl*have-header] .nr tbl*needs +1
+.    if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=1):(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=1) \
+.       ds label-type tbl
+.    if (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=1)&(\\n[tbl*have-header]=0) \
+.       tbl*caption-warning
+.    if \\n[tbl*boxed] \{\
+.       if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=0)&(\\n[tbl*have-caption]=0)&\
+(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=0)&(\\n[tbl*have-source]=0) \
+.       nr tbl*plain-boxed 1
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[tbl*have-header] .nr tbl*no-header 1
+.    ds tbl*label-sffx-tmp \\*[tbl*label-sffx]
+.    if !'\\*[tbl*label-sffx-tmp]'' .substring tbl*label-sffx-tmp -1
+.    if '\\*[tbl*label-sffx-tmp]'.' \
+.       if (\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=0):(\\n[#MLA]=1) .chop tbl*label-sffx
+.    if \\n[tbl*caption-after-label] \{\
+.       if !'\\*[tbl*label-sffx]'' \
+.          if '\\*[tbl*caption]'' .chop tbl*label-sffx
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[tbl*caption-short]'' .ds short -short
+.    if \\n[tbl*autolabel] \{\
+.       if \\n[tbl*label-with-chapter] \
+.          ds chapno \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.       ds tbl*label \
+\\*[tbl*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[tbl*label-num]\\*[tbl*label-sffx]\"
+.         nr tbl*label-width \w'\\*[tbl*label]'
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.          RESTORE_SPACE
+.          nr @TOP 1
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.             if !'\\*[tbl*space-adj]'' \
+.                sp \\*[tbl*space-adj]-1v
+.          if \\n[tbl*boxed] .nr tbl*boxed 2
+.          vpt
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \
+.       if !'\\*[tbl*space-adj]'' .sp \\*[tbl*space-adj]u
+.    if !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.      if (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=0):(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=1) \{\
+.         ie !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.            ie !\\n[tbl*boxed]=2 \{\
+.               if \\n[tbl*have-header] .nr tbl*restore-header 1
+.               if !\\n[@TOP] .sp .5v
+.               if \\n[tbl*boxed] .sp .25v
+.               if \\n[tbl*restore-header]=1 .nr tbl*have-header 1
+.            \}
+.            el \{\
+.               if !\\n[tbl*boxed] .ns
+.               sp .25v
+.            \}
+.         \}
+.         el .sp .5v
+.      \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] .ns
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.       ie \\n[defer]>0 .sp .5v
+.       el .sp .25v
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[@TOP] .rr @TOP
+.    ds ev-current \\n[.ev]
+.    if (\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]):(\\n[nl]=\\n[dc]) \
+.       nr tbl*caption-lead-diff-adj 1
+.    if \\n[#MLA] \
+.       if \\n[tbl*have-label]+\\n[tbl*have-caption]=0 \
+.          sp .5v
+.    if \\n[tbl*boxed]=2 \{\
+.       if \\n[#MLA]=0 \
+.          if (\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=1):(\\n[tbl*have-caption]=0) \
+.             sp 1n
+.    \}
+.    fi
+.    if \\n[tbl*have-header] \{\
+.       di tbl*header-div
+.       ev table-header
+.       evc \\*[ev-current]
+.       if !\\n[float-span] \{\
+.          ie '\\*[ev-current]'FLOAT' \{\
+.             ie !\\n[tbl*center] \
+.                in 0
+.             el \{\
+.                in 0
+\!.              in 0
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \!.in 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TH END
+.    ie '\\n[.z]'tbl*header-div' \{\
+.       nr T. 0
+.       T#
+.       di
+.       ev
+.       if \\n[#PDF_BOOKMARKS] \{\
+.          ie !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.             if (\\n[float*img]=0)&(\\n[float*pic]=0)&(\\n[float*eqn]=0) \{\
+\!.              PDF_TARGET tbl:\\\\n+[lists*target]
+.                ie !'\\*[tbl*label]'' \
+\!.                 TO_TABLES "\\*[tbl*label]" "\\*[tbl*caption\\*[short]]"
+.                el \
+\!.                 TO_TABLES "\\*[tbl*caption\\*[short]]"
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if '\\n[.z]'' .PDF_TARGET tbl:\\n+[lists*target]
+.             ie !'\\*[tbl*label]'' \
+.                TO_TABLES "\\*[tbl*label]" "\\*[tbl*caption\\*[short]]"
+.             el \
+.                TO_TABLES "\\*[tbl*caption\\*[short]]"
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[#MLA] .if !\\n[tbl*have-caption] \
+.          mla@error label caption \\n[.F] \\$0 \\n[.c]
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.          ie !\\n[tbl*boxed] \{\
+.             nr th*needs (u;\\n[dn]+\\n[tbl*needs]v)
+.             if \\n[th*needs]>\\n[.t] \{\
+.                if dPDF.EXPORT \
+.                   if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \
+.                      if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                         tm .ds pre-newpage-\\n% \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]
+.                ne \\n[dn]u+\\n[tbl*needs]v
+.                nr tbl@needs 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             nr th*needs (u;\\n[dn]+.3n+\\n[tbl*needs]v)
+.             if \\n[th*needs]>\\n[.t] \{\
+.                if \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.                   if !\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \
+.                      nr tbl*no-top-hook 1
+.                nr tbl*no-print-header 1
+.                if dPDF.EXPORT \
+.                   if \\n[#FLEX_ACTIVE] \
+.                      if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                         tm .ds pre-newpage-\\n% \\n%@\\n[#COL_NUM]
+.                ne \\n[dn]u+\\n[tbl*needs]v
+.                nr tbl@needs 1
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       ie (\\n[dn]-\\n[.v])>\\n[.t] \{\
+.          if !\\n[@TOP] .@error ridiculously long table header
+.          if \\n[tbl@needs] \{\
+.             if \\n[tbl*boxed] \{\
+.                RESTORE_SPACE
+.                sp -1n
+.             \}
+.             rr tbl@needs
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[tbl*have-caption] .TBL*CAPTION
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr tbl*header-ht \\n[dn]
+.          if \\n[tbl@needs] \{\
+.             if \\n[tbl*boxed] \{\
+.                RESTORE_SPACE
+.                if !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.                   if (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=0):(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=1) \
+.                      nop \&
+.                   sp -1n
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             rr tbl@needs
+.          \}
+.          if (\\n[tbl*have-caption]=1)&(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=0) \{\
+.             TBL*CAPTION
+.             vs
+.          \}
+.          tbl*print-header
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[tbl*have-caption] \{\
+.          TBL*CAPTION
+.          nr skip-th-warning 1
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[skip-th-warning] .@error .TH without .TS H
+.       rr skip-th-warning
+.    \}
+.\" When centering a boxed table inside a float, .T# won't place
+.\" vertical rules in the correct horizontal position unless .ll is
+.\" given a nominal value (can be anything) and an indent is set
+.\" manually.
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.       if \\n[tbl*center] \{\
+.          nr float*ll \\n[.l]
+.          ll 0
+.          in \\n[float*ll]u-\\n[TW]u/2u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TE END
+.    if !r TW \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: '\\n[.F]' contains tbl(1) data but '-t' flag is missing from
+.       tm1 "        the command line.
+.       ab Aborting.
+.    \}
+.    ev tbl*end \" Needed because of .ad changes
+.    evc \\*[ev-current] 
+.    nh
+.    nf
+.    rr tbl*no-header
+.    if !'\\$1'' \{\
+.       if '\\$1'SOURCE' \{\
+.          ie !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: \\$1 argument to \\$0 at line \\n[.c], but MLA style not enabled.
+.             tm1 "       Ignoring \\$1, but continuing to process.
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             nr tbl*have-source 1
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if (\\n[#MLA]=1)&(\\n[tbl*have-source]=0) .tbl*source-warning
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.       if \\n[.t]<(\\n[.v]/2u) \{\
+.          ie (\\n[tbl*have-label]=1):\
+(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=1):\
+(\\n[tbl*have-source]=1):\
+(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=1) \{\
+.             rm tbl*header-div
+.             nr tbl*no-top-hook 1
+.             ie \\n[tbl*autolabel] \
+.                if \\n[#MLA] \
+.                   if !\\n[tbl*have-source] .
+.             el \{\
+.                nr pgnum \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.                if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .ds col-num ", column \\n[#COL_NUM]
+.                tm1 "[mom]: '\\n[.F]', macro \\$0, line \\n[.c]:
+.                tm1 "        Insufficient room for label, caption, and/or source after
+.                tm1 "        table on page \\n[pgnum]\\*[col-num].  Omitting, but continuing to process table.
+.             \}
+.             nr tbl*skip-source 1
+.             nr tbl*skip-label 1
+.             rr tbl*have-caption
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.                COL_NEXT internal
+.             el .NEWPAGE
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.\" Don't print tbl-header at top of next page or column if tbl
+.\" finishes without room for further input at bottom of page
+.             rm tbl*header-div
+.             nr tbl*no-print-header 1
+.             nr tbl*no-top-hook 1
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.                COL_NEXT internal
+.             el .NEWPAGE
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.       if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=1):(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=1):(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=1) \{\
+.          ev label
+.          if '\\*[ev-current]'FLOAT' .evc 0
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.          el \{\
+.             tbl*label-style
+.             vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[tbl*label-autolead]u
+.          \}
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          if \\n[tbl*label-with-chapter] \
+.             ds chapno \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.          TBL*SET_LABEL_QUAD \\*[tbl*label-quad]
+.          di tbl*label-div
+.          ie \\n[tbl*boxed] .sp \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]u
+.          el .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/4u
+.          if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=1):(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=1) \{\
+.             if !'\\*[tbl*label-space]'' .sp \\*[tbl*label-space]
+.             ie \\n[tbl*autolabel] \{\
+.                ie !\\n[tbl*caption-after-label] .nop \
+\\*[tbl*label]
+.                el \{\
+.                   nop \
+\\*[tbl*label]\|
+.                   tbl*caption-style
+.                   vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[tbl*caption-autolead]u
+.                   ds tbl*caption-old \\*[tbl*caption]
+.                   ds tbl*caption " \\*[tbl*caption]
+.                   nop \\*[tbl*caption]
+.                   ds tbl*caption \\*[tbl*caption-old]
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie !\\n[tbl*caption-after-label] .nop \\*[tbl*label]
+.                el \{\
+.                   nop \\*[tbl*label]\ \|\c
+.                   tbl*caption-style
+.                   vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[tbl*caption-autolead]u
+.                   ds tbl*caption " \\*[tbl*caption]
+.                   nop \\*[tbl*caption]
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          br
+.          di
+.          in 0
+.          ev
+.          nr pgnum \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.          ie !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.             rr tbl*have-header
+.             rr tbl*have-caption
+.             ie (\\n[dn]-\\n[.v])>\\n[.t] \{\
+.                if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .ds col-num ", column \\n[#COL_NUM]
+.                tm1 "[mom]: '\\n[.F]', macro \\$0, line \\n[.c]:
+.                tm1 "        Insufficient room for label, caption, and/or source after
+.                tm1 "        table on page \\n[pgnum]\\*[col-num].  Omitting, but continuing to process.
+.                ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.                   COL_NEXT internal
+.                el .NEWPAGE
+.                if d tbl*header-div .rm tbl*header-div
+.                rr tbl*caption-top-lead-diff
+.                nr tbl*skip-source 1
+.                nr tbl*skip-label 1
+.             \}
+.             el .print-label
+.          \}
+.          el .print-label
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[tbl*autolabel] \{\
+.       ds tbl*label \\*[chapno]\\n[tbl*label-num]
+.       if dLABEL.REFS \
+.          tm .ds \\*[target] \\*[chapno]\\n[tbl*label-num]
+.       rm target
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[tbl*skip-source] \{\
+.       if \\n[tbl*have-source] \{\
+.          ds tbl*source \\$1
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          ev source
+.          evc \\*[ev-current]
+.          nf
+.          nh
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.             TYPEWRITER
+.             sp
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             tbl*source-style
+.             vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[tbl*source-autolead]u
+.          \}
+.          di tbl*source-div
+.          TBL*SET_SOURCE_QUAD \\*[tbl*source-quad]
+.          if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=0)&(\\n[#MLA]=0) \
+.             if !\\n[tbl*autolabel] .sp \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]u
+.          if \\n[#MLA] \
+.             sp \\n[#CAP_HEIGHT]u
+.          if !'\\*[tbl*source-space]'' .sp \\*[tbl*source-space]
+.          nop \\*[tbl*source]
+.          br
+.          di
+.          nf
+.          tbl*source-div
+.          ev
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr bx-tbl-depth \\n[.d]-1v
+.    if '\\n[.z]'tbl*header-div' \{\
+.       @error .TS with 'H' flag but no corresponding .TH
+.       ab Aborting.
+.    \}
+.    ev
+.    if !\\n[tbl*plain] \{\
+.       ie \\n[tbl*plain-boxed] \{\
+.          ie \\n[#MLA] .if !\\n[tbl*have-source] .sp .6v
+.          el .sp
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if !\\n[tbl*have-source] \{\
+.             if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=0)&\
+(\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=0)&(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=0) \
+.                sp 1v
+.             if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=1):(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=1) \
+.                sp .5v
+.          \}
+.          if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr chop-space 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ll \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u
+.    if (\\n[nl]=\\n[dc]):(\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]) .ns
+.    if !'\\*[tbl*space-adj]'' .sp -\\*[tbl*space-adj]u
+.    if \\n[#MLA] \
+.       sp .5v
+.    if !r pdfbx-running \{\
+.       ie !\\n[tbl*no-shim] \{\
+.           ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.             if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .SHIM
+.          el \
+.             if !\\n[tbl*no-flex] \
+.                if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                   if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .FLEX
+.       \}
+.       el \
+.          if !\\n[tbl*no-flex] \
+.             if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .FLEX
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[tbl*boxed] \{\
+.       nr tbl*pdfbx 2
+.       if \\n[tbl*have-label] .nr tbl*pdfbx 3
+.    \}
+.    el .nr tbl*pdfbx 1
+.    TBL*CLEANUP
+.    it 2 rr-tbl*pdfbx
+.END
+\#
+\# Utility macros for tbl
+\#
+.MAC TBL*CAPTION END
+.    ev caption
+.    evc \\*[ev-current]
+.    vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[tbl*caption-autolead]u
+.    nr caption-lead \\n[.v]
+.    nr tbl*caption-lead-diff \\n[lead-pre-tbl]-\\n[.v]
+.    nr tbl*caption-top-lead-diff \\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]
+.    ie !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.       if \\n[tbl*have-caption] \{\
+.\" Get rid of these guys when you're sure you don't need them.
+\#.          if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.             if !\\n[tbl*caption-after-label] \{\
+.                ie (\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]):(\\n[nl]=\\n[dc]) \{\
+.                   RESTORE_SPACE
+.                   ie \\n[#COLUMNS] .sp |\\n[dc]u
+.                   el .sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.                   sp \\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.                 \}
+.                 el \{\
+.                    if \\n[.ns] .if !(\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]) .rs
+.                    if !\\n[pdfbx-top] .sp \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.                 \}
+.                 if \\n[pdfbx-top] \{\
+.                    ps \\*[tbl*caption-size-change]
+.                    SIZESPECS
+.                    ps
+.                    nr pdfbx-top 1 \" SIZESPECS trips rr-pdfbx-top
+.                    rt
+.                    sp \\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+\\*[wt\\n[stack]]\
++\\n[tbl*caption-top-lead-diff]u+\\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]+.5p
+.                 \}
+.             \}
+\#.          \}
+.          nh
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if !\\n[tbl*autolabel] \{\
+.          ie !\\n[tbl*have-label] \
+.             mla@error caption label \\n[.F] \\$0 \\n[.c]
+.          el .ev label
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .nr tmp-ind 2m
+.    el .nr tmp-ind 1.25m
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.    el \{\
+.       if !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.          tbl*caption-style
+.          nr lead-current \\n[.v]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    ie !\\n[#MLA] \{\
+.       ie !\\n[tbl*caption-after-label] \{\
+.          di tbl*caption-div
+.          ie \\n[tbl*center] \!.in -\\n[ind-pre-tbl]u
+.          el \!.in 0
+.          TBL*SET_CAPTION_QUAD \\*[tbl*caption-quad]
+.          nop \\*[tbl*caption]
+.          br
+.          di
+.          evc 0
+.          if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.             ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.             nr caption-needs 2
+.             ie \\n[tbl*boxed] .nr tbl*lead \\n[.v]+3n
+.             el .nr tbl*lead \\n[.v]
+.             if \
+(\\n[dn]+(\\n[tbl*lead]*(\\n[tbl*needs]+1)))>=\\n[.t] \{\
+.                nr pgnum \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.                if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .ds col-num ", column \\n[#COL_NUM]
+.                tm1 \
+"[mom]: Table with caption at line \\n[.c] \
+does not fit on page \\n[pgnum]\\*[col-num].
+.                tm1 \
+"       Shifting table to next page or column.
+.                ie (\\n[#COLUMNS]=1)&(\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS]) \{\
+.                   rr tbl*no-header
+.                   NEWPAGE
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   nr tbl*no-top-hook -1
+.                   sp \\n[.t]u
+.                   ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.                      sp |\\n[dc]u+\\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.                   el .sp |\\n[#PAGE_TOP]u+\\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.             ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[.u] .nr fill 1
+.          nf
+.          if \\n[.ns] .RESTORE_SPACE
+.          tbl*caption-div
+.          if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .sp .5v
+.          if !'\\*[tbl*caption-space]'' \
+.             sp \\*[tbl*caption-space]
+.          if \\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff-adj] \{\
+.             sp -\\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.             rr tbl*caption-lead-diff-adj
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[fill-pre-float] .fi
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=0) \{\
+.             if !\\n[tbl*autolabel] \{\
+.                tm1 "[mom]: CAPTION_AFTER_LABEL enabled, but no label given
+.                tm1 "       for table at line \\n[.c].
+.                tm1 "       Skipping caption but continuing to process.
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if (\\n[tbl*have-label]=1):(\\n[tbl*autolabel]=1) \{\
+.          ie !\\n[tbl*have-caption] \
+.             mla@error label caption \\n[.F] \\$0 \\n[.c]
+.          el \{\
+.             ie !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.                ie (\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]):(\\n[nl]=\\n[dc]) \{\
+.                   ie !\\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.                      sp |\\n[#PAGE_TOP]u+\\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.                   el .sp |\\n[dc]u+\\n[tbl*caption-lead-diff]u
+.                \}
+.                el .sp .5v
+.             \}
+.             el .sp .5v
+.          \}
+.          ev label
+.          evc \\*[ev-current]
+.          nh
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.          el \{\
+.             tbl*label-style
+.             vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[tbl*label-autolead]u
+.             nr tbl*label-lead-diff \\n[lead-pre-tbl]-\\n[.v]
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[tbl*label-with-chapter] \
+.             ds chapno \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.          if r pdfbx-top \
+.             if \\n[#MLA] .nr pdfbx-mla-tbl-top 1
+.          TBL*SET_LABEL_QUAD \\*[tbl*label-quad]
+.          if \\n[pdfbx-mla-tbl-top] \{\
+.             sp
+.             sp \\n[tbl*label-lead-diff]u
+.             rr pdfbx-mla-tbl-top
+.          \}
+.          di tbl*mla-label-caption
+\!.        in 0
+.          ie \\n[tbl*autolabel] \{\
+.             ds label \
+\\*[tbl*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n[tbl*label-num]\\*[tbl*label-sffx]\"
+.             nop \\*[label]
+.             nr tbl*label-width \w'\\*[label]'
+.             rr label
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             if !'\\*[tbl*label]'' \{\
+.                nop \\*[tbl*label]
+.                nr tbl*label-width \w'\\*[tbl*label]'
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[tbl*autolabel] \
+.             ds tbl*label \\*[chapno]\\n[tbl*label-num]
+.          br
+.          di
+.       \}
+.       da tbl*mla-label-caption
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.       el .tbl*caption-style
+.       if '\\*[tbl*caption-quad]'L' \{\
+.           EOL
+.           ie \\n[float*tbl] \{\
+.              ie \\n[tbl*center] \
+.                 ll \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[TW]u-\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.              el \
+.                 ll \\n[TW]u+\\n[.i]u-\\n[tmp-ind]u
+\!.            in \\n[tmp-ind]u
+.              ti -\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.           \}
+.           el \{\
+.              ie \\n[tbl*center] \{\
+.                 if '\\*[tbl*label-quad]'L' \{\
+.                    ll \\n[ll-pre-tbl]u-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[TW]u
+\!.                  in \\n[tmp-ind]u
+.                 \}
+.              \}
+.              el \
+.                 in \\n[tmp-ind]u+\\n[ind-pre-tbl]u
+.           \}
+.           ti -\\n[tmp-ind]u
+.       \}
+.       nop \\*[tbl*caption]
+.       br
+\!.     in
+.       da
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.          ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.          ie \\n[#MLA] .nr caption-needs 3
+.          el .nr caption-needs 2
+.          if \
+(\\n[dn]+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]*\\n[tbl*needs])+(\\n[caption-needs]*\\n[caption-lead]))>\\n[.t] \{\
+.             nr pgnum \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.             if \\n[#COLUMNS] .ds col-num ", column \\n[#COL_NUM]
+.             tm1 \
+"[mom]: Table with caption at line \\n[.c] \
+does not fit on page \\n[pgnum]\\*[col-num].
+.             tm1 \
+"       Shifting table to next column or page.
+.             ie (\\n[#COLUMNS]=1)&(\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS]) \{\
+.                rr tbl*no-header
+.                if \\n[defer] .nr skip-th-warning 1
+.                NEWPAGE
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                nr tbl*no-top-hook 1
+.                sp \\n[.t]u
+.                if (\\n[tbl*caption-after-label]=1):(\\n[tbl*plain]=1) \
+.                   sp 1n-.3n
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+.          ch FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP -\\n[#FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP_POS]u
+.       \}
+.       nf
+.       if (\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]):(\\n[nl]=\\n[dc]) \
+.          nr tbl*label-lead-diff-adj 1
+.       ie (\\n[.t]>1)&(\\n[@TOP]=0) \{\
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.             NO_FLEX
+.             nr #RESTORE_FLEX 1
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[.ns] .rs
+.          sp \\n[tbl*label-lead-diff]u
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[.t]=1 .sp \\n[.t]u
+.          ie \\n[#COL_NUM]>1 \
+.             ie (\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP]):(\\n[nl]=\\n[dc]) \
+.                sp |\\n[dc]u+\\n[tbl*label-lead-diff]u
+.             el .sp .5v
+.       \}
+.       tbl*mla-label-caption
+.    \}
+.    ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .sp .5v
+.    el .sp .5n
+.    if \\n[tbl*label-lead-diff-adj] \{\
+.       sp -\\n[tbl*label-lead-diff]u
+.       rr tbl*label-lead-diff-adj
+.    \}
+.    br
+.    if !'\\*[tbl*caption-space]'' .sp \\*[tbl*caption-space]
+.    ie \\n[float*tbl] .ev FLOAT
+.    el .ev \\*[ev-current]
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TBL*CLEANUP END
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.       rm tbl*header-div
+.       rm short
+.       rm tbl*caption
+.       rm tbl*caption-short
+.       rm tbl*label
+.       rr tbl*center
+.       rr tbl*caption-top-lead-diff
+.       rr tbl*have-header
+.       rr tbl*no-print-header
+.       rr tbl*have-caption
+.       rr tbl*have-label
+.       rr tbl*plain-boxed
+.       rr tbl*boxed
+.    \}
+.    rr doing-tbl
+.    rm tbl*space-adj
+.    rr tbl*skip-label
+.    rr tbl*skip-source
+.    rr tbl*label-warning
+.    rr tbl*no-shim
+.    rr tbl*no-flex
+.    rr tbl*plain
+.    rr tbl*caption-top-lead-diff
+.    rnn tbl*have-label tbl@label
+.    rnn tbl*have-source tbl@source
+.    if '\\*[tbl*label-sffx-tmp]'.' .ds tbl*label-sffx .
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_INDENT_BOTH] \{\
+.       IB
+.       rr #RESTORE_INDENT_BOTH
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_INDENT_LEFT] \{\
+.       IL
+.       rr #RESTORE_INDENT_LEFT
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#RESTORE_FLEX] \{\
+.       NO_FLEX off
+.       rr #RESTORE_FLEX
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC print-label END
+.    if \\n[.u] .nr fill 1
+.    nf
+.    if \\n[tbl*center] \{\
+.       if '\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.          ll \\n[.l]u-\\n[TW]u/2u+\\n[TW]u
+.          if \\n[ind-pre-tbl] \
+.             in \\n[ind-pre-tbl]u-(\\n[ind-pre-tbl]u/2u)
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[tbl*skip-label] \
+.       tbl*label-div
+.    if \\n[tbl*center] \{\
+.       if '\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.          ll
+.          in 0
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[fill] .fi
+.    rr fill
+.END
+\#
+.MAC tbl@top-hook END
+.    if (\\n[tbl*have-header:1]=1):(\\n[tbl*have-header]=1) \{\
+.       if !r tbl*no-print-header \{\
+.          nf
+.          rr @TOP
+.          ch RR_@TOP
+.          ev top-hook
+.          evc 0
+.          rs
+.          nop \&
+.          ie !\\n[tbl*boxed] .sp -1
+.          el .sp -1n
+.          tbl*print-header
+.          ev
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC tbl*print-header END
+.    if \\n[.u]=1 \{\
+.       nf
+.       nr fill 1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#COL_NUM]>1 \
+.       if !\\n[tbl*have-caption] \
+.          if (\\n[@TOP]=1):(\\n[nl]=\\n[dc]) \
+.             sp .3n
+.    if \\n[tbl*center] \!.in \\n[ind-pre-tbl]u/2u
+.    ie d tbl*header-div:span .tbl*header-div:span
+.    el .tbl*header-div
+.    if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \
+.       if \\n[tbl*center] .ce 1000
+.    mk #T
+.END
+\#
+.MAC tbl@bottom-hook END
+.       rr #DIVERTED
+.       rr @TOP
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.END
+\#
+.MAC tbl*float-warning END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: Table in FLOAT, output page \\n[#PAGENUMBER], exceeds page vertical limits.
+.    tm1 "       Multipage boxed tables cannot be contained within floats.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]', approx. line \\n[.c].
+.END
+\#
+.MAC tbl*caption-warning END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: TS at line \\n[.c] has CAPTION but no H argument.
+.    tm1 "       CAPTION requires H with a corresponding .TH.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]'.
+.END
+\#
+.MAC tbl*source-warning END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: MLA enabled, but TE at line \\n[.c] has no SOURCE.
+.    tm1 "       MLA style for tables requires that a source be cited.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]'.
+.END
+\#
+.MAC ds@need END \" Move vertically until there is enough space for \$1
+.    if '\\n(.z'' \{\
+.       while \\n[.t]<=(\\$1)&(\\n[nl]>\\n[#PAGE_TOP]) \{\
+.          rs
+'          sp \\n[.t]u
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ***eqn***
+\#
+\# EQ/EN macros borrowed from ms, mommified by Robin Haberkorn
+\# <robin.haberkorn@googlemail.com>, expanded by Peter Schaffter.
+\#
+\# EQ [ -L | -C | -I <indent> ] [label]
+\# EN [ CONT | CONTINUED | ... ]
+\#
+\# Equations are centered by default, but can be left-justified
+\# (EQ -L), explicitly centered, or indented (EQ -I).
+\#
+\# Each eqn block for multi-line equations aligned with 'mark' and
+\# 'lineup' should be terminated by passing 'CONT' or 'CONTINUED'
+\# or '...' to EN.
+\#
+\# Note that geqn mark and lineup work correctly in centered equations.
+\#
+.MAC EQ END
+.    if \\n[eqn*copy-in]=1 \{\
+.       if !\\n[eqn-linenum] .nr eqn-linenum \\n[.c]
+.       if !\\n[pgnum] .nr pgnum \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.       br
+.       if \\n[.u] .nr fill 1
+.       rr float*eqn
+.       if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr float*eqn 1
+.       nr eqn*restore-adj \\n[.j]
+.       na
+.       if !\\n[continued] \{\
+.          PDF_TARGET eqn:\\n+[lists*target]
+.          rr eqn*type
+.          nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.          nr loop-count 0 1
+.          while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.             if '\\$1'-L' \{\
+.                nr eqn*left 1
+.                nr eqn*type 1
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'-I' \{\
+.                nr eqn*ind  1
+.                nr eqn*type 2
+.                shift
+.                ds DI \\$1
+.                ds DI@cont \\*[DI]
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'-C' \{\
+.                nr eqn*center 1
+.                nr eqn*type   3
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.                ds eqn*space-adj \\$2
+.                shift 2
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'LABEL' \{\
+.                ds eqn*label \\$2
+.                shift 2
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'SHIFT_LABEL' \{\
+.                ds eqn*shift-label \\$2
+.                shift 2
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'CAPTION' \{\
+.                ds eqn*caption \\$2
+.                shift 2
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'SHORT_CAPTION' \{\
+.                ds eqn*caption-short \\$2
+.                shift 2
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'TARGET' \{\
+.                ds target "\\$2
+.                PDF_TARGET "\\*[target]
+.                shift 2
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'NO_SHIM' \{\
+.                nr @no-shim 1
+.                shift 1
+.             \}
+.             if '\\$1'NO_FLEX' \{\
+.                nr eqn*no-flex
+.                shift
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if (\\n[eqn*have-label]=1):(\\n[eqn*autolabel]=1) \
+.          ds label-type eqn
+.       if '\\*[eqn*shift-label]'' .ds eqn*shift-label 0
+.       if !\\n[eqn*type] \{\
+.          nr eqn*center 1
+.          nr eqn*type   3
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\*[eqn*caption]'' \{\
+.          if '\\*[caption-quad]'L' \{\
+.             if \\n[default-left] .ds caption-quad R
+.             rr default-left
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[continued] \{\
+.          if !'\\*[eqn*caption-short]'' .ds short -short
+.          if \\n[eqn*autolabel] \{\
+.             if \\n[eqn*label-with-chapter] \
+.                ds chapno \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.             ds eqn*label \\*[chapno]\\n+[eqn*label-num]
+.             nr eqn*label-width \w'\\*[eqn*label]'
+.             if dLABEL.REFS \
+.                tm .ds \\*[target] \\*[chapno]\\n[eqn*label-num]
+.             rm target
+.             nr eqn*label-num -1
+.          \}
+.          ie !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.             if (\\n[float*img]=0)&(\\n[float*pic]=0)&(\\n[float*tbl]=0) \{\
+\!.              PDF_TARGET eqn:\\\\n+[lists*target]
+.                ie !'\\*[eqn*label]'' \
+\!.                 TO_EQUATIONS "\\*[eqn*label]" "\\*[eqn*caption\\*[short]]"
+.                el \
+\!.                 TO_EQUATIONS "\\*[eqn*caption\\*[short]]"
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             PDF_TARGET eqn:\\n+[lists*target]
+.             ie !'\\*[eqn*label]'' \
+.                TO_EQUATIONS "\\*[eqn*label]" "\\*[eqn*caption\\*[short]]"
+.             el \
+.                TO_EQUATIONS "\\*[eqn*caption\\*[short]]"
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[continued] \{\
+.          rm continued
+.          rr continued
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[eqn@left*cont] .nr eqn*type 1
+.       if \\n[eqn@ind*cont]  \{\
+.           nr eqn*type 2
+.           ds DI \\*[DI@cont]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[eqn@center*cont] .nr eqn*type 3
+.    ev EQN
+.    evc 0
+.    di eqn*div
+.    in 0
+.    nf
+.END
+\#
+.MAC EN END
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'eqn*div' \{\
+.       @error mismatched EN
+.       return
+.    \}
+.    br
+.    di
+.    ev
+.    if !'\\*[eqn*label]''   .nr eqn*have-label   1
+.    if !'\\*[eqn*caption]'' .nr eqn*have-caption 1
+.    if !'\\$1'' \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'...' .ds continued CONT
+.       el .ds continued \\$1
+.       substring continued 0 3
+.       ie '\\*[continued]'CONT' \{\
+.          nr continued 1
+.          rm continued
+.          if \\n[eqn*ind]    .nr eqn@ind*cont    1
+.          if \\n[eqn*left]   .nr eqn@left*cont   1
+.          if \\n[eqn*center] .nr eqn@center*cont 1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: Invalid argument \\$1 to \\$0.
+.          tm1 "       Must be 'CONTINUED', 'CONT', or '...'
+.          ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at line \\n[.c].
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[dl]:\\n[eqn*have-label] \{\
+.       ds eqn*tabs \\n[.tabs]
+.       ie \\n[dl] \{\
+.          if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.             ie \\n[eqn*have-caption] .ne \\n[dn]u-\\n[.V]
+.             el .ne \\n[dn]u-1v-\\n[.V]
+.          \}
+.          chop eqn*div
+.          if '\\*[DD]'' \{\
+.             ds DD .5v
+.             if !\\n[@TOP] \{\
+.                ie r pdfbx-top \{\
+.                   SIZESPECS
+.                   rt
+.                   sp (\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+\\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]
+.                \}
+.                el .sp \\*[DD]
+.                if !'\\*[eqn*space-adj]'' .sp \\*[eqn*space-adj]u
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          ie \\n[eqn*type]=1 \{\
+.             ta (u;\\n[.l]-\\n[.i])R
+.             ie \\n[continued] .nop \\*[eqn*div]
+.             el \{\
+.                ie \\n[eqn*autolabel] \
+.nop \
+\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\t\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[eqn*label-num]\\*[eqn*label-sffx]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.                el \
+.nop \
+\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\t\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.             \}
+.             if !\\n[continued] \{\
+.                if \\n[eqn*have-caption] \
+.                   ADD_CAPTION
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie \\n[eqn*type]=2 \{\
+.                ie '\\*[eqn*label-quad]'L' \{\
+.                   ta \\*[DI]
+.                   ie \\n[continued] .nop \t\\*[eqn*div]
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie \\n[eqn*autolabel] \
+.nop \
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[eqn*label-num]\\*[eqn*label-sffx]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\t\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.                      el \
+.nop \
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]\
+\t\\*[eqn*div]
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ta \\*[DI] (u;\\n[.l]-\\n[.i])R
+.                   ie \\n[continued] .nop \t\\*[eqn*div]
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie \\n[eqn*autolabel] \
+.nop \
+\t\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\t\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[eqn*label-num]\\*[eqn*label-sffx]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.                      el \
+.nop \
+\t\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\t\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                if !\\n[continued] \{\
+.                   if \\n[eqn*have-caption] \
+.                      ADD_CAPTION
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.             el \{\
+.                ie '\\*[eqn*label-quad]'L' \{\
+.                   ta (u;\\n[.l]-\\n[.i]/2)C
+.                   ie \\n[continued] .nop \t\\*[eqn*div]
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie \\n[eqn*autolabel] \
+.nop \
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[eqn*label-num]\\*[eqn*label-sffx]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\t\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.                      el \
+.nop \
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]\
+\t\\*[eqn*div]
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                el \{\
+.                   ta (u;\\n[.l]-\\n[.i]/2)C (u;\\n[.l]-\\n[.i])R
+.                   ie \\n[continued] .nop \t\\*[eqn*div]
+.                   el \{\
+.                      ie \\n[eqn*autolabel] \
+.nop \
+\t\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\t\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[eqn*label-num]\\*[eqn*label-sffx]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.                      el \
+.nop \
+\t\\*[eqn*div]\
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\t\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[eqn*label]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.                   \}
+.                \}
+.                if !\\n[continued] \{\
+.                   if \\n[eqn*have-caption] \
+.                      ADD_CAPTION
+.                \}
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ta (u;\\n[.l]-\\n[.i])R
+.nop \
+\\*[eqn*label-specs]\
+\t\v'+\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\t\\*[eqn*label]\
+\v'-\\*[eqn*shift-label]'\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.       \}
+.       ta \\*[eqn*tabs]
+.\" if continuing (ie is a multi-line equation), don't space and SHIM
+.       if !\\n[continued] \{\
+.          br
+.          if !\\n[@TOP] \{\
+.             if !\\n[.t]<(\\*[DD]+1) \{\
+.                sp \\*[DD]
+.                ie !\\n[eqn*have-caption] \{\
+.                   sp .25v
+.                   if \\n[pdfbx-running] .nr eqn*pdfbx 1
+.                \}
+.                el .if \\n[pdfbx-running] .nr eqn*pdfbx 2
+.             \}
+.          \}
+.          if !'\\*[eqn*space-adj]'' .sp -\\*[eqn*space-adj]u
+.          ie !\\n[eqn*no-shim] \{\
+.             ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.                if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .SHIM
+.             el \
+.                if !\\n[eqn*no-flex] \
+.                   if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                      if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .FLEX
+.          \}
+.          el \
+.             if !\\n[eqn*no-flex] \
+.                if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.                   if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .FLEX
+.          rm DD
+.          rm eqn*caption
+.          rm eqn*caption-short
+.          rm eqn*label
+.          rm short
+.          rr eqn*copy-in
+.       \}
+.       rm DI@cont
+.       rr eqn*center
+.       rr eqn@center*cont
+.       rr eqn*have-label
+.       rr eqn*have-caption
+.       rr eqn*ind
+.       rr eqn@ind*cont
+.       rr eqn*left
+.       rr eqn@left*cont
+.    \}
+.    nr eqn*copy-in 1
+.    ad \\n[eqn*restore-adj]
+.    if \\n[fill] .fi
+.    rr fill
+.END
+\#
+.MAC ADD_CAPTION END
+.    ie \\n[.t]<\\n[.v] \{\
+.       if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 .ds col-num ", column \\n[#COL_NUM]
+.          tm1 "[mom]: '\\n[.F]', macro EQ, line \\n[eqn-linenum]:
+.          tm1 "       Insufficient room for equation caption on page \\n[pgnum]\\*[col-num].
+.          tm1 "       Skipping caption but continuing to process.
+.          if !\\n[@TOP] \{\
+.             ie \\n[#COLUMNS] \
+.                COL_NEXT internal
+.             el .NEWPAGE
+.          \}
+.          rr eqn-linenum
+.          rr pgnum
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          ps \\*[eqn*caption-size-change]
+.          nr lead-curr \\n[.v]
+.          sp .5v
+.          vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[eqn*caption-autolead]u
+.          nr eqn*caption-lead-diff \\n[lead-curr]-\\n[.v]
+.          sp \\n[eqn*caption-lead-diff]u
+.          ps
+.          if !'\\*[eqn*caption-space]'' \
+.             sp \\*[eqn*caption-space]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[eqn*caption-quad]'L' \{\
+.          fi
+.          ad l
+.          nop \
+\\*[eqn*caption-specs]\
+\\*[eqn*caption]\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.          nf
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[eqn*caption-quad]'C' \{\
+.          fi
+.          ad c
+.          nop \
+\\*[eqn*caption-specs]\
+\\*[eqn*caption]\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.          nf
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[eqn*caption-quad]'R' \{\
+.          fi
+.          ad r
+.          nop \
+\\*[eqn*caption-specs]\
+\\*[eqn*caption]\
+\\*[revert-specs]
+.          nf
+.       \}
+.       if !'\\*[eqn*caption-space]'' \
+.          sp -\\*[eqn*caption-space]
+.       vs
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# ***pic***
+\#
+.MAC have-adjust END
+.    nr #ARGS  0 1
+.    nr #COUNT \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[#ARGS]<=\\n[#COUNT] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.          ds pic*space-adj \\$2
+.          break
+.       \}
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# User settable text style for pic
+\#
+\# PIC_TEXT_STYLE
+\# --------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <offset from page left>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Stores user supplied page offset in register #L_MARGIN.
+\#   Sets .po to user supplied offset.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Requires unit of measure.
+\#
+.MAC PIC_TEXT_STYLE END
+.    nr #ARGS  0 1
+.    nr #COUNT \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[#ARGS]<=\\n[#COUNT] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'FAMILY' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds pic*text-family \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FONT' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds pic*text-font \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SIZE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds pic*text-size-change \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'AUTOLEAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          nr pic*text-autolead \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Main macros
+\#
+.MAC PS END
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.       ie !r pdfbx-top .nr pic*pdfbx 2
+.       el .nr pic*pdfbx 1
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[#PP] .nop
+.    br
+.    have-adjust \\$@ \" Adjusting is handled by FLOAT
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \
+.       FLOAT ADJUST \\*[pic*space-adj]
+.    PDF_TARGET fig:\\n+[lists*target]
+.    ds ev-current \\n[.ev]
+.    rr float*pic
+.    rr pic*have-label
+.    rr grap
+.    nr float*pic 1
+.    nr ind-pre-pic  \\n[.i]
+.    nr lead-pre-pic \\n[.v]
+.    if \\n[#MLA] \
+.       if !\\n[pdfbx-running] .sp .5v
+.    in 0
+.    ev PIC
+.    evc \\n[ev-current]
+.    nf
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]<2 .@error bad arguments to PS (not preprocessed with pic?)
+.    el \{\
+.       if \B'\\$1' \{\
+.          ie !\B'\\$2' .ds pic*scale-width \\$1
+.          el .ds pic*scale-width \\$2
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.\" This is a bit confusing. pic is decorated with 2 args (width
+.\" and height), which are read during pre-processing but have to be
+.\" ignored when parsing args during main processing.  We shift pic's
+.\" args out of the way, then pop them off the arg stack because
+.\" they're not needed during macro processing.
+.    while \B'\\$1' .shift
+.    nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    nr loop-count 0 1
+.    while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'LEFT' \{\
+.          nr pic*left 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CAPTION' \{\
+.          nr pic*have-caption 1
+.          ds pic*caption \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SHORT_CAPTION' \{\
+.          ds pic*caption-short \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'LABEL' \{\
+.          nr pic*have-label 1
+.          ds pic*label \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TARGET' \{\
+.          ds target "\\$2
+.          PDF_TARGET "\\*[target]
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SHIM' \{\
+.          nr @no-shim 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_FLEX' \{\
+.          nr @no-flex 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'GRAP' \{\
+.          nr grap 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if (\\n[pic*have-label]=1):(\\n[pic*autolabel]=1) \
+.       ds label-type pic
+.    ds pic*label-sffx-tmp \\*[pic*label-sffx]
+.    if !'\\*[pic*label-sffx-tmp]'' \
+.       substring pic*label-sffx-tmp -1
+.    if '\\*[pic*label-sffx-tmp]'.' \
+.       if \\n[pic*caption-after-label]=0 .chop pic*label-sffx
+.    if \\n[#MLA] \{\
+.       if (\\n[pic*have-label]=1):(\\n[pic*autolabel]=1) \{\
+.          if !\\n[pic*have-caption] \
+.             mla@error label caption \\n[.F] \\$0 \\n[.c]
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[pic*have-caption] \{\
+.          if !\\n[pic*have-label] \{\
+.             if !\\n[pic*autolabel] \
+.                mla@error caption label \\n[.F] \\$0 \\n[.c]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[pic*text-family]'' \
+.       fam \\*[pic*text-family]
+.    if !'\\*[pic*text-font]'' \
+.       ft \\*[pic*text-font]
+.    if !'\\*[pic*text-size-change]'' \
+.       ps \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[pic*text-size-change]
+.    nr lead-current \\n[.v]
+.    ie \\n[pic*text-autolead] \
+.       vs \\n[.ps]u+(\\n[pic*text-autolead]u*1000u)
+.    el .vs \\n[.ps]u
+.    nr pic@text-lead \\n[.v]
+.    nr pic@text-size \\n[.ps]
+.    if !'\\*[pic*text-color]'' .COLOR \\*[pic*text-color]
+.    if \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.       RESTORE_SPACE
+.       nr pic*top-lead-adj 1
+.    \}
+.    nr pic*top-lead-diff \\n[lead-pre-pic]u-\\n[.v]u
+.    if (\\n[pic*have-caption]=0):(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=1) \{\
+.       ie \\n[pic*top-lead-adj] \{\
+.          sp \\n[pic*top-lead-diff]u
+.          rr pic*top-lead-adj
+.       \}
+.       el .if (\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=0):(\\n[#MLA]=0) \
+.          sp \\n[lead-pre-pic]u/2u
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[pic*label-with-chapter] \
+.       ds chapno \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.    if \\n[pic*autolabel] \
+.       ds pic*label \\*[pic*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[fig*label-num]\\*[pic*label-sffx]
+.    nr fig*label-width \w'\\*[pic*label]'
+.    if !'\\*[pic*caption-short]'' .ds short -short
+.    if \\n[#PDF_BOOKMARKS] \{\
+.       ie !'\\*[pic*label]'' \
+\!.        TO_FIGURES "\\*[pic*label]" "\\*[pic*caption\\*[short]]"
+.       el \
+\!.        TO_FIGURES "\\*[pic*caption\\*[short]]"
+.    \}
+.    di pic*div
+.END
+\#
+.MAC PE END
+.    di
+.    nr pic*div-width \\n[dl]
+.    if \\n[@TOP] \
+.       RESTORE_SPACE
+.    if !\\n[nl]=\\n[#PAGE_TOP] .sp \\n[lead-pre-pic]u/2u
+.    if (\\n[pic*have-caption]=1)&(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=0) \{\
+.       ev caption
+.       evc \\*[ev-current]
+.       nh
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.       el \{\
+.          if \\n[.u] \{\
+.             nr fill 1
+.             nf
+.          \}
+.          pic*caption-style
+.          if \\n[fill] .fi
+.          rr fill
+.          nr lead-current \\n[.v]
+.          vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[pic*caption-autolead]u
+.          nr pic*caption-lead-diff \\n[lead-current]-\\n[.v]
+.          in \\n[ind-pre-pic]u
+.       \}
+.       PIC*SET_CAPTION_QUAD \\*[pic*caption-quad]
+.       if \\n[@TOP] .RESTORE_SPACE
+\!.     in -\\n[ind-pre-pic]u
+.       sp \\n[pic*caption-lead-diff]u
+\!.     if \\\\n[.ns] .rs
+.       if \\n[pic*pdfbx]=1 \{\
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          if \\n[PIC]=1 \!.rt
+.          if \\n[PIC]=2 .rt
+.          sp \\n[pic*caption-lead-diff]u
+.          sp \\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+\\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]
+.          nr pic*pdfbx 2
+.       \}
+.       nop \\*[pic*caption]
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .sp .5
+.       if !'\\*[pic*caption-space]'' \
+.          sp \\*[pic*caption-space]-\\n[pic*text-autolead]p
+.       br
+.       ev
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[pic*pdfbx]=1 \{\
+.       if (\\n[pic*have-caption]=0):(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=1) \{\
+.          if \\n[PIC]=1 \!.rt
+.          if \\n[PIC]=2 .rt
+.          sp  \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u
+.          sp \\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.\" Correct for wandering top of pic
+.          sp -\\n[pic*text-autolead]p
+.        \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[pic*left] \
+.       in (\\n[ll-pre-float]u-\\n[pic*div-width]u)/2u
+.    if \\n[grap] \
+\!.     sp -2
+.    if (\\n[grap]=1)&(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=1) \
+\!.     sp -2
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.       if \\n[pdfbx-top] \{\
+.          ie !\\n[pic*left] \!.in -\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u*2u
+.          el .in -\\*[wt\\n[stack]]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if (\\n[pic*pdfbx]=0):(\\n[pic*pdfbx]=2) \
+.       if (\\n[pic*have-caption]=0)&(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=0) \
+\!.        sp -.5-\\n[pic*text-autolead]p
+.    pic*div
+.    br
+.    if (\\n[pic*have-label]=1):(\\n[pic*autolabel]=1):(\\n[pic*caption-after-label]=1) \{\
+.       nr lead-pre-label \\n[.v]
+.       ev label
+.       evc \\*[ev-current]
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.       el \{\
+.          pic*label-style
+.          nr lead-current \\n[.v]
+.          vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[pic*label-autolead]u
+.          in \\n[ind-pre-pic]u
+.          sp \\n[lead-current]u-\\n[.v]u
+.       \}
+.       PIC*SET_LABEL_QUAD \\*[pic*label-quad]
+\!.     in -\\n[ind-pre-pic]u
+.       if !'\\*[pic*label-space]'' .sp \\*[pic*label-space]
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .sp .5v
+.       if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\
+.          SIZESPECS
+.          if !\\n[pic*pdfbx] \{\
+.             ie !\\n[grap] .sp -1
+.             el .sp -1.5
+.          \}
+.          sp \\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]+.5
+.          if \\n[grap] .if !\\n[pic*have-label] .sp -.5
+.       \}
+.       ie \\n[pic*autolabel] \
+.          nop \
+\\*[pic*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n[fig*label-num]\\*[pic*label-sffx]\|
+.       el \
+.          if !'\\*[pic*label]'' .nop \\*[pic*label]
+.       if dLABEL.REFS \{\
+.          if \\n[pic*autolabel] \
+.             tm .ds \\*[target] \\*[chapno]\\n[fig*label-num]
+.          if \\n[pic*have-label] \
+.             tm .ds \\*[target] \\*[pic*label]
+.       \}
+.       rm target
+.       fam
+.       ft
+.       ps
+.       gcolor
+.       ie !\\n[pic*caption-after-label] .br
+.       el \{\
+.          if !'\\*[pic*caption]'' .nop \
+\\*[pic*caption-specs]\\*[pic*caption]\\*[revert-specs]
+.          br
+.       \}
+.       ev
+.       in 0
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[pic*pdfbx] .nr pic*pdfbx 2
+.    ev
+.    if !\\n[pdfbx-running] \
+.       sp .5
+.    if \\n[pic*pdfbx]=2 .if !\\n[grap] .sp .5
+.    ie \\n[pdfbx-running] \
+.       if \\n[PIC]=1 .FLOAT off
+.    el .FLOAT off
+.    it 1 rr-pic*pdfbx
+.    in \\n[ind-pre-pic]u
+.    if !\\n[defer] .rr pic*have-caption
+.    rm pic*left
+.    rm short
+.    rr float*pic
+.    if '\\*[pic*label-sffx-tmp]'.' .ds pic*label-sffx .
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running]=0 .rr pdfbx-running
+.    if r pdfbx-top .rr pdfbx-top
+.    if '\\*[pic*label-sffx-tmp]'.' .ds pic*label-sffx .
+.END
+\#
+\# ***refer***
+\#
+\# Footnote references
+\# -------------------
+\# *Function:
+\#   Instruct REF to put references in footnotes.
+\#
+.MAC FOOTNOTE_REFS END
+.    ie !'\\$1'' .rr #FN_REF
+.    el \{\
+.       if r #EN_REF .rr #EN_REF
+.       nr #FN_REF 1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Endnote references
+\# ------------------
+\# *Function:
+\#   Instruct REF to collect references for endnotes output.
+\#
+.MAC ENDNOTE_REFS END
+.    ie !'\\$1'' .rr #EN_REF
+.    el \{\
+.       if r #FN_REF .rr #FN_REF
+.       nr #EN_REF 1
+.       if !r#EN_MARKER_STYLE .ENDNOTE_MARKER_STYLE SUPERSCRIPT
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Prepare mom for a reference
+\# ---------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | INDENT  L|LEFT|R|RIGHT|B|BOTH  <indent value>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Calls FOOTNOTE or ENDNOTE, depending on whether #REF_FN or
+\#   #REF_EN is set to 1.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   For convenience, REF is a toggle.
+\#
+\#   REF optionally takes the same arguments as FOOTNOTE, allowing
+\#   users to indent references that go in footnotes when footnote
+\#   indenting is required.  FOOTNOTE_REFS must be on for this.
+\#
+.MAC REF END
+.    ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF]=0 \{\
+.       if !\\n[#REF_WARNING]=1 \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: Before REF at line \\n[.c], neither FOOTNOTE_REFS nor ENDNOTE_REFS
+.          tm1 "       has been selected.  If "sort" and "accumulate" are in your refer
+.          tm1 "       commands, references will be collected for later output with $LIST$.
+.          tm1 "       Otherwise, they will disappear.
+.          nr #REF_WARNING 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#REF]=1 \{\
+.          if \\n[#FN_REF]=1 .FOOTNOTE OFF
+.          if \\n[#EN_REF]=1 .ENDNOTE OFF
+.          rr #REF
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          rr #REF_WARNING
+.          nr #REF 1
+.          if \\n[#FN_REF]=1 .FOOTNOTE \\$1 \\$2 \\$3
+.          if \\n[#EN_REF]=1 .ENDNOTE
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# Embedded references in text (with brackets)
+\# -------------------------------------------
+\#
+.MAC REF_BRACKETS_NOTICE END
+.    tm1 "[mom]: \\$1 has been removed from mom.  See the mom documentation 'refer.html'
+.    tm1 "       for instructions on parenthetical insertions of references into text.
+.    ie '\\$1'REF_STYLE' .tm1 "       Continuing to process '\\n[.F]' from line \\n[.c].
+.    el .ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$1, line \\n[.c].
+.END
+\#
+.MAC REF_BRACKETS_START END
+.    REF_BRACKETS_NOTICE \\$0
+.END
+\#
+.MAC REF_BRACKETS_END END
+.    REF_BRACKETS_NOTICE \\$0
+.END
+\#
+\# These four pairs of aliases used to allow users to embed
+\# references in text and have them surrounded by (), [], {} or <>.
+\# bracket-label should be used in the refer block instead.
+\#
+.ALIAS REF( REF_BRACKETS_START
+.ALIAS REF) REF_BRACKETS_END
+\#
+.ALIAS REF[ REF_BRACKETS_START
+.ALIAS REF] REF_BRACKETS_END
+\#
+.ALIAS REF{ REF_BRACKETS_START
+.ALIAS REF} REF_BRACKETS_END
+\#
+.ALIAS REF< REF_BRACKETS_START
+.ALIAS REF> REF_BRACKETS_END
+\#
+\# Refer indenting
+\# ---------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   FOOTNOTE | ENDNOTE | BIBLIO <indent for 2nd and subsequent lines of discrete reference entries>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets registers #REF_FN_INDENT, #REF_EN_INDENT or #REF_BIB_INDENT.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Indent value requires a unit of measure.  If refs are going
+\#   into footnotes or endnotes, first lines get indented; if going
+\#   into a bibliography, second lines get indented
+\#
+.MAC INDENT_REFS END
+.    if '\\$1'FOOTNOTE' .ds $REF_FN_INDENT  \\$2
+.    if '\\$1'ENDNOTE'  .ds $REF_EN_INDENT  \\$2
+.    if '\\$1'BIBLIO'   .ds $REF_BIB_INDENT \\$2
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS REF_INDENT INDENT_REFS
+\#
+\# Hyphenation of references
+\# -------------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <none> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets register #REF_HY
+\#
+.MAC HYPHENATE_REFS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #REF_HY 1
+.    el \
+.       if r #REF_HY .rr #REF_HY
+.END
+\#
+\# The remainder of the definitions in this section are modified
+\# versions of the definitions found in the refer module of s.tmac.
+\#
+.de @error
+.tm [mom]: '\\n[.F]', line \\n[.c]: \\$*
+..
+\#
+\# Underlining unavoidably turns off sentence spacing.
+\#
+.de ref*restore-ss
+\c
+.SS \\*[$SAVED_SS_VAR]
+.if '\\n[.z]'END_NOTES' \{\
+\c
+\E*[PREV]\c
+.\}
+..
+\# The following strings define the order of entries for different
+\# types of references.  Each letter in the string refers to a database
+\# field (A for author, T1/T2 for article and book titles, etc).
+\#
+.de ref*specs
+.if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.   char '     \[aq]
+.   char \[oq] \[aq]
+.\}
+.\" Internet site - type 0
+.ds ref*spec!0 i Q A m p T2 s o D c a u n
+.\" Journal article - type 1
+.ds ref*spec!1 i Q A m p T2 q O J V S N D P n
+.\" Book - type 2
+.ds ref*spec!2 i Q A m p T1 q b d l r E S e V O C I D P t n
+.\" Article within book - type 3
+.ds ref*spec!3 i Q A m p T2 B b d l r E S e V O C I D P t n
+.\" Tech report - type 4
+.ds ref*spec!4 i Q A m p T1 R G O C I D P n
+.\" Magazine or newspaper article - type 5
+.ds ref*spec!5 i Q A m p T2 O M V S N D P n
+..
+\#
+\# Refer's "1st" macro.  Since it is possible to define database
+\# fields using any single letter, we remove all possible string
+\# definitions of the form [X and [x.  Also, reset ref*spec!<n>
+\# strings to their defaults.
+\#
+.de ]-
+.ref*specs
+.rm [A [B [C [D [E [F [G [H [I [J [K [L [M \
+    [N [O [P [Q [R [S [T [U [V [W [X [Y [Z \
+    [a [b [c [d [e [f [g [h [i [j [k [l [m \
+    [n [o [p [q [r [s [t [u [v [w [x [y [z
+.if r [e .rr [e \" [e persists if %e field is last
+.rr ref*type
+.rm ref*string
+..
+\#
+\# Refer's "2nd" macro; builds up a reference with ref*build, and
+\# prints it with ref*print.
+\#
+.de ][
+.nr ref*type \\$1
+.if \\n[ref*type]=0 \{\
+.   ie d [C \{\
+.      if !d [I \{\
+.         nr pre-1900 1 \" If pre-1900, MLA allows excluding publisher
+.         nr ref*type 2
+.      \}
+.   \}
+.   el .nr ref*type 2
+.   if d [q .nr ref*type 2
+.\}
+.if d [u .nr ref*type 0 \" If %u exists, always treat as Internet ref
+.if \\n[ref*type]=3 \{\
+.   if !'\\*([R'' \{\
+.      nr ref*type 4
+.      ds ref*spec!4 i Q A m p T2 B R O C I D P n
+.   \}
+.   if !'\\*([G'' \{\
+.      nr ref*type 4
+.      ds ref*spec!4 i A m p T2 B G O C I D P O n
+.   \}
+.\}
+.if r [T \{\
+.   als [T1 [T
+.   als [T2 [T
+.\}
+.ie d ref*spec!\\n[ref*type] .ref*build \\*[ref*spec!\\n[ref*type]]
+.el \{\
+.   @error unknown reference type '\\n[ref*type]'
+.   ref*build \\*[ref*spec!0]
+.\}
+.if !\\n[.hy]=0 \{\
+.nr #RESTORE_HY \\n[.hy]
+.if !r#REF_HY .nh
+.\}
+.ref*print
+.if !\\n[#RESTORE_HY]=0 .hy \\n[#RESTORE_HY]
+.rr #RESTORE_HY
+.rm ref*string
+.rm [F [T1 [T2
+..
+\#
+\# Refer's "3rd" macros, which set up and terminate the output
+\# of collected references
+\#
+.de ]<
+.rm author \" If not, persists over multiple 'bibliography' commands
+.als ref*print ref*end-print
+.nr #REF 1
+.if \\n[#BIB_LIST]=1 \{\
+.   nr #IN_BIB_LIST 1
+.   LIST DIGIT \\*[$BIB_LIST_SEPARATOR] \\*[$BIB_LIST_PREFIX]
+.\}
+..
+\#
+.de ]>
+.LIST OFF
+.rr #REF
+.rr #IN_BIB_LIST
+.als ref*print ref*normal-print
+..
+\#
+\# Output
+\# ------
+\#
+\# Output normal, non-collected refs
+\#
+.de ref*normal-print
+.nr #CURRENT_HY \\n[.hy]
+\\*[ref*string]
+..
+\#
+\# Output collected refs
+\#
+.de ref*end-print
+.\" 10 is arbitrary
+.nn 10
+.nr #REF_BIB_INDENT (u;\\*[$REF_BIB_INDENT])
+.ie \\n[#BIB_LIST]=0 \{\
+.   in +\\n[#REF_BIB_INDENT]u
+.   ti -\\n[#REF_BIB_INDENT]u
+.\}
+.el .ITEM
+.\" Part of workaround for refer spitting out a blank page if the
+.\" last ref falls on the bottom line.
+\\*[ref*string]\R'ref*num*first-pass +1'\?\R'ref*num +1'\?
+.sp \\*[$BIB_SPACE]
+.ie \\n[#BIB_LIST]=0 .in
+.el .IL -\\n[#REF_BIB_INDENT]u
+.nn 0
+..
+\#
+.als ref*print ref*normal-print
+\#
+\# Build up the ref*string
+\#
+\# Correct MLA "typewritten" style (printstyle TYPEWRITE) demands
+\# two spaces after each period.  The spaces are hardwired into the
+\# string definitions (ref*add-<x>), so we have to make sure that there
+\# aren't two spaces when the printstyle is TYPESET.  Since I find that
+\# references look a bit crowded with 0 sentence space, I've bumped it
+\# up to +8.  User's sentence spacing is reset in FOOTNOTES and ENDNOTES.
+\#
+.de ref*build
+.if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.   if (\\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF])>0 .SS +8
+.rm ref*string
+.while \\n[.$] \{\
+.   if d [\\$1 \{\
+.      ie d ref*add-\\$1 .ref*add-\\$1
+.      el .ref*add-dflt \\$1
+.   \}
+.   shift
+.\}
+.\" now add a final period
+.ie d ref*string \{\
+.   if !\\n[ref*suppress-period] .as ref*string .
+.   if d ref*post-punct \{\
+.      as ref*string "\\*[ref*post-punct]
+.      rm ref*post-punct
+.   \}
+.\}
+.el .ds ref*string
+..
+\#
+\# The following macros determine how entries are formatted WRT
+\# punctuation, type style, additional strings, etc.
+\#
+\# o First argument is the database field letter.
+\# o Second argument is the punctuation character to use to separate this
+\#   field from the previous field.
+\# o Third argument is a string with which to prefix this field.
+\# o Fourth argument is a string with which to postfix this field.
+\# o Fifth argument is a string to add after the punctuation character
+\#   supplied by the next field.
+\#
+\# %A Author(s)
+.de ref*add-A
+.ds eval*[A \\*([A
+.substring eval*[A -1
+.if !\\n[skip-[A] \{\
+.   if '\\*[eval*[A]'.' \
+.      if !\\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .chop [A
+.\" Per MLA, footnotes and endnotes should not use idem, therefore
+.\" if %i contains other than idem (e.g., ed., trans.), transpose it
+.\" to after author's name
+.   ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF]=1 \{\
+.      ie !'\\*[idem]'' .ref*field A "" "" "? \\*[idem]"
+.      el .ref*field A
+.      rm idem
+.   el .ref*field A
+.   \}
+.\}
+.if \\n([A .nr ref*suppress-period 1
+.rr skip-[A
+..
+\# %i Idem.
+\#
+\# In bibliographies, per MLA, replace %A with long dash after
+\# first entry with author's name; if %i field contains other than
+\# the word 'idem', appends it to the dash.
+\# In foot/endnotes, idem is ignored; MLA requires full name for
+\# each foot/endnote entry.
+\#
+.de ref*add-i
+.\" Is a foot/endnote.
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF]=1 \{\
+.   ie '\\*([i'idem' .rm [i
+.   el .ds idem \\*([i
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   rr skip-[A
+.\" %i is idem
+.   ie '\\*([i'idem' \{\
+.\" If [A (%A) is the same as the last [A, captured in 'author'.
+.      if '\\*([A'\\*[author]' \{\
+.         rm [i
+.         ref*field i "" \[idem] "" " "
+.         nr skip-[A 1
+.      \}
+.      ds author \\*([A
+.   \}
+.\" %i is not 'idem'; attach to long dash
+.   el \{\
+.      ds eval*[i \\*([i
+.      substring eval*[i -1
+.      if '\\*[eval*[i]'.' \{\
+.         chop [i
+.         ds idem \\*([i
+.      \}
+.      rm [i
+.      rm [A
+.      ref*field i "" \[idem] ", \\*[idem]" " "
+.   \}
+.\}
+..
+\# %m Multiple authors (et al.)
+.de ref*add-m
+.if !\\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ds eval*[m \\*([m
+.   substring eval*[m -1
+.   if '\\*[eval*[m]'.' .chop [m
+.\}
+.ref*field m ,
+..
+\# %p Post-author string (e.g., Preface, Foreword, etc)
+.de ref*add-p
+.\" Convert first letter to uppercase, per MLA, if BIBLIO
+.if !\\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ds initial*cap \\*([p
+.   substring initial*cap 0 0
+.   ds [p*string \\*([p
+.   substring [p*string 1
+.   ds [p \E*[UC]\\*[initial*cap]\E*[LC]\\*[[p*string]
+.\}
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field p ,
+.el .ref*field p . " "
+..
+\# %Q Author(s) when author is not a person
+.de ref*add-Q
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field Q
+.el .ref*field Q
+..
+\# %T Title (generic)
+.de ref*add-T1
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field T , \E*[IT] \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.el \{\
+.   ie !'\\*([A'' .ref*field T . " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el \{\
+.      ie !'\\*([Q'' .ref*field T . " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.      el .ref*field T . \E*[IT] \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   \}
+.\}
+.if \\n([T .nr ref*suppress-period \\n([T
+..
+\# %T Title of a chapter or article
+.de ref*add-T2
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \
+.   ref*field T , \[lq] "" \[rq]
+.el \{\
+.   ie '\\*([A'' \{\
+.      ref*field T . \[lq] "" \[rq]
+.      if !'\\*([Q''.ref*field T . " \[lq]" "" \[rq]
+.   \}
+.   el .ref*field T . " \[lq]" "" \[rq]
+.\}
+.if \\n([T .nr ref*suppress-period \\n([T
+..
+\# %B Book title (when citing an article from a book)
+.de ref*add-B
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field B "" \E*[IT] \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el .ref*field B , \E*[IT] \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field B "" ".\E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el .ref*field B . " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+\# refer doesn't set reg [T to 1 for these book titles, so we do it here
+.ds eval*[B \\*([B
+.substring eval*[B -1
+.rr [T
+.if '\\*[eval*[B]'!' .nr [T 1
+.if '\\*[eval*[B]'?' .nr [T 1
+.rm eval*[B
+..
+\# %q Titles that must go in quotes (e.g. an unpublished dissertation)
+.de ref*add-q
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field q , \[lq] "" \[rq]
+.el \{\
+.   ie !'\\*([A'' .ref*field q . " \[lq]" "" \[rq]
+.   el \{\
+.      ie !'\\*([Q'' .ref*field q . " \[lq]" "" \[rq]
+.      el .ref*field q . \[lq] "" \[rq]
+.   \}
+.\}
+..
+\# %R Report number for technical reports
+.de ref*add-R
+.ref*field R . " "
+..
+\# %J Journal name
+.de ref*add-J
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field J "" "\E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el .ref*field J , "\E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field J "" " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el .ref*field J . " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+..
+\# %M Magazine or newspaper name
+.de ref*add-M
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field M "" "\E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el .ref*field M , "\E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field M "" " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el .ref*field M . " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+..
+\# %E Editor(s)
+.de ref*add-E
+.ds eval*[E \\*([E
+.substring eval*[E -1
+.if '\\*[eval*[E]'.' \{\
+.   if !\\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .chop [E
+.   rm eval*[E
+.\}
+.\" Workaround for join-authors also joining editors.  MLA style
+.\" requires a comma after first editor only if there are more than
+.\" two, whereas join-authors always puts a comma after the first if
+.\" there's more than one.
+.rm eval*[E
+.nr position 1 1
+.nr counter 1 1
+.while !'\\*[eval*[E]',' \{\
+.   ds eval*[E \\*([E
+.   substring eval*[E \\n+[position] \\n[position]
+.   if \\n+[counter]>30 .break \" 30 is arbitrary
+.\}
+.\" Check for " and"
+.if '\\*[eval*[E]',' \{\
+.   ds eval*[E \\*([E
+.   nr and-check \\n[position]+4
+.   substring eval*[E \\n+[position] \\n[and-check]
+.\}
+.if '\\*[eval*[E]' and' \{\
+.   nr counter 1 1
+.   nr start-range -1 1
+.   nr end-range 3 1
+.   while !'\\*[eval*[E]', and' \{\
+.      ds eval*[E \\*([E
+.      substring eval*[E \\n+[start-range] \\n+[end-range]
+.      if \\n+[counter]>50 .break \" just in case; 50 is arbitrary
+.   \}
+.   if '\\*[eval*[E]', and' \{\
+.      length len*[E \\*([E
+.      nr rhs \\n[len*[E]-\\n[start-range]
+.      ds lhs \\*([E
+.      ds rhs \\*([E
+.      substring lhs 0 \\n[start-range]-1
+.      substring rhs -(\\n[rhs]-1)
+.      ds [E \\*[lhs]\\*[rhs]
+.   \}
+.   rm lhs
+.   rm rhs
+.   rr and-check
+.   rr counter
+.   rr start-range
+.   rr end-range
+.   rr len*[E
+.\}
+.\" End workaround
+.ie !\\n[ref*type]=0 \{\
+.   ie \\n([E>0 \{\
+.      ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.         ie \\n([T .ref*field E "" "ed. "
+.         el .ref*field E , "ed. "
+.      \}
+.      el \{\
+.         ie \\n([T .ref*field E "" " Eds. "
+.         el .ref*field E . " Eds. "
+.      \}
+.   \}
+.   el \{\
+.      ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.         ie \\n([T .ref*field E "" "ed. "
+.         el .ref*field E , "ed. "
+.      \}
+.      el \{\
+.         ie \\n([T .ref*field E "" " Ed. "
+.         el .ref*field E . " Ed. "
+.      \}
+.   \}
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field E "" " "
+.   el .ref*field E . " "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+.rr [E
+..
+\# %e Edition
+.de ref*add-e
+.ie \\n([T .ref*field e "" "" " ed."
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field e , "" " ed."
+.   el .ref*field e . " " " ed."
+.\}
+.nr ref*suppress-period 1
+.nr [e 1
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %V Volume (of a journal, or series of books); for journals, %N may be preferable
+.de ref*add-V
+.if \\n[ref*type]=1 \
+.   ref*field V
+.if \\n[ref*type]=2 \{\
+.   ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field V , "vol. "
+.   el \{\
+.      ie \\n([T .ref*field V "" " Vol. "
+.      el .ref*field V . " Vol. "
+.   \}
+.\}
+.if \\n[ref*type]=3 \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field V "" " "
+.   el .ref*field V . " "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %N Journal number
+.de ref*add-N
+.ref*field N
+..
+\# %S Series (books or journals)
+.de ref*add-S
+.if \\n[ref*type]=1 \
+.   ref*field S
+.if \\n[ref*type]=2 \{\
+.   ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.      ie \\n([T .ref*field S
+.      el .ref*field S ,
+.   \}
+.   el \{\
+.      ie \\n([T .ref*field S "" " "
+.      el .ref*field S . " "
+.   \}
+.\}
+.if \\n[ref*type]=3 \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field S "" " "
+.   el .ref*field S . " "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+\# refer doesn't set reg [T to 1 for series titles, so we do it here
+.ds eval*[S \\*([S
+.substring eval*[S -1
+.if '\\*[eval*[S]'!' .nr [T 1
+.if '\\*[eval*[S]'?' .nr [T 1
+.rm eval*[S
+..
+\# %C City
+.de ref*add-C
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie r [d \{\
+.      ref*field C
+.      rr [d
+.   \}
+.   el \
+.      ref*field C "" \*[FU 2](
+.   if \\n([T .nr ref*suppress-period \\n([T
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field C "" " "
+.   el \{\
+.      ie r [e .ref*field C "" " "
+.      el .ref*field C . " "
+.   \}
+.\}
+.rr [T
+.rr [e
+..
+\# %I Publisher (I stands for Issuer)
+.de ref*add-I
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie !'\\*([C'' .ref*field I :
+.   el .ref*field I "" (
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie !'\\*([C'' .ref*field I :
+.   el \{\
+.      ie \\n([T .ref*field I "" " "
+.      el .ref*field I . " "
+.   \}
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %D Date of publication
+.de ref*add-D
+.if \\n[ref*type]=0 \{\
+.   ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field D ,
+.   el .ref*field D . " "
+.\}
+.if \\n[ref*type]=1 \
+.   ref*field D "" "(" ")"
+.if \\n[ref*type]=2 \{\
+.   ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field D , "" )
+.   el .ref*field D ,
+.\}
+.if \\n[ref*type]=3 \{\
+.   ie !'\\*([C'' \{\
+.      ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field D , "" )
+.      el .ref*field D ,
+.   \}
+.   el \{\
+.      if '\\*([I'' \{\
+.         ds eval*[D \\*([D
+.         substring eval*[D 0 -4
+.         ie '\\*[eval*[D]'1' .ds kern \*[BU3]
+.         el .ds kern \*[BU2]
+.         ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \
+.           if \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field D "" (\\*[kern] )
+.         el .ref*field D
+.      \}
+.      rm eval*[D
+.      rm kern
+.   \}
+.\}
+.if \\n[ref*type]=4 .ref*field D ,
+.if \\n[ref*type]=5 .ref*field D
+.ds eval*[D \\*([D
+.substring eval*[D -1
+.if '\\*[eval*[D]'.' .nr ref*suppress-period 1
+..
+\# %P Page number(s)
+.de ref*add-P
+.if \\n[ref*type]=5 .nr ref*type 1
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie \\n[ref*type]=1 .ref*field P : "" .
+.   el .ref*field P "" "\|"
+.   if \\n[ref*type]=1 .nr ref*suppress-period 1
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n[ref*type]=1 .ref*field P \|:
+.   el \{\
+.      ie d [n .ref*field P . \| .
+.      el .ref*field P . " "
+.   \}
+.\}
+..
+\# %G Gov't. ordering number
+.de ref*add-G
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] ref*field G ,
+.el .ref*field G . " "
+..
+\# %O Other (info that goes after %T [or %B] but is hard to categorize; e.g., a dissertation)
+.de ref*add-O
+.ds eval*[O \\*([O
+.substring eval*[O -1
+.if '\\*[eval*[O]'.' .nr [O 1
+.ds initial*cap \\*([O
+.substring initial*cap 0 0
+.ds [O*string \\*([O
+.substring [O*string 1
+.if !\\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \
+.   ds [O \E*[UC]\\*[initial*cap]\E*[LC]\\*[[O*string]
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field O ,
+.el \{\
+.   if \\n([O=1 .chop [O
+.   ie r [e .ref*field O "" " "
+.   el \{\
+.      ie !d [A .ref*field O
+.      el .ref*field O . " "
+.   \}
+.\}
+.rr [O
+.rr [e
+..
+\# %n Annotations (after ref)
+.de ref*add-n
+.ds eval*[n \\*([n
+.substring eval*[n -1
+.if '\\*[eval*[n]'.' .chop [n
+.if '\\*[eval*[n]'?' .nr [n 1
+.if '\\*[eval*[n]'!' .nr [n 1
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field n ,
+.el \{\
+.   ie !'\\*([P'' .ref*field n "" " "
+.   el .ref*field n . " "
+.\}
+.if r [n .nr ref*suppress-period 1
+.rr [n
+..
+\#
+.de ref*add-dflt
+.ref*field \\$1 ,
+..
+\#
+\# Book reprints
+\# -------------
+\# %d date of publication (the original date of publication)
+.de ref*add-d
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ref*field d "" ( ;
+.   nr [d 1
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field d "" " "
+.   el .ref*field d . " "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %b main author when citing from a preface, introduction, foreword
+\# or afterword
+.de ref*add-b
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field b "" "by"
+.   el .ref*field b , "by "
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field b "" " By "
+.   el .ref*field b . " By "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %t title, if different from original title (the T field, which s/b
+\# the original title)
+.de ref*add-t
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field t , "rpt. of \E*[IT] " \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field t "" " Rpt. of \E*[IT] " \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.   el .ref*field t . " Rpt. of \E*[IT] " \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\#
+\# Translated works
+\# ----------------
+\# %l Trans(l)ator
+.de ref*add-l
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field l "" "trans. "
+.   el .ref*field l , "trans. "
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field l "" " Trans. "
+.   el .ref*field l . " Trans. "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %r Translato(r) and edito(r)
+.de ref*add-r
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field r , "trans. and ed. "
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field r "" " Trans. and ed. "
+.   el .ref*field r . " Trans. and ed. "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\#
+\# Internet
+\# --------
+\# %s Site name
+.de ref*add-s
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field s , \E*[IT] \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.el \{\
+.ie \\n([s .ref*field s "" ".\E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.el .ref*field s . " \E*[IT]" \E*[ref*restore-ss]
+.\}
+.\" refer doesn't set reg [T to 1 for these titles, so we do it here
+.if !\\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] \{\
+.   ds eval*[s \\*([s
+.   substring eval*[s -1
+.   rr [T
+.   if '\\*[eval*[s]'.' .nr [T 1
+.   if '\\*[eval*[s]'!' .nr [T 1
+.   if '\\*[eval*[s]'?' .nr [T 1
+.   rm eval*[s
+.\}
+..
+\# %c content of site (ie. Web, Online posting, etc)
+.de ref*add-c
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field c ,
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field c "" " "
+.   el .ref*field c . " "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %o organization, group or sponsor of site
+.de ref*add-o
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field o ,
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field o "" " "
+.   el .ref*field o . " "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %a access date, i.e. the date you read it
+.de ref*add-a
+.ie \\n[#FN_REF]+\\n[#EN_REF] .ref*field a ,
+.el \{\
+.   ie \\n([T .ref*field a "" " "
+.   el .ref*field a . " "
+.\}
+.rr [T
+..
+\# %u URL
+.de ref*add-u
+.ref*field u "" < >
+.rr [T
+..
+.de ref*add-z
+.ref*field z
+..
+\#
+\# Build up reference string from ref*add-<x> macros.
+\#
+\# First, a string to ensure next field's font is reset to roman
+\# (TYPESET) or non-underlined (TYPEWRITE)
+\#
+.ie !n .ds ref*roman \f[R]\X'ps: exec decornone'\?\R'#UNDERLINE_ON 0'\?
+.el .ds ref*roman \f[R]\?\R'#UNDERLINE_ON 0'\?
+\#
+.de ref*field
+.if d ref*string \{\
+.   ie d ref*post-punct \{\
+.      as ref*string "\\$2\\*[ref*post-punct] \"
+.      rm ref*post-punct
+.   \}
+.   el .as ref*string "\\$2 \"
+.\}
+.as ref*string "\\$3\\*([\\$1\\$4\E*[ref*roman]
+.if \\n[.$]>4 .ds ref*post-punct "\\$5\E*[ref*roman]
+.nr ref*suppress-period 0
+..
+\#
+\# MARGIN NOTES
+\# ------------
+\#
+\# Wrapper for MNinit.
+\#
+.MAC MN_INIT END
+.    if \B'\\$2' \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: 1.x-style \\$0 detected, but you are using v2.x.
+.       tm1 "       v2.x requires flags before arguments to \\$0.
+.       tm1 "       Please read docelement.html#mn-init and update your file.
+.       ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.    \}
+.    nr #ARGS  0 1
+.    nr #COUNT 9
+.    while \\n+[#ARGS]<=\\n[#COUNT] \
+.      ds $MN-arg\\n[#ARGS] @
+.    nr #FLAG 0 1
+.    nr #COUNT \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    while \\n+[#FLAG]<=\\n[#COUNT] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'RAGGED' \{\
+.          ds $MN-arg1 \\$1
+.       shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SYMMETRIC' \{\
+.          ds $MN-arg1 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'L_WIDTH' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg2 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'R_WIDTH' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg3 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'GUTTER' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg4 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FONTSTYLE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg5 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SIZE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg6 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'LEAD' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg7 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'COLOR' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg8 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'HY' \{\
+.          shift
+.          ds $MN-arg9 \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[$MN-arg5]'@' .ds $MN-arg5 \E*[$DOC_FAM]R
+.    MNinit \
+\\*[$MN-arg1] \\*[$MN-arg2] \
+\\*[$MN-arg3] \\*[$MN-arg4] \
+\\*[$MN-arg5] \\*[$MN-arg6] \
+\\*[$MN-arg7] \\*[$MN-arg8] \
+\\*[$MN-arg9]
+.END
+\#
+.MAC MN_OVERFLOW_TRAP END
+.    if \\n[#OVERFLOW_LEFT]=1 \{\
+.       nr #no-repeat-MN-left 1
+.       di MN_OVERFLOW_LEFT
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[#OVERFLOW_RIGHT]=1 \{\
+.       nr #no-repeat-MN-right 1
+.       di MN_OVERFLOW_RIGHT
+.    \}
+.    rr #OVERFLOW_LEFT
+.    rr #OVERFLOW_RIGHT
+.END
+\#
+\# The remainder of the margin notes macros and routines are adapted
+\# from Werner Lemberg's MN.tmac.
+\#
+\# MNinit
+\# ------
+\# Usage:
+\# MNinit [ragged|symmetric] \
+\#        left-width right-width separation \
+\#        font fontsize vertical-spacing \
+\#        color hyphenation-flags
+\#
+\# Initialize margin notes.  Empty arguments (denoted with "") set
+\# default values.  If the first argument is the string 'ragged',
+\# left and right margin notes are printed ragged-right.  If it is
+\# 'symmetric', left margin notes are printed ragged-left and right
+\# margin notes ragged-right.  If omitted, margin notes are left
+\# and right adjusted.
+\#
+.de MNinit
+.  nr #MNinit 1
+.  ds MN-left-ad b\"
+.  ds MN-right-ad b\"
+.  if '\\$1'@' .shift
+.  if '\\$1'RAGGED' \{\
+.    ds MN-left-ad l\"
+.    ds MN-right-ad l\"
+.    shift
+.  \}
+.  if '\\$1'SYMMETRIC' \{\
+.    ds MN-left-ad r\"
+.    ds MN-right-ad l\"
+.    shift
+.  \}
+.  ie \B'\\$3' .nr MN-sep (n;\\$3)
+.  el .nr MN-sep 1m
+.  if ((\\n[.o] - \\n[MN-sep]) < 1n) \
+.    ab MN: Left margin too small (<1n) for requested margin notes separation.
+.  ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.    nr MN-left-width (n;\\$1)
+.    nr MN-left-start (\\n[.o] - \\n[MN-sep] - \\n[MN-left-width])
+.  \}
+.  el \{\
+.    nr MN-left-width (\\n[.o] - \\n[MN-sep])
+.    nr MN-left-start 0
+.  \}
+.  if (\\n[MN-left-start] < 0) \
+.    ab MN: Left margin too small for requested margin notes settings.
+.  if (\\n[MN-left-width] < 1n) \
+.    ab MN: Left margin notes width too small (<1n).
+.  ie \B'\\$2' \{\
+.    nr MN-right-width (n;\\$2)
+.    nr MN-right-start (\\n[.o] + \\n[.l] + \\n[MN-sep])
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.      if !\\n[#NUM_COLS]=1 \
+.        nr MN-right-start (\\n[#COL_2_L_MARGIN] + \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH] + \\n[MN-sep])
+.    \}
+.  \}
+.  el \{\
+.    nr MN-right-width \\n[MN-left-width]
+.    nr MN-right-start (\\n[.o] + \\n[.l] + \\n[MN-sep])
+.    if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.      if !\\n[#NUM_COLS]=1 \
+.        nr MN-right-start (\\n[#COL_2_L_MARGIN] + \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH] + \\n[MN-sep])
+.    \}
+.  \}
+.  ie \A'\\$4' \{\
+.    ds MN-font \\$4\"
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .ds MN-font CR
+.  \}
+.  el \{\
+.    ds MN-font \\*[$PP_FT]
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .ds MN-font CR
+.  \}
+.  ie \B'\\$5' \{\
+.    ps \\$5
+.    nr MN-size \\n[.ps]
+.    ps
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.       ps \\*[$TYPEWRITER_PS]
+.       nr MN-size \\n[.ps]
+.       ps
+.    \}
+.  \}
+.  el \
+.    nr MN-size \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]
+.  ie \B'\\$6' \{\
+'    vs \\$6
+.    nr MN-spacing \\n[.v]
+'    vs
+.    if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \
+.       nr MN-spacing \\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.  \}
+.  el .nr MN-spacing \\n[#DOC_LEAD]
+.  ie \A'\\$7' \
+.    if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .ds MN-color \\$7\"
+.  el \
+.    if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .ds MN-color
+.  ie \B'\\$8' .nr MN-hy \\$8
+.  el .nr MN-hy \\n[.hy]
+.  ev MNbottom-left-env
+.  if \A'\\*[MN-font]' .ft \\*[MN-font]
+.  if \\n[MN-size] .ps \\n[MN-size]u
+.  if \\n[MN-spacing] .vs \\n[MN-spacing]u
+.  ll \\n[MN-left-width]u
+.  ad \\*[MN-left-ad]
+.  hy \\n[MN-hy]
+'  in 0
+.  nop \m[\\*[MN-color]]\c
+.  ev
+.  ev MNbottom-right-env
+.  if \A'\\*[MN-font]' .ft \\*[MN-font]
+.  if \\n[MN-size] .ps \\n[MN-size]u
+.  if \\n[MN-spacing] .vs \\n[MN-spacing]u
+.  ll \\n[MN-right-width]u
+.  ad \\*[MN-right-ad]
+.  hy \\n[MN-hy]
+'  in 0
+.  nop \m[\\*[MN-color]]\c
+.  ev
+.  nr MN-active 0
+..
+\# MN
+\# --
+\# Usage:
+\#
+\#   MN LEFT|RIGHT
+\#   margin note text
+\#   MN
+\#
+\# With a parameter, start a margin note, otherwise end a margin note.
+\# If the parameter is the string 'left', define a left margin note,
+\# otherwise define a right margin note.
+\#
+.de MN
+. ds MN-dir \\$1
+. if !'\\$1'LEFT' \{\
+.   if !'\\$1'RIGHT' \{\
+.     MN_QUIT
+.     return
+.   \}
+. \}
+. if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\
+.  if \\n[#NUM_COLS]>2 \{\
+.    tm [mom]: Macro MN: More than two columns.  Ignoring margin notes.
+.    return
+.  \}
+.  if !\\n[#NUM_COLS]=1 \{\
+.    ie \\n[#COL_NUM]=1 .ds MN-dir LEFT
+.    el .ds MN-dir RIGHT
+.  \}
+. \}
+.  if !\\n[#MNinit]=1 \{\
+.    tm1 "[mom]: Macro MN: You must set parameters with MN_INIT before using MN.
+.    ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at MN, line \\n[.c].
+.  \}
+.  ie !'\\$1'' \{\
+.    if \\n[MN-active] \{\
+.      tm [mom]: Macro MN: Can't handle nested margin notes, line \\n[.c].
+.      return
+.    \}
+.    nr MN-active 1
+.    ev MN-env
+.    ie '\\*[MN-dir]'LEFT' \{\
+.      nr MN-left +1
+.      ds MN-curr l-\\n[MN-left]\"
+.      evc MNbottom-left-env
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.      nr MN-right +1
+.      ds MN-curr r-\\n[MN-right]\"
+.      evc MNbottom-right-env
+.    \}
+.    mk MN-mk-\\*[MN-curr]
+.    di MN-div-\\*[MN-curr]
+.  \}
+.  el .MN_QUIT
+..
+\#
+\# MN_QUIT
+\# -------
+\# Utility macro to handle .MN OFF | QUIT | X etc
+\#
+.de MN_QUIT
+.   if \\n[MN-active] \{\
+.      br
+.      di
+.      nr MN-div-\\*[MN-curr]-depth \\n[dn]
+.      ev
+.   \}
+.   nr MN-active 0
+..
+\#
+\# MNtop
+\# -----
+\# Resets these registers (called in HEADER)
+.de MNtop
+.  nr MN-left 0
+.  nr MN-right 0
+.  nr MN-active 0
+.  rr MN-shifted
+.  ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+..
+\#
+\# MNbottom
+\# --------
+\# Executed in FOOTER.
+\#
+.de MNbottom
+.   if '\\$0'MNbottom-left' \{\
+.      ds MN-pos left
+.      ds l-r l
+.      ds Left-Right Left
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$0'MNbottom-right' \{\
+.      ds MN-pos right
+.      ds l-r r
+.      ds Left-Right Right
+.   \}
+.   nr MN-curr 0
+.   nr MN-last-pos 0
+.   nr MN-lead-adj \\n[#DOC_LEAD]-\\n[MN-spacing]
+.   vpt 0
+.   if \\n[MN-active] \{\
+.     di
+.     tm [mom]: Macro MN: Margin note finished by new page.  Ignored.
+.   \}
+.   if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO] \{\
+.      if e \{\
+.         if '\\*[MN-pos]'right' \
+.            nr MN-\\*[MN-pos]-start (\\n[.o]+\\n[.l]+\\n[MN-sep])
+.         if '\\*[MN-pos]'left' \
+.            nr MN-\\*[MN-pos]-start (\\n[.o]-\\n[MN-sep]-\\n[MN-left-width])
+.      \}
+.   \}
+.   po \\n[MN-\\*[MN-pos]-start]u
+.   ev MNbottom-\\*[MN-pos]-env
+.   nr #P \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]
+.   while (\\n[MN-curr] < \\n[MN-\\*[MN-pos]]) \{\
+.      nr MN-curr +1
+.      ie (\\n[MN-last-pos] < \\n[MN-mk-\\*[l-r]-\\n[MN-curr]]) \
+.         sp |\\n[MN-mk-\\*[l-r]-\\n[MN-curr]]u+\\n[MN-lead-adj]u
+.      el \{\
+.         nr MN-shifted 1
+.         sp 1v
+.         SHIM
+.         if \\n[#SHIM]>\\n[MN-spacing] .sp -(1v+\\n[MN-lead-adj]u)
+.         tm [mom]: Macro MN: Warning: \\*[Left-Right] margin note #\\n[MN-curr] on page \\n[#P] shifted down.
+.      \}
+.\" If last margin note doesn't fit
+.      if ( (\\n[nl]+\\n[MN-div-\\*[l-r]-\\n[MN-curr]-depth]) > (\\n[.p]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]-1) ) \{\
+.         if \\n[MN-shifted]=1 \{\
+.            sp -(1v+\\n[#SHIM]u)
+.            rm MN-div-\\*[l-r]-\\n[MN-curr]
+.            tm1 "[mom]: \
+No room to start \\*[MN-pos] margin note #\\n[MN-curr] on page \\n[#P].
+.            tm1 "      Ignoring margin note.
+.            rr MN-shifted
+.         \}
+.         nr #no-repeat-MN-\\*[MN-pos] 1
+.         if '\\*[MN-pos]'left'  .nr #OVERFLOW_LEFT 1
+.         if '\\*[MN-pos]'right' .nr #OVERFLOW_RIGHT 1
+.         ie \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 \{\
+.            ch FOOTER \\n[.p]u
+.            wh \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u+\\n[MN-lead-adj]u+1u MN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.         \}
+.         el \
+.            wh \\n[.p]u+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u-1u MN_OVERFLOW_TRAP
+.         vpt
+.      \}
+.      nf
+.      MN-div-\\*[l-r]-\\n[MN-curr]
+.      fi
+.      br
+.      nr MN-last-pos \\n[nl]
+.   \}
+.   ev
+.   po
+.   if !\\n[#no-repeat-MN-\\*[MN-pos]]=1 .vpt
+..
+.
+.ALIAS MNbottom-right MNbottom
+.ALIAS MNbottom-left  MNbottom
+\#
+\# PDF SUPPORT
+\# ===========
+\#
+\# Initial setup
+\#
+.nr CURRENT_LEVEL 0
+.nr VIRTUAL_LEVEL 0
+.nr #PDF_BOOKMARKS 1
+.nr #PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 1
+.pdfview /PageMode /UseOutlines
+\#
+\# TOC_BEFORE_HERE
+\# ---------------
+\#
+\# Call this and the TOC will be placed preceding this page
+\#
+.MAC TOC_BEFORE_HERE END
+.    nr TOC_BH 1
+.    pdfpagename MOM:TOC
+.END
+\#
+\# TOC_AFTER_HERE
+\# ---------------
+\#
+\# Call this and the TOC will be placed after this page
+\#
+.MAC TOC_AFTER_HERE END
+.    nr TOC_BH 2
+.    pdfpagename MOM:TOC
+.END
+\#
+\# PDF_LINK_COLOR
+\# -----------------
+\#
+\# Arguments:-
+\#   <name defined by previous call to XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> or
+\#   <red> <green> <blue> all 0.0 -> 1.0
+\# Notes
+\#   Should be called before START but can also be called at any time to change colour
+\#   The colour assigned at the end of the document is used for all links in the TOC
+\#
+.MAC PDF_LINK_COLOR END
+.    ie \\n[.$]==3 \{\
+.       ds PDFHREF.COLOUR \\$*
+.       if !(\B'\\$1' & \B'\\$2' & \B'\\$3') \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: All three arguments to \\$0 at line \\n[.c] must be decimal.
+.          tm1 "       Continuing to process using default link color.
+.          ds PDFHREF.COLOUR 0.0 0.3 0.9
+.       \}
+.       defcolor pdf:href.colour rgb \\*[PDFHREF.COLOUR]
+.       ds PDFHREF.TEXT.COLOUR pdf:href.colour
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[.$]==0 \{\
+.          if dPDFHREF.TEXTCOL.DEFAULT \
+.             PDF_LINK_COLOR \\*[PDFHREF.TEXTCOL.DEFAULT]
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ds ARG_1 \\$1
+.          substring ARG_1 0 0
+.          ie '\\*[ARG_1]'#' \{\
+.             defcolor pdf:href.colour rgb \\$1
+.             ds PDFHREF.TEXT.COLOUR pdf:href.colour
+.          \}
+.          el \{\
+.             ie dCOLAL_\\$1 .ds PDFHREF.TEXT.COLOUR \\*[COLAL_\\$1]
+.             el .ds PDFHREF.TEXT.COLOUR \\$1
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[PDFHREF_COLOR_SET]=1 \
+.       nr PDFHREF_COLOR_SET 1
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS PDF_LINK_COLOUR PDF_LINK_COLOR
+\#
+\# AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC
+\# -----------------
+\#
+\# Call before START to have TOC automatically relocated to after the
+\# DOC COVER (if there is one) or the COVER if there isn't
+\#
+.MAC AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC END
+.    if '\\$1''                .nr TOC.RELOCATE 1
+.    if '\\$1'TOP'             .nr TOC.RELOCATE 2
+.    if '\\$1'BEFORE_DOCCOVER' .nr TOC.RELOCATE 3 \" Same as TOP unless no DOCCOVER
+.    if '\\$1'AFTER_DOCCOVER'  .nr TOC.RELOCATE 4
+.    if '\\$1'BEFORE_COVER'    .nr TOC.RELOCATE 5
+.    if '\\$1'AFTER_COVER'     .nr TOC.RELOCATE 6
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS AUTO_TOC_RELOCATE AUTO_RELOCATE_TOC
+\#
+\# PDF_BOOKMARK
+\# ------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   Hierarchy Level
+\#   Bookmark Text
+\# *Function:
+\#   Creates a bookmark using the given text
+\#   The level controls the hierarchy of the bookmarks
+\# *Notes
+\#   Bookmarks can be turned off (will not be added to document outline) by calling
+\#   "PDF_BOOKMARKS NO" and turned on with "PDF_BOOKMARKS".
+\#
+\#   Bookmarks can be open or closed by calling PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN
+\#
+.MAC PDF_BOOKMARK END
+.    if \\n[#PDF_BOOKMARKS] \{\
+.       ie '\\$1'NAMED' \{\
+.          ds PDF_NM -T \\$2
+.          ds PDF_NM2 \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       el .ds PDF_NM
+.       nr LEVEL_REQ \\$1
+.       shift
+.       ie \\n[LEVEL_REQ]>\\n[VIRTUAL_LEVEL] \{\
+.          nr VIRTUAL_LEVEL \\n[LEVEL_REQ]
+.          nr LEVEL_REQ \\n[CURRENT_LEVEL]+1
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ie \\n[LEVEL_REQ]<\\n[VIRTUAL_LEVEL] \{\
+.             nr VIRTUAL_DIFF \\n[VIRTUAL_LEVEL]-\\n[LEVEL_REQ]
+.             nr VIRTUAL_LEVEL \\n[LEVEL_REQ]
+.             nr LEVEL_REQ (\\n[CURRENT_LEVEL]-\\n[VIRTUAL_DIFF])>?1
+.          \}
+.          el .nr LEVEL_REQ \\n[CURRENT_LEVEL]
+.       \}
+.       ds PDF_TX \\$*
+.       pdfmomclean PDF_TX
+.       nr PDF_LEV (\\n[LEVEL_REQ]*\\n[#PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN])
+.       ie '\\*[.T]'ps' \{\
+.           if !'\\*[PDF_NM]'' \{\
+.              pdfhref M -N \\*[PDF_NM2] -- \\*[PDF_TX]
+.              if !dpdf:href.map .tm gropdf-info:href \\*[PDF_NM2] \\*[PDF_TX]
+.           \}
+.           pdfbookmark \\n[PDF_LEV] \\*[PDF_TX]
+.       \}
+.       el .pdfbookmark \\*[PDF_NM] \\n[PDF_LEV] \\$*
+.       nr CURRENT_LEVEL \\n[LEVEL_REQ]
+.       rr LEVEL_REQ
+.       rr PDF_LEV
+.       rr VIRTUAL_DIFF
+.       rm PDF_NM
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# PDF_TITLE
+\# ---------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   Title Text
+\# *Function
+\#   Set the PDF title (this is often used by PDF readers to title the main window)
+\#
+.MAC PDF_TITLE END
+.    ds pdftitle \\$*
+.    pdfmomclean pdftitle
+.    nop \!x X ps:exec [/Title (\\*[pdftitle]) /DOCINFO pdfmark
+.END
+\#
+\# PDF_BOOKMARKS
+\# -------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <nothing> | <anything>
+\# *Function:
+\#   With no parameter turns on outline bookmarks
+\#   With any parameter turns off outline bookmarks
+\#
+.MAC PDF_BOOKMARKS END
+.    ie '\\$1'' .nr #PDF_BOOKMARKS 1
+.    el .nr #PDF_BOOKMARKS 0
+.END
+\#
+\# PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN
+\# ------------------
+\# *Argument:
+\#   <number> | <nothing> | <text>
+\# *Function:
+\#   If arg is numeric all Bookmark levels > arg are closed
+\#   If arg is empty all bookmarks are open
+\#   If arg is any text then any following bookmarks are closed
+\#
+.MAC PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN END
+.    ie \B'\\$1' \{\
+.       nr PDFOUTLINE.FOLDLEVEL \\$1
+.       nr #PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 1
+.    \}
+.    el .if '\\*[.T]'pdf' \{\
+.       nr PDFOUTLINE.FOLDLEVEL 10000
+.       ie '\\$1'' .nr #PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 1
+.       el .nr #PDF_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 0-1
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+\# PDF_LINK
+\# --------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#    $1 = named link
+\#    [PREFIX text] : text to prefix link
+\#    [SUFFIX text] : text after link
+\#    text
+\# *Notes
+\#    Text is output as a hotspot link to named destination.
+\#    If text has final '*' it is replaced with the text associated with the link
+\#
+.MAC PDF_LINK END
+.    ds PDF_NM \\$1
+.    shift
+.    ie '\\$1'PREFIX' \{\
+.       ds PDF_PRE -P "\&\\$2"
+.       shift 2
+.    \}
+.    el .ds PDF_PRE
+.    ie '\\$1'SUFFIX' \{\
+.       ds PDF_POST -A "\\$2"
+.       shift 2
+.    \}
+.    el .ds PDF_POST
+.    ds PDF_AST_Q
+.    ds PDF_TXT \&\\$1
+.    ds PDF_AST \\*[PDF_TXT]
+.    substring PDF_AST -1 -1
+.    if '\\*[PDF_AST]'+' \{\
+.       ds PDF_AST *
+.       ds PDF_AST_Q ""
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[PDF_AST]'*' \{\
+.        chop PDF_TXT
+.        ie '\\*[.T]'pdf' \{\
+.           ie d pdf:look(\\*[PDF_NM]) \
+.               as PDF_TXT \&\\*[PDF_AST_Q]\\*[pdf:look(\\*[PDF_NM])]\\*[PDF_AST_Q]
+.           el \{\
+.               as PDF_TXT Unknown
+.               if !rPDF_UNKNOWN .tm \
+\\n[.F]:\\n[.c]: forward reference detected (please run using 'pdfmom')
+.               nr PDF_UNKNOWN 1
+.           \}
+.        \}
+.        el \{\
+.            ie d pdf:href(\\*[PDF_NM]).info \
+.               as PDF_TXT \&\\*[PDF_AST_Q]\\*[pdf:href(\\*[PDF_NM]).info]\\*[PDF_AST_Q]
+.            el .as PDF_TXT Unknown
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    pdfhref L \\*[PDF_PRE] \\*[PDF_POST] -D \\*[PDF_NM] -- \\*[PDF_TXT]
+.    rm PDF_NM
+.    rm PDF_PRE
+.    rm PDF_POST
+.    rm PDF_TXT
+.    rm PDF_AST
+.    rm PDF_AST_Q
+.END
+\#
+.MAC PDF_WWW_LINK END
+.    ds PDF_NM \\$1
+.    shift
+.    ie '\\$1'PREFIX' \{\
+.       ds PDF_PRE -P "\\$2"
+.       shift 2
+.    \}
+.    el .ds PDF_PRE
+.    ie '\\$1'SUFFIX' \{\
+.       ds PDF_POST -A "\\$2"
+.       shift 2
+.    \}
+.    el .ds PDF_POST
+.    ds PDF_AST_Q
+.    ds PDF_TXT \\$1
+.    ie !'\\*[PDF_TXT]'' \{\
+.       ds PDF_AST \\*[PDF_TXT]
+.       substring PDF_AST -1 -1
+.       if '\\*[PDF_AST]'+' \{\
+.          ds PDF_AST *
+.          ds PDF_AST_Q ""
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[PDF_AST]'*' \{\
+.          chop PDF_TXT
+.          as PDF_TXT \&\\*[PDF_AST_Q]\\*[PDF_NM]\\*[PDF_AST_Q]
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el .ds PDF_TXT \\*[PDF_NM]
+.    pdfhref W -D "\\*[PDF_NM]" \\*[PDF_PRE] \\*[PDF_POST] -- \\*[PDF_TXT]
+.    rm PDF_NM
+.    rm PDF_PRE
+.    rm PDF_POST
+.    rm PDF_TXT
+.    rm PDF_AST PDF_AST_Q
+.END
+\#
+.MAC PDF_TARGET END
+.    ds ARG_1 \\$1
+.    shift
+.    ie '\\$*'' .pdfhref M -N \\*[ARG_1] -- \\$*
+.    el .pdfhref M -N \\*[ARG_1] -E -- \\$*
+.    if '\\*[.T]'ps' .if !dpdf:href.map .tm gropdf-info:href \\*[ARG_1] \\$*
+.END
+\#
+\# PDF_IMAGE
+\# ---------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ -L -| -R | -C | -I <indent> ] \
+\#     <image file> <width> <height> \
+\#     [ SCALE <factor> ] [ ADJUST +|-<vertical shift> ] [ TARGET <pdf target> ] \
+\#     [ NO_SHIM ] [ NO_FLEX ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Allows embedding of PDF images with the same arguments as PSPIC
+\#   plus SCALE and ADJUST options.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   <image file> <width> <height> are required.
+\#
+.MAC PDF_IMAGE END
+.    br
+.    if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.       nr pdf-img:float 1
+.       FLOAT
+.    \}
+.    PDF_TARGET fig:\\n+[lists*target]
+.    nr float*img 1
+.    ds ev-current \\n[.ev]
+.    ev IMG
+.    evc \\*[ev-current]
+.    if \\n[#HYPHENATE] .nh
+.    nr ind-pre-img \\n[.i]
+.    nr ll-pre-img  \\n[.l]
+.    in 0
+.    ds pos:tmp \\$1
+.    substring pos:tmp 0 0
+.    ie !'\\*[pos:tmp]'-' .ds pdf-img:pos -C
+.    el \{\
+.       ds pdf-img:pos \\$1
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-I' \{\
+.       nr pdf-img:ind \\$1
+.       shift
+.    \}
+.    ds pdf-img:file \\$1
+.    ds pdf-img@file \\$1
+.    substring pdf-img@file -1 -3
+.    if !'\\*[pdf-img@file]'pdf' \{\
+.       tm1 "[mom]: Image file '\\*[pdf-img:file]' at line \\n[.c] not found, or not a PDF image.
+.       ab   [mom]: Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
+.    \}
+.    nr pdf-img:width \\$2
+.    nr pdf-img:depth \\$3
+.    shift 3
+.    nr loop-counter \\n[#NUM_ARGS]
+.    nr loop-count 0 1
+.    while \\n+[loop-count]<=\\n[loop-counter] \{\
+.       if '\\$1'SCALE' \{\
+.          shift
+.          nr pdf-img:scale \\$1
+.          shift
+.          nr pdf-img:width \\n[pdf-img:width]*\\n[pdf-img:scale]/100
+.          nr pdf-img:depth \\n[pdf-img:depth]*\\n[pdf-img:scale]/100
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.         shift
+.         ds pdf-img:adj \\$1
+.         shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'FRAME' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img:frame 1
+.          if !r pdf-img:frame-inset .nr pdf-img:frame-inset 6p
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'CAPTION' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img*have-caption 1
+.          ds pdf-img*caption \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'SHORT_CAPTION' \{\
+.          ds pdf-img*caption-short \\$2
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'LABEL' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img*have-label 1
+.          ds pdf-img*label \\$2
+.          ds label-type pdf-img
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'TARGET' \{\
+.          ds target "\\$2
+.          PDF_TARGET "\\*[target]
+.          shift 2
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_SHIM' \{\
+.          if !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr pdf-img*no-shim 1
+.          nr @no-shim 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.       if '\\$1'NO_FLEX' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img*no-flex 1
+.          nr @no-flex 1
+.          shift 1
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if (\\n[pdf-img*have-label]=1):(\\n[pdf-img*autolabel]=1) \
+.       ds label-type pdf-img
+.    if !'\\*[pdf-img*label-sffx]'' \{\
+.       ds pdf-img*label-sffx-tmp \\*[pdf-img*label-sffx]
+.       substring pdf-img*label-sffx-tmp -1
+.       if '\\*[pdf-img*label-sffx-tmp]'.' \
+.          if \\n[pdf-img*caption-after-label]=0 .chop pdf-img*label-sffx
+.    \}
+.    if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-C' \
+.       nr pdf-img:ind (\\n[.ll]-\\n[ind-pre-img]-\\n[pdf-img:width])/2
+.    if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-R' \
+.       nr pdf-img:ind \\n[.ll]-\\n[pdf-img:width]-\\n[ind-pre-img]
+.    if \\n[pdf-img*label-with-chapter] \
+.       ds chapno \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.    if \\n[pdf-img*autolabel] \{\
+.       ds pdf-img*label \\*[pdf-img*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[fig*label-num]\\*[pdf-img*label-sffx]
+.       nr fig*label-width \w'\\*[pdf-img*label]'
+.       nr fig*label-num -1
+.    \}
+.    if !'\\*[pdf-img*caption-short]'' .ds short -short
+.    if \\n[#PDF_BOOKMARKS] \{\
+.       ie (\\n[pdf-img*have-label]=1):(\\n[pdf-img*autolabel]=1) \{\
+\!.        TO_FIGURES "\\*[pdf-img*label]" "\\*[pdf-img*caption\\*[short]]"
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+\!.        if !'\\*[pdf-img*caption\\*[short]]'' \
+\!.           TO_FIGURES "\\*[pdf-img*caption\\*[short]]"
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    if r IMG \{\
+.       if \\n[pdfbx-top] \
+.         rt
+.       sp (\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.       nr img*pdfbx 1
+.    \}
+.    di PDF*IMAGE
+.    if \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.       ch RR_@TOP
+.       rs
+.       nop \&
+.       sp -1v
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[pdf-img*have-caption] \{\
+.       if !\\n[pdf-img*autolabel] \{\
+.          if !\\n[pdf-img*have-label] \{\
+.             if \\n[#MLA] \
+.                mla@error caption label \\n[.F] \\$0 \\n[.c]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       if !\\n[pdf-img*caption-after-label] \{\
+.          if !r pdfbx-top \
+.             if !\\n[@TOP] \!.sp .5v
+.          nr lead-pre-caption \\n[.v]
+.          ev caption
+.          evc IMG
+.          ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.          el \{\
+.             img*caption-style
+.             vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[pdf-img*caption-autolead]u
+.          \}
+.          if r pdfbx-top .nr restore-pdfbx-top 1
+.          PDF_IMG*SET_CAPTION_QUAD \\*[pdf-img*caption-quad]
+.          if r restore-pdfbx-top \{\
+.             nr pdfbx-top 1
+.             rr restore-pdfbx-top
+.          \}
+.          nr pdf-img*caption-top-lead-diff \\n[lead-pre-caption]-\\n[.v]
+.          if r pdfbx-top \{\
+.             SIZESPECS
+.           rt
+.             sp \\n[pdf-img*caption-top-lead-diff]u
+.             sp (\\*[wt\\n[stack]])+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+\\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]
+.             rr pdfbx-top
+.          \}
+.          if \\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.             in -(\\*[wt\\n[stack]])+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.             ll -(\\*[wt\\n[stack]])+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.          \}
+.          nop \\*[pdf-img*caption]
+.          if r pdfbx-running \{\
+.             in
+.             ll
+.          \}
+.          br
+.          if !'\\*[pdf-img*caption-space]'' .sp \\*[pdf-img*caption-space]
+.          ev
+.          in 0
+.          sp -.5v
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    nf
+.    if \\n[pdf-img:frame] \{\
+.       nr frame-width \\n[pdf-img:width]+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]*2)
+.       nr frame-depth \\n[pdf-img:depth]+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]*2)
+.       if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-L' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img:ind \\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]
+.          nr pdf-img:dbx-ind 0
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-C' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img:dbx-ind \
+\\n[.ll]-\\n[ind-pre-img]-\\n[pdf-img:width]/2-\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-R' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img:ind -\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]
+.          nr pdf-img:dbx-ind \
+\\n[.l]u-(\\n[pdf-img:width]u+(\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u*2u)+\\n[ind-pre-img]u)
+.       \}
+.       if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-I' \{\
+.          nr pdf-img:ind +\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]
+.          nr pdf-img:dbx-ind \\n[pdf-img:ind]-\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]
+.       \}
+.       DBX \\*[pdf-img:frame-weight] \
+            \\n[pdf-img:dbx-ind]u \
+            \\n[frame-width]u \
+            \\n[frame-depth]u \
+            \\*[pdf-img:frame-color]
+.       sp \\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u
+.       nr pdf-img:ind -\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]
+.    \}
+.    ti \\n[pdf-img:ind]u+\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u
+.    nop \X'pdf: pdfpic \\*[pdf-img:file] -L \\n[pdf-img:width]z \\n[pdf-img:depth]z'
+.    if r pdfbx-top .rr pdfbx-top
+.    if '\\*[pdf-img:pos]'-C' .nr pdf-img:ind +\\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]
+.    sp \\n[pdf-img:depth]u
+.    if \\n[pdf-img:frame] .sp \\n[pdf-img:frame-inset]u
+.    if (\\n[pdf-img*have-label]=1):(\\n[pdf-img*autolabel]=1):(\\n[pdf-img*caption-after-label]=1) \{\
+.       if \\n[#MLA] \{\
+.          if (\\n[pdf-img*have-label]=1):(\\n[pdf-img*autolabel]=1) \{\
+.             if !\\n[pdf-img*have-caption] \
+.                mla@error label caption \\n[.F] \\$0 \\n[.c]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       nr lead-pre-label \\n[.v]
+.       ev label
+.       evc IMG
+.       ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .TYPEWRITER
+.       el \{\
+.          img*label-style
+.          vs \\n[.ps]u+\\n[pdf-img*label-autolead]u
+.       \}
+.       if \\n[pdf-img*label-with-chapter] \
+.          ds chapno \\n[#CH_NUM].
+.       PDF_IMG*SET_LABEL_QUAD \\*[pdf-img*label-quad]
+.       SIZESPECS
+.       nr pdf-img*label-lead-diff \\n[lead-pre-label]-\\n[.v]
+.       sp -.5+\\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]+\\n[pdf-img*label-lead-diff]u
+.       if !'\\*[pdf-img*label-space]'' .sp \\*[pdf-img*label-space]
+.       if \\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.          in -(\\*[wt\\n[stack]])+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.          ll -(\\*[wt\\n[stack]])+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.       \}
+.       ie \\n[pdf-img*autolabel] \{\
+.          nop \
+\\*[pdf-img*label-prfx]\\*[chapno]\\n+[fig*label-num]\\*[pdf-img*label-sffx]\|
+.          ds pdf-img*label \\*[chapno]\\n[fig*label-num]
+.          if dLABEL.REFS \
+.             tm .ds \\*[target] \\*[chapno]\\n[fig*label-num]
+.          rm target
+.       \}
+.       el .if !'\\*[pdf-img*label]'' .nop \\*[pdf-img*label]
+.       fam
+.       ft
+.       ps
+.       if r pdfbx-running \{\
+.          in
+.          ll
+.       \}
+.       gcolor
+.       if !'\\*[pdf-img*caption]'' \{\
+.          if \\n[pdf-img*caption-after-label] \{\
+.             ds pdf-img*caption-old \\*[pdf-img*caption]
+.             ds pdf-img*caption " \\*[pdf-img*caption]
+.             nop \\*[pdf-img*caption-specs]\\*[pdf-img*caption]\\*[revert-specs]
+.             ds pdf-img*caption \\*[pdf-img*caption-old]
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.       br
+.       ev
+.       in 0
+.    \}
+\!.  in
+.    di
+.    nf
+.    vpt 0
+.    if !'\\*[pdf-img:adj]'' \{\
+.       if \\n[@TOP] \
+.          if \\n[#COLUMNS]>1 \
+\!.           rs
+\!.     sp \\*[pdf-img:adj]
+.    \}
+.    PDF*IMAGE
+.    if !'\\*[pdf-img:adj]'' \
+.       if !\\n[@TOP] \!.sp -\\*[pdf-img:adj]
+.    vpt
+.    ev
+.    if \\n[pdf-img:float] \{\
+.       FLOAT off
+.       nr dl \\n[pdf-img:width]
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[img*pdfbx] \{\
+.       sp .5
+.       nr img*pdfbx 2
+.    \}
+.    if !\\n[pdf-img:float] \{\
+.       ie !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \
+.          if !\\n[pdf-img*no-shim] .SHIM
+.       el \
+.          if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \
+.             if !\\n[pdf-img*no-flex] .FLEX
+.    \}
+.    PDF_IMAGE_CLEAN
+.END
+\#
+\# PDF_IMAGE_FRAME
+\# ---------------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   [ <inset> ] [ <rule weight> ] [ <color> ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets parameters for pdf image frames.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   Defaults are '6p' '.5' 'black'.  Arguments to be left at default
+\#   must be entered as "".
+\#
+.MAC PDF_IMAGE_FRAME END
+.    ie !'\\$1''\{\
+.       ds frame-arg \\$1
+.       substring frame-arg -1
+.       ie \B'\\*[frame-arg]' \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 inset argument at line \\n[.c]
+.          tm1 "       of '\\n[.F]' requires a unit of measure.
+.          tm1 "       Default 6 point inset will be used instead.
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          nr pdf-img:frame-inset \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el .shift
+.    ie !'\\$1'' \{\
+.       ds frame-arg \\$1
+.       substring frame-arg -1
+.       ie \B'\\*[frame-arg]' \{\
+.          ds pdf-img:frame-weight \\$1
+.          shift
+.       \}
+.       el \{\
+.          ds frame-arg \\$1
+.          substring frame-arg -1
+.          length arg-len \\*[frame-arg]
+.          if \\n[arg-len]=1 \{\
+.             tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 rule weight argument at line \\n[.c]
+.             tm1 "       of '\\n[.F]' must not have a unit of measure appended.
+.             tm1 "       Default .5 rule weight will be used instead.
+.             shift
+.          \}
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.    el .shift
+.    if !'\\$1'' \{\
+.       ie m \\$1 .ds pdf-img:frame-color \\$1
+.       el \{\
+.          tm1 "[mom]: \\$0 color argument '\\$1' at line \\n[.c]
+.          tm1 "       of '\\n[.F]' is not a valid color.
+.          tm1 "       Default black will be used instead.
+.       \}
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC PDF_IMAGE_CLEAN END
+.    rm PDF*IMAGE
+.    rm pdf-img:adj
+.    rm pdf-img*caption
+.    rm pdf-img*caption-short
+.    rm pdf-img:file
+.    rm pdf-img*label
+.    rm pdf-img:pos
+.    rm short
+.    rr ind-pre-img
+.    rr pdf-img:depth
+.    rr pdf-img:float
+.    if !\\n[pdf-img:frame] \
+.       rr pdf-img:frame
+.    rr pdf-img:ind
+.    rr pdf-img:no-shim
+.    rr pdf-img:no-flex
+.    rr pdf-img:scale
+.    if !\\n[defer] \
+.       rr pdf-img*have-caption
+.    rr pdf-img:frame-inset
+.    rr pdf-img:width
+.    if '\\*[pdf-img*label-sffx-tmp]'.' .ds pdf-img*label-sffx .
+.    it 1 rr-img*pdfbx
+.END
+\#
+.de pdfmomclean
+.   ie '\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.      ds pdfcleaned \\$*
+.      ev pdfcln
+.      tr \[em]-
+.      nf
+.      box pdf:clean
+.      nop \\*[\\*[pdfcleaned]]
+.      fl
+.      box
+.      chop pdf:clean
+.      asciify pdf:clean
+.      ev
+.      ds \\*[pdfcleaned] "\\*[pdf:clean]
+.      rm pdf:clean
+.      tr \[em]\[em]
+.    \}
+.    el .nop \!.pdfmomclean \\$@
+..
+\#
+.MAC PAUSE END
+.    nr pdfbx-inhibit-space 1
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-running] \{\
+.       nr pdfbx-pause 1
+.       rr pdfbx-inhibit-space
+.       BoxStop
+.    \}
+.    vpt 0
+.    br
+.    vpt
+.    ie !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+\!.     pdfpause
+\!.     pdftransition BLOCK \\$1
+.    \}
+.    el \{\
+.       pdfpause
+.       pdftransition BLOCK \\$1
+.    \}
+.    if \\n[pdfbx-pause] \{\
+.       BoxStart \\*[pdfbx-args]
+.       rr pdfbx-pause
+.       rr pdfbx-inhibit-space
+.    \}
+.END
+\#
+.MAC TRANSITION END
+.    ie !'\\n[.z]'' \
+\!.     pdftransition PAGE \\$1
+.    el .pdftransition PAGE \\$1
+.END
+\#
+\# Shaded backgrounds and frames (pdf boxes), page colour
+\#
+\# BOX
+\# ---
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   SHADED <color> | OUTLINED <color> \
+\#   [ WEIGHT <wt> ] [ INSET <dist> ] \
+\#   [ ADJUST +|-<amount> ] \
+\#   [ EQN | PIC | GRAP | IMG ]
+\# *Function:
+\#   Calls BoxStart with the supplied arguments or stops a running
+\#   box.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   If OUTLINED given but no WEIGHT, the default weight is .5p.
+\#   Otherwise, args have no defaults.
+\#
+.MAC BOX END
+.    nr #FROM_BOX 1
+.    ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=0 \
+.       BoxStart SHADED grey85 INSET 1P
+.    el \{\
+.       ie \\n[#NUM_ARGS]=1 .BoxStop
+.       el .BoxStart \\$*
+.   \}
+.   rr #FROM_BOX
+.END
+\#
+\# PAGE COLOUR
+\# -----------
+\# *Arguments:
+\#   <color> | OFF | off
+\# *Function:
+\#   Sets pagefill to <color> or stops pagefill.
+\# *Notes:
+\#   OFF|off is required instead of the usual <anything>.
+\#
+.MAC PAGE_COLOR END
+.    ie !'\\$1'OFF' \{\
+.       ie !'\\$1'off' \{\
+.          fcolor \\$1
+.          device pdf: background pagefill
+.       \}
+.       el .device pdf: background off
+.    \}
+.    el .device pdf: background off
+.END
+\#
+.ALIAS PAGE_COLOUR  PAGE_COLOR
+.ALIAS SLIDE_COLOR  PAGE_COLOR
+.ALIAS SLIDE_COLOUR PAGE_COLOR
+\#
+\# Begin or end a box; called from BoxStart
+\#
+.de pdfbackground
+. device pdf: background \\$*
+. if '\\$1'off' \{\
+.   ie (\\n[stack]-1)=0 \{\
+.     if \\n[.t]>(1.6v+(\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)) \
+.     sp \\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u
+.   \}
+. el \{\
+.   nr pdfbx-container \\n[stack]-1
+.   if \\n[.t]>=((\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)+(\\*[gap\\n[pdfbx-container]])+(\\*[wt\\n[pdfbx-container]])) \
+.     sp \\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u
+.   \}
+. \}
+..
+\#
+\# Input trap macros
+\#
+.de rr-pdfbx-top
+. rr pdfbx-top
+..
+\#
+.de rr-pdfbx-end
+. rr pdfbx-end
+..
+\#
+.de rr-pdfbxstop
+. rr pdfbxstop
+..
+\#
+.de rr-pic*pdfbx
+. rr pic*pdfbx
+..
+\#
+.de rr-tbl*pdfbx
+. rr tbl*pdfbx
+..
+\#
+.de rr-img*pdfbx
+. rr img*pdfbx
+..
+\#
+.de rr-pdfbx-post-q
+. rr pdfbx-post-q
+..
+\#
+.de rr-pdfbx-div-start 
+. rr pdfbx-div-start
+..
+\#
+\# Heavy lifting macros called from BOX.
+\#
+.de BoxStart
+. ds pdfbx-args \\$*
+. if \\n[pdfbx-inhibit-space] .sp -1
+. rr pdfbx-inhibit-space
+. if \\n[#PP_SPACE] \{\
+.   nr restore-pp-space 1
+.   PARA_SPACE off
+. \}
+. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\
+.   tm1 "[mom]: PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE does not permit shaded backgrounds and frames.
+.   tm1 "       Continuing to process without backgrounds or frames.
+.   return
+. \}
+. if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\
+.   tm1 "[mom]: Shaded backgrounds and frames are not available when COLUMNS are enabled.
+.   tm1 "       Continuing to process without backgrounds or frames.
+.   return
+. \}
+. if \\n[Q-float]=1 .nr Q-float 2
+. if !'\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.   nr pdfbx-div-start 1
+\!.   it 1 rr-pdfbx-div-start
+. \}
+. if !\\n[#NO_SHIM] \{\
+.    NO_SHIM
+.    nr pdfbx-restore-shim 1
+. \}
+. if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] \{\
+.   NO_FLEX
+.   nr pdfbx-restore-flex 1
+. \}
+. if (\\n[#NO_SHIM]=0)&(\\n[#NO_FLEX]=1) .nr pdfbx-restore-shim 1
+. if (\\n[#NO_SHIM]=1)&(\\n[#NO_FLEX]=0) .nr pdfbx-restore-flex 1
+. rr shad
+. rr outl
+. rm wt
+. rm pdfbx-adj
+. nr pdfbx-running 1
+. nr pdfbx-top 1
+. nr stack +1
+. nr pdfbx-prev \\n[stack]-1
+. ds type " "
+. ie r #FROM_BOX .ds calling-macro BOX
+. el .ds calling-macro \\$0
+. while \\n[.$] \{\
+.   if !'\\$1'SHADED' \
+.   if !'\\$1'OUTLINED' \
+.   if !'\\$1'WEIGHT' \
+.   if !'\\$1'INSET' \
+.   if !'\\$1'PIC' \
+.   if !'\\$1'GRAP' \
+.   if !'\\$1'EQN' \
+.   if !'\\$1'IMG' \
+.   if !'\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.     tm [mom]: Invalid argument '\\$1' to \\*[calling-macro], line \\n[.c].
+.     shift 1
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'SHADED' \{\
+.     nop \\M[\\$2]\c
+.     nr shad 1
+.     chop type
+.     as type "fill"
+.     shift 2
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'OUTLINED' \{\
+.     nop \\m[\\$2]\c
+.     nr outl 1
+.     chop type
+.     as type "box"
+.     shift 2
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'WEIGHT' \{\
+.     ds wt \\$2
+.     shift 2
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'INSET' \{\
+.     nr gap \\$2
+.     shift 2
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'ADJUST' \{\
+.     ds pdfbx-adj \\$2
+.     shift 2
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'PIC' \{\
+.     ie '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr PIC 2
+.     el .nr PIC 1
+.     shift 1
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'GRAP' \{\
+.     ie '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr PIC 2
+.     el .nr PIC 1
+.     shift 1
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'EQN' \{\
+.     nr EQN 1
+.     shift 1
+.   \}
+.   if '\\$1'IMG' \{\
+.     nr IMG 1
+.     shift 1
+.   \}
+. \}
+. if '\\*[type]' ' .ds type "fill "
+. chop type
+. if !r gap .nr gap 1P
+. ie \\n[outl] \
+.   if '\\*[wt]'' .ds wt .5p
+. el .ds wt 0
+. if d pdfbx-adj .sp \\*[pdfbx-adj]
+. if \\n[@TOP] \{\
+.   RESTORE_SPACE
+.   sp -1
+.   nr @TOP 1
+. \}
+. nr pdfbxstop 1 \" Stop box in footer if .br causes a page break
+. br
+. if \\n[Q-float]=2 .sp -.5
+. rr pdfbxstop
+. fl
+. SIZESPECS
+. ds pdfbx-cap-adj \\*[$CAP_HEIGHT]
+.\" Top spacing
+. if \\n[#EPIGRAPH]+\\n[#QUOTE]=0 \
+.   if \\n[#START] .sp -2
+. if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{\
+.   ie \\n[#START] \!.sp -2
+.   el \!.sp -1.5
+. \}
+. if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\
+.   if !\\n[@TOP]  \!.sp -.5-\\*[pdfbx-cap-adj]
+.   if \\n[#START] \!.sp .5+\\*[wt]
+.   rr @TOP
+. \}
+. if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \{\
+.   if !\\n[#START] \!.sp -1
+.   nr no-top-space:1 1
+.   nr pdfboxed 1
+. \}
+. if \\n[stack]=1 \{\
+.   if \\n[#INDENT_LEFT_ACTIVE]  .nr #IL_ACTIVE \\n[#L_INDENT] 
+.   if \\n[#INDENT_RIGHT_ACTIVE] .nr #IR_ACTIVE \\n[#R_INDENT] 
+.   if \\n[#INDENT_BOTH_ACTIVE]  \{\
+.     nr #IBL_ACTIVE \\n[#BL_INDENT] 
+.     nr #IBR_ACTIVE \\n[#BR_INDENT] 
+.   \}
+.   if \\n[#IN_ITEM] \
+.     if \\n[#BR_INDENT] .nr #IBR_ACTIVE \\n[#BR_INDENT] 
+. \}
+.\" Set l
+. nr pdfbx-l \\n[#L_MARGIN]
+. if \\n[#EPIGRAPH]=2 \{\
+.   GET_EPI_OFFSET
+.   nr pdfbx-l \\n[#EPI_OFFSET]
+. \}
+. if \\n[#QUOTE]=2 \{\
+.   ie \\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE] \
+.     nr pdfbx-l \\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]*\\n[#BQ_OFFSET_VALUE])
+.   el \
+.     nr pdfbx-l \\n[#L_MARGIN]+(\\*[$BQ_OFFSET_VALUE])
+. \}
+. ie \\n[stack]=1 \
+.   nr l \\n[pdfbx-l]+(\\*[wt]/2)+\\n[#IL_ACTIVE]+\\n[#IBL_ACTIVE]
+.   el .nr l +(\\*[wt\\n[pdfbx-prev]]/2)+\\*[gap\\n[pdfbx-prev]]+(\\*[wt]/2)
+.\" Set r
+. nr r \\n[pdfbx-l]+\\n[.l]-(\\*[wt]/2u)
+. if \\n[#QUOTE]=1    .nr r \\n[pdfbx-l]+\\n[#L_LENGTH]-(\\*[wt]/2)
+. if \\n[#IR_ACTIVE]  .nr r \\n[pdfbx-l]+\\n[#L_LENGTH]-\\n[#IR_ACTIVE]-(\\*[wt]/2)
+. if \\n[#IBR_ACTIVE] .nr r \\n[pdfbx-l]+\\n[#L_LENGTH]-\\n[#IBR_ACTIVE]-(\\*[wt]/2)
+.\" Set t
+. ie \\n[stack]=1 .nr t \\n[#T_MARGIN]+(\\*[wt]/2)
+. el .nr t +(\\*[wt\\n[pdfbx-prev]]/2)+\\*[gap\\n[pdfbx-prev]]+(\\*[wt]/2)
+.\" Set b
+. nr b \\n[.p]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]-(\\*[wt]/2)+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u
+.\" Clear indents
+. if \\n[stack]=1 \{\
+.   nr pdfbx-clear 1
+.   ILX CLEAR
+.   IRX CLEAR
+.   if !\\n[#QUOTE]=2 \
+.     if !\\n[#EPIGRAPH]=2 \
+.       IBX CLEAR
+.   if \\n[#IR_ACTIVE] .nr pdfbx-pre-ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]
+.   rr pdfbx-clear 
+. \}
+.\" See if box fits
+.\" PIC and IMG are in floats, which take care of fit/defer.
+. if (\\n[PIC]=0)&(\\n[IMG]=0) \{\
+.   if '\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.     nr pdfbx-min \
+        (\\*[wt]*2)+\\*[pdfbx-cap-adj]+(\\n[gap]*2)
+.     if r EQN .nr pdfbx-min +1v
+.     if \\n[.t]<\\n[pdfbx-min] \{\
+.       rr pdfbx-running
+.       bp
+.       nr pdfbx-running 1
+.       RESTORE_SPACE
+.     \}
+.   \}
+. \}
+.\" FOOTER trap
+. if !r #VFP0 .nr #VFP0 \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]
+. nr #VFP\\n[stack] 0\\n[#VFP\\n[pdfbx-prev]]-\\*[wt]-\\n[gap]
+. nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0\\n[#VFP\\n[stack]]
+. ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+. mk
+. sp \\*[wt]/2u
+.
+. pdfbackground \\*[type] \\n[l]z \\n[t]z \\n[r]z \\n[b]z \\*[wt]
+.
+.\" Always start at wt+gap
+. ie \\n[#IL_ACTIVE]:\\n[#IBL_ACTIVE] \
+.   IL \\n[gap]u+\\*[wt]+\\n[#IL_ACTIVE]u+\\n[#IBL_ACTIVE]u
+. el .IL \\n[gap]u+\\*[wt]
+. ie \\n[#IR_ACTIVE]:\\n[#IBR_ACTIVE] \
+.   IR \\n[gap]u+\\*[wt]+\\n[#IR_ACTIVE]u+\\n[#IBR_ACTIVE]u
+. el .IR \\n[gap]u+\\*[wt]
+. nr pdfbx-ll \\n[.l]
+. rt
+. sp \\*[wt]+\\*[pdfbx-cap-adj]+\\n[gap]u
+. if (\\n[shad]=1) .nop \\M[]\c
+. if (\\n[outl]=1) .nop \\m[]\c
+. ds gap\\n[stack] \\n[gap]
+. ds wt\\n[stack]  \\*[wt]
+. rm wt type
+. it 2 rr-pdfbx-top
+..
+\#
+.de BoxStop
+. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 .return
+. if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1     .return
+. if \\n[#QUOTE]=1 .nr pdfboxed 1
+. if \\n[pdfbx-end]=\\n[nl] \{\
+.   ie !'\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr pdfbxstop-consec 1
+.   el \
+\!.   if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .nr pdfbxstop-consec 1
+.   rr pdfbx-end
+. \}
+. nr pdfbxstop 1 \" Stop box in footer if EOL causes a page break
+. if !'\\n[.z]'' \!.nr pdfbxstop 1
+. EOL
+. rr pdfbxstop
+. if (\\n[.ns]+\\n[@TOP])>0 .RESTORE_SPACE
+. nr pdfbx-prev \\n[stack]-1
+. nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0\\n[#VFP\\n[pdfbx-prev]]
+. if \\n[stack]=1 \{\
+.   if !\\n[#FN_COUNT] .nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS 0-\\n[#B_MARGIN]
+. \}
+. ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+. if !'\\n[.z]'' \!.ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u
+. ie !r pdfbxstop-consec \{\
+.   sp \\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+(\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)
+.   if r tbl*pdfbx \{\
+.     if \\n[tbl*pdfbx]=1 .sp -.6
+.     if \\n[tbl*pdfbx]=2 .sp -.6-1p
+.     if \\n[tbl*pdfbx]=3 .sp -.6+1.5p
+.   \}
+.   if r eqn*pdfbx \{\
+.     if \\n[eqn*pdfbx]=1 .sp -.75
+.     if \\n[eqn*pdfbx]=2 .sp -.5
+.     rr eqn*pdfbx
+.   \}
+. \}
+. el \{\
+.   sp
+.   if r pdfbx-post-space .sp -\\n[pdfbx-post-space]u
+.   rr pdfbx-post-space
+.   sp (\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u
+.   if \\n[.t]<(\\*[wt\\n[stack]]+\\*[gap\\n[stack]]) \{\
+.     nr pdfbx-container \\n[stack]+1
+.     sp \\*[wt\\n[pdfbx-container]]/2u
+.   \}
+. \}
+. if \\n[pic*pdfbx]=2 \
+.   sp -.5
+. if \\n[grap] \
+.   if \\n[pic*have-label] \
+.     sp .5
+. if \\n[img*pdfbx]=2 \
+.   sp -.5
+.
+. pdfbackground off
+.
+. EOL
+. if \\n[.t]<1v \{\
+.   nr pdfbxstop 1 \" Stop box in footer if .br causes a page break
+.   br
+. \}
+. if \\n[pdfbx-pause] .sp -2
+. if \\n[pic*pdfbx] \
+.   if \\n[pic*have-label] .sp .5
+. IL -(\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+\\*[wt\\n[stack]])
+. IR -(\\*[gap\\n[stack]]u+\\*[wt\\n[stack]])
+.\" Bottom spacing
+.\"  If the .sp or .br in the ie/el clause causes a break, tell
+.\"  HEADER to skip the PDF boxes stanza.
+. nr pdfbxstop 1
+. if !'\\n[.z]'' \!.nr pdfbxstop 1
+. if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' .if \\n[float*tbl] .sp -.5
+. ie \\n[.t]>1v \{\
+.   nr pdfbx-post-space 1.6v
+.   if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \
+.      nr pdfbx-post-space .6v
+. \}
+. el .br
+. rr pdfbxstop
+. if '\\n[.z]'FLOAT*DIV' \!.rr pdfbxstop
+. sp \\n[pdfbx-post-space]u
+. if \\n[pic*pdfbx] \
+.   sp -.5
+. if \\n[img*pdfbx] \
+.   sp -.5
+. if \\n[#QUOTE] .sp -.5+(\\*[wt\\n[stack]]/2u)
+. nr pdfbx-end \\n[nl]
+. it 2 rr-pdfbx-end
+. rr pdfbxstop-consec
+. ie '\\n[.z]'' .rr pdfbx-running
+. el \{\
+\!. rr pdfbx-running
+\!. nr pdfbx-defer 1
+. \}
+. ie '\\n[.z]'' .nr stack \\n[stack]-1
+. el \{\
+\!.nr stack-for-float \\n[stack]
+\!.nr stack \\n[stack]-1
+. \}
+. if \\n[pic*pdfbx] .rr pic*pdfbx
+. if \\n[tbl*pdfbx] .rr tbl*pdfbx
+. if \\n[img*pdfbx] .rr img*pdfbx
+. if \\n[stack]=0 \{\
+.   ILX CLEAR
+.   IRX CLEAR
+.   IBX CLEAR
+.   if \\n[#IL_ACTIVE] \{\
+.     nr #L_INDENT \\n[#IL_ACTIVE]
+.     IL
+.     rr #IL_ACTIVE
+.   \}
+.   if \\n[#IR_ACTIVE] \{\
+.     nr #R_INDENT \\n[#IR_ACTIVE]
+.     ll \\n[pdfbx-pre-ll]u
+.     IR
+.     rr pdfbx-pre-ll
+.     rr #IR_ACTIVE
+.   \}
+.   if \\n[#IBR_ACTIVE] \{\
+.     ll \\n[pdfbx-pre-ll]u
+.     IB \\n[#IBL_ACTIVE]u \\n[#IBR_ACTIVE]u
+.     rr pdfbx-pre-ll
+.     rr #IBR_ACTIVE
+.     rr #IBL_ACTIVE
+.   \}
+.   if r PIC \{\
+.     rr pic*pdfbx
+.     rr PIC
+.   \}
+.   if r EQN \{\
+.     rr eqn*pdfbx
+.     rr EQN
+.   \}
+.   if r IMG \{\
+.     rr img*pdfbx
+.     rr IMG
+.   \}
+. \}
+. if '\\n[.z]'P_QUOTE' \{\
+.   nr pdfbx-post-q 1
+.   it 2 rr-pdfbx-post-q
+. \}
+. if d pdfbx-adj .rm pdfbx-adj
+. if \\n[restore-pp-space] \{\
+.   rr restore-pp-space
+.   PARA_SPACE
+. \}
+. if \\n[pdfbx-restore-shim] \{\
+.   NO_SHIM off
+.   rr pdfbx-restore-shim
+. \}
+. if \\n[pdfbx-restore-flex] \{\
+.   NO_FLEX off
+.   rr pdfbx-restore-flex
+. \}
+. ie '\\n[.z]'' \{\
+.   if \\n[stack]=0 \{\
+.     rr #VFP0
+.     if !\\n[#NO_SHIM] .SHIM
+.     if !\\n[#NO_FLEX] .FLEX
+.   \}
+. \}
+. el \{\
+\!. if (\\\\n[stack]=0) \{\
+.     rr #VFP0
+.     if !r #EPIGRAPH \!.SHIM
+.   \}
+. \}
+..
+\#
+\# Local Variables:
+\# mode: nroff
+\# End:
+\# vim: filetype=groff: